Untitled

Plain Text Detected Guest 36 Views Size: 6.31 MB Posted on: Oct 23, 25 @ 4:09 AM
  1. The Project Gutenberg EBook of The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes
  2. by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
  3. (#15 in our series by Sir Arthur Conan Doyle)
  4.  
  5. Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the
  6. copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing
  7. this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook.
  8.  
  9. This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project
  10. Gutenberg file.  Please do not remove it.  Do not change or edit the
  11. header without written permission.
  12.  
  13. Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the
  14. eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file.  Included is
  15. important information about your specific rights and restrictions in
  16. how the file may be used.  You can also find out about how to make a
  17. donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved.
  18.  
  19.  
  20. **Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts**
  21.  
  22. **eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971**
  23.  
  24. *****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!*****
  25.  
  26.  
  27. Title: The Adventures of Sherlock Holmes
  28.  
  29. Author: Sir Arthur Conan Doyle
  30.  
  31. Release Date: March, 1999  [EBook #1661]
  32. [Most recently updated: November 29, 2002]
  33.  
  34. Edition: 12
  35.  
  36. Language: English
  37.  
  38. Character set encoding: ASCII
  39.  
  40. *** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE ADVENTURES OF SHERLOCK HOLMES ***
  41.  
  42.  
  43.  
  44.  
  45. (Additional editing by Jose Menendez)
  46.  
  47.  
  48.  
  49. THE ADVENTURES OF
  50. SHERLOCK HOLMES
  51.  
  52. BY
  53.  
  54. SIR ARTHUR CONAN DOYLE
  55.  
  56. CONTENTS
  57.  
  58. I.      A Scandal in Bohemia
  59. II.     The Red-Headed League
  60. III.    A Case of Identity
  61. IV.     The Boscombe Valley Mystery
  62. V.      The Five Orange Pips
  63. VI.     The Man with the Twisted Lip
  64. VII.    The Adventure of the Blue Carbuncle
  65. VIII.   The Adventure of the Speckled Band
  66. IX.     The Adventure of the Engineer's Thumb
  67. X.      The Adventure of the Noble Bachelor
  68. XI.     The Adventure of the Beryl Coronet
  69. XII.    The Adventure of the Copper Beeches
  70.  
  71.  
  72. ADVENTURE  I.  A SCANDAL IN BOHEMIA
  73.  
  74. I.
  75.  
  76.  
  77. To Sherlock Holmes she is always the woman. I have seldom heard him mention her under any other name. In his eyes she eclipses and predominates the whole of her sex. It was not that he felt any emotion akin to love for Irene Adler. All emotions, and that one particularly, were abhorrent to his cold, precise but admirably balanced mind. He was, I take it, the most perfect reasoning and observing machine that the world has seen, but as a lover he would have placed himself in a false position. He never spoke of the softer passions, save with a gibe and a sneer. They were admirable things for the observer--excellent for drawing the veil from men's motives and actions. But for the trained reasoner to admit such intrusions into his own delicate and finely adjusted temperament was to introduce a distracting factor which might throw a doubt upon all his mental results. Grit in a sensitive instrument, or a crack in one of his own high-power lenses, would not be more disturbing than a strong emotion in a nature such as his. And yet there was but one woman to him, and that woman was the late Irene Adler, of dubious and questionable memory.
  78.  
  79. I had seen little of Holmes lately. My marriage had drifted us away from each other. My own complete happiness, and the home-centred interests which rise up around the man who first finds himself master of his own establishment, were sufficient to absorb all my attention, while Holmes, who loathed every form of society with his whole Bohemian soul, remained in our lodgings in Baker Street, buried among his old books, and alternating from week to week between cocaine and ambition, the drowsiness of the drug, and the fierce energy of his own keen nature. He was still, as ever, deeply attracted by the study of crime, and occupied his immense faculties and extraordinary powers of observation in following out those clues, and clearing up those mysteries which had been abandoned as hopeless by the official police. From time to time I heard some vague account of his doings: of his summons to Odessa in the case of the Trepoff murder, of his clearing up of the singular tragedy of the Atkinson brothers at Trincomalee, and finally of the mission which he had accomplished so delicately and successfully for the reigning family of Holland. Beyond these signs of his activity, however, which I merely shared with all the readers of the daily press, I knew little of my former friend and companion.
  80.  
  81. One night--it was on the twentieth of March, 1888--I was returning from a journey to a patient (for I had now returned to civil practice), when my way led me through Baker Street. As I passed the well-remembered door, which must always be associated in my mind with my wooing, and with the dark incidents of the Study in Scarlet, I was seized with a keen desire to see Holmes again, and to know how he was employing his extraordinary powers. His rooms were brilliantly lit, and, even as I looked up, I saw his tall, spare figure pass twice in a dark silhouette against the blind. He was pacing the room swiftly, eagerly, with his head sunk upon his chest and his hands clasped behind him. To me, who knew his every mood and habit, his attitude and manner told their own story. He was at work again. He had risen out of his drug-created dreams and was hot upon the scent of some new problem. I rang the bell and was shown up to the chamber which had formerly been in part my own.
  82.  
  83. His manner was not effusive. It seldom was; but he was glad, I think, to see me. With hardly a word spoken, but with a kindly eye, he waved me to an armchair, threw across his case of cigars, and indicated a spirit case and a gasogene in the corner. Then he stood before the fire and looked me over in his singular introspective fashion.
  84.  
  85. "Wedlock suits you," he remarked. "I think, Watson, that you have put on seven and a half pounds since I saw you."
  86.  
  87. "Seven!" I answered.
  88.  
  89. "Indeed, I should have thought a little more. Just a trifle more, I fancy, Watson. And in practice again, I observe. You did not tell me that you intended to go into harness."
  90.  
  91. "Then, how do you know?"
  92.  
  93. "I see it, I deduce it. How do I know that you have been getting yourself very wet lately, and that you have a most clumsy and careless servant girl?"
  94.  
  95. "My dear Holmes," said I, "this is too much. You would certainly have been burned, had you lived a few centuries ago. It is true that I had a country walk on Thursday and came home in a dreadful mess, but as I have changed my clothes I can't imagine how you deduce it. As to Mary Jane, she is incorrigible, and my wife has given her notice, but there, again, I fail to see how you work it out."
  96.  
  97. He chuckled to himself and rubbed his long, nervous hands together.
  98.  
  99. "It is simplicity itself," said he; "my eyes tell me that on the inside of your left shoe, just where the firelight strikes it, the leather is scored by six almost parallel cuts. Obviously they have been caused by someone who has very carelessly scraped round the edges of the sole in order to remove crusted mud from it. Hence, you see, my double deduction that you had been out in vile weather, and that you had a particularly malignant boot-slitting specimen of the London slavey. As to your practice, if a gentleman walks into my rooms smelling of iodoform, with a black mark of nitrate of silver upon his right forefinger, and a bulge on the right side of his top-hat to show where he has secreted his stethoscope, I must be dull, indeed, if I do not pronounce him to be an active member of the medical profession."
  100.  
  101. I could not help laughing at the ease with which he explained his process of deduction. "When I hear you give your reasons," I remarked, "the thing always appears to me to be so ridiculously simple that I could easily do it myself, though at each successive instance of your reasoning I am baffled until you explain your process. And yet I believe that my eyes are as good as yours."
  102.  
  103. "Quite so," he answered, lighting a cigarette, and throwing himself down into an armchair. "You see, but you do not observe. The distinction is clear. For example, you have frequently seen the steps which lead up from the hall to this room."
  104.  
  105. "Frequently."
  106.  
  107. "How often?"
  108.  
  109. "Well, some hundreds of times."
  110.  
  111. "Then how many are there?"
  112.  
  113. "How many? I don't know."
  114.  
  115. "Quite so! You have not observed. And yet you have seen. That is just my point. Now, I know that there are seventeen steps, because I have both seen and observed. By the way, since you are interested in these little problems, and since you are good enough to chronicle one or two of my trifling experiences, you may be interested in this." He threw over a sheet of thick, pink-tinted notepaper which had been lying open upon the table. "It came by the last post," said he. "Read it aloud."
  116.  
  117. The note was undated, and without either signature or address.
  118.  
  119. "There will call upon you to-night, at a quarter to eight o'clock," it said, "a gentleman who desires to consult you upon a matter of the very deepest moment. Your recent services to one of the royal houses of Europe have shown that you are one who may safely be trusted with matters which are of an importance which can hardly be exaggerated. This account of you we have from all quarters received. Be in your chamber then at that hour, and do not take it amiss if your visitor wear a mask."
  120.  
  121. "This is indeed a mystery," I remarked. "What do you imagine that it means?"
  122.  
  123. "I have no data yet. It is a capital mistake to theorise before one has data. Insensibly one begins to twist facts to suit theories, instead of theories to suit facts. But the note itself. What do you deduce from it?"
  124.  
  125. I carefully examined the writing, and the paper upon which it was written.
  126.  
  127. "The man who wrote it was presumably well to do," I remarked, endeavouring to imitate my companion's processes. "Such paper could not be bought under half a crown a packet. It is peculiarly strong and stiff."
  128.  
  129. "Peculiar--that is the very word," said Holmes. "It is not an English paper at all. Hold it up to the light."
  130.  
  131. I did so, and saw a large "E" with a small "g," a "P," and a large "G" with a small "t" woven into the texture of the paper.
  132.  
  133. "What do you make of that?" asked Holmes.
  134.  
  135. "The name of the maker, no doubt; or his monogram, rather."
  136.  
  137. "Not at all. The 'G' with the small 't' stands for 'Gesellschaft,' which is the German for 'Company.' It is a customary contraction like our 'Co.' 'P,' of course, stands for 'Papier.' Now for the 'Eg.' Let us glance at our Continental Gazetteer." He took down a heavy brown volume from his shelves. "Eglow, Eglonitz--here we are, Egria. It is in a German-speaking country--in Bohemia, not far from Carlsbad. 'Remarkable as being the scene of the death of Wallenstein, and for its numerous glass-factories and paper-mills.' Ha, ha, my boy, what do you make of that?" His eyes sparkled, and he sent up a great blue triumphant cloud from his cigarette.
  138.  
  139. "The paper was made in Bohemia," I said.
  140.  
  141. "Precisely. And the man who wrote the note is a German. Do you note the peculiar construction of the sentence--'This account of you we have from all quarters received.' A Frenchman or Russian could not have written that. It is the German who is so uncourteous to his verbs. It only remains, therefore, to discover what is wanted by this German who writes upon Bohemian paper and prefers wearing a mask to showing his face. And here he comes, if I am not mistaken, to resolve all our doubts."
  142.  
  143. As he spoke there was the sharp sound of horses' hoofs and grating wheels against the curb, followed by a sharp pull at the bell. Holmes whistled.
  144.  
  145. "A pair, by the sound," said he. "Yes," he continued, glancing out of the window. "A nice little brougham and a pair of beauties. A hundred and fifty guineas apiece. There's money in this case, Watson, if there is nothing else."
  146.  
  147. "I think that I had better go, Holmes."
  148.  
  149. "Not a bit, Doctor. Stay where you are. I am lost without my Boswell. And this promises to be interesting. It would be a pity to miss it."
  150.  
  151. "But your client--"
  152.  
  153. "Never mind him. I may want your help, and so may he. Here he comes. Sit down in that armchair, Doctor, and give us your best attention."
  154.  
  155. A slow and heavy step, which had been heard upon the stairs and in the passage, paused immediately outside the door. Then there was a loud and authoritative tap.
  156.  
  157. "Come in!" said Holmes.
  158.  
  159. A man entered who could hardly have been less than six feet six inches in height, with the chest and limbs of a Hercules. His dress was rich with a richness which would, in England, be looked upon as akin to bad taste. Heavy bands of astrakhan were slashed across the sleeves and fronts of his double-breasted coat, while the deep blue cloak which was thrown over his shoulders was lined with flame-coloured silk and secured at the neck with a brooch which consisted of a single flaming beryl. Boots which extended halfway up his calves, and which were trimmed at the tops with rich brown fur, completed the impression of barbaric opulence which was suggested by his whole appearance. He carried a broad-brimmed hat in his hand, while he wore across the upper part of his face, extending down past the cheekbones, a black vizard mask, which he had apparently adjusted that very moment, for his hand was still raised to it as he entered. From the lower part of the face he appeared to be a man of strong character, with a thick, hanging lip, and a long, straight chin suggestive of resolution pushed to the length of obstinacy.
  160.  
  161. "You had my note?" he asked with a deep harsh voice and a strongly marked German accent. "I told you that I would call." He looked from one to the other of us, as if uncertain which to address.
  162.  
  163. "Pray take a seat," said Holmes. "This is my friend and colleague, Dr. Watson, who is occasionally good enough to help me in my cases. Whom have I the honour to address?"
  164.  
  165. "You may address me as the Count Von Kramm, a Bohemian nobleman. I understand that this gentleman, your friend, is a man of honour and discretion, whom I may trust with a matter of the most extreme importance. If not, I should much prefer to communicate with you alone."
  166.  
  167. I rose to go, but Holmes caught me by the wrist and pushed me back into my chair. "It is both, or none," said he. "You may say before this gentleman anything which you may say to me."
  168.  
  169. The Count shrugged his broad shoulders. "Then I must begin," said he, "by binding you both to absolute secrecy for two years; at the end of that time the matter will be of no importance. At present it is not too much to say that it is of such weight it may have an influence upon European history."
  170.  
  171. "I promise," said Holmes.
  172.  
  173. "And I."
  174.  
  175. "You will excuse this mask," continued our strange visitor. "The august person who employs me wishes his agent to be unknown to you, and I may confess at once that the title by which I have just called myself is not exactly my own."
  176.  
  177. "I was aware of it," said Holmes dryly.
  178.  
  179. "The circumstances are of great delicacy, and every precaution has to be taken to quench what might grow to be an immense scandal and seriously compromise one of the reigning families of Europe. To speak plainly, the matter implicates the great House of Ormstein, hereditary kings of Bohemia."
  180.  
  181. "I was also aware of that," murmured Holmes, settling himself down in his armchair and closing his eyes.
  182.  
  183. Our visitor glanced with some apparent surprise at the languid, lounging figure of the man who had been no doubt depicted to him as the most incisive reasoner and most energetic agent in Europe. Holmes slowly reopened his eyes and looked impatiently at his gigantic client.
  184.  
  185. "If your Majesty would condescend to state your case," he remarked, "I should be better able to advise you."
  186.  
  187. The man sprang from his chair and paced up and down the room in uncontrollable agitation. Then, with a gesture of desperation, he tore the mask from his face and hurled it upon the ground. "You are right," he cried; "I am the King. Why should I attempt to conceal it?"
  188.  
  189. "Why, indeed?" murmured Holmes. "Your Majesty had not spoken before I was aware that I was addressing Wilhelm Gottsreich Sigismond von Ormstein, Grand Duke of Cassel-Felstein, and hereditary King of Bohemia."
  190.  
  191. "But you can understand," said our strange visitor, sitting down once more and passing his hand over his high white forehead, "you can understand that I am not accustomed to doing such business in my own person. Yet the matter was so delicate that I could not confide it to an agent without putting myself in his power. I have come incognito from Prague for the purpose of consulting you."
  192.  
  193. "Then, pray consult," said Holmes, shutting his eyes once more.
  194.  
  195. "The facts are briefly these: Some five years ago, during a lengthy visit to Warsaw, I made the acquaintance of the well-known adventuress, Irene Adler. The name is no doubt familiar to you."
  196.  
  197. "Kindly look her up in my index, Doctor," murmured Holmes without opening his eyes. For many years he had adopted a system of docketing all paragraphs concerning men and things, so that it was difficult to name a subject or a person on which he could not at once furnish information. In this case I found her biography sandwiched in between that of a Hebrew rabbi and that of a staff-commander who had written a monograph upon the deep-sea fishes.
  198.  
  199. "Let me see!" said Holmes. "Hum! Born in New Jersey in the year 1858. Contralto--hum! La Scala, hum! Prima donna Imperial Opera of Warsaw--yes! Retired from operatic stage--ha! Living in London--quite so! Your Majesty, as I understand, became entangled with this young person, wrote her some compromising letters, and is now desirous of getting those letters back."
  200.  
  201. "Precisely so. But how--"
  202.  
  203. "Was there a secret marriage?"
  204.  
  205. "None."
  206.  
  207. "No legal papers or certificates?"
  208.  
  209. "None."
  210.  
  211. "Then I fail to follow your Majesty. If this young person should produce her letters for blackmailing or other purposes, how is she to prove their authenticity?"
  212.  
  213. "There is the writing."
  214.  
  215. "Pooh, pooh! Forgery."
  216.  
  217. "My private note-paper."
  218.  
  219. "Stolen."
  220.  
  221. "My own seal."
  222.  
  223. "Imitated."
  224.  
  225. "My photograph."
  226.  
  227. "Bought."
  228.  
  229. "We were both in the photograph."
  230.  
  231. "Oh, dear! That is very bad! Your Majesty has indeed committed an indiscretion."
  232.  
  233. "I was mad--insane."
  234.  
  235. "You have compromised yourself seriously."
  236.  
  237. "I was only Crown Prince then. I was young. I am but thirty now."
  238.  
  239. "It must be recovered."
  240.  
  241. "We have tried and failed."
  242.  
  243. "Your Majesty must pay. It must be bought."
  244.  
  245. "She will not sell."
  246.  
  247. "Stolen, then."
  248.  
  249. "Five attempts have been made. Twice burglars in my pay ransacked her house. Once we diverted her luggage when she travelled. Twice she has been waylaid. There has been no result."
  250.  
  251. "No sign of it?"
  252.  
  253. "Absolutely none."
  254.  
  255. Holmes laughed. "It is quite a pretty little problem," said he.
  256.  
  257. "But a very serious one to me," returned the King reproachfully.
  258.  
  259. "Very, indeed. And what does she propose to do with the photograph?"
  260.  
  261. "To ruin me."
  262.  
  263. "But how?"
  264.  
  265. "I am about to be married."
  266.  
  267. "So I have heard."
  268.  
  269. "To Clotilde Lothman von Saxe-Meningen, second daughter of the King of Scandinavia. You may know the strict principles of her family. She is herself the very soul of delicacy. A shadow of a doubt as to my conduct would bring the matter to an end."
  270.  
  271. "And Irene Adler?"
  272.  
  273. "Threatens to send them the photograph. And she will do it. I know that she will do it. You do not know her, but she has a soul of steel. She has the face of the most beautiful of women, and the mind of the most resolute of men. Rather than I should marry another woman, there are no lengths to which she would not go--none."
  274.  
  275. "You are sure that she has not sent it yet?"
  276.  
  277. "I am sure."
  278.  
  279. "And why?"
  280.  
  281. "Because she has said that she would send it on the day when the betrothal was publicly proclaimed. That will be next Monday."
  282.  
  283. "Oh, then we have three days yet," said Holmes with a yawn. "That is very fortunate, as I have one or two matters of importance to look into just at present. Your Majesty will, of course, stay in London for the present?"
  284.  
  285. "Certainly. You will find me at the Langham under the name of the Count Von Kramm."
  286.  
  287. "Then I shall drop you a line to let you know how we progress."
  288.  
  289. "Pray do so. I shall be all anxiety."
  290.  
  291. "Then, as to money?"
  292.  
  293. "You have carte blanche."
  294.  
  295. "Absolutely?"
  296.  
  297. "I tell you that I would give one of the provinces of my kingdom to have that photograph."
  298.  
  299. "And for present expenses?"
  300.  
  301. The King took a heavy chamois leather bag from under his cloak and laid it on the table.
  302.  
  303. "There are three hundred pounds in gold and seven hundred in notes," he said.
  304.  
  305. Holmes scribbled a receipt upon a sheet of his note-book and handed it to him.
  306.  
  307. "And Mademoiselle's address?" he asked.
  308.  
  309. "Is Briony Lodge, Serpentine Avenue, St. John's Wood."
  310.  
  311. Holmes took a note of it. "One other question," said he. "Was the photograph a cabinet?"
  312.  
  313. "It was."
  314.  
  315. "Then, good-night, your Majesty, and I trust that we shall soon have some good news for you. And good-night, Watson," he added, as the wheels of the royal brougham rolled down the street. "If you will be good enough to call to-morrow afternoon at three o'clock I should like to chat this little matter over with you."
  316.  
  317. II.
  318.  
  319.  
  320. At three o'clock precisely I was at Baker Street, but Holmes had not yet returned. The landlady informed me that he had left the house shortly after eight o'clock in the morning. I sat down beside the fire, however, with the intention of awaiting him, however long he might be. I was already deeply interested in his inquiry, for, though it was surrounded by none of the grim and strange features which were associated with the two crimes which I have already recorded, still, the nature of the case and the exalted station of his client gave it a character of its own. Indeed, apart from the nature of the investigation which my friend had on hand, there was something in his masterly grasp of a situation, and his keen, incisive reasoning, which made it a pleasure to me to study his system of work, and to follow the quick, subtle methods by which he disentangled the most inextricable mysteries. So accustomed was I to his invariable success that the very possibility of his failing had ceased to enter into my head.
  321.  
  322. It was close upon four before the door opened, and a drunken-looking groom, ill-kempt and side-whiskered, with an inflamed face and disreputable clothes, walked into the room. Accustomed as I was to my friend's amazing powers in the use of disguises, I had to look three times before I was certain that it was indeed he. With a nod he vanished into the bedroom, whence he emerged in five minutes tweed-suited and respectable, as of old. Putting his hands into his pockets, he stretched out his legs in front of the fire and laughed heartily for some minutes.
  323.  
  324. "Well, really!" he cried, and then he choked and laughed again until he was obliged to lie back, limp and helpless, in the chair.
  325.  
  326. "What is it?"
  327.  
  328. "It's quite too funny. I am sure you could never guess how I employed my morning, or what I ended by doing."
  329.  
  330. "I can't imagine. I suppose that you have been watching the habits, and perhaps the house, of Miss Irene Adler."
  331.  
  332. "Quite so; but the sequel was rather unusual. I will tell you, however. I left the house a little after eight o'clock this morning in the character of a groom out of work. There is a wonderful sympathy and freemasonry among horsey men. Be one of them, and you will know all that there is to know. I soon found Briony Lodge. It is a bijou villa, with a garden at the back, but built out in front right up to the road, two stories. Chubb lock to the door. Large sitting-room on the right side, well furnished, with long windows almost to the floor, and those preposterous English window fasteners which a child could open. Behind there was nothing remarkable, save that the passage window could be reached from the top of the coach-house. I walked round it and examined it closely from every point of view, but without noting anything else of interest.
  333.  
  334. "I then lounged down the street and found, as I expected, that there was a mews in a lane which runs down by one wall of the garden. I lent the ostlers a hand in rubbing down their horses, and received in exchange twopence, a glass of half-and-half, two fills of shag tobacco, and as much information as I could desire about Miss Adler, to say nothing of half a dozen other people in the neighbourhood in whom I was not in the least interested, but whose biographies I was compelled to listen to."
  335.  
  336. "And what of Irene Adler?" I asked.
  337.  
  338. "Oh, she has turned all the men's heads down in that part. She is the daintiest thing under a bonnet on this planet. So say the Serpentine-mews, to a man. She lives quietly, sings at concerts, drives out at five every day, and returns at seven sharp for dinner. Seldom goes out at other times, except when she sings. Has only one male visitor, but a good deal of him. He is dark, handsome, and dashing, never calls less than once a day, and often twice. He is a Mr. Godfrey Norton, of the Inner Temple. See the advantages of a cabman as a confidant. They had driven him home a dozen times from Serpentine-mews, and knew all about him. When I had listened to all they had to tell, I began to walk up and down near Briony Lodge once more, and to think over my plan of campaign.
  339.  
  340. "This Godfrey Norton was evidently an important factor in the matter. He was a lawyer. That sounded ominous. What was the relation between them, and what the object of his repeated visits? Was she his client, his friend, or his mistress? If the former, she had probably transferred the photograph to his keeping. If the latter, it was less likely. On the issue of this question depended whether I should continue my work at Briony Lodge, or turn my attention to the gentleman's chambers in the Temple. It was a delicate point, and it widened the field of my inquiry. I fear that I bore you with these details, but I have to let you see my little difficulties, if you are to understand the situation."
  341.  
  342. "I am following you closely," I answered.
  343.  
  344. "I was still balancing the matter in my mind when a hansom cab drove up to Briony Lodge, and a gentleman sprang out. He was a remarkably handsome man, dark, aquiline, and moustached--evidently the man of whom I had heard. He appeared to be in a great hurry, shouted to the cabman to wait, and brushed past the maid who opened the door with the air of a man who was thoroughly at home.
  345.  
  346. "He was in the house about half an hour, and I could catch glimpses of him in the windows of the sitting-room, pacing up and down, talking excitedly, and waving his arms. Of her I could see nothing. Presently he emerged, looking even more flurried than before. As he stepped up to the cab, he pulled a gold watch from his pocket and looked at it earnestly, 'Drive like the devil,' he shouted, 'first to Gross & Hankey's in Regent Street, and then to the Church of St. Monica in the Edgeware Road. Half a guinea if you do it in twenty minutes!'
  347.  
  348. "Away they went, and I was just wondering whether I should not do well to follow them when up the lane came a neat little landau, the coachman with his coat only half-buttoned, and his tie under his ear, while all the tags of his harness were sticking out of the buckles. It hadn't pulled up before she shot out of the hall door and into it. I only caught a glimpse of her at the moment, but she was a lovely woman, with a face that a man might die for.
  349.  
  350. " 'The Church of St. Monica, John,' she cried, 'and half a sovereign if you reach it in twenty minutes.'
  351.  
  352. "This was quite too good to lose, Watson. I was just balancing whether I should run for it, or whether I should perch behind her landau when a cab came through the street. The driver looked twice at such a shabby fare, but I jumped in before he could object. 'The Church of St. Monica,' said I, 'and half a sovereign if you reach it in twenty minutes.' It was twenty-five minutes to twelve, and of course it was clear enough what was in the wind.
  353.  
  354. "My cabby drove fast. I don't think I ever drove faster, but the others were there before us. The cab and the landau with their steaming horses were in front of the door when I arrived. I paid the man and hurried into the church. There was not a soul there save the two whom I had followed and a surpliced clergyman, who seemed to be expostulating with them. They were all three standing in a knot in front of the altar. I lounged up the side aisle like any other idler who has dropped into a church. Suddenly, to my surprise, the three at the altar faced round to me, and Godfrey Norton came running as hard as he could towards me.
  355.  
  356. " 'Thank God,' he cried. 'You'll do. Come! Come!'
  357.  
  358. " 'What then?' I asked.
  359.  
  360. " 'Come, man, come, only three minutes, or it won't be legal.'
  361.  
  362. "I was half-dragged up to the altar, and before I knew where I was I found myself mumbling responses which were whispered in my ear, and vouching for things of which I knew nothing, and generally assisting in the secure tying up of Irene Adler, spinster, to Godfrey Norton, bachelor. It was all done in an instant, and there was the gentleman thanking me on the one side and the lady on the other, while the clergyman beamed on me in front. It was the most preposterous position in which I ever found myself in my life, and it was the thought of it that started me laughing just now. It seems that there had been some informality about their license, that the clergyman absolutely refused to marry them without a witness of some sort, and that my lucky appearance saved the bridegroom from having to sally out into the streets in search of a best man. The bride gave me a sovereign, and I mean to wear it on my watch chain in memory of the occasion."
  363.  
  364. "This is a very unexpected turn of affairs," said I; "and what then?"
  365.  
  366. "Well, I found my plans very seriously menaced. It looked as if the pair might take an immediate departure, and so necessitate very prompt and energetic measures on my part. At the church door, however, they separated, he driving back to the Temple, and she to her own house. 'I shall drive out in the park at five as usual,' she said as she left him. I heard no more. They drove away in different directions, and I went off to make my own arrangements."
  367.  
  368. "Which are?"
  369.  
  370. "Some cold beef and a glass of beer," he answered, ringing the bell. "I have been too busy to think of food, and I am likely to be busier still this evening. By the way, Doctor, I shall want your co-operation."
  371.  
  372. "I shall be delighted."
  373.  
  374. "You don't mind breaking the law?"
  375.  
  376. "Not in the least."
  377.  
  378. "Nor running a chance of arrest?"
  379.  
  380. "Not in a good cause."
  381.  
  382. "Oh, the cause is excellent!"
  383.  
  384. "Then I am your man."
  385.  
  386. "I was sure that I might rely on you."
  387.  
  388. "But what is it you wish?"
  389.  
  390. "When Mrs. Turner has brought in the tray I will make it clear to you. Now," he said as he turned hungrily on the simple fare that our landlady had provided, "I must discuss it while I eat, for I have not much time. It is nearly five now. In two hours we must be on the scene of action. Miss Irene, or Madame, rather, returns from her drive at seven. We must be at Briony Lodge to meet her."
  391.  
  392. "And what then?"
  393.  
  394. "You must leave that to me. I have already arranged what is to occur. There is only one point on which I must insist. You must not interfere, come what may. You understand?"
  395.  
  396. "I am to be neutral?"
  397.  
  398. "To do nothing whatever. There will probably be some small unpleasantness. Do not join in it. It will end in my being conveyed into the house. Four or five minutes afterwards the sitting-room window will open. You are to station yourself close to that open window."
  399.  
  400. "Yes."
  401.  
  402. "You are to watch me, for I will be visible to you."
  403.  
  404. "Yes."
  405.  
  406. "And when I raise my hand--so--you will throw into the room what I give you to throw, and will, at the same time, raise the cry of fire. You quite follow me?"
  407.  
  408. "Entirely."
  409.  
  410. "It is nothing very formidable," he said, taking a long cigar-shaped roll from his pocket. "It is an ordinary plumber's smoke-rocket, fitted with a cap at either end to make it self-lighting. Your task is confined to that. When you raise your cry of fire, it will be taken up by quite a number of people. You may then walk to the end of the street, and I will rejoin you in ten minutes. I hope that I have made myself clear?"
  411.  
  412. "I am to remain neutral, to get near the window, to watch you, and at the signal to throw in this object, then to raise the cry of fire, and to wait you at the corner of the street."
  413.  
  414. "Precisely."
  415.  
  416. "Then you may entirely rely on me."
  417.  
  418. "That is excellent. I think, perhaps, it is almost time that I prepare for the new role I have to play."
  419.  
  420. He disappeared into his bedroom and returned in a few minutes in the character of an amiable and simple-minded Nonconformist clergyman. His broad black hat, his baggy trousers, his white tie, his sympathetic smile, and general look of peering and benevolent curiosity were such as Mr. John Hare alone could have equalled. It was not merely that Holmes changed his costume. His expression, his manner, his very soul seemed to vary with every fresh part that he assumed. The stage lost a fine actor, even as science lost an acute reasoner, when he became a specialist in crime.
  421.  
  422. It was a quarter past six when we left Baker Street, and it still wanted ten minutes to the hour when we found ourselves in Serpentine Avenue. It was already dusk, and the lamps were just being lighted as we paced up and down in front of Briony Lodge, waiting for the coming of its occupant. The house was just such as I had pictured it from Sherlock Holmes' succinct description, but the locality appeared to be less private than I expected. On the contrary, for a small street in a quiet neighbourhood, it was remarkably animated. There was a group of shabbily dressed men smoking and laughing in a corner, a scissors-grinder with his wheel, two guardsmen who were flirting with a nurse-girl, and several well-dressed young men who were lounging up and down with cigars in their mouths.
  423.  
  424. "You see," remarked Holmes, as we paced to and fro in front of the house, "this marriage rather simplifies matters. The photograph becomes a double-edged weapon now. The chances are that she would be as averse to its being seen by Mr. Godfrey Norton, as our client is to its coming to the eyes of his princess. Now the question is, Where are we to find the photograph?"
  425.  
  426. "Where, indeed?"
  427.  
  428. "It is most unlikely that she carries it about with her. It is cabinet size. Too large for easy concealment about a woman's dress. She knows that the King is capable of having her waylaid and searched. Two attempts of the sort have already been made. We may take it, then, that she does not carry it about with her."
  429.  
  430. "Where, then?"
  431.  
  432. "Her banker or her lawyer. There is that double possibility. But I am inclined to think neither. Women are naturally secretive, and they like to do their own secreting. Why should she hand it over to anyone else? She could trust her own guardianship, but she could not tell what indirect or political influence might be brought to bear upon a business man. Besides, remember that she had resolved to use it within a few days. It must be where she can lay her hands upon it. It must be in her own house."
  433.  
  434. "But it has twice been burgled."
  435.  
  436. "Pshaw! They did not know how to look."
  437.  
  438. "But how will you look?"
  439.  
  440. "I will not look."
  441.  
  442. "What then?"
  443.  
  444. "I will get her to show me."
  445.  
  446. "But she will refuse."
  447.  
  448. "She will not be able to. But I hear the rumble of wheels. It is her carriage. Now carry out my orders to the letter."
  449.  
  450. As he spoke the gleam of the sidelights of a carriage came round the curve of the avenue. It was a smart little landau which rattled up to the door of Briony Lodge. As it pulled up, one of the loafing men at the corner dashed forward to open the door in the hope of earning a copper, but was elbowed away by another loafer, who had rushed up with the same intention. A fierce quarrel broke out, which was increased by the two guardsmen, who took sides with one of the loungers, and by the scissors-grinder, who was equally hot upon the other side. A blow was struck, and in an instant the lady, who had stepped from her carriage, was the centre of a little knot of flushed and struggling men, who struck savagely at each other with their fists and sticks. Holmes dashed into the crowd to protect the lady; but, just as he reached her, he gave a cry and dropped to the ground, with the blood running freely down his face. At his fall the guardsmen took to their heels in one direction and the loungers in the other, while a number of better dressed people, who had watched the scuffle without taking part in it, crowded in to help the lady and to attend to the injured man. Irene Adler, as I will still call her, had hurried up the steps; but she stood at the top with her superb figure outlined against the lights of the hall, looking back into the street.
  451.  
  452. "Is the poor gentleman much hurt?" she asked.
  453.  
  454. "He is dead," cried several voices.
  455.  
  456. "No, no, there's life in him!" shouted another. "But he'll be gone before you can get him to hospital."
  457.  
  458. "He's a brave fellow," said a woman. "They would have had the lady's purse and watch if it hadn't been for him. They were a gang, and a rough one, too. Ah, he's breathing now."
  459.  
  460. "He can't lie in the street. May we bring him in, marm?"
  461.  
  462. "Surely. Bring him into the sitting-room. There is a comfortable sofa. This way, please!"
  463.  
  464. Slowly and solemnly he was borne into Briony Lodge and laid out in the principal room, while I still observed the proceedings from my post by the window. The lamps had been lit, but the blinds had not been drawn, so that I could see Holmes as he lay upon the couch. I do not know whether he was seized with compunction at that moment for the part he was playing, but I know that I never felt more heartily ashamed of myself in my life than when I saw the beautiful creature against whom I was conspiring, or the grace and kindliness with which she waited upon the injured man. And yet it would be the blackest treachery to Holmes to draw back now from the part which he had intrusted to me. I hardened my heart, and took the smoke-rocket from under my ulster. After all, I thought, we are not injuring her. We are but preventing her from injuring another.
  465.  
  466. Holmes had sat up upon the couch, and I saw him motion like a man who is in need of air. A maid rushed across and threw open the window. At the same instant I saw him raise his hand and at the signal I tossed my rocket into the room with a cry of "Fire!" The word was no sooner out of my mouth than the whole crowd of spectators, well dressed and ill--gentlemen, ostlers, and servant maids--joined in a general shriek of "Fire!" Thick clouds of smoke curled through the room and out at the open window. I caught a glimpse of rushing figures, and a moment later the voice of Holmes from within assuring them that it was a false alarm. Slipping through the shouting crowd I made my way to the corner of the street, and in ten minutes was rejoiced to find my friend's arm in mine, and to get away from the scene of uproar. He walked swiftly and in silence for some few minutes until we had turned down one of the quiet streets which lead towards the Edgeware Road.
  467.  
  468. "You did it very nicely, Doctor," he remarked. "Nothing could have been better. It is all right."
  469.  
  470. "You have the photograph?"
  471.  
  472. "I know where it is."
  473.  
  474. "And how did you find out?"
  475.  
  476. "She showed me, as I told you she would."
  477.  
  478. "I am still in the dark."
  479.  
  480. "I do not wish to make a mystery," said he, laughing. "The matter was perfectly simple. You, of course, saw that everyone in the street was an accomplice. They were all engaged for the evening."
  481.  
  482. "I guessed as much."
  483.  
  484. "Then, when the row broke out, I had a little moist red paint in the palm of my hand. I rushed forward, fell down, clapped my hand to my face, and became a piteous spectacle. It is an old trick."
  485.  
  486. "That also I could fathom."
  487.  
  488. "Then they carried me in. She was bound to have me in. What else could she do? And into her sitting-room, which was the very room which I suspected. It lay between that and her bedroom, and I was determined to see which. They laid me on a couch, I motioned for air, they were compelled to open the window, and you had your chance."
  489.  
  490. "How did that help you?"
  491.  
  492. "It was all-important. When a woman thinks that her house is on fire, her instinct is at once to rush to the thing which she values most. It is a perfectly overpowering impulse, and I have more than once taken advantage of it. In the case of the Darlington Substitution Scandal it was of use to me, and also in the Arnsworth Castle business. A married woman grabs at her baby; an unmarried one reaches for her jewel-box. Now it was clear to me that our lady of to-day had nothing in the house more precious to her than what we are in quest of. She would rush to secure it. The alarm of fire was admirably done. The smoke and shouting were enough to shake nerves of steel. She responded beautifully. The photograph is in a recess behind a sliding panel just above the right bell-pull. She was there in an instant, and I caught a glimpse of it as she half drew it out. When I cried out that it was a false alarm, she replaced it, glanced at the rocket, rushed from the room, and I have not seen her since. I rose, and, making my excuses, escaped from the house. I hesitated whether to attempt to secure the photograph at once; but the coachman had come in, and as he was watching me narrowly, it seemed safer to wait. A little over-precipitance may ruin all."
  493.  
  494. "And now?" I asked.
  495.  
  496. "Our quest is practically finished. I shall call with the King to-morrow, and with you, if you care to come with us. We will be shown into the sitting-room to wait for the lady, but it is probable that when she comes she may find neither us nor the photograph. It might be a satisfaction to his Majesty to regain it with his own hands."
  497.  
  498. "And when will you call?"
  499.  
  500. "At eight in the morning. She will not be up, so that we shall have a clear field. Besides, we must be prompt, for this marriage may mean a complete change in her life and habits. I must wire to the King without delay."
  501.  
  502. We had reached Baker Street and had stopped at the door. He was searching his pockets for the key when someone passing said:
  503.  
  504. "Good-night, Mister Sherlock Holmes."
  505.  
  506. There were several people on the pavement at the time, but the greeting appeared to come from a slim youth in an ulster who had hurried by.
  507.  
  508. "I've heard that voice before," said Holmes, staring down the dimly lit street. "Now, I wonder who the deuce that could have been."
  509.  
  510. III.
  511.  
  512.  
  513. I slept at Baker Street that night, and we were engaged upon our toast and coffee in the morning when the King of Bohemia rushed into the room.
  514.  
  515. "You have really got it!" he cried, grasping Sherlock Holmes by either shoulder and looking eagerly into his face.
  516.  
  517. "Not yet."
  518.  
  519. "But you have hopes?"
  520.  
  521. "I have hopes."
  522.  
  523. "Then, come. I am all impatience to be gone."
  524.  
  525. "We must have a cab."
  526.  
  527. "No, my brougham is waiting."
  528.  
  529. "Then that will simplify matters." We descended and started off once more for Briony Lodge.
  530.  
  531. "Irene Adler is married," remarked Holmes.
  532.  
  533. "Married! When?"
  534.  
  535. "Yesterday."
  536.  
  537. "But to whom?"
  538.  
  539. "To an English lawyer named Norton."
  540.  
  541. "But she could not love him."
  542.  
  543. "I am in hopes that she does."
  544.  
  545. "And why in hopes?"
  546.  
  547. "Because it would spare your Majesty all fear of future annoyance. If the lady loves her husband, she does not love your Majesty. If she does not love your Majesty, there is no reason why she should interfere with your Majesty's plan."
  548.  
  549. "It is true. And yet--! Well! I wish she had been of my own station! What a queen she would have made!" He relapsed into a moody silence, which was not broken until we drew up in Serpentine Avenue.
  550.  
  551. The door of Briony Lodge was open, and an elderly woman stood upon the steps. She watched us with a sardonic eye as we stepped from the brougham.
  552.  
  553. "Mr. Sherlock Holmes, I believe?" said she.
  554.  
  555. "I am Mr. Holmes," answered my companion, looking at her with a questioning and rather startled gaze.
  556.  
  557. "Indeed! My mistress told me that you were likely to call. She left this morning with her husband by the 5:15 train from Charing Cross for the Continent."
  558.  
  559. "What!" Sherlock Holmes staggered back, white with chagrin and surprise. "Do you mean that she has left England?"
  560.  
  561. "Never to return."
  562.  
  563. "And the papers?" asked the King hoarsely. "All is lost."
  564.  
  565. "We shall see." He pushed past the servant and rushed into the drawing-room, followed by the King and myself. The furniture was scattered about in every direction, with dismantled shelves and open drawers, as if the lady had hurriedly ransacked them before her flight. Holmes rushed at the bell-pull, tore back a small sliding shutter, and, plunging in his hand, pulled out a photograph and a letter. The photograph was of Irene Adler herself in evening dress, the letter was superscribed to "Sherlock Holmes, Esq. To be left till called for." My friend tore it open, and we all three read it together. It was dated at midnight of the preceding night and ran in this way:
  566.  
  567. "MY DEAR MR. SHERLOCK HOLMES,--You really did it very well. You took me in completely. Until after the alarm of fire, I had not a suspicion. But then, when I found how I had betrayed myself, I began to think. I had been warned against you months ago. I had been told that, if the King employed an agent, it would certainly be you. And your address had been given me. Yet, with all this, you made me reveal what you wanted to know. Even after I became suspicious, I found it hard to think evil of such a dear, kind old clergyman. But, you know, I have been trained as an actress myself. Male costume is nothing new to me. I often take advantage of the freedom which it gives. I sent John, the coachman, to watch you, ran upstairs, got into my walking clothes, as I call them, and came down just as you departed.
  568.  
  569. "Well, I followed you to your door, and so made sure that I was really an object of interest to the celebrated Mr. Sherlock Holmes. Then I, rather imprudently, wished you good-night, and started for the Temple to see my husband.
  570.  
  571. "We both thought the best resource was flight, when pursued by so formidable an antagonist; so you will find the nest empty when you call to-morrow. As to the photograph, your client may rest in peace. I love and am loved by a better man than he. The King may do what he will without hindrance from one whom he has cruelly wronged. I keep it only to safeguard myself, and to preserve a weapon which will always secure me from any steps which he might take in the future. I leave a photograph which he might care to possess; and I remain, dear Mr. Sherlock Holmes,
  572.  
  573.  
  574. "Very truly yours,              
  575. "IRENE NORTON, nee ADLER."
  576.  
  577. "What a woman--oh, what a woman!" cried the King of Bohemia, when we had all three read this epistle. "Did I not tell you how quick and resolute she was? Would she not have made an admirable queen? Is it not a pity that she was not on my level?"
  578.  
  579. "From what I have seen of the lady, she seems, indeed, to be on a very different level to your Majesty," said Holmes coldly. "I am sorry that I have not been able to bring your Majesty's business to a more successful conclusion."
  580.  
  581. "On the contrary, my dear sir," cried the King; "nothing could be more successful. I know that her word is inviolate. The photograph is now as safe as if it were in the fire."
  582.  
  583. "I am glad to hear your Majesty say so."
  584.  
  585. "I am immensely indebted to you. Pray tell me in what way I can reward you. This ring--" He slipped an emerald snake ring from his finger and held it out upon the palm of his hand.
  586.  
  587. "Your Majesty has something which I should value even more highly," said Holmes.
  588.  
  589. "You have but to name it."
  590.  
  591. "This photograph!"
  592.  
  593. The King stared at him in amazement.
  594.  
  595. "Irene's photograph!" he cried. "Certainly, if you wish it."
  596.  
  597. "I thank your Majesty. Then there is no more to be done in the matter. I have the honour to wish you a very good morning." He bowed, and, turning away without observing the hand which the King had stretched out to him, he set off in my company for his chambers.
  598.  
  599. And that was how a great scandal threatened to affect the kingdom of Bohemia, and how the best plans of Mr. Sherlock Holmes were beaten by a woman's wit. He used to make merry over the cleverness of women, but I have not heard him do it of late. And when he speaks of Irene Adler, or when he refers to her photograph, it is always under the honourable title of the woman.
  600.  
  601. ADVENTURE  II.  THE RED-HEADED LEAGUE
  602.  
  603.  
  604. I had called upon my friend, Mr. Sherlock Holmes, one day in the autumn of last year and found him in deep conversation with a very stout, florid-faced, elderly gentleman with fiery red hair. With an apology for my intrusion, I was about to withdraw when Holmes pulled me abruptly into the room and closed the door behind me.
  605.  
  606. "You could not possibly have come at a better time, my dear Watson," he said cordially.
  607.  
  608. "I was afraid that you were engaged."
  609.  
  610. "So I am. Very much so."
  611.  
  612. "Then I can wait in the next room."
  613.  
  614. "Not at all. This gentleman, Mr. Wilson, has been my partner and helper in many of my most successful cases, and I have no doubt that he will be of the utmost use to me in yours also."
  615.  
  616. The stout gentleman half rose from his chair and gave a bob of greeting, with a quick little questioning glance from his small fat-encircled eyes.
  617.  
  618. "Try the settee," said Holmes, relapsing into his armchair and putting his fingertips together, as was his custom when in judicial moods. "I know, my dear Watson, that you share my love of all that is bizarre and outside the conventions and humdrum routine of everyday life. You have shown your relish for it by the enthusiasm which has prompted you to chronicle, and, if you will excuse my saying so, somewhat to embellish so many of my own little adventures."
  619.  
  620. "Your cases have indeed been of the greatest interest to me," I observed.
  621.  
  622. "You will remember that I remarked the other day, just before we went into the very simple problem presented by Miss Mary Sutherland, that for strange effects and extraordinary combinations we must go to life itself, which is always far more daring than any effort of the imagination."
  623.  
  624. "A proposition which I took the liberty of doubting."
  625.  
  626. "You did, Doctor, but none the less you must come round to my view, for otherwise I shall keep on piling fact upon fact on you until your reason breaks down under them and acknowledges me to be right. Now, Mr. Jabez Wilson here has been good enough to call upon me this morning, and to begin a narrative which promises to be one of the most singular which I have listened to for some time. You have heard me remark that the strangest and most unique things are very often connected not with the larger but with the smaller crimes, and occasionally, indeed, where there is room for doubt whether any positive crime has been committed. As far as I have heard, it is impossible for me to say whether the present case is an instance of crime or not, but the course of events is certainly among the most singular that I have ever listened to. Perhaps, Mr. Wilson, you would have the great kindness to recommence your narrative. I ask you not merely because my friend Dr. Watson has not heard the opening part but also because the peculiar nature of the story makes me anxious to have every possible detail from your lips. As a rule, when I have heard some slight indication of the course of events, I am able to guide myself by the thousands of other similar cases which occur to my memory. In the present instance I am forced to admit that the facts are, to the best of my belief, unique."
  627.  
  628. The portly client puffed out his chest with an appearance of some little pride and pulled a dirty and wrinkled newspaper from the inside pocket of his greatcoat. As he glanced down the advertisement column, with his head thrust forward and the paper flattened out upon his knee, I took a good look at the man and endeavoured, after the fashion of my companion, to read the indications which might be presented by his dress or appearance.
  629.  
  630. I did not gain very much, however, by my inspection. Our visitor bore every mark of being an average commonplace British tradesman, obese, pompous, and slow. He wore rather baggy grey shepherd's check trousers, a not over-clean black frock-coat, unbuttoned in the front, and a drab waistcoat with a heavy brassy Albert chain, and a square pierced bit of metal dangling down as an ornament. A frayed top-hat and a faded brown overcoat with a wrinkled velvet collar lay upon a chair beside him. Altogether, look as I would, there was nothing remarkable about the man save his blazing red head, and the expression of extreme chagrin and discontent upon his features.
  631.  
  632. Sherlock Holmes' quick eye took in my occupation, and he shook his head with a smile as he noticed my questioning glances. "Beyond the obvious facts that he has at some time done manual labour, that he takes snuff, that he is a Freemason, that he has been in China, and that he has done a considerable amount of writing lately, I can deduce nothing else."
  633.  
  634. Mr. Jabez Wilson started up in his chair, with his forefinger upon the paper, but his eyes upon my companion.
  635.  
  636. "How, in the name of good-fortune, did you know all that, Mr. Holmes?" he asked. "How did you know, for example, that I did manual labour. It's as true as gospel, for I began as a ship's carpenter."
  637.  
  638. "Your hands, my dear sir. Your right hand is quite a size larger than your left. You have worked with it, and the muscles are more developed."
  639.  
  640. "Well, the snuff, then, and the Freemasonry?"
  641.  
  642. "I won't insult your intelligence by telling you how I read that, especially as, rather against the strict rules of your order, you use an arc-and-compass breastpin."
  643.  
  644. "Ah, of course, I forgot that. But the writing?"
  645.  
  646. "What else can be indicated by that right cuff so very shiny for five inches, and the left one with the smooth patch near the elbow where you rest it upon the desk?"
  647.  
  648. "Well, but China?"
  649.  
  650. "The fish that you have tattooed immediately above your right wrist could only have been done in China. I have made a small study of tattoo marks and have even contributed to the literature of the subject. That trick of staining the fishes' scales of a delicate pink is quite peculiar to China. When, in addition, I see a Chinese coin hanging from your watch-chain, the matter becomes even more simple."
  651.  
  652. Mr. Jabez Wilson laughed heavily. "Well, I never!" said he. "I thought at first that you had done something clever, but I see that there was nothing in it after all."
  653.  
  654. "I begin to think, Watson," said Holmes, "that I make a mistake in explaining. 'Omne ignotum pro magnifico,' you know, and my poor little reputation, such as it is, will suffer shipwreck if I am so candid. Can you not find the advertisement, Mr. Wilson?"
  655.  
  656. "Yes, I have got it now," he answered with his thick red finger planted halfway down the column. "Here it is. This is what began it all. You just read it for yourself, sir."
  657.  
  658. I took the paper from him and read as follows:
  659.  
  660. "TO THE RED-HEADED LEAGUE: On account of the bequest of the late Ezekiah Hopkins, of Lebanon, Pennsylvania, U. S. A., there is now another vacancy open which entitles a member of the League to a salary of $4 a week for purely nominal services. All red-headed men who are sound in body and mind and above the age of twenty-one years, are eligible. Apply in person on Monday, at eleven o'clock, to Duncan Ross, at the offices of the League, 7 Pope's Court, Fleet Street."
  661.  
  662. "What on earth does this mean?" I ejaculated after I had twice read over the extraordinary announcement.
  663.  
  664. Holmes chuckled and wriggled in his chair, as was his habit when in high spirits. "It is a little off the beaten track, isn't it?" said he. "And now, Mr. Wilson, off you go at scratch and tell us all about yourself, your household, and the effect which this advertisement had upon your fortunes. You will first make a note, Doctor, of the paper and the date."
  665.  
  666. "It is The Morning Chronicle of April 27, 1890. Just two months ago."
  667.  
  668. "Very good. Now, Mr. Wilson?"
  669.  
  670. "Well, it is just as I have been telling you, Mr. Sherlock Holmes," said Jabez Wilson, mopping his forehead; "I have a small pawnbroker's business at Coburg Square, near the City. It's not a very large affair, and of late years it has not done more than just give me a living. I used to be able to keep two assistants, but now I only keep one; and I would have a job to pay him but that he is willing to come for half wages so as to learn the business."
  671.  
  672. "What is the name of this obliging youth?" asked Sherlock Holmes.
  673.  
  674. "His name is Vincent Spaulding, and he's not such a youth, either. It's hard to say his age. I should not wish a smarter assistant, Mr. Holmes; and I know very well that he could better himself and earn twice what I am able to give him. But, after all, if he is satisfied, why should I put ideas in his head?"
  675.  
  676. "Why, indeed? You seem most fortunate in having an employe who comes under the full market price. It is not a common experience among employers in this age. I don't know that your assistant is not as remarkable as your advertisement."
  677.  
  678. "Oh, he has his faults, too," said Mr. Wilson. "Never was such a fellow for photography. Snapping away with a camera when he ought to be improving his mind, and then diving down into the cellar like a rabbit into its hole to develop his pictures. That is his main fault, but on the whole he's a good worker. There's no vice in him."
  679.  
  680. "He is still with you, I presume?"
  681.  
  682. "Yes, sir. He and a girl of fourteen, who does a bit of simple cooking and keeps the place clean--that's all I have in the house, for I am a widower and never had any family. We live very quietly, sir, the three of us; and we keep a roof over our heads and pay our debts, if we do nothing more.
  683.  
  684. "The first thing that put us out was that advertisement. Spaulding, he came down into the office just this day eight weeks, with this very paper in his hand, and he says:
  685.  
  686. " 'I wish to the Lord, Mr. Wilson, that I was a red-headed man.'
  687.  
  688. " 'Why that?' I asks.
  689.  
  690. " 'Why,' says he, 'here's another vacancy on the League of the Red-headed Men. It's worth quite a little fortune to any man who gets it, and I understand that there are more vacancies than there are men, so that the trustees are at their wits' end what to do with the money. If my hair would only change colour, here's a nice little crib all ready for me to step into.'
  691.  
  692. " 'Why, what is it, then?' I asked. You see, Mr. Holmes, I am a very stay-at-home man, and as my business came to me instead of my having to go to it, I was often weeks on end without putting my foot over the door-mat. In that way I didn't know much of what was going on outside, and I was always glad of a bit of news.
  693.  
  694. " 'Have you never heard of the League of the Red-headed Men?' he asked with his eyes open.
  695.  
  696. " 'Never.'
  697.  
  698. " 'Why, I wonder at that, for you are eligible yourself for one of the vacancies.'
  699.  
  700. " 'And what are they worth?' I asked.
  701.  
  702. " 'Oh, merely a couple of hundred a year, but the work is slight, and it need not interfere very much with one's other occupations.'
  703.  
  704. "Well, you can easily think that that made me prick up my ears, for the business has not been over good for some years, and an extra couple of hundred would have been very handy.
  705.  
  706. " 'Tell me all about it,' said I.
  707.  
  708. " 'Well,' said he, showing me the advertisement, 'you can see for yourself that the League has a vacancy, and there is the address where you should apply for particulars. As far as I can make out, the League was founded by an American millionaire, Ezekiah Hopkins, who was very peculiar in his ways. He was himself red-headed, and he had a great sympathy for all red-headed men; so, when he died, it was found that he had left his enormous fortune in the hands of trustees, with instructions to apply the interest to the providing of easy berths to men whose hair is of that colour. From all I hear it is splendid pay and very little to do.'
  709.  
  710. " 'But,' said I, 'there would be millions of red-headed men who would apply.'
  711.  
  712. " 'Not so many as you might think,' he answered. 'You see it is really confined to Londoners, and to grown men. This American had started from London when he was young, and he wanted to do the old town a good turn. Then, again, I have heard it is no use your applying if your hair is light red, or dark red, or anything but real bright, blazing, fiery red. Now, if you cared to apply, Mr. Wilson, you would just walk in; but perhaps it would hardly be worth your while to put yourself out of the way for the sake of a few hundred pounds.'
  713.  
  714. "Now, it is a fact, gentlemen, as you may see for yourselves, that my hair is of a very full and rich tint, so that it seemed to me that if there was to be any competition in the matter I stood as good a chance as any man that I had ever met. Vincent Spaulding seemed to know so much about it that I thought he might prove useful, so I just ordered him to put up the shutters for the day and to come right away with me. He was very willing to have a holiday, so we shut the business up and started off for the address that was given us in the advertisement.
  715.  
  716. "I never hope to see such a sight as that again, Mr. Holmes. From north, south, east, and west every man who had a shade of red in his hair had tramped into the city to answer the advertisement. Fleet Street was choked with red-headed folk, and Pope's Court looked like a coster's orange barrow. I should not have thought there were so many in the whole country as were brought together by that single advertisement. Every shade of colour they were--straw, lemon, orange, brick, Irish-setter, liver, clay; but, as Spaulding said, there were not many who had the real vivid flame-coloured tint. When I saw how many were waiting, I would have given it up in despair; but Spaulding would not hear of it. How he did it I could not imagine, but he pushed and pulled and butted until he got me through the crowd, and right up to the steps which led to the office. There was a double stream upon the stair, some going up in hope, and some coming back dejected; but we wedged in as well as we could and soon found ourselves in the office."
  717.  
  718. "Your experience has been a most entertaining one," remarked Holmes as his client paused and refreshed his memory with a huge pinch of snuff. "Pray continue your very interesting statement."
  719.  
  720. "There was nothing in the office but a couple of wooden chairs and a deal table, behind which sat a small man with a head that was even redder than mine. He said a few words to each candidate as he came up, and then he always managed to find some fault in them which would disqualify them. Getting a vacancy did not seem to be such a very easy matter, after all. However, when our turn came the little man was much more favourable to me than to any of the others, and he closed the door as we entered, so that he might have a private word with us.
  721.  
  722. " 'This is Mr. Jabez Wilson,' said my assistant, 'and he is willing to fill a vacancy in the League.'
  723.  
  724. " 'And he is admirably suited for it,' the other answered. 'He has every requirement. I cannot recall when I have seen anything so fine.' He took a step backward, cocked his head on one side, and gazed at my hair until I felt quite bashful. Then suddenly he plunged forward, wrung my hand, and congratulated me warmly on my success.
  725.  
  726. " 'It would be injustice to hesitate,' said he. 'You will, however, I am sure, excuse me for taking an obvious precaution.' With that he seized my hair in both his hands, and tugged until I yelled with the pain. 'There is water in your eyes,' said he as he released me. 'I perceive that all is as it should be. But we have to be careful, for we have twice been deceived by wigs and once by paint. I could tell you tales of cobbler's wax which would disgust you with human nature.' He stepped over to the window and shouted through it at the top of his voice that the vacancy was filled. A groan of disappointment came up from below, and the folk all trooped away in different directions until there was not a red-head to be seen except my own and that of the manager.
  727.  
  728. " 'My name,' said he, 'is Mr. Duncan Ross, and I am myself one of the pensioners upon the fund left by our noble benefactor. Are you a married man, Mr. Wilson? Have you a family?'
  729.  
  730. "I answered that I had not.
  731.  
  732. "His face fell immediately.
  733.  
  734. " 'Dear me!' he said gravely, 'that is very serious indeed! I am sorry to hear you say that. The fund was, of course, for the propagation and spread of the red-heads as well as for their maintenance. It is exceedingly unfortunate that you should be a bachelor.'
  735.  
  736. "My face lengthened at this, Mr. Holmes, for I thought that I was not to have the vacancy after all; but after thinking it over for a few minutes he said that it would be all right.
  737.  
  738. " 'In the case of another,' said he, 'the objection might be fatal, but we must stretch a point in favour of a man with such a head of hair as yours. When shall you be able to enter upon your new duties?'
  739.  
  740. " 'Well, it is a little awkward, for I have a business already,' said I.
  741.  
  742. " 'Oh, never mind about that, Mr. Wilson!' said Vincent Spaulding. 'I should be able to look after that for you.'
  743.  
  744. " 'What would be the hours?' I asked.
  745.  
  746. " 'Ten to two.'
  747.  
  748. "Now a pawnbroker's business is mostly done of an evening, Mr. Holmes, especially Thursday and Friday evening, which is just before pay-day; so it would suit me very well to earn a little in the mornings. Besides, I knew that my assistant was a good man, and that he would see to anything that turned up.
  749.  
  750. " 'That would suit me very well,' said I. 'And the pay?'
  751.  
  752. " 'Is $4 a week.'
  753.  
  754. " 'And the work?'
  755.  
  756. " 'Is purely nominal.'
  757.  
  758. " 'What do you call purely nominal?'
  759.  
  760. " 'Well, you have to be in the office, or at least in the building, the whole time. If you leave, you forfeit your whole position forever. The will is very clear upon that point. You don't comply with the conditions if you budge from the office during that time.'
  761.  
  762. " 'It's only four hours a day, and I should not think of leaving,' said I.
  763.  
  764. " 'No excuse will avail,' said Mr. Duncan Ross; 'neither sickness nor business nor anything else. There you must stay, or you lose your billet.'
  765.  
  766. " 'And the work?'
  767.  
  768. " 'Is to copy out the Encyclopaedia Britannica. There is the first volume of it in that press. You must find your own ink, pens, and blotting-paper, but we provide this table and chair. Will you be ready to-morrow?'
  769.  
  770. " 'Certainly,' I answered.
  771.  
  772. " 'Then, good-bye, Mr. Jabez Wilson, and let me congratulate you once more on the important position which you have been fortunate enough to gain.' He bowed me out of the room and I went home with my assistant, hardly knowing what to say or do, I was so pleased at my own good fortune.
  773.  
  774. "Well, I thought over the matter all day, and by evening I was in low spirits again; for I had quite persuaded myself that the whole affair must be some great hoax or fraud, though what its object might be I could not imagine. It seemed altogether past belief that anyone could make such a will, or that they would pay such a sum for doing anything so simple as copying out the Encyclopaedia Britannica. Vincent Spaulding did what he could to cheer me up, but by bedtime I had reasoned myself out of the whole thing. However, in the morning I determined to have a look at it anyhow, so I bought a penny bottle of ink, and with a quill-pen, and seven sheets of foolscap paper, I started off for Pope's Court.
  775.  
  776. "Well, to my surprise and delight, everything was as right as possible. The table was set out ready for me, and Mr. Duncan Ross was there to see that I got fairly to work. He started me off upon the letter A, and then he left me; but he would drop in from time to time to see that all was right with me. At two o'clock he bade me good-day, complimented me upon the amount that I had written, and locked the door of the office after me.
  777.  
  778. "This went on day after day, Mr. Holmes, and on Saturday the manager came in and planked down four golden sovereigns for my week's work. It was the same next week, and the same the week after. Every morning I was there at ten, and every afternoon I left at two. By degrees Mr. Duncan Ross took to coming in only once of a morning, and then, after a time, he did not come in at all. Still, of course, I never dared to leave the room for an instant, for I was not sure when he might come, and the billet was such a good one, and suited me so well, that I would not risk the loss of it.
  779.  
  780. "Eight weeks passed away like this, and I had written about Abbots and Archery and Armour and Architecture and Attica, and hoped with diligence that I might get on to the B's before very long. It cost me something in foolscap, and I had pretty nearly filled a shelf with my writings. And then suddenly the whole business came to an end."
  781.  
  782. "To an end?"
  783.  
  784. "Yes, sir. And no later than this morning. I went to my work as usual at ten o'clock, but the door was shut and locked, with a little square of cardboard hammered on to the middle of the panel with a tack. Here it is, and you can read for yourself."
  785.  
  786. He held up a piece of white cardboard about the size of a sheet of note-paper. It read in this fashion:
  787.  
  788.  
  789. THE RED-HEADED LEAGUE
  790.  
  791. IS
  792.  
  793. DISSOLVED.
  794.  
  795. October 9, 1890.
  796.  
  797.  
  798. Sherlock Holmes and I surveyed this curt announcement and the rueful face behind it, until the comical side of the affair so completely overtopped every other consideration that we both burst out into a roar of laughter.
  799.  
  800. "I cannot see that there is anything very funny," cried our client, flushing up to the roots of his flaming head. "If you can do nothing better than laugh at me, I can go elsewhere."
  801.  
  802. "No, no," cried Holmes, shoving him back into the chair from which he had half risen. "I really wouldn't miss your case for the world. It is most refreshingly unusual. But there is, if you will excuse my saying so, something just a little funny about it. Pray what steps did you take when you found the card upon the door?"
  803.  
  804. "I was staggered, sir. I did not know what to do. Then I called at the offices round, but none of them seemed to know anything about it. Finally, I went to the landlord, who is an accountant living on the ground floor, and I asked him if he could tell me what had become of the Red-headed League. He said that he had never heard of any such body. Then I asked him who Mr. Duncan Ross was. He answered that the name was new to him.
  805.  
  806. " 'Well,' said I, 'the gentleman at No. 4.'
  807.  
  808. " 'What, the red-headed man?'
  809.  
  810. " 'Yes.'
  811.  
  812. " 'Oh,' said he, 'his name was William Morris. He was a solicitor and was using my room as a temporary convenience until his new premises were ready. He moved out yesterday.'
  813.  
  814. " 'Where could I find him?'
  815.  
  816. " 'Oh, at his new offices. He did tell me the address. Yes, 17 King Edward Street, near St. Paul's.'
  817.  
  818. "I started off, Mr. Holmes, but when I got to that address it was a manufactory of artificial knee-caps, and no one in it had ever heard of either Mr. William Morris or Mr. Duncan Ross."
  819.  
  820. "And what did you do then?" asked Holmes.
  821.  
  822. "I went home to Saxe-Coburg Square, and I took the advice of my assistant. But he could not help me in any way. He could only say that if I waited I should hear by post. But that was not quite good enough, Mr. Holmes. I did not wish to lose such a place without a struggle, so, as I had heard that you were good enough to give advice to poor folk who were in need of it, I came right away to you."
  823.  
  824. "And you did very wisely," said Holmes. "Your case is an exceedingly remarkable one, and I shall be happy to look into it. From what you have told me I think that it is possible that graver issues hang from it than might at first sight appear."
  825.  
  826. "Grave enough!" said Mr. Jabez Wilson. "Why, I have lost four pound a week."
  827.  
  828. "As far as you are personally concerned," remarked Holmes, "I do not see that you have any grievance against this extraordinary league. On the contrary, you are, as I understand, richer by some $30, to say nothing of the minute knowledge which you have gained on every subject which comes under the letter A. You have lost nothing by them."
  829.  
  830. "No, sir. But I want to find out about them, and who they are, and what their object was in playing this prank--if it was a prank--upon me. It was a pretty expensive joke for them, for it cost them two and thirty pounds."
  831.  
  832. "We shall endeavour to clear up these points for you. And, first, one or two questions, Mr. Wilson. This assistant of yours who first called your attention to the advertisement--how long had he been with you?"
  833.  
  834. "About a month then."
  835.  
  836. "How did he come?"
  837.  
  838. "In answer to an advertisement."
  839.  
  840. "Was he the only applicant?"
  841.  
  842. "No, I had a dozen."
  843.  
  844. "Why did you pick him?"
  845.  
  846. "Because he was handy and would come cheap."
  847.  
  848. "At half wages, in fact."
  849.  
  850. "Yes."
  851.  
  852. "What is he like, this Vincent Spaulding?"
  853.  
  854. "Small, stout-built, very quick in his ways, no hair on his face, though he's not short of thirty. Has a white splash of acid upon his forehead."
  855.  
  856. Holmes sat up in his chair in considerable excitement. "I thought as much," said he. "Have you ever observed that his ears are pierced for earrings?"
  857.  
  858. "Yes, sir. He told me that a gipsy had done it for him when he was a lad."
  859.  
  860. "Hum!" said Holmes, sinking back in deep thought. "He is still with you?"
  861.  
  862. "Oh, yes, sir; I have only just left him."
  863.  
  864. "And has your business been attended to in your absence?"
  865.  
  866. "Nothing to complain of, sir. There's never very much to do of a morning."
  867.  
  868. "That will do, Mr. Wilson. I shall be happy to give you an opinion upon the subject in the course of a day or two. To-day is Saturday, and I hope that by Monday we may come to a conclusion."
  869.  
  870. "Well, Watson," said Holmes when our visitor had left us, "what do you make of it all?"
  871.  
  872. "I make nothing of it," I answered frankly. "It is a most mysterious business."
  873.  
  874. "As a rule," said Holmes, "the more bizarre a thing is the less mysterious it proves to be. It is your commonplace, featureless crimes which are really puzzling, just as a commonplace face is the most difficult to identify. But I must be prompt over this matter."
  875.  
  876. "What are you going to do, then?" I asked.
  877.  
  878. "To smoke," he answered. "It is quite a three pipe problem, and I beg that you won't speak to me for fifty minutes." He curled himself up in his chair, with his thin knees drawn up to his hawk-like nose, and there he sat with his eyes closed and his black clay pipe thrusting out like the bill of some strange bird. I had come to the conclusion that he had dropped asleep, and indeed was nodding myself, when he suddenly sprang out of his chair with the gesture of a man who has made up his mind and put his pipe down upon the mantelpiece.
  879.  
  880. "Sarasate plays at the St. James's Hall this afternoon," he remarked. "What do you think, Watson? Could your patients spare you for a few hours?"
  881.  
  882. "I have nothing to do to-day. My practice is never very absorbing."
  883.  
  884. "Then put on your hat and come. I am going through the City first, and we can have some lunch on the way. I observe that there is a good deal of German music on the programme, which is rather more to my taste than Italian or French. It is introspective, and I want to introspect. Come along!"
  885.  
  886. We travelled by the Underground as far as Aldersgate; and a short walk took us to Saxe-Coburg Square, the scene of the singular story which we had listened to in the morning. It was a poky, little, shabby-genteel place, where four lines of dingy two-storied brick houses looked out into a small railed-in enclosure, where a lawn of weedy grass and a few clumps of faded laurel bushes made a hard fight against a smoke-laden and uncongenial atmosphere. Three gilt balls and a brown board with "JABEZ WILSON" in white letters, upon a corner house, announced the place where our red-headed client carried on his business. Sherlock Holmes stopped in front of it with his head on one side and looked it all over, with his eyes shining brightly between puckered lids. Then he walked slowly up the street, and then down again to the corner, still looking keenly at the houses. Finally he returned to the pawnbroker's, and, having thumped vigorously upon the pavement with his stick two or three times, he went up to the door and knocked. It was instantly opened by a bright-looking, clean-shaven young fellow, who asked him to step in.
  887.  
  888. "Thank you," said Holmes, "I only wished to ask you how you would go from here to the Strand."
  889.  
  890. "Third right, fourth left," answered the assistant promptly, closing the door.
  891.  
  892. "Smart fellow, that," observed Holmes as we walked away. "He is, in my judgment, the fourth smartest man in London, and for daring I am not sure that he has not a claim to be third. I have known something of him before."
  893.  
  894. "Evidently," said I, "Mr. Wilson's assistant counts for a good deal in this mystery of the Red-headed League. I am sure that you inquired your way merely in order that you might see him."
  895.  
  896. "Not him."
  897.  
  898. "What then?"
  899.  
  900. "The knees of his trousers."
  901.  
  902. "And what did you see?"
  903.  
  904. "What I expected to see."
  905.  
  906. "Why did you beat the pavement?"
  907.  
  908. "My dear doctor, this is a time for observation, not for talk. We are spies in an enemy's country. We know something of Saxe-Coburg Square. Let us now explore the parts which lie behind it."
  909.  
  910. The road in which we found ourselves as we turned round the corner from the retired Saxe-Coburg Square presented as great a contrast to it as the front of a picture does to the back. It was one of the main arteries which conveyed the traffic of the City to the north and west. The roadway was blocked with the immense stream of commerce flowing in a double tide inward and outward, while the footpaths were black with the hurrying swarm of pedestrians. It was difficult to realise as we looked at the line of fine shops and stately business premises that they really abutted on the other side upon the faded and stagnant square which we had just quitted.
  911.  
  912. "Let me see," said Holmes, standing at the corner and glancing along the line, "I should like just to remember the order of the houses here. It is a hobby of mine to have an exact knowledge of London. There is Mortimer's, the tobacconist, the little newspaper shop, the Coburg branch of the City and Suburban Bank, the Vegetarian Restaurant, and McFarlane's carriage-building depot. That carries us right on to the other block. And now, Doctor, we've done our work, so it's time we had some play. A sandwich and a cup of coffee, and then off to violin-land, where all is sweetness and delicacy and harmony, and there are no red-headed clients to vex us with their conundrums."
  913.  
  914. My friend was an enthusiastic musician, being himself not only a very capable performer but a composer of no ordinary merit. All the afternoon he sat in the stalls wrapped in the most perfect happiness, gently waving his long, thin fingers in time to the music, while his gently smiling face and his languid, dreamy eyes were as unlike those of Holmes the sleuth-hound, Holmes the relentless, keen-witted, ready-handed criminal agent, as it was possible to conceive. In his singular character the dual nature alternately asserted itself, and his extreme exactness and astuteness represented, as I have often thought, the reaction against the poetic and contemplative mood which occasionally predominated in him. The swing of his nature took him from extreme languor to devouring energy; and, as I knew well, he was never so truly formidable as when, for days on end, he had been lounging in his armchair amid his improvisations and his black-letter editions. Then it was that the lust of the chase would suddenly come upon him, and that his brilliant reasoning power would rise to the level of intuition, until those who were unacquainted with his methods would look askance at him as on a man whose knowledge was not that of other mortals. When I saw him that afternoon so enwrapped in the music at St. James's Hall I felt that an evil time might be coming upon those whom he had set himself to hunt down.
  915.  
  916. "You want to go home, no doubt, Doctor," he remarked as we emerged.
  917.  
  918. "Yes, it would be as well."
  919.  
  920. "And I have some business to do which will take some hours. This business at Coburg Square is serious."
  921.  
  922. "Why serious?"
  923.  
  924. "A considerable crime is in contemplation. I have every reason to believe that we shall be in time to stop it. But to-day being Saturday rather complicates matters. I shall want your help to-night."
  925.  
  926. "At what time?"
  927.  
  928. "Ten will be early enough."
  929.  
  930. "I shall be at Baker Street at ten."
  931.  
  932. "Very well. And, I say, Doctor, there may be some little danger, so kindly put your army revolver in your pocket." He waved his hand, turned on his heel, and disappeared in an instant among the crowd.
  933.  
  934. I trust that I am not more dense than my neighbours, but I was always oppressed with a sense of my own stupidity in my dealings with Sherlock Holmes. Here I had heard what he had heard, I had seen what he had seen, and yet from his words it was evident that he saw clearly not only what had happened but what was about to happen, while to me the whole business was still confused and grotesque. As I drove home to my house in Kensington I thought over it all, from the extraordinary story of the red-headed copier of the Encyclopaedia down to the visit to Saxe-Coburg Square, and the ominous words with which he had parted from me. What was this nocturnal expedition, and why should I go armed? Where were we going, and what were we to do? I had the hint from Holmes that this smooth-faced pawnbroker's assistant was a formidable man--a man who might play a deep game. I tried to puzzle it out, but gave it up in despair and set the matter aside until night should bring an explanation.
  935.  
  936. It was a quarter-past nine when I started from home and made my way across the Park, and so through Oxford Street to Baker Street. Two hansoms were standing at the door, and as I entered the passage I heard the sound of voices from above. On entering his room, I found Holmes in animated conversation with two men, one of whom I recognised as Peter Jones, the official police agent, while the other was a long, thin, sad-faced man, with a very shiny hat and oppressively respectable frock-coat.
  937.  
  938. "Ha! Our party is complete," said Holmes, buttoning up his pea-jacket and taking his heavy hunting crop from the rack. "Watson, I think you know Mr. Jones, of Scotland Yard? Let me introduce you to Mr. Merryweather, who is to be our companion in to-night's adventure."
  939.  
  940. "We're hunting in couples again, Doctor, you see," said Jones in his consequential way. "Our friend here is a wonderful man for starting a chase. All he wants is an old dog to help him to do the running down."
  941.  
  942. "I hope a wild goose may not prove to be the end of our chase," observed Mr. Merryweather gloomily.
  943.  
  944. "You may place considerable confidence in Mr. Holmes, sir," said the police agent loftily. "He has his own little methods, which are, if he won't mind my saying so, just a little too theoretical and fantastic, but he has the makings of a detective in him. It is not too much to say that once or twice, as in that business of the Sholto murder and the Agra treasure, he has been more nearly correct than the official force."
  945.  
  946. "Oh, if you say so, Mr. Jones, it is all right," said the stranger with deference. "Still, I confess that I miss my rubber. It is the first Saturday night for seven-and-twenty years that I have not had my rubber."
  947.  
  948. "I think you will find," said Sherlock Holmes, "that you will play for a higher stake to-night than you have ever done yet, and that the play will be more exciting. For you, Mr. Merryweather, the stake will be some $30,000; and for you, Jones, it will be the man upon whom you wish to lay your hands."
  949.  
  950. "John Clay, the murderer, thief, smasher, and forger. He's a young man, Mr. Merryweather, but he is at the head of his profession, and I would rather have my bracelets on him than on any criminal in London. He's a remarkable man, is young John Clay. His grandfather was a royal duke, and he himself has been to Eton and Oxford. His brain is as cunning as his fingers, and though we meet signs of him at every turn, we never know where to find the man himself. He'll crack a crib in Scotland one week, and be raising money to build an orphanage in Cornwall the next. I've been on his track for years and have never set eyes on him yet."
  951.  
  952. "I hope that I may have the pleasure of introducing you to-night. I've had one or two little turns also with Mr. John Clay, and I agree with you that he is at the head of his profession. It is past ten, however, and quite time that we started. If you two will take the first hansom, Watson and I will follow in the second."
  953.  
  954. Sherlock Holmes was not very communicative during the long drive and lay back in the cab humming the tunes which he had heard in the afternoon. We rattled through an endless labyrinth of gas-lit streets until we emerged into Farrington Street.
  955.  
  956. "We are close there now," my friend remarked. "This fellow Merryweather is a bank director, and personally interested in the matter. I thought it as well to have Jones with us also. He is not a bad fellow, though an absolute imbecile in his profession. He has one positive virtue. He is as brave as a bulldog and as tenacious as a lobster if he gets his claws upon anyone. Here we are, and they are waiting for us."
  957.  
  958. We had reached the same crowded thoroughfare in which we had found ourselves in the morning. Our cabs were dismissed, and, following the guidance of Mr. Merryweather, we passed down a narrow passage and through a side door, which he opened for us. Within there was a small corridor, which ended in a very massive iron gate. This also was opened, and led down a flight of winding stone steps, which terminated at another formidable gate. Mr. Merryweather stopped to light a lantern, and then conducted us down a dark, earth-smelling passage, and so, after opening a third door, into a huge vault or cellar, which was piled all round with crates and massive boxes.
  959.  
  960. "You are not very vulnerable from above," Holmes remarked as he held up the lantern and gazed about him.
  961.  
  962. "Nor from below," said Mr. Merryweather, striking his stick upon the flags which lined the floor. "Why, dear me, it sounds quite hollow!" he remarked, looking up in surprise.
  963.  
  964. "I must really ask you to be a little more quiet!" said Holmes severely. "You have already imperilled the whole success of our expedition. Might I beg that you would have the goodness to sit down upon one of those boxes, and not to interfere?"
  965.  
  966. The solemn Mr. Merryweather perched himself upon a crate, with a very injured expression upon his face, while Holmes fell upon his knees upon the floor and, with the lantern and a magnifying lens, began to examine minutely the cracks between the stones. A few seconds sufficed to satisfy him, for he sprang to his feet again and put his glass in his pocket.
  967.  
  968. "We have at least an hour before us," he remarked, "for they can hardly take any steps until the good pawnbroker is safely in bed. Then they will not lose a minute, for the sooner they do their work the longer time they will have for their escape. We are at present, Doctor--as no doubt you have divined--in the cellar of the City branch of one of the principal London banks. Mr. Merryweather is the chairman of directors, and he will explain to you that there are reasons why the more daring criminals of London should take a considerable interest in this cellar at present."
  969.  
  970. "It is our French gold," whispered the director. "We have had several warnings that an attempt might be made upon it."
  971.  
  972. "Your French gold?"
  973.  
  974. "Yes. We had occasion some months ago to strengthen our resources and borrowed for that purpose 30,000 napoleons from the Bank of France. It has become known that we have never had occasion to unpack the money, and that it is still lying in our cellar. The crate upon which I sit contains 2,000 napoleons packed between layers of lead foil. Our reserve of bullion is much larger at present than is usually kept in a single branch office, and the directors have had misgivings upon the subject."
  975.  
  976. "Which were very well justified," observed Holmes. "And now it is time that we arranged our little plans. I expect that within an hour matters will come to a head. In the meantime Mr. Merryweather, we must put the screen over that dark lantern."
  977.  
  978. "And sit in the dark?"
  979.  
  980. "I am afraid so. I had brought a pack of cards in my pocket, and I thought that, as we were a partie carree, you might have your rubber after all. But I see that the enemy's preparations have gone so far that we cannot risk the presence of a light. And, first of all, we must choose our positions. These are daring men, and though we shall take them at a disadvantage, they may do us some harm unless we are careful. I shall stand behind this crate, and do you conceal yourselves behind those. Then, when I flash a light upon them, close in swiftly. If they fire, Watson, have no compunction about shooting them down."
  981.  
  982. I placed my revolver, cocked, upon the top of the wooden case behind which I crouched. Holmes shot the slide across the front of his lantern and left us in pitch darkness--such an absolute darkness as I have never before experienced. The smell of hot metal remained to assure us that the light was still there, ready to flash out at a moment's notice. To me, with my nerves worked up to a pitch of expectancy, there was something depressing and subduing in the sudden gloom, and in the cold dank air of the vault.
  983.  
  984. "They have but one retreat," whispered Holmes. "That is back through the house into Saxe-Coburg Square. I hope that you have done what I asked you, Jones?"
  985.  
  986. "I have an inspector and two officers waiting at the front door."
  987.  
  988. "Then we have stopped all the holes. And now we must be silent and wait."
  989.  
  990. What a time it seemed! From comparing notes afterwards it was but an hour and a quarter, yet it appeared to me that the night must have almost gone, and the dawn be breaking above us. My limbs were weary and stiff, for I feared to change my position; yet my nerves were worked up to the highest pitch of tension, and my hearing was so acute that I could not only hear the gentle breathing of my companions, but I could distinguish the deeper, heavier in-breath of the bulky Jones from the thin, sighing note of the bank director. From my position I could look over the case in the direction of the floor. Suddenly my eyes caught the glint of a light.
  991.  
  992. At first it was but a lurid spark upon the stone pavement. Then it lengthened out until it became a yellow line, and then, without any warning or sound, a gash seemed to open and a hand appeared, a white, almost womanly hand, which felt about in the centre of the little area of light. For a minute or more the hand, with its writhing fingers, protruded out of the floor. Then it was withdrawn as suddenly as it appeared, and all was dark again save the single lurid spark which marked a chink between the stones.
  993.  
  994. Its disappearance, however, was but momentary. With a rending, tearing sound, one of the broad, white stones turned over upon its side and left a square, gaping hole, through which streamed the light of a lantern. Over the edge there peeped a clean-cut, boyish face, which looked keenly about it, and then, with a hand on either side of the aperture, drew itself shoulder-high and waist-high, until one knee rested upon the edge. In another instant he stood at the side of the hole and was hauling after him a companion, lithe and small like himself, with a pale face and a shock of very red hair.
  995.  
  996. "It's all clear," he whispered. "Have you the chisel and the bags? Great Scott! Jump, Archie, jump, and I'll swing for it!"
  997.  
  998. Sherlock Holmes had sprung out and seized the intruder by the collar. The other dived down the hole, and I heard the sound of rending cloth as Jones clutched at his skirts. The light flashed upon the barrel of a revolver, but Holmes' hunting crop came down on the man's wrist, and the pistol clinked upon the stone floor.
  999.  
  1000. "It's no use, John Clay," said Holmes blandly. "You have no chance at all."
  1001.  
  1002. "So I see," the other answered with the utmost coolness. "I fancy that my pal is all right, though I see you have got his coat-tails."
  1003.  
  1004. "There are three men waiting for him at the door," said Holmes.
  1005.  
  1006. "Oh, indeed! You seem to have done the thing very completely. I must compliment you."
  1007.  
  1008. "And I you," Holmes answered. "Your red-headed idea was very new and effective."
  1009.  
  1010. "You'll see your pal again presently," said Jones. "He's quicker at climbing down holes than I am. Just hold out while I fix the derbies."
  1011.  
  1012. "I beg that you will not touch me with your filthy hands," remarked our prisoner as the handcuffs clattered upon his wrists. "You may not be aware that I have royal blood in my veins. Have the goodness, also, when you address me always to say 'sir' and 'please.' "
  1013.  
  1014. "All right," said Jones with a stare and a snigger. "Well, would you please, sir, march upstairs, where we can get a cab to carry your Highness to the police-station?"
  1015.  
  1016. "That is better," said John Clay serenely. He made a sweeping bow to the three of us and walked quietly off in the custody of the detective.
  1017.  
  1018. "Really, Mr. Holmes," said Mr. Merryweather as we followed them from the cellar, "I do not know how the bank can thank you or repay you. There is no doubt that you have detected and defeated in the most complete manner one of the most determined attempts at bank robbery that have ever come within my experience."
  1019.  
  1020. "I have had one or two little scores of my own to settle with Mr. John Clay," said Holmes. "I have been at some small expense over this matter, which I shall expect the bank to refund, but beyond that I am amply repaid by having had an experience which is in many ways unique, and by hearing the very remarkable narrative of the Red-headed League."
  1021.  
  1022. "You see, Watson," he explained in the early hours of the morning as we sat over a glass of whisky and soda in Baker Street, "it was perfectly obvious from the first that the only possible object of this rather fantastic business of the advertisement of the League, and the copying of the Encyclopaedia, must be to get this not over-bright pawnbroker out of the way for a number of hours every day. It was a curious way of managing it, but, really, it would be difficult to suggest a better. The method was no doubt suggested to Clay's ingenious mind by the colour of his accomplice's hair. The $4 a week was a lure which must draw him, and what was it to them, who were playing for thousands? They put in the advertisement, one rogue has the temporary office, the other rogue incites the man to apply for it, and together they manage to secure his absence every morning in the week. From the time that I heard of the assistant having come for half wages, it was obvious to me that he had some strong motive for securing the situation."
  1023.  
  1024. "But how could you guess what the motive was?"
  1025.  
  1026. "Had there been women in the house, I should have suspected a mere vulgar intrigue. That, however, was out of the question. The man's business was a small one, and there was nothing in his house which could account for such elaborate preparations, and such an expenditure as they were at. It must, then, be something out of the house. What could it be? I thought of the assistant's fondness for photography, and his trick of vanishing into the cellar. The cellar! There was the end of this tangled clue. Then I made inquiries as to this mysterious assistant and found that I had to deal with one of the coolest and most daring criminals in London. He was doing something in the cellar--something which took many hours a day for months on end. What could it be, once more? I could think of nothing save that he was running a tunnel to some other building.
  1027.  
  1028. "So far I had got when we went to visit the scene of action. I surprised you by beating upon the pavement with my stick. I was ascertaining whether the cellar stretched out in front or behind. It was not in front. Then I rang the bell, and, as I hoped, the assistant answered it. We have had some skirmishes, but we had never set eyes upon each other before. I hardly looked at his face. His knees were what I wished to see. You must yourself have remarked how worn, wrinkled, and stained they were. They spoke of those hours of burrowing. The only remaining point was what they were burrowing for. I walked round the corner, saw the City and Suburban Bank abutted on our friend's premises, and felt that I had solved my problem. When you drove home after the concert I called upon Scotland Yard and upon the chairman of the bank directors, with the result that you have seen."
  1029.  
  1030. "And how could you tell that they would make their attempt to-night?" I asked.
  1031.  
  1032. "Well, when they closed their League offices that was a sign that they cared no longer about Mr. Jabez Wilson's presence--in other words, that they had completed their tunnel. But it was essential that they should use it soon, as it might be discovered, or the bullion might be removed. Saturday would suit them better than any other day, as it would give them two days for their escape. For all these reasons I expected them to come to-night."
  1033.  
  1034. "You reasoned it out beautifully," I exclaimed in unfeigned admiration. "It is so long a chain, and yet every link rings true."
  1035.  
  1036. "It saved me from ennui," he answered, yawning. "Alas! I already feel it closing in upon me. My life is spent in one long effort to escape from the commonplaces of existence. These little problems help me to do so."
  1037.  
  1038. "And you are a benefactor of the race," said I.
  1039.  
  1040. He shrugged his shoulders. "Well, perhaps, after all, it is of some little use," he remarked. " 'L'homme c'est rien--l'oeuvre c'est tout,' as Gustave Flaubert wrote to George Sand."
  1041.  
  1042. ADVENTURE  III.  A CASE OF IDENTITY
  1043.  
  1044.  
  1045. "My dear fellow," said Sherlock Holmes as we sat on either side of the fire in his lodgings at Baker Street, "life is infinitely stranger than anything which the mind of man could invent. We would not dare to conceive the things which are really mere commonplaces of existence. If we could fly out of that window hand in hand, hover over this great city, gently remove the roofs, and peep in at the queer things which are going on, the strange coincidences, the plannings, the cross-purposes, the wonderful chains of events, working through generations, and leading to the most outre results, it would make all fiction with its conventionalities and foreseen conclusions most stale and unprofitable."
  1046.  
  1047. "And yet I am not convinced of it," I answered. "The cases which come to light in the papers are, as a rule, bald enough, and vulgar enough. We have in our police reports realism pushed to its extreme limits, and yet the result is, it must be confessed, neither fascinating nor artistic."
  1048.  
  1049. "A certain selection and discretion must be used in producing a realistic effect," remarked Holmes. "This is wanting in the police report, where more stress is laid, perhaps, upon the platitudes of the magistrate than upon the details, which to an observer contain the vital essence of the whole matter. Depend upon it, there is nothing so unnatural as the commonplace."
  1050.  
  1051. I smiled and shook my head. "I can quite understand your thinking so." I said. "Of course, in your position of unofficial adviser and helper to everybody who is absolutely puzzled, throughout three continents, you are brought in contact with all that is strange and bizarre. But here"--I picked up the morning paper from the ground--"let us put it to a practical test. Here is the first heading upon which I come. 'A husband's cruelty to his wife.' There is half a column of print, but I know without reading it that it is all perfectly familiar to me. There is, of course, the other woman, the drink, the push, the blow, the bruise, the sympathetic sister or landlady. The crudest of writers could invent nothing more crude."
  1052.  
  1053. "Indeed, your example is an unfortunate one for your argument," said Holmes, taking the paper and glancing his eye down it. "This is the Dundas separation case, and, as it happens, I was engaged in clearing up some small points in connection with it. The husband was a teetotaler, there was no other woman, and the conduct complained of was that he had drifted into the habit of winding up every meal by taking out his false teeth and hurling them at his wife, which, you will allow, is not an action likely to occur to the imagination of the average story-teller. Take a pinch of snuff, Doctor, and acknowledge that I have scored over you in your example."
  1054.  
  1055. He held out his snuffbox of old gold, with a great amethyst in the centre of the lid. Its splendour was in such contrast to his homely ways and simple life that I could not help commenting upon it.
  1056.  
  1057. "Ah," said he, "I forgot that I had not seen you for some weeks. It is a little souvenir from the King of Bohemia in return for my assistance in the case of the Irene Adler papers."
  1058.  
  1059. "And the ring?" I asked, glancing at a remarkable brilliant which sparkled upon his finger.
  1060.  
  1061. "It was from the reigning family of Holland, though the matter in which I served them was of such delicacy that I cannot confide it even to you, who have been good enough to chronicle one or two of my little problems."
  1062.  
  1063. "And have you any on hand just now?" I asked with interest.
  1064.  
  1065. "Some ten or twelve, but none which present any feature of interest. They are important, you understand, without being interesting. Indeed, I have found that it is usually in unimportant matters that there is a field for the observation, and for the quick analysis of cause and effect which gives the charm to an investigation. The larger crimes are apt to be the simpler, for the bigger the crime the more obvious, as a rule, is the motive. In these cases, save for one rather intricate matter which has been referred to me from Marseilles, there is nothing which presents any features of interest. It is possible, however, that I may have something better before very many minutes are over, for this is one of my clients, or I am much mistaken."
  1066.  
  1067. He had risen from his chair and was standing between the parted blinds gazing down into the dull neutral-tinted London street. Looking over his shoulder, I saw that on the pavement opposite there stood a large woman with a heavy fur boa round her neck, and a large curling red feather in a broad-brimmed hat which was tilted in a coquettish Duchess of Devonshire fashion over her ear. From under this great panoply she peeped up in a nervous, hesitating fashion at our windows, while her body oscillated backward and forward, and her fingers fidgeted with her glove buttons. Suddenly, with a plunge, as of the swimmer who leaves the bank, she hurried across the road, and we heard the sharp clang of the bell.
  1068.  
  1069. "I have seen those symptoms before," said Holmes, throwing his cigarette into the fire. "Oscillation upon the pavement always means an affaire de coeur. She would like advice, but is not sure that the matter is not too delicate for communication. And yet even here we may discriminate. When a woman has been seriously wronged by a man she no longer oscillates, and the usual symptom is a broken bell wire. Here we may take it that there is a love matter, but that the maiden is not so much angry as perplexed, or grieved. But here she comes in person to resolve our doubts."
  1070.  
  1071. As he spoke there was a tap at the door, and the boy in buttons entered to announce Miss Mary Sutherland, while the lady herself loomed behind his small black figure like a full-sailed merchant-man behind a tiny pilot boat. Sherlock Holmes welcomed her with the easy courtesy for which he was remarkable, and, having closed the door and bowed her into an armchair, he looked her over in the minute and yet abstracted fashion which was peculiar to him.
  1072.  
  1073. "Do you not find," he said, "that with your short sight it is a little trying to do so much typewriting?"
  1074.  
  1075. "I did at first," she answered, "but now I know where the letters are without looking." Then, suddenly realising the full purport of his words, she gave a violent start and looked up, with fear and astonishment upon her broad, good-humoured face. "You've heard about me, Mr. Holmes," she cried, "else how could you know all that?"
  1076.  
  1077. "Never mind," said Holmes, laughing; "it is my business to know things. Perhaps I have trained myself to see what others overlook. If not, why should you come to consult me?"
  1078.  
  1079. "I came to you, sir, because I heard of you from Mrs. Etherege, whose husband you found so easy when the police and everyone had given him up for dead. Oh, Mr. Holmes, I wish you would do as much for me. I'm not rich, but still I have a hundred a year in my own right, besides the little that I make by the machine, and I would give it all to know what has become of Mr. Hosmer Angel."
  1080.  
  1081. "Why did you come away to consult me in such a hurry?" asked Sherlock Holmes, with his finger-tips together and his eyes to the ceiling.
  1082.  
  1083. Again a startled look came over the somewhat vacuous face of Miss Mary Sutherland. "Yes, I did bang out of the house," she said, "for it made me angry to see the easy way in which Mr. Windibank--that is, my father--took it all. He would not go to the police, and he would not go to you, and so at last, as he would do nothing and kept on saying that there was no harm done, it made me mad, and I just on with my things and came right away to you."
  1084.  
  1085. "Your father," said Holmes, "your stepfather, surely, since the name is different."
  1086.  
  1087. "Yes, my stepfather. I call him father, though it sounds funny, too, for he is only five years and two months older than myself."
  1088.  
  1089. "And your mother is alive?"
  1090.  
  1091. "Oh, yes, mother is alive and well. I wasn't best pleased, Mr. Holmes, when she married again so soon after father's death, and a man who was nearly fifteen years younger than herself. Father was a plumber in the Tottenham Court Road, and he left a tidy business behind him, which mother carried on with Mr. Hardy, the foreman; but when Mr. Windibank came he made her sell the business, for he was very superior, being a traveller in wines. They got $4700 for the goodwill and interest, which wasn't near as much as father could have got if he had been alive."
  1092.  
  1093. I had expected to see Sherlock Holmes impatient under this rambling and inconsequential narrative, but, on the contrary, he had listened with the greatest concentration of attention.
  1094.  
  1095. "Your own little income," he asked, "does it come out of the business?"
  1096.  
  1097. "Oh, no, sir. It is quite separate and was left me by my uncle Ned in Auckland. It is in New Zealand stock, paying 4 1/4 per cent. Two thousand five hundred pounds was the amount, but I can only touch the interest."
  1098.  
  1099. "You interest me extremely," said Holmes. "And since you draw so large a sum as a hundred a year, with what you earn into the bargain, you no doubt travel a little and indulge yourself in every way. I believe that a single lady can get on very nicely upon an income of about $60."
  1100.  
  1101. "I could do with much less than that, Mr. Holmes, but you understand that as long as I live at home I don't wish to be a burden to them, and so they have the use of the money just while I am staying with them. Of course, that is only just for the time. Mr. Windibank draws my interest every quarter and pays it over to mother, and I find that I can do pretty well with what I earn at typewriting. It brings me twopence a sheet, and I can often do from fifteen to twenty sheets in a day."
  1102.  
  1103. "You have made your position very clear to me," said Holmes. "This is my friend, Dr. Watson, before whom you can speak as freely as before myself. Kindly tell us now all about your connection with Mr. Hosmer Angel."
  1104.  
  1105. A flush stole over Miss Sutherland's face, and she picked nervously at the fringe of her jacket. "I met him first at the gasfitters' ball," she said. "They used to send father tickets when he was alive, and then afterwards they remembered us, and sent them to mother. Mr. Windibank did not wish us to go. He never did wish us to go anywhere. He would get quite mad if I wanted so much as to join a Sunday-school treat. But this time I was set on going, and I would go; for what right had he to prevent? He said the folk were not fit for us to know, when all father's friends were to be there. And he said that I had nothing fit to wear, when I had my purple plush that I had never so much as taken out of the drawer. At last, when nothing else would do, he went off to France upon the business of the firm, but we went, mother and I, with Mr. Hardy, who used to be our foreman, and it was there I met Mr. Hosmer Angel."
  1106.  
  1107. "I suppose," said Holmes, "that when Mr. Windibank came back from France he was very annoyed at your having gone to the ball."
  1108.  
  1109. "Oh, well, he was very good about it. He laughed, I remember, and shrugged his shoulders, and said there was no use denying anything to a woman, for she would have her way."
  1110.  
  1111. "I see. Then at the gasfitters' ball you met, as I understand, a gentleman called Mr. Hosmer Angel."
  1112.  
  1113. "Yes, sir. I met him that night, and he called next day to ask if we had got home all safe, and after that we met him--that is to say, Mr. Holmes, I met him twice for walks, but after that father came back again, and Mr. Hosmer Angel could not come to the house any more."
  1114.  
  1115. "No?"
  1116.  
  1117. "Well, you know father didn't like anything of the sort. He wouldn't have any visitors if he could help it, and he used to say that a woman should be happy in her own family circle. But then, as I used to say to mother, a woman wants her own circle to begin with, and I had not got mine yet."
  1118.  
  1119. "But how about Mr. Hosmer Angel? Did he make no attempt to see you?"
  1120.  
  1121. "Well, father was going off to France again in a week, and Hosmer wrote and said that it would be safer and better not to see each other until he had gone. We could write in the meantime, and he used to write every day. I took the letters in in the morning, so there was no need for father to know."
  1122.  
  1123. "Were you engaged to the gentleman at this time?"
  1124.  
  1125. "Oh, yes, Mr. Holmes. We were engaged after the first walk that we took. Hosmer--Mr. Angel--was a cashier in an office in Leadenhall Street--and--"
  1126.  
  1127. "What office?"
  1128.  
  1129. "That's the worst of it, Mr. Holmes, I don't know."
  1130.  
  1131. "Where did he live, then?"
  1132.  
  1133. "He slept on the premises."
  1134.  
  1135. "And you don't know his address?"
  1136.  
  1137. "No--except that it was Leadenhall Street."
  1138.  
  1139. "Where did you address your letters, then?"
  1140.  
  1141. "To the Leadenhall Street Post Office, to be left till called for. He said that if they were sent to the office he would be chaffed by all the other clerks about having letters from a lady, so I offered to typewrite them, like he did his, but he wouldn't have that, for he said that when I wrote them they seemed to come from me, but when they were typewritten he always felt that the machine had come between us. That will just show you how fond he was of me, Mr. Holmes, and the little things that he would think of."
  1142.  
  1143. "It was most suggestive," said Holmes. "It has long been an axiom of mine that the little things are infinitely the most important. Can you remember any other little things about Mr. Hosmer Angel?"
  1144.  
  1145. "He was a very shy man, Mr. Holmes. He would rather walk with me in the evening than in the daylight, for he said that he hated to be conspicuous. Very retiring and gentlemanly he was. Even his voice was gentle. He'd had the quinsy and swollen glands when he was young, he told me, and it had left him with a weak throat, and a hesitating, whispering fashion of speech. He was always well dressed, very neat and plain, but his eyes were weak, just as mine are, and he wore tinted glasses against the glare."
  1146.  
  1147. "Well, and what happened when Mr. Windibank, your stepfather, returned to France?"
  1148.  
  1149. "Mr. Hosmer Angel came to the house again and proposed that we should marry before father came back. He was in dreadful earnest and made me swear, with my hands on the Testament, that whatever happened I would always be true to him. Mother said he was quite right to make me swear, and that it was a sign of his passion. Mother was all in his favour from the first and was even fonder of him than I was. Then, when they talked of marrying within the week, I began to ask about father; but they both said never to mind about father, but just to tell him afterwards, and mother said she would make it all right with him. I didn't quite like that, Mr. Holmes. It seemed funny that I should ask his leave, as he was only a few years older than me; but I didn't want to do anything on the sly, so I wrote to father at Bordeaux, where the company has its French offices, but the letter came back to me on the very morning of the wedding."
  1150.  
  1151. "It missed him, then?"
  1152.  
  1153. "Yes, sir; for he had started to England just before it arrived."
  1154.  
  1155. "Ha! that was unfortunate. Your wedding was arranged, then, for the Friday. Was it to be in church?"
  1156.  
  1157. "Yes, sir, but very quietly. It was to be at St. Saviour's, near King's Cross, and we were to have breakfast afterwards at the St. Pancras Hotel. Hosmer came for us in a hansom, but as there were two of us he put us both into it and stepped himself into a four-wheeler, which happened to be the only other cab in the street. We got to the church first, and when the four-wheeler drove up we waited for him to step out, but he never did, and when the cabman got down from the box and looked there was no one there! The cabman said that he could not imagine what had become of him, for he had seen him get in with his own eyes. That was last Friday, Mr. Holmes, and I have never seen or heard anything since then to throw any light upon what became of him."
  1158.  
  1159. "It seems to me that you have been very shamefully treated," said Holmes.
  1160.  
  1161. "Oh, no, sir! He was too good and kind to leave me so. Why, all the morning he was saying to me that, whatever happened, I was to be true; and that even if something quite unforeseen occurred to separate us, I was always to remember that I was pledged to him, and that he would claim his pledge sooner or later. It seemed strange talk for a wedding-morning, but what has happened since gives a meaning to it."
  1162.  
  1163. "Most certainly it does. Your own opinion is, then, that some unforeseen catastrophe has occurred to him?"
  1164.  
  1165. "Yes, sir. I believe that he foresaw some danger, or else he would not have talked so. And then I think that what he foresaw happened."
  1166.  
  1167. "But you have no notion as to what it could have been?"
  1168.  
  1169. "None."
  1170.  
  1171. "One more question. How did your mother take the matter?"
  1172.  
  1173. "She was angry, and said that I was never to speak of the matter again."
  1174.  
  1175. "And your father? Did you tell him?"
  1176.  
  1177. "Yes; and he seemed to think, with me, that something had happened, and that I should hear of Hosmer again. As he said, what interest could anyone have in bringing me to the doors of the church, and then leaving me? Now, if he had borrowed my money, or if he had married me and got my money settled on him, there might be some reason, but Hosmer was very independent about money and never would look at a shilling of mine. And yet, what could have happened? And why could he not write? Oh, it drives me half-mad to think of it, and I can't sleep a wink at night." She pulled a little handkerchief out of her muff and began to sob heavily into it.
  1178.  
  1179. "I shall glance into the case for you," said Holmes, rising, "and I have no doubt that we shall reach some definite result. Let the weight of the matter rest upon me now, and do not let your mind dwell upon it further. Above all, try to let Mr. Hosmer Angel vanish from your memory, as he has done from your life."
  1180.  
  1181. "Then you don't think I'll see him again?"
  1182.  
  1183. "I fear not."
  1184.  
  1185. "Then what has happened to him?"
  1186.  
  1187. "You will leave that question in my hands. I should like an accurate description of him and any letters of his which you can spare."
  1188.  
  1189. "I advertised for him in last Saturday's Chronicle," said she. "Here is the slip and here are four letters from him."
  1190.  
  1191. "Thank you. And your address?"
  1192.  
  1193. "No. 31 Lyon Place, Camberwell."
  1194.  
  1195. "Mr. Angel's address you never had, I understand. Where is your father's place of business?"
  1196.  
  1197. "He travels for Westhouse & Marbank, the great claret importers of Fenchurch Street."
  1198.  
  1199. "Thank you. You have made your statement very clearly. You will leave the papers here, and remember the advice which I have given you. Let the whole incident be a sealed book, and do not allow it to affect your life."
  1200.  
  1201. "You are very kind, Mr. Holmes, but I cannot do that. I shall be true to Hosmer. He shall find me ready when he comes back."
  1202.  
  1203. For all the preposterous hat and the vacuous face, there was something noble in the simple faith of our visitor which compelled our respect. She laid her little bundle of papers upon the table and went her way, with a promise to come again whenever she might be summoned.
  1204.  
  1205. Sherlock Holmes sat silent for a few minutes with his fingertips still pressed together, his legs stretched out in front of him, and his gaze directed upward to the ceiling. Then he took down from the rack the old and oily clay pipe, which was to him as a counsellor, and, having lit it, he leaned back in his chair, with the thick blue cloud-wreaths spinning up from him, and a look of infinite languor in his face.
  1206.  
  1207. "Quite an interesting study, that maiden," he observed. "I found her more interesting than her little problem, which, by the way, is rather a trite one. You will find parallel cases, if you consult my index, in Andover in '77, and there was something of the sort at The Hague last year. Old as is the idea, however, there were one or two details which were new to me. But the maiden herself was most instructive."
  1208.  
  1209. "You appeared to read a good deal upon her which was quite invisible to me," I remarked.
  1210.  
  1211. "Not invisible but unnoticed, Watson. You did not know where to look, and so you missed all that was important. I can never bring you to realise the importance of sleeves, the suggestiveness of thumb-nails, or the great issues that may hang from a boot-lace. Now, what did you gather from that woman's appearance? Describe it."
  1212.  
  1213. "Well, she had a slate-coloured, broad-brimmed straw hat, with a feather of a brickish red. Her jacket was black, with black beads sewn upon it, and a fringe of little black jet ornaments. Her dress was brown, rather darker than coffee colour, with a little purple plush at the neck and sleeves. Her gloves were greyish and were worn through at the right forefinger. Her boots I didn't observe. She had small round, hanging gold earrings, and a general air of being fairly well-to-do in a vulgar, comfortable, easy-going way."
  1214.  
  1215. Sherlock Holmes clapped his hands softly together and chuckled.
  1216.  
  1217. " 'Pon my word, Watson, you are coming along wonderfully. You have really done very well indeed. It is true that you have missed everything of importance, but you have hit upon the method, and you have a quick eye for colour. Never trust to general impressions, my boy, but concentrate yourself upon details. My first glance is always at a woman's sleeve. In a man it is perhaps better first to take the knee of the trouser. As you observe, this woman had plush upon her sleeves, which is a most useful material for showing traces. The double line a little above the wrist, where the typewritist presses against the table, was beautifully defined. The sewing-machine, of the hand type, leaves a similar mark, but only on the left arm, and on the side of it farthest from the thumb, instead of being right across the broadest part, as this was. I then glanced at her face, and, observing the dint of a pince-nez at either side of her nose, I ventured a remark upon short sight and typewriting, which seemed to surprise her."
  1218.  
  1219. "It surprised me."
  1220.  
  1221. "But, surely, it was obvious. I was then much surprised and interested on glancing down to observe that, though the boots which she was wearing were not unlike each other, they were really odd ones; the one having a slightly decorated toe-cap, and the other a plain one. One was buttoned only in the two lower buttons out of five, and the other at the first, third, and fifth. Now, when you see that a young lady, otherwise neatly dressed, has come away from home with odd boots, half-buttoned, it is no great deduction to say that she came away in a hurry."
  1222.  
  1223. "And what else?" I asked, keenly interested, as I always was, by my friend's incisive reasoning.
  1224.  
  1225. "I noted, in passing, that she had written a note before leaving home but after being fully dressed. You observed that her right glove was torn at the forefinger, but you did not apparently see that both glove and finger were stained with violet ink. She had written in a hurry and dipped her pen too deep. It must have been this morning, or the mark would not remain clear upon the finger. All this is amusing, though rather elementary, but I must go back to business, Watson. Would you mind reading me the advertised description of Mr. Hosmer Angel?"
  1226.  
  1227. I held the little printed slip to the light.
  1228.  
  1229. "Missing," it said, "on the morning of the fourteenth, a gentleman named Hosmer Angel. About five ft. seven in. in height; strongly built, sallow complexion, black hair, a little bald in the centre, bushy, black side-whiskers and moustache; tinted glasses, slight infirmity of speech. Was dressed, when last seen, in black frock-coat faced with silk, black waistcoat, gold Albert chain, and grey Harris tweed trousers, with brown gaiters over elastic-sided boots. Known to have been employed in an office in Leadenhall Street. Anybody bringing--"
  1230.  
  1231. "That will do," said Holmes. "As to the letters," he continued, glancing over them, "they are very commonplace. Absolutely no clue in them to Mr. Angel, save that he quotes Balzac once. There is one remarkable point, however, which will no doubt strike you."
  1232.  
  1233. "They are typewritten," I remarked.
  1234.  
  1235. "Not only that, but the signature is typewritten. Look at the neat little 'Hosmer Angel' at the bottom. There is a date, you see, but no superscription except Leadenhall Street, which is rather vague. The point about the signature is very suggestive--in fact, we may call it conclusive."
  1236.  
  1237. "Of what?"
  1238.  
  1239. "My dear fellow, is it possible you do not see how strongly it bears upon the case?"
  1240.  
  1241. "I cannot say that I do unless it were that he wished to be able to deny his signature if an action for breach of promise were instituted."
  1242.  
  1243. "No, that was not the point. However, I shall write two letters, which should settle the matter. One is to a firm in the City, the other is to the young lady's stepfather, Mr. Windibank, asking him whether he could meet us here at six o'clock to-morrow evening. It is just as well that we should do business with the male relatives. And now, Doctor, we can do nothing until the answers to those letters come, so we may put our little problem upon the shelf for the interim."
  1244.  
  1245. I had had so many reasons to believe in my friend's subtle powers of reasoning and extraordinary energy in action that I felt that he must have some solid grounds for the assured and easy demeanour with which he treated the singular mystery which he had been called upon to fathom. Once only had I known him to fail, in the case of the King of Bohemia and of the Irene Adler photograph; but when I looked back to the weird business of the Sign of Four, and the extraordinary circumstances connected with the Study in Scarlet, I felt that it would be a strange tangle indeed which he could not unravel.
  1246.  
  1247. I left him then, still puffing at his black clay pipe, with the conviction that when I came again on the next evening I would find that he held in his hands all the clues which would lead up to the identity of the disappearing bridegroom of Miss Mary Sutherland.
  1248.  
  1249. A professional case of great gravity was engaging my own attention at the time, and the whole of next day I was busy at the bedside of the sufferer. It was not until close upon six o'clock that I found myself free and was able to spring into a hansom and drive to Baker Street, half afraid that I might be too late to assist at the denouement of the little mystery. I found Sherlock Holmes alone, however, half asleep, with his long, thin form curled up in the recesses of his armchair. A formidable array of bottles and test-tubes, with the pungent cleanly smell of hydrochloric acid, told me that he had spent his day in the chemical work which was so dear to him.
  1250.  
  1251. "Well, have you solved it?" I asked as I entered.
  1252.  
  1253. "Yes. It was the bisulphate of baryta."
  1254.  
  1255. "No, no, the mystery!" I cried.
  1256.  
  1257. "Oh, that! I thought of the salt that I have been working upon. There was never any mystery in the matter, though, as I said yesterday, some of the details are of interest. The only drawback is that there is no law, I fear, that can touch the scoundrel."
  1258.  
  1259. "Who was he, then, and what was his object in deserting Miss Sutherland?"
  1260.  
  1261. The question was hardly out of my mouth, and Holmes had not yet opened his lips to reply, when we heard a heavy footfall in the passage and a tap at the door.
  1262.  
  1263. "This is the girl's stepfather, Mr. James Windibank," said Holmes. "He has written to me to say that he would be here at six. Come in!"
  1264.  
  1265. The man who entered was a sturdy, middle-sized fellow, some thirty years of age, clean-shaven, and sallow-skinned, with a bland, insinuating manner, and a pair of wonderfully sharp and penetrating grey eyes. He shot a questioning glance at each of us, placed his shiny top-hat upon the sideboard, and with a slight bow sidled down into the nearest chair.
  1266.  
  1267. "Good-evening, Mr. James Windibank," said Holmes. "I think that this typewritten letter is from you, in which you made an appointment with me for six o'clock?"
  1268.  
  1269. "Yes, sir. I am afraid that I am a little late, but I am not quite my own master, you know. I am sorry that Miss Sutherland has troubled you about this little matter, for I think it is far better not to wash linen of the sort in public. It was quite against my wishes that she came, but she is a very excitable, impulsive girl, as you may have noticed, and she is not easily controlled when she has made up her mind on a point. Of course, I did not mind you so much, as you are not connected with the official police, but it is not pleasant to have a family misfortune like this noised abroad. Besides, it is a useless expense, for how could you possibly find this Hosmer Angel?"
  1270.  
  1271. "On the contrary," said Holmes quietly; "I have every reason to believe that I will succeed in discovering Mr. Hosmer Angel."
  1272.  
  1273. Mr. Windibank gave a violent start and dropped his gloves. "I am delighted to hear it," he said.
  1274.  
  1275. "It is a curious thing," remarked Holmes, "that a typewriter has really quite as much individuality as a man's handwriting. Unless they are quite new, no two of them write exactly alike. Some letters get more worn than others, and some wear only on one side. Now, you remark in this note of yours, Mr. Windibank, that in every case there is some little slurring over of the 'e,' and a slight defect in the tail of the 'r.' There are fourteen other characteristics, but those are the more obvious."
  1276.  
  1277. "We do all our correspondence with this machine at the office, and no doubt it is a little worn," our visitor answered, glancing keenly at Holmes with his bright little eyes.
  1278.  
  1279. "And now I will show you what is really a very interesting study, Mr. Windibank," Holmes continued. "I think of writing another little monograph some of these days on the typewriter and its relation to crime. It is a subject to which I have devoted some little attention. I have here four letters which purport to come from the missing man. They are all typewritten. In each case, not only are the 'e's' slurred and the 'r's' tailless, but you will observe, if you care to use my magnifying lens, that the fourteen other characteristics to which I have alluded are there as well."
  1280.  
  1281. Mr. Windibank sprang out of his chair and picked up his hat. "I cannot waste time over this sort of fantastic talk, Mr. Holmes," he said. "If you can catch the man, catch him, and let me know when you have done it."
  1282.  
  1283. "Certainly," said Holmes, stepping over and turning the key in the door. "I let you know, then, that I have caught him!"
  1284.  
  1285. "What! where?" shouted Mr. Windibank, turning white to his lips and glancing about him like a rat in a trap.
  1286.  
  1287. "Oh, it won't do--really it won't," said Holmes suavely. "There is no possible getting out of it, Mr. Windibank. It is quite too transparent, and it was a very bad compliment when you said that it was impossible for me to solve so simple a question. That's right! Sit down and let us talk it over."
  1288.  
  1289. Our visitor collapsed into a chair, with a ghastly face and a glitter of moisture on his brow. "It--it's not actionable," he stammered.
  1290.  
  1291. "I am very much afraid that it is not. But between ourselves, Windibank, it was as cruel and selfish and heartless a trick in a petty way as ever came before me. Now, let me just run over the course of events, and you will contradict me if I go wrong."
  1292.  
  1293. The man sat huddled up in his chair, with his head sunk upon his breast, like one who is utterly crushed. Holmes stuck his feet up on the corner of the mantelpiece and, leaning back with his hands in his pockets, began talking, rather to himself, as it seemed, than to us.
  1294.  
  1295. "The man married a woman very much older than himself for her money," said he, "and he enjoyed the use of the money of the daughter as long as she lived with them. It was a considerable sum, for people in their position, and the loss of it would have made a serious difference. It was worth an effort to preserve it. The daughter was of a good, amiable disposition, but affectionate and warm-hearted in her ways, so that it was evident that with her fair personal advantages, and her little income, she would not be allowed to remain single long. Now her marriage would mean, of course, the loss of a hundred a year, so what does her stepfather do to prevent it? He takes the obvious course of keeping her at home and forbidding her to seek the company of people of her own age. But soon he found that that would not answer forever. She became restive, insisted upon her rights, and finally announced her positive intention of going to a certain ball. What does her clever stepfather do then? He conceives an idea more creditable to his head than to his heart. With the connivance and assistance of his wife he disguised himself, covered those keen eyes with tinted glasses, masked the face with a moustache and a pair of bushy whiskers, sunk that clear voice into an insinuating whisper, and doubly secure on account of the girl's short sight, he appears as Mr. Hosmer Angel, and keeps off other lovers by making love himself."
  1296.  
  1297. "It was only a joke at first," groaned our visitor. "We never thought that she would have been so carried away."
  1298.  
  1299. "Very likely not. However that may be, the young lady was very decidedly carried away, and, having quite made up her mind that her stepfather was in France, the suspicion of treachery never for an instant entered her mind. She was flattered by the gentleman's attentions, and the effect was increased by the loudly expressed admiration of her mother. Then Mr. Angel began to call, for it was obvious that the matter should be pushed as far as it would go if a real effect were to be produced. There were meetings, and an engagement, which would finally secure the girl's affections from turning towards anyone else. But the deception could not be kept up forever. These pretended journeys to France were rather cumbrous. The thing to do was clearly to bring the business to an end in such a dramatic manner that it would leave a permanent impression upon the young lady's mind and prevent her from looking upon any other suitor for some time to come. Hence those vows of fidelity exacted upon a Testament, and hence also the allusions to a possibility of something happening on the very morning of the wedding. James Windibank wished Miss Sutherland to be so bound to Hosmer Angel, and so uncertain as to his fate, that for ten years to come, at any rate, she would not listen to another man. As far as the church door he brought her, and then, as he could go no farther, he conveniently vanished away by the old trick of stepping in at one door of a four-wheeler and out at the other. I think that was the chain of events, Mr. Windibank!"
  1300.  
  1301. Our visitor had recovered something of his assurance while Holmes had been talking, and he rose from his chair now with a cold sneer upon his pale face.
  1302.  
  1303. "It may be so, or it may not, Mr. Holmes," said he, "but if you are so very sharp you ought to be sharp enough to know that it is you who are breaking the law now, and not me. I have done nothing actionable from the first, but as long as you keep that door locked you lay yourself open to an action for assault and illegal constraint."
  1304.  
  1305. "The law cannot, as you say, touch you," said Holmes, unlocking and throwing open the door, "yet there never was a man who deserved punishment more. If the young lady has a brother or a friend, he ought to lay a whip across your shoulders. By Jove!" he continued, flushing up at the sight of the bitter sneer upon the man's face, "it is not part of my duties to my client, but here's a hunting crop handy, and I think I shall just treat myself to--" He took two swift steps to the whip, but before he could grasp it there was a wild clatter of steps upon the stairs, the heavy hall door banged, and from the window we could see Mr. James Windibank running at the top of his speed down the road.
  1306.  
  1307. "There's a cold-blooded scoundrel!" said Holmes, laughing, as he threw himself down into his chair once more. "That fellow will rise from crime to crime until he does something very bad, and ends on a gallows. The case has, in some respects, been not entirely devoid of interest."
  1308.  
  1309. "I cannot now entirely see all the steps of your reasoning," I remarked.
  1310.  
  1311. "Well, of course it was obvious from the first that this Mr. Hosmer Angel must have some strong object for his curious conduct, and it was equally clear that the only man who really profited by the incident, as far as we could see, was the stepfather. Then the fact that the two men were never together, but that the one always appeared when the other was away, was suggestive. So were the tinted spectacles and the curious voice, which both hinted at a disguise, as did the bushy whiskers. My suspicions were all confirmed by his peculiar action in typewriting his signature, which, of course, inferred that his handwriting was so familiar to her that she would recognise even the smallest sample of it. You see all these isolated facts, together with many minor ones, all pointed in the same direction."
  1312.  
  1313. "And how did you verify them?"
  1314.  
  1315. "Having once spotted my man, it was easy to get corroboration. I knew the firm for which this man worked. Having taken the printed description. I eliminated everything from it which could be the result of a disguise--the whiskers, the glasses, the voice, and I sent it to the firm, with a request that they would inform me whether it answered to the description of any of their travellers. I had already noticed the peculiarities of the typewriter, and I wrote to the man himself at his business address asking him if he would come here. As I expected, his reply was typewritten and revealed the same trivial but characteristic defects. The same post brought me a letter from Westhouse & Marbank, of Fenchurch Street, to say that the description tallied in every respect with that of their employe, James Windibank. Voila tout!"
  1316.  
  1317. "And Miss Sutherland?"
  1318.  
  1319. "If I tell her she will not believe me. You may remember the old Persian saying, 'There is danger for him who taketh the tiger cub, and danger also for whoso snatches a delusion from a woman.' There is as much sense in Hafiz as in Horace, and as much knowledge of the world."
  1320.  
  1321. ADVENTURE IV. THE BOSCOMBE VALLEY MYSTERY
  1322.  
  1323.  
  1324. We were seated at breakfast one morning, my wife and I, when the maid brought in a telegram. It was from Sherlock Holmes and ran in this way:
  1325.  
  1326. "Have you a couple of days to spare? Have just been wired for from the west of England in connection with Boscombe Valley tragedy. Shall be glad if you will come with me. Air and scenery perfect. Leave Paddington by the 11:15."
  1327.  
  1328. "What do you say, dear?" said my wife, looking across at me. "Will you go?"
  1329.  
  1330. "I really don't know what to say. I have a fairly long list at present."
  1331.  
  1332. "Oh, Anstruther would do your work for you. You have been looking a little pale lately. I think that the change would do you good, and you are always so interested in Mr. Sherlock Holmes' cases."
  1333.  
  1334. "I should be ungrateful if I were not, seeing what I gained through one of them," I answered. "But if I am to go, I must pack at once, for I have only half an hour."
  1335.  
  1336. My experience of camp life in Afghanistan had at least had the effect of making me a prompt and ready traveller. My wants were few and simple, so that in less than the time stated I was in a cab with my valise, rattling away to Paddington Station. Sherlock Holmes was pacing up and down the platform, his tall, gaunt figure made even gaunter and taller by his long grey travelling-cloak and close-fitting cloth cap.
  1337.  
  1338. "It is really very good of you to come, Watson," said he. "It makes a considerable difference to me, having someone with me on whom I can thoroughly rely. Local aid is always either worthless or else biassed. If you will keep the two corner seats I shall get the tickets."
  1339.  
  1340. We had the carriage to ourselves save for an immense litter of papers which Holmes had brought with him. Among these he rummaged and read, with intervals of note-taking and of meditation, until we were past Reading. Then he suddenly rolled them all into a gigantic ball and tossed them up onto the rack.
  1341.  
  1342. "Have you heard anything of the case?" he asked.
  1343.  
  1344. "Not a word. I have not seen a paper for some days."
  1345.  
  1346. "The London press has not had very full accounts. I have just been looking through all the recent papers in order to master the particulars. It seems, from what I gather, to be one of those simple cases which are so extremely difficult."
  1347.  
  1348. "That sounds a little paradoxical."
  1349.  
  1350. "But it is profoundly true. Singularity is almost invariably a clue. The more featureless and commonplace a crime is, the more difficult it is to bring it home. In this case, however, they have established a very serious case against the son of the murdered man."
  1351.  
  1352. "It is a murder, then?"
  1353.  
  1354. "Well, it is conjectured to be so. I shall take nothing for granted until I have the opportunity of looking personally into it. I will explain the state of things to you, as far as I have been able to understand it, in a very few words.
  1355.  
  1356. "Boscombe Valley is a country district not very far from Ross, in Herefordshire. The largest landed proprietor in that part is a Mr. John Turner, who made his money in Australia and returned some years ago to the old country. One of the farms which he held, that of Hatherley, was let to Mr. Charles McCarthy, who was also an ex-Australian. The men had known each other in the colonies, so that it was not unnatural that when they came to settle down they should do so as near each other as possible. Turner was apparently the richer man, so McCarthy became his tenant but still remained, it seems, upon terms of perfect equality, as they were frequently together. McCarthy had one son, a lad of eighteen, and Turner had an only daughter of the same age, but neither of them had wives living. They appear to have avoided the society of the neighbouring English families and to have led retired lives, though both the McCarthys were fond of sport and were frequently seen at the race-meetings of the neighbourhood. McCarthy kept two servants--a man and a girl. Turner had a considerable household, some half-dozen at the least. That is as much as I have been able to gather about the families. Now for the facts.
  1357.  
  1358. "On June 3rd, that is, on Monday last, McCarthy left his house at Hatherley about three in the afternoon and walked down to the Boscombe Pool, which is a small lake formed by the spreading out of the stream which runs down the Boscombe Valley. He had been out with his serving-man in the morning at Ross, and he had told the man that he must hurry, as he had an appointment of importance to keep at three. From that appointment he never came back alive.
  1359.  
  1360. "From Hatherley Farmhouse to the Boscombe Pool is a quarter of a mile, and two people saw him as he passed over this ground. One was an old woman, whose name is not mentioned, and the other was William Crowder, a game-keeper in the employ of Mr. Turner. Both these witnesses depose that Mr. McCarthy was walking alone. The game-keeper adds that within a few minutes of his seeing Mr. McCarthy pass he had seen his son, Mr. James McCarthy, going the same way with a gun under his arm. To the best of his belief, the father was actually in sight at the time, and the son was following him. He thought no more of the matter until he heard in the evening of the tragedy that had occurred.
  1361.  
  1362. "The two McCarthys were seen after the time when William Crowder, the game-keeper, lost sight of them. The Boscombe Pool is thickly wooded round, with just a fringe of grass and of reeds round the edge. A girl of fourteen, Patience Moran, who is the daughter of the lodge-keeper of the Boscombe Valley estate, was in one of the woods picking flowers. She states that while she was there she saw, at the border of the wood and close by the lake, Mr. McCarthy and his son, and that they appeared to be having a violent quarrel. She heard Mr. McCarthy the elder using very strong language to his son, and she saw the latter raise up his hand as if to strike his father. She was so frightened by their violence that she ran away and told her mother when she reached home that she had left the two McCarthys quarrelling near Boscombe Pool, and that she was afraid that they were going to fight. She had hardly said the words when young Mr. McCarthy came running up to the lodge to say that he had found his father dead in the wood, and to ask for the help of the lodge-keeper. He was much excited, without either his gun or his hat, and his right hand and sleeve were observed to be stained with fresh blood. On following him they found the dead body stretched out upon the grass beside the pool. The head had been beaten in by repeated blows of some heavy and blunt weapon. The injuries were such as might very well have been inflicted by the butt-end of his son's gun, which was found lying on the grass within a few paces of the body. Under these circumstances the young man was instantly arrested, and a verdict of 'wilful murder' having been returned at the inquest on Tuesday, he was on Wednesday brought before the magistrates at Ross, who have referred the case to the next Assizes. Those are the main facts of the case as they came out before the coroner and the police-court."
  1363.  
  1364. "I could hardly imagine a more damning case," I remarked. "If ever circumstantial evidence pointed to a criminal it does so here."
  1365.  
  1366. "Circumstantial evidence is a very tricky thing," answered Holmes thoughtfully. "It may seem to point very straight to one thing, but if you shift your own point of view a little, you may find it pointing in an equally uncompromising manner to something entirely different. It must be confessed, however, that the case looks exceedingly grave against the young man, and it is very possible that he is indeed the culprit. There are several people in the neighbourhood, however, and among them Miss Turner, the daughter of the neighbouring landowner, who believe in his innocence, and who have retained Lestrade, whom you may recollect in connection with the Study in Scarlet, to work out the case in his interest. Lestrade, being rather puzzled, has referred the case to me, and hence it is that two middle-aged gentlemen are flying westward at fifty miles an hour instead of quietly digesting their breakfasts at home."
  1367.  
  1368. "I am afraid," said I, "that the facts are so obvious that you will find little credit to be gained out of this case."
  1369.  
  1370. "There is nothing more deceptive than an obvious fact," he answered, laughing. "Besides, we may chance to hit upon some other obvious facts which may have been by no means obvious to Mr. Lestrade. You know me too well to think that I am boasting when I say that I shall either confirm or destroy his theory by means which he is quite incapable of employing, or even of understanding. To take the first example to hand, I very clearly perceive that in your bedroom the window is upon the right-hand side, and yet I question whether Mr. Lestrade would have noted even so self-evident a thing as that."
  1371.  
  1372. "How on earth--"
  1373.  
  1374. "My dear fellow, I know you well. I know the military neatness which characterises you. You shave every morning, and in this season you shave by the sunlight; but since your shaving is less and less complete as we get farther back on the left side, until it becomes positively slovenly as we get round the angle of the jaw, it is surely very clear that that side is less illuminated than the other. I could not imagine a man of your habits looking at himself in an equal light and being satisfied with such a result. I only quote this as a trivial example of observation and inference. Therein lies my metier, and it is just possible that it may be of some service in the investigation which lies before us. There are one or two minor points which were brought out in the inquest, and which are worth considering."
  1375.  
  1376. "What are they?"
  1377.  
  1378. "It appears that his arrest did not take place at once, but after the return to Hatherley Farm. On the inspector of constabulary informing him that he was a prisoner, he remarked that he was not surprised to hear it, and that it was no more than his deserts. This observation of his had the natural effect of removing any traces of doubt which might have remained in the minds of the coroner's jury."
  1379.  
  1380. "It was a confession," I ejaculated.
  1381.  
  1382. "No, for it was followed by a protestation of innocence."
  1383.  
  1384. "Coming on the top of such a damning series of events, it was at least a most suspicious remark."
  1385.  
  1386. "On the contrary," said Holmes, "it is the brightest rift which I can at present see in the clouds. However innocent he might be, he could not be such an absolute imbecile as not to see that the circumstances were very black against him. Had he appeared surprised at his own arrest, or feigned indignation at it, I should have looked upon it as highly suspicious, because such surprise or anger would not be natural under the circumstances, and yet might appear to be the best policy to a scheming man. His frank acceptance of the situation marks him as either an innocent man, or else as a man of considerable self-restraint and firmness. As to his remark about his deserts, it was also not unnatural if you consider that he stood beside the dead body of his father, and that there is no doubt that he had that very day so far forgotten his filial duty as to bandy words with him, and even, according to the little girl whose evidence is so important, to raise his hand as if to strike him. The self-reproach and contrition which are displayed in his remark appear to me to be the signs of a healthy mind rather than of a guilty one."
  1387.  
  1388. I shook my head. "Many men have been hanged on far slighter evidence," I remarked.
  1389.  
  1390. "So they have. And many men have been wrongfully hanged."
  1391.  
  1392. "What is the young man's own account of the matter?"
  1393.  
  1394. "It is, I am afraid, not very encouraging to his supporters, though there are one or two points in it which are suggestive. You will find it here, and may read it for yourself."
  1395.  
  1396. He picked out from his bundle a copy of the local Herefordshire paper, and having turned down the sheet he pointed out the paragraph in which the unfortunate young man had given his own statement of what had occurred. I settled myself down in the corner of the carriage and read it very carefully. It ran in this way:
  1397.  
  1398. "Mr. James McCarthy, the only son of the deceased, was then called and gave evidence as follows: 'I had been away from home for three days at Bristol, and had only just returned upon the morning of last Monday, the 3rd. My father was absent from home at the time of my arrival, and I was informed by the maid that he had driven over to Ross with John Cobb, the groom. Shortly after my return I heard the wheels of his trap in the yard, and, looking out of my window, I saw him get out and walk rapidly out of the yard, though I was not aware in which direction he was going. I then took my gun and strolled out in the direction of the Boscombe Pool, with the intention of visiting the rabbit warren which is upon the other side. On my way I saw William Crowder, the game-keeper, as he had stated in his evidence; but he is mistaken in thinking that I was following my father. I had no idea that he was in front of me. When about a hundred yards from the pool I heard a cry of "Cooee!" which was a usual signal between my father and myself. I then hurried forward, and found him standing by the pool. He appeared to be much surprised at seeing me and asked me rather roughly what I was doing there. A conversation ensued which led to high words and almost to blows, for my father was a man of a very violent temper. Seeing that his passion was becoming ungovernable, I left him and returned towards Hatherley Farm. I had not gone more than 150 yards, however, when I heard a hideous outcry behind me, which caused me to run back again. I found my father expiring upon the ground, with his head terribly injured. I dropped my gun and held him in my arms, but he almost instantly expired. I knelt beside him for some minutes, and then made my way to Mr. Turner's lodge-keeper, his house being the nearest, to ask for assistance. I saw no one near my father when I returned, and I have no idea how he came by his injuries. He was not a popular man, being somewhat cold and forbidding in his manners, but he had, as far as I know, no active enemies. I know nothing further of the matter.'
  1399.  
  1400. "The Coroner: Did your father make any statement to you before he died?
  1401.  
  1402. "Witness: He mumbled a few words, but I could only catch some allusion to a rat.
  1403.  
  1404. "The Coroner: What did you understand by that?
  1405.  
  1406. "Witness: It conveyed no meaning to me. I thought that he was delirious.
  1407.  
  1408. "The Coroner: What was the point upon which you and your father had this final quarrel?
  1409.  
  1410. "Witness: I should prefer not to answer.
  1411.  
  1412. "The Coroner: I am afraid that I must press it.
  1413.  
  1414. "Witness: It is really impossible for me to tell you. I can assure you that it has nothing to do with the sad tragedy which followed.
  1415.  
  1416. "The Coroner: That is for the court to decide. I need not point out to you that your refusal to answer will prejudice your case considerably in any future proceedings which may arise.
  1417.  
  1418. "Witness: I must still refuse.
  1419.  
  1420. "The Coroner: I understand that the cry of 'Cooee' was a common signal between you and your father?
  1421.  
  1422. "Witness: It was.
  1423.  
  1424. "The Coroner: How was it, then, that he uttered it before he saw you, and before he even knew that you had returned from Bristol?
  1425.  
  1426. "Witness (with considerable confusion): I do not know.
  1427.  
  1428. "A Juryman: Did you see nothing which aroused your suspicions when you returned on hearing the cry and found your father fatally injured?
  1429.  
  1430. "Witness: Nothing definite.
  1431.  
  1432. "The Coroner: What do you mean?
  1433.  
  1434. "Witness: I was so disturbed and excited as I rushed out into the open, that I could think of nothing except of my father. Yet I have a vague impression that as I ran forward something lay upon the ground to the left of me. It seemed to me to be something grey in colour, a coat of some sort, or a plaid perhaps. When I rose from my father I looked round for it, but it was gone.
  1435.  
  1436. " 'Do you mean that it disappeared before you went for help?'
  1437.  
  1438. " 'Yes, it was gone.'
  1439.  
  1440. " 'You cannot say what it was?'
  1441.  
  1442. " 'No, I had a feeling something was there.'
  1443.  
  1444. " 'How far from the body?'
  1445.  
  1446. " 'A dozen yards or so.'
  1447.  
  1448. " 'And how far from the edge of the wood?'
  1449.  
  1450. " 'About the same.'
  1451.  
  1452. " 'Then if it was removed it was while you were within a dozen yards of it?'
  1453.  
  1454. " 'Yes, but with my back towards it.'
  1455.  
  1456. "This concluded the examination of the witness."
  1457.  
  1458. "I see," said I as I glanced down the column, "that the coroner in his concluding remarks was rather severe upon young McCarthy. He calls attention, and with reason, to the discrepancy about his father having signalled to him before seeing him, also to his refusal to give details of his conversation with his father, and his singular account of his father's dying words. They are all, as he remarks, very much against the son."
  1459.  
  1460. Holmes laughed softly to himself and stretched himself out upon the cushioned seat. "Both you and the coroner have been at some pains," said he, "to single out the very strongest points in the young man's favour. Don't you see that you alternately give him credit for having too much imagination and too little? Too little, if he could not invent a cause of quarrel which would give him the sympathy of the jury; too much, if he evolved from his own inner consciousness anything so outre as a dying reference to a rat, and the incident of the vanishing cloth. No, sir, I shall approach this case from the point of view that what this young man says is true, and we shall see whither that hypothesis will lead us. And now here is my pocket Petrarch, and not another word shall I say of this case until we are on the scene of action. We lunch at Swindon, and I see that we shall be there in twenty minutes."
  1461.  
  1462. It was nearly four o'clock when we at last, after passing through the beautiful Stroud Valley, and over the broad gleaming Severn, found ourselves at the pretty little country-town of Ross. A lean, ferret-like man, furtive and sly-looking, was waiting for us upon the platform. In spite of the light brown dustcoat and leather-leggings which he wore in deference to his rustic surroundings, I had no difficulty in recognising Lestrade, of Scotland Yard. With him we drove to the Hereford Arms where a room had already been engaged for us.
  1463.  
  1464. "I have ordered a carriage," said Lestrade as we sat over a cup of tea. "I knew your energetic nature, and that you would not be happy until you had been on the scene of the crime."
  1465.  
  1466. "It was very nice and complimentary of you," Holmes answered. "It is entirely a question of barometric pressure."
  1467.  
  1468. Lestrade looked startled. "I do not quite follow," he said.
  1469.  
  1470. "How is the glass? Twenty-nine, I see. No wind, and not a cloud in the sky. I have a caseful of cigarettes here which need smoking, and the sofa is very much superior to the usual country hotel abomination. I do not think that it is probable that I shall use the carriage to-night."
  1471.  
  1472. Lestrade laughed indulgently. "You have, no doubt, already formed your conclusions from the newspapers," he said. "The case is as plain as a pikestaff, and the more one goes into it the plainer it becomes. Still, of course, one can't refuse a lady, and such a very positive one, too. She has heard of you, and would have your opinion, though I repeatedly told her that there was nothing which you could do which I had not already done. Why, bless my soul! here is her carriage at the door."
  1473.  
  1474. He had hardly spoken before there rushed into the room one of the most lovely young women that I have ever seen in my life. Her violet eyes shining, her lips parted, a pink flush upon her cheeks, all thought of her natural reserve lost in her overpowering excitement and concern.
  1475.  
  1476. "Oh, Mr. Sherlock Holmes!" she cried, glancing from one to the other of us, and finally, with a woman's quick intuition, fastening upon my companion, "I am so glad that you have come. I have driven down to tell you so. I know that James didn't do it. I know it, and I want you to start upon your work knowing it, too. Never let yourself doubt upon that point. We have known each other since we were little children, and I know his faults as no one else does; but he is too tender-hearted to hurt a fly. Such a charge is absurd to anyone who really knows him."
  1477.  
  1478. "I hope we may clear him, Miss Turner," said Sherlock Holmes. "You may rely upon my doing all that I can."
  1479.  
  1480. "But you have read the evidence. You have formed some conclusion? Do you not see some loophole, some flaw? Do you not yourself think that he is innocent?"
  1481.  
  1482. "I think that it is very probable."
  1483.  
  1484. "There, now!" she cried, throwing back her head and looking defiantly at Lestrade. "You hear! He gives me hopes."
  1485.  
  1486. Lestrade shrugged his shoulders. "I am afraid that my colleague has been a little quick in forming his conclusions," he said.
  1487.  
  1488. "But he is right. Oh! I know that he is right. James never did it. And about his quarrel with his father, I am sure that the reason why he would not speak about it to the coroner was because I was concerned in it."
  1489.  
  1490. "In what way?" asked Holmes.
  1491.  
  1492. "It is no time for me to hide anything. James and his father had many disagreements about me. Mr. McCarthy was very anxious that there should be a marriage between us. James and I have always loved each other as brother and sister; but of course he is young and has seen very little of life yet, and--and--well, he naturally did not wish to do anything like that yet. So there were quarrels, and this, I am sure, was one of them."
  1493.  
  1494. "And your father?" asked Holmes. "Was he in favour of such a union?"
  1495.  
  1496. "No, he was averse to it also. No one but Mr. McCarthy was in favour of it." A quick blush passed over her fresh young face as Holmes shot one of his keen, questioning glances at her.
  1497.  
  1498. "Thank you for this information," said he. "May I see your father if I call to-morrow?"
  1499.  
  1500. "I am afraid the doctor won't allow it."
  1501.  
  1502. "The doctor?"
  1503.  
  1504. "Yes, have you not heard? Poor father has never been strong for years back, but this has broken him down completely. He has taken to his bed, and Dr. Willows says that he is a wreck and that his nervous system is shattered. Mr. McCarthy was the only man alive who had known dad in the old days in Victoria."
  1505.  
  1506. "Ha! In Victoria! That is important."
  1507.  
  1508. "Yes, at the mines."
  1509.  
  1510. "Quite so; at the gold-mines, where, as I understand, Mr. Turner made his money."
  1511.  
  1512. "Yes, certainly."
  1513.  
  1514. "Thank you, Miss Turner. You have been of material assistance to me."
  1515.  
  1516. "You will tell me if you have any news to-morrow. No doubt you will go to the prison to see James. Oh, if you do, Mr. Holmes, do tell him that I know him to be innocent."
  1517.  
  1518. "I will, Miss Turner."
  1519.  
  1520. "I must go home now, for dad is very ill, and he misses me so if I leave him. Good-bye, and God help you in your undertaking." She hurried from the room as impulsively as she had entered, and we heard the wheels of her carriage rattle off down the street.
  1521.  
  1522. "I am ashamed of you, Holmes," said Lestrade with dignity after a few minutes' silence. "Why should you raise up hopes which you are bound to disappoint? I am not over-tender of heart, but I call it cruel."
  1523.  
  1524. "I think that I see my way to clearing James McCarthy," said Holmes. "Have you an order to see him in prison?"
  1525.  
  1526. "Yes, but only for you and me."
  1527.  
  1528. "Then I shall reconsider my resolution about going out. We have still time to take a train to Hereford and see him to-night?"
  1529.  
  1530. "Ample."
  1531.  
  1532. "Then let us do so. Watson, I fear that you will find it very slow, but I shall only be away a couple of hours."
  1533.  
  1534. I walked down to the station with them, and then wandered through the streets of the little town, finally returning to the hotel, where I lay upon the sofa and tried to interest myself in a yellow-backed novel. The puny plot of the story was so thin, however, when compared to the deep mystery through which we were groping, and I found my attention wander so continually from the action to the fact, that I at last flung it across the room and gave myself up entirely to a consideration of the events of the day. Supposing that this unhappy young man's story were absolutely true, then what hellish thing, what absolutely unforeseen and extraordinary calamity could have occurred between the time when he parted from his father, and the moment when, drawn back by his screams, he rushed into the glade? It was something terrible and deadly. What could it be? Might not the nature of the injuries reveal something to my medical instincts? I rang the bell and called for the weekly county paper, which contained a verbatim account of the inquest. In the surgeon's deposition it was stated that the posterior third of the left parietal bone and the left half of the occipital bone had been shattered by a heavy blow from a blunt weapon. I marked the spot upon my own head. Clearly such a blow must have been struck from behind. That was to some extent in favour of the accused, as when seen quarrelling he was face to face with his father. Still, it did not go for very much, for the older man might have turned his back before the blow fell. Still, it might be worth while to call Holmes' attention to it. Then there was the peculiar dying reference to a rat. What could that mean? It could not be delirium. A man dying from a sudden blow does not commonly become delirious. No, it was more likely to be an attempt to explain how he met his fate. But what could it indicate? I cudgelled my brains to find some possible explanation. And then the incident of the grey cloth seen by young McCarthy. If that were true the murderer must have dropped some part of his dress, presumably his overcoat, in his flight, and must have had the hardihood to return and to carry it away at the instant when the son was kneeling with his back turned not a dozen paces off. What a tissue of mysteries and improbabilities the whole thing was! I did not wonder at Lestrade's opinion, and yet I had so much faith in Sherlock Holmes' insight that I could not lose hope as long as every fresh fact seemed to strengthen his conviction of young McCarthy's innocence.
  1535.  
  1536. It was late before Sherlock Holmes returned. He came back alone, for Lestrade was staying in lodgings in the town.
  1537.  
  1538. "The glass still keeps very high," he remarked as he sat down. "It is of importance that it should not rain before we are able to go over the ground. On the other hand, a man should be at his very best and keenest for such nice work as that, and I did not wish to do it when fagged by a long journey. I have seen young McCarthy."
  1539.  
  1540. "And what did you learn from him?"
  1541.  
  1542. "Nothing."
  1543.  
  1544. "Could he throw no light?"
  1545.  
  1546. "None at all. I was inclined to think at one time that he knew who had done it and was screening him or her, but I am convinced now that he is as puzzled as everyone else. He is not a very quick-witted youth, though comely to look at and, I should think, sound at heart."
  1547.  
  1548. "I cannot admire his taste," I remarked, "if it is indeed a fact that he was averse to a marriage with so charming a young lady as this Miss Turner."
  1549.  
  1550. "Ah, thereby hangs a rather painful tale. This fellow is madly, insanely, in love with her, but some two years ago, when he was only a lad, and before he really knew her, for she had been away five years at a boarding-school, what does the idiot do but get into the clutches of a barmaid in Bristol and marry her at a registry office? No one knows a word of the matter, but you can imagine how maddening it must be to him to be upbraided for not doing what he would give his very eyes to do, but what he knows to be absolutely impossible. It was sheer frenzy of this sort which made him throw his hands up into the air when his father, at their last interview, was goading him on to propose to Miss Turner. On the other hand, he had no means of supporting himself, and his father, who was by all accounts a very hard man, would have thrown him over utterly had he known the truth. It was with his barmaid wife that he had spent the last three days in Bristol, and his father did not know where he was. Mark that point. It is of importance. Good has come out of evil, however, for the barmaid, finding from the papers that he is in serious trouble and likely to be hanged, has thrown him over utterly and has written to him to say that she has a husband already in the Bermuda Dockyard, so that there is really no tie between them. I think that that bit of news has consoled young McCarthy for all that he has suffered."
  1551.  
  1552. "But if he is innocent, who has done it?"
  1553.  
  1554. "Ah! who? I would call your attention very particularly to two points. One is that the murdered man had an appointment with someone at the pool, and that the someone could not have been his son, for his son was away, and he did not know when he would return. The second is that the murdered man was heard to cry 'Cooee!' before he knew that his son had returned. Those are the crucial points upon which the case depends. And now let us talk about George Meredith, if you please, and we shall leave all minor matters until to-morrow."
  1555.  
  1556. There was no rain, as Holmes had foretold, and the morning broke bright and cloudless. At nine o'clock Lestrade called for us with the carriage, and we set off for Hatherley Farm and the Boscombe Pool.
  1557.  
  1558. "There is serious news this morning," Lestrade observed. "It is said that Mr. Turner, of the Hall, is so ill that his life is despaired of."
  1559.  
  1560. "An elderly man, I presume?" said Holmes.
  1561.  
  1562. "About sixty; but his constitution has been shattered by his life abroad, and he has been in failing health for some time. This business has had a very bad effect upon him. He was an old friend of McCarthy's, and, I may add, a great benefactor to him, for I have learned that he gave him Hatherley Farm rent free."
  1563.  
  1564. "Indeed! That is interesting," said Holmes.
  1565.  
  1566. "Oh, yes! In a hundred other ways he has helped him. Everybody about here speaks of his kindness to him."
  1567.  
  1568. "Really! Does it not strike you as a little singular that this McCarthy, who appears to have had little of his own, and to have been under such obligations to Turner, should still talk of marrying his son to Turner's daughter, who is, presumably, heiress to the estate, and that in such a very cocksure manner, as if it were merely a case of a proposal and all else would follow? It is the more strange, since we know that Turner himself was averse to the idea. The daughter told us as much. Do you not deduce something from that?"
  1569.  
  1570. "We have got to the deductions and the inferences," said Lestrade, winking at me. "I find it hard enough to tackle facts, Holmes, without flying away after theories and fancies."
  1571.  
  1572. "You are right," said Holmes demurely; "you do find it very hard to tackle the facts."
  1573.  
  1574. "Anyhow, I have grasped one fact which you seem to find it difficult to get hold of," replied Lestrade with some warmth.
  1575.  
  1576. "And that is--"
  1577.  
  1578. "That McCarthy senior met his death from McCarthy junior and that all theories to the contrary are the merest moonshine."
  1579.  
  1580. "Well, moonshine is a brighter thing than fog," said Holmes, laughing. "But I am very much mistaken if this is not Hatherley Farm upon the left."
  1581.  
  1582. "Yes, that is it." It was a widespread, comfortable-looking building, two-storied, slate-roofed, with great yellow blotches of lichen upon the grey walls. The drawn blinds and the smokeless chimneys, however, gave it a stricken look, as though the weight of this horror still lay heavy upon it. We called at the door, when the maid, at Holmes' request, showed us the boots which her master wore at the time of his death, and also a pair of the son's, though not the pair which he had then had. Having measured these very carefully from seven or eight different points, Holmes desired to be led to the court-yard, from which we all followed the winding track which led to Boscombe Pool.
  1583.  
  1584. Sherlock Holmes was transformed when he was hot upon such a scent as this. Men who had only known the quiet thinker and logician of Baker Street would have failed to recognise him. His face flushed and darkened. His brows were drawn into two hard black lines, while his eyes shone out from beneath them with a steely glitter. His face was bent downward, his shoulders bowed, his lips compressed, and the veins stood out like whipcord in his long, sinewy neck. His nostrils seemed to dilate with a purely animal lust for the chase, and his mind was so absolutely concentrated upon the matter before him that a question or remark fell unheeded upon his ears, or, at the most, only provoked a quick, impatient snarl in reply. Swiftly and silently he made his way along the track which ran through the meadows, and so by way of the woods to the Boscombe Pool. It was damp, marshy ground, as is all that district, and there were marks of many feet, both upon the path and amid the short grass which bounded it on either side. Sometimes Holmes would hurry on, sometimes stop dead, and once he made quite a little detour into the meadow. Lestrade and I walked behind him, the detective indifferent and contemptuous, while I watched my friend with the interest which sprang from the conviction that every one of his actions was directed towards a definite end.
  1585.  
  1586. The Boscombe Pool, which is a little reed-girt sheet of water some fifty yards across, is situated at the boundary between the Hatherley Farm and the private park of the wealthy Mr. Turner. Above the woods which lined it upon the farther side we could see the red, jutting pinnacles which marked the site of the rich landowner's dwelling. On the Hatherley side of the pool the woods grew very thick, and there was a narrow belt of sodden grass twenty paces across between the edge of the trees and the reeds which lined the lake. Lestrade showed us the exact spot at which the body had been found, and, indeed, so moist was the ground, that I could plainly see the traces which had been left by the fall of the stricken man. To Holmes, as I could see by his eager face and peering eyes, very many other things were to be read upon the trampled grass. He ran round, like a dog who is picking up a scent, and then turned upon my companion.
  1587.  
  1588. "What did you go into the pool for?" he asked.
  1589.  
  1590. "I fished about with a rake. I thought there might be some weapon or other trace. But how on earth--"
  1591.  
  1592. "Oh, tut, tut! I have no time! That left foot of yours with its inward twist is all over the place. A mole could trace it, and there it vanishes among the reeds. Oh, how simple it would all have been had I been here before they came like a herd of buffalo and wallowed all over it. Here is where the party with the lodge-keeper came, and they have covered all tracks for six or eight feet round the body. But here are three separate tracks of the same feet." He drew out a lens and lay down upon his waterproof to have a better view, talking all the time rather to himself than to us. "These are young McCarthy's feet. Twice he was walking, and once he ran swiftly, so that the soles are deeply marked and the heels hardly visible. That bears out his story. He ran when he saw his father on the ground. Then here are the father's feet as he paced up and down. What is this, then? It is the butt-end of the gun as the son stood listening. And this? Ha, ha! What have we here? Tiptoes! tiptoes! Square, too, quite unusual boots! They come, they go, they come again--of course that was for the cloak. Now where did they come from?" He ran up and down, sometimes losing, sometimes finding the track until we were well within the edge of the wood and under the shadow of a great beech, the largest tree in the neighbourhood. Holmes traced his way to the farther side of this and lay down once more upon his face with a little cry of satisfaction. For a long time he remained there, turning over the leaves and dried sticks, gathering up what seemed to me to be dust into an envelope and examining with his lens not only the ground but even the bark of the tree as far as he could reach. A jagged stone was lying among the moss, and this also he carefully examined and retained. Then he followed a pathway through the wood until he came to the highroad, where all traces were lost.
  1593.  
  1594. "It has been a case of considerable interest," he remarked, returning to his natural manner. "I fancy that this grey house on the right must be the lodge. I think that I will go in and have a word with Moran, and perhaps write a little note. Having done that, we may drive back to our luncheon. You may walk to the cab, and I shall be with you presently."
  1595.  
  1596. It was about ten minutes before we regained our cab and drove back into Ross, Holmes still carrying with him the stone which he had picked up in the wood.
  1597.  
  1598. "This may interest you, Lestrade," he remarked, holding it out. "The murder was done with it."
  1599.  
  1600. "I see no marks."
  1601.  
  1602. "There are none."
  1603.  
  1604. "How do you know, then?"
  1605.  
  1606. "The grass was growing under it. It had only lain there a few days. There was no sign of a place whence it had been taken. It corresponds with the injuries. There is no sign of any other weapon."
  1607.  
  1608. "And the murderer?"
  1609.  
  1610. "Is a tall man, left-handed, limps with the right leg, wears thick-soled shooting-boots and a grey cloak, smokes Indian cigars, uses a cigar-holder, and carries a blunt pen-knife in his pocket. There are several other indications, but these may be enough to aid us in our search."
  1611.  
  1612. Lestrade laughed. "I am afraid that I am still a sceptic," he said. "Theories are all very well, but we have to deal with a hard-headed British jury."
  1613.  
  1614. "Nous verrons," answered Holmes calmly. "You work your own method, and I shall work mine. I shall be busy this afternoon, and shall probably return to London by the evening train."
  1615.  
  1616. "And leave your case unfinished?"
  1617.  
  1618. "No, finished."
  1619.  
  1620. "But the mystery?"
  1621.  
  1622. "It is solved."
  1623.  
  1624. "Who was the criminal, then?"
  1625.  
  1626. "The gentleman I describe."
  1627.  
  1628. "But who is he?"
  1629.  
  1630. "Surely it would not be difficult to find out. This is not such a populous neighbourhood."
  1631.  
  1632. Lestrade shrugged his shoulders. "I am a practical man," he said, "and I really cannot undertake to go about the country looking for a left-handed gentleman with a game leg. I should become the laughing-stock of Scotland Yard."
  1633.  
  1634. "All right," said Holmes quietly. "I have given you the chance. Here are your lodgings. Good-bye. I shall drop you a line before I leave."
  1635.  
  1636. Having left Lestrade at his rooms, we drove to our hotel, where we found lunch upon the table. Holmes was silent and buried in thought with a pained expression upon his face, as one who finds himself in a perplexing position.
  1637.  
  1638. "Look here, Watson," he said when the cloth was cleared "just sit down in this chair and let me preach to you for a little. I don't know quite what to do, and I should value your advice. Light a cigar and let me expound."
  1639.  
  1640. "Pray do so."
  1641.  
  1642. "Well, now, in considering this case there are two points about young McCarthy's narrative which struck us both instantly, although they impressed me in his favour and you against him. One was the fact that his father should, according to his account, cry 'Cooee!' before seeing him. The other was his singular dying reference to a rat. He mumbled several words, you understand, but that was all that caught the son's ear. Now from this double point our research must commence, and we will begin it by presuming that what the lad says is absolutely true."
  1643.  
  1644. "What of this 'Cooee!' then?"
  1645.  
  1646. "Well, obviously it could not have been meant for the son. The son, as far as he knew, was in Bristol. It was mere chance that he was within earshot. The 'Cooee!' was meant to attract the attention of whoever it was that he had the appointment with. But 'Cooee' is a distinctly Australian cry, and one which is used between Australians. There is a strong presumption that the person whom McCarthy expected to meet him at Boscombe Pool was someone who had been in Australia."
  1647.  
  1648. "What of the rat, then?"
  1649.  
  1650. Sherlock Holmes took a folded paper from his pocket and flattened it out on the table. "This is a map of the Colony of Victoria," he said. "I wired to Bristol for it last night." He put his hand over part of the map. "What do you read?"
  1651.  
  1652. "ARAT," I read.
  1653.  
  1654. "And now?" He raised his hand.
  1655.  
  1656. "BALLARAT."
  1657.  
  1658. "Quite so. That was the word the man uttered, and of which his son only caught the last two syllables. He was trying to utter the name of his murderer. So and so, of Ballarat."
  1659.  
  1660. "It is wonderful!" I exclaimed.
  1661.  
  1662. "It is obvious. And now, you see, I had narrowed the field down considerably. The possession of a grey garment was a third point which, granting the son's statement to be correct, was a certainty. We have come now out of mere vagueness to the definite conception of an Australian from Ballarat with a grey cloak."
  1663.  
  1664. "Certainly."
  1665.  
  1666. "And one who was at home in the district, for the pool can only be approached by the farm or by the estate, where strangers could hardly wander."
  1667.  
  1668. "Quite so."
  1669.  
  1670. "Then comes our expedition of to-day. By an examination of the ground I gained the trifling details which I gave to that imbecile Lestrade, as to the personality of the criminal."
  1671.  
  1672. "But how did you gain them?"
  1673.  
  1674. "You know my method. It is founded upon the observation of trifles."
  1675.  
  1676. "His height I know that you might roughly judge from the length of his stride. His boots, too, might be told from their traces."
  1677.  
  1678. "Yes, they were peculiar boots."
  1679.  
  1680. "But his lameness?"
  1681.  
  1682. "The impression of his right foot was always less distinct than his left. He put less weight upon it. Why? Because he limped--he was lame."
  1683.  
  1684. "But his left-handedness."
  1685.  
  1686. "You were yourself struck by the nature of the injury as recorded by the surgeon at the inquest. The blow was struck from immediately behind, and yet was upon the left side. Now, how can that be unless it were by a left-handed man? He had stood behind that tree during the interview between the father and son. He had even smoked there. I found the ash of a cigar, which my special knowledge of tobacco ashes enables me to pronounce as an Indian cigar. I have, as you know, devoted some attention to this, and written a little monograph on the ashes of 140 different varieties of pipe, cigar, and cigarette tobacco. Having found the ash, I then looked round and discovered the stump among the moss where he had tossed it. It was an Indian cigar, of the variety which are rolled in Rotterdam."
  1687.  
  1688. "And the cigar-holder?"
  1689.  
  1690. "I could see that the end had not been in his mouth. Therefore he used a holder. The tip had been cut off, not bitten off, but the cut was not a clean one, so I deduced a blunt pen-knife."
  1691.  
  1692. "Holmes," I said, "you have drawn a net round this man from which he cannot escape, and you have saved an innocent human life as truly as if you had cut the cord which was hanging him. I see the direction in which all this points. The culprit is--"
  1693.  
  1694. "Mr. John Turner," cried the hotel waiter, opening the door of our sitting-room, and ushering in a visitor.
  1695.  
  1696. The man who entered was a strange and impressive figure. His slow, limping step and bowed shoulders gave the appearance of decrepitude, and yet his hard, deep-lined, craggy features, and his enormous limbs showed that he was possessed of unusual strength of body and of character. His tangled beard, grizzled hair, and outstanding, drooping eyebrows combined to give an air of dignity and power to his appearance, but his face was of an ashen white, while his lips and the corners of his nostrils were tinged with a shade of blue. It was clear to me at a glance that he was in the grip of some deadly and chronic disease.
  1697.  
  1698. "Pray sit down on the sofa," said Holmes gently. "You had my note?"
  1699.  
  1700. "Yes, the lodge-keeper brought it up. You said that you wished to see me here to avoid scandal."
  1701.  
  1702. "I thought people would talk if I went to the Hall."
  1703.  
  1704. "And why did you wish to see me?" He looked across at my companion with despair in his weary eyes, as though his question was already answered.
  1705.  
  1706. "Yes," said Holmes, answering the look rather than the words. "It is so. I know all about McCarthy."
  1707.  
  1708. The old man sank his face in his hands. "God help me!" he cried. "But I would not have let the young man come to harm. I give you my word that I would have spoken out if it went against him at the Assizes."
  1709.  
  1710. "I am glad to hear you say so," said Holmes gravely.
  1711.  
  1712. "I would have spoken now had it not been for my dear girl. It would break her heart--it will break her heart when she hears that I am arrested."
  1713.  
  1714. "It may not come to that," said Holmes.
  1715.  
  1716. "What?"
  1717.  
  1718. "I am no official agent. I understand that it was your daughter who required my presence here, and I am acting in her interests. Young McCarthy must be got off, however."
  1719.  
  1720. "I am a dying man," said old Turner. "I have had diabetes for years. My doctor says it is a question whether I shall live a month. Yet I would rather die under my own roof than in a gaol."
  1721.  
  1722. Holmes rose and sat down at the table with his pen in his hand and a bundle of paper before him. "Just tell us the truth," he said. "I shall jot down the facts. You will sign it, and Watson here can witness it. Then I could produce your confession at the last extremity to save young McCarthy. I promise you that I shall not use it unless it is absolutely needed."
  1723.  
  1724. "It's as well," said the old man; "it's a question whether I shall live to the Assizes, so it matters little to me, but I should wish to spare Alice the shock. And now I will make the thing clear to you; it has been a long time in the acting, but will not take me long to tell.
  1725.  
  1726. "You didn't know this dead man, McCarthy. He was a devil incarnate. I tell you that. God keep you out of the clutches of such a man as he. His grip has been upon me these twenty years, and he has blasted my life. I'll tell you first how I came to be in his power.
  1727.  
  1728. "It was in the early '60's at the diggings. I was a young chap then, hot-blooded and reckless, ready to turn my hand at anything; I got among bad companions, took to drink, had no luck with my claim, took to the bush, and in a word became what you would call over here a highway robber. There were six of us, and we had a wild, free life of it, sticking up a station from time to time, or stopping the wagons on the road to the diggings. Black Jack of Ballarat was the name I went under, and our party is still remembered in the colony as the Ballarat Gang.
  1729.  
  1730. "One day a gold convoy came down from Ballarat to Melbourne, and we lay in wait for it and attacked it. There were six troopers and six of us, so it was a close thing, but we emptied four of their saddles at the first volley. Three of our boys were killed, however, before we got the swag. I put my pistol to the head of the wagon-driver, who was this very man McCarthy. I wish to the Lord that I had shot him then, but I spared him, though I saw his wicked little eyes fixed on my face, as though to remember every feature. We got away with the gold, became wealthy men, and made our way over to England without being suspected. There I parted from my old pals and determined to settle down to a quiet and respectable life. I bought this estate, which chanced to be in the market, and I set myself to do a little good with my money, to make up for the way in which I had earned it. I married, too, and though my wife died young she left me my dear little Alice. Even when she was just a baby her wee hand seemed to lead me down the right path as nothing else had ever done. In a word, I turned over a new leaf and did my best to make up for the past. All was going well when McCarthy laid his grip upon me.
  1731.  
  1732. "I had gone up to town about an investment, and I met him in Regent Street with hardly a coat to his back or a boot to his foot.
  1733.  
  1734. " 'Here we are, Jack,' says he, touching me on the arm; 'we'll be as good as a family to you. There's two of us, me and my son, and you can have the keeping of us. If you don't--it's a fine, law-abiding country is England, and there's always a policeman within hail.'
  1735.  
  1736. "Well, down they came to the west country, there was no shaking them off, and there they have lived rent free on my best land ever since. There was no rest for me, no peace, no forgetfulness; turn where I would, there was his cunning, grinning face at my elbow. It grew worse as Alice grew up, for he soon saw I was more afraid of her knowing my past than of the police. Whatever he wanted he must have, and whatever it was I gave him without question, land, money, houses, until at last he asked a thing which I could not give. He asked for Alice.
  1737.  
  1738. "His son, you see, had grown up, and so had my girl, and as I was known to be in weak health, it seemed a fine stroke to him that his lad should step into the whole property. But there I was firm. I would not have his cursed stock mixed with mine; not that I had any dislike to the lad, but his blood was in him, and that was enough. I stood firm. McCarthy threatened. I braved him to do his worst. We were to meet at the pool midway between our houses to talk it over.
  1739.  
  1740. "When I went down there I found him talking with his son, so I smoked a cigar and waited behind a tree until he should be alone. But as I listened to his talk all that was black and bitter in me seemed to come uppermost. He was urging his son to marry my daughter with as little regard for what she might think as if she were a slut from off the streets. It drove me mad to think that I and all that I held most dear should be in the power of such a man as this. Could I not snap the bond? I was already a dying and a desperate man. Though clear of mind and fairly strong of limb, I knew that my own fate was sealed. But my memory and my girl! Both could be saved if I could but silence that foul tongue. I did it, Mr. Holmes. I would do it again. Deeply as I have sinned, I have led a life of martyrdom to atone for it. But that my girl should be entangled in the same meshes which held me was more than I could suffer. I struck him down with no more compunction than if he had been some foul and venomous beast. His cry brought back his son; but I had gained the cover of the wood, though I was forced to go back to fetch the cloak which I had dropped in my flight. That is the true story, gentlemen, of all that occurred."
  1741.  
  1742. "Well, it is not for me to judge you," said Holmes as the old man signed the statement which had been drawn out. "I pray that we may never be exposed to such a temptation."
  1743.  
  1744. "I pray not, sir. And what do you intend to do?"
  1745.  
  1746. "In view of your health, nothing. You are yourself aware that you will soon have to answer for your deed at a higher court than the Assizes. I will keep your confession, and if McCarthy is condemned I shall be forced to use it. If not, it shall never be seen by mortal eye; and your secret, whether you be alive or dead, shall be safe with us."
  1747.  
  1748. "Farewell, then," said the old man solemnly. "Your own deathbeds, when they come, will be the easier for the thought of the peace which you have given to mine." Tottering and shaking in all his giant frame, he stumbled slowly from the room.
  1749.  
  1750. "God help us!" said Holmes after a long silence. "Why does fate play such tricks with poor, helpless worms? I never hear of such a case as this that I do not think of Baxter's words, and say, 'There, but for the grace of God, goes Sherlock Holmes.' "
  1751.  
  1752. James McCarthy was acquitted at the Assizes on the strength of a number of objections which had been drawn out by Holmes and submitted to the defending counsel. Old Turner lived for seven months after our interview, but he is now dead; and there is every prospect that the son and daughter may come to live happily together in ignorance of the black cloud which rests upon their past.
  1753.  
  1754. ADVENTURE  V.  THE FIVE ORANGE PIPS
  1755.  
  1756.  
  1757. When I glance over my notes and records of the Sherlock Holmes cases between the years '82 and '90, I am faced by so many which present strange and interesting features that it is no easy matter to know which to choose and which to leave. Some, however, have already gained publicity through the papers, and others have not offered a field for those peculiar qualities which my friend possessed in so high a degree, and which it is the object of these papers to illustrate. Some, too, have baffled his analytical skill, and would be, as narratives, beginnings without an ending, while others have been but partially cleared up, and have their explanations founded rather upon conjecture and surmise than on that absolute logical proof which was so dear to him. There is, however, one of these last which was so remarkable in its details and so startling in its results that I am tempted to give some account of it in spite of the fact that there are points in connection with it which never have been, and probably never will be, entirely cleared up.
  1758.  
  1759. The year '87 furnished us with a long series of cases of greater or less interest, of which I retain the records. Among my headings under this one twelve months I find an account of the adventure of the Paradol Chamber, of the Amateur Mendicant Society, who held a luxurious club in the lower vault of a furniture warehouse, of the facts connected with the loss of the British barque Sophy Anderson, of the singular adventures of the Grice Patersons in the island of Uffa, and finally of the Camberwell poisoning case. In the latter, as may be remembered, Sherlock Holmes was able, by winding up the dead man's watch, to prove that it had been wound up two hours before, and that therefore the deceased had gone to bed within that time--a deduction which was of the greatest importance in clearing up the case. All these I may sketch out at some future date, but none of them present such singular features as the strange train of circumstances which I have now taken up my pen to describe.
  1760.  
  1761. It was in the latter days of September, and the equinoctial gales had set in with exceptional violence. All day the wind had screamed and the rain had beaten against the windows, so that even here in the heart of great, hand-made London we were forced to raise our minds for the instant from the routine of life and to recognise the presence of those great elemental forces which shriek at mankind through the bars of his civilisation, like untamed beasts in a cage. As evening drew in, the storm grew higher and louder, and the wind cried and sobbed like a child in the chimney. Sherlock Holmes sat moodily at one side of the fireplace cross-indexing his records of crime, while I at the other was deep in one of Clark Russell's fine sea-stories until the howl of the gale from without seemed to blend with the text, and the splash of the rain to lengthen out into the long swash of the sea waves. My wife was on a visit to her mother's, and for a few days I was a dweller once more in my old quarters at Baker Street.
  1762.  
  1763. "Why," said I, glancing up at my companion, "that was surely the bell. Who could come to-night? Some friend of yours, perhaps?"
  1764.  
  1765. "Except yourself I have none," he answered. "I do not encourage visitors."
  1766.  
  1767. "A client, then?"
  1768.  
  1769. "If so, it is a serious case. Nothing less would bring a man out on such a day and at such an hour. But I take it that it is more likely to be some crony of the landlady's."
  1770.  
  1771. Sherlock Holmes was wrong in his conjecture, however, for there came a step in the passage and a tapping at the door. He stretched out his long arm to turn the lamp away from himself and towards the vacant chair upon which a newcomer must sit.
  1772.  
  1773. "Come in!" said he.
  1774.  
  1775. The man who entered was young, some two-and-twenty at the outside, well-groomed and trimly clad, with something of refinement and delicacy in his bearing. The streaming umbrella which he held in his hand, and his long shining waterproof told of the fierce weather through which he had come. He looked about him anxiously in the glare of the lamp, and I could see that his face was pale and his eyes heavy, like those of a man who is weighed down with some great anxiety.
  1776.  
  1777. "I owe you an apology," he said, raising his golden pince-nez to his eyes. "I trust that I am not intruding. I fear that I have brought some traces of the storm and rain into your snug chamber."
  1778.  
  1779. "Give me your coat and umbrella," said Holmes. "They may rest here on the hook and will be dry presently. You have come up from the south-west, I see."
  1780.  
  1781. "Yes, from Horsham."
  1782.  
  1783. "That clay and chalk mixture which I see upon your toe caps is quite distinctive."
  1784.  
  1785. "I have come for advice."
  1786.  
  1787. "That is easily got."
  1788.  
  1789. "And help."
  1790.  
  1791. "That is not always so easy."
  1792.  
  1793. "I have heard of you, Mr. Holmes. I heard from Major Prendergast how you saved him in the Tankerville Club scandal."
  1794.  
  1795. "Ah, of course. He was wrongfully accused of cheating at cards."
  1796.  
  1797. "He said that you could solve anything."
  1798.  
  1799. "He said too much."
  1800.  
  1801. "That you are never beaten."
  1802.  
  1803. "I have been beaten four times--three times by men, and once by a woman."
  1804.  
  1805. "But what is that compared with the number of your successes?"
  1806.  
  1807. "It is true that I have been generally successful."
  1808.  
  1809. "Then you may be so with me."
  1810.  
  1811. "I beg that you will draw your chair up to the fire and favour me with some details as to your case."
  1812.  
  1813. "It is no ordinary one."
  1814.  
  1815. "None of those which come to me are. I am the last court of appeal."
  1816.  
  1817. "And yet I question, sir, whether, in all your experience, you have ever listened to a more mysterious and inexplicable chain of events than those which have happened in my own family."
  1818.  
  1819. "You fill me with interest," said Holmes. "Pray give us the essential facts from the commencement, and I can afterwards question you as to those details which seem to me to be most important."
  1820.  
  1821. The young man pulled his chair up and pushed his wet feet out towards the blaze.
  1822.  
  1823. "My name," said he, "is John Openshaw, but my own affairs have, as far as I can understand, little to do with this awful business. It is a hereditary matter; so in order to give you an idea of the facts, I must go back to the commencement of the affair.
  1824.  
  1825. "You must know that my grandfather had two sons--my uncle Elias and my father Joseph. My father had a small factory at Coventry, which he enlarged at the time of the invention of bicycling. He was a patentee of the Openshaw unbreakable tire, and his business met with such success that he was able to sell it and to retire upon a handsome competence.
  1826.  
  1827. "My uncle Elias emigrated to America when he was a young man and became a planter in Florida, where he was reported to have done very well. At the time of the war he fought in Jackson's army, and afterwards under Hood, where he rose to be a colonel. When Lee laid down his arms my uncle returned to his plantation, where he remained for three or four years. About 1869 or 1870 he came back to Europe and took a small estate in Sussex, near Horsham. He had made a very considerable fortune in the States, and his reason for leaving them was his aversion to the negroes, and his dislike of the Republican policy in extending the franchise to them. He was a singular man, fierce and quick-tempered, very foul-mouthed when he was angry, and of a most retiring disposition. During all the years that he lived at Horsham, I doubt if ever he set foot in the town. He had a garden and two or three fields round his house, and there he would take his exercise, though very often for weeks on end he would never leave his room. He drank a great deal of brandy and smoked very heavily, but he would see no society and did not want any friends, not even his own brother.
  1828.  
  1829. "He didn't mind me; in fact, he took a fancy to me, for at the time when he saw me first I was a youngster of twelve or so. This would be in the year 1878, after he had been eight or nine years in England. He begged my father to let me live with him and he was very kind to me in his way. When he was sober he used to be fond of playing backgammon and draughts with me, and he would make me his representative both with the servants and with the tradespeople, so that by the time that I was sixteen I was quite master of the house. I kept all the keys and could go where I liked and do what I liked, so long as I did not disturb him in his privacy. There was one singular exception, however, for he had a single room, a lumber-room up among the attics, which was invariably locked, and which he would never permit either me or anyone else to enter. With a boy's curiosity I have peeped through the keyhole, but I was never able to see more than such a collection of old trunks and bundles as would be expected in such a room.
  1830.  
  1831. "One day--it was in March, 1883--a letter with a foreign stamp lay upon the table in front of the colonel's plate. It was not a common thing for him to receive letters, for his bills were all paid in ready money, and he had no friends of any sort. 'From India!' said he as he took it up, 'Pondicherry postmark! What can this be?' Opening it hurriedly, out there jumped five little dried orange pips, which pattered down upon his plate. I began to laugh at this, but the laugh was struck from my lips at the sight of his face. His lip had fallen, his eyes were protruding, his skin the colour of putty, and he glared at the envelope which he still held in his trembling hand, 'K. K. K.!' he shrieked, and then, 'My God, my God, my sins have overtaken me!'
  1832.  
  1833. " 'What is it, uncle?' I cried.
  1834.  
  1835. " 'Death,' said he, and rising from the table he retired to his room, leaving me palpitating with horror. I took up the envelope and saw scrawled in red ink upon the inner flap, just above the gum, the letter K three times repeated. There was nothing else save the five dried pips. What could be the reason of his overpowering terror? I left the breakfast-table, and as I ascended the stair I met him coming down with an old rusty key, which must have belonged to the attic, in one hand, and a small brass box, like a cashbox, in the other.
  1836.  
  1837. " 'They may do what they like, but I'll checkmate them still,' said he with an oath. 'Tell Mary that I shall want a fire in my room to-day, and send down to Fordham, the Horsham lawyer.'
  1838.  
  1839. "I did as he ordered, and when the lawyer arrived I was asked to step up to the room. The fire was burning brightly, and in the grate there was a mass of black, fluffy ashes, as of burned paper, while the brass box stood open and empty beside it. As I glanced at the box I noticed, with a start, that upon the lid was printed the treble K which I had read in the morning upon the envelope.
  1840.  
  1841. " 'I wish you, John,' said my uncle, 'to witness my will. I leave my estate, with all its advantages and all its disadvantages, to my brother, your father, whence it will, no doubt, descend to you. If you can enjoy it in peace, well and good! If you find you cannot, take my advice, my boy, and leave it to your deadliest enemy. I am sorry to give you such a two-edged thing, but I can't say what turn things are going to take. Kindly sign the paper where Mr. Fordham shows you.'
  1842.  
  1843. "I signed the paper as directed, and the lawyer took it away with him. The singular incident made, as you may think, the deepest impression upon me, and I pondered over it and turned it every way in my mind without being able to make anything of it. Yet I could not shake off the vague feeling of dread which it left behind, though the sensation grew less keen as the weeks passed and nothing happened to disturb the usual routine of our lives. I could see a change in my uncle, however. He drank more than ever, and he was less inclined for any sort of society. Most of his time he would spend in his room, with the door locked upon the inside, but sometimes he would emerge in a sort of drunken frenzy and would burst out of the house and tear about the garden with a revolver in his hand, screaming out that he was afraid of no man, and that he was not to be cooped up, like a sheep in a pen, by man or devil. When these hot fits were over, however, he would rush tumultuously in at the door and lock and bar it behind him, like a man who can brazen it out no longer against the terror which lies at the roots of his soul. At such times I have seen his face, even on a cold day, glisten with moisture, as though it were new raised from a basin.
  1844.  
  1845. "Well, to come to an end of the matter, Mr. Holmes, and not to abuse your patience, there came a night when he made one of those drunken sallies from which he never came back. We found him, when we went to search for him, face downward in a little green-scummed pool, which lay at the foot of the garden. There was no sign of any violence, and the water was but two feet deep, so that the jury, having regard to his known eccentricity, brought in a verdict of 'suicide.' But I, who knew how he winced from the very thought of death, had much ado to persuade myself that he had gone out of his way to meet it. The matter passed, however, and my father entered into possession of the estate, and of some $14,000, which lay to his credit at the bank."
  1846.  
  1847. "One moment," Holmes interposed, "your statement is, I foresee, one of the most remarkable to which I have ever listened. Let me have the date of the reception by your uncle of the letter, and the date of his supposed suicide."
  1848.  
  1849. "The letter arrived on March 10, 1883. His death was seven weeks later, upon the night of May 2nd."
  1850.  
  1851. "Thank you. Pray proceed."
  1852.  
  1853. "When my father took over the Horsham property, he, at my request, made a careful examination of the attic, which had been always locked up. We found the brass box there, although its contents had been destroyed. On the inside of the cover was a paper label, with the initials of K. K. K. repeated upon it, and 'Letters, memoranda, receipts, and a register' written beneath. These, we presume, indicated the nature of the papers which had been destroyed by Colonel Openshaw. For the rest, there was nothing of much importance in the attic save a great many scattered papers and note-books bearing upon my uncle's life in America. Some of them were of the war time and showed that he had done his duty well and had borne the repute of a brave soldier. Others were of a date during the reconstruction of the Southern states, and were mostly concerned with politics, for he had evidently taken a strong part in opposing the carpet-bag politicians who had been sent down from the North.
  1854.  
  1855. "Well, it was the beginning of '84 when my father came to live at Horsham, and all went as well as possible with us until the January of '85. On the fourth day after the new year I heard my father give a sharp cry of surprise as we sat together at the breakfast-table. There he was, sitting with a newly opened envelope in one hand and five dried orange pips in the outstretched palm of the other one. He had always laughed at what he called my cock-and-bull story about the colonel, but he looked very scared and puzzled now that the same thing had come upon himself.
  1856.  
  1857. " 'Why, what on earth does this mean, John?' he stammered.
  1858.  
  1859. "My heart had turned to lead. 'It is K. K. K.,' said I.
  1860.  
  1861. "He looked inside the envelope. 'So it is,' he cried. 'Here are the very letters. But what is this written above them?'
  1862.  
  1863. " 'Put the papers on the sundial,' I read, peeping over his shoulder.
  1864.  
  1865. " 'What papers? What sundial?' he asked.
  1866.  
  1867. " 'The sundial in the garden. There is no other,' said I; 'but the papers must be those that are destroyed.'
  1868.  
  1869. " 'Pooh!' said he, gripping hard at his courage. 'We are in a civilised land here, and we can't have tomfoolery of this kind. Where does the thing come from?'
  1870.  
  1871. " 'From Dundee,' I answered, glancing at the postmark.
  1872.  
  1873. " 'Some preposterous practical joke,' said he. 'What have I to do with sundials and papers? I shall take no notice of such nonsense.'
  1874.  
  1875. " 'I should certainly speak to the police,' I said.
  1876.  
  1877. " 'And be laughed at for my pains. Nothing of the sort.'
  1878.  
  1879. " 'Then let me do so?'
  1880.  
  1881. " 'No, I forbid you. I won't have a fuss made about such nonsense.'
  1882.  
  1883. "It was in vain to argue with him, for he was a very obstinate man. I went about, however, with a heart which was full of forebodings.
  1884.  
  1885. "On the third day after the coming of the letter my father went from home to visit an old friend of his, Major Freebody, who is in command of one of the forts upon Portsdown Hill. I was glad that he should go, for it seemed to me that he was farther from danger when he was away from home. In that, however, I was in error. Upon the second day of his absence I received a telegram from the major, imploring me to come at once. My father had fallen over one of the deep chalk-pits which abound in the neighbourhood, and was lying senseless, with a shattered skull. I hurried to him, but he passed away without having ever recovered his consciousness. He had, as it appears, been returning from Fareham in the twilight, and as the country was unknown to him, and the chalk-pit unfenced, the jury had no hesitation in bringing in a verdict of 'death from accidental causes.' Carefully as I examined every fact connected with his death, I was unable to find anything which could suggest the idea of murder. There were no signs of violence, no footmarks, no robbery, no record of strangers having been seen upon the roads. And yet I need not tell you that my mind was far from at ease, and that I was well-nigh certain that some foul plot had been woven round him.
  1886.  
  1887. "In this sinister way I came into my inheritance. You will ask me why I did not dispose of it? I answer, because I was well convinced that our troubles were in some way dependent upon an incident in my uncle's life, and that the danger would be as pressing in one house as in another.
  1888.  
  1889. "It was in January, '85, that my poor father met his end, and two years and eight months have elapsed since then. During that time I have lived happily at Horsham, and I had begun to hope that this curse had passed away from the family, and that it had ended with the last generation. I had begun to take comfort too soon, however; yesterday morning the blow fell in the very shape in which it had come upon my father."
  1890.  
  1891. The young man took from his waistcoat a crumpled envelope, and turning to the table he shook out upon it five little dried orange pips.
  1892.  
  1893. "This is the envelope," he continued. "The postmark is London--eastern division. Within are the very words which were upon my father's last message: 'K. K. K.'; and then 'Put the papers on the sundial.' "
  1894.  
  1895. "What have you done?" asked Holmes.
  1896.  
  1897. "Nothing."
  1898.  
  1899. "Nothing?"
  1900.  
  1901. "To tell the truth"--he sank his face into his thin, white hands--"I have felt helpless. I have felt like one of those poor rabbits when the snake is writhing towards it. I seem to be in the grasp of some resistless, inexorable evil, which no foresight and no precautions can guard against."
  1902.  
  1903. "Tut! tut!" cried Sherlock Holmes. "You must act, man, or you are lost. Nothing but energy can save you. This is no time for despair."
  1904.  
  1905. "I have seen the police."
  1906.  
  1907. "Ah!"
  1908.  
  1909. "But they listened to my story with a smile. I am convinced that the inspector has formed the opinion that the letters are all practical jokes, and that the deaths of my relations were really accidents, as the jury stated, and were not to be connected with the warnings."
  1910.  
  1911. Holmes shook his clenched hands in the air. "Incredible imbecility!" he cried.
  1912.  
  1913. "They have, however, allowed me a policeman, who may remain in the house with me."
  1914.  
  1915. "Has he come with you to-night?"
  1916.  
  1917. "No. His orders were to stay in the house."
  1918.  
  1919. Again Holmes raved in the air.
  1920.  
  1921. "Why did you come to me," he cried, "and, above all, why did you not come at once?"
  1922.  
  1923. "I did not know. It was only to-day that I spoke to Major Prendergast about my troubles and was advised by him to come to you."
  1924.  
  1925. "It is really two days since you had the letter. We should have acted before this. You have no further evidence, I suppose, than that which you have placed before us--no suggestive detail which might help us?"
  1926.  
  1927. "There is one thing," said John Openshaw. He rummaged in his coat pocket, and, drawing out a piece of discoloured, blue-tinted paper, he laid it out upon the table. "I have some remembrance," said he, "that on the day when my uncle burned the papers I observed that the small, unburned margins which lay amid the ashes were of this particular colour. I found this single sheet upon the floor of his room, and I am inclined to think that it may be one of the papers which has, perhaps, fluttered out from among the others, and in that way has escaped destruction. Beyond the mention of pips, I do not see that it helps us much. I think myself that it is a page from some private diary. The writing is undoubtedly my uncle's."
  1928.  
  1929. Holmes moved the lamp, and we both bent over the sheet of paper, which showed by its ragged edge that it had indeed been torn from a book. It was headed, "March, 1869," and beneath were the following enigmatical notices:
  1930.  
  1931. "4th. Hudson came. Same old platform.
  1932.  
  1933. "7th. Set the pips on McCauley, Paramore, and
  1934.  
  1935.         John Swain, of St. Augustine.
  1936.  
  1937. "9th. McCauley cleared.
  1938.  
  1939. "10th. John Swain cleared.
  1940.  
  1941. "12th. Visited Paramore. All well."
  1942.  
  1943. "Thank you!" said Holmes, folding up the paper and returning it to our visitor. "And now you must on no account lose another instant. We cannot spare time even to discuss what you have told me. You must get home instantly and act."
  1944.  
  1945. "What shall I do?"
  1946.  
  1947. "There is but one thing to do. It must be done at once. You must put this piece of paper which you have shown us into the brass box which you have described. You must also put in a note to say that all the other papers were burned by your uncle, and that this is the only one which remains. You must assert that in such words as will carry conviction with them. Having done this, you must at once put the box out upon the sundial, as directed. Do you understand?"
  1948.  
  1949. "Entirely."
  1950.  
  1951. "Do not think of revenge, or anything of the sort, at present. I think that we may gain that by means of the law; but we have our web to weave, while theirs is already woven. The first consideration is to remove the pressing danger which threatens you. The second is to clear up the mystery and to punish the guilty parties."
  1952.  
  1953. "I thank you," said the young man, rising and pulling on his overcoat. "You have given me fresh life and hope. I shall certainly do as you advise."
  1954.  
  1955. "Do not lose an instant. And, above all, take care of yourself in the meanwhile, for I do not think that there can be a doubt that you are threatened by a very real and imminent danger. How do you go back?"
  1956.  
  1957. "By train from Waterloo."
  1958.  
  1959. "It is not yet nine. The streets will be crowded, so I trust that you may be in safety. And yet you cannot guard yourself too closely."
  1960.  
  1961. "I am armed."
  1962.  
  1963. "That is well. To-morrow I shall set to work upon your case."
  1964.  
  1965. "I shall see you at Horsham, then?"
  1966.  
  1967. "No, your secret lies in London. It is there that I shall seek it."
  1968.  
  1969. "Then I shall call upon you in a day, or in two days, with news as to the box and the papers. I shall take your advice in every particular." He shook hands with us and took his leave. Outside the wind still screamed and the rain splashed and pattered against the windows. This strange, wild story seemed to have come to us from amid the mad elements--blown in upon us like a sheet of sea-weed in a gale--and now to have been reabsorbed by them once more.
  1970.  
  1971. Sherlock Holmes sat for some time in silence, with his head sunk forward and his eyes bent upon the red glow of the fire. Then he lit his pipe, and leaning back in his chair he watched the blue smoke-rings as they chased each other up to the ceiling.
  1972.  
  1973. "I think, Watson," he remarked at last, "that of all our cases we have had none more fantastic than this."
  1974.  
  1975. "Save, perhaps, the Sign of Four."
  1976.  
  1977. "Well, yes. Save, perhaps, that. And yet this John Openshaw seems to me to be walking amid even greater perils than did the Sholtos."
  1978.  
  1979. "But have you," I asked, "formed any definite conception as to what these perils are?"
  1980.  
  1981. "There can be no question as to their nature," he answered.
  1982.  
  1983. "Then what are they? Who is this K. K. K., and why does he pursue this unhappy family?"
  1984.  
  1985. Sherlock Holmes closed his eyes and placed his elbows upon the arms of his chair, with his finger-tips together. "The ideal reasoner," he remarked, "would, when he had once been shown a single fact in all its bearings, deduce from it not only all the chain of events which led up to it but also all the results which would follow from it. As Cuvier could correctly describe a whole animal by the contemplation of a single bone, so the observer who has thoroughly understood one link in a series of incidents should be able to accurately state all the other ones, both before and after. We have not yet grasped the results which the reason alone can attain to. Problems may be solved in the study which have baffled all those who have sought a solution by the aid of their senses. To carry the art, however, to its highest pitch, it is necessary that the reasoner should be able to utilise all the facts which have come to his knowledge; and this in itself implies, as you will readily see, a possession of all knowledge, which, even in these days of free education and encyclopaedias, is a somewhat rare accomplishment. It is not so impossible, however, that a man should possess all knowledge which is likely to be useful to him in his work, and this I have endeavoured in my case to do. If I remember rightly, you on one occasion, in the early days of our friendship, defined my limits in a very precise fashion."
  1986.  
  1987. "Yes," I answered, laughing. "It was a singular document. Philosophy, astronomy, and politics were marked at zero, I remember. Botany variable, geology profound as regards the mud-stains from any region within fifty miles of town, chemistry eccentric, anatomy unsystematic, sensational literature and crime records unique, violin-player, boxer, swordsman, lawyer, and self-poisoner by cocaine and tobacco. Those, I think, were the main points of my analysis."
  1988.  
  1989. Holmes grinned at the last item. "Well," he said, "I say now, as I said then, that a man should keep his little brain-attic stocked with all the furniture that he is likely to use, and the rest he can put away in the lumber-room of his library, where he can get it if he wants it. Now, for such a case as the one which has been submitted to us to-night, we need certainly to muster all our resources. Kindly hand me down the letter K of the American Encyclopaedia which stands upon the shelf beside you. Thank you. Now let us consider the situation and see what may be deduced from it. In the first place, we may start with a strong presumption that Colonel Openshaw had some very strong reason for leaving America. Men at his time of life do not change all their habits and exchange willingly the charming climate of Florida for the lonely life of an English provincial town. His extreme love of solitude in England suggests the idea that he was in fear of someone or something, so we may assume as a working hypothesis that it was fear of someone or something which drove him from America. As to what it was he feared, we can only deduce that by considering the formidable letters which were received by himself and his successors. Did you remark the postmarks of those letters?"
  1990.  
  1991. "The first was from Pondicherry, the second from Dundee, and the third from London."
  1992.  
  1993. "From East London. What do you deduce from that?"
  1994.  
  1995. "They are all seaports. That the writer was on board of a ship."
  1996.  
  1997. "Excellent. We have already a clue. There can be no doubt that the probability--the strong probability--is that the writer was on board of a ship. And now let us consider another point. In the case of Pondicherry, seven weeks elapsed between the threat and its fulfilment, in Dundee it was only some three or four days. Does that suggest anything?"
  1998.  
  1999. "A greater distance to travel."
  2000.  
  2001. "But the letter had also a greater distance to come."
  2002.  
  2003. "Then I do not see the point."
  2004.  
  2005. "There is at least a presumption that the vessel in which the man or men are is a sailing-ship. It looks as if they always send their singular warning or token before them when starting upon their mission. You see how quickly the deed followed the sign when it came from Dundee. If they had come from Pondicherry in a steamer they would have arrived almost as soon as their letter. But, as a matter of fact, seven weeks elapsed. I think that those seven weeks represented the difference between the mail-boat which brought the letter and the sailing vessel which brought the writer."
  2006.  
  2007. "It is possible."
  2008.  
  2009. "More than that. It is probable. And now you see the deadly urgency of this new case, and why I urged young Openshaw to caution. The blow has always fallen at the end of the time which it would take the senders to travel the distance. But this one comes from London, and therefore we cannot count upon delay."
  2010.  
  2011. "Good God!" I cried. "What can it mean, this relentless persecution?"
  2012.  
  2013. "The papers which Openshaw carried are obviously of vital importance to the person or persons in the sailing-ship. I think that it is quite clear that there must be more than one of them. A single man could not have carried out two deaths in such a way as to deceive a coroner's jury. There must have been several in it, and they must have been men of resource and determination. Their papers they mean to have, be the holder of them who it may. In this way you see K. K. K. ceases to be the initials of an individual and becomes the badge of a society."
  2014.  
  2015. "But of what society?"
  2016.  
  2017. "Have you never--" said Sherlock Holmes, bending forward and sinking his voice--"have you never heard of the Ku Klux Klan?"
  2018.  
  2019. "I never have."
  2020.  
  2021. Holmes turned over the leaves of the book upon his knee. "Here it is," said he presently:
  2022.  
  2023. " 'Ku Klux Klan. A name derived from the fanciful resemblance to the sound produced by cocking a rifle. This terrible secret society was formed by some ex-Confederate soldiers in the Southern states after the Civil War, and it rapidly formed local branches in different parts of the country, notably in Tennessee, Louisiana, the Carolinas, Georgia, and Florida. Its power was used for political purposes, principally for the terrorising of the negro voters and the murdering and driving from the country of those who were opposed to its views. Its outrages were usually preceded by a warning sent to the marked man in some fantastic but generally recognised shape--a sprig of oak-leaves in some parts, melon seeds or orange pips in others. On receiving this the victim might either openly abjure his former ways, or might fly from the country. If he braved the matter out, death would unfailingly come upon him, and usually in some strange and unforeseen manner. So perfect was the organisation of the society, and so systematic its methods, that there is hardly a case upon record where any man succeeded in braving it with impunity, or in which any of its outrages were traced home to the perpetrators. For some years the organisation flourished in spite of the efforts of the United States government and of the better classes of the community in the South. Eventually, in the year 1869, the movement rather suddenly collapsed, although there have been sporadic outbreaks of the same sort since that date.'
  2024.  
  2025. "You will observe," said Holmes, laying down the volume, "that the sudden breaking up of the society was coincident with the disappearance of Openshaw from America with their papers. It may well have been cause and effect. It is no wonder that he and his family have some of the more implacable spirits upon their track. You can understand that this register and diary may implicate some of the first men in the South, and that there may be many who will not sleep easy at night until it is recovered."
  2026.  
  2027. "Then the page we have seen--"
  2028.  
  2029. "Is such as we might expect. It ran, if I remember right, 'sent the pips to A, B, and C'--that is, sent the society's warning to them. Then there are successive entries that A and B cleared, or left the country, and finally that C was visited, with, I fear, a sinister result for C. Well, I think, Doctor, that we may let some light into this dark place, and I believe that the only chance young Openshaw has in the meantime is to do what I have told him. There is nothing more to be said or to be done to-night, so hand me over my violin and let us try to forget for half an hour the miserable weather and the still more miserable ways of our fellow men."
  2030.  
  2031. It had cleared in the morning, and the sun was shining with a subdued brightness through the dim veil which hangs over the great city. Sherlock Holmes was already at breakfast when I came down.
  2032.  
  2033. "You will excuse me for not waiting for you," said he; "I have, I foresee, a very busy day before me in looking into this case of young Openshaw's."
  2034.  
  2035. "What steps will you take?" I asked.
  2036.  
  2037. "It will very much depend upon the results of my first inquiries. I may have to go down to Horsham, after all."
  2038.  
  2039. "You will not go there first?"
  2040.  
  2041. "No, I shall commence with the City. Just ring the bell and the maid will bring up your coffee."
  2042.  
  2043. As I waited, I lifted the unopened newspaper from the table and glanced my eye over it. It rested upon a heading which sent a chill to my heart.
  2044.  
  2045. "Holmes," I cried, "you are too late."
  2046.  
  2047. "Ah!" said he, laying down his cup, "I feared as much. How was it done?" He spoke calmly, but I could see that he was deeply moved.
  2048.  
  2049. "My eye caught the name of Openshaw, and the heading 'Tragedy Near Waterloo Bridge.' Here is the account:
  2050.  
  2051. " 'Between nine and ten last night Police-Constable Cook, of the H Division, on duty near Waterloo Bridge, heard a cry for help and a splash in the water. The night, however, was extremely dark and stormy, so that, in spite of the help of several passers-by, it was quite impossible to effect a rescue. The alarm, however, was given, and, by the aid of the water-police, the body was eventually recovered. It proved to be that of a young gentleman whose name, as it appears from an envelope which was found in his pocket, was John Openshaw, and whose residence is near Horsham. It is conjectured that he may have been hurrying down to catch the last train from Waterloo Station, and that in his haste and the extreme darkness he missed his path and walked over the edge of one of the small landing-places for river steamboats. The body exhibited no traces of violence, and there can be no doubt that the deceased had been the victim of an unfortunate accident, which should have the effect of calling the attention of the authorities to the condition of the riverside landing-stages.' "
  2052.  
  2053. We sat in silence for some minutes, Holmes more depressed and shaken than I had ever seen him.
  2054.  
  2055. "That hurts my pride, Watson," he said at last. "It is a petty feeling, no doubt, but it hurts my pride. It becomes a personal matter with me now, and, if God sends me health, I shall set my hand upon this gang. That he should come to me for help, and that I should send him away to his death--!" He sprang from his chair and paced about the room in uncontrollable agitation, with a flush upon his sallow cheeks and a nervous clasping and unclasping of his long thin hands.
  2056.  
  2057. "They must be cunning devils," he exclaimed at last. "How could they have decoyed him down there? The Embankment is not on the direct line to the station. The bridge, no doubt, was too crowded, even on such a night, for their purpose. Well, Watson, we shall see who will win in the long run. I am going out now!"
  2058.  
  2059. "To the police?"
  2060.  
  2061. "No; I shall be my own police. When I have spun the web they may take the flies, but not before."
  2062.  
  2063. All day I was engaged in my professional work, and it was late in the evening before I returned to Baker Street. Sherlock Holmes had not come back yet. It was nearly ten o'clock before he entered, looking pale and worn. He walked up to the sideboard, and tearing a piece from the loaf he devoured it voraciously, washing it down with a long draught of water.
  2064.  
  2065. "You are hungry," I remarked.
  2066.  
  2067. "Starving. It had escaped my memory. I have had nothing since breakfast."
  2068.  
  2069. "Nothing?"
  2070.  
  2071. "Not a bite. I had no time to think of it."
  2072.  
  2073. "And how have you succeeded?"
  2074.  
  2075. "Well."
  2076.  
  2077. "You have a clue?"
  2078.  
  2079. "I have them in the hollow of my hand. Young Openshaw shall not long remain unavenged. Why, Watson, let us put their own devilish trade-mark upon them. It is well thought of!"
  2080.  
  2081. "What do you mean?"
  2082.  
  2083. He took an orange from the cupboard, and tearing it to pieces he squeezed out the pips upon the table. Of these he took five and thrust them into an envelope. On the inside of the flap he wrote "S. H. for J. O." Then he sealed it and addressed it to "Captain James Calhoun, Barque Lone Star, Savannah, Georgia."
  2084.  
  2085. "That will await him when he enters port," said he, chuckling. "It may give him a sleepless night. He will find it as sure a precursor of his fate as Openshaw did before him."
  2086.  
  2087. "And who is this Captain Calhoun?"
  2088.  
  2089. "The leader of the gang. I shall have the others, but he first."
  2090.  
  2091. "How did you trace it, then?"
  2092.  
  2093. He took a large sheet of paper from his pocket, all covered with dates and names.
  2094.  
  2095. "I have spent the whole day," said he, "over Lloyd's registers and files of the old papers, following the future career of every vessel which touched at Pondicherry in January and February in '83. There were thirty-six ships of fair tonnage which were reported there during those months. Of these, one, the Lone Star, instantly attracted my attention, since, although it was reported as having cleared from London, the name is that which is given to one of the states of the Union."
  2096.  
  2097. "Texas, I think."
  2098.  
  2099. "I was not and am not sure which; but I knew that the ship must have an American origin."
  2100.  
  2101. "What then?"
  2102.  
  2103. "I searched the Dundee records, and when I found that the barque Lone Star was there in January, '85, my suspicion became a certainty. I then inquired as to the vessels which lay at present in the port of London."
  2104.  
  2105. "Yes?"
  2106.  
  2107. "The Lone Star had arrived here last week. I went down to the Albert Dock and found that she had been taken down the river by the early tide this morning, homeward bound to Savannah. I wired to Gravesend and learned that she had passed some time ago, and as the wind is easterly I have no doubt that she is now past the Goodwins and not very far from the Isle of Wight."
  2108.  
  2109. "What will you do, then?"
  2110.  
  2111. "Oh, I have my hand upon him. He and the two mates, are as I learn, the only native-born Americans in the ship. The others are Finns and Germans. I know, also, that they were all three away from the ship last night. I had it from the stevedore who has been loading their cargo. By the time that their sailing-ship reaches Savannah the mail-boat will have carried this letter, and the cable will have informed the police of Savannah that these three gentlemen are badly wanted here upon a charge of murder."
  2112.  
  2113. There is ever a flaw, however, in the best laid of human plans, and the murderers of John Openshaw were never to receive the orange pips which would show them that another, as cunning and as resolute as themselves, was upon their track. Very long and very severe were the equinoctial gales that year. We waited long for news of the Lone Star of Savannah, but none ever reached us. We did at last hear that somewhere far out in the Atlantic a shattered stern-post of a boat was seen swinging in the trough of a wave, with the letters "L. S." carved upon it, and that is all which we shall ever know of the fate of the Lone Star.
  2114.  
  2115. ADVENTURE  VI.  THE MAN WITH THE TWISTED LIP
  2116.  
  2117.  
  2118. Isa Whitney, brother of the late Elias Whitney, D.D., Principal of the Theological College of St. George's, was much addicted to opium. The habit grew upon him, as I understand, from some foolish freak when he was at college; for having read De Quincey's description of his dreams and sensations, he had drenched his tobacco with laudanum in an attempt to produce the same effects. He found, as so many more have done, that the practice is easier to attain than to get rid of, and for many years he continued to be a slave to the drug, an object of mingled horror and pity to his friends and relatives. I can see him now, with yellow, pasty face, drooping lids, and pin-point pupils, all huddled in a chair, the wreck and ruin of a noble man.
  2119.  
  2120. One night--it was in June, '89--there came a ring to my bell, about the hour when a man gives his first yawn and glances at the clock. I sat up in my chair, and my wife laid her needle-work down in her lap and made a little face of disappointment.
  2121.  
  2122. "A patient!" said she. "You'll have to go out."
  2123.  
  2124. I groaned, for I was newly come back from a weary day.
  2125.  
  2126. We heard the door open, a few hurried words, and then quick steps upon the linoleum. Our own door flew open, and a lady, clad in some dark-coloured stuff, with a black veil, entered the room.
  2127.  
  2128. "You will excuse my calling so late," she began, and then, suddenly losing her self-control, she ran forward, threw her arms about my wife's neck, and sobbed upon her shoulder. "Oh, I'm in such trouble!" she cried; "I do so want a little help."
  2129.  
  2130. "Why," said my wife, pulling up her veil, "it is Kate Whitney. How you startled me, Kate! I had not an idea who you were when you came in."
  2131.  
  2132. "I didn't know what to do, so I came straight to you." That was always the way. Folk who were in grief came to my wife like birds to a light-house.
  2133.  
  2134. "It was very sweet of you to come. Now, you must have some wine and water, and sit here comfortably and tell us all about it. Or should you rather that I sent James off to bed?"
  2135.  
  2136. "Oh, no, no! I want the doctor's advice and help, too. It's about Isa. He has not been home for two days. I am so frightened about him!"
  2137.  
  2138. It was not the first time that she had spoken to us of her husband's trouble, to me as a doctor, to my wife as an old friend and school companion. We soothed and comforted her by such words as we could find. Did she know where her husband was? Was it possible that we could bring him back to her?
  2139.  
  2140. It seems that it was. She had the surest information that of late he had, when the fit was on him, made use of an opium den in the farthest east of the City. Hitherto his orgies had always been confined to one day, and he had come back, twitching and shattered, in the evening. But now the spell had been upon him eight-and-forty hours, and he lay there, doubtless among the dregs of the docks, breathing in the poison or sleeping off the effects. There he was to be found, she was sure of it, at the Bar of Gold, in Upper Swandam Lane. But what was she to do? How could she, a young and timid woman, make her way into such a place and pluck her husband out from among the ruffians who surrounded him?
  2141.  
  2142. There was the case, and of course there was but one way out of it. Might I not escort her to this place? And then, as a second thought, why should she come at all? I was Isa Whitney's medical adviser, and as such I had influence over him. I could manage it better if I were alone. I promised her on my word that I would send him home in a cab within two hours if he were indeed at the address which she had given me. And so in ten minutes I had left my armchair and cheery sitting-room behind me, and was speeding eastward in a hansom on a strange errand, as it seemed to me at the time, though the future only could show how strange it was to be.
  2143.  
  2144. But there was no great difficulty in the first stage of my adventure. Upper Swandam Lane is a vile alley lurking behind the high wharves which line the north side of the river to the east of London Bridge. Between a slop-shop and a gin-shop, approached by a steep flight of steps leading down to a black gap like the mouth of a cave, I found the den of which I was in search. Ordering my cab to wait, I passed down the steps, worn hollow in the centre by the ceaseless tread of drunken feet; and by the light of a flickering oil-lamp above the door I found the latch and made my way into a long, low room, thick and heavy with the brown opium smoke, and terraced with wooden berths, like the forecastle of an emigrant ship.
  2145.  
  2146. Through the gloom one could dimly catch a glimpse of bodies lying in strange fantastic poses, bowed shoulders, bent knees, heads thrown back, and chins pointing upward, with here and there a dark, lack-lustre eye turned upon the newcomer. Out of the black shadows there glimmered little red circles of light, now bright, now faint, as the burning poison waxed or waned in the bowls of the metal pipes. The most lay silent, but some muttered to themselves, and others talked together in a strange, low, monotonous voice, their conversation coming in gushes, and then suddenly tailing off into silence, each mumbling out his own thoughts and paying little heed to the words of his neighbour. At the farther end was a small brazier of burning charcoal, beside which on a three-legged wooden stool there sat a tall, thin old man, with his jaw resting upon his two fists, and his elbows upon his knees, staring into the fire.
  2147.  
  2148. As I entered, a sallow Malay attendant had hurried up with a pipe for me and a supply of the drug, beckoning me to an empty berth.
  2149.  
  2150. "Thank you. I have not come to stay," said I. "There is a friend of mine here, Mr. Isa Whitney, and I wish to speak with him."
  2151.  
  2152. There was a movement and an exclamation from my right, and peering through the gloom, I saw Whitney, pale, haggard, and unkempt, staring out at me.
  2153.  
  2154. "My God! It's Watson," said he. He was in a pitiable state of reaction, with every nerve in a twitter. "I say, Watson, what o'clock is it?"
  2155.  
  2156. "Nearly eleven."
  2157.  
  2158. "Of what day?"
  2159.  
  2160. "Of Friday, June 19th."
  2161.  
  2162. "Good heavens! I thought it was Wednesday. It is Wednesday. What d'you want to frighten a chap for?" He sank his face onto his arms and began to sob in a high treble key.
  2163.  
  2164. "I tell you that it is Friday, man. Your wife has been waiting this two days for you. You should be ashamed of yourself!"
  2165.  
  2166. "So I am. But you've got mixed, Watson, for I have only been here a few hours, three pipes, four pipes--I forget how many. But I'll go home with you. I wouldn't frighten Kate--poor little Kate. Give me your hand! Have you a cab?"
  2167.  
  2168. "Yes, I have one waiting."
  2169.  
  2170. "Then I shall go in it. But I must owe something. Find what I owe, Watson. I am all off colour. I can do nothing for myself."
  2171.  
  2172. I walked down the narrow passage between the double row of sleepers, holding my breath to keep out the vile, stupefying fumes of the drug, and looking about for the manager. As I passed the tall man who sat by the brazier I felt a sudden pluck at my skirt, and a low voice whispered, "Walk past me, and then look back at me." The words fell quite distinctly upon my ear. I glanced down. They could only have come from the old man at my side, and yet he sat now as absorbed as ever, very thin, very wrinkled, bent with age, an opium pipe dangling down from between his knees, as though it had dropped in sheer lassitude from his fingers. I took two steps forward and looked back. It took all my self-control to prevent me from breaking out into a cry of astonishment. He had turned his back so that none could see him but I. His form had filled out, his wrinkles were gone, the dull eyes had regained their fire, and there, sitting by the fire and grinning at my surprise, was none other than Sherlock Holmes. He made a slight motion to me to approach him, and instantly, as he turned his face half round to the company once more, subsided into a doddering, loose-lipped senility.
  2173.  
  2174. "Holmes!" I whispered, "what on earth are you doing in this den?"
  2175.  
  2176. "As low as you can," he answered; "I have excellent ears. If you would have the great kindness to get rid of that sottish friend of yours I should be exceedingly glad to have a little talk with you."
  2177.  
  2178. "I have a cab outside."
  2179.  
  2180. "Then pray send him home in it. You may safely trust him, for he appears to be too limp to get into any mischief. I should recommend you also to send a note by the cabman to your wife to say that you have thrown in your lot with me. If you will wait outside, I shall be with you in five minutes."
  2181.  
  2182. It was difficult to refuse any of Sherlock Holmes' requests, for they were always so exceedingly definite, and put forward with such a quiet air of mastery. I felt, however, that when Whitney was once confined in the cab my mission was practically accomplished; and for the rest, I could not wish anything better than to be associated with my friend in one of those singular adventures which were the normal condition of his existence. In a few minutes I had written my note, paid Whitney's bill, led him out to the cab, and seen him driven through the darkness. In a very short time a decrepit figure had emerged from the opium den, and I was walking down the street with Sherlock Holmes. For two streets he shuffled along with a bent back and an uncertain foot. Then, glancing quickly round, he straightened himself out and burst into a hearty fit of laughter.
  2183.  
  2184. "I suppose, Watson," said he, "that you imagine that I have added opium-smoking to cocaine injections, and all the other little weaknesses on which you have favoured me with your medical views."
  2185.  
  2186. "I was certainly surprised to find you there."
  2187.  
  2188. "But not more so than I to find you."
  2189.  
  2190. "I came to find a friend."
  2191.  
  2192. "And I to find an enemy."
  2193.  
  2194. "An enemy?"
  2195.  
  2196. "Yes; one of my natural enemies, or, shall I say, my natural prey. Briefly, Watson, I am in the midst of a very remarkable inquiry, and I have hoped to find a clue in the incoherent ramblings of these sots, as I have done before now. Had I been recognised in that den my life would not have been worth an hour's purchase; for I have used it before now for my own purposes, and the rascally Lascar who runs it has sworn to have vengeance upon me. There is a trap-door at the back of that building, near the corner of Paul's Wharf, which could tell some strange tales of what has passed through it upon the moonless nights."
  2197.  
  2198. "What! You do not mean bodies?"
  2199.  
  2200. "Ay, bodies, Watson. We should be rich men if we had $1000 for every poor devil who has been done to death in that den. It is the vilest murder-trap on the whole riverside, and I fear that Neville St. Clair has entered it never to leave it more. But our trap should be here." He put his two forefingers between his teeth and whistled shrilly--a signal which was answered by a similar whistle from the distance, followed shortly by the rattle of wheels and the clink of horses' hoofs.
  2201.  
  2202. "Now, Watson," said Holmes, as a tall dog-cart dashed up through the gloom, throwing out two golden tunnels of yellow light from its side lanterns. "You'll come with me, won't you?"
  2203.  
  2204. "If I can be of use."
  2205.  
  2206. "Oh, a trusty comrade is always of use; and a chronicler still more so. My room at The Cedars is a double-bedded one."
  2207.  
  2208. "The Cedars?"
  2209.  
  2210. "Yes; that is Mr. St. Clair's house. I am staying there while I conduct the inquiry."
  2211.  
  2212. "Where is it, then?"
  2213.  
  2214. "Near Lee, in Kent. We have a seven-mile drive before us."
  2215.  
  2216. "But I am all in the dark."
  2217.  
  2218. "Of course you are. You'll know all about it presently. Jump up here. All right, John; we shall not need you. Here's half a crown. Look out for me to-morrow, about eleven. Give her her head. So long, then!"
  2219.  
  2220. He flicked the horse with his whip, and we dashed away through the endless succession of sombre and deserted streets, which widened gradually, until we were flying across a broad balustraded bridge, with the murky river flowing sluggishly beneath us. Beyond lay another dull wilderness of bricks and mortar, its silence broken only by the heavy, regular footfall of the policeman, or the songs and shouts of some belated party of revellers. A dull wrack was drifting slowly across the sky, and a star or two twinkled dimly here and there through the rifts of the clouds. Holmes drove in silence, with his head sunk upon his breast, and the air of a man who is lost in thought, while I sat beside him, curious to learn what this new quest might be which seemed to tax his powers so sorely, and yet afraid to break in upon the current of his thoughts. We had driven several miles, and were beginning to get to the fringe of the belt of suburban villas, when he shook himself, shrugged his shoulders, and lit up his pipe with the air of a man who has satisfied himself that he is acting for the best.
  2221.  
  2222. "You have a grand gift of silence, Watson," said he. "It makes you quite invaluable as a companion. 'Pon my word, it is a great thing for me to have someone to talk to, for my own thoughts are not over-pleasant. I was wondering what I should say to this dear little woman to-night when she meets me at the door."
  2223.  
  2224. "You forget that I know nothing about it."
  2225.  
  2226. "I shall just have time to tell you the facts of the case before we get to Lee. It seems absurdly simple, and yet, somehow I can get nothing to go upon. There's plenty of thread, no doubt, but I can't get the end of it into my hand. Now, I'll state the case clearly and concisely to you, Watson, and maybe you can see a spark where all is dark to me."
  2227.  
  2228. "Proceed, then."
  2229.  
  2230. "Some years ago--to be definite, in May, 1884--there came to Lee a gentleman, Neville St. Clair by name, who appeared to have plenty of money. He took a large villa, laid out the grounds very nicely, and lived generally in good style. By degrees he made friends in the neighbourhood, and in 1887 he married the daughter of a local brewer, by whom he now has two children. He had no occupation, but was interested in several companies and went into town as a rule in the morning, returning by the 5:14 from Cannon Street every night. Mr. St. Clair is now thirty-seven years of age, is a man of temperate habits, a good husband, a very affectionate father, and a man who is popular with all who know him. I may add that his whole debts at the present moment, as far as we have been able to ascertain, amount to $88 10s., while he has $220 standing to his credit in the Capital and Counties Bank. There is no reason, therefore, to think that money troubles have been weighing upon his mind.
  2231.  
  2232. "Last Monday Mr. Neville St. Clair went into town rather earlier than usual, remarking before he started that he had two important commissions to perform, and that he would bring his little boy home a box of bricks. Now, by the merest chance, his wife received a telegram upon this same Monday, very shortly after his departure, to the effect that a small parcel of considerable value which she had been expecting was waiting for her at the offices of the Aberdeen Shipping Company. Now, if you are well up in your London, you will know that the office of the company is in Fresno Street, which branches out of Upper Swandam Lane, where you found me to-night. Mrs. St. Clair had her lunch, started for the City, did some shopping, proceeded to the company's office, got her packet, and found herself at exactly 4:35 walking through Swandam Lane on her way back to the station. Have you followed me so far?"
  2233.  
  2234. "It is very clear."
  2235.  
  2236. "If you remember, Monday was an exceedingly hot day, and Mrs. St. Clair walked slowly, glancing about in the hope of seeing a cab, as she did not like the neighbourhood in which she found herself. While she was walking in this way down Swandam Lane, she suddenly heard an ejaculation or cry, and was struck cold to see her husband looking down at her and, as it seemed to her, beckoning to her from a second-floor window. The window was open, and she distinctly saw his face, which she describes as being terribly agitated. He waved his hands frantically to her, and then vanished from the window so suddenly that it seemed to her that he had been plucked back by some irresistible force from behind. One singular point which struck her quick feminine eye was that although he wore some dark coat, such as he had started to town in, he had on neither collar nor necktie.
  2237.  
  2238. "Convinced that something was amiss with him, she rushed down the steps--for the house was none other than the opium den in which you found me to-night--and running through the front room she attempted to ascend the stairs which led to the first floor. At the foot of the stairs, however, she met this Lascar scoundrel of whom I have spoken, who thrust her back and, aided by a Dane, who acts as assistant there, pushed her out into the street. Filled with the most maddening doubts and fears, she rushed down the lane and, by rare good-fortune, met in Fresno Street a number of constables with an inspector, all on their way to their beat. The inspector and two men accompanied her back, and in spite of the continued resistance of the proprietor, they made their way to the room in which Mr. St. Clair had last been seen. There was no sign of him there. In fact, in the whole of that floor there was no one to be found save a crippled wretch of hideous aspect, who, it seems, made his home there. Both he and the Lascar stoutly swore that no one else had been in the front room during the afternoon. So determined was their denial that the inspector was staggered, and had almost come to believe that Mrs. St. Clair had been deluded when, with a cry, she sprang at a small deal box which lay upon the table and tore the lid from it. Out there fell a cascade of children's bricks. It was the toy which he had promised to bring home.
  2239.  
  2240. "This discovery, and the evident confusion which the cripple showed, made the inspector realise that the matter was serious. The rooms were carefully examined, and results all pointed to an abominable crime. The front room was plainly furnished as a sitting-room and led into a small bedroom, which looked out upon the back of one of the wharves. Between the wharf and the bedroom window is a narrow strip, which is dry at low tide but is covered at high tide with at least four and a half feet of water. The bedroom window was a broad one and opened from below. On examination traces of blood were to be seen upon the windowsill, and several scattered drops were visible upon the wooden floor of the bedroom. Thrust away behind a curtain in the front room were all the clothes of Mr. Neville St. Clair, with the exception of his coat. His boots, his socks, his hat, and his watch--all were there. There were no signs of violence upon any of these garments, and there were no other traces of Mr. Neville St. Clair. Out of the window he must apparently have gone for no other exit could be discovered, and the ominous bloodstains upon the sill gave little promise that he could save himself by swimming, for the tide was at its very highest at the moment of the tragedy.
  2241.  
  2242. "And now as to the villains who seemed to be immediately implicated in the matter. The Lascar was known to be a man of the vilest antecedents, but as, by Mrs. St. Clair's story, he was known to have been at the foot of the stair within a very few seconds of her husband's appearance at the window, he could hardly have been more than an accessory to the crime. His defence was one of absolute ignorance, and he protested that he had no knowledge as to the doings of Hugh Boone, his lodger, and that he could not account in any way for the presence of the missing gentleman's clothes.
  2243.  
  2244. "So much for the Lascar manager. Now for the sinister cripple who lives upon the second floor of the opium den, and who was certainly the last human being whose eyes rested upon Neville St. Clair. His name is Hugh Boone, and his hideous face is one which is familiar to every man who goes much to the City. He is a professional beggar, though in order to avoid the police regulations he pretends to a small trade in wax vestas. Some little distance down Threadneedle Street, upon the left-hand side, there is, as you may have remarked, a small angle in the wall. Here it is that this creature takes his daily seat, cross-legged with his tiny stock of matches on his lap, and as he is a piteous spectacle a small rain of charity descends into the greasy leather cap which lies upon the pavement beside him. I have watched the fellow more than once before ever I thought of making his professional acquaintance, and I have been surprised at the harvest which he has reaped in a short time. His appearance, you see, is so remarkable that no one can pass him without observing him. A shock of orange hair, a pale face disfigured by a horrible scar, which, by its contraction, has turned up the outer edge of his upper lip, a bulldog chin, and a pair of very penetrating dark eyes, which present a singular contrast to the colour of his hair, all mark him out from amid the common crowd of mendicants and so, too, does his wit, for he is ever ready with a reply to any piece of chaff which may be thrown at him by the passers-by. This is the man whom we now learn to have been the lodger at the opium den, and to have been the last man to see the gentleman of whom we are in quest."
  2245.  
  2246. "But a cripple!" said I. "What could he have done single-handed against a man in the prime of life?"
  2247.  
  2248. "He is a cripple in the sense that he walks with a limp; but in other respects he appears to be a powerful and well-nurtured man. Surely your medical experience would tell you, Watson, that weakness in one limb is often compensated for by exceptional strength in the others."
  2249.  
  2250. "Pray continue your narrative."
  2251.  
  2252. "Mrs. St. Clair had fainted at the sight of the blood upon the window, and she was escorted home in a cab by the police, as her presence could be of no help to them in their investigations. Inspector Barton, who had charge of the case, made a very careful examination of the premises, but without finding anything which threw any light upon the matter. One mistake had been made in not arresting Boone instantly, as he was allowed some few minutes during which he might have communicated with his friend the Lascar, but this fault was soon remedied, and he was seized and searched, without anything being found which could incriminate him. There were, it is true, some blood-stains upon his right shirt-sleeve, but he pointed to his ring-finger, which had been cut near the nail, and explained that the bleeding came from there, adding that he had been to the window not long before, and that the stains which had been observed there came doubtless from the same source. He denied strenuously having ever seen Mr. Neville St. Clair and swore that the presence of the clothes in his room was as much a mystery to him as to the police. As to Mrs. St. Clair's assertion that she had actually seen her husband at the window, he declared that she must have been either mad or dreaming. He was removed, loudly protesting, to the police-station, while the inspector remained upon the premises in the hope that the ebbing tide might afford some fresh clue.
  2253.  
  2254. "And it did, though they hardly found upon the mud-bank what they had feared to find. It was Neville St. Clair's coat, and not Neville St. Clair, which lay uncovered as the tide receded. And what do you think they found in the pockets?"
  2255.  
  2256. "I cannot imagine."
  2257.  
  2258. "No, I don't think you would guess. Every pocket stuffed with pennies and half-pennies--421 pennies and 270 half-pennies. It was no wonder that it had not been swept away by the tide. But a human body is a different matter. There is a fierce eddy between the wharf and the house. It seemed likely enough that the weighted coat had remained when the stripped body had been sucked away into the river."
  2259.  
  2260. "But I understand that all the other clothes were found in the room. Would the body be dressed in a coat alone?"
  2261.  
  2262. "No, sir, but the facts might be met speciously enough. Suppose that this man Boone had thrust Neville St. Clair through the window, there is no human eye which could have seen the deed. What would he do then? It would of course instantly strike him that he must get rid of the tell-tale garments. He would seize the coat, then, and be in the act of throwing it out, when it would occur to him that it would swim and not sink. He has little time, for he has heard the scuffle downstairs when the wife tried to force her way up, and perhaps he has already heard from his Lascar confederate that the police are hurrying up the street. There is not an instant to be lost. He rushes to some secret hoard, where he has accumulated the fruits of his beggary, and he stuffs all the coins upon which he can lay his hands into the pockets to make sure of the coat's sinking. He throws it out, and would have done the same with the other garments had not he heard the rush of steps below, and only just had time to close the window when the police appeared."
  2263.  
  2264. "It certainly sounds feasible."
  2265.  
  2266. "Well, we will take it as a working hypothesis for want of a better. Boone, as I have told you, was arrested and taken to the station, but it could not be shown that there had ever before been anything against him. He had for years been known as a professional beggar, but his life appeared to have been a very quiet and innocent one. There the matter stands at present, and the questions which have to be solved--what Neville St. Clair was doing in the opium den, what happened to him when there, where is he now, and what Hugh Boone had to do with his disappearance--are all as far from a solution as ever. I confess that I cannot recall any case within my experience which looked at the first glance so simple and yet which presented such difficulties."
  2267.  
  2268. While Sherlock Holmes had been detailing this singular series of events, we had been whirling through the outskirts of the great town until the last straggling houses had been left behind, and we rattled along with a country hedge upon either side of us. Just as he finished, however, we drove through two scattered villages, where a few lights still glimmered in the windows.
  2269.  
  2270. "We are on the outskirts of Lee," said my companion. "We have touched on three English counties in our short drive, starting in Middlesex, passing over an angle of Surrey, and ending in Kent. See that light among the trees? That is The Cedars, and beside that lamp sits a woman whose anxious ears have already, I have little doubt, caught the clink of our horse's feet."
  2271.  
  2272. "But why are you not conducting the case from Baker Street?" I asked.
  2273.  
  2274. "Because there are many inquiries which must be made out here. Mrs. St. Clair has most kindly put two rooms at my disposal, and you may rest assured that she will have nothing but a welcome for my friend and colleague. I hate to meet her, Watson, when I have no news of her husband. Here we are. Whoa, there, whoa!"
  2275.  
  2276. We had pulled up in front of a large villa which stood within its own grounds. A stable-boy had run out to the horse's head, and springing down, I followed Holmes up the small, winding gravel-drive which led to the house. As we approached, the door flew open, and a little blonde woman stood in the opening, clad in some sort of light mousseline de soie, with a touch of fluffy pink chiffon at her neck and wrists. She stood with her figure outlined against the flood of light, one hand upon the door, one half-raised in her eagerness, her body slightly bent, her head and face protruded, with eager eyes and parted lips, a standing question.
  2277.  
  2278. "Well?" she cried, "well?" And then, seeing that there were two of us, she gave a cry of hope which sank into a groan as she saw that my companion shook his head and shrugged his shoulders.
  2279.  
  2280. "No good news?"
  2281.  
  2282. "None."
  2283.  
  2284. "No bad?"
  2285.  
  2286. "No."
  2287.  
  2288. "Thank God for that. But come in. You must be weary, for you have had a long day."
  2289.  
  2290. "This is my friend, Dr. Watson. He has been of most vital use to me in several of my cases, and a lucky chance has made it possible for me to bring him out and associate him with this investigation."
  2291.  
  2292. "I am delighted to see you," said she, pressing my hand warmly. "You will, I am sure, forgive anything that may be wanting in our arrangements, when you consider the blow which has come so suddenly upon us."
  2293.  
  2294. "My dear madam," said I, "I am an old campaigner, and if I were not I can very well see that no apology is needed. If I can be of any assistance, either to you or to my friend here, I shall be indeed happy."
  2295.  
  2296. "Now, Mr. Sherlock Holmes," said the lady as we entered a well-lit dining-room, upon the table of which a cold supper had been laid out, "I should very much like to ask you one or two plain questions, to which I beg that you will give a plain answer."
  2297.  
  2298. "Certainly, madam."
  2299.  
  2300. "Do not trouble about my feelings. I am not hysterical, nor given to fainting. I simply wish to hear your real, real opinion."
  2301.  
  2302. "Upon what point?"
  2303.  
  2304. "In your heart of hearts, do you think that Neville is alive?"
  2305.  
  2306. Sherlock Holmes seemed to be embarrassed by the question. "Frankly, now!" she repeated, standing upon the rug and looking keenly down at him as he leaned back in a basket-chair.
  2307.  
  2308. "Frankly, then, madam, I do not."
  2309.  
  2310. "You think that he is dead?"
  2311.  
  2312. "I do."
  2313.  
  2314. "Murdered?"
  2315.  
  2316. "I don't say that. Perhaps."
  2317.  
  2318. "And on what day did he meet his death?"
  2319.  
  2320. "On Monday."
  2321.  
  2322. "Then perhaps, Mr. Holmes, you will be good enough to explain how it is that I have received a letter from him to-day."
  2323.  
  2324. Sherlock Holmes sprang out of his chair as if he had been galvanised.
  2325.  
  2326. "What!" he roared.
  2327.  
  2328. "Yes, to-day." She stood smiling, holding up a little slip of paper in the air.
  2329.  
  2330. "May I see it?"
  2331.  
  2332. "Certainly."
  2333.  
  2334. He snatched it from her in his eagerness, and smoothing it out upon the table he drew over the lamp and examined it intently. I had left my chair and was gazing at it over his shoulder. The envelope was a very coarse one and was stamped with the Gravesend postmark and with the date of that very day, or rather of the day before, for it was considerably after midnight.
  2335.  
  2336. "Coarse writing," murmured Holmes. "Surely this is not your husband's writing, madam."
  2337.  
  2338. "No, but the enclosure is."
  2339.  
  2340. "I perceive also that whoever addressed the envelope had to go and inquire as to the address."
  2341.  
  2342. "How can you tell that?"
  2343.  
  2344. "The name, you see, is in perfectly black ink, which has dried itself. The rest is of the greyish colour, which shows that blotting-paper has been used. If it had been written straight off, and then blotted, none would be of a deep black shade. This man has written the name, and there has then been a pause before he wrote the address, which can only mean that he was not familiar with it. It is, of course, a trifle, but there is nothing so important as trifles. Let us now see the letter. Ha! there has been an enclosure here!"
  2345.  
  2346. "Yes, there was a ring. His signet-ring."
  2347.  
  2348. "And you are sure that this is your husband's hand?"
  2349.  
  2350. "One of his hands."
  2351.  
  2352. "One?"
  2353.  
  2354. "His hand when he wrote hurriedly. It is very unlike his usual writing, and yet I know it well."
  2355.  
  2356. " 'Dearest do not be frightened. All will come well. There is a huge error which it may take some little time to rectify. Wait in patience.--NEVILLE.' Written in pencil upon the fly-leaf of a book, octavo size, no water-mark. Hum! Posted to-day in Gravesend by a man with a dirty thumb. Ha! And the flap has been gummed, if I am not very much in error, by a person who had been chewing tobacco. And you have no doubt that it is your husband's hand, madam?"
  2357.  
  2358. "None. Neville wrote those words."
  2359.  
  2360. "And they were posted to-day at Gravesend. Well, Mrs. St. Clair, the clouds lighten, though I should not venture to say that the danger is over."
  2361.  
  2362. "But he must be alive, Mr. Holmes."
  2363.  
  2364. "Unless this is a clever forgery to put us on the wrong scent. The ring, after all, proves nothing. It may have been taken from him."
  2365.  
  2366. "No, no; it is, it is his very own writing!"
  2367.  
  2368. "Very well. It may, however, have been written on Monday and only posted to-day."
  2369.  
  2370. "That is possible."
  2371.  
  2372. "If so, much may have happened between."
  2373.  
  2374. "Oh, you must not discourage me, Mr. Holmes. I know that all is well with him. There is so keen a sympathy between us that I should know if evil came upon him. On the very day that I saw him last he cut himself in the bedroom, and yet I in the dining-room rushed upstairs instantly with the utmost certainty that something had happened. Do you think that I would respond to such a trifle and yet be ignorant of his death?"
  2375.  
  2376. "I have seen too much not to know that the impression of a woman may be more valuable than the conclusion of an analytical reasoner. And in this letter you certainly have a very strong piece of evidence to corroborate your view. But if your husband is alive and able to write letters, why should he remain away from you?"
  2377.  
  2378. "I cannot imagine. It is unthinkable."
  2379.  
  2380. "And on Monday he made no remarks before leaving you?"
  2381.  
  2382. "No."
  2383.  
  2384. "And you were surprised to see him in Swandam Lane?"
  2385.  
  2386. "Very much so."
  2387.  
  2388. "Was the window open?"
  2389.  
  2390. "Yes."
  2391.  
  2392. "Then he might have called to you?"
  2393.  
  2394. "He might."
  2395.  
  2396. "He only, as I understand, gave an inarticulate cry?"
  2397.  
  2398. "Yes."
  2399.  
  2400. "A call for help, you thought?"
  2401.  
  2402. "Yes. He waved his hands."
  2403.  
  2404. "But it might have been a cry of surprise. Astonishment at the unexpected sight of you might cause him to throw up his hands?"
  2405.  
  2406. "It is possible."
  2407.  
  2408. "And you thought he was pulled back?"
  2409.  
  2410. "He disappeared so suddenly."
  2411.  
  2412. "He might have leaped back. You did not see anyone else in the room?"
  2413.  
  2414. "No, but this horrible man confessed to having been there, and the Lascar was at the foot of the stairs."
  2415.  
  2416. "Quite so. Your husband, as far as you could see, had his ordinary clothes on?"
  2417.  
  2418. "But without his collar or tie. I distinctly saw his bare throat."
  2419.  
  2420. "Had he ever spoken of Swandam Lane?"
  2421.  
  2422. "Never."
  2423.  
  2424. "Had he ever showed any signs of having taken opium?"
  2425.  
  2426. "Never."
  2427.  
  2428. "Thank you, Mrs. St. Clair. Those are the principal points about which I wished to be absolutely clear. We shall now have a little supper and then retire, for we may have a very busy day to-morrow."
  2429.  
  2430. A large and comfortable double-bedded room had been placed at our disposal, and I was quickly between the sheets, for I was weary after my night of adventure. Sherlock Holmes was a man, however, who, when he had an unsolved problem upon his mind, would go for days, and even for a week, without rest, turning it over, rearranging his facts, looking at it from every point of view until he had either fathomed it or convinced himself that his data were insufficient. It was soon evident to me that he was now preparing for an all-night sitting. He took off his coat and waistcoat, put on a large blue dressing-gown, and then wandered about the room collecting pillows from his bed and cushions from the sofa and armchairs. With these he constructed a sort of Eastern divan, upon which he perched himself cross-legged, with an ounce of shag tobacco and a box of matches laid out in front of him. In the dim light of the lamp I saw him sitting there, an old briar pipe between his lips, his eyes fixed vacantly upon the corner of the ceiling, the blue smoke curling up from him, silent, motionless, with the light shining upon his strong-set aquiline features. So he sat as I dropped off to sleep, and so he sat when a sudden ejaculation caused me to wake up, and I found the summer sun shining into the apartment. The pipe was still between his lips, the smoke still curled upward, and the room was full of a dense tobacco haze, but nothing remained of the heap of shag which I had seen upon the previous night.
  2431.  
  2432. "Awake, Watson?" he asked.
  2433.  
  2434. "Yes."
  2435.  
  2436. "Game for a morning drive?"
  2437.  
  2438. "Certainly."
  2439.  
  2440. "Then dress. No one is stirring yet, but I know where the stable-boy sleeps, and we shall soon have the trap out." He chuckled to himself as he spoke, his eyes twinkled, and he seemed a different man to the sombre thinker of the previous night.
  2441.  
  2442. As I dressed I glanced at my watch. It was no wonder that no one was stirring. It was twenty-five minutes past four. I had hardly finished when Holmes returned with the news that the boy was putting in the horse.
  2443.  
  2444. "I want to test a little theory of mine," said he, pulling on his boots. "I think, Watson, that you are now standing in the presence of one of the most absolute fools in Europe. I deserve to be kicked from here to Charing Cross. But I think I have the key of the affair now."
  2445.  
  2446. "And where is it?" I asked, smiling.
  2447.  
  2448. "In the bathroom," he answered. "Oh, yes, I am not joking," he continued, seeing my look of incredulity. "I have just been there, and I have taken it out, and I have got it in this Gladstone bag. Come on, my boy, and we shall see whether it will not fit the lock."
  2449.  
  2450. We made our way downstairs as quietly as possible, and out into the bright morning sunshine. In the road stood our horse and trap, with the half-clad stable-boy waiting at the head. We both sprang in, and away we dashed down the London Road. A few country carts were stirring, bearing in vegetables to the metropolis, but the lines of villas on either side were as silent and lifeless as some city in a dream.
  2451.  
  2452. "It has been in some points a singular case," said Holmes, flicking the horse on into a gallop. "I confess that I have been as blind as a mole, but it is better to learn wisdom late than never to learn it at all."
  2453.  
  2454. In town the earliest risers were just beginning to look sleepily from their windows as we drove through the streets of the Surrey side. Passing down the Waterloo Bridge Road we crossed over the river, and dashing up Wellington Street wheeled sharply to the right and found ourselves in Bow Street. Sherlock Holmes was well known to the force, and the two constables at the door saluted him. One of them held the horse's head while the other led us in.
  2455.  
  2456. "Who is on duty?" asked Holmes.
  2457.  
  2458. "Inspector Bradstreet, sir."
  2459.  
  2460. "Ah, Bradstreet, how are you?" A tall, stout official had come down the stone-flagged passage, in a peaked cap and frogged jacket. "I wish to have a quiet word with you, Bradstreet." "Certainly, Mr. Holmes. Step into my room here." It was a small, office-like room, with a huge ledger upon the table, and a telephone projecting from the wall. The inspector sat down at his desk.
  2461.  
  2462. "What can I do for you, Mr. Holmes?"
  2463.  
  2464. "I called about that beggarman, Boone--the one who was charged with being concerned in the disappearance of Mr. Neville St. Clair, of Lee."
  2465.  
  2466. "Yes. He was brought up and remanded for further inquiries."
  2467.  
  2468. "So I heard. You have him here?"
  2469.  
  2470. "In the cells."
  2471.  
  2472. "Is he quiet?"
  2473.  
  2474. "Oh, he gives no trouble. But he is a dirty scoundrel."
  2475.  
  2476. "Dirty?"
  2477.  
  2478. "Yes, it is all we can do to make him wash his hands, and his face is as black as a tinker's. Well, when once his case has been settled, he will have a regular prison bath; and I think, if you saw him, you would agree with me that he needed it."
  2479.  
  2480. "I should like to see him very much."
  2481.  
  2482. "Would you? That is easily done. Come this way. You can leave your bag."
  2483.  
  2484. "No, I think that I'll take it."
  2485.  
  2486. "Very good. Come this way, if you please." He led us down a passage, opened a barred door, passed down a winding stair, and brought us to a whitewashed corridor with a line of doors on each side.
  2487.  
  2488. "The third on the right is his," said the inspector. "Here it is!" He quietly shot back a panel in the upper part of the door and glanced through.
  2489.  
  2490. "He is asleep," said he. "You can see him very well."
  2491.  
  2492. We both put our eyes to the grating. The prisoner lay with his face towards us, in a very deep sleep, breathing slowly and heavily. He was a middle-sized man, coarsely clad as became his calling, with a coloured shirt protruding through the rent in his tattered coat. He was, as the inspector had said, extremely dirty, but the grime which covered his face could not conceal its repulsive ugliness. A broad wheal from an old scar ran right across it from eye to chin, and by its contraction had turned up one side of the upper lip, so that three teeth were exposed in a perpetual snarl. A shock of very bright red hair grew low over his eyes and forehead.
  2493.  
  2494. "He's a beauty, isn't he?" said the inspector.
  2495.  
  2496. "He certainly needs a wash," remarked Holmes. "I had an idea that he might, and I took the liberty of bringing the tools with me." He opened the Gladstone bag as he spoke, and took out, to my astonishment, a very large bath-sponge.
  2497.  
  2498. "He! he! You are a funny one," chuckled the inspector.
  2499.  
  2500. "Now, if you will have the great goodness to open that door very quietly, we will soon make him cut a much more respectable figure."
  2501.  
  2502. "Well, I don't know why not," said the inspector. "He doesn't look a credit to the Bow Street cells, does he?" He slipped his key into the lock, and we all very quietly entered the cell. The sleeper half turned, and then settled down once more into a deep slumber. Holmes stooped to the water-jug, moistened his sponge, and then rubbed it twice vigorously across and down the prisoner's face.
  2503.  
  2504. "Let me introduce you," he shouted, "to Mr. Neville St. Clair, of Lee, in the county of Kent."
  2505.  
  2506. Never in my life have I seen such a sight. The man's face peeled off under the sponge like the bark from a tree. Gone was the coarse brown tint! Gone, too, was the horrid scar which had seamed it across, and the twisted lip which had given the repulsive sneer to the face! A twitch brought away the tangled red hair, and there, sitting up in his bed, was a pale, sad-faced, refined-looking man, black-haired and smooth-skinned, rubbing his eyes and staring about him with sleepy bewilderment. Then suddenly realising the exposure, he broke into a scream and threw himself down with his face to the pillow.
  2507.  
  2508. "Great heavens!" cried the inspector, "it is, indeed, the missing man. I know him from the photograph."
  2509.  
  2510. The prisoner turned with the reckless air of a man who abandons himself to his destiny. "Be it so," said he. "And pray what am I charged with?"
  2511.  
  2512. "With making away with Mr. Neville St.-- Oh, come, you can't be charged with that unless they make a case of attempted suicide of it," said the inspector with a grin. "Well, I have been twenty-seven years in the force, but this really takes the cake."
  2513.  
  2514. "If I am Mr. Neville St. Clair, then it is obvious that no crime has been committed, and that, therefore, I am illegally detained."
  2515.  
  2516. "No crime, but a very great error has been committed," said Holmes. "You would have done better to have trusted you wife."
  2517.  
  2518. "It was not the wife; it was the children," groaned the prisoner. "God help me, I would not have them ashamed of their father. My God! What an exposure! What can I do?"
  2519.  
  2520. Sherlock Holmes sat down beside him on the couch and patted him kindly on the shoulder.
  2521.  
  2522. "If you leave it to a court of law to clear the matter up," said he, "of course you can hardly avoid publicity. On the other hand, if you convince the police authorities that there is no possible case against you, I do not know that there is any reason that the details should find their way into the papers. Inspector Bradstreet would, I am sure, make notes upon anything which you might tell us and submit it to the proper authorities. The case would then never go into court at all."
  2523.  
  2524. "God bless you!" cried the prisoner passionately. "I would have endured imprisonment, ay, even execution, rather than have left my miserable secret as a family blot to my children.
  2525.  
  2526. "You are the first who have ever heard my story. My father was a schoolmaster in Chesterfield, where I received an excellent education. I travelled in my youth, took to the stage, and finally became a reporter on an evening paper in London. One day my editor wished to have a series of articles upon begging in the metropolis, and I volunteered to supply them. There was the point from which all my adventures started. It was only by trying begging as an amateur that I could get the facts upon which to base my articles. When an actor I had, of course, learned all the secrets of making up, and had been famous in the green-room for my skill. I took advantage now of my attainments. I painted my face, and to make myself as pitiable as possible I made a good scar and fixed one side of my lip in a twist by the aid of a small slip of flesh-coloured plaster. Then with a red head of hair, and an appropriate dress, I took my station in the business part of the city, ostensibly as a match-seller but really as a beggar. For seven hours I plied my trade, and when I returned home in the evening I found to my surprise that I had received no less than 26s. 4d.
  2527.  
  2528. "I wrote my articles and thought little more of the matter until, some time later, I backed a bill for a friend and had a writ served upon me for $25. I was at my wit's end where to get the money, but a sudden idea came to me. I begged a fortnight's grace from the creditor, asked for a holiday from my employers, and spent the time in begging in the City under my disguise. In ten days I had the money and had paid the debt.
  2529.  
  2530. "Well, you can imagine how hard it was to settle down to arduous work at $2 a week when I knew that I could earn as much in a day by smearing my face with a little paint, laying my cap on the ground, and sitting still. It was a long fight between my pride and the money, but the dollars won at last, and I threw up reporting and sat day after day in the corner which I had first chosen, inspiring pity by my ghastly face and filling my pockets with coppers. Only one man knew my secret. He was the keeper of a low den in which I used to lodge in Swandam Lane, where I could every morning emerge as a squalid beggar and in the evenings transform myself into a well-dressed man about town. This fellow, a Lascar, was well paid by me for his rooms, so that I knew that my secret was safe in his possession.
  2531.  
  2532. "Well, very soon I found that I was saving considerable sums of money. I do not mean that any beggar in the streets of London could earn $700 a year--which is less than my average takings--but I had exceptional advantages in my power of making up, and also in a facility of repartee, which improved by practice and made me quite a recognised character in the City. All day a stream of pennies, varied by silver, poured in upon me, and it was a very bad day in which I failed to take $2.
  2533.  
  2534. "As I grew richer I grew more ambitious, took a house in the country, and eventually married, without anyone having a suspicion as to my real occupation. My dear wife knew that I had business in the City. She little knew what.
  2535.  
  2536. "Last Monday I had finished for the day and was dressing in my room above the opium den when I looked out of my window and saw, to my horror and astonishment, that my wife was standing in the street, with her eyes fixed full upon me. I gave a cry of surprise, threw up my arms to cover my face, and, rushing to my confidant, the Lascar, entreated him to prevent anyone from coming up to me. I heard her voice downstairs, but I knew that she could not ascend. Swiftly I threw off my clothes, pulled on those of a beggar, and put on my pigments and wig. Even a wife's eyes could not pierce so complete a disguise. But then it occurred to me that there might be a search in the room, and that the clothes might betray me. I threw open the window, reopening by my violence a small cut which I had inflicted upon myself in the bedroom that morning. Then I seized my coat, which was weighted by the coppers which I had just transferred to it from the leather bag in which I carried my takings. I hurled it out of the window, and it disappeared into the Thames. The other clothes would have followed, but at that moment there was a rush of constables up the stair, and a few minutes after I found, rather, I confess, to my relief, that instead of being identified as Mr. Neville St. Clair, I was arrested as his murderer.
  2537.  
  2538. "I do not know that there is anything else for me to explain. I was determined to preserve my disguise as long as possible, and hence my preference for a dirty face. Knowing that my wife would be terribly anxious, I slipped off my ring and confided it to the Lascar at a moment when no constable was watching me, together with a hurried scrawl, telling her that she had no cause to fear."
  2539.  
  2540. "That note only reached her yesterday," said Holmes.
  2541.  
  2542. "Good God! What a week she must have spent!"
  2543.  
  2544. "The police have watched this Lascar," said Inspector Bradstreet, "and I can quite understand that he might find it difficult to post a letter unobserved. Probably he handed it to some sailor customer of his, who forgot all about it for some days."
  2545.  
  2546. "That was it," said Holmes, nodding approvingly; "I have no doubt of it. But have you never been prosecuted for begging?"
  2547.  
  2548. "Many times; but what was a fine to me?"
  2549.  
  2550. "It must stop here, however," said Bradstreet. "If the police are to hush this thing up, there must be no more of Hugh Boone."
  2551.  
  2552. "I have sworn it by the most solemn oaths which a man can take."
  2553.  
  2554. "In that case I think that it is probable that no further steps may be taken. But if you are found again, then all must come out. I am sure, Mr. Holmes, that we are very much indebted to you for having cleared the matter up. I wish I knew how you reach your results."
  2555.  
  2556. "I reached this one," said my friend, "by sitting upon five pillows and consuming an ounce of shag. I think, Watson, that if we drive to Baker Street we shall just be in time for breakfast."
  2557.  
  2558. VII.  THE ADVENTURE OF THE BLUE CARBUNCLE
  2559.  
  2560.  
  2561. I had called upon my friend Sherlock Holmes upon the second morning after Christmas, with the intention of wishing him the compliments of the season. He was lounging upon the sofa in a purple dressing-gown, a pipe-rack within his reach upon the right, and a pile of crumpled morning papers, evidently newly studied, near at hand. Beside the couch was a wooden chair, and on the angle of the back hung a very seedy and disreputable hard-felt hat, much the worse for wear, and cracked in several places. A lens and a forceps lying upon the seat of the chair suggested that the hat had been suspended in this manner for the purpose of examination.
  2562.  
  2563. "You are engaged," said I; "perhaps I interrupt you."
  2564.  
  2565. "Not at all. I am glad to have a friend with whom I can discuss my results. The matter is a perfectly trivial one"--he jerked his thumb in the direction of the old hat--"but there are points in connection with it which are not entirely devoid of interest and even of instruction."
  2566.  
  2567. I seated myself in his armchair and warmed my hands before his crackling fire, for a sharp frost had set in, and the windows were thick with the ice crystals. "I suppose," I remarked, "that, homely as it looks, this thing has some deadly story linked on to it--that it is the clue which will guide you in the solution of some mystery and the punishment of some crime."
  2568.  
  2569. "No, no. No crime," said Sherlock Holmes, laughing. "Only one of those whimsical little incidents which will happen when you have four million human beings all jostling each other within the space of a few square miles. Amid the action and reaction of so dense a swarm of humanity, every possible combination of events may be expected to take place, and many a little problem will be presented which may be striking and bizarre without being criminal. We have already had experience of such."
  2570.  
  2571. "So much so," I remarked, "that of the last six cases which I have added to my notes, three have been entirely free of any legal crime."
  2572.  
  2573. "Precisely. You allude to my attempt to recover the Irene Adler papers, to the singular case of Miss Mary Sutherland, and to the adventure of the man with the twisted lip. Well, I have no doubt that this small matter will fall into the same innocent category. You know Peterson, the commissionaire?"
  2574.  
  2575. "Yes."
  2576.  
  2577. "It is to him that this trophy belongs."
  2578.  
  2579. "It is his hat."
  2580.  
  2581. "No, no, he found it. Its owner is unknown. I beg that you will look upon it not as a battered billycock but as an intellectual problem. And, first, as to how it came here. It arrived upon Christmas morning, in company with a good fat goose, which is, I have no doubt, roasting at this moment in front of Peterson's fire. The facts are these: about four o'clock on Christmas morning, Peterson, who, as you know, is a very honest fellow, was returning from some small jollification and was making his way homeward down Tottenham Court Road. In front of him he saw, in the gaslight, a tallish man, walking with a slight stagger, and carrying a white goose slung over his shoulder. As he reached the corner of Goodge Street, a row broke out between this stranger and a little knot of roughs. One of the latter knocked off the man's hat, on which he raised his stick to defend himself and, swinging it over his head, smashed the shop window behind him. Peterson had rushed forward to protect the stranger from his assailants; but the man, shocked at having broken the window, and seeing an official-looking person in uniform rushing towards him, dropped his goose, took to his heels, and vanished amid the labyrinth of small streets which lie at the back of Tottenham Court Road. The roughs had also fled at the appearance of Peterson, so that he was left in possession of the field of battle, and also of the spoils of victory in the shape of this battered hat and a most unimpeachable Christmas goose."
  2582.  
  2583. "Which surely he restored to their owner?"
  2584.  
  2585. "My dear fellow, there lies the problem. It is true that 'For Mrs. Henry Baker' was printed upon a small card which was tied to the bird's left leg, and it is also true that the initials 'H. B.' are legible upon the lining of this hat, but as there are some thousands of Bakers, and some hundreds of Henry Bakers in this city of ours, it is not easy to restore lost property to any one of them."
  2586.  
  2587. "What, then, did Peterson do?"
  2588.  
  2589. "He brought round both hat and goose to me on Christmas morning, knowing that even the smallest problems are of interest to me. The goose we retained until this morning, when there were signs that, in spite of the slight frost, it would be well that it should be eaten without unnecessary delay. Its finder has carried it off, therefore, to fulfil the ultimate destiny of a goose, while I continue to retain the hat of the unknown gentleman who lost his Christmas dinner."
  2590.  
  2591. "Did he not advertise?"
  2592.  
  2593. "No."
  2594.  
  2595. "Then, what clue could you have as to his identity?"
  2596.  
  2597. "Only as much as we can deduce."
  2598.  
  2599. "From his hat?"
  2600.  
  2601. "Precisely."
  2602.  
  2603. "But you are joking. What can you gather from this old battered felt?"
  2604.  
  2605. "Here is my lens. You know my methods. What can you gather yourself as to the individuality of the man who has worn this article?"
  2606.  
  2607. I took the tattered object in my hands and turned it over rather ruefully. It was a very ordinary black hat of the usual round shape, hard and much the worse for wear. The lining had been of red silk, but was a good deal discoloured. There was no maker's name; but, as Holmes had remarked, the initials "H. B." were scrawled upon one side. It was pierced in the brim for a hat-securer, but the elastic was missing. For the rest, it was cracked, exceedingly dusty, and spotted in several places, although there seemed to have been some attempt to hide the discoloured patches by smearing them with ink.
  2608.  
  2609. "I can see nothing," said I, handing it back to my friend.
  2610.  
  2611. "On the contrary, Watson, you can see everything. You fail, however, to reason from what you see. You are too timid in drawing your inferences."
  2612.  
  2613. "Then, pray tell me what it is that you can infer from this hat?"
  2614.  
  2615. He picked it up and gazed at it in the peculiar introspective fashion which was characteristic of him. "It is perhaps less suggestive than it might have been," he remarked, "and yet there are a few inferences which are very distinct, and a few others which represent at least a strong balance of probability. That the man was highly intellectual is of course obvious upon the face of it, and also that he was fairly well-to-do within the last three years, although he has now fallen upon evil days. He had foresight, but has less now than formerly, pointing to a moral retrogression, which, when taken with the decline of his fortunes, seems to indicate some evil influence, probably drink, at work upon him. This may account also for the obvious fact that his wife has ceased to love him."
  2616.  
  2617. "My dear Holmes!"
  2618.  
  2619. "He has, however, retained some degree of self-respect," he continued, disregarding my remonstrance. "He is a man who leads a sedentary life, goes out little, is out of training entirely, is middle-aged, has grizzled hair which he has had cut within the last few days, and which he anoints with lime-cream. These are the more patent facts which are to be deduced from his hat. Also, by the way, that it is extremely improbable that he has gas laid on in his house."
  2620.  
  2621. "You are certainly joking, Holmes."
  2622.  
  2623. "Not in the least. Is it possible that even now, when I give you these results, you are unable to see how they are attained?"
  2624.  
  2625. "I have no doubt that I am very stupid, but I must confess that I am unable to follow you. For example, how did you deduce that this man was intellectual?"
  2626.  
  2627. For answer Holmes clapped the hat upon his head. It came right over the forehead and settled upon the bridge of his nose. "It is a question of cubic capacity," said he; "a man with so large a brain must have something in it."
  2628.  
  2629. "The decline of his fortunes, then?"
  2630.  
  2631. "This hat is three years old. These flat brims curled at the edge came in then. It is a hat of the very best quality. Look at the band of ribbed silk and the excellent lining. If this man could afford to buy so expensive a hat three years ago, and has had no hat since, then he has assuredly gone down in the world."
  2632.  
  2633. "Well, that is clear enough, certainly. But how about the foresight and the moral retrogression?"
  2634.  
  2635. Sherlock Holmes laughed. "Here is the foresight," said he putting his finger upon the little disc and loop of the hat-securer. "They are never sold upon hats. If this man ordered one, it is a sign of a certain amount of foresight, since he went out of his way to take this precaution against the wind. But since we see that he has broken the elastic and has not troubled to replace it, it is obvious that he has less foresight now than formerly, which is a distinct proof of a weakening nature. On the other hand, he has endeavoured to conceal some of these stains upon the felt by daubing them with ink, which is a sign that he has not entirely lost his self-respect."
  2636.  
  2637. "Your reasoning is certainly plausible."
  2638.  
  2639. "The further points, that he is middle-aged, that his hair is grizzled, that it has been recently cut, and that he uses lime-cream, are all to be gathered from a close examination of the lower part of the lining. The lens discloses a large number of hair-ends, clean cut by the scissors of the barber. They all appear to be adhesive, and there is a distinct odour of lime-cream. This dust, you will observe, is not the gritty, grey dust of the street but the fluffy brown dust of the house, showing that it has been hung up indoors most of the time, while the marks of moisture upon the inside are proof positive that the wearer perspired very freely, and could therefore, hardly be in the best of training."
  2640.  
  2641. "But his wife--you said that she had ceased to love him."
  2642.  
  2643. "This hat has not been brushed for weeks. When I see you, my dear Watson, with a week's accumulation of dust upon your hat, and when your wife allows you to go out in such a state, I shall fear that you also have been unfortunate enough to lose your wife's affection."
  2644.  
  2645. "But he might be a bachelor."
  2646.  
  2647. "Nay, he was bringing home the goose as a peace-offering to his wife. Remember the card upon the bird's leg."
  2648.  
  2649. "You have an answer to everything. But how on earth do you deduce that the gas is not laid on in his house?"
  2650.  
  2651. "One tallow stain, or even two, might come by chance; but when I see no less than five, I think that there can be little doubt that the individual must be brought into frequent contact with burning tallow--walks upstairs at night probably with his hat in one hand and a guttering candle in the other. Anyhow, he never got tallow-stains from a gas-jet. Are you satisfied?"
  2652.  
  2653. "Well, it is very ingenious," said I, laughing; "but since, as you said just now, there has been no crime committed, and no harm done save the loss of a goose, all this seems to be rather a waste of energy."
  2654.  
  2655. Sherlock Holmes had opened his mouth to reply, when the door flew open, and Peterson, the commissionaire, rushed into the apartment with flushed cheeks and the face of a man who is dazed with astonishment.
  2656.  
  2657. "The goose, Mr. Holmes! The goose, sir!" he gasped.
  2658.  
  2659. "Eh? What of it, then? Has it returned to life and flapped off through the kitchen window?" Holmes twisted himself round upon the sofa to get a fairer view of the man's excited face.
  2660.  
  2661. "See here, sir! See what my wife found in its crop!" He held out his hand and displayed upon the centre of the palm a brilliantly scintillating blue stone, rather smaller than a bean in size, but of such purity and radiance that it twinkled like an electric point in the dark hollow of his hand.
  2662.  
  2663. Sherlock Holmes sat up with a whistle. "By Jove, Peterson!" said he, "this is treasure trove indeed. I suppose you know what you have got?"
  2664.  
  2665. "A diamond, sir? A precious stone. It cuts into glass as though it were putty."
  2666.  
  2667. "It's more than a precious stone. It is the precious stone."
  2668.  
  2669. "Not the Countess of Morcar's blue carbuncle!" I ejaculated.
  2670.  
  2671. "Precisely so. I ought to know its size and shape, seeing that I have read the advertisement about it in The Times every day lately. It is absolutely unique, and its value can only be conjectured, but the reward offered of $1000 is certainly not within a twentieth part of the market price."
  2672.  
  2673. "A thousand pounds! Great Lord of mercy!" The commissionaire plumped down into a chair and stared from one to the other of us.
  2674.  
  2675. "That is the reward, and I have reason to know that there are sentimental considerations in the background which would induce the Countess to part with half her fortune if she could but recover the gem."
  2676.  
  2677. "It was lost, if I remember aright, at the Hotel Cosmopolitan," I remarked.
  2678.  
  2679. "Precisely so, on December 22nd, just five days ago. John Horner, a plumber, was accused of having abstracted it from the lady's jewel-case. The evidence against him was so strong that the case has been referred to the Assizes. I have some account of the matter here, I believe." He rummaged amid his newspapers, glancing over the dates, until at last he smoothed one out, doubled it over, and read the following paragraph:
  2680.  
  2681. "Hotel Cosmopolitan Jewel Robbery. John Horner, 26, plumber, was brought up upon the charge of having upon the 22nd inst., abstracted from the jewel-case of the Countess of Morcar the valuable gem known as the blue carbuncle. James Ryder, upper-attendant at the hotel, gave his evidence to the effect that he had shown Horner up to the dressing-room of the Countess of Morcar upon the day of the robbery in order that he might solder the second bar of the grate, which was loose. He had remained with Horner some little time, but had finally been called away. On returning, he found that Horner had disappeared, that the bureau had been forced open, and that the small morocco casket in which, as it afterwards transpired, the Countess was accustomed to keep her jewel, was lying empty upon the dressing-table. Ryder instantly gave the alarm, and Horner was arrested the same evening; but the stone could not be found either upon his person or in his rooms. Catherine Cusack, maid to the Countess, deposed to having heard Ryder's cry of dismay on discovering the robbery, and to having rushed into the room, where she found matters as described by the last witness. Inspector Bradstreet, B division, gave evidence as to the arrest of Horner, who struggled frantically, and protested his innocence in the strongest terms. Evidence of a previous conviction for robbery having been given against the prisoner, the magistrate refused to deal summarily with the offence, but referred it to the Assizes. Horner, who had shown signs of intense emotion during the proceedings, fainted away at the conclusion and was carried out of court."
  2682.  
  2683. "Hum! So much for the police-court," said Holmes thoughtfully, tossing aside the paper. "The question for us now to solve is the sequence of events leading from a rifled jewel-case at one end to the crop of a goose in Tottenham Court Road at the other. You see, Watson, our little deductions have suddenly assumed a much more important and less innocent aspect. Here is the stone; the stone came from the goose, and the goose came from Mr. Henry Baker, the gentleman with the bad hat and all the other characteristics with which I have bored you. So now we must set ourselves very seriously to finding this gentleman and ascertaining what part he has played in this little mystery. To do this, we must try the simplest means first, and these lie undoubtedly in an advertisement in all the evening papers. If this fail, I shall have recourse to other methods."
  2684.  
  2685. "What will you say?"
  2686.  
  2687. "Give me a pencil and that slip of paper. Now, then: 'Found at the corner of Goodge Street, a goose and a black felt hat. Mr. Henry Baker can have the same by applying at 6:30 this evening at 221B, Baker Street.' That is clear and concise."
  2688.  
  2689. "Very. But will he see it?"
  2690.  
  2691. "Well, he is sure to keep an eye on the papers, since, to a poor man, the loss was a heavy one. He was clearly so scared by his mischance in breaking the window and by the approach of Peterson that he thought of nothing but flight, but since then he must have bitterly regretted the impulse which caused him to drop his bird. Then, again, the introduction of his name will cause him to see it, for everyone who knows him will direct his attention to it. Here you are, Peterson, run down to the advertising agency and have this put in the evening papers."
  2692.  
  2693. "In which, sir?"
  2694.  
  2695. "Oh, in the Globe, Star, Pall Mall, St. James's, Evening News, Standard, Echo, and any others that occur to you."
  2696.  
  2697. "Very well, sir. And this stone?"
  2698.  
  2699. "Ah, yes, I shall keep the stone. Thank you. And, I say, Peterson, just buy a goose on your way back and leave it here with me, for we must have one to give to this gentleman in place of the one which your family is now devouring."
  2700.  
  2701. When the commissionaire had gone, Holmes took up the stone and held it against the light. "It's a bonny thing," said he. "Just see how it glints and sparkles. Of course it is a nucleus and focus of crime. Every good stone is. They are the devil's pet baits. In the larger and older jewels every facet may stand for a bloody deed. This stone is not yet twenty years old. It was found in the banks of the Amoy River in southern China and is remarkable in having every characteristic of the carbuncle, save that it is blue in shade instead of ruby red. In spite of its youth, it has already a sinister history. There have been two murders, a vitriol-throwing, a suicide, and several robberies brought about for the sake of this forty-grain weight of crystallised charcoal. Who would think that so pretty a toy would be a purveyor to the gallows and the prison? I'll lock it up in my strong box now and drop a line to the Countess to say that we have it."
  2702.  
  2703. "Do you think that this man Horner is innocent?"
  2704.  
  2705. "I cannot tell."
  2706.  
  2707. "Well, then, do you imagine that this other one, Henry Baker, had anything to do with the matter?"
  2708.  
  2709. "It is, I think, much more likely that Henry Baker is an absolutely innocent man, who had no idea that the bird which he was carrying was of considerably more value than if it were made of solid gold. That, however, I shall determine by a very simple test if we have an answer to our advertisement."
  2710.  
  2711. "And you can do nothing until then?"
  2712.  
  2713. "Nothing."
  2714.  
  2715. "In that case I shall continue my professional round. But I shall come back in the evening at the hour you have mentioned, for I should like to see the solution of so tangled a business."
  2716.  
  2717. "Very glad to see you. I dine at seven. There is a woodcock, I believe. By the way, in view of recent occurrences, perhaps I ought to ask Mrs. Hudson to examine its crop."
  2718.  
  2719. I had been delayed at a case, and it was a little after half-past six when I found myself in Baker Street once more. As I approached the house I saw a tall man in a Scotch bonnet with a coat which was buttoned up to his chin waiting outside in the bright semicircle which was thrown from the fanlight. Just as I arrived the door was opened, and we were shown up together to Holmes' room.
  2720.  
  2721. "Mr. Henry Baker, I believe," said he, rising from his armchair and greeting his visitor with the easy air of geniality which he could so readily assume. "Pray take this chair by the fire, Mr. Baker. It is a cold night, and I observe that your circulation is more adapted for summer than for winter. Ah, Watson, you have just come at the right time. Is that your hat, Mr. Baker?"
  2722.  
  2723. "Yes, sir, that is undoubtedly my hat."
  2724.  
  2725. He was a large man with rounded shoulders, a massive head, and a broad, intelligent face, sloping down to a pointed beard of grizzled brown. A touch of red in nose and cheeks, with a slight tremor of his extended hand, recalled Holmes' surmise as to his habits. His rusty black frock-coat was buttoned right up in front, with the collar turned up, and his lank wrists protruded from his sleeves without a sign of cuff or shirt. He spoke in a slow staccato fashion, choosing his words with care, and gave the impression generally of a man of learning and letters who had had ill-usage at the hands of fortune.
  2726.  
  2727. "We have retained these things for some days," said Holmes, "because we expected to see an advertisement from you giving your address. I am at a loss to know now why you did not advertise."
  2728.  
  2729. Our visitor gave a rather shamefaced laugh. "Shillings have not been so plentiful with me as they once were," he remarked. "I had no doubt that the gang of roughs who assaulted me had carried off both my hat and the bird. I did not care to spend more money in a hopeless attempt at recovering them."
  2730.  
  2731. "Very naturally. By the way, about the bird, we were compelled to eat it."
  2732.  
  2733. "To eat it!" Our visitor half rose from his chair in his excitement.
  2734.  
  2735. "Yes, it would have been of no use to anyone had we not done so. But I presume that this other goose upon the sideboard, which is about the same weight and perfectly fresh, will answer your purpose equally well?"
  2736.  
  2737. "Oh, certainly, certainly," answered Mr. Baker with a sigh of relief.
  2738.  
  2739. "Of course, we still have the feathers, legs, crop, and so on of your own bird, so if you wish--"
  2740.  
  2741. The man burst into a hearty laugh. "They might be useful to me as relics of my adventure," said he, "but beyond that I can hardly see what use the disjecta membra of my late acquaintance are going to be to me. No, sir, I think that, with your permission, I will confine my attentions to the excellent bird which I perceive upon the sideboard."
  2742.  
  2743. Sherlock Holmes glanced sharply across at me with a slight shrug of his shoulders.
  2744.  
  2745. "There is your hat, then, and there your bird," said he. "By the way, would it bore you to tell me where you got the other one from? I am somewhat of a fowl fancier, and I have seldom seen a better grown goose."
  2746.  
  2747. "Certainly, sir," said Baker, who had risen and tucked his newly gained property under his arm. "There are a few of us who frequent the Alpha Inn, near the Museum--we are to be found in the Museum itself during the day, you understand. This year our good host, Windigate by name, instituted a goose club, by which, on consideration of some few pence every week, we were each to receive a bird at Christmas. My pence were duly paid, and the rest is familiar to you. I am much indebted to you, sir, for a Scotch bonnet is fitted neither to my years nor my gravity." With a comical pomposity of manner he bowed solemnly to both of us and strode off upon his way.
  2748.  
  2749. "So much for Mr. Henry Baker," said Holmes when he had closed the door behind him. "It is quite certain that he knows nothing whatever about the matter. Are you hungry, Watson?"
  2750.  
  2751. "Not particularly."
  2752.  
  2753. "Then I suggest that we turn our dinner into a supper and follow up this clue while it is still hot."
  2754.  
  2755. "By all means."
  2756.  
  2757. It was a bitter night, so we drew on our ulsters and wrapped cravats about our throats. Outside, the stars were shining coldly in a cloudless sky, and the breath of the passers-by blew out into smoke like so many pistol shots. Our footfalls rang out crisply and loudly as we swung through the doctors' quarter, Wimpole Street, Harley Street, and so through Wigmore Street into Oxford Street. In a quarter of an hour we were in Bloomsbury at the Alpha Inn, which is a small public-house at the corner of one of the streets which runs down into Holborn. Holmes pushed open the door of the private bar and ordered two glasses of beer from the ruddy-faced, white-aproned landlord.
  2758.  
  2759. "Your beer should be excellent if it is as good as your geese," said he.
  2760.  
  2761. "My geese!" The man seemed surprised.
  2762.  
  2763. "Yes. I was speaking only half an hour ago to Mr. Henry Baker, who was a member of your goose club."
  2764.  
  2765. "Ah! yes, I see. But you see, sir, them's not our geese."
  2766.  
  2767. "Indeed! Whose, then?"
  2768.  
  2769. "Well, I got the two dozen from a salesman in Covent Garden."
  2770.  
  2771. "Indeed? I know some of them. Which was it?"
  2772.  
  2773. "Breckinridge is his name."
  2774.  
  2775. "Ah! I don't know him. Well, here's your good health landlord, and prosperity to your house. Good-night."
  2776.  
  2777. "Now for Mr. Breckinridge," he continued, buttoning up his coat as we came out into the frosty air. "Remember, Watson that though we have so homely a thing as a goose at one end of this chain, we have at the other a man who will certainly get seven years' penal servitude unless we can establish his innocence. It is possible that our inquiry may but confirm his guilt; but, in any case, we have a line of investigation which has been missed by the police, and which a singular chance has placed in our hands. Let us follow it out to the bitter end. Faces to the south, then, and quick march!"
  2778.  
  2779. We passed across Holborn, down Endell Street, and so through a zigzag of slums to Covent Garden Market. One of the largest stalls bore the name of Breckinridge upon it, and the proprietor a horsey-looking man, with a sharp face and trim side-whiskers was helping a boy to put up the shutters.
  2780.  
  2781. "Good-evening. It's a cold night," said Holmes.
  2782.  
  2783. The salesman nodded and shot a questioning glance at my companion.
  2784.  
  2785. "Sold out of geese, I see," continued Holmes, pointing at the bare slabs of marble.
  2786.  
  2787. "Let you have five hundred to-morrow morning."
  2788.  
  2789. "That's no good."
  2790.  
  2791. "Well, there are some on the stall with the gas-flare."
  2792.  
  2793. "Ah, but I was recommended to you."
  2794.  
  2795. "Who by?"
  2796.  
  2797. "The landlord of the Alpha."
  2798.  
  2799. "Oh, yes; I sent him a couple of dozen."
  2800.  
  2801. "Fine birds they were, too. Now where did you get them from?"
  2802.  
  2803. To my surprise the question provoked a burst of anger from the salesman.
  2804.  
  2805. "Now, then, mister," said he, with his head cocked and his arms akimbo, "what are you driving at? Let's have it straight, now."
  2806.  
  2807. "It is straight enough. I should like to know who sold you the geese which you supplied to the Alpha."
  2808.  
  2809. "Well then, I shan't tell you. So now!"
  2810.  
  2811. "Oh, it is a matter of no importance; but I don't know why you should be so warm over such a trifle."
  2812.  
  2813. "Warm! You'd be as warm, maybe, if you were as pestered as I am. When I pay good money for a good article there should be an end of the business; but it's 'Where are the geese?' and 'Who did you sell the geese to?' and 'What will you take for the geese?' One would think they were the only geese in the world, to hear the fuss that is made over them."
  2814.  
  2815. "Well, I have no connection with any other people who have been making inquiries," said Holmes carelessly. "If you won't tell us the bet is off, that is all. But I'm always ready to back my opinion on a matter of fowls, and I have a fiver on it that the bird I ate is country bred."
  2816.  
  2817. "Well, then, you've lost your fiver, for it's town bred," snapped the salesman.
  2818.  
  2819. "It's nothing of the kind."
  2820.  
  2821. "I say it is."
  2822.  
  2823. "I don't believe it."
  2824.  
  2825. "D'you think you know more about fowls than I, who have handled them ever since I was a nipper? I tell you, all those birds that went to the Alpha were town bred."
  2826.  
  2827. "You'll never persuade me to believe that."
  2828.  
  2829. "Will you bet, then?"
  2830.  
  2831. "It's merely taking your money, for I know that I am right. But I'll have a sovereign on with you, just to teach you not to be obstinate."
  2832.  
  2833. The salesman chuckled grimly. "Bring me the books, Bill," said he.
  2834.  
  2835. The small boy brought round a small thin volume and a great greasy-backed one, laying them out together beneath the hanging lamp.
  2836.  
  2837. "Now then, Mr. Cocksure," said the salesman, "I thought that I was out of geese, but before I finish you'll find that there is still one left in my shop. You see this little book?"
  2838.  
  2839. "Well?"
  2840.  
  2841. "That's the list of the folk from whom I buy. D'you see? Well, then, here on this page are the country folk, and the numbers after their names are where their accounts are in the big ledger. Now, then! You see this other page in red ink? Well, that is a list of my town suppliers. Now, look at that third name. Just read it out to me."
  2842.  
  2843. "Mrs. Oakshott, 117, Brixton Road--249," read Holmes.
  2844.  
  2845. "Quite so. Now turn that up in the ledger."
  2846.  
  2847. Holmes turned to the page indicated. "Here you are, 'Mrs. Oakshott, 117, Brixton Road, egg and poultry supplier.' "
  2848.  
  2849. "Now, then, what's the last entry?"
  2850.  
  2851. " 'December 22nd. Twenty-four geese at 7s. 6d.' "
  2852.  
  2853. "Quite so. There you are. And underneath?"
  2854.  
  2855. " 'Sold to Mr. Windigate of the Alpha, at 12s.' "
  2856.  
  2857. "What have you to say now?"
  2858.  
  2859. Sherlock Holmes looked deeply chagrined. He drew a sovereign from his pocket and threw it down upon the slab, turning away with the air of a man whose disgust is too deep for words. A few yards off he stopped under a lamp-post and laughed in the hearty, noiseless fashion which was peculiar to him.
  2860.  
  2861. "When you see a man with whiskers of that cut and the 'Pink 'un' protruding out of his pocket, you can always draw him by a bet," said he. "I daresay that if I had put $100 down in front of him, that man would not have given me such complete information as was drawn from him by the idea that he was doing me on a wager. Well, Watson, we are, I fancy, nearing the end of our quest, and the only point which remains to be determined is whether we should go on to this Mrs. Oakshott to-night, or whether we should reserve it for to-morrow. It is clear from what that surly fellow said that there are others besides ourselves who are anxious about the matter, and I should--"
  2862.  
  2863. His remarks were suddenly cut short by a loud hubbub which broke out from the stall which we had just left. Turning round we saw a little rat-faced fellow standing in the centre of the circle of yellow light which was thrown by the swinging lamp, while Breckinridge, the salesman, framed in the door of his stall, was shaking his fists fiercely at the cringing figure.
  2864.  
  2865. "I've had enough of you and your geese," he shouted. "I wish you were all at the devil together. If you come pestering me any more with your silly talk I'll set the dog at you. You bring Mrs. Oakshott here and I'll answer her, but what have you to do with it? Did I buy the geese off you?"
  2866.  
  2867. "No; but one of them was mine all the same," whined the little man.
  2868.  
  2869. "Well, then, ask Mrs. Oakshott for it."
  2870.  
  2871. "She told me to ask you."
  2872.  
  2873. "Well, you can ask the King of Proosia, for all I care. I've had enough of it. Get out of this!" He rushed fiercely forward, and the inquirer flitted away into the darkness.
  2874.  
  2875. "Ha! this may save us a visit to Brixton Road," whispered Holmes. "Come with me, and we will see what is to be made of this fellow." Striding through the scattered knots of people who lounged round the flaring stalls, my companion speedily overtook the little man and touched him upon the shoulder. He sprang round, and I could see in the gas-light that every vestige of colour had been driven from his face.
  2876.  
  2877. "Who are you, then? What do you want?" he asked in a quavering voice.
  2878.  
  2879. "You will excuse me," said Holmes blandly, "but I could not help overhearing the questions which you put to the salesman just now. I think that I could be of assistance to you."
  2880.  
  2881. "You? Who are you? How could you know anything of the matter?"
  2882.  
  2883. "My name is Sherlock Holmes. It is my business to know what other people don't know."
  2884.  
  2885. "But you can know nothing of this?"
  2886.  
  2887. "Excuse me, I know everything of it. You are endeavouring to trace some geese which were sold by Mrs. Oakshott, of Brixton Road, to a salesman named Breckinridge, by him in turn to Mr. Windigate, of the Alpha, and by him to his club, of which Mr. Henry Baker is a member."
  2888.  
  2889. "Oh, sir, you are the very man whom I have longed to meet," cried the little fellow with outstretched hands and quivering fingers. "I can hardly explain to you how interested I am in this matter."
  2890.  
  2891. Sherlock Holmes hailed a four-wheeler which was passing. "In that case we had better discuss it in a cosy room rather than in this wind-swept market-place," said he. "But pray tell me, before we go farther, who it is that I have the pleasure of assisting."
  2892.  
  2893. The man hesitated for an instant. "My name is John Robinson," he answered with a sidelong glance.
  2894.  
  2895. "No, no; the real name," said Holmes sweetly. "It is always awkward doing business with an alias."
  2896.  
  2897. A flush sprang to the white cheeks of the stranger. "Well then," said he, "my real name is James Ryder."
  2898.  
  2899. "Precisely so. Head attendant at the Hotel Cosmopolitan. Pray step into the cab, and I shall soon be able to tell you everything which you would wish to know."
  2900.  
  2901. The little man stood glancing from one to the other of us with half-frightened, half-hopeful eyes, as one who is not sure whether he is on the verge of a windfall or of a catastrophe. Then he stepped into the cab, and in half an hour we were back in the sitting-room at Baker Street. Nothing had been said during our drive, but the high, thin breathing of our new companion, and the claspings and unclaspings of his hands, spoke of the nervous tension within him.
  2902.  
  2903. "Here we are!" said Holmes cheerily as we filed into the room. "The fire looks very seasonable in this weather. You look cold, Mr. Ryder. Pray take the basket-chair. I will just put on my slippers before we settle this little matter of yours. Now, then! You want to know what became of those geese?"
  2904.  
  2905. "Yes, sir."
  2906.  
  2907. "Or rather, I fancy, of that goose. It was one bird, I imagine in which you were interested--white, with a black bar across the tail."
  2908.  
  2909. Ryder quivered with emotion. "Oh, sir," he cried, "can you tell me where it went to?"
  2910.  
  2911. "It came here."
  2912.  
  2913. "Here?"
  2914.  
  2915. "Yes, and a most remarkable bird it proved. I don't wonder that you should take an interest in it. It laid an egg after it was dead--the bonniest, brightest little blue egg that ever was seen. I have it here in my museum."
  2916.  
  2917. Our visitor staggered to his feet and clutched the mantelpiece with his right hand. Holmes unlocked his strong-box and held up the blue carbuncle, which shone out like a star, with a cold, brilliant, many-pointed radiance. Ryder stood glaring with a drawn face, uncertain whether to claim or to disown it.
  2918.  
  2919. "The game's up, Ryder," said Holmes quietly. "Hold up, man, or you'll be into the fire! Give him an arm back into his chair, Watson. He's not got blood enough to go in for felony with impunity. Give him a dash of brandy. So! Now he looks a little more human. What a shrimp it is, to be sure!"
  2920.  
  2921. For a moment he had staggered and nearly fallen, but the brandy brought a tinge of colour into his cheeks, and he sat staring with frightened eyes at his accuser.
  2922.  
  2923. "I have almost every link in my hands, and all the proofs which I could possibly need, so there is little which you need tell me. Still, that little may as well be cleared up to make the case complete. You had heard, Ryder, of this blue stone of the Countess of Morcar's?"
  2924.  
  2925. "It was Catherine Cusack who told me of it," said he in a crackling voice.
  2926.  
  2927. "I see--her ladyship's waiting-maid. Well, the temptation of sudden wealth so easily acquired was too much for you, as it has been for better men before you; but you were not very scrupulous in the means you used. It seems to me, Ryder, that there is the making of a very pretty villain in you. You knew that this man Horner, the plumber, had been concerned in some such matter before, and that suspicion would rest the more readily upon him. What did you do, then? You made some small job in my lady's room--you and your confederate Cusack--and you managed that he should be the man sent for. Then, when he had left, you rifled the jewel-case, raised the alarm, and had this unfortunate man arrested. You then--"
  2928.  
  2929. Ryder threw himself down suddenly upon the rug and clutched at my companion's knees. "For God's sake, have mercy!" he shrieked. "Think of my father! Of my mother! It would break their hearts. I never went wrong before! I never will again. I swear it. I'll swear it on a Bible. Oh, don't bring it into court! For Christ's sake, don't!"
  2930.  
  2931. "Get back into your chair!" said Holmes sternly. "It is very well to cringe and crawl now, but you thought little enough of this poor Horner in the dock for a crime of which he knew nothing."
  2932.  
  2933. "I will fly, Mr. Holmes. I will leave the country, sir. Then the charge against him will break down."
  2934.  
  2935. "Hum! We will talk about that. And now let us hear a true account of the next act. How came the stone into the goose, and how came the goose into the open market? Tell us the truth, for there lies your only hope of safety."
  2936.  
  2937. Ryder passed his tongue over his parched lips. "I will tell you it just as it happened, sir," said he. "When Horner had been arrested, it seemed to me that it would be best for me to get away with the stone at once, for I did not know at what moment the police might not take it into their heads to search me and my room. There was no place about the hotel where it would be safe. I went out, as if on some commission, and I made for my sister's house. She had married a man named Oakshott, and lived in Brixton Road, where she fattened fowls for the market. All the way there every man I met seemed to me to be a policeman or a detective; and, for all that it was a cold night, the sweat was pouring down my face before I came to the Brixton Road. My sister asked me what was the matter, and why I was so pale; but I told her that I had been upset by the jewel robbery at the hotel. Then I went into the back yard and smoked a pipe and wondered what it would be best to do.
  2938.  
  2939. "I had a friend once called Maudsley, who went to the bad, and has just been serving his time in Pentonville. One day he had met me, and fell into talk about the ways of thieves, and how they could get rid of what they stole. I knew that he would be true to me, for I knew one or two things about him; so I made up my mind to go right on to Kilburn, where he lived, and take him into my confidence. He would show me how to turn the stone into money. But how to get to him in safety? I thought of the agonies I had gone through in coming from the hotel. I might at any moment be seized and searched, and there would be the stone in my waistcoat pocket. I was leaning against the wall at the time and looking at the geese which were waddling about round my feet, and suddenly an idea came into my head which showed me how I could beat the best detective that ever lived.
  2940.  
  2941. "My sister had told me some weeks before that I might have the pick of her geese for a Christmas present, and I knew that she was always as good as her word. I would take my goose now, and in it I would carry my stone to Kilburn. There was a little shed in the yard, and behind this I drove one of the birds--a fine big one, white, with a barred tail. I caught it, and prying its bill open, I thrust the stone down its throat as far as my finger could reach. The bird gave a gulp, and I felt the stone pass along its gullet and down into its crop. But the creature flapped and struggled, and out came my sister to know what was the matter. As I turned to speak to her the brute broke loose and fluttered off among the others.
  2942.  
  2943. " 'Whatever were you doing with that bird, Jem?' says she.
  2944.  
  2945. " 'Well,' said I, 'you said you'd give me one for Christmas, and I was feeling which was the fattest.'
  2946.  
  2947. " 'Oh,' says she, 'we've set yours aside for you--Jem's bird, we call it. It's the big white one over yonder. There's twenty-six of them, which makes one for you, and one for us, and two dozen for the market.'
  2948.  
  2949. " 'Thank you, Maggie,' says I; 'but if it is all the same to you, I'd rather have that one I was handling just now.'
  2950.  
  2951. " 'The other is a good three pound heavier,' said she, 'and we fattened it expressly for you.'
  2952.  
  2953. " 'Never mind. I'll have the other, and I'll take it now,' said I.
  2954.  
  2955. " 'Oh, just as you like,' said she, a little huffed. 'Which is it you want, then?'
  2956.  
  2957. " 'That white one with the barred tail, right in the middle of the flock.'
  2958.  
  2959. " 'Oh, very well. Kill it and take it with you.'
  2960.  
  2961. "Well, I did what she said, Mr. Holmes, and I carried the bird all the way to Kilburn. I told my pal what I had done, for he was a man that it was easy to tell a thing like that to. He laughed until he choked, and we got a knife and opened the goose. My heart turned to water, for there was no sign of the stone, and I knew that some terrible mistake had occurred. I left the bird, rushed back to my sister's, and hurried into the back yard. There was not a bird to be seen there.
  2962.  
  2963. " 'Where are they all, Maggie?' I cried.
  2964.  
  2965. " 'Gone to the dealer's, Jem.'
  2966.  
  2967. " 'Which dealer's?'
  2968.  
  2969. " 'Breckinridge, of Covent Garden.'
  2970.  
  2971. " 'But was there another with a barred tail?' I asked, 'the same as the one I chose?'
  2972.  
  2973. " 'Yes, Jem; there were two barred-tailed ones, and I could never tell them apart.'
  2974.  
  2975. "Well, then, of course I saw it all, and I ran off as hard as my feet would carry me to this man Breckinridge; but he had sold the lot at once, and not one word would he tell me as to where they had gone. You heard him yourselves to-night. Well, he has always answered me like that. My sister thinks that I am going mad. Sometimes I think that I am myself. And now--and now I am myself a branded thief, without ever having touched the wealth for which I sold my character. God help me! God help me!" He burst into convulsive sobbing, with his face buried in his hands.
  2976.  
  2977. There was a long silence, broken only by his heavy breathing and by the measured tapping of Sherlock Holmes' finger-tips upon the edge of the table. Then my friend rose and threw open the door.
  2978.  
  2979. "Get out!" said he.
  2980.  
  2981. "What, sir! Oh, Heaven bless you!"
  2982.  
  2983. "No more words. Get out!"
  2984.  
  2985. And no more words were needed. There was a rush, a clatter upon the stairs, the bang of a door, and the crisp rattle of running footfalls from the street.
  2986.  
  2987. "After all, Watson," said Holmes, reaching up his hand for his clay pipe, "I am not retained by the police to supply their deficiencies. If Horner were in danger it would be another thing; but this fellow will not appear against him, and the case must collapse. I suppose that I am commuting a felony, but it is just possible that I am saving a soul. This fellow will not go wrong again; he is too terribly frightened. Send him to gaol now, and you make him a gaol-bird for life. Besides, it is the season of forgiveness. Chance has put in our way a most singular and whimsical problem, and its solution is its own reward. If you will have the goodness to touch the bell, Doctor, we will begin another investigation, in which, also a bird will be the chief feature."
  2988.  
  2989. VIII.  THE ADVENTURE OF THE SPECKLED BAND
  2990.  
  2991.  
  2992. On glancing over my notes of the seventy odd cases in which I have during the last eight years studied the methods of my friend Sherlock Holmes, I find many tragic, some comic, a large number merely strange, but none commonplace; for, working as he did rather for the love of his art than for the acquirement of wealth, he refused to associate himself with any investigation which did not tend towards the unusual, and even the fantastic. Of all these varied cases, however, I cannot recall any which presented more singular features than that which was associated with the well-known Surrey family of the Roylotts of Stoke Moran. The events in question occurred in the early days of my association with Holmes, when we were sharing rooms as bachelors in Baker Street. It is possible that I might have placed them upon record before, but a promise of secrecy was made at the time, from which I have only been freed during the last month by the untimely death of the lady to whom the pledge was given. It is perhaps as well that the facts should now come to light, for I have reasons to know that there are widespread rumours as to the death of Dr. Grimesby Roylott which tend to make the matter even more terrible than the truth.
  2993.  
  2994. It was early in April in the year '83 that I woke one morning to find Sherlock Holmes standing, fully dressed, by the side of my bed. He was a late riser, as a rule, and as the clock on the mantelpiece showed me that it was only a quarter-past seven, I blinked up at him in some surprise, and perhaps just a little resentment, for I was myself regular in my habits.
  2995.  
  2996. "Very sorry to knock you up, Watson," said he, "but it's the common lot this morning. Mrs. Hudson has been knocked up, she retorted upon me, and I on you."
  2997.  
  2998. "What is it, then--a fire?"
  2999.  
  3000. "No; a client. It seems that a young lady has arrived in a considerable state of excitement, who insists upon seeing me. She is waiting now in the sitting-room. Now, when young ladies wander about the metropolis at this hour of the morning, and knock sleepy people up out of their beds, I presume that it is something very pressing which they have to communicate. Should it prove to be an interesting case, you would, I am sure, wish to follow it from the outset. I thought, at any rate, that I should call you and give you the chance."
  3001.  
  3002. "My dear fellow, I would not miss it for anything."
  3003.  
  3004. I had no keener pleasure than in following Holmes in his professional investigations, and in admiring the rapid deductions, as swift as intuitions, and yet always founded on a logical basis with which he unravelled the problems which were submitted to him. I rapidly threw on my clothes and was ready in a few minutes to accompany my friend down to the sitting-room. A lady dressed in black and heavily veiled, who had been sitting in the window, rose as we entered.
  3005.  
  3006. "Good-morning, madam," said Holmes cheerily. "My name is Sherlock Holmes. This is my intimate friend and associate, Dr. Watson, before whom you can speak as freely as before myself. Ha! I am glad to see that Mrs. Hudson has had the good sense to light the fire. Pray draw up to it, and I shall order you a cup of hot coffee, for I observe that you are shivering."
  3007.  
  3008. "It is not cold which makes me shiver," said the woman in a low voice, changing her seat as requested.
  3009.  
  3010. "What, then?"
  3011.  
  3012. "It is fear, Mr. Holmes. It is terror." She raised her veil as she spoke, and we could see that she was indeed in a pitiable state of agitation, her face all drawn and grey, with restless frightened eyes, like those of some hunted animal. Her features and figure were those of a woman of thirty, but her hair was shot with premature grey, and her expression was weary and haggard. Sherlock Holmes ran her over with one of his quick, all-comprehensive glances.
  3013.  
  3014. "You must not fear," said he soothingly, bending forward and patting her forearm. "We shall soon set matters right, I have no doubt. You have come in by train this morning, I see."
  3015.  
  3016. "You know me, then?"
  3017.  
  3018. "No, but I observe the second half of a return ticket in the palm of your left glove. You must have started early, and yet you had a good drive in a dog-cart, along heavy roads, before you reached the station."
  3019.  
  3020. The lady gave a violent start and stared in bewilderment at my companion.
  3021.  
  3022. "There is no mystery, my dear madam," said he, smiling. "The left arm of your jacket is spattered with mud in no less than seven places. The marks are perfectly fresh. There is no vehicle save a dog-cart which throws up mud in that way, and then only when you sit on the left-hand side of the driver."
  3023.  
  3024. "Whatever your reasons may be, you are perfectly correct," said she. "I started from home before six, reached Leatherhead at twenty past, and came in by the first train to Waterloo. Sir, I can stand this strain no longer; I shall go mad if it continues. I have no one to turn to--none, save only one, who cares for me, and he, poor fellow, can be of little aid. I have heard of you, Mr. Holmes; I have heard of you from Mrs. Farintosh, whom you helped in the hour of her sore need. It was from her that I had your address. Oh, sir, do you not think that you could help me, too, and at least throw a little light through the dense darkness which surrounds me? At present it is out of my power to reward you for your services, but in a month or six weeks I shall be married, with the control of my own income, and then at least you shall not find me ungrateful."
  3025.  
  3026. Holmes turned to his desk and, unlocking it, drew out a small case-book, which he consulted.
  3027.  
  3028. "Farintosh," said he. "Ah yes, I recall the case; it was concerned with an opal tiara. I think it was before your time, Watson. I can only say, madam, that I shall be happy to devote the same care to your case as I did to that of your friend. As to reward, my profession is its own reward; but you are at liberty to defray whatever expenses I may be put to, at the time which suits you best. And now I beg that you will lay before us everything that may help us in forming an opinion upon the matter."
  3029.  
  3030. "Alas!" replied our visitor, "the very horror of my situation lies in the fact that my fears are so vague, and my suspicions depend so entirely upon small points, which might seem trivial to another, that even he to whom of all others I have a right to look for help and advice looks upon all that I tell him about it as the fancies of a nervous woman. He does not say so, but I can read it from his soothing answers and averted eyes. But I have heard, Mr. Holmes, that you can see deeply into the manifold wickedness of the human heart. You may advise me how to walk amid the dangers which encompass me."
  3031.  
  3032. "I am all attention, madam."
  3033.  
  3034. "My name is Helen Stoner, and I am living with my stepfather, who is the last survivor of one of the oldest Saxon families in England, the Roylotts of Stoke Moran, on the western border of Surrey."
  3035.  
  3036. Holmes nodded his head. "The name is familiar to me," said he.
  3037.  
  3038. "The family was at one time among the richest in England, and the estates extended over the borders into Berkshire in the north, and Hampshire in the west. In the last century, however, four successive heirs were of a dissolute and wasteful disposition, and the family ruin was eventually completed by a gambler in the days of the Regency. Nothing was left save a few acres of ground, and the two-hundred-year-old house, which is itself crushed under a heavy mortgage. The last squire dragged out his existence there, living the horrible life of an aristocratic pauper; but his only son, my stepfather, seeing that he must adapt himself to the new conditions, obtained an advance from a relative, which enabled him to take a medical degree and went out to Calcutta, where, by his professional skill and his force of character, he established a large practice. In a fit of anger, however, caused by some robberies which had been perpetrated in the house, he beat his native butler to death and narrowly escaped a capital sentence. As it was, he suffered a long term of imprisonment and afterwards returned to England a morose and disappointed man.
  3039.  
  3040. "When Dr. Roylott was in India he married my mother, Mrs. Stoner, the young widow of Major-General Stoner, of the Bengal Artillery. My sister Julia and I were twins, and we were only two years old at the time of my mother's re-marriage. She had a considerable sum of money--not less than $1000 a year--and this she bequeathed to Dr. Roylott entirely while we resided with him, with a provision that a certain annual sum should be allowed to each of us in the event of our marriage. Shortly after our return to England my mother died--she was killed eight years ago in a railway accident near Crewe. Dr. Roylott then abandoned his attempts to establish himself in practice in London and took us to live with him in the old ancestral house at Stoke Moran. The money which my mother had left was enough for all our wants, and there seemed to be no obstacle to our happiness.
  3041.  
  3042. "But a terrible change came over our stepfather about this time. Instead of making friends and exchanging visits with our neighbours, who had at first been overjoyed to see a Roylott of Stoke Moran back in the old family seat, he shut himself up in his house and seldom came out save to indulge in ferocious quarrels with whoever might cross his path. Violence of temper approaching to mania has been hereditary in the men of the family, and in my stepfather's case it had, I believe, been intensified by his long residence in the tropics. A series of disgraceful brawls took place, two of which ended in the police-court, until at last he became the terror of the village, and the folks would fly at his approach, for he is a man of immense strength, and absolutely uncontrollable in his anger.
  3043.  
  3044. "Last week he hurled the local blacksmith over a parapet into a stream, and it was only by paying over all the money which I could gather together that I was able to avert another public exposure. He had no friends at all save the wandering gipsies, and he would give these vagabonds leave to encamp upon the few acres of bramble-covered land which represent the family estate, and would accept in return the hospitality of their tents, wandering away with them sometimes for weeks on end. He has a passion also for Indian animals, which are sent over to him by a correspondent, and he has at this moment a cheetah and a baboon, which wander freely over his grounds and are feared by the villagers almost as much as their master.
  3045.  
  3046. "You can imagine from what I say that my poor sister Julia and I had no great pleasure in our lives. No servant would stay with us, and for a long time we did all the work of the house. She was but thirty at the time of her death, and yet her hair had already begun to whiten, even as mine has."
  3047.  
  3048. "Your sister is dead, then?"
  3049.  
  3050. "She died just two years ago, and it is of her death that I wish to speak to you. You can understand that, living the life which I have described, we were little likely to see anyone of our own age and position. We had, however, an aunt, my mother's maiden sister, Miss Honoria Westphail, who lives near Harrow, and we were occasionally allowed to pay short visits at this lady's house. Julia went there at Christmas two years ago, and met there a half-pay major of marines, to whom she became engaged. My stepfather learned of the engagement when my sister returned and offered no objection to the marriage; but within a fortnight of the day which had been fixed for the wedding, the terrible event occurred which has deprived me of my only companion."
  3051.  
  3052. Sherlock Holmes had been leaning back in his chair with his eyes closed and his head sunk in a cushion, but he half opened his lids now and glanced across at his visitor.
  3053.  
  3054. "Pray be precise as to details," said he.
  3055.  
  3056. "It is easy for me to be so, for every event of that dreadful time is seared into my memory. The manor-house is, as I have already said, very old, and only one wing is now inhabited. The bedrooms in this wing are on the ground floor, the sitting-rooms being in the central block of the buildings. Of these bedrooms the first is Dr. Roylott's, the second my sister's, and the third my own. There is no communication between them, but they all open out into the same corridor. Do I make myself plain?"
  3057.  
  3058. "Perfectly so."
  3059.  
  3060. "The windows of the three rooms open out upon the lawn. That fatal night Dr. Roylott had gone to his room early, though we knew that he had not retired to rest, for my sister was troubled by the smell of the strong Indian cigars which it was his custom to smoke. She left her room, therefore, and came into mine, where she sat for some time, chatting about her approaching wedding. At eleven o'clock she rose to leave me, but she paused at the door and looked back.
  3061.  
  3062. " 'Tell me, Helen,' said she, 'have you ever heard anyone whistle in the dead of the night?'
  3063.  
  3064. " 'Never,' said I.
  3065.  
  3066. " 'I suppose that you could not possibly whistle, yourself, in your sleep?'
  3067.  
  3068. " 'Certainly not. But why?'
  3069.  
  3070. " 'Because during the last few nights I have always, about three in the morning, heard a low, clear whistle. I am a light sleeper, and it has awakened me. I cannot tell where it came from--perhaps from the next room, perhaps from the lawn. I thought that I would just ask you whether you had heard it.'
  3071.  
  3072. " 'No, I have not. It must be those wretched gipsies in the plantation.'
  3073.  
  3074. " 'Very likely. And yet if it were on the lawn, I wonder that you did not hear it also.'
  3075.  
  3076. " 'Ah, but I sleep more heavily than you.'
  3077.  
  3078. " 'Well, it is of no great consequence, at any rate.' She smiled back at me, closed my door, and a few moments later I heard her key turn in the lock."
  3079.  
  3080. "Indeed," said Holmes. "Was it your custom always to lock yourselves in at night?"
  3081.  
  3082. "Always."
  3083.  
  3084. "And why?"
  3085.  
  3086. "I think that I mentioned to you that the doctor kept a cheetah and a baboon. We had no feeling of security unless our doors were locked."
  3087.  
  3088. "Quite so. Pray proceed with your statement."
  3089.  
  3090. "I could not sleep that night. A vague feeling of impending misfortune impressed me. My sister and I, you will recollect, were twins, and you know how subtle are the links which bind two souls which are so closely allied. It was a wild night. The wind was howling outside, and the rain was beating and splashing against the windows. Suddenly, amid all the hubbub of the gale, there burst forth the wild scream of a terrified woman. I knew that it was my sister's voice. I sprang from my bed, wrapped a shawl round me, and rushed into the corridor. As I opened my door I seemed to hear a low whistle, such as my sister described, and a few moments later a clanging sound, as if a mass of metal had fallen. As I ran down the passage, my sister's door was unlocked, and revolved slowly upon its hinges. I stared at it horror-stricken, not knowing what was about to issue from it. By the light of the corridor-lamp I saw my sister appear at the opening, her face blanched with terror, her hands groping for help, her whole figure swaying to and fro like that of a drunkard. I ran to her and threw my arms round her, but at that moment her knees seemed to give way and she fell to the ground. She writhed as one who is in terrible pain, and her limbs were dreadfully convulsed. At first I thought that she had not recognised me, but as I bent over her she suddenly shrieked out in a voice which I shall never forget, 'Oh, my God! Helen! It was the band! The speckled band!' There was something else which she would fain have said, and she stabbed with her finger into the air in the direction of the doctor's room, but a fresh convulsion seized her and choked her words. I rushed out, calling loudly for my stepfather, and I met him hastening from his room in his dressing-gown. When he reached my sister's side she was unconscious, and though he poured brandy down her throat and sent for medical aid from the village, all efforts were in vain, for she slowly sank and died without having recovered her consciousness. Such was the dreadful end of my beloved sister."
  3091.  
  3092. "One moment," said Holmes, "are you sure about this whistle and metallic sound? Could you swear to it?"
  3093.  
  3094. "That was what the county coroner asked me at the inquiry. It is my strong impression that I heard it, and yet, among the crash of the gale and the creaking of an old house, I may possibly have been deceived."
  3095.  
  3096. "Was your sister dressed?"
  3097.  
  3098. "No, she was in her night-dress. In her right hand was found the charred stump of a match, and in her left a match-box."
  3099.  
  3100. "Showing that she had struck a light and looked about her when the alarm took place. That is important. And what conclusions did the coroner come to?"
  3101.  
  3102. "He investigated the case with great care, for Dr. Roylott's conduct had long been notorious in the county, but he was unable to find any satisfactory cause of death. My evidence showed that the door had been fastened upon the inner side, and the windows were blocked by old-fashioned shutters with broad iron bars, which were secured every night. The walls were carefully sounded, and were shown to be quite solid all round, and the flooring was also thoroughly examined, with the same result. The chimney is wide, but is barred up by four large staples. It is certain, therefore, that my sister was quite alone when she met her end. Besides, there were no marks of any violence upon her."
  3103.  
  3104. "How about poison?"
  3105.  
  3106. "The doctors examined her for it, but without success."
  3107.  
  3108. "What do you think that this unfortunate lady died of, then?"
  3109.  
  3110. "It is my belief that she died of pure fear and nervous shock, though what it was that frightened her I cannot imagine."
  3111.  
  3112. "Were there gipsies in the plantation at the time?"
  3113.  
  3114. "Yes, there are nearly always some there."
  3115.  
  3116. "Ah, and what did you gather from this allusion to a band--a speckled band?"
  3117.  
  3118. "Sometimes I have thought that it was merely the wild talk of delirium, sometimes that it may have referred to some band of people, perhaps to these very gipsies in the plantation. I do not know whether the spotted handkerchiefs which so many of them wear over their heads might have suggested the strange adjective which she used."
  3119.  
  3120. Holmes shook his head like a man who is far from being satisfied.
  3121.  
  3122. "These are very deep waters," said he; "pray go on with your narrative."
  3123.  
  3124. "Two years have passed since then, and my life has been until lately lonelier than ever. A month ago, however, a dear friend, whom I have known for many years, has done me the honour to ask my hand in marriage. His name is Armitage--Percy Armitage--the second son of Mr. Armitage, of Crane Water, near Reading. My stepfather has offered no opposition to the match, and we are to be married in the course of the spring. Two days ago some repairs were started in the west wing of the building, and my bedroom wall has been pierced, so that I have had to move into the chamber in which my sister died, and to sleep in the very bed in which she slept. Imagine, then, my thrill of terror when last night, as I lay awake, thinking over her terrible fate, I suddenly heard in the silence of the night the low whistle which had been the herald of her own death. I sprang up and lit the lamp, but nothing was to be seen in the room. I was too shaken to go to bed again, however, so I dressed, and as soon as it was daylight I slipped down, got a dog-cart at the Crown Inn, which is opposite, and drove to Leatherhead, from whence I have come on this morning with the one object of seeing you and asking your advice."
  3125.  
  3126. "You have done wisely," said my friend. "But have you told me all?"
  3127.  
  3128. "Yes, all."
  3129.  
  3130. "Miss Roylott, you have not. You are screening your stepfather."
  3131.  
  3132. "Why, what do you mean?"
  3133.  
  3134. For answer Holmes pushed back the frill of black lace which fringed the hand that lay upon our visitor's knee. Five little livid spots, the marks of four fingers and a thumb, were printed upon the white wrist.
  3135.  
  3136. "You have been cruelly used," said Holmes.
  3137.  
  3138. The lady coloured deeply and covered over her injured wrist. "He is a hard man," she said, "and perhaps he hardly knows his own strength."
  3139.  
  3140. There was a long silence, during which Holmes leaned his chin upon his hands and stared into the crackling fire.
  3141.  
  3142. "This is a very deep business," he said at last. "There are a thousand details which I should desire to know before I decide upon our course of action. Yet we have not a moment to lose. If we were to come to Stoke Moran to-day, would it be possible for us to see over these rooms without the knowledge of your stepfather?"
  3143.  
  3144. "As it happens, he spoke of coming into town to-day upon some most important business. It is probable that he will be away all day, and that there would be nothing to disturb you. We have a housekeeper now, but she is old and foolish, and I could easily get her out of the way."
  3145.  
  3146. "Excellent. You are not averse to this trip, Watson?"
  3147.  
  3148. "By no means."
  3149.  
  3150. "Then we shall both come. What are you going to do yourself?"
  3151.  
  3152. "I have one or two things which I would wish to do now that I am in town. But I shall return by the twelve o'clock train, so as to be there in time for your coming."
  3153.  
  3154. "And you may expect us early in the afternoon. I have myself some small business matters to attend to. Will you not wait and breakfast?"
  3155.  
  3156. "No, I must go. My heart is lightened already since I have confided my trouble to you. I shall look forward to seeing you again this afternoon." She dropped her thick black veil over her face and glided from the room.
  3157.  
  3158. "And what do you think of it all, Watson?" asked Sherlock Holmes, leaning back in his chair.
  3159.  
  3160. "It seems to me to be a most dark and sinister business."
  3161.  
  3162. "Dark enough and sinister enough."
  3163.  
  3164. "Yet if the lady is correct in saying that the flooring and walls are sound, and that the door, window, and chimney are impassable, then her sister must have been undoubtedly alone when she met her mysterious end."
  3165.  
  3166. "What becomes, then, of these nocturnal whistles, and what of the very peculiar words of the dying woman?"
  3167.  
  3168. "I cannot think."
  3169.  
  3170. "When you combine the ideas of whistles at night, the presence of a band of gipsies who are on intimate terms with this old doctor, the fact that we have every reason to believe that the doctor has an interest in preventing his stepdaughter's marriage, the dying allusion to a band, and, finally, the fact that Miss Helen Stoner heard a metallic clang, which might have been caused by one of those metal bars that secured the shutters falling back into its place, I think that there is good ground to think that the mystery may be cleared along those lines."
  3171.  
  3172. "But what, then, did the gipsies do?"
  3173.  
  3174. "I cannot imagine."
  3175.  
  3176. "I see many objections to any such theory."
  3177.  
  3178. "And so do I. It is precisely for that reason that we are going to Stoke Moran this day. I want to see whether the objections are fatal, or if they may be explained away. But what in the name of the devil!"
  3179.  
  3180. The ejaculation had been drawn from my companion by the fact that our door had been suddenly dashed open, and that a huge man had framed himself in the aperture. His costume was a peculiar mixture of the professional and of the agricultural, having a black top-hat, a long frock-coat, and a pair of high gaiters, with a hunting-crop swinging in his hand. So tall was he that his hat actually brushed the cross bar of the doorway, and his breadth seemed to span it across from side to side. A large face, seared with a thousand wrinkles, burned yellow with the sun, and marked with every evil passion, was turned from one to the other of us, while his deep-set, bile-shot eyes, and his high, thin, fleshless nose, gave him somewhat the resemblance to a fierce old bird of prey.
  3181.  
  3182. "Which of you is Holmes?" asked this apparition.
  3183.  
  3184. "My name, sir; but you have the advantage of me," said my companion quietly.
  3185.  
  3186. "I am Dr. Grimesby Roylott, of Stoke Moran."
  3187.  
  3188. "Indeed, Doctor," said Holmes blandly. "Pray take a seat."
  3189.  
  3190. "I will do nothing of the kind. My stepdaughter has been here. I have traced her. What has she been saying to you?"
  3191.  
  3192. "It is a little cold for the time of the year," said Holmes.
  3193.  
  3194. "What has she been saying to you?" screamed the old man furiously.
  3195.  
  3196. "But I have heard that the crocuses promise well," continued my companion imperturbably.
  3197.  
  3198. "Ha! You put me off, do you?" said our new visitor, taking a step forward and shaking his hunting-crop. "I know you, you scoundrel! I have heard of you before. You are Holmes, the meddler."
  3199.  
  3200. My friend smiled.
  3201.  
  3202. "Holmes, the busybody!"
  3203.  
  3204. His smile broadened.
  3205.  
  3206. "Holmes, the Scotland Yard Jack-in-office!"
  3207.  
  3208. Holmes chuckled heartily. "Your conversation is most entertaining," said he. "When you go out close the door, for there is a decided draught."
  3209.  
  3210. "I will go when I have said my say. Don't you dare to meddle with my affairs. I know that Miss Stoner has been here. I traced her! I am a dangerous man to fall foul of! See here." He stepped swiftly forward, seized the poker, and bent it into a curve with his huge brown hands.
  3211.  
  3212. "See that you keep yourself out of my grip," he snarled, and hurling the twisted poker into the fireplace he strode out of the room.
  3213.  
  3214. "He seems a very amiable person," said Holmes, laughing. "I am not quite so bulky, but if he had remained I might have shown him that my grip was not much more feeble than his own." As he spoke he picked up the steel poker and, with a sudden effort, straightened it out again.
  3215.  
  3216. "Fancy his having the insolence to confound me with the official detective force! This incident gives zest to our investigation, however, and I only trust that our little friend will not suffer from her imprudence in allowing this brute to trace her. And now, Watson, we shall order breakfast, and afterwards I shall walk down to Doctors' Commons, where I hope to get some data which may help us in this matter."
  3217.  
  3218. It was nearly one o'clock when Sherlock Holmes returned from his excursion. He held in his hand a sheet of blue paper, scrawled over with notes and figures.
  3219.  
  3220. "I have seen the will of the deceased wife," said he. "To determine its exact meaning I have been obliged to work out the present prices of the investments with which it is concerned. The total income, which at the time of the wife's death was little short of $1100, is now, through the fall in agricultural prices, not more than $750. Each daughter can claim an income of $250, in case of marriage. It is evident, therefore, that if both girls had married, this beauty would have had a mere pittance, while even one of them would cripple him to a very serious extent. My morning's work has not been wasted, since it has proved that he has the very strongest motives for standing in the way of anything of the sort. And now, Watson, this is too serious for dawdling, especially as the old man is aware that we are interesting ourselves in his affairs; so if you are ready, we shall call a cab and drive to Waterloo. I should be very much obliged if you would slip your revolver into your pocket. An Eley's No. 2 is an excellent argument with gentlemen who can twist steel pokers into knots. That and a tooth-brush are, I think, all that we need."
  3221.  
  3222. At Waterloo we were fortunate in catching a train for Leatherhead, where we hired a trap at the station inn and drove for four or five miles through the lovely Surrey lanes. It was a perfect day, with a bright sun and a few fleecy clouds in the heavens. The trees and wayside hedges were just throwing out their first green shoots, and the air was full of the pleasant smell of the moist earth. To me at least there was a strange contrast between the sweet promise of the spring and this sinister quest upon which we were engaged. My companion sat in the front of the trap, his arms folded, his hat pulled down over his eyes, and his chin sunk upon his breast, buried in the deepest thought. Suddenly, however, he started, tapped me on the shoulder, and pointed over the meadows.
  3223.  
  3224. "Look there!" said he.
  3225.  
  3226. A heavily timbered park stretched up in a gentle slope, thickening into a grove at the highest point. From amid the branches there jutted out the grey gables and high roof-tree of a very old mansion.
  3227.  
  3228. "Stoke Moran?" said he.
  3229.  
  3230. "Yes, sir, that be the house of Dr. Grimesby Roylott," remarked the driver.
  3231.  
  3232. "There is some building going on there," said Holmes; "that is where we are going."
  3233.  
  3234. "There's the village," said the driver, pointing to a cluster of roofs some distance to the left; "but if you want to get to the house, you'll find it shorter to get over this stile, and so by the foot-path over the fields. There it is, where the lady is walking."
  3235.  
  3236. "And the lady, I fancy, is Miss Stoner," observed Holmes, shading his eyes. "Yes, I think we had better do as you suggest."
  3237.  
  3238. We got off, paid our fare, and the trap rattled back on its way to Leatherhead.
  3239.  
  3240. "I thought it as well," said Holmes as we climbed the stile, "that this fellow should think we had come here as architects, or on some definite business. It may stop his gossip. Good-afternoon, Miss Stoner. You see that we have been as good as our word."
  3241.  
  3242. Our client of the morning had hurried forward to meet us with a face which spoke her joy. "I have been waiting so eagerly for you," she cried, shaking hands with us warmly. "All has turned out splendidly. Dr. Roylott has gone to town, and it is unlikely that he will be back before evening."
  3243.  
  3244. "We have had the pleasure of making the doctor's acquaintance," said Holmes, and in a few words he sketched out what had occurred. Miss Stoner turned white to the lips as she listened.
  3245.  
  3246. "Good heavens!" she cried, "he has followed me, then."
  3247.  
  3248. "So it appears."
  3249.  
  3250. "He is so cunning that I never know when I am safe from him. What will he say when he returns?"
  3251.  
  3252. "He must guard himself, for he may find that there is someone more cunning than himself upon his track. You must lock yourself up from him to-night. If he is violent, we shall take you away to your aunt's at Harrow. Now, we must make the best use of our time, so kindly take us at once to the rooms which we are to examine."
  3253.  
  3254. The building was of grey, lichen-blotched stone, with a high central portion and two curving wings, like the claws of a crab, thrown out on each side. In one of these wings the windows were broken and blocked with wooden boards, while the roof was partly caved in, a picture of ruin. The central portion was in little better repair, but the right-hand block was comparatively modern, and the blinds in the windows, with the blue smoke curling up from the chimneys, showed that this was where the family resided. Some scaffolding had been erected against the end wall, and the stone-work had been broken into, but there were no signs of any workmen at the moment of our visit. Holmes walked slowly up and down the ill-trimmed lawn and examined with deep attention the outsides of the windows.
  3255.  
  3256. "This, I take it, belongs to the room in which you used to sleep, the centre one to your sister's, and the one next to the main building to Dr. Roylott's chamber?"
  3257.  
  3258. "Exactly so. But I am now sleeping in the middle one."
  3259.  
  3260. "Pending the alterations, as I understand. By the way, there does not seem to be any very pressing need for repairs at that end wall."
  3261.  
  3262. "There were none. I believe that it was an excuse to move me from my room."
  3263.  
  3264. "Ah! that is suggestive. Now, on the other side of this narrow wing runs the corridor from which these three rooms open. There are windows in it, of course?"
  3265.  
  3266. "Yes, but very small ones. Too narrow for anyone to pass through."
  3267.  
  3268. "As you both locked your doors at night, your rooms were unapproachable from that side. Now, would you have the kindness to go into your room and bar your shutters?"
  3269.  
  3270. Miss Stoner did so, and Holmes, after a careful examination through the open window, endeavoured in every way to force the shutter open, but without success. There was no slit through which a knife could be passed to raise the bar. Then with his lens he tested the hinges, but they were of solid iron, built firmly into the massive masonry. "Hum!" said he, scratching his chin in some perplexity, "my theory certainly presents some difficulties. No one could pass these shutters if they were bolted. Well, we shall see if the inside throws any light upon the matter."
  3271.  
  3272. A small side door led into the whitewashed corridor from which the three bedrooms opened. Holmes refused to examine the third chamber, so we passed at once to the second, that in which Miss Stoner was now sleeping, and in which her sister had met with her fate. It was a homely little room, with a low ceiling and a gaping fireplace, after the fashion of old country-houses. A brown chest of drawers stood in one corner, a narrow white-counterpaned bed in another, and a dressing-table on the left-hand side of the window. These articles, with two small wicker-work chairs, made up all the furniture in the room save for a square of Wilton carpet in the centre. The boards round and the panelling of the walls were of brown, worm-eaten oak, so old and discoloured that it may have dated from the original building of the house. Holmes drew one of the chairs into a corner and sat silent, while his eyes travelled round and round and up and down, taking in every detail of the apartment.
  3273.  
  3274. "Where does that bell communicate with?" he asked at last pointing to a thick bell-rope which hung down beside the bed, the tassel actually lying upon the pillow.
  3275.  
  3276. "It goes to the housekeeper's room."
  3277.  
  3278. "It looks newer than the other things?"
  3279.  
  3280. "Yes, it was only put there a couple of years ago."
  3281.  
  3282. "Your sister asked for it, I suppose?"
  3283.  
  3284. "No, I never heard of her using it. We used always to get what we wanted for ourselves."
  3285.  
  3286. "Indeed, it seemed unnecessary to put so nice a bell-pull there. You will excuse me for a few minutes while I satisfy myself as to this floor." He threw himself down upon his face with his lens in his hand and crawled swiftly backward and forward, examining minutely the cracks between the boards. Then he did the same with the wood-work with which the chamber was panelled. Finally he walked over to the bed and spent some time in staring at it and in running his eye up and down the wall. Finally he took the bell-rope in his hand and gave it a brisk tug.
  3287.  
  3288. "Why, it's a dummy," said he.
  3289.  
  3290. "Won't it ring?"
  3291.  
  3292. "No, it is not even attached to a wire. This is very interesting. You can see now that it is fastened to a hook just above where the little opening for the ventilator is."
  3293.  
  3294. "How very absurd! I never noticed that before."
  3295.  
  3296. "Very strange!" muttered Holmes, pulling at the rope. "There are one or two very singular points about this room. For example, what a fool a builder must be to open a ventilator into another room, when, with the same trouble, he might have communicated with the outside air!"
  3297.  
  3298. "That is also quite modern," said the lady.
  3299.  
  3300. "Done about the same time as the bell-rope?" remarked Holmes.
  3301.  
  3302. "Yes, there were several little changes carried out about that time."
  3303.  
  3304. "They seem to have been of a most interesting character--dummy bell-ropes, and ventilators which do not ventilate. With your permission, Miss Stoner, we shall now carry our researches into the inner apartment."
  3305.  
  3306. Dr. Grimesby Roylott's chamber was larger than that of his step-daughter, but was as plainly furnished. A camp-bed, a small wooden shelf full of books, mostly of a technical character, an armchair beside the bed, a plain wooden chair against the wall, a round table, and a large iron safe were the principal things which met the eye. Holmes walked slowly round and examined each and all of them with the keenest interest.
  3307.  
  3308. "What's in here?" he asked, tapping the safe.
  3309.  
  3310. "My stepfather's business papers."
  3311.  
  3312. "Oh! you have seen inside, then?"
  3313.  
  3314. "Only once, some years ago. I remember that it was full of papers."
  3315.  
  3316. "There isn't a cat in it, for example?"
  3317.  
  3318. "No. What a strange idea!"
  3319.  
  3320. "Well, look at this!" He took up a small saucer of milk which stood on the top of it.
  3321.  
  3322. "No; we don't keep a cat. But there is a cheetah and a baboon."
  3323.  
  3324. "Ah, yes, of course! Well, a cheetah is just a big cat, and yet a saucer of milk does not go very far in satisfying its wants, I daresay. There is one point which I should wish to determine." He squatted down in front of the wooden chair and examined the seat of it with the greatest attention.
  3325.  
  3326. "Thank you. That is quite settled," said he, rising and putting his lens in his pocket. "Hullo! Here is something interesting!"
  3327.  
  3328. The object which had caught his eye was a small dog lash hung on one corner of the bed. The lash, however, was curled upon itself and tied so as to make a loop of whipcord.
  3329.  
  3330. "What do you make of that, Watson?"
  3331.  
  3332. "It's a common enough lash. But I don't know why it should be tied."
  3333.  
  3334. "That is not quite so common, is it? Ah, me! it's a wicked world, and when a clever man turns his brains to crime it is the worst of all. I think that I have seen enough now, Miss Stoner, and with your permission we shall walk out upon the lawn."
  3335.  
  3336. I had never seen my friend's face so grim or his brow so dark as it was when we turned from the scene of this investigation. We had walked several times up and down the lawn, neither Miss Stoner nor myself liking to break in upon his thoughts before he roused himself from his reverie.
  3337.  
  3338. "It is very essential, Miss Stoner," said he, "that you should absolutely follow my advice in every respect."
  3339.  
  3340. "I shall most certainly do so."
  3341.  
  3342. "The matter is too serious for any hesitation. Your life may depend upon your compliance."
  3343.  
  3344. "I assure you that I am in your hands."
  3345.  
  3346. "In the first place, both my friend and I must spend the night in your room."
  3347.  
  3348. Both Miss Stoner and I gazed at him in astonishment.
  3349.  
  3350. "Yes, it must be so. Let me explain. I believe that that is the village inn over there?"
  3351.  
  3352. "Yes, that is the Crown."
  3353.  
  3354. "Very good. Your windows would be visible from there?"
  3355.  
  3356. "Certainly."
  3357.  
  3358. "You must confine yourself to your room, on pretence of a headache, when your stepfather comes back. Then when you hear him retire for the night, you must open the shutters of your window, undo the hasp, put your lamp there as a signal to us, and then withdraw quietly with everything which you are likely to want into the room which you used to occupy. I have no doubt that, in spite of the repairs, you could manage there for one night."
  3359.  
  3360. "Oh, yes, easily."
  3361.  
  3362. "The rest you will leave in our hands."
  3363.  
  3364. "But what will you do?"
  3365.  
  3366. "We shall spend the night in your room, and we shall investigate the cause of this noise which has disturbed you."
  3367.  
  3368. "I believe, Mr. Holmes, that you have already made up your mind," said Miss Stoner, laying her hand upon my companion's sleeve.
  3369.  
  3370. "Perhaps I have."
  3371.  
  3372. "Then, for pity's sake, tell me what was the cause of my sister's death."
  3373.  
  3374. "I should prefer to have clearer proofs before I speak."
  3375.  
  3376. "You can at least tell me whether my own thought is correct, and if she died from some sudden fright."
  3377.  
  3378. "No, I do not think so. I think that there was probably some more tangible cause. And now, Miss Stoner, we must leave you for if Dr. Roylott returned and saw us our journey would be in vain. Good-bye, and be brave, for if you will do what I have told you, you may rest assured that we shall soon drive away the dangers that threaten you."
  3379.  
  3380. Sherlock Holmes and I had no difficulty in engaging a bedroom and sitting-room at the Crown Inn. They were on the upper floor, and from our window we could command a view of the avenue gate, and of the inhabited wing of Stoke Moran Manor House. At dusk we saw Dr. Grimesby Roylott drive past, his huge form looming up beside the little figure of the lad who drove him. The boy had some slight difficulty in undoing the heavy iron gates, and we heard the hoarse roar of the doctor's voice and saw the fury with which he shook his clinched fists at him. The trap drove on, and a few minutes later we saw a sudden light spring up among the trees as the lamp was lit in one of the sitting-rooms.
  3381.  
  3382. "Do you know, Watson," said Holmes as we sat together in the gathering darkness, "I have really some scruples as to taking you to-night. There is a distinct element of danger."
  3383.  
  3384. "Can I be of assistance?"
  3385.  
  3386. "Your presence might be invaluable."
  3387.  
  3388. "Then I shall certainly come."
  3389.  
  3390. "It is very kind of you."
  3391.  
  3392. "You speak of danger. You have evidently seen more in these rooms than was visible to me."
  3393.  
  3394. "No, but I fancy that I may have deduced a little more. I imagine that you saw all that I did."
  3395.  
  3396. "I saw nothing remarkable save the bell-rope, and what purpose that could answer I confess is more than I can imagine."
  3397.  
  3398. "You saw the ventilator, too?"
  3399.  
  3400. "Yes, but I do not think that it is such a very unusual thing to have a small opening between two rooms. It was so small that a rat could hardly pass through."
  3401.  
  3402. "I knew that we should find a ventilator before ever we came to Stoke Moran."
  3403.  
  3404. "My dear Holmes!"
  3405.  
  3406. "Oh, yes, I did. You remember in her statement she said that her sister could smell Dr. Roylott's cigar. Now, of course that suggested at once that there must be a communication between the two rooms. It could only be a small one, or it would have been remarked upon at the coroner's inquiry. I deduced a ventilator."
  3407.  
  3408. "But what harm can there be in that?"
  3409.  
  3410. "Well, there is at least a curious coincidence of dates. A ventilator is made, a cord is hung, and a lady who sleeps in the bed dies. Does not that strike you?"
  3411.  
  3412. "I cannot as yet see any connection."
  3413.  
  3414. "Did you observe anything very peculiar about that bed?"
  3415.  
  3416. "No."
  3417.  
  3418. "It was clamped to the floor. Did you ever see a bed fastened like that before?"
  3419.  
  3420. "I cannot say that I have."
  3421.  
  3422. "The lady could not move her bed. It must always be in the same relative position to the ventilator and to the rope--or so we may call it, since it was clearly never meant for a bell-pull."
  3423.  
  3424. "Holmes," I cried, "I seem to see dimly what you are hinting at. We are only just in time to prevent some subtle and horrible crime."
  3425.  
  3426. "Subtle enough and horrible enough. When a doctor does go wrong he is the first of criminals. He has nerve and he has knowledge. Palmer and Pritchard were among the heads of their profession. This man strikes even deeper, but I think, Watson, that we shall be able to strike deeper still. But we shall have horrors enough before the night is over; for goodness' sake let us have a quiet pipe and turn our minds for a few hours to something more cheerful."
  3427.  
  3428. About nine o'clock the light among the trees was extinguished, and all was dark in the direction of the Manor House. Two hours passed slowly away, and then, suddenly, just at the stroke of eleven, a single bright light shone out right in front of us.
  3429.  
  3430. "That is our signal," said Holmes, springing to his feet; "it comes from the middle window."
  3431.  
  3432. As we passed out he exchanged a few words with the landlord, explaining that we were going on a late visit to an acquaintance, and that it was possible that we might spend the night there. A moment later we were out on the dark road, a chill wind blowing in our faces, and one yellow light twinkling in front of us through the gloom to guide us on our sombre errand.
  3433.  
  3434. There was little difficulty in entering the grounds, for unrepaired breaches gaped in the old park wall. Making our way among the trees, we reached the lawn, crossed it, and were about to enter through the window when out from a clump of laurel bushes there darted what seemed to be a hideous and distorted child, who threw itself upon the grass with writhing limbs and then ran swiftly across the lawn into the darkness.
  3435.  
  3436. "My God!" I whispered; "did you see it?"
  3437.  
  3438. Holmes was for the moment as startled as I. His hand closed like a vice upon my wrist in his agitation. Then he broke into a low laugh and put his lips to my ear.
  3439.  
  3440. "It is a nice household," he murmured. "That is the baboon."
  3441.  
  3442. I had forgotten the strange pets which the doctor affected. There was a cheetah, too; perhaps we might find it upon our shoulders at any moment. I confess that I felt easier in my mind when, after following Holmes' example and slipping off my shoes, I found myself inside the bedroom. My companion noiselessly closed the shutters, moved the lamp onto the table, and cast his eyes round the room. All was as we had seen it in the daytime. Then creeping up to me and making a trumpet of his hand, he whispered into my ear again so gently that it was all that I could do to distinguish the words:
  3443.  
  3444. "The least sound would be fatal to our plans."
  3445.  
  3446. I nodded to show that I had heard.
  3447.  
  3448. "We must sit without light. He would see it through the ventilator."
  3449.  
  3450. I nodded again.
  3451.  
  3452. "Do not go asleep; your very life may depend upon it. Have your pistol ready in case we should need it. I will sit on the side of the bed, and you in that chair."
  3453.  
  3454. I took out my revolver and laid it on the corner of the table.
  3455.  
  3456. Holmes had brought up a long thin cane, and this he placed upon the bed beside him. By it he laid the box of matches and the stump of a candle. Then he turned down the lamp, and we were left in darkness.
  3457.  
  3458. How shall I ever forget that dreadful vigil? I could not hear a sound, not even the drawing of a breath, and yet I knew that my companion sat open-eyed, within a few feet of me, in the same state of nervous tension in which I was myself. The shutters cut off the least ray of light, and we waited in absolute darkness.
  3459.  
  3460. From outside came the occasional cry of a night-bird, and once at our very window a long drawn catlike whine, which told us that the cheetah was indeed at liberty. Far away we could hear the deep tones of the parish clock, which boomed out every quarter of an hour. How long they seemed, those quarters! Twelve struck, and one and two and three, and still we sat waiting silently for whatever might befall.
  3461.  
  3462. Suddenly there was the momentary gleam of a light up in the direction of the ventilator, which vanished immediately, but was succeeded by a strong smell of burning oil and heated metal. Someone in the next room had lit a dark-lantern. I heard a gentle sound of movement, and then all was silent once more, though the smell grew stronger. For half an hour I sat with straining ears. Then suddenly another sound became audible--a very gentle, soothing sound, like that of a small jet of steam escaping continually from a kettle. The instant that we heard it, Holmes sprang from the bed, struck a match, and lashed furiously with his cane at the bell-pull.
  3463.  
  3464. "You see it, Watson?" he yelled. "You see it?"
  3465.  
  3466. But I saw nothing. At the moment when Holmes struck the light I heard a low, clear whistle, but the sudden glare flashing into my weary eyes made it impossible for me to tell what it was at which my friend lashed so savagely. I could, however, see that his face was deadly pale and filled with horror and loathing. He had ceased to strike and was gazing up at the ventilator when suddenly there broke from the silence of the night the most horrible cry to which I have ever listened. It swelled up louder and louder, a hoarse yell of pain and fear and anger all mingled in the one dreadful shriek. They say that away down in the village, and even in the distant parsonage, that cry raised the sleepers from their beds. It struck cold to our hearts, and I stood gazing at Holmes, and he at me, until the last echoes of it had died away into the silence from which it rose.
  3467.  
  3468. "What can it mean?" I gasped.
  3469.  
  3470. "It means that it is all over," Holmes answered. "And perhaps, after all, it is for the best. Take your pistol, and we will enter Dr. Roylott's room."
  3471.  
  3472. With a grave face he lit the lamp and led the way down the corridor. Twice he struck at the chamber door without any reply from within. Then he turned the handle and entered, I at his heels, with the cocked pistol in my hand.
  3473.  
  3474. It was a singular sight which met our eyes. On the table stood a dark-lantern with the shutter half open, throwing a brilliant beam of light upon the iron safe, the door of which was ajar. Beside this table, on the wooden chair, sat Dr. Grimesby Roylott clad in a long grey dressing-gown, his bare ankles protruding beneath, and his feet thrust into red heelless Turkish slippers. Across his lap lay the short stock with the long lash which we had noticed during the day. His chin was cocked upward and his eyes were fixed in a dreadful, rigid stare at the corner of the ceiling. Round his brow he had a peculiar yellow band, with brownish speckles, which seemed to be bound tightly round his head. As we entered he made neither sound nor motion.
  3475.  
  3476. "The band! the speckled band!" whispered Holmes.
  3477.  
  3478. I took a step forward. In an instant his strange headgear began to move, and there reared itself from among his hair the squat diamond-shaped head and puffed neck of a loathsome serpent.
  3479.  
  3480. "It is a swamp adder!" cried Holmes; "the deadliest snake in India. He has died within ten seconds of being bitten. Violence does, in truth, recoil upon the violent, and the schemer falls into the pit which he digs for another. Let us thrust this creature back into its den, and we can then remove Miss Stoner to some place of shelter and let the county police know what has happened."
  3481.  
  3482. As he spoke he drew the dog-whip swiftly from the dead man's lap, and throwing the noose round the reptile's neck he drew it from its horrid perch and, carrying it at arm's length, threw it into the iron safe, which he closed upon it.
  3483.  
  3484. Such are the true facts of the death of Dr. Grimesby Roylott, of Stoke Moran. It is not necessary that I should prolong a narrative which has already run to too great a length by telling how we broke the sad news to the terrified girl, how we conveyed her by the morning train to the care of her good aunt at Harrow, of how the slow process of official inquiry came to the conclusion that the doctor met his fate while indiscreetly playing with a dangerous pet. The little which I had yet to learn of the case was told me by Sherlock Holmes as we travelled back next day.
  3485.  
  3486. "I had," said he, "come to an entirely erroneous conclusion which shows, my dear Watson, how dangerous it always is to reason from insufficient data. The presence of the gipsies, and the use of the word 'band,' which was used by the poor girl, no doubt, to explain the appearance which she had caught a hurried glimpse of by the light of her match, were sufficient to put me upon an entirely wrong scent. I can only claim the merit that I instantly reconsidered my position when, however, it became clear to me that whatever danger threatened an occupant of the room could not come either from the window or the door. My attention was speedily drawn, as I have already remarked to you, to this ventilator, and to the bell-rope which hung down to the bed. The discovery that this was a dummy, and that the bed was clamped to the floor, instantly gave rise to the suspicion that the rope was there as a bridge for something passing through the hole and coming to the bed. The idea of a snake instantly occurred to me, and when I coupled it with my knowledge that the doctor was furnished with a supply of creatures from India, I felt that I was probably on the right track. The idea of using a form of poison which could not possibly be discovered by any chemical test was just such a one as would occur to a clever and ruthless man who had had an Eastern training. The rapidity with which such a poison would take effect would also, from his point of view, be an advantage. It would be a sharp-eyed coroner, indeed, who could distinguish the two little dark punctures which would show where the poison fangs had done their work. Then I thought of the whistle. Of course he must recall the snake before the morning light revealed it to the victim. He had trained it, probably by the use of the milk which we saw, to return to him when summoned. He would put it through this ventilator at the hour that he thought best, with the certainty that it would crawl down the rope and land on the bed. It might or might not bite the occupant, perhaps she might escape every night for a week, but sooner or later she must fall a victim.
  3487.  
  3488. "I had come to these conclusions before ever I had entered his room. An inspection of his chair showed me that he had been in the habit of standing on it, which of course would be necessary in order that he should reach the ventilator. The sight of the safe, the saucer of milk, and the loop of whipcord were enough to finally dispel any doubts which may have remained. The metallic clang heard by Miss Stoner was obviously caused by her stepfather hastily closing the door of his safe upon its terrible occupant. Having once made up my mind, you know the steps which I took in order to put the matter to the proof. I heard the creature hiss as I have no doubt that you did also, and I instantly lit the light and attacked it."
  3489.  
  3490. "With the result of driving it through the ventilator."
  3491.  
  3492. "And also with the result of causing it to turn upon its master at the other side. Some of the blows of my cane came home and roused its snakish temper, so that it flew upon the first person it saw. In this way I am no doubt indirectly responsible for Dr. Grimesby Roylott's death, and I cannot say that it is likely to weigh very heavily upon my conscience."
  3493.  
  3494. IX.  THE ADVENTURE OF THE ENGINEER'S THUMB
  3495.  
  3496.  
  3497. Of all the problems which have been submitted to my friend, Mr. Sherlock Holmes, for solution during the years of our intimacy, there were only two which I was the means of introducing to his notice--that of Mr. Hatherley's thumb, and that of Colonel Warburton's madness. Of these the latter may have afforded a finer field for an acute and original observer, but the other was so strange in its inception and so dramatic in its details that it may be the more worthy of being placed upon record, even if it gave my friend fewer openings for those deductive methods of reasoning by which he achieved such remarkable results. The story has, I believe, been told more than once in the newspapers, but, like all such narratives, its effect is much less striking when set forth en bloc in a single half-column of print than when the facts slowly evolve before your own eyes, and the mystery clears gradually away as each new discovery furnishes a step which leads on to the complete truth. At the time the circumstances made a deep impression upon me, and the lapse of two years has hardly served to weaken the effect.
  3498.  
  3499. It was in the summer of '89, not long after my marriage, that the events occurred which I am now about to summarise. I had returned to civil practice and had finally abandoned Holmes in his Baker Street rooms, although I continually visited him and occasionally even persuaded him to forgo his Bohemian habits so far as to come and visit us. My practice had steadily increased, and as I happened to live at no very great distance from Paddington Station, I got a few patients from among the officials. One of these, whom I had cured of a painful and lingering disease, was never weary of advertising my virtues and of endeavouring to send me on every sufferer over whom he might have any influence.
  3500.  
  3501. One morning, at a little before seven o'clock, I was awakened by the maid tapping at the door to announce that two men had come from Paddington and were waiting in the consulting-room. I dressed hurriedly, for I knew by experience that railway cases were seldom trivial, and hastened downstairs. As I descended, my old ally, the guard, came out of the room and closed the door tightly behind him.
  3502.  
  3503. "I've got him here," he whispered, jerking his thumb over his shoulder; "he's all right."
  3504.  
  3505. "What is it, then?" I asked, for his manner suggested that it was some strange creature which he had caged up in my room.
  3506.  
  3507. "It's a new patient," he whispered. "I thought I'd bring him round myself; then he couldn't slip away. There he is, all safe and sound. I must go now, Doctor; I have my dooties, just the same as you." And off he went, this trusty tout, without even giving me time to thank him.
  3508.  
  3509. I entered my consulting-room and found a gentleman seated by the table. He was quietly dressed in a suit of heather tweed with a soft cloth cap which he had laid down upon my books. Round one of his hands he had a handkerchief wrapped, which was mottled all over with bloodstains. He was young, not more than five-and-twenty, I should say, with a strong, masculine face; but he was exceedingly pale and gave me the impression of a man who was suffering from some strong agitation, which it took all his strength of mind to control.
  3510.  
  3511. "I am sorry to knock you up so early, Doctor," said he, "but I have had a very serious accident during the night. I came in by train this morning, and on inquiring at Paddington as to where I might find a doctor, a worthy fellow very kindly escorted me here. I gave the maid a card, but I see that she has left it upon the side-table."
  3512.  
  3513. I took it up and glanced at it. "Mr. Victor Hatherley, hydraulic engineer, 16A, Victoria Street (3rd floor)." That was the name, style, and abode of my morning visitor. "I regret that I have kept you waiting," said I, sitting down in my library-chair. "You are fresh from a night journey, I understand, which is in itself a monotonous occupation."
  3514.  
  3515. "Oh, my night could not be called monotonous," said he, and laughed. He laughed very heartily, with a high, ringing note, leaning back in his chair and shaking his sides. All my medical instincts rose up against that laugh.
  3516.  
  3517. "Stop it!" I cried; "pull yourself together!" and I poured out some water from a caraffe.
  3518.  
  3519. It was useless, however. He was off in one of those hysterical outbursts which come upon a strong nature when some great crisis is over and gone. Presently he came to himself once more, very weary and pale-looking.
  3520.  
  3521. "I have been making a fool of myself," he gasped.
  3522.  
  3523. "Not at all. Drink this." I dashed some brandy into the water, and the colour began to come back to his bloodless cheeks.
  3524.  
  3525. "That's better!" said he. "And now, Doctor, perhaps you would kindly attend to my thumb, or rather to the place where my thumb used to be."
  3526.  
  3527. He unwound the handkerchief and held out his hand. It gave even my hardened nerves a shudder to look at it. There were four protruding fingers and a horrid red, spongy surface where the thumb should have been. It had been hacked or torn right out from the roots.
  3528.  
  3529. "Good heavens!" I cried, "this is a terrible injury. It must have bled considerably."
  3530.  
  3531. "Yes, it did. I fainted when it was done, and I think that I must have been senseless for a long time. When I came to I found that it was still bleeding, so I tied one end of my handkerchief very tightly round the wrist and braced it up with a twig."
  3532.  
  3533. "Excellent! You should have been a surgeon."
  3534.  
  3535. "It is a question of hydraulics, you see, and came within my own province."
  3536.  
  3537. "This has been done," said I, examining the wound, "by a very heavy and sharp instrument."
  3538.  
  3539. "A thing like a cleaver," said he.
  3540.  
  3541. "An accident, I presume?"
  3542.  
  3543. "By no means."
  3544.  
  3545. "What! a murderous attack?"
  3546.  
  3547. "Very murderous indeed."
  3548.  
  3549. "You horrify me."
  3550.  
  3551. I sponged the wound, cleaned it, dressed it, and finally covered it over with cotton wadding and carbolised bandages. He lay back without wincing, though he bit his lip from time to time.
  3552.  
  3553. "How is that?" I asked when I had finished.
  3554.  
  3555. "Capital! Between your brandy and your bandage, I feel a new man. I was very weak, but I have had a good deal to go through."
  3556.  
  3557. "Perhaps you had better not speak of the matter. It is evidently trying to your nerves."
  3558.  
  3559. "Oh, no, not now. I shall have to tell my tale to the police; but, between ourselves, if it were not for the convincing evidence of this wound of mine, I should be surprised if they believed my statement, for it is a very extraordinary one, and I have not much in the way of proof with which to back it up; and, even if they believe me, the clues which I can give them are so vague that it is a question whether justice will be done."
  3560.  
  3561. "Ha!" cried I, "if it is anything in the nature of a problem which you desire to see solved, I should strongly recommend you to come to my friend, Mr. Sherlock Holmes, before you go to the official police."
  3562.  
  3563. "Oh, I have heard of that fellow," answered my visitor, "and I should be very glad if he would take the matter up, though of course I must use the official police as well. Would you give me an introduction to him?"
  3564.  
  3565. "I'll do better. I'll take you round to him myself."
  3566.  
  3567. "I should be immensely obliged to you."
  3568.  
  3569. "We'll call a cab and go together. We shall just be in time to have a little breakfast with him. Do you feel equal to it?"
  3570.  
  3571. "Yes; I shall not feel easy until I have told my story."
  3572.  
  3573. "Then my servant will call a cab, and I shall be with you in an instant." I rushed upstairs, explained the matter shortly to my wife, and in five minutes was inside a hansom, driving with my new acquaintance to Baker Street.
  3574.  
  3575. Sherlock Holmes was, as I expected, lounging about his sitting-room in his dressing-gown, reading the agony column of The Times and smoking his before-breakfast pipe, which was composed of all the plugs and dottles left from his smokes of the day before, all carefully dried and collected on the corner of the mantelpiece. He received us in his quietly genial fashion, ordered fresh rashers and eggs, and joined us in a hearty meal. When it was concluded he settled our new acquaintance upon the sofa, placed a pillow beneath his head, and laid a glass of brandy and water within his reach.
  3576.  
  3577. "It is easy to see that your experience has been no common one, Mr. Hatherley," said he. "Pray, lie down there and make yourself absolutely at home. Tell us what you can, but stop when you are tired and keep up your strength with a little stimulant."
  3578.  
  3579. "Thank you," said my patient. "but I have felt another man since the doctor bandaged me, and I think that your breakfast has completed the cure. I shall take up as little of your valuable time as possible, so I shall start at once upon my peculiar experiences."
  3580.  
  3581. Holmes sat in his big armchair with the weary, heavy-lidded expression which veiled his keen and eager nature, while I sat opposite to him, and we listened in silence to the strange story which our visitor detailed to us.
  3582.  
  3583. "You must know," said he, "that I am an orphan and a bachelor, residing alone in lodgings in London. By profession I am a hydraulic engineer, and I have had considerable experience of my work during the seven years that I was apprenticed to Venner & Matheson, the well-known firm, of Greenwich. Two years ago, having served my time, and having also come into a fair sum of money through my poor father's death, I determined to start in business for myself and took professional chambers in Victoria Street.
  3584.  
  3585. "I suppose that everyone finds his first independent start in business a dreary experience. To me it has been exceptionally so. During two years I have had three consultations and one small job, and that is absolutely all that my profession has brought me. My gross takings amount to $27 10s. Every day, from nine in the morning until four in the afternoon, I waited in my little den, until at last my heart began to sink, and I came to believe that I should never have any practice at all.
  3586.  
  3587. "Yesterday, however, just as I was thinking of leaving the office, my clerk entered to say there was a gentleman waiting who wished to see me upon business. He brought up a card, too, with the name of 'Colonel Lysander Stark' engraved upon it. Close at his heels came the colonel himself, a man rather over the middle size, but of an exceeding thinness. I do not think that I have ever seen so thin a man. His whole face sharpened away into nose and chin, and the skin of his cheeks was drawn quite tense over his outstanding bones. Yet this emaciation seemed to be his natural habit, and due to no disease, for his eye was bright, his step brisk, and his bearing assured. He was plainly but neatly dressed, and his age, I should judge, would be nearer forty than thirty.
  3588.  
  3589. " 'Mr. Hatherley?' said he, with something of a German accent. 'You have been recommended to me, Mr. Hatherley, as being a man who is not only proficient in his profession but is also discreet and capable of preserving a secret.'
  3590.  
  3591. "I bowed, feeling as flattered as any young man would at such an address. 'May I ask who it was who gave me so good a character?'
  3592.  
  3593. " 'Well, perhaps it is better that I should not tell you that just at this moment. I have it from the same source that you are both an orphan and a bachelor and are residing alone in London.'
  3594.  
  3595. " 'That is quite correct,' I answered; 'but you will excuse me if I say that I cannot see how all this bears upon my professional qualifications. I understand that it was on a professional matter that you wished to speak to me?'
  3596.  
  3597. " 'Undoubtedly so. But you will find that all I say is really to the point. I have a professional commission for you, but absolute secrecy is quite essential--absolute secrecy, you understand, and of course we may expect that more from a man who is alone than from one who lives in the bosom of his family.'
  3598.  
  3599. " 'If I promise to keep a secret,' said I, 'you may absolutely depend upon my doing so.'
  3600.  
  3601. "He looked very hard at me as I spoke, and it seemed to me that I had never seen so suspicious and questioning an eye.
  3602.  
  3603. " 'Do you promise, then?' said he at last.
  3604.  
  3605. " 'Yes, I promise.'
  3606.  
  3607. " 'Absolute and complete silence before, during, and after? No reference to the matter at all, either in word or writing?'
  3608.  
  3609. " 'I have already given you my word.'
  3610.  
  3611. " 'Very good.' He suddenly sprang up, and darting like lightning across the room he flung open the door. The passage outside was empty.
  3612.  
  3613. " 'That's all right,' said he, coming back. 'I know that clerks are sometimes curious as to their master's affairs. Now we can talk in safety.' He drew up his chair very close to mine and began to stare at me again with the same questioning and thoughtful look.
  3614.  
  3615. "A feeling of repulsion, and of something akin to fear had begun to rise within me at the strange antics of this fleshless man. Even my dread of losing a client could not restrain me from showing my impatience.
  3616.  
  3617. " 'I beg that you will state your business, sir,' said I; 'my time is of value.' Heaven forgive me for that last sentence, but the words came to my lips.
  3618.  
  3619. " 'How would fifty guineas for a night's work suit you?' he asked.
  3620.  
  3621. " 'Most admirably.'
  3622.  
  3623. " 'I say a night's work, but an hour's would be nearer the mark. I simply want your opinion about a hydraulic stamping machine which has got out of gear. If you show us what is wrong we shall soon set it right ourselves. What do you think of such a commission as that?'
  3624.  
  3625. " 'The work appears to be light and the pay munificent.'
  3626.  
  3627. " 'Precisely so. We shall want you to come to-night by the last train.'
  3628.  
  3629. " 'Where to?'
  3630.  
  3631. " 'To Eyford, in Berkshire. It is a little place near the borders of Oxfordshire, and within seven miles of Reading. There is a train from Paddington which would bring you there at about 11:15.'
  3632.  
  3633. " 'Very good.'
  3634.  
  3635. " 'I shall come down in a carriage to meet you.'
  3636.  
  3637. " 'There is a drive, then?'
  3638.  
  3639. " 'Yes, our little place is quite out in the country. It is a good seven miles from Eyford Station.'
  3640.  
  3641. " 'Then we can hardly get there before midnight. I suppose there would be no chance of a train back. I should be compelled to stop the night.'
  3642.  
  3643. " 'Yes, we could easily give you a shake-down.'
  3644.  
  3645. " 'That is very awkward. Could I not come at some more convenient hour?'
  3646.  
  3647. " 'We have judged it best that you should come late. It is to recompense you for any inconvenience that we are paying to you, a young and unknown man, a fee which would buy an opinion from the very heads of your profession. Still, of course, if you would like to draw out of the business, there is plenty of time to do so.'
  3648.  
  3649. "I thought of the fifty guineas, and of how very useful they would be to me. 'Not at all,' said I, 'I shall be very happy to accommodate myself to your wishes. I should like, however, to understand a little more clearly what it is that you wish me to do.'
  3650.  
  3651. " 'Quite so. It is very natural that the pledge of secrecy which we have exacted from you should have aroused your curiosity. I have no wish to commit you to anything without your having it all laid before you. I suppose that we are absolutely safe from eavesdroppers?'
  3652.  
  3653. " 'Entirely.'
  3654.  
  3655. " 'Then the matter stands thus. You are probably aware that fuller's-earth is a valuable product, and that it is only found in one or two places in England?'
  3656.  
  3657. " 'I have heard so.'
  3658.  
  3659. " 'Some little time ago I bought a small place--a very small place--within ten miles of Reading. I was fortunate enough to discover that there was a deposit of fuller's-earth in one of my fields. On examining it, however, I found that this deposit was a comparatively small one, and that it formed a link between two very much larger ones upon the right and left--both of them, however, in the grounds of my neighbours. These good people were absolutely ignorant that their land contained that which was quite as valuable as a gold-mine. Naturally, it was to my interest to buy their land before they discovered its true value, but unfortunately I had no capital by which I could do this. I took a few of my friends into the secret, however, and they suggested that we should quietly and secretly work our own little deposit and that in this way we should earn the money which would enable us to buy the neighbouring fields. This we have now been doing for some time, and in order to help us in our operations we erected a hydraulic press. This press, as I have already explained, has got out of order, and we wish your advice upon the subject. We guard our secret very jealously, however, and if it once became known that we had hydraulic engineers coming to our little house, it would soon rouse inquiry, and then, if the facts came out, it would be good-bye to any chance of getting these fields and carrying out our plans. That is why I have made you promise me that you will not tell a human being that you are going to Eyford to-night. I hope that I make it all plain?'
  3660.  
  3661. " 'I quite follow you,' said I. 'The only point which I could not quite understand was what use you could make of a hydraulic press in excavating fuller's-earth, which, as I understand, is dug out like gravel from a pit.'
  3662.  
  3663. " 'Ah!' said he carelessly, 'we have our own process. We compress the earth into bricks, so as to remove them without revealing what they are. But that is a mere detail. I have taken you fully into my confidence now, Mr. Hatherley, and I have shown you how I trust you.' He rose as he spoke. 'I shall expect you, then, at Eyford at 11:15.'
  3664.  
  3665. " 'I shall certainly be there.'
  3666.  
  3667. " 'And not a word to a soul.' He looked at me with a last long, questioning gaze, and then, pressing my hand in a cold, dank grasp, he hurried from the room.
  3668.  
  3669. "Well, when I came to think it all over in cool blood I was very much astonished, as you may both think, at this sudden commission which had been intrusted to me. On the one hand, of course, I was glad, for the fee was at least tenfold what I should have asked had I set a price upon my own services, and it was possible that this order might lead to other ones. On the other hand, the face and manner of my patron had made an unpleasant impression upon me, and I could not think that his explanation of the fuller's-earth was sufficient to explain the necessity for my coming at midnight, and his extreme anxiety lest I should tell anyone of my errand. However, I threw all fears to the winds, ate a hearty supper, drove to Paddington, and started off, having obeyed to the letter the injunction as to holding my tongue.
  3670.  
  3671. "At Reading I had to change not only my carriage but my station. However, I was in time for the last train to Eyford, and I reached the little dim-lit station after eleven o'clock. I was the only passenger who got out there, and there was no one upon the platform save a single sleepy porter with a lantern. As I passed out through the wicket gate, however, I found my acquaintance of the morning waiting in the shadow upon the other side. Without a word he grasped my arm and hurried me into a carriage, the door of which was standing open. He drew up the windows on either side, tapped on the wood-work, and away we went as fast as the horse could go."
  3672.  
  3673. "One horse?" interjected Holmes.
  3674.  
  3675. "Yes, only one."
  3676.  
  3677. "Did you observe the colour?"
  3678.  
  3679. "Yes, I saw it by the side-lights when I was stepping into the carriage. It was a chestnut."
  3680.  
  3681. "Tired-looking or fresh?"
  3682.  
  3683. "Oh, fresh and glossy."
  3684.  
  3685. "Thank you. I am sorry to have interrupted you. Pray continue your most interesting statement."
  3686.  
  3687. "Away we went then, and we drove for at least an hour. Colonel Lysander Stark had said that it was only seven miles, but I should think, from the rate that we seemed to go, and from the time that we took, that it must have been nearer twelve. He sat at my side in silence all the time, and I was aware, more than once when I glanced in his direction, that he was looking at me with great intensity. The country roads seem to be not very good in that part of the world, for we lurched and jolted terribly. I tried to look out of the windows to see something of where we were, but they were made of frosted glass, and I could make out nothing save the occasional bright blur of a passing light. Now and then I hazarded some remark to break the monotony of the journey, but the colonel answered only in monosyllables, and the conversation soon flagged. At last, however, the bumping of the road was exchanged for the crisp smoothness of a gravel-drive, and the carriage came to a stand. Colonel Lysander Stark sprang out, and, as I followed after him, pulled me swiftly into a porch which gaped in front of us. We stepped, as it were, right out of the carriage and into the hall, so that I failed to catch the most fleeting glance of the front of the house. The instant that I had crossed the threshold the door slammed heavily behind us, and I heard faintly the rattle of the wheels as the carriage drove away.
  3688.  
  3689. "It was pitch dark inside the house, and the colonel fumbled about looking for matches and muttering under his breath. Suddenly a door opened at the other end of the passage, and a long, golden bar of light shot out in our direction. It grew broader, and a woman appeared with a lamp in her hand, which she held above her head, pushing her face forward and peering at us. I could see that she was pretty, and from the gloss with which the light shone upon her dark dress I knew that it was a rich material. She spoke a few words in a foreign tongue in a tone as though asking a question, and when my companion answered in a gruff monosyllable she gave such a start that the lamp nearly fell from her hand. Colonel Stark went up to her, whispered something in her ear, and then, pushing her back into the room from whence she had come, he walked towards me again with the lamp in his hand.
  3690.  
  3691. " 'Perhaps you will have the kindness to wait in this room for a few minutes,' said he, throwing open another door. It was a quiet, little, plainly furnished room, with a round table in the centre, on which several German books were scattered. Colonel Stark laid down the lamp on the top of a harmonium beside the door. 'I shall not keep you waiting an instant,' said he, and vanished into the darkness.
  3692.  
  3693. "I glanced at the books upon the table, and in spite of my ignorance of German I could see that two of them were treatises on science, the others being volumes of poetry. Then I walked across to the window, hoping that I might catch some glimpse of the country-side, but an oak shutter, heavily barred, was folded across it. It was a wonderfully silent house. There was an old clock ticking loudly somewhere in the passage, but otherwise everything was deadly still. A vague feeling of uneasiness began to steal over me. Who were these German people, and what were they doing living in this strange, out-of-the-way place? And where was the place? I was ten miles or so from Eyford, that was all I knew, but whether north, south, east, or west I had no idea. For that matter, Reading, and possibly other large towns, were within that radius, so the place might not be so secluded, after all. Yet it was quite certain, from the absolute stillness, that we were in the country. I paced up and down the room, humming a tune under my breath to keep up my spirits and feeling that I was thoroughly earning my fifty-guinea fee.
  3694.  
  3695. "Suddenly, without any preliminary sound in the midst of the utter stillness, the door of my room swung slowly open. The woman was standing in the aperture, the darkness of the hall behind her, the yellow light from my lamp beating upon her eager and beautiful face. I could see at a glance that she was sick with fear, and the sight sent a chill to my own heart. She held up one shaking finger to warn me to be silent, and she shot a few whispered words of broken English at me, her eyes glancing back, like those of a frightened horse, into the gloom behind her.
  3696.  
  3697. " 'I would go,' said she, trying hard, as it seemed to me, to speak calmly; 'I would go. I should not stay here. There is no good for you to do.'
  3698.  
  3699. " 'But, madam,' said I, 'I have not yet done what I came for. I cannot possibly leave until I have seen the machine.'
  3700.  
  3701. " 'It is not worth your while to wait,' she went on. 'You can pass through the door; no one hinders.' And then, seeing that I smiled and shook my head, she suddenly threw aside her constraint and made a step forward, with her hands wrung together. 'For the love of Heaven!' she whispered, 'get away from here before it is too late!'
  3702.  
  3703. "But I am somewhat headstrong by nature, and the more ready to engage in an affair when there is some obstacle in the way. I thought of my fifty-guinea fee, of my wearisome journey, and of the unpleasant night which seemed to be before me. Was it all to go for nothing? Why should I slink away without having carried out my commission, and without the payment which was my due? This woman might, for all I knew, be a monomaniac. With a stout bearing, therefore, though her manner had shaken me more than I cared to confess, I still shook my head and declared my intention of remaining where I was. She was about to renew her entreaties when a door slammed overhead, and the sound of several footsteps was heard upon the stairs. She listened for an instant, threw up her hands with a despairing gesture, and vanished as suddenly and as noiselessly as she had come.
  3704.  
  3705. "The newcomers were Colonel Lysander Stark and a short thick man with a chinchilla beard growing out of the creases of his double chin, who was introduced to me as Mr. Ferguson.
  3706.  
  3707. " 'This is my secretary and manager,' said the colonel. 'By the way, I was under the impression that I left this door shut just now. I fear that you have felt the draught.'
  3708.  
  3709. " 'On the contrary,' said I, 'I opened the door myself because I felt the room to be a little close.'
  3710.  
  3711. "He shot one of his suspicious looks at me. 'Perhaps we had better proceed to business, then,' said he. 'Mr. Ferguson and I will take you up to see the machine.'
  3712.  
  3713. " 'I had better put my hat on, I suppose.'
  3714.  
  3715. " 'Oh, no, it is in the house.'
  3716.  
  3717. " 'What, you dig fuller's-earth in the house?'
  3718.  
  3719. " 'No, no. This is only where we compress it. But never mind that. All we wish you to do is to examine the machine and to let us know what is wrong with it.'
  3720.  
  3721. "We went upstairs together, the colonel first with the lamp, the fat manager and I behind him. It was a labyrinth of an old house, with corridors, passages, narrow winding staircases, and little low doors, the thresholds of which were hollowed out by the generations who had crossed them. There were no carpets and no signs of any furniture above the ground floor, while the plaster was peeling off the walls, and the damp was breaking through in green, unhealthy blotches. I tried to put on as unconcerned an air as possible, but I had not forgotten the warnings of the lady, even though I disregarded them, and I kept a keen eye upon my two companions. Ferguson appeared to be a morose and silent man, but I could see from the little that he said that he was at least a fellow-countryman.
  3722.  
  3723. "Colonel Lysander Stark stopped at last before a low door, which he unlocked. Within was a small, square room, in which the three of us could hardly get at one time. Ferguson remained outside, and the colonel ushered me in.
  3724.  
  3725. " 'We are now,' said he, 'actually within the hydraulic press, and it would be a particularly unpleasant thing for us if anyone were to turn it on. The ceiling of this small chamber is really the end of the descending piston, and it comes down with the force of many tons upon this metal floor. There are small lateral columns of water outside which receive the force, and which transmit and multiply it in the manner which is familiar to you. The machine goes readily enough, but there is some stiffness in the working of it, and it has lost a little of its force. Perhaps you will have the goodness to look it over and to show us how we can set it right.'
  3726.  
  3727. "I took the lamp from him, and I examined the machine very thoroughly. It was indeed a gigantic one, and capable of exercising enormous pressure. When I passed outside, however, and pressed down the levers which controlled it, I knew at once by the whishing sound that there was a slight leakage, which allowed a regurgitation of water through one of the side cylinders. An examination showed that one of the india-rubber bands which was round the head of a driving-rod had shrunk so as not quite to fill the socket along which it worked. This was clearly the cause of the loss of power, and I pointed it out to my companions, who followed my remarks very carefully and asked several practical questions as to how they should proceed to set it right. When I had made it clear to them, I returned to the main chamber of the machine and took a good look at it to satisfy my own curiosity. It was obvious at a glance that the story of the fuller's-earth was the merest fabrication, for it would be absurd to suppose that so powerful an engine could be designed for so inadequate a purpose. The walls were of wood, but the floor consisted of a large iron trough, and when I came to examine it I could see a crust of metallic deposit all over it. I had stooped and was scraping at this to see exactly what it was when I heard a muttered exclamation in German and saw the cadaverous face of the colonel looking down at me.
  3728.  
  3729. " 'What are you doing there?' he asked.
  3730.  
  3731. "I felt angry at having been tricked by so elaborate a story as that which he had told me. 'I was admiring your fuller's-earth,' said I; 'I think that I should be better able to advise you as to your machine if I knew what the exact purpose was for which it was used.'
  3732.  
  3733. "The instant that I uttered the words I regretted the rashness of my speech. His face set hard, and a baleful light sprang up in his grey eyes.
  3734.  
  3735. " 'Very well,' said he, 'you shall know all about the machine.' He took a step backward, slammed the little door, and turned the key in the lock. I rushed towards it and pulled at the handle, but it was quite secure, and did not give in the least to my kicks and shoves. 'Hullo!' I yelled. 'Hullo! Colonel! Let me out!'
  3736.  
  3737. "And then suddenly in the silence I heard a sound which sent my heart into my mouth. It was the clank of the levers and the swish of the leaking cylinder. He had set the engine at work. The lamp still stood upon the floor where I had placed it when examining the trough. By its light I saw that the black ceiling was coming down upon me, slowly, jerkily, but, as none knew better than myself, with a force which must within a minute grind me to a shapeless pulp. I threw myself, screaming, against the door, and dragged with my nails at the lock. I implored the colonel to let me out, but the remorseless clanking of the levers drowned my cries. The ceiling was only a foot or two above my head, and with my hand upraised I could feel its hard, rough surface. Then it flashed through my mind that the pain of my death would depend very much upon the position in which I met it. If I lay on my face the weight would come upon my spine, and I shuddered to think of that dreadful snap. Easier the other way, perhaps; and yet, had I the nerve to lie and look up at that deadly black shadow wavering down upon me? Already I was unable to stand erect, when my eye caught something which brought a gush of hope back to my heart.
  3738.  
  3739. "I have said that though the floor and ceiling were of iron, the walls were of wood. As I gave a last hurried glance around, I saw a thin line of yellow light between two of the boards, which broadened and broadened as a small panel was pushed backward. For an instant I could hardly believe that here was indeed a door which led away from death. The next instant I threw myself through, and lay half-fainting upon the other side. The panel had closed again behind me, but the crash of the lamp, and a few moments afterwards the clang of the two slabs of metal, told me how narrow had been my escape.
  3740.  
  3741. "I was recalled to myself by a frantic plucking at my wrist, and I found myself lying upon the stone floor of a narrow corridor, while a woman bent over me and tugged at me with her left hand, while she held a candle in her right. It was the same good friend whose warning I had so foolishly rejected.
  3742.  
  3743. " 'Come! come!' she cried breathlessly. 'They will be here in a moment. They will see that you are not there. Oh, do not waste the so-precious time, but come!'
  3744.  
  3745. "This time, at least, I did not scorn her advice. I staggered to my feet and ran with her along the corridor and down a winding stair. The latter led to another broad passage, and just as we reached it we heard the sound of running feet and the shouting of two voices, one answering the other from the floor on which we were and from the one beneath. My guide stopped and looked about her like one who is at her wit's end. Then she threw open a door which led into a bedroom, through the window of which the moon was shining brightly.
  3746.  
  3747. " 'It is your only chance,' said she. 'It is high, but it may be that you can jump it.'
  3748.  
  3749. "As she spoke a light sprang into view at the further end of the passage, and I saw the lean figure of Colonel Lysander Stark rushing forward with a lantern in one hand and a weapon like a butcher's cleaver in the other. I rushed across the bedroom, flung open the window, and looked out. How quiet and sweet and wholesome the garden looked in the moonlight, and it could not be more than thirty feet down. I clambered out upon the sill, but I hesitated to jump until I should have heard what passed between my saviour and the ruffian who pursued me. If she were ill-used, then at any risks I was determined to go back to her assistance. The thought had hardly flashed through my mind before he was at the door, pushing his way past her; but she threw her arms round him and tried to hold him back.
  3750.  
  3751. " 'Fritz! Fritz!' she cried in English, 'remember your promise after the last time. You said it should not be again. He will be silent! Oh, he will be silent!'
  3752.  
  3753. " 'You are mad, Elise!' he shouted, struggling to break away from her. 'You will be the ruin of us. He has seen too much. Let me pass, I say!' He dashed her to one side, and, rushing to the window, cut at me with his heavy weapon. I had let myself go, and was hanging by the hands to the sill, when his blow fell. I was conscious of a dull pain, my grip loosened, and I fell into the garden below.
  3754.  
  3755. "I was shaken but not hurt by the fall; so I picked myself up and rushed off among the bushes as hard as I could run, for I understood that I was far from being out of danger yet. Suddenly, however, as I ran, a deadly dizziness and sickness came over me. I glanced down at my hand, which was throbbing painfully, and then, for the first time, saw that my thumb had been cut off and that the blood was pouring from my wound. I endeavoured to tie my handkerchief round it, but there came a sudden buzzing in my ears, and next moment I fell in a dead faint among the rose-bushes.
  3756.  
  3757. "How long I remained unconscious I cannot tell. It must have been a very long time, for the moon had sunk, and a bright morning was breaking when I came to myself. My clothes were all sodden with dew, and my coat-sleeve was drenched with blood from my wounded thumb. The smarting of it recalled in an instant all the particulars of my night's adventure, and I sprang to my feet with the feeling that I might hardly yet be safe from my pursuers. But to my astonishment, when I came to look round me, neither house nor garden were to be seen. I had been lying in an angle of the hedge close by the highroad, and just a little lower down was a long building, which proved, upon my approaching it, to be the very station at which I had arrived upon the previous night. Were it not for the ugly wound upon my hand, all that had passed during those dreadful hours might have been an evil dream.
  3758.  
  3759. "Half dazed, I went into the station and asked about the morning train. There would be one to Reading in less than an hour. The same porter was on duty, I found, as had been there when I arrived. I inquired of him whether he had ever heard of Colonel Lysander Stark. The name was strange to him. Had he observed a carriage the night before waiting for me? No, he had not. Was there a police-station anywhere near? There was one about three miles off.
  3760.  
  3761. "It was too far for me to go, weak and ill as I was. I determined to wait until I got back to town before telling my story to the police. It was a little past six when I arrived, so I went first to have my wound dressed, and then the doctor was kind enough to bring me along here. I put the case into your hands and shall do exactly what you advise."
  3762.  
  3763. We both sat in silence for some little time after listening to this extraordinary narrative. Then Sherlock Holmes pulled down from the shelf one of the ponderous commonplace books in which he placed his cuttings.
  3764.  
  3765. "Here is an advertisement which will interest you," said he. "It appeared in all the papers about a year ago. Listen to this: 'Lost, on the 9th inst., Mr. Jeremiah Hayling, aged twenty-six, a hydraulic engineer. Left his lodgings at ten o'clock at night, and has not been heard of since. Was dressed in,' etc., etc. Ha! That represents the last time that the colonel needed to have his machine overhauled, I fancy."
  3766.  
  3767. "Good heavens!" cried my patient. "Then that explains what the girl said."
  3768.  
  3769. "Undoubtedly. It is quite clear that the colonel was a cool and desperate man, who was absolutely determined that nothing should stand in the way of his little game, like those out-and-out pirates who will leave no survivor from a captured ship. Well, every moment now is precious, so if you feel equal to it we shall go down to Scotland Yard at once as a preliminary to starting for Eyford."
  3770.  
  3771. Some three hours or so afterwards we were all in the train together, bound from Reading to the little Berkshire village. There were Sherlock Holmes, the hydraulic engineer, Inspector Bradstreet, of Scotland Yard, a plain-clothes man, and myself. Bradstreet had spread an ordnance map of the county out upon the seat and was busy with his compasses drawing a circle with Eyford for its centre.
  3772.  
  3773. "There you are," said he. "That circle is drawn at a radius of ten miles from the village. The place we want must be somewhere near that line. You said ten miles, I think, sir."
  3774.  
  3775. "It was an hour's good drive."
  3776.  
  3777. "And you think that they brought you back all that way when you were unconscious?"
  3778.  
  3779. "They must have done so. I have a confused memory, too, of having been lifted and conveyed somewhere."
  3780.  
  3781. "What I cannot understand," said I, "is why they should have spared you when they found you lying fainting in the garden. Perhaps the villain was softened by the woman's entreaties."
  3782.  
  3783. "I hardly think that likely. I never saw a more inexorable face in my life."
  3784.  
  3785. "Oh, we shall soon clear up all that," said Bradstreet. "Well, I have drawn my circle, and I only wish I knew at what point upon it the folk that we are in search of are to be found."
  3786.  
  3787. "I think I could lay my finger on it," said Holmes quietly.
  3788.  
  3789. "Really, now!" cried the inspector, "you have formed your opinion! Come, now, we shall see who agrees with you. I say it is south, for the country is more deserted there."
  3790.  
  3791. "And I say east," said my patient.
  3792.  
  3793. "I am for west," remarked the plain-clothes man. "There are several quiet little villages up there."
  3794.  
  3795. "And I am for north," said I, "because there are no hills there, and our friend says that he did not notice the carriage go up any."
  3796.  
  3797. "Come," cried the inspector, laughing; "it's a very pretty diversity of opinion. We have boxed the compass among us. Who do you give your casting vote to?"
  3798.  
  3799. "You are all wrong."
  3800.  
  3801. "But we can't all be."
  3802.  
  3803. "Oh, yes, you can. This is my point." He placed his finger in the centre of the circle. "This is where we shall find them."
  3804.  
  3805. "But the twelve-mile drive?" gasped Hatherley.
  3806.  
  3807. "Six out and six back. Nothing simpler. You say yourself that the horse was fresh and glossy when you got in. How could it be that if it had gone twelve miles over heavy roads?"
  3808.  
  3809. "Indeed, it is a likely ruse enough," observed Bradstreet thoughtfully. "Of course there can be no doubt as to the nature of this gang."
  3810.  
  3811. "None at all," said Holmes. "They are coiners on a large scale, and have used the machine to form the amalgam which has taken the place of silver."
  3812.  
  3813. "We have known for some time that a clever gang was at work," said the inspector. "They have been turning out half-crowns by the thousand. We even traced them as far as Reading, but could get no farther, for they had covered their traces in a way that showed that they were very old hands. But now, thanks to this lucky chance, I think that we have got them right enough."
  3814.  
  3815. But the inspector was mistaken, for those criminals were not destined to fall into the hands of justice. As we rolled into Eyford Station we saw a gigantic column of smoke which streamed up from behind a small clump of trees in the neighbourhood and hung like an immense ostrich feather over the landscape.
  3816.  
  3817. "A house on fire?" asked Bradstreet as the train steamed off again on its way.
  3818.  
  3819. "Yes, sir!" said the station-master.
  3820.  
  3821. "When did it break out?"
  3822.  
  3823. "I hear that it was during the night, sir, but it has got worse, and the whole place is in a blaze."
  3824.  
  3825. "Whose house is it?"
  3826.  
  3827. "Dr. Becher's."
  3828.  
  3829. "Tell me," broke in the engineer, "is Dr. Becher a German, very thin, with a long, sharp nose?"
  3830.  
  3831. The station-master laughed heartily. "No, sir, Dr. Becher is an Englishman, and there isn't a man in the parish who has a better-lined waistcoat. But he has a gentleman staying with him, a patient, as I understand, who is a foreigner, and he looks as if a little good Berkshire beef would do him no harm."
  3832.  
  3833. The station-master had not finished his speech before we were all hastening in the direction of the fire. The road topped a low hill, and there was a great widespread whitewashed building in front of us, spouting fire at every chink and window, while in the garden in front three fire-engines were vainly striving to keep the flames under.
  3834.  
  3835. "That's it!" cried Hatherley, in intense excitement. "There is the gravel-drive, and there are the rose-bushes where I lay. That second window is the one that I jumped from."
  3836.  
  3837. "Well, at least," said Holmes, "you have had your revenge upon them. There can be no question that it was your oil-lamp which, when it was crushed in the press, set fire to the wooden walls, though no doubt they were too excited in the chase after you to observe it at the time. Now keep your eyes open in this crowd for your friends of last night, though I very much fear that they are a good hundred miles off by now."
  3838.  
  3839. And Holmes' fears came to be realised, for from that day to this no word has ever been heard either of the beautiful woman, the sinister German, or the morose Englishman. Early that morning a peasant had met a cart containing several people and some very bulky boxes driving rapidly in the direction of Reading, but there all traces of the fugitives disappeared, and even Holmes' ingenuity failed ever to discover the least clue as to their whereabouts.
  3840.  
  3841. The firemen had been much perturbed at the strange arrangements which they had found within, and still more so by discovering a newly severed human thumb upon a window-sill of the second floor. About sunset, however, their efforts were at last successful, and they subdued the flames, but not before the roof had fallen in, and the whole place been reduced to such absolute ruin that, save some twisted cylinders and iron piping, not a trace remained of the machinery which had cost our unfortunate acquaintance so dearly. Large masses of nickel and of tin were discovered stored in an out-house, but no coins were to be found, which may have explained the presence of those bulky boxes which have been already referred to.
  3842.  
  3843. How our hydraulic engineer had been conveyed from the garden to the spot where he recovered his senses might have remained forever a mystery were it not for the soft mould, which told us a very plain tale. He had evidently been carried down by two persons, one of whom had remarkably small feet and the other unusually large ones. On the whole, it was most probable that the silent Englishman, being less bold or less murderous than his companion, had assisted the woman to bear the unconscious man out of the way of danger.
  3844.  
  3845. "Well," said our engineer ruefully as we took our seats to return once more to London, "it has been a pretty business for me! I have lost my thumb and I have lost a fifty-guinea fee, and what have I gained?"
  3846.  
  3847. "Experience," said Holmes, laughing. "Indirectly it may be of value, you know; you have only to put it into words to gain the reputation of being excellent company for the remainder of your existence."
  3848.  
  3849. X.  THE ADVENTURE OF THE NOBLE BACHELOR
  3850.  
  3851.  
  3852. The Lord St. Simon marriage, and its curious termination, have long ceased to be a subject of interest in those exalted circles in which the unfortunate bridegroom moves. Fresh scandals have eclipsed it, and their more piquant details have drawn the gossips away from this four-year-old drama. As I have reason to believe, however, that the full facts have never been revealed to the general public, and as my friend Sherlock Holmes had a considerable share in clearing the matter up, I feel that no memoir of him would be complete without some little sketch of this remarkable episode.
  3853.  
  3854. It was a few weeks before my own marriage, during the days when I was still sharing rooms with Holmes in Baker Street, that he came home from an afternoon stroll to find a letter on the table waiting for him. I had remained indoors all day, for the weather had taken a sudden turn to rain, with high autumnal winds, and the Jezail bullet which I had brought back in one of my limbs as a relic of my Afghan campaign throbbed with dull persistence. With my body in one easy-chair and my legs upon another, I had surrounded myself with a cloud of newspapers until at last, saturated with the news of the day, I tossed them all aside and lay listless, watching the huge crest and monogram upon the envelope upon the table and wondering lazily who my friend's noble correspondent could be.
  3855.  
  3856. "Here is a very fashionable epistle," I remarked as he entered. "Your morning letters, if I remember right, were from a fish-monger and a tide-waiter."
  3857.  
  3858. "Yes, my correspondence has certainly the charm of variety," he answered, smiling, "and the humbler are usually the more interesting. This looks like one of those unwelcome social summonses which call upon a man either to be bored or to lie."
  3859.  
  3860. He broke the seal and glanced over the contents.
  3861.  
  3862. "Oh, come, it may prove to be something of interest, after all."
  3863.  
  3864. "Not social, then?"
  3865.  
  3866. "No, distinctly professional."
  3867.  
  3868. "And from a noble client?"
  3869.  
  3870. "One of the highest in England."
  3871.  
  3872. "My dear fellow, I congratulate you."
  3873.  
  3874. "I assure you, Watson, without affectation, that the status of my client is a matter of less moment to me than the interest of his case. It is just possible, however, that that also may not be wanting in this new investigation. You have been reading the papers diligently of late, have you not?"
  3875.  
  3876. "It looks like it," said I ruefully, pointing to a huge bundle in the corner. "I have had nothing else to do."
  3877.  
  3878. "It is fortunate, for you will perhaps be able to post me up. I read nothing except the criminal news and the agony column. The latter is always instructive. But if you have followed recent events so closely you must have read about Lord St. Simon and his wedding?"
  3879.  
  3880. "Oh, yes, with the deepest interest."
  3881.  
  3882. "That is well. The letter which I hold in my hand is from Lord St. Simon. I will read it to you, and in return you must turn over these papers and let me have whatever bears upon the matter. This is what he says:
  3883.  
  3884. " 'MY DEAR MR. SHERLOCK HOLMES:--Lord Backwater tells me that I may place implicit reliance upon your judgment and discretion. I have determined, therefore, to call upon you and to consult you in reference to the very painful event which has occurred in connection with my wedding. Mr. Lestrade, of Scotland Yard, is acting already in the matter, but he assures me that he sees no objection to your co-operation, and that he even thinks that it might be of some assistance. I will call at four o'clock in the afternoon, and, should you have any other engagement at that time, I hope that you will postpone it, as this matter is of paramount importance. Yours faithfully,
  3885.  
  3886.  
  3887. " 'ST. SIMON.'
  3888.  
  3889. "It is dated from Grosvenor Mansions, written with a quill pen, and the noble lord has had the misfortune to get a smear of ink upon the outer side of his right little finger," remarked Holmes as he folded up the epistle.
  3890.  
  3891. "He says four o'clock. It is three now. He will be here in an hour."
  3892.  
  3893. "Then I have just time, with your assistance, to get clear upon the subject. Turn over those papers and arrange the extracts in their order of time, while I take a glance as to who our client is." He picked a red-covered volume from a line of books of reference beside the mantelpiece. "Here he is," said he, sitting down and flattening it out upon his knee. " 'Lord Robert Walsingham de Vere St. Simon, second son of the Duke of Balmoral.' Hum! 'Arms: Azure, three caltrops in chief over a fess sable. Born in 1846.' He's forty-one years of age, which is mature for marriage. Was Under-Secretary for the colonies in a late administration. The Duke, his father, was at one time Secretary for Foreign Affairs. They inherit Plantagenet blood by direct descent, and Tudor on the distaff side. Ha! Well, there is nothing very instructive in all this. I think that I must turn to you Watson, for something more solid."
  3894.  
  3895. "I have very little difficulty in finding what I want," said I, "for the facts are quite recent, and the matter struck me as remarkable. I feared to refer them to you, however, as I knew that you had an inquiry on hand and that you disliked the intrusion of other matters."
  3896.  
  3897. "Oh, you mean the little problem of the Grosvenor Square furniture van. That is quite cleared up now--though, indeed, it was obvious from the first. Pray give me the results of your newspaper selections."
  3898.  
  3899. "Here is the first notice which I can find. It is in the personal column of the Morning Post, and dates, as you see, some weeks back: 'A marriage has been arranged,' it says, 'and will, if rumour is correct, very shortly take place, between Lord Robert St. Simon, second son of the Duke of Balmoral, and Miss Hatty Doran, the only daughter of Aloysius Doran. Esq., of San Francisco, Cal., U.S.A.' That is all."
  3900.  
  3901. "Terse and to the point," remarked Holmes, stretching his long, thin legs towards the fire.
  3902.  
  3903. "There was a paragraph amplifying this in one of the society papers of the same week. Ah, here it is: 'There will soon be a call for protection in the marriage market, for the present free-trade principle appears to tell heavily against our home product. One by one the management of the noble houses of Great Britain is passing into the hands of our fair cousins from across the Atlantic. An important addition has been made during the last week to the list of the prizes which have been borne away by these charming invaders. Lord St. Simon, who has shown himself for over twenty years proof against the little god's arrows, has now definitely announced his approaching marriage with Miss Hatty Doran, the fascinating daughter of a California millionaire. Miss Doran, whose graceful figure and striking face attracted much attention at the Westbury House festivities, is an only child, and it is currently reported that her dowry will run to considerably over the six figures, with expectancies for the future. As it is an open secret that the Duke of Balmoral has been compelled to sell his pictures within the last few years, and as Lord St. Simon has no property of his own save the small estate of Birchmoor, it is obvious that the Californian heiress is not the only gainer by an alliance which will enable her to make the easy and common transition from a Republican lady to a British peeress.' "
  3904.  
  3905. "Anything else?" asked Holmes, yawning.
  3906.  
  3907. "Oh, yes; plenty. Then there is another note in the Morning Post to say that the marriage would be an absolutely quiet one, that it would be at St. George's, Hanover Square, that only half a dozen intimate friends would be invited, and that the party would return to the furnished house at Lancaster Gate which has been taken by Mr. Aloysius Doran. Two days later--that is, on Wednesday last--there is a curt announcement that the wedding had taken place, and that the honeymoon would be passed at Lord Backwater's place, near Petersfield. Those are all the notices which appeared before the disappearance of the bride."
  3908.  
  3909. "Before the what?" asked Holmes with a start.
  3910.  
  3911. "The vanishing of the lady."
  3912.  
  3913. "When did she vanish, then?"
  3914.  
  3915. "At the wedding breakfast."
  3916.  
  3917. "Indeed. This is more interesting than it promised to be; quite dramatic, in fact."
  3918.  
  3919. "Yes; it struck me as being a little out of the common."
  3920.  
  3921. "They often vanish before the ceremony, and occasionally during the honeymoon; but I cannot call to mind anything quite so prompt as this. Pray let me have the details."
  3922.  
  3923. "I warn you that they are very incomplete."
  3924.  
  3925. "Perhaps we may make them less so."
  3926.  
  3927. "Such as they are, they are set forth in a single article of a morning paper of yesterday, which I will read to you. It is headed, 'Singular Occurrence at a Fashionable Wedding':
  3928.  
  3929. " 'The family of Lord Robert St. Simon has been thrown into the greatest consternation by the strange and painful episodes which have taken place in connection with his wedding. The ceremony, as shortly announced in the papers of yesterday, occurred on the previous morning; but it is only now that it has been possible to confirm the strange rumours which have been so persistently floating about. In spite of the attempts of the friends to hush the matter up, so much public attention has now been drawn to it that no good purpose can be served by affecting to disregard what is a common subject for conversation.
  3930.  
  3931. " 'The ceremony, which was performed at St. George's, Hanover Square, was a very quiet one, no one being present save the father of the bride, Mr. Aloysius Doran, the Duchess of Balmoral, Lord Backwater, Lord Eustace and Lady Clara St. Simon (the younger brother and sister of the bridegroom), and Lady Alicia Whittington. The whole party proceeded afterwards to the house of Mr. Aloysius Doran, at Lancaster Gate, where breakfast had been prepared. It appears that some little trouble was caused by a woman, whose name has not been ascertained, who endeavoured to force her way into the house after the bridal party, alleging that she had some claim upon Lord St. Simon. It was only after a painful and prolonged scene that she was ejected by the butler and the footman. The bride, who had fortunately entered the house before this unpleasant interruption, had sat down to breakfast with the rest, when she complained of a sudden indisposition and retired to her room. Her prolonged absence having caused some comment, her father followed her, but learned from her maid that she had only come up to her chamber for an instant, caught up an ulster and bonnet, and hurried down to the passage. One of the footmen declared that he had seen a lady leave the house thus apparelled, but had refused to credit that it was his mistress, believing her to be with the company. On ascertaining that his daughter had disappeared, Mr. Aloysius Doran, in conjunction with the bridegroom, instantly put themselves in communication with the police, and very energetic inquiries are being made, which will probably result in a speedy clearing up of this very singular business. Up to a late hour last night, however, nothing had transpired as to the whereabouts of the missing lady. There are rumours of foul play in the matter, and it is said that the police have caused the arrest of the woman who had caused the original disturbance, in the belief that, from jealousy or some other motive, she may have been concerned in the strange disappearance of the bride.' "
  3932.  
  3933. "And is that all?"
  3934.  
  3935. "Only one little item in another of the morning papers, but it is a suggestive one."
  3936.  
  3937. "And it is--"
  3938.  
  3939. "That Miss Flora Millar, the lady who had caused the disturbance, has actually been arrested. It appears that she was formerly a danseuse at the Allegro, and that she has known the bridegroom for some years. There are no further particulars, and the whole case is in your hands now--so far as it has been set forth in the public press."
  3940.  
  3941. "And an exceedingly interesting case it appears to be. I would not have missed it for worlds. But there is a ring at the bell, Watson, and as the clock makes it a few minutes after four, I have no doubt that this will prove to be our noble client. Do not dream of going, Watson, for I very much prefer having a witness, if only as a check to my own memory."
  3942.  
  3943. "Lord Robert St. Simon," announced our page-boy, throwing open the door. A gentleman entered, with a pleasant, cultured face, high-nosed and pale, with something perhaps of petulance about the mouth, and with the steady, well-opened eye of a man whose pleasant lot it had ever been to command and to be obeyed. His manner was brisk, and yet his general appearance gave an undue impression of age, for he had a slight forward stoop and a little bend of the knees as he walked. His hair, too, as he swept off his very curly-brimmed hat, was grizzled round the edges and thin upon the top. As to his dress, it was careful to the verge of foppishness, with high collar, black frock-coat, white waistcoat, yellow gloves, patent-leather shoes, and light-coloured gaiters. He advanced slowly into the room, turning his head from left to right, and swinging in his right hand the cord which held his golden eyeglasses.
  3944.  
  3945. "Good-day, Lord St. Simon," said Holmes, rising and bowing. "Pray take the basket-chair. This is my friend and colleague, Dr. Watson. Draw up a little to the fire, and we will talk this matter over."
  3946.  
  3947. "A most painful matter to me, as you can most readily imagine, Mr. Holmes. I have been cut to the quick. I understand that you have already managed several delicate cases of this sort, sir, though I presume that they were hardly from the same class of society."
  3948.  
  3949. "No, I am descending."
  3950.  
  3951. "I beg pardon."
  3952.  
  3953. "My last client of the sort was a king."
  3954.  
  3955. "Oh, really! I had no idea. And which king?"
  3956.  
  3957. "The King of Scandinavia."
  3958.  
  3959. "What! Had he lost his wife?"
  3960.  
  3961. "You can understand," said Holmes suavely, "that I extend to the affairs of my other clients the same secrecy which I promise to you in yours."
  3962.  
  3963. "Of course! Very right! very right! I'm sure I beg pardon. As to my own case, I am ready to give you any information which may assist you in forming an opinion."
  3964.  
  3965. "Thank you. I have already learned all that is in the public prints, nothing more. I presume that I may take it as correct--this article, for example, as to the disappearance of the bride."
  3966.  
  3967. Lord St. Simon glanced over it. "Yes, it is correct, as far as it goes."
  3968.  
  3969. "But it needs a great deal of supplementing before anyone could offer an opinion. I think that I may arrive at my facts most directly by questioning you."
  3970.  
  3971. "Pray do so."
  3972.  
  3973. "When did you first meet Miss Hatty Doran?"
  3974.  
  3975. "In San Francisco, a year ago."
  3976.  
  3977. "You were travelling in the States?"
  3978.  
  3979. "Yes."
  3980.  
  3981. "Did you become engaged then?"
  3982.  
  3983. "No."
  3984.  
  3985. "But you were on a friendly footing?"
  3986.  
  3987. "I was amused by her society, and she could see that I was amused."
  3988.  
  3989. "Her father is very rich?"
  3990.  
  3991. "He is said to be the richest man on the Pacific slope."
  3992.  
  3993. "And how did he make his money?"
  3994.  
  3995. "In mining. He had nothing a few years ago. Then he struck gold, invested it, and came up by leaps and bounds."
  3996.  
  3997. "Now, what is your own impression as to the young lady's--your wife's character?"
  3998.  
  3999. The nobleman swung his glasses a little faster and stared down into the fire. "You see, Mr. Holmes," said he, "my wife was twenty before her father became a rich man. During that time she ran free in a mining camp and wandered through woods or mountains, so that her education has come from Nature rather than from the schoolmaster. She is what we call in England a tomboy, with a strong nature, wild and free, unfettered by any sort of traditions. She is impetuous--volcanic, I was about to say. She is swift in making up her mind and fearless in carrying out her resolutions. On the other hand, I would not have given her the name which I have the honour to bear"--he gave a little stately cough--"had I not thought her to be at bottom a noble woman. I believe that she is capable of heroic self-sacrifice and that anything dishonourable would be repugnant to her."
  4000.  
  4001. "Have you her photograph?"
  4002.  
  4003. "I brought this with me." He opened a locket and showed us the full face of a very lovely woman. It was not a photograph but an ivory miniature, and the artist had brought out the full effect of the lustrous black hair, the large dark eyes, and the exquisite mouth. Holmes gazed long and earnestly at it. Then he closed the locket and handed it back to Lord St. Simon.
  4004.  
  4005. "The young lady came to London, then, and you renewed your acquaintance?"
  4006.  
  4007. "Yes, her father brought her over for this last London season. I met her several times, became engaged to her, and have now married her."
  4008.  
  4009. "She brought, I understand, a considerable dowry?"
  4010.  
  4011. "A fair dowry. Not more than is usual in my family."
  4012.  
  4013. "And this, of course, remains to you, since the marriage is a fait accompli?"
  4014.  
  4015. "I really have made no inquiries on the subject."
  4016.  
  4017. "Very naturally not. Did you see Miss Doran on the day before the wedding?"
  4018.  
  4019. "Yes."
  4020.  
  4021. "Was she in good spirits?"
  4022.  
  4023. "Never better. She kept talking of what we should do in our future lives."
  4024.  
  4025. "Indeed! That is very interesting. And on the morning of the wedding?"
  4026.  
  4027. "She was as bright as possible--at least until after the ceremony."
  4028.  
  4029. "And did you observe any change in her then?"
  4030.  
  4031. "Well, to tell the truth, I saw then the first signs that I had ever seen that her temper was just a little sharp. The incident however, was too trivial to relate and can have no possible bearing upon the case."
  4032.  
  4033. "Pray let us have it, for all that."
  4034.  
  4035. "Oh, it is childish. She dropped her bouquet as we went towards the vestry. She was passing the front pew at the time, and it fell over into the pew. There was a moment's delay, but the gentleman in the pew handed it up to her again, and it did not appear to be the worse for the fall. Yet when I spoke to her of the matter, she answered me abruptly; and in the carriage, on our way home, she seemed absurdly agitated over this trifling cause."
  4036.  
  4037. "Indeed! You say that there was a gentleman in the pew. Some of the general public were present, then?"
  4038.  
  4039. "Oh, yes. It is impossible to exclude them when the church is open."
  4040.  
  4041. "This gentleman was not one of your wife's friends?"
  4042.  
  4043. "No, no; I call him a gentleman by courtesy, but he was quite a common-looking person. I hardly noticed his appearance. But really I think that we are wandering rather far from the point."
  4044.  
  4045. "Lady St. Simon, then, returned from the wedding in a less cheerful frame of mind than she had gone to it. What did she do on re-entering her father's house?"
  4046.  
  4047. "I saw her in conversation with her maid."
  4048.  
  4049. "And who is her maid?"
  4050.  
  4051. "Alice is her name. She is an American and came from California with her."
  4052.  
  4053. "A confidential servant?"
  4054.  
  4055. "A little too much so. It seemed to me that her mistress allowed her to take great liberties. Still, of course, in America they look upon these things in a different way."
  4056.  
  4057. "How long did she speak to this Alice?"
  4058.  
  4059. "Oh, a few minutes. I had something else to think of."
  4060.  
  4061. "You did not overhear what they said?"
  4062.  
  4063. "Lady St. Simon said something about 'jumping a claim.' She was accustomed to use slang of the kind. I have no idea what she meant."
  4064.  
  4065. "American slang is very expressive sometimes. And what did your wife do when she finished speaking to her maid?"
  4066.  
  4067. "She walked into the breakfast-room."
  4068.  
  4069. "On your arm?"
  4070.  
  4071. "No, alone. She was very independent in little matters like that. Then, after we had sat down for ten minutes or so, she rose hurriedly, muttered some words of apology, and left the room. She never came back."
  4072.  
  4073. "But this maid, Alice, as I understand, deposes that she went to her room, covered her bride's dress with a long ulster, put on a bonnet, and went out."
  4074.  
  4075. "Quite so. And she was afterwards seen walking into Hyde Park in company with Flora Millar, a woman who is now in custody, and who had already made a disturbance at Mr. Doran's house that morning."
  4076.  
  4077. "Ah, yes. I should like a few particulars as to this young lady, and your relations to her."
  4078.  
  4079. Lord St. Simon shrugged his shoulders and raised his eyebrows. "We have been on a friendly footing for some years--I may say on a very friendly footing. She used to be at the Allegro. I have not treated her ungenerously, and she had no just cause of complaint against me, but you know what women are, Mr. Holmes. Flora was a dear little thing, but exceedingly hot-headed and devotedly attached to me. She wrote me dreadful letters when she heard that I was about to be married, and, to tell the truth, the reason why I had the marriage celebrated so quietly was that I feared lest there might be a scandal in the church. She came to Mr. Doran's door just after we returned, and she endeavoured to push her way in, uttering very abusive expressions towards my wife, and even threatening her, but I had foreseen the possibility of something of the sort, and I had two police fellows there in private clothes, who soon pushed her out again. She was quiet when she saw that there was no good in making a row."
  4080.  
  4081. "Did your wife hear all this?"
  4082.  
  4083. "No, thank goodness, she did not."
  4084.  
  4085. "And she was seen walking with this very woman afterwards?"
  4086.  
  4087. "Yes. That is what Mr. Lestrade, of Scotland Yard, looks upon as so serious. It is thought that Flora decoyed my wife out and laid some terrible trap for her."
  4088.  
  4089. "Well, it is a possible supposition."
  4090.  
  4091. "You think so, too?"
  4092.  
  4093. "I did not say a probable one. But you do not yourself look upon this as likely?"
  4094.  
  4095. "I do not think Flora would hurt a fly."
  4096.  
  4097. "Still, jealousy is a strange transformer of characters. Pray what is your own theory as to what took place?"
  4098.  
  4099. "Well, really, I came to seek a theory, not to propound one. I have given you all the facts. Since you ask me, however, I may say that it has occurred to me as possible that the excitement of this affair, the consciousness that she had made so immense a social stride, had the effect of causing some little nervous disturbance in my wife."
  4100.  
  4101. "In short, that she had become suddenly deranged?"
  4102.  
  4103. "Well, really, when I consider that she has turned her back--I will not say upon me, but upon so much that many have aspired to without success--I can hardly explain it in any other fashion."
  4104.  
  4105. "Well, certainly that is also a conceivable hypothesis," said Holmes, smiling. "And now, Lord St. Simon, I think that I have nearly all my data. May I ask whether you were seated at the breakfast-table so that you could see out of the window?"
  4106.  
  4107. "We could see the other side of the road and the Park."
  4108.  
  4109. "Quite so. Then I do not think that I need to detain you longer. I shall communicate with you."
  4110.  
  4111. "Should you be fortunate enough to solve this problem," said our client, rising.
  4112.  
  4113. "I have solved it."
  4114.  
  4115. "Eh? What was that?"
  4116.  
  4117. "I say that I have solved it."
  4118.  
  4119. "Where, then, is my wife?"
  4120.  
  4121. "That is a detail which I shall speedily supply."
  4122.  
  4123. Lord St. Simon shook his head. "I am afraid that it will take wiser heads than yours or mine," he remarked, and bowing in a stately, old-fashioned manner he departed.
  4124.  
  4125. "It is very good of Lord St. Simon to honour my head by putting it on a level with his own," said Sherlock Holmes, laughing. "I think that I shall have a whisky and soda and a cigar after all this cross-questioning. I had formed my conclusions as to the case before our client came into the room."
  4126.  
  4127. "My dear Holmes!"
  4128.  
  4129. "I have notes of several similar cases, though none, as I remarked before, which were quite as prompt. My whole examination served to turn my conjecture into a certainty. Circumstantial evidence is occasionally very convincing, as when you find a trout in the milk, to quote Thoreau's example."
  4130.  
  4131. "But I have heard all that you have heard."
  4132.  
  4133. "Without, however, the knowledge of pre-existing cases which serves me so well. There was a parallel instance in Aberdeen some years back, and something on very much the same lines at Munich the year after the Franco-Prussian War. It is one of these cases--but, hullo, here is Lestrade! Good-afternoon, Lestrade! You will find an extra tumbler upon the sideboard, and there are cigars in the box."
  4134.  
  4135. The official detective was attired in a pea-jacket and cravat, which gave him a decidedly nautical appearance, and he carried a black canvas bag in his hand. With a short greeting he seated himself and lit the cigar which had been offered to him.
  4136.  
  4137. "What's up, then?" asked Holmes with a twinkle in his eye. "You look dissatisfied."
  4138.  
  4139. "And I feel dissatisfied. It is this infernal St. Simon marriage case. I can make neither head nor tail of the business."
  4140.  
  4141. "Really! You surprise me."
  4142.  
  4143. "Who ever heard of such a mixed affair? Every clue seems to slip through my fingers. I have been at work upon it all day."
  4144.  
  4145. "And very wet it seems to have made you," said Holmes laying his hand upon the arm of the pea-jacket.
  4146.  
  4147. "Yes, I have been dragging the Serpentine."
  4148.  
  4149. "In heaven's name, what for?"
  4150.  
  4151. "In search of the body of Lady St. Simon."
  4152.  
  4153. Sherlock Holmes leaned back in his chair and laughed heartily.
  4154.  
  4155. "Have you dragged the basin of Trafalgar Square fountain?" he asked.
  4156.  
  4157. "Why? What do you mean?"
  4158.  
  4159. "Because you have just as good a chance of finding this lady in the one as in the other."
  4160.  
  4161. Lestrade shot an angry glance at my companion. "I suppose you know all about it," he snarled.
  4162.  
  4163. "Well, I have only just heard the facts, but my mind is made up."
  4164.  
  4165. "Oh, indeed! Then you think that the Serpentine plays no part in the matter?"
  4166.  
  4167. "I think it very unlikely."
  4168.  
  4169. "Then perhaps you will kindly explain how it is that we found this in it?" He opened his bag as he spoke, and tumbled onto the floor a wedding-dress of watered silk, a pair of white satin shoes and a bride's wreath and veil, all discoloured and soaked in water. "There," said he, putting a new wedding-ring upon the top of the pile. "There is a little nut for you to crack, Master Holmes."
  4170.  
  4171. "Oh, indeed!" said my friend, blowing blue rings into the air. "You dragged them from the Serpentine?"
  4172.  
  4173. "No. They were found floating near the margin by a park-keeper. They have been identified as her clothes, and it seemed to me that if the clothes were there the body would not be far off."
  4174.  
  4175. "By the same brilliant reasoning, every man's body is to be found in the neighbourhood of his wardrobe. And pray what did you hope to arrive at through this?"
  4176.  
  4177. "At some evidence implicating Flora Millar in the disappearance."
  4178.  
  4179. "I am afraid that you will find it difficult."
  4180.  
  4181. "Are you, indeed, now?" cried Lestrade with some bitterness. "I am afraid, Holmes, that you are not very practical with your deductions and your inferences. You have made two blunders in as many minutes. This dress does implicate Miss Flora Millar."
  4182.  
  4183. "And how?"
  4184.  
  4185. "In the dress is a pocket. In the pocket is a card-case. In the card-case is a note. And here is the very note." He slapped it down upon the table in front of him. "Listen to this: 'You will see me when all is ready. Come at once. F. H. M.' Now my theory all along has been that Lady St. Simon was decoyed away by Flora Millar, and that she, with confederates, no doubt, was responsible for her disappearance. Here, signed with her initials, is the very note which was no doubt quietly slipped into her hand at the door and which lured her within their reach."
  4186.  
  4187. "Very good, Lestrade," said Holmes, laughing. "You really are very fine indeed. Let me see it." He took up the paper in a listless way, but his attention instantly became riveted, and he gave a little cry of satisfaction. "This is indeed important," said he.
  4188.  
  4189. "Ha! you find it so?"
  4190.  
  4191. "Extremely so. I congratulate you warmly."
  4192.  
  4193. Lestrade rose in his triumph and bent his head to look. "Why," he shrieked, "you're looking at the wrong side!"
  4194.  
  4195. "On the contrary, this is the right side."
  4196.  
  4197. "The right side? You're mad! Here is the note written in pencil over here."
  4198.  
  4199. "And over here is what appears to be the fragment of a hotel bill, which interests me deeply."
  4200.  
  4201. "There's nothing in it. I looked at it before," said Lestrade. " 'Oct. 4th, rooms 8s., breakfast 2s. 6d., cocktail 1s., lunch 2s. 6d., glass sherry, 8d.' I see nothing in that."
  4202.  
  4203. "Very likely not. It is most important, all the same. As to the note, it is important also, or at least the initials are, so I congratulate you again."
  4204.  
  4205. "I've wasted time enough," said Lestrade, rising. "I believe in hard work and not in sitting by the fire spinning fine theories. Good-day, Mr. Holmes, and we shall see which gets to the bottom of the matter first." He gathered up the garments, thrust them into the bag, and made for the door.
  4206.  
  4207. "Just one hint to you, Lestrade," drawled Holmes before his rival vanished; "I will tell you the true solution of the matter. Lady St. Simon is a myth. There is not, and there never has been, any such person."
  4208.  
  4209. Lestrade looked sadly at my companion. Then he turned to me, tapped his forehead three times, shook his head solemnly, and hurried away.
  4210.  
  4211. He had hardly shut the door behind him when Holmes rose to put on his overcoat. "There is something in what the fellow says about outdoor work," he remarked, "so I think, Watson, that I must leave you to your papers for a little."
  4212.  
  4213. It was after five o'clock when Sherlock Holmes left me, but I had no time to be lonely, for within an hour there arrived a confectioner's man with a very large flat box. This he unpacked with the help of a youth whom he had brought with him, and presently, to my very great astonishment, a quite epicurean little cold supper began to be laid out upon our humble lodging-house mahogany. There were a couple of brace of cold woodcock, a pheasant, a pate de foie gras pie with a group of ancient and cobwebby bottles. Having laid out all these luxuries, my two visitors vanished away, like the genii of the Arabian Nights, with no explanation save that the things had been paid for and were ordered to this address.
  4214.  
  4215. Just before nine o'clock Sherlock Holmes stepped briskly into the room. His features were gravely set, but there was a light in his eye which made me think that he had not been disappointed in his conclusions.
  4216.  
  4217. "They have laid the supper, then," he said, rubbing his hands.
  4218.  
  4219. "You seem to expect company. They have laid for five."
  4220.  
  4221. "Yes, I fancy we may have some company dropping in," said he. "I am surprised that Lord St. Simon has not already arrived. Ha! I fancy that I hear his step now upon the stairs."
  4222.  
  4223. It was indeed our visitor of the afternoon who came bustling in, dangling his glasses more vigorously than ever, and with a very perturbed expression upon his aristocratic features.
  4224.  
  4225. "My messenger reached you, then?" asked Holmes.
  4226.  
  4227. "Yes, and I confess that the contents startled me beyond measure. Have you good authority for what you say?"
  4228.  
  4229. "The best possible."
  4230.  
  4231. Lord St. Simon sank into a chair and passed his hand over his forehead.
  4232.  
  4233. "What will the Duke say," he murmured, "when he hears that one of the family has been subjected to such humiliation?"
  4234.  
  4235. "It is the purest accident. I cannot allow that there is any humiliation."
  4236.  
  4237. "Ah, you look on these things from another standpoint."
  4238.  
  4239. "I fail to see that anyone is to blame. I can hardly see how the lady could have acted otherwise, though her abrupt method of doing it was undoubtedly to be regretted. Having no mother, she had no one to advise her at such a crisis."
  4240.  
  4241. "It was a slight, sir, a public slight," said Lord St. Simon, tapping his fingers upon the table.
  4242.  
  4243. "You must make allowance for this poor girl, placed in so unprecedented a position."
  4244.  
  4245. "I will make no allowance. I am very angry indeed, and I have been shamefully used."
  4246.  
  4247. "I think that I heard a ring," said Holmes. "Yes, there are steps on the landing. If I cannot persuade you to take a lenient view of the matter, Lord St. Simon, I have brought an advocate here who may be more successful." He opened the door and ushered in a lady and gentleman. "Lord St. Simon," said he "allow me to introduce you to Mr. and Mrs. Francis Hay Moulton. The lady, I think, you have already met."
  4248.  
  4249. At the sight of these newcomers our client had sprung from his seat and stood very erect, with his eyes cast down and his hand thrust into the breast of his frock-coat, a picture of offended dignity. The lady had taken a quick step forward and had held out her hand to him, but he still refused to raise his eyes. It was as well for his resolution, perhaps, for her pleading face was one which it was hard to resist.
  4250.  
  4251. "You're angry, Robert," said she. "Well, I guess you have every cause to be."
  4252.  
  4253. "Pray make no apology to me," said Lord St. Simon bitterly.
  4254.  
  4255. "Oh, yes, I know that I have treated you real bad and that I should have spoken to you before I went; but I was kind of rattled, and from the time when I saw Frank here again I just didn't know what I was doing or saying. I only wonder I didn't fall down and do a faint right there before the altar."
  4256.  
  4257. "Perhaps, Mrs. Moulton, you would like my friend and me to leave the room while you explain this matter?"
  4258.  
  4259. "If I may give an opinion," remarked the strange gentleman, "we've had just a little too much secrecy over this business already. For my part, I should like all Europe and America to hear the rights of it." He was a small, wiry, sunburnt man, clean-shaven, with a sharp face and alert manner.
  4260.  
  4261. "Then I'll tell our story right away," said the lady. "Frank here and I met in '84, in McQuire's camp, near the Rockies, where Pa was working a claim. We were engaged to each other, Frank and I; but then one day father struck a rich pocket and made a pile, while poor Frank here had a claim that petered out and came to nothing. The richer Pa grew the poorer was Frank; so at last Pa wouldn't hear of our engagement lasting any longer, and he took me away to 'Frisco. Frank wouldn't throw up his hand, though; so he followed me there, and he saw me without Pa knowing anything about it. It would only have made him mad to know, so we just fixed it all up for ourselves. Frank said that he would go and make his pile, too, and never come back to claim me until he had as much as Pa. So then I promised to wait for him to the end of time and pledged myself not to marry anyone else while he lived. 'Why shouldn't we be married right away, then,' said he, 'and then I will feel sure of you; and I won't claim to be your husband until I come back?' Well, we talked it over, and he had fixed it all up so nicely, with a clergyman all ready in waiting, that we just did it right there; and then Frank went off to seek his fortune, and I went back to Pa.
  4262.  
  4263. "The next I heard of Frank was that he was in Montana, and then he went prospecting in Arizona, and then I heard of him from New Mexico. After that came a long newspaper story about how a miners' camp had been attacked by Apache Indians, and there was my Frank's name among the killed. I fainted dead away, and I was very sick for months after. Pa thought I had a decline and took me to half the doctors in 'Frisco. Not a word of news came for a year and more, so that I never doubted that Frank was really dead. Then Lord St. Simon came to 'Frisco, and we came to London, and a marriage was arranged, and Pa was very pleased, but I felt all the time that no man on this earth would ever take the place in my heart that had been given to my poor Frank.
  4264.  
  4265. "Still, if I had married Lord St. Simon, of course I'd have done my duty by him. We can't command our love, but we can our actions. I went to the altar with him with the intention to make him just as good a wife as it was in me to be. But you may imagine what I felt when, just as I came to the altar rails, I glanced back and saw Frank standing and looking at me out of the first pew. I thought it was his ghost at first; but when I looked again there he was still, with a kind of question in his eyes, as if to ask me whether I were glad or sorry to see him. I wonder I didn't drop. I know that everything was turning round, and the words of the clergyman were just like the buzz of a bee in my ear. I didn't know what to do. Should I stop the service and make a scene in the church? I glanced at him again, and he seemed to know what I was thinking, for he raised his finger to his lips to tell me to be still. Then I saw him scribble on a piece of paper, and I knew that he was writing me a note. As I passed his pew on the way out I dropped my bouquet over to him, and he slipped the note into my hand when he returned me the flowers. It was only a line asking me to join him when he made the sign to me to do so. Of course I never doubted for a moment that my first duty was now to him, and I determined to do just whatever he might direct.
  4266.  
  4267. "When I got back I told my maid, who had known him in California, and had always been his friend. I ordered her to say nothing, but to get a few things packed and my ulster ready. I know I ought to have spoken to Lord St. Simon, but it was dreadful hard before his mother and all those great people. I just made up my mind to run away and explain afterwards. I hadn't been at the table ten minutes before I saw Frank out of the window at the other side of the road. He beckoned to me and then began walking into the Park. I slipped out, put on my things, and followed him. Some woman came talking something or other about Lord St. Simon to me--seemed to me from the little I heard as if he had a little secret of his own before marriage also--but I managed to get away from her and soon overtook Frank. We got into a cab together, and away we drove to some lodgings he had taken in Gordon Square, and that was my true wedding after all those years of waiting. Frank had been a prisoner among the Apaches, had escaped, came on to 'Frisco, found that I had given him up for dead and had gone to England, followed me there, and had come upon me at last on the very morning of my second wedding."
  4268.  
  4269. "I saw it in a paper," explained the American. "It gave the name and the church but not where the lady lived."
  4270.  
  4271. "Then we had a talk as to what we should do, and Frank was all for openness, but I was so ashamed of it all that I felt as if I should like to vanish away and never see any of them again--just sending a line to Pa, perhaps, to show him that I was alive. It was awful to me to think of all those lords and ladies sitting round that breakfast-table and waiting for me to come back. So Frank took my wedding-clothes and things and made a bundle of them, so that I should not be traced, and dropped them away somewhere where no one could find them. It is likely that we should have gone on to Paris to-morrow, only that this good gentleman, Mr. Holmes, came round to us this evening, though how he found us is more than I can think, and he showed us very clearly and kindly that I was wrong and that Frank was right, and that we should be putting ourselves in the wrong if we were so secret. Then he offered to give us a chance of talking to Lord St. Simon alone, and so we came right away round to his rooms at once. Now, Robert, you have heard it all, and I am very sorry if I have given you pain, and I hope that you do not think very meanly of me."
  4272.  
  4273. Lord St. Simon had by no means relaxed his rigid attitude, but had listened with a frowning brow and a compressed lip to this long narrative.
  4274.  
  4275. "Excuse me," he said, "but it is not my custom to discuss my most intimate personal affairs in this public manner."
  4276.  
  4277. "Then you won't forgive me? You won't shake hands before I go?"
  4278.  
  4279. "Oh, certainly, if it would give you any pleasure." He put out his hand and coldly grasped that which she extended to him.
  4280.  
  4281. "I had hoped," suggested Holmes, "that you would have joined us in a friendly supper."
  4282.  
  4283. "I think that there you ask a little too much," responded his Lordship. "I may be forced to acquiesce in these recent developments, but I can hardly be expected to make merry over them. I think that with your permission I will now wish you all a very good-night." He included us all in a sweeping bow and stalked out of the room.
  4284.  
  4285. "Then I trust that you at least will honour me with your company," said Sherlock Holmes. "It is always a joy to meet an American, Mr. Moulton, for I am one of those who believe that the folly of a monarch and the blundering of a minister in far-gone years will not prevent our children from being some day citizens of the same world-wide country under a flag which shall be a quartering of the Union Jack with the Stars and Stripes."
  4286.  
  4287. "The case has been an interesting one," remarked Holmes when our visitors had left us, "because it serves to show very clearly how simple the explanation may be of an affair which at first sight seems to be almost inexplicable. Nothing could be more natural than the sequence of events as narrated by this lady, and nothing stranger than the result when viewed, for instance, by Mr. Lestrade of Scotland Yard."
  4288.  
  4289. "You were not yourself at fault at all, then?"
  4290.  
  4291. "From the first, two facts were very obvious to me, the one that the lady had been quite willing to undergo the wedding ceremony, the other that she had repented of it within a few minutes of returning home. Obviously something had occurred during the morning, then, to cause her to change her mind. What could that something be? She could not have spoken to anyone when she was out, for she had been in the company of the bridegroom. Had she seen someone, then? If she had, it must be someone from America because she had spent so short a time in this country that she could hardly have allowed anyone to acquire so deep an influence over her that the mere sight of him would induce her to change her plans so completely. You see we have already arrived, by a process of exclusion, at the idea that she might have seen an American. Then who could this American be, and why should he possess so much influence over her? It might be a lover; it might be a husband. Her young womanhood had, I knew, been spent in rough scenes and under strange conditions. So far I had got before I ever heard Lord St. Simon's narrative. When he told us of a man in a pew, of the change in the bride's manner, of so transparent a device for obtaining a note as the dropping of a bouquet, of her resort to her confidential maid, and of her very significant allusion to claim-jumping--which in miners' parlance means taking possession of that which another person has a prior claim to--the whole situation became absolutely clear. She had gone off with a man, and the man was either a lover or was a previous husband--the chances being in favour of the latter."
  4292.  
  4293. "And how in the world did you find them?"
  4294.  
  4295. "It might have been difficult, but friend Lestrade held information in his hands the value of which he did not himself know. The initials were, of course, of the highest importance, but more valuable still was it to know that within a week he had settled his bill at one of the most select London hotels."
  4296.  
  4297. "How did you deduce the select?"
  4298.  
  4299. "By the select prices. Eight shillings for a bed and eightpence for a glass of sherry pointed to one of the most expensive hotels. There are not many in London which charge at that rate. In the second one which I visited in Northumberland Avenue, I learned by an inspection of the book that Francis H. Moulton, an American gentleman, had left only the day before, and on looking over the entries against him, I came upon the very items which I had seen in the duplicate bill. His letters were to be forwarded to 226 Gordon Square; so thither I travelled, and being fortunate enough to find the loving couple at home, I ventured to give them some paternal advice and to point out to them that it would be better in every way that they should make their position a little clearer both to the general public and to Lord St. Simon in particular. I invited them to meet him here, and, as you see, I made him keep the appointment."
  4300.  
  4301. "But with no very good result," I remarked. "His conduct was certainly not very gracious."
  4302.  
  4303. "Ah, Watson," said Holmes, smiling, "perhaps you would not be very gracious either, if, after all the trouble of wooing and wedding, you found yourself deprived in an instant of wife and of fortune. I think that we may judge Lord St. Simon very mercifully and thank our stars that we are never likely to find ourselves in the same position. Draw your chair up and hand me my violin, for the only problem we have still to solve is how to while away these bleak autumnal evenings."
  4304.  
  4305. XI.  THE ADVENTURE OF THE BERYL CORONET
  4306.  
  4307.  
  4308. "Holmes," said I as I stood one morning in our bow-window looking down the street, "here is a madman coming along. It seems rather sad that his relatives should allow him to come out alone."
  4309.  
  4310. My friend rose lazily from his armchair and stood with his hands in the pockets of his dressing-gown, looking over my shoulder. It was a bright, crisp February morning, and the snow of the day before still lay deep upon the ground, shimmering brightly in the wintry sun. Down the centre of Baker Street it had been ploughed into a brown crumbly band by the traffic, but at either side and on the heaped-up edges of the foot-paths it still lay as white as when it fell. The grey pavement had been cleaned and scraped, but was still dangerously slippery, so that there were fewer passengers than usual. Indeed, from the direction of the Metropolitan Station no one was coming save the single gentleman whose eccentric conduct had drawn my attention.
  4311.  
  4312. He was a man of about fifty, tall, portly, and imposing, with a massive, strongly marked face and a commanding figure. He was dressed in a sombre yet rich style, in black frock-coat, shining hat, neat brown gaiters, and well-cut pearl-grey trousers. Yet his actions were in absurd contrast to the dignity of his dress and features, for he was running hard, with occasional little springs, such as a weary man gives who is little accustomed to set any tax upon his legs. As he ran he jerked his hands up and down, waggled his head, and writhed his face into the most extraordinary contortions.
  4313.  
  4314. "What on earth can be the matter with him?" I asked. "He is looking up at the numbers of the houses."
  4315.  
  4316. "I believe that he is coming here," said Holmes, rubbing his hands.
  4317.  
  4318. "Here?"
  4319.  
  4320. "Yes; I rather think he is coming to consult me professionally. I think that I recognise the symptoms. Ha! did I not tell you?" As he spoke, the man, puffing and blowing, rushed at our door and pulled at our bell until the whole house resounded with the clanging.
  4321.  
  4322. A few moments later he was in our room, still puffing, still gesticulating, but with so fixed a look of grief and despair in his eyes that our smiles were turned in an instant to horror and pity. For a while he could not get his words out, but swayed his body and plucked at his hair like one who has been driven to the extreme limits of his reason. Then, suddenly springing to his feet, he beat his head against the wall with such force that we both rushed upon him and tore him away to the centre of the room. Sherlock Holmes pushed him down into the easy-chair and, sitting beside him, patted his hand and chatted with him in the easy, soothing tones which he knew so well how to employ.
  4323.  
  4324. "You have come to me to tell your story, have you not?" said he. "You are fatigued with your haste. Pray wait until you have recovered yourself, and then I shall be most happy to look into any little problem which you may submit to me."
  4325.  
  4326. The man sat for a minute or more with a heaving chest, fighting against his emotion. Then he passed his handkerchief over his brow, set his lips tight, and turned his face towards us.
  4327.  
  4328. "No doubt you think me mad?" said he.
  4329.  
  4330. "I see that you have had some great trouble," responded Holmes.
  4331.  
  4332. "God knows I have!--a trouble which is enough to unseat my reason, so sudden and so terrible is it. Public disgrace I might have faced, although I am a man whose character has never yet borne a stain. Private affliction also is the lot of every man; but the two coming together, and in so frightful a form, have been enough to shake my very soul. Besides, it is not I alone. The very noblest in the land may suffer unless some way be found out of this horrible affair."
  4333.  
  4334. "Pray compose yourself, sir," said Holmes, "and let me have a clear account of who you are and what it is that has befallen you."
  4335.  
  4336. "My name," answered our visitor, "is probably familiar to your ears. I am Alexander Holder, of the banking firm of Holder & Stevenson, of Threadneedle Street."
  4337.  
  4338. The name was indeed well known to us as belonging to the senior partner in the second largest private banking concern in the City of London. What could have happened, then, to bring one of the foremost citizens of London to this most pitiable pass? We waited, all curiosity, until with another effort he braced himself to tell his story.
  4339.  
  4340. "I feel that time is of value," said he; "that is why I hastened here when the police inspector suggested that I should secure your co-operation. I came to Baker Street by the Underground and hurried from there on foot, for the cabs go slowly through this snow. That is why I was so out of breath, for I am a man who takes very little exercise. I feel better now, and I will put the facts before you as shortly and yet as clearly as I can.
  4341.  
  4342. "It is, of course, well known to you that in a successful banking business as much depends upon our being able to find remunerative investments for our funds as upon our increasing our connection and the number of our depositors. One of our most lucrative means of laying out money is in the shape of loans, where the security is unimpeachable. We have done a good deal in this direction during the last few years, and there are many noble families to whom we have advanced large sums upon the security of their pictures, libraries, or plate.
  4343.  
  4344. "Yesterday morning I was seated in my office at the bank when a card was brought in to me by one of the clerks. I started when I saw the name, for it was that of none other than--well, perhaps even to you I had better say no more than that it was a name which is a household word all over the earth--one of the highest, noblest, most exalted names in England. I was overwhelmed by the honour and attempted, when he entered, to say so, but he plunged at once into business with the air of a man who wishes to hurry quickly through a disagreeable task.
  4345.  
  4346. " 'Mr. Holder,' said he, 'I have been informed that you are in the habit of advancing money.'
  4347.  
  4348. " 'The firm does so when the security is good.' I answered.
  4349.  
  4350. " 'It is absolutely essential to me,' said he, 'that I should have $50,000 at once. I could, of course, borrow so trifling a sum ten times over from my friends, but I much prefer to make it a matter of business and to carry out that business myself. In my position you can readily understand that it is unwise to place one's self under obligations.'
  4351.  
  4352. " 'For how long, may I ask, do you want this sum?' I asked.
  4353.  
  4354. " 'Next Monday I have a large sum due to me, and I shall then most certainly repay what you advance, with whatever interest you think it right to charge. But it is very essential to me that the money should be paid at once.'
  4355.  
  4356. " 'I should be happy to advance it without further parley from my own private purse,' said I, 'were it not that the strain would be rather more than it could bear. If, on the other hand, I am to do it in the name of the firm, then in justice to my partner I must insist that, even in your case, every businesslike precaution should be taken.'
  4357.  
  4358. " 'I should much prefer to have it so,' said he, raising up a square, black morocco case which he had laid beside his chair. 'You have doubtless heard of the Beryl Coronet?'
  4359.  
  4360. " 'One of the most precious public possessions of the empire,' said I.
  4361.  
  4362. " 'Precisely.' He opened the case, and there, imbedded in soft, flesh-coloured velvet, lay the magnificent piece of jewellery which he had named. 'There are thirty-nine enormous beryls,' said he, 'and the price of the gold chasing is incalculable. The lowest estimate would put the worth of the coronet at double the sum which I have asked. I am prepared to leave it with you as my security.'
  4363.  
  4364. "I took the precious case into my hands and looked in some perplexity from it to my illustrious client.
  4365.  
  4366. " 'You doubt its value?' he asked.
  4367.  
  4368. " 'Not at all. I only doubt--'
  4369.  
  4370. " 'The propriety of my leaving it. You may set your mind at rest about that. I should not dream of doing so were it not absolutely certain that I should be able in four days to reclaim it. It is a pure matter of form. Is the security sufficient?'
  4371.  
  4372. " 'Ample.'
  4373.  
  4374. " 'You understand, Mr. Holder, that I am giving you a strong proof of the confidence which I have in you, founded upon all that I have heard of you. I rely upon you not only to be discreet and to refrain from all gossip upon the matter but, above all, to preserve this coronet with every possible precaution because I need not say that a great public scandal would be caused if any harm were to befall it. Any injury to it would be almost as serious as its complete loss, for there are no beryls in the world to match these, and it would be impossible to replace them. I leave it with you, however, with every confidence, and I shall call for it in person on Monday morning.'
  4375.  
  4376. "Seeing that my client was anxious to leave, I said no more but, calling for my cashier, I ordered him to pay over fifty $1000 notes. When I was alone once more, however, with the precious case lying upon the table in front of me, I could not but think with some misgivings of the immense responsibility which it entailed upon me. There could be no doubt that, as it was a national possession, a horrible scandal would ensue if any misfortune should occur to it. I already regretted having ever consented to take charge of it. However, it was too late to alter the matter now, so I locked it up in my private safe and turned once more to my work.
  4377.  
  4378. "When evening came I felt that it would be an imprudence to leave so precious a thing in the office behind me. Bankers' safes had been forced before now, and why should not mine be? If so, how terrible would be the position in which I should find myself! I determined, therefore, that for the next few days I would always carry the case backward and forward with me, so that it might never be really out of my reach. With this intention, I called a cab and drove out to my house at Streatham, carrying the jewel with me. I did not breathe freely until I had taken it upstairs and locked it in the bureau of my dressing-room.
  4379.  
  4380. "And now a word as to my household, Mr. Holmes, for I wish you to thoroughly understand the situation. My groom and my page sleep out of the house, and may be set aside altogether. I have three maid-servants who have been with me a number of years and whose absolute reliability is quite above suspicion. Another, Lucy Parr, the second waiting-maid, has only been in my service a few months. She came with an excellent character, however, and has always given me satisfaction. She is a very pretty girl and has attracted admirers who have occasionally hung about the place. That is the only drawback which we have found to her, but we believe her to be a thoroughly good girl in every way.
  4381.  
  4382. "So much for the servants. My family itself is so small that it will not take me long to describe it. I am a widower and have an only son, Arthur. He has been a disappointment to me, Mr. Holmes--a grievous disappointment. I have no doubt that I am myself to blame. People tell me that I have spoiled him. Very likely I have. When my dear wife died I felt that he was all I had to love. I could not bear to see the smile fade even for a moment from his face. I have never denied him a wish. Perhaps it would have been better for both of us had I been sterner, but I meant it for the best.
  4383.  
  4384. "It was naturally my intention that he should succeed me in my business, but he was not of a business turn. He was wild, wayward, and, to speak the truth, I could not trust him in the handling of large sums of money. When he was young he became a member of an aristocratic club, and there, having charming manners, he was soon the intimate of a number of men with long purses and expensive habits. He learned to play heavily at cards and to squander money on the turf, until he had again and again to come to me and implore me to give him an advance upon his allowance, that he might settle his debts of honour. He tried more than once to break away from the dangerous company which he was keeping, but each time the influence of his friend, Sir George Burnwell, was enough to draw him back again.
  4385.  
  4386. "And, indeed, I could not wonder that such a man as Sir George Burnwell should gain an influence over him, for he has frequently brought him to my house, and I have found myself that I could hardly resist the fascination of his manner. He is older than Arthur, a man of the world to his finger-tips, one who had been everywhere, seen everything, a brilliant talker, and a man of great personal beauty. Yet when I think of him in cold blood, far away from the glamour of his presence, I am convinced from his cynical speech and the look which I have caught in his eyes that he is one who should be deeply distrusted. So I think, and so, too, thinks my little Mary, who has a woman's quick insight into character.
  4387.  
  4388. "And now there is only she to be described. She is my niece; but when my brother died five years ago and left her alone in the world I adopted her, and have looked upon her ever since as my daughter. She is a sunbeam in my house--sweet, loving, beautiful, a wonderful manager and housekeeper, yet as tender and quiet and gentle as a woman could be. She is my right hand. I do not know what I could do without her. In only one matter has she ever gone against my wishes. Twice my boy has asked her to marry him, for he loves her devotedly, but each time she has refused him. I think that if anyone could have drawn him into the right path it would have been she, and that his marriage might have changed his whole life; but now, alas! it is too late--forever too late!
  4389.  
  4390. "Now, Mr. Holmes, you know the people who live under my roof, and I shall continue with my miserable story.
  4391.  
  4392. "When we were taking coffee in the drawing-room that night after dinner, I told Arthur and Mary my experience, and of the precious treasure which we had under our roof, suppressing only the name of my client. Lucy Parr, who had brought in the coffee, had, I am sure, left the room; but I cannot swear that the door was closed. Mary and Arthur were much interested and wished to see the famous coronet, but I thought it better not to disturb it.
  4393.  
  4394. " 'Where have you put it?' asked Arthur.
  4395.  
  4396. " 'In my own bureau.'
  4397.  
  4398. " 'Well, I hope to goodness the house won't be burgled during the night.' said he.
  4399.  
  4400. " 'It is locked up,' I answered.
  4401.  
  4402. " 'Oh, any old key will fit that bureau. When I was a youngster I have opened it myself with the key of the box-room cupboard.'
  4403.  
  4404. "He often had a wild way of talking, so that I thought little of what he said. He followed me to my room, however, that night with a very grave face.
  4405.  
  4406. " 'Look here, dad,' said he with his eyes cast down, 'can you let me have $200?'
  4407.  
  4408. " 'No, I cannot!' I answered sharply. 'I have been far too generous with you in money matters.'
  4409.  
  4410. " 'You have been very kind,' said he, 'but I must have this money, or else I can never show my face inside the club again.'
  4411.  
  4412. " 'And a very good thing, too!' I cried.
  4413.  
  4414. " 'Yes, but you would not have me leave it a dishonoured man,' said he. 'I could not bear the disgrace. I must raise the money in some way, and if you will not let me have it, then I must try other means.'
  4415.  
  4416. "I was very angry, for this was the third demand during the month. 'You shall not have a farthing from me,' I cried, on which he bowed and left the room without another word.
  4417.  
  4418. "When he was gone I unlocked my bureau, made sure that my treasure was safe, and locked it again. Then I started to go round the house to see that all was secure--a duty which I usually leave to Mary but which I thought it well to perform myself that night. As I came down the stairs I saw Mary herself at the side window of the hall, which she closed and fastened as I approached.
  4419.  
  4420. " 'Tell me, dad,' said she, looking, I thought, a little disturbed, 'did you give Lucy, the maid, leave to go out to-night?'
  4421.  
  4422. " 'Certainly not.'
  4423.  
  4424. " 'She came in just now by the back door. I have no doubt that she has only been to the side gate to see someone, but I think that it is hardly safe and should be stopped.'
  4425.  
  4426. " 'You must speak to her in the morning, or I will if you prefer it. Are you sure that everything is fastened?'
  4427.  
  4428. " 'Quite sure, dad.'
  4429.  
  4430. " 'Then, good-night.' I kissed her and went up to my bedroom again, where I was soon asleep.
  4431.  
  4432. "I am endeavouring to tell you everything, Mr. Holmes, which may have any bearing upon the case, but I beg that you will question me upon any point which I do not make clear."
  4433.  
  4434. "On the contrary, your statement is singularly lucid."
  4435.  
  4436. "I come to a part of my story now in which I should wish to be particularly so. I am not a very heavy sleeper, and the anxiety in my mind tended, no doubt, to make me even less so than usual. About two in the morning, then, I was awakened by some sound in the house. It had ceased ere I was wide awake, but it had left an impression behind it as though a window had gently closed somewhere. I lay listening with all my ears. Suddenly, to my horror, there was a distinct sound of footsteps moving softly in the next room. I slipped out of bed, all palpitating with fear, and peeped round the corner of my dressing-room door.
  4437.  
  4438. " 'Arthur!' I screamed, 'you villain! you thief! How dare you touch that coronet?'
  4439.  
  4440. "The gas was half up, as I had left it, and my unhappy boy, dressed only in his shirt and trousers, was standing beside the light, holding the coronet in his hands. He appeared to be wrenching at it, or bending it with all his strength. At my cry he dropped it from his grasp and turned as pale as death. I snatched it up and examined it. One of the gold corners, with three of the beryls in it, was missing.
  4441.  
  4442. " 'You blackguard!' I shouted, beside myself with rage. 'You have destroyed it! You have dishonoured me forever! Where are the jewels which you have stolen?'
  4443.  
  4444. " 'Stolen!' he cried.
  4445.  
  4446. " 'Yes, thief!' I roared, shaking him by the shoulder.
  4447.  
  4448. " 'There are none missing. There cannot be any missing,' said he.
  4449.  
  4450. " 'There are three missing. And you know where they are. Must I call you a liar as well as a thief? Did I not see you trying to tear off another piece?'
  4451.  
  4452. " 'You have called me names enough,' said he, 'I will not stand it any longer. I shall not say another word about this business, since you have chosen to insult me. I will leave your house in the morning and make my own way in the world.'
  4453.  
  4454. " 'You shall leave it in the hands of the police!' I cried half-mad with grief and rage. 'I shall have this matter probed to the bottom.'
  4455.  
  4456. " 'You shall learn nothing from me,' said he with a passion such as I should not have thought was in his nature. 'If you choose to call the police, let the police find what they can.'
  4457.  
  4458. "By this time the whole house was astir, for I had raised my voice in my anger. Mary was the first to rush into my room, and, at the sight of the coronet and of Arthur's face, she read the whole story and, with a scream, fell down senseless on the ground. I sent the house-maid for the police and put the investigation into their hands at once. When the inspector and a constable entered the house, Arthur, who had stood sullenly with his arms folded, asked me whether it was my intention to charge him with theft. I answered that it had ceased to be a private matter, but had become a public one, since the ruined coronet was national property. I was determined that the law should have its way in everything.
  4459.  
  4460. " 'At least,' said he, 'you will not have me arrested at once. It would be to your advantage as well as mine if I might leave the house for five minutes.'
  4461.  
  4462. " 'That you may get away, or perhaps that you may conceal what you have stolen,' said I. And then, realising the dreadful position in which I was placed, I implored him to remember that not only my honour but that of one who was far greater than I was at stake; and that he threatened to raise a scandal which would convulse the nation. He might avert it all if he would but tell me what he had done with the three missing stones.
  4463.  
  4464. " 'You may as well face the matter,' said I; 'you have been caught in the act, and no confession could make your guilt more heinous. If you but make such reparation as is in your power, by telling us where the beryls are, all shall be forgiven and forgotten.'
  4465.  
  4466. " 'Keep your forgiveness for those who ask for it,' he answered, turning away from me with a sneer. I saw that he was too hardened for any words of mine to influence him. There was but one way for it. I called in the inspector and gave him into custody. A search was made at once not only of his person but of his room and of every portion of the house where he could possibly have concealed the gems; but no trace of them could be found, nor would the wretched boy open his mouth for all our persuasions and our threats. This morning he was removed to a cell, and I, after going through all the police formalities, have hurried round to you to implore you to use your skill in unravelling the matter. The police have openly confessed that they can at present make nothing of it. You may go to any expense which you think necessary. I have already offered a reward of $1000. My God, what shall I do! I have lost my honour, my gems, and my son in one night. Oh, what shall I do!"
  4467.  
  4468. He put a hand on either side of his head and rocked himself to and fro, droning to himself like a child whose grief has got beyond words.
  4469.  
  4470. Sherlock Holmes sat silent for some few minutes, with his brows knitted and his eyes fixed upon the fire.
  4471.  
  4472. "Do you receive much company?" he asked.
  4473.  
  4474. "None save my partner with his family and an occasional friend of Arthur's. Sir George Burnwell has been several times lately. No one else, I think."
  4475.  
  4476. "Do you go out much in society?"
  4477.  
  4478. "Arthur does. Mary and I stay at home. We neither of us care for it."
  4479.  
  4480. "That is unusual in a young girl."
  4481.  
  4482. "She is of a quiet nature. Besides, she is not so very young. She is four-and-twenty."
  4483.  
  4484. "This matter, from what you say, seems to have been a shock to her also."
  4485.  
  4486. "Terrible! She is even more affected than I."
  4487.  
  4488. "You have neither of you any doubt as to your son's guilt?"
  4489.  
  4490. "How can we have when I saw him with my own eyes with the coronet in his hands."
  4491.  
  4492. "I hardly consider that a conclusive proof. Was the remainder of the coronet at all injured?"
  4493.  
  4494. "Yes, it was twisted."
  4495.  
  4496. "Do you not think, then, that he might have been trying to straighten it?"
  4497.  
  4498. "God bless you! You are doing what you can for him and for me. But it is too heavy a task. What was he doing there at all? If his purpose were innocent, why did he not say so?"
  4499.  
  4500. "Precisely. And if it were guilty, why did he not invent a lie? His silence appears to me to cut both ways. There are several singular points about the case. What did the police think of the noise which awoke you from your sleep?"
  4501.  
  4502. "They considered that it might be caused by Arthur's closing his bedroom door."
  4503.  
  4504. "A likely story! As if a man bent on felony would slam his door so as to wake a household. What did they say, then, of the disappearance of these gems?"
  4505.  
  4506. "They are still sounding the planking and probing the furniture in the hope of finding them."
  4507.  
  4508. "Have they thought of looking outside the house?"
  4509.  
  4510. "Yes, they have shown extraordinary energy. The whole garden has already been minutely examined."
  4511.  
  4512. "Now, my dear sir," said Holmes. "is it not obvious to you now that this matter really strikes very much deeper than either you or the police were at first inclined to think? It appeared to you to be a simple case; to me it seems exceedingly complex. Consider what is involved by your theory. You suppose that your son came down from his bed, went, at great risk, to your dressing-room, opened your bureau, took out your coronet, broke off by main force a small portion of it, went off to some other place, concealed three gems out of the thirty-nine, with such skill that nobody can find them, and then returned with the other thirty-six into the room in which he exposed himself to the greatest danger of being discovered. I ask you now, is such a theory tenable?"
  4513.  
  4514. "But what other is there?" cried the banker with a gesture of despair. "If his motives were innocent, why does he not explain them?"
  4515.  
  4516. "It is our task to find that out," replied Holmes; "so now, if you please, Mr. Holder, we will set off for Streatham together, and devote an hour to glancing a little more closely into details."
  4517.  
  4518. My friend insisted upon my accompanying them in their expedition, which I was eager enough to do, for my curiosity and sympathy were deeply stirred by the story to which we had listened. I confess that the guilt of the banker's son appeared to me to be as obvious as it did to his unhappy father, but still I had such faith in Holmes' judgment that I felt that there must be some grounds for hope as long as he was dissatisfied with the accepted explanation. He hardly spoke a word the whole way out to the southern suburb, but sat with his chin upon his breast and his hat drawn over his eyes, sunk in the deepest thought. Our client appeared to have taken fresh heart at the little glimpse of hope which had been presented to him, and he even broke into a desultory chat with me over his business affairs. A short railway journey and a shorter walk brought us to Fairbank, the modest residence of the great financier.
  4519.  
  4520. Fairbank was a good-sized square house of white stone, standing back a little from the road. A double carriage-sweep, with a snow-clad lawn, stretched down in front to two large iron gates which closed the entrance. On the right side was a small wooden thicket, which led into a narrow path between two neat hedges stretching from the road to the kitchen door, and forming the tradesmen's entrance. On the left ran a lane which led to the stables, and was not itself within the grounds at all, being a public, though little used, thoroughfare. Holmes left us standing at the door and walked slowly all round the house, across the front, down the tradesmen's path, and so round by the garden behind into the stable lane. So long was he that Mr. Holder and I went into the dining-room and waited by the fire until he should return. We were sitting there in silence when the door opened and a young lady came in. She was rather above the middle height, slim, with dark hair and eyes, which seemed the darker against the absolute pallor of her skin. I do not think that I have ever seen such deadly paleness in a woman's face. Her lips, too, were bloodless, but her eyes were flushed with crying. As she swept silently into the room she impressed me with a greater sense of grief than the banker had done in the morning, and it was the more striking in her as she was evidently a woman of strong character, with immense capacity for self-restraint. Disregarding my presence, she went straight to her uncle and passed her hand over his head with a sweet womanly caress.
  4521.  
  4522. "You have given orders that Arthur should be liberated, have you not, dad?" she asked.
  4523.  
  4524. "No, no, my girl, the matter must be probed to the bottom."
  4525.  
  4526. "But I am so sure that he is innocent. You know what woman's instincts are. I know that he has done no harm and that you will be sorry for having acted so harshly."
  4527.  
  4528. "Why is he silent, then, if he is innocent?"
  4529.  
  4530. "Who knows? Perhaps because he was so angry that you should suspect him."
  4531.  
  4532. "How could I help suspecting him, when I actually saw him with the coronet in his hand?"
  4533.  
  4534. "Oh, but he had only picked it up to look at it. Oh, do, do take my word for it that he is innocent. Let the matter drop and say no more. It is so dreadful to think of our dear Arthur in prison!"
  4535.  
  4536. "I shall never let it drop until the gems are found--never, Mary! Your affection for Arthur blinds you as to the awful consequences to me. Far from hushing the thing up, I have brought a gentleman down from London to inquire more deeply into it."
  4537.  
  4538. "This gentleman?" she asked, facing round to me.
  4539.  
  4540. "No, his friend. He wished us to leave him alone. He is round in the stable lane now."
  4541.  
  4542. "The stable lane?" She raised her dark eyebrows. "What can he hope to find there? Ah! this, I suppose, is he. I trust, sir, that you will succeed in proving, what I feel sure is the truth, that my cousin Arthur is innocent of this crime."
  4543.  
  4544. "I fully share your opinion, and I trust, with you, that we may prove it," returned Holmes, going back to the mat to knock the snow from his shoes. "I believe I have the honour of addressing Miss Mary Holder. Might I ask you a question or two?"
  4545.  
  4546. "Pray do, sir, if it may help to clear this horrible affair up."
  4547.  
  4548. "You heard nothing yourself last night?"
  4549.  
  4550. "Nothing, until my uncle here began to speak loudly. I heard that, and I came down."
  4551.  
  4552. "You shut up the windows and doors the night before. Did you fasten all the windows?"
  4553.  
  4554. "Yes."
  4555.  
  4556. "Were they all fastened this morning?"
  4557.  
  4558. "Yes."
  4559.  
  4560. "You have a maid who has a sweetheart? I think that you remarked to your uncle last night that she had been out to see him?"
  4561.  
  4562. "Yes, and she was the girl who waited in the drawing-room, and who may have heard uncle's remarks about the coronet."
  4563.  
  4564. "I see. You infer that she may have gone out to tell her sweetheart, and that the two may have planned the robbery."
  4565.  
  4566. "But what is the good of all these vague theories," cried the banker impatiently, "when I have told you that I saw Arthur with the coronet in his hands?"
  4567.  
  4568. "Wait a little, Mr. Holder. We must come back to that. About this girl, Miss Holder. You saw her return by the kitchen door, I presume?"
  4569.  
  4570. "Yes; when I went to see if the door was fastened for the night I met her slipping in. I saw the man, too, in the gloom."
  4571.  
  4572. "Do you know him?"
  4573.  
  4574. "Oh, yes! he is the green-grocer who brings our vegetables round. His name is Francis Prosper."
  4575.  
  4576. "He stood," said Holmes, "to the left of the door--that is to say, farther up the path than is necessary to reach the door?"
  4577.  
  4578. "Yes, he did."
  4579.  
  4580. "And he is a man with a wooden leg?"
  4581.  
  4582. Something like fear sprang up in the young lady's expressive black eyes. "Why, you are like a magician," said she. "How do you know that?" She smiled, but there was no answering smile in Holmes' thin, eager face.
  4583.  
  4584. "I should be very glad now to go upstairs," said he. "I shall probably wish to go over the outside of the house again. Perhaps I had better take a look at the lower windows before I go up."
  4585.  
  4586. He walked swiftly round from one to the other, pausing only at the large one which looked from the hall onto the stable lane. This he opened and made a very careful examination of the sill with his powerful magnifying lens. "Now we shall go upstairs," said he at last.
  4587.  
  4588. The banker's dressing-room was a plainly furnished little chamber, with a grey carpet, a large bureau, and a long mirror. Holmes went to the bureau first and looked hard at the lock.
  4589.  
  4590. "Which key was used to open it?" he asked.
  4591.  
  4592. "That which my son himself indicated--that of the cupboard of the lumber-room."
  4593.  
  4594. "Have you it here?"
  4595.  
  4596. "That is it on the dressing-table."
  4597.  
  4598. Sherlock Holmes took it up and opened the bureau.
  4599.  
  4600. "It is a noiseless lock," said he. "It is no wonder that it did not wake you. This case, I presume, contains the coronet. We must have a look at it." He opened the case, and taking out the diadem he laid it upon the table. It was a magnificent specimen of the jeweller's art, and the thirty-six stones were the finest that I have ever seen. At one side of the coronet was a cracked edge, where a corner holding three gems had been torn away.
  4601.  
  4602. "Now, Mr. Holder," said Holmes, "here is the corner which corresponds to that which has been so unfortunately lost. Might I beg that you will break it off."
  4603.  
  4604. The banker recoiled in horror. "I should not dream of trying," said he.
  4605.  
  4606. "Then I will." Holmes suddenly bent his strength upon it, but without result. "I feel it give a little," said he; "but, though I am exceptionally strong in the fingers, it would take me all my time to break it. An ordinary man could not do it. Now, what do you think would happen if I did break it, Mr. Holder? There would be a noise like a pistol shot. Do you tell me that all this happened within a few yards of your bed and that you heard nothing of it?"
  4607.  
  4608. "I do not know what to think. It is all dark to me."
  4609.  
  4610. "But perhaps it may grow lighter as we go. What do you think, Miss Holder?"
  4611.  
  4612. "I confess that I still share my uncle's perplexity."
  4613.  
  4614. "Your son had no shoes or slippers on when you saw him?"
  4615.  
  4616. "He had nothing on save only his trousers and shirt."
  4617.  
  4618. "Thank you. We have certainly been favoured with extraordinary luck during this inquiry, and it will be entirely our own fault if we do not succeed in clearing the matter up. With your permission, Mr. Holder, I shall now continue my investigations outside."
  4619.  
  4620. He went alone, at his own request, for he explained that any unnecessary footmarks might make his task more difficult. For an hour or more he was at work, returning at last with his feet heavy with snow and his features as inscrutable as ever.
  4621.  
  4622. "I think that I have seen now all that there is to see, Mr. Holder," said he; "I can serve you best by returning to my rooms."
  4623.  
  4624. "But the gems, Mr. Holmes. Where are they?"
  4625.  
  4626. "I cannot tell."
  4627.  
  4628. The banker wrung his hands. "I shall never see them again!" he cried. "And my son? You give me hopes?"
  4629.  
  4630. "My opinion is in no way altered."
  4631.  
  4632. "Then, for God's sake, what was this dark business which was acted in my house last night?"
  4633.  
  4634. "If you can call upon me at my Baker Street rooms to-morrow morning between nine and ten I shall be happy to do what I can to make it clearer. I understand that you give me carte blanche to act for you, provided only that I get back the gems, and that you place no limit on the sum I may draw."
  4635.  
  4636. "I would give my fortune to have them back."
  4637.  
  4638. "Very good. I shall look into the matter between this and then. Good-bye; it is just possible that I may have to come over here again before evening."
  4639.  
  4640. It was obvious to me that my companion's mind was now made up about the case, although what his conclusions were was more than I could even dimly imagine. Several times during our homeward journey I endeavoured to sound him upon the point, but he always glided away to some other topic, until at last I gave it over in despair. It was not yet three when we found ourselves in our rooms once more. He hurried to his chamber and was down again in a few minutes dressed as a common loafer. With his collar turned up, his shiny, seedy coat, his red cravat, and his worn boots, he was a perfect sample of the class.
  4641.  
  4642. "I think that this should do," said he, glancing into the glass above the fireplace. "I only wish that you could come with me, Watson, but I fear that it won't do. I may be on the trail in this matter, or I may be following a will-o'-the-wisp, but I shall soon know which it is. I hope that I may be back in a few hours." He cut a slice of beef from the joint upon the sideboard, sandwiched it between two rounds of bread, and thrusting this rude meal into his pocket he started off upon his expedition.
  4643.  
  4644. I had just finished my tea when he returned, evidently in excellent spirits, swinging an old elastic-sided boot in his hand. He chucked it down into a corner and helped himself to a cup of tea.
  4645.  
  4646. "I only looked in as I passed," said he. "I am going right on."
  4647.  
  4648. "Where to?"
  4649.  
  4650. "Oh, to the other side of the West End. It may be some time before I get back. Don't wait up for me in case I should be late."
  4651.  
  4652. "How are you getting on?"
  4653.  
  4654. "Oh, so so. Nothing to complain of. I have been out to Streatham since I saw you last, but I did not call at the house. It is a very sweet little problem, and I would not have missed it for a good deal. However, I must not sit gossiping here, but must get these disreputable clothes off and return to my highly respectable self."
  4655.  
  4656. I could see by his manner that he had stronger reasons for satisfaction than his words alone would imply. His eyes twinkled, and there was even a touch of colour upon his sallow cheeks. He hastened upstairs, and a few minutes later I heard the slam of the hall door, which told me that he was off once more upon his congenial hunt.
  4657.  
  4658. I waited until midnight, but there was no sign of his return, so I retired to my room. It was no uncommon thing for him to be away for days and nights on end when he was hot upon a scent, so that his lateness caused me no surprise. I do not know at what hour he came in, but when I came down to breakfast in the morning there he was with a cup of coffee in one hand and the paper in the other, as fresh and trim as possible.
  4659.  
  4660. "You will excuse my beginning without you, Watson," said he, "but you remember that our client has rather an early appointment this morning."
  4661.  
  4662. "Why, it is after nine now," I answered. "I should not be surprised if that were he. I thought I heard a ring."
  4663.  
  4664. It was, indeed, our friend the financier. I was shocked by the change which had come over him, for his face which was naturally of a broad and massive mould, was now pinched and fallen in, while his hair seemed to me at least a shade whiter. He entered with a weariness and lethargy which was even more painful than his violence of the morning before, and he dropped heavily into the armchair which I pushed forward for him.
  4665.  
  4666. "I do not know what I have done to be so severely tried," said he. "Only two days ago I was a happy and prosperous man, without a care in the world. Now I am left to a lonely and dishonoured age. One sorrow comes close upon the heels of another. My niece, Mary, has deserted me."
  4667.  
  4668. "Deserted you?"
  4669.  
  4670. "Yes. Her bed this morning had not been slept in, her room was empty, and a note for me lay upon the hall table. I had said to her last night, in sorrow and not in anger, that if she had married my boy all might have been well with him. Perhaps it was thoughtless of me to say so. It is to that remark that she refers in this note:
  4671.  
  4672. " 'MY DEAREST UNCLE:--I feel that I have brought trouble upon you, and that if I had acted differently this terrible misfortune might never have occurred. I cannot, with this thought in my mind, ever again be happy under your roof, and I feel that I must leave you forever. Do not worry about my future, for that is provided for; and, above all, do not search for me, for it will be fruitless labour and an ill-service to me. In life or in death, I am ever your loving
  4673.  
  4674.  
  4675. " 'MARY.'
  4676.  
  4677. "What could she mean by that note, Mr. Holmes? Do you think it points to suicide?"
  4678.  
  4679. "No, no, nothing of the kind. It is perhaps the best possible solution. I trust, Mr. Holder, that you are nearing the end of your troubles."
  4680.  
  4681. "Ha! You say so! You have heard something, Mr. Holmes; you have learned something! Where are the gems?"
  4682.  
  4683. "You would not think $1000 apiece an excessive sum for them?"
  4684.  
  4685. "I would pay ten."
  4686.  
  4687. "That would be unnecessary. Three thousand will cover the matter. And there is a little reward, I fancy. Have you your check-book? Here is a pen. Better make it out for $4000."
  4688.  
  4689. With a dazed face the banker made out the required check. Holmes walked over to his desk, took out a little triangular piece of gold with three gems in it, and threw it down upon the table.
  4690.  
  4691. With a shriek of joy our client clutched it up.
  4692.  
  4693. "You have it!" he gasped. "I am saved! I am saved!"
  4694.  
  4695. The reaction of joy was as passionate as his grief had been, and he hugged his recovered gems to his bosom.
  4696.  
  4697. "There is one other thing you owe, Mr. Holder," said Sherlock Holmes rather sternly.
  4698.  
  4699. "Owe!" He caught up a pen. "Name the sum, and I will pay it."
  4700.  
  4701. "No, the debt is not to me. You owe a very humble apology to that noble lad, your son, who has carried himself in this matter as I should be proud to see my own son do, should I ever chance to have one."
  4702.  
  4703. "Then it was not Arthur who took them?"
  4704.  
  4705. "I told you yesterday, and I repeat to-day, that it was not."
  4706.  
  4707. "You are sure of it! Then let us hurry to him at once to let him know that the truth is known."
  4708.  
  4709. "He knows it already. When I had cleared it all up I had an interview with him, and finding that he would not tell me the story, I told it to him, on which he had to confess that I was right and to add the very few details which were not yet quite clear to me. Your news of this morning, however, may open his lips."
  4710.  
  4711. "For heaven's sake, tell me, then, what is this extraordinary mystery!"
  4712.  
  4713. "I will do so, and I will show you the steps by which I reached it. And let me say to you, first, that which it is hardest for me to say and for you to hear: there has been an understanding between Sir George Burnwell and your niece Mary. They have now fled together."
  4714.  
  4715. "My Mary? Impossible!"
  4716.  
  4717. "It is unfortunately more than possible; it is certain. Neither you nor your son knew the true character of this man when you admitted him into your family circle. He is one of the most dangerous men in England--a ruined gambler, an absolutely desperate villain, a man without heart or conscience. Your niece knew nothing of such men. When he breathed his vows to her, as he had done to a hundred before her, she flattered herself that she alone had touched his heart. The devil knows best what he said, but at least she became his tool and was in the habit of seeing him nearly every evening."
  4718.  
  4719. "I cannot, and I will not, believe it!" cried the banker with an ashen face.
  4720.  
  4721. "I will tell you, then, what occurred in your house last night. Your niece, when you had, as she thought, gone to your room, slipped down and talked to her lover through the window which leads into the stable lane. His footmarks had pressed right through the snow, so long had he stood there. She told him of the coronet. His wicked lust for gold kindled at the news, and he bent her to his will. I have no doubt that she loved you, but there are women in whom the love of a lover extinguishes all other loves, and I think that she must have been one. She had hardly listened to his instructions when she saw you coming downstairs, on which she closed the window rapidly and told you about one of the servants' escapade with her wooden-legged lover, which was all perfectly true.
  4722.  
  4723. "Your boy, Arthur, went to bed after his interview with you but he slept badly on account of his uneasiness about his club debts. In the middle of the night he heard a soft tread pass his door, so he rose and, looking out, was surprised to see his cousin walking very stealthily along the passage until she disappeared into your dressing-room. Petrified with astonishment, the lad slipped on some clothes and waited there in the dark to see what would come of this strange affair. Presently she emerged from the room again, and in the light of the passage-lamp your son saw that she carried the precious coronet in her hands. She passed down the stairs, and he, thrilling with horror, ran along and slipped behind the curtain near your door, whence he could see what passed in the hall beneath. He saw her stealthily open the window, hand out the coronet to someone in the gloom, and then closing it once more hurry back to her room, passing quite close to where he stood hid behind the curtain.
  4724.  
  4725. "As long as she was on the scene he could not take any action without a horrible exposure of the woman whom he loved. But the instant that she was gone he realised how crushing a misfortune this would be for you, and how all-important it was to set it right. He rushed down, just as he was, in his bare feet, opened the window, sprang out into the snow, and ran down the lane, where he could see a dark figure in the moonlight. Sir George Burnwell tried to get away, but Arthur caught him, and there was a struggle between them, your lad tugging at one side of the coronet, and his opponent at the other. In the scuffle, your son struck Sir George and cut him over the eye. Then something suddenly snapped, and your son, finding that he had the coronet in his hands, rushed back, closed the window, ascended to your room, and had just observed that the coronet had been twisted in the struggle and was endeavouring to straighten it when you appeared upon the scene."
  4726.  
  4727. "Is it possible?" gasped the banker.
  4728.  
  4729. "You then roused his anger by calling him names at a moment when he felt that he had deserved your warmest thanks. He could not explain the true state of affairs without betraying one who certainly deserved little enough consideration at his hands. He took the more chivalrous view, however, and preserved her secret."
  4730.  
  4731. "And that was why she shrieked and fainted when she saw the coronet," cried Mr. Holder. "Oh, my God! what a blind fool I have been! And his asking to be allowed to go out for five minutes! The dear fellow wanted to see if the missing piece were at the scene of the struggle. How cruelly I have misjudged him!"
  4732.  
  4733. "When I arrived at the house," continued Holmes, "I at once went very carefully round it to observe if there were any traces in the snow which might help me. I knew that none had fallen since the evening before, and also that there had been a strong frost to preserve impressions. I passed along the tradesmen's path, but found it all trampled down and indistinguishable. Just beyond it, however, at the far side of the kitchen door, a woman had stood and talked with a man, whose round impressions on one side showed that he had a wooden leg. I could even tell that they had been disturbed, for the woman had run back swiftly to the door, as was shown by the deep toe and light heel marks, while Wooden-leg had waited a little, and then had gone away. I thought at the time that this might be the maid and her sweetheart, of whom you had already spoken to me, and inquiry showed it was so. I passed round the garden without seeing anything more than random tracks, which I took to be the police; but when I got into the stable lane a very long and complex story was written in the snow in front of me.
  4734.  
  4735. "There was a double line of tracks of a booted man, and a second double line which I saw with delight belonged to a man with naked feet. I was at once convinced from what you had told me that the latter was your son. The first had walked both ways, but the other had run swiftly, and as his tread was marked in places over the depression of the boot, it was obvious that he had passed after the other. I followed them up and found they led to the hall window, where Boots had worn all the snow away while waiting. Then I walked to the other end, which was a hundred yards or more down the lane. I saw where Boots had faced round, where the snow was cut up as though there had been a struggle, and, finally, where a few drops of blood had fallen, to show me that I was not mistaken. Boots had then run down the lane, and another little smudge of blood showed that it was he who had been hurt. When he came to the highroad at the other end, I found that the pavement had been cleared, so there was an end to that clue.
  4736.  
  4737. "On entering the house, however, I examined, as you remember, the sill and framework of the hall window with my lens, and I could at once see that someone had passed out. I could distinguish the outline of an instep where the wet foot had been placed in coming in. I was then beginning to be able to form an opinion as to what had occurred. A man had waited outside the window; someone had brought the gems; the deed had been overseen by your son; he had pursued the thief; had struggled with him; they had each tugged at the coronet, their united strength causing injuries which neither alone could have effected. He had returned with the prize, but had left a fragment in the grasp of his opponent. So far I was clear. The question now was, who was the man and who was it brought him the coronet?
  4738.  
  4739. "It is an old maxim of mine that when you have excluded the impossible, whatever remains, however improbable, must be the truth. Now, I knew that it was not you who had brought it down, so there only remained your niece and the maids. But if it were the maids, why should your son allow himself to be accused in their place? There could be no possible reason. As he loved his cousin, however, there was an excellent explanation why he should retain her secret--the more so as the secret was a disgraceful one. When I remembered that you had seen her at that window, and how she had fainted on seeing the coronet again, my conjecture became a certainty.
  4740.  
  4741. "And who could it be who was her confederate? A lover evidently, for who else could outweigh the love and gratitude which she must feel to you? I knew that you went out little, and that your circle of friends was a very limited one. But among them was Sir George Burnwell. I had heard of him before as being a man of evil reputation among women. It must have been he who wore those boots and retained the missing gems. Even though he knew that Arthur had discovered him, he might still flatter himself that he was safe, for the lad could not say a word without compromising his own family.
  4742.  
  4743. "Well, your own good sense will suggest what measures I took next. I went in the shape of a loafer to Sir George's house, managed to pick up an acquaintance with his valet, learned that his master had cut his head the night before, and, finally, at the expense of six shillings, made all sure by buying a pair of his cast-off shoes. With these I journeyed down to Streatham and saw that they exactly fitted the tracks."
  4744.  
  4745. "I saw an ill-dressed vagabond in the lane yesterday evening," said Mr. Holder.
  4746.  
  4747. "Precisely. It was I. I found that I had my man, so I came home and changed my clothes. It was a delicate part which I had to play then, for I saw that a prosecution must be avoided to avert scandal, and I knew that so astute a villain would see that our hands were tied in the matter. I went and saw him. At first, of course, he denied everything. But when I gave him every particular that had occurred, he tried to bluster and took down a life-preserver from the wall. I knew my man, however, and I clapped a pistol to his head before he could strike. Then he became a little more reasonable. I told him that we would give him a price for the stones he held--$1000 apiece. That brought out the first signs of grief that he had shown. 'Why, dash it all!' said he, 'I've let them go at six hundred for the three!' I soon managed to get the address of the receiver who had them, on promising him that there would be no prosecution. Off I set to him, and after much chaffering I got our stones at $1000 apiece. Then I looked in upon your son, told him that all was right, and eventually got to my bed about two o'clock, after what I may call a really hard day's work."
  4748.  
  4749. "A day which has saved England from a great public scandal," said the banker, rising. "Sir, I cannot find words to thank you, but you shall not find me ungrateful for what you have done. Your skill has indeed exceeded all that I have heard of it. And now I must fly to my dear boy to apologise to him for the wrong which I have done him. As to what you tell me of poor Mary, it goes to my very heart. Not even your skill can inform me where she is now."
  4750.  
  4751. "I think that we may safely say," returned Holmes, "that she is wherever Sir George Burnwell is. It is equally certain, too, that whatever her sins are, they will soon receive a more than sufficient punishment."
  4752.  
  4753. XII.  THE ADVENTURE OF THE COPPER BEECHES
  4754.  
  4755.  
  4756. "To the man who loves art for its own sake," remarked Sherlock Holmes, tossing aside the advertisement sheet of the Daily Telegraph, "it is frequently in its least important and lowliest manifestations that the keenest pleasure is to be derived. It is pleasant to me to observe, Watson, that you have so far grasped this truth that in these little records of our cases which you have been good enough to draw up, and, I am bound to say, occasionally to embellish, you have given prominence not so much to the many causes celebres and sensational trials in which I have figured but rather to those incidents which may have been trivial in themselves, but which have given room for those faculties of deduction and of logical synthesis which I have made my special province."
  4757.  
  4758. "And yet," said I, smiling, "I cannot quite hold myself absolved from the charge of sensationalism which has been urged against my records."
  4759.  
  4760. "You have erred, perhaps," he observed, taking up a glowing cinder with the tongs and lighting with it the long cherry-wood pipe which was wont to replace his clay when he was in a disputatious rather than a meditative mood--"you have erred perhaps in attempting to put colour and life into each of your statements instead of confining yourself to the task of placing upon record that severe reasoning from cause to effect which is really the only notable feature about the thing."
  4761.  
  4762. "It seems to me that I have done you full justice in the matter," I remarked with some coldness, for I was repelled by the egotism which I had more than once observed to be a strong factor in my friend's singular character.
  4763.  
  4764. "No, it is not selfishness or conceit," said he, answering, as was his wont, my thoughts rather than my words. "If I claim full justice for my art, it is because it is an impersonal thing--a thing beyond myself. Crime is common. Logic is rare. Therefore it is upon the logic rather than upon the crime that you should dwell. You have degraded what should have been a course of lectures into a series of tales."
  4765.  
  4766. It was a cold morning of the early spring, and we sat after breakfast on either side of a cheery fire in the old room at Baker Street. A thick fog rolled down between the lines of dun-coloured houses, and the opposing windows loomed like dark, shapeless blurs through the heavy yellow wreaths. Our gas was lit and shone on the white cloth and glimmer of china and metal, for the table had not been cleared yet. Sherlock Holmes had been silent all the morning, dipping continuously into the advertisement columns of a succession of papers until at last, having apparently given up his search, he had emerged in no very sweet temper to lecture me upon my literary shortcomings.
  4767.  
  4768. "At the same time," he remarked after a pause, during which he had sat puffing at his long pipe and gazing down into the fire, "you can hardly be open to a charge of sensationalism, for out of these cases which you have been so kind as to interest yourself in, a fair proportion do not treat of crime, in its legal sense, at all. The small matter in which I endeavoured to help the King of Bohemia, the singular experience of Miss Mary Sutherland, the problem connected with the man with the twisted lip, and the incident of the noble bachelor, were all matters which are outside the pale of the law. But in avoiding the sensational, I fear that you may have bordered on the trivial."
  4769.  
  4770. "The end may have been so," I answered, "but the methods I hold to have been novel and of interest."
  4771.  
  4772. "Pshaw, my dear fellow, what do the public, the great unobservant public, who could hardly tell a weaver by his tooth or a compositor by his left thumb, care about the finer shades of analysis and deduction! But, indeed, if you are trivial. I cannot blame you, for the days of the great cases are past. Man, or at least criminal man, has lost all enterprise and originality. As to my own little practice, it seems to be degenerating into an agency for recovering lost lead pencils and giving advice to young ladies from boarding-schools. I think that I have touched bottom at last, however. This note I had this morning marks my zero-point, I fancy. Read it!" He tossed a crumpled letter across to me.
  4773.  
  4774. It was dated from Montague Place upon the preceding evening, and ran thus:
  4775.  
  4776. "DEAR MR. HOLMES:--I am very anxious to consult you as to whether I should or should not accept a situation which has been offered to me as governess. I shall call at half-past ten to-morrow if I do not inconvenience you. Yours faithfully,
  4777.  
  4778.  
  4779. "VIOLET HUNTER."
  4780.  
  4781. "Do you know the young lady?" I asked.
  4782.  
  4783. "Not I."
  4784.  
  4785. "It is half-past ten now."
  4786.  
  4787. "Yes, and I have no doubt that is her ring."
  4788.  
  4789. "It may turn out to be of more interest than you think. You remember that the affair of the blue carbuncle, which appeared to be a mere whim at first, developed into a serious investigation. It may be so in this case, also."
  4790.  
  4791. "Well, let us hope so. But our doubts will very soon be solved, for here, unless I am much mistaken, is the person in question."
  4792.  
  4793. As he spoke the door opened and a young lady entered the room. She was plainly but neatly dressed, with a bright, quick face, freckled like a plover's egg, and with the brisk manner of a woman who has had her own way to make in the world.
  4794.  
  4795. "You will excuse my troubling you, I am sure," said she, as my companion rose to greet her, "but I have had a very strange experience, and as I have no parents or relations of any sort from whom I could ask advice, I thought that perhaps you would be kind enough to tell me what I should do."
  4796.  
  4797. "Pray take a seat, Miss Hunter. I shall be happy to do anything that I can to serve you."
  4798.  
  4799. I could see that Holmes was favourably impressed by the manner and speech of his new client. He looked her over in his searching fashion, and then composed himself, with his lids drooping and his finger-tips together, to listen to her story.
  4800.  
  4801. "I have been a governess for five years," said she, "in the family of Colonel Spence Munro, but two months ago the colonel received an appointment at Halifax, in Nova Scotia, and took his children over to America with him, so that I found myself without a situation. I advertised, and I answered advertisements, but without success. At last the little money which I had saved began to run short, and I was at my wit's end as to what I should do.
  4802.  
  4803. "There is a well-known agency for governesses in the West End called Westaway's, and there I used to call about once a week in order to see whether anything had turned up which might suit me. Westaway was the name of the founder of the business, but it is really managed by Miss Stoper. She sits in her own little office, and the ladies who are seeking employment wait in an anteroom, and are then shown in one by one, when she consults her ledgers and sees whether she has anything which would suit them.
  4804.  
  4805. "Well, when I called last week I was shown into the little office as usual, but I found that Miss Stoper was not alone. A prodigiously stout man with a very smiling face and a great heavy chin which rolled down in fold upon fold over his throat sat at her elbow with a pair of glasses on his nose, looking very earnestly at the ladies who entered. As I came in he gave quite a jump in his chair and turned quickly to Miss Stoper.
  4806.  
  4807. " 'That will do,' said he; 'I could not ask for anything better. Capital! capital!' He seemed quite enthusiastic and rubbed his hands together in the most genial fashion. He was such a comfortable-looking man that it was quite a pleasure to look at him.
  4808.  
  4809. " 'You are looking for a situation, miss?' he asked.
  4810.  
  4811. " 'Yes, sir.'
  4812.  
  4813. " 'As governess?'
  4814.  
  4815. " 'Yes, sir.'
  4816.  
  4817. " 'And what salary do you ask?'
  4818.  
  4819. " 'I had $4 a month in my last place with Colonel Spence Munro.'
  4820.  
  4821. " 'Oh, tut, tut! sweating--rank sweating!' he cried, throwing his fat hands out into the air like a man who is in a boiling passion. 'How could anyone offer so pitiful a sum to a lady with such attractions and accomplishments?'
  4822.  
  4823. " 'My accomplishments, sir, may be less than you imagine,' said I. 'A little French, a little German, music, and drawing--'
  4824.  
  4825. " 'Tut, tut!' he cried. 'This is all quite beside the question. The point is, have you or have you not the bearing and deportment of a lady? There it is in a nutshell. If you have not, you are not fitted for the rearing of a child who may some day play a considerable part in the history of the country. But if you have why, then, how could any gentleman ask you to condescend to accept anything under the three figures? Your salary with me, madam, would commence at $100 a year.'
  4826.  
  4827. "You may imagine, Mr. Holmes, that to me, destitute as I was, such an offer seemed almost too good to be true. The gentleman, however, seeing perhaps the look of incredulity upon my face, opened a pocket-book and took out a note.
  4828.  
  4829. " 'It is also my custom,' said he, smiling in the most pleasant fashion until his eyes were just two little shining slits amid the white creases of his face, 'to advance to my young ladies half their salary beforehand, so that they may meet any little expenses of their journey and their wardrobe.'
  4830.  
  4831. "It seemed to me that I had never met so fascinating and so thoughtful a man. As I was already in debt to my tradesmen, the advance was a great convenience, and yet there was something unnatural about the whole transaction which made me wish to know a little more before I quite committed myself.
  4832.  
  4833. " 'May I ask where you live, sir?' said I.
  4834.  
  4835. " 'Hampshire. Charming rural place. The Copper Beeches, five miles on the far side of Winchester. It is the most lovely country, my dear young lady, and the dearest old country-house.'
  4836.  
  4837. " 'And my duties, sir? I should be glad to know what they would be.'
  4838.  
  4839. " 'One child--one dear little romper just six years old. Oh, if you could see him killing cockroaches with a slipper! Smack! smack! smack! Three gone before you could wink!' He leaned back in his chair and laughed his eyes into his head again.
  4840.  
  4841. "I was a little startled at the nature of the child's amusement, but the father's laughter made me think that perhaps he was joking.
  4842.  
  4843. " 'My sole duties, then,' I asked, 'are to take charge of a single child?'
  4844.  
  4845. " 'No, no, not the sole, not the sole, my dear young lady,' he cried. 'Your duty would be, as I am sure your good sense would suggest, to obey any little commands my wife might give, provided always that they were such commands as a lady might with propriety obey. You see no difficulty, heh?'
  4846.  
  4847. " 'I should be happy to make myself useful.'
  4848.  
  4849. " 'Quite so. In dress now, for example. We are faddy people, you know--faddy but kind-hearted. If you were asked to wear any dress which we might give you, you would not object to our little whim. Heh?'
  4850.  
  4851. " 'No,' said I, considerably astonished at his words.
  4852.  
  4853. " 'Or to sit here, or sit there, that would not be offensive to you?'
  4854.  
  4855. " 'Oh, no.'
  4856.  
  4857. " 'Or to cut your hair quite short before you come to us?'
  4858.  
  4859. "I could hardly believe my ears. As you may observe, Mr. Holmes, my hair is somewhat luxuriant, and of a rather peculiar tint of chestnut. It has been considered artistic. I could not dream of sacrificing it in this offhand fashion.
  4860.  
  4861. " 'I am afraid that that is quite impossible,' said I. He had been watching me eagerly out of his small eyes, and I could see a shadow pass over his face as I spoke.
  4862.  
  4863. " 'I am afraid that it is quite essential,' said he. 'It is a little fancy of my wife's, and ladies' fancies, you know, madam, ladies' fancies must be consulted. And so you won't cut your hair?'
  4864.  
  4865. " 'No, sir, I really could not,' I answered firmly.
  4866.  
  4867. " 'Ah, very well; then that quite settles the matter. It is a pity, because in other respects you would really have done very nicely. In that case, Miss Stoper, I had best inspect a few more of your young ladies.'
  4868.  
  4869. "The manageress had sat all this while busy with her papers without a word to either of us, but she glanced at me now with so much annoyance upon her face that I could not help suspecting that she had lost a handsome commission through my refusal.
  4870.  
  4871. " 'Do you desire your name to be kept upon the books?' she asked.
  4872.  
  4873. " 'If you please, Miss Stoper.'
  4874.  
  4875. " 'Well, really, it seems rather useless, since you refuse the most excellent offers in this fashion,' said she sharply. 'You can hardly expect us to exert ourselves to find another such opening for you. Good-day to you, Miss Hunter.' She struck a gong upon the table, and I was shown out by the page.
  4876.  
  4877. "Well, Mr. Holmes, when I got back to my lodgings and found little enough in the cupboard, and two or three bills upon the table. I began to ask myself whether I had not done a very foolish thing. After all, if these people had strange fads and expected obedience on the most extraordinary matters, they were at least ready to pay for their eccentricity. Very few governesses in England are getting $100 a year. Besides, what use was my hair to me? Many people are improved by wearing it short and perhaps I should be among the number. Next day I was inclined to think that I had made a mistake, and by the day after I was sure of it. I had almost overcome my pride so far as to go back to the agency and inquire whether the place was still open when I received this letter from the gentleman himself. I have it here and I will read it to you:
  4878.  
  4879.  
  4880. " 'The Copper Beeches, near Winchester.
  4881.  
  4882. " 'DEAR MISS HUNTER:--Miss Stoper has very kindly given me your address, and I write from here to ask you whether you have reconsidered your decision. My wife is very anxious that you should come, for she has been much attracted by my description of you. We are willing to give $30 a quarter, or $120 a year, so as to recompense you for any little inconvenience which our fads may cause you. They are not very exacting, after all. My wife is fond of a particular shade of electric blue and would like you to wear such a dress indoors in the morning. You need not, however, go to the expense of purchasing one, as we have one belonging to my dear daughter Alice (now in Philadelphia), which would, I should think, fit you very well. Then, as to sitting here or there, or amusing yourself in any manner indicated, that need cause you no inconvenience. As regards your hair, it is no doubt a pity, especially as I could not help remarking its beauty during our short interview, but I am afraid that I must remain firm upon this point, and I only hope that the increased salary may recompense you for the loss. Your duties, as far as the child is concerned, are very light. Now do try to come, and I shall meet you with the dog-cart at Winchester. Let me know your train. Yours faithfully,
  4883.  
  4884.  
  4885. " 'JEPHRO RUCASTLE.'
  4886.  
  4887. "That is the letter which I have just received, Mr. Holmes, and my mind is made up that I will accept it. I thought, however, that before taking the final step I should like to submit the whole matter to your consideration."
  4888.  
  4889. "Well, Miss Hunter, if your mind is made up, that settles the question," said Holmes, smiling.
  4890.  
  4891. "But you would not advise me to refuse?"
  4892.  
  4893. "I confess that it is not the situation which I should like to see a sister of mine apply for."
  4894.  
  4895. "What is the meaning of it all, Mr. Holmes?"
  4896.  
  4897. "Ah, I have no data. I cannot tell. Perhaps you have yourself formed some opinion?"
  4898.  
  4899. "Well, there seems to me to be only one possible solution. Mr. Rucastle seemed to be a very kind, good-natured man. Is it not possible that his wife is a lunatic, that he desires to keep the matter quiet for fear she should be taken to an asylum, and that he humours her fancies in every way in order to prevent an outbreak?"
  4900.  
  4901. "That is a possible solution--in fact, as matters stand, it is the most probable one. But in any case it does not seem to be a nice household for a young lady."
  4902.  
  4903. "But the money, Mr. Holmes, the money!"
  4904.  
  4905. "Well, yes, of course the pay is good--too good. That is what makes me uneasy. Why should they give you $120 a year, when they could have their pick for $40? There must be some strong reason behind."
  4906.  
  4907. "I thought that if I told you the circumstances you would understand afterwards if I wanted your help. I should feel so much stronger if I felt that you were at the back of me."
  4908.  
  4909. "Oh, you may carry that feeling away with you. I assure you that your little problem promises to be the most interesting which has come my way for some months. There is something distinctly novel about some of the features. If you should find yourself in doubt or in danger--"
  4910.  
  4911. "Danger! What danger do you foresee?"
  4912.  
  4913. Holmes shook his head gravely. "It would cease to be a danger if we could define it," said he. "But at any time, day or night, a telegram would bring me down to your help."
  4914.  
  4915. "That is enough." She rose briskly from her chair with the anxiety all swept from her face. "I shall go down to Hampshire quite easy in my mind now. I shall write to Mr. Rucastle at once, sacrifice my poor hair to-night, and start for Winchester to-morrow." With a few grateful words to Holmes she bade us both good-night and bustled off upon her way.
  4916.  
  4917. "At least," said I as we heard her quick, firm steps descending the stairs, "she seems to be a young lady who is very well able to take care of herself."
  4918.  
  4919. "And she would need to be," said Holmes gravely. "I am much mistaken if we do not hear from her before many days are past."
  4920.  
  4921. It was not very long before my friend's prediction was fulfilled. A fortnight went by, during which I frequently found my thoughts turning in her direction and wondering what strange side-alley of human experience this lonely woman had strayed into. The unusual salary, the curious conditions, the light duties, all pointed to something abnormal, though whether a fad or a plot, or whether the man were a philanthropist or a villain, it was quite beyond my powers to determine. As to Holmes, I observed that he sat frequently for half an hour on end, with knitted brows and an abstracted air, but he swept the matter away with a wave of his hand when I mentioned it. "Data! data! data!" he cried impatiently. "I can't make bricks without clay." And yet he would always wind up by muttering that no sister of his should ever have accepted such a situation.
  4922.  
  4923. The telegram which we eventually received came late one night just as I was thinking of turning in and Holmes was settling down to one of those all-night chemical researches which he frequently indulged in, when I would leave him stooping over a retort and a test-tube at night and find him in the same position when I came down to breakfast in the morning. He opened the yellow envelope, and then, glancing at the message, threw it across to me.
  4924.  
  4925. "Just look up the trains in Bradshaw," said he, and turned back to his chemical studies.
  4926.  
  4927. The summons was a brief and urgent one.
  4928.  
  4929. "Please be at the Black Swan Hotel at Winchester at midday to-morrow," it said. "Do come! I am at my wit's end.
  4930.  
  4931.  
  4932. "HUNTER."
  4933.  
  4934. "Will you come with me?" asked Holmes, glancing up.
  4935.  
  4936. "I should wish to."
  4937.  
  4938. "Just look it up, then."
  4939.  
  4940. "There is a train at half-past nine," said I, glancing over my Bradshaw. "It is due at Winchester at 11:30."
  4941.  
  4942. "That will do very nicely. Then perhaps I had better postpone my analysis of the acetones, as we may need to be at our best in the morning."
  4943.  
  4944. By eleven o'clock the next day we were well upon our way to the old English capital. Holmes had been buried in the morning papers all the way down, but after we had passed the Hampshire border he threw them down and began to admire the scenery. It was an ideal spring day, a light blue sky, flecked with little fleecy white clouds drifting across from west to east. The sun was shining very brightly, and yet there was an exhilarating nip in the air, which set an edge to a man's energy. All over the countryside, away to the rolling hills around Aldershot, the little red and grey roofs of the farm-steadings peeped out from amid the light green of the new foliage.
  4945.  
  4946. "Are they not fresh and beautiful?" I cried with all the enthusiasm of a man fresh from the fogs of Baker Street.
  4947.  
  4948. But Holmes shook his head gravely.
  4949.  
  4950. "Do you know, Watson," said he, "that it is one of the curses of a mind with a turn like mine that I must look at everything with reference to my own special subject. You look at these scattered houses, and you are impressed by their beauty. I look at them, and the only thought which comes to me is a feeling of their isolation and of the impunity with which crime may be committed there."
  4951.  
  4952. "Good heavens!" I cried. "Who would associate crime with these dear old homesteads?"
  4953.  
  4954. "They always fill me with a certain horror. It is my belief, Watson, founded upon my experience, that the lowest and vilest alleys in London do not present a more dreadful record of sin than does the smiling and beautiful countryside."
  4955.  
  4956. "You horrify me!"
  4957.  
  4958. "But the reason is very obvious. The pressure of public opinion can do in the town what the law cannot accomplish. There is no lane so vile that the scream of a tortured child, or the thud of a drunkard's blow, does not beget sympathy and indignation among the neighbours, and then the whole machinery of justice is ever so close that a word of complaint can set it going, and there is but a step between the crime and the dock. But look at these lonely houses, each in its own fields, filled for the most part with poor ignorant folk who know little of the law. Think of the deeds of hellish cruelty, the hidden wickedness which may go on, year in, year out, in such places, and none the wiser. Had this lady who appeals to us for help gone to live in Winchester, I should never have had a fear for her. It is the five miles of country which makes the danger. Still, it is clear that she is not personally threatened."
  4959.  
  4960. "No. If she can come to Winchester to meet us she can get away."
  4961.  
  4962. "Quite so. She has her freedom."
  4963.  
  4964. "What can be the matter, then? Can you suggest no explanation?"
  4965.  
  4966. "I have devised seven separate explanations, each of which would cover the facts as far as we know them. But which of these is correct can only be determined by the fresh information which we shall no doubt find waiting for us. Well, there is the tower of the cathedral, and we shall soon learn all that Miss Hunter has to tell."
  4967.  
  4968. The Black Swan is an inn of repute in the High Street, at no distance from the station, and there we found the young lady waiting for us. She had engaged a sitting-room, and our lunch awaited us upon the table.
  4969.  
  4970. "I am so delighted that you have come," she said earnestly. "It is so very kind of you both; but indeed I do not know what I should do. Your advice will be altogether invaluable to me."
  4971.  
  4972. "Pray tell us what has happened to you."
  4973.  
  4974. "I will do so, and I must be quick, for I have promised Mr. Rucastle to be back before three. I got his leave to come into town this morning, though he little knew for what purpose."
  4975.  
  4976. "Let us have everything in its due order." Holmes thrust his long thin legs out towards the fire and composed himself to listen.
  4977.  
  4978. "In the first place, I may say that I have met, on the whole, with no actual ill-treatment from Mr. and Mrs. Rucastle. It is only fair to them to say that. But I cannot understand them, and I am not easy in my mind about them."
  4979.  
  4980. "What can you not understand?"
  4981.  
  4982. "Their reasons for their conduct. But you shall have it all just as it occurred. When I came down, Mr. Rucastle met me here and drove me in his dog-cart to the Copper Beeches. It is, as he said, beautifully situated, but it is not beautiful in itself, for it is a large square block of a house, whitewashed, but all stained and streaked with damp and bad weather. There are grounds round it, woods on three sides, and on the fourth a field which slopes down to the Southampton highroad, which curves past about a hundred yards from the front door. This ground in front belongs to the house, but the woods all round are part of Lord Southerton's preserves. A clump of copper beeches immediately in front of the hall door has given its name to the place.
  4983.  
  4984. "I was driven over by my employer, who was as amiable as ever, and was introduced by him that evening to his wife and the child. There was no truth, Mr. Holmes, in the conjecture which seemed to us to be probable in your rooms at Baker Street. Mrs. Rucastle is not mad. I found her to be a silent, pale-faced woman, much younger than her husband, not more than thirty, I should think, while he can hardly be less than forty-five. From their conversation I have gathered that they have been married about seven years, that he was a widower, and that his only child by the first wife was the daughter who has gone to Philadelphia. Mr. Rucastle told me in private that the reason why she had left them was that she had an unreasoning aversion to her stepmother. As the daughter could not have been less than twenty, I can quite imagine that her position must have been uncomfortable with her father's young wife.
  4985.  
  4986. "Mrs. Rucastle seemed to me to be colourless in mind as well as in feature. She impressed me neither favourably nor the reverse. She was a nonentity. It was easy to see that she was passionately devoted both to her husband and to her little son. Her light grey eyes wandered continually from one to the other, noting every little want and forestalling it if possible. He was kind to her also in his bluff, boisterous fashion, and on the whole they seemed to be a happy couple. And yet she had some secret sorrow, this woman. She would often be lost in deep thought, with the saddest look upon her face. More than once I have surprised her in tears. I have thought sometimes that it was the disposition of her child which weighed upon her mind, for I have never met so utterly spoiled and so ill-natured a little creature. He is small for his age, with a head which is quite disproportionately large. His whole life appears to be spent in an alternation between savage fits of passion and gloomy intervals of sulking. Giving pain to any creature weaker than himself seems to be his one idea of amusement, and he shows quite remarkable talent in planning the capture of mice, little birds, and insects. But I would rather not talk about the creature, Mr. Holmes, and, indeed, he has little to do with my story."
  4987.  
  4988. "I am glad of all details," remarked my friend, "whether they seem to you to be relevant or not."
  4989.  
  4990. "I shall try not to miss anything of importance. The one unpleasant thing about the house, which struck me at once, was the appearance and conduct of the servants. There are only two, a man and his wife. Toller, for that is his name, is a rough, uncouth man, with grizzled hair and whiskers, and a perpetual smell of drink. Twice since I have been with them he has been quite drunk, and yet Mr. Rucastle seemed to take no notice of it. His wife is a very tall and strong woman with a sour face, as silent as Mrs. Rucastle and much less amiable. They are a most unpleasant couple, but fortunately I spend most of my time in the nursery and my own room, which are next to each other in one corner of the building.
  4991.  
  4992. "For two days after my arrival at the Copper Beeches my life was very quiet; on the third, Mrs. Rucastle came down just after breakfast and whispered something to her husband.
  4993.  
  4994. " 'Oh, yes,' said he, turning to me, 'we are very much obliged to you, Miss Hunter, for falling in with our whims so far as to cut your hair. I assure you that it has not detracted in the tiniest iota from your appearance. We shall now see how the electric-blue dress will become you. You will find it laid out upon the bed in your room, and if you would be so good as to put it on we should both be extremely obliged.'
  4995.  
  4996. "The dress which I found waiting for me was of a peculiar shade of blue. It was of excellent material, a sort of beige, but it bore unmistakable signs of having been worn before. It could not have been a better fit if I had been measured for it. Both Mr. and Mrs. Rucastle expressed a delight at the look of it, which seemed quite exaggerated in its vehemence. They were waiting for me in the drawing-room, which is a very large room, stretching along the entire front of the house, with three long windows reaching down to the floor. A chair had been placed close to the central window, with its back turned towards it. In this I was asked to sit, and then Mr. Rucastle, walking up and down on the other side of the room, began to tell me a series of the funniest stories that I have ever listened to. You cannot imagine how comical he was, and I laughed until I was quite weary. Mrs. Rucastle, however, who has evidently no sense of humour, never so much as smiled, but sat with her hands in her lap, and a sad, anxious look upon her face. After an hour or so, Mr. Rucastle suddenly remarked that it was time to commence the duties of the day, and that I might change my dress and go to little Edward in the nursery.
  4997.  
  4998. "Two days later this same performance was gone through under exactly similar circumstances. Again I changed my dress, again I sat in the window, and again I laughed very heartily at the funny stories of which my employer had an immense repertoire, and which he told inimitably. Then he handed me a yellow-backed novel, and moving my chair a little sideways, that my own shadow might not fall upon the page, he begged me to read aloud to him. I read for about ten minutes, beginning in the heart of a chapter, and then suddenly, in the middle of a sentence, he ordered me to cease and to change my dress.
  4999.  
  5000. "You can easily imagine, Mr. Holmes, how curious I became as to what the meaning of this extraordinary performance could possibly be. They were always very careful, I observed, to turn my face away from the window, so that I became consumed with the desire to see what was going on behind my back. At first it seemed to be impossible, but I soon devised a means. My hand-mirror had been broken, so a happy thought seized me, and I concealed a piece of the glass in my handkerchief. On the next occasion, in the midst of my laughter, I put my handkerchief up to my eyes, and was able with a little management to see all that there was behind me. I confess that I was disappointed. There was nothing. At least that was my first impression. At the second glance, however, I perceived that there was a man standing in the Southampton Road, a small bearded man in a grey suit, who seemed to be looking in my direction. The road is an important highway, and there are usually people there. This man, however, was leaning against the railings which bordered our field and was looking earnestly up. I lowered my handkerchief and glanced at Mrs. Rucastle to find her eyes fixed upon me with a most searching gaze. She said nothing, but I am convinced that she had divined that I had a mirror in my hand and had seen what was behind me. She rose at once.
  5001.  
  5002. " 'Jephro,' said she, 'there is an impertinent fellow upon the road there who stares up at Miss Hunter.'
  5003.  
  5004. " 'No friend of yours, Miss Hunter?' he asked.
  5005.  
  5006. " 'No, I know no one in these parts.'
  5007.  
  5008. " 'Dear me! How very impertinent! Kindly turn round and motion to him to go away.'
  5009.  
  5010. " 'Surely it would be better to take no notice.'
  5011.  
  5012. " 'No, no, we should have him loitering here always. Kindly turn round and wave him away like that.'
  5013.  
  5014. "I did as I was told, and at the same instant Mrs. Rucastle drew down the blind. That was a week ago, and from that time I have not sat again in the window, nor have I worn the blue dress, nor seen the man in the road."
  5015.  
  5016. "Pray continue," said Holmes. "Your narrative promises to be a most interesting one."
  5017.  
  5018. "You will find it rather disconnected, I fear, and there may prove to be little relation between the different incidents of which I speak. On the very first day that I was at the Copper Beeches, Mr. Rucastle took me to a small outhouse which stands near the kitchen door. As we approached it I heard the sharp rattling of a chain, and the sound as of a large animal moving about.
  5019.  
  5020. " 'Look in here!' said Mr. Rucastle, showing me a slit between two planks. 'Is he not a beauty?'
  5021.  
  5022. "I looked through and was conscious of two glowing eyes, and of a vague figure huddled up in the darkness.
  5023.  
  5024. " 'Don't be frightened,' said my employer, laughing at the start which I had given. 'It's only Carlo, my mastiff. I call him mine, but really old Toller, my groom, is the only man who can do anything with him. We feed him once a day, and not too much then, so that he is always as keen as mustard. Toller lets him loose every night, and God help the trespasser whom he lays his fangs upon. For goodness' sake don't you ever on any pretext set your foot over the threshold at night, for it's as much as your life is worth.'
  5025.  
  5026. "The warning was no idle one, for two nights later I happened to look out of my bedroom window about two o'clock in the morning. It was a beautiful moonlight night, and the lawn in front of the house was silvered over and almost as bright as day. I was standing, rapt in the peaceful beauty of the scene, when I was aware that something was moving under the shadow of the copper beeches. As it emerged into the moonshine I saw what it was. It was a giant dog, as large as a calf, tawny tinted, with hanging jowl, black muzzle, and huge projecting bones. It walked slowly across the lawn and vanished into the shadow upon the other side. That dreadful sentinel sent a chill to my heart which I do not think that any burglar could have done.
  5027.  
  5028. "And now I have a very strange experience to tell you. I had, as you know, cut off my hair in London, and I had placed it in a great coil at the bottom of my trunk. One evening, after the child was in bed, I began to amuse myself by examining the furniture of my room and by rearranging my own little things. There was an old chest of drawers in the room, the two upper ones empty and open, the lower one locked. I had filled the first two with my linen, and as I had still much to pack away I was naturally annoyed at not having the use of the third drawer. It struck me that it might have been fastened by a mere oversight, so I took out my bunch of keys and tried to open it. The very first key fitted to perfection, and I drew the drawer open. There was only one thing in it, but I am sure that you would never guess what it was. It was my coil of hair.
  5029.  
  5030. "I took it up and examined it. It was of the same peculiar tint, and the same thickness. But then the impossibility of the thing obtruded itself upon me. How could my hair have been locked in the drawer? With trembling hands I undid my trunk, turned out the contents, and drew from the bottom my own hair. I laid the two tresses together, and I assure you that they were identical. Was it not extraordinary? Puzzle as I would, I could make nothing at all of what it meant. I returned the strange hair to the drawer, and I said nothing of the matter to the Rucastles as I felt that I had put myself in the wrong by opening a drawer which they had locked.
  5031.  
  5032. "I am naturally observant, as you may have remarked, Mr. Holmes, and I soon had a pretty good plan of the whole house in my head. There was one wing, however, which appeared not to be inhabited at all. A door which faced that which led into the quarters of the Tollers opened into this suite, but it was invariably locked. One day, however, as I ascended the stair, I met Mr. Rucastle coming out through this door, his keys in his hand, and a look on his face which made him a very different person to the round, jovial man to whom I was accustomed. His cheeks were red, his brow was all crinkled with anger, and the veins stood out at his temples with passion. He locked the door and hurried past me without a word or a look.
  5033.  
  5034. "This aroused my curiosity, so when I went out for a walk in the grounds with my charge, I strolled round to the side from which I could see the windows of this part of the house. There were four of them in a row, three of which were simply dirty, while the fourth was shuttered up. They were evidently all deserted. As I strolled up and down, glancing at them occasionally, Mr. Rucastle came out to me, looking as merry and jovial as ever.
  5035.  
  5036. " 'Ah!' said he, 'you must not think me rude if I passed you without a word, my dear young lady. I was preoccupied with business matters.'
  5037.  
  5038. "I assured him that I was not offended. 'By the way,' said I, 'you seem to have quite a suite of spare rooms up there, and one of them has the shutters up.'
  5039.  
  5040. "He looked surprised and, as it seemed to me, a little startled at my remark.
  5041.  
  5042. " 'Photography is one of my hobbies,' said he. 'I have made my dark room up there. But, dear me! what an observant young lady we have come upon. Who would have believed it? Who would have ever believed it?' He spoke in a jesting tone, but there was no jest in his eyes as he looked at me. I read suspicion there and annoyance, but no jest.
  5043.  
  5044. "Well, Mr. Holmes, from the moment that I understood that there was something about that suite of rooms which I was not to know, I was all on fire to go over them. It was not mere curiosity, though I have my share of that. It was more a feeling of duty--a feeling that some good might come from my penetrating to this place. They talk of woman's instinct; perhaps it was woman's instinct which gave me that feeling. At any rate, it was there, and I was keenly on the lookout for any chance to pass the forbidden door.
  5045.  
  5046. "It was only yesterday that the chance came. I may tell you that, besides Mr. Rucastle, both Toller and his wife find something to do in these deserted rooms, and I once saw him carrying a large black linen bag with him through the door. Recently he has been drinking hard, and yesterday evening he was very drunk; and when I came upstairs there was the key in the door. I have no doubt at all that he had left it there. Mr. and Mrs. Rucastle were both downstairs, and the child was with them, so that I had an admirable opportunity. I turned the key gently in the lock, opened the door, and slipped through.
  5047.  
  5048. "There was a little passage in front of me, unpapered and uncarpeted, which turned at a right angle at the farther end. Round this corner were three doors in a line, the first and third of which were open. They each led into an empty room, dusty and cheerless, with two windows in the one and one in the other, so thick with dirt that the evening light glimmered dimly through them. The centre door was closed, and across the outside of it had been fastened one of the broad bars of an iron bed, padlocked at one end to a ring in the wall, and fastened at the other with stout cord. The door itself was locked as well, and the key was not there. This barricaded door corresponded clearly with the shuttered window outside, and yet I could see by the glimmer from beneath it that the room was not in darkness. Evidently there was a skylight which let in light from above. As I stood in the passage gazing at the sinister door and wondering what secret it might veil, I suddenly heard the sound of steps within the room and saw a shadow pass backward and forward against the little slit of dim light which shone out from under the door. A mad, unreasoning terror rose up in me at the sight, Mr. Holmes. My overstrung nerves failed me suddenly, and I turned and ran--ran as though some dreadful hand were behind me clutching at the skirt of my dress. I rushed down the passage, through the door, and straight into the arms of Mr. Rucastle, who was waiting outside.
  5049.  
  5050. " 'So,' said he, smiling, 'it was you, then. I thought that it must be when I saw the door open.'
  5051.  
  5052. " 'Oh, I am so frightened!' I panted.
  5053.  
  5054. " 'My dear young lady! my dear young lady!'--you cannot think how caressing and soothing his manner was--'and what has frightened you, my dear young lady?'
  5055.  
  5056. "But his voice was just a little too coaxing. He overdid it. I was keenly on my guard against him.
  5057.  
  5058. " 'I was foolish enough to go into the empty wing,' I answered. 'But it is so lonely and eerie in this dim light that I was frightened and ran out again. Oh, it is so dreadfully still in there!'
  5059.  
  5060. " 'Only that?' said he, looking at me keenly.
  5061.  
  5062. " 'Why, what did you think?' I asked.
  5063.  
  5064. " 'Why do you think that I lock this door?'
  5065.  
  5066. " 'I am sure that I do not know.'
  5067.  
  5068. " 'It is to keep people out who have no business there. Do you see?' He was still smiling in the most amiable manner.
  5069.  
  5070. " 'I am sure if I had known--'
  5071.  
  5072. " 'Well, then, you know now. And if you ever put your foot over that threshold again'--here in an instant the smile hardened into a grin of rage, and he glared down at me with the face of a demon--'I'll throw you to the mastiff.'
  5073.  
  5074. "I was so terrified that I do not know what I did. I suppose that I must have rushed past him into my room. I remember nothing until I found myself lying on my bed trembling all over. Then I thought of you, Mr. Holmes. I could not live there longer without some advice. I was frightened of the house, of the man, of the woman, of the servants, even of the child. They were all horrible to me. If I could only bring you down all would be well. Of course I might have fled from the house, but my curiosity was almost as strong as my fears. My mind was soon made up. I would send you a wire. I put on my hat and cloak, went down to the office, which is about half a mile from the house, and then returned, feeling very much easier. A horrible doubt came into my mind as I approached the door lest the dog might be loose, but I remembered that Toller had drunk himself into a state of insensibility that evening, and I knew that he was the only one in the household who had any influence with the savage creature, or who would venture to set him free. I slipped in in safety and lay awake half the night in my joy at the thought of seeing you. I had no difficulty in getting leave to come into Winchester this morning, but I must be back before three o'clock, for Mr. and Mrs. Rucastle are going on a visit, and will be away all the evening, so that I must look after the child. Now I have told you all my adventures, Mr. Holmes, and I should be very glad if you could tell me what it all means, and, above all, what I should do."
  5075.  
  5076. Holmes and I had listened spellbound to this extraordinary story. My friend rose now and paced up and down the room, his hands in his pockets, and an expression of the most profound gravity upon his face.
  5077.  
  5078. "Is Toller still drunk?" he asked.
  5079.  
  5080. "Yes. I heard his wife tell Mrs. Rucastle that she could do nothing with him."
  5081.  
  5082. "That is well. And the Rucastles go out to-night?"
  5083.  
  5084. "Yes."
  5085.  
  5086. "Is there a cellar with a good strong lock?"
  5087.  
  5088. "Yes, the wine-cellar."
  5089.  
  5090. "You seem to me to have acted all through this matter like a very brave and sensible girl, Miss Hunter. Do you think that you could perform one more feat? I should not ask it of you if I did not think you a quite exceptional woman."
  5091.  
  5092. "I will try. What is it?"
  5093.  
  5094. "We shall be at the Copper Beeches by seven o'clock, my friend and I. The Rucastles will be gone by that time, and Toller will, we hope, be incapable. There only remains Mrs. Toller, who might give the alarm. If you could send her into the cellar on some errand, and then turn the key upon her, you would facilitate matters immensely."
  5095.  
  5096. "I will do it."
  5097.  
  5098. "Excellent! We shall then look thoroughly into the affair. Of course there is only one feasible explanation. You have been brought there to personate someone, and the real person is imprisoned in this chamber. That is obvious. As to who this prisoner is, I have no doubt that it is the daughter, Miss Alice Rucastle, if I remember right, who was said to have gone to America. You were chosen, doubtless, as resembling her in height, figure, and the colour of your hair. Hers had been cut off, very possibly in some illness through which she has passed, and so, of course, yours had to be sacrificed also. By a curious chance you came upon her tresses. The man in the road was undoubtedly some friend of hers--possibly her fiance--and no doubt, as you wore the girl's dress and were so like her, he was convinced from your laughter, whenever he saw you, and afterwards from your gesture, that Miss Rucastle was perfectly happy, and that she no longer desired his attentions. The dog is let loose at night to prevent him from endeavouring to communicate with her. So much is fairly clear. The most serious point in the case is the disposition of the child."
  5099.  
  5100. "What on earth has that to do with it?" I ejaculated.
  5101.  
  5102. "My dear Watson, you as a medical man are continually gaining light as to the tendencies of a child by the study of the parents. Don't you see that the converse is equally valid. I have frequently gained my first real insight into the character of parents by studying their children. This child's disposition is abnormally cruel, merely for cruelty's sake, and whether he derives this from his smiling father, as I should suspect, or from his mother, it bodes evil for the poor girl who is in their power."
  5103.  
  5104. "I am sure that you are right, Mr. Holmes," cried our client. "A thousand things come back to me which make me certain that you have hit it. Oh, let us lose not an instant in bringing help to this poor creature."
  5105.  
  5106. "We must be circumspect, for we are dealing with a very cunning man. We can do nothing until seven o'clock. At that hour we shall be with you, and it will not be long before we solve the mystery."
  5107.  
  5108. We were as good as our word, for it was just seven when we reached the Copper Beeches, having put up our trap at a wayside public-house. The group of trees, with their dark leaves shining like burnished metal in the light of the setting sun, were sufficient to mark the house even had Miss Hunter not been standing smiling on the door-step.
  5109.  
  5110. "Have you managed it?" asked Holmes.
  5111.  
  5112. A loud thudding noise came from somewhere downstairs. "That is Mrs. Toller in the cellar," said she. "Her husband lies snoring on the kitchen rug. Here are his keys, which are the duplicates of Mr. Rucastle's."
  5113.  
  5114. "You have done well indeed!" cried Holmes with enthusiasm. "Now lead the way, and we shall soon see the end of this black business."
  5115.  
  5116. We passed up the stair, unlocked the door, followed on down a passage, and found ourselves in front of the barricade which Miss Hunter had described. Holmes cut the cord and removed the transverse bar. Then he tried the various keys in the lock, but without success. No sound came from within, and at the silence Holmes' face clouded over.
  5117.  
  5118. "I trust that we are not too late," said he. "I think, Miss Hunter, that we had better go in without you. Now, Watson, put your shoulder to it, and we shall see whether we cannot make our way in."
  5119.  
  5120. It was an old rickety door and gave at once before our united strength. Together we rushed into the room. It was empty. There was no furniture save a little pallet bed, a small table, and a basketful of linen. The skylight above was open, and the prisoner gone.
  5121.  
  5122. "There has been some villainy here," said Holmes; "this beauty has guessed Miss Hunter's intentions and has carried his victim off."
  5123.  
  5124. "But how?"
  5125.  
  5126. "Through the skylight. We shall soon see how he managed it." He swung himself up onto the roof. "Ah, yes," he cried, "here's the end of a long light ladder against the eaves. That is how he did it."
  5127.  
  5128. "But it is impossible," said Miss Hunter; "the ladder was not there when the Rucastles went away."
  5129.  
  5130. "He has come back and done it. I tell you that he is a clever and dangerous man. I should not be very much surprised if this were he whose step I hear now upon the stair. I think, Watson, that it would be as well for you to have your pistol ready."
  5131.  
  5132. The words were hardly out of his mouth before a man appeared at the door of the room, a very fat and burly man, with a heavy stick in his hand. Miss Hunter screamed and shrunk against the wall at the sight of him, but Sherlock Holmes sprang forward and confronted him.
  5133.  
  5134. "You villain!" said he, "where's your daughter?"
  5135.  
  5136. The fat man cast his eyes round, and then up at the open skylight.
  5137.  
  5138. "It is for me to ask you that," he shrieked, "you thieves! Spies and thieves! I have caught you, have I? You are in my power. I'll serve you!" He turned and clattered down the stairs as hard as he could go.
  5139.  
  5140. "He's gone for the dog!" cried Miss Hunter.
  5141.  
  5142. "I have my revolver," said I.
  5143.  
  5144. "Better close the front door," cried Holmes, and we all rushed down the stairs together. We had hardly reached the hall when we heard the baying of a hound, and then a scream of agony, with a horrible worrying sound which it was dreadful to listen to. An elderly man with a red face and shaking limbs came staggering out at a side door.
  5145.  
  5146. "My God!" he cried. "Someone has loosed the dog. It's not been fed for two days. Quick, quick, or it'll be too late!"
  5147.  
  5148. Holmes and I rushed out and round the angle of the house, with Toller hurrying behind us. There was the huge famished brute, its black muzzle buried in Rucastle's throat, while he writhed and screamed upon the ground. Running up, I blew its brains out, and it fell over with its keen white teeth still meeting in the great creases of his neck. With much labour we separated them and carried him, living but horribly mangled, into the house. We laid him upon the drawing-room sofa, and having dispatched the sobered Toller to bear the news to his wife, I did what I could to relieve his pain. We were all assembled round him when the door opened, and a tall, gaunt woman entered the room.
  5149.  
  5150. "Mrs. Toller!" cried Miss Hunter.
  5151.  
  5152. "Yes, miss. Mr. Rucastle let me out when he came back before he went up to you. Ah, miss, it is a pity you didn't let me know what you were planning, for I would have told you that your pains were wasted."
  5153.  
  5154. "Ha!" said Holmes, looking keenly at her. "It is clear that Mrs. Toller knows more about this matter than anyone else."
  5155.  
  5156. "Yes, sir, I do, and I am ready enough to tell what I know."
  5157.  
  5158. "Then, pray, sit down, and let us hear it for there are several points on which I must confess that I am still in the dark."
  5159.  
  5160. "I will soon make it clear to you," said she; "and I'd have done so before now if I could ha' got out from the cellar. If there's police-court business over this, you'll remember that I was the one that stood your friend, and that I was Miss Alice's friend too.
  5161.  
  5162. "She was never happy at home, Miss Alice wasn't, from the time that her father married again. She was slighted like and had no say in anything, but it never really became bad for her until after she met Mr. Fowler at a friend's house. As well as I could learn, Miss Alice had rights of her own by will, but she was so quiet and patient, she was, that she never said a word about them but just left everything in Mr. Rucastle's hands. He knew he was safe with her; but when there was a chance of a husband coming forward, who would ask for all that the law would give him, then her father thought it time to put a stop on it. He wanted her to sign a paper, so that whether she married or not, he could use her money. When she wouldn't do it, he kept on worrying her until she got brain-fever, and for six weeks was at death's door. Then she got better at last, all worn to a shadow, and with her beautiful hair cut off; but that didn't make no change in her young man, and he stuck to her as true as man could be."
  5163.  
  5164. "Ah," said Holmes, "I think that what you have been good enough to tell us makes the matter fairly clear, and that I can deduce all that remains. Mr. Rucastle then, I presume, took to this system of imprisonment?"
  5165.  
  5166. "Yes, sir."
  5167.  
  5168. "And brought Miss Hunter down from London in order to get rid of the disagreeable persistence of Mr. Fowler."
  5169.  
  5170. "That was it, sir."
  5171.  
  5172. "But Mr. Fowler being a persevering man, as a good seaman should be, blockaded the house, and having met you succeeded by certain arguments, metallic or otherwise, in convincing you that your interests were the same as his."
  5173.  
  5174. "Mr. Fowler was a very kind-spoken, free-handed gentleman," said Mrs. Toller serenely.
  5175.  
  5176. "And in this way he managed that your good man should have no want of drink, and that a ladder should be ready at the moment when your master had gone out."
  5177.  
  5178. "You have it, sir, just as it happened."
  5179.  
  5180. "I am sure we owe you an apology, Mrs. Toller," said Holmes, "for you have certainly cleared up everything which puzzled us. And here comes the country surgeon and Mrs. Rucastle, so I think, Watson, that we had best escort Miss Hunter back to Winchester, as it seems to me that our locus standi now is rather a questionable one."
  5181.  
  5182. And thus was solved the mystery of the sinister house with the copper beeches in front of the door. Mr. Rucastle survived, but was always a broken man, kept alive solely through the care of his devoted wife. They still live with their old servants, who probably know so much of Rucastle's past life that he finds it difficult to part from them. Mr. Fowler and Miss Rucastle were married, by special license, in Southampton the day after their flight, and he is now the holder of a government appointment in the island of Mauritius. As to Miss Violet Hunter, my friend Holmes, rather to my disappointment, manifested no further interest in her when once she had ceased to be the centre of one of his problems, and she is now the head of a private school at Walsall, where I believe that she has met with considerable success.
  5183.  
  5184. *** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, THE ADVENTURES OF SHERLOCK HOLMES ***
  5185.  
  5186. This file should be named advsh12h.htm or advsh12h.zip
  5187. Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, advsh13h.txt
  5188. VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, advsh12ah.txt
  5189.  
  5190. Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed
  5191. editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US
  5192. unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we usually do not
  5193. keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  5194.  
  5195. We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance
  5196. of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing.
  5197. Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections,
  5198. even years after the official publication date.
  5199.  
  5200. Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til
  5201. midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement.
  5202. The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at
  5203. Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month.  A
  5204. preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment
  5205. and editing by those who wish to do so.
  5206.  
  5207. Most people start at our Web sites at:
  5208. http://gutenberg.net or
  5209. http://promo.net/pg
  5210.  
  5211. These Web sites include award-winning information about Project
  5212. Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new
  5213. eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!).
  5214.  
  5215.  
  5216. Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement
  5217. can get to them as follows, and just download by date.  This is
  5218. also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the
  5219. indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an
  5220. announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter.
  5221.  
  5222. http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or
  5223. ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03
  5224.  
  5225. Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90
  5226.  
  5227. Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want,
  5228. as it appears in our Newsletters.
  5229.  
  5230.  
  5231. Information about Project Gutenberg (one page)
  5232.  
  5233. We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work.  The
  5234. time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours
  5235. to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright
  5236. searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc.   Our
  5237. projected audience is one hundred million readers.  If the value
  5238. per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2
  5239. million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text
  5240. files per month:  1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+
  5241. We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002
  5242. If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total
  5243. will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end.
  5244.  
  5245. The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks!
  5246. This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers,
  5247. which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users.
  5248.  
  5249. Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated):
  5250.  
  5251. eBooks Year Month
  5252.  
  5253.     1  1971 July
  5254.    10  1991 January
  5255.   100  1994 January
  5256.  1000  1997 August
  5257.  1500  1998 October
  5258.  2000  1999 December
  5259.  2500  2000 December
  5260.  3000  2001 November
  5261.  4000  2001 October/November
  5262.  6000  2002 December*
  5263.  9000  2003 November*
  5264. 10000  2004 January*
  5265.  
  5266.  
  5267. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created
  5268. to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium.
  5269.  
  5270. We need your donations more than ever!
  5271.  
  5272. As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people
  5273. and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut,
  5274. Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,
  5275. Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts,
  5276. Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New
  5277. Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio,
  5278. Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South
  5279. Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West
  5280. Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
  5281.  
  5282. We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones
  5283. that have responded.
  5284.  
  5285. As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list
  5286. will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states.
  5287. Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state.
  5288.  
  5289. In answer to various questions we have received on this:
  5290.  
  5291. We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally
  5292. request donations in all 50 states.  If your state is not listed and
  5293. you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have,
  5294. just ask.
  5295.  
  5296. While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are
  5297. not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting
  5298. donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to
  5299. donate.
  5300.  
  5301. International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about
  5302. how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made
  5303. deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are
  5304. ways.
  5305.  
  5306. Donations by check or money order may be sent to:
  5307.  
  5308. Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  5309. PMB 113
  5310. 1739 University Ave.
  5311. Oxford, MS 38655-4109
  5312.  
  5313. Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment
  5314. method other than by check or money order.
  5315.  
  5316. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by
  5317. the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN
  5318. [Employee Identification Number] 64-622154.  Donations are
  5319. tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law.  As fund-raising
  5320. requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be
  5321. made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states.
  5322.  
  5323. We need your donations more than ever!
  5324.  
  5325. You can get up to date donation information online at:
  5326.  
  5327. http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html
  5328.  
  5329.  
  5330. ***
  5331.  
  5332. If you can't reach Project Gutenberg,
  5333. you can always email directly to:
  5334.  
  5335. Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com>
  5336.  
  5337. Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message.
  5338.  
  5339. We would prefer to send you information by email.
  5340.  
  5341.  
  5342. **The Legal Small Print**
  5343.  
  5344.  
  5345. (Three Pages)
  5346.  
  5347. ***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START***
  5348. Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers.
  5349. They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with
  5350. your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from
  5351. someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our
  5352. fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement
  5353. disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how
  5354. you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to.
  5355.  
  5356. *BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK
  5357. By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
  5358. eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept
  5359. this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive
  5360. a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by
  5361. sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person
  5362. you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical
  5363. medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request.
  5364.  
  5365. ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS
  5366. This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks,
  5367. is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart
  5368. through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project").
  5369. Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright
  5370. on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and
  5371. distribute it in the United States without permission and
  5372. without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth
  5373. below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook
  5374. under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark.
  5375.  
  5376. Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market
  5377. any commercial products without permission.
  5378.  
  5379. To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable
  5380. efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain
  5381. works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any
  5382. medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other
  5383. things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or
  5384. corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
  5385. intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged
  5386. disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer
  5387. codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment.
  5388.  
  5389. LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES
  5390. But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below,
  5391. [1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may
  5392. receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims
  5393. all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including
  5394. legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR
  5395. UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT,
  5396. INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE
  5397. OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE
  5398. POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
  5399.  
  5400. If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of
  5401. receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any)
  5402. you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that
  5403. time to the person you received it from. If you received it
  5404. on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and
  5405. such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement
  5406. copy. If you received it electronically, such person may
  5407. choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to
  5408. receive it electronically.
  5409.  
  5410. THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER
  5411. WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS
  5412. TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT
  5413. LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A
  5414. PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
  5415.  
  5416. Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or
  5417. the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the
  5418. above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you
  5419. may have other legal rights.
  5420.  
  5421. INDEMNITY
  5422. You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation,
  5423. and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated
  5424. with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
  5425. texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including
  5426. legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the
  5427. following that you do or cause:  [1] distribution of this eBook,
  5428. [2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook,
  5429. or [3] any Defect.
  5430.  
  5431. DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm"
  5432. You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by
  5433. disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this
  5434. "Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg,
  5435. or:
  5436.  
  5437. [1]  Only give exact copies of it.  Among other things, this
  5438.      requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the
  5439.      eBook or this "small print!" statement.  You may however,
  5440.      if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable
  5441.      binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form,
  5442.      including any form resulting from conversion by word
  5443.      processing or hypertext software, but only so long as
  5444.      *EITHER*:
  5445.  
  5446.      [*]  The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and
  5447.           does *not* contain characters other than those
  5448.           intended by the author of the work, although tilde
  5449.           (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may
  5450.           be used to convey punctuation intended by the
  5451.           author, and additional characters may be used to
  5452.           indicate hypertext links; OR
  5453.  
  5454.      [*]  The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at
  5455.           no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent
  5456.           form by the program that displays the eBook (as is
  5457.           the case, for instance, with most word processors);
  5458.           OR
  5459.  
  5460.      [*]  You provide, or agree to also provide on request at
  5461.           no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the
  5462.           eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC
  5463.           or other equivalent proprietary form).
  5464.  
  5465. [2]  Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this
  5466.      "Small Print!" statement.
  5467.  
  5468. [3]  Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the
  5469.      gross profits you derive calculated using the method you
  5470.      already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  If you
  5471.      don't derive profits, no royalty is due.  Royalties are
  5472.      payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation"
  5473.      the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were
  5474.      legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent
  5475.      periodic) tax return.  Please contact us beforehand to
  5476.      let us know your plans and to work out the details.
  5477.  
  5478. WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO?
  5479. Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of
  5480. public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed
  5481. in machine readable form.
  5482.  
  5483. The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time,
  5484. public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses.
  5485. Money should be paid to the:
  5486. "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
  5487.  
  5488. If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or
  5489. software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at:
  5490. hart@pobox.com
  5491.  
  5492. [Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only
  5493. when distributed free of all fees.  Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by
  5494. Michael S. Hart.  Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be
  5495. used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be
  5496. they hardware or software or any other related product without
  5497. express permission.]
  5498.  
  5499. *END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END*
  5500.  
  5501.  
  5502.  
  5503. The Project Gutenberg EBook of History of the United States
  5504. by Charles A. Beard and Mary R. Beard
  5505.  
  5506. This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  5507. almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
  5508. re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  5509. with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
  5510.  
  5511.  
  5512. Title: History of the United States
  5513.  
  5514. Author: Charles A. Beard and Mary R. Beard
  5515.  
  5516. Release Date: October 28, 2005 [EBook #16960]
  5517.  
  5518. Language: English
  5519.  
  5520. Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
  5521.  
  5522. *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES ***
  5523.  
  5524.  
  5525.  
  5526.  
  5527. Produced by Curtis Weyant, M and the Online Distributed
  5528. Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
  5529.  
  5530.  
  5531.  
  5532.  
  5533.  
  5534.  
  5535.  
  5536. HISTORY
  5537.  
  5538. OF THE
  5539.  
  5540. UNITED STATES
  5541.  
  5542.  
  5543. BY
  5544.  
  5545.  
  5546. CHARLES A. BEARD
  5547.  
  5548. AND
  5549.  
  5550. MARY R. BEARD
  5551.  
  5552.  
  5553.  
  5554. New York
  5555.  
  5556. THE MACMILLAN COMPANY
  5557.  
  5558. 1921
  5559.  
  5560. _All rights reserved_
  5561.  
  5562. COPYRIGHT, 1921,
  5563.  
  5564. BY THE MACMILLAN COMPANY.
  5565.  
  5566.  
  5567. Set up and electrotyped. Published March, 1921.
  5568.  
  5569.  
  5570.  
  5571.  
  5572. Norwood Press
  5573.  
  5574. J.S. Cushing Co.--Berwick & Smith Co.
  5575.  
  5576. NORWOOD, MASS., U.S.A.
  5577.  
  5578.  
  5579.  
  5580.  
  5581. PREFACE
  5582.  
  5583.  
  5584. As things now stand, the course of instruction in American history in
  5585. our public schools embraces three distinct treatments of the subject.
  5586. Three separate books are used. First, there is the primary book, which
  5587. is usually a very condensed narrative with emphasis on biographies and
  5588. anecdotes. Second, there is the advanced text for the seventh or eighth
  5589. grade, generally speaking, an expansion of the elementary book by the
  5590. addition of forty or fifty thousand words. Finally, there is the high
  5591. school manual. This, too, ordinarily follows the beaten path, giving
  5592. fuller accounts of the same events and characters. To put it bluntly, we
  5593. do not assume that our children obtain permanent possessions from their
  5594. study of history in the lower grades. If mathematicians followed the
  5595. same method, high school texts on algebra and geometry would include the
  5596. multiplication table and fractions.
  5597.  
  5598. There is, of course, a ready answer to the criticism advanced above. It
  5599. is that teachers have learned from bitter experience how little history
  5600. their pupils retain as they pass along the regular route. No teacher of
  5601. history will deny this. Still it is a standing challenge to existing
  5602. methods of historical instruction. If the study of history cannot be
  5603. made truly progressive like the study of mathematics, science, and
  5604. languages, then the historians assume a grave responsibility in adding
  5605. their subject to the already overloaded curriculum. If the successive
  5606. historical texts are only enlarged editions of the first text--more
  5607. facts, more dates, more words--then history deserves most of the sharp
  5608. criticism which it is receiving from teachers of science, civics, and
  5609. economics.
  5610.  
  5611. In this condition of affairs we find our justification for offering a
  5612. new high school text in American history. Our first contribution is one
  5613. of omission. The time-honored stories of exploration and the
  5614. biographies of heroes are left out. We frankly hold that, if pupils know
  5615. little or nothing about Columbus, Cortes, Magellan, or Captain John
  5616. Smith by the time they reach the high school, it is useless to tell the
  5617. same stories for perhaps the fourth time. It is worse than useless. It
  5618. is an offense against the teachers of those subjects that are
  5619. demonstrated to be progressive in character.
  5620.  
  5621. In the next place we have omitted all descriptions of battles. Our
  5622. reasons for this are simple. The strategy of a campaign or of a single
  5623. battle is a highly technical, and usually a highly controversial, matter
  5624. about which experts differ widely. In the field of military and naval
  5625. operations most writers and teachers of history are mere novices. To
  5626. dispose of Gettysburg or the Wilderness in ten lines or ten pages is
  5627. equally absurd to the serious student of military affairs. Any one who
  5628. compares the ordinary textbook account of a single Civil War campaign
  5629. with the account given by Ropes, for instance, will ask for no further
  5630. comment. No youth called upon to serve our country in arms would think
  5631. of turning to a high school manual for information about the art of
  5632. warfare. The dramatic scene or episode, so useful in arousing the
  5633. interest of the immature pupil, seems out of place in a book that
  5634. deliberately appeals to boys and girls on the very threshold of life's
  5635. serious responsibilities.
  5636.  
  5637. It is not upon negative features, however, that we rest our case. It is
  5638. rather upon constructive features.
  5639.  
  5640. _First._ We have written a topical, not a narrative, history. We have
  5641. tried to set forth the important aspects, problems, and movements of
  5642. each period, bringing in the narrative rather by way of illustration.
  5643.  
  5644. _Second._ We have emphasized those historical topics which help to
  5645. explain how our nation has come to be what it is to-day.
  5646.  
  5647. _Third._ We have dwelt fully upon the social and economic aspects of our
  5648. history, especially in relation to the politics of each period.
  5649.  
  5650. _Fourth._ We have treated the causes and results of wars, the problems
  5651. of financing and sustaining armed forces, rather than military strategy.
  5652. These are the subjects which belong to a history for civilians. These
  5653. are matters which civilians can understand--matters which they must
  5654. understand, if they are to play well their part in war and peace.
  5655.  
  5656. _Fifth._ By omitting the period of exploration, we have been able to
  5657. enlarge the treatment of our own time. We have given special attention
  5658. to the history of those current questions which must form the subject
  5659. matter of sound instruction in citizenship.
  5660.  
  5661. _Sixth._ We have borne in mind that America, with all her unique
  5662. characteristics, is a part of a general civilization. Accordingly we
  5663. have given diplomacy, foreign affairs, world relations, and the
  5664. reciprocal influences of nations their appropriate place.
  5665.  
  5666. _Seventh._ We have deliberately aimed at standards of maturity. The
  5667. study of a mere narrative calls mainly for the use of the memory. We
  5668. have aimed to stimulate habits of analysis, comparison, association,
  5669. reflection, and generalization--habits calculated to enlarge as well as
  5670. inform the mind. We have been at great pains to make our text clear,
  5671. simple, and direct; but we have earnestly sought to stretch the
  5672. intellects of our readers--to put them upon their mettle. Most of them
  5673. will receive the last of their formal instruction in the high school.
  5674. The world will soon expect maturity from them. Their achievements will
  5675. depend upon the possession of other powers than memory alone. The
  5676. effectiveness of their citizenship in our republic will be measured by
  5677. the excellence of their judgment as well as the fullness of their
  5678. information.
  5679.  
  5680.      C.A.B.
  5681.      M.R.B.
  5682.  
  5683.      NEW YORK CITY,
  5684.      February 8, 1921.
  5685.  
  5686.  
  5687.  
  5688.  
  5689. =A SMALL LIBRARY IN AMERICAN HISTORY=
  5690.  
  5691.  
  5692. _=SINGLE VOLUMES:=_
  5693.  
  5694. BASSETT, J.S. _A Short History of the United States_
  5695. ELSON, H.W. _History of the United States of America_
  5696.  
  5697.  
  5698. _=SERIES:=_
  5699.  
  5700. "EPOCHS OF AMERICAN HISTORY," EDITED BY A.B. HART
  5701.  
  5702. HART, A.B. _Formation of the Union_
  5703. THWAITES, R.G. _The Colonies_
  5704. WILSON, WOODROW. _Division and Reunion_
  5705.  
  5706. "RIVERSIDE SERIES," EDITED BY W.E. DODD
  5707.  
  5708. BECKER, C.L. _Beginnings of the American People_
  5709. DODD, W.E. _Expansion and Conflict_
  5710. JOHNSON, A. _Union and Democracy_
  5711. PAXSON, F.L. _The New Nation_
  5712.  
  5713.  
  5714.  
  5715.  
  5716. CONTENTS
  5717.  
  5718.  
  5719. PART I. THE COLONIAL PERIOD
  5720.  
  5721. CHAPTER                                                           PAGE
  5722.     I.  THE GREAT MIGRATION TO AMERICA                               1
  5723.           The Agencies of American Colonization                      2
  5724.           The Colonial Peoples                                       6
  5725.           The Process of Colonization                               12
  5726.  
  5727.    II.  COLONIAL AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE                20
  5728.           The Land and the Westward Movement                        20
  5729.           Industrial and Commercial Development                     28
  5730.  
  5731.   III.  SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PROGRESS                               38
  5732.           The Leadership of the Churches                            39
  5733.           Schools and Colleges                                      43
  5734.           The Colonial Press                                        46
  5735.           The Evolution in Political Institutions                   48
  5736.  
  5737.    IV.  THE DEVELOPMENT OF COLONIAL NATIONALISM                     56
  5738.           Relations with the Indians and the French                 57
  5739.           The Effects of Warfare on the Colonies                    61
  5740.           Colonial Relations with the British Government            64
  5741.           Summary of Colonial Period                                73
  5742.  
  5743.  
  5744. PART II. CONFLICT AND INDEPENDENCE
  5745.  
  5746.     V.  THE NEW COURSE IN BRITISH IMPERIAL POLICY                   77
  5747.           George III and His System                                 77
  5748.           George III's Ministers and Their Colonial Policies        79
  5749.           Colonial Resistance Forces Repeal                         83
  5750.           Resumption of British Revenue and Commercial Policies     87
  5751.           Renewed Resistance in America                             90
  5752.           Retaliation by the British Government                     93
  5753.           From Reform to Revolution in America                      95
  5754.  
  5755.    VI.  THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION                                     99
  5756.           Resistance and Retaliation                                99
  5757.           American Independence                                    101
  5758.           The Establishment of Government and the New Allegiance   108
  5759.           Military Affairs                                         116
  5760.           The Finances of the Revolution                           125
  5761.           The Diplomacy of the Revolution                          127
  5762.           Peace at Last                                            132
  5763.           Summary of the Revolutionary Period                      135
  5764.  
  5765.  
  5766. PART III. FOUNDATIONS OF THE UNION AND NATIONAL POLITICS
  5767.  
  5768.   VII.  THE FORMATION OF THE CONSTITUTION                          139
  5769.           The Promise and the Difficulties of America              139
  5770.           The Calling of a Constitutional Convention               143
  5771.           The Framing of the Constitution                          146
  5772.           The Struggle over Ratification                           157
  5773.  
  5774.  VIII.  THE CLASH OF POLITICAL PARTIES                             162
  5775.           The Men and Measures of the New Government               162
  5776.           The Rise of Political Parties                            168
  5777.           Foreign Influences and Domestic Politics                 171
  5778.  
  5779.    IX.  THE JEFFERSONIAN REPUBLICANS IN POWER                      186
  5780.           Republican Principles and Policies                       186
  5781.           The Republicans and the Great West                       188
  5782.           The Republican War for Commercial Independence           193
  5783.           The Republicans Nationalized                             201
  5784.           The National Decisions of Chief Justice Marshall         208
  5785.           Summary of Union and National Politics                   212
  5786.  
  5787.  
  5788. PART IV. THE WEST AND JACKSONIAN DEMOCRACY
  5789.  
  5790.     X.  THE FARMERS BEYOND THE APPALACHIANS                        217
  5791.           Preparation for Western Settlement                       217
  5792.           The Western Migration and New States                     221
  5793.           The Spirit of the Frontier                               228
  5794.           The West and the East Meet                               230
  5795.  
  5796.    XI.  JACKSONIAN DEMOCRACY                                       238
  5797.           The Democratic Movement in the East                      238
  5798.           The New Democracy Enters the Arena                       244
  5799.           The New Democracy at Washington                          250
  5800.           The Rise of the Whigs                                    260
  5801.           The Interaction of American and European Opinion         265
  5802.  
  5803.   XII.  THE MIDDLE BORDER AND THE GREAT WEST                       271
  5804.           The Advance of the Middle Border                         271
  5805.           On to the Pacific--Texas and the Mexican War             276
  5806.           The Pacific Coast and Utah                               284
  5807.           Summary of Western Development and National Politics     292
  5808.  
  5809.  
  5810. PART V. SECTIONAL CONFLICT AND RECONSTRUCTION
  5811.  
  5812.  XIII.  THE RISE OF THE INDUSTRIAL SYSTEM                          295
  5813.           The Industrial Revolution                                296
  5814.           The Industrial Revolution and National Politics          307
  5815.  
  5816.   XIV.  THE PLANTING SYSTEM AND NATIONAL POLITICS                  316
  5817.           Slavery--North and South                                 316
  5818.           Slavery in National Politics                             324
  5819.           The Drift of Events toward the Irrepressible Conflict    332
  5820.  
  5821.    XV.  THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION                           344
  5822.           The Southern Confederacy                                 344
  5823.           The War Measures of the Federal Government               350
  5824.           The Results of the Civil War                             365
  5825.           Reconstruction in the South                              370
  5826.           Summary of the Sectional Conflict                        375
  5827.  
  5828.  
  5829. PART VI. NATIONAL GROWTH AND WORLD POLITICS
  5830.  
  5831.   XVI.  THE POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC EVOLUTION OF THE SOUTH          379
  5832.           The South at the Close of the War                        379
  5833.           The Restoration of White Supremacy                       382
  5834.           The Economic Advance of the South                        389
  5835.  
  5836.  XVII.  BUSINESS ENTERPRISE AND THE REPUBLICAN PARTY               401
  5837.           Railways and Industry                                    401
  5838.           The Supremacy of the Republican Party (1861-1885)        412
  5839.           The Growth of Opposition to Republican Rule              417
  5840.  
  5841. XVIII.  THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE GREAT WEST                          425
  5842.           The Railways as Trail Blazers                            425
  5843.           The Evolution of Grazing and Agriculture                 431
  5844.           Mining and Manufacturing in the West                     436
  5845.           The Admission of New States                              440
  5846.           The Influence of the Far West on National Life           443
  5847.  
  5848.   XIX.  DOMESTIC ISSUES BEFORE THE COUNTRY (1865-1897)             451
  5849.           The Currency Question                                    452
  5850.           The Protective Tariff and Taxation                       459
  5851.           The Railways and Trusts                                  460
  5852.           The Minor Parties and Unrest                             462
  5853.           The Sound Money Battle of 1896                           466
  5854.           Republican Measures and Results                          472
  5855.  
  5856.    XX.  AMERICA A WORLD POWER (1865-1900)                          477
  5857.           American Foreign Relations (1865-1898)                   478
  5858.           Cuba and the Spanish War                                 485
  5859.           American Policies in the Philippines and the Orient      497
  5860.           Summary of National Growth and World Politics            504
  5861.  
  5862.  
  5863. PART VII. PROGRESSIVE DEMOCRACY AND THE WORLD WAR
  5864.  
  5865.   XXI.  THE EVOLUTION OF REPUBLICAN POLICIES (1901-1913)           507
  5866.           Foreign Affairs                                          508
  5867.           Colonial Administration                                  515
  5868.           The Roosevelt Domestic Policies                          519
  5869.           Legislative and Executive Activities                     523
  5870.           The Administration of President Taft                     527
  5871.           Progressive Insurgency and the Election of 1912          530
  5872.  
  5873.  XXII.  THE SPIRIT OF REFORM IN AMERICA                            536
  5874.           An Age of Criticism                                      536
  5875.           Political Reforms                                        538
  5876.           Measures of Economic Reform                              546
  5877.  
  5878. XXIII.  THE NEW POLITICAL DEMOCRACY                                554
  5879.           The Rise of the Woman Movement                           555
  5880.           The National Struggle for Woman Suffrage                 562
  5881.  
  5882.  XXIV.  INDUSTRIAL DEMOCRACY                                       570
  5883.           Cooperation between Employers and Employees              571
  5884.           The Rise and Growth of Organized Labor                   575
  5885.           The Wider Relations of Organized Labor                   577
  5886.           Immigration and Americanization                          582
  5887.  
  5888.   XXV.  PRESIDENT WILSON AND THE WORLD WAR                         588
  5889.           Domestic Legislation                                     588
  5890.           Colonial and Foreign Policies                            592
  5891.           The United States and the European War                   596
  5892.           The United States at War                                 604
  5893.           The Settlement at Paris                                  612
  5894.           Summary of Democracy and the World War                   620
  5895.  
  5896. APPENDIX                                                           627
  5897.  
  5898. A TOPICAL SYLLABUS                                                 645
  5899.  
  5900. INDEX                                                              655
  5901.  
  5902.  
  5903.  
  5904.  
  5905. MAPS
  5906.  
  5907.  
  5908.                                                                    PAGE
  5909. The Original Grants (color map)                         _Facing_     4
  5910.  
  5911. German and Scotch-Irish Settlements                                  8
  5912.  
  5913. Distribution of Population in 1790                                  27
  5914.  
  5915. English, French, and Spanish Possessions in America, 1750
  5916.       (color map)                                      _Facing_     59
  5917.  
  5918. The Colonies at the Time of the Declaration of Independence
  5919.       (color map)                                     _Facing_     108
  5920.  
  5921. North America according to the Treaty of 1783
  5922.       (color map)                                     _Facing_     134
  5923.  
  5924. The United States in 1805 (color map)                 _Facing_     193
  5925.  
  5926. Roads and Trails into Western Territory (color map)   _Facing_     224
  5927.  
  5928. The Cumberland Road                                                233
  5929.  
  5930. Distribution of Population in 1830                                 235
  5931.  
  5932. Texas and the Territory in Dispute                                 282
  5933.  
  5934. The Oregon Country and the Disputed Boundary                       285
  5935.  
  5936. The Overland Trails                                                287
  5937.  
  5938. Distribution of Slaves in Southern States                          323
  5939.  
  5940. The Missouri Compromise                                            326
  5941.  
  5942. Slave and Free Soil on the Eve of the Civil War                    335
  5943.  
  5944. The United States in 1861 (color map)                 _Facing_     345
  5945.  
  5946. Railroads of the United States in 1918                             405
  5947.  
  5948. The United States in 1870 (color map)                _Facing_      427
  5949.  
  5950. The United States in 1912 (color map)                _Facing_      443
  5951.  
  5952. American Dominions in the Pacific (color map)        _Facing_      500
  5953.  
  5954. The Caribbean Region (color map)                     _Facing_      592
  5955.  
  5956. Battle Lines of the Various Years of the World War                 613
  5957.  
  5958. Europe in 1919 (color map)                         _Between_   618-619
  5959.  
  5960.      "THE NATIONS OF THE WEST" (popularly called "The
  5961.      Pioneers"), designed by A. Stirling Calder and modeled by
  5962.      Mr. Calder, F.G.R. Roth, and Leo Lentelli, topped the Arch
  5963.      of the Setting Sun at the Panama-Pacific Exposition held at
  5964.      San Francisco in 1915. Facing the Court of the Universe
  5965.      moves a group of men and women typical of those who have
  5966.      made our civilization. From left to right appear the
  5967.      French-Canadian, the Alaskan, the Latin-American, the
  5968.      German, the Italian, the Anglo-American, and the American
  5969.      Indian, squaw and warrior. In the place of honor in the
  5970.      center of the group, standing between the oxen on the tongue
  5971.      of the prairie schooner, is a figure, beautiful and almost
  5972.      girlish, but strong, dignified, and womanly, the Mother of
  5973.      To-morrow. Above the group rides the Spirit of Enterprise,
  5974.      flanked right and left by the Hopes of the Future in the
  5975.      person of two boys. The group as a whole is beautifully
  5976.      symbolic of the westward march of American civilization.
  5977.  
  5978. [Illustration: _Photograph by Cardinell-Vincent Co., San Francisco_
  5979.  
  5980. "THE NATIONS OF THE WEST"]
  5981.  
  5982.  
  5983.  
  5984.  
  5985. HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES
  5986.  
  5987.  
  5988.  
  5989.  
  5990. PART I. THE COLONIAL PERIOD
  5991.  
  5992.  
  5993.  
  5994.  
  5995. CHAPTER I
  5996.  
  5997. THE GREAT MIGRATION TO AMERICA
  5998.  
  5999.  
  6000. The tide of migration that set in toward the shores of North America
  6001. during the early years of the seventeenth century was but one phase in
  6002. the restless and eternal movement of mankind upon the surface of the
  6003. earth. The ancient Greeks flung out their colonies in every direction,
  6004. westward as far as Gaul, across the Mediterranean, and eastward into
  6005. Asia Minor, perhaps to the very confines of India. The Romans, supported
  6006. by their armies and their government, spread their dominion beyond the
  6007. narrow lands of Italy until it stretched from the heather of Scotland to
  6008. the sands of Arabia. The Teutonic tribes, from their home beyond the
  6009. Danube and the Rhine, poured into the empire of the Caesars and made the
  6010. beginnings of modern Europe. Of this great sweep of races and empires
  6011. the settlement of America was merely a part. And it was, moreover, only
  6012. one aspect of the expansion which finally carried the peoples, the
  6013. institutions, and the trade of Europe to the very ends of the earth.
  6014.  
  6015. In one vital point, it must be noted, American colonization differed
  6016. from that of the ancients. The Greeks usually carried with them
  6017. affection for the government they left behind and sacred fire from the
  6018. altar of the parent city; but thousands of the immigrants who came to
  6019. America disliked the state and disowned the church of the mother
  6020. country. They established compacts of government for themselves and set
  6021. up altars of their own. They sought not only new soil to till but also
  6022. political and religious liberty for themselves and their children.
  6023.  
  6024.  
  6025. THE AGENCIES OF AMERICAN COLONIZATION
  6026.  
  6027. It was no light matter for the English to cross three thousand miles of
  6028. water and found homes in the American wilderness at the opening of the
  6029. seventeenth century. Ships, tools, and supplies called for huge outlays
  6030. of money. Stores had to be furnished in quantities sufficient to sustain
  6031. the life of the settlers until they could gather harvests of their own.
  6032. Artisans and laborers of skill and industry had to be induced to risk
  6033. the hazards of the new world. Soldiers were required for defense and
  6034. mariners for the exploration of inland waters. Leaders of good judgment,
  6035. adept in managing men, had to be discovered. Altogether such an
  6036. enterprise demanded capital larger than the ordinary merchant or
  6037. gentleman could amass and involved risks more imminent than he dared to
  6038. assume. Though in later days, after initial tests had been made, wealthy
  6039. proprietors were able to establish colonies on their own account, it was
  6040. the corporation that furnished the capital and leadership in the
  6041. beginning.
  6042.  
  6043. =The Trading Company.=--English pioneers in exploration found an
  6044. instrument for colonization in companies of merchant adventurers, which
  6045. had long been employed in carrying on commerce with foreign countries.
  6046. Such a corporation was composed of many persons of different ranks of
  6047. society--noblemen, merchants, and gentlemen--who banded together for a
  6048. particular undertaking, each contributing a sum of money and sharing in
  6049. the profits of the venture. It was organized under royal authority; it
  6050. received its charter, its grant of land, and its trading privileges from
  6051. the king and carried on its operations under his supervision and
  6052. control. The charter named all the persons originally included in the
  6053. corporation and gave them certain powers in the management of its
  6054. affairs, including the right to admit new members. The company was in
  6055. fact a little government set up by the king. When the members of the
  6056. corporation remained in England, as in the case of the Virginia Company,
  6057. they operated through agents sent to the colony. When they came over the
  6058. seas themselves and settled in America, as in the case of Massachusetts,
  6059. they became the direct government of the country they possessed. The
  6060. stockholders in that instance became the voters and the governor, the
  6061. chief magistrate.
  6062.  
  6063. [Illustration: JOHN WINTHROP, GOVERNOR OF THE MASSACHUSETTS BAY
  6064. COMPANY]
  6065.  
  6066. Four of the thirteen colonies in America owed their origins to the
  6067. trading corporation. It was the London Company, created by King James I,
  6068. in 1606, that laid during the following year the foundations of Virginia
  6069. at Jamestown. It was under the auspices of their West India Company,
  6070. chartered in 1621, that the Dutch planted the settlements of the New
  6071. Netherland in the valley of the Hudson. The founders of Massachusetts
  6072. were Puritan leaders and men of affairs whom King Charles I incorporated
  6073. in 1629 under the title: "The governor and company of the Massachusetts
  6074. Bay in New England." In this case the law did but incorporate a group
  6075. drawn together by religious ties. "We must be knit together as one man,"
  6076. wrote John Winthrop, the first Puritan governor in America. Far to the
  6077. south, on the banks of the Delaware River, a Swedish commercial company
  6078. in 1638 made the beginnings of a settlement, christened New Sweden; it
  6079. was destined to pass under the rule of the Dutch, and finally under the
  6080. rule of William Penn as the proprietary colony of Delaware.
  6081.  
  6082. In a certain sense, Georgia may be included among the "company
  6083. colonies." It was, however, originally conceived by the moving spirit,
  6084. James Oglethorpe, as an asylum for poor men, especially those imprisoned
  6085. for debt. To realize this humane purpose, he secured from King George
  6086. II, in 1732, a royal charter uniting several gentlemen, including
  6087. himself, into "one body politic and corporate," known as the "Trustees
  6088. for establishing the colony of Georgia in America." In the structure of
  6089. their organization and their methods of government, the trustees did not
  6090. differ materially from the regular companies created for trade and
  6091. colonization. Though their purposes were benevolent, their transactions
  6092. had to be under the forms of law and according to the rules of business.
  6093.  
  6094. =The Religious Congregation.=--A second agency which figured largely in
  6095. the settlement of America was the religious brotherhood, or
  6096. congregation, of men and women brought together in the bonds of a common
  6097. religious faith. By one of the strange fortunes of history, this
  6098. institution, founded in the early days of Christianity, proved to be a
  6099. potent force in the origin and growth of self-government in a land far
  6100. away from Galilee. "And the multitude of them that believed were of one
  6101. heart and of one soul," we are told in the Acts describing the Church at
  6102. Jerusalem. "We are knit together as a body in a most sacred covenant of
  6103. the Lord ... by virtue of which we hold ourselves strictly tied to all
  6104. care of each other's good and of the whole," wrote John Robinson, a
  6105. leader among the Pilgrims who founded their tiny colony of Plymouth in
  6106. 1620. The Mayflower Compact, so famous in American history, was but a
  6107. written and signed agreement, incorporating the spirit of obedience to
  6108. the common good, which served as a guide to self-government until
  6109. Plymouth was annexed to Massachusetts in 1691.
  6110.  
  6111. [Illustration: THE ORIGINAL GRANTS]
  6112.  
  6113. Three other colonies, all of which retained their identity until the eve
  6114. of the American Revolution, likewise sprang directly from the
  6115. congregations of the faithful: Rhode Island, Connecticut, and New
  6116. Hampshire, mainly offshoots from Massachusetts. They were founded by
  6117. small bodies of men and women, "united in solemn covenants with the
  6118. Lord," who planted their settlements in the wilderness. Not until many a
  6119. year after Roger Williams and Anne Hutchinson conducted their followers
  6120. to the Narragansett country was Rhode Island granted a charter of
  6121. incorporation (1663) by the crown. Not until long after the congregation
  6122. of Thomas Hooker from Newtown blazed the way into the Connecticut River
  6123. Valley did the king of England give Connecticut a charter of its own
  6124. (1662) and a place among the colonies. Half a century elapsed before the
  6125. towns laid out beyond the Merrimac River by emigrants from Massachusetts
  6126. were formed into the royal province of New Hampshire in 1679.
  6127.  
  6128. Even when Connecticut was chartered, the parchment and sealing wax of
  6129. the royal lawyers did but confirm rights and habits of self-government
  6130. and obedience to law previously established by the congregations. The
  6131. towns of Hartford, Windsor, and Wethersfield had long lived happily
  6132. under their "Fundamental Orders" drawn up by themselves in 1639; so had
  6133. the settlers dwelt peacefully at New Haven under their "Fundamental
  6134. Articles" drafted in the same year. The pioneers on the Connecticut
  6135. shore had no difficulty in agreeing that "the Scriptures do hold forth a
  6136. perfect rule for the direction and government of all men."
  6137.  
  6138. =The Proprietor.=--A third and very important colonial agency was the
  6139. proprietor, or proprietary. As the name, associated with the word
  6140. "property," implies, the proprietor was a person to whom the king
  6141. granted property in lands in North America to have, hold, use, and enjoy
  6142. for his own benefit and profit, with the right to hand the estate down
  6143. to his heirs in perpetual succession. The proprietor was a rich and
  6144. powerful person, prepared to furnish or secure the capital, collect the
  6145. ships, supply the stores, and assemble the settlers necessary to found
  6146. and sustain a plantation beyond the seas. Sometimes the proprietor
  6147. worked alone. Sometimes two or more were associated like partners in the
  6148. common undertaking.
  6149.  
  6150. Five colonies, Maryland, Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and the Carolinas,
  6151. owe their formal origins, though not always their first settlements, nor
  6152. in most cases their prosperity, to the proprietary system. Maryland,
  6153. established in 1634 under a Catholic nobleman, Lord Baltimore, and
  6154. blessed with religious toleration by the act of 1649, flourished under
  6155. the mild rule of proprietors until it became a state in the American
  6156. union. New Jersey, beginning its career under two proprietors, Berkeley
  6157. and Carteret, in 1664, passed under the direct government of the crown
  6158. in 1702. Pennsylvania was, in a very large measure, the product of the
  6159. generous spirit and tireless labors of its first proprietor, the leader
  6160. of the Friends, William Penn, to whom it was granted in 1681 and in
  6161. whose family it remained until 1776. The two Carolinas were first
  6162. organized as one colony in 1663 under the government and patronage of
  6163. eight proprietors, including Lord Clarendon; but after more than half a
  6164. century both became royal provinces governed by the king.
  6165.  
  6166. [Illustration: WILLIAM PENN, PROPRIETOR OF PENNSYLVANIA]
  6167.  
  6168.  
  6169. THE COLONIAL PEOPLES
  6170.  
  6171. =The English.=--In leadership and origin the thirteen colonies, except
  6172. New York and Delaware, were English. During the early days of all, save
  6173. these two, the main, if not the sole, current of immigration was from
  6174. England. The colonists came from every walk of life. They were men,
  6175. women, and children of "all sorts and conditions." The major portion
  6176. were yeomen, or small land owners, farm laborers, and artisans. With
  6177. them were merchants and gentlemen who brought their stocks of goods or
  6178. their fortunes to the New World. Scholars came from Oxford and
  6179. Cambridge to preach the gospel or to teach. Now and then the son of an
  6180. English nobleman left his baronial hall behind and cast his lot with
  6181. America. The people represented every religious faith--members of the
  6182. Established Church of England; Puritans who had labored to reform that
  6183. church; Separatists, Baptists, and Friends, who had left it altogether;
  6184. and Catholics, who clung to the religion of their fathers.
  6185.  
  6186. New England was almost purely English. During the years between 1629 and
  6187. 1640, the period of arbitrary Stuart government, about twenty thousand
  6188. Puritans emigrated to America, settling in the colonies of the far
  6189. North. Although minor additions were made from time to time, the greater
  6190. portion of the New England people sprang from this original stock.
  6191. Virginia, too, for a long time drew nearly all her immigrants from
  6192. England alone. Not until the eve of the Revolution did other
  6193. nationalities, mainly the Scotch-Irish and Germans, rival the English in
  6194. numbers.
  6195.  
  6196. The populations of later English colonies--the Carolinas, New York,
  6197. Pennsylvania, and Georgia--while receiving a steady stream of
  6198. immigration from England, were constantly augmented by wanderers from
  6199. the older settlements. New York was invaded by Puritans from New England
  6200. in such numbers as to cause the Anglican clergymen there to lament that
  6201. "free thinking spreads almost as fast as the Church." North Carolina was
  6202. first settled toward the northern border by immigrants from Virginia.
  6203. Some of the North Carolinians, particularly the Quakers, came all the
  6204. way from New England, tarrying in Virginia only long enough to learn how
  6205. little they were wanted in that Anglican colony.
  6206.  
  6207. =The Scotch-Irish.=--Next to the English in numbers and influence were
  6208. the Scotch-Irish, Presbyterians in belief, English in tongue. Both
  6209. religious and economic reasons sent them across the sea. Their Scotch
  6210. ancestors, in the days of Cromwell, had settled in the north of Ireland
  6211. whence the native Irish had been driven by the conqueror's sword. There
  6212. the Scotch nourished for many years enjoying in peace their own form of
  6213. religion and growing prosperous in the manufacture of fine linen and
  6214. woolen cloth. Then the blow fell. Toward the end of the seventeenth
  6215. century their religious worship was put under the ban and the export of
  6216. their cloth was forbidden by the English Parliament. Within two decades
  6217. twenty thousand Scotch-Irish left Ulster alone, for America; and all
  6218. during the eighteenth century the migration continued to be heavy.
  6219. Although no exact record was kept, it is reckoned that the Scotch-Irish
  6220. and the Scotch who came directly from Scotland, composed one-sixth of
  6221. the entire American population on the eve of the Revolution.
  6222.  
  6223. [Illustration: SETTLEMENTS OF GERMAN AND SCOTCH-IRISH
  6224. IMMIGRANTS]
  6225.  
  6226. These newcomers in America made their homes chiefly in New Jersey,
  6227. Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, and the Carolinas. Coming late upon
  6228. the scene, they found much of the land immediately upon the seaboard
  6229. already taken up. For this reason most of them became frontier people
  6230. settling the interior and upland regions. There they cleared the land,
  6231. laid out their small farms, and worked as "sturdy yeomen on the soil,"
  6232. hardy, industrious, and independent in spirit, sharing neither the
  6233. luxuries of the rich planters nor the easy life of the leisurely
  6234. merchants. To their agriculture they added woolen and linen
  6235. manufactures, which, flourishing in the supple fingers of their tireless
  6236. women, made heavy inroads upon the trade of the English merchants in
  6237. the colonies. Of their labors a poet has sung:
  6238.  
  6239.         "O, willing hands to toil;
  6240.     Strong natures tuned to the harvest-song and bound to the kindly soil;
  6241.     Bold pioneers for the wilderness, defenders in the field."
  6242.  
  6243. =The Germans.=--Third among the colonists in order of numerical
  6244. importance were the Germans. From the very beginning, they appeared in
  6245. colonial records. A number of the artisans and carpenters in the first
  6246. Jamestown colony were of German descent. Peter Minuit, the famous
  6247. governor of New Motherland, was a German from Wesel on the Rhine, and
  6248. Jacob Leisler, leader of a popular uprising against the provincial
  6249. administration of New York, was a German from Frankfort-on-Main. The
  6250. wholesale migration of Germans began with the founding of Pennsylvania.
  6251. Penn was diligent in searching for thrifty farmers to cultivate his
  6252. lands and he made a special effort to attract peasants from the Rhine
  6253. country. A great association, known as the Frankfort Company, bought
  6254. more than twenty thousand acres from him and in 1684 established a
  6255. center at Germantown for the distribution of German immigrants. In old
  6256. New York, Rhinebeck-on-the-Hudson became a similar center for
  6257. distribution. All the way from Maine to Georgia inducements were offered
  6258. to the German farmers and in nearly every colony were to be found, in
  6259. time, German settlements. In fact the migration became so large that
  6260. German princes were frightened at the loss of so many subjects and
  6261. England was alarmed by the influx of foreigners into her overseas
  6262. dominions. Yet nothing could stop the movement. By the end of the
  6263. colonial period, the number of Germans had risen to more than two
  6264. hundred thousand.
  6265.  
  6266. The majority of them were Protestants from the Rhine region, and South
  6267. Germany. Wars, religious controversies, oppression, and poverty drove
  6268. them forth to America. Though most of them were farmers, there were also
  6269. among them skilled artisans who contributed to the rapid growth of
  6270. industries in Pennsylvania. Their iron, glass, paper, and woolen mills,
  6271. dotted here and there among the thickly settled regions, added to the
  6272. wealth and independence of the province.
  6273.  
  6274. [Illustration: _From an old print_
  6275.  
  6276. A GLIMPSE OF OLD GERMANTOWN]
  6277.  
  6278. Unlike the Scotch-Irish, the Germans did not speak the language of the
  6279. original colonists or mingle freely with them. They kept to themselves,
  6280. built their own schools, founded their own newspapers, and published
  6281. their own books. Their clannish habits often irritated their neighbors
  6282. and led to occasional agitations against "foreigners." However, no
  6283. serious collisions seem to have occurred; and in the days of the
  6284. Revolution, German soldiers from Pennsylvania fought in the patriot
  6285. armies side by side with soldiers from the English and Scotch-Irish
  6286. sections.
  6287.  
  6288. =Other Nationalities.=--Though the English, the Scotch-Irish, and the
  6289. Germans made up the bulk of the colonial population, there were other
  6290. racial strains as well, varying in numerical importance but contributing
  6291. their share to colonial life.
  6292.  
  6293. From France came the Huguenots fleeing from the decree of the king which
  6294. inflicted terrible penalties upon Protestants.
  6295.  
  6296. From "Old Ireland" came thousands of native Irish, Celtic in race and
  6297. Catholic in religion. Like their Scotch-Irish neighbors to the north,
  6298. they revered neither the government nor the church of England imposed
  6299. upon them by the sword. How many came we do not know, but shipping
  6300. records of the colonial period show that boatload after boatload left
  6301. the southern and eastern shores of Ireland for the New World.
  6302. Undoubtedly thousands of their passengers were Irish of the native
  6303. stock. This surmise is well sustained by the constant appearance of
  6304. Celtic names in the records of various colonies.
  6305.  
  6306. [Illustration:_From an old print_
  6307.  
  6308. OLD DUTCH FORT AND ENGLISH CHURCH NEAR ALBANY]
  6309.  
  6310. The Jews, then as ever engaged in their age-long battle for religious
  6311. and economic toleration, found in the American colonies, not complete
  6312. liberty, but certainly more freedom than they enjoyed in England,
  6313. France, Spain, or Portugal. The English law did not actually recognize
  6314. their right to live in any of the dominions, but owing to the easy-going
  6315. habits of the Americans they were allowed to filter into the seaboard
  6316. towns. The treatment they received there varied. On one occasion the
  6317. mayor and council of New York forbade them to sell by retail and on
  6318. another prohibited the exercise of their religious worship. Newport,
  6319. Philadelphia, and Charleston were more hospitable, and there large
  6320. Jewish colonies, consisting principally of merchants and their families,
  6321. flourished in spite of nominal prohibitions of the law.
  6322.  
  6323. Though the small Swedish colony in Delaware was quickly submerged
  6324. beneath the tide of English migration, the Dutch in New York continued
  6325. to hold their own for more than a hundred years after the English
  6326. conquest in 1664. At the end of the colonial period over one-half of the
  6327. 170,000 inhabitants of the province were descendants of the original
  6328. Dutch--still distinct enough to give a decided cast to the life and
  6329. manners of New York. Many of them clung as tenaciously to their mother
  6330. tongue as they did to their capacious farmhouses or their Dutch ovens;
  6331. but they were slowly losing their identity as the English pressed in
  6332. beside them to farm and trade.
  6333.  
  6334. The melting pot had begun its historic mission.
  6335.  
  6336.  
  6337. THE PROCESS OF COLONIZATION
  6338.  
  6339. Considered from one side, colonization, whatever the motives of the
  6340. emigrants, was an economic matter. It involved the use of capital to pay
  6341. for their passage, to sustain them on the voyage, and to start them on
  6342. the way of production. Under this stern economic necessity, Puritans,
  6343. Scotch-Irish, Germans, and all were alike laid.
  6344.  
  6345. =Immigrants Who Paid Their Own Way.=--Many of the immigrants to America
  6346. in colonial days were capitalists themselves, in a small or a large way,
  6347. and paid their own passage. What proportion of the colonists were able
  6348. to finance their voyage across the sea is a matter of pure conjecture.
  6349. Undoubtedly a very considerable number could do so, for we can trace the
  6350. family fortunes of many early settlers. Henry Cabot Lodge is authority
  6351. for the statement that "the settlers of New England were drawn from the
  6352. country gentlemen, small farmers, and yeomanry of the mother
  6353. country.... Many of the emigrants were men of wealth, as the old lists
  6354. show, and all of them, with few exceptions, were men of property and
  6355. good standing. They did not belong to the classes from which emigration
  6356. is usually supplied, for they all had a stake in the country they left
  6357. behind." Though it would be interesting to know how accurate this
  6358. statement is or how applicable to the other colonies, no study has as
  6359. yet been made to gratify that interest. For the present it is an
  6360. unsolved problem just how many of the colonists were able to bear the
  6361. cost of their own transfer to the New World.
  6362.  
  6363. =Indentured Servants.=--That at least tens of thousands of immigrants
  6364. were unable to pay for their passage is established beyond the shadow of
  6365. a doubt by the shipping records that have come down to us. The great
  6366. barrier in the way of the poor who wanted to go to America was the cost
  6367. of the sea voyage. To overcome this difficulty a plan was worked out
  6368. whereby shipowners and other persons of means furnished the passage
  6369. money to immigrants in return for their promise, or bond, to work for a
  6370. term of years to repay the sum advanced. This system was called
  6371. indentured servitude.
  6372.  
  6373. It is probable that the number of bond servants exceeded the original
  6374. twenty thousand Puritans, the yeomen, the Virginia gentlemen, and the
  6375. Huguenots combined. All the way down the coast from Massachusetts to
  6376. Georgia were to be found in the fields, kitchens, and workshops, men,
  6377. women, and children serving out terms of bondage generally ranging from
  6378. five to seven years. In the proprietary colonies the proportion of bond
  6379. servants was very high. The Baltimores, Penns, Carterets, and other
  6380. promoters anxiously sought for workers of every nationality to till
  6381. their fields, for land without labor was worth no more than land in the
  6382. moon. Hence the gates of the proprietary colonies were flung wide open.
  6383. Every inducement was offered to immigrants in the form of cheap land,
  6384. and special efforts were made to increase the population by importing
  6385. servants. In Pennsylvania, it was not uncommon to find a master with
  6386. fifty bond servants on his estate. It has been estimated that two-thirds
  6387. of all the immigrants into Pennsylvania between the opening of the
  6388. eighteenth century and the outbreak of the Revolution were in bondage.
  6389. In the other Middle colonies the number was doubtless not so large; but
  6390. it formed a considerable part of the population.
  6391.  
  6392. The story of this traffic in white servants is one of the most striking
  6393. things in the history of labor. Bondmen differed from the serfs of the
  6394. feudal age in that they were not bound to the soil but to the master.
  6395. They likewise differed from the negro slaves in that their servitude had
  6396. a time limit. Still they were subject to many special disabilities. It
  6397. was, for instance, a common practice to impose on them penalties far
  6398. heavier than were imposed upon freemen for the same offense. A free
  6399. citizen of Pennsylvania who indulged in horse racing and gambling was
  6400. let off with a fine; a white servant guilty of the same unlawful conduct
  6401. was whipped at the post and fined as well.
  6402.  
  6403. The ordinary life of the white servant was also severely restricted. A
  6404. bondman could not marry without his master's consent; nor engage in
  6405. trade; nor refuse work assigned to him. For an attempt to escape or
  6406. indeed for any infraction of the law, the term of service was extended.
  6407. The condition of white bondmen in Virginia, according to Lodge, "was
  6408. little better than that of slaves. Loose indentures and harsh laws put
  6409. them at the mercy of their masters." It would not be unfair to add that
  6410. such was their lot in all other colonies. Their fate depended upon the
  6411. temper of their masters.
  6412.  
  6413. Cruel as was the system in many ways, it gave thousands of people in the
  6414. Old World a chance to reach the New--an opportunity to wrestle with fate
  6415. for freedom and a home of their own. When their weary years of servitude
  6416. were over, if they survived, they might obtain land of their own or
  6417. settle as free mechanics in the towns. For many a bondman the gamble
  6418. proved to be a losing venture because he found himself unable to rise
  6419. out of the state of poverty and dependence into which his servitude
  6420. carried him. For thousands, on the contrary, bondage proved to be a real
  6421. avenue to freedom and prosperity. Some of the best citizens of America
  6422. have the blood of indentured servants in their veins.
  6423.  
  6424. =The Transported--Involuntary Servitude.=--In their anxiety to secure
  6425. settlers, the companies and proprietors having colonies in America
  6426. either resorted to or connived at the practice of kidnapping men, women,
  6427. and children from the streets of English cities. In 1680 it was
  6428. officially estimated that "ten thousand persons were spirited away" to
  6429. America. Many of the victims of the practice were young children, for
  6430. the traffic in them was highly profitable. Orphans and dependents were
  6431. sometimes disposed of in America by relatives unwilling to support them.
  6432. In a single year, 1627, about fifteen hundred children were shipped to
  6433. Virginia.
  6434.  
  6435. In this gruesome business there lurked many tragedies, and very few
  6436. romances. Parents were separated from their children and husbands from
  6437. their wives. Hundreds of skilled artisans--carpenters, smiths, and
  6438. weavers--utterly disappeared as if swallowed up by death. A few thus
  6439. dragged off to the New World to be sold into servitude for a term of
  6440. five or seven years later became prosperous and returned home with
  6441. fortunes. In one case a young man who was forcibly carried over the sea
  6442. lived to make his way back to England and establish his claim to a
  6443. peerage.
  6444.  
  6445. Akin to the kidnapped, at least in economic position, were convicts
  6446. deported to the colonies for life in lieu of fines and imprisonment. The
  6447. Americans protested vigorously but ineffectually against this practice.
  6448. Indeed, they exaggerated its evils, for many of the "criminals" were
  6449. only mild offenders against unduly harsh and cruel laws. A peasant
  6450. caught shooting a rabbit on a lord's estate or a luckless servant girl
  6451. who purloined a pocket handkerchief was branded as a criminal along with
  6452. sturdy thieves and incorrigible rascals. Other transported offenders
  6453. were "political criminals"; that is, persons who criticized or opposed
  6454. the government. This class included now Irish who revolted against
  6455. British rule in Ireland; now Cavaliers who championed the king against
  6456. the Puritan revolutionists; Puritans, in turn, dispatched after the
  6457. monarchy was restored; and Scotch and English subjects in general who
  6458. joined in political uprisings against the king.
  6459.  
  6460. =The African Slaves.=--Rivaling in numbers, in the course of time, the
  6461. indentured servants and whites carried to America against their will
  6462. were the African negroes brought to America and sold into slavery. When
  6463. this form of bondage was first introduced into Virginia in 1619, it was
  6464. looked upon as a temporary necessity to be discarded with the increase
  6465. of the white population. Moreover it does not appear that those planters
  6466. who first bought negroes at the auction block intended to establish a
  6467. system of permanent bondage. Only by a slow process did chattel slavery
  6468. take firm root and become recognized as the leading source of the labor
  6469. supply. In 1650, thirty years after the introduction of slavery, there
  6470. were only three hundred Africans in Virginia.
  6471.  
  6472. The great increase in later years was due in no small measure to the
  6473. inordinate zeal for profits that seized slave traders both in Old and in
  6474. New England. Finding it relatively easy to secure negroes in Africa,
  6475. they crowded the Southern ports with their vessels. The English Royal
  6476. African Company sent to America annually between 1713 and 1743 from five
  6477. to ten thousand slaves. The ship owners of New England were not far
  6478. behind their English brethren in pushing this extraordinary traffic.
  6479.  
  6480. As the proportion of the negroes to the free white population steadily
  6481. rose, and as whole sections were overrun with slaves and slave traders,
  6482. the Southern colonies grew alarmed. In 1710, Virginia sought to curtail
  6483. the importation by placing a duty of $5 on each slave. This effort was
  6484. futile, for the royal governor promptly vetoed it. From time to time
  6485. similar bills were passed, only to meet with royal disapproval. South
  6486. Carolina, in 1760, absolutely prohibited importation; but the measure
  6487. was killed by the British crown. As late as 1772, Virginia, not daunted
  6488. by a century of rebuffs, sent to George III a petition in this vein:
  6489. "The importation of slaves into the colonies from the coast of Africa
  6490. hath long been considered as a trade of great inhumanity and under its
  6491. present encouragement, we have too much reason to fear, will endanger
  6492. the very existence of Your Majesty's American dominions.... Deeply
  6493. impressed with these sentiments, we most humbly beseech Your Majesty to
  6494. remove all those restraints on Your Majesty's governors of this colony
  6495. which inhibit their assenting to such laws as might check so very
  6496. pernicious a commerce."
  6497.  
  6498. All such protests were without avail. The negro population grew by leaps
  6499. and bounds, until on the eve of the Revolution it amounted to more than
  6500. half a million. In five states--Maryland, Virginia, the two Carolinas,
  6501. and Georgia--the slaves nearly equalled or actually exceeded the whites
  6502. in number. In South Carolina they formed almost two-thirds of the
  6503. population. Even in the Middle colonies of Delaware and Pennsylvania
  6504. about one-fifth of the inhabitants were from Africa. To the North, the
  6505. proportion of slaves steadily diminished although chattel servitude was
  6506. on the same legal footing as in the South. In New York approximately one
  6507. in six and in New England one in fifty were negroes, including a few
  6508. freedmen.
  6509.  
  6510. The climate, the soil, the commerce, and the industry of the North were
  6511. all unfavorable to the growth of a servile population. Still, slavery,
  6512. though sectional, was a part of the national system of economy. Northern
  6513. ships carried slaves to the Southern colonies and the produce of the
  6514. plantations to Europe. "If the Northern states will consult their
  6515. interest, they will not oppose the increase in slaves which will
  6516. increase the commodities of which they will become the carriers," said
  6517. John Rutledge, of South Carolina, in the convention which framed the
  6518. Constitution of the United States. "What enriches a part enriches the
  6519. whole and the states are the best judges of their particular interest,"
  6520. responded Oliver Ellsworth, the distinguished spokesman of Connecticut.
  6521.  
  6522. =References=
  6523.  
  6524. E. Charming, _History of the United States_, Vols. I and II.
  6525.  
  6526. J.A. Doyle, _The English Colonies in America_ (5 vols.).
  6527.  
  6528. J. Fiske, _Old Virginia and Her Neighbors_ (2 vols.).
  6529.  
  6530. A.B. Faust, _The German Element in the United States_ (2 vols.).
  6531.  
  6532. H.J. Ford, _The Scotch-Irish in America_.
  6533.  
  6534. L. Tyler, _England in America_ (American Nation Series).
  6535.  
  6536. R. Usher, _The Pilgrims and Their History_.
  6537.  
  6538.  
  6539. =Questions=
  6540.  
  6541. 1. America has been called a nation of immigrants. Explain why.
  6542.  
  6543. 2. Why were individuals unable to go alone to America in the beginning?
  6544. What agencies made colonization possible? Discuss each of them.
  6545.  
  6546. 3. Make a table of the colonies, showing the methods employed in their
  6547. settlement.
  6548.  
  6549. 4. Why were capital and leadership so very important in early
  6550. colonization?
  6551.  
  6552. 5. What is meant by the "melting pot"? What nationalities were
  6553. represented among the early colonists?
  6554.  
  6555. 6. Compare the way immigrants come to-day with the way they came in
  6556. colonial times.
  6557.  
  6558. 7. Contrast indentured servitude with slavery and serfdom.
  6559.  
  6560. 8. Account for the anxiety of companies and proprietors to secure
  6561. colonists.
  6562.  
  6563. 9. What forces favored the heavy importation of slaves?
  6564.  
  6565. 10. In what way did the North derive advantages from slavery?
  6566.  
  6567.  
  6568. =Research Topics=
  6569.  
  6570. =The Chartered Company.=--Compare the first and third charters of
  6571. Virginia in Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book of American History_,
  6572. 1606-1898, pp. 1-14. Analyze the first and second Massachusetts charters
  6573. in Macdonald, pp. 22-84. Special reference: W.A.S. Hewins, _English
  6574. Trading Companies_.
  6575.  
  6576. =Congregations and Compacts for Self-government.=--A study of the
  6577. Mayflower Compact, the Fundamental Orders of Connecticut and the
  6578. Fundamental Articles of New Haven in Macdonald, pp. 19, 36, 39.
  6579. Reference: Charles Borgeaud, _Rise of Modern Democracy_, and C.S.
  6580. Lobingier, _The People's Law_, Chaps. I-VII.
  6581.  
  6582. =The Proprietary System.=--Analysis of Penn's charter of 1681, in
  6583. Macdonald, p. 80. Reference: Lodge, _Short History of the English
  6584. Colonies in America_, p. 211.
  6585.  
  6586. =Studies of Individual Colonies.=--Review of outstanding events in
  6587. history of each colony, using Elson, _History of the United States_, pp.
  6588. 55-159, as the basis.
  6589.  
  6590. =Biographical Studies.=--John Smith, John Winthrop, William Penn, Lord
  6591. Baltimore, William Bradford, Roger Williams, Anne Hutchinson, Thomas
  6592. Hooker, and Peter Stuyvesant, using any good encyclopedia.
  6593.  
  6594. =Indentured Servitude.=--In Virginia, Lodge, _Short History_, pp. 69-72;
  6595. in Pennsylvania, pp. 242-244. Contemporary account in Callender,
  6596. _Economic History of the United States_, pp. 44-51. Special reference:
  6597. Karl Geiser, _Redemptioners and Indentured Servants_ (Yale Review, X,
  6598. No. 2 Supplement).
  6599.  
  6600. =Slavery.=--In Virginia, Lodge, _Short History_, pp. 67-69; in the
  6601. Northern colonies, pp. 241, 275, 322, 408, 442.
  6602.  
  6603. =The People of the Colonies.=--Virginia, Lodge, _Short History_, pp.
  6604. 67-73; New England, pp. 406-409, 441-450; Pennsylvania, pp. 227-229,
  6605. 240-250; New York, pp. 312-313, 322-335.
  6606.  
  6607.  
  6608.  
  6609.  
  6610. CHAPTER II
  6611.  
  6612. COLONIAL AGRICULTURE, INDUSTRY, AND COMMERCE
  6613.  
  6614. THE LAND AND THE WESTWARD MOVEMENT
  6615.  
  6616.  
  6617. =The Significance of Land Tenure.=--The way in which land may be
  6618. acquired, held, divided among heirs, and bought and sold exercises a
  6619. deep influence on the life and culture of a people. The feudal and
  6620. aristocratic societies of Europe were founded on a system of landlordism
  6621. which was characterized by two distinct features. In the first place,
  6622. the land was nearly all held in great estates, each owned by a single
  6623. proprietor. In the second place, every estate was kept intact under the
  6624. law of primogeniture, which at the death of a lord transferred all his
  6625. landed property to his eldest son. This prevented the subdivision of
  6626. estates and the growth of a large body of small farmers or freeholders
  6627. owning their own land. It made a form of tenantry or servitude
  6628. inevitable for the mass of those who labored on the land. It also
  6629. enabled the landlords to maintain themselves in power as a governing
  6630. class and kept the tenants and laborers subject to their economic and
  6631. political control. If land tenure was so significant in Europe, it was
  6632. equally important in the development of America, where practically all
  6633. the first immigrants were forced by circumstances to derive their
  6634. livelihood from the soil.
  6635.  
  6636. =Experiments in Common Tillage.=--In the New World, with its broad
  6637. extent of land awaiting the white man's plow, it was impossible to
  6638. introduce in its entirety and over the whole area the system of lords
  6639. and tenants that existed across the sea. So it happened that almost
  6640. every kind of experiment in land tenure, from communism to feudalism,
  6641. was tried. In the early days of the Jamestown colony, the land, though
  6642. owned by the London Company, was tilled in common by the settlers. No
  6643. man had a separate plot of his own. The motto of the community was:
  6644. "Labor and share alike." All were supposed to work in the fields and
  6645. receive an equal share of the produce. At Plymouth, the Pilgrims
  6646. attempted a similar experiment, laying out the fields in common and
  6647. distributing the joint produce of their labor with rough equality among
  6648. the workers.
  6649.  
  6650. In both colonies the communistic experiments were failures. Angry at the
  6651. lazy men in Jamestown who idled their time away and yet expected regular
  6652. meals, Captain John Smith issued a manifesto: "Everyone that gathereth
  6653. not every day as much as I do, the next day shall be set beyond the
  6654. river and forever banished from the fort and live there or starve." Even
  6655. this terrible threat did not bring a change in production. Not until
  6656. each man was given a plot of his own to till, not until each gathered
  6657. the fruits of his own labor, did the colony prosper. In Plymouth, where
  6658. the communal experiment lasted for five years, the results were similar
  6659. to those in Virginia, and the system was given up for one of separate
  6660. fields in which every person could "set corn for his own particular."
  6661. Some other New England towns, refusing to profit by the experience of
  6662. their Plymouth neighbor, also made excursions into common ownership and
  6663. labor, only to abandon the idea and go in for individual ownership of
  6664. the land. "By degrees it was seen that even the Lord's people could not
  6665. carry the complicated communist legislation into perfect and wholesome
  6666. practice."
  6667.  
  6668. =Feudal Elements in the Colonies--Quit Rents, Manors, and
  6669. Plantations.=--At the other end of the scale were the feudal elements of
  6670. land tenure found in the proprietary colonies, in the seaboard regions
  6671. of the South, and to some extent in New York. The proprietor was in fact
  6672. a powerful feudal lord, owning land granted to him by royal charter. He
  6673. could retain any part of it for his personal use or dispose of it all in
  6674. large or small lots. While he generally kept for himself an estate of
  6675. baronial proportions, it was impossible for him to manage directly any
  6676. considerable part of the land in his dominion. Consequently he either
  6677. sold it in parcels for lump sums or granted it to individuals on
  6678. condition that they make to him an annual payment in money, known as
  6679. "quit rent." In Maryland, the proprietor sometimes collected as high as
  6680. $9000 (equal to about $500,000 to-day) in a single year from this
  6681. source. In Pennsylvania, the quit rents brought a handsome annual
  6682. tribute into the exchequer of the Penn family. In the royal provinces,
  6683. the king of England claimed all revenues collected in this form from the
  6684. land, a sum amounting to $19,000 at the time of the Revolution. The quit
  6685. rent,--"really a feudal payment from freeholders,"--was thus a material
  6686. source of income for the crown as well as for the proprietors. Wherever
  6687. it was laid, however, it proved to be a burden, a source of constant
  6688. irritation; and it became a formidable item in the long list of
  6689. grievances which led to the American Revolution.
  6690.  
  6691. Something still more like the feudal system of the Old World appeared in
  6692. the numerous manors or the huge landed estates granted by the crown, the
  6693. companies, or the proprietors. In the colony of Maryland alone there
  6694. were sixty manors of three thousand acres each, owned by wealthy men and
  6695. tilled by tenants holding small plots under certain restrictions of
  6696. tenure. In New York also there were many manors of wide extent, most of
  6697. which originated in the days of the Dutch West India Company, when
  6698. extensive concessions were made to patroons to induce them to bring over
  6699. settlers. The Van Rensselaer, the Van Cortlandt, and the Livingston
  6700. manors were so large and populous that each was entitled to send a
  6701. representative to the provincial legislature. The tenants on the New
  6702. York manors were in somewhat the same position as serfs on old European
  6703. estates. They were bound to pay the owner a rent in money and kind; they
  6704. ground their grain at his mill; and they were subject to his judicial
  6705. power because he held court and meted out justice, in some instances
  6706. extending to capital punishment.
  6707.  
  6708. The manors of New York or Maryland were, however, of slight consequence
  6709. as compared with the vast plantations of the Southern seaboard--huge
  6710. estates, far wider in expanse than many a European barony and tilled by
  6711. slaves more servile than any feudal tenants. It must not be forgotten
  6712. that this system of land tenure became the dominant feature of a large
  6713. section and gave a decided bent to the economic and political life of
  6714. America.
  6715.  
  6716. [Illustration: SOUTHERN PLANTATION MANSION]
  6717.  
  6718. =The Small Freehold.=--In the upland regions of the South, however, and
  6719. throughout most of the North, the drift was against all forms of
  6720. servitude and tenantry and in the direction of the freehold; that is,
  6721. the small farm owned outright and tilled by the possessor and his
  6722. family. This was favored by natural circumstances and the spirit of the
  6723. immigrants. For one thing, the abundance of land and the scarcity of
  6724. labor made it impossible for the companies, the proprietors, or the
  6725. crown to develop over the whole continent a network of vast estates. In
  6726. many sections, particularly in New England, the climate, the stony soil,
  6727. the hills, and the narrow valleys conspired to keep the farms within a
  6728. moderate compass. For another thing, the English, Scotch-Irish, and
  6729. German peasants, even if they had been tenants in the Old World, did not
  6730. propose to accept permanent dependency of any kind in the New. If they
  6731. could not get freeholds, they would not settle at all; thus they forced
  6732. proprietors and companies to bid for their enterprise by selling land in
  6733. small lots. So it happened that the freehold of modest proportions
  6734. became the cherished unit of American farmers. The people who tilled the
  6735. farms were drawn from every quarter of western Europe; but the freehold
  6736. system gave a uniform cast to their economic and social life in America.
  6737.  
  6738. [Illustration: _From an old print_
  6739.  
  6740. A NEW ENGLAND FARMHOUSE]
  6741.  
  6742. =Social Effects of Land Tenure.=--Land tenure and the process of western
  6743. settlement thus developed two distinct types of people engaged in the
  6744. same pursuit--agriculture. They had a common tie in that they both
  6745. cultivated the soil and possessed the local interest and independence
  6746. which arise from that occupation. Their methods and their culture,
  6747. however, differed widely.
  6748.  
  6749. The Southern planter, on his broad acres tilled by slaves, resembled the
  6750. English landlord on his estates more than he did the colonial farmer who
  6751. labored with his own hands in the fields and forests. He sold his rice
  6752. and tobacco in large amounts directly to English factors, who took his
  6753. entire crop in exchange for goods and cash. His fine clothes,
  6754. silverware, china, and cutlery he bought in English markets. Loving the
  6755. ripe old culture of the mother country, he often sent his sons to Oxford
  6756. or Cambridge for their education. In short, he depended very largely for
  6757. his prosperity and his enjoyment of life upon close relations with the
  6758. Old World. He did not even need market towns in which to buy native
  6759. goods, for they were made on his own plantation by his own artisans who
  6760. were usually gifted slaves.
  6761.  
  6762. The economic condition of the small farmer was totally different. His
  6763. crops were not big enough to warrant direct connection with English
  6764. factors or the personal maintenance of a corps of artisans. He needed
  6765. local markets, and they sprang up to meet the need. Smiths, hatters,
  6766. weavers, wagon-makers, and potters at neighboring towns supplied him
  6767. with the rough products of their native skill. The finer goods, bought
  6768. by the rich planter in England, the small farmer ordinarily could not
  6769. buy. His wants were restricted to staples like tea and sugar, and
  6770. between him and the European market stood the merchant. His community
  6771. was therefore more self-sufficient than the seaboard line of great
  6772. plantations. It was more isolated, more provincial, more independent,
  6773. more American. The planter faced the Old East. The farmer faced the New
  6774. West.
  6775.  
  6776. =The Westward Movement.=--Yeoman and planter nevertheless were alike in
  6777. one respect. Their land hunger was never appeased. Each had the eye of
  6778. an expert for new and fertile soil; and so, north and south, as soon as
  6779. a foothold was secured on the Atlantic coast, the current of migration
  6780. set in westward, creeping through forests, across rivers, and over
  6781. mountains. Many of the later immigrants, in their search for cheap
  6782. lands, were compelled to go to the border; but in a large part the path
  6783. breakers to the West were native Americans of the second and third
  6784. generations. Explorers, fired by curiosity and the lure of the
  6785. mysterious unknown, and hunters, fur traders, and squatters, following
  6786. their own sweet wills, blazed the trail, opening paths and sending back
  6787. stories of the new regions they traversed. Then came the regular
  6788. settlers with lawful titles to the lands they had purchased, sometimes
  6789. singly and sometimes in companies.
  6790.  
  6791. In Massachusetts, the westward movement is recorded in the founding of
  6792. Springfield in 1636 and Great Barrington in 1725. By the opening of the
  6793. eighteenth century the pioneers of Connecticut had pushed north and west
  6794. until their outpost towns adjoined the Hudson Valley settlements. In New
  6795. York, the inland movement was directed by the Hudson River to Albany,
  6796. and from that old Dutch center it radiated in every direction,
  6797. particularly westward through the Mohawk Valley. New Jersey was early
  6798. filled to its borders, the beginnings of the present city of New
  6799. Brunswick being made in 1681 and those of Trenton in 1685. In
  6800. Pennsylvania, as in New York, the waterways determined the main lines of
  6801. advance. Pioneers, pushing up through the valley of the Schuylkill,
  6802. spread over the fertile lands of Berks and Lancaster counties, laying
  6803. out Reading in 1748. Another current of migration was directed by the
  6804. Susquehanna, and, in 1726, the first farmhouse was built on the bank
  6805. where Harrisburg was later founded. Along the southern tier of counties
  6806. a thin line of settlements stretched westward to Pittsburgh, reaching
  6807. the upper waters of the Ohio while the colony was still under the Penn
  6808. family.
  6809.  
  6810. In the South the westward march was equally swift. The seaboard was
  6811. quickly occupied by large planters and their slaves engaged in the
  6812. cultivation of tobacco and rice. The Piedmont Plateau, lying back from
  6813. the coast all the way from Maryland to Georgia, was fed by two streams
  6814. of migration, one westward from the sea and the other southward from the
  6815. other colonies--Germans from Pennsylvania and Scotch-Irish furnishing
  6816. the main supply. "By 1770, tide-water Virginia was full to overflowing
  6817. and the 'back country' of the Blue Ridge and the Shenandoah was fully
  6818. occupied. Even the mountain valleys ... were claimed by sturdy pioneers.
  6819. Before the Declaration of Independence, the oncoming tide of
  6820. home-seekers had reached the crest of the Alleghanies."
  6821.  
  6822. [Illustration: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION, 1790]
  6823.  
  6824. Beyond the mountains pioneers had already ventured, harbingers of an
  6825. invasion that was about to break in upon Kentucky and Tennessee. As
  6826. early as 1769 that mighty Nimrod, Daniel Boone, curious to hunt
  6827. buffaloes, of which he had heard weird reports, passed through the
  6828. Cumberland Gap and brought back news of a wonderful country awaiting the
  6829. plow. A hint was sufficient. Singly, in pairs, and in groups, settlers
  6830. followed the trail he had blazed. A great land corporation, the
  6831. Transylvania Company, emulating the merchant adventurers of earlier
  6832. times, secured a huge grant of territory and sought profits in quit
  6833. rents from lands sold to farmers. By the outbreak of the Revolution
  6834. there were several hundred people in the Kentucky region. Like the older
  6835. colonists, they did not relish quit rents, and their opposition wrecked
  6836. the Transylvania Company. They even carried their protests into the
  6837. Continental Congress in 1776, for by that time they were our "embryo
  6838. fourteenth colony."
  6839.  
  6840.  
  6841. INDUSTRIAL AND COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT
  6842.  
  6843. Though the labor of the colonists was mainly spent in farming, there was
  6844. a steady growth in industrial and commercial pursuits. Most of the
  6845. staple industries of to-day, not omitting iron and textiles, have their
  6846. beginnings in colonial times. Manufacturing and trade soon gave rise to
  6847. towns which enjoyed an importance all out of proportion to their
  6848. numbers. The great centers of commerce and finance on the seaboard
  6849. originated in the days when the king of England was "lord of these
  6850. dominions."
  6851.  
  6852. [Illustration: DOMESTIC INDUSTRY: DIPPING TALLOW CANDLES]
  6853.  
  6854. =Textile Manufacture as a Domestic Industry.=--Colonial women, in
  6855. addition to sharing every hardship of pioneering, often the heavy labor
  6856. of the open field, developed in the course of time a national industry
  6857. which was almost exclusively their own. Wool and flax were raised in
  6858. abundance in the North and South. "Every farm house," says Coman, the
  6859. economic historian, "was a workshop where the women spun and wove the
  6860. serges, kerseys, and linsey-woolseys which served for the common wear."
  6861. By the close of the seventeenth century, New England manufactured cloth
  6862. in sufficient quantities to export it to the Southern colonies and to
  6863. the West Indies. As the industry developed, mills were erected for the
  6864. more difficult process of dyeing, weaving, and fulling, but carding and
  6865. spinning continued to be done in the home. The Dutch of New Netherland,
  6866. the Swedes of Delaware, and the Scotch-Irish of the interior "were not
  6867. one whit behind their Yankee neighbors."
  6868.  
  6869. The importance of this enterprise to British economic life can hardly be
  6870. overestimated. For many a century the English had employed their fine
  6871. woolen cloth as the chief staple in a lucrative foreign trade, and the
  6872. government had come to look upon it as an object of special interest and
  6873. protection. When the colonies were established, both merchants and
  6874. statesmen naturally expected to maintain a monopoly of increasing value;
  6875. but before long the Americans, instead of buying cloth, especially of
  6876. the coarser varieties, were making it to sell. In the place of
  6877. customers, here were rivals. In the place of helpless reliance upon
  6878. English markets, here was the germ of economic independence.
  6879.  
  6880. If British merchants had not discovered it in the ordinary course of
  6881. trade, observant officers in the provinces would have conveyed the news
  6882. to them. Even in the early years of the eighteenth century the royal
  6883. governor of New York wrote of the industrious Americans to his home
  6884. government: "The consequence will be that if they can clothe themselves
  6885. once, not only comfortably, but handsomely too, without the help of
  6886. England, they who already are not very fond of submitting to government
  6887. will soon think of putting in execution designs they have long harboured
  6888. in their breasts. This will not seem strange when you consider what sort
  6889. of people this country is inhabited by."
  6890.  
  6891. =The Iron Industry.=--Almost equally widespread was the art of iron
  6892. working--one of the earliest and most picturesque of colonial
  6893. industries. Lynn, Massachusetts, had a forge and skilled artisans within
  6894. fifteen years after the founding of Boston. The smelting of iron began
  6895. at New London and New Haven about 1658; in Litchfield county,
  6896. Connecticut, a few years later; at Great Barrington, Massachusetts, in
  6897. 1731; and near by at Lenox some thirty years after that. New Jersey had
  6898. iron works at Shrewsbury within ten years after the founding of the
  6899. colony in 1665. Iron forges appeared in the valleys of the Delaware and
  6900. the Susquehanna early in the following century, and iron masters then
  6901. laid the foundations of fortunes in a region destined to become one of
  6902. the great iron centers of the world. Virginia began iron working in the
  6903. year that saw the introduction of slavery. Although the industry soon
  6904. lapsed, it was renewed and flourished in the eighteenth century.
  6905. Governor Spotswood was called the "Tubal Cain" of the Old Dominion
  6906. because he placed the industry on a firm foundation. Indeed it seems
  6907. that every colony, except Georgia, had its iron foundry. Nails, wire,
  6908. metallic ware, chains, anchors, bar and pig iron were made in large
  6909. quantities; and Great Britain, by an act in 1750, encouraged the
  6910. colonists to export rough iron to the British Islands.
  6911.  
  6912. =Shipbuilding.=--Of all the specialized industries in the colonies,
  6913. shipbuilding was the most important. The abundance of fir for masts, oak
  6914. for timbers and boards, pitch for tar and turpentine, and hemp for rope
  6915. made the way of the shipbuilder easy. Early in the seventeenth century a
  6916. ship was built at New Amsterdam, and by the middle of that century
  6917. shipyards were scattered along the New England coast at Newburyport,
  6918. Salem, New Bedford, Newport, Providence, New London, and New Haven.
  6919. Yards at Albany and Poughkeepsie in New York built ships for the trade
  6920. of that colony with England and the Indies. Wilmington and Philadelphia
  6921. soon entered the race and outdistanced New York, though unable to equal
  6922. the pace set by New England. While Maryland, Virginia, and South
  6923. Carolina also built ships, Southern interest was mainly confined to the
  6924. lucrative business of producing ship materials: fir, cedar, hemp, and
  6925. tar.
  6926.  
  6927. =Fishing.=--The greatest single economic resource of New England outside
  6928. of agriculture was the fisheries. This industry, started by hardy
  6929. sailors from Europe, long before the landing of the Pilgrims, flourished
  6930. under the indomitable seamanship of the Puritans, who labored with the
  6931. net and the harpoon in almost every quarter of the Atlantic. "Look,"
  6932. exclaimed Edmund Burke, in the House of Commons, "at the manner in
  6933. which the people of New England have of late carried on the whale
  6934. fishery. Whilst we follow them among the tumbling mountains of ice and
  6935. behold them penetrating into the deepest frozen recesses of Hudson's Bay
  6936. and Davis's Straits, while we are looking for them beneath the arctic
  6937. circle, we hear that they have pierced into the opposite region of polar
  6938. cold, that they are at the antipodes and engaged under the frozen
  6939. serpent of the south.... Nor is the equinoctial heat more discouraging
  6940. to them than the accumulated winter of both poles. We know that, whilst
  6941. some of them draw the line and strike the harpoon on the coast of
  6942. Africa, others run the longitude and pursue their gigantic game along
  6943. the coast of Brazil. No sea but what is vexed by their fisheries. No
  6944. climate that is not witness to their toils. Neither the perseverance of
  6945. Holland nor the activity of France nor the dexterous and firm sagacity
  6946. of English enterprise ever carried this most perilous mode of hard
  6947. industry to the extent to which it has been pushed by this recent
  6948. people."
  6949.  
  6950. The influence of the business was widespread. A large and lucrative
  6951. European trade was built upon it. The better quality of the fish caught
  6952. for food was sold in the markets of Spain, Portugal, and Italy, or
  6953. exchanged for salt, lemons, and raisins for the American market. The
  6954. lower grades of fish were carried to the West Indies for slave
  6955. consumption, and in part traded for sugar and molasses, which furnished
  6956. the raw materials for the thriving rum industry of New England. These
  6957. activities, in turn, stimulated shipbuilding, steadily enlarging the
  6958. demand for fishing and merchant craft of every kind and thus keeping the
  6959. shipwrights, calkers, rope makers, and other artisans of the seaport
  6960. towns rushed with work. They also increased trade with the mother
  6961. country for, out of the cash collected in the fish markets of Europe and
  6962. the West Indies, the colonists paid for English manufactures. So an
  6963. ever-widening circle of American enterprise centered around this single
  6964. industry, the nursery of seamanship and the maritime spirit.
  6965.  
  6966. =Oceanic Commerce and American Merchants.=--All through the eighteenth
  6967. century, the commerce of the American colonies spread in every direction
  6968. until it rivaled in the number of people employed, the capital engaged,
  6969. and the profits gleaned, the commerce of European nations. A modern
  6970. historian has said: "The enterprising merchants of New England developed
  6971. a network of trade routes that covered well-nigh half the world." This
  6972. commerce, destined to be of such significance in the conflict with the
  6973. mother country, presented, broadly speaking, two aspects.
  6974.  
  6975. On the one side, it involved the export of raw materials and
  6976. agricultural produce. The Southern colonies produced for shipping,
  6977. tobacco, rice, tar, pitch, and pine; the Middle colonies, grain, flour,
  6978. furs, lumber, and salt pork; New England, fish, flour, rum, furs, shoes,
  6979. and small articles of manufacture. The variety of products was in fact
  6980. astounding. A sarcastic writer, while sneering at the idea of an
  6981. American union, once remarked of colonial trade: "What sort of dish will
  6982. you make? New England will throw in fish and onions. The middle states,
  6983. flax-seed and flour. Maryland and Virginia will add tobacco. North
  6984. Carolina, pitch, tar, and turpentine. South Carolina, rice and indigo,
  6985. and Georgia will sprinkle the whole composition with sawdust. Such an
  6986. absurd jumble will you make if you attempt to form a union among such
  6987. discordant materials as the thirteen British provinces."
  6988.  
  6989. On the other side, American commerce involved the import trade,
  6990. consisting principally of English and continental manufactures, tea, and
  6991. "India goods." Sugar and molasses, brought from the West Indies,
  6992. supplied the flourishing distilleries of Massachusetts, Rhode Island,
  6993. and Connecticut. The carriage of slaves from Africa to the Southern
  6994. colonies engaged hundreds of New England's sailors and thousands of
  6995. pounds of her capital.
  6996.  
  6997. The disposition of imported goods in the colonies, though in part
  6998. controlled by English factors located in America, employed also a large
  6999. and important body of American merchants like the Willings and Morrises
  7000. of Philadelphia; the Amorys, Hancocks, and Faneuils of Boston; and the
  7001. Livingstons and Lows of New York. In their zeal and enterprise, they
  7002. were worthy rivals of their English competitors, so celebrated for
  7003. world-wide commercial operations. Though fully aware of the advantages
  7004. they enjoyed in British markets and under the protection of the British
  7005. navy, the American merchants were high-spirited and mettlesome, ready to
  7006. contend with royal officers in order to shield American interests
  7007. against outside interference.
  7008.  
  7009. [Illustration: THE DUTCH WEST INDIA WAREHOUSE IN NEW AMSTERDAM
  7010. (NEW YORK CITY)]
  7011.  
  7012. Measured against the immense business of modern times, colonial commerce
  7013. seems perhaps trivial. That, however, is not the test of its
  7014. significance. It must be considered in relation to the growth of English
  7015. colonial trade in its entirety--a relation which can be shown by a few
  7016. startling figures. The whole export trade of England, including that to
  7017. the colonies, was, in 1704, $6,509,000. On the eve of the American
  7018. Revolution, namely, in 1772, English exports to the American colonies
  7019. alone amounted to $6,024,000; in other words, almost as much as the
  7020. whole foreign business of England two generations before. At the first
  7021. date, colonial trade was but one-twelfth of the English export business;
  7022. at the second date, it was considerably more than one-third. In 1704,
  7023. Pennsylvania bought in English markets goods to the value of $11,459; in
  7024. 1772 the purchases of the same colony amounted to $507,909. In short,
  7025. Pennsylvania imports increased fifty times within sixty-eight years,
  7026. amounting in 1772 to almost the entire export trade of England to the
  7027. colonies at the opening of the century. The American colonies were
  7028. indeed a great source of wealth to English merchants.
  7029.  
  7030. =Intercolonial Commerce.=--Although the bad roads of colonial times made
  7031. overland transportation difficult and costly, the many rivers and
  7032. harbors along the coast favored a lively water-borne trade among the
  7033. colonies. The Connecticut, Hudson, Delaware, and Susquehanna rivers in
  7034. the North and the many smaller rivers in the South made it possible for
  7035. goods to be brought from, and carried to, the interior regions in little
  7036. sailing vessels with comparative ease. Sloops laden with manufactures,
  7037. domestic and foreign, collected at some city like Providence, New York,
  7038. or Philadelphia, skirted the coasts, visited small ports, and sailed up
  7039. the navigable rivers to trade with local merchants who had for exchange
  7040. the raw materials which they had gathered in from neighboring farms.
  7041. Larger ships carried the grain, live stock, cloth, and hardware of New
  7042. England to the Southern colonies, where they were traded for tobacco,
  7043. leather, tar, and ship timber. From the harbors along the Connecticut
  7044. shores there were frequent sailings down through Long Island Sound to
  7045. Maryland, Virginia, and the distant Carolinas.
  7046.  
  7047. =Growth of Towns.=--In connection with this thriving trade and industry
  7048. there grew up along the coast a number of prosperous commercial centers
  7049. which were soon reckoned among the first commercial towns of the whole
  7050. British empire, comparing favorably in numbers and wealth with such
  7051. ports as Liverpool and Bristol. The statistical records of that time are
  7052. mainly guesses; but we know that Philadelphia stood first in size among
  7053. these towns. Serving as the port of entry for Pennsylvania, Delaware,
  7054. and western Jersey, it had drawn within its borders, just before the
  7055. Revolution, about 25,000 inhabitants. Boston was second in rank, with
  7056. somewhat more than 20,000 people. New York, the "commercial capital of
  7057. Connecticut and old East Jersey," was slightly smaller than Boston, but
  7058. growing at a steady rate. The fourth town in size was Charleston, South
  7059. Carolina, with about 10,000 inhabitants. Newport in Rhode Island, a
  7060. center of rum manufacture and shipping, stood fifth, with a population
  7061. of about 7000. Baltimore and Norfolk were counted as "considerable
  7062. towns." In the interior, Hartford in Connecticut, Lancaster and York in
  7063. Pennsylvania, and Albany in New York, with growing populations and
  7064. increasing trade, gave prophecy of an urban America away from the
  7065. seaboard. The other towns were straggling villages. Williamsburg,
  7066. Virginia, for example, had about two hundred houses, in which dwelt a
  7067. dozen families of the gentry and a few score of tradesmen. Inland county
  7068. seats often consisted of nothing more than a log courthouse, a prison,
  7069. and one wretched inn to house judges, lawyers, and litigants during the
  7070. sessions of the court.
  7071.  
  7072. The leading towns exercised an influence on colonial opinion all out of
  7073. proportion to their population. They were the centers of wealth, for one
  7074. thing; of the press and political activity, for another. Merchants and
  7075. artisans could readily take concerted action on public questions arising
  7076. from their commercial operations. The towns were also centers for news,
  7077. gossip, religious controversy, and political discussion. In the market
  7078. places the farmers from the countryside learned of British policies and
  7079. laws, and so, mingling with the townsmen, were drawn into the main
  7080. currents of opinion which set in toward colonial nationalism and
  7081. independence.
  7082.  
  7083.  
  7084. =References=
  7085.  
  7086. J. Bishop, _History of American Manufactures_ (2 vols.).
  7087.  
  7088. E.L. Bogart, _Economic History of the United States_.
  7089.  
  7090. P.A. Bruce, _Economic History of Virginia_ (2 vols.).
  7091.  
  7092. E. Semple, _American History and Its Geographical Conditions_.
  7093.  
  7094. W. Weeden, _Economic and Social History of New England_. (2 vols.).
  7095.  
  7096.  
  7097. =Questions=
  7098.  
  7099. 1. Is land in your community parceled out into small farms? Contrast the
  7100. system in your community with the feudal system of land tenure.
  7101.  
  7102. 2. Are any things owned and used in common in your community? Why did
  7103. common tillage fail in colonial times?
  7104.  
  7105. 3. Describe the elements akin to feudalism which were introduced in the
  7106. colonies.
  7107.  
  7108. 4. Explain the success of freehold tillage.
  7109.  
  7110. 5. Compare the life of the planter with that of the farmer.
  7111.  
  7112. 6. How far had the western frontier advanced by 1776?
  7113.  
  7114. 7. What colonial industry was mainly developed by women? Why was it very
  7115. important both to the Americans and to the English?
  7116.  
  7117. 8. What were the centers for iron working? Ship building?
  7118.  
  7119. 9. Explain how the fisheries affected many branches of trade and
  7120. industry.
  7121.  
  7122. 10. Show how American trade formed a vital part of English business.
  7123.  
  7124. 11. How was interstate commerce mainly carried on?
  7125.  
  7126. 12. What were the leading towns? Did they compare in importance with
  7127. British towns of the same period?
  7128.  
  7129.  
  7130. =Research Topics=
  7131.  
  7132. =Land Tenure.=--Coman, _Industrial History_ (rev. ed.), pp. 32-38.
  7133. Special reference: Bruce, _Economic History of Virginia_, Vol. I, Chap.
  7134. VIII.
  7135.  
  7136. =Tobacco Planting in Virginia.=--Callender, _Economic History of the
  7137. United States_, pp. 22-28.
  7138.  
  7139. =Colonial Agriculture.=--Coman, pp. 48-63. Callender, pp. 69-74.
  7140. Reference: J.R.H. Moore, _Industrial History of the American People_,
  7141. pp. 131-162.
  7142.  
  7143. =Colonial Manufactures.=--Coman, pp. 63-73. Callender, pp. 29-44.
  7144. Special reference: Weeden, _Economic and Social History of New England_.
  7145.  
  7146. =Colonial Commerce.=--Coman, pp. 73-85. Callender, pp. 51-63, 78-84.
  7147. Moore, pp. 163-208. Lodge, _Short History of the English Colonies_, pp.
  7148. 409-412, 229-231, 312-314.
  7149.  
  7150.  
  7151.  
  7152.  
  7153. Chapter III
  7154.  
  7155. SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PROGRESS
  7156.  
  7157.  
  7158. Colonial life, crowded as it was with hard and unremitting toil, left
  7159. scant leisure for the cultivation of the arts and sciences. There was
  7160. little money in private purses or public treasuries to be dedicated to
  7161. schools, libraries, and museums. Few there were with time to read long
  7162. and widely, and fewer still who could devote their lives to things that
  7163. delight the eye and the mind. And yet, poor and meager as the
  7164. intellectual life of the colonists may seem by way of comparison, heroic
  7165. efforts were made in every community to lift the people above the plane
  7166. of mere existence. After the first clearings were opened in the forests
  7167. those efforts were redoubled, and with lengthening years told upon the
  7168. thought and spirit of the land. The appearance, during the struggle with
  7169. England, of an extraordinary group of leaders familiar with history,
  7170. political philosophy, and the arts of war, government, and diplomacy
  7171. itself bore eloquent testimony to the high quality of the American
  7172. intellect. No one, not even the most critical, can run through the
  7173. writings of distinguished Americans scattered from Massachusetts to
  7174. Georgia--the Adamses, Ellsworth, the Morrises, the Livingstons,
  7175. Hamilton, Franklin, Washington, Madison, Marshall, Henry, the Randolphs,
  7176. and the Pinckneys--without coming to the conclusion that there was
  7177. something in American colonial life which fostered minds of depth and
  7178. power. Women surmounted even greater difficulties than the men in the
  7179. process of self-education, and their keen interest in public issues is
  7180. evident in many a record like the _Letters_ of Mrs. John Adams to her
  7181. husband during the Revolution; the writings of Mrs. Mercy Otis Warren,
  7182. the sister of James Otis, who measured her pen with the British
  7183. propagandists; and the patriot newspapers founded and managed by women.
  7184.  
  7185.  
  7186. THE LEADERSHIP OF THE CHURCHES
  7187.  
  7188. In the intellectual life of America, the churches assumed a role of high
  7189. importance. There were abundant reasons for this. In many of the
  7190. colonies--Maryland, Pennsylvania, and New England--the religious impulse
  7191. had been one of the impelling motives in stimulating immigration. In all
  7192. the colonies, the clergy, at least in the beginning, formed the only
  7193. class with any leisure to devote to matters of the spirit. They preached
  7194. on Sundays and taught school on week days. They led in the discussion of
  7195. local problems and in the formation of political opinion, so much of
  7196. which was concerned with the relation between church and state. They
  7197. wrote books and pamphlets. They filled most of the chairs in the
  7198. colleges; under clerical guidance, intellectual and spiritual, the
  7199. Americans received their formal education. In several of the provinces
  7200. the Anglican Church was established by law. In New England the Puritans
  7201. were supreme, notwithstanding the efforts of the crown to overbear their
  7202. authority. In the Middle colonies, particularly, the multiplication of
  7203. sects made the dominance of any single denomination impossible; and in
  7204. all of them there was a growing diversity of faith, which promised in
  7205. time a separation of church and state and freedom of opinion.
  7206.  
  7207. =The Church of England.=--Virginia was the stronghold of the English
  7208. system of church and state. The Anglican faith and worship were
  7209. prescribed by law, sustained by taxes imposed on all, and favored by the
  7210. governor, the provincial councilors, and the richest planters. "The
  7211. Established Church," says Lodge, "was one of the appendages of the
  7212. Virginia aristocracy. They controlled the vestries and the ministers,
  7213. and the parish church stood not infrequently on the estate of the
  7214. planter who built and managed it." As in England, Catholics and
  7215. Protestant Dissenters were at first laid under heavy disabilities. Only
  7216. slowly and on sufferance were they admitted to the province; but when
  7217. once they were even covertly tolerated, they pressed steadily in, until,
  7218. by the Revolution, they outnumbered the adherents of the established
  7219. order.
  7220.  
  7221. The Church was also sanctioned by law and supported by taxes in the
  7222. Carolinas after 1704, and in Georgia after that colony passed directly
  7223. under the crown in 1754--this in spite of the fact that the majority of
  7224. the inhabitants were Dissenters. Against the protests of the Catholics
  7225. it was likewise established in Maryland. In New York, too,
  7226. notwithstanding the resistance of the Dutch, the Established Church was
  7227. fostered by the provincial officials, and the Anglicans, embracing about
  7228. one-fifteenth of the population, exerted an influence all out of
  7229. proportion to their numbers.
  7230.  
  7231. Many factors helped to enhance the power of the English Church in the
  7232. colonies. It was supported by the British government and the official
  7233. class sent out to the provinces. Its bishops and archbishops in England
  7234. were appointed by the king, and its faith and service were set forth by
  7235. acts of Parliament. Having its seat of power in the English monarchy, it
  7236. could hold its clergy and missionaries loyal to the crown and so
  7237. counteract to some extent the independent spirit that was growing up in
  7238. America. The Church, always a strong bulwark of the state, therefore had
  7239. a political role to play here as in England. Able bishops and far-seeing
  7240. leaders firmly grasped this fact about the middle of the eighteenth
  7241. century and redoubled their efforts to augment the influence of the
  7242. Church in provincial affairs. Unhappily for their plans they failed to
  7243. calculate in advance the effect of their methods upon dissenting
  7244. Protestants, who still cherished memories of bitter religious conflicts
  7245. in the mother country.
  7246.  
  7247. =Puritanism in New England.=--If the established faith made for imperial
  7248. unity, the same could not be said of Puritanism. The Plymouth Pilgrims
  7249. had cast off all allegiance to the Anglican Church and established a
  7250. separate and independent congregation before they came to America. The
  7251. Puritans, essaying at first the task of reformers within the Church,
  7252. soon after their arrival in Massachusetts, likewise flung off their yoke
  7253. of union with the Anglicans. In each town a separate congregation was
  7254. organized, the male members choosing the pastor, the teachers, and the
  7255. other officers. They also composed the voters in the town meeting, where
  7256. secular matters were determined. The union of church and government was
  7257. thus complete, and uniformity of faith and life prescribed by law and
  7258. enforced by civil authorities; but this worked for local autonomy
  7259. instead of imperial unity.
  7260.  
  7261. The clergy became a powerful class, dominant through their learning and
  7262. their fearful denunciations of the faithless. They wrote the books for
  7263. the people to read--the famous Cotton Mather having three hundred and
  7264. eighty-three books and pamphlets to his credit. In cooperation with the
  7265. civil officers they enforced a strict observance of the Puritan
  7266. Sabbath--a day of rest that began at six o'clock on Saturday evening and
  7267. lasted until sunset on Sunday. All work, all trading, all amusement, and
  7268. all worldly conversation were absolutely prohibited during those hours.
  7269. A thoughtless maid servant who for some earthly reason smiled in church
  7270. was in danger of being banished as a vagabond. Robert Pike, a devout
  7271. Puritan, thinking the sun had gone to rest, ventured forth on horseback
  7272. one Sunday evening and was luckless enough to have a ray of light strike
  7273. him through a rift in the clouds. The next day he was brought into court
  7274. and fined for "his ungodly conduct." With persons accused of witchcraft
  7275. the Puritans were still more ruthless. When a mania of persecution swept
  7276. over Massachusetts in 1692, eighteen people were hanged, one was pressed
  7277. to death, many suffered imprisonment, and two died in jail.
  7278.  
  7279. Just about this time, however, there came a break in the uniformity of
  7280. Puritan rule. The crown and church in England had long looked upon it
  7281. with disfavor, and in 1684 King Charles II annulled the old charter of
  7282. the Massachusetts Bay Company. A new document issued seven years later
  7283. wrested from the Puritans of the colony the right to elect their own
  7284. governor and reserved the power of appointment to the king. It also
  7285. abolished the rule limiting the suffrage to church members, substituting
  7286. for it a simple property qualification. Thus a royal governor and an
  7287. official family, certain to be Episcopalian in faith and monarchist in
  7288. sympathies, were forced upon Massachusetts; and members of all religious
  7289. denominations, if they had the required amount of property, were
  7290. permitted to take part in elections. By this act in the name of the
  7291. crown, the Puritan monopoly was broken down in Massachusetts, and that
  7292. province was brought into line with Connecticut, Rhode Island, and New
  7293. Hampshire, where property, not religious faith, was the test for the
  7294. suffrage.
  7295.  
  7296. =Growth of Religious Toleration.=--Though neither the Anglicans of
  7297. Virginia nor the Puritans of Massachusetts believed in toleration for
  7298. other denominations, that principle was strictly applied in Rhode
  7299. Island. There, under the leadership of Roger Williams, liberty in
  7300. matters of conscience was established in the beginning. Maryland, by
  7301. granting in 1649 freedom to those who professed to believe in Jesus
  7302. Christ, opened its gates to all Christians; and Pennsylvania, true to
  7303. the tenets of the Friends, gave freedom of conscience to those "who
  7304. confess and acknowledge the one Almighty and Eternal God to be the
  7305. creator, upholder, and ruler of the World." By one circumstance or
  7306. another, the Middle colonies were thus early characterized by diversity
  7307. rather than uniformity of opinion. Dutch Protestants, Huguenots,
  7308. Quakers, Baptists, Presbyterians, New Lights, Moravians, Lutherans,
  7309. Catholics, and other denominations became too strongly intrenched and
  7310. too widely scattered to permit any one of them to rule, if it had
  7311. desired to do so. There were communities and indeed whole sections where
  7312. one or another church prevailed, but in no colony was a legislature
  7313. steadily controlled by a single group. Toleration encouraged diversity,
  7314. and diversity, in turn, worked for greater toleration.
  7315.  
  7316. The government and faith of the dissenting denominations conspired with
  7317. economic and political tendencies to draw America away from the English
  7318. state. Presbyterians, Quakers, Baptists, and Puritans had no hierarchy
  7319. of bishops and archbishops to bind them to the seat of power in London.
  7320. Neither did they look to that metropolis for guidance in interpreting
  7321. articles of faith. Local self-government in matters ecclesiastical
  7322. helped to train them for local self-government in matters political. The
  7323. spirit of independence which led Dissenters to revolt in the Old World,
  7324. nourished as it was amid favorable circumstances in the New World, made
  7325. them all the more zealous in the defense of every right against
  7326. authority imposed from without.
  7327.  
  7328.  
  7329. SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES
  7330.  
  7331. =Religion and Local Schools.=--One of the first cares of each Protestant
  7332. denomination was the education of the children in the faith. In this
  7333. work the Bible became the center of interest. The English version was
  7334. indeed the one book of the people. Farmers, shopkeepers, and artisans,
  7335. whose life had once been bounded by the daily routine of labor, found in
  7336. the Scriptures not only an inspiration to religious conduct, but also a
  7337. book of romance, travel, and history. "Legend and annal," says John
  7338. Richard Green, "war-song and psalm, state-roll and biography, the mighty
  7339. voices of prophets, the parables of Evangelists, stories of mission
  7340. journeys, of perils by sea and among the heathen, philosophic arguments,
  7341. apocalyptic visions, all were flung broadcast over minds unoccupied for
  7342. the most part by any rival learning.... As a mere literary monument, the
  7343. English version of the Bible remains the noblest example of the English
  7344. tongue." It was the King James version just from the press that the
  7345. Pilgrims brought across the sea with them.
  7346.  
  7347. For the authority of the Established Church was substituted the
  7348. authority of the Scriptures. The Puritans devised a catechism based upon
  7349. their interpretation of the Bible, and, very soon after their arrival in
  7350. America, they ordered all parents and masters of servants to be diligent
  7351. in seeing that their children and wards were taught to read religious
  7352. works and give answers to the religious questions. Massachusetts was
  7353. scarcely twenty years old before education of this character was
  7354. declared to be compulsory, and provision was made for public schools
  7355. where those not taught at home could receive instruction in reading and
  7356. writing.
  7357.  
  7358. [Illustration: A PAGE FROM A FAMOUS SCHOOLBOOK
  7359.  
  7360.  
  7361.      A In ADAM'S Fall
  7362.        We sinned all.
  7363.  
  7364.      B Heaven to find,
  7365.        The Bible Mind.
  7366.  
  7367.      C Christ crucify'd
  7368.        For sinners dy'd.
  7369.  
  7370.      D The Deluge drown'd
  7371.        The Earth around.
  7372.  
  7373.      E ELIJAH hid
  7374.        by Ravens fed.
  7375.  
  7376.      F The judgment made
  7377.        FELIX afraid.]
  7378.  
  7379.  
  7380.  
  7381. Outside of New England the idea of compulsory education was not regarded
  7382. with the same favor; but the whole land was nevertheless dotted with
  7383. little schools kept by "dames, itinerant teachers, or local parsons."
  7384. Whether we turn to the life of Franklin in the North or Washington in
  7385. the South, we read of tiny schoolhouses, where boys, and sometimes
  7386. girls, were taught to read and write. Where there were no schools,
  7387. fathers and mothers of the better kind gave their children the rudiments
  7388. of learning. Though illiteracy was widespread, there is evidence to show
  7389. that the diffusion of knowledge among the masses was making steady
  7390. progress all through the eighteenth century.
  7391.  
  7392. =Religion and Higher Learning.=--Religious motives entered into the
  7393. establishment of colleges as well as local schools. Harvard, founded in
  7394. 1636, and Yale, opened in 1718, were intended primarily to train
  7395. "learned and godly ministers" for the Puritan churches of New England.
  7396. To the far North, Dartmouth, chartered in 1769, was designed first as a
  7397. mission to the Indians and then as a college for the sons of New England
  7398. farmers preparing to preach, teach, or practice law. The College of New
  7399. Jersey, organized in 1746 and removed to Princeton eleven years later,
  7400. was sustained by the Presbyterians. Two colleges looked to the
  7401. Established Church as their source of inspiration and support: William
  7402. and Mary, founded in Virginia in 1693, and King's College, now Columbia
  7403. University, chartered by King George II in 1754, on an appeal from the
  7404. New York Anglicans, alarmed at the growth of religious dissent and the
  7405. "republican tendencies" of the age. Two colleges revealed a drift away
  7406. from sectarianism. Brown, established in Rhode Island in 1764, and the
  7407. Philadelphia Academy, forerunner of the University of Pennsylvania,
  7408. organized by Benjamin Franklin, reflected the spirit of toleration by
  7409. giving representation on the board of trustees to several religious
  7410. sects. It was Franklin's idea that his college should prepare young men
  7411. to serve in public office as leaders of the people and ornaments to
  7412. their country.
  7413.  
  7414. =Self-education in America.=--Important as were these institutions of
  7415. learning, higher education was by no means confined within their walls.
  7416. Many well-to-do families sent their sons to Oxford or Cambridge in
  7417. England. Private tutoring in the home was common. In still more families
  7418. there were intelligent children who grew up in the great colonial school
  7419. of adversity and who trained themselves until, in every contest of mind
  7420. and wit, they could vie with the sons of Harvard or William and Mary or
  7421. any other college. Such, for example, was Benjamin Franklin, whose
  7422. charming autobiography, in addition to being an American classic, is a
  7423. fine record of self-education. His formal training in the classroom was
  7424. limited to a few years at a local school in Boston; but his
  7425. self-education continued throughout his life. He early manifested a zeal
  7426. for reading, and devoured, he tells us, his father's dry library on
  7427. theology, Bunyan's works, Defoe's writings, Plutarch's _Lives_, Locke's
  7428. _On the Human Understanding_, and innumerable volumes dealing with
  7429. secular subjects. His literary style, perhaps the best of his time,
  7430. Franklin acquired by the diligent and repeated analysis of the
  7431. _Spectator_. In a life crowded with labors, he found time to read widely
  7432. in natural science and to win single-handed recognition at the hands of
  7433. European savants for his discoveries in electricity. By his own efforts
  7434. he "attained an acquaintance" with Latin, Italian, French, and Spanish,
  7435. thus unconsciously preparing himself for the day when he was to speak
  7436. for all America at the court of the king of France.
  7437.  
  7438. Lesser lights than Franklin, educated by the same process, were found
  7439. all over colonial America. From this fruitful source of native ability,
  7440. self-educated, the American cause drew great strength in the trials of
  7441. the Revolution.
  7442.  
  7443.  
  7444. THE COLONIAL PRESS
  7445.  
  7446. =The Rise of the Newspaper.=--The evolution of American democracy into a
  7447. government by public opinion, enlightened by the open discussion of
  7448. political questions, was in no small measure aided by a free press. That
  7449. too, like education, was a matter of slow growth. A printing press was
  7450. brought to Massachusetts in 1639, but it was put in charge of an
  7451. official censor and limited to the publication of religious works. Forty
  7452. years elapsed before the first newspaper appeared, bearing the curious
  7453. title, _Public Occurrences Both Foreign and Domestic_, and it had not
  7454. been running very long before the government of Massachusetts suppressed
  7455. it for discussing a political question.
  7456.  
  7457. Publishing, indeed, seemed to be a precarious business; but in 1704
  7458. there came a second venture in journalism, _The Boston News-Letter_,
  7459. which proved to be a more lasting enterprise because it refrained from
  7460. criticizing the authorities. Still the public interest languished. When
  7461. Franklin's brother, James, began to issue his _New England Courant_
  7462. about 1720, his friends sought to dissuade him, saying that one
  7463. newspaper was enough for America. Nevertheless he continued it; and his
  7464. confidence in the future was rewarded. In nearly every colony a gazette
  7465. or chronicle appeared within the next thirty years or more. Benjamin
  7466. Franklin was able to record in 1771 that America had twenty-five
  7467. newspapers. Boston led with five. Philadelphia had three: two in English
  7468. and one in German.
  7469.  
  7470. =Censorship and Restraints on the Press.=--The idea of printing,
  7471. unlicensed by the government and uncontrolled by the church, was,
  7472. however, slow in taking form. The founders of the American colonies had
  7473. never known what it was to have the free and open publication of books,
  7474. pamphlets, broadsides, and newspapers. When the art of printing was
  7475. first discovered, the control of publishing was vested in clerical
  7476. authorities. After the establishment of the State Church in England in
  7477. the reign of Elizabeth, censorship of the press became a part of royal
  7478. prerogative. Printing was restricted to Oxford, Cambridge, and London;
  7479. and no one could publish anything without previous approval of the
  7480. official censor. When the Puritans were in power, the popular party,
  7481. with a zeal which rivaled that of the crown, sought, in turn, to silence
  7482. royalist and clerical writers by a vigorous censorship. After the
  7483. restoration of the monarchy, control of the press was once more placed
  7484. in royal hands, where it remained until 1695, when Parliament, by
  7485. failing to renew the licensing act, did away entirely with the official
  7486.  
  7487. censorship. By that time political parties were so powerful and so
  7488. active and printing presses were so numerous that official review of all
  7489. published matter became a sheer impossibility.
  7490.  
  7491. In America, likewise, some troublesome questions arose in connection
  7492. with freedom of the press. The Puritans of Massachusetts were no less
  7493. anxious than King Charles or the Archbishop of London to shut out from
  7494. the prying eyes of the people all literature "not mete for them to
  7495. read"; and so they established a system of official licensing for
  7496. presses, which lasted until 1755. In the other colonies where there was
  7497. more diversity of opinion and publishers could set up in business with
  7498. impunity, they were nevertheless constantly liable to arrest for
  7499. printing anything displeasing to the colonial governments. In 1721 the
  7500. editor of the _Mercury_ in Philadelphia was called before the
  7501. proprietary council and ordered to apologize for a political article,
  7502. and for a later offense of a similar character he was thrown into jail.
  7503. A still more famous case was that of Peter Zenger, a New York publisher,
  7504. who was arrested in 1735 for criticising the administration. Lawyers who
  7505. ventured to defend the unlucky editor were deprived of their licenses to
  7506. practice, and it became necessary to bring an attorney all the way from
  7507. Philadelphia. By this time the tension of feeling was high, and the
  7508. approbation of the public was forthcoming when the lawyer for the
  7509. defense exclaimed to the jury that the very cause of liberty itself, not
  7510. that of the poor printer, was on trial! The verdict for Zenger, when it
  7511. finally came, was the signal for an outburst of popular rejoicing.
  7512. Already the people of King George's province knew how precious a thing
  7513. is the freedom of the press.
  7514.  
  7515. Thanks to the schools, few and scattered as they were, and to the
  7516. vigilance of parents, a very large portion, perhaps nearly one-half, of
  7517. the colonists could read. Through the newspapers, pamphlets, and
  7518. almanacs that streamed from the types, the people could follow the
  7519. course of public events and grasp the significance of political
  7520. arguments. An American opinion was in the process of making--an
  7521. independent opinion nourished by the press and enriched by discussions
  7522. around the fireside and at the taverns. When the day of resistance to
  7523. British rule came, government by opinion was at hand. For every person
  7524. who could hear the voice of Patrick Henry and Samuel Adams, there were a
  7525. thousand who could see their appeals on the printed page. Men who had
  7526. spelled out their letters while poring over Franklin's _Poor Richard's
  7527. Almanac_ lived to read Thomas Paine's thrilling call to arms.
  7528.  
  7529.  
  7530. THE EVOLUTION IN POLITICAL INSTITUTIONS
  7531.  
  7532. Two very distinct lines of development appeared in colonial politics.
  7533. The one, exalting royal rights and aristocratic privileges, was the
  7534. drift toward provincial government through royal officers appointed in
  7535. England. The other, leading toward democracy and self-government, was
  7536. the growth in the power of the popular legislative assembly. Each
  7537. movement gave impetus to the other, with increasing force during the
  7538. passing years, until at last the final collision between the two ideals
  7539. of government came in the war of independence.
  7540.  
  7541. =The Royal Provinces.=--Of the thirteen English colonies eight were
  7542. royal provinces in 1776, with governors appointed by the king. Virginia
  7543. passed under the direct rule of the crown in 1624, when the charter of
  7544. the London Company was annulled. The Massachusetts Bay corporation lost
  7545. its charter in 1684, and the new instrument granted seven years later
  7546. stripped the colonists of the right to choose their chief executive. In
  7547. the early decades of the eighteenth century both the Carolinas were
  7548. given the provincial instead of the proprietary form. New Hampshire,
  7549. severed from Massachusetts in 1679, and Georgia, surrendered by the
  7550. trustees in 1752, went into the hands of the crown. New York,
  7551. transferred to the Duke of York on its capture from the Dutch in 1664,
  7552. became a province when he took the title of James II in 1685. New
  7553. Jersey, after remaining for nearly forty years under proprietors, was
  7554. brought directly under the king in 1702. Maryland, Pennsylvania, and
  7555. Delaware, although they retained their proprietary character until the
  7556. Revolution, were in some respects like the royal colonies, for their
  7557. governors were as independent of popular choice as were the appointees
  7558. of King George. Only two colonies, Rhode Island and Connecticut,
  7559. retained full self-government on the eve of the Revolution. They alone
  7560. had governors and legislatures entirely of their own choosing.
  7561.  
  7562. The chief officer of the royal province was the governor, who enjoyed
  7563. high and important powers which he naturally sought to augment at every
  7564. turn. He enforced the laws and, usually with the consent of a council,
  7565. appointed the civil and military officers. He granted pardons and
  7566. reprieves; he was head of the highest court; he was commander-in-chief
  7567. of the militia; he levied troops for defense and enforced martial law in
  7568. time of invasion, war, and rebellion. In all the provinces, except
  7569. Massachusetts, he named the councilors who composed the upper house of
  7570. the legislature and was likely to choose those who favored his claims.
  7571. He summoned, adjourned, and dissolved the popular assembly, or the lower
  7572. house; he laid before it the projects of law desired by the crown; and
  7573. he vetoed measures which he thought objectionable. Here were in America
  7574. all the elements of royal prerogative against which Hampden had
  7575. protested and Cromwell had battled in England.
  7576.  
  7577. [Illustration: THE ROYAL GOVERNOR'S PALACE AT NEW BERNE]
  7578.  
  7579. The colonial governors were generally surrounded by a body of
  7580. office-seekers and hunters for land grants. Some of them were noblemen
  7581. of broken estates who had come to America to improve their fortunes. The
  7582. pretensions of this circle grated on colonial nerves, and privileges
  7583. granted to them, often at the expense of colonists, did much to deepen
  7584. popular antipathy to the British government. Favors extended to
  7585. adherents of the Established Church displeased Dissenters. The
  7586. reappearance of this formidable union of church and state, from which
  7587. they had fled, stirred anew the ancient wrath against that combination.
  7588.  
  7589. =The Colonial Assembly.=--Coincident with the drift toward
  7590. administration through royal governors was the second and opposite
  7591. tendency, namely, a steady growth in the practice of self-government.
  7592. The voters of England had long been accustomed to share in taxation and
  7593. law-making through representatives in Parliament, and the idea was early
  7594. introduced in America. Virginia was only twelve years old (1619) when
  7595. its first representative assembly appeared. As the towns of
  7596. Massachusetts multiplied and it became impossible for all the members of
  7597. the corporation to meet at one place, the representative idea was
  7598. adopted, in 1633. The river towns of Connecticut formed a representative
  7599. system under their "Fundamental Orders" of 1639, and the entire colony
  7600. was given a royal charter in 1662. Generosity, as well as practical
  7601. considerations, induced such proprietors as Lord Baltimore and William
  7602. Penn to invite their colonists to share in the government as soon as any
  7603. considerable settlements were made. Thus by one process or another every
  7604. one of the colonies secured a popular assembly.
  7605.  
  7606. It is true that in the provision for popular elections, the suffrage was
  7607. finally restricted to property owners or taxpayers, with a leaning
  7608. toward the freehold qualification. In Virginia, the rural voter had to
  7609. be a freeholder owning at least fifty acres of land, if there was no
  7610. house on it, or twenty-five acres with a house twenty-five feet square.
  7611. In Massachusetts, the voter for member of the assembly under the charter
  7612. of 1691 had to be a freeholder of an estate worth forty shillings a year
  7613. at least or of other property to the value of forty pounds sterling. In
  7614. Pennsylvania, the suffrage was granted to freeholders owning fifty acres
  7615. or more of land well seated, twelve acres cleared, and to other persons
  7616. worth at least fifty pounds in lawful money.
  7617.  
  7618. Restrictions like these undoubtedly excluded from the suffrage a very
  7619. considerable number of men, particularly the mechanics and artisans of
  7620. the towns, who were by no means content with their position.
  7621. Nevertheless, it was relatively easy for any man to acquire a small
  7622. freehold, so cheap and abundant was land; and in fact a large proportion
  7623. of the colonists were land owners. Thus the assemblies, in spite of the
  7624. limited suffrage, acquired a democratic tone.
  7625.  
  7626. The popular character of the assemblies increased as they became engaged
  7627. in battles with the royal and proprietary governors. When called upon by
  7628. the executive to make provision for the support of the administration,
  7629. the legislature took advantage of the opportunity to make terms in the
  7630. interest of the taxpayers. It made annual, not permanent, grants of
  7631. money to pay official salaries and then insisted upon electing a
  7632. treasurer to dole it out. Thus the colonists learned some of the
  7633. mysteries of public finance, as well as the management of rapacious
  7634. officials. The legislature also used its power over money grants to
  7635. force the governor to sign bills which he would otherwise have vetoed.
  7636.  
  7637. =Contests between Legislatures and Governors.=--As may be imagined, many
  7638. and bitter were the contests between the royal and proprietary governors
  7639. and the colonial assemblies. Franklin relates an amusing story of how
  7640. the Pennsylvania assembly held in one hand a bill for the executive to
  7641. sign and, in the other hand, the money to pay his salary. Then, with sly
  7642. humor, Franklin adds: "Do not, my courteous reader, take pet at our
  7643. proprietary constitution for these our bargain and sale proceedings in
  7644. legislation. It is a happy country where justice and what was your own
  7645. before can be had for ready money. It is another addition to the value
  7646. of money and of course another spur to industry. Every land is not so
  7647. blessed."
  7648.  
  7649. It must not be thought, however, that every governor got off as easily
  7650. as Franklin's tale implies. On the contrary, the legislatures, like
  7651. Caesar, fed upon meat that made them great and steadily encroached upon
  7652. executive prerogatives as they tried out and found their strength. If
  7653. we may believe contemporary laments, the power of the crown in America
  7654. was diminishing when it was struck down altogether. In New York, the
  7655. friends of the governor complained in 1747 that "the inhabitants of
  7656. plantations are generally educated in republican principles; upon
  7657. republican principles all is conducted. Little more than a shadow of
  7658. royal authority remains in the Northern colonies." "Here," echoed the
  7659. governor of South Carolina, the following year, "levelling principles
  7660. prevail; the frame of the civil government is unhinged; a governor, if
  7661. he would be idolized, must betray his trust; the people have got their
  7662. whole administration in their hands; the election of the members of the
  7663. assembly is by ballot; not civil posts only, but all ecclesiastical
  7664. preferments, are in the disposal or election of the people."
  7665.  
  7666. Though baffled by the "levelling principles" of the colonial assemblies,
  7667. the governors did not give up the case as hopeless. Instead they evolved
  7668. a system of policy and action which they thought could bring the
  7669. obstinate provincials to terms. That system, traceable in their letters
  7670. to the government in London, consisted of three parts: (1) the royal
  7671. officers in the colonies were to be made independent of the legislatures
  7672. by taxes imposed by acts of Parliament; (2) a British standing army was
  7673. to be maintained in America; (3) the remaining colonial charters were to
  7674. be revoked and government by direct royal authority was to be enlarged.
  7675.  
  7676. Such a system seemed plausible enough to King George III and to many
  7677. ministers of the crown in London. With governors, courts, and an army
  7678. independent of the colonists, they imagined it would be easy to carry
  7679. out both royal orders and acts of Parliament. This reasoning seemed both
  7680. practical and logical. Nor was it founded on theory, for it came fresh
  7681. from the governors themselves. It was wanting in one respect only. It
  7682. failed to take account of the fact that the American people were growing
  7683. strong in the practice of self-government and could dispense with the
  7684. tutelage of the British ministry, no matter how excellent it might be or
  7685. how benevolent its intentions.
  7686.  
  7687.  
  7688. =References=
  7689.  
  7690. A.M. Earle, _Home Life in Colonial Days_.
  7691.  
  7692. A.L. Cross, _The Anglican Episcopate and the American Colonies_ (Harvard
  7693. Studies).
  7694.  
  7695. E.G. Dexter, _History of Education in the United States_.
  7696.  
  7697. C.A. Duniway, _Freedom of the Press in Massachusetts_.
  7698.  
  7699. Benjamin Franklin, _Autobiography_.
  7700.  
  7701. E.B. Greene, _The Provincial Governor_ (Harvard Studies).
  7702.  
  7703. A.E. McKinley, _The Suffrage Franchise in the Thirteen English Colonies_
  7704. (Pennsylvania University Studies).
  7705.  
  7706. M.C. Tyler, _History of American Literature during the Colonial Times_
  7707. (2 vols.).
  7708.  
  7709.  
  7710. =Questions=
  7711.  
  7712. 1. Why is leisure necessary for the production of art and literature?
  7713. How may leisure be secured?
  7714.  
  7715. 2. Explain the position of the church in colonial life.
  7716.  
  7717. 3. Contrast the political roles of Puritanism and the Established
  7718. Church.
  7719.  
  7720. 4. How did diversity of opinion work for toleration?
  7721.  
  7722. 5. Show the connection between religion and learning in colonial times.
  7723.  
  7724. 6. Why is a "free press" such an important thing to American democracy?
  7725.  
  7726. 7. Relate some of the troubles of early American publishers.
  7727.  
  7728. 8. Give the undemocratic features of provincial government.
  7729.  
  7730. 9. How did the colonial assemblies help to create an independent
  7731. American spirit, in spite of a restricted suffrage?
  7732.  
  7733. 10. Explain the nature of the contests between the governors and the
  7734. legislatures.
  7735.  
  7736.  
  7737. =Research Topics=
  7738.  
  7739. =Religious and Intellectual Life.=--Lodge, _Short History of the English
  7740. Colonies_: (1) in New England, pp. 418-438, 465-475; (2) in Virginia,
  7741. pp. 54-61, 87-89; (3) in Pennsylvania, pp. 232-237, 253-257; (4) in New
  7742. York, pp. 316-321. Interesting source materials in Hart, _American
  7743. History Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. II, pp. 255-275, 276-290.
  7744.  
  7745. =The Government of a Royal Province, Virginia.=--Lodge, pp. 43-50.
  7746. Special Reference: E.B. Greene, _The Provincial Governor_ (Harvard
  7747. Studies).
  7748.  
  7749. =The Government of a Proprietary Colony, Pennsylvania.=--Lodge, pp.
  7750. 230-232.
  7751.  
  7752. =Government in New England.=--Lodge, pp. 412-417.
  7753.  
  7754. =The Colonial Press.=--Special Reference: G.H. Payne, _History of
  7755. Journalism in the United States_ (1920).
  7756.  
  7757. =Colonial Life in General.=--John Fiske, _Old Virginia and Her
  7758. Neighbors_, Vol. II, pp. 174-269; Elson, _History of the United States_,
  7759. pp. 197-210.
  7760.  
  7761. =Colonial Government in General.=--Elson, pp. 210-216.
  7762.  
  7763.  
  7764.  
  7765.  
  7766. CHAPTER IV
  7767.  
  7768. THE DEVELOPMENT OF COLONIAL NATIONALISM
  7769.  
  7770.  
  7771. It is one of the well-known facts of history that a people loosely
  7772. united by domestic ties of a political and economic nature, even a
  7773. people torn by domestic strife, may be welded into a solid and compact
  7774. body by an attack from a foreign power. The imperative call to common
  7775. defense, the habit of sharing common burdens, the fusing force of common
  7776. service--these things, induced by the necessity of resisting outside
  7777. interference, act as an amalgam drawing together all elements, except,
  7778. perhaps, the most discordant. The presence of the enemy allays the most
  7779. virulent of quarrels, temporarily at least. "Politics," runs an old
  7780. saying, "stops at the water's edge."
  7781.  
  7782. This ancient political principle, so well understood in diplomatic
  7783. circles, applied nearly as well to the original thirteen American
  7784. colonies as to the countries of Europe. The necessity for common
  7785. defense, if not equally great, was certainly always pressing. Though it
  7786. has long been the practice to speak of the early settlements as founded
  7787. in "a wilderness," this was not actually the case. From the earliest
  7788. days of Jamestown on through the years, the American people were
  7789. confronted by dangers from without. All about their tiny settlements
  7790. were Indians, growing more and more hostile as the frontier advanced and
  7791. as sharp conflicts over land aroused angry passions. To the south and
  7792. west was the power of Spain, humiliated, it is true, by the disaster to
  7793. the Armada, but still presenting an imposing front to the British
  7794. empire. To the north and west were the French, ambitious, energetic,
  7795. imperial in temper, and prepared to contest on land and water the
  7796. advance of British dominion in America.
  7797.  
  7798.  
  7799. RELATIONS WITH THE INDIANS AND THE FRENCH
  7800.  
  7801. =Indian Affairs.=--It is difficult to make general statements about the
  7802. relations of the colonists to the Indians. The problem was presented in
  7803. different shape in different sections of America. It was not handled
  7804. according to any coherent or uniform plan by the British government,
  7805. which alone could speak for all the provinces at the same time. Neither
  7806. did the proprietors and the governors who succeeded one another, in an
  7807. irregular train, have the consistent policy or the matured experience
  7808. necessary for dealing wisely with Indian matters. As the difficulties
  7809. arose mainly on the frontiers, where the restless and pushing pioneers
  7810. were making their way with gun and ax, nearly everything that happened
  7811. was the result of chance rather than of calculation. A personal quarrel
  7812. between traders and an Indian, a jug of whisky, a keg of gunpowder, the
  7813. exchange of guns for furs, personal treachery, or a flash of bad temper
  7814. often set in motion destructive forces of the most terrible character.
  7815.  
  7816. On one side of the ledger may be set innumerable generous records--of
  7817. Squanto and Samoset teaching the Pilgrims the ways of the wilds; of
  7818. Roger Williams buying his lands from the friendly natives; or of William
  7819. Penn treating with them on his arrival in America. On the other side of
  7820. the ledger must be recorded many a cruel and bloody conflict as the
  7821. frontier rolled westward with deadly precision. The Pequots on the
  7822. Connecticut border, sensing their doom, fell upon the tiny settlements
  7823. with awful fury in 1637 only to meet with equally terrible punishment. A
  7824. generation later, King Philip, son of Massasoit, the friend of the
  7825. Pilgrims, called his tribesmen to a war of extermination which brought
  7826. the strength of all New England to the field and ended in his own
  7827. destruction. In New York, the relations with the Indians, especially
  7828. with the Algonquins and the Mohawks, were marked by periodic and
  7829. desperate wars. Virginia and her Southern neighbors suffered as did New
  7830. England. In 1622 Opecacano, a brother of Powhatan, the friend of the
  7831. Jamestown settlers, launched a general massacre; and in 1644 he
  7832. attempted a war of extermination. In 1675 the whole frontier was ablaze.
  7833. Nathaniel Bacon vainly attempted to stir the colonial governor to put up
  7834. an adequate defense and, failing in that plea, himself headed a revolt
  7835. and a successful expedition against the Indians. As the Virginia
  7836. outposts advanced into the Kentucky country, the strife with the natives
  7837. was transferred to that "dark and bloody ground"; while to the
  7838. southeast, a desperate struggle with the Tuscaroras called forth the
  7839. combined forces of the two Carolinas and Virginia.
  7840.  
  7841. [Illustration: _From an old print._
  7842.  
  7843. VIRGINIANS DEFENDING THEMSELVES AGAINST THE INDIANS]
  7844.  
  7845. From such horrors New Jersey and Delaware were saved on account of their
  7846. geographical location. Pennsylvania, consistently following a policy of
  7847. conciliation, was likewise spared until her western vanguard came into
  7848. full conflict with the allied French and Indians. Georgia, by clever
  7849. negotiations and treaties of alliance, managed to keep on fair terms
  7850. with her belligerent Cherokees and Creeks. But neither diplomacy nor
  7851. generosity could stay the inevitable conflict as the frontier advanced,
  7852. especially after the French soldiers enlisted the Indians in their
  7853. imperial enterprises. It was then that desultory fighting became general
  7854. warfare.
  7855.  
  7856. [Illustration: ENGLISH, FRENCH, AND SPANISH POSSESSIONS IN AMERICA,
  7857. 1750]
  7858.  
  7859. =Early Relations with the French.=--During the first decades of French
  7860. exploration and settlement in the St. Lawrence country, the English
  7861. colonies, engrossed with their own problems, gave little or no thought
  7862. to their distant neighbors. Quebec, founded in 1608, and Montreal, in
  7863. 1642, were too far away, too small in population, and too slight in
  7864. strength to be much of a menace to Boston, Hartford, or New York. It was
  7865. the statesmen in France and England, rather than the colonists in
  7866. America, who first grasped the significance of the slowly converging
  7867. empires in North America. It was the ambition of Louis XIV of France,
  7868. rather than the labors of Jesuit missionaries and French rangers, that
  7869. sounded the first note of colonial alarm.
  7870.  
  7871. Evidence of this lies in the fact that three conflicts between the
  7872. English and the French occurred before their advancing frontiers met on
  7873. the Pennsylvania border. King William's War (1689-1697), Queen Anne's
  7874. War (1701-1713), and King George's War (1744-1748) owed their origins
  7875. and their endings mainly to the intrigues and rivalries of European
  7876. powers, although they all involved the American colonies in struggles
  7877. with the French and their savage allies.
  7878.  
  7879. =The Clash in the Ohio Valley.=--The second of these wars had hardly
  7880. closed, however, before the English colonists themselves began to be
  7881. seriously alarmed about the rapidly expanding French dominion in the
  7882. West. Marquette and Joliet, who opened the Lake region, and La Salle,
  7883. who in 1682 had gone down the Mississippi to the Gulf, had been followed
  7884. by the builders of forts. In 1718, the French founded New Orleans, thus
  7885. taking possession of the gateway to the Mississippi as well as the St.
  7886. Lawrence. A few years later they built Fort Niagara; in 1731 they
  7887. occupied Crown Point; in 1749 they formally announced their dominion
  7888. over all the territory drained by the Ohio River. Having asserted this
  7889. lofty claim, they set out to make it good by constructing in the years
  7890. 1752-1754 Fort Le Boeuf near Lake Erie, Fort Venango on the upper
  7891. waters of the Allegheny, and Fort Duquesne at the junction of the
  7892. streams forming the Ohio. Though they were warned by George Washington,
  7893. in the name of the governor of Virginia, to keep out of territory "so
  7894. notoriously known to be property of the crown of Great Britain," the
  7895. French showed no signs of relinquishing their pretensions.
  7896.  
  7897. [Illustration: _From an old print_
  7898.  
  7899. BRADDOCK'S RETREAT]
  7900.  
  7901. =The Final Phase--the French and Indian War.=--Thus it happened that the
  7902. shot which opened the Seven Years' War, known in America as the French
  7903. and Indian War, was fired in the wilds of Pennsylvania. There began the
  7904. conflict that spread to Europe and even Asia and finally involved
  7905. England and Prussia, on the one side, and France, Austria, Spain, and
  7906. minor powers on the other. On American soil, the defeat of Braddock in
  7907. 1755 and Wolfe's exploit in capturing Quebec four years later were the
  7908. dramatic features. On the continent of Europe, England subsidized
  7909. Prussian arms to hold France at bay. In India, on the banks of the
  7910. Ganges, as on the banks of the St. Lawrence, British arms were
  7911. triumphant. Well could the historian write: "Conquests equaling in
  7912. rapidity and far surpassing in magnitude those of Cortes and Pizarro had
  7913. been achieved in the East." Well could the merchants of London declare
  7914. that under the administration of William Pitt, the imperial genius of
  7915. this world-wide conflict, commerce had been "united with and made to
  7916. flourish by war."
  7917.  
  7918. From the point of view of the British empire, the results of the war
  7919. were momentous. By the peace of 1763, Canada and the territory east of
  7920. the Mississippi, except New Orleans, passed under the British flag. The
  7921. remainder of the Louisiana territory was transferred to Spain and French
  7922. imperial ambitions on the American continent were laid to rest. In
  7923. exchange for Havana, which the British had seized during the war, Spain
  7924. ceded to King George the colony of Florida. Not without warrant did
  7925. Macaulay write in after years that Pitt "was the first Englishman of his
  7926. time; and he had made England the first country in the world."
  7927.  
  7928.  
  7929. THE EFFECTS OF WARFARE ON THE COLONIES
  7930.  
  7931. The various wars with the French and the Indians, trivial in detail as
  7932. they seem to-day, had a profound influence on colonial life and on the
  7933. destiny of America. Circumstances beyond the control of popular
  7934. assemblies, jealous of their individual powers, compelled cooperation
  7935. among them, grudging and stingy no doubt, but still cooperation. The
  7936. American people, more eager to be busy in their fields or at their
  7937. trades, were simply forced to raise and support armies, to learn the
  7938. arts of warfare, and to practice, if in a small theater, the science of
  7939. statecraft. These forces, all cumulative, drove the colonists, so
  7940. tenaciously provincial in their habits, in the direction of nationalism.
  7941.  
  7942. =The New England Confederation.=--It was in their efforts to deal with
  7943. the problems presented by the Indian and French menace that the
  7944. Americans took the first steps toward union. Though there were many
  7945. common ties among the settlers of New England, it required a deadly
  7946. fear of the Indians to produce in 1643 the New England Confederation,
  7947. composed of Massachusetts, Plymouth, Connecticut, and New Haven. The
  7948. colonies so united were bound together in "a firm and perpetual league
  7949. of friendship and amity for offense and defense, mutual service and
  7950. succor, upon all just occasions." They made provision for distributing
  7951. the burdens of wars among the members and provided for a congress of
  7952. commissioners from each colony to determine upon common policies. For
  7953. some twenty years the Confederation was active and it continued to hold
  7954. meetings until after the extinction of the Indian peril on the immediate
  7955. border.
  7956.  
  7957. Virginia, no less than Massachusetts, was aware of the importance of
  7958. intercolonial cooperation. In the middle of the seventeenth century, the
  7959. Old Dominion began treaties of commerce and amity with New York and the
  7960. colonies of New England. In 1684 delegates from Virginia met at Albany
  7961. with the agents of New York and Massachusetts to discuss problems of
  7962. mutual defense. A few years later the Old Dominion cooperated loyally
  7963. with the Carolinas in defending their borders against Indian forays.
  7964.  
  7965. =The Albany Plan of Union.=--An attempt at a general colonial union was
  7966. made in 1754. On the suggestion of the Lords of Trade in England, a
  7967. conference was held at Albany to consider Indian relations, to devise
  7968. measures of defense against the French, and to enter into "articles of
  7969. union and confederation for the general defense of his Majesty's
  7970. subjects and interests in North America as well in time of peace as of
  7971. war." New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Connecticut, Rhode Island, New York,
  7972. Pennsylvania, and Maryland were represented. After a long discussion, a
  7973. plan of union, drafted mainly, it seems, by Benjamin Franklin, was
  7974. adopted and sent to the colonies and the crown for approval. The
  7975. colonies, jealous of their individual rights, refused to accept the
  7976. scheme and the king disapproved it for the reason, Franklin said, that
  7977. it had "too much weight in the democratic part of the constitution."
  7978. Though the Albany union failed, the document is still worthy of study
  7979. because it forecast many of the perplexing problems that were not solved
  7980. until thirty-three years afterward, when another convention of which
  7981. also Franklin was a member drafted the Constitution of the United
  7982. States.
  7983.  
  7984. [Illustration: BENJAMIN FRANKLIN]
  7985.  
  7986. =The Military Education of the Colonists.=--The same wars that showed
  7987. the provincials the meaning of union likewise instructed them in the art
  7988. of defending their institutions. Particularly was this true of the last
  7989. French and Indian conflict, which stretched all the way from Maine to
  7990. the Carolinas and made heavy calls upon them all for troops. The answer,
  7991. it is admitted, was far from satisfactory to the British government and
  7992. the conduct of the militiamen was far from professional; but thousands
  7993. of Americans got a taste, a strong taste, of actual fighting in the
  7994. field. Men like George Washington and Daniel Morgan learned lessons that
  7995. were not forgotten in after years. They saw what American militiamen
  7996. could do under favorable circumstances and they watched British regulars
  7997. operating on American soil. "This whole transaction," shrewdly remarked
  7998. Franklin of Braddock's campaign, "gave us Americans the first suspicion
  7999. that our exalted ideas of the prowess of British regular troops had not
  8000. been well founded." It was no mere accident that the Virginia colonel
  8001. who drew his sword under the elm at Cambridge and took command of the
  8002. army of the Revolution was the brave officer who had "spurned the
  8003. whistle of bullets" at the memorable battle in western Pennsylvania.
  8004.  
  8005. =Financial Burdens and Commercial Disorder.=--While the provincials were
  8006. learning lessons in warfare they were also paying the bills. All the
  8007. conflicts were costly in treasure as in blood. King Philip's war left
  8008. New England weak and almost bankrupt. The French and Indian struggle was
  8009. especially expensive. The twenty-five thousand men put in the field by
  8010. the colonies were sustained only by huge outlays of money. Paper
  8011. currency streamed from the press and debts were accumulated. Commerce
  8012. was driven from its usual channels and prices were enhanced. When the
  8013. end came, both England and America were staggering under heavy
  8014. liabilities, and to make matters worse there was a fall of prices
  8015. accompanied by a commercial depression which extended over a period of
  8016. ten years. It was in the midst of this crisis that measures of taxation
  8017. had to be devised to pay the cost of the war, precipitating the quarrel
  8018. which led to American independence.
  8019.  
  8020. =The Expulsion of French Power from North America.=--The effects of the
  8021. defeat administered to France, as time proved, were difficult to
  8022. estimate. Some British statesmen regarded it as a happy circumstance
  8023. that the colonists, already restive under their administration, had no
  8024. foreign power at hand to aid them in case they struck for independence.
  8025. American leaders, on the other hand, now that the soldiers of King Louis
  8026. were driven from the continent, thought that they had no other country
  8027. to fear if they cast off British sovereignty. At all events, France,
  8028. though defeated, was not out of the sphere of American influence; for,
  8029. as events proved, it was the fortunate French alliance negotiated by
  8030. Franklin that assured the triumph of American arms in the War of the
  8031. Revolution.
  8032.  
  8033.  
  8034. COLONIAL RELATIONS WITH THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT
  8035.  
  8036. It was neither the Indian wars nor the French wars that finally brought
  8037. forth American nationality. That was the product of the long strife
  8038. with the mother country which culminated in union for the war of
  8039. independence. The forces that created this nation did not operate in the
  8040. colonies alone. The character of the English sovereigns, the course of
  8041. events in English domestic politics, and English measures of control
  8042. over the colonies--executive, legislative, and judicial--must all be
  8043. taken into account.
  8044.  
  8045. =The Last of the Stuarts.=--The struggles between Charles I (1625-49)
  8046. and the parliamentary party and the turmoil of the Puritan regime
  8047. (1649-60) so engrossed the attention of Englishmen at home that they had
  8048. little time to think of colonial policies or to interfere with colonial
  8049. affairs. The restoration of the monarchy in 1660, accompanied by
  8050. internal peace and the increasing power of the mercantile classes in the
  8051. House of Commons, changed all that. In the reign of Charles II
  8052. (1660-85), himself an easy-going person, the policy of regulating trade
  8053. by act of Parliament was developed into a closely knit system and
  8054. powerful agencies to supervise the colonies were created. At the same
  8055. time a system of stricter control over the dominions was ushered in by
  8056. the annulment of the old charter of Massachusetts which conferred so
  8057. much self-government on the Puritans.
  8058.  
  8059. Charles' successor, James II, a man of sterner stuff and jealous of his
  8060. authority in the colonies as well as at home, continued the policy thus
  8061. inaugurated and enlarged upon it. If he could have kept his throne, he
  8062. would have bent the Americans under a harsh rule or brought on in his
  8063. dominions a revolution like that which he precipitated at home in 1688.
  8064. He determined to unite the Northern colonies and introduce a more
  8065. efficient administration based on the pattern of the royal provinces. He
  8066. made a martinet, Sir Edmund Andros, governor of all New England, New
  8067. York, and New Jersey. The charter of Massachusetts, annulled in the last
  8068. days of his brother's reign, he continued to ignore, and that of
  8069. Connecticut would have been seized if it had not been spirited away and
  8070. hidden, according to tradition, in a hollow oak.
  8071.  
  8072. For several months, Andros gave the Northern colonies a taste of
  8073. ill-tempered despotism. He wrung quit rents from land owners not
  8074. accustomed to feudal dues; he abrogated titles to land where, in his
  8075. opinion, they were unlawful; he forced the Episcopal service upon the
  8076. Old South Church in Boston; and he denied the writ of _habeas corpus_ to
  8077. a preacher who denounced taxation without representation. In the middle
  8078. of his arbitrary course, however, his hand was stayed. The news came
  8079. that King James had been dethroned by his angry subjects, and the people
  8080. of Boston, kindling a fire on Beacon Hill, summoned the countryside to
  8081. dispose of Andros. The response was prompt and hearty. The hated
  8082. governor was arrested, imprisoned, and sent back across the sea under
  8083. guard.
  8084.  
  8085. The overthrow of James, followed by the accession of William and Mary
  8086. and by assured parliamentary supremacy, had an immediate effect in the
  8087. colonies. The new order was greeted with thanksgiving. Massachusetts was
  8088. given another charter which, though not so liberal as the first,
  8089. restored the spirit if not the entire letter of self-government. In the
  8090. other colonies where Andros had been operating, the old course of
  8091. affairs was resumed.
  8092.  
  8093. =The Indifference of the First Two Georges.=--On the death in 1714 of
  8094. Queen Anne, the successor of King William, the throne passed to a
  8095. Hanoverian prince who, though grateful for English honors and revenues,
  8096. was more interested in Hanover than in England. George I and George II,
  8097. whose combined reigns extended from 1714 to 1760, never even learned to
  8098. speak the English language, at least without an accent. The necessity of
  8099. taking thought about colonial affairs bored both of them so that the
  8100. stoutest defender of popular privileges in Boston or Charleston had no
  8101. ground to complain of the exercise of personal prerogatives by the king.
  8102. Moreover, during a large part of this period, the direction of affairs
  8103. was in the hands of an astute leader, Sir Robert Walpole, who betrayed
  8104. his somewhat cynical view of politics by adopting as his motto: "Let
  8105. sleeping dogs lie." He revealed his appreciation of popular sentiment
  8106. by exclaiming: "I will not be the minister to enforce taxes at the
  8107. expense of blood." Such kings and such ministers were not likely to
  8108. arouse the slumbering resistance of the thirteen colonies across the
  8109. sea.
  8110.  
  8111. =Control of the Crown over the Colonies.=--While no English ruler from
  8112. James II to George III ventured to interfere with colonial matters
  8113. personally, constant control over the colonies was exercised by royal
  8114. officers acting under the authority of the crown. Systematic supervision
  8115. began in 1660, when there was created by royal order a committee of the
  8116. king's council to meet on Mondays and Thursdays of each week to consider
  8117. petitions, memorials, and addresses respecting the plantations. In 1696
  8118. a regular board was established, known as the "Lords of Trade and
  8119. Plantations," which continued, until the American Revolution, to
  8120. scrutinize closely colonial business. The chief duties of the board were
  8121. to examine acts of colonial legislatures, to recommend measures to those
  8122. assemblies for adoption, and to hear memorials and petitions from the
  8123. colonies relative to their affairs.
  8124.  
  8125. The methods employed by this board were varied. All laws passed by
  8126. American legislatures came before it for review as a matter of routine.
  8127. If it found an act unsatisfactory, it recommended to the king the
  8128. exercise of his veto power, known as the royal disallowance. Any person
  8129. who believed his personal or property rights injured by a colonial law
  8130. could be heard by the board in person or by attorney; in such cases it
  8131. was the practice to hear at the same time the agent of the colony so
  8132. involved. The royal veto power over colonial legislation was not,
  8133. therefore, a formal affair, but was constantly employed on the
  8134. suggestion of a highly efficient agency of the crown. All this was in
  8135. addition to the powers exercised by the governors in the royal
  8136. provinces.
  8137.  
  8138. =Judicial Control.=--Supplementing this administrative control over the
  8139. colonies was a constant supervision by the English courts of law. The
  8140. king, by virtue of his inherent authority, claimed and exercised high
  8141. appellate powers over all judicial tribunals in the empire. The right
  8142. of appeal from local courts, expressly set forth in some charters, was,
  8143. on the eve of the Revolution, maintained in every colony. Any subject in
  8144. England or America, who, in the regular legal course, was aggrieved by
  8145. any act of a colonial legislature or any decision of a colonial court,
  8146. had the right, subject to certain regulations, to carry his case to the
  8147. king in council, forcing his opponent to follow him across the sea. In
  8148. the exercise of appellate power, the king in council acting as a court
  8149. could, and frequently did, declare acts of colonial legislatures duly
  8150. enacted and approved, null and void, on the ground that they were
  8151. contrary to English law.
  8152.  
  8153. =Imperial Control in Operation.=--Day after day, week after week, year
  8154. after year, the machinery for political and judicial control over
  8155. colonial affairs was in operation. At one time the British governors in
  8156. the colonies were ordered not to approve any colonial law imposing a
  8157. duty on European goods imported in English vessels. Again, when North
  8158. Carolina laid a tax on peddlers, the council objected to it as
  8159. "restrictive upon the trade and dispersion of English manufactures
  8160. throughout the continent." At other times, Indian trade was regulated in
  8161. the interests of the whole empire or grants of lands by a colonial
  8162. legislature were set aside. Virginia was forbidden to close her ports to
  8163. North Carolina lest there should be retaliation.
  8164.  
  8165. In short, foreign and intercolonial trade were subjected to a control
  8166. higher than that of the colony, foreshadowing a day when the
  8167. Constitution of the United States was to commit to Congress the power to
  8168. regulate interstate and foreign commerce and commerce with the Indians.
  8169. A superior judicial power, towering above that of the colonies, as the
  8170. Supreme Court at Washington now towers above the states, kept the
  8171. colonial legislatures within the metes and bounds of established law. In
  8172. the thousands of appeals, memorials, petitions, and complaints, and the
  8173. rulings and decisions upon them, were written the real history of
  8174. British imperial control over the American colonies.
  8175.  
  8176. So great was the business before the Lords of Trade that the colonies
  8177. had to keep skilled agents in London to protect their interests. As
  8178. common grievances against the operation of this machinery of control
  8179. arose, there appeared in each colony a considerable body of men, with
  8180. the merchants in the lead, who chafed at the restraints imposed on their
  8181. enterprise. Only a powerful blow was needed to weld these bodies into a
  8182. common mass nourishing the spirit of colonial nationalism. When to the
  8183. repeated minor irritations were added general and sweeping measures of
  8184. Parliament applying to every colony, the rebound came in the Revolution.
  8185.  
  8186. =Parliamentary Control over Colonial Affairs.=--As soon as Parliament
  8187. gained in power at the expense of the king, it reached out to bring the
  8188. American colonies under its sway as well. Between the execution of
  8189. Charles I and the accession of George III, there was enacted an immense
  8190. body of legislation regulating the shipping, trade, and manufactures of
  8191. America. All of it, based on the "mercantile" theory then prevalent in
  8192. all countries of Europe, was designed to control the overseas
  8193. plantations in such a way as to foster the commercial and business
  8194. interests of the mother country, where merchants and men of finance had
  8195. got the upper hand. According to this theory, the colonies of the
  8196. British empire should be confined to agriculture and the production of
  8197. raw materials, and forced to buy their manufactured goods of England.
  8198.  
  8199. _The Navigation Acts._--In the first rank among these measures of
  8200. British colonial policy must be placed the navigation laws framed for
  8201. the purpose of building up the British merchant marine and navy--arms so
  8202. essential in defending the colonies against the Spanish, Dutch, and
  8203. French. The beginning of this type of legislation was made in 1651 and
  8204. it was worked out into a system early in the reign of Charles II
  8205. (1660-85).
  8206.  
  8207. The Navigation Acts, in effect, gave a monopoly of colonial commerce to
  8208. British ships. No trade could be carried on between Great Britain and
  8209. her dominions save in vessels built and manned by British subjects. No
  8210. European goods could be brought to America save in the ships of the
  8211. country that produced them or in English ships. These laws, which were
  8212. almost fatal to Dutch shipping in America, fell with severity upon the
  8213. colonists, compelling them to pay higher freight rates. The adverse
  8214. effect, however, was short-lived, for the measures stimulated
  8215. shipbuilding in the colonies, where the abundance of raw materials gave
  8216. the master builders of America an advantage over those of the mother
  8217. country. Thus the colonists in the end profited from the restrictive
  8218. policy written into the Navigation Acts.
  8219.  
  8220. _The Acts against Manufactures._--The second group of laws was
  8221. deliberately aimed to prevent colonial industries from competing too
  8222. sharply with those of England. Among the earliest of these measures may
  8223. be counted the Woolen Act of 1699, forbidding the exportation of woolen
  8224. goods from the colonies and even the woolen trade between towns and
  8225. colonies. When Parliament learned, as the result of an inquiry, that New
  8226. England and New York were making thousands of hats a year and sending
  8227. large numbers annually to the Southern colonies and to Ireland, Spain,
  8228. and Portugal, it enacted in 1732 a law declaring that "no hats or felts,
  8229. dyed or undyed, finished or unfinished" should be "put upon any vessel
  8230. or laden upon any horse or cart with intent to export to any place
  8231. whatever." The effect of this measure upon the hat industry was almost
  8232. ruinous. A few years later a similar blow was given to the iron
  8233. industry. By an act of 1750, pig and bar iron from the colonies were
  8234. given free entry to England to encourage the production of the raw
  8235. material; but at the same time the law provided that "no mill or other
  8236. engine for slitting or rolling of iron, no plating forge to work with a
  8237. tilt hammer, and no furnace for making steel" should be built in the
  8238. colonies. As for those already built, they were declared public
  8239. nuisances and ordered closed. Thus three important economic interests of
  8240. the colonists, the woolen, hat, and iron industries, were laid under the
  8241. ban.
  8242.  
  8243. _The Trade Laws._--The third group of restrictive measures passed by the
  8244. British Parliament related to the sale of colonial produce. An act of
  8245. 1663 required the colonies to export certain articles to Great Britain
  8246. or to her dominions alone; while sugar, tobacco, and ginger consigned to
  8247. the continent of Europe had to pass through a British port paying custom
  8248. duties and through a British merchant's hands paying the usual
  8249. commission. At first tobacco was the only one of the "enumerated
  8250. articles" which seriously concerned the American colonies, the rest
  8251. coming mainly from the British West Indies. In the course of time,
  8252. however, other commodities were added to the list of enumerated
  8253. articles, until by 1764 it embraced rice, naval stores, copper, furs,
  8254. hides, iron, lumber, and pearl ashes. This was not all. The colonies
  8255. were compelled to bring their European purchases back through English
  8256. ports, paying duties to the government and commissions to merchants
  8257. again.
  8258.  
  8259. _The Molasses Act._--Not content with laws enacted in the interest of
  8260. English merchants and manufacturers, Parliament sought to protect the
  8261. British West Indies against competition from their French and Dutch
  8262. neighbors. New England merchants had long carried on a lucrative trade
  8263. with the French islands in the West Indies and Dutch Guiana, where sugar
  8264. and molasses could be obtained in large quantities at low prices. Acting
  8265. on the protests of English planters in the Barbadoes and Jamaica,
  8266. Parliament, in 1733, passed the famous Molasses Act imposing duties on
  8267. sugar and molasses imported into the colonies from foreign
  8268. countries--rates which would have destroyed the American trade with the
  8269. French and Dutch if the law had been enforced. The duties, however, were
  8270. not collected. The molasses and sugar trade with the foreigners went on
  8271. merrily, smuggling taking the place of lawful traffic.
  8272.  
  8273. =Effect of the Laws in America.=--As compared with the strict monopoly
  8274. of her colonial trade which Spain consistently sought to maintain, the
  8275. policy of England was both moderate and liberal. Furthermore, the
  8276. restrictive laws were supplemented by many measures intended to be
  8277. favorable to colonial prosperity. The Navigation Acts, for example,
  8278. redounded to the advantage of American shipbuilders and the producers
  8279. of hemp, tar, lumber, and ship stores in general. Favors in British
  8280. ports were granted to colonial producers as against foreign competitors
  8281. and in some instances bounties were paid by England to encourage
  8282. colonial enterprise. Taken all in all, there is much justification in
  8283. the argument advanced by some modern scholars to the effect that the
  8284. colonists gained more than they lost by British trade and industrial
  8285. legislation. Certainly after the establishment of independence, when
  8286. free from these old restrictions, the Americans found themselves
  8287. handicapped by being treated as foreigners rather than favored traders
  8288. and the recipients of bounties in English markets.
  8289.  
  8290. Be that as it may, it appears that the colonists felt little irritation
  8291. against the mother country on account of the trade and navigation laws
  8292. enacted previous to the close of the French and Indian war. Relatively
  8293. few were engaged in the hat and iron industries as compared with those
  8294. in farming and planting, so that England's policy of restricting America
  8295. to agriculture did not conflict with the interests of the majority of
  8296. the inhabitants. The woolen industry was largely in the hands of women
  8297. and carried on in connection with their domestic duties, so that it was
  8298. not the sole support of any considerable number of people.
  8299.  
  8300. As a matter of fact, moreover, the restrictive laws, especially those
  8301. relating to trade, were not rigidly enforced. Cargoes of tobacco were
  8302. boldly sent to continental ports without even so much as a bow to the
  8303. English government, to which duties should have been paid. Sugar and
  8304. molasses from the French and Dutch colonies were shipped into New
  8305. England in spite of the law. Royal officers sometimes protested against
  8306. smuggling and sometimes connived at it; but at no time did they succeed
  8307. in stopping it. Taken all in all, very little was heard of "the galling
  8308. restraints of trade" until after the French war, when the British
  8309. government suddenly entered upon a new course.
  8310.  
  8311.  
  8312. SUMMARY OF THE COLONIAL PERIOD
  8313.  
  8314. In the period between the landing of the English at Jamestown, Virginia,
  8315. in 1607, and the close of the French and Indian war in 1763--a period of
  8316. a century and a half--a new nation was being prepared on this continent
  8317. to take its place among the powers of the earth. It was an epoch of
  8318. migration. Western Europe contributed emigrants of many races and
  8319. nationalities. The English led the way. Next to them in numerical
  8320. importance were the Scotch-Irish and the Germans. Into the melting pot
  8321. were also cast Dutch, Swedes, French, Jews, Welsh, and Irish. Thousands
  8322. of negroes were brought from Africa to till Southern fields or labor as
  8323. domestic servants in the North.
  8324.  
  8325. Why did they come? The reasons are various. Some of them, the Pilgrims
  8326. and Puritans of New England, the French Huguenots, Scotch-Irish and
  8327. Irish, and the Catholics of Maryland, fled from intolerant governments
  8328. that denied them the right to worship God according to the dictates of
  8329. their consciences. Thousands came to escape the bondage of poverty in
  8330. the Old World and to find free homes in America. Thousands, like the
  8331. negroes from Africa, were dragged here against their will. The lure of
  8332. adventure appealed to the restless and the lure of profits to the
  8333. enterprising merchants.
  8334.  
  8335. How did they come? In some cases religious brotherhoods banded together
  8336. and borrowed or furnished the funds necessary to pay the way. In other
  8337. cases great trading companies were organized to found colonies. Again it
  8338. was the wealthy proprietor, like Lord Baltimore or William Penn, who
  8339. undertook to plant settlements. Many immigrants were able to pay their
  8340. own way across the sea. Others bound themselves out for a term of years
  8341. in exchange for the cost of the passage. Negroes were brought on account
  8342. of the profits derived from their sale as slaves.
  8343.  
  8344. Whatever the motive for their coming, however, they managed to get
  8345. across the sea. The immigrants set to work with a will. They cut down
  8346. forests, built houses, and laid out fields. They founded churches,
  8347. schools, and colleges. They set up forges and workshops. They spun and
  8348. wove. They fashioned ships and sailed the seas. They bartered and
  8349. traded. Here and there on favorable harbors they established centers of
  8350. commerce--Boston, Providence, New York, Philadelphia, Baltimore, and
  8351. Charleston. As soon as a firm foothold was secured on the shore line
  8352. they pressed westward until, by the close of the colonial period, they
  8353. were already on the crest of the Alleghanies.
  8354.  
  8355. Though they were widely scattered along a thousand miles of seacoast,
  8356. the colonists were united in spirit by many common ties. The major
  8357. portion of them were Protestants. The language, the law, and the
  8358. literature of England furnished the basis of national unity. Most of the
  8359. colonists were engaged in the same hard task; that of conquering a
  8360. wilderness. To ties of kinship and language were added ties created by
  8361. necessity. They had to unite in defense; first, against the Indians and
  8362. later against the French. They were all subjects of the same
  8363. sovereign--the king of England. The English Parliament made laws for
  8364. them and the English government supervised their local affairs, their
  8365. trade, and their manufactures. Common forces assailed them. Common
  8366. grievances vexed them. Common hopes inspired them.
  8367.  
  8368. Many of the things which tended to unite them likewise tended to throw
  8369. them into opposition to the British Crown and Parliament. Most of them
  8370. were freeholders; that is, farmers who owned their own land and tilled
  8371. it with their own hands. A free soil nourished the spirit of freedom.
  8372. The majority of them were Dissenters, critics, not friends, of the
  8373. Church of England, that stanch defender of the British monarchy. Each
  8374. colony in time developed its own legislature elected by the voters; it
  8375. grew accustomed to making laws and laying taxes for itself. Here was a
  8376. people learning self-reliance and self-government. The attempts to
  8377. strengthen the Church of England in America and the transformation of
  8378. colonies into royal provinces only fanned the spirit of independence
  8379. which they were designed to quench.
  8380.  
  8381. Nevertheless, the Americans owed much of their prosperity to the
  8382. assistance of the government that irritated them. It was the protection
  8383. of the British navy that prevented Holland, Spain, and France from
  8384. wiping out their settlements. Though their manufacture and trade were
  8385. controlled in the interests of the mother country, they also enjoyed
  8386. great advantages in her markets. Free trade existed nowhere upon the
  8387. earth; but the broad empire of Britain was open to American ships and
  8388. merchandise. It could be said, with good reason, that the disadvantages
  8389. which the colonists suffered through British regulation of their
  8390. industry and trade were more than offset by the privileges they enjoyed.
  8391. Still that is somewhat beside the point, for mere economic advantage is
  8392. not necessarily the determining factor in the fate of peoples. A
  8393. thousand circumstances had helped to develop on this continent a nation,
  8394. to inspire it with a passion for independence, and to prepare it for a
  8395. destiny greater than that of a prosperous dominion of the British
  8396. empire. The economists, who tried to prove by logic unassailable that
  8397. America would be richer under the British flag, could not change the
  8398. spirit of Patrick Henry, Samuel Adams, Benjamin Franklin, or George
  8399. Washington.
  8400.  
  8401.  
  8402. =References=
  8403.  
  8404. G.L. Beer, _Origin of the British Colonial System_ and _The Old Colonial
  8405. System_.
  8406.  
  8407. A. Bradley, _The Fight for Canada in North America_.
  8408.  
  8409. C.M. Andrews, _Colonial Self-Government_ (American Nation Series).
  8410.  
  8411. H. Egerton, _Short History of British Colonial Policy_.
  8412.  
  8413. F. Parkman, _France and England in North America_ (12 vols.).
  8414.  
  8415. R. Thwaites, _France in America_ (American Nation Series).
  8416.  
  8417. J. Winsor, _The Mississippi Valley_ and _Cartier to Frontenac_.
  8418.  
  8419.  
  8420. =Questions=
  8421.  
  8422. 1. How would you define "nationalism"?
  8423.  
  8424. 2. Can you give any illustrations of the way that war promotes
  8425. nationalism?
  8426.  
  8427. 3. Why was it impossible to establish and maintain a uniform policy in
  8428. dealing with the Indians?
  8429.  
  8430. 4. What was the outcome of the final clash with the French?
  8431.  
  8432. 5. Enumerate the five chief results of the wars with the French and the
  8433. Indians. Discuss each in detail.
  8434.  
  8435. 6. Explain why it was that the character of the English king mattered to
  8436. the colonists.
  8437.  
  8438. 7. Contrast England under the Stuarts with England under the
  8439. Hanoverians.
  8440.  
  8441. 8. Explain how the English Crown, Courts, and Parliament controlled the
  8442. colonies.
  8443.  
  8444. 9. Name the three important classes of English legislation affecting the
  8445. colonies. Explain each.
  8446.  
  8447. 10. Do you think the English legislation was beneficial or injurious to
  8448. the colonies? Why?
  8449.  
  8450.  
  8451. =Research Topics=
  8452.  
  8453. =Rise of French Power in North America.=--Special reference: Francis
  8454. Parkman, _Struggle for a Continent_.
  8455.  
  8456. =The French and Indian Wars.=--Special reference: W.M. Sloane, _French
  8457. War and the Revolution_, Chaps. VI-IX. Parkman, _Montcalm and Wolfe_,
  8458. Vol. II, pp. 195-299. Elson, _History of the United States_, pp.
  8459. 171-196.
  8460.  
  8461. =English Navigation Acts.=--Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp.
  8462. 55, 72, 78, 90, 103. Coman, _Industrial History_, pp. 79-85.
  8463.  
  8464. =British Colonial Policy.=--Callender, _Economic History of the United
  8465. States_, pp. 102-108.
  8466.  
  8467. =The New England Confederation.=--Analyze the document in Macdonald,
  8468. _Source Book_, p. 45. Special reference: Fiske, _Beginnings of New
  8469. England_, pp. 140-198.
  8470.  
  8471. =The Administration of Andros.=--Fiske, _Beginnings_, pp. 242-278.
  8472.  
  8473. =Biographical Studies.=--William Pitt and Sir Robert Walpole. Consult
  8474. Green, _Short History of England_, on their policies, using the index.
  8475.  
  8476.  
  8477.  
  8478.  
  8479. PART II. CONFLICT AND INDEPENDENCE
  8480.  
  8481.  
  8482.  
  8483.  
  8484. CHAPTER V
  8485.  
  8486. THE NEW COURSE IN BRITISH IMPERIAL POLICY
  8487.  
  8488.  
  8489. On October 25, 1760, King George II died and the British crown passed to
  8490. his young grandson. The first George, the son of the Elector of Hanover
  8491. and Sophia the granddaughter of James I, was a thorough German who never
  8492. even learned to speak the language of the land over which he reigned.
  8493. The second George never saw England until he was a man. He spoke English
  8494. with an accent and until his death preferred his German home. During
  8495. their reign, the principle had become well established that the king did
  8496. not govern but acted only through ministers representing the majority in
  8497. Parliament.
  8498.  
  8499.  
  8500. GEORGE III AND HIS SYSTEM
  8501.  
  8502. =The Character of the New King.=--The third George rudely broke the
  8503. German tradition of his family. He resented the imputation that he was a
  8504. foreigner and on all occasions made a display of his British sympathies.
  8505. To the draft of his first speech to Parliament, he added the popular
  8506. phrase: "Born and educated in this country, I glory in the name of
  8507. Briton." Macaulay, the English historian, certainly of no liking for
  8508. high royal prerogative, said of George: "The young king was a born
  8509. Englishman. All his tastes and habits, good and bad, were English. No
  8510. portion of his subjects had anything to reproach him with.... His age,
  8511. his appearance, and all that was known of his character conciliated
  8512. public favor. He was in the bloom of youth; his person and address were
  8513. pleasing; scandal imputed to him no vice; and flattery might without
  8514. glaring absurdity ascribe to him many princely virtues."
  8515.  
  8516. Nevertheless George III had been spoiled by his mother, his tutors, and
  8517. his courtiers. Under their influence he developed high and mighty
  8518. notions about the sacredness of royal authority and his duty to check
  8519. the pretensions of Parliament and the ministers dependent upon it. His
  8520. mother had dinned into his ears the slogan: "George, be king!" Lord
  8521. Bute, his teacher and adviser, had told him that his honor required him
  8522. to take an active part in the shaping of public policy and the making of
  8523. laws. Thus educated, he surrounded himself with courtiers who encouraged
  8524. him in the determination to rule as well as reign, to subdue all
  8525. parties, and to place himself at the head of the nation and empire.
  8526.  
  8527. [Illustration: _From an old print._
  8528.  
  8529. GEORGE III]
  8530.  
  8531. =Political Parties and George III.=--The state of the political parties
  8532. favored the plans of the king to restore some of the ancient luster of
  8533. the crown. The Whigs, who were composed mainly of the smaller
  8534. freeholders, merchants, inhabitants of towns, and Protestant
  8535. non-conformists, had grown haughty and overbearing through long
  8536. continuance in power and had as a consequence raised up many enemies in
  8537. their own ranks. Their opponents, the Tories, had by this time given up
  8538. all hope of restoring to the throne the direct Stuart line; but they
  8539. still cherished their old notions about divine right. With the
  8540. accession of George III the coveted opportunity came to them to rally
  8541. around the throne again. George received his Tory friends with open
  8542. arms, gave them offices, and bought them seats in the House of Commons.
  8543.  
  8544. =The British Parliamentary System.=--The peculiarities of the British
  8545. Parliament at the time made smooth the way for the king and his allies
  8546. with their designs for controlling the entire government. In the first
  8547. place, the House of Lords was composed mainly of hereditary nobles whose
  8548. number the king could increase by the appointment of his favorites, as
  8549. of old. Though the members of the House of Commons were elected by
  8550. popular vote, they did not speak for the mass of English people. Great
  8551. towns like Leeds, Manchester, and Birmingham, for example, had no
  8552. representatives at all. While there were about eight million inhabitants
  8553. in Great Britain, there were in 1768 only about 160,000 voters; that is
  8554. to say, only about one in every ten adult males had a voice in the
  8555. government. Many boroughs returned one or more members to the Commons
  8556. although they had merely a handful of voters or in some instances no
  8557. voters at all. Furthermore, these tiny boroughs were often controlled by
  8558. lords who openly sold the right of representation to the highest bidder.
  8559. The "rotten-boroughs," as they were called by reformers, were a public
  8560. scandal, but George III readily made use of them to get his friends into
  8561. the House of Commons.
  8562.  
  8563.  
  8564. GEORGE III'S MINISTERS AND THEIR COLONIAL POLICIES
  8565.  
  8566. =Grenville and the War Debt.=--Within a year after the accession of
  8567. George III, William Pitt was turned out of office, the king treating him
  8568. with "gross incivility" and the crowds shouting "Pitt forever!" The
  8569. direction of affairs was entrusted to men enjoying the king's
  8570. confidence. Leadership in the House of Commons fell to George Grenville,
  8571. a grave and laborious man who for years had groaned over the increasing
  8572. cost of government.
  8573.  
  8574. The first task after the conclusion of peace in 1763 was the adjustment
  8575. of the disordered finances of the kingdom. The debt stood at the highest
  8576. point in the history of the country. More revenue was absolutely
  8577. necessary and Grenville began to search for it, turning his attention
  8578. finally to the American colonies. In this quest he had the aid of a
  8579. zealous colleague, Charles Townshend, who had long been in public
  8580. service and was familiar with the difficulties encountered by royal
  8581. governors in America. These two men, with the support of the entire
  8582. ministry, inaugurated in February, 1763, "a new system of colonial
  8583. government. It was announced by authority that there were to be no more
  8584. requisitions from the king to the colonial assemblies for supplies, but
  8585. that the colonies were to be taxed instead by act of Parliament.
  8586. Colonial governors and judges were to be paid by the Crown; they were to
  8587. be supported by a standing army of twenty regiments; and all the
  8588. expenses of this force were to be met by parliamentary taxation."
  8589.  
  8590. =Restriction of Paper Money (1763).=--Among the many complaints filed
  8591. before the board of trade were vigorous protests against the issuance of
  8592. paper money by the colonial legislatures. The new ministry provided a
  8593. remedy in the act of 1763, which declared void all colonial laws
  8594. authorizing paper money or extending the life of outstanding bills. This
  8595. law was aimed at the "cheap money" which the Americans were fond of
  8596. making when specie was scarce--money which they tried to force on their
  8597. English creditors in return for goods and in payment of the interest and
  8598. principal of debts. Thus the first chapter was written in the long
  8599. battle over sound money on this continent.
  8600.  
  8601. =Limitation on Western Land Sales.=--Later in the same year (1763)
  8602. George III issued a royal proclamation providing, among other things,
  8603. for the government of the territory recently acquired by the treaty of
  8604. Paris from the French. One of the provisions in this royal decree
  8605. touched frontiersmen to the quick. The contests between the king's
  8606. officers and the colonists over the disposition of western lands had
  8607. been long and sharp. The Americans chafed at restrictions on
  8608. settlement. The more adventurous were continually moving west and
  8609. "squatting" on land purchased from the Indians or simply seized without
  8610. authority. To put an end to this, the king forbade all further purchases
  8611. from the Indians, reserving to the crown the right to acquire such lands
  8612. and dispose of them for settlement. A second provision in the same
  8613. proclamation vested the power of licensing trade with the Indians,
  8614. including the lucrative fur business, in the hands of royal officers in
  8615. the colonies. These two limitations on American freedom and enterprise
  8616. were declared to be in the interest of the crown and for the
  8617. preservation of the rights of the Indians against fraud and abuses.
  8618.  
  8619. =The Sugar Act of 1764.=--King George's ministers next turned their
  8620. attention to measures of taxation and trade. Since the heavy debt under
  8621. which England was laboring had been largely incurred in the defense of
  8622. America, nothing seemed more reasonable to them than the proposition
  8623. that the colonies should help to bear the burden which fell so heavily
  8624. upon the English taxpayer. The Sugar Act of 1764 was the result of this
  8625. reasoning. There was no doubt about the purpose of this law, for it was
  8626. set forth clearly in the title: "An act for granting certain duties in
  8627. the British colonies and plantations in America ... for applying the
  8628. produce of such duties ... towards defraying the expenses of defending,
  8629. protecting and securing the said colonies and plantations ... and for
  8630. more effectually preventing the clandestine conveyance of goods to and
  8631. from the said colonies and plantations and improving and securing the
  8632. trade between the same and Great Britain." The old Molasses Act had been
  8633. prohibitive; the Sugar Act of 1764 was clearly intended as a revenue
  8634. measure. Specified duties were laid upon sugar, indigo, calico, silks,
  8635. and many other commodities imported into the colonies. The enforcement
  8636. of the Molasses Act had been utterly neglected; but this Sugar Act had
  8637. "teeth in it." Special precautions as to bonds, security, and
  8638. registration of ship masters, accompanied by heavy penalties, promised
  8639. a vigorous execution of the new revenue law.
  8640.  
  8641. The strict terms of the Sugar Act were strengthened by administrative
  8642. measures. Under a law of the previous year the commanders of armed
  8643. vessels stationed along the American coast were authorized to stop,
  8644. search, and, on suspicion, seize merchant ships approaching colonial
  8645. ports. By supplementary orders, the entire British official force in
  8646. America was instructed to be diligent in the execution of all trade and
  8647. navigation laws. Revenue collectors, officers of the army and navy, and
  8648. royal governors were curtly ordered to the front to do their full duty
  8649. in the matter of law enforcement. The ordinary motives for the discharge
  8650. of official obligations were sharpened by an appeal to avarice, for
  8651. naval officers who seized offenders against the law were rewarded by
  8652. large prizes out of the forfeitures and penalties.
  8653.  
  8654. =The Stamp Act (1765).=--The Grenville-Townshend combination moved
  8655. steadily towards its goal. While the Sugar Act was under consideration
  8656. in Parliament, Grenville announced a plan for a stamp bill. The next
  8657. year it went through both Houses with a speed that must have astounded
  8658. its authors. The vote in the Commons stood 205 in favor to 49 against;
  8659. while in the Lords it was not even necessary to go through the formality
  8660. of a count. As George III was temporarily insane, the measure received
  8661. royal assent by a commission acting as a board of regency. Protests of
  8662. colonial agents in London were futile. "We might as well have hindered
  8663. the sun's progress!" exclaimed Franklin. Protests of a few opponents in
  8664. the Commons were equally vain. The ministry was firm in its course and
  8665. from all appearances the Stamp Act hardly roused as much as a languid
  8666. interest in the city of London. In fact, it is recorded that the fateful
  8667. measure attracted less notice than a bill providing for a commission to
  8668. act for the king when he was incapacitated.
  8669.  
  8670. The Stamp Act, like the Sugar Act, declared the purpose of the British
  8671. government to raise revenue in America "towards defraying the expenses
  8672. of defending, protecting, and securing the British colonies and
  8673. plantations in America." It was a long measure of more than fifty
  8674. sections, carefully planned and skillfully drawn. By its provisions
  8675. duties were imposed on practically all papers used in legal
  8676. transactions,--deeds, mortgages, inventories, writs, bail bonds,--on
  8677. licenses to practice law and sell liquor, on college diplomas, playing
  8678. cards, dice, pamphlets, newspapers, almanacs, calendars, and
  8679. advertisements. The drag net was closely knit, for scarcely anything
  8680. escaped.
  8681.  
  8682. =The Quartering Act (1765).=--The ministers were aware that the Stamp
  8683. Act would rouse opposition in America--how great they could not
  8684. conjecture. While the measure was being debated, a friend of General
  8685. Wolfe, Colonel Barre, who knew America well, gave them an ominous
  8686. warning in the Commons. "Believe me--remember I this day told you so--"
  8687. he exclaimed, "the same spirit of freedom which actuated that people at
  8688. first will accompany them still ... a people jealous of their liberties
  8689. and who will vindicate them, if ever they should be violated." The
  8690. answer of the ministry to a prophecy of force was a threat of force.
  8691. Preparations were accordingly made to dispatch a larger number of
  8692. soldiers than usual to the colonies, and the ink was hardly dry on the
  8693. Stamp Act when Parliament passed the Quartering Act ordering the
  8694. colonists to provide accommodations for the soldiers who were to enforce
  8695. the new laws. "We have the power to tax them," said one of the ministry,
  8696. "and we will tax them."
  8697.  
  8698.  
  8699. COLONIAL RESISTANCE FORCES REPEAL
  8700.  
  8701. =Popular Opposition.=--The Stamp Act was greeted in America by an
  8702. outburst of denunciation. The merchants of the seaboard cities took the
  8703. lead in making a dignified but unmistakable protest, agreeing not to
  8704. import British goods while the hated law stood upon the books. Lawyers,
  8705. some of them incensed at the heavy taxes on their operations and others
  8706. intimidated by patriots who refused to permit them to use stamped
  8707. papers, joined with the merchants. Aristocratic colonial Whigs, who had
  8708. long grumbled at the administration of royal governors, protested
  8709. against taxation without their consent, as the Whigs had done in old
  8710. England. There were Tories, however, in the colonies as in England--many
  8711. of them of the official class--who denounced the merchants, lawyers, and
  8712. Whig aristocrats as "seditious, factious and republican." Yet the
  8713. opposition to the Stamp Act and its accompanying measure, the Quartering
  8714. Act, grew steadily all through the summer of 1765.
  8715.  
  8716. In a little while it was taken up in the streets and along the
  8717. countryside. All through the North and in some of the Southern colonies,
  8718. there sprang up, as if by magic, committees and societies pledged to
  8719. resist the Stamp Act to the bitter end. These popular societies were
  8720. known as Sons of Liberty and Daughters of Liberty: the former including
  8721. artisans, mechanics, and laborers; and the latter, patriotic women. Both
  8722. groups were alike in that they had as yet taken little part in public
  8723. affairs. Many artisans, as well as all the women, were excluded from the
  8724. right to vote for colonial assemblymen.
  8725.  
  8726. While the merchants and Whig gentlemen confined their efforts chiefly to
  8727. drafting well-phrased protests against British measures, the Sons of
  8728. Liberty operated in the streets and chose rougher measures. They stirred
  8729. up riots in Boston, New York, Philadelphia, and Charleston when attempts
  8730. were made to sell the stamps. They sacked and burned the residences of
  8731. high royal officers. They organized committees of inquisition who by
  8732. threats and intimidation curtailed the sale of British goods and the use
  8733. of stamped papers. In fact, the Sons of Liberty carried their operations
  8734. to such excesses that many mild opponents of the stamp tax were
  8735. frightened and drew back in astonishment at the forces they had
  8736. unloosed. The Daughters of Liberty in a quieter way were making a very
  8737. effective resistance to the sale of the hated goods by spurring on
  8738. domestic industries, their own particular province being the manufacture
  8739. of clothing, and devising substitutes for taxed foods. They helped to
  8740. feed and clothe their families without buying British goods.
  8741.  
  8742. =Legislative Action against the Stamp Act.=--Leaders in the colonial
  8743. assemblies, accustomed to battle against British policies, supported the
  8744. popular protest. The Stamp Act was signed on March 22, 1765. On May 30,
  8745. the Virginia House of Burgesses passed a set of resolutions declaring
  8746. that the General Assembly of the colony alone had the right to lay taxes
  8747. upon the inhabitants and that attempts to impose them otherwise were
  8748. "illegal, unconstitutional, and unjust." It was in support of these
  8749. resolutions that Patrick Henry uttered the immortal challenge: "Caesar
  8750. had his Brutus, Charles I his Cromwell, and George III...." Cries of
  8751. "Treason" were calmly met by the orator who finished: "George III may
  8752. profit by their example. If that be treason, make the most of it."
  8753.  
  8754. [Illustration: PATRICK HENRY]
  8755.  
  8756. =The Stamp Act Congress.=--The Massachusetts Assembly answered the call
  8757. of Virginia by inviting the colonies to elect delegates to a Congress to
  8758. be held in New York to discuss the situation. Nine colonies responded
  8759. and sent representatives. The delegates, while professing the warmest
  8760. affection for the king's person and government, firmly spread on record
  8761. a series of resolutions that admitted of no double meaning. They
  8762. declared that taxes could not be imposed without their consent, given
  8763. through their respective colonial assemblies; that the Stamp Act showed
  8764. a tendency to subvert their rights and liberties; that the recent trade
  8765. acts were burdensome and grievous; and that the right to petition the
  8766. king and Parliament was their heritage. They thereupon made "humble
  8767. supplication" for the repeal of the Stamp Act.
  8768.  
  8769. The Stamp Act Congress was more than an assembly of protest. It marked
  8770. the rise of a new agency of government to express the will of America.
  8771. It was the germ of a government which in time was to supersede the
  8772. government of George III in the colonies. It foreshadowed the Congress
  8773. of the United States under the Constitution. It was a successful attempt
  8774. at union. "There ought to be no New England men," declared Christopher
  8775. Gadsden, in the Stamp Act Congress, "no New Yorkers known on the
  8776. Continent, but all of us Americans."
  8777.  
  8778. =The Repeal of the Stamp Act and the Sugar Act.=--The effect of American
  8779. resistance on opinion in England was telling. Commerce with the colonies
  8780. had been effectively boycotted by the Americans; ships lay idly swinging
  8781. at the wharves; bankruptcy threatened hundreds of merchants in London,
  8782. Bristol, and Liverpool. Workingmen in the manufacturing towns of England
  8783. were thrown out of employment. The government had sown folly and was
  8784. reaping, in place of the coveted revenue, rebellion.
  8785.  
  8786. Perplexed by the storm they had raised, the ministers summoned to the
  8787. bar of the House of Commons, Benjamin Franklin, the agent for
  8788. Pennsylvania, who was in London. "Do you think it right," asked
  8789. Grenville, "that America should be protected by this country and pay no
  8790. part of the expenses?" The answer was brief: "That is not the case; the
  8791. colonies raised, clothed, and paid during the last war twenty-five
  8792. thousand men and spent many millions." Then came an inquiry whether the
  8793. colonists would accept a modified stamp act. "No, never," replied
  8794. Franklin, "never! They will never submit to it!" It was next suggested
  8795. that military force might compel obedience to law. Franklin had a ready
  8796. answer. "They cannot force a man to take stamps.... They may not find a
  8797. rebellion; they may, indeed, make one."
  8798.  
  8799. The repeal of the Stamp Act was moved in the House of Commons a few days
  8800. later. The sponsor for the repeal spoke of commerce interrupted, debts
  8801. due British merchants placed in jeopardy, Manchester industries closed,
  8802. workingmen unemployed, oppression instituted, and the loss of the
  8803. colonies threatened. Pitt and Edmund Burke, the former near the close
  8804. of his career, the latter just beginning his, argued cogently in favor
  8805. of retracing the steps taken the year before. Grenville refused.
  8806. "America must learn," he wailed, "that prayers are not to be brought to
  8807. Caesar through riot and sedition." His protests were idle. The Commons
  8808. agreed to the repeal on February 22, 1766, amid the cheers of the
  8809. victorious majority. It was carried through the Lords in the face of
  8810. strong opposition and, on March 18, reluctantly signed by the king, now
  8811. restored to his right mind.
  8812.  
  8813. In rescinding the Stamp Act, Parliament did not admit the contention of
  8814. the Americans that it was without power to tax them. On the contrary, it
  8815. accompanied the repeal with a Declaratory Act. It announced that the
  8816. colonies were subordinate to the crown and Parliament of Great Britain;
  8817. that the king and Parliament therefore had undoubted authority to make
  8818. laws binding the colonies in all cases whatsoever; and that the
  8819. resolutions and proceedings of the colonists denying such authority were
  8820. null and void.
  8821.  
  8822. The repeal was greeted by the colonists with great popular
  8823. demonstrations. Bells were rung; toasts to the king were drunk; and
  8824. trade resumed its normal course. The Declaratory Act, as a mere paper
  8825. resolution, did not disturb the good humor of those who again cheered
  8826. the name of King George. Their confidence was soon strengthened by the
  8827. news that even the Sugar Act had been repealed, thus practically
  8828. restoring the condition of affairs before Grenville and Townshend
  8829. inaugurated their policy of "thoroughness."
  8830.  
  8831.  
  8832. RESUMPTION OF BRITISH REVENUE AND COMMERCIAL POLICIES
  8833.  
  8834. =The Townshend Acts (1767).=--The triumph of the colonists was brief.
  8835. Though Pitt, the friend of America, was once more prime minister, and
  8836. seated in the House of Lords as the Earl of Chatham, his severe illness
  8837. gave to Townshend and the Tory party practical control over Parliament.
  8838. Unconvinced by the experience with the Stamp Act, Townshend brought
  8839. forward and pushed through both Houses of Parliament three measures,
  8840. which to this day are associated with his name. First among his
  8841. restrictive laws was that of June 29, 1767, which placed the enforcement
  8842. of the collection of duties and customs on colonial imports and exports
  8843. in the hands of British commissioners appointed by the king, resident in
  8844. the colonies, paid from the British treasury, and independent of all
  8845. control by the colonists. The second measure of the same date imposed a
  8846. tax on lead, glass, paint, tea, and a few other articles imported into
  8847. the colonies, the revenue derived from the duties to be applied toward
  8848. the payment of the salaries and other expenses of royal colonial
  8849. officials. A third measure was the Tea Act of July 2, 1767, aimed at the
  8850. tea trade which the Americans carried on illegally with foreigners. This
  8851. law abolished the duty which the East India Company had to pay in
  8852. England on tea exported to America, for it was thought that English tea
  8853. merchants might thus find it possible to undersell American tea
  8854. smugglers.
  8855.  
  8856. =Writs of Assistance Legalized by Parliament.=--Had Parliament been
  8857. content with laying duties, just as a manifestation of power and right,
  8858. and neglected their collection, perhaps little would have been heard of
  8859. the Townshend Acts. It provided, however, for the strict, even the
  8860. harsh, enforcement of the law. It ordered customs officers to remain at
  8861. their posts and put an end to smuggling. In the revenue act of June 29,
  8862. 1767, it expressly authorized the superior courts of the colonies to
  8863. issue "writs of assistance," empowering customs officers to enter "any
  8864. house, warehouse, shop, cellar, or other place in the British colonies
  8865. or plantations in America to search for and seize" prohibited or
  8866. smuggled goods.
  8867.  
  8868. The writ of assistance, which was a general search warrant issued to
  8869. revenue officers, was an ancient device hateful to a people who
  8870. cherished the spirit of personal independence and who had made actual
  8871. gains in the practice of civil liberty. To allow a "minion of the law"
  8872. to enter a man's house and search his papers and premises, was too much
  8873. for the emotions of people who had fled to America in a quest for
  8874. self-government and free homes, who had braved such hardships to
  8875. establish them, and who wanted to trade without official interference.
  8876.  
  8877. The writ of assistance had been used in Massachusetts in 1755 to prevent
  8878. illicit trade with Canada and had aroused a violent hostility at that
  8879. time. In 1761 it was again the subject of a bitter controversy which
  8880. arose in connection with the application of a customs officer to a
  8881. Massachusetts court for writs of assistance "as usual." This application
  8882. was vainly opposed by James Otis in a speech of five hours' duration--a
  8883. speech of such fire and eloquence that it sent every man who heard it
  8884. away "ready to take up arms against writs of assistance." Otis denounced
  8885. the practice as an exercise of arbitrary power which had cost one king
  8886. his head and another his throne, a tyrant's device which placed the
  8887. liberty of every man in jeopardy, enabling any petty officer to work
  8888. possible malice on any innocent citizen on the merest suspicion, and to
  8889. spread terror and desolation through the land. "What a scene," he
  8890. exclaimed, "does this open! Every man, prompted by revenge, ill-humor,
  8891. or wantonness to inspect the inside of his neighbor's house, may get a
  8892. writ of assistance. Others will ask it from self-defense; one arbitrary
  8893. exertion will provoke another until society is involved in tumult and
  8894. blood." He did more than attack the writ itself. He said that Parliament
  8895. could not establish it because it was against the British constitution.
  8896. This was an assertion resting on slender foundation, but it was quickly
  8897. echoed by the people. Then and there James Otis sounded the call to
  8898. America to resist the exercise of arbitrary power by royal officers.
  8899. "Then and there," wrote John Adams, "the child Independence was born."
  8900. Such was the hated writ that Townshend proposed to put into the hands of
  8901. customs officers in his grim determination to enforce the law.
  8902.  
  8903. =The New York Assembly Suspended.=--In the very month that Townshend's
  8904. Acts were signed by the king, Parliament took a still more drastic step.
  8905. The assembly of New York, protesting against the "ruinous and
  8906. insupportable" expense involved, had failed to make provision for the
  8907. care of British troops in accordance with the terms of the Quartering
  8908. Act. Parliament therefore suspended the assembly until it promised to
  8909. obey the law. It was not until a third election was held that compliance
  8910. with the Quartering Act was wrung from the reluctant province. In the
  8911. meantime, all the colonies had learned on how frail a foundation their
  8912. representative bodies rested.
  8913.  
  8914.  
  8915. RENEWED RESISTANCE IN AMERICA
  8916.  
  8917. =The Massachusetts Circular (1768).=--Massachusetts, under the
  8918. leadership of Samuel Adams, resolved to resist the policy of renewed
  8919. intervention in America. At his suggestion the assembly adopted a
  8920. Circular Letter addressed to the assemblies of the other colonies
  8921. informing them of the state of affairs in Massachusetts and roundly
  8922. condemning the whole British program. The Circular Letter declared that
  8923. Parliament had no right to lay taxes on Americans without their consent
  8924. and that the colonists could not, from the nature of the case, be
  8925. represented in Parliament. It went on shrewdly to submit to
  8926. consideration the question as to whether any people could be called free
  8927. who were subjected to governors and judges appointed by the crown and
  8928. paid out of funds raised independently. It invited the other colonies,
  8929. in the most temperate tones, to take thought about the common
  8930. predicament in which they were all placed.
  8931.  
  8932. [Illustration: _From an old print._
  8933.  
  8934. SAMUEL ADAMS]
  8935.  
  8936. =The Dissolution of Assemblies.=--The governor of Massachusetts, hearing
  8937. of the Circular Letter, ordered the assembly to rescind its appeal. On
  8938. meeting refusal, he promptly dissolved it. The Maryland, Georgia, and
  8939. South Carolina assemblies indorsed the Circular Letter and were also
  8940. dissolved at once. The Virginia House of Burgesses, thoroughly aroused,
  8941. passed resolutions on May 16, 1769, declaring that the sole right of
  8942. imposing taxes in Virginia was vested in its legislature, asserting anew
  8943. the right of petition to the crown, condemning the transportation of
  8944. persons accused of crimes or trial beyond the seas, and beseeching the
  8945. king for a redress of the general grievances. The immediate dissolution
  8946. of the Virginia assembly, in its turn, was the answer of the royal
  8947. governor.
  8948.  
  8949. =The Boston Massacre.=--American opposition to the British authorities
  8950. kept steadily rising as assemblies were dissolved, the houses of
  8951. citizens searched, and troops distributed in increasing numbers among
  8952. the centers of discontent. Merchants again agreed not to import British
  8953. goods, the Sons of Liberty renewed their agitation, and women set about
  8954. the patronage of home products still more loyally.
  8955.  
  8956. On the night of March 5, 1770, a crowd on the streets of Boston began to
  8957. jostle and tease some British regulars stationed in the town. Things
  8958. went from bad to worse until some "boys and young fellows" began to
  8959. throw snowballs and stones. Then the exasperated soldiers fired into the
  8960. crowd, killing five and wounding half a dozen more. The day after the
  8961. "massacre," a mass meeting was held in the town and Samuel Adams was
  8962. sent to demand the withdrawal of the soldiers. The governor hesitated
  8963. and tried to compromise. Finding Adams relentless, the governor yielded
  8964. and ordered the regulars away.
  8965.  
  8966. The Boston Massacre stirred the country from New Hampshire to Georgia.
  8967. Popular passions ran high. The guilty soldiers were charged with murder.
  8968. Their defense was undertaken, in spite of the wrath of the populace, by
  8969. John Adams and Josiah Quincy, who as lawyers thought even the worst
  8970.  
  8971. offenders entitled to their full rights in law. In his speech to the
  8972. jury, however, Adams warned the British government against its course,
  8973. saying, that "from the nature of things soldiers quartered in a populous
  8974. town will always occasion two mobs where they will prevent one." Two of
  8975. the soldiers were convicted and lightly punished.
  8976.  
  8977. =Resistance in the South.=--The year following the Boston Massacre some
  8978. citizens of North Carolina, goaded by the conduct of the royal governor,
  8979. openly resisted his authority. Many were killed as a result and seven
  8980. who were taken prisoners were hanged as traitors. A little later royal
  8981. troops and local militia met in a pitched battle near Alamance River,
  8982. called the "Lexington of the South."
  8983.  
  8984. =The _Gaspee_ Affair and the Virginia Resolutions of 1773.=--On sea as
  8985. well as on land, friction between the royal officers and the colonists
  8986. broke out into overt acts. While patrolling Narragansett Bay looking for
  8987. smugglers one day in 1772, the armed ship, _Gaspee_, ran ashore and was
  8988. caught fast. During the night several men from Providence boarded the
  8989. vessel and, after seizing the crew, set it on fire. A royal commission,
  8990. sent to Rhode Island to discover the offenders and bring them to
  8991. account, failed because it could not find a single informer. The very
  8992. appointment of such a commission aroused the patriots of Virginia to
  8993. action; and in March, 1773, the House of Burgesses passed a resolution
  8994. creating a standing committee of correspondence to develop cooperation
  8995. among the colonies in resistance to British measures.
  8996.  
  8997. =The Boston Tea Party.=--Although the British government, finding the
  8998. Townshend revenue act a failure, repealed in 1770 all the duties except
  8999. that on tea, it in no way relaxed its resolve to enforce the other
  9000. commercial regulations it had imposed on the colonies. Moreover,
  9001. Parliament decided to relieve the British East India Company of the
  9002. financial difficulties into which it had fallen partly by reason of the
  9003. Tea Act and the colonial boycott that followed. In 1773 it agreed to
  9004. return to the Company the regular import duties, levied in England, on
  9005. all tea transshipped to America. A small impost of three pence, to be
  9006. collected in America, was left as a reminder of the principle laid down
  9007. in the Declaratory Act that Parliament had the right to tax the
  9008. colonists.
  9009.  
  9010. This arrangement with the East India Company was obnoxious to the
  9011. colonists for several reasons. It was an act of favoritism for one
  9012. thing, in the interest of a great monopoly. For another thing, it
  9013. promised to dump on the American market, suddenly, an immense amount of
  9014. cheap tea and so cause heavy losses to American merchants who had large
  9015. stocks on hand. It threatened with ruin the business of all those who
  9016. were engaged in clandestine trade with the Dutch. It carried with it an
  9017. irritating tax of three pence on imports. In Charleston, Annapolis, New
  9018. York, and Boston, captains of ships who brought tea under this act were
  9019. roughly handled. One night in December, 1773, a band of Boston citizens,
  9020. disguised as Indians, boarded the hated tea ships and dumped the cargo
  9021. into the harbor. This was serious business, for it was open, flagrant,
  9022. determined violation of the law. As such the British government viewed
  9023. it.
  9024.  
  9025.  
  9026. RETALIATION BY THE BRITISH GOVERNMENT
  9027.  
  9028. =Reception of the News of the Tea Riot.=--The news of the tea riot in
  9029. Boston confirmed King George in his conviction that there should be no
  9030. soft policy in dealing with his American subjects. "The die is cast," he
  9031. stated with evident satisfaction. "The colonies must either triumph or
  9032. submit.... If we take the resolute part, they will undoubtedly be very
  9033. meek." Lord George Germain characterized the tea party as "the
  9034. proceedings of a tumultuous and riotous rabble who ought, if they had
  9035. the least prudence, to follow their mercantile employments and not
  9036. trouble themselves with politics and government, which they do not
  9037. understand." This expressed, in concise form, exactly the sentiments of
  9038. Lord North, who had then for three years been the king's chief minister.
  9039. Even Pitt, Lord Chatham, was prepared to support the government in
  9040. upholding its authority.
  9041.  
  9042. =The Five Intolerable Acts.=--Parliament, beginning on March 31, 1774,
  9043. passed five stringent measures, known in American history as the five
  9044. "intolerable acts." They were aimed at curing the unrest in America. The
  9045. _first_ of them was a bill absolutely shutting the port of Boston to
  9046. commerce with the outside world. The _second_, following closely,
  9047. revoked the Massachusetts charter of 1691 and provided furthermore that
  9048. the councilors should be appointed by the king, that all judges should
  9049. be named by the royal governor, and that town meetings (except to elect
  9050. certain officers) could not be held without the governor's consent. A
  9051. _third_ measure, after denouncing the "utter subversion of all lawful
  9052. government" in the provinces, authorized royal agents to transfer to
  9053. Great Britain or to other colonies the trials of officers or other
  9054. persons accused of murder in connection with the enforcement of the law.
  9055. The _fourth_ act legalized the quartering of troops in Massachusetts
  9056. towns. The _fifth_ of the measures was the Quebec Act, which granted
  9057. religious toleration to the Catholics in Canada, extended the boundaries
  9058. of Quebec southward to the Ohio River, and established, in this western
  9059. region, government by a viceroy.
  9060.  
  9061. The intolerable acts went through Parliament with extraordinary
  9062. celerity. There was an opposition, alert and informed; but it was
  9063. ineffective. Burke spoke eloquently against the Boston port bill,
  9064. condemning it roundly for punishing the innocent with the guilty, and
  9065. showing how likely it was to bring grave consequences in its train. He
  9066. was heard with respect and his pleas were rejected. The bill passed both
  9067. houses without a division, the entry "unanimous" being made upon their
  9068. journals although it did not accurately represent the state of opinion.
  9069. The law destroying the charter of Massachusetts passed the Commons by a
  9070. vote of three to one; and the third intolerable act by a vote of four to
  9071. one. The triumph of the ministry was complete. "What passed in Boston,"
  9072. exclaimed the great jurist, Lord Mansfield, "is the overt act of High
  9073. Treason proceeding from our over lenity and want of foresight." The
  9074. crown and Parliament were united in resorting to punitive measures.
  9075.  
  9076. In the colonies the laws were received with consternation. To the
  9077. American Protestants, the Quebec Act was the most offensive. That
  9078. project they viewed not as an act of grace or of mercy but as a direct
  9079. attempt to enlist French Canadians on the side of Great Britain. The
  9080. British government did not grant religious toleration to Catholics
  9081. either at home or in Ireland and the Americans could see no good motive
  9082. in granting it in North America. The act was also offensive because
  9083. Massachusetts, Connecticut, and Virginia had, under their charters,
  9084. large claims in the territory thus annexed to Quebec.
  9085.  
  9086. To enforce these intolerable acts the military arm of the British
  9087. government was brought into play. The commander-in-chief of the armed
  9088. forces in America, General Gage, was appointed governor of
  9089. Massachusetts. Reinforcements were brought to the colonies, for now King
  9090. George was to give "the rebels," as he called them, a taste of strong
  9091. medicine. The majesty of his law was to be vindicated by force.
  9092.  
  9093.  
  9094. FROM REFORM TO REVOLUTION IN AMERICA
  9095.  
  9096. =The Doctrine of Natural Rights.=--The dissolution of assemblies, the
  9097. destruction of charters, and the use of troops produced in the colonies
  9098. a new phase in the struggle. In the early days of the contest with the
  9099. British ministry, the Americans spoke of their "rights as Englishmen"
  9100. and condemned the acts of Parliament as unlawful, as violating the
  9101. principles of the English constitution under which they all lived. When
  9102. they saw that such arguments had no effect on Parliament, they turned
  9103. for support to their "natural rights." The latter doctrine, in the form
  9104. in which it was employed by the colonists, was as English as the
  9105. constitutional argument. John Locke had used it with good effect in
  9106. defense of the English revolution in the seventeenth century. American
  9107. leaders, familiar with the writings of Locke, also took up his thesis in
  9108. the hour of their distress. They openly declared that their rights did
  9109. not rest after all upon the English constitution or a charter from the
  9110. crown. "Old Magna Carta was not the beginning of all things," retorted
  9111. Otis when the constitutional argument failed. "A time may come when
  9112. Parliament shall declare every American charter void, but the natural,
  9113. inherent, and inseparable rights of the colonists as men and as citizens
  9114. would remain and whatever became of charters can never be abolished
  9115. until the general conflagration." Of the same opinion was the young and
  9116. impetuous Alexander Hamilton. "The sacred rights of mankind," he
  9117. exclaimed, "are not to be rummaged for among old parchments or musty
  9118. records. They are written as with a sunbeam in the whole volume of human
  9119. destiny by the hand of divinity itself, and can never be erased or
  9120. obscured by mortal power."
  9121.  
  9122. Firm as the American leaders were in the statement and defense of their
  9123. rights, there is every reason for believing that in the beginning they
  9124. hoped to confine the conflict to the realm of opinion. They constantly
  9125. avowed that they were loyal to the king when protesting in the strongest
  9126. language against his policies. Even Otis, regarded by the loyalists as a
  9127. firebrand, was in fact attempting to avert revolution by winning
  9128. concessions from England. "I argue this cause with the greater
  9129. pleasure," he solemnly urged in his speech against the writs of
  9130. assistance, "as it is in favor of British liberty ... and as it is in
  9131. opposition to a kind of power, the exercise of which in former periods
  9132. cost one king of England his head and another his throne."
  9133.  
  9134. =Burke Offers the Doctrine of Conciliation.=--The flooding tide of
  9135. American sentiment was correctly measured by one Englishman at least,
  9136. Edmund Burke, who quickly saw that attempts to restrain the rise of
  9137. American democracy were efforts to reverse the processes of nature. He
  9138. saw how fixed and rooted in the nature of things was the American
  9139. spirit--how inevitable, how irresistible. He warned his countrymen that
  9140. there were three ways of handling the delicate situation--and only
  9141. three. One was to remove the cause of friction by changing the spirit of
  9142. the colonists--an utter impossibility because that spirit was grounded
  9143. in the essential circumstances of American life. The second was to
  9144. prosecute American leaders as criminals; of this he begged his
  9145. countrymen to beware lest the colonists declare that "a government
  9146. against which a claim of liberty is tantamount to high treason is a
  9147. government to which submission is equivalent to slavery." The third and
  9148. right way to meet the problem, Burke concluded, was to accept the
  9149. American spirit, repeal the obnoxious measures, and receive the colonies
  9150. into equal partnership.
  9151.  
  9152. =Events Produce the Great Decision.=--The right way, indicated by Burke,
  9153. was equally impossible to George III and the majority in Parliament. To
  9154. their narrow minds, American opinion was contemptible and American
  9155. resistance unlawful, riotous, and treasonable. The correct way, in their
  9156. view, was to dispatch more troops to crush the "rebels"; and that very
  9157. act took the contest from the realm of opinion. As John Adams said:
  9158. "Facts are stubborn things." Opinions were unseen, but marching soldiers
  9159. were visible to the veriest street urchin. "Now," said Gouverneur
  9160. Morris, "the sheep, simple as they are, cannot be gulled as heretofore."
  9161. It was too late to talk about the excellence of the British
  9162. constitution. If any one is bewildered by the controversies of modern
  9163. historians as to why the crisis came at last, he can clarify his
  9164. understanding by reading again Edmund Burke's stately oration, _On
  9165. Conciliation with America_.
  9166.  
  9167.  
  9168. =References=
  9169.  
  9170. G.L. Beer, _British Colonial Policy_ (1754-63).
  9171.  
  9172. E. Channing, _History of the United States_, Vol. III.
  9173.  
  9174. R. Frothingham, _Rise of the Republic_.
  9175.  
  9176. G.E. Howard, _Preliminaries of the Revolution_ (American Nation Series).
  9177.  
  9178. J.K. Hosmer, _Samuel Adams_.
  9179.  
  9180. J.T. Morse, _Benjamin Franklin_.
  9181.  
  9182. M.C. Tyler, _Patrick Henry_.
  9183.  
  9184. J.A. Woodburn (editor), _The American Revolution_ (Selections from the
  9185. English work by Lecky).
  9186.  
  9187.  
  9188. =Questions=
  9189.  
  9190. 1. Show how the character of George III made for trouble with the
  9191. colonies.
  9192.  
  9193. 2. Explain why the party and parliamentary systems of England favored
  9194. the plans of George III.
  9195.  
  9196. 3. How did the state of English finances affect English policy?
  9197.  
  9198. 4. Enumerate five important measures of the English government affecting
  9199. the colonies between 1763 and 1765. Explain each in detail.
  9200.  
  9201. 5. Describe American resistance to the Stamp Act. What was the outcome?
  9202.  
  9203. 6. Show how England renewed her policy of regulation in 1767.
  9204.  
  9205. 7. Summarize the events connected with American resistance.
  9206.  
  9207. 8. With what measures did Great Britain retaliate?
  9208.  
  9209. 9. Contrast "constitutional" with "natural" rights.
  9210.  
  9211. 10. What solution did Burke offer? Why was it rejected?
  9212.  
  9213.  
  9214. =Research Topics=
  9215.  
  9216. =Powers Conferred on Revenue Officers by Writs of Assistance.=--See a
  9217. writ in Macdonald, _Source Book_, p. 109.
  9218.  
  9219. =The Acts of Parliament Respecting America.=--Macdonald, pp. 117-146.
  9220. Assign one to each student for report and comment.
  9221.  
  9222. =Source Studies on the Stamp Act.=--Hart, _American History Told by
  9223. Contemporaries_, Vol. II, pp. 394-412.
  9224.  
  9225. =Source Studies of the Townshend Acts.=--Hart, Vol. II, pp. 413-433.
  9226.  
  9227. =American Principles.=--Prepare a table of them from the Resolutions of
  9228. the Stamp Act Congress and the Massachusetts Circular. Macdonald, pp.
  9229. 136-146.
  9230.  
  9231. =An English Historian's View of the Period.=--Green, _Short History of
  9232. England_, Chap. X.
  9233.  
  9234. =English Policy Not Injurious to America.=--Callender, _Economic
  9235. History_, pp. 85-121.
  9236.  
  9237. =A Review of English Policy.=--Woodrow Wilson, _History of the American
  9238. People_, Vol. II, pp. 129-170.
  9239.  
  9240. =The Opening of the Revolution.=--Elson, _History of the United States_,
  9241. pp. 220-235.
  9242.  
  9243.  
  9244.  
  9245.  
  9246. CHAPTER VI
  9247.  
  9248. THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION
  9249.  
  9250.  
  9251. RESISTANCE AND RETALIATION
  9252.  
  9253. =The Continental Congress.=--When the news of the "intolerable acts"
  9254. reached America, every one knew what strong medicine Parliament was
  9255. prepared to administer to all those who resisted its authority. The
  9256. cause of Massachusetts became the cause of all the colonies. Opposition
  9257. to British policy, hitherto local and spasmodic, now took on a national
  9258. character. To local committees and provincial conventions was added a
  9259. Continental Congress, appropriately called by Massachusetts on June 17,
  9260. 1774, at the instigation of Samuel Adams. The response to the summons
  9261. was electric. By hurried and irregular methods delegates were elected
  9262. during the summer, and on September 5 the Congress duly assembled in
  9263. Carpenter's Hall in Philadelphia. Many of the greatest men in America
  9264. were there--George Washington and Patrick Henry from Virginia and John
  9265. and Samuel Adams from Massachusetts. Every shade of opinion was
  9266. represented. Some were impatient with mild devices; the majority favored
  9267. moderation.
  9268.  
  9269. The Congress drew up a declaration of American rights and stated in
  9270. clear and dignified language the grievances of the colonists. It
  9271. approved the resistance to British measures offered by Massachusetts and
  9272. promised the united support of all sections. It prepared an address to
  9273. King George and another to the people of England, disavowing the idea of
  9274. independence but firmly attacking the policies pursued by the British
  9275. government.
  9276.  
  9277. =The Non-Importation Agreement.=--The Congress was not content, however,
  9278. with professions of faith and with petitions. It took one revolutionary
  9279. step. It agreed to stop the importation of British goods into America,
  9280. and the enforcement of this agreement it placed in the hands of local
  9281. "committees of safety and inspection," to be elected by the qualified
  9282. voters. The significance of this action is obvious. Congress threw
  9283. itself athwart British law. It made a rule to bind American citizens and
  9284. to be carried into effect by American officers. It set up a state within
  9285. the British state and laid down a test of allegiance to the new order.
  9286. The colonists, who up to this moment had been wavering, had to choose
  9287. one authority or the other. They were for the enforcement of the
  9288. non-importation agreement or they were against it. They either bought
  9289. English goods or they did not. In the spirit of the toast--"May Britain
  9290. be wise and America be free"--the first Continental Congress adjourned
  9291. in October, having appointed the tenth of May following for the meeting
  9292. of a second Congress, should necessity require.
  9293.  
  9294. =Lord North's "Olive Branch."=--When the news of the action of the
  9295. American Congress reached England, Pitt and Burke warmly urged a repeal
  9296. of the obnoxious laws, but in vain. All they could wring from the prime
  9297. minister, Lord North, was a set of "conciliatory resolutions" proposing
  9298. to relieve from taxation any colony that would assume its share of
  9299. imperial defense and make provision for supporting the local officers of
  9300. the crown. This "olive branch" was accompanied by a resolution assuring
  9301. the king of support at all hazards in suppressing the rebellion and by
  9302. the restraining act of March 30, 1775, which in effect destroyed the
  9303. commerce of New England.
  9304.  
  9305. =Bloodshed at Lexington and Concord (April 19, 1775).=--Meanwhile the
  9306. British authorities in Massachusetts relaxed none of their efforts in
  9307. upholding British sovereignty. General Gage, hearing that military
  9308. stores had been collected at Concord, dispatched a small force to seize
  9309. them. By this act he precipitated the conflict he had sought to avoid.
  9310. At Lexington, on the road to Concord, occurred "the little thing" that
  9311. produced "the great event." An unexpected collision beyond the thought
  9312. or purpose of any man had transferred the contest from the forum to the
  9313. battle field.
  9314.  
  9315. =The Second Continental Congress.=--Though blood had been shed and war
  9316. was actually at hand, the second Continental Congress, which met at
  9317. Philadelphia in May, 1775, was not yet convinced that conciliation was
  9318. beyond human power. It petitioned the king to interpose on behalf of the
  9319. colonists in order that the empire might avoid the calamities of civil
  9320. war. On the last day of July, it made a temperate but firm answer to
  9321. Lord North's offer of conciliation, stating that the proposal was
  9322. unsatisfactory because it did not renounce the right to tax or repeal
  9323. the offensive acts of Parliament.
  9324.  
  9325. =Force, the British Answer.=--Just as the representatives of America
  9326. were about to present the last petition of Congress to the king on
  9327. August 23, 1775, George III issued a proclamation of rebellion. This
  9328. announcement declared that the colonists, "misled by dangerous and
  9329. ill-designing men," were in a state of insurrection; it called on the
  9330. civil and military powers to bring "the traitors to justice"; and it
  9331. threatened with "condign punishment the authors, perpetrators, and
  9332. abettors of such traitorous designs." It closed with the usual prayer:
  9333. "God, save the king." Later in the year, Parliament passed a sweeping
  9334. act destroying all trade and intercourse with America. Congress was
  9335. silent at last. Force was also America's answer.
  9336.  
  9337.  
  9338. AMERICAN INDEPENDENCE
  9339.  
  9340. =Drifting into War.=--Although the Congress had not given up all hope of
  9341. reconciliation in the spring and summer of 1775, it had firmly resolved
  9342. to defend American rights by arms if necessary. It transformed the
  9343. militiamen who had assembled near Boston, after the battle of Lexington,
  9344. into a Continental army and selected Washington as commander-in-chief.
  9345. It assumed the powers of a government and prepared to raise money, wage
  9346. war, and carry on diplomatic relations with foreign countries.
  9347.  
  9348. [Illustration: _From an old print_
  9349.  
  9350. SPIRIT OF 1776]
  9351.  
  9352. Events followed thick and fast. On June 17, the American militia, by
  9353. the stubborn defense of Bunker Hill, showed that it could make British
  9354. regulars pay dearly for all they got. On July 3, Washington took command
  9355. of the army at Cambridge. In January, 1776, after bitter disappointments
  9356. in drumming up recruits for its army in England, Scotland, and Ireland,
  9357. the British government concluded a treaty with the Landgrave of
  9358. Hesse-Cassel in Germany contracting, at a handsome figure, for thousands
  9359. of soldiers and many pieces of cannon. This was the crowning insult to
  9360. America. Such was the view of all friends of the colonies on both sides
  9361. of the water. Such was, long afterward, the judgment of the conservative
  9362. historian Lecky: "The conduct of England in hiring German mercenaries to
  9363. subdue the essentially English population beyond the Atlantic made
  9364. reconciliation hopeless and independence inevitable." The news of this
  9365. wretched transaction in German soldiers had hardly reached America
  9366. before there ran all down the coast the thrilling story that Washington
  9367. had taken Boston, on March 17, 1776, compelling Lord Howe to sail with
  9368. his entire army for Halifax.
  9369.  
  9370. =The Growth of Public Sentiment in Favor of Independence.=--Events were
  9371. bearing the Americans away from their old position under the British
  9372. constitution toward a final separation. Slowly and against their
  9373. desires, prudent and honorable men, who cherished the ties that united
  9374. them to the old order and dreaded with genuine horror all thought of
  9375. revolution, were drawn into the path that led to the great decision. In
  9376. all parts of the country and among all classes, the question of the hour
  9377. was being debated. "American independence," as the historian Bancroft
  9378. says, "was not an act of sudden passion nor the work of one man or one
  9379. assembly. It had been discussed in every part of the country by farmers
  9380. and merchants, by mechanics and planters, by the fishermen along the
  9381. coast and the backwoodsmen of the West; in town meetings and from the
  9382. pulpit; at social gatherings and around the camp fires; in county
  9383. conventions and conferences or committees; in colonial congresses and
  9384. assemblies."
  9385.  
  9386. [Illustration: _From an old print_
  9387.  
  9388. THOMAS PAINE]
  9389.  
  9390. =Paine's "Commonsense."=--In the midst of this ferment of American
  9391. opinion, a bold and eloquent pamphleteer broke in upon the hesitating
  9392. public with a program for absolute independence, without fears and
  9393. without apologies. In the early days of 1776, Thomas Paine issued the
  9394. first of his famous tracts, "Commonsense," a passionate attack upon the
  9395. British monarchy and an equally passionate plea for American liberty.
  9396. Casting aside the language of petition with which Americans had hitherto
  9397. addressed George III, Paine went to the other extreme and assailed him
  9398. with many a violent epithet. He condemned monarchy itself as a system
  9399. which had laid the world "in blood and ashes." Instead of praising the
  9400. British constitution under which colonists had been claiming their
  9401. rights, he brushed it aside as ridiculous, protesting that it was "owing
  9402. to the constitution of the people, not to the constitution of the
  9403. government, that the Crown is not as oppressive in England as in
  9404. Turkey."
  9405.  
  9406. Having thus summarily swept away the grounds of allegiance to the old
  9407. order, Paine proceeded relentlessly to an argument for immediate
  9408. separation from Great Britain. There was nothing in the sphere of
  9409. practical interest, he insisted, which should bind the colonies to the
  9410. mother country. Allegiance to her had been responsible for the many wars
  9411. in which they had been involved. Reasons of trade were not less weighty
  9412. in behalf of independence. "Our corn will fetch its price in any market
  9413. in Europe and our imported goods must be paid for, buy them where we
  9414. will." As to matters of government, "it is not in the power of Britain
  9415. to do this continent justice; the business of it will soon be too
  9416. weighty and intricate to be managed with any tolerable degree of
  9417. convenience by a power so distant from us and so very ignorant of us."
  9418.  
  9419. There is accordingly no alternative to independence for America.
  9420. "Everything that is right or natural pleads for separation. The blood of
  9421. the slain, the weeping voice of nature cries ''tis time to part.' ...
  9422. Arms, the last resort, must decide the contest; the appeal was the
  9423. choice of the king and the continent hath accepted the challenge.... The
  9424. sun never shone on a cause of greater worth. 'Tis not the affair of a
  9425. city, a county, a province or a kingdom, but of a continent.... 'Tis not
  9426. the concern of a day, a year or an age; posterity is involved in the
  9427. contest and will be more or less affected to the end of time by the
  9428. proceedings now. Now is the seed-time of Continental union, faith, and
  9429. honor.... O! ye that love mankind! Ye that dare oppose not only the
  9430. tyranny, but the tyrant, stand forth.... Let names of Whig and Tory be
  9431. extinct. Let none other be heard among us than those of a good citizen,
  9432. an open and resolute friend, and a virtuous supporter of the rights of
  9433. mankind and of the free and independent states of America." As more than
  9434. 100,000 copies were scattered broadcast over the country, patriots
  9435. exclaimed with Washington: "Sound doctrine and unanswerable reason!"
  9436.  
  9437. =The Drift of Events toward Independence.=--Official support for the
  9438. idea of independence began to come from many quarters. On the tenth of
  9439. February, 1776, Gadsden, in the provincial convention of South Carolina,
  9440. advocated a new constitution for the colony and absolute independence
  9441. for all America. The convention balked at the latter but went half way
  9442. by abolishing the system of royal administration and establishing a
  9443. complete plan of self-government. A month later, on April 12, the
  9444. neighboring state of North Carolina uttered the daring phrase from which
  9445. others shrank. It empowered its representatives in the Congress to
  9446. concur with the delegates of the other colonies in declaring
  9447. independence. Rhode Island, Massachusetts, and Virginia quickly
  9448. responded to the challenge. The convention of the Old Dominion, on May
  9449. 15, instructed its delegates at Philadelphia to propose the independence
  9450. of the United Colonies and to give the assent of Virginia to the act of
  9451. separation. When the resolution was carried the British flag on the
  9452. state house was lowered for all time.
  9453.  
  9454. Meanwhile the Continental Congress was alive to the course of events
  9455. outside. The subject of independence was constantly being raised. "Are
  9456. we rebels?" exclaimed Wyeth of Virginia during a debate in February.
  9457. "No: we must declare ourselves a free people." Others hesitated and
  9458. spoke of waiting for the arrival of commissioners of conciliation. "Is
  9459. not America already independent?" asked Samuel Adams a few weeks later.
  9460. "Why not then declare it?" Still there was uncertainty and delegates
  9461. avoided the direct word. A few more weeks elapsed. At last, on May 10,
  9462. Congress declared that the authority of the British crown in America
  9463. must be suppressed and advised the colonies to set up governments of
  9464. their own.
  9465.  
  9466. [Illustration: _From an old print_
  9467.  
  9468. THOMAS JEFFERSON READING HIS DRAFT OF THE DECLARATION OF
  9469. INDEPENDENCE TO THE COMMITTEE OF CONGRESS]
  9470.  
  9471. =Independence Declared.=--The way was fully prepared, therefore, when,
  9472. on June 7, the Virginia delegation in the Congress moved that "these
  9473. united colonies are and of right ought to be free and independent
  9474. states." A committee was immediately appointed to draft a formal
  9475. document setting forth the reasons for the act, and on July 2 all the
  9476. states save New York went on record in favor of severing their political
  9477. connection with Great Britain. Two days later, July 4, Jefferson's draft
  9478. of the Declaration of Independence, changed in some slight particulars,
  9479. was adopted. The old bell in Independence Hall, as it is now known, rang
  9480. out the glad tidings; couriers swiftly carried the news to the uttermost
  9481. hamlet and farm. A new nation announced its will to have a place among
  9482. the powers of the world.
  9483.  
  9484. To some documents is given immortality. The Declaration of Independence
  9485. is one of them. American patriotism is forever associated with it; but
  9486. patriotism alone does not make it immortal. Neither does the vigor of
  9487. its language or the severity of its indictment give it a secure place in
  9488. the records of time. The secret of its greatness lies in the simple fact
  9489. that it is one of the memorable landmarks in the history of a political
  9490. ideal which for three centuries has been taking form and spreading
  9491. throughout the earth, challenging kings and potentates, shaking down
  9492. thrones and aristocracies, breaking the armies of irresponsible power on
  9493. battle fields as far apart as Marston Moor and Chateau-Thierry. That
  9494. ideal, now so familiar, then so novel, is summed up in the simple
  9495. sentence: "Governments derive their just powers from the consent of the
  9496. governed."
  9497.  
  9498. Written in a "decent respect for the opinions of mankind," to set forth
  9499. the causes which impelled the American colonists to separate from
  9500. Britain, the Declaration contained a long list of "abuses and
  9501. usurpations" which had induced them to throw off the government of King
  9502. George. That section of the Declaration has passed into "ancient"
  9503. history and is seldom read. It is the part laying down a new basis for
  9504. government and giving a new dignity to the common man that has become a
  9505. household phrase in the Old World as in the New.
  9506.  
  9507. In the more enduring passages there are four fundamental ideas which,
  9508. from the standpoint of the old system of government, were the essence of
  9509. revolution: (1) all men are created equal and are endowed by their
  9510. Creator with certain unalienable rights including life, liberty, and the
  9511. pursuit of happiness; (2) the purpose of government is to secure these
  9512. rights; (3) governments derive their just powers from the consent of the
  9513. governed; (4) whenever any form of government becomes destructive of
  9514. these ends it is the right of the people to alter or abolish it and
  9515. institute new government, laying its foundations on such principles and
  9516. organizing its powers in such form as to them shall seem most likely to
  9517. effect their safety and happiness. Here was the prelude to the historic
  9518. drama of democracy--a challenge to every form of government and every
  9519. privilege not founded on popular assent.
  9520.  
  9521.  
  9522. THE ESTABLISHMENT OF GOVERNMENT AND THE NEW ALLEGIANCE
  9523.  
  9524. =The Committees of Correspondence.=--As soon as debate had passed into
  9525. armed resistance, the patriots found it necessary to consolidate their
  9526. forces by organizing civil government. This was readily effected, for
  9527. the means were at hand in town meetings, provincial legislatures, and
  9528. committees of correspondence. The working tools of the Revolution were
  9529. in fact the committees of correspondence--small, local, unofficial
  9530. groups of patriots formed to exchange views and create public sentiment.
  9531. As early as November, 1772, such a committee had been created in Boston
  9532. under the leadership of Samuel Adams. It held regular meetings, sent
  9533. emissaries to neighboring towns, and carried on a campaign of education
  9534. in the doctrines of liberty.
  9535.  
  9536. [Illustration: THE COLONIES OF NORTH AMERICA AT THE TIME OF THE
  9537. DECLARATION OF INDEPENDENCE]
  9538.  
  9539. Upon local organizations similar in character to the Boston committee
  9540. were built county committees and then the larger colonial committees,
  9541. congresses, and conventions, all unofficial and representing the
  9542. revolutionary elements. Ordinarily the provincial convention was merely
  9543. the old legislative assembly freed from all royalist sympathizers and
  9544. controlled by patriots. Finally, upon these colonial assemblies was
  9545. built the Continental Congress, the precursor of union under the
  9546. Articles of Confederation and ultimately under the Constitution of the
  9547. United States. This was the revolutionary government set up within the
  9548. British empire in America.
  9549.  
  9550. =State Constitutions Framed.=--With the rise of these new assemblies of
  9551. the people, the old colonial governments broke down. From the royal
  9552. provinces the governor, the judges, and the high officers fled in haste,
  9553. and it became necessary to substitute patriot authorities. The appeal to
  9554. the colonies advising them to adopt a new form of government for
  9555. themselves, issued by the Congress in May, 1776, was quickly acted upon.
  9556. Before the expiration of a year, Virginia, New Jersey, Pennsylvania,
  9557. Delaware, Maryland, Georgia, and New York had drafted new constitutions
  9558. as states, not as colonies uncertain of their destinies. Connecticut and
  9559. Rhode Island, holding that their ancient charters were equal to their
  9560. needs, merely renounced their allegiance to the king and went on as
  9561. before so far as the form of government was concerned. South Carolina,
  9562. which had drafted a temporary plan early in 1776, drew up a new and more
  9563. complete constitution in 1778. Two years later Massachusetts with much
  9564. deliberation put into force its fundamental law, which in most of its
  9565. essential features remains unchanged to-day.
  9566.  
  9567. The new state constitutions in their broad outlines followed colonial
  9568. models. For the royal governor was substituted a governor or president
  9569. chosen usually by the legislature; but in two instances, New York and
  9570. Massachusetts, by popular vote. For the provincial council there was
  9571. substituted, except in Georgia, a senate; while the lower house, or
  9572. assembly, was continued virtually without change. The old property
  9573. restriction on the suffrage, though lowered slightly in some states, was
  9574. continued in full force to the great discontent of the mechanics thus
  9575. deprived of the ballot. The special qualifications, laid down in several
  9576. constitutions, for governors, senators, and representatives, indicated
  9577. that the revolutionary leaders were not prepared for any radical
  9578. experiments in democracy. The protests of a few women, like Mrs. John
  9579. Adams of Massachusetts and Mrs. Henry Corbin of Virginia, against a
  9580. government which excluded them from political rights were treated as
  9581. mild curiosities of no significance, although in New Jersey women were
  9582. allowed to vote for many years on the same terms as men.
  9583.  
  9584. By the new state constitutions the signs and symbols of royal power, of
  9585. authority derived from any source save "the people," were swept aside
  9586. and republican governments on an imposing scale presented for the first
  9587. time to the modern world. Copies of these remarkable documents prepared
  9588. by plain citizens were translated into French and widely circulated in
  9589. Europe. There they were destined to serve as a guide and inspiration to
  9590. a generation of constitution-makers whose mission it was to begin the
  9591. democratic revolution in the Old World.
  9592.  
  9593. =The Articles of Confederation.=--The formation of state constitutions
  9594. was an easy task for the revolutionary leaders. They had only to build
  9595. on foundations already laid. The establishment of a national system of
  9596. government was another matter. There had always been, it must be
  9597. remembered, a system of central control over the colonies, but Americans
  9598. had had little experience in its operation. When the supervision of the
  9599. crown of Great Britain was suddenly broken, the patriot leaders,
  9600. accustomed merely to provincial statesmanship, were poorly trained for
  9601. action on a national stage.
  9602.  
  9603. Many forces worked against those who, like Franklin, had a vision of
  9604. national destiny. There were differences in economic interest--commerce
  9605. and industry in the North and the planting system of the South. There
  9606. were contests over the apportionment of taxes and the quotas of troops
  9607. for common defense. To these practical difficulties were added local
  9608. pride, the vested rights of state and village politicians in their
  9609. provincial dignity, and the scarcity of men with a large outlook upon
  9610. the common enterprise.
  9611.  
  9612. Nevertheless, necessity compelled them to consider some sort of
  9613. federation. The second Continental Congress had hardly opened its work
  9614. before the most sagacious leaders began to urge the desirability of a
  9615. permanent connection. As early as July, 1775, Congress resolved to go
  9616. into a committee of the whole on the state of the union, and Franklin,
  9617. undaunted by the fate of his Albany plan of twenty years before, again
  9618. presented a draft of a constitution. Long and desultory debates followed
  9619. and it was not until late in 1777 that Congress presented to the states
  9620. the Articles of Confederation. Provincial jealousies delayed
  9621. ratification, and it was the spring of 1781, a few months before the
  9622. surrender of Cornwallis at Yorktown, when Maryland, the last of the
  9623. states, approved the Articles. This plan of union, though it was all
  9624. that could be wrung from the reluctant states, provided for neither a
  9625. chief executive nor a system of federal courts. It created simply a
  9626. Congress of delegates in which each state had an equal voice and gave it
  9627. the right to call upon the state legislatures for the sinews of
  9628. government--money and soldiers.
  9629.  
  9630. =The Application of Tests of Allegiance.=--As the successive steps were
  9631. taken in the direction of independent government, the patriots devised
  9632. and applied tests designed to discover who were for and who were against
  9633. the new nation in the process of making. When the first Continental
  9634. Congress agreed not to allow the importation of British goods, it
  9635. provided for the creation of local committees to enforce the rules. Such
  9636. agencies were duly formed by the choice of men favoring the scheme, all
  9637. opponents being excluded from the elections. Before these bodies those
  9638. who persisted in buying British goods were summoned and warned or
  9639. punished according to circumstances. As soon as the new state
  9640. constitutions were put into effect, local committees set to work in the
  9641. same way to ferret out all who were not outspoken in their support of
  9642. the new order of things.
  9643.  
  9644. [Illustration: MOBBING THE TORIES]
  9645.  
  9646. These patriot agencies, bearing different names in different sections,
  9647. were sometimes ruthless in their methods. They called upon all men to
  9648. sign the test of loyalty, frequently known as the "association test."
  9649. Those who refused were promptly branded as outlaws, while some of the
  9650. more dangerous were thrown into jail. The prison camp in Connecticut at
  9651. one time held the former governor of New Jersey and the mayor of New
  9652. York. Thousands were black-listed and subjected to espionage. The
  9653. black-list of Pennsylvania contained the names of nearly five hundred
  9654. persons of prominence who were under suspicion. Loyalists or Tories who
  9655. were bold enough to speak and write against the Revolution were
  9656. suppressed and their pamphlets burned. In many places, particularly in
  9657. the North, the property of the loyalists was confiscated and the
  9658. proceeds applied to the cause of the Revolution.
  9659.  
  9660. The work of the official agencies for suppression of opposition was
  9661. sometimes supplemented by mob violence. A few Tories were hanged without
  9662. trial, and others were tarred and feathered. One was placed upon a cake
  9663. of ice and held there "until his loyalty to King George might cool."
  9664. Whole families were driven out of their homes to find their way as best
  9665. they could within the British lines or into Canada, where the British
  9666. government gave them lands. Such excesses were deplored by Washington,
  9667. but they were defended on the ground that in effect a civil war, as well
  9668. as a war for independence, was being waged.
  9669.  
  9670. =The Patriots and Tories.=--Thus, by one process or another, those who
  9671. were to be citizens of the new republic were separated from those who
  9672. preferred to be subjects of King George. Just what proportion of the
  9673. Americans favored independence and what share remained loyal to the
  9674. British monarchy there is no way of knowing. The question of revolution
  9675. was not submitted to popular vote, and on the point of numbers we have
  9676. conflicting evidence. On the patriot side, there is the testimony of a
  9677. careful and informed observer, John Adams, who asserted that two-thirds
  9678. of the people were for the American cause and not more than one-third
  9679. opposed the Revolution at all stages.
  9680.  
  9681. On behalf of the loyalists, or Tories as they were popularly known,
  9682. extravagant claims were made. Joseph Galloway, who had been a member of
  9683. the first Continental Congress and had fled to England when he saw its
  9684. temper, testified before a committee of Parliament in 1779 that not
  9685. one-fifth of the American people supported the insurrection and that
  9686. "many more than four-fifths of the people prefer a union with Great
  9687. Britain upon constitutional principles to independence." At the same
  9688. time General Robertson, who had lived in America twenty-four years,
  9689. declared that "more than two-thirds of the people would prefer the
  9690. king's government to the Congress' tyranny." In an address to the king
  9691. in that year a committee of American loyalists asserted that "the number
  9692. of Americans in his Majesty's army exceeded the number of troops
  9693. enlisted by Congress to oppose them."
  9694.  
  9695. =The Character of the Loyalists.=--When General Howe evacuated Boston,
  9696. more than a thousand people fled with him. This great company, according
  9697. to a careful historian, "formed the aristocracy of the province by
  9698. virtue of their official rank; of their dignified callings and
  9699. professions; of their hereditary wealth and of their culture." The act
  9700. of banishment passed by Massachusetts in 1778, listing over 300 Tories,
  9701. "reads like the social register of the oldest and noblest families of
  9702. New England," more than one out of five being graduates of Harvard
  9703. College. The same was true of New York and Philadelphia; namely, that
  9704. the leading loyalists were prominent officials of the old order,
  9705. clergymen and wealthy merchants. With passion the loyalists fought
  9706. against the inevitable or with anguish of heart they left as refugees
  9707. for a life of uncertainty in Canada or the mother country.
  9708.  
  9709. =Tories Assail the Patriots.=--The Tories who remained in America joined
  9710. the British army by the thousands or in other ways aided the royal
  9711. cause. Those who were skillful with the pen assailed the patriots in
  9712. editorials, rhymes, satires, and political catechisms. They declared
  9713. that the members of Congress were "obscure, pettifogging attorneys,
  9714. bankrupt shopkeepers, outlawed smugglers, etc." The people and their
  9715. leaders they characterized as "wretched banditti ... the refuse and
  9716. dregs of mankind." The generals in the army they sneered at as "men of
  9717. rank and honor nearly on a par with those of the Congress."
  9718.  
  9719. =Patriot Writers Arouse the National Spirit.=--Stung by Tory taunts,
  9720. patriot writers devoted themselves to creating and sustaining a public
  9721. opinion favorable to the American cause. Moreover, they had to combat
  9722. the depression that grew out of the misfortunes in the early days of the
  9723. war. A terrible disaster befell Generals Arnold and Montgomery in the
  9724. winter of 1775 as they attempted to bring Canada into the revolution--a
  9725. disaster that cost 5000 men; repeated calamities harassed Washington in
  9726. 1776 as he was defeated on Long Island, driven out of New York City, and
  9727. beaten at Harlem Heights and White Plains. These reverses were almost
  9728. too great for the stoutest patriots.
  9729.  
  9730. Pamphleteers, preachers, and publicists rose, however, to meet the needs
  9731. of the hour. John Witherspoon, provost of the College of New Jersey,
  9732. forsook the classroom for the field of political controversy. The poet,
  9733. Philip Freneau, flung taunts of cowardice at the Tories and celebrated
  9734. the spirit of liberty in many a stirring poem. Songs, ballads, plays,
  9735. and satires flowed from the press in an unending stream. Fast days,
  9736. battle anniversaries, celebrations of important steps taken by Congress
  9737. afforded to patriotic clergymen abundant opportunities for sermons.
  9738. "Does Mr. Wiberd preach against oppression?" anxiously inquired John
  9739. Adams in a letter to his wife. The answer was decisive. "The clergy of
  9740. every denomination, not excepting the Episcopalian, thunder and lighten
  9741. every Sabbath. They pray for Boston and Massachusetts. They thank God
  9742. most explicitly and fervently for our remarkable successes. They pray
  9743. for the American army."
  9744.  
  9745. Thomas Paine never let his pen rest. He had been with the forces of
  9746. Washington when they retreated from Fort Lee and were harried from New
  9747. Jersey into Pennsylvania. He knew the effect of such reverses on the
  9748. army as well as on the public. In December, 1776, he made a second great
  9749. appeal to his countrymen in his pamphlet, "The Crisis," the first part
  9750. of which he had written while defeat and gloom were all about him. This
  9751. tract was a cry for continued support of the Revolution. "These are the
  9752. times that try men's souls," he opened. "The summer soldier and the
  9753. sunshine patriot will, in this crisis, shrink from the service of his
  9754. country; but he that stands it now deserves the love and thanks of men
  9755. and women." Paine laid his lash fiercely on the Tories, branding every
  9756. one as a coward grounded in "servile, slavish, self-interested fear." He
  9757. deplored the inadequacy of the militia and called for a real army. He
  9758. refuted the charge that the retreat through New Jersey was a disaster
  9759. and he promised victory soon. "By perseverance and fortitude," he
  9760. concluded, "we have the prospect of a glorious issue; by cowardice and
  9761. submission the sad choice of a variety of evils--a ravaged country, a
  9762. depopulated city, habitations without safety and slavery without
  9763. hope.... Look on this picture and weep over it." His ringing call to
  9764. arms was followed by another and another until the long contest was
  9765. over.
  9766.  
  9767.  
  9768. MILITARY AFFAIRS
  9769.  
  9770. =The Two Phases of the War.=--The war which opened with the battle of
  9771. Lexington, on April 19, 1775, and closed with the surrender of
  9772. Cornwallis at Yorktown on October 19, 1781, passed through two distinct
  9773. phases--the first lasting until the treaty of alliance with France, in
  9774. 1778, and the second until the end of the struggle. During the first
  9775. phase, the war was confined mainly to the North. The outstanding
  9776. features of the contest were the evacuation of Boston by the British,
  9777. the expulsion of American forces from New York and their retreat through
  9778. New Jersey, the battle of Trenton, the seizure of Philadelphia by the
  9779. British (September, 1777), the invasion of New York by Burgoyne and his
  9780. capture at Saratoga in October, 1777, and the encampment of American
  9781. forces at Valley Forge for the terrible winter of 1777-78.
  9782.  
  9783. The final phase of the war, opening with the treaty of alliance with
  9784. France on February 6, 1778, was confined mainly to the Middle states,
  9785. the West, and the South. In the first sphere of action the chief events
  9786. were the withdrawal of the British from Philadelphia, the battle of
  9787. Monmouth, and the inclosure of the British in New York by deploying
  9788. American forces from Morristown, New Jersey, up to West Point. In the
  9789. West, George Rogers Clark, by his famous march into the Illinois
  9790. country, secured Kaskaskia and Vincennes and laid a firm grip on the
  9791. country between the Ohio and the Great Lakes. In the South, the second
  9792. period opened with successes for the British. They captured Savannah,
  9793. conquered Georgia, and restored the royal governor. In 1780 they seized
  9794. Charleston, administered a crushing defeat to the American forces under
  9795. Gates at Camden, and overran South Carolina, though meeting reverses at
  9796. Cowpens and King's Mountain. Then came the closing scenes. Cornwallis
  9797. began the last of his operations. He pursued General Greene far into
  9798. North Carolina, clashed with him at Guilford Court House, retired to the
  9799. coast, took charge of British forces engaged in plundering Virginia, and
  9800. fortified Yorktown, where he was penned up by the French fleet from the
  9801. sea and the combined French and American forces on land.
  9802.  
  9803. =The Geographical Aspects of the War.=--For the British the theater of
  9804. the war offered many problems. From first to last it extended from
  9805. Massachusetts to Georgia, a distance of almost a thousand miles. It was
  9806. nearly three thousand miles from the main base of supplies and, though
  9807. the British navy kept the channel open, transports were constantly
  9808. falling prey to daring privateers and fleet American war vessels. The
  9809. sea, on the other hand, offered an easy means of transportation between
  9810. points along the coast and gave ready access to the American centers of
  9811. wealth and population. Of this the British made good use. Though early
  9812. forced to give up Boston, they seized New York and kept it until the end
  9813. of the war; they took Philadelphia and retained it until threatened by
  9814. the approach of the French fleet; and they captured and held both
  9815. Savannah and Charleston. Wars, however, are seldom won by the conquest
  9816. of cities.
  9817.  
  9818. Particularly was this true in the case of the Revolution. Only a small
  9819. portion of the American people lived in towns. Countrymen back from the
  9820. coast were in no way dependent upon them for a livelihood. They lived on
  9821. the produce of the soil, not upon the profits of trade. This very fact
  9822. gave strength to them in the contest. Whenever the British ventured far
  9823. from the ports of entry, they encountered reverses. Burgoyne was forced
  9824. to surrender at Saratoga because he was surrounded and cut off from his
  9825. base of supplies. As soon as the British got away from Charleston, they
  9826. were harassed and worried by the guerrilla warriors of Marion, Sumter,
  9827. and Pickens. Cornwallis could technically defeat Greene at Guilford far
  9828. in the interior; but he could not hold the inland region he had invaded.
  9829. Sustained by their own labor, possessing the interior to which their
  9830. armies could readily retreat, supplied mainly from native resources, the
  9831. Americans could not be hemmed in, penned up, and destroyed at one fell
  9832. blow.
  9833.  
  9834. =The Sea Power.=--The British made good use of their fleet in cutting
  9835. off American trade, but control of the sea did not seriously affect the
  9836. United States. As an agricultural country, the ruin of its commerce was
  9837. not such a vital matter. All the materials for a comfortable though
  9838. somewhat rude life were right at hand. It made little difference to a
  9839. nation fighting for existence, if silks, fine linens, and chinaware were
  9840. cut off. This was an evil to which submission was necessary.
  9841.  
  9842. Nor did the brilliant exploits of John Paul Jones and Captain John Barry
  9843. materially change the situation. They demonstrated the skill of American
  9844. seamen and their courage as fighting men. They raised the rates of
  9845. British marine insurance, but they did not dethrone the mistress of the
  9846. seas. Less spectacular, and more distinctive, were the deeds of the
  9847. hundreds of privateers and minor captains who overhauled British supply
  9848. ships and kept British merchantmen in constant anxiety. Not until the
  9849. French fleet was thrown into the scale, were the British compelled to
  9850. reckon seriously with the enemy on the sea and make plans based upon the
  9851. possibilities of a maritime disaster.
  9852.  
  9853. =Commanding Officers.=--On the score of military leadership it is
  9854. difficult to compare the contending forces in the revolutionary contest.
  9855. There is no doubt that all the British commanders were men of experience
  9856. in the art of warfare. Sir William Howe had served in America during the
  9857. French War and was accounted an excellent officer, a strict
  9858. disciplinarian, and a gallant gentleman. Nevertheless he loved ease,
  9859. society, and good living, and his expulsion from Boston, his failure to
  9860. overwhelm Washington by sallies from his comfortable bases at New York
  9861. and Philadelphia, destroyed every shred of his military reputation. John
  9862. Burgoyne, to whom was given the task of penetrating New York from
  9863. Canada, had likewise seen service in the French War both in America and
  9864. Europe. He had, however, a touch of the theatrical in his nature and
  9865. after the collapse of his plans and the surrender of his army in 1777,
  9866. he devoted his time mainly to light literature. Sir Henry Clinton, who
  9867. directed the movement which ended in the capture of Charleston in 1780,
  9868. had "learned his trade on the continent," and was regarded as a man of
  9869. discretion and understanding in military matters. Lord Cornwallis, whose
  9870. achievements at Camden and Guilford were blotted out by his surrender at
  9871. Yorktown, had seen service in the Seven Years' War and had undoubted
  9872. talents which he afterward displayed with great credit to himself in
  9873. India. Though none of them, perhaps, were men of first-rate ability,
  9874. they all had training and experience to guide them.
  9875.  
  9876. [Illustration: GEORGE WASHINGTON]
  9877.  
  9878. The Americans had a host in Washington himself. He had long been
  9879. interested in military strategy and had tested his coolness under fire
  9880. during the first clashes with the French nearly twenty years before. He
  9881. had no doubts about the justice of his cause, such as plagued some of
  9882. the British generals. He was a stern but reasonable disciplinarian. He
  9883. was reserved and patient, little given to exaltation at success or
  9884. depression at reverses. In the dark hour of the Revolution, "what held
  9885. the patriot forces together?" asks Beveridge in his _Life of John
  9886. Marshall_. Then he answers: "George Washington and he alone. Had he
  9887. died or been seriously disabled, the Revolution would have ended....
  9888. Washington was the soul of the American cause. Washington was the
  9889. government. Washington was the Revolution." The weakness of Congress in
  9890. furnishing men and supplies, the indolence of civilians, who lived at
  9891. ease while the army starved, the intrigues of army officers against him
  9892. such as the "Conway cabal," the cowardice of Lee at Monmouth, even the
  9893. treason of Benedict Arnold, while they stirred deep emotions in his
  9894. breast and aroused him to make passionate pleas to his countrymen, did
  9895. not shake his iron will or his firm determination to see the war through
  9896. to the bitter end. The weight of Washington's moral force was
  9897. immeasurable.
  9898.  
  9899. Of the generals who served under him, none can really be said to have
  9900. been experienced military men when the war opened. Benedict Arnold, the
  9901. unhappy traitor but brave and daring soldier, was a druggist, book
  9902. seller, and ship owner at New Haven when the news of Lexington called
  9903. him to battle. Horatio Gates was looked upon as a "seasoned soldier"
  9904. because he had entered the British army as a youth, had been wounded at
  9905. Braddock's memorable defeat, and had served with credit during the Seven
  9906. Years' War; but he was the most conspicuous failure of the Revolution.
  9907. The triumph over Burgoyne was the work of other men; and his crushing
  9908. defeat at Camden put an end to his military pretensions. Nathanael
  9909. Greene was a Rhode Island farmer and smith without military experience
  9910. who, when convinced that war was coming, read Caesar's _Commentaries_ and
  9911. took up the sword. Francis Marion was a shy and modest planter of South
  9912. Carolina whose sole passage at arms had been a brief but desperate brush
  9913. with the Indians ten or twelve years earlier. Daniel Morgan, one of the
  9914. heroes of Cowpens, had been a teamster with Braddock's army and had seen
  9915. some fighting during the French and Indian War, but his military
  9916. knowledge, from the point of view of a trained British officer, was
  9917. negligible. John Sullivan was a successful lawyer at Durham, New
  9918. Hampshire, and a major in the local militia when duty summoned him to
  9919. lay down his briefs and take up the sword. Anthony Wayne was a
  9920. Pennsylvania farmer and land surveyor who, on hearing the clash of arms,
  9921. read a few books on war, raised a regiment, and offered himself for
  9922. service. Such is the story of the chief American military leaders, and
  9923. it is typical of them all. Some had seen fighting with the French and
  9924. Indians, but none of them had seen warfare on a large scale with regular
  9925. troops commanded according to the strategy evolved in European
  9926. experience. Courage, native ability, quickness of mind, and knowledge of
  9927. the country they had in abundance, and in battles such as were fought
  9928. during the Revolution all those qualities counted heavily in the
  9929. balance.
  9930.  
  9931. =Foreign Officers in American Service.=--To native genius was added
  9932. military talent from beyond the seas. Baron Steuben, well schooled in
  9933. the iron regime of Frederick the Great, came over from Prussia, joined
  9934. Washington at Valley Forge, and day after day drilled and manoeuvered the
  9935. men, laughing and cursing as he turned raw countrymen into regular
  9936. soldiers. From France came young Lafayette and the stern De Kalb, from
  9937. Poland came Pulaski and Kosciusko;--all acquainted with the arts of war
  9938. as waged in Europe and fitted for leadership as well as teaching.
  9939. Lafayette came early, in 1776, in a ship of his own, accompanied by
  9940. several officers of wide experience, and remained loyally throughout the
  9941. war sharing the hardships of American army life. Pulaski fell at the
  9942. siege of Savannah and De Kalb at Camden. Kosciusko survived the American
  9943. war to defend in vain the independence of his native land. To these
  9944. distinguished foreigners, who freely threw in their lot with American
  9945. revolutionary fortunes, was due much of that spirit and discipline which
  9946. fitted raw recruits and temperamental militiamen to cope with a military
  9947. power of the first rank.
  9948.  
  9949. =The Soldiers.=--As far as the British soldiers were concerned their
  9950. annals are short and simple. The regulars from the standing army who
  9951. were sent over at the opening of the contest, the recruits drummed up
  9952. by special efforts at home, and the thousands of Hessians bought
  9953. outright by King George presented few problems of management to the
  9954. British officers. These common soldiers were far away from home and
  9955. enlisted for the war. Nearly all of them were well disciplined and many
  9956. of them experienced in actual campaigns. The armies of King George
  9957. fought bravely, as the records of Bunker Hill, Brandywine, and Monmouth
  9958. demonstrate. Many a man and subordinate officer and, for that matter,
  9959. some of the high officers expressed a reluctance at fighting against
  9960. their own kin; but they obeyed orders.
  9961.  
  9962. The Americans, on the other hand, while they fought with grim
  9963. determination, as men fighting for their homes, were lacking in
  9964. discipline and in the experience of regular troops. When the war broke
  9965. in upon them, there were no common preparations for it. There was no
  9966. continental army; there were only local bands of militiamen, many of
  9967. them experienced in fighting but few of them "regulars" in the military
  9968. sense. Moreover they were volunteers serving for a short time,
  9969. unaccustomed to severe discipline, and impatient at the restraints
  9970. imposed on them by long and arduous campaigns. They were continually
  9971. leaving the service just at the most critical moments. "The militia,"
  9972. lamented Washington, "come in, you cannot tell how; go, you cannot tell
  9973. where; consume your provisions; exhaust your stores; and leave you at
  9974. last at a critical moment."
  9975.  
  9976. Again and again Washington begged Congress to provide for an army of
  9977. regulars enlisted for the war, thoroughly trained and paid according to
  9978. some definite plan. At last he was able to overcome, in part at least,
  9979. the chronic fear of civilians in Congress and to wring from that
  9980. reluctant body an agreement to grant half pay to all officers and a
  9981. bonus to all privates who served until the end of the war. Even this
  9982. scheme, which Washington regarded as far short of justice to the
  9983. soldiers, did not produce quick results. It was near the close of the
  9984. conflict before he had an army of well-disciplined veterans capable of
  9985. meeting British regulars on equal terms.
  9986.  
  9987. Though there were times when militiamen and frontiersmen did valiant and
  9988. effective work, it is due to historical accuracy to deny the
  9989. time-honored tradition that a few minutemen overwhelmed more numerous
  9990. forces of regulars in a seven years' war for independence. They did
  9991. nothing of the sort. For the victories of Bennington, Trenton, Saratoga,
  9992. and Yorktown there were the defeats of Bunker Hill, Long Island, White
  9993. Plains, Germantown, and Camden. Not once did an army of militiamen
  9994. overcome an equal number of British regulars in an open trial by battle.
  9995. "To bring men to be well acquainted with the duties of a soldier," wrote
  9996. Washington, "requires time.... To expect the same service from raw and
  9997. undisciplined recruits as from veteran soldiers is to expect what never
  9998. did and perhaps never will happen."
  9999.  
  10000. =How the War Was Won.=--Then how did the American army win the war? For
  10001. one thing there were delays and blunders on the part of the British
  10002. generals who, in 1775 and 1776, dallied in Boston and New York with
  10003. large bodies of regular troops when they might have been dealing
  10004. paralyzing blows at the scattered bands that constituted the American
  10005. army. "Nothing but the supineness or folly of the enemy could have saved
  10006. us," solemnly averred Washington in 1780. Still it is fair to say that
  10007. this apparent supineness was not all due to the British generals. The
  10008. ministers behind them believed that a large part of the colonists were
  10009. loyal and that compromise would be promoted by inaction rather than by a
  10010. war vigorously prosecuted. Victory by masterly inactivity was obviously
  10011. better than conquest, and the slighter the wounds the quicker the
  10012. healing. Later in the conflict when the seasoned forces of France were
  10013. thrown into the scale, the Americans themselves had learned many things
  10014. about the practical conduct of campaigns. All along, the British were
  10015. embarrassed by the problem of supplies. Their troops could not forage
  10016. with the skill of militiamen, as they were in unfamiliar territory. The
  10017. long oversea voyages were uncertain at best and doubly so when the
  10018. warships of France joined the American privateers in preying on supply
  10019. boats.
  10020.  
  10021. The British were in fact battered and worn down by a guerrilla war and
  10022. outdone on two important occasions by superior forces--at Saratoga and
  10023. Yorktown. Stern facts convinced them finally that an immense army, which
  10024. could be raised only by a supreme effort, would be necessary to subdue
  10025. the colonies if that hazardous enterprise could be accomplished at all.
  10026. They learned also that America would then be alienated, fretful, and the
  10027. scene of endless uprisings calling for an army of occupation. That was a
  10028. price which staggered even Lord North and George III. Moreover, there
  10029. were forces of opposition at home with which they had to reckon.
  10030.  
  10031. =Women and the War.=--At no time were the women of America indifferent
  10032. to the struggle for independence. When it was confined to the realm of
  10033. opinion they did their part in creating public sentiment. Mrs. Elizabeth
  10034. Timothee, for example, founded in Charleston, in 1773, a newspaper to
  10035. espouse the cause of the province. Far to the north the sister of James
  10036. Otis, Mrs. Mercy Warren, early begged her countrymen to rest their case
  10037. upon their natural rights, and in influential circles she urged the
  10038. leaders to stand fast by their principles. While John Adams was tossing
  10039. about with uncertainty at the Continental Congress, his wife was writing
  10040. letters to him declaring her faith in "independency."
  10041.  
  10042. When the war came down upon the country, women helped in every field. In
  10043. sustaining public sentiment they were active. Mrs. Warren with a
  10044. tireless pen combatted loyalist propaganda in many a drama and satire.
  10045. Almost every revolutionary leader had a wife or daughter who rendered
  10046. service in the "second line of defense." Mrs. Washington managed the
  10047. plantation while the General was at the front and went north to face the
  10048. rigors of the awful winter at Valley Forge--an inspiration to her
  10049. husband and his men. The daughter of Benjamin Franklin, Mrs. Sarah
  10050. Bache, while her father was pleading the American cause in France, set
  10051. the women of Pennsylvania to work sewing and collecting supplies. Even
  10052. near the firing line women were to be found, aiding the wounded, hauling
  10053. powder to the front, and carrying dispatches at the peril of their
  10054. lives.
  10055.  
  10056. In the economic sphere, the work of women was invaluable. They harvested
  10057. crops without enjoying the picturesque title of "farmerettes" and they
  10058. canned and preserved for the wounded and the prisoners of war. Of their
  10059. labor in spinning and weaving it is recorded: "Immediately on being cut
  10060. off from the use of English manufactures, the women engaged within their
  10061. own families in manufacturing various kinds of cloth for domestic use.
  10062. They thus kept their households decently clad and the surplus of their
  10063. labors they sold to such as chose to buy rather than make for
  10064. themselves. In this way the female part of families by their industry
  10065. and strict economy frequently supported the whole domestic circle,
  10066. evincing the strength of their attachment and the value of their
  10067. service."
  10068.  
  10069. For their war work, women were commended by high authorities on more
  10070. than one occasion. They were given medals and public testimonials even
  10071. as in our own day. Washington thanked them for their labors and paid
  10072. tribute to them for the inspiration and material aid which they had
  10073. given to the cause of independence.
  10074.  
  10075.  
  10076. THE FINANCES OF THE REVOLUTION
  10077.  
  10078. When the Revolution opened, there were thirteen little treasuries in
  10079. America but no common treasury, and from first to last the Congress was
  10080. in the position of a beggar rather than a sovereign. Having no authority
  10081. to lay and collect taxes directly and knowing the hatred of the
  10082. provincials for taxation, it resorted mainly to loans and paper money to
  10083. finance the war. "Do you think," boldly inquired one of the delegates,
  10084. "that I will consent to load my constituents with taxes when we can send
  10085. to the printer and get a wagon load of money, one quire of which will
  10086. pay for the whole?"
  10087.  
  10088. =Paper Money and Loans.=--Acting on this curious but appealing political
  10089. economy, Congress issued in June, 1776, two million dollars in bills of
  10090. credit to be redeemed by the states on the basis of their respective
  10091. populations. Other issues followed in quick succession. In all about
  10092. $241,000,000 of continental paper was printed, to which the several
  10093. states added nearly $210,000,000 of their own notes. Then came
  10094. interest-bearing bonds in ever increasing quantities. Several millions
  10095. were also borrowed from France and small sums from Holland and Spain. In
  10096. desperation a national lottery was held, producing meager results. The
  10097. property of Tories was confiscated and sold, bringing in about
  10098. $16,000,000. Begging letters were sent to the states asking them to
  10099. raise revenues for the continental treasury, but the states, burdened
  10100. with their own affairs, gave little heed.
  10101.  
  10102. =Inflation and Depreciation.=--As paper money flowed from the press, it
  10103. rapidly declined in purchasing power until in 1779 a dollar was worth
  10104. only two or three cents in gold or silver. Attempts were made by
  10105. Congress and the states to compel people to accept the notes at face
  10106. value; but these were like attempts to make water flow uphill.
  10107. Speculators collected at once to fatten on the calamities of the
  10108. republic. Fortunes were made and lost gambling on the prices of public
  10109. securities while the patriot army, half clothed, was freezing at Valley
  10110. Forge. "Speculation, peculation, engrossing, forestalling," exclaimed
  10111. Washington, "afford too many melancholy proofs of the decay of public
  10112. virtue. Nothing, I am convinced, but the depreciation of our currency
  10113. ... aided by stock jobbing and party dissensions has fed the hopes of
  10114. the enemy."
  10115.  
  10116. =The Patriot Financiers.=--To the efforts of Congress in financing the
  10117. war were added the labors of private citizens. Hayn Solomon, a merchant
  10118. of Philadelphia, supplied members of Congress, including Madison,
  10119. Jefferson, and Monroe, and army officers, like Lee and Steuben, with
  10120. money for their daily needs. All together he contributed the huge sum of
  10121. half a million dollars to the American cause and died broken in purse,
  10122. if not in spirit, a British prisoner of war. Another Philadelphia
  10123. merchant, Robert Morris, won for himself the name of the "patriot
  10124. financier" because he labored night and day to find the money to meet
  10125. the bills which poured in upon the bankrupt government. When his own
  10126. funds were exhausted, he borrowed from his friends. Experienced in the
  10127. handling of merchandise, he created agencies at important points to
  10128. distribute supplies to the troops, thus displaying administrative as
  10129. well as financial talents.
  10130.  
  10131. [Illustration: ROBERT MORRIS]
  10132.  
  10133. Women organized "drives" for money, contributed their plate and their
  10134. jewels, and collected from door to door. Farmers took worthless paper in
  10135. return for their produce, and soldiers saw many a pay day pass without
  10136. yielding them a penny. Thus by the labors and sacrifices of citizens,
  10137. the issuance of paper money, lotteries, the floating of loans,
  10138. borrowings in Europe, and the impressment of supplies, the Congress
  10139. staggered through the Revolution like a pauper who knows not how his
  10140. next meal is to be secured but is continuously relieved at a crisis by a
  10141. kindly fate.
  10142.  
  10143.  
  10144. THE DIPLOMACY OF THE REVOLUTION
  10145.  
  10146. When the full measure of honor is given to the soldiers and sailors and
  10147. their commanding officers, the civilians who managed finances and
  10148. supplies, the writers who sustained the American spirit, and the women
  10149. who did well their part, there yet remains the duty of recognizing the
  10150. achievements of diplomacy. The importance of this field of activity was
  10151. keenly appreciated by the leaders in the Continental Congress. They were
  10152. fairly well versed in European history. They knew of the balance of
  10153. power and the sympathies, interests, and prejudices of nations and their
  10154. rulers. All this information they turned to good account, in opening
  10155. relations with continental countries and seeking money, supplies, and
  10156. even military assistance. For the transaction of this delicate business,
  10157. they created a secret committee on foreign correspondence as early as
  10158. 1775 and prepared to send agents abroad.
  10159.  
  10160. =American Agents Sent Abroad.=--Having heard that France was inclining a
  10161. friendly ear to the American cause, the Congress, in March, 1776, sent a
  10162. commissioner to Paris, Silas Deane of Connecticut, often styled the
  10163. "first American diplomat." Later in the year a form of treaty to be
  10164. presented to foreign powers was drawn up, and Franklin, Arthur Lee, and
  10165. Deane were selected as American representatives at the court of "His
  10166. Most Christian Majesty the King of France." John Jay of New York was
  10167. chosen minister to Spain in 1779; John Adams was sent to Holland the
  10168. same year; and other agents were dispatched to Florence, Vienna, and
  10169. Berlin. The representative selected for St. Petersburg spent two
  10170. fruitless years there, "ignored by the court, living in obscurity and
  10171. experiencing nothing but humiliation and failure." Frederick the Great,
  10172. king of Prussia, expressed a desire to find in America a market for
  10173. Silesian linens and woolens, but, fearing England's command of the sea,
  10174. he refused to give direct aid to the Revolutionary cause.
  10175.  
  10176. =Early French Interest.=--The great diplomatic triumph of the Revolution
  10177. was won at Paris, and Benjamin Franklin was the hero of the occasion,
  10178. although many circumstances prepared the way for his success. Louis
  10179. XVI's foreign minister, Count de Vergennes, before the arrival of any
  10180. American representative, had brought to the attention of the king the
  10181. opportunity offered by the outbreak of the war between England and her
  10182. colonies. He showed him how France could redress her grievances and
  10183. "reduce the power and greatness of England"--the empire that in 1763 had
  10184. forced upon her a humiliating peace "at the price of our possessions,
  10185. of our commerce, and our credit in the Indies, at the price of Canada,
  10186. Louisiana, Isle Royale, Acadia, and Senegal." Equally successful in
  10187. gaining the king's interest was a curious French adventurer,
  10188. Beaumarchais, a man of wealth, a lover of music, and the author of two
  10189. popular plays, "Figaro" and "The Barber of Seville." These two men had
  10190. already urged upon the king secret aid for America before Deane appeared
  10191. on the scene. Shortly after his arrival they made confidential
  10192. arrangements to furnish money, clothing, powder, and other supplies to
  10193. the struggling colonies, although official requests for them were
  10194. officially refused by the French government.
  10195.  
  10196. =Franklin at Paris.=--When Franklin reached Paris, he was received only
  10197. in private by the king's minister, Vergennes. The French people,
  10198. however, made manifest their affection for the "plain republican" in
  10199. "his full dress suit of spotted Manchester velvet." He was known among
  10200. men of letters as an author, a scientist, and a philosopher of
  10201. extraordinary ability. His "Poor Richard" had thrice been translated
  10202. into French and was scattered in numerous editions throughout the
  10203. kingdom. People of all ranks--ministers, ladies at court, philosophers,
  10204. peasants, and stable boys--knew of Franklin and wished him success in
  10205. his mission. The queen, Marie Antoinette, fated to lose her head in a
  10206. revolution soon to follow, played with fire by encouraging "our dear
  10207. republican."
  10208.  
  10209. For the king of France, however, this was more serious business. England
  10210. resented the presence of this "traitor" in Paris, and Louis had to be
  10211. cautious about plunging into another war that might also end
  10212. disastrously. Moreover, the early period of Franklin's sojourn in Paris
  10213. was a dark hour for the American Revolution. Washington's brilliant
  10214. exploit at Trenton on Christmas night, 1776, and the battle with
  10215. Cornwallis at Princeton had been followed by the disaster at Brandywine,
  10216. the loss of Philadelphia, the defeat at Germantown, and the retirement
  10217. to Valley Forge for the winter of 1777-78. New York City and
  10218. Philadelphia--two strategic ports--were in British hands; the Hudson
  10219. and Delaware rivers were blocked; and General Burgoyne with his British
  10220. troops was on his way down through the heart of northern New York,
  10221. cutting New England off from the rest of the colonies. No wonder the
  10222. king was cautious. Then the unexpected happened. Burgoyne, hemmed in
  10223. from all sides by the American forces, his flanks harried, his foraging
  10224. parties beaten back, his supplies cut off, surrendered on October 17,
  10225. 1777, to General Gates, who had superseded General Schuyler in time to
  10226. receive the honor.
  10227.  
  10228. =Treaties of Alliance and Commerce (1778).=--News of this victory,
  10229. placed by historians among the fifteen decisive battles of the world,
  10230. reached Franklin one night early in December while he and some friends
  10231. sat gloomily at dinner. Beaumarchais, who was with him, grasped at once
  10232. the meaning of the situation and set off to the court at Versailles with
  10233. such haste that he upset his coach and dislocated his arm. The king and
  10234. his ministers were at last convinced that the hour had come to aid the
  10235. Revolution. Treaties of commerce and alliance were drawn up and signed
  10236. in February, 1778. The independence of the United States was recognized
  10237. by France and an alliance was formed to guarantee that independence.
  10238. Combined military action was agreed upon and Louis then formally
  10239. declared war on England. Men who had, a few short years before, fought
  10240. one another in the wilderness of Pennsylvania or on the Plains of
  10241. Abraham, were now ranged side by side in a war on the Empire that Pitt
  10242. had erected and that George III was pulling down.
  10243.  
  10244. =Spain and Holland Involved.=--Within a few months, Spain, remembering
  10245. the steady decline of her sea power since the days of the Armada and
  10246. hoping to drive the British out of Gibraltar, once more joined the
  10247. concert of nations against England. Holland, a member of a league of
  10248. armed neutrals formed in protest against British searches on the high
  10249. seas, sent her fleet to unite with the forces of Spain, France, and
  10250. America to prey upon British commerce. To all this trouble for England
  10251. was added the danger of a possible revolt in Ireland, where the spirit
  10252. of independence was flaming up.
  10253.  
  10254. =The British Offer Terms to America.=--Seeing the colonists about to be
  10255. joined by France in a common war on the English empire, Lord North
  10256. proposed, in February, 1778, a renewal of negotiations. By solemn
  10257. enactment, Parliament declared its intention not to exercise the right
  10258. of imposing taxes within the colonies; at the same time it authorized
  10259. the opening of negotiations through commissioners to be sent to America.
  10260. A truce was to be established, pardons granted, objectionable laws
  10261. suspended, and the old imperial constitution, as it stood before the
  10262. opening of hostilities, restored to full vigor. It was too late. Events
  10263. had taken the affairs of America out of the hands of British
  10264. commissioners and diplomats.
  10265.  
  10266. =Effects of French Aid.=--The French alliance brought ships of war,
  10267. large sums of gold and silver, loads of supplies, and a considerable
  10268. body of trained soldiers to the aid of the Americans. Timely as was this
  10269. help, it meant no sudden change in the fortunes of war. The British
  10270. evacuated Philadelphia in the summer following the alliance, and
  10271. Washington's troops were encouraged to come out of Valley Forge. They
  10272. inflicted a heavy blow on the British at Monmouth, but the treasonable
  10273. conduct of General Charles Lee prevented a triumph. The recovery of
  10274. Philadelphia was offset by the treason of Benedict Arnold, the loss of
  10275. Savannah and Charleston (1780), and the defeat of Gates at Camden.
  10276.  
  10277. The full effect of the French alliance was not felt until 1781, when
  10278. Cornwallis went into Virginia and settled at Yorktown. Accompanied by
  10279. French troops Washington swept rapidly southward and penned the British
  10280. to the shore while a powerful French fleet shut off their escape by sea.
  10281. It was this movement, which certainly could not have been executed
  10282. without French aid, that put an end to all chance of restoring British
  10283. dominion in America. It was the surrender of Cornwallis at Yorktown that
  10284. caused Lord North to pace the floor and cry out: "It is all over! It is
  10285. all over!" What might have been done without the French alliance lies
  10286. hidden from mankind. What was accomplished with the help of French
  10287. soldiers, sailors, officers, money, and supplies, is known to all the
  10288. earth. "All the world agree," exultantly wrote Franklin from Paris to
  10289. General Washington, "that no expedition was ever better planned or
  10290. better executed. It brightens the glory that must accompany your name to
  10291. the latest posterity." Diplomacy as well as martial valor had its
  10292. reward.
  10293.  
  10294.  
  10295. PEACE AT LAST
  10296.  
  10297. =British Opposition to the War.=--In measuring the forces that led to
  10298. the final discomfiture of King George and Lord North, it is necessary to
  10299. remember that from the beginning to the end the British ministry at home
  10300. faced a powerful, informed, and relentless opposition. There were
  10301. vigorous protests, first against the obnoxious acts which precipitated
  10302. the unhappy quarrel, then against the way in which the war was waged,
  10303. and finally against the futile struggle to retain a hold upon the
  10304. American dominions. Among the members of Parliament who thundered
  10305. against the government were the first statesmen and orators of the land.
  10306. William Pitt, Earl of Chatham, though he deplored the idea of American
  10307. independence, denounced the government as the aggressor and rejoiced in
  10308. American resistance. Edmund Burke leveled his heavy batteries against
  10309. every measure of coercion and at last strove for a peace which, while
  10310. giving independence to America, would work for reconciliation rather
  10311. than estrangement. Charles James Fox gave the colonies his generous
  10312. sympathy and warmly championed their rights. Outside of the circle of
  10313. statesmen there were stout friends of the American cause like David
  10314. Hume, the philosopher and historian, and Catherine Macaulay, an author
  10315. of wide fame and a republican bold enough to encourage Washington in
  10316. seeing it through.
  10317.  
  10318. Against this powerful opposition, the government enlisted a whole army
  10319. of scribes and journalists to pour out criticism on the Americans and
  10320. their friends. Dr. Samuel Johnson, whom it employed in this business,
  10321. was so savage that even the ministers had to tone down his pamphlets
  10322. before printing them. Far more weighty was Edward Gibbon, who was in
  10323. time to win fame as the historian of the _Decline and Fall of the Roman
  10324. Empire_. He had at first opposed the government; but, on being given a
  10325. lucrative post, he used his sharp pen in its support, causing his
  10326. friends to ridicule him in these lines:
  10327.  
  10328.     "King George, in a fright
  10329.      Lest Gibbon should write
  10330.        The story of England's disgrace,
  10331.      Thought no way so sure
  10332.      His pen to secure
  10333.        As to give the historian a place."
  10334.  
  10335. =Lord North Yields.=--As time wore on, events bore heavily on the side
  10336. of the opponents of the government's measures. They had predicted that
  10337. conquest was impossible, and they had urged the advantages of a peace
  10338. which would in some measure restore the affections of the Americans.
  10339. Every day's news confirmed their predictions and lent support to their
  10340. arguments. Moreover, the war, which sprang out of an effort to relieve
  10341. English burdens, made those burdens heavier than ever. Military expenses
  10342. were daily increasing. Trade with the colonies, the greatest single
  10343. outlet for British goods and capital, was paralyzed. The heavy debts due
  10344. British merchants in America were not only unpaid but postponed into an
  10345. indefinite future. Ireland was on the verge of revolution. The French
  10346. had a dangerous fleet on the high seas. In vain did the king assert in
  10347. December, 1781, that no difficulties would ever make him consent to a
  10348. peace that meant American independence. Parliament knew better, and on
  10349. February 27, 1782, in the House of Commons was carried an address to the
  10350. throne against continuing the war. Burke, Fox, the younger Pitt, Barre,
  10351. and other friends of the colonies voted in the affirmative. Lord North
  10352. gave notice then that his ministry was at an end. The king moaned:
  10353. "Necessity made me yield."
  10354.  
  10355. In April, 1782, Franklin received word from the English government that
  10356. it was prepared to enter into negotiations leading to a settlement. This
  10357. was embarrassing. In the treaty of alliance with France, the United
  10358. States had promised that peace should be a joint affair agreed to by
  10359. both nations in open conference. Finding France, however, opposed to
  10360. some of their claims respecting boundaries and fisheries, the American
  10361. commissioners conferred with the British agents at Paris without
  10362. consulting the French minister. They actually signed a preliminary peace
  10363. draft before they informed him of their operations. When Vergennes
  10364. reproached him, Franklin replied that they "had been guilty of
  10365. neglecting _bienseance_ [good manners] but hoped that the great work
  10366. would not be ruined by a single indiscretion."
  10367.  
  10368. =The Terms of Peace (1783).=--The general settlement at Paris in 1783
  10369. was a triumph for America. England recognized the independence of the
  10370. United States, naming each state specifically, and agreed to boundaries
  10371. extending from the Atlantic to the Mississippi and from the Great Lakes
  10372. to the Floridas. England held Canada, Newfoundland, and the West Indies
  10373. intact, made gains in India, and maintained her supremacy on the seas.
  10374. Spain won Florida and Minorca but not the coveted Gibraltar. France
  10375. gained nothing important save the satisfaction of seeing England humbled
  10376. and the colonies independent.
  10377.  
  10378. The generous terms secured by the American commission at Paris called
  10379. forth surprise and gratitude in the United States and smoothed the way
  10380. for a renewal of commercial relations with the mother country. At the
  10381. same time they gave genuine anxiety to European diplomats. "This federal
  10382. republic is born a pigmy," wrote the Spanish ambassador to his royal
  10383. master. "A day will come when it will be a giant; even a colossus
  10384. formidable to these countries. Liberty of conscience and the facility
  10385. for establishing a new population on immense lands, as well as the
  10386. advantages of the new government, will draw thither farmers and artisans
  10387. from all the nations. In a few years we shall watch with grief the
  10388. tyrannical existence of the same colossus."
  10389.  
  10390. [Illustration: NORTH AMERICA ACCORDING TO THE TREATY OF 1783]
  10391.  
  10392.  
  10393. SUMMARY OF THE REVOLUTIONARY PERIOD
  10394.  
  10395. The independence of the American colonies was foreseen by many European
  10396. statesmen as they watched the growth of their population, wealth, and
  10397. power; but no one could fix the hour of the great event. Until 1763 the
  10398. American colonists lived fairly happily under British dominion. There
  10399. were collisions from time to time, of course. Royal governors clashed
  10400. with stiff-necked colonial legislatures. There were protests against the
  10401. exercise of the king's veto power in specific cases. Nevertheless, on
  10402. the whole, the relations between America and the mother country were
  10403. more amicable in 1763 than at any period under the Stuart regime which
  10404. closed in 1688.
  10405.  
  10406. The crash, when it came, was not deliberately willed by any one. It was
  10407. the product of a number of forces that happened to converge about 1763.
  10408. Three years before, there had come to the throne George III, a young,
  10409. proud, inexperienced, and stubborn king. For nearly fifty years his
  10410. predecessors, Germans as they were in language and interest, had allowed
  10411. things to drift in England and America. George III decided that he would
  10412. be king in fact as well as in name. About the same time England brought
  10413. to a close the long and costly French and Indian War and was staggering
  10414. under a heavy burden of debt and taxes. The war had been fought partly
  10415. in defense of the American colonies and nothing seemed more reasonable
  10416. to English statesmen than the idea that the colonies should bear part of
  10417. the cost of their own defense. At this juncture there came into
  10418. prominence, in royal councils, two men bent on taxing America and
  10419. controlling her trade, Grenville and Townshend. The king was willing,
  10420. the English taxpayers were thankful for any promise of relief, and
  10421. statesmen were found to undertake the experiment. England therefore set
  10422. out upon a new course. She imposed taxes upon the colonists, regulated
  10423. their trade and set royal officers upon them to enforce the law. This
  10424. action evoked protests from the colonists. They held a Stamp Act
  10425. Congress to declare their rights and petition for a redress of
  10426. grievances. Some of the more restless spirits rioted in the streets,
  10427. sacked the houses of the king's officers, and tore up the stamped paper.
  10428.  
  10429. Frightened by uprising, the English government drew back and repealed
  10430. the Stamp Act. Then it veered again and renewed its policy of
  10431. interference. Interference again called forth American protests.
  10432. Protests aroused sharper retaliation. More British regulars were sent
  10433. over to keep order. More irritating laws were passed by Parliament.
  10434. Rioting again appeared: tea was dumped in the harbor of Boston and
  10435. seized in the harbor of Charleston. The British answer was more force.
  10436. The response of the colonists was a Continental Congress for defense. An
  10437. unexpected and unintended clash of arms at Lexington and Concord in the
  10438. spring of 1775 brought forth from the king of England a proclamation:
  10439. "The Americans are rebels!"
  10440.  
  10441. The die was cast. The American Revolution had begun. Washington was made
  10442. commander-in-chief. Armies were raised, money was borrowed, a huge
  10443. volume of paper currency was issued, and foreign aid was summoned.
  10444. Franklin plied his diplomatic arts at Paris until in 1778 he induced
  10445. France to throw her sword into the balance. Three years later,
  10446. Cornwallis surrendered at Yorktown. In 1783, by the formal treaty of
  10447. peace, George III acknowledged the independence of the United States.
  10448. The new nation, endowed with an imperial domain stretching from the
  10449. Atlantic Ocean to the Mississippi River, began its career among the
  10450. sovereign powers of the earth.
  10451.  
  10452. In the sphere of civil government, the results of the Revolution were
  10453. equally remarkable. Royal officers and royal authorities were driven
  10454. from the former dominions. All power was declared to be in the people.
  10455. All the colonies became states, each with its own constitution or plan
  10456. of government. The thirteen states were united in common bonds under the
  10457. Articles of Confederation. A republic on a large scale was instituted.
  10458. Thus there was begun an adventure in popular government such as the
  10459. world had never seen. Could it succeed or was it destined to break down
  10460. and be supplanted by a monarchy? The fate of whole continents hung upon
  10461. the answer.
  10462.  
  10463.  
  10464. =References=
  10465.  
  10466. J. Fiske, _The American Revolution_ (2 vols.).
  10467.  
  10468. H. Lodge, _Life of Washington_ (2 vols.).
  10469.  
  10470. W. Sumner, _The Financier and the Finances of the American Revolution_.
  10471.  
  10472. O. Trevelyan, _The American Revolution_ (4 vols.). A sympathetic account
  10473. by an English historian.
  10474.  
  10475. M.C. Tyler, _Literary History of the American Revolution_ (2 vols.).
  10476.  
  10477. C.H. Van Tyne, _The American Revolution_ (American Nation Series) and
  10478. _The Loyalists in the American Revolution_.
  10479.  
  10480.  
  10481. =Questions=
  10482.  
  10483. 1. What was the non-importation agreement? By what body was it adopted?
  10484. Why was it revolutionary in character?
  10485.  
  10486. 2. Contrast the work of the first and second Continental Congresses.
  10487.  
  10488. 3. Why did efforts at conciliation fail?
  10489.  
  10490. 4. Trace the growth of American independence from opinion to the sphere
  10491. of action.
  10492.  
  10493. 5. Why is the Declaration of Independence an "immortal" document?
  10494.  
  10495. 6. What was the effect of the Revolution on colonial governments? On
  10496. national union?
  10497.  
  10498. 7. Describe the contest between "Patriots" and "Tories."
  10499.  
  10500. 8. What topics are considered under "military affairs"? Discuss each in
  10501. detail.
  10502.  
  10503. 9. Contrast the American forces with the British forces and show how the
  10504. war was won.
  10505.  
  10506. 10. Compare the work of women in the Revolutionary War with their labors
  10507. in the World War (1917-18).
  10508.  
  10509. 11. How was the Revolution financed?
  10510.  
  10511. 12. Why is diplomacy important in war? Describe the diplomatic triumph
  10512. of the Revolution.
  10513.  
  10514. 13. What was the nature of the opposition in England to the war?
  10515.  
  10516. 14. Give the events connected with the peace settlement; the terms of
  10517. peace.
  10518.  
  10519.  
  10520. =Research Topics=
  10521.  
  10522. =The Spirit of America.=--Woodrow Wilson, _History of the American
  10523. People_, Vol. II, pp. 98-126.
  10524.  
  10525. =American Rights.=--Draw up a table showing all the principles laid down
  10526. by American leaders in (1) the Resolves of the First Continental
  10527. Congress, Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp. 162-166; (2) the
  10528. Declaration of the Causes and the Necessity of Taking Up Arms,
  10529. Macdonald, pp. 176-183; and (3) the Declaration of Independence.
  10530.  
  10531. =The Declaration of Independence.=--Fiske, _The American Revolution_,
  10532. Vol. I, pp. 147-197. Elson, _History of the United States_, pp. 250-254.
  10533.  
  10534. =Diplomacy and the French Alliance.=--Hart, _American History Told by
  10535. Contemporaries_, Vol. II, pp. 574-590. Fiske, Vol. II, pp. 1-24.
  10536. Callender, _Economic History of the United States_, pp. 159-168; Elson,
  10537. pp. 275-280.
  10538.  
  10539. =Biographical Studies.=--Washington, Franklin, Samuel Adams, Patrick
  10540. Henry, Thomas Jefferson--emphasizing the peculiar services of each.
  10541.  
  10542. =The Tories.=--Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. II, pp. 470-480.
  10543.  
  10544. =Valley Forge.=--Fiske, Vol. II, pp. 25-49.
  10545.  
  10546. =The Battles of the Revolution.=--Elson, pp. 235-317.
  10547.  
  10548. =An English View of the Revolution.=--Green, _Short History of England_,
  10549. Chap. X, Sect. 2.
  10550.  
  10551. =English Opinion and the Revolution.=--Trevelyan, _The American
  10552. Revolution_, Vol. III (or Part 2, Vol. II), Chaps. XXIV-XXVII.
  10553.  
  10554.  
  10555.  
  10556.  
  10557. PART III. THE UNION AND NATIONAL POLITICS
  10558.  
  10559.  
  10560.  
  10561.  
  10562. CHAPTER VII
  10563.  
  10564. THE FORMATION OF THE CONSTITUTION
  10565.  
  10566.  
  10567. THE PROMISE AND THE DIFFICULTIES OF AMERICA
  10568.  
  10569. The rise of a young republic composed of thirteen states, each governed
  10570. by officials popularly elected under constitutions drafted by "the plain
  10571. people," was the most significant feature of the eighteenth century. The
  10572. majority of the patriots whose labors and sacrifices had made this
  10573. possible naturally looked upon their work and pronounced it good. Those
  10574. Americans, however, who peered beneath the surface of things, saw that
  10575. the Declaration of Independence, even if splendidly phrased, and paper
  10576. constitutions, drawn by finest enthusiasm "uninstructed by experience,"
  10577. could not alone make the republic great and prosperous or even free. All
  10578. around them they saw chaos in finance and in industry and perils for the
  10579. immediate future.
  10580.  
  10581. =The Weakness of the Articles of Confederation.=--The government under
  10582. the Articles of Confederation had neither the strength nor the resources
  10583. necessary to cope with the problems of reconstruction left by the war.
  10584. The sole organ of government was a Congress composed of from two to
  10585. seven members from each state chosen as the legislature might direct and
  10586. paid by the state. In determining all questions, each state had one
  10587. vote--Delaware thus enjoying the same weight as Virginia. There was no
  10588. president to enforce the laws. Congress was given power to select a
  10589. committee of thirteen--one from each state--to act as an executive body
  10590. when it was not in session; but this device, on being tried out, proved
  10591. a failure. There was no system of national courts to which citizens and
  10592. states could appeal for the protection of their rights or through which
  10593. they could compel obedience to law. The two great powers of government,
  10594. military and financial, were withheld. Congress, it is true, could
  10595. authorize expenditures but had to rely upon the states for the payment
  10596. of contributions to meet its bills. It could also order the
  10597. establishment of an army, but it could only request the states to supply
  10598. their respective quotas of soldiers. It could not lay taxes nor bring
  10599. any pressure to bear upon a single citizen in the whole country. It
  10600. could act only through the medium of the state governments.
  10601.  
  10602. =Financial and Commercial Disorders.=--In the field of public finance,
  10603. the disorders were pronounced. The huge debt incurred during the war was
  10604. still outstanding. Congress was unable to pay either the interest or the
  10605. principal. Public creditors were in despair, as the market value of
  10606. their bonds sank to twenty-five or even ten cents on the dollar. The
  10607. current bills of Congress were unpaid. As some one complained, there was
  10608. not enough money in the treasury to buy pen and ink with which to record
  10609. the transactions of the shadow legislature. The currency was in utter
  10610. chaos. Millions of dollars in notes issued by Congress had become mere
  10611. trash worth a cent or two on the dollar. There was no other expression
  10612. of contempt so forceful as the popular saying: "not worth a
  10613. Continental." To make matters worse, several of the states were pouring
  10614. new streams of paper money from the press. Almost the only good money in
  10615. circulation consisted of English, French, and Spanish coins, and the
  10616. public was even defrauded by them because money changers were busy
  10617. clipping and filing away the metal. Foreign commerce was unsettled. The
  10618. entire British system of trade discrimination was turned against the
  10619. Americans, and Congress, having no power to regulate foreign commerce,
  10620. was unable to retaliate or to negotiate treaties which it could enforce.
  10621. Domestic commerce was impeded by the jealousies of the states, which
  10622. erected tariff barriers against their neighbors. The condition of the
  10623. currency made the exchange of money and goods extremely difficult, and,
  10624. as if to increase the confusion, backward states enacted laws hindering
  10625. the prompt collection of debts within their borders--an evil which
  10626. nothing but a national system of courts could cure.
  10627.  
  10628. =Congress in Disrepute.=--With treaties set at naught by the states, the
  10629. laws unenforced, the treasury empty, and the public credit gone, the
  10630. Congress of the United States fell into utter disrepute. It called upon
  10631. the states to pay their quotas of money into the treasury, only to be
  10632. treated with contempt. Even its own members looked upon it as a solemn
  10633. futility. Some of the ablest men refused to accept election to it, and
  10634. many who did take the doubtful honor failed to attend the sessions.
  10635. Again and again it was impossible to secure a quorum for the transaction
  10636. of business.
  10637.  
  10638. =Troubles of the State Governments.=--The state governments, free to
  10639. pursue their own course with no interference from without, had almost as
  10640. many difficulties as the Congress. They too were loaded with
  10641. revolutionary debts calling for heavy taxes upon an already restive
  10642. population. Oppressed by their financial burdens and discouraged by the
  10643. fall in prices which followed the return of peace, the farmers of
  10644. several states joined in a concerted effort and compelled their
  10645. legislatures to issue large sums of paper money. The currency fell in
  10646. value, but nevertheless it was forced on unwilling creditors to square
  10647. old accounts.
  10648.  
  10649. In every part of the country legislative action fluctuated violently.
  10650. Laws were made one year only to be repealed the next and reenacted the
  10651. third year. Lands were sold by one legislature and the sales were
  10652. canceled by its successor. Uncertainty and distrust were the natural
  10653. consequences. Men of substance longed for some power that would forbid
  10654. states to issue bills of credit, to make paper money legal tender in
  10655. payment of debts, or to impair the obligation of contracts. Men heavily
  10656. in debt, on the other hand, urged even more drastic action against
  10657. creditors.
  10658.  
  10659. So great did the discontent of the farmers in New Hampshire become in
  10660. 1786 that a mob surrounded the legislature, demanding a repeal of the
  10661. taxes and the issuance of paper money. It was with difficulty that an
  10662. armed rebellion was avoided. In Massachusetts the malcontents, under the
  10663. leadership of Daniel Shays, a captain in the Revolutionary army,
  10664. organized that same year open resistance to the government of the state.
  10665. Shays and his followers protested against the conduct of creditors in
  10666. foreclosing mortgages upon the debt-burdened farmers, against the
  10667. lawyers for increasing the costs of legal proceedings, against the
  10668. senate of the state the members of which were apportioned among the
  10669. towns on the basis of the amount of taxes paid, against heavy taxes, and
  10670. against the refusal of the legislature to issue paper money. They seized
  10671. the towns of Worcester and Springfield and broke up the courts of
  10672. justice. All through the western part of the state the revolt spread,
  10673. sending a shock of alarm to every center and section of the young
  10674. republic. Only by the most vigorous action was Governor Bowdoin able to
  10675. quell the uprising; and when that task was accomplished, the state
  10676. government did not dare to execute any of the prisoners because they had
  10677. so many sympathizers. Moreover, Bowdoin and several members of the
  10678. legislature who had been most zealous in their attacks on the insurgents
  10679. were defeated at the ensuing election. The need of national assistance
  10680. for state governments in times of domestic violence was everywhere
  10681. emphasized by men who were opposed to revolutionary acts.
  10682.  
  10683. =Alarm over Dangers to the Republic.=--Leading American citizens,
  10684. watching the drift of affairs, were slowly driven to the conclusion that
  10685. the new ship of state so proudly launched a few years before was
  10686. careening into anarchy. "The facts of our peace and independence," wrote
  10687. a friend of Washington, "do not at present wear so promising an
  10688. appearance as I had fondly painted in my mind. The prejudices,
  10689. jealousies, and turbulence of the people at times almost stagger my
  10690. confidence in our political establishments; and almost occasion me to
  10691. think that they will show themselves unworthy of the noble prize for
  10692. which we have contended."
  10693.  
  10694. Washington himself was profoundly discouraged. On hearing of Shays's
  10695. rebellion, he exclaimed: "What, gracious God, is man that there should
  10696. be such inconsistency and perfidiousness in his conduct! It is but the
  10697. other day that we were shedding our blood to obtain the constitutions
  10698. under which we now live--constitutions of our own choice and making--and
  10699. now we are unsheathing our sword to overturn them." The same year he
  10700. burst out in a lament over rumors of restoring royal government. "I am
  10701. told that even respectable characters speak of a monarchical government
  10702. without horror. From thinking proceeds speaking. Hence to acting is
  10703. often but a single step. But how irresistible and tremendous! What a
  10704. triumph for our enemies to verify their predictions! What a triumph for
  10705. the advocates of despotism to find that we are incapable of governing
  10706. ourselves!"
  10707.  
  10708. =Congress Attempts Some Reforms.=--The Congress was not indifferent to
  10709. the events that disturbed Washington. On the contrary it put forth many
  10710. efforts to check tendencies so dangerous to finance, commerce,
  10711. industries, and the Confederation itself. In 1781, even before the
  10712. treaty of peace was signed, the Congress, having found out how futile
  10713. were its taxing powers, carried a resolution of amendment to the
  10714. Articles of Confederation, authorizing the levy of a moderate duty on
  10715. imports. Yet this mild measure was rejected by the states. Two years
  10716. later the Congress prepared another amendment sanctioning the levy of
  10717. duties on imports, to be collected this time by state officers and
  10718. applied to the payment of the public debt. This more limited proposal,
  10719. designed to save public credit, likewise failed. In 1786, the Congress
  10720. made a third appeal to the states for help, declaring that they had been
  10721. so irregular and so negligent in paying their quotas that further
  10722. reliance upon that mode of raising revenues was dishonorable and
  10723. dangerous.
  10724.  
  10725.  
  10726. THE CALLING OF A CONSTITUTIONAL CONVENTION
  10727.  
  10728. =Hamilton and Washington Urge Reform.=--The attempts at reform by the
  10729. Congress were accompanied by demand for, both within and without that
  10730. body, a convention to frame a new plan of government. In 1780, the
  10731. youthful Alexander Hamilton, realizing the weakness of the Articles, so
  10732. widely discussed, proposed a general convention for the purpose of
  10733. drafting a new constitution on entirely different principles. With
  10734. tireless energy he strove to bring his countrymen to his view.
  10735. Washington, agreeing with him on every point, declared, in a circular
  10736. letter to the governors, that the duration of the union would be short
  10737. unless there was lodged somewhere a supreme power "to regulate and
  10738. govern the general concerns of the confederated republic." The governor
  10739. of Massachusetts, disturbed by the growth of discontent all about him,
  10740. suggested to the state legislature in 1785 the advisability of a
  10741. national convention to enlarge the powers of the Congress. The
  10742. legislature approved the plan, but did not press it to a conclusion.
  10743.  
  10744. [Illustration: ALEXANDER HAMILTON]
  10745.  
  10746. =The Annapolis Convention.=--Action finally came from the South. The
  10747. Virginia legislature, taking things into its own hands, called a
  10748. conference of delegates at Annapolis to consider matters of taxation and
  10749. commerce. When the convention assembled in 1786, it was found that only
  10750. five states had taken the trouble to send representatives. The leaders
  10751. were deeply discouraged, but the resourceful Hamilton, a delegate from
  10752. New York, turned the affair to good account. He secured the adoption of
  10753. a resolution, calling upon the Congress itself to summon another
  10754. convention, to meet at Philadelphia.
  10755.  
  10756. =A National Convention Called (1787).=--The Congress, as tardy as ever,
  10757. at last decided in February, 1787, to issue the call. Fearing drastic
  10758. changes, however, it restricted the convention to "the sole and express
  10759. purpose of revising the Articles of Confederation." Jealous of its own
  10760. powers, it added that any alterations proposed should be referred to the
  10761. Congress and the states for their approval.
  10762.  
  10763. Every state in the union, except Rhode Island, responded to this call.
  10764. Indeed some of the states, having the Annapolis resolution before them,
  10765. had already anticipated the Congress by selecting delegates before the
  10766. formal summons came. Thus, by the persistence of governors,
  10767. legislatures, and private citizens, there was brought about the
  10768. long-desired national convention. In May, 1787, it assembled in
  10769. Philadelphia.
  10770.  
  10771. =The Eminent Men of the Convention.=--On the roll of that memorable
  10772. convention were fifty-five men, at least half of whom were acknowledged
  10773. to be among the foremost statesmen and thinkers in America. Every field
  10774. of statecraft was represented by them: war and practical management in
  10775. Washington, who was chosen president of the convention; diplomacy in
  10776. Franklin, now old and full of honor in his own land as well as abroad;
  10777. finance in Alexander Hamilton and Robert Morris; law in James Wilson of
  10778. Pennsylvania; the philosophy of government in James Madison, called the
  10779. "father of the Constitution." They were not theorists but practical men,
  10780. rich in political experience and endowed with deep insight into the
  10781. springs of human action. Three of them had served in the Stamp Act
  10782. Congress: Dickinson of Delaware, William Samuel Johnson of Connecticut,
  10783. and John Rutledge of South Carolina. Eight had been signers of the
  10784. Declaration of Independence: Read of Delaware, Sherman of Connecticut,
  10785. Wythe of Virginia, Gerry of Massachusetts, Franklin, Robert Morris,
  10786. George Clymer, and James Wilson of Pennsylvania. All but twelve had at
  10787. some time served in the Continental Congress and eighteen were members
  10788. of that body in the spring of 1787. Washington, Hamilton, Mifflin, and
  10789. Charles Pinckney had been officers in the Revolutionary army. Seven of
  10790. the delegates had gained political experience as governors of states.
  10791. "The convention as a whole," according to the historian Hildreth,
  10792. "represented in a marked manner the talent, intelligence, and
  10793. especially the conservative sentiment of the country."
  10794.  
  10795.  
  10796. THE FRAMING OF THE CONSTITUTION
  10797.  
  10798. =Problems Involved.=--The great problems before the convention were nine
  10799. in number: (1) Shall the Articles of Confederation be revised or a new
  10800. system of government constructed? (2) Shall the government be founded on
  10801. states equal in power as under the Articles or on the broader and deeper
  10802. foundation of population? (3) What direct share shall the people have in
  10803. the election of national officers? (4) What shall be the qualifications
  10804. for the suffrage? (5) How shall the conflicting interests of the
  10805. commercial and the planting states be balanced so as to safeguard the
  10806. essential rights of each? (6) What shall be the form of the new
  10807. government? (7) What powers shall be conferred on it? (8) How shall the
  10808. state legislatures be restrained from their attacks on property rights
  10809. such as the issuance of paper money? (9) Shall the approval of all the
  10810. states be necessary, as under the Articles, for the adoption and
  10811. amendment of the Constitution?
  10812.  
  10813. =Revision of the Articles or a New Government?=--The moment the first
  10814. problem was raised, representatives of the small states, led by William
  10815. Paterson of New Jersey, were on their feet. They feared that, if the
  10816. Articles were overthrown, the equality and rights of the states would be
  10817. put in jeopardy. Their protest was therefore vigorous. They cited the
  10818. call issued by the Congress in summoning the convention which
  10819. specifically stated that they were assembled for "the sole and express
  10820. purpose of revising the Articles of Confederation." They cited also
  10821. their instructions from their state legislatures, which authorized them
  10822. to "revise and amend" the existing scheme of government, not to make a
  10823. revolution in it. To depart from the authorization laid down by the
  10824. Congress and the legislatures would be to exceed their powers, they
  10825. argued, and to betray the trust reposed in them by their countrymen.
  10826.  
  10827. To their contentions, Randolph of Virginia replied: "When the salvation
  10828. of the republic is at stake, it would be treason to our trust not to
  10829. propose what we find necessary." Hamilton, reminding the delegates that
  10830. their work was still subject to the approval of the states, frankly said
  10831. that on the point of their powers he had no scruples. With the issue
  10832. clear, the convention cast aside the Articles as if they did not exist
  10833. and proceeded to the work of drawing up a new constitution, "laying its
  10834. foundations on such principles and organizing its powers in such form"
  10835. as to the delegates seemed "most likely to affect their safety and
  10836. happiness."
  10837.  
  10838. =A Government Founded on States or on People?--The
  10839. Compromise.=--Defeated in their attempt to limit the convention to a
  10840. mere revision of the Articles, the spokesmen of the smaller states
  10841. redoubled their efforts to preserve the equality of the states. The
  10842. signal for a radical departure from the Articles on this point was given
  10843. early in the sessions when Randolph presented "the Virginia plan." He
  10844. proposed that the new national legislature consist of two houses, the
  10845. members of which were to be apportioned among the states according to
  10846. their wealth or free white population, as the convention might decide.
  10847. This plan was vehemently challenged. Paterson of New Jersey flatly
  10848. avowed that neither he nor his state would ever bow to such tyranny. As
  10849. an alternative, he presented "the New Jersey plan" calling for a
  10850. national legislature of one house representing states as such, not
  10851. wealth or people--a legislature in which all states, large or small,
  10852. would have equal voice. Wilson of Pennsylvania, on behalf of the more
  10853. populous states, took up the gauntlet which Paterson had thrown down. It
  10854. was absurd, he urged, for 180,000 men in one state to have the same
  10855. weight in national counsels as 750,000 men in another state. "The
  10856. gentleman from New Jersey," he said, "is candid. He declares his opinion
  10857. boldly.... I will be equally candid.... I will never confederate on his
  10858. principles." So the bitter controversy ran on through many exciting
  10859. sessions.
  10860.  
  10861. Greek had met Greek. The convention was hopelessly deadlocked and on the
  10862. verge of dissolution, "scarce held together by the strength of a hair,"
  10863. as one of the delegates remarked. A crash was averted only by a
  10864. compromise. Instead of a Congress of one house as provided by the
  10865. Articles, the convention agreed upon a legislature of two houses. In the
  10866. Senate, the aspirations of the small states were to be satisfied, for
  10867. each state was given two members in that body. In the formation of the
  10868. House of Representatives, the larger states were placated, for it was
  10869. agreed that the members of that chamber were to be apportioned among the
  10870. states on the basis of population, counting three-fifths of the slaves.
  10871.  
  10872. =The Question of Popular Election.=--The method of selecting federal
  10873. officers and members of Congress also produced an acrimonious debate
  10874. which revealed how deep-seated was the distrust of the capacity of the
  10875. people to govern themselves. Few there were who believed that no branch
  10876. of the government should be elected directly by the voters; still fewer
  10877. were there, however, who desired to see all branches so chosen. One or
  10878. two even expressed a desire for a monarchy. The dangers of democracy
  10879. were stressed by Gerry of Massachusetts: "All the evils we experience
  10880. flow from an excess of democracy. The people do not want virtue but are
  10881. the dupes of pretended patriots.... I have been too republican
  10882. heretofore but have been taught by experience the danger of a leveling
  10883. spirit." To the "democratic licentiousness of the state legislatures,"
  10884. Randolph sought to oppose a "firm senate." To check the excesses of
  10885. popular government Charles Pinckney of South Carolina declared that no
  10886. one should be elected President who was not worth $100,000 and that high
  10887. property qualifications should be placed on members of Congress and
  10888. judges. Other members of the convention were stoutly opposed to such
  10889. "high-toned notions of government." Franklin and Wilson, both from
  10890. Pennsylvania, vigorously championed popular election; while men like
  10891. Madison insisted that at least one part of the government should rest on
  10892. the broad foundation of the people.
  10893.  
  10894. Out of this clash of opinion also came compromise. One branch, the House
  10895. of Representatives, it was agreed, was to be elected directly by the
  10896. voters, while the Senators were to be elected indirectly by the state
  10897. legislatures. The President was to be chosen by electors selected as the
  10898. legislatures of the states might determine, and the judges of the
  10899. federal courts, supreme and inferior, by the President and the Senate.
  10900.  
  10901. =The Question of the Suffrage.=--The battle over the suffrage was sharp
  10902. but brief. Gouverneur Morris proposed that only land owners should be
  10903. permitted to vote. Madison replied that the state legislatures, which
  10904. had made so much trouble with radical laws, were elected by freeholders.
  10905. After the debate, the delegates, unable to agree on any property
  10906. limitations on the suffrage, decided that the House of Representatives
  10907. should be elected by voters having the "qualifications requisite for
  10908. electors of the most numerous branch of the state legislature." Thus
  10909. they accepted the suffrage provisions of the states.
  10910.  
  10911. =The Balance between the Planting and the Commercial States.=--After the
  10912. debates had gone on for a few weeks, Madison came to the conclusion that
  10913. the real division in the convention was not between the large and the
  10914. small states but between the planting section founded on slave labor and
  10915. the commercial North. Thus he anticipated by nearly three-quarters of a
  10916. century "the irrepressible conflict." The planting states had neither
  10917. the free white population nor the wealth of the North. There were,
  10918. counting Delaware, six of them as against seven commercial states.
  10919. Dependent for their prosperity mainly upon the sale of tobacco, rice,
  10920. and other staples abroad, they feared that Congress might impose
  10921. restraints upon their enterprise. Being weaker in numbers, they were
  10922. afraid that the majority might lay an unfair burden of taxes upon them.
  10923.  
  10924. _Representation and Taxation._--The Southern members of the convention
  10925. were therefore very anxious to secure for their section the largest
  10926. possible representation in Congress, and at the same time to restrain
  10927. the taxing power of that body. Two devices were thought adapted to these
  10928. ends. One was to count the slaves as people when apportioning
  10929. representatives among the states according to their respective
  10930. populations; the other was to provide that direct taxes should be
  10931. apportioned among the states, in proportion not to their wealth but to
  10932. the number of their free white inhabitants. For obvious reasons the
  10933. Northern delegates objected to these proposals. Once more a compromise
  10934. proved to be the solution. It was agreed that not all the slaves but
  10935. three-fifths of them should be counted for both purposes--representation
  10936. and direct taxation.
  10937.  
  10938. _Commerce and the Slave Trade._--Southern interests were also involved
  10939. in the project to confer upon Congress the power to regulate interstate
  10940. and foreign commerce. To the manufacturing and trading states this was
  10941. essential. It would prevent interstate tariffs and trade jealousies; it
  10942. would enable Congress to protect American manufactures and to break
  10943. down, by appropriate retaliations, foreign discriminations against
  10944. American commerce. To the South the proposal was menacing because
  10945. tariffs might interfere with the free exchange of the produce of
  10946. plantations in European markets, and navigation acts might confine the
  10947. carrying trade to American, that is Northern, ships. The importation of
  10948. slaves, moreover, it was feared might be heavily taxed or immediately
  10949. prohibited altogether.
  10950.  
  10951. The result of this and related controversies was a debate on the merits
  10952. of slavery. Gouverneur Morris delivered his mind and heart on that
  10953. subject, denouncing slavery as a nefarious institution and the curse of
  10954. heaven on the states in which it prevailed. Mason of Virginia, a
  10955. slaveholder himself, was hardly less outspoken, saying: "Slavery
  10956. discourages arts and manufactures. The poor despise labor when performed
  10957. by slaves. They prevent the migration of whites who really strengthen
  10958. and enrich a country."
  10959.  
  10960. The system, however, had its defenders. Representatives from South
  10961. Carolina argued that their entire economic life rested on slave labor
  10962. and that the high death rate in the rice swamps made continuous
  10963. importation necessary. Ellsworth of Connecticut took the ground that
  10964. the convention should not meddle with slavery. "The morality or wisdom
  10965. of slavery," he said, "are considerations belonging to the states. What
  10966. enriches a part enriches the whole." To the future he turned an
  10967. untroubled face: "As population increases, poor laborers will be so
  10968. plenty as to render slaves useless. Slavery in time will not be a speck
  10969. in our country." Virginia and North Carolina, already overstocked with
  10970. slaves, favored prohibiting the traffic in them; but South Carolina was
  10971. adamant. She must have fresh supplies of slaves or she would not
  10972. federate.
  10973.  
  10974. So it was agreed that, while Congress might regulate foreign trade by
  10975. majority vote, the importation of slaves should not be forbidden before
  10976. the lapse of twenty years, and that any import tax should not exceed $10
  10977. a head. At the same time, in connection with the regulation of foreign
  10978. trade, it was stipulated that a two-thirds vote in the Senate should be
  10979. necessary in the ratification of treaties. A further concession to the
  10980. South was made in the provision for the return of runaway slaves--a
  10981. provision also useful in the North, where indentured servants were about
  10982. as troublesome as slaves in escaping from their masters.
  10983.  
  10984. =The Form of the Government.=--As to the details of the frame of
  10985. government and the grand principles involved, the opinion of the
  10986. convention ebbed and flowed, decisions being taken in the heat of
  10987. debate, only to be revoked and taken again.
  10988.  
  10989. _The Executive._--There was general agreement that there should be an
  10990. executive branch; for reliance upon Congress to enforce its own laws and
  10991. treaties had been a broken reed. On the character and functions of the
  10992. executive, however, there were many views. The New Jersey plan called
  10993. for a council selected by the Congress; the Virginia plan provided that
  10994. the executive branch should be chosen by the Congress but did not state
  10995. whether it should be composed of one or several persons. On this matter
  10996. the convention voted first one way and then another; finally it agreed
  10997. on a single executive chosen indirectly by electors selected as the
  10998. state legislatures might decide, serving for four years, subject to
  10999. impeachment, and endowed with regal powers in the command of the army
  11000. and the navy and in the enforcement of the laws.
  11001.  
  11002. _The Legislative Branch--Congress._--After the convention had made the
  11003. great compromise between the large and small commonwealths by giving
  11004. representation to states in the Senate and to population in the House,
  11005. the question of methods of election had to be decided. As to the House
  11006. of Representatives it was readily agreed that the members should be
  11007. elected by direct popular vote. There was also easy agreement on the
  11008. proposition that a strong Senate was needed to check the "turbulence" of
  11009. the lower house. Four devices were finally selected to accomplish this
  11010. purpose. In the first place, the Senators were not to be chosen directly
  11011. by the voters but by the legislatures of the states, thus removing their
  11012. election one degree from the populace. In the second place, their term
  11013. was fixed at six years instead of two, as in the case of the House. In
  11014. the third place, provision was made for continuity by having only
  11015. one-third of the members go out at a time while two-thirds remained in
  11016. service. Finally, it was provided that Senators must be at least thirty
  11017. years old while Representatives need be only twenty-five.
  11018.  
  11019. _The Judiciary._--The need for federal courts to carry out the law was
  11020. hardly open to debate. The feebleness of the Articles of Confederation
  11021. was, in a large measure, attributed to the want of a judiciary to hold
  11022. states and individuals in obedience to the laws and treaties of the
  11023. union. Nevertheless on this point the advocates of states' rights were
  11024. extremely sensitive. They looked with distrust upon judges appointed at
  11025. the national capital and emancipated from local interests and
  11026. traditions; they remembered with what insistence they had claimed
  11027. against Britain the right of local trial by jury and with what
  11028. consternation they had viewed the proposal to make colonial judges
  11029. independent of the assemblies in the matter of their salaries.
  11030. Reluctantly they yielded to the demand for federal courts, consenting at
  11031. first only to a supreme court to review cases heard in lower state
  11032. courts and finally to such additional inferior courts as Congress might
  11033. deem necessary.
  11034.  
  11035. _The System of Checks and Balances._--It is thus apparent that the
  11036. framers of the Constitution, in shaping the form of government, arranged
  11037. for a distribution of power among three branches, executive,
  11038. legislative, and judicial. Strictly speaking we might say four branches,
  11039. for the legislature, or Congress, was composed of two houses, elected in
  11040. different ways, and one of them, the Senate, was made a check on the
  11041. President through its power of ratifying treaties and appointments. "The
  11042. accumulation of all powers, legislative, executive, and judicial, in the
  11043. same hands," wrote Madison, "whether of one, a few, or many, and whether
  11044. hereditary, self-appointed, or elective, may justly be pronounced the
  11045. very definition of tyranny." The devices which the convention adopted to
  11046. prevent such a centralization of authority were exceedingly ingenious
  11047. and well calculated to accomplish the purposes of the authors.
  11048.  
  11049. The legislature consisted of two houses, the members of which were to be
  11050. apportioned on a different basis, elected in different ways, and to
  11051. serve for different terms. A veto on all its acts was vested in a
  11052. President elected in a manner not employed in the choice of either
  11053. branch of the legislature, serving for four years, and subject to
  11054. removal only by the difficult process of impeachment. After a law had
  11055. run the gantlet of both houses and the executive, it was subject to
  11056. interpretation and annulment by the judiciary, appointed by the
  11057. President with the consent of the Senate and serving for life. Thus it
  11058. was made almost impossible for any political party to get possession of
  11059. all branches of the government at a single popular election. As Hamilton
  11060. remarked, the friends of good government considered "every institution
  11061. calculated to restrain the excess of law making and to keep things in
  11062. the same state in which they happen to be at any given period as more
  11063. likely to do good than harm."
  11064.  
  11065. =The Powers of the Federal Government.=--On the question of the powers
  11066. to be conferred upon the new government there was less occasion for a
  11067. serious dispute. Even the delegates from the small states agreed with
  11068. those from Massachusetts, Pennsylvania, and Virginia that new powers
  11069. should be added to those intrusted to Congress by the Articles of
  11070. Confederation. The New Jersey plan as well as the Virginia plan
  11071. recognized this fact. Some of the delegates, like Hamilton and Madison,
  11072. even proposed to give Congress a general legislative authority covering
  11073. all national matters; but others, frightened by the specter of
  11074. nationalism, insisted on specifying each power to be conferred and
  11075. finally carried the day.
  11076.  
  11077. _Taxation and Commerce._--There were none bold enough to dissent from
  11078. the proposition that revenue must be provided to pay current expenses
  11079. and discharge the public debt. When once the dispute over the
  11080. apportionment of direct taxes among the slave states was settled, it was
  11081. an easy matter to decide that Congress should have power to lay and
  11082. collect taxes, duties, imposts, and excises. In this way the national
  11083. government was freed from dependence upon stubborn and tardy
  11084. legislatures and enabled to collect funds directly from citizens. There
  11085. were likewise none bold enough to contend that the anarchy of state
  11086. tariffs and trade discriminations should be longer endured. When the
  11087. fears of the planting states were allayed and the "bargain" over the
  11088. importation of slaves was reached, the convention vested in Congress the
  11089. power to regulate foreign and interstate commerce.
  11090.  
  11091. _National Defense._--The necessity for national defense was realized,
  11092. though the fear of huge military establishments was equally present. The
  11093. old practice of relying on quotas furnished by the state legislatures
  11094. was completely discredited. As in the case of taxes a direct authority
  11095. over citizens was demanded. Congress was therefore given full power to
  11096. raise and support armies and a navy. It could employ the state militia
  11097. when desirable; but it could at the same time maintain a regular army
  11098. and call directly upon all able-bodied males if the nature of a crisis
  11099. was thought to require it.
  11100.  
  11101. _The "Necessary and Proper" Clause._--To the specified power vested in
  11102. Congress by the Constitution, the advocates of a strong national
  11103. government added a general clause authorizing it to make all laws
  11104. "necessary and proper" for carrying into effect any and all of the
  11105. enumerated powers. This clause, interpreted by that master mind, Chief
  11106. Justice Marshall, was later construed to confer powers as wide as the
  11107. requirements of a vast country spanning a continent and taking its place
  11108. among the mighty nations of the earth.
  11109.  
  11110. =Restraints on the States.=--Framing a government and endowing it with
  11111. large powers were by no means the sole concern of the convention. Its
  11112. very existence had been due quite as much to the conduct of the state
  11113. legislatures as to the futilities of a paralyzed Continental Congress.
  11114. In every state, explains Marshall in his _Life of Washington_, there was
  11115. a party of men who had "marked out for themselves a more indulgent
  11116. course. Viewing with extreme tenderness the case of the debtor, their
  11117. efforts were unceasingly directed to his relief. To exact a faithful
  11118. compliance with contracts was, in their opinion, a harsh measure which
  11119. the people could not bear. They were uniformly in favor of relaxing the
  11120. administration of justice, of affording facilities for the payment of
  11121. debts, or of suspending their collection, and remitting taxes."
  11122.  
  11123. The legislatures under the dominance of these men had enacted paper
  11124. money laws enabling debtors to discharge their obligations more easily.
  11125. The convention put an end to such practices by providing that no state
  11126. should emit bills of credit or make anything but gold or silver legal
  11127. tender in the payment of debts. The state legislatures had enacted laws
  11128. allowing men to pay their debts by turning over to creditors land or
  11129. personal property; they had repealed the charter of an endowed college
  11130. and taken the management from the hands of the lawful trustees; and they
  11131. had otherwise interfered with the enforcement of private agreements. The
  11132. convention, taking notice of such matters, inserted a clause forbidding
  11133. states "to impair the obligation of contracts." The more venturous of
  11134. the radicals had in Massachusetts raised the standard of revolt against
  11135. the authorities of the state. The convention answered by a brief
  11136. sentence to the effect that the President of the United States, to be
  11137. equipped with a regular army, would send troops to suppress domestic
  11138. insurrections whenever called upon by the legislature or, if it was not
  11139. in session, by the governor of the state. To make sure that the
  11140. restrictions on the states would not be dead letters, the federal
  11141. Constitution, laws, and treaties were made the supreme law of the land,
  11142. to be enforced whenever necessary by a national judiciary and executive
  11143. against violations on the part of any state authorities.
  11144.  
  11145. =Provisions for Ratification and Amendment.=--When the frame of
  11146. government had been determined, the powers to be vested in it had been
  11147. enumerated, and the restrictions upon the states had been written into
  11148. the bond, there remained three final questions. How shall the
  11149. Constitution be ratified? What number of states shall be necessary to
  11150. put it into effect? How shall it be amended in the future?
  11151.  
  11152. On the first point, the mandate under which the convention was sitting
  11153. seemed positive. The Articles of Confederation were still in effect.
  11154. They provided that amendments could be made only by unanimous adoption
  11155. in Congress and the approval of all the states. As if to give force to
  11156. this provision of law, the call for the convention had expressly stated
  11157. that all alterations and revisions should be reported to Congress for
  11158. adoption or rejection, Congress itself to transmit the document
  11159. thereafter to the states for their review.
  11160.  
  11161. To have observed the strict letter of the law would have defeated the
  11162. purposes of the delegates, because Congress and the state legislatures
  11163. were openly hostile to such drastic changes as had been made. Unanimous
  11164. ratification, as events proved, would have been impossible. Therefore
  11165. the delegates decided that the Constitution should be sent to Congress
  11166. with the recommendation that it, in turn, transmit the document, not to
  11167. the state legislatures, but to conventions held in the states for the
  11168. special object of deciding upon ratification. This process was followed.
  11169. It was their belief that special conventions would be more friendly than
  11170. the state legislatures.
  11171.  
  11172. The convention was equally positive in dealing with the problem of the
  11173. number of states necessary to establish the new Constitution. Attempts
  11174. to change the Articles had failed because amendment required the
  11175. approval of every state and there was always at least one recalcitrant
  11176. member of the union. The opposition to a new Constitution was
  11177. undoubtedly formidable. Rhode Island had even refused to take part in
  11178. framing it, and her hostility was deep and open. So the convention cast
  11179. aside the provision of the Articles of Confederation which required
  11180. unanimous approval for any change in the plan of government; it decreed
  11181. that the new Constitution should go into effect when ratified by nine
  11182. states.
  11183.  
  11184. In providing for future changes in the Constitution itself the
  11185. convention also thrust aside the old rule of unanimous approval, and
  11186. decided that an amendment could be made on a two-thirds vote in both
  11187. houses of Congress and ratification by three-fourths of the states. This
  11188. change was of profound significance. Every state agreed to be bound in
  11189. the future by amendments duly adopted even in case it did not approve
  11190. them itself. America in this way set out upon the high road that led
  11191. from a league of states to a nation.
  11192.  
  11193.  
  11194. THE STRUGGLE OVER RATIFICATION
  11195.  
  11196. On September 17, 1787, the Constitution, having been finally drafted in
  11197. clear and simple language, a model to all makers of fundamental law, was
  11198. adopted. The convention, after nearly four months of debate in secret
  11199. session, flung open the doors and presented to the Americans the
  11200. finished plan for the new government. Then the great debate passed to
  11201. the people.
  11202.  
  11203. =The Opposition.=--Storms of criticism at once descended upon the
  11204. Constitution. "Fraudulent usurpation!" exclaimed Gerry, who had refused
  11205. to sign it. "A monster" out of the "thick veil of secrecy," declaimed a
  11206. Pennsylvania newspaper. "An iron-handed despotism will be the result,"
  11207. protested a third. "We, 'the low-born,'" sarcastically wrote a fourth,
  11208. "will now admit the 'six hundred well-born' immediately to establish
  11209. this most noble, most excellent, and truly divine constitution." The
  11210. President will become a king; Congress will be as tyrannical as
  11211. Parliament in the old days; the states will be swallowed up; the rights
  11212. of the people will be trampled upon; the poor man's justice will be lost
  11213. in the endless delays of the federal courts--such was the strain of the
  11214. protests against ratification.
  11215.  
  11216. [Illustration: AN ADVERTISEMENT OF _The Federalist_]
  11217.  
  11218. =Defense of the Constitution.=--Moved by the tempest of opposition,
  11219. Hamilton, Madison, and Jay took up their pens in defense of the
  11220. Constitution. In a series of newspaper articles they discussed and
  11221. expounded with eloquence, learning, and dignity every important clause
  11222. and provision of the proposed plan. These papers, afterwards collected
  11223. and published in a volume known as _The Federalist_, form the finest
  11224. textbook on the Constitution that has ever been printed. It takes its
  11225. place, moreover, among the wisest and weightiest treatises on government
  11226. ever written in any language in any time. Other men, not so gifted, were
  11227. no less earnest in their support of ratification. In private
  11228. correspondence, editorials, pamphlets, and letters to the newspapers,
  11229. they urged their countrymen to forget their partisanship and accept a
  11230. Constitution which, in spite of any defects great or small, was the
  11231. only guarantee against dissolution and warfare at home and dishonor and
  11232. weakness abroad.
  11233.  
  11234. [Illustration: CELEBRATING THE RATIFICATION]
  11235.  
  11236. =The Action of the State Conventions.=--Before the end of the year,
  11237. 1787, three states had ratified the Constitution: Delaware and New
  11238. Jersey unanimously and Pennsylvania after a short, though savage,
  11239. contest. Connecticut and Georgia followed early the next year. Then came
  11240. the battle royal in Massachusetts, ending in ratification in February by
  11241. the narrow margin of 187 votes to 168. In the spring came the news that
  11242. Maryland and South Carolina were "under the new roof." On June 21, New
  11243. Hampshire, where the sentiment was at first strong enough to defeat the
  11244. Constitution, joined the new republic, influenced by the favorable
  11245. decision in Massachusetts. Swift couriers were sent to carry the news to
  11246. New York and Virginia, where the question of ratification was still
  11247. undecided. Nine states had accepted it and were united, whether more saw
  11248. fit to join or not.
  11249.  
  11250. Meanwhile, however, Virginia, after a long and searching debate, had
  11251. given her approval by a narrow margin, leaving New York as the next seat
  11252. of anxiety. In that state the popular vote for the delegates to the
  11253. convention had been clearly and heavily against ratification. Events
  11254. finally demonstrated the futility of resistance, and Hamilton by good
  11255. judgment and masterly arguments was at last able to marshal a majority
  11256. of thirty to twenty-seven votes in favor of ratification.
  11257.  
  11258. The great contest was over. All the states, except North Carolina and
  11259. Rhode Island, had ratified. "The sloop Anarchy," wrote an ebullient
  11260. journalist, "when last heard from was ashore on Union rocks."
  11261.  
  11262. =The First Election.=--In the autumn of 1788, elections were held to
  11263. fill the places in the new government. Public opinion was overwhelmingly
  11264. in favor of Washington as the first President. Yielding to the
  11265. importunities of friends, he accepted the post in the spirit of public
  11266. service. On April 30, 1789, he took the oath of office at Federal Hall
  11267. in New York City. "Long live George Washington, President of the United
  11268. States!" cried Chancellor Livingston as soon as the General had kissed
  11269. the Bible. The cry was caught by the assembled multitude and given back.
  11270. A new experiment in popular government was launched.
  11271.  
  11272.  
  11273. =References=
  11274.  
  11275. M. Farrand, _The Framing of the Constitution of the United States_.
  11276.  
  11277. P.L. Ford, _Essays on the Constitution of the United States_.
  11278.  
  11279. _The Federalist_ (in many editions).
  11280.  
  11281. G. Hunt, _Life of James Madison_.
  11282.  
  11283. A.C. McLaughlin, _The Confederation and the Constitution_ (American
  11284. Nation Series).
  11285.  
  11286.  
  11287. =Questions=
  11288.  
  11289. 1. Account for the failure of the Articles of Confederation.
  11290.  
  11291. 2. Explain the domestic difficulties of the individual states.
  11292.  
  11293. 3. Why did efforts at reform by the Congress come to naught?
  11294.  
  11295. 4. Narrate the events leading up to the constitutional convention.
  11296.  
  11297. 5. Who were some of the leading men in the convention? What had been
  11298. their previous training?
  11299.  
  11300. 6. State the great problems before the convention.
  11301.  
  11302. 7. In what respects were the planting and commercial states opposed?
  11303. What compromises were reached?
  11304.  
  11305. 8. Show how the "check and balance" system is embodied in our form of
  11306. government.
  11307.  
  11308. 9. How did the powers conferred upon the federal government help cure
  11309. the defects of the Articles of Confederation?
  11310.  
  11311. 10. In what way did the provisions for ratifying and amending the
  11312. Constitution depart from the old system?
  11313.  
  11314. 11. What was the nature of the conflict over ratification?
  11315.  
  11316.  
  11317. =Research Topics=
  11318.  
  11319. =English Treatment of American Commerce.=--Callender, _Economic History
  11320. of the United States_, pp. 210-220.
  11321.  
  11322. =Financial Condition of the United States.=--Fiske, _Critical Period of
  11323. American History_, pp. 163-186.
  11324.  
  11325. =Disordered Commerce.=--Fiske, pp. 134-162.
  11326.  
  11327. =Selfish Conduct of the States.=--Callender, pp. 185-191.
  11328.  
  11329. =The Failure of the Confederation.=--Elson, _History of the United
  11330. States_, pp. 318-326.
  11331.  
  11332. =Formation of the Constitution.=--(1) The plans before the convention,
  11333. Fiske, pp. 236-249; (2) the great compromise, Fiske, pp. 250-255; (3)
  11334. slavery and the convention, Fiske, pp. 256-266; and (4) the frame of
  11335. government, Fiske, pp. 275-301; Elson, pp. 328-334.
  11336.  
  11337. =Biographical Studies.=--Look up the history and services of the leaders
  11338. in the convention in any good encyclopedia.
  11339.  
  11340. =Ratification of the Constitution.=--Hart, _History Told by
  11341. Contemporaries_, Vol. III, pp. 233-254; Elson, pp. 334-340.
  11342.  
  11343. =Source Study.=--Compare the Constitution and Articles of Confederation
  11344. under the following heads: (1) frame of government; (2) powers of
  11345. Congress; (3) limits on states; and (4) methods of amendment. Every line
  11346. of the Constitution should be read and re-read in the light of the
  11347. historical circumstances set forth in this chapter.
  11348.  
  11349.  
  11350.  
  11351.  
  11352. CHAPTER VIII
  11353.  
  11354. THE CLASH OF POLITICAL PARTIES
  11355.  
  11356.  
  11357. THE MEN AND MEASURES OF THE NEW GOVERNMENT
  11358.  
  11359. =Friends of the Constitution in Power.=--In the first Congress that
  11360. assembled after the adoption of the Constitution, there were eleven
  11361. Senators, led by Robert Morris, the financier, who had been delegates to
  11362. the national convention. Several members of the House of
  11363. Representatives, headed by James Madison, had also been at Philadelphia
  11364. in 1787. In making his appointments, Washington strengthened the new
  11365. system of government still further by a judicious selection of
  11366. officials. He chose as Secretary of the Treasury, Alexander Hamilton,
  11367. who had been the most zealous for its success; General Knox, head of the
  11368. War Department, and Edmund Randolph, the Attorney-General, were likewise
  11369. conspicuous friends of the experiment. Every member of the federal
  11370. judiciary whom Washington appointed, from the Chief Justice, John Jay,
  11371. down to the justices of the district courts, had favored the
  11372. ratification of the Constitution; and a majority of them had served as
  11373. members of the national convention that framed the document or of the
  11374. state ratifying conventions. Only one man of influence in the new
  11375. government, Thomas Jefferson, the Secretary of State, was reckoned as a
  11376. doubter in the house of the faithful. He had expressed opinions both for
  11377. and against the Constitution; but he had been out of the country acting
  11378. as the minister at Paris when the Constitution was drafted and ratified.
  11379.  
  11380. =An Opposition to Conciliate.=--The inauguration of Washington amid the
  11381. plaudits of his countrymen did not set at rest all the political turmoil
  11382. which had been aroused by the angry contest over ratification. "The
  11383. interesting nature of the question," wrote John Marshall, "the equality
  11384. of the parties, the animation produced inevitably by ardent debate had a
  11385. necessary tendency to embitter the dispositions of the vanquished and to
  11386. fix more deeply in many bosoms their prejudices against a plan of
  11387. government in opposition to which all their passions were enlisted." The
  11388. leaders gathered around Washington were well aware of the excited state
  11389. of the country. They saw Rhode Island and North Carolina still outside
  11390. of the union.[1] They knew by what small margins the Constitution had
  11391. been approved in the great states of Massachusetts, Virginia, and New
  11392. York. They were equally aware that a majority of the state conventions,
  11393. in yielding reluctant approval to the Constitution, had drawn a number
  11394. of amendments for immediate submission to the states.
  11395.  
  11396. =The First Amendments--a Bill of Rights.=--To meet the opposition,
  11397. Madison proposed, and the first Congress adopted, a series of amendments
  11398. to the Constitution. Ten of them were soon ratified and became in 1791 a
  11399. part of the law of the land. These amendments provided, among other
  11400. things, that Congress could make no law respecting the establishment of
  11401. religion, abridging the freedom of speech or of the press or the right
  11402. of the people peaceably to assemble and petition the government for a
  11403. redress of grievances. They also guaranteed indictment by grand jury and
  11404. trial by jury for all persons charged by federal officers with serious
  11405. crimes. To reassure those who still feared that local rights might be
  11406. invaded by the federal government, the tenth amendment expressly
  11407. provided that the powers not delegated to the United States by the
  11408. Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the states, are reserved to the
  11409. states respectively or to the people. Seven years later, the eleventh
  11410. amendment was written in the same spirit as the first ten, after a
  11411. heated debate over the action of the Supreme Court in permitting a
  11412. citizen to bring a suit against "the sovereign state" of Georgia. The
  11413. new amendment was designed to protect states against the federal
  11414. judiciary by forbidding it to hear any case in which a state was sued by
  11415. a citizen.
  11416.  
  11417. =Funding the National Debt.=--Paper declarations of rights, however,
  11418. paid no bills. To this task Hamilton turned all his splendid genius. At
  11419. the very outset he addressed himself to the problem of the huge public
  11420. debt, daily mounting as the unpaid interest accumulated. In a _Report on
  11421. Public Credit_ under date of January 9, 1790, one of the first and
  11422. greatest of American state papers, he laid before Congress the outlines
  11423. of his plan. He proposed that the federal government should call in all
  11424. the old bonds, certificates of indebtedness, and other promises to pay
  11425. which had been issued by the Congress since the beginning of the
  11426. Revolution. These national obligations, he urged, should be put into one
  11427. consolidated debt resting on the credit of the United States; to the
  11428. holders of the old paper should be issued new bonds drawing interest at
  11429. fixed rates. This process was called "funding the debt." Such a
  11430. provision for the support of public credit, Hamilton insisted, would
  11431. satisfy creditors, restore landed property to its former value, and
  11432. furnish new resources to agriculture and commerce in the form of credit
  11433. and capital.
  11434.  
  11435. =Assumption and Funding of State Debts.=--Hamilton then turned to the
  11436. obligations incurred by the several states in support of the Revolution.
  11437. These debts he proposed to add to the national debt. They were to be
  11438. "assumed" by the United States government and placed on the same secure
  11439. foundation as the continental debt. This measure he defended not merely
  11440. on grounds of national honor. It would, as he foresaw, give strength to
  11441. the new national government by making all public creditors, men of
  11442. substance in their several communities, look to the federal, rather than
  11443. the state government, for the satisfaction of their claims.
  11444.  
  11445. =Funding at Face Value.=--On the question of the terms of consolidation,
  11446. assumption, and funding, Hamilton had a firm conviction. That millions
  11447. of dollars' worth of the continental and state bonds had passed out of
  11448. the hands of those who had originally subscribed their funds to the
  11449. support of the government or had sold supplies for the Revolutionary
  11450. army was well known. It was also a matter of common knowledge that a
  11451. very large part of these bonds had been bought by speculators at ruinous
  11452. figures--ten, twenty, and thirty cents on the dollar. Accordingly, it
  11453. had been suggested, even in very respectable quarters, that a
  11454. discrimination should be made between original holders and speculative
  11455. purchasers. Some who held this opinion urged that the speculators who
  11456. had paid nominal sums for their bonds should be reimbursed for their
  11457. outlays and the original holders paid the difference; others said that
  11458. the government should "scale the debt" by redeeming, not at full value
  11459. but at a figure reasonably above the market price. Against the
  11460. proposition Hamilton set his face like flint. He maintained that the
  11461. government was honestly bound to redeem every bond at its face value,
  11462. although the difficulty of securing revenue made necessary a lower rate
  11463. of interest on a part of the bonds and the deferring of interest on
  11464. another part.
  11465.  
  11466. =Funding and Assumption Carried.=--There was little difficulty in
  11467. securing the approval of both houses of Congress for the funding of the
  11468. national debt at full value. The bill for the assumption of state debts,
  11469. however, brought the sharpest division of opinions. To the Southern
  11470. members of Congress assumption was a gross violation of states' rights,
  11471. without any warrant in the Constitution and devised in the interest of
  11472. Northern speculators who, anticipating assumption and funding, had
  11473. bought up at low prices the Southern bonds and other promises to pay.
  11474. New England, on the other hand, was strongly in favor of assumption;
  11475. several representatives from that section were rash enough to threaten a
  11476. dissolution of the union if the bill was defeated. To this dispute was
  11477. added an equally bitter quarrel over the location of the national
  11478. capital, then temporarily at New York City.
  11479.  
  11480. [Illustration: FIRST UNITED STATES BANK AT PHILADELPHIA]
  11481.  
  11482. A deadlock, accompanied by the most surly feelings on both sides,
  11483. threatened the very existence of the young government. Washington and
  11484. Hamilton were thoroughly alarmed. Hearing of the extremity to which the
  11485. contest had been carried and acting on the appeal from the Secretary of
  11486. the Treasury, Jefferson intervened at this point. By skillful management
  11487. at a good dinner he brought the opposing leaders together; and thus once
  11488. more, as on many other occasions, peace was purchased and the union
  11489. saved by compromise. The bargain this time consisted of an exchange of
  11490. votes for assumption in return for votes for the capital. Enough
  11491. Southern members voted for assumption to pass the bill, and a majority
  11492. was mustered in favor of building the capital on the banks of the
  11493. Potomac, after locating it for a ten-year period at Philadelphia to
  11494. satisfy Pennsylvania members.
  11495.  
  11496. =The United States Bank.=--Encouraged by the success of his funding and
  11497. assumption measures, Hamilton laid before Congress a project for a great
  11498. United States Bank. He proposed that a private corporation be chartered
  11499. by Congress, authorized to raise a capital stock of $10,000,000
  11500. (three-fourths in new six per cent federal bonds and one-fourth in
  11501. specie) and empowered to issue paper currency under proper safeguards.
  11502. Many advantages, Hamilton contended, would accrue to the government from
  11503. this institution. The price of the government bonds would be increased,
  11504. thus enhancing public credit. A national currency would be created of
  11505. uniform value from one end of the land to the other. The branches of the
  11506. bank in various cities would make easy the exchange of funds so vital to
  11507. commercial transactions on a national scale. Finally, through the issue
  11508. of bank notes, the money capital available for agriculture and industry
  11509. would be increased, thus stimulating business enterprise. Jefferson
  11510. hotly attacked the bank on the ground that Congress had no power
  11511. whatever under the Constitution to charter such a private corporation.
  11512. Hamilton defended it with great cogency. Washington, after weighing all
  11513. opinions, decided in favor of the proposal. In 1791 the bill
  11514. establishing the first United States Bank for a period of twenty years
  11515. became a law.
  11516.  
  11517. =The Protective Tariff.=--A third part of Hamilton's program was the
  11518. protection of American industries. The first revenue act of 1789, though
  11519. designed primarily to bring money into the empty treasury, declared in
  11520. favor of the principle. The following year Washington referred to the
  11521. subject in his address to Congress. Thereupon Hamilton was instructed to
  11522. prepare recommendations for legislative action. The result, after a
  11523. delay of more than a year, was his _Report on Manufactures_, another
  11524. state paper worthy, in closeness of reasoning and keenness of
  11525. understanding, of a place beside his report on public credit. Hamilton
  11526. based his argument on the broadest national grounds: the protective
  11527. tariff would, by encouraging the building of factories, create a home
  11528. market for the produce of farms and plantations; by making the United
  11529. States independent of other countries in times of peace, it would double
  11530. its security in time of war; by making use of the labor of women and
  11531. children, it would turn to the production of goods persons otherwise
  11532. idle or only partly employed; by increasing the trade between the North
  11533. and South it would strengthen the links of union and add to political
  11534. ties those of commerce and intercourse. The revenue measure of 1792 bore
  11535. the impress of these arguments.
  11536.  
  11537.  
  11538. THE RISE OF POLITICAL PARTIES
  11539.  
  11540. =Dissensions over Hamilton's Measures.=--Hamilton's plans, touching
  11541. deeply as they did the resources of individuals and the interests of the
  11542. states, awakened alarm and opposition. Funding at face value, said his
  11543. critics, was a government favor to speculators; the assumption of state
  11544. debts was a deep design to undermine the state governments; Congress had
  11545. no constitutional power to create a bank; the law creating the bank
  11546. merely allowed a private corporation to make paper money and lend it at
  11547. a high rate of interest; and the tariff was a tax on land and labor for
  11548. the benefit of manufacturers.
  11549.  
  11550. Hamilton's reply to this bill of indictment was simple and
  11551. straightforward. Some rascally speculators had profited from the funding
  11552. of the debt at face value, but that was only an incident in the
  11553. restoration of public credit. In view of the jealousies of the states it
  11554. was a good thing to reduce their powers and pretensions. The
  11555. Constitution was not to be interpreted narrowly but in the full light of
  11556. national needs. The bank would enlarge the amount of capital so sorely
  11557. needed to start up American industries, giving markets to farmers and
  11558. planters. The tariff by creating a home market and increasing
  11559. opportunities for employment would benefit both land and labor. Out of
  11560. such wise policies firmly pursued by the government, he concluded, were
  11561. bound to come strength and prosperity for the new government at home,
  11562. credit and power abroad. This view Washington fully indorsed, adding
  11563. the weight of his great name to the inherent merits of the measures
  11564. adopted under his administration.
  11565.  
  11566. =The Sharpness of the Partisan Conflict.=--As a result of the clash of
  11567. opinion, the people of the country gradually divided into two parties:
  11568. Federalists and Anti-Federalists, the former led by Hamilton, the latter
  11569. by Jefferson. The strength of the Federalists lay in the cities--Boston,
  11570. Providence, Hartford, New York, Philadelphia, Charleston--among the
  11571. manufacturing, financial, and commercial groups of the population who
  11572. were eager to extend their business operations. The strength of the
  11573. Anti-Federalists lay mainly among the debt-burdened farmers who feared
  11574. the growth of what they called "a money power" and planters in all
  11575. sections who feared the dominance of commercial and manufacturing
  11576. interests. The farming and planting South, outside of the few towns,
  11577. finally presented an almost solid front against assumption, the bank,
  11578. and the tariff. The conflict between the parties grew steadily in
  11579. bitterness, despite the conciliatory and engaging manner in which
  11580. Hamilton presented his cause in his state papers and despite the
  11581. constant efforts of Washington to soften the asperity of the
  11582. contestants.
  11583.  
  11584. =The Leadership and Doctrines of Jefferson.=--The party dispute had not
  11585. gone far before the opponents of the administration began to look to
  11586. Jefferson as their leader. Some of Hamilton's measures he had approved,
  11587. declaring afterward that he did not at the time understand their
  11588. significance. Others, particularly the bank, he fiercely assailed. More
  11589. than once, he and Hamilton, shaking violently with anger, attacked each
  11590. other at cabinet meetings, and nothing short of the grave and dignified
  11591. pleas of Washington prevented an early and open break between them. In
  11592. 1794 it finally came. Jefferson resigned as Secretary of State and
  11593. retired to his home in Virginia to assume, through correspondence and
  11594. negotiation, the leadership of the steadily growing party of opposition.
  11595.  
  11596. Shy and modest in manner, halting in speech, disliking the turmoil of
  11597. public debate, and deeply interested in science and philosophy,
  11598. Jefferson was not very well fitted for the strenuous life of political
  11599. contest. Nevertheless, he was an ambitious and shrewd negotiator. He was
  11600. also by honest opinion and matured conviction the exact opposite of
  11601. Hamilton. The latter believed in a strong, active, "high-toned"
  11602. government, vigorously compelling in all its branches. Jefferson looked
  11603. upon such government as dangerous to the liberties of citizens and
  11604. openly avowed his faith in the desirability of occasional popular
  11605. uprisings. Hamilton distrusted the people. "Your people is a great
  11606. beast," he is reported to have said. Jefferson professed his faith in
  11607. the people with an abandon that was considered reckless in his time.
  11608.  
  11609. On economic matters, the opinions of the two leaders were also
  11610. hopelessly at variance. Hamilton, while cherishing agriculture, desired
  11611. to see America a great commercial and industrial nation. Jefferson was
  11612. equally set against this course for his country. He feared the
  11613. accumulation of riches and the growth of a large urban working class.
  11614. The mobs of great cities, he said, are sores on the body politic;
  11615. artisans are usually the dangerous element that make revolutions;
  11616. workshops should be kept in Europe and with them the artisans with their
  11617. insidious morals and manners. The only substantial foundation for a
  11618. republic, Jefferson believed to be agriculture. The spirit of
  11619. independence could be kept alive only by free farmers, owning the land
  11620. they tilled and looking to the sun in heaven and the labor of their
  11621. hands for their sustenance. Trusting as he did in the innate goodness of
  11622. human nature when nourished on a free soil, Jefferson advocated those
  11623. measures calculated to favor agriculture and to enlarge the rights of
  11624. persons rather than the powers of government. Thus he became the
  11625. champion of the individual against the interference of the government,
  11626. and an ardent advocate of freedom of the press, freedom of speech, and
  11627. freedom of scientific inquiry. It was, accordingly, no mere factious
  11628. spirit that drove him into opposition to Hamilton.
  11629.  
  11630. =The Whisky Rebellion.=--The political agitation of the Anti-Federalists
  11631. was accompanied by an armed revolt against the government in 1794. The
  11632. occasion for this uprising was another of Hamilton's measures, a law
  11633. laying an excise tax on distilled spirits, for the purpose of increasing
  11634. the revenue needed to pay the interest on the funded debt. It so
  11635. happened that a very considerable part of the whisky manufactured in the
  11636. country was made by the farmers, especially on the frontier, in their
  11637. own stills. The new revenue law meant that federal officers would now
  11638. come into the homes of the people, measure their liquor, and take the
  11639. tax out of their pockets. All the bitterness which farmers felt against
  11640. the fiscal measures of the government was redoubled. In the western
  11641. districts of Pennsylvania, Virginia, and North Carolina, they refused to
  11642. pay the tax. In Pennsylvania, some of them sacked and burned the houses
  11643. of the tax collectors, as the Revolutionists thirty years before had
  11644. mobbed the agents of King George sent over to sell stamps. They were in
  11645. a fair way to nullify the law in whole districts when Washington called
  11646. out the troops to suppress "the Whisky Rebellion." Then the movement
  11647. collapsed; but it left behind a deep-seated resentment which flared up
  11648. in the election of several obdurate Anti-Federalist Congressmen from the
  11649. disaffected regions.
  11650.  
  11651.  
  11652. FOREIGN INFLUENCES AND DOMESTIC POLITICS
  11653.  
  11654. =The French Revolution.=--In this exciting period, when all America was
  11655. distracted by partisan disputes, a storm broke in Europe--the
  11656. epoch-making French Revolution--which not only shook the thrones of the
  11657. Old World but stirred to its depths the young republic of the New World.
  11658. The first scene in this dramatic affair occurred in the spring of 1789,
  11659. a few days after Washington was inaugurated. The king of France, Louis
  11660. XVI, driven into bankruptcy by extravagance and costly wars, was forced
  11661. to resort to his people for financial help. Accordingly he called, for
  11662. the first time in more than one hundred fifty years, a meeting of the
  11663. national parliament, the "Estates General," composed of representatives
  11664. of the "three estates"--the clergy, nobility, and commoners. Acting
  11665. under powerful leaders, the commoners, or "third estate," swept aside
  11666. the clergy and nobility and resolved themselves into a national
  11667. assembly. This stirred the country to its depths.
  11668.  
  11669. [Illustration: _From an old print_
  11670.  
  11671. LOUIS XVI IN THE HANDS OF THE MOB]
  11672.  
  11673. Great events followed in swift succession. On July 14, 1789, the
  11674. Bastille, an old royal prison, symbol of the king's absolutism, was
  11675. stormed by a Paris crowd and destroyed. On the night of August 4, the
  11676. feudal privileges of the nobility were abolished by the national
  11677. assembly amid great excitement. A few days later came the famous
  11678. Declaration of the Rights of Man, proclaiming the sovereignty of the
  11679. people and the privileges of citizens. In the autumn of 1791, Louis XVI
  11680. was forced to accept a new constitution for France vesting the
  11681. legislative power in a popular assembly. Little disorder accompanied
  11682. these startling changes. To all appearances a peaceful revolution had
  11683. stripped the French king of his royal prerogatives and based the
  11684. government of his country on the consent of the governed.
  11685.  
  11686. =American Influence in France.=--In undertaking their great political
  11687. revolt the French had been encouraged by the outcome of the American
  11688. Revolution. Officers and soldiers, who had served in the American war,
  11689. reported to their French countrymen marvelous tales. At the frugal table
  11690. of General Washington, in council with the unpretentious Franklin, or at
  11691. conferences over the strategy of war, French noblemen of ancient lineage
  11692. learned to respect both the talents and the simple character of the
  11693. leaders in the great republican commonwealth beyond the seas. Travelers,
  11694. who had gone to see the experiment in republicanism with their own eyes,
  11695. carried home to the king and ruling class stories of an astounding
  11696. system of popular government.
  11697.  
  11698. On the other hand the dalliance with American democracy was regarded by
  11699. French conservatives as playing with fire. "When we think of the false
  11700. ideas of government and philanthropy," wrote one of Lafayette's aides,
  11701. "which these youths acquired in America and propagated in France with so
  11702. much enthusiasm and such deplorable success--for this mania of imitation
  11703. powerfully aided the Revolution, though it was not the sole cause of
  11704. it--we are bound to confess that it would have been better, both for
  11705. themselves and for us, if these young philosophers in red-heeled shoes
  11706. had stayed at home in attendance on the court."
  11707.  
  11708. =Early American Opinion of the French Revolution.=--So close were the
  11709. ties between the two nations that it is not surprising to find every
  11710. step in the first stages of the French Revolution greeted with applause
  11711. in the United States. "Liberty will have another feather in her cap,"
  11712. exultantly wrote a Boston editor. "In no part of the globe," soberly
  11713. wrote John Marshall, "was this revolution hailed with more joy than in
  11714. America.... But one sentiment existed." The main key to the Bastille,
  11715. sent to Washington as a memento, was accepted as "a token of the
  11716. victory gained by liberty." Thomas Paine saw in the great event "the
  11717. first ripe fruits of American principles transplanted into Europe."
  11718. Federalists and Anti-Federalists regarded the new constitution of France
  11719. as another vindication of American ideals.
  11720.  
  11721. =The Reign of Terror.=--While profuse congratulations were being
  11722. exchanged, rumors began to come that all was not well in France. Many
  11723. noblemen, enraged at the loss of their special privileges, fled into
  11724. Germany and plotted an invasion of France to overthrow the new system of
  11725. government. Louis XVI entered into negotiations with his brother
  11726. monarchs on the continent to secure their help in the same enterprise,
  11727. and he finally betrayed to the French people his true sentiments by
  11728. attempting to escape from his kingdom, only to be captured and taken
  11729. back to Paris in disgrace.
  11730.  
  11731. A new phase of the revolution now opened. The working people, excluded
  11732. from all share in the government by the first French constitution,
  11733. became restless, especially in Paris. Assembling on the Champs de Mars,
  11734. a great open field, they signed a petition calling for another
  11735. constitution giving them the suffrage. When told to disperse, they
  11736. refused and were fired upon by the national guard. This "massacre," as
  11737. it was called, enraged the populace. A radical party, known as
  11738. "Jacobins," then sprang up, taking its name from a Jacobin monastery in
  11739. which it held its sessions. In a little while it became the master of
  11740. the popular convention convoked in September, 1792. The monarchy was
  11741. immediately abolished and a republic established. On January 21, 1793,
  11742. Louis was sent to the scaffold. To the war on Austria, already raging,
  11743. was added a war on England. Then came the Reign of Terror, during which
  11744. radicals in possession of the convention executed in large numbers
  11745. counter-revolutionists and those suspected of sympathy with the
  11746. monarchy. They shot down peasants who rose in insurrection against their
  11747. rule and established a relentless dictatorship. Civil war followed.
  11748. Terrible atrocities were committed on both sides in the name of liberty,
  11749. and in the name of monarchy. To Americans of conservative temper it now
  11750. seemed that the Revolution, so auspiciously begun, had degenerated into
  11751. anarchy and mere bloodthirsty strife.
  11752.  
  11753. =Burke Summons the World to War on France.=--In England, Edmund Burke
  11754. led the fight against the new French principles which he feared might
  11755. spread to all Europe. In his _Reflections on the French Revolution_,
  11756. written in 1790, he attacked with terrible wrath the whole program of
  11757. popular government; he called for war, relentless war, upon the French
  11758. as monsters and outlaws; he demanded that they be reduced to order by
  11759. the restoration of the king to full power under the protection of the
  11760. arms of European nations.
  11761.  
  11762. =Paine's Defense of the French Revolution.=--To counteract the campaign
  11763. of hate against the French, Thomas Paine replied to Burke in another of
  11764. his famous tracts, _The Rights of Man_, which was given to the American
  11765. public in an edition containing a letter of approval from Jefferson.
  11766. Burke, said Paine, had been mourning about the glories of the French
  11767. monarchy and aristocracy but had forgotten the starving peasants and the
  11768. oppressed people; had wept over the plumage and neglected the dying
  11769. bird. Burke had denied the right of the French people to choose their
  11770. own governors, blandly forgetting that the English government in which
  11771. he saw final perfection itself rested on two revolutions. He had boasted
  11772. that the king of England held his crown in contempt of the democratic
  11773. societies. Paine answered: "If I ask a man in America if he wants a
  11774. king, he retorts and asks me if I take him for an idiot." To the charge
  11775. that the doctrines of the rights of man were "new fangled," Paine
  11776. replied that the question was not whether they were new or old but
  11777. whether they were right or wrong. As to the French disorders and
  11778. difficulties, he bade the world wait to see what would be brought forth
  11779. in due time.
  11780.  
  11781. =The Effect of the French Revolution on American Politics.=--The course
  11782. of the French Revolution and the controversies accompanying it,
  11783. exercised a profound influence on the formation of the first political
  11784. parties in America. The followers of Hamilton, now proud of the name
  11785. "Federalists," drew back in fright as they heard of the cruel deeds
  11786. committed during the Reign of Terror. They turned savagely upon the
  11787. revolutionists and their friends in America, denouncing as "Jacobin"
  11788. everybody who did not condemn loudly enough the proceedings of the
  11789. French Republic. A Massachusetts preacher roundly assailed "the
  11790. atheistical, anarchical, and in other respects immoral principles of the
  11791. French Republicans"; he then proceeded with equal passion to attack
  11792. Jefferson and the Anti-Federalists, whom he charged with spreading false
  11793. French propaganda and betraying America. "The editors, patrons, and
  11794. abettors of these vehicles of slander," he exclaimed, "ought to be
  11795. considered and treated as enemies to their country.... Of all traitors
  11796. they are the most aggravatedly criminal; of all villains, they are the
  11797. most infamous and detestable."
  11798.  
  11799. The Anti-Federalists, as a matter of fact, were generally favorable to
  11800. the Revolution although they deplored many of the events associated with
  11801. it. Paine's pamphlet, indorsed by Jefferson, was widely read. Democratic
  11802. societies, after the fashion of French political clubs, arose in the
  11803. cities; the coalition of European monarchs against France was denounced
  11804. as a coalition against the very principles of republicanism; and the
  11805. execution of Louis XVI was openly celebrated at a banquet in
  11806. Philadelphia. Harmless titles, such as "Sir," "the Honorable," and "His
  11807. Excellency," were decried as aristocratic and some of the more excited
  11808. insisted on adopting the French title, "Citizen," speaking, for example,
  11809. of "Citizen Judge" and "Citizen Toastmaster." Pamphlets in defense of
  11810. the French streamed from the press, while subsidized newspapers kept the
  11811. propaganda in full swing.
  11812.  
  11813. =The European War Disturbs American Commerce.=--This battle of wits, or
  11814. rather contest in calumny, might have gone on indefinitely in America
  11815. without producing any serious results, had it not been for the war
  11816. between England and France, then raging. The English, having command of
  11817. the seas, claimed the right to seize American produce bound for French
  11818. ports and to confiscate American ships engaged in carrying French goods.
  11819. Adding fuel to a fire already hot enough, they began to search American
  11820. ships and to carry off British-born sailors found on board American
  11821. vessels.
  11822.  
  11823. =The French Appeal for Help.=--At the same time the French Republic
  11824. turned to the United States for aid in its war on England and sent over
  11825. as its diplomatic representative "Citizen" Genet, an ardent supporter of
  11826. the new order. On his arrival at Charleston, he was greeted with fervor
  11827. by the Anti-Federalists. As he made his way North, he was wined and
  11828. dined and given popular ovations that turned his head. He thought the
  11829. whole country was ready to join the French Republic in its contest with
  11830. England. Genet therefore attempted to use the American ports as the base
  11831. of operations for French privateers preying on British merchant ships;
  11832. and he insisted that the United States was in honor bound to help France
  11833. under the treaty of 1778.
  11834.  
  11835. =The Proclamation of Neutrality and the Jay Treaty.=--Unmoved by the
  11836.  
  11837. rising tide of popular sympathy for France, Washington took a firm
  11838. course. He received Genet coldly. The demand that the United States aid
  11839. France under the old treaty of alliance he answered by proclaiming the
  11840. neutrality of America and warning American citizens against hostile acts
  11841. toward either France or England. When Genet continued to hold meetings,
  11842. issue manifestoes, and stir up the people against England, Washington
  11843. asked the French government to recall him. This act he followed up by
  11844. sending the Chief Justice, John Jay, on a pacific mission to England.
  11845.  
  11846. The result was the celebrated Jay treaty of 1794. By its terms Great
  11847. Britain agreed to withdraw her troops from the western forts where they
  11848. had been since the war for independence and to grant certain slight
  11849. trade concessions. The chief sources of bitterness--the failure of the
  11850. British to return slaves carried off during the Revolution, the seizure
  11851. of American ships, and the impressment of sailors--were not touched,
  11852. much to the distress of everybody in America, including loyal
  11853. Federalists. Nevertheless, Washington, dreading an armed conflict with
  11854. England, urged the Senate to ratify the treaty. The weight of his
  11855. influence carried the day.
  11856.  
  11857. At this, the hostility of the Anti-Federalists knew no bounds. Jefferson
  11858. declared the Jay treaty "an infamous act which is really nothing more
  11859. than an alliance between England and the Anglo-men of this country,
  11860. against the legislature and the people of the United States." Hamilton,
  11861. defending it with his usual courage, was stoned by a mob in New York and
  11862. driven from the platform with blood streaming from his face. Jay was
  11863. burned in effigy. Even Washington was not spared. The House of
  11864. Representatives was openly hostile. To display its feelings, it called
  11865. upon the President for the papers relative to the treaty negotiations,
  11866. only to be more highly incensed by his flat refusal to present them, on
  11867. the ground that the House did not share in the treaty-making power.
  11868.  
  11869. =Washington Retires from Politics.=--Such angry contests confirmed the
  11870. President in his slowly maturing determination to retire at the end of
  11871. his second term in office. He did not believe that a third term was
  11872. unconstitutional or improper; but, worn out by his long and arduous
  11873. labors in war and in peace and wounded by harsh attacks from former
  11874. friends, he longed for the quiet of his beautiful estate at Mount
  11875. Vernon.
  11876.  
  11877. In September, 1796, on the eve of the presidential election, Washington
  11878. issued his Farewell Address, another state paper to be treasured and
  11879. read by generations of Americans to come. In this address he directed
  11880. the attention of the people to three subjects of lasting interest. He
  11881. warned them against sectional jealousies. He remonstrated against the
  11882. spirit of partisanship, saying that in government "of the popular
  11883. character, in government purely elective, it is a spirit not to be
  11884. encouraged." He likewise cautioned the people against "the insidious
  11885. wiles of foreign influence," saying: "Europe has a set of primary
  11886. interests which to us have none or a very remote relation. Hence she
  11887. must be engaged in frequent controversies, the causes of which are
  11888. essentially foreign to our concerns. Hence, therefore, it would be
  11889. unwise in us to implicate ourselves, by artificial ties, in the ordinary
  11890. vicissitudes of her politics or the ordinary combinations and collisions
  11891. of her friendships or enmities.... Why forego the advantages of so
  11892. peculiar a situation?... It is our true policy to steer clear of
  11893. permanent alliances with any portion of the foreign world.... Taking
  11894. care always to keep ourselves, by suitable establishments, on a
  11895. respectable defensive posture, we may safely trust to temporary
  11896. alliances for extraordinary emergencies."
  11897.  
  11898. =The Campaign of 1796--Adams Elected.=--On hearing of the retirement of
  11899. Washington, the Anti-Federalists cast off all restraints. In honor of
  11900. France and in opposition to what they were pleased to call the
  11901. monarchical tendencies of the Federalists, they boldly assumed the name
  11902. "Republican"; the term "Democrat," then applied only to obscure and
  11903. despised radicals, had not come into general use. They selected
  11904. Jefferson as their candidate for President against John Adams, the
  11905. Federalist nominee, and carried on such a spirited campaign that they
  11906. came within four votes of electing him.
  11907.  
  11908. The successful candidate, Adams, was not fitted by training or opinion
  11909. for conciliating a determined opposition. He was a reserved and studious
  11910. man. He was neither a good speaker nor a skillful negotiator. In one of
  11911. his books he had declared himself in favor of "government by an
  11912. aristocracy of talents and wealth"--an offense which the Republicans
  11913. never forgave. While John Marshall found him "a sensible, plain, candid,
  11914. good-tempered man," Jefferson could see in him nothing but a "monocrat"
  11915. and "Anglo-man." Had it not been for the conduct of the French
  11916. government, Adams would hardly have enjoyed a moment's genuine
  11917. popularity during his administration.
  11918.  
  11919. =The Quarrel with France.=--The French Directory, the executive
  11920. department established under the constitution of 1795, managed, however,
  11921. to stir the anger of Republicans and Federalists alike. It regarded the
  11922. Jay treaty as a rebuke to France and a flagrant violation of obligations
  11923. solemnly registered in the treaty of 1778. Accordingly it refused to
  11924. receive the American minister, treated him in a humiliating way, and
  11925. finally told him to leave the country. Overlooking this affront in his
  11926. anxiety to maintain peace, Adams dispatched to France a commission of
  11927. eminent men with instructions to reach an understanding with the French
  11928. Republic. On their arrival, they were chagrined to find, instead of a
  11929. decent reception, an indirect demand for an apology respecting the past
  11930. conduct of the American government, a payment in cash, and an annual
  11931. tribute as the price of continued friendship. When the news of this
  11932. affair reached President Adams, he promptly laid it before Congress,
  11933. referring to the Frenchmen who had made the demands as "Mr. X, Mr. Y,
  11934. and Mr. Z."
  11935.  
  11936. This insult, coupled with the fact that French privateers, like the
  11937. British, were preying upon American commerce, enraged even the
  11938. Republicans who had been loudest in the profession of their French
  11939. sympathies. They forgot their wrath over the Jay treaty and joined with
  11940. the Federalists in shouting: "Millions for defense, not a cent for
  11941. tribute!" Preparations for war were made on every hand. Washington was
  11942. once more called from Mount Vernon to take his old position at the head
  11943. of the army. Indeed, fighting actually began upon the high seas and went
  11944. on without a formal declaration of war until the year 1800. By that time
  11945. the Directory had been overthrown. A treaty was readily made with
  11946. Napoleon, the First Consul, who was beginning his remarkable career as
  11947. chief of the French Republic, soon to be turned into an empire.
  11948.  
  11949. =Alien and Sedition Laws.=--Flushed with success, the Federalists
  11950. determined, if possible, to put an end to radical French influence in
  11951. America and to silence Republican opposition. They therefore passed two
  11952. drastic laws in the summer of 1798: the Alien and Sedition Acts.
  11953.  
  11954. The first of these measures empowered the President to expel from the
  11955. country or to imprison any alien whom he regarded as "dangerous" or "had
  11956. reasonable grounds to suspect" of "any treasonable or secret
  11957. machinations against the government."
  11958.  
  11959. The second of the measures, the Sedition Act, penalized not only those
  11960. who attempted to stir up unlawful combinations against the government
  11961. but also every one who wrote, uttered, or published "any false,
  11962. scandalous, and malicious writing ... against the government of the
  11963. United States or either House of Congress, or the President of the
  11964. United States, with intent to defame said government ... or to bring
  11965. them or either of them into contempt or disrepute." This measure was
  11966. hurried through Congress in spite of the opposition and the clear
  11967. provision in the Constitution that Congress shall make no law abridging
  11968. the freedom of speech or of the press. Even many Federalists feared the
  11969. consequences of the action. Hamilton was alarmed when he read the bill,
  11970. exclaiming: "Let us not establish a tyranny. Energy is a very different
  11971. thing from violence." John Marshall told his friends in Virginia that,
  11972. had he been in Congress, he would have opposed the two bills because he
  11973. thought them "useless" and "calculated to create unnecessary discontents
  11974. and jealousies."
  11975.  
  11976. The Alien law was not enforced; but it gave great offense to the Irish
  11977. and French whose activities against the American government's policy
  11978. respecting Great Britain put them in danger of prison. The Sedition law,
  11979. on the other hand, was vigorously applied. Several editors of Republican
  11980. newspapers soon found themselves in jail or broken by ruinous fines for
  11981. their caustic criticisms of the Federalist President and his policies.
  11982. Bystanders at political meetings, who uttered sentiments which, though
  11983. ungenerous and severe, seem harmless enough now, were hurried before
  11984. Federalist judges and promptly fined and imprisoned. Although the
  11985. prosecutions were not numerous, they aroused a keen resentment. The
  11986. Republicans were convinced that their political opponents, having
  11987. saddled upon the country Hamilton's fiscal system and the British
  11988. treaty, were bent on silencing all censure. The measures therefore had
  11989. exactly the opposite effect from that which their authors intended.
  11990. Instead of helping the Federalist party, they made criticism of it more
  11991. bitter than ever.
  11992.  
  11993. =The Kentucky and Virginia Resolutions.=--Jefferson was quick to take
  11994. advantage of the discontent. He drafted a set of resolutions declaring
  11995. the Sedition law null and void, as violating the federal Constitution.
  11996. His resolutions were passed by the Kentucky legislature late in 1798,
  11997. signed by the governor, and transmitted to the other states for their
  11998. consideration. Though receiving unfavorable replies from a number of
  11999. Northern states, Kentucky the following year reaffirmed its position and
  12000. declared that the nullification of all unconstitutional acts of Congress
  12001. was the rightful remedy to be used by the states in the redress of
  12002. grievances. It thus defied the federal government and announced a
  12003. doctrine hostile to nationality and fraught with terrible meaning for
  12004. the future. In the neighboring state of Virginia, Madison led a movement
  12005. against the Alien and Sedition laws. He induced the legislature to pass
  12006. resolutions condemning the acts as unconstitutional and calling upon the
  12007. other states to take proper means to preserve their rights and the
  12008. rights of the people.
  12009.  
  12010. =The Republican Triumph in 1800.=--Thus the way was prepared for the
  12011. election of 1800. The Republicans left no stone unturned in their
  12012. efforts to place on the Federalist candidate, President Adams, all the
  12013. odium of the Alien and Sedition laws, in addition to responsibility for
  12014. approving Hamilton's measures and policies. The Federalists, divided in
  12015. councils and cold in their affection for Adams, made a poor campaign.
  12016. They tried to discredit their opponents with epithets of "Jacobins" and
  12017. "Anarchists"--terms which had been weakened by excessive use. When the
  12018. vote was counted, it was found that Adams had been defeated; while the
  12019. Republicans had carried the entire South and New York also and secured
  12020. eight of the fifteen electoral votes cast by Pennsylvania. "Our beloved
  12021. Adams will now close his bright career," lamented a Federalist
  12022. newspaper. "Sons of faction, demagogues and high priests of anarchy, now
  12023. you have cause to triumph!"
  12024.  
  12025. [Illustration: _An old cartoon_
  12026.  
  12027. A QUARREL BETWEEN A FEDERALIST AND A REPUBLICAN IN THE HOUSE OF
  12028. REPRESENTATIVES]
  12029.  
  12030. Jefferson's election, however, was still uncertain. By a curious
  12031. provision in the Constitution, presidential electors were required to
  12032. vote for two persons without indicating which office each was to fill,
  12033. the one receiving the highest number of votes to be President and the
  12034. candidate standing next to be Vice President. It so happened that Aaron
  12035. Burr, the Republican candidate for Vice President, had received the same
  12036. number of votes as Jefferson; as neither had a majority the election was
  12037. thrown into the House of Representatives, where the Federalists held the
  12038. balance of power. Although it was well known that Burr was not even a
  12039. candidate for President, his friends and many Federalists began
  12040. intriguing for his election to that high office. Had it not been for the
  12041. vigorous action of Hamilton the prize might have been snatched out of
  12042. Jefferson's hands. Not until the thirty-sixth ballot on February 17,
  12043. 1801, was the great issue decided in his favor.[2]
  12044.  
  12045.  
  12046. =References=
  12047.  
  12048. J.S. Bassett, _The Federalist System_ (American Nation Series).
  12049.  
  12050. C.A. Beard, _Economic Origins of Jeffersonian Democracy_.
  12051.  
  12052. H. Lodge, _Alexander Hamilton_.
  12053.  
  12054. J.T. Morse, _Thomas Jefferson_.
  12055.  
  12056.  
  12057. =Questions=
  12058.  
  12059. 1. Who were the leaders in the first administration under the
  12060. Constitution?
  12061.  
  12062. 2. What step was taken to appease the opposition?
  12063.  
  12064. 3. Enumerate Hamilton's great measures and explain each in detail.
  12065.  
  12066. 4. Show the connection between the parts of Hamilton's system.
  12067.  
  12068. 5. Contrast the general political views of Hamilton and Jefferson.
  12069.  
  12070. 6. What were the important results of the "peaceful" French Revolution
  12071. (1789-92)?
  12072.  
  12073. 7. Explain the interaction of opinion between France and the United
  12074. States.
  12075.  
  12076. 8. How did the "Reign of Terror" change American opinion?
  12077.  
  12078. 9. What was the Burke-Paine controversy?
  12079.  
  12080. 10. Show how the war in Europe affected American commerce and involved
  12081. America with England and France.
  12082.  
  12083. 11. What were American policies with regard to each of those countries?
  12084.  
  12085. 12. What was the outcome of the Alien and Sedition Acts?
  12086.  
  12087.  
  12088. =Research Topics=
  12089.  
  12090. =Early Federal Legislation.=--Coman, _Industrial History of the United
  12091. States_, pp. 133-156; Elson, _History of the United States_, pp.
  12092. 341-348.
  12093.  
  12094. =Hamilton's Report on Public Credit.=--Macdonald, _Documentary Source
  12095. Book_, pp. 233-243.
  12096.  
  12097. =The French Revolution.=--Robinson and Beard, _Development of Modern
  12098. Europe_, Vol. I, pp. 224-282; Elson, pp. 351-354.
  12099.  
  12100. =The Burke-Paine Controversy.=--Make an analysis of Burke's _Reflections
  12101. on the French Revolution_ and Paine's _Rights of Man_.
  12102.  
  12103. =The Alien and Sedition Acts.=--Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book_,
  12104. pp. 259-267; Elson, pp. 367-375.
  12105.  
  12106. =Kentucky and Virginia Resolutions.=--Macdonald, pp. 267-278.
  12107.  
  12108. =Source Studies.=--Materials in Hart, _American History Told by
  12109. Contemporaries_, Vol. III, pp. 255-343.
  12110.  
  12111. =Biographical Studies.=--Alexander Hamilton, John Adams, Thomas
  12112. Jefferson, and Albert Gallatin.
  12113.  
  12114. =The Twelfth Amendment.=--Contrast the provision in the original
  12115. Constitution with the terms of the Amendment. _See_ Appendix.
  12116.  
  12117. FOOTNOTES:
  12118.  
  12119. [1] North Carolina ratified in November, 1789, and Rhode Island in May,
  12120. 1790.
  12121.  
  12122. [2] To prevent a repetition of such an unfortunate affair, the twelfth
  12123. amendment of the Constitution was adopted in 1804, changing slightly the
  12124. method of electing the President.
  12125.  
  12126.  
  12127.  
  12128.  
  12129. CHAPTER IX
  12130.  
  12131. THE JEFFERSONIAN REPUBLICANS IN POWER
  12132.  
  12133.  
  12134. REPUBLICAN PRINCIPLES AND POLICIES
  12135.  
  12136. =Opposition to Strong Central Government.=--Cherishing especially the
  12137. agricultural interest, as Jefferson said, the Republicans were in the
  12138. beginning provincial in their concern and outlook. Their attachment to
  12139. America was, certainly, as strong as that of Hamilton; but they regarded
  12140. the state, rather than the national government, as the proper center of
  12141. power and affection. Indeed, a large part of the rank and file had been
  12142. among the opponents of the Constitution in the days of its adoption.
  12143. Jefferson had entertained doubts about it and Monroe, destined to be the
  12144. fifth President, had been one of the bitter foes of ratification. The
  12145. former went so far in the direction of local autonomy that he exalted
  12146. the state above the nation in the Kentucky resolutions of 1798,
  12147. declaring the Constitution to be a mere compact and the states competent
  12148. to interpret and nullify federal law. This was provincialism with a
  12149. vengeance. "It is jealousy, not confidence, which prescribes limited
  12150. constitutions," wrote Jefferson for the Kentucky legislature. Jealousy
  12151. of the national government, not confidence in it--this is the ideal that
  12152. reflected the provincial and agricultural interest.
  12153.  
  12154. =Republican Simplicity.=--Every act of the Jeffersonian party during its
  12155. early days of power was in accord with the ideals of government which it
  12156. professed. It had opposed all pomp and ceremony, calculated to give
  12157. weight and dignity to the chief executive of the nation, as symbols of
  12158. monarchy and high prerogative. Appropriately, therefore, Jefferson's
  12159. inauguration on March 4, 1801, the first at the new capital at
  12160. Washington, was marked by extreme simplicity. In keeping with this
  12161. procedure he quit the practice, followed by Washington and Adams, of
  12162. reading presidential addresses to Congress in joint assembly and adopted
  12163. in its stead the plan of sending his messages in writing--a custom that
  12164. was continued unbroken until 1913 when President Wilson returned to the
  12165. example set by the first chief magistrate.
  12166.  
  12167. =Republican Measures.=--The Republicans had complained of a great
  12168. national debt as the source of a dangerous "money power," giving
  12169. strength to the federal government; accordingly they began to pay it off
  12170. as rapidly as possible. They had held commerce in low esteem and looked
  12171. upon a large navy as a mere device to protect it; consequently they
  12172. reduced the number of warships. They had objected to excise taxes,
  12173. particularly on whisky; these they quickly abolished, to the intense
  12174. satisfaction of the farmers. They had protested against the heavy cost
  12175. of the federal government; they reduced expenses by discharging hundreds
  12176. of men from the army and abolishing many offices.
  12177.  
  12178. They had savagely criticized the Sedition law and Jefferson refused to
  12179. enforce it. They had been deeply offended by the assault on freedom of
  12180. speech and press and they promptly impeached Samuel Chase, a justice of
  12181. the Supreme Court, who had been especially severe in his attacks upon
  12182. offenders under the Sedition Act. Their failure to convict Justice Chase
  12183. by a narrow margin was due to no lack of zeal on their part but to the
  12184. Federalist strength in the Senate where the trial was held. They had
  12185. regarded the appointment of a large number of federal judges during the
  12186. last hours of Adams' administration as an attempt to intrench
  12187. Federalists in the judiciary and to enlarge the sphere of the national
  12188. government. Accordingly, they at once repealed the act creating the new
  12189. judgeships, thus depriving the "midnight appointees" of their posts.
  12190. They had considered the federal offices, civil and military, as sources
  12191. of great strength to the Federalists and Jefferson, though committed to
  12192. the principle that offices should be open to all and distributed
  12193. according to merit, was careful to fill most of the vacancies as they
  12194. occurred with trusted Republicans. To his credit, however, it must be
  12195. said that he did not make wholesale removals to find room for party
  12196. workers.
  12197.  
  12198. The Republicans thus hewed to the line of their general policy of
  12199. restricting the weight, dignity, and activity of the national
  12200. government. Yet there were no Republicans, as the Federalists asserted,
  12201. prepared to urge serious modifications in the Constitution. "If there be
  12202. any among us who wish to dissolve this union or to change its republican
  12203. form," wrote Jefferson in his first inaugural, "let them stand
  12204. undisturbed as monuments of the safety with which error of opinion may
  12205. be tolerated where reason is left free to combat it." After reciting the
  12206. fortunate circumstances of climate, soil, and isolation which made the
  12207. future of America so full of promise, Jefferson concluded: "A wise and
  12208. frugal government which shall restrain men from injuring one another,
  12209. shall leave them otherwise free to regulate their own pursuits of
  12210. industry and improvement and shall not take from the mouth of labour the
  12211. bread it has earned. This is the sum of good government; and this is
  12212. necessary to close the circle of our felicities."
  12213.  
  12214. In all this the Republicans had not reckoned with destiny. In a few
  12215. short years that lay ahead it was their fate to double the territory of
  12216. the country, making inevitable a continental nation; to give the
  12217. Constitution a generous interpretation that shocked many a Federalist;
  12218. to wage war on behalf of American commerce; to reestablish the hated
  12219. United States Bank; to enact a high protective tariff; to see their
  12220. Federalist opponents in their turn discredited as nullifiers and
  12221. provincials; to announce high national doctrines in foreign affairs; and
  12222. to behold the Constitution exalted and defended against the pretensions
  12223. of states by a son of old Virginia, John Marshall, Chief Justice of the
  12224. Supreme Court of the United States.
  12225.  
  12226.  
  12227. THE REPUBLICANS AND THE GREAT WEST
  12228.  
  12229. =Expansion and Land Hunger.=--The first of the great measures which
  12230. drove the Republicans out upon this new national course--the purchase
  12231. of the Louisiana territory--was the product of circumstances rather than
  12232. of their deliberate choosing. It was not the lack of land for his
  12233. cherished farmers that led Jefferson to add such an immense domain to
  12234. the original possessions of the United States. In the Northwest
  12235. territory, now embracing Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin,
  12236. and a portion of Minnesota, settlements were mainly confined to the
  12237. north bank of the Ohio River. To the south, in Kentucky and Tennessee,
  12238. where there were more than one hundred thousand white people who had
  12239. pushed over the mountains from Virginia and the Carolinas, there were
  12240. still wide reaches of untilled soil. The Alabama and Mississippi regions
  12241. were vast Indian frontiers of the state of Georgia, unsettled and almost
  12242. unexplored. Even to the wildest imagination there seemed to be territory
  12243. enough to satisfy the land hunger of the American people for a century
  12244. to come.
  12245.  
  12246. =The Significance of the Mississippi River.=--At all events the East,
  12247. then the center of power, saw no good reason for expansion. The planters
  12248. of the Carolinas, the manufacturers of Pennsylvania, the importers of
  12249. New York, the shipbuilders of New England, looking to the seaboard and
  12250. to Europe for trade, refinements, and sometimes their ideas of
  12251. government, were slow to appreciate the place of the West in national
  12252. economy. The better educated the Easterners were, the less, it seems,
  12253. they comprehended the destiny of the nation. Sons of Federalist fathers
  12254. at Williams College, after a long debate decided by a vote of fifteen to
  12255. one that the purchase of Louisiana was undesirable.
  12256.  
  12257. On the other hand, the pioneers of Kentucky, Ohio, and Tennessee,
  12258. unlearned in books, saw with their own eyes the resources of the
  12259. wilderness. Many of them had been across the Mississippi and had beheld
  12260. the rich lands awaiting the plow of the white man. Down the great river
  12261. they floated their wheat, corn, and bacon to ocean-going ships bound for
  12262. the ports of the seaboard or for Europe. The land journeys over the
  12263. mountain barriers with bulky farm produce, they knew from experience,
  12264. were almost impossible, and costly at best. Nails, bolts of cloth, tea,
  12265. and coffee could go or come that way, but not corn and bacon. A free
  12266. outlet to the sea by the Mississippi was as essential to the pioneers of
  12267. the Kentucky region as the harbor of Boston to the merchant princes of
  12268. that metropolis.
  12269.  
  12270. =Louisiana under Spanish Rule.=--For this reason they watched with deep
  12271. solicitude the fortunes of the Spanish king to whom, at the close of the
  12272. Seven Years' War, had fallen the Louisiana territory stretching from New
  12273. Orleans to the Rocky Mountains. While he controlled the mouth of the
  12274. Mississippi there was little to fear, for he had neither the army nor
  12275. the navy necessary to resist any invasion of American trade. Moreover,
  12276. Washington had been able, by the exercise of great tact, to secure from
  12277. Spain in 1795 a trading privilege through New Orleans which satisfied
  12278. the present requirements of the frontiersmen even if it did not allay
  12279. their fears for the future. So things stood when a swift succession of
  12280. events altered the whole situation.
  12281.  
  12282. =Louisiana Transferred to France.=--In July, 1802, a royal order from
  12283. Spain instructed the officials at New Orleans to close the port to
  12284. American produce. About the same time a disturbing rumor, long current,
  12285. was confirmed--Napoleon had coerced Spain into returning Louisiana to
  12286. France by a secret treaty signed in 1800. "The scalers of the Alps and
  12287. conquerors of Venice" now looked across the sea for new scenes of
  12288. adventure. The West was ablaze with excitement. A call for war ran
  12289. through the frontier; expeditions were organized to prevent the landing
  12290. of the French; and petitions for instant action flooded in upon
  12291. Jefferson.
  12292.  
  12293. =Jefferson Sees the Danger.=--Jefferson, the friend of France and sworn
  12294. enemy of England, compelled to choose in the interest of America, never
  12295. winced. "The cession of Louisiana and the Floridas by Spain to France,"
  12296. he wrote to Livingston, the American minister in Paris, "works sorely on
  12297. the United States. It completely reverses all the political relations of
  12298. the United States and will form a new epoch in our political course....
  12299. There is on the globe one single spot, the possessor of which is our
  12300. natural and habitual enemy. It is New Orleans through which the produce
  12301. of three-eighths of our territory must pass to market.... France,
  12302. placing herself in that door, assumes to us an attitude of defiance.
  12303. Spain might have retained it quietly for years. Her pacific
  12304. dispositions, her feeble state would induce her to increase our
  12305. facilities there.... Not so can it ever be in the hands of France....
  12306. The day that France takes possession of New Orleans fixes the sentence
  12307. which is to restrain her forever within her low water mark.... It seals
  12308. the union of the two nations who in conjunction can maintain exclusive
  12309. possession of the ocean. From that moment we must marry ourselves to the
  12310. British fleet and nation.... This is not a state of things we seek or
  12311. desire. It is one which this measure, if adopted by France, forces on us
  12312. as necessarily as any other cause by the laws of nature brings on its
  12313. necessary effect."
  12314.  
  12315. =Louisiana Purchased.=--Acting on this belief, but apparently seeing
  12316. only the Mississippi outlet at stake, Jefferson sent his friend, James
  12317. Monroe, to France with the power to buy New Orleans and West Florida.
  12318. Before Monroe arrived, the regular minister, Livingston, had already
  12319. convinced Napoleon that it would be well to sell territory which might
  12320. be wrested from him at any moment by the British sea power, especially
  12321. as the war, temporarily stopped by the peace of Amiens, was once more
  12322. raging in Europe. Wise as he was in his day, Livingston had at first no
  12323. thought of buying the whole Louisiana country. He was simply dazed when
  12324. Napoleon offered to sell the entire domain and get rid of the business
  12325. altogether. Though staggered by the proposal, he and Monroe decided to
  12326. accept. On April 30, they signed the treaty of cession, agreeing to pay
  12327. $11,250,000 in six per cent bonds and to discharge certain debts due
  12328. French citizens, making in all approximately fifteen millions. Spain
  12329. protested, Napoleon's brother fumed, French newspapers objected; but the
  12330. deed was done.
  12331.  
  12332. =Jefferson and His Constitutional Scruples.=--When the news of this
  12333. extraordinary event reached the United States, the people were filled
  12334. with astonishment, and no one was more surprised than Jefferson himself.
  12335. He had thought of buying New Orleans and West Florida for a small sum,
  12336. and now a vast domain had been dumped into the lap of the nation. He was
  12337. puzzled. On looking into the Constitution he found not a line
  12338. authorizing the purchase of more territory and so he drafted an
  12339. amendment declaring "Louisiana, as ceded by France,--a part of the
  12340. United States." He had belabored the Federalists for piling up a big
  12341. national debt and he could hardly endure the thought of issuing more
  12342. bonds himself.
  12343.  
  12344. In the midst of his doubts came the news that Napoleon might withdraw
  12345. from the bargain. Thoroughly alarmed by that, Jefferson pressed the
  12346. Senate for a ratification of the treaty. He still clung to his original
  12347. idea that the Constitution did not warrant the purchase; but he lamely
  12348. concluded: "If our friends shall think differently, I shall certainly
  12349. acquiesce with satisfaction; confident that the good sense of our
  12350. country will correct the evil of construction when it shall produce ill
  12351. effects." Thus the stanch advocate of "strict interpretation" cut loose
  12352. from his own doctrine and intrusted the construction of the Constitution
  12353. to "the good sense" of his countrymen.
  12354.  
  12355. =The Treaty Ratified.=--This unusual transaction, so favorable to the
  12356. West, aroused the ire of the seaboard Federalists. Some denounced it as
  12357. unconstitutional, easily forgetting Hamilton's masterly defense of the
  12358. bank, also not mentioned in the Constitution. Others urged that, if "the
  12359. howling wilderness" ever should be settled, it would turn against the
  12360. East, form new commercial connections, and escape from federal control.
  12361. Still others protested that the purchase would lead inevitably to the
  12362. dominance of a "hotch potch of wild men from the Far West." Federalists,
  12363. who thought "the broad back of America" could readily bear Hamilton's
  12364. consolidated debt, now went into agonies over a bond issue of less than
  12365. one-sixth of that amount. But in vain. Jefferson's party with a high
  12366. hand carried the day. The Senate, after hearing the Federalist protest,
  12367. ratified the treaty. In December, 1803, the French flag was hauled down
  12368. from the old government buildings in New Orleans and the Stars and
  12369. Stripes were hoisted as a sign that the land of Coronado, De Soto,
  12370. Marquette, and La Salle had passed forever to the United States.
  12371.  
  12372. [Illustration: THE UNITED STATES IN 1805]
  12373.  
  12374. By a single stroke, the original territory of the United States was more
  12375. than doubled. While the boundaries of the purchase were uncertain, it is
  12376. safe to say that the Louisiana territory included what is now Arkansas,
  12377. Missouri, Iowa, Oklahoma, Kansas, Nebraska, South Dakota, and large
  12378. portions of Louisiana, Minnesota, North Dakota, Colorado, Montana, and
  12379. Wyoming. The farm lands that the friends of "a little America" on the
  12380. seacoast declared a hopeless wilderness were, within a hundred years,
  12381. fully occupied and valued at nearly seven billion dollars--almost five
  12382. hundred times the price paid to Napoleon.
  12383.  
  12384. =Western Explorations.=--Having taken the fateful step, Jefferson wisely
  12385. began to make the most of it. He prepared for the opening of the new
  12386. country by sending the Lewis and Clark expedition to explore it,
  12387. discover its resources, and lay out an overland route through the
  12388. Missouri Valley and across the Great Divide to the Pacific. The story of
  12389. this mighty exploit, which began in the spring of 1804 and ended in the
  12390. autumn of 1806, was set down with skill and pains in the journal of
  12391. Lewis and Clark; when published even in a short form, it invited the
  12392. forward-looking men of the East to take thought about the western
  12393. empire. At the same time Zebulon Pike, in a series of journeys, explored
  12394. the sources of the Mississippi River and penetrated the Spanish
  12395. territories of the far Southwest. Thus scouts and pioneers continued the
  12396. work of diplomats.
  12397.  
  12398.  
  12399. THE REPUBLICAN WAR FOR COMMERCIAL INDEPENDENCE
  12400.  
  12401. =The English and French Blockades.=--In addition to bringing Louisiana
  12402. to the United States, the reopening of the European War in 1803, after a
  12403. short lull, renewed in an acute form the commercial difficulties that
  12404. had plagued the country all during the administrations of Washington and
  12405. Adams. The Republicans were now plunged into the hornets' nest. The
  12406. party whose ardent spirits had burned Jay in effigy, stoned Hamilton for
  12407. defending his treaty, jeered Washington's proclamation of neutrality,
  12408. and spoken bitterly of "timid traders," could no longer take refuge in
  12409. criticism. It had to act.
  12410.  
  12411. Its troubles took a serious turn in 1806. England, in a determined
  12412. effort to bring France to her knees by starvation, declared the coast of
  12413. Europe blockaded from Brest to the mouth of the Elbe River. Napoleon
  12414. retaliated by his Berlin Decree of November, 1806, blockading the
  12415. British Isles--a measure terrifying to American ship owners whose
  12416. vessels were liable to seizure by any French rover, though Napoleon had
  12417. no navy to make good his proclamation. Great Britain countered with a
  12418. still more irritating decree--the Orders in Council of 1807. It modified
  12419. its blockade, but in so doing merely authorized American ships not
  12420. carrying munitions of war to complete their voyage to the Continent, on
  12421. condition of their stopping at a British port, securing a license, and
  12422. paying a tax. This, responded Napoleon, was the height of insolence, and
  12423. he denounced it as a gross violation of international law. He then
  12424. closed the circle of American troubles by issuing his Milan Decree of
  12425. December, 1807. This order declared that any ship which complied with
  12426. the British rules would be subject to seizure and confiscation by French
  12427. authorities.
  12428.  
  12429. =The Impressment of Seamen.=--That was not all. Great Britain, in dire
  12430. need of men for her navy, adopted the practice of stopping American
  12431. ships, searching them, and carrying away British-born sailors found on
  12432. board. British sailors were so badly treated, so cruelly flogged for
  12433. trivial causes, and so meanly fed that they fled in crowds to the
  12434. American marine. In many cases it was difficult to tell whether seamen
  12435. were English or American. They spoke the same language, so that language
  12436. was no test. Rovers on the deep and stragglers in the ports of both
  12437. countries, they frequently had no papers to show their nativity.
  12438. Moreover, Great Britain held to the old rule--"Once an Englishman,
  12439. always an Englishman"--a doctrine rejected by the United States in
  12440. favor of the principle that a man could choose the nation to which he
  12441. would give allegiance. British sea captains, sometimes by mistake, and
  12442. often enough with reckless indifference, carried away into servitude in
  12443. their own navy genuine American citizens. The process itself, even when
  12444. executed with all the civilities of law, was painful enough, for it
  12445. meant that American ships were forced to "come to," and compelled to
  12446. rest submissively under British guns until the searching party had pried
  12447. into records, questioned seamen, seized and handcuffed victims. Saints
  12448. could not have done this work without raising angry passions, and only
  12449. saints could have endured it with patience and fortitude.
  12450.  
  12451. Had the enactment of the scenes been confined to the high seas and
  12452. knowledge of them to rumors and newspaper stories, American resentment
  12453. might not have been so intense; but many a search and seizure was made
  12454. in sight of land. British and French vessels patrolled the coasts,
  12455. firing on one another and chasing one another in American waters within
  12456. the three-mile limit. When, in the summer of 1807, the American frigate
  12457. _Chesapeake_ refused to surrender men alleged to be deserters from King
  12458. George's navy, the British warship _Leopard_ opened fire, killing three
  12459. men and wounding eighteen more--an act which even the British ministry
  12460. could hardly excuse. If the French were less frequently the offenders,
  12461. it was not because of their tenderness about American rights but because
  12462. so few of their ships escaped the hawk-eyed British navy to operate in
  12463. American waters.
  12464.  
  12465. =The Losses in American Commerce.=--This high-handed conduct on the part
  12466. of European belligerents was very injurious to American trade. By their
  12467. enterprise, American shippers had become the foremost carriers on the
  12468. Atlantic Ocean. In a decade they had doubled the tonnage of American
  12469. merchant ships under the American flag, taking the place of the French
  12470. marine when Britain swept that from the seas, and supplying Britain with
  12471. the sinews of war for the contest with the Napoleonic empire. The
  12472. American shipping engaged in foreign trade embraced 363,110 tons in
  12473. 1791; 669,921 tons in 1800; and almost 1,000,000 tons in 1810. Such was
  12474. the enterprise attacked by the British and French decrees. American
  12475. ships bound for Great Britain were liable to be captured by French
  12476. privateers which, in spite of the disasters of the Nile and Trafalgar,
  12477. ranged the seas. American ships destined for the Continent, if they
  12478. failed to stop at British ports and pay tribute, were in great danger of
  12479. capture by the sleepless British navy and its swarm of auxiliaries.
  12480. American sea captains who, in fear of British vengeance, heeded the
  12481. Orders in Council and paid the tax were almost certain to fall a prey to
  12482. French vengeance, for the French were vigorous in executing the Milan
  12483. Decree.
  12484.  
  12485. =Jefferson's Policy.=--The President's dilemma was distressing. Both the
  12486. belligerents in Europe were guilty of depredations on American commerce.
  12487. War on both of them was out of the question. War on France was
  12488. impossible because she had no territory on this side of the water which
  12489. could be reached by American troops and her naval forces had been
  12490. shattered at the battles of the Nile and Trafalgar. War on Great
  12491. Britain, a power which Jefferson's followers feared and distrusted, was
  12492. possible but not inviting. Jefferson shrank from it. A man of peace, he
  12493. disliked war's brazen clamor; a man of kindly spirit, he was startled at
  12494. the death and destruction which it brought in its train. So for the
  12495. eight years Jefferson steered an even course, suggesting measure after
  12496. measure with a view to avoiding bloodshed. He sent, it is true,
  12497. Commodore Preble in 1803 to punish Mediterranean pirates preying upon
  12498. American commerce; but a great war he evaded with passionate
  12499. earnestness, trying in its place every other expedient to protect
  12500. American rights.
  12501.  
  12502. =The Embargo and Non-intercourse Acts.=--In 1806, Congress passed and
  12503. Jefferson approved a non-importation act closing American ports to
  12504. certain products from British dominions--a measure intended as a club
  12505. over the British government's head. This law, failing in its purpose,
  12506. Jefferson proposed and Congress adopted in December, 1807, the Embargo
  12507. Act forbidding all vessels to leave American harbors for foreign ports.
  12508. France and England were to be brought to terms by cutting off their
  12509. supplies.
  12510.  
  12511. The result of the embargo was pathetic. England and France refused to
  12512. give up search and seizure. American ship owners who, lured by huge
  12513. profits, had formerly been willing to take the risk were now restrained
  12514. by law to their home ports. Every section suffered. The South and West
  12515. found their markets for cotton, rice, tobacco, corn, and bacon
  12516. curtailed. Thus they learned by bitter experience the national
  12517. significance of commerce. Ship masters, ship builders, longshoremen, and
  12518. sailors were thrown out of employment while the prices of foreign goods
  12519. doubled. Those who obeyed the law were ruined; violators of the law
  12520. smuggled goods into Canada and Florida for shipment abroad.
  12521.  
  12522. Jefferson's friends accepted the medicine with a wry face as the only
  12523. alternative to supine submission or open war. His opponents, without
  12524. offering any solution of their own, denounced it as a contemptible plan
  12525. that brought neither relief nor honor. Beset by the clamor that arose on
  12526. all sides, Congress, in the closing days of Jefferson's administration,
  12527. repealed the Embargo law and substituted a Non-intercourse act
  12528. forbidding trade with England and France while permitting it with other
  12529. countries--a measure equally futile in staying the depredations on
  12530. American shipping.
  12531.  
  12532. =Jefferson Retires in Favor of Madison.=--Jefferson, exhausted by
  12533. endless wrangling and wounded, as Washington had been, by savage
  12534. criticism, welcomed March 4, 1809. His friends urged him to "stay by the
  12535. ship" and accept a third term. He declined, saying that election for
  12536. life might result from repeated reelection. In following Washington's
  12537. course and defending it on principle, he set an example to all his
  12538. successors, making the "third term doctrine" a part of American
  12539. unwritten law.
  12540.  
  12541. His intimate friend, James Madison, to whom he turned over the burdens
  12542. of his high office was, like himself, a man of peace. Madison had been a
  12543. leader since the days of the Revolution, but in legislative halls and
  12544. council chambers, not on the field of battle. Small in stature,
  12545. sensitive in feelings, studious in habits, he was no man for the rough
  12546. and tumble of practical politics. He had taken a prominent and
  12547. distinguished part in the framing and the adoption of the Constitution.
  12548. He had served in the first Congress as a friend of Hamilton's measures.
  12549. Later he attached himself to Jefferson's fortunes and served for eight
  12550. years as his first counselor, the Secretary of State. The principles of
  12551. the Constitution, which he had helped to make and interpret, he was now
  12552. as President called upon to apply in one of the most perplexing moments
  12553. in all American history. In keeping with his own traditions and
  12554. following in the footsteps of Jefferson, he vainly tried to solve the
  12555. foreign problem by negotiation.
  12556.  
  12557. =The Trend of Events.=--Whatever difficulties Madison had in making up
  12558. his mind on war and peace were settled by events beyond his own control.
  12559. In the spring of 1811, a British frigate held up an American ship near
  12560. the harbor of New York and impressed a seaman alleged to be an American
  12561. citizen. Burning with resentment, the captain of the _President_, an
  12562. American warship, acting under orders, poured several broadsides into
  12563. the _Little Belt_, a British sloop, suspected of being the guilty party.
  12564. The British also encouraged the Indian chief Tecumseh, who welded
  12565. together the Indians of the Northwest under British protection and gave
  12566. signs of restlessness presaging a revolt. This sent a note of alarm
  12567. along the frontier that was not checked even when, in November,
  12568. Tecumseh's men were badly beaten at Tippecanoe by William Henry
  12569. Harrison. The Indians stood in the way of the advancing frontier, and it
  12570. seemed to the pioneers that, without support from the British in Canada,
  12571. the Red Men would soon be subdued.
  12572.  
  12573. =Clay and Calhoun.=--While events were moving swiftly and rumors were
  12574. flying thick and fast, the mastery of the government passed from the
  12575. uncertain hands of Madison to a party of ardent young men in Congress,
  12576. dubbed "Young Republicans," under the leadership of two members destined
  12577. to be mighty figures in American history: Henry Clay of Kentucky and
  12578. John C. Calhoun of South Carolina. The former contended, in a flair of
  12579. folly, that "the militia of Kentucky alone are competent to place
  12580. Montreal and Upper Canada at your feet." The latter with a light heart
  12581. spoke of conquering Canada in a four weeks' campaign. "It must not be
  12582. inferred," says Channing, "that in advocating conquest, the Westerners
  12583. were actuated merely by desire for land; they welcomed war because they
  12584.  
  12585. thought it would be the easiest way to abate Indian troubles. The
  12586. savages were supported by the fur-trading interests that centred at
  12587. Quebec and London.... The Southerners on their part wished for Florida
  12588. and they thought that the conquest of Canada would obviate some Northern
  12589. opposition to this acquisition of slave territory." While Clay and
  12590. Calhoun, spokesmen of the West and South, were not unmindful of what
  12591. Napoleon had done to American commerce, they knew that their followers
  12592. still remembered with deep gratitude the aid of the French in the war
  12593. for independence and that the embers of the old hatred for George III,
  12594. still on the throne, could be readily blown into flame.
  12595.  
  12596. =Madison Accepts War as Inevitable.=--The conduct of the British
  12597. ministers with whom Madison had to deal did little to encourage him in
  12598. adhering to the policy of "watchful waiting." One of them, a high Tory,
  12599. believed that all Americans were alike "except that a few are less
  12600. knaves than others" and his methods were colored by his belief. On the
  12601. recall of this minister the British government selected another no less
  12602. high and mighty in his principles and opinions. So Madison became
  12603. thoroughly discouraged about the outcome of pacific measures. When the
  12604. pressure from Congress upon him became too heavy, he gave way, signing
  12605. on June 18, 1812, the declaration of war on Great Britain. In
  12606. proclaiming hostilities, the administration set forth the causes which
  12607. justified the declaration; namely, the British had been encouraging the
  12608. Indians to attack American citizens on the frontier; they had ruined
  12609. American trade by blockades; they had insulted the American flag by
  12610. stopping and searching our ships; they had illegally seized American
  12611. sailors and driven them into the British navy.
  12612.  
  12613. =The Course of the War.=--The war lasted for nearly three years without
  12614. bringing victory to either side. The surrender of Detroit by General
  12615. Hull to the British and the failure of the American invasion of Canada
  12616. were offset by Perry's victory on Lake Erie and a decisive blow
  12617. administered to British designs for an invasion of New York by way of
  12618. Plattsburgh. The triumph of Jackson at New Orleans helped to atone for
  12619. the humiliation suffered in the burning of the Capitol by the British.
  12620. The stirring deeds of the _Constitution_, the _United States_, and the
  12621. _Argus_ on the seas, the heroic death of Lawrence and the victories of a
  12622. hundred privateers furnished consolation for those who suffered from the
  12623. iron blockade finally established by the British government when it came
  12624. to appreciate the gravity of the situation. While men love the annals of
  12625. the sea, they will turn to the running battles, the narrow escapes, and
  12626. the reckless daring of American sailors in that naval contest with Great
  12627. Britain.
  12628.  
  12629. All this was exciting but it was inconclusive. In fact, never was a
  12630. government less prepared than was that of the United States in 1812. It
  12631. had neither the disciplined troops, the ships of war, nor the supplies
  12632. required by the magnitude of the military task. It was fortune that
  12633. favored the American cause. Great Britain, harassed, worn, and
  12634. financially embarrassed by nearly twenty years of fighting in Europe,
  12635. was in no mood to gather her forces for a titanic effort in America even
  12636. after Napoleon was overthrown and sent into exile at Elba in the spring
  12637. of 1814. War clouds still hung on the European horizon and the conflict
  12638. temporarily halted did again break out. To be rid of American anxieties
  12639. and free for European eventualities, England was ready to settle with
  12640. the United States, especially as that could be done without conceding
  12641. anything or surrendering any claims.
  12642.  
  12643. =The Treaty of Peace.=--Both countries were in truth sick of a war that
  12644. offered neither glory nor profit. Having indulged in the usual
  12645. diplomatic skirmishing, they sent representatives to Ghent to discuss
  12646. terms of peace. After long negotiations an agreement was reached on
  12647. Christmas eve, 1814, a few days before Jackson's victory at New Orleans.
  12648. When the treaty reached America the people were surprised to find that
  12649. it said nothing about the seizure of American sailors, the destruction
  12650. of American trade, the searching of American ships, or the support of
  12651. Indians on the frontier. Nevertheless, we are told, the people "passed
  12652. from gloom to glory" when the news of peace arrived. The bells were
  12653. rung; schools were closed; flags were displayed; and many a rousing
  12654. toast was drunk in tavern and private home. The rejoicing could
  12655. continue. With Napoleon definitely beaten at Waterloo in June, 1815,
  12656. Great Britain had no need to impress sailors, search ships, and
  12657. confiscate American goods bound to the Continent. Once more the terrible
  12658. sea power sank into the background and the ocean was again white with
  12659. the sails of merchantmen.
  12660.  
  12661.  
  12662. THE REPUBLICANS NATIONALIZED
  12663.  
  12664. =The Federalists Discredited.=--By a strange turn of fortune's wheel,
  12665. the party of Hamilton, Washington, Adams, the party of the grand nation,
  12666. became the party of provincialism and nullification. New England,
  12667. finding its shipping interests crippled in the European conflict and
  12668. then penalized by embargoes, opposed the declaration of war on Great
  12669. Britain, which meant the completion of the ruin already begun. In the
  12670. course of the struggle, the Federalist leaders came perilously near to
  12671. treason in their efforts to hamper the government of the United States;
  12672. and in their desperation they fell back upon the doctrine of
  12673. nullification so recently condemned by them when it came from Kentucky.
  12674. The Senate of Massachusetts, while the war was in progress, resolved
  12675. that it was waged "without justifiable cause," and refused to approve
  12676. military and naval projects not connected with "the defense of our
  12677. seacoast and soil." A Boston newspaper declared that the union was
  12678. nothing but a treaty among sovereign states, that states could decide
  12679. for themselves the question of obeying federal law, and that armed
  12680. resistance under the banner of a state would not be rebellion or
  12681. treason. The general assembly of Connecticut reminded the administration
  12682. at Washington that "the state of Connecticut is a free, sovereign, and
  12683. independent state." Gouverneur Morris, a member of the convention which
  12684. had drafted the Constitution, suggested the holding of another
  12685. conference to consider whether the Northern states should remain in the
  12686. union.
  12687.  
  12688. [Illustration: _From an old cartoon_
  12689.  
  12690. NEW ENGLAND JUMPING INTO THE HANDS OF GEORGE III]
  12691.  
  12692. In October, 1814, a convention of delegates from Connecticut,
  12693. Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and certain counties of New Hampshire and
  12694. Vermont was held at Hartford, on the call of Massachusetts. The counsels
  12695. of the extremists were rejected but the convention solemnly went on
  12696. record to the effect that acts of Congress in violation of the
  12697. Constitution are void; that in cases of deliberate, dangerous, and
  12698. palpable infractions the state is duty bound to interpose its authority
  12699. for the protection of its citizens; and that when emergencies occur the
  12700. states must be their own judges and execute their own decisions. Thus
  12701. New England answered the challenge of Calhoun and Clay. Fortunately its
  12702. actions were not as rash as its words. The Hartford convention merely
  12703. proposed certain amendments to the Constitution and adjourned. At the
  12704. close of the war, its proposals vanished harmlessly; but the men who
  12705. made them were hopelessly discredited.
  12706.  
  12707. =The Second United States Bank.=--In driving the Federalists towards
  12708. nullification and waging a national war themselves, the Republicans lost
  12709. all their old taint of provincialism. Moreover, in turning to measures
  12710. of reconstruction called forth by the war, they resorted to the national
  12711. devices of the Federalists. In 1816, they chartered for a period of
  12712. twenty years a second United States Bank--the institution which
  12713. Jefferson and Madison once had condemned as unsound and
  12714. unconstitutional. The Constitution remained unchanged; times and
  12715. circumstances had changed. Calhoun dismissed the vexed question of
  12716. constitutionality with a scant reference to an ancient dispute, while
  12717. Madison set aside his scruples and signed the bill.
  12718.  
  12719. =The Protective Tariff of 1816.=--The Republicans supplemented the Bank
  12720. by another Federalist measure--a high protective tariff. Clay viewed it
  12721. as the beginning of his "American system" of protection. Calhoun
  12722. defended it on national principles. For this sudden reversal of policy
  12723. the young Republicans were taunted by some of their older party
  12724. colleagues with betraying the "agricultural interest" that Jefferson had
  12725. fostered; but Calhoun refused to listen to their criticisms. "When the
  12726. seas are open," he said, "the produce of the South may pour anywhere
  12727. into the markets of the Old World.... What are the effects of a war with
  12728. a maritime power--with England? Our commerce annihilated ... our
  12729. agriculture cut off from its accustomed markets, the surplus of the
  12730. farmer perishes on his hands.... The recent war fell with peculiar
  12731. pressure on the growers of cotton and tobacco and the other great
  12732. staples of the country; and the same state of things will recur in the
  12733. event of another war unless prevented by the foresight of this body....
  12734. When our manufactures are grown to a certain perfection, as they soon
  12735. will be under the fostering care of the government, we shall no longer
  12736. experience these evils." With the Republicans nationalized, the
  12737. Federalist party, as an organization, disappeared after a crushing
  12738. defeat in the presidential campaign of 1816.
  12739.  
  12740. =Monroe and the Florida Purchase.=--To the victor in that political
  12741. contest, James Monroe of Virginia, fell two tasks of national
  12742. importance, adding to the prestige of the whole country and deepening
  12743. the sense of patriotism that weaned men away from mere allegiance to
  12744. states. The first of these was the purchase of Florida from Spain. The
  12745. acquisition of Louisiana let the Mississippi flow "unvexed to the sea";
  12746. but it left all the states east of the river cut off from the Gulf,
  12747. affording them ground for discontent akin to that which had moved the
  12748. pioneers of Kentucky to action a generation earlier. The uncertainty as
  12749. to the boundaries of Louisiana gave the United States a claim to West
  12750. Florida, setting on foot a movement for occupation. The Florida swamps
  12751. were a basis for Indian marauders who periodically swept into the
  12752. frontier settlements, and hiding places for runaway slaves. Thus the
  12753. sanction of international law was given to punitive expeditions into
  12754. alien territory.
  12755.  
  12756. The pioneer leaders stood waiting for the signal. It came. President
  12757. Monroe, on the occasion of an Indian outbreak, ordered General Jackson
  12758. to seize the offenders, in the Floridas, if necessary. The high-spirited
  12759. warrior, taking this as a hint that he was to occupy the coveted region,
  12760. replied that, if possession was the object of the invasion, he could
  12761. occupy the Floridas within sixty days. Without waiting for an answer to
  12762. this letter, he launched his expedition, and in the spring of 1818 was
  12763. master of the Spanish king's domain to the south.
  12764.  
  12765. There was nothing for the king to do but to make the best of the
  12766. inevitable by ceding the Floridas to the United States in return for
  12767. five million dollars to be paid to American citizens having claims
  12768. against Spain. On Washington's birthday, 1819, the treaty was signed. It
  12769. ceded the Floridas to the United States and defined the boundary between
  12770. Mexico and the United States by drawing a line from the mouth of the
  12771. Sabine River in a northwesterly direction to the Pacific. On this
  12772. occasion even Monroe, former opponent of the Constitution, forgot to
  12773. inquire whether new territory could be constitutionally acquired and
  12774. incorporated into the American union. The Republicans seemed far away
  12775. from the days of "strict construction." And Jefferson still lived!
  12776.  
  12777. =The Monroe Doctrine.=--Even more effective in fashioning the national
  12778. idea was Monroe's enunciation of the famous doctrine that bears his
  12779. name. The occasion was another European crisis. During the Napoleonic
  12780. upheaval and the years of dissolution that ensued, the Spanish colonies
  12781. in America, following the example set by their English neighbors in
  12782. 1776, declared their independence. Unable to conquer them alone, the
  12783. king of Spain turned for help to the friendly powers of Europe that
  12784. looked upon revolution and republics with undisguised horror.
  12785.  
  12786. _The Holy Alliance._--He found them prepared to view his case with
  12787. sympathy. Three of them, Austria, Prussia, and Russia, under the
  12788. leadership of the Czar, Alexander I, in the autumn of 1815, had entered
  12789. into a Holy Alliance to sustain by reciprocal service the autocratic
  12790. principle in government. Although the effusive, almost maudlin, language
  12791. of the treaty did not express their purpose explicitly, the Alliance was
  12792. later regarded as a mere union of monarchs to prevent the rise and
  12793. growth of popular government.
  12794.  
  12795. The American people thought their worst fears confirmed when, in 1822, a
  12796. conference of delegates from Russia, Austria, Prussia, and France met at
  12797. Verona to consider, among other things, revolutions that had just broken
  12798. out in Spain and Italy. The spirit of the conference is reflected in the
  12799. first article of the agreement reached by the delegates: "The high
  12800. contracting powers, being convinced that the system of representative
  12801. government is equally incompatible with the monarchical principle and
  12802. the maxim of the sovereignty of the people with the divine right,
  12803. mutually engage in the most solemn manner to use all their efforts to
  12804. put an end to the system of representative government in whatever
  12805. country it may exist in Europe and to prevent its being introduced in
  12806. those countries where it is not yet known." The Czar, who incidentally
  12807. coveted the west coast of North America, proposed to send an army to aid
  12808. the king of Spain in his troubles at home, thus preparing the way for
  12809. intervention in Spanish America. It was material weakness not want of
  12810. spirit, that prevented the grand union of monarchs from making open war
  12811. on popular government.
  12812.  
  12813. _The Position of England._--Unfortunately, too, for the Holy Alliance,
  12814. England refused to cooperate. English merchants had built up a large
  12815. trade with the independent Latin-American colonies and they protested
  12816. against the restoration of Spanish sovereignty, which meant a renewal of
  12817. Spain's former trade monopoly. Moreover, divine right doctrines had been
  12818. laid to rest in England and the representative principle thoroughly
  12819. established. Already there were signs of the coming democratic flood
  12820. which was soon to carry the first reform bill of 1832, extending the
  12821. suffrage, and sweep on to even greater achievements. British statesmen,
  12822. therefore, had to be cautious. In such circumstances, instead of
  12823. cooperating with the autocrats of Russia, Austria, and Prussia, they
  12824. turned to the minister of the United States in London. The British prime
  12825. minister, Canning, proposed that the two countries join in declaring
  12826. their unwillingness to see the Spanish colonies transferred to any other
  12827. power.
  12828.  
  12829. _Jefferson's Advice._--The proposal was rejected; but President Monroe
  12830. took up the suggestion with Madison and Jefferson as well as with his
  12831. Secretary of State, John Quincy Adams. They favored the plan. Jefferson
  12832. said: "One nation, most of all, could disturb us in this pursuit [of
  12833. freedom]; she now offers to lead, aid, and accompany us in it. By
  12834. acceding to her proposition we detach her from the bands, bring her
  12835. mighty weight into the scale of free government and emancipate a
  12836. continent at one stroke.... With her on our side we need not fear the
  12837. whole world. With her then we should most sedulously cherish a cordial
  12838. friendship."
  12839.  
  12840. _Monroe's Statement of the Doctrine._--Acting on the advice of trusted
  12841. friends, President Monroe embodied in his message to Congress, on
  12842. December 2, 1823, a statement of principles now famous throughout the
  12843. world as the Monroe Doctrine. To the autocrats of Europe he announced
  12844. that he would regard "any attempt on their part to extend their system
  12845. to any portion of this hemisphere as dangerous to our peace and safety."
  12846. While he did not propose to interfere with existing colonies dependent
  12847. on European powers, he ranged himself squarely on the side of those that
  12848. had declared their independence. Any attempt by a European power to
  12849. oppress them or control their destiny in any manner he characterized as
  12850. "a manifestation of an unfriendly disposition toward the United States."
  12851. Referring in another part of his message to a recent claim which the
  12852. Czar had made to the Pacific coast, President Monroe warned the Old
  12853. World that "the American continents, by the free and independent
  12854. condition which they have assumed and maintained, are henceforth not to
  12855. be considered as subjects for future colonization by any European
  12856. powers." The effect of this declaration was immediate and profound. Men
  12857. whose political horizon had been limited to a community or state were
  12858. led to consider their nation as a great power among the sovereignties of
  12859. the earth, taking its part in shaping their international relations.
  12860.  
  12861. =The Missouri Compromise.=--Respecting one other important measure of
  12862. this period, the Republicans also took a broad view of their obligations
  12863. under the Constitution; namely, the Missouri Compromise. It is true,
  12864. they insisted on the admission of Missouri as a slave state, balanced
  12865. against the free state of Maine; but at the same time they assented to
  12866. the prohibition of slavery in the Louisiana territory north of the line
  12867. 36 o 30'. During the debate on the subject an extreme view had been
  12868. presented, to the effect that Congress had no constitutional warrant for
  12869. abolishing slavery in the territories. The precedent of the Northwest
  12870. Ordinance, ratified by Congress in 1789, seemed a conclusive answer from
  12871. practice to this contention; but Monroe submitted the issue to his
  12872. cabinet, which included Calhoun of South Carolina, Crawford of Georgia,
  12873. and Wirt of Virginia, all presumably adherents to the Jeffersonian
  12874. principle of strict construction. He received in reply a unanimous
  12875. verdict to the effect that Congress did have the power to prohibit
  12876. slavery in the territories governed by it. Acting on this advice he
  12877. approved, on March 6, 1820, the bill establishing freedom north of the
  12878. compromise line. This generous interpretation of the powers of Congress
  12879. stood for nearly forty years, until repudiated by the Supreme Court in
  12880. the Dred Scott case.
  12881.  
  12882.  
  12883. THE NATIONAL DECISIONS OF CHIEF JUSTICE MARSHALL
  12884.  
  12885. =John Marshall, the Nationalist.=--The Republicans in the lower ranges
  12886. of state politics, who did not catch the grand national style of their
  12887. leaders charged with responsibilities in the national field, were
  12888. assisted in their education by a Federalist from the Old Dominion, John
  12889. Marshall, who, as Chief Justice of the Supreme Court of the United
  12890. States from 1801 to 1835, lost no occasion to exalt the Constitution
  12891. above the claims of the provinces. No differences of opinion as to his
  12892. political views have ever led even his warmest opponents to deny his
  12893. superb abilities or his sincere devotion to the national idea. All will
  12894. likewise agree that for talents, native and acquired, he was an ornament
  12895. to the humble democracy that brought him forth. His whole career was
  12896. American. Born on the frontier of Virginia, reared in a log cabin,
  12897. granted only the barest rudiments of education, inured to hardship and
  12898. rough life, he rose by masterly efforts to the highest judicial honor
  12899. America can bestow.
  12900.  
  12901. On him the bitter experience of the Revolution and of later days made a
  12902. lasting impression. He was no "summer patriot." He had been a soldier in
  12903. the Revolutionary army. He had suffered with Washington at Valley Forge.
  12904. He had seen his comrades in arms starving and freezing because the
  12905. Continental Congress had neither the power nor the inclination to force
  12906. the states to do their full duty. To him the Articles of Confederation
  12907. were the symbol of futility. Into the struggle for the formation of the
  12908. Constitution and its ratification in Virginia he had thrown himself with
  12909. the ardor of a soldier. Later, as a member of Congress, a representative
  12910. to France, and Secretary of State, he had aided the Federalists in
  12911. establishing the new government. When at length they were driven from
  12912. power in the executive and legislative branches of the government, he
  12913. was chosen for their last stronghold, the Supreme Court. By historic
  12914. irony he administered the oath of office to his bitterest enemy, Thomas
  12915. Jefferson; and, long after the author of the Declaration of Independence
  12916. had retired to private life, the stern Chief Justice continued to
  12917. announce the old Federalist principles from the Supreme Bench.
  12918.  
  12919. [Illustration: JOHN MARSHALL]
  12920.  
  12921. =Marbury _vs._ Madison--An Act of Congress Annulled.=--He had been in
  12922. his high office only two years when he laid down for the first time in
  12923. the name of the entire Court the doctrine that the judges have the power
  12924. to declare an act of Congress null and void when in their opinion it
  12925. violates the Constitution. This power was not expressly conferred on the
  12926. Court. Though many able men held that the judicial branch of the
  12927. government enjoyed it, the principle was not positively established
  12928. until 1803 when the case of Marbury _vs._ Madison was decided. In
  12929. rendering the opinion of the Court, Marshall cited no precedents. He
  12930. sought no foundations for his argument in ancient history. He rested it
  12931. on the general nature of the American system. The Constitution, ran his
  12932. reasoning, is the supreme law of the land; it limits and binds all who
  12933. act in the name of the United States; it limits the powers of Congress
  12934. and defines the rights of citizens. If Congress can ignore its
  12935. limitations and trespass upon the rights of citizens, Marshall argued,
  12936. then the Constitution disappears and Congress is supreme. Since,
  12937. however, the Constitution is supreme and superior to Congress, it is the
  12938. duty of judges, under their oath of office, to sustain it against
  12939. measures which violate it. Therefore, from the nature of the American
  12940. constitutional system the courts must declare null and void all acts
  12941. which are not authorized. "A law repugnant to the Constitution," he
  12942. closed, "is void and the courts as well as other departments are bound
  12943. by that instrument." From that day to this the practice of federal and
  12944. state courts in passing upon the constitutionality of laws has remained
  12945. unshaken.
  12946.  
  12947. This doctrine was received by Jefferson and many of his followers with
  12948. consternation. If the idea was sound, he exclaimed, "then indeed is our
  12949. Constitution a complete _felo de se_ [legally, a suicide]. For,
  12950. intending to establish three departments, coordinate and independent
  12951. that they might check and balance one another, it has given, according
  12952. to this opinion, to one of them alone the right to prescribe rules for
  12953. the government of the others, and to that one, too, which is unelected
  12954. by and independent of the nation.... The Constitution, on this
  12955. hypothesis, is a mere thing of wax in the hands of the judiciary which
  12956. they may twist and shape into any form they please. It should be
  12957. remembered, as an axiom of eternal truth in politics, that whatever
  12958. power in any government is independent, is absolute also.... A judiciary
  12959. independent of a king or executive alone is a good thing; but
  12960. independence of the will of the nation is a solecism, at least in a
  12961. republican government." But Marshall was mighty and his view prevailed,
  12962. though from time to time other men, clinging to Jefferson's opinion,
  12963. likewise opposed the exercise by the Courts of the high power of passing
  12964. upon the constitutionality of acts of Congress.
  12965.  
  12966. =Acts of State Legislatures Declared Unconstitutional.=--Had Marshall
  12967. stopped with annulling an act of Congress, he would have heard less
  12968. criticism from Republican quarters; but, with the same firmness, he set
  12969. aside acts of state legislatures as well, whenever, in his opinion, they
  12970. violated the federal Constitution. In 1810, in the case of Fletcher
  12971. _vs._ Peck, he annulled an act of the Georgia legislature, informing the
  12972. state that it was not sovereign, but "a part of a large empire, ... a
  12973. member of the American union; and that union has a constitution ...
  12974. which imposes limits to the legislatures of the several states." In the
  12975. case of McCulloch _vs._ Maryland, decided in 1819, he declared void an
  12976. act of the Maryland legislature designed to paralyze the branches of the
  12977. United States Bank established in that state. In the same year, in the
  12978. still more memorable Dartmouth College case, he annulled an act of the
  12979. New Hampshire legislature which infringed upon the charter received by
  12980. the college from King George long before. That charter, he declared, was
  12981. a contract between the state and the college, which the legislature
  12982. under the federal Constitution could not impair. Two years later he
  12983. stirred the wrath of Virginia by summoning her to the bar of the Supreme
  12984. Court to answer in a case in which the validity of one of her laws was
  12985. involved and then justified his action in a powerful opinion rendered in
  12986. the case of Cohens _vs._ Virginia.
  12987.  
  12988. All these decisions aroused the legislatures of the states. They passed
  12989. sheaves of resolutions protesting and condemning; but Marshall never
  12990. turned and never stayed. The Constitution of the United States, he
  12991. fairly thundered at them, is the supreme law of the land; the Supreme
  12992. Court is the proper tribunal to pass finally upon the validity of the
  12993. laws of the states; and "those sovereignties," far from possessing the
  12994. right of review and nullification, are irrevocably bound by the
  12995. decisions of that Court. This was strong medicine for the authors of the
  12996. Kentucky and Virginia Resolutions and for the members of the Hartford
  12997. convention; but they had to take it.
  12998.  
  12999. =The Doctrine of Implied Powers.=--While restraining Congress in the
  13000. Marbury case and the state legislatures in a score of cases, Marshall
  13001. also laid the judicial foundation for a broad and liberal view of the
  13002. Constitution as opposed to narrow and strict construction. In McCulloch
  13003. _vs._ Maryland, he construed generously the words "necessary and proper"
  13004. in such a way as to confer upon Congress a wide range of "implied
  13005. powers" in addition to their express powers. That case involved, among
  13006. other things, the question whether the act establishing the second
  13007. United States Bank was authorized by the Constitution. Marshall answered
  13008. in the affirmative. Congress, ran his reasoning, has large powers over
  13009. taxation and the currency; a bank is of appropriate use in the exercise
  13010. of these enumerated powers; and therefore, though not absolutely
  13011. necessary, a bank is entirely proper and constitutional. "With respect
  13012. to the means by which the powers that the Constitution confers are to be
  13013. carried into execution," he said, Congress must be allowed the
  13014. discretion which "will enable that body to perform the high duties
  13015. assigned to it, in the manner most beneficial to the people." In short,
  13016. the Constitution of the United States is not a strait jacket but a
  13017. flexible instrument vesting in Congress the powers necessary to meet
  13018. national problems as they arise. In delivering this opinion Marshall
  13019. used language almost identical with that employed by Lincoln when,
  13020. standing on the battle field of a war waged to preserve the nation, he
  13021. said that "a government of the people, by the people, for the people
  13022. shall not perish from the earth."
  13023.  
  13024.  
  13025. SUMMARY OF THE UNION AND NATIONAL POLITICS
  13026.  
  13027. During the strenuous period between the establishment of American
  13028. independence and the advent of Jacksonian democracy the great American
  13029. experiment was under the direction of the men who had launched it. All
  13030. the Presidents in that period, except John Quincy Adams, had taken part
  13031. in the Revolution. James Madison, the chief author of the Constitution,
  13032. lived until 1836. This age, therefore, was the "age of the fathers." It
  13033. saw the threatened ruin of the country under the Articles of
  13034. Confederation, the formation of the Constitution, the rise of political
  13035. parties, the growth of the West, the second war with England, and the
  13036. apparent triumph of the national spirit over sectionalism.
  13037.  
  13038. The new republic had hardly been started in 1783 before its troubles
  13039. began. The government could not raise money to pay its debts or running
  13040. expenses; it could not protect American commerce and manufactures
  13041. against European competition; it could not stop the continual issues of
  13042. paper money by the states; it could not intervene to put down domestic
  13043. uprisings that threatened the existence of the state governments.
  13044. Without money, without an army, without courts of law, the union under
  13045. the Articles of Confederation was drifting into dissolution. Patriots,
  13046. who had risked their lives for independence, began to talk of monarchy
  13047. again. Washington, Hamilton, and Madison insisted that a new
  13048. constitution alone could save America from disaster.
  13049.  
  13050. By dint of much labor the friends of a new form of government induced
  13051. the Congress to call a national convention to take into account the
  13052. state of America. In May, 1787, it assembled at Philadelphia and for
  13053. months it debated and wrangled over plans for a constitution. The small
  13054. states clamored for equal rights in the union. The large states vowed
  13055. that they would never grant it. A spirit of conciliation, fair play, and
  13056. compromise saved the convention from breaking up. In addition, there
  13057. were jealousies between the planting states and the commercial states.
  13058. Here, too, compromises had to be worked out. Some of the delegates
  13059. feared the growth of democracy and others cherished it. These factions
  13060. also had to be placated. At last a plan of government was drafted--the
  13061. Constitution of the United States--and submitted to the states for
  13062. approval. Only after a long and acrimonious debate did enough states
  13063. ratify the instrument to put it into effect. On April 30, 1789, George
  13064. Washington was inaugurated first President.
  13065.  
  13066. The new government proceeded to fund the old debt of the nation, assume
  13067. the debts of the states, found a national bank, lay heavy taxes to pay
  13068. the bills, and enact laws protecting American industry and commerce.
  13069. Hamilton led the way, but he had not gone far before he encountered
  13070. opposition. He found a formidable antagonist in Jefferson. In time two
  13071. political parties appeared full armed upon the scene: the Federalists
  13072. and the Republicans. For ten years they filled the country with
  13073. political debate. In 1800 the Federalists were utterly vanquished by the
  13074. Republicans with Jefferson in the lead.
  13075.  
  13076. By their proclamations of faith the Republicans favored the states
  13077. rather than the new national government, but in practice they added
  13078. immensely to the prestige and power of the nation. They purchased
  13079. Louisiana from France, they waged a war for commercial independence
  13080. against England, they created a second United States Bank, they enacted
  13081. the protective tariff of 1816, they declared that Congress had power to
  13082. abolish slavery north of the Missouri Compromise line, and they spread
  13083. the shield of the Monroe Doctrine between the Western Hemisphere and
  13084. Europe.
  13085.  
  13086. Still America was a part of European civilization. Currents of opinion
  13087. flowed to and fro across the Atlantic. Friends of popular government in
  13088. Europe looked to America as the great exemplar of their ideals. Events
  13089. in Europe reacted upon thought in the United States. The French
  13090. Revolution exerted a profound influence on the course of political
  13091. debate. While it was in the stage of mere reform all Americans favored
  13092. it. When the king was executed and a radical democracy set up, American
  13093. opinion was divided. When France fell under the military dominion of
  13094. Napoleon and preyed upon American commerce, the United States made ready
  13095. for war.
  13096.  
  13097. The conduct of England likewise affected American affairs. In 1793 war
  13098. broke out between England and France and raged with only a slight
  13099. intermission until 1815. England and France both ravaged American
  13100. commerce, but England was the more serious offender because she had
  13101. command of the seas. Though Jefferson and Madison strove for peace, the
  13102. country was swept into war by the vehemence of the "Young Republicans,"
  13103. headed by Clay and Calhoun.
  13104.  
  13105. When the armed conflict was closed, one in diplomacy opened. The
  13106. autocratic powers of Europe threatened to intervene on behalf of Spain
  13107. in her attempt to recover possession of her Latin-American colonies.
  13108. Their challenge to America brought forth the Monroe Doctrine. The powers
  13109. of Europe were warned not to interfere with the independence or the
  13110. republican policies of this hemisphere or to attempt any new
  13111. colonization in it. It seemed that nationalism was to have a peaceful
  13112. triumph over sectionalism.
  13113.  
  13114.  
  13115. =References=
  13116.  
  13117. H. Adams, _History of the United States, 1800-1817_ (9 vols.).
  13118.  
  13119. K.C. Babcock, _Rise of American Nationality_ (American Nation Series).
  13120.  
  13121. E. Channing, _The Jeffersonian System_ (Same Series).
  13122.  
  13123. D.C. Gilman, _James Monroe_.
  13124.  
  13125. W. Reddaway, _The Monroe Doctrine_.
  13126.  
  13127. T. Roosevelt, _Naval War of 1812_.
  13128.  
  13129.  
  13130. =Questions=
  13131.  
  13132. 1. What was the leading feature of Jefferson's political theory?
  13133.  
  13134. 2. Enumerate the chief measures of his administration.
  13135.  
  13136. 3. Were the Jeffersonians able to apply their theories? Give the
  13137. reasons.
  13138.  
  13139.  
  13140. 4. Explain the importance of the Mississippi River to Western farmers.
  13141.  
  13142. 5. Show how events in Europe forced the Louisiana Purchase.
  13143.  
  13144. 6. State the constitutional question involved in the Louisiana Purchase.
  13145.  
  13146. 7. Show how American trade was affected by the European war.
  13147.  
  13148. 8. Compare the policies of Jefferson and Madison.
  13149.  
  13150. 9. Why did the United States become involved with England rather than
  13151. with France?
  13152.  
  13153. 10. Contrast the causes of the War of 1812 with the results.
  13154.  
  13155. 11. Give the economic reasons for the attitude of New England.
  13156.  
  13157. 12. Give five "nationalist" measures of the Republicans. Discuss each in
  13158. detail.
  13159.  
  13160. 13. Sketch the career of John Marshall.
  13161.  
  13162. 14. Discuss the case of Marbury _vs._ Madison.
  13163.  
  13164. 15. Summarize Marshall's views on: (_a_) states' rights; and (_b_) a
  13165. liberal interpretation of the Constitution.
  13166.  
  13167.  
  13168. =Research Topics=
  13169.  
  13170. =The Louisiana Purchase.=--Text of Treaty in Macdonald, _Documentary
  13171. Source Book_, pp. 279-282. Source materials in Hart, _American History
  13172. Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. III, pp. 363-384. Narrative, Henry Adams,
  13173. _History of the United States_, Vol. II, pp. 25-115; Elson, _History of
  13174. the United States_, pp. 383-388.
  13175.  
  13176. =The Embargo and Non-Intercourse Acts.=--Macdonald, pp. 282-288; Adams,
  13177. Vol. IV, pp. 152-177; Elson, pp. 394-405.
  13178.  
  13179. =Congress and the War of 1812.=--Adams, Vol. VI, pp. 113-198; Elson, pp.
  13180. 408-450.
  13181.  
  13182. =Proposals of the Hartford Convention.=--Macdonald, pp. 293-302.
  13183.  
  13184. =Manufactures and the Tariff of 1816.=--Coman, _Industrial History of
  13185. the United States_, pp. 184-194.
  13186.  
  13187. =The Second United States Bank.=--Macdonald, pp. 302-306.
  13188.  
  13189. =Effect of European War on American Trade.=--Callender, _Economic
  13190. History of the United States_, pp. 240-250.
  13191.  
  13192. =The Monroe Message.=--Macdonald, pp. 318-320.
  13193.  
  13194. =Lewis and Clark Expedition.=--R.G. Thwaites, _Rocky Mountain
  13195. Explorations_, pp. 92-187. Schafer, _A History of the Pacific Northwest_
  13196. (rev. ed.), pp. 29-61.
  13197.  
  13198.  
  13199.  
  13200.  
  13201. PART IV. THE WEST AND JACKSONIAN DEMOCRACY
  13202.  
  13203.  
  13204.  
  13205.  
  13206. CHAPTER X
  13207.  
  13208. THE FARMERS BEYOND THE APPALACHIANS
  13209.  
  13210.  
  13211. The nationalism of Hamilton was undemocratic. The democracy of Jefferson
  13212. was, in the beginning, provincial. The historic mission of uniting
  13213. nationalism and democracy was in the course of time given to new leaders
  13214. from a region beyond the mountains, peopled by men and women from all
  13215. sections and free from those state traditions which ran back to the
  13216. early days of colonization. The voice of the democratic nationalism
  13217. nourished in the West was heard when Clay of Kentucky advocated his
  13218. American system of protection for industries; when Jackson of Tennessee
  13219. condemned nullification in a ringing proclamation that has taken its
  13220. place among the great American state papers; and when Lincoln of
  13221. Illinois, in a fateful hour, called upon a bewildered people to meet the
  13222. supreme test whether this was a nation destined to survive or to perish.
  13223. And it will be remembered that Lincoln's party chose for its banner that
  13224. earlier device--Republican--which Jefferson had made a sign of power.
  13225. The "rail splitter" from Illinois united the nationalism of Hamilton
  13226. with the democracy of Jefferson, and his appeal was clothed in the
  13227. simple language of the people, not in the sonorous rhetoric which
  13228. Webster learned in the schools.
  13229.  
  13230.  
  13231. PREPARATION FOR WESTERN SETTLEMENT
  13232.  
  13233. =The West and the American Revolution.=--The excessive attention devoted
  13234. by historians to the military operations along the coast has obscured
  13235. the role played by the frontier in the American Revolution. The action
  13236. of Great Britain in closing western land to easy settlement in 1763 was
  13237. more than an incident in precipitating the war for independence.
  13238. Americans on the frontier did not forget it; when Indians were employed
  13239. by England to defend that land, zeal for the patriot cause set the
  13240. interior aflame. It was the members of the western vanguard, like Daniel
  13241. Boone, John Sevier, and George Rogers Clark, who first understood the
  13242. value of the far-away country under the guns of the English forts, where
  13243. the Red Men still wielded the tomahawk and the scalping knife. It was
  13244. they who gave the East no rest until their vision was seen by the
  13245. leaders on the seaboard who directed the course of national policy. It
  13246. was one of their number, a seasoned Indian fighter, George Rogers Clark,
  13247. who with aid from Virginia seized Kaskaskia and Vincennes and secured
  13248. the whole Northwest to the union while the fate of Washington's army was
  13249. still hanging in the balance.
  13250.  
  13251. =Western Problems at the End of the Revolution.=--The treaty of peace,
  13252. signed with Great Britain in 1783, brought the definite cession of the
  13253. coveted territory west to the Mississippi River, but it left unsolved
  13254. many problems. In the first place, tribes of resentful Indians in the
  13255. Ohio region, even though British support was withdrawn at last, had to
  13256. be reckoned with; and it was not until after the establishment of the
  13257. federal Constitution that a well-equipped army could be provided to
  13258. guarantee peace on the border. In the second place, British garrisons
  13259. still occupied forts on Lake Erie pending the execution of the terms of
  13260. the treaty of 1783--terms which were not fulfilled until after the
  13261. ratification of the Jay treaty twelve years later. In the third place,
  13262. Virginia, Connecticut, and Massachusetts had conflicting claims to the
  13263. land in the Northwest based on old English charters and Indian treaties.
  13264. It was only after a bitter contest that the states reached an agreement
  13265. to transfer their rights to the government of the United States,
  13266. Virginia executing her deed of cession on March 1, 1784. In the fourth
  13267. place, titles to lands bought by individuals remained uncertain in the
  13268. absence of official maps and records. To meet this last situation,
  13269. Congress instituted a systematic survey of the Ohio country, laying it
  13270. out into townships, sections of 640 acres each, and quarter sections. In
  13271. every township one section of land was set aside for the support of
  13272. public schools.
  13273.  
  13274. =The Northwest Ordinance.=--The final problem which had to be solved
  13275. before settlement on a large scale could be begun was that of governing
  13276. the territory. Pioneers who looked with hungry eyes on the fertile
  13277. valley of the Ohio could hardly restrain their impatience. Soldiers of
  13278. the Revolution, who had been paid for their services in land warrants
  13279. entitling them to make entries in the West, called for action.
  13280.  
  13281. Congress answered by passing in 1787 the famous Northwest Ordinance
  13282. providing for temporary territorial government to be followed by the
  13283. creation of a popular assembly as soon as there were five thousand free
  13284. males in any district. Eventual admission to the union on an equal
  13285. footing with the original states was promised to the new territories.
  13286. Religious freedom was guaranteed. The safeguards of trial by jury,
  13287. regular judicial procedure, and _habeas corpus_ were established, in order
  13288. that the methods of civilized life might take the place of the
  13289. rough-and-ready justice of lynch law. During the course of the debate on
  13290. the Ordinance, Congress added the sixth article forbidding slavery and
  13291. involuntary servitude.
  13292.  
  13293. This Charter of the Northwest, so well planned by the Congress under the
  13294. Articles of Confederation, was continued in force by the first Congress
  13295. under the Constitution in 1789. The following year its essential
  13296. provisions, except the ban on slavery, were applied to the territory
  13297. south of the Ohio, ceded by North Carolina to the national government,
  13298. and in 1798 to the Mississippi territory, once held by Georgia. Thus it
  13299. was settled for all time that "the new colonies were not to be exploited
  13300. for the benefit of the parent states (any more than for the benefit of
  13301. England) but were to be autonomous and coordinate commonwealths." This
  13302. outcome, bitterly opposed by some Eastern leaders who feared the triumph
  13303. of Western states over the seaboard, completed the legal steps necessary
  13304. by way of preparation for the flood of settlers.
  13305.  
  13306. =The Land Companies, Speculators, and Western Land Tenure.=--As in the
  13307. original settlement of America, so in the opening of the West, great
  13308. companies and single proprietors of large grants early figured. In 1787
  13309. the Ohio Land Company, a New England concern, acquired a million and a
  13310. half acres on the Ohio and began operations by planting the town of
  13311. Marietta. A professional land speculator, J.C. Symmes, secured a million
  13312. acres lower down where the city of Cincinnati was founded. Other
  13313. individuals bought up soldiers' claims and so acquired enormous holdings
  13314. for speculative purposes. Indeed, there was such a rush to make fortunes
  13315. quickly through the rise in land values that Washington was moved to cry
  13316. out against the "rage for speculating in and forestalling of land on the
  13317. North West of the Ohio," protesting that "scarce a valuable spot within
  13318. any tolerable distance of it is left without a claimant." He therefore
  13319. urged Congress to fix a reasonable price for the land, not "too
  13320. exorbitant and burdensome for real occupiers, but high enough to
  13321. discourage monopolizers."
  13322.  
  13323. Congress, however, was not prepared to use the public domain for the
  13324. sole purpose of developing a body of small freeholders in the West. It
  13325. still looked upon the sale of public lands as an important source of
  13326. revenue with which to pay off the public debt; consequently it thought
  13327. more of instant income than of ultimate results. It placed no limit on
  13328. the amount which could be bought when it fixed the price at $2 an acre
  13329. in 1796, and it encouraged the professional land operator by making the
  13330. first installment only twenty cents an acre in addition to the small
  13331. registration and survey fee. On such terms a speculator with a few
  13332. thousand dollars could get possession of an enormous plot of land. If he
  13333. was fortunate in disposing of it, he could meet the installments, which
  13334. were spread over a period of four years, and make a handsome profit for
  13335. himself. Even when the credit or installment feature was abolished in
  13336. 1821 and the price of the land lowered to a cash price of $1.75 an acre,
  13337. the opportunity for large speculative purchases continued to attract
  13338. capital to land ventures.
  13339.  
  13340. =The Development of the Small Freehold.=--The cheapness of land and the
  13341. scarcity of labor, nevertheless, made impossible the triumph of the huge
  13342. estate with its semi-servile tenantry. For about $45 a man could get a
  13343. farm of 160 acres on the installment plan; another payment of $80 was
  13344. due in forty days; but a four-year term was allowed for the discharge of
  13345. the balance. With a capital of from two to three hundred dollars a
  13346. family could embark on a land venture. If it had good crops, it could
  13347. meet the deferred payments. It was, however, a hard battle at best. Many
  13348. a man forfeited his land through failure to pay the final installment;
  13349. yet in the end, in spite of all the handicaps, the small freehold of a
  13350. few hundred acres at most became the typical unit of Western
  13351. agriculture, except in the planting states of the Gulf. Even the lands
  13352. of the great companies were generally broken up and sold in small lots.
  13353.  
  13354. The tendency toward moderate holdings, so favored by Western conditions,
  13355. was also promoted by a clause in the Northwest Ordinance declaring that
  13356. the land of any person dying intestate--that is, without any will
  13357. disposing of it--should be divided equally among his descendants.
  13358. Hildreth says of this provision: "It established the important
  13359. republican principle, not then introduced into all the states, of the
  13360. equal distribution of landed as well as personal property." All these
  13361. forces combined made the wide dispersion of wealth, in the early days of
  13362. the nineteenth century, an American characteristic, in marked contrast
  13363. with the European system of family prestige and vast estates based on
  13364. the law of primogeniture.
  13365.  
  13366.  
  13367. THE WESTERN MIGRATION AND NEW STATES
  13368.  
  13369. =The People.=--With government established, federal arms victorious over
  13370. the Indians, and the lands surveyed for sale, the way was prepared for
  13371. the immigrants. They came with a rush. Young New Englanders, weary of
  13372. tilling the stony soil of their native states, poured through New York
  13373. and Pennsylvania, some settling on the northern bank of the Ohio but
  13374. most of them in the Lake region. Sons and daughters of German farmers in
  13375. Pennsylvania and many a redemptioner who had discharged his bond of
  13376. servitude pressed out into Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee, or beyond. From
  13377. the exhausted fields and the clay hills of the Southern states came
  13378. pioneers of English and Scotch-Irish descent, the latter in great
  13379. numbers. Indeed one historian of high authority has ventured to say that
  13380. "the rapid expansion of the United States from a coast strip to a
  13381. continental area is largely a Scotch-Irish achievement." While native
  13382. Americans of mixed stocks led the way into the West, it was not long
  13383. before immigrants direct from Europe, under the stimulus of company
  13384. enterprise, began to filter into the new settlements in increasing
  13385. numbers.
  13386.  
  13387. The types of people were as various as the nations they represented.
  13388. Timothy Flint, who published his entertaining _Recollections_ in 1826,
  13389. found the West a strange mixture of all sorts and conditions of people.
  13390. Some of them, he relates, had been hunters in the upper world of the
  13391. Mississippi, above the falls of St. Anthony. Some had been still farther
  13392. north, in Canada. Still others had wandered from the South--the Gulf of
  13393. Mexico, the Red River, and the Spanish country. French boatmen and
  13394. trappers, Spanish traders from the Southwest, Virginia planters with
  13395. their droves of slaves mingled with English, German, and Scotch-Irish
  13396. farmers. Hunters, forest rangers, restless bordermen, and squatters,
  13397. like the foaming combers of an advancing tide, went first. Then followed
  13398. the farmers, masters of the ax and plow, with their wives who shared
  13399. every burden and hardship and introduced some of the features of
  13400. civilized life. The hunters and rangers passed on to new scenes; the
  13401. home makers built for all time.
  13402.  
  13403. =The Number of Immigrants.=--There were no official stations on the
  13404. frontier to record the number of immigrants who entered the West during
  13405. the decades following the American Revolution. But travelers of the time
  13406. record that every road was "crowded" with pioneers and their families,
  13407. their wagons and cattle; and that they were seldom out of the sound of
  13408. the snapping whip of the teamster urging forward his horses or the crack
  13409. of the hunter's rifle as he brought down his evening meal. "During the
  13410. latter half of 1787," says Coman, "more than nine hundred boats floated
  13411. down the Ohio carrying eighteen thousand men, women, and children, and
  13412. twelve thousand horses, sheep, and cattle, and six hundred and fifty
  13413. wagons." Other lines of travel were also crowded and with the passing
  13414. years the flooding tide of home seekers rose higher and higher.
  13415.  
  13416. =The Western Routes.=--Four main routes led into the country beyond the
  13417. Appalachians. The Genesee road, beginning at Albany, ran almost due west
  13418. to the present site of Buffalo on Lake Erie, through a level country. In
  13419. the dry season, wagons laden with goods could easily pass along it into
  13420. northern Ohio. A second route, through Pittsburgh, was fed by three
  13421. eastern branches, one starting at Philadelphia, one at Baltimore, and
  13422. another at Alexandria. A third main route wound through the mountains
  13423. from Alexandria to Boonesboro in Kentucky and then westward across the
  13424. Ohio to St. Louis. A fourth, the most famous of them all, passed through
  13425. the Cumberland Gap and by branches extended into the Cumberland valley
  13426. and the Kentucky country.
  13427.  
  13428. Of these four lines of travel, the Pittsburgh route offered the most
  13429. advantages. Pioneers, no matter from what section they came, when once
  13430. they were on the headwaters of the Ohio and in possession of a flatboat,
  13431. could find a quick and easy passage into all parts of the West and
  13432. Southwest. Whether they wanted to settle in Ohio, Kentucky, or western
  13433. Tennessee they could find their way down the drifting flood to their
  13434. destination or at least to some spot near it. Many people from the South
  13435. as well as the Northern and Middle states chose this route; so it came
  13436. about that the sons and daughters of Virginia and the Carolinas mingled
  13437. with those of New York, Pennsylvania, and New England in the settlement
  13438. of the Northwest territory.
  13439.  
  13440. =The Methods of Travel into the West.=--Many stories giving exact
  13441. descriptions of methods of travel into the West in the early days have
  13442. been preserved. The country was hardly opened before visitors from the
  13443. Old World and from the Eastern states, impelled by curiosity, made their
  13444. way to the very frontier of civilization and wrote books to inform or
  13445. amuse the public. One of them, Gilbert Imlay, an English traveler, has
  13446. given us an account of the Pittsburgh route as he found it in 1791. "If
  13447. a man ... " he writes, "has a family or goods of any sort to remove, his
  13448. best way, then, would be to purchase a waggon and team of horses to
  13449. carry his property to Redstone Old Fort or to Pittsburgh, according as
  13450. he may come from the Northern or Southern states. A good waggon will
  13451. cost, at Philadelphia, about $10 ... and the horses about $12 each; they
  13452. would cost something more both at Baltimore and Alexandria. The waggon
  13453. may be covered with canvass, and if it is the choice of the people, they
  13454. may sleep in it of nights with the greatest safety. But if they dislike
  13455. that, there are inns of accommodation the whole distance on the
  13456. different roads.... The provisions I would purchase in the same manner
  13457. [that is, from the farmers along the road]; and by having two or three
  13458. camp kettles and stopping every evening when the weather is fine upon
  13459. the brink of some rivulet and by kindling a fire they may soon dress
  13460. their own food.... This manner of journeying is so far from being
  13461. disagreeable that in a fine season it is extremely pleasant." The
  13462. immigrant once at Pittsburgh or Wheeling could then buy a flatboat of a
  13463. size required for his goods and stock, and drift down the current to his
  13464. journey's end.
  13465.  
  13466. [Illustration: ROADS AND TRAILS INTO THE WESTERN TERRITORY]
  13467.  
  13468. =The Admission of Kentucky and Tennessee.=--When the eighteenth century
  13469. drew to a close, Kentucky had a population larger than Delaware, Rhode
  13470. Island, or New Hampshire. Tennessee claimed 60,000 inhabitants. In 1792
  13471. Kentucky took her place as a state beside her none too kindly parent,
  13472. Virginia. The Eastern Federalists resented her intrusion; but they took
  13473. some consolation in the admission of Vermont because the balance of
  13474. Eastern power was still retained.
  13475.  
  13476. As if to assert their independence of old homes and conservative ideas
  13477. the makers of Kentucky's first constitution swept aside the landed
  13478. qualification on the suffrage and gave the vote to all free white males.
  13479. Four years later, Kentucky's neighbor to the south, Tennessee, followed
  13480. this step toward a wider democracy. After encountering fierce opposition
  13481. from the Federalists, Tennessee was accepted as the sixteenth state.
  13482.  
  13483. =Ohio.=--The door of the union had hardly opened for Tennessee when
  13484. another appeal was made to Congress, this time from the pioneers in
  13485. Ohio. The little posts founded at Marietta and Cincinnati had grown into
  13486. flourishing centers of trade. The stream of immigrants, flowing down the
  13487. river, added daily to their numbers and the growing settlements all
  13488. around poured produce into their markets to be exchanged for "store
  13489. goods." After the Indians were disposed of in 1794 and the last British
  13490. soldier left the frontier forts under the terms of the Jay treaty of
  13491. 1795, tiny settlements of families appeared on Lake Erie in the "Western
  13492. Reserve," a region that had been retained by Connecticut when she
  13493. surrendered her other rights in the Northwest.
  13494.  
  13495. At the close of the century, Ohio, claiming a population of more than
  13496. 50,000, grew discontented with its territorial status. Indeed, two years
  13497. before the enactment of the Northwest Ordinance, squatters in that
  13498. region had been invited by one John Emerson to hold a convention after
  13499. the fashion of the men of Hartford, Windsor, and Wethersfield in old
  13500. Connecticut and draft a frame of government for themselves. This true
  13501. son of New England declared that men "have an undoubted right to pass
  13502. into every vacant country and there to form their constitution and that
  13503. from the confederation of the whole United States Congress is not
  13504. empowered to forbid them." This grand convention was never held because
  13505. the heavy hand of the government fell upon the leaders; but the spirit
  13506. of John Emerson did not perish. In November, 1802, a convention chosen
  13507. by voters, assembled under the authority of Congress at Chillicothe,
  13508. drew up a constitution. It went into force after a popular ratification.
  13509. The roll of the convention bore such names as Abbot, Baldwin, Cutler,
  13510. Huntington, Putnam, and Sargent, and the list of counties from which
  13511. they came included Adams, Fairfield, Hamilton, Jefferson, Trumbull, and
  13512. Washington, showing that the new America in the West was peopled and led
  13513. by the old stock. In 1803 Ohio was admitted to the union.
  13514.  
  13515. =Indiana and Illinois.=--As in the neighboring state, the frontier in
  13516. Indiana advanced northward from the Ohio, mainly under the leadership,
  13517. however, of settlers from the South--restless Kentuckians hoping for
  13518. better luck in a newer country and pioneers from the far frontiers of
  13519. Virginia and North Carolina. As soon as a tier of counties swinging
  13520. upward like the horns of the moon against Ohio on the east and in the
  13521. Wabash Valley on the west was fairly settled, a clamor went up for
  13522. statehood. Under the authority of an act of Congress in 1816 the
  13523. Indianians drafted a constitution and inaugurated their government at
  13524. Corydon. "The majority of the members of the convention," we are told by
  13525. a local historian, "were frontier farmers who had a general idea of what
  13526. they wanted and had sense enough to let their more erudite colleagues
  13527. put it into shape."
  13528.  
  13529. Two years later, the pioneers of Illinois, also settled upward from the
  13530. Ohio, like Indiana, elected their delegates to draft a constitution.
  13531. Leadership in the convention, quite properly, was taken by a man born in
  13532. New York and reared in Tennessee; and the constitution as finally
  13533. drafted "was in its principal provisions a copy of the then existing
  13534. constitutions of Kentucky, Ohio, and Indiana.... Many of the articles
  13535. are exact copies in wording although differently arranged and
  13536. numbered."
  13537.  
  13538. =Louisiana, Mississippi, and Alabama.=--Across the Mississippi to the
  13539. far south, clearing and planting had gone on with much bustle and
  13540. enterprise. The cotton and sugar lands of Louisiana, opened by French
  13541. and Spanish settlers, were widened in every direction by planters with
  13542. their armies of slaves from the older states. New Orleans, a good market
  13543. and a center of culture not despised even by the pioneer, grew apace. In
  13544. 1810 the population of lower Louisiana was over 75,000. The time had
  13545. come, said the leaders of the people, to fulfill the promise made to
  13546. France in the treaty of cession; namely, to grant to the inhabitants of
  13547. the territory statehood and the rights of American citizens. Federalists
  13548. from New England still having a voice in Congress, if somewhat weaker,
  13549. still protested in tones of horror. "I am compelled to declare it as my
  13550. deliberate opinion," pronounced Josiah Quincy in the House of
  13551. Representatives, "that if this bill [to admit Louisiana] passes, the
  13552. bonds of this Union are virtually dissolved ... that as it will be the
  13553. right of all, so it will be the duty of some [states] to prepare
  13554. definitely for a separation; amicably if they can, violently if they
  13555. must.... It is a death blow to the Constitution. It may afterwards
  13556. linger; but lingering, its fate will, at no very distant period, be
  13557. consummated." Federalists from New York like those from New England had
  13558. their doubts about the wisdom of admitting Western states; but the party
  13559. of Jefferson and Madison, having the necessary majority, granted the
  13560. coveted statehood to Louisiana in 1812.
  13561.  
  13562. When, a few years later, Mississippi and Alabama knocked at the doors of
  13563. the union, the Federalists had so little influence, on account of their
  13564. conduct during the second war with England, that spokesmen from the
  13565. Southwest met a kindlier reception at Washington. Mississippi, in 1817,
  13566. and Alabama, in 1819, took their places among the United States of
  13567. America. Both of them, while granting white manhood suffrage, gave their
  13568. constitutions the tone of the old East by providing landed
  13569. qualifications for the governor and members of the legislature.
  13570.  
  13571. =Missouri.=--Far to the north in the Louisiana purchase, a new
  13572. commonwealth was rising to power. It was peopled by immigrants who came
  13573. down the Ohio in fleets of boats or crossed the Mississippi from
  13574. Kentucky and Tennessee. Thrifty Germans from Pennsylvania, hardy farmers
  13575. from Virginia ready to work with their own hands, freemen seeking
  13576. freemen's homes, planters with their slaves moving on from worn-out
  13577. fields on the seaboard, came together in the widening settlements of the
  13578. Missouri country. Peoples from the North and South flowed together,
  13579. small farmers and big planters mingling in one community. When their
  13580. numbers had reached sixty thousand or more, they precipitated a contest
  13581. over their admission to the union, "ringing an alarm bell in the night,"
  13582. as Jefferson phrased it. The favorite expedient of compromise with
  13583. slavery was brought forth in Congress once more. Maine consequently was
  13584. brought into the union without slavery and Missouri with slavery. At the
  13585. same time there was drawn westward through the rest of the Louisiana
  13586. territory a line separating servitude from slavery.
  13587.  
  13588.  
  13589. THE SPIRIT OF THE FRONTIER
  13590.  
  13591. =Land Tenure and Liberty.=--Over an immense western area there developed
  13592. an unbroken system of freehold farms. In the Gulf states and the lower
  13593. Mississippi Valley, it is true, the planter with his many slaves even
  13594. led in the pioneer movement; but through large sections of Tennessee and
  13595. Kentucky, as well as upper Georgia and Alabama, and all throughout the
  13596. Northwest territory the small farmer reigned supreme. In this immense
  13597. dominion there sprang up a civilization without caste or class--a body
  13598. of people all having about the same amount of this world's goods and
  13599. deriving their livelihood from one source: the labor of their own hands
  13600. on the soil. The Northwest territory alone almost equaled in area all
  13601. the original thirteen states combined, except Georgia, and its system of
  13602. agricultural economy was unbroken by plantations and feudal estates. "In
  13603. the subdivision of the soil and the great equality of condition," as
  13604. Webster said on more than one occasion, "lay the true basis, most
  13605. certainly, of popular government." There was the undoubted source of
  13606. Jacksonian democracy.
  13607.  
  13608. [Illustration: A LOG CABIN--LINCOLN'S BIRTHPLACE]
  13609.  
  13610. =The Characteristics of the Western People.=--Travelers into the
  13611. Northwest during the early years of the nineteenth century were agreed
  13612. that the people of that region were almost uniformly marked by the
  13613. characteristics common to an independent yeomanry. A close observer thus
  13614. recorded his impressions: "A spirit of adventurous enterprise, a
  13615. willingness to go through any hardship to accomplish an object....
  13616. Independence of thought and action. They have felt the influence of
  13617. these principles from their childhood. Men who can endure anything; that
  13618. have lived almost without restraint, free as the mountain air or as the
  13619. deer and the buffalo of their forests, and who know they are Americans
  13620. all.... An apparent roughness which some would deem rudeness of
  13621. manner.... Where there is perfect equality in a neighborhood of people
  13622. who know little about each other's previous history or ancestry but
  13623. where each is lord of the soil he cultivates. Where a log cabin is all
  13624. that the best of families can expect to have for years and of course can
  13625. possess few of the external decorations which have so much influence in
  13626. creating a diversity of rank in society. These circumstances have laid
  13627. the foundation for that equality of intercourse, simplicity of manners,
  13628. want of deference, want of reserve, great readiness to make
  13629. acquaintances, freedom of speech, indisposition to brook real or
  13630. imaginary insults which one witnesses among people of the West."
  13631.  
  13632. This equality, this independence, this rudeness so often described by
  13633. the traveler as marking a new country, were all accentuated by the
  13634. character of the settlers themselves. Traces of the fierce, unsociable,
  13635. eagle-eyed, hard-drinking hunter remained. The settlers who followed the
  13636. hunter were, with some exceptions, soldiers of the Revolutionary army,
  13637. farmers of the "middling order," and mechanics from the towns,--English,
  13638. Scotch-Irish, Germans,--poor in possessions and thrown upon the labor of
  13639. their own hands for support. Sons and daughters from well-to-do Eastern
  13640. homes sometimes brought softer manners; but the equality of life and the
  13641. leveling force of labor in forest and field soon made them one in spirit
  13642. with their struggling neighbors. Even the preachers and teachers, who
  13643. came when the cabins were raised in the clearings and rude churches and
  13644. schoolhouses were built, preached sermons and taught lessons that
  13645. savored of the frontier, as any one may know who reads Peter
  13646. Cartwright's _A Muscular Christian_ or Eggleston's _The Hoosier
  13647. Schoolmaster_.
  13648.  
  13649.  
  13650. THE WEST AND THE EAST MEET
  13651.  
  13652. =The East Alarmed.=--A people so independent as the Westerners and so
  13653. attached to local self-government gave the conservative East many a rude
  13654. shock, setting gentlemen in powdered wigs and knee breeches agog with
  13655. the idea that terrible things might happen in the Mississippi Valley.
  13656. Not without good grounds did Washington fear that "a touch of a feather
  13657. would turn" the Western settlers away from the seaboard to the
  13658. Spaniards; and seriously did he urge the East not to neglect them, lest
  13659. they be "drawn into the arms of, or be dependent upon foreigners."
  13660. Taking advantage of the restless spirit in the Southwest, Aaron Burr,
  13661. having disgraced himself by killing Alexander Hamilton in a duel, laid
  13662. wild plans, if not to bring about a secession in that region, at least
  13663. to build a state of some kind out of the Spanish dominions adjoining
  13664. Louisiana. Frightened at such enterprises and fearing the dominance of
  13665. the West, the Federalists, with a few conspicuous exceptions, opposed
  13666. equality between the sections. Had their narrow views prevailed, the
  13667. West, with its new democracy, would have been held in perpetual tutelage
  13668. to the seaboard or perhaps been driven into independence as the thirteen
  13669. colonies had been not long before.
  13670.  
  13671. =Eastern Friends of the West.=--Fortunately for the nation, there were
  13672. many Eastern leaders, particularly from the South, who understood the
  13673. West, approved its spirit, and sought to bring the two sections together
  13674. by common bonds. Washington kept alive and keen the zeal for Western
  13675. advancement which he acquired in his youth as a surveyor. He never grew
  13676. tired of urging upon his Eastern friends the importance of the lands
  13677. beyond the mountains. He pressed upon the governor of Virginia a project
  13678. for a wagon road connecting the seaboard with the Ohio country and was
  13679. active in a movement to improve the navigation of the Potomac. He
  13680. advocated strengthening the ties of commerce. "Smooth the roads," he
  13681. said, "and make easy the way for them, and then see what an influx of
  13682. articles will be poured upon us; how amazingly our exports will be
  13683. increased by them; and how amply we shall be compensated for any trouble
  13684. and expense we may encounter to effect it." Jefferson, too, was
  13685. interested in every phase of Western development--the survey of lands,
  13686. the exploration of waterways, the opening of trade, and even the
  13687. discovery of the bones of prehistoric animals. Robert Fulton, the
  13688. inventor of the steamboat, was another man of vision who for many years
  13689. pressed upon his countrymen the necessity of uniting East and West by a
  13690. canal which would cement the union, raise the value of the public lands,
  13691. and extend the principles of confederate and republican government.
  13692.  
  13693. =The Difficulties of Early Transportation.=--Means of communication
  13694. played an important part in the strategy of all those who sought to
  13695. bring together the seaboard and the frontier. The produce of the
  13696. West--wheat, corn, bacon, hemp, cattle, and tobacco--was bulky and the
  13697. cost of overland transportation was prohibitive. In the Eastern market,
  13698. "a cow and her calf were given for a bushel of salt, while a suit of
  13699. 'store clothes' cost as much as a farm." In such circumstances, the
  13700. inhabitants of the Mississippi Valley were forced to ship their produce
  13701. over a long route by way of New Orleans and to pay high freight rates
  13702. for everything that was brought across the mountains. Scows of from five
  13703. to fifty tons were built at the towns along the rivers and piloted down
  13704. the stream to the Crescent City. In a few cases small ocean-going
  13705. vessels were built to transport goods to the West Indies or to the
  13706. Eastern coast towns. Salt, iron, guns, powder, and the absolute
  13707. essentials which the pioneers had to buy mainly in Eastern markets were
  13708. carried over narrow wagon trails that were almost impassable in the
  13709. rainy season.
  13710.  
  13711. =The National Road.=--To far-sighted men, like Albert Gallatin, "the
  13712. father of internal improvements," the solution of this problem was the
  13713. construction of roads and canals. Early in Jefferson's administration,
  13714. Congress dedicated a part of the proceeds from the sale of lands to
  13715. building highways from the headwaters of the navigable waters emptying
  13716. into the Atlantic to the Ohio River and beyond into the Northwest
  13717. territory. In 1806, after many misgivings, it authorized a great
  13718. national highway binding the East and the West. The Cumberland Road, as
  13719. it was called, began in northwestern Maryland, wound through southern
  13720. Pennsylvania, crossed the narrow neck of Virginia at Wheeling, and then
  13721. shot almost straight across Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois, into Missouri.
  13722. By 1817, stagecoaches were running between Washington and Wheeling; by
  13723. 1833 contractors had carried their work to Columbus, Ohio, and by 1852,
  13724. to Vandalia, Illinois. Over this ballasted road mail and passenger
  13725. coaches could go at high speed, and heavy freight wagons proceed in
  13726. safety at a steady pace.
  13727.  
  13728. [Illustration: THE CUMBERLAND ROAD]
  13729.  
  13730. =Canals and Steamboats.=--A second epoch in the economic union of the
  13731. East and West was reached with the opening of the Erie Canal in 1825,
  13732. offering an all-water route from New York City to the Great Lakes and
  13733. the Mississippi Valley. Pennsylvania, alarmed by the advantages
  13734. conferred on New York by this enterprise, began her system of canals and
  13735. portages from Philadelphia to Pittsburgh, completing the last link in
  13736. 1834. In the South, the Chesapeake and Ohio Company, chartered in 1825,
  13737. was busy with a project to connect Georgetown and Cumberland when
  13738. railways broke in upon the undertaking before it was half finished.
  13739. About the same time, Ohio built a canal across the state, affording
  13740. water communication between Lake Erie and the Ohio River through a rich
  13741. wheat belt. Passengers could now travel by canal boat into the West with
  13742. comparative ease and comfort, if not at a rapid speed, and the bulkiest
  13743. of freight could be easily handled. Moreover, the rate charged for
  13744. carrying goods was cut by the Erie Canal from $32 a ton per hundred
  13745. miles to $1. New Orleans was destined to lose her primacy in the
  13746. Mississippi Valley.
  13747.  
  13748. The diversion of traffic to Eastern markets was also stimulated by
  13749. steamboats which appeared on the Ohio about 1810, three years after
  13750. Fulton had made his famous trip on the Hudson. It took twenty men to
  13751. sail and row a five-ton scow up the river at a speed of from ten to
  13752. twenty miles a day. In 1825, Timothy Flint traveled a hundred miles a
  13753. day on the new steamer _Grecian_ "against the whole weight of the
  13754. Mississippi current." Three years later the round trip from Louisville
  13755. to New Orleans was cut to eight days. Heavy produce that once had to
  13756. float down to New Orleans could be carried upstream and sent to the East
  13757. by way of the canal systems.
  13758.  
  13759. [Illustration: _From an old print_
  13760.  
  13761. AN EARLY MISSISSIPPI STEAMBOAT]
  13762.  
  13763. Thus the far country was brought near. The timid no longer hesitated at
  13764. the thought of the perilous journey. All routes were crowded with
  13765. Western immigrants. The forests fell before the ax like grain before the
  13766. sickle. Clearings scattered through the woods spread out into a great
  13767. mosaic of farms stretching from the Southern Appalachians to Lake
  13768. Michigan. The national census of 1830 gave 937,000 inhabitants to Ohio;
  13769. 343,000 to Indiana; 157,000 to Illinois; 687,000 to Kentucky; and
  13770. 681,000 to Tennessee.
  13771.  
  13772. [Illustration: DISTRIBUTION OF POPULATION, 1830]
  13773.  
  13774. With the increase in population and the growth of agriculture came
  13775. political influence. People who had once petitioned Congress now sent
  13776. their own representatives. Men who had hitherto accepted without
  13777. protests Presidents from the seaboard expressed a new spirit of dissent
  13778. in 1824 by giving only three electoral votes for John Quincy Adams; and
  13779. four years later they sent a son of the soil from Tennessee, Andrew
  13780. Jackson, to take Washington's chair as chief executive of the
  13781. nation--the first of a long line of Presidents from the Mississippi
  13782. basin.
  13783.  
  13784.  
  13785. =References=
  13786.  
  13787. W.G. Brown, _The Lower South in American History_.
  13788.  
  13789. B.A. Hinsdale, _The Old North West_ (2 vols.).
  13790.  
  13791. A.B. Hulbert, _Great American Canals_ and _The Cumberland Road_.
  13792.  
  13793. T. Roosevelt, _Thomas H. Benton_.
  13794.  
  13795. P.J. Treat, _The National Land System_ (1785-1820).
  13796.  
  13797. F.J. Turner, _Rise of the New West_ (American Nation Series).
  13798.  
  13799. J. Winsor, _The Westward Movement_.
  13800.  
  13801.  
  13802. =Questions=
  13803.  
  13804. 1. How did the West come to play a role in the Revolution?
  13805.  
  13806. 2. What preparations were necessary to settlement?
  13807.  
  13808. 3. Give the principal provisions of the Northwest Ordinance.
  13809.  
  13810. 4. Explain how freehold land tenure happened to predominate in the West.
  13811.  
  13812. 5. Who were the early settlers in the West? What routes did they take?
  13813. How did they travel?
  13814.  
  13815. 6. Explain the Eastern opposition to the admission of new Western
  13816. states. Show how it was overcome.
  13817.  
  13818. 7. Trace a connection between the economic system of the West and the
  13819. spirit of the people.
  13820.  
  13821. 8. Who were among the early friends of Western development?
  13822.  
  13823. 9. Describe the difficulties of trade between the East and the West.
  13824.  
  13825. 10. Show how trade was promoted.
  13826.  
  13827.  
  13828. =Research Topics=
  13829.  
  13830. =Northwest Ordinance.=--Analysis of text in Macdonald, _Documentary
  13831. Source Book_. Roosevelt, _Winning of the West_, Vol. V, pp. 5-57.
  13832.  
  13833. =The West before the Revolution.=--Roosevelt, Vol. I.
  13834.  
  13835. =The West during the Revolution.=--Roosevelt, Vols. II and III.
  13836.  
  13837. =Tennessee.=--Roosevelt, Vol. V, pp. 95-119 and Vol. VI, pp. 9-87.
  13838.  
  13839. =The Cumberland Road.=--A.B. Hulbert, _The Cumberland Road_.
  13840.  
  13841. =Early Life in the Middle West.=--Callender, _Economic History of the
  13842. United States_, pp. 617-633; 636-641.
  13843.  
  13844. =Slavery in the Southwest.=--Callender, pp. 641-652.
  13845.  
  13846. =Early Land Policy.=--Callender, pp. 668-680.
  13847.  
  13848. =Westward Movement of Peoples.=--Roosevelt, Vol. IV, pp. 7-39.
  13849.  
  13850. Lists of books dealing with the early history of Western states are
  13851. given in Hart, Channing, and Turner, _Guide to the Study and Reading of
  13852. American History_ (rev. ed.), pp. 62-89.
  13853.  
  13854. =Kentucky.=--Roosevelt, Vol. IV, pp. 176-263.
  13855.  
  13856.  
  13857.  
  13858.  
  13859. CHAPTER XI
  13860.  
  13861. JACKSONIAN DEMOCRACY
  13862.  
  13863.  
  13864. The New England Federalists, at the Hartford convention, prophesied that
  13865. in time the West would dominate the East. "At the adoption of the
  13866. Constitution," they said, "a certain balance of power among the original
  13867. states was considered to exist, and there was at that time and yet is
  13868. among those parties a strong affinity between their great and general
  13869. interests. By the admission of these [new] states that balance has been
  13870. materially affected and unless the practice be modified must ultimately
  13871. be destroyed. The Southern states will first avail themselves of their
  13872. new confederates to govern the East, and finally the Western states,
  13873. multiplied in number, and augmented in population, will control the
  13874. interests of the whole." Strangely enough the fulfillment of this
  13875. prophecy was being prepared even in Federalist strongholds by the rise
  13876. of a new urban democracy that was to make common cause with the farmers
  13877. beyond the mountains.
  13878.  
  13879.  
  13880. THE DEMOCRATIC MOVEMENT IN THE EAST
  13881.  
  13882. =The Aristocratic Features of the Old Order.=--The Revolutionary
  13883. fathers, in setting up their first state constitutions, although they
  13884. often spoke of government as founded on the consent of the governed, did
  13885. not think that consistency required giving the vote to all adult males.
  13886. On the contrary they looked upon property owners as the only safe
  13887. "depositary" of political power. They went back to the colonial
  13888. tradition that related taxation and representation. This, they argued,
  13889. was not only just but a safeguard against the "excesses of democracy."
  13890.  
  13891. In carrying their theory into execution they placed taxpaying or
  13892. property qualifications on the right to vote. Broadly speaking, these
  13893. limitations fell into three classes. Three states, Pennsylvania (1776),
  13894. New Hampshire (1784), and Georgia (1798), gave the ballot to all who
  13895. paid taxes, without reference to the value of their property. Three,
  13896. Virginia, Delaware, and Rhode Island, clung firmly to the ancient
  13897. principles that only freeholders could be intrusted with electoral
  13898. rights. Still other states, while closely restricting the suffrage,
  13899. accepted the ownership of other things as well as land in fulfillment of
  13900. the requirements. In Massachusetts, for instance, the vote was granted
  13901. to all men who held land yielding an annual income of three pounds or
  13902. possessed other property worth sixty pounds.
  13903.  
  13904. The electors thus enfranchised, numerous as they were, owing to the wide
  13905. distribution of land, often suffered from a very onerous disability. In
  13906. many states they were able to vote only for persons of wealth because
  13907. heavy property qualifications were imposed on public officers. In New
  13908. Hampshire, the governor had to be worth five hundred pounds, one-half in
  13909. land; in Massachusetts, one thousand pounds, all freehold; in Maryland,
  13910. five thousand pounds, one thousand of which was freehold; in North
  13911. Carolina, one thousand pounds freehold; and in South Carolina, ten
  13912. thousand pounds freehold. A state senator in Massachusetts had to be the
  13913. owner of a freehold worth three hundred pounds or personal property
  13914. worth six hundred pounds; in New Jersey, one thousand pounds' worth of
  13915. property; in North Carolina, three hundred acres of land; in South
  13916. Carolina, two thousand pounds freehold. For members of the lower house
  13917. of the legislature lower qualifications were required.
  13918.  
  13919. In most of the states the suffrage or office holding or both were
  13920. further restricted by religious provisions. No single sect was powerful
  13921. enough to dominate after the Revolution, but, for the most part,
  13922. Catholics and Jews were either disfranchised or excluded from office.
  13923. North Carolina and Georgia denied the ballot to any one who was not a
  13924. Protestant. Delaware withheld it from all who did not believe in the
  13925. Trinity and the inspiration of the Scriptures. Massachusetts and
  13926. Maryland limited it to Christians. Virginia and New York, advanced for
  13927. their day, made no discrimination in government on account of religious
  13928. opinion.
  13929.  
  13930. =The Defense of the Old Order.=--It must not be supposed that property
  13931. qualifications were thoughtlessly imposed at the outset or considered of
  13932. little consequence in practice. In the beginning they were viewed as
  13933. fundamental. As towns grew in size and the number of landless citizens
  13934. increased, the restrictions were defended with even more vigor. In
  13935. Massachusetts, the great Webster upheld the rights of property in
  13936. government, saying: "It is entirely just that property should have its
  13937. due weight and consideration in political arrangements.... The
  13938. disastrous revolutions which the world has witnessed, those political
  13939. thunderstorms and earthquakes which have shaken the pillars of society
  13940. to their deepest foundations, have been revolutions against property."
  13941. In Pennsylvania, a leader in local affairs cried out against a plan to
  13942. remove the taxpaying limitation on the suffrage: "What does the delegate
  13943. propose? To place the vicious vagrant, the wandering Arabs, the Tartar
  13944. hordes of our large cities on the level with the virtuous and good man?"
  13945. In Virginia, Jefferson himself had first believed in property
  13946. qualifications and had feared with genuine alarm the "mobs of the great
  13947. cities." It was near the end of the eighteenth century before he
  13948. accepted the idea of manhood suffrage. Even then he was unable to
  13949. convince the constitution-makers of his own state. "It is not an idle
  13950. chimera of the brain," urged one of them, "that the possession of land
  13951. furnishes the strongest evidence of permanent, common interest with, and
  13952. attachment to, the community.... It is upon this foundation I wish to
  13953. place the right of suffrage. This is the best general standard which can
  13954. be resorted to for the purpose of determining whether the persons to be
  13955. invested with the right of suffrage are such persons as could be,
  13956. consistently with the safety and well-being of the community, intrusted
  13957. with the exercise of that right."
  13958.  
  13959. =Attacks on the Restricted Suffrage.=--The changing circumstances of
  13960. American life, however, soon challenged the rule of those with property.
  13961. Prominent among the new forces were the rising mercantile and business
  13962. interests. Where the freehold qualification was applied, business men
  13963. who did not own land were deprived of the vote and excluded from office.
  13964. In New York, for example, the most illiterate farmer who had one hundred
  13965. pounds' worth of land could vote for state senator and governor, while
  13966. the landless banker or merchant could not. It is not surprising,
  13967. therefore, to find business men taking the lead in breaking down
  13968. freehold limitations on the suffrage. The professional classes also were
  13969. interested in removing the barriers which excluded many of them from
  13970. public affairs. It was a schoolmaster, Thomas Dorr, who led the popular
  13971. uprising in Rhode Island which brought the exclusive rule by freeholders
  13972. to an end.
  13973.  
  13974. In addition to the business and professional classes, the mechanics of
  13975. the towns showed a growing hostility to a system of government that
  13976. generally barred them from voting or holding office. Though not
  13977. numerous, they had early begun to exercise an influence on the course of
  13978. public affairs. They had led the riots against the Stamp Act, overturned
  13979. King George's statue, and "crammed stamps down the throats of
  13980. collectors." When the state constitutions were framed they took a lively
  13981. interest, particularly in New York City and Philadelphia. In June, 1776,
  13982. the "mechanicks in union" in New York protested against putting the new
  13983. state constitution into effect without their approval, declaring that
  13984. the right to vote on the acceptance or rejection of a fundamental law
  13985. "is the birthright of every man to whatever state he may belong." Though
  13986. their petition was rejected, their spirit remained. When, a few years
  13987. later, the federal Constitution was being framed, the mechanics watched
  13988. the process with deep concern; they knew that one of its main objects
  13989. was to promote trade and commerce, affecting directly their daily bread.
  13990. During the struggle over ratification, they passed resolutions approving
  13991. its provisions and they often joined in parades organized to stir up
  13992. sentiment for the Constitution, even though they could not vote for
  13993. members of the state conventions and so express their will directly.
  13994. After the organization of trade unions they collided with the courts of
  13995. law and thus became interested in the election of judges and lawmakers.
  13996.  
  13997. Those who attacked the old system of class rule found a strong moral
  13998. support in the Declaration of Independence. Was it not said that all men
  13999. are created equal? Whoever runs may read. Was it not declared that
  14000. governments derive their just power from the consent of the governed?
  14001. That doctrine was applied with effect to George III and seemed
  14002. appropriate for use against the privileged classes of Massachusetts or
  14003. Virginia. "How do the principles thus proclaimed," asked the
  14004. non-freeholders of Richmond, in petitioning for the ballot, "accord with
  14005. the existing regulation of the suffrage? A regulation which, instead of
  14006. the equality nature ordains, creates an odious distinction between
  14007. members of the same community ... and vests in a favored class, not in
  14008. consideration of their public services but of their private possessions,
  14009. the highest of all privileges."
  14010.  
  14011. =Abolition of Property Qualifications.=--By many minor victories rather
  14012. than by any spectacular triumphs did the advocates of manhood suffrage
  14013. carry the day. Slight gains were made even during the Revolution or
  14014. shortly afterward. In Pennsylvania, the mechanics, by taking an active
  14015. part in the contest over the Constitution of 1776, were able to force
  14016. the qualification down to the payment of a small tax. Vermont came into
  14017. the union in 1792 without any property restrictions. In the same year
  14018. Delaware gave the vote to all men who paid taxes. Maryland, reckoned one
  14019. of the most conservative of states, embarked on the experiment of
  14020. manhood suffrage in 1809; and nine years later, Connecticut, equally
  14021. conservative, decided that all taxpayers were worthy of the ballot.
  14022.  
  14023. Five states, Massachusetts, New York, Virginia, Rhode Island, and North
  14024. Carolina, remained obdurate while these changes were going on around
  14025. them; finally they had to yield themselves. The last struggle in
  14026. Massachusetts took place in the constitutional convention of 1820. There
  14027. Webster, in the prime of his manhood, and John Adams, in the closing
  14028. years of his old age, alike protested against such radical innovations
  14029. as manhood suffrage. Their protests were futile. The property test was
  14030. abolished and a small tax-paying qualification was substituted. New York
  14031. surrendered the next year and, after trying some minor restrictions for
  14032. five years, went completely over to white manhood suffrage in 1826.
  14033. Rhode Island clung to her freehold qualification through thirty years of
  14034. agitation. Then Dorr's Rebellion, almost culminating in bloodshed,
  14035. brought about a reform in 1843 which introduced a slight tax-paying
  14036. qualification as an alternative to the freehold. Virginia and North
  14037. Carolina were still unconvinced. The former refused to abandon ownership
  14038. of land as the test for political rights until 1850 and the latter until
  14039. 1856. Although religious discriminations and property qualifications for
  14040. office holders were sometimes retained after the establishment of
  14041. manhood suffrage, they were usually abolished along with the monopoly of
  14042. government enjoyed by property owners and taxpayers.
  14043.  
  14044. [Illustration: THOMAS DORR AROUSING HIS FOLLOWERS]
  14045.  
  14046. At the end of the first quarter of the nineteenth century, the white
  14047. male industrial workers and the mechanics of the Northern cities, at
  14048. least, could lay aside the petition for the ballot and enjoy with the
  14049. free farmer a voice in the government of their common country.
  14050. "Universal democracy," sighed Carlyle, who was widely read in the United
  14051. States, "whatever we may think of it has declared itself the inevitable
  14052. fact of the days in which we live; and he who has any chance to instruct
  14053. or lead in these days must begin by admitting that ... Where no
  14054. government is wanted, save that of the parish constable, as in America
  14055. with its boundless soil, every man being able to find work and
  14056. recompense for himself, democracy may subsist; not elsewhere." Amid the
  14057. grave misgivings of the first generation of statesmen, America was
  14058. committed to the great adventure, in the populous towns of the East as
  14059. well as in the forests and fields of the West.
  14060.  
  14061.  
  14062. THE NEW DEMOCRACY ENTERS THE ARENA
  14063.  
  14064. The spirit of the new order soon had a pronounced effect on the
  14065. machinery of government and the practice of politics. The enfranchised
  14066. electors were not long in demanding for themselves a larger share in
  14067. administration.
  14068.  
  14069. =The Spoils System and Rotation in Office.=--First of all they wanted
  14070. office for themselves, regardless of their fitness. They therefore
  14071. extended the system of rewarding party workers with government
  14072. positions--a system early established in several states, notably New
  14073. York and Pennsylvania. Closely connected with it was the practice of
  14074. fixing short terms for officers and making frequent changes in
  14075. personnel. "Long continuance in office," explained a champion of this
  14076. idea in Pennsylvania in 1837, "unfits a man for the discharge of its
  14077. duties, by rendering him arbitrary and aristocratic, and tends to beget,
  14078. first life office, and then hereditary office, which leads to the
  14079. destruction of free government." The solution offered was the historic
  14080. doctrine of "rotation in office." At the same time the principle of
  14081. popular election was extended to an increasing number of officials who
  14082. had once been appointed either by the governor or the legislature. Even
  14083. geologists, veterinarians, surveyors, and other technical officers were
  14084. declared elective on the theory that their appointment "smacked of
  14085. monarchy."
  14086.  
  14087. =Popular Election of Presidential Electors.=--In a short time the spirit
  14088. of democracy, while playing havoc with the old order in state
  14089. government, made its way upward into the federal system. The framers of
  14090. the Constitution, bewildered by many proposals and unable to agree on
  14091. any single plan, had committed the choice of presidential electors to
  14092. the discretion of the state legislatures. The legislatures, in turn,
  14093. greedy of power, early adopted the practice of choosing the electors
  14094. themselves; but they did not enjoy it long undisturbed. Democracy,
  14095. thundering at their doors, demanded that they surrender the privilege to
  14096. the people. Reluctantly they yielded, sometimes granting popular
  14097. election and then withdrawing it. The drift was inevitable, and the
  14098. climax came with the advent of Jacksonian democracy. In 1824, Vermont,
  14099. New York, Delaware, South Carolina, Georgia, and Louisiana, though some
  14100. had experimented with popular election, still left the choice of
  14101. electors with the legislature. Eight years later South Carolina alone
  14102. held to the old practice. Popular election had become the final word.
  14103. The fanciful idea of an electoral college of "good and wise men,"
  14104. selected without passion or partisanship by state legislatures acting as
  14105. deliberative bodies, was exploded for all time; the election of the
  14106. nation's chief magistrate was committed to the tempestuous methods of
  14107. democracy.
  14108.  
  14109. =The Nominating Convention.=--As the suffrage was widened and the
  14110. popular choice of presidential electors extended, there arose a violent
  14111. protest against the methods used by the political parties in nominating
  14112. candidates. After the retirement of Washington, both the Republicans and
  14113. the Federalists found it necessary to agree upon their favorites before
  14114. the election, and they adopted a colonial device--the pre-election
  14115. caucus. The Federalist members of Congress held a conference and
  14116. selected their candidate, and the Republicans followed the example. In
  14117. a short time the practice of nominating by a "congressional caucus"
  14118. became a recognized institution. The election still remained with the
  14119. people; but the power of picking candidates for their approval passed
  14120. into the hands of a small body of Senators and Representatives.
  14121.  
  14122.  
  14123. A reaction against this was unavoidable. To friends of "the plain
  14124. people," like Andrew Jackson, it was intolerable, all the more so
  14125. because the caucus never favored him with the nomination. More
  14126. conservative men also found grave objections to it. They pointed out
  14127. that, whereas the Constitution intended the President to be an
  14128. independent officer, he had now fallen under the control of a caucus of
  14129. congressmen. The supremacy of the legislative branch had been obtained
  14130. by an extra-legal political device. To such objections were added
  14131. practical considerations. In 1824, when personal rivalry had taken the
  14132. place of party conflicts, the congressional caucus selected as the
  14133. candidate, William H. Crawford, of Georgia, a man of distinction but no
  14134. great popularity, passing by such an obvious hero as General Jackson.
  14135. The followers of the General were enraged and demanded nothing short of
  14136. the death of "King Caucus." Their clamor was effective. Under their
  14137. attacks, the caucus came to an ignominious end.
  14138.  
  14139. In place of it there arose in 1831 a new device, the national nominating
  14140. convention, composed of delegates elected by party voters for the sole
  14141. purpose of nominating candidates. Senators and Representatives were
  14142. still prominent in the party councils, but they were swamped by hundreds
  14143. of delegates "fresh from the people," as Jackson was wont to say. In
  14144. fact, each convention was made up mainly of office holders and office
  14145. seekers, and the new institution was soon denounced as vigorously as
  14146. King Caucus had been, particularly by statesmen who failed to obtain a
  14147. nomination. Still it grew in strength and by 1840 was firmly
  14148. established.
  14149.  
  14150. =The End of the Old Generation.=--In the election of 1824, the
  14151. representatives of the "aristocracy" made their last successful stand.
  14152. Until then the leadership by men of "wealth and talents" had been
  14153. undisputed. There had been five Presidents--Washington, John Adams,
  14154. Jefferson, Madison, and Monroe--all Eastern men brought up in prosperous
  14155. families with the advantages of culture which come from leisure and the
  14156. possession of life's refinements. None of them had ever been compelled
  14157. to work with his hands for a livelihood. Four of them had been
  14158. slaveholders. Jefferson was a philosopher, learned in natural science, a
  14159. master of foreign languages, a gentleman of dignity and grace of manner,
  14160. notwithstanding his studied simplicity. Madison, it was said, was armed
  14161. "with all the culture of his century." Monroe was a graduate of William
  14162. and Mary, a gentleman of the old school. Jefferson and his three
  14163. successors called themselves Republicans and professed a genuine faith
  14164. in the people but they were not "of the people" themselves; they were
  14165. not sons of the soil or the workshop. They were all men of "the grand
  14166.  
  14167. old order of society" who gave finish and style even to popular
  14168. government.
  14169.  
  14170. Monroe was the last of the Presidents belonging to the heroic epoch of
  14171. the Revolution. He had served in the war for independence, in the
  14172. Congress under the Articles of Confederation, and in official capacity
  14173. after the adoption of the Constitution. In short, he was of the age that
  14174. had wrought American independence and set the government afloat. With
  14175. his passing, leadership went to a new generation; but his successor,
  14176. John Quincy Adams, formed a bridge between the old and the new in that
  14177. he combined a high degree of culture with democratic sympathies.
  14178. Washington had died in 1799, preceded but a few months by Patrick Henry
  14179. and followed in four years by Samuel Adams. Hamilton had been killed in
  14180. a duel with Burr in 1804. Thomas Jefferson and John Adams were yet alive
  14181. in 1824 but they were soon to pass from the scene, reconciled at last,
  14182. full of years and honors. Madison was in dignified retirement, destined
  14183. to live long enough to protest against the doctrine of nullification
  14184. proclaimed by South Carolina before death carried him away at the ripe
  14185. old age of eighty-five.
  14186.  
  14187. =The Election of John Quincy Adams (1824).=--The campaign of 1824 marked
  14188. the end of the "era of good feeling" inaugurated by the collapse of the
  14189. Federalist party after the election of 1816. There were four leading
  14190. candidates, John Quincy Adams, Andrew Jackson, Henry Clay, and W.H.
  14191. Crawford. The result of the election was a division of the electoral
  14192. votes into four parts and no one received a majority. Under the
  14193. Constitution, therefore, the selection of President passed to the House
  14194. of Representatives. Clay, who stood at the bottom of the poll, threw his
  14195. weight to Adams and assured his triumph, much to the chagrin of
  14196. Jackson's friends. They thought, with a certain justification, that
  14197. inasmuch as the hero of New Orleans had received the largest electoral
  14198. vote, the House was morally bound to accept the popular judgment and
  14199. make him President. Jackson shook hands cordially with Adams on the day
  14200. of the inauguration, but never forgave him for being elected.
  14201.  
  14202. While Adams called himself a Republican in politics and often spoke of
  14203. "the rule of the people," he was regarded by Jackson's followers as "an
  14204. aristocrat." He was not a son of the soil. Neither was he acquainted at
  14205. first hand with the labor of farmers and mechanics. He had been educated
  14206. at Harvard and in Europe. Like his illustrious father, John Adams, he
  14207. was a stern and reserved man, little given to seeking popularity.
  14208. Moreover, he was from the East and the frontiersmen of the West regarded
  14209. him as a man "born with a silver spoon in his mouth." Jackson's
  14210. supporters especially disliked him because they thought their hero
  14211. entitled to the presidency. Their anger was deepened when Adams
  14212. appointed Clay to the office of Secretary of State; and they set up a
  14213. cry that there had been a "deal" by which Clay had helped to elect Adams
  14214. to get office for himself.
  14215.  
  14216. Though Adams conducted his administration with great dignity and in a
  14217. fine spirit of public service, he was unable to overcome the opposition
  14218. which he encountered on his election to office or to win popularity in
  14219. the West and South. On the contrary, by advocating government assistance
  14220. in building roads and canals and public grants in aid of education,
  14221. arts, and sciences, he ran counter to the current which had set in
  14222. against appropriations of federal funds for internal improvements. By
  14223. signing the Tariff Bill of 1828, soon known as the "Tariff of
  14224. Abominations," he made new enemies without adding to his friends in New
  14225. York, Pennsylvania, and Ohio where he sorely needed them. Handicapped by
  14226. the false charge that he had been a party to a "corrupt bargain" with
  14227. Clay to secure his first election; attacked for his advocacy of a high
  14228. protective tariff; charged with favoring an "aristocracy of
  14229. office-holders" in Washington on account of his refusal to discharge
  14230. government clerks by the wholesale, Adams was retired from the White
  14231. House after he had served four years.
  14232.  
  14233. =The Triumph of Jackson in 1828.=--Probably no candidate for the
  14234. presidency ever had such passionate popular support as Andrew Jackson
  14235. had in 1828. He was truly a man of the people. Born of poor parents in
  14236. the upland region of South Carolina, schooled in poverty and adversity,
  14237. without the advantages of education or the refinements of cultivated
  14238. leisure, he seemed the embodiment of the spirit of the new American
  14239. democracy. Early in his youth he had gone into the frontier of Tennessee
  14240. where he soon won a name as a fearless and intrepid Indian fighter. On
  14241. the march and in camp, he endeared himself to his men by sharing their
  14242. hardships, sleeping on the ground with them, and eating parched corn
  14243. when nothing better could be found for the privates. From local
  14244. prominence he sprang into national fame by his exploit at the battle of
  14245. New Orleans. His reputation as a military hero was enhanced by the
  14246. feeling that he had been a martyr to political treachery in 1824. The
  14247. farmers of the West and South claimed him as their own. The mechanics of
  14248. the Eastern cities, newly enfranchised, also looked upon him as their
  14249. friend. Though his views on the tariff, internal improvements, and other
  14250. issues before the country were either vague or unknown, he was readily
  14251. elected President.
  14252.  
  14253. The returns of the electoral vote in 1828 revealed the sources of
  14254. Jackson's power. In New England, he received but one ballot, from
  14255. Maine; he had a majority of the electors in New York and all of them in
  14256. Pennsylvania; and he carried every state south of Maryland and beyond
  14257. the Appalachians. Adams did not get a single electoral vote in the South
  14258. and West. The prophecy of the Hartford convention had been fulfilled.
  14259.  
  14260. [Illustration: ANDREW JACKSON]
  14261.  
  14262. When Jackson took the oath of office on March 4, 1829, the government of
  14263. the United States entered into a new era. Until this time the
  14264. inauguration of a President--even that of Jefferson, the apostle of
  14265. simplicity--had brought no rude shock to the course of affairs at the
  14266. capital. Hitherto the installation of a President meant that an
  14267. old-fashioned gentleman, accompanied by a few servants, had driven to
  14268. the White House in his own coach, taken the oath with quiet dignity,
  14269. appointed a few new men to the higher posts, continued in office the
  14270. long list of regular civil employees, and begun his administration with
  14271. respectable decorum. Jackson changed all this. When he was inaugurated,
  14272. men and women journeyed hundreds of miles to witness the ceremony. Great
  14273. throngs pressed into the White House, "upset the bowls of punch, broke
  14274. the glasses, and stood with their muddy boots on the satin-covered
  14275. chairs to see the people's President." If Jefferson's inauguration was,
  14276. as he called it, the "great revolution," Jackson's inauguration was a
  14277. cataclysm.
  14278.  
  14279.  
  14280. THE NEW DEMOCRACY AT WASHINGTON
  14281.  
  14282. =The Spoils System.=--The staid and respectable society of Washington
  14283. was disturbed by this influx of farmers and frontiersmen. To speak of
  14284. politics became "bad form" among fashionable women. The clerks and
  14285. civil servants of the government who had enjoyed long and secure tenure
  14286. of office became alarmed at the clamor of new men for their positions.
  14287. Doubtless the major portion of them had opposed the election of Jackson
  14288. and looked with feelings akin to contempt upon him and his followers.
  14289. With a hunter's instinct, Jackson scented his prey. Determined to have
  14290. none but his friends in office, he made a clean sweep, expelling old
  14291. employees to make room for men "fresh from the people." This was a new
  14292. custom. Other Presidents had discharged a few officers for engaging in
  14293. opposition politics. They had been careful in making appointments not to
  14294. choose inveterate enemies; but they discharged relatively few men on
  14295. account of their political views and partisan activities.
  14296.  
  14297. By wholesale removals and the frank selection of officers on party
  14298. grounds--a practice already well intrenched in New York--Jackson
  14299. established the "spoils system" at Washington. The famous slogan, "to
  14300. the victor belong the spoils of victory," became the avowed principle of
  14301. the national government. Statesmen like Calhoun denounced it; poets like
  14302. James Russell Lowell ridiculed it; faithful servants of the government
  14303. suffered under it; but it held undisturbed sway for half a century
  14304. thereafter, each succeeding generation outdoing, if possible, its
  14305. predecessor in the use of public office for political purposes. If any
  14306. one remarked that training and experience were necessary qualifications
  14307. for important public positions, he met Jackson's own profession of
  14308. faith: "The duties of any public office are so simple or admit of being
  14309. made so simple that any man can in a short time become master of them."
  14310.  
  14311. =The Tariff and Nullification.=--Jackson had not been installed in power
  14312. very long before he was compelled to choose between states' rights and
  14313. nationalism. The immediate occasion of the trouble was the tariff--a
  14314. matter on which Jackson did not have any very decided views. His mind
  14315. did not run naturally to abstruse economic questions; and owing to the
  14316. divided opinion of the country it was "good politics" to be vague and
  14317. ambiguous in the controversy. Especially was this true, because the
  14318. tariff issue was threatening to split the country into parties again.
  14319.  
  14320. _The Development of the Policy of "Protection."_--The war of 1812 and
  14321. the commercial policies of England which followed it had accentuated the
  14322. need for American economic independence. During that conflict, the
  14323. United States, cut off from English manufactures as during the
  14324. Revolution, built up home industries to meet the unusual call for iron,
  14325. steel, cloth, and other military and naval supplies as well as the
  14326. demands from ordinary markets. Iron foundries and textile mills sprang
  14327. up as in the night; hundreds of business men invested fortunes in
  14328. industrial enterprises so essential to the military needs of the
  14329. government; and the people at large fell into the habit of buying
  14330. American-made goods again. As the London _Times_ tersely observed of the
  14331. Americans, "their first war with England made them independent; their
  14332. second war made them formidable."
  14333.  
  14334. In recognition of this state of affairs, the tariff of 1816 was
  14335. designed: _first_, to prevent England from ruining these "infant
  14336. industries" by dumping the accumulated stores of years suddenly upon
  14337. American markets; and, _secondly_, to enlarge in the manufacturing
  14338. centers the demand for American agricultural produce. It accomplished
  14339. the purposes of its framers. It kept in operation the mills and furnaces
  14340. so recently built. It multiplied the number of industrial workers and
  14341. enhanced the demand for the produce of the soil. It brought about
  14342. another very important result. It turned the capital and enterprise of
  14343. New England from shipping to manufacturing, and converted her statesmen,
  14344. once friends of low tariffs, into ardent advocates of protection.
  14345.  
  14346. In the early years of the nineteenth century, the Yankees had bent their
  14347. energies toward building and operating ships to carry produce from
  14348. America to Europe and manufactures from Europe to America. For this
  14349. reason, they had opposed the tariff of 1816 calculated to increase
  14350. domestic production and cut down the carrying trade. Defeated in their
  14351. efforts, they accepted the inevitable and turned to manufacturing. Soon
  14352. they were powerful friends of protection for American enterprise. As the
  14353. money invested and the labor employed in the favored industries
  14354. increased, the demand for continued and heavier protection grew apace.
  14355. Even the farmers who furnished raw materials, like wool, flax, and hemp,
  14356. began to see eye to eye with the manufacturers. So the textile interests
  14357. of New England, the iron masters of Connecticut, New Jersey, and
  14358. Pennsylvania, the wool, hemp, and flax growers of Ohio, Kentucky, and
  14359. Tennessee, and the sugar planters of Louisiana developed into a
  14360. formidable combination in support of a high protective tariff.
  14361.  
  14362. _The Planting States Oppose the Tariff._--In the meantime, the cotton
  14363. states on the seaboard had forgotten about the havoc wrought during the
  14364. Napoleonic wars when their produce rotted because there were no ships to
  14365. carry it to Europe. The seas were now open. The area devoted to cotton
  14366. had swiftly expanded as Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana were opened
  14367. up. Cotton had in fact become "king" and the planters depended for their
  14368. prosperity, as they thought, upon the sale of their staple to English
  14369. manufacturers whose spinning and weaving mills were the wonder of the
  14370. world. Manufacturing nothing and having to buy nearly everything except
  14371. farm produce and even much of that for slaves, the planters naturally
  14372. wanted to purchase manufactures in the cheapest market, England, where
  14373. they sold most of their cotton. The tariff, they contended, raised the
  14374. price of the goods they had to buy and was thus in fact a tribute laid
  14375. on them for the benefit of the Northern mill owners.
  14376.  
  14377. _The Tariff of Abominations._--They were overborne, however, in 1824 and
  14378. again in 1828 when Northern manufacturers and Western farmers forced
  14379. Congress to make an upward revision of the tariff. The Act of 1828 known
  14380. as "the Tariff of Abominations," though slightly modified in 1832, was
  14381. "the straw which broke the camel's back." Southern leaders turned in
  14382. rage against the whole system. The legislatures of Virginia, North
  14383. Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, and Alabama denounced it; a general
  14384. convention of delegates held at Augusta issued a protest of defiance
  14385. against it; and South Carolina, weary of verbal battles, decided to
  14386. prevent its enforcement.
  14387.  
  14388. _South Carolina Nullifies the Tariff._--The legislature of that state,
  14389. on October 26, 1832, passed a bill calling for a state convention which
  14390. duly assembled in the following month. In no mood for compromise, it
  14391. adopted the famous Ordinance of Nullification after a few days' debate.
  14392. Every line of this document was clear and firm. The tariff, it opened,
  14393. gives "bounties to classes and individuals ... at the expense and to the
  14394. injury and oppression of other classes and individuals"; it is a
  14395. violation of the Constitution of the United States and therefore null
  14396. and void; its enforcement in South Carolina is unlawful; if the federal
  14397. government attempts to coerce the state into obeying the law, "the
  14398. people of this state will thenceforth hold themselves absolved from all
  14399. further obligations to maintain or preserve their political connection
  14400. with the people of the other states and will forthwith proceed to
  14401. organize a separate government and do all other acts and things which
  14402. sovereign and independent states may of right do."
  14403.  
  14404. _Southern States Condemn Nullification._--The answer of the country to
  14405. this note of defiance, couched in the language used in the Kentucky
  14406. resolutions and by the New England Federalists during the war of 1812,
  14407. was quick and positive. The legislatures of the Southern states, while
  14408. condemning the tariff, repudiated the step which South Carolina had
  14409. taken. Georgia responded: "We abhor the doctrine of nullification as
  14410. neither a peaceful nor a constitutional remedy." Alabama found it
  14411. "unsound in theory and dangerous in practice." North Carolina replied
  14412. that it was "revolutionary in character, subversive of the Constitution
  14413. of the United States." Mississippi answered: "It is disunion by
  14414. force--it is civil war." Virginia spoke more softly, condemning the
  14415. tariff and sustaining the principle of the Virginia resolutions but
  14416. denying that South Carolina could find in them any sanction for her
  14417. proceedings.
  14418.  
  14419. _Jackson Firmly Upholds the Union._--The eyes of the country were turned
  14420. upon Andrew Jackson. It was known that he looked with no friendly
  14421. feelings upon nullification, for, at a Jefferson dinner in the spring of
  14422. 1830 while the subject was in the air, he had with laconic firmness
  14423. announced a toast: "Our federal union; it must be preserved." When two
  14424. years later the open challenge came from South Carolina, he replied that
  14425. he would enforce the law, saying with his frontier directness: "If a
  14426. single drop of blood shall be shed there in opposition to the laws of
  14427. the United States, I will hang the first man I can lay my hands on
  14428. engaged in such conduct upon the first tree that I can reach." He made
  14429. ready to keep his word by preparing for the use of military and naval
  14430. forces in sustaining the authority of the federal government. Then in a
  14431. long and impassioned proclamation to the people of South Carolina he
  14432. pointed out the national character of the union, and announced his
  14433. solemn resolve to preserve it by all constitutional means. Nullification
  14434. he branded as "incompatible with the existence of the union,
  14435. contradicted expressly by the letter of the Constitution, unauthorized
  14436. by its spirit, inconsistent with every principle on which it was
  14437. founded, and destructive of the great objects for which it was formed."
  14438.  
  14439. _A Compromise._--In his messages to Congress, however, Jackson spoke the
  14440. language of conciliation. A few days before issuing his proclamation he
  14441. suggested that protection should be limited to the articles of domestic
  14442. manufacture indispensable to safety in war time, and shortly afterward
  14443. he asked for new legislation to aid him in enforcing the laws. With two
  14444. propositions before it, one to remove the chief grounds for South
  14445. Carolina's resistance and the other to apply force if it was continued,
  14446. Congress bent its efforts to avoid a crisis. On February 12, 1833,
  14447. Henry Clay laid before the Senate a compromise tariff bill providing for
  14448. the gradual reduction of the duties until by 1842 they would reach the
  14449. level of the law which Calhoun had supported in 1816. About the same
  14450. time the "force bill," designed to give the President ample authority in
  14451. executing the law in South Carolina, was taken up. After a short but
  14452. acrimonious debate, both measures were passed and signed by President
  14453. Jackson on the same day, March 2. Looking upon the reduction of the
  14454. tariff as a complete vindication of her policy and an undoubted victory,
  14455. South Carolina rescinded her ordinance and enacted another nullifying
  14456. the force bill.
  14457.  
  14458. [Illustration: _From an old print._
  14459.  
  14460. DANIEL WEBSTER]
  14461.  
  14462. _The Webster-Hayne Debate._--Where the actual victory lay in this
  14463. quarrel, long the subject of high dispute, need not concern us to-day.
  14464. Perhaps the chief result of the whole affair was a clarification of the
  14465. issue between the North and the South--a definite statement of the
  14466. principles for which men on both sides were years afterward to lay down
  14467. their lives. On behalf of nationalism and a perpetual union, the stanch
  14468. old Democrat from Tennessee had, in his proclamation on nullification,
  14469. spoken a language that admitted of only one meaning. On behalf of
  14470. nullification, Senator Hayne, of South Carolina, a skilled lawyer and
  14471. courtly orator, had in a great speech delivered in the Senate in
  14472. January, 1830, set forth clearly and cogently the doctrine that the
  14473. union is a compact among sovereign states from which the parties may
  14474. lawfully withdraw. It was this address that called into the arena
  14475. Daniel Webster, Senator from Massachusetts, who, spreading the mantle
  14476. of oblivion over the Hartford convention, delivered a reply to Hayne
  14477. that has been reckoned among the powerful orations of all time--a plea
  14478. for the supremacy of the Constitution and the national character of the
  14479. union.
  14480.  
  14481. =The War on the United States Bank.=--If events forced the issue of
  14482. nationalism and nullification upon Jackson, the same could not be said
  14483. of his attack on the bank. That institution, once denounced by every
  14484. true Jeffersonian, had been reestablished in 1816 under the
  14485. administration of Jefferson's disciple, James Madison. It had not been
  14486. in operation very long, however, before it aroused bitter opposition,
  14487. especially in the South and the West. Its notes drove out of circulation
  14488. the paper currency of unsound banks chartered by the states, to the
  14489. great anger of local financiers. It was accused of favoritism in making
  14490. loans, of conferring special privileges upon politicians in return for
  14491. their support at Washington. To all Jackson's followers it was "an
  14492. insidious money power." One of them openly denounced it as an
  14493. institution designed "to strengthen the arm of wealth and counterpoise
  14494. the influence of extended suffrage in the disposition of public
  14495. affairs."
  14496.  
  14497. This sentiment President Jackson fully shared. In his first message to
  14498. Congress he assailed the bank in vigorous language. He declared that its
  14499. constitutionality was in doubt and alleged that it had failed to
  14500. establish a sound and uniform currency. If such an institution was
  14501. necessary, he continued, it should be a public bank, owned and managed
  14502. by the government, not a private concern endowed with special privileges
  14503. by it. In his second and third messages, Jackson came back to the
  14504. subject, leaving the decision, however, to "an enlightened people and
  14505. their representatives."
  14506.  
  14507. Moved by this frank hostility and anxious for the future, the bank
  14508. applied to Congress for a renewal of its charter in 1832, four years
  14509. before the expiration of its life. Clay, with his eye upon the
  14510. presidency and an issue for the campaign, warmly supported the
  14511. application. Congress, deeply impressed by his leadership, passed the
  14512. bill granting the new charter, and sent the open defiance to Jackson.
  14513. His response was an instant veto. The battle was on and it raged with
  14514. fury until the close of his second administration, ending in the
  14515. destruction of the bank, a disordered currency, and a national panic.
  14516.  
  14517. In his veto message, Jackson attacked the bank as unconstitutional and
  14518. even hinted at corruption. He refused to assent to the proposition that
  14519. the Supreme Court had settled the question of constitutionality by the
  14520. decision in the McCulloch case. "Each public officer," he argued, "who
  14521. takes an oath to support the Constitution, swears that he will support
  14522. it as he understands it, not as it is understood by others."
  14523.  
  14524. Not satisfied with his veto and his declaration against the bank,
  14525. Jackson ordered the Secretary of the Treasury to withdraw the government
  14526. deposits which formed a large part of the institution's funds. This
  14527. action he followed up by an open charge that the bank had used money
  14528. shamefully to secure the return of its supporters to Congress. The
  14529. Senate, stung by this charge, solemnly resolved that Jackson had
  14530. "assumed upon himself authority and power not conferred by the
  14531. Constitution and laws, but in derogation of both."
  14532.  
  14533. The effects of the destruction of the bank were widespread. When its
  14534. charter expired in 1836, banking was once more committed to the control
  14535. of the states. The state legislatures, under a decision rendered by the
  14536. Supreme Court after the death of Marshall, began to charter banks under
  14537. state ownership and control, with full power to issue paper money--this
  14538. in spite of the provision in the Constitution that states shall not
  14539. issue bills of credit or make anything but gold and silver coin legal
  14540. tender in the payment of debts. Once more the country was flooded by
  14541. paper currency of uncertain value. To make matters worse, Jackson
  14542. adopted the practice of depositing huge amounts of government funds in
  14543. these banks, not forgetting to render favors to those institutions which
  14544. supported him in politics--"pet banks," as they were styled at the
  14545. time. In 1837, partially, though by no means entirely, as a result of
  14546. the abolition of the bank, the country was plunged into one of the most
  14547. disastrous panics which it ever experienced.
  14548.  
  14549. =Internal Improvements Checked.=--The bank had presented to Jackson a
  14550. very clear problem--one of destruction. Other questions were not so
  14551. simple, particularly the subject of federal appropriations in aid of
  14552. roads and other internal improvements. Jefferson had strongly favored
  14553. government assistance in such matters, but his administration was
  14554. followed by a reaction. Both Madison and Monroe vetoed acts of Congress
  14555. appropriating public funds for public roads, advancing as their reason
  14556. the argument that the Constitution authorized no such laws. Jackson,
  14557. puzzled by the clamor on both sides, followed their example without
  14558. making the constitutional bar absolute. Congress, he thought, might
  14559. lawfully build highways of a national and military value, but he
  14560. strongly deprecated attacks by local interests on the federal treasury.
  14561.  
  14562. =The Triumph of the Executive Branch.=--Jackson's reelection in 1832
  14563. served to confirm his opinion that he was the chosen leader of the
  14564. people, freed and instructed to ride rough shod over Congress and even
  14565. the courts. No President before or since ever entertained in times of
  14566. peace such lofty notions of executive prerogative. The entire body of
  14567. federal employees he transformed into obedient servants of his wishes, a
  14568. sign or a nod from him making and undoing the fortunes of the humble and
  14569. the mighty. His lawful cabinet of advisers, filling all of the high
  14570. posts in the government, he treated with scant courtesy, preferring
  14571. rather to secure his counsel and advice from an unofficial body of
  14572. friends and dependents who, owing to their secret methods and back
  14573. stairs arrangements, became known as "the kitchen cabinet." Under the
  14574. leadership of a silent, astute, and resourceful politician, Amos
  14575. Kendall, this informal gathering of the faithful both gave and carried
  14576. out decrees and orders, communicating the President's lightest wish or
  14577. strictest command to the uttermost part of the country. Resolutely and
  14578. in the face of bitter opposition Jackson had removed the deposits from
  14579. the United States Bank. When the Senate protested against this arbitrary
  14580. conduct, he did not rest until it was forced to expunge the resolution
  14581. of condemnation; in time one of his lieutenants with his own hands was
  14582. able to tear the censure from the records. When Chief Justice Marshall
  14583. issued a decree against Georgia which did not suit him, Jackson,
  14584. according to tradition, blurted out that Marshall could go ahead and
  14585. enforce his own orders. To the end he pursued his willful way, finally
  14586. even choosing his own successor.
  14587.  
  14588.  
  14589. THE RISE OF THE WHIGS
  14590.  
  14591. =Jackson's Measures Arouse Opposition.=--Measures so decided, policies
  14592. so radical, and conduct so high-handed could not fail to arouse against
  14593. Jackson a deep and exasperated opposition. The truth is the conduct of
  14594. his entire administration profoundly disturbed the business and finances
  14595. of the country. It was accompanied by conditions similar to those which
  14596. existed under the Articles of Confederation. A paper currency, almost as
  14597. unstable and irritating as the worthless notes of revolutionary days,
  14598. flooded the country, hindering the easy transaction of business. The use
  14599. of federal funds for internal improvements, so vital to the exchange of
  14600. commodities which is the very life of industry, was blocked by executive
  14601. vetoes. The Supreme Court, which, under Marshall, had held refractory
  14602. states to their obligations under the Constitution, was flouted; states'
  14603. rights judges, deliberately selected by Jackson for the bench, began to
  14604. sap and undermine the rulings of Marshall. The protective tariff, under
  14605. which the textile industry of New England, the iron mills of
  14606. Pennsylvania, and the wool, flax, and hemp farms of the West had
  14607. flourished, had received a severe blow in the compromise of 1833 which
  14608. promised a steady reduction of duties. To cap the climax, Jackson's
  14609. party, casting aside the old and reputable name of Republican, boldly
  14610. chose for its title the term "Democrat," throwing down the gauntlet to
  14611. every conservative who doubted the omniscience of the people. All these
  14612. things worked together to evoke an opposition that was sharp and
  14613. determined.
  14614.  
  14615. [Illustration: AN OLD CARTOON RIDICULING CLAY'S TARIFF AND INTERNAL
  14616. IMPROVEMENT PROGRAM]
  14617.  
  14618. =Clay and the National Republicans.=--In this opposition movement,
  14619. leadership fell to Henry Clay, a son of Kentucky, rather than to Daniel
  14620. Webster of Massachusetts. Like Jackson, Clay was born in a home haunted
  14621. by poverty. Left fatherless early and thrown upon his own resources, he
  14622. went from Virginia into Kentucky where by sheer force of intellect he
  14623. rose to eminence in the profession of law. Without the martial gifts or
  14624. the martial spirit of Jackson, he slipped more easily into the social
  14625. habits of the East at the same time that he retained his hold on the
  14626. affections of the boisterous West. Farmers of Ohio, Indiana, and
  14627. Kentucky loved him; financiers of New York and Philadelphia trusted him.
  14628. He was thus a leader well fitted to gather the forces of opposition
  14629. into union against Jackson.
  14630.  
  14631. Around Clay's standard assembled a motley collection, representing every
  14632. species of political opinion, united by one tie only--hatred for "Old
  14633. Hickory." Nullifiers and less strenuous advocates of states' rights were
  14634. yoked with nationalists of Webster's school; ardent protectionists were
  14635. bound together with equally ardent free traders, all fraternizing in one
  14636. grand confusion of ideas under the title of "National Republicans." Thus
  14637. the ancient and honorable term selected by Jefferson and his party, now
  14638. abandoned by Jacksonian Democracy, was adroitly adopted to cover the
  14639. supporters of Clay. The platform of the party, however, embraced all the
  14640. old Federalist principles: protection for American industry; internal
  14641. improvements; respect for the Supreme Court; resistance to executive
  14642. tyranny; and denunciation of the spoils system. Though Jackson was
  14643. easily victorious in 1832, the popular vote cast for Clay should have
  14644. given him some doubts about the faith of "the whole people" in the
  14645. wisdom of his "reign."
  14646.  
  14647. =Van Buren and the Panic of 1837.=--Nothing could shake the General's
  14648. superb confidence. At the end of his second term he insisted on
  14649. selecting his own successor; at a national convention, chosen by party
  14650. voters, but packed with his office holders and friends, he nominated
  14651. Martin Van Buren of New York. Once more he proved his strength by
  14652. carrying the country for the Democrats. With a fine flourish, he
  14653. attended the inauguration of Van Buren and then retired, amid the
  14654. applause and tears of his devotees, to the Hermitage, his home in
  14655. Tennessee.
  14656.  
  14657. Fortunately for him, Jackson escaped the odium of a disastrous panic
  14658. which struck the country with terrible force in the following summer.
  14659. Among the contributory causes of this crisis, no doubt, were the
  14660. destruction of the bank and the issuance of the "specie circular" of
  14661.  
  14662. 1836 which required the purchasers of public lands to pay for them in
  14663. coin, instead of the paper notes of state banks. Whatever the dominating
  14664. cause, the ruin was widespread. Bank after bank went under; boom towns
  14665. in the West collapsed; Eastern mills shut down; and working people in
  14666. the industrial centers, starving from unemployment, begged for relief.
  14667. Van Buren braved the storm, offering no measure of reform or assistance
  14668. to the distracted people. He did seek security for government funds by
  14669. suggesting the removal of deposits from private banks and the
  14670. establishment of an independent treasury system, with government
  14671. depositaries for public funds, in several leading cities. This plan was
  14672. finally accepted by Congress in 1840.
  14673.  
  14674. Had Van Buren been a captivating figure he might have lived down the
  14675. discredit of the panic unjustly laid at his door; but he was far from
  14676. being a favorite with the populace. Though a man of many talents, he
  14677. owed his position to the quiet and adept management of Jackson rather
  14678. than to his own personal qualities. The men of the frontier did not care
  14679. for him. They suspected that he ate from "gold plate" and they could not
  14680. forgive him for being an astute politician from New York. Still the
  14681. Democratic party, remembering Jackson's wishes, renominated him
  14682. unanimously in 1840 and saw him go down to utter defeat.
  14683.  
  14684. =The Whigs and General Harrison.=--By this time, the National
  14685. Republicans, now known as Whigs--a title taken from the party of
  14686. opposition to the Crown in England, had learned many lessons. Taking a
  14687. leaf out of the Democratic book, they nominated, not Clay of Kentucky,
  14688. well known for his views on the bank, the tariff, and internal
  14689. improvements, but a military hero, General William Henry Harrison, a man
  14690. of uncertain political opinions. Harrison, a son of a Virginia signer of
  14691. the Declaration of Independence, sprang into public view by winning a
  14692. battle more famous than important, "Tippecanoe"--a brush with the
  14693. Indians in Indiana. He added to his laurels by rendering praiseworthy
  14694. services during the war of 1812. When days of peace returned he was
  14695. rewarded by a grateful people with a seat in Congress. Then he retired
  14696. to quiet life in a little village near Cincinnati. Like Jackson he was
  14697. held to be a son of the South and the West. Like Jackson he was a
  14698. military hero, a lesser light, but still a light. Like Old Hickory he
  14699. rode into office on a tide of popular feeling against an Eastern man
  14700. accused of being something of an aristocrat. His personal popularity was
  14701. sufficient. The Whigs who nominated him shrewdly refused to adopt a
  14702. platform or declare their belief in anything. When some Democrat
  14703. asserted that Harrison was a backwoodsman whose sole wants were a jug of
  14704. hard cider and a log cabin, the Whigs treated the remark not as an
  14705. insult but as proof positive that Harrison deserved the votes of Jackson
  14706. men. The jug and the cabin they proudly transformed into symbols of the
  14707. campaign, and won for their chieftain 234 electoral votes, while Van
  14708. Buren got only sixty.
  14709.  
  14710. =Harrison and Tyler.=--The Hero of Tippecanoe was not long to enjoy the
  14711. fruits of his victory. The hungry horde of Whig office seekers descended
  14712. upon him like wolves upon the fold. If he went out they waylaid him; if
  14713. he stayed indoors, he was besieged; not even his bed chamber was spared.
  14714. He was none too strong at best and he took a deep cold on the day of his
  14715. inauguration. Between driving out Democrats and appeasing Whigs, he fell
  14716. mortally ill. Before the end of a month he lay dead at the capitol.
  14717.  
  14718. Harrison's successor, John Tyler, the Vice President, whom the Whigs had
  14719. nominated to catch votes in Virginia, was more of a Democrat than
  14720. anything else, though he was not partisan enough to please anybody. The
  14721. Whigs railed at him because he would not approve the founding of another
  14722. United States Bank. The Democrats stormed at him for refusing, until
  14723. near the end of his term, to sanction the annexation of Texas, which had
  14724. declared its independence of Mexico in 1836. His entire administration,
  14725. marked by unseemly wrangling, produced only two measures of importance.
  14726. The Whigs, flushed by victory, with the aid of a few protectionist
  14727. Democrats, enacted, in 1842, a new tariff law destroying the compromise
  14728. which had brought about the truce between the North and the South, in
  14729. the days of nullification. The distinguished leader of the Whigs, Daniel
  14730. Webster, as Secretary of State, in negotiation with Lord Ashburton
  14731. representing Great Britain, settled the long-standing dispute between
  14732. the two countries over the Maine boundary. A year after closing this
  14733. chapter in American diplomacy, Webster withdrew to private life, leaving
  14734. the President to endure alone the buffets of political fortune.
  14735.  
  14736. To the end, the Whigs regarded Tyler as a traitor to their cause; but
  14737. the judgment of history is that it was a case of the biter bitten. They
  14738. had nominated him for the vice presidency as a man of views acceptable
  14739. to Southern Democrats in order to catch their votes, little reckoning
  14740. with the chances of his becoming President. Tyler had not deceived them
  14741. and, thoroughly soured, he left the White House in 1845 not to appear in
  14742. public life again until the days of secession, when he espoused the
  14743. Southern confederacy. Jacksonian Democracy, with new leadership, serving
  14744. a new cause--slavery--was returned to power under James K. Polk, a
  14745. friend of the General from Tennessee. A few grains of sand were to run
  14746. through the hour glass before the Whig party was to be broken and
  14747. scattered as the Federalists had been more than a generation before.
  14748.  
  14749.  
  14750. THE INTERACTION OF AMERICAN AND EUROPEAN OPINION
  14751.  
  14752. =Democracy in England and France.=--During the period of Jacksonian
  14753. Democracy, as in all epochs of ferment, there was a close relation
  14754. between the thought of the New World and the Old. In England, the
  14755. successes of the American experiment were used as arguments in favor of
  14756. overthrowing the aristocracy which George III had manipulated with such
  14757. effect against America half a century before. In the United States, on
  14758. the other hand, conservatives like Chancellor Kent, the stout opponent
  14759. of manhood suffrage in New York, cited the riots of the British working
  14760. classes as a warning against admitting the same classes to a share in
  14761. the government of the United States. Along with the agitation of opinion
  14762. went epoch-making events. In 1832, the year of Jackson's second
  14763. triumph, the British Parliament passed its first reform bill, which
  14764. conferred the ballot--not on workingmen as yet--but on mill owners and
  14765. shopkeepers whom the landlords regarded with genuine horror. The initial
  14766. step was thus taken in breaking down the privileges of the landed
  14767. aristocracy and the rich merchants of England.
  14768.  
  14769. About the same time a popular revolution occurred in France. The Bourbon
  14770. family, restored to the throne of France by the allied powers after
  14771. their victory over Napoleon in 1815, had embarked upon a policy of
  14772. arbitrary government. To use the familiar phrase, they had learned
  14773. nothing and forgotten nothing. Charles X, who came to the throne in
  14774. 1824, set to work with zeal to undo the results of the French
  14775. Revolution, to stifle the press, restrict the suffrage, and restore the
  14776. clergy and the nobility to their ancient rights. His policy encountered
  14777. equally zealous opposition and in 1830 he was overthrown. The popular
  14778. party, under the leadership of Lafayette, established, not a republic as
  14779. some of the radicals had hoped, but a "liberal" middle-class monarchy
  14780. under Louis Philippe. This second French Revolution made a profound
  14781. impression on Americans, convincing them that the whole world was moving
  14782. toward democracy. The mayor, aldermen, and citizens of New York City
  14783. joined in a great parade to celebrate the fall of the Bourbons. Mingled
  14784. with cheers for the new order in France were hurrahs for "the people's
  14785. own, Andrew Jackson, the Hero of New Orleans and President of the United
  14786. States!"
  14787.  
  14788. =European Interest in America.=--To the older and more settled
  14789. Europeans, the democratic experiment in America was either a menace or
  14790. an inspiration. Conservatives viewed it with anxiety; liberals with
  14791. optimism. Far-sighted leaders could see that the tide of democracy was
  14792. rising all over the world and could not be stayed. Naturally the country
  14793. that had advanced furthest along the new course was the place in which
  14794. to find arguments for and against proposals that Europe should make
  14795. experiments of the same character.
  14796.  
  14797. =De Tocqueville's _Democracy in America_.=--In addition to the casual
  14798. traveler there began to visit the United States the thoughtful observer
  14799. bent on finding out what manner of nation this was springing up in the
  14800. wilderness. Those who looked with sympathy upon the growing popular
  14801. forces of England and France found in the United States, in spite of
  14802. many blemishes and defects, a guarantee for the future of the people's
  14803. rule in the Old World. One of these, Alexis de Tocqueville, a French
  14804. liberal of mildly democratic sympathies, made a journey to this country
  14805. in 1831; he described in a very remarkable volume, _Democracy in
  14806. America_, the grand experiment as he saw it. On the whole he was
  14807. convinced. After examining with a critical eye the life and labor of the
  14808. American people, as well as the constitutions of the states and the
  14809. nation, he came to the conclusion that democracy with all its faults was
  14810. both inevitable and successful. Slavery he thought was a painful
  14811. contrast to the other features of American life, and he foresaw what
  14812. proved to be the irrepressible conflict over it. He believed that
  14813. through blundering the people were destined to learn the highest of all
  14814. arts, self-government on a grand scale. The absence of a leisure class,
  14815. devoted to no calling or profession, merely enjoying the refinements of
  14816. life and adding to its graces--the flaw in American culture that gave
  14817. deep distress to many a European leader--de Tocqueville thought a
  14818. necessary virtue in the republic. "Amongst a democratic people where
  14819. there is no hereditary wealth, every man works to earn a living, or has
  14820. worked, or is born of parents who have worked. A notion of labor is
  14821. therefore presented to the mind on every side as the necessary, natural,
  14822. and honest condition of human existence." It was this notion of a
  14823. government in the hands of people who labored that struck the French
  14824. publicist as the most significant fact in the modern world.
  14825.  
  14826. =Harriet Martineau's Visit to America.=--This phase of American life
  14827. also profoundly impressed the brilliant English writer, Harriet
  14828. Martineau. She saw all parts of the country, the homes of the rich and
  14829. the log cabins of the frontier; she traveled in stagecoaches, canal
  14830. boats, and on horseback; and visited sessions of Congress and auctions
  14831. at slave markets. She tried to view the country impartially and the
  14832. thing that left the deepest mark on her mind was the solidarity of the
  14833. people in one great political body. "However various may be the tribes
  14834. of inhabitants in those states, whatever part of the world may have been
  14835. their birthplace, or that of their fathers, however broken may be their
  14836. language, however servile or noble their employments, however exalted or
  14837. despised their state, all are declared to be bound together by equal
  14838. political obligations.... In that self-governing country all are held to
  14839. have an equal interest in the principles of its institutions and to be
  14840. bound in equal duty to watch their workings." Miss Martineau was also
  14841. impressed with the passion of Americans for land ownership and
  14842. contrasted the United States favorably with England where the tillers of
  14843. the soil were either tenants or laborers for wages.
  14844.  
  14845. =Adverse Criticism.=--By no means all observers and writers were
  14846. convinced that America was a success. The fastidious traveler, Mrs.
  14847. Trollope, who thought the English system of church and state was ideal,
  14848. saw in the United States only roughness and ignorance. She lamented the
  14849. "total and universal want of manners both in males and females," adding
  14850. that while "they appear to have clear heads and active intellects,"
  14851. there was "no charm, no grace in their conversation." She found
  14852. everywhere a lack of reverence for kings, learning, and rank. Other
  14853. critics were even more savage. The editor of the _Foreign Quarterly_
  14854. petulantly exclaimed that the United States was "a brigand
  14855. confederation." Charles Dickens declared the country to be "so maimed
  14856. and lame, so full of sores and ulcers that her best friends turn from
  14857. the loathsome creature in disgust." Sydney Smith, editor of the
  14858. _Edinburgh Review_, was never tired of trying his caustic wit at the
  14859. expense of America. "Their Franklins and Washingtons and all the other
  14860. sages and heroes of their revolution were born and bred subjects of the
  14861. king of England," he observed in 1820. "During the thirty or forty
  14862. years of their independence they have done absolutely nothing for the
  14863. sciences, for the arts, for literature, or even for the statesmanlike
  14864. studies of politics or political economy.... In the four quarters of the
  14865. globe who reads an American book? Or goes to an American play? Or looks
  14866. at an American picture or statue?" To put a sharp sting into his taunt
  14867. he added, forgetting by whose authority slavery was introduced and
  14868. fostered: "Under which of the old tyrannical governments of Europe is
  14869. every sixth man a slave whom his fellow creatures may buy and sell?"
  14870.  
  14871. Some Americans, while resenting the hasty and often superficial
  14872. judgments of European writers, winced under their satire and took
  14873. thought about certain particulars in the indictments brought against
  14874. them. The mass of the people, however, bent on the great experiment,
  14875. gave little heed to carping critics who saw the flaws and not the
  14876. achievements of our country--critics who were in fact less interested in
  14877. America than in preventing the rise and growth of democracy in Europe.
  14878.  
  14879.  
  14880. =References=
  14881.  
  14882. J.S. Bassett, _Life of Andrew Jackson_.
  14883.  
  14884. J.W. Burgess, _The Middle Period_.
  14885.  
  14886. H. Lodge, _Daniel Webster_.
  14887.  
  14888. W. Macdonald, _Jacksonian Democracy_ (American Nation Series).
  14889.  
  14890. Ostrogorski, _Democracy and the Organization of Political Parties_, Vol.
  14891. II.
  14892.  
  14893. C.H. Peck, _The Jacksonian Epoch_.
  14894.  
  14895. C. Schurz, _Henry Clay_.
  14896.  
  14897.  
  14898. =Questions=
  14899.  
  14900. 1. By what devices was democracy limited in the first days of our
  14901. Republic?
  14902.  
  14903. 2. On what grounds were the limitations defended? Attacked?
  14904.  
  14905. 3. Outline the rise of political democracy in the United States.
  14906.  
  14907. 4. Describe three important changes in our political system.
  14908.  
  14909. 5. Contrast the Presidents of the old and the new generations.
  14910.  
  14911. 6. Account for the unpopularity of John Adams' administration.
  14912.  
  14913. 7. What had been the career of Andrew Jackson before 1829?
  14914.  
  14915. 8. Sketch the history of the protective tariff and explain the theory
  14916. underlying it.
  14917.  
  14918. 9. Explain the growth of Southern opposition to the tariff.
  14919.  
  14920. 10. Relate the leading events connected with nullification in South
  14921. Carolina.
  14922.  
  14923. 11. State Jackson's views and tell the outcome of the controversy.
  14924.  
  14925. 12. Why was Jackson opposed to the bank? How did he finally destroy it?
  14926.  
  14927. 13. The Whigs complained of Jackson's "executive tyranny." What did they
  14928. mean?
  14929.  
  14930. 14. Give some of the leading events in Clay's career.
  14931.  
  14932. 15. How do you account for the triumph of Harrison in 1840?
  14933.  
  14934. 16. Why was Europe especially interested in America at this period? Who
  14935. were some of the European writers on American affairs?
  14936.  
  14937.  
  14938. =Research Topics=
  14939.  
  14940. =Jackson's Criticisms of the Bank.=--Macdonald, _Documentary Source
  14941. Book_, pp. 320-329.
  14942.  
  14943. =Financial Aspects of the Bank Controversy.=--Dewey, _Financial History
  14944. of the United States_, Sections 86-87; Elson, _History of the United
  14945. States_, pp. 492-496.
  14946.  
  14947. =Jackson's View of the Union.=--See his proclamation on nullification in
  14948. Macdonald, pp. 333-340.
  14949.  
  14950. =Nullification.=--McMaster, _History of the People of the United
  14951. States_, Vol. VI, pp. 153-182; Elson, pp. 487-492.
  14952.  
  14953. =The Webster-Hayne Debate.=--Analyze the arguments. Extensive extracts
  14954. are given in Macdonald's larger three-volume work, _Select Documents of
  14955. United States History, 1776-1761_, pp. 239-260.
  14956.  
  14957. =The Character of Jackson's Administration.=--Woodrow Wilson, _History
  14958. of the American People_, Vol. IV, pp. 1-87; Elson, pp. 498-501.
  14959.  
  14960. =The People in 1830.=--From contemporary writings in Hart, _American
  14961. History Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. III, pp. 509-530.
  14962.  
  14963. =Biographical Studies.=--Andrew Jackson, J.Q. Adams, Henry Clay, Daniel
  14964. Webster, J.C. Calhoun, and W.H. Harrison.
  14965.  
  14966.  
  14967.  
  14968.  
  14969. CHAPTER XII
  14970.  
  14971. THE MIDDLE BORDER AND THE GREAT WEST
  14972.  
  14973.  
  14974. "We shall not send an emigrant beyond the Mississippi in a hundred
  14975. years," exclaimed Livingston, the principal author of the Louisiana
  14976. purchase. When he made this astounding declaration, he doubtless had
  14977. before his mind's eye the great stretches of unoccupied lands between
  14978. the Appalachians and the Mississippi. He also had before him the history
  14979. of the English colonies, which told him of the two centuries required to
  14980. settle the seaboard region. To practical men, his prophecy did not seem
  14981. far wrong; but before the lapse of half that time there appeared beyond
  14982. the Mississippi a tier of new states, reaching from the Gulf of Mexico
  14983. to the southern boundary of Minnesota, and a new commonwealth on the
  14984. Pacific Ocean where American emigrants had raised the Bear flag of
  14985. California.
  14986.  
  14987.  
  14988. THE ADVANCE OF THE MIDDLE BORDER
  14989.  
  14990. =Missouri.=--When the middle of the nineteenth century had been reached,
  14991. the Mississippi River, which Daniel Boone, the intrepid hunter, had
  14992. crossed during Washington's administration "to escape from civilization"
  14993. in Kentucky, had become the waterway for a vast empire. The center of
  14994. population of the United States had passed to the Ohio Valley. Missouri,
  14995. with its wide reaches of rich lands, low-lying, level, and fertile, well
  14996. adapted to hemp raising, had drawn to its borders thousands of planters
  14997. from the old Southern states--from Virginia and the Carolinas as well as
  14998. from Kentucky and Tennessee. When the great compromise of 1820-21
  14999. admitted her to the union, wearing "every jewel of sovereignty," as a
  15000. florid orator announced, migratory slave owners were assured that their
  15001. property would be safe in Missouri. Along the western shore of the
  15002. Mississippi and on both banks of the Missouri to the uttermost limits of
  15003. the state, plantations tilled by bondmen spread out in broad expanses.
  15004. In the neighborhood of Jefferson City the slaves numbered more than a
  15005. fourth of the population.
  15006.  
  15007. Into this stream of migration from the planting South flowed another
  15008. current of land-tilling farmers; some from Kentucky, Tennessee, and
  15009. Mississippi, driven out by the onrush of the planters buying and
  15010. consolidating small farms into vast estates; and still more from the
  15011. East and the Old World. To the northwest over against Iowa and to the
  15012. southwest against Arkansas, these yeomen laid out farms to be tilled by
  15013. their own labor. In those regions the number of slaves seldom rose above
  15014. five or six per cent of the population. The old French post, St. Louis,
  15015. enriched by the fur trade of the Far West and the steamboat traffic of
  15016. the river, grew into a thriving commercial city, including among its
  15017. seventy-five thousand inhabitants in 1850 nearly forty thousand
  15018. foreigners, German immigrants from Pennsylvania and Europe being the
  15019. largest single element.
  15020.  
  15021. =Arkansas.=--Below Missouri lay the territory of Arkansas, which had
  15022. long been the paradise of the swarthy hunter and the restless
  15023. frontiersman fleeing from the advancing borders of farm and town. In
  15024. search of the life, wild and free, where the rifle supplied the game and
  15025. a few acres of ground the corn and potatoes, they had filtered into the
  15026. territory in an unending drift, "squatting" on the land. Without so much
  15027. as asking the leave of any government, territorial or national, they
  15028. claimed as their own the soil on which they first planted their feet.
  15029. Like the Cherokee Indians, whom they had as neighbors, whose very
  15030. customs and dress they sometimes adopted, the squatters spent their days
  15031. in the midst of rough plenty, beset by chills, fevers, and the ills of
  15032. the flesh, but for many years unvexed by political troubles or the
  15033. restrictions of civilized life.
  15034.  
  15035. Unfortunately for them, however, the fertile valleys of the Mississippi
  15036. and Arkansas were well adapted to the cultivation of cotton and tobacco
  15037. and their sylvan peace was soon broken by an invasion of planters. The
  15038. newcomers, with their servile workers, spread upward in the valley
  15039. toward Missouri and along the southern border westward to the Red River.
  15040. In time the slaves in the tier of counties against Louisiana ranged from
  15041. thirty to seventy per cent of the population. This marked the doom of
  15042. the small farmer, swept Arkansas into the main current of planting
  15043. politics, and led to a powerful lobby at Washington in favor of
  15044. admission to the union, a boon granted in 1836.
  15045.  
  15046. =Michigan.=--In accordance with a well-established custom, a free state
  15047. was admitted to the union to balance a slave state. In 1833, the people
  15048. of Michigan, a territory ten times the size of Connecticut, announced
  15049. that the time had come for them to enjoy the privileges of a
  15050. commonwealth. All along the southern border the land had been occupied
  15051. largely by pioneers from New England, who built prim farmhouses and
  15052. adopted the town-meeting plan of self-government after the fashion of
  15053. the old home. The famous post of Detroit was growing into a flourishing
  15054. city as the boats plying on the Great Lakes carried travelers, settlers,
  15055. and freight through the narrows. In all, according to the census, there
  15056. were more than ninety thousand inhabitants in the territory; so it was
  15057. not without warrant that they clamored for statehood. Congress, busy as
  15058. ever with politics, delayed; and the inhabitants of Michigan, unable to
  15059. restrain their impatience, called a convention, drew up a constitution,
  15060. and started a lively quarrel with Ohio over the southern boundary. The
  15061. hand of Congress was now forced. Objections were made to the new
  15062. constitution on the ground that it gave the ballot to all free white
  15063. males, including aliens not yet naturalized; but the protests were
  15064. overborne in a long debate. The boundary was fixed, and Michigan, though
  15065. shorn of some of the land she claimed, came into the union in 1837.
  15066.  
  15067. =Wisconsin.=--Across Lake Michigan to the west lay the territory of
  15068. Wisconsin, which shared with Michigan the interesting history of the
  15069. Northwest, running back into the heroic days when French hunters and
  15070. missionaries were planning a French empire for the great monarch, Louis
  15071. XIV. It will not be forgotten that the French rangers of the woods, the
  15072. black-robed priests, prepared for sacrifice, even to death, the trappers
  15073. of the French agencies, and the French explorers--Marquette, Joliet, and
  15074. Menard--were the first white men to paddle their frail barks through the
  15075. northern waters. They first blazed their trails into the black forests
  15076. and left traces of their work in the names of portages and little
  15077. villages. It was from these forests that Red Men in full war paint
  15078. journeyed far to fight under the _fleur-de-lis_ of France when the
  15079. soldiers of King Louis made their last stand at Quebec and Montreal
  15080. against the imperial arms of Britain. It was here that the British flag
  15081. was planted in 1761 and that the great Pontiac conspiracy was formed two
  15082. years later to overthrow British dominion.
  15083.  
  15084. When, a generation afterward, the Stars and Stripes supplanted the Union
  15085. Jack, the French were still almost the only white men in the region.
  15086. They were soon joined by hustling Yankee fur traders who did battle
  15087. royal against British interlopers. The traders cut their way through
  15088. forest trails and laid out the routes through lake and stream and over
  15089. portages for the settlers and their families from the states "back
  15090. East." It was the forest ranger who discovered the water power later
  15091. used to turn the busy mills grinding the grain from the spreading farm
  15092. lands. In the wake of the fur hunters, forest men, and farmers came
  15093. miners from Kentucky, Tennessee, and Missouri crowding in to exploit the
  15094. lead ores of the northwest, some of them bringing slaves to work their
  15095. claims. Had it not been for the gold fever of 1849 that drew the
  15096. wielders of pick and shovel to the Far West, Wisconsin would early have
  15097. taken high rank among the mining regions of the country.
  15098.  
  15099. From a favorable point of vantage on Lake Michigan, the village of
  15100. Milwaukee, a center for lumber and grain transport and a place of entry
  15101. for Eastern goods, grew into a thriving city. It claimed twenty thousand
  15102. inhabitants, when in 1848 Congress admitted Wisconsin to the union.
  15103. Already the Germans, Irish, and Scandinavians had found their way into
  15104. the territory. They joined Americans from the older states in clearing
  15105. forests, building roads, transforming trails into highways, erecting
  15106. mills, and connecting streams with canals to make a network of routes
  15107. for the traffic that poured to and from the Great Lakes.
  15108.  
  15109. =Iowa and Minnesota.=--To the southwest of Wisconsin beyond the
  15110. Mississippi, where the tall grass of the prairies waved like the sea,
  15111. farmers from New England, New York, and Ohio had prepared Iowa for
  15112. statehood. A tide of immigration that might have flowed into Missouri
  15113. went northward; for freemen, unaccustomed to slavery and slave markets,
  15114. preferred the open country above the compromise line. With incredible
  15115. swiftness, they spread farms westward from the Mississippi. With Yankee
  15116. ingenuity they turned to trading on the river, building before 1836
  15117. three prosperous centers of traffic: Dubuque, Davenport, and Burlington.
  15118. True to their old traditions, they founded colleges and academies that
  15119. religion and learning might be cherished on the frontier as in the
  15120. states from which they came. Prepared for self-government, the Iowans
  15121. laid siege to the door of Congress and were admitted to the union in
  15122. 1846.
  15123.  
  15124. Above Iowa, on the Mississippi, lay the territory of Minnesota--the home
  15125. of the Dakotas, the Ojibways, and the Sioux. Like Michigan and
  15126. Wisconsin, it had been explored early by the French scouts, and the
  15127. first white settlement was the little French village of Mendota. To the
  15128. people of the United States, the resources of the country were first
  15129. revealed by the historic journey of Zebulon Pike in 1805 and by American
  15130. fur traders who were quick to take advantage of the opportunity to ply
  15131. their arts of hunting and bartering in fresh fields. In 1839 an
  15132. American settlement was planted at Marina on the St. Croix, the outpost
  15133. of advancing civilization. Within twenty years, the territory, boasting
  15134. a population of 150,000, asked for admission to the union. In 1858 the
  15135. plea was granted and Minnesota showed her gratitude three years later by
  15136. being first among the states to offer troops to Lincoln in the hour of
  15137. peril.
  15138.  
  15139.  
  15140. ON TO THE PACIFIC--TEXAS AND THE MEXICAN WAR
  15141.  
  15142. =The Uniformity of the Middle West.=--There was a certain monotony about
  15143. pioneering in the Northwest and on the middle border. As the long
  15144. stretches of land were cleared or prepared for the plow, they were laid
  15145. out like checkerboards into squares of forty, eighty, one hundred sixty,
  15146. or more acres, each the seat of a homestead. There was a striking
  15147. uniformity also about the endless succession of fertile fields spreading
  15148. far and wide under the hot summer sun. No majestic mountains relieved
  15149. the sweep of the prairie. Few monuments of other races and antiquity
  15150. were there to awaken curiosity about the region. No sonorous bells in
  15151. old missions rang out the time of day. The chaffering Red Man bartering
  15152. blankets and furs for powder and whisky had passed farther on. The
  15153. population was made up of plain farmers and their families engaged in
  15154. severe and unbroken labor, chopping down trees, draining fever-breeding
  15155. swamps, breaking new ground, and planting from year to year the same
  15156. rotation of crops. Nearly all the settlers were of native American stock
  15157. into whose frugal and industrious lives the later Irish and German
  15158. immigrants fitted, on the whole, with little friction. Even the Dutch
  15159. oven fell before the cast-iron cooking stove. Happiness and sorrow,
  15160. despair and hope were there, but all encompassed by the heavy tedium of
  15161. prosaic sameness.
  15162.  
  15163. [Illustration: SANTA BARBARA MISSION]
  15164.  
  15165. =A Contrast in the Far West and Southwest.=--As George Rogers Clark and
  15166. Daniel Boone had stirred the snug Americans of the seaboard to seek
  15167. their fortunes beyond the Appalachians, so now Kit Carson, James Bowie,
  15168. Sam Houston, Davy Crockett, and John C. Fremont were to lead the way
  15169. into a new land, only a part of which was under the American flag. The
  15170. setting for this new scene in the westward movement was thrown out in a
  15171. wide sweep from the headwaters of the Mississippi to the banks of the
  15172. Rio Grande; from the valleys of the Sabine and Red rivers to Montana and
  15173. the Pacific slope. In comparison with the middle border, this region
  15174. presented such startling diversities that only the eye of faith could
  15175. foresee the unifying power of nationalism binding its communities with
  15176. the older sections of the country. What contrasts indeed! The blue grass
  15177. region of Kentucky or the rich, black soil of Illinois--the painted
  15178. desert, the home of the sage brush and the coyote! The level prairies of
  15179. Iowa--the mighty Rockies shouldering themselves high against the
  15180. horizon! The long bleak winters of Wisconsin--California of endless
  15181. summer! The log churches of Indiana or Illinois--the quaint missions of
  15182. San Antonio, Tucson, and Santa Barbara! The little state of
  15183. Delaware--the empire of Texas, one hundred and twenty times its area!
  15184. And scattered about through the Southwest were signs of an ancient
  15185. civilization--fragments of four-and five-story dwellings, ruined dams,
  15186. aqueducts, and broken canals, which told of once prosperous peoples
  15187. who, by art and science, had conquered the aridity of the desert and
  15188. lifted themselves in the scale of culture above the savages of the
  15189. plain.
  15190.  
  15191. The settlers of this vast empire were to be as diverse in their origins
  15192. and habits as those of the colonies on the coast had been. Americans of
  15193. English, Irish, and Scotch-Irish descent came as usual from the Eastern
  15194. states. To them were added the migratory Germans as well. Now for the
  15195. first time came throngs of Scandinavians. Some were to make their homes
  15196. on quiet farms as the border advanced against the setting sun. Others
  15197. were to be Indian scouts, trappers, fur hunters, miners, cowboys, Texas
  15198. planters, keepers of lonely posts on the plain and the desert, stage
  15199. drivers, pilots of wagon trains, pony riders, fruit growers, "lumber
  15200. jacks," and smelter workers. One common bond united them--a passion for
  15201. the self-government accorded to states. As soon as a few thousand
  15202. settlers came together in a single territory, there arose a mighty shout
  15203. for a position beside the staid commonwealths of the East and the South.
  15204. Statehood meant to the pioneers self-government, dignity, and the right
  15205. to dispose of land, minerals, and timber in their own way. In the quest
  15206. for this local autonomy there arose many a wordy contest in Congress,
  15207. each of the political parties lending a helping hand in the admission of
  15208. a state when it gave promise of adding new congressmen of the "right
  15209. political persuasion," to use the current phrase.
  15210.  
  15211. =Southern Planters and Texas.=--While the farmers of the North found the
  15212. broad acres of the Western prairies stretching on before them apparently
  15213. in endless expanse, it was far different with the Southern planters.
  15214. Ever active in their search for new fields as they exhausted the virgin
  15215. soil of the older states, the restless subjects of King Cotton quickly
  15216. reached the frontier of Louisiana. There they paused; but only for a
  15217. moment. The fertile land of Texas just across the boundary lured them on
  15218. and the Mexican republic to which it belonged extended to them a more
  15219. than generous welcome. Little realizing the perils lurking in a
  15220. "peaceful penetration," the authorities at Mexico City opened wide the
  15221. doors and made large grants of land to American contractors, who agreed
  15222. to bring a number of families into Texas. The omnipresent Yankee, in the
  15223. person of Moses Austin of Connecticut, hearing of this good news in the
  15224. Southwest, obtained a grant in 1820 to settle three hundred Americans
  15225. near Bexar--a commission finally carried out to the letter by his son
  15226. and celebrated in the name given to the present capital of the state of
  15227. Texas. Within a decade some twenty thousand Americans had crossed the
  15228. border.
  15229.  
  15230. =Mexico Closes the Door.=--The government of Mexico, unaccustomed to
  15231. such enterprise and thoroughly frightened by its extent, drew back in
  15232. dismay. Its fears were increased as quarrels broke out between the
  15233. Americans and the natives in Texas. Fear grew into consternation when
  15234. efforts were made by President Jackson to buy the territory for the
  15235. United States. Mexico then sought to close the flood gates. It stopped
  15236. all American colonization schemes, canceled many of the land grants, put
  15237. a tariff on farming implements, and abolished slavery. These barriers
  15238. were raised too late. A call for help ran through the western border of
  15239. the United States. The sentinels of the frontier answered. Davy
  15240. Crockett, the noted frontiersman, bear hunter, and backwoods politician;
  15241. James Bowie, the dexterous wielder of the knife that to this day bears
  15242. his name; and Sam Houston, warrior and pioneer, rushed to the aid of
  15243. their countrymen in Texas. Unacquainted with the niceties of diplomacy,
  15244. impatient at the formalities of international law, they soon made it
  15245. known that in spite of Mexican sovereignty they would be their own
  15246. masters.
  15247.  
  15248. =The Independence of Texas Declared.=--Numbering only about one-fourth
  15249. of the population in Texas, they raised the standard of revolt in 1836
  15250. and summoned a convention. Following in the footsteps of their
  15251. ancestors, they issued a declaration of independence signed mainly by
  15252. Americans from the slave states. Anticipating that the government of
  15253. Mexico would not quietly accept their word of defiance as final, they
  15254. dispatched a force to repel "the invading army," as General Houston
  15255. called the troops advancing under the command of Santa Ana, the Mexican
  15256. president. A portion of the Texan soldiers took their stand in the
  15257. Alamo, an old Spanish mission in the cottonwood trees in the town of San
  15258. Antonio. Instead of obeying the order to blow up the mission and retire,
  15259. they held their ground until they were completely surrounded and cut off
  15260. from all help. Refusing to surrender, they fought to the bitter end, the
  15261. last man falling a victim to the sword. Vengeance was swift. Within
  15262. three months General Houston overwhelmed Santa Ana at the San Jacinto,
  15263. taking him prisoner of war and putting an end to all hopes for the
  15264. restoration of Mexican sovereignty over Texas.
  15265.  
  15266. The Lone Star Republic, with Houston at the head, then sought admission
  15267. to the United States. This seemed at first an easy matter. All that was
  15268. required to bring it about appeared to be a treaty annexing Texas to the
  15269. union. Moreover, President Jackson, at the height of his popularity, had
  15270. a warm regard for General Houston and, with his usual sympathy for rough
  15271. and ready ways of doing things, approved the transaction. Through an
  15272. American representative in Mexico, Jackson had long and anxiously
  15273. labored, by means none too nice, to wring from the Mexican republic the
  15274. cession of the coveted territory. When the Texans took matters into
  15275. their own hands, he was more than pleased; but he could not marshal the
  15276. approval of two-thirds of the Senators required for a treaty of
  15277. annexation. Cautious as well as impetuous, Jackson did not press the
  15278. issue; he went out of office in 1837 with Texas uncertain as to her
  15279. future.
  15280.  
  15281. =Northern Opposition to Annexation.=--All through the North the
  15282. opposition to annexation was clear and strong. Anti-slavery agitators
  15283. could hardly find words savage enough to express their feelings.
  15284. "Texas," exclaimed Channing in a letter to Clay, "is but the first step
  15285. of aggression. I trust indeed that Providence will beat back and humble
  15286. our cupidity and ambition. I now ask whether as a people we are
  15287. prepared to seize on a neighboring territory for the end of extending
  15288. slavery? I ask whether as a people we can stand forth in the sight of
  15289. God, in the sight of nations, and adopt this atrocious policy? Sooner
  15290. perish! Sooner be our name blotted out from the record of nations!"
  15291. William Lloyd Garrison called for the secession of the Northern states
  15292. if Texas was brought into the union with slavery. John Quincy Adams
  15293. warned his countrymen that they were treading in the path of the
  15294. imperialism that had brought the nations of antiquity to judgment and
  15295. destruction. Henry Clay, the Whig candidate for President, taking into
  15296. account changing public sentiment, blew hot and cold, losing the state
  15297. of New York and the election of 1844 by giving a qualified approval of
  15298. annexation. In the same campaign, the Democrats boldly demanded the
  15299. "Reannexation of Texas," based on claims which the United States once
  15300. had to Spanish territory beyond the Sabine River.
  15301.  
  15302. =Annexation.=--The politicians were disposed to walk very warily. Van
  15303. Buren, at heart opposed to slavery extension, refused to press the issue
  15304. of annexation. Tyler, a pro-slavery Democrat from Virginia, by a strange
  15305. fling of fortune carried into office as a nominal Whig, kept his mind
  15306. firmly fixed on the idea of reelection and let the troublesome matter
  15307. rest until the end of his administration was in sight. He then listened
  15308. with favor to the voice of the South. Calhoun stated what seemed to be a
  15309. convincing argument: All good Americans have their hearts set on the
  15310. Constitution; the admission of Texas is absolutely essential to the
  15311. preservation of the union; it will give a balance of power to the South
  15312. as against the North growing with incredible swiftness in wealth and
  15313. population. Tyler, impressed by the plea, appointed Calhoun to the
  15314. office of Secretary of State in 1844, authorizing him to negotiate the
  15315. treaty of annexation--a commission at once executed. This scheme was
  15316. blocked in the Senate where the necessary two-thirds vote could not be
  15317. secured. Balked but not defeated, the advocates of annexation drew up a
  15318. joint resolution which required only a majority vote in both houses,
  15319. and in February of the next year, just before Tyler gave way to Polk,
  15320. they pushed it through Congress. So Texas, amid the groans of Boston and
  15321. the hurrahs of Charleston, folded up her flag and came into the union.
  15322.  
  15323. [Illustration: TEXAS AND THE TERRITORY IN DISPUTE]
  15324.  
  15325. =The Mexican War.=--The inevitable war with Mexico, foretold by the
  15326. abolitionists and feared by Henry Clay, ensued, the ostensible cause
  15327. being a dispute over the boundaries of the new state. The Texans claimed
  15328. all the lands down to the Rio Grande. The Mexicans placed the border of
  15329. Texas at the Nueces River and a line drawn thence in a northerly
  15330. direction. President Polk, accepting the Texan view of the controversy,
  15331. ordered General Zachary Taylor to move beyond the Nueces in defense of
  15332. American sovereignty. This act of power, deemed by the Mexicans an
  15333. invasion of their territory, was followed by an attack on our troops.
  15334.  
  15335. President Polk, not displeased with the turn of events, announced that
  15336. American blood had been "spilled on American soil" and that war existed
  15337. "by the act of Mexico." Congress, in a burst of patriotic fervor,
  15338. brushed aside the protests of those who deplored the conduct of the
  15339. government as wanton aggression on a weaker nation and granted money and
  15340. supplies to prosecute the war. The few Whigs in the House of
  15341. Representatives, who refused to vote in favor of taking up arms,
  15342. accepted the inevitable with such good grace as they could command. All
  15343. through the South and the West the war was popular. New England
  15344. grumbled, but gave loyal, if not enthusiastic, support to a conflict
  15345. precipitated by policies not of its own choosing. Only a handful of firm
  15346. objectors held out. James Russell Lowell, in his _Biglow Papers_, flung
  15347. scorn and sarcasm to the bitter end.
  15348.  
  15349. =The Outcome of the War.=--The foregone conclusion was soon reached.
  15350. General Taylor might have delivered the fatal thrust from northern
  15351. Mexico if politics had not intervened. Polk, anxious to avoid raising up
  15352. another military hero for the Whigs to nominate for President, decided
  15353. to divide the honors by sending General Scott to strike a blow at the
  15354. capital, Mexico City. The deed was done with speed and pomp and two
  15355. heroes were lifted into presidential possibilities. In the Far West a
  15356. third candidate was made, John C. Fremont, who, in cooperation with
  15357. Commodores Sloat and Stockton and General Kearney, planted the Stars and
  15358. Stripes on the Pacific slope.
  15359.  
  15360. In February, 1848, the Mexicans came to terms, ceding to the victor
  15361. California, Arizona, New Mexico, and more--a domain greater in extent
  15362. than the combined areas of France and Germany. As a salve to the wound,
  15363. the vanquished received fifteen million dollars in cash and the
  15364. cancellation of many claims held by American citizens. Five years later,
  15365. through the negotiations of James Gadsden, a further cession of lands
  15366. along the southern border of Arizona and New Mexico was secured on
  15367. payment of ten million dollars.
  15368.  
  15369. =General Taylor Elected President.=--The ink was hardly dry upon the
  15370. treaty that closed the war before "rough and ready" General Taylor, a
  15371. slave owner from Louisiana, "a Whig," as he said, "but not an ultra
  15372. Whig," was put forward as the Whig candidate for President. He himself
  15373. had not voted for years and he was fairly innocent in matters political.
  15374. The tariff, the currency, and internal improvements, with a magnificent
  15375. gesture he referred to the people's representatives in Congress,
  15376. offering to enforce the laws as made, if elected. Clay's followers
  15377. mourned. Polk stormed but could not win even a renomination at the hands
  15378. of the Democrats. So it came about that the hero of Buena Vista,
  15379. celebrated for his laconic order, "Give 'em a little more grape, Captain
  15380. Bragg," became President of the United States.
  15381.  
  15382.  
  15383. THE PACIFIC COAST AND UTAH
  15384.  
  15385. =Oregon.=--Closely associated in the popular mind with the contest about
  15386. the affairs of Texas was a dispute with Great Britain over the
  15387. possession of territory in Oregon. In their presidential campaign of
  15388. 1844, the Democrats had coupled with the slogan, "The Reannexation of
  15389. Texas," two other cries, "The Reoccupation of Oregon," and "Fifty-four
  15390. Forty or Fight." The last two slogans were founded on American
  15391. discoveries and explorations in the Far Northwest. Their appearance in
  15392. politics showed that the distant Oregon country, larger in area than New
  15393. England, New York, and Pennsylvania combined, was at last receiving from
  15394. the nation the attention which its importance warranted.
  15395.  
  15396. _Joint Occupation and Settlement._--Both England and the United States
  15397. had long laid claim to Oregon and in 1818 they had agreed to occupy the
  15398. territory jointly--a contract which was renewed ten years later for an
  15399. indefinite period. Under this plan, citizens of both countries were free
  15400. to hunt and settle anywhere in the region. The vanguard of British fur
  15401. traders and Canadian priests was enlarged by many new recruits, with
  15402. Americans not far behind them. John Jacob Astor, the resourceful New
  15403. York merchant, sent out trappers and hunters who established a trading
  15404. post at Astoria in 1811. Some twenty years later, American
  15405. missionaries--among them two very remarkable men, Jason Lee and Marcus
  15406. Whitman--were preaching the gospel to the Indians.
  15407.  
  15408. Through news from the fur traders and missionaries, Eastern farmers
  15409. heard of the fertile lands awaiting their plows on the Pacific slope;
  15410. those with the pioneering spirit made ready to take possession of the
  15411. new country. In 1839 a band went around by Cape Horn. Four years later a
  15412. great expedition went overland. The way once broken, others followed
  15413. rapidly. As soon as a few settlements were well established, the
  15414. pioneers held a mass meeting and agreed upon a plan of government. "We,
  15415. the people of Oregon territory," runs the preamble to their compact,
  15416. "for the purposes of mutual protection and to secure peace and
  15417. prosperity among ourselves, agree to adopt the following laws and
  15418. regulations until such time as the United States of America extend their
  15419. jurisdiction over us." Thus self-government made its way across the
  15420. Rocky Mountains.
  15421.  
  15422. [Illustration: THE OREGON COUNTRY AND THE DISPUTED BOUNDARY]
  15423.  
  15424. _The Boundary Dispute with England Adjusted._--By this time it was
  15425. evident that the boundaries of Oregon must be fixed. Having made the
  15426. question an issue in his campaign, Polk, after his election in 1844,
  15427. pressed it upon the attention of the country. In his inaugural address
  15428. and his first message to Congress he reiterated the claim of the
  15429. Democratic platform that "our title to the whole territory of Oregon is
  15430. clear and unquestionable." This pretension Great Britain firmly
  15431. rejected, leaving the President a choice between war and compromise.
  15432.  
  15433. Polk, already having the contest with Mexico on his hands, sought and
  15434. obtained a compromise. The British government, moved by a hint from the
  15435. American minister, offered a settlement which would fix the boundary at
  15436. the forty-ninth parallel instead of "fifty-four forty," and give it
  15437. Vancouver Island. Polk speedily chose this way out of the dilemma.
  15438. Instead of making the decision himself, however, and drawing up a
  15439. treaty, he turned to the Senate for "counsel." As prearranged with party
  15440. leaders, the advice was favorable to the plan. The treaty, duly drawn in
  15441. 1846, was ratified by the Senate after an acrimonious debate. "Oh!
  15442. mountain that was delivered of a mouse," exclaimed Senator Benton, "thy
  15443. name shall be fifty-four forty!" Thirteen years later, the southern part
  15444. of the territory was admitted to the union as the state of Oregon,
  15445. leaving the northern and eastern sections in the status of a territory.
  15446.  
  15447. =California.=--With the growth of the northwestern empire, dedicated by
  15448. nature to freedom, the planting interests might have been content, had
  15449. fortune not wrested from them the fair country of California. Upon this
  15450. huge territory they had set their hearts. The mild climate and fertile
  15451. soil seemed well suited to slavery and the planters expected to extend
  15452. their sway to the entire domain. California was a state of more than
  15453. 155,000 square miles--about seventy times the size of the state of
  15454. Delaware. It could readily be divided into five or six large states, if
  15455. that became necessary to preserve the Southern balance of power.
  15456.  
  15457. _Early American Relations with California._--Time and tide, it seems,
  15458. were not on the side of the planters. Already Americans of a far
  15459. different type were invading the Pacific slope. Long before Polk ever
  15460. dreamed of California, the Yankee with his cargo of notions had been
  15461. around the Horn. Daring skippers had sailed out of New England harbors
  15462. with a variety of goods, bent their course around South America to
  15463. California, on to China and around the world, trading as they went and
  15464. leaving pots, pans, woolen cloth, guns, boots, shoes, salt fish, naval
  15465. stores, and rum in their wake. "Home from Californy!" rang the cry in
  15466. many a New England port as a good captain let go his anchor on his
  15467. return from the long trading voyage in the Pacific.
  15468.  
  15469. [Illustration: THE OVERLAND TRAILS]
  15470.  
  15471. _The Overland Trails._--Not to be outdone by the mariners of the deep,
  15472. western scouts searched for overland routes to the Pacific. Zebulon
  15473. Pike, explorer and pathfinder, by his expedition into the Southwest
  15474. during Jefferson's administration, had discovered the resources of New
  15475. Spain and had shown his countrymen how easy it was to reach Santa Fe
  15476. from the upper waters of the Arkansas River. Not long afterward, traders
  15477. laid open the route, making Franklin, Missouri, and later Fort
  15478. Leavenworth the starting point. Along the trail, once surveyed, poured
  15479. caravans heavily guarded by armed men against marauding Indians. Sand
  15480. storms often wiped out all signs of the route; hunger and thirst did
  15481. many a band of wagoners to death; but the lure of the game and the
  15482. profits at the end kept the business thriving. Huge stocks of cottons,
  15483. glass, hardware, and ammunition were drawn almost across the continent
  15484. to be exchanged at Santa Fe for furs, Indian blankets, silver, and
  15485. mules; and many a fortune was made out of the traffic.
  15486.  
  15487. _Americans in California._--Why stop at Santa Fe? The question did not
  15488. long remain unanswered. In 1829, Ewing Young broke the path to Los
  15489. Angeles. Thirteen years later Fremont made the first of his celebrated
  15490. expeditions across plain, desert, and mountain, arousing the interest of
  15491. the entire country in the Far West. In the wake of the pathfinders went
  15492. adventurers, settlers, and artisans. By 1847, more than one-fifth of the
  15493. inhabitants in the little post of two thousand on San Francisco Bay were
  15494. from the United States. The Mexican War, therefore, was not the
  15495. beginning but the end of the American conquest of California--a conquest
  15496. initiated by Americans who went to till the soil, to trade, or to follow
  15497. some mechanical pursuit.
  15498.  
  15499. _The Discovery of Gold._--As if to clinch the hold on California already
  15500. secured by the friends of free soil, there came in 1848 the sudden
  15501. discovery of gold at Sutter's Mill in the Sacramento Valley. When this
  15502. exciting news reached the East, a mighty rush began to California, over
  15503. the trails, across the Isthmus of Panama, and around Cape Horn. Before
  15504. two years had passed, it is estimated that a hundred thousand people, in
  15505. search of fortunes, had arrived in California--mechanics, teachers,
  15506. doctors, lawyers, farmers, miners, and laborers from the four corners of
  15507. the earth.
  15508.  
  15509. [Illustration: _From an old print_
  15510.  
  15511. SAN FRANCISCO IN 1849]
  15512.  
  15513. _California a Free State._--With this increase in population there
  15514. naturally resulted the usual demand for admission to the union. Instead
  15515. of waiting for authority from Washington, the Californians held a
  15516. convention in 1849 and framed their constitution. With impatience, the
  15517. delegates brushed aside the plea that "the balance of power between the
  15518. North and South" required the admission of their state as a slave
  15519. commonwealth. Without a dissenting voice, they voted in favor of freedom
  15520. and boldly made their request for inclusion among the United States.
  15521. President Taylor, though a Southern man, advised Congress to admit the
  15522. applicant. Robert Toombs of Georgia vowed to God that he preferred
  15523. secession. Henry Clay, the great compromiser, came to the rescue and in
  15524. 1850 California was admitted as a free state.
  15525.  
  15526. =Utah.=--On the long road to California, in the midst of forbidding and
  15527. barren wastes, a religious sect, the Mormons, had planted a colony
  15528. destined to a stormy career. Founded in 1830 under the leadership of
  15529. Joseph Smith of New York, the sect had suffered from many cruel buffets
  15530. of fortune. From Ohio they had migrated into Missouri where they were
  15531. set upon and beaten. Some of them were murdered by indignant neighbors.
  15532. Harried out of Missouri, they went into Illinois only to see their
  15533. director and prophet, Smith, first imprisoned by the authorities and
  15534. then shot by a mob. Having raised up a cloud of enemies on account of
  15535. both their religious faith and their practice of allowing a man to have
  15536. more than one wife, they fell in heartily with the suggestion of a new
  15537. leader, Brigham Young, that they go into the Far West beyond the plains
  15538. of Kansas--into the forlorn desert where the wicked would cease from
  15539. troubling and the weary could be at rest, as they read in the Bible. In
  15540. 1847, Young, with a company of picked men, searched far and wide until
  15541. he found a suitable spot overlooking the Salt Lake Valley. Returning to
  15542. Illinois, he gathered up his followers, now numbering several thousand,
  15543. and in one mighty wagon caravan they all went to their distant haven.
  15544.  
  15545. _Brigham Young and His Economic System._--In Brigham Young the Mormons
  15546. had a leader of remarkable power who gave direction to the redemption of
  15547. the arid soil, the management of property, and the upbuilding of
  15548. industry. He promised them to make the desert blossom as the rose, and
  15549. verily he did it. He firmly shaped the enterprise of the colony along
  15550. co-operative lines, holding down the speculator and profiteer with one
  15551. hand and giving encouragement to the industrious poor with the other.
  15552. With the shrewdness befitting a good business man, he knew how to draw
  15553. the line between public and private interest. Land was given outright to
  15554. each family, but great care was exercised in the distribution so that
  15555. none should have great advantage over another. The purchase of supplies
  15556. and the sale of produce were carried on through a cooperative store, the
  15557. profits of which went to the common good. Encountering for the first
  15558. time in the history of the Anglo-Saxon race the problem of aridity, the
  15559. Mormons surmounted the most perplexing obstacles with astounding skill.
  15560. They built irrigation works by cooperative labor and granted water
  15561. rights to all families on equitable terms.
  15562.  
  15563. _The Growth of Industries._--Though farming long remained the major
  15564. interest of the colony, the Mormons, eager to be self-supporting in
  15565. every possible way, bent their efforts also to manufacturing and later
  15566. to mining. Their missionaries, who hunted in the highways and byways of
  15567. Europe for converts, never failed to stress the economic advantages of
  15568. the sect. "We want," proclaimed President Young to all the earth, "a
  15569. company of woolen manufacturers to come with machinery and take the wool
  15570. from the sheep and convert it into the best clothes. We want a company
  15571. of potters; we need them; the clay is ready and the dishes wanted.... We
  15572. want some men to start a furnace forthwith; the iron, coal, and molders
  15573. are waiting.... We have a printing press and any one who can take good
  15574. printing and writing paper to the Valley will be a blessing to
  15575. themselves and the church." Roads and bridges were built; millions were
  15576. spent in experiments in agriculture and manufacturing; missionaries at a
  15577. huge cost were maintained in the East and in Europe; an army was kept
  15578. for defense against the Indians; and colonies were planted in the
  15579. outlying regions. A historian of Deseret, as the colony was called by
  15580. the Mormons, estimated in 1895 that by the labor of their hands the
  15581. people had produced nearly half a billion dollars in wealth since the
  15582. coming of the vanguard.
  15583.  
  15584. _Polygamy Forbidden._--The hope of the Mormons that they might forever
  15585. remain undisturbed by outsiders was soon dashed to earth, for hundreds
  15586. of farmers and artisans belonging to other religious sects came to
  15587. settle among them. In 1850 the colony was so populous and prosperous
  15588. that it was organized into a territory of the United States and brought
  15589. under the supervision of the federal government. Protests against
  15590. polygamy were raised in the colony and at the seat of authority three
  15591. thousand miles away at Washington. The new Republican party in 1856
  15592. proclaimed it "the right and duty of Congress to prohibit in the
  15593. Territories those twin relics of barbarism, polygamy and slavery." In
  15594. due time the Mormons had to give up their marriage practices which were
  15595. condemned by the common opinion of all western civilization; but they
  15596. kept their religious faith. Monuments to their early enterprise are seen
  15597. in the Temple and the Tabernacle, the irrigation works, and the great
  15598. wealth of the Church.
  15599.  
  15600.  
  15601. SUMMARY OF WESTERN DEVELOPMENT AND NATIONAL POLITICS
  15602.  
  15603. While the statesmen of the old generation were solving the problems of
  15604. their age, hunters, pioneers, and home seekers were preparing new
  15605. problems beyond the Alleghanies. The West was rising in population and
  15606. wealth. Between 1783 and 1829, eleven states were added to the original
  15607. thirteen. All but two were in the West. Two of them were in the
  15608. Louisiana territory beyond the Mississippi. Here the process of
  15609. colonization was repeated. Hardy frontier people cut down the forests,
  15610. built log cabins, laid out farms, and cut roads through the wilderness.
  15611. They began a new civilization just as the immigrants to Virginia or
  15612. Massachusetts had done two centuries earlier.
  15613.  
  15614. Like the seaboard colonists before them, they too cherished the spirit
  15615. of independence and power. They had not gone far upon their course
  15616. before they resented the monopoly of the presidency by the East. In 1829
  15617. they actually sent one of their own cherished leaders, Andrew Jackson,
  15618. to the White House. Again in 1840, in 1844, in 1848, and in 1860, the
  15619. Mississippi Valley could boast that one of its sons had been chosen for
  15620. the seat of power at Washington. Its democratic temper evoked a cordial
  15621. response in the towns of the East where the old aristocracy had been put
  15622. aside and artisans had been given the ballot.
  15623.  
  15624. For three decades the West occupied the interest of the nation. Under
  15625. Jackson's leadership, it destroyed the second United States Bank. When
  15626. he smote nullification in South Carolina, it gave him cordial support.
  15627. It approved his policy of parceling out government offices among party
  15628. workers--"the spoils system" in all its fullness. On only one point did
  15629. it really dissent. The West heartily favored internal improvements, the
  15630. appropriation of federal funds for highways, canals, and railways.
  15631. Jackson had misgivings on this question and awakened sharp criticism by
  15632. vetoing a road improvement bill.
  15633.  
  15634. From their point of vantage on the frontier, the pioneers pressed on
  15635. westward. They pushed into Texas, created a state, declared their
  15636. independence, demanded a place in the union, and precipitated a war with
  15637. Mexico. They crossed the trackless plain and desert, laying out trails
  15638. to Santa Fe, to Oregon, and to California. They were upon the scene when
  15639. the Mexican War brought California under the Stars and Stripes. They had
  15640. laid out their farms in the Willamette Valley when the slogan
  15641. "Fifty-Four Forty or Fight" forced a settlement of the Oregon boundary.
  15642. California and Oregon were already in the union when there arose the
  15643. Great Civil War testing whether this nation or any nation so conceived
  15644. and so dedicated could long endure.
  15645.  
  15646.  
  15647. =References=
  15648.  
  15649. G.P. Brown, _Westward Expansion_ (American Nation Series).
  15650.  
  15651.  
  15652. K. Coman, _Economic Beginnings of the Far West_ (2 vols.).
  15653.  
  15654. F. Parkman, _California and the Oregon Trail_.
  15655.  
  15656. R.S. Ripley, _The War with Mexico_.
  15657.  
  15658. W.C. Rives, _The United States and Mexico, 1821-48_ (2 vols.).
  15659.  
  15660.  
  15661. =Questions=
  15662.  
  15663. 1. Give some of the special features in the history of Missouri,
  15664. Arkansas, Michigan, Wisconsin, Iowa, and Minnesota.
  15665.  
  15666. 2. Contrast the climate and soil of the Middle West and the Far West.
  15667.  
  15668. 3. How did Mexico at first encourage American immigration?
  15669.  
  15670. 4. What produced the revolution in Texas? Who led in it?
  15671.  
  15672. 5. Narrate some of the leading events in the struggle over annexation to
  15673. the United States.
  15674.  
  15675. 6. What action by President Polk precipitated war?
  15676.  
  15677. 7. Give the details of the peace settlement with Mexico.
  15678.  
  15679. 8. What is meant by the "joint occupation" of Oregon?
  15680.  
  15681. 9. How was the Oregon boundary dispute finally settled?
  15682.  
  15683. 10. Compare the American "invasion" of California with the migration
  15684. into Texas.
  15685.  
  15686. 11. Explain how California became a free state.
  15687.  
  15688. 12. Describe the early economic policy of the Mormons.
  15689.  
  15690.  
  15691. =Research Topics=
  15692.  
  15693. =The Independence of Texas.=--McMaster, _History of the People of the
  15694. United States_, Vol. VI, pp. 251-270. Woodrow Wilson, _History of the
  15695. American People_, Vol. IV, pp. 102-126.
  15696.  
  15697. =The Annexation of Texas.=--McMaster, Vol. VII. The passages on
  15698. annexation are scattered through this volume and it is an exercise in
  15699. ingenuity to make a connected story of them. Source materials in Hart,
  15700. _American History Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. III, pp. 637-655; Elson,
  15701. _History of the United States_, pp. 516-521, 526-527.
  15702.  
  15703. =The War with Mexico.=--Elson, pp. 526-538.
  15704.  
  15705. =The Oregon Boundary Dispute.=--Schafer, _History of the Pacific
  15706. Northwest_ (rev. ed.), pp. 88-104; 173-185.
  15707.  
  15708. =The Migration to Oregon.=--Schafer, pp. 105-172. Coman, _Economic
  15709. Beginnings of the Far West_, Vol. II, pp. 113-166.
  15710.  
  15711. =The Santa Fe Trail.=--Coman, _Economic Beginnings_, Vol. II, pp. 75-93.
  15712.  
  15713. =The Conquest of California.=--Coman, Vol. II, pp. 297-319.
  15714.  
  15715. =Gold in California.=--McMaster, Vol. VII, pp. 585-614.
  15716.  
  15717. =The Mormon Migration.=--Coman, Vol. II, pp. 167-206.
  15718.  
  15719. =Biographical Studies.=--Fremont, Generals Scott and Taylor, Sam
  15720. Houston, and David Crockett.
  15721.  
  15722. =The Romance of Western Exploration.=--J.G. Neihardt, _The Splendid
  15723. Wayfaring_. J.G. Neihardt, _The Song of Hugh Glass_.
  15724.  
  15725.  
  15726.  
  15727.  
  15728. PART V. SECTIONAL CONFLICT AND RECONSTRUCTION
  15729.  
  15730.  
  15731.  
  15732.  
  15733. CHAPTER XIII
  15734.  
  15735. THE RISE OF THE INDUSTRIAL SYSTEM
  15736.  
  15737.  
  15738. If Jefferson could have lived to see the Stars and Stripes planted on
  15739. the Pacific Coast, the broad empire of Texas added to the planting
  15740. states, and the valley of the Willamette waving with wheat sown by
  15741. farmers from New England, he would have been more than fortified in his
  15742. faith that the future of America lay in agriculture. Even a stanch old
  15743. Federalist like Gouverneur Morris or Josiah Quincy would have mournfully
  15744. conceded both the prophecy and the claim. Manifest destiny never seemed
  15745. more clearly written in the stars.
  15746.  
  15747. As the farmers from the Northwest and planters from the Southwest poured
  15748. in upon the floor of Congress, the party of Jefferson, christened anew
  15749. by Jackson, grew stronger year by year. Opponents there were, no doubt,
  15750. disgruntled critics and Whigs by conviction; but in 1852 Franklin
  15751. Pierce, the Democratic candidate for President, carried every state in
  15752. the union except Massachusetts, Vermont, Kentucky, and Tennessee. This
  15753. victory, a triumph under ordinary circumstances, was all the more
  15754. significant in that Pierce was pitted against a hero of the Mexican War,
  15755. General Scott, whom the Whigs, hoping to win by rousing the martial
  15756. ardor of the voters, had nominated. On looking at the election returns,
  15757. the new President calmly assured the planters that "the general
  15758. principle of reduction of duties with a view to revenue may now be
  15759. regarded as the settled policy of the country." With equal confidence,
  15760. he waved aside those agitators who devoted themselves "to the supposed
  15761. interests of the relatively few Africans in the United States." Like a
  15762. watchman in the night he called to the country: "All's well."
  15763.  
  15764. The party of Hamilton and Clay lay in the dust.
  15765.  
  15766.  
  15767. THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION
  15768.  
  15769. As pride often goeth before a fall, so sanguine expectation is sometimes
  15770. the symbol of defeat. Jackson destroyed the bank. Polk signed the tariff
  15771. bill of 1846 striking an effective blow at the principle of protection
  15772. for manufactures. Pierce promised to silence the abolitionists. His
  15773. successor was to approve a drastic step in the direction of free trade.
  15774. Nevertheless all these things left untouched the springs of power that
  15775. were in due time to make America the greatest industrial nation on the
  15776. earth; namely, vast national resources, business enterprise, inventive
  15777. genius, and the free labor supply of Europe. Unseen by the thoughtless,
  15778. unrecorded in the diaries of wiseacres, rarely mentioned in the speeches
  15779. of statesmen, there was swiftly rising such a tide in the affairs of
  15780. America as Jefferson and Hamilton never dreamed of in their little
  15781. philosophies.
  15782.  
  15783. =The Inventors.=--Watt and Boulton experimenting with steam in England,
  15784. Whitney combining wood and steel into a cotton gin, Fulton and Fitch
  15785. applying the steam engine to navigation, Stevens and Peter Cooper trying
  15786. out the "iron horse" on "iron highways," Slater building spinning mills
  15787. in Pawtucket, Howe attaching the needle to the flying wheel, Morse
  15788. spanning a continent with the telegraph, Cyrus Field linking the markets
  15789. of the new world with the old along the bed of the Atlantic, McCormick
  15790. breaking the sickle under the reaper--these men and a thousand more were
  15791. destroying in a mighty revolution of industry the world of the
  15792. stagecoach and the tallow candle which Washington and Franklin had
  15793. inherited little changed from the age of Caesar. Whitney was to make
  15794. cotton king. Watt and Fulton were to make steel and steam masters of the
  15795. world. Agriculture was to fall behind in the race for supremacy.
  15796.  
  15797. =Industry Outstrips Planting.=--The story of invention, that tribute to
  15798. the triumph of mind over matter, fascinating as a romance, need not be
  15799. treated in detail here. The effects of invention on social and political
  15800. life, multitudinous and never-ending, form the very warp and woof of
  15801. American progress from the days of Andrew Jackson to the latest hour.
  15802. Neither the great civil conflict--the clash of two systems--nor the
  15803. problems of the modern age can be approached without an understanding of
  15804. the striking phases of industrialism.
  15805.  
  15806. [Illustration: A NEW ENGLAND MILL BUILT IN 1793]
  15807.  
  15808. First and foremost among them was the uprush of mills managed by
  15809. captains of industry and manned by labor drawn from farms, cities, and
  15810. foreign lands. For every planter who cleared a domain in the Southwest
  15811. and gathered his army of bondmen about him, there rose in the North a
  15812. magician of steam and steel who collected under his roof an army of free
  15813. workers.
  15814.  
  15815. In seven league boots this new giant strode ahead of the Southern giant.
  15816. Between 1850 and 1859, to use dollars and cents as the measure of
  15817. progress, the value of domestic manufactures including mines and
  15818. fisheries rose from $1,019,106,616 to $1,900,000,000, an increase of
  15819. eighty-six per cent in ten years. In this same period the total
  15820. production of naval stores, rice, sugar, tobacco, and cotton, the
  15821. staples of the South, went only from $165,000,000, in round figures, to
  15822. $204,000,000. At the halfway point of the century, the capital invested
  15823. in industry, commerce, and cities far exceeded the value of all the farm
  15824. land between the Atlantic and the Pacific; thus the course of economy
  15825. had been reversed in fifty years. Tested by figures of production, King
  15826. Cotton had shriveled by 1860 to a petty prince in comparison, for each
  15827. year the captains of industry turned out goods worth nearly twenty times
  15828. all the bales of cotton picked on Southern plantations. Iron, boots and
  15829. shoes, and leather goods pouring from Northern mills surpassed in value
  15830. the entire cotton output.
  15831.  
  15832. =The Agrarian West Turns to Industry.=--Nor was this vast enterprise
  15833. confined to the old Northeast where, as Madison had sagely remarked,
  15834. commerce was early dominant. "Cincinnati," runs an official report in
  15835. 1854, "appears to be a great central depot for ready-made clothing and
  15836. its manufacture for the Western markets may be said to be one of the
  15837. great trades of that city." There, wrote another traveler, "I heard the
  15838. crack of the cattle driver's whip and the hum of the factory: the West
  15839. and the East meeting." Louisville and St. Louis were already famous for
  15840. their clothing trades and the manufacture of cotton bagging. Five
  15841. hundred of the two thousand woolen mills in the country in 1860 were in
  15842. the Western states. Of the output of flour and grist mills, which almost
  15843. reached in value the cotton crop of 1850, the Ohio Valley furnished a
  15844. rapidly growing share. The old home of Jacksonian democracy, where
  15845. Federalists had been almost as scarce as monarchists, turned slowly
  15846. backward, as the needle to the pole, toward the principle of protection
  15847. for domestic industry, espoused by Hamilton and defended by Clay.
  15848.  
  15849. =The Extension of Canals and Railways.=--As necessary to mechanical
  15850. industry as steel and steam power was the great market, spread over a
  15851. wide and diversified area and knit together by efficient means of
  15852. transportation. This service was supplied to industry by the steamship,
  15853. which began its career on the Hudson in 1807; by the canals, of which
  15854. the Erie opened in 1825 was the most noteworthy; and by the railways,
  15855. which came into practical operation about 1830.
  15856.  
  15857. [Illustration: _From an old print_
  15858.  
  15859. AN EARLY RAILWAY]
  15860.  
  15861. With sure instinct the Eastern manufacturer reached out for the markets
  15862. of the Northwest territory where free farmers were producing annually
  15863. staggering crops of corn, wheat, bacon, and wool. The two great canal
  15864. systems--the Erie connecting New York City with the waterways of the
  15865. Great Lakes and the Pennsylvania chain linking Philadelphia with the
  15866. headwaters of the Ohio--gradually turned the tide of trade from New
  15867. Orleans to the Eastern seaboard. The railways followed the same paths.
  15868. By 1860, New York had rail connections with Chicago and St. Louis, one
  15869. of the routes running through the Hudson and Mohawk valleys and along
  15870. the Great Lakes, the other through Philadelphia and Pennsylvania and
  15871. across the rich wheat fields of Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois. Baltimore,
  15872. not to be outdone by her two rivals, reached out over the mountains for
  15873. the Western trade and in 1857 had trains running into St. Louis.
  15874.  
  15875. In railway enterprise the South took more interest than in canals, and
  15876. the friends of that section came to its aid. To offset the magnet
  15877. drawing trade away from the Mississippi Valley, lines were built from
  15878. the Gulf to Chicago, the Illinois Central part of the project being a
  15879. monument to the zeal and industry of a Democrat, better known in
  15880. politics than in business, Stephen A. Douglas. The swift movement of
  15881. cotton and tobacco to the North or to seaports was of common concern to
  15882. planters and manufacturers. Accordingly lines were flung down along the
  15883. Southern coast, linking Richmond, Charleston, and Savannah with the
  15884. Northern markets. Other lines struck inland from the coast, giving a
  15885. rail outlet to the sea for Raleigh, Columbia, Atlanta, Chattanooga,
  15886. Nashville, and Montgomery. Nevertheless, in spite of this enterprise,
  15887. the mileage of all the Southern states in 1860 did not equal that of
  15888. Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois combined.
  15889.  
  15890. =Banking and Finance.=--Out of commerce and manufactures and the
  15891. construction and operation of railways came such an accumulation of
  15892. capital in the Northern states as merchants of old never imagined. The
  15893. banks of the four industrial states of Massachusetts, Connecticut, New
  15894. York, and Pennsylvania in 1860 had funds greater than the banks in all
  15895. the other states combined. New York City had become the money market of
  15896. America, the center to which industrial companies, railway promoters,
  15897. farmers, and planters turned for capital to initiate and carry on their
  15898. operations. The banks of Louisiana, South Carolina, Georgia, and
  15899. Virginia, it is true, had capital far in excess of the banks of the
  15900. Northwest; but still they were relatively small compared with the
  15901. financial institutions of the East.
  15902.  
  15903. =The Growth of the Industrial Population.=--A revolution of such
  15904. magnitude in industry, transport, and finance, overturning as it did the
  15905. agrarian civilization of the old Northwest and reaching out to the very
  15906. borders of the country, could not fail to bring in its train
  15907. consequences of a striking character. Some were immediate and obvious.
  15908. Others require a fullness of time not yet reached to reveal their
  15909. complete significance. Outstanding among them was the growth of an
  15910. industrial population, detached from the land, concentrated in cities,
  15911. and, to use Jefferson's phrase, dependent upon "the caprices and
  15912. casualties of trade" for a livelihood. This was a result, as the great
  15913. Virginian had foreseen, which flowed inevitably from public and private
  15914. efforts to stimulate industry as against agriculture.
  15915.  
  15916. [Illustration: LOWELL, MASSACHUSETTS, IN 1838, AN EARLY INDUSTRIAL
  15917. TOWN]
  15918.  
  15919. It was estimated in 1860, on the basis of the census figures, that
  15920. mechanical production gave employment to 1,100,000 men and 285,000
  15921. women, making, if the average number of dependents upon them be
  15922. reckoned, nearly six million people or about one-sixth of the population
  15923. of the country sustained from manufactures. "This," runs the official
  15924. record, "was exclusive of the number engaged in the production of many
  15925. of the raw materials and of the food for manufacturers; in the
  15926. distribution of their products, such as merchants, clerks, draymen,
  15927. mariners, the employees of railroads, expresses, and steamboats; of
  15928. capitalists, various artistic and professional classes, as well as
  15929. carpenters, bricklayers, painters, and the members of other mechanical
  15930. trades not classed as manufactures. It is safe to assume, then, that
  15931. one-third of the whole population is supported, directly, or indirectly,
  15932. by manufacturing industry." Taking, however, the number of persons
  15933. directly supported by manufactures, namely about six millions, reveals
  15934. the astounding fact that the white laboring population, divorced from
  15935. the soil, already exceeded the number of slaves on Southern farms and
  15936. plantations.
  15937.  
  15938. _Immigration._--The more carefully the rapid growth of the industrial
  15939. population is examined, the more surprising is the fact that such an
  15940. immense body of free laborers could be found, particularly when it is
  15941. recalled to what desperate straits the colonial leaders were put in
  15942. securing immigrants,--slavery, indentured servitude, and kidnapping
  15943. being the fruits of their necessities. The answer to the enigma is to be
  15944. found partly in European conditions and partly in the cheapness of
  15945. transportation after the opening of the era of steam navigation. Shrewd
  15946. observers of the course of events had long foreseen that a flood of
  15947. cheap labor was bound to come when the way was made easy. Some, among
  15948. them Chief Justice Ellsworth, went so far as to prophesy that white
  15949. labor would in time be so abundant that slavery would disappear as the
  15950. more costly of the two labor systems. The processes of nature were aided
  15951. by the policies of government in England and Germany.
  15952.  
  15953. _The Coming of the Irish._--The opposition of the Irish people to the
  15954. English government, ever furious and irrepressible, was increased in the
  15955. mid forties by an almost total failure of the potato crop, the main
  15956. support of the peasants. Catholic in religion, they had been compelled
  15957. to support a Protestant church. Tillers of the soil by necessity, they
  15958. were forced to pay enormous tributes to absentee landlords in England
  15959. whose claim to their estates rested upon the title of conquest and
  15960. confiscation. Intensely loyal to their race, the Irish were subjected in
  15961. all things to the Parliament at London, in which their small minority of
  15962. representatives had little influence save in holding a balance of power
  15963. between the two contending English parties. To the constant political
  15964. irritation, the potato famine added physical distress beyond
  15965. description. In cottages and fields and along the highways the victims
  15966. of starvation lay dead by the hundreds, the relief which charity
  15967. afforded only bringing misery more sharply to the foreground. Those who
  15968. were fortunate enough to secure passage money sought escape to America.
  15969. In 1844 the total immigration into the United States was less than
  15970. eighty thousand; in 1850 it had risen by leaps and bounds to more than
  15971. three hundred thousand. Between 1820 and 1860 the immigrants from the
  15972. United Kingdom numbered 2,750,000, of whom more than one-half were
  15973. Irish. It has been said with a touch of exaggeration that the American
  15974. canals and railways of those days were built by the labor of Irishmen.
  15975.  
  15976. _The German Migration._--To political discontent and economic distress,
  15977. such as was responsible for the coming of the Irish, may likewise be
  15978. traced the source of the Germanic migration. The potato blight that fell
  15979. upon Ireland visited the Rhine Valley and Southern Germany at the same
  15980. time with results as pitiful, if less extensive. The calamity inflicted
  15981. by nature was followed shortly by another inflicted by the despotic
  15982. conduct of German kings and princes. In 1848 there had occurred
  15983. throughout Europe a popular uprising in behalf of republics and
  15984. democratic government. For a time it rode on a full tide of success.
  15985. Kings were overthrown, or compelled to promise constitutional
  15986. government, and tyrannical ministers fled from their palaces. Then came
  15987. reaction. Those who had championed the popular cause were imprisoned,
  15988. shot, or driven out of the land. Men of attainments and distinction,
  15989. whose sole offense was opposition to the government of kings and
  15990. princes, sought an asylum in America, carrying with them to the land of
  15991. their adoption the spirit of liberty and democracy. In 1847 over fifty
  15992. thousand Germans came to America, the forerunners of a migration that
  15993. increased, almost steadily, for many years. The record of 1860 showed
  15994. that in the previous twenty years nearly a million and a half had found
  15995. homes in the United States. Far and wide they scattered, from the mills
  15996. and shops of the seacoast towns to the uttermost frontiers of Wisconsin
  15997. and Minnesota.
  15998.  
  15999. _The Labor of Women and Children._--If the industries, canals, and
  16000. railways of the country were largely manned by foreign labor, still
  16001. important native sources must not be overlooked; above all, the women
  16002. and children of the New England textile districts. Spinning and weaving,
  16003. by a tradition that runs far beyond the written records of mankind,
  16004. belonged to women. Indeed it was the dexterous housewives, spinsters,
  16005. and boys and girls that laid the foundations of the textile industry in
  16006. America, foundations upon which the mechanical revolution was built. As
  16007. the wheel and loom were taken out of the homes to the factories operated
  16008. by water power or the steam engine, the women and, to use Hamilton's
  16009. phrase, "the children of tender years," followed as a matter of course.
  16010. "The cotton manufacture alone employs six thousand persons in Lowell,"
  16011. wrote a French observer in 1836; "of this number nearly five thousand
  16012. are young women from seventeen to twenty-four years of age, the
  16013. daughters of farmers from the different New England states." It was not
  16014. until after the middle of the century that foreign lands proved to be
  16015. the chief source from which workers were recruited for the factories of
  16016. New England. It was then that the daughters of the Puritans, outdone by
  16017. the competition of foreign labor, both of men and women, left the
  16018. spinning jenny and the loom to other hands.
  16019.  
  16020. =The Rise of Organized Labor.=--The changing conditions of American
  16021. life, marked by the spreading mill towns of New England, New York, and
  16022. Pennsylvania and the growth of cities like Buffalo, Cincinnati,
  16023. Louisville, St. Louis, Detroit, and Chicago in the West, naturally
  16024. brought changes, as Jefferson had prophesied, in "manners and morals." A
  16025. few mechanics, smiths, carpenters, and masons, widely scattered through
  16026. farming regions and rural villages, raise no such problems as tens of
  16027. thousands of workers collected in one center in daily intercourse,
  16028. learning the power of cooperation and union.
  16029.  
  16030. Even before the coming of steam and machinery, in the "good old days" of
  16031. handicrafts, laborers in many trades--printers, shoemakers, carpenters,
  16032. for example--had begun to draw together in the towns for the advancement
  16033. of their interests in the form of higher wages, shorter days, and
  16034. milder laws. The shoemakers of Philadelphia, organized in 1794,
  16035. conducted a strike in 1799 and held together until indicted seven years
  16036. later for conspiracy. During the twenties and thirties, local labor
  16037. unions sprang up in all industrial centers and they led almost
  16038. immediately to city federations of the several crafts.
  16039.  
  16040. As the thousands who were dependent upon their daily labor for their
  16041. livelihood mounted into the millions and industries spread across the
  16042. continent, the local unions of craftsmen grew into national craft
  16043. organizations bound together by the newspapers, the telegraph, and the
  16044. railways. Before 1860 there were several such national trade unions,
  16045. including the plumbers, printers, mule spinners, iron molders, and stone
  16046. cutters. All over the North labor leaders arose--men unknown to general
  16047. history but forceful and resourceful characters who forged links binding
  16048. scattered and individual workers into a common brotherhood. An attempt
  16049. was even made in 1834 to federate all the crafts into a permanent
  16050. national organization; but it perished within three years through lack
  16051. of support. Half a century had to elapse before the American Federation
  16052. of Labor was to accomplish this task.
  16053.  
  16054. All the manifestations of the modern labor movement had appeared, in
  16055. germ at least, by the time the mid-century was reached: unions, labor
  16056. leaders, strikes, a labor press, a labor political program, and a labor
  16057. political party. In every great city industrial disputes were a common
  16058. occurrence. The papers recorded about four hundred in two years,
  16059. 1853-54, local affairs but forecasting economic struggles in a larger
  16060. field. The labor press seems to have begun with the founding of the
  16061. _Mechanics' Free Press_ in Philadelphia in 1828 and the establishment of
  16062. the New York _Workingman's Advocate_ shortly afterward. These
  16063. semi-political papers were in later years followed by regular trade
  16064. papers designed to weld together and advance the interests of particular
  16065. crafts. Edited by able leaders, these little sheets with limited
  16066. circulation wielded an enormous influence in the ranks of the workers.
  16067.  
  16068. =Labor and Politics.=--As for the political program of labor, the main
  16069. planks were clear and specific: the abolition of imprisonment for debt,
  16070. manhood suffrage in states where property qualifications still
  16071. prevailed, free and universal education, laws protecting the safety and
  16072. health of workers in mills and factories, abolition of lotteries, repeal
  16073. of laws requiring militia service, and free land in the West.
  16074.  
  16075. Into the labor papers and platforms there sometimes crept a note of
  16076. hostility to the masters of industry, a sign of bitterness that excited
  16077. little alarm while cheap land in the West was open to the discontented.
  16078. The Philadelphia workmen, in issuing a call for a local convention,
  16079. invited "all those of our fellow citizens who live by their own labor
  16080. and none other." In Newcastle county, Delaware, the association of
  16081. working people complained in 1830: "The poor have no laws; the laws are
  16082. made by the rich and of course for the rich." Here and there an
  16083. extremist went to the length of advocating an equal division of wealth
  16084. among all the people--the crudest kind of communism.
  16085.  
  16086. Agitation of this character produced in labor circles profound distrust
  16087. of both Whigs and Democrats who talked principally about tariffs and
  16088. banks; it resulted in attempts to found independent labor parties. In
  16089. Philadelphia, Albany, New York City, and New England, labor candidates
  16090. were put up for elections in the early thirties and in a few cases were
  16091. victorious at the polls. "The balance of power has at length got into
  16092. the hands of the working people, where it properly belongs,"
  16093. triumphantly exclaimed the _Mechanics' Free Press_ of Philadelphia in
  16094. 1829. But the triumph was illusory. Dissensions appeared in the labor
  16095. ranks. The old party leaders, particularly of Tammany Hall, the
  16096. Democratic party organization in New York City, offered concessions to
  16097. labor in return for votes. Newspapers unsparingly denounced "trade union
  16098. politicians" as "demagogues," "levellers," and "rag, tag, and bobtail";
  16099. and some of them, deeming labor unrest the sour fruit of manhood
  16100. suffrage, suggested disfranchisement as a remedy. Under the influence
  16101. of concessions and attacks the political fever quickly died away, and
  16102. the end of the decade left no remnant of the labor political parties.
  16103. Labor leaders turned to a task which seemed more substantial and
  16104. practical, that of organizing workingmen into craft unions for the
  16105. definite purpose of raising wages and reducing hours.
  16106.  
  16107.  
  16108. THE INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION AND NATIONAL POLITICS
  16109.  
  16110. =Southern Plans for Union with the West.=--It was long the design of
  16111. Southern statesmen like Calhoun to hold the West and the South together
  16112. in one political party. The theory on which they based their hope was
  16113. simple. Both sections were agricultural--the producers of raw materials
  16114. and the buyers of manufactured goods. The planters were heavy purchasers
  16115. of Western bacon, pork, mules, and grain. The Mississippi River and its
  16116. tributaries formed the natural channel for the transportation of heavy
  16117. produce southward to the plantations and outward to Europe. Therefore,
  16118. ran their political reasoning, the interests of the two sections were
  16119. one. By standing together in favor of low tariffs, they could buy their
  16120. manufactures cheaply in Europe and pay for them in cotton, tobacco, and
  16121. grain. The union of the two sections under Jackson's management seemed
  16122. perfect.
  16123.  
  16124. =The East Forms Ties with the West.=--Eastern leaders were not blind to
  16125. the ambitions of Southern statesmen. On the contrary, they also
  16126. recognized the importance of forming strong ties with the agrarian West
  16127. and drawing the produce of the Ohio Valley to Philadelphia and New York.
  16128. The canals and railways were the physical signs of this economic union,
  16129. and the results, commercial and political, were soon evident. By the
  16130. middle of the century, Southern economists noted the change, one of
  16131. them, De Bow, lamenting that "the great cities of the North have
  16132. severally penetrated the interior with artificial lines until they have
  16133. taken from the open and untaxed current of the Mississippi the commerce
  16134. produced on its borders." To this writer it was an astounding thing to
  16135. behold "the number of steamers that now descend the upper Mississippi
  16136. River, loaded to the guards with produce, as far as the mouth of the
  16137. Illinois River and then turn up that stream with their cargoes to be
  16138. shipped to New York _via_ Chicago. The Illinois canal has not only swept
  16139. the whole produce along the line of the Illinois River to the East, but
  16140. it is drawing the products of the upper Mississippi through the same
  16141. channel; thus depriving New Orleans and St. Louis of a rich portion of
  16142. their former trade."
  16143.  
  16144. If to any shippers the broad current of the great river sweeping down to
  16145. New Orleans offered easier means of physical communication to the sea
  16146. than the canals and railways, the difference could be overcome by the
  16147. credit which Eastern bankers were able to extend to the grain and
  16148. produce buyers, in the first instance, and through them to the farmers
  16149. on the soil. The acute Southern observer just quoted, De Bow, admitted
  16150. with evident regret, in 1852, that "last autumn, the rich regions of
  16151. Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois were flooded with the local bank notes of
  16152. the Eastern States, advanced by the New York houses on produce to be
  16153. shipped by way of the canals in the spring.... These moneyed facilities
  16154. enable the packer, miller, and speculator to hold on to their produce
  16155. until the opening of navigation in the spring and they are no longer
  16156. obliged, as formerly, to hurry off their shipments during the winter by
  16157. the way of New Orleans in order to realize funds by drafts on their
  16158. shipments. The banking facilities at the East are doing as much to draw
  16159. trade from us as the canals and railways which Eastern capital is
  16160. constructing." Thus canals, railways, and financial credit were swiftly
  16161. forging bonds of union between the old home of Jacksonian Democracy in
  16162. the West and the older home of Federalism in the East. The nationalism
  16163. to which Webster paid eloquent tribute became more and more real with
  16164. the passing of time. The self-sufficiency of the pioneer was broken down
  16165. as he began to watch the produce markets of New York and Philadelphia
  16166. where the prices of corn and hogs fixed his earnings for the year.
  16167.  
  16168. =The West and Manufactures.=--In addition to the commercial bonds
  16169. between the East and the West there was growing up a common interest in
  16170. manufactures. As skilled white labor increased in the Ohio Valley, the
  16171. industries springing up in the new cities made Western life more like
  16172. that of the industrial East than like that of the planting South.
  16173. Moreover, the Western states produced some important raw materials for
  16174. American factories, which called for protection against foreign
  16175. competition, notably, wool, hemp, and flax. As the South had little or
  16176. no foreign competition in cotton and tobacco, the East could not offer
  16177. protection for her raw materials in exchange for protection for
  16178. industries. With the West, however, it became possible to establish
  16179. reciprocity in tariffs; that is, for example, to trade a high rate on
  16180. wool for a high rate on textiles or iron.
  16181.  
  16182. =The South Dependent on the North.=--While East and West were drawing
  16183. together, the distinctions between North and South were becoming more
  16184. marked; the latter, having few industries and producing little save raw
  16185. materials, was being forced into the position of a dependent section. As
  16186. a result of the protective tariff, Southern planters were compelled to
  16187. turn more and more to Northern mills for their cloth, shoes, hats, hoes,
  16188. plows, and machinery. Nearly all the goods which they bought in Europe
  16189. in exchange for their produce came overseas to Northern ports, whence
  16190. transshipments were made by rail and water to Southern points of
  16191. distribution. Their rice, cotton, and tobacco, in as far as they were
  16192. not carried to Europe in British bottoms, were transported by Northern
  16193. masters. In these ways, a large part of the financial operations
  16194. connected with the sale of Southern produce and the purchase of goods in
  16195. exchange passed into the hands of Northern merchants and bankers who,
  16196. naturally, made profits from their transactions. Finally, Southern
  16197. planters who wanted to buy more land and more slaves on credit borrowed
  16198. heavily in the North where huge accumulations made the rates of interest
  16199. lower than the smaller banks of the South could afford.
  16200.  
  16201. =The South Reckons the Cost of Economic Dependence.=--As Southern
  16202. dependence upon Northern capital became more and more marked, Southern
  16203. leaders began to chafe at what they regarded as restraints laid upon
  16204. their enterprise. In a word, they came to look upon the planter as a
  16205. tribute-bearer to the manufacturer and financier. "The South,"
  16206. expostulated De Bow, "stands in the attitude of feeding ... a vast
  16207. population of [Northern] merchants, shipowners, capitalists, and others
  16208. who, without claims on her progeny, drink up the life blood of her
  16209. trade.... Where goes the value of our labor but to those who, taking
  16210. advantage of our folly, ship for us, buy for us, sell to us, and, after
  16211. turning our own capital to their profitable account, return laden with
  16212. our money to enjoy their easily earned opulence at home."
  16213.  
  16214. Southern statisticians, not satisfied with generalities, attempted to
  16215. figure out how great was this tribute in dollars and cents. They
  16216. estimated that the planters annually lent to Northern merchants the full
  16217. value of their exports, a hundred millions or more, "to be used in the
  16218. manipulation of foreign imports." They calculated that no less than
  16219. forty millions all told had been paid to shipowners in profits. They
  16220. reckoned that, if the South were to work up her own cotton, she would
  16221. realize from seventy to one hundred millions a year that otherwise went
  16222. North. Finally, to cap the climax, they regretted that planters spent
  16223. some fifteen millions a year pleasure-seeking in the alluring cities and
  16224. summer resorts of the North.
  16225.  
  16226. =Southern Opposition to Northern Policies.=--Proceeding from these
  16227. premises, Southern leaders drew the logical conclusion that the entire
  16228. program of economic measures demanded in the North was without exception
  16229. adverse to Southern interests and, by a similar chain of reasoning,
  16230. injurious to the corn and wheat producers of the West. Cheap labor
  16231. afforded by free immigration, a protective tariff raising prices of
  16232. manufactures for the tiller of the soil, ship subsidies increasing the
  16233. tonnage of carrying trade in Northern hands, internal improvements
  16234. forging new economic bonds between the East and the West, a national
  16235. banking system giving strict national control over the currency as a
  16236. safeguard against paper inflation--all these devices were regarded in
  16237. the South as contrary to the planting interest. They were constantly
  16238. compared with the restrictive measures by which Great Britain more than
  16239. half a century before had sought to bind American interests.
  16240.  
  16241. As oppression justified a war for independence once, statesmen argued,
  16242. so it can justify it again. "It is curious as it is melancholy and
  16243. distressing," came a broad hint from South Carolina, "to see how
  16244. striking is the analogy between the colonial vassalage to which the
  16245. manufacturing states have reduced the planting states and that which
  16246. formerly bound the Anglo-American colonies to the British empire....
  16247. England said to her American colonies: 'You shall not trade with the
  16248. rest of the world for such manufactures as are produced in the mother
  16249. country.' The manufacturing states say to their Southern colonies: 'You
  16250. shall not trade with the rest of the world for such manufactures as we
  16251. produce.'" The conclusion was inexorable: either the South must control
  16252. the national government and its economic measures, or it must declare,
  16253. as America had done four score years before, its political and economic
  16254. independence. As Northern mills multiplied, as railways spun their
  16255. mighty web over the face of the North, and as accumulated capital rose
  16256. into the hundreds of millions, the conviction of the planters and their
  16257. statesmen deepened into desperation.
  16258.  
  16259. =Efforts to Start Southern Industries Fail.=--A few of them, seeing the
  16260. predominance of the North, made determined efforts to introduce
  16261. manufactures into the South. To the leaders who were averse to secession
  16262. and nullification this seemed the only remedy for the growing disparity
  16263. in the power of the two sections. Societies for the encouragement of
  16264. mechanical industries were formed, the investment of capital was sought,
  16265. and indeed a few mills were built on Southern soil. The results were
  16266. meager. The natural resources, coal and water power, were abundant; but
  16267. the enterprise for direction and the skilled labor were wanting. The
  16268. stream of European immigration flowed North and West, not South. The
  16269. Irish or German laborer, even if he finally made his home in a city, had
  16270. before him, while in the North, the alternative of a homestead on
  16271. Western land. To him slavery was a strange, if not a repelling,
  16272. institution. He did not take to it kindly nor care to fix his home where
  16273. it flourished. While slavery lasted, the economy of the South was
  16274. inevitably agricultural. While agriculture predominated, leadership with
  16275. equal necessity fell to the planting interest. While the planting
  16276. interest ruled, political opposition to Northern economy was destined to
  16277. grow in strength.
  16278.  
  16279. =The Southern Theory of Sectionalism.=--In the opinion of the statesmen
  16280. who frankly represented the planting interest, the industrial system was
  16281. its deadly enemy. Their entire philosophy of American politics was
  16282. summed up in a single paragraph by McDuffie, a spokesman for South
  16283. Carolina: "Owing to the federative character of our government, the
  16284. great geographical extent of our territory, and the diversity of the
  16285. pursuits of our citizens in different parts of the union, it has so
  16286. happened that two great interests have sprung up, standing directly
  16287. opposed to each other. One of these consists of those manufactures which
  16288. the Northern and Middle states are capable of producing but which, owing
  16289. to the high price of labor and the high profits of capital in those
  16290. states, cannot hold competition with foreign manufactures without the
  16291. aid of bounties, directly or indirectly given, either by the general
  16292. government or by the state governments. The other of these interests
  16293. consists of the great agricultural staples of the Southern states which
  16294. can find a market only in foreign countries and which can be
  16295. advantageously sold only in exchange for foreign manufactures which come
  16296. in competition with those of the Northern and Middle states.... These
  16297. interests then stand diametrically and irreconcilably opposed to each
  16298. other. The interest, the pecuniary interest of the Northern
  16299. manufacturer, is directly promoted by every increase of the taxes
  16300. imposed upon Southern commerce; and it is unnecessary to add that the
  16301. interest of the Southern planter is promoted by every diminution of
  16302. taxes imposed upon the productions of their industry. If, under these
  16303. circumstances, the manufacturers were clothed with the power of imposing
  16304. taxes, at their pleasure, upon the foreign imports of the planter, no
  16305. doubt would exist in the mind of any man that it would have all the
  16306. characteristics of an absolute and unqualified despotism." The economic
  16307. soundness of this reasoning, a subject of interesting speculation for
  16308. the economist, is of little concern to the historian. The historical
  16309. point is that this opinion was widely held in the South and with the
  16310. progress of time became the prevailing doctrine of the planting
  16311. statesmen.
  16312.  
  16313. Their antagonism was deepened because they also became convinced, on
  16314. what grounds it is not necessary to inquire, that the leaders of the
  16315. industrial interest thus opposed to planting formed a consolidated
  16316. "aristocracy of wealth," bent upon the pursuit and attainment of
  16317. political power at Washington. "By the aid of various associated
  16318. interests," continued McDuffie, "the manufacturing capitalists have
  16319. obtained a complete and permanent control over the legislation of
  16320. Congress on this subject [the tariff].... Men confederated together upon
  16321. selfish and interested principles, whether in pursuit of the offices or
  16322. the bounties of the government, are ever more active and vigilant than
  16323. the great majority who act from disinterested and patriotic impulses.
  16324. Have we not witnessed it on this floor, sir? Who ever knew the tariff
  16325. men to divide on any question affecting their confederated interests?...
  16326. The watchword is, stick together, right or wrong upon every question
  16327. affecting the common cause. Such, sir, is the concert and vigilance and
  16328. such the combinations by which the manufacturing party, acting upon the
  16329. interests of some and the prejudices of others, have obtained a decided
  16330. and permanent control over public opinion in all the tariff states."
  16331. Thus, as the Southern statesman would have it, the North, in matters
  16332. affecting national policies, was ruled by a "confederated interest"
  16333. which menaced the planting interest. As the former grew in magnitude and
  16334. attached to itself the free farmers of the West through channels of
  16335. trade and credit, it followed as night the day that in time the planters
  16336. would be overshadowed and at length overborne in the struggle of giants.
  16337. Whether the theory was sound or not, Southern statesmen believed it and
  16338. acted upon it.
  16339.  
  16340.  
  16341. =References=
  16342.  
  16343. M. Beard, _Short History of the American Labor Movement_.
  16344.  
  16345. E.L. Bogart, _Economic History of the United States_.
  16346.  
  16347. J.R. Commons, _History of Labour in the United States_ (2 vols.).
  16348.  
  16349. E.R. Johnson, _American Railway Transportation_.
  16350.  
  16351. C.D. Wright, _Industrial Evolution of the United States_.
  16352.  
  16353.  
  16354. =Questions=
  16355.  
  16356. 1. What signs pointed to a complete Democratic triumph in 1852?
  16357.  
  16358. 2. What is the explanation of the extraordinary industrial progress of
  16359. America?
  16360.  
  16361. 3. Compare the planting system with the factory system.
  16362.  
  16363. 4. In what sections did industry flourish before the Civil War? Why?
  16364.  
  16365. 5. Show why transportation is so vital to modern industry and
  16366. agriculture.
  16367.  
  16368. 6. Explain how it was possible to secure so many people to labor in
  16369. American industries.
  16370.  
  16371. 7. Trace the steps in the rise of organized labor before 1860.
  16372.  
  16373. 8. What political and economic reforms did labor demand?
  16374.  
  16375. 9. Why did the East and the South seek closer ties with the West?
  16376.  
  16377. 10. Describe the economic forces which were drawing the East and the
  16378. West together.
  16379.  
  16380. 11. In what way was the South economically dependent upon the North?
  16381.  
  16382. 12 State the national policies generally favored in the North and
  16383. condemned in the South.
  16384.  
  16385. 13. Show how economic conditions in the South were unfavorable to
  16386. industry.
  16387.  
  16388. 14. Give the Southern explanation of the antagonism between the North
  16389. and the South.
  16390.  
  16391.  
  16392. =Research Topics=
  16393.  
  16394. =The Inventions.=--Assign one to each student. Satisfactory accounts are
  16395. to be found in any good encyclopedia, especially the Britannica.
  16396.  
  16397. =River and Lake Commerce.=--Callender, _Economic History of the United
  16398. States_, pp. 313-326.
  16399.  
  16400. =Railways and Canals.=--Callender, pp. 326-344; 359-387. Coman,
  16401. _Industrial History of the United States_, pp. 216-225.
  16402.  
  16403. =The Growth of Industry, 1815-1840.=--Callender, pp. 459-471. From 1850
  16404. to 1860, Callender, pp. 471-486.
  16405.  
  16406. =Early Labor Conditions.=--Callender, pp. 701-718.
  16407.  
  16408. =Early Immigration.=--Callender, pp. 719-732.
  16409.  
  16410. =Clay's Home Market Theory of the Tariff.=--Callender, pp. 498-503.
  16411.  
  16412. =The New England View of the Tariff.=--Callender, pp. 503-514.
  16413.  
  16414.  
  16415.  
  16416.  
  16417. CHAPTER XIV
  16418.  
  16419. THE PLANTING SYSTEM AND NATIONAL POLITICS
  16420.  
  16421.  
  16422. James Madison, the father of the federal Constitution, after he had
  16423. watched for many days the battle royal in the national convention of
  16424. 1787, exclaimed that the contest was not between the large and the small
  16425. states, but between the commercial North and the planting South. From
  16426. the inauguration of Washington to the election of Lincoln the sectional
  16427. conflict, discerned by this penetrating thinker, exercised a profound
  16428. influence on the course of American politics. It was latent during the
  16429. "era of good feeling" when the Jeffersonian Republicans adopted
  16430. Federalist policies; it flamed up in the contest between the Democrats
  16431. and Whigs. Finally it raged in the angry political quarrel which
  16432. culminated in the Civil War.
  16433.  
  16434.  
  16435. SLAVERY--NORTH AND SOUTH
  16436.  
  16437. =The Decline of Slavery in the North.=--At the time of the adoption of
  16438. the Constitution, slavery was lawful in all the Northern states except
  16439. Massachusetts. There were almost as many bondmen in New York as in
  16440. Georgia. New Jersey had more than Delaware or Tennessee, indeed nearly
  16441. as many as both combined. All told, however, there were only about forty
  16442. thousand in the North as against nearly seven hundred thousand in the
  16443. South. Moreover, most of the Northern slaves were domestic servants, not
  16444. laborers necessary to keep mills going or fields under cultivation.
  16445.  
  16446. There was, in the North, a steadily growing moral sentiment against the
  16447. system. Massachusetts abandoned it in 1780. In the same year,
  16448. Pennsylvania provided for gradual emancipation. New Hampshire, where
  16449. there had been only a handful, Connecticut with a few thousand
  16450. domestics, and New Jersey early followed these examples. New York, in
  16451. 1799, declared that all children born of slaves after July 4 of that
  16452. year should be free, though held for a term as apprentices; and in 1827
  16453. it swept away the last vestiges of slavery. So with the passing of the
  16454. generation that had framed the Constitution, chattel servitude
  16455. disappeared in the commercial states, leaving behind only such
  16456. discriminations as disfranchisement or high property qualifications on
  16457. colored voters.
  16458.  
  16459. =The Growth of Northern Sentiment against Slavery.=--In both sections of
  16460. the country there early existed, among those more or less
  16461. philosophically inclined, a strong opposition to slavery on moral as
  16462. well as economic grounds. In the constitutional convention of 1787,
  16463. Gouverneur Morris had vigorously condemned it and proposed that the
  16464. whole country should bear the cost of abolishing it. About the same time
  16465. a society for promoting the abolition of slavery, under the presidency
  16466. of Benjamin Franklin, laid before Congress a petition that serious
  16467. attention be given to the emancipation of "those unhappy men who alone
  16468. in this land of freedom are degraded into perpetual bondage." When
  16469. Congress, acting on the recommendations of President Jefferson, provided
  16470. for the abolition of the foreign slave trade on January 1, 1808, several
  16471. Northern members joined with Southern members in condemning the system
  16472. as well as the trade. Later, colonization societies were formed to
  16473. encourage the emancipation of slaves and their return to Africa. James
  16474. Madison was president and Henry Clay vice president of such an
  16475. organization.
  16476.  
  16477. The anti-slavery sentiment of which these were the signs was
  16478. nevertheless confined to narrow circles and bore no trace of bitterness.
  16479.  
  16480. "We consider slavery your calamity, not your crime," wrote a
  16481. distinguished Boston clergyman to his Southern brethren, "and we will
  16482. share with you the burden of putting an end to it. We will consent that
  16483. the public lands shall be appropriated to this object.... I deprecate
  16484. everything which sows discord and exasperating sectional animosities."
  16485.  
  16486. =Uncompromising Abolition.=--In a little while the spirit of generosity
  16487. was gone. Just as Jacksonian Democracy rose to power there appeared a
  16488. new kind of anti-slavery doctrine--the dogmatism of the abolition
  16489. agitator. For mild speculation on the evils of the system was
  16490. substituted an imperious and belligerent demand for instant
  16491. emancipation. If a date must be fixed for its appearance, the year 1831
  16492. may be taken when William Lloyd Garrison founded in Boston his
  16493. anti-slavery paper, _The Liberator_. With singleness of purpose and
  16494. utter contempt for all opposing opinions and arguments, he pursued his
  16495. course of passionate denunciation. He apologized for having ever
  16496. "assented to the popular but pernicious doctrine of gradual abolition."
  16497. He chose for his motto: "Immediate and unconditional emancipation!" He
  16498. promised his readers that he would be "harsh as truth and uncompromising
  16499. as justice"; that he would not "think or speak or write with
  16500. moderation." Then he flung out his defiant call: "I am in earnest--I
  16501. will not equivocate--I will not excuse--I will not retreat a single
  16502. inch--and I will be heard....
  16503.  
  16504.      'Such is the vow I take, so help me God.'"
  16505.  
  16506. Though Garrison complained that "the apathy of the people is enough to
  16507. make every statue leap from its pedestal," he soon learned how alive the
  16508. masses were to the meaning of his propaganda. Abolition orators were
  16509. stoned in the street and hissed from the platform. Their meeting places
  16510. were often attacked and sometimes burned to the ground. Garrison himself
  16511. was assaulted in the streets of Boston, finding refuge from the angry
  16512. mob behind prison bars. Lovejoy, a publisher in Alton, Illinois, for his
  16513. willingness to give abolition a fair hearing, was brutally murdered; his
  16514. printing press was broken to pieces as a warning to all those who
  16515. disturbed the nation's peace of mind. The South, doubly frightened by a
  16516. slave revolt in 1831 which ended in the murder of a number of men,
  16517. women, and children, closed all discussion of slavery in that section.
  16518. "Now," exclaimed Calhoun, "it is a question which admits of neither
  16519. concession nor compromise."
  16520.  
  16521. As the opposition hardened, the anti-slavery agitation gathered in force
  16522. and intensity. Whittier blew his blast from the New England hills:
  16523.  
  16524.     "No slave-hunt in our borders--no pirate on our strand;
  16525.      No fetters in the Bay State--no slave upon our land."
  16526.  
  16527. Lowell, looking upon the espousal of a great cause as the noblest aim of
  16528. his art, ridiculed and excoriated bondage in the South. Those
  16529. abolitionists, not gifted as speakers or writers, signed petitions
  16530. against slavery and poured them in upon Congress. The flood of them was
  16531. so continuous that the House of Representatives, forgetting its
  16532. traditions, adopted in 1836 a "gag rule" which prevented the reading of
  16533. appeals and consigned them to the waste basket. Not until the Whigs were
  16534. in power nearly ten years later was John Quincy Adams able, after a
  16535. relentless campaign, to carry a motion rescinding the rule.
  16536.  
  16537. How deep was the impression made upon the country by this agitation for
  16538. immediate and unconditional emancipation cannot be measured. If the
  16539. popular vote for those candidates who opposed not slavery, but its
  16540. extension to the territories, be taken as a standard, it was slight
  16541. indeed. In 1844, the Free Soil candidate, Birney, polled 62,000 votes
  16542. out of over a million and a half; the Free Soil vote of the next
  16543. campaign went beyond a quarter of a million, but the increase was due to
  16544. the strength of the leader, Martin Van Buren; four years afterward it
  16545. receded to 156,000, affording all the outward signs for the belief that
  16546. the pleas of the abolitionist found no widespread response among the
  16547. people. Yet the agitation undoubtedly ran deeper than the ballot box.
  16548. Young statesmen of the North, in whose hands the destiny of frightful
  16549. years was to lie, found their indifference to slavery broken and their
  16550. consciences stirred by the unending appeal and the tireless reiteration.
  16551. Charles Sumner afterward boasted that he read the _Liberator_ two years
  16552. before Wendell Phillips, the young Boston lawyer who cast aside his
  16553. profession to take up the dangerous cause.
  16554.  
  16555. =Early Southern Opposition to Slavery.=--In the South, the sentiment
  16556. against slavery was strong; it led some to believe that it would also
  16557. come to an end there in due time. Washington disliked it and directed in
  16558. his will that his own slaves should be set free after the death of his
  16559. wife. Jefferson, looking into the future, condemned the system by which
  16560. he also lived, saying: "Can the liberties of a nation be thought secure
  16561. when we have removed their only firm basis, a conviction in the minds of
  16562. the people that their liberties are the gift of God? Are they not to be
  16563. violated but with His wrath? Indeed I tremble for my country when I
  16564. reflect that God is just; that His justice cannot sleep forever." Nor
  16565. did Southern men confine their sentiments to expressions of academic
  16566. opinion. They accepted in 1787 the Ordinance which excluded slavery from
  16567. the Northwest territory forever and also the Missouri Compromise, which
  16568. shut it out of a vast section of the Louisiana territory.
  16569.  
  16570. =The Revolution in the Slave System.=--Among the representatives of
  16571. South Carolina and Georgia, however, the anti-slavery views of
  16572. Washington and Jefferson were by no means approved; and the drift of
  16573. Southern economy was decidedly in favor of extending and perpetuating,
  16574. rather than abolishing, the system of chattel servitude. The invention
  16575. of the cotton gin and textile machinery created a market for cotton
  16576. which the planters, with all their skill and energy, could hardly
  16577. supply. Almost every available acre was brought under cotton culture as
  16578. the small farmers were driven steadily from the seaboard into the
  16579. uplands or to the Northwest.
  16580.  
  16581. The demand for slaves to till the swiftly expanding fields was enormous.
  16582. The number of bondmen rose from 700,000 in Washington's day to more than
  16583. three millions in 1850. At the same time slavery itself was transformed.
  16584. Instead of the homestead where the same family of masters kept the same
  16585. families of slaves from generation to generation, came the plantation
  16586. system of the Far South and Southwest where masters were ever moving and
  16587. ever extending their holdings of lands and slaves. This in turn reacted
  16588. on the older South where the raising of slaves for the market became a
  16589. regular and highly profitable business.
  16590.  
  16591. [Illustration: _From an old print_
  16592.  
  16593. JOHN C. CALHOUN]
  16594.  
  16595. =Slavery Defended as a Positive Good.=--As the abolition agitation
  16596. increased and the planting system expanded, apologies for slavery became
  16597. fainter and fainter in the South. Then apologies were superseded by
  16598. claims that slavery was a beneficial scheme of labor control. Calhoun,
  16599. in a famous speech in the Senate in 1837, sounded the new note by
  16600. declaring slavery "instead of an evil, a good--a positive good." His
  16601. reasoning was as follows: in every civilized society one portion of the
  16602. community must live on the labor of another; learning, science, and the
  16603. arts are built upon leisure; the African slave, kindly treated by his
  16604. master and mistress and looked after in his old age, is better off than
  16605. the free laborers of Europe; and under the slave system conflicts
  16606. between capital and labor are avoided. The advantages of slavery in this
  16607. respect, he concluded, "will become more and more manifest, if left
  16608. undisturbed by interference from without, as the country advances in
  16609. wealth and numbers."
  16610.  
  16611. =Slave Owners Dominate Politics.=--The new doctrine of Calhoun was
  16612. eagerly seized by the planters as they came more and more to overshadow
  16613. the small farmers of the South and as they beheld the menace of
  16614. abolition growing upon the horizon. It formed, as they viewed matters, a
  16615. moral defense for their labor system--sound, logical, invincible. It
  16616. warranted them in drawing together for the protection of an institution
  16617. so necessary, so inevitable, so beneficent.
  16618.  
  16619. Though in 1850 the slave owners were only about three hundred and fifty
  16620. thousand in a national population of nearly twenty million whites, they
  16621. had an influence all out of proportion to their numbers. They were knit
  16622. together by the bonds of a common interest. They had leisure and wealth.
  16623. They could travel and attend conferences and conventions. Throughout the
  16624. South and largely in the North, they had the press, the schools, and the
  16625. pulpits on their side. They formed, as it were, a mighty union for the
  16626. protection and advancement of their common cause. Aided by those
  16627. mechanics and farmers of the North who stuck by Jacksonian Democracy
  16628. through thick and thin, the planters became a power in the federal
  16629. government. "We nominate Presidents," exultantly boasted a Richmond
  16630. newspaper; "the North elects them."
  16631.  
  16632. This jubilant Southern claim was conceded by William H. Seward, a
  16633. Republican Senator from New York, in a speech describing the power of
  16634. slavery in the national government. "A party," he said, "is in one sense
  16635. a joint stock association, in which those who contribute most direct the
  16636. action and management of the concern.... The slaveholders, contributing
  16637. in an overwhelming proportion to the strength of the Democratic party,
  16638. necessarily dictate and prescribe its policy." He went on: "The
  16639. slaveholding class has become the governing power in each of the
  16640. slaveholding states and it practically chooses thirty of the sixty-two
  16641. members of the Senate, ninety of the two hundred and thirty-three
  16642. members of the House of Representatives, and one hundred and five of the
  16643. two hundred and ninety-five electors of President and Vice-President of
  16644. the United States." Then he considered the slave power in the Supreme
  16645. Court. "That tribunal," he exclaimed, "consists of a chief justice and
  16646. eight associate justices. Of these, five were called from slave states
  16647. and four from free states. The opinions and bias of each of them were
  16648. carefully considered by the President and Senate when he was appointed.
  16649. Not one of them was found wanting in soundness of politics, according to
  16650. the slaveholder's exposition of the Constitution." Such was the Northern
  16651. view of the planting interest that, from the arena of national politics,
  16652. challenged the whole country in 1860.
  16653.  
  16654. [Illustration: DISTRIBUTION OF SLAVES IN THE SOUTHERN STATES]
  16655.  
  16656.  
  16657. SLAVERY IN NATIONAL POLITICS
  16658.  
  16659. =National Aspects of Slavery.=--It may be asked why it was that slavery,
  16660. founded originally on state law and subject to state government, was
  16661. drawn into the current of national affairs. The answer is simple. There
  16662. were, in the first place, constitutional reasons. The Congress of the
  16663. United States had to make all needful rules for the government of the
  16664. territories, the District of Columbia, the forts and other property
  16665. under national authority; so it was compelled to determine whether
  16666. slavery should exist in the places subject to its jurisdiction. Upon
  16667. Congress was also conferred the power of admitting new states; whenever
  16668. a territory asked for admission, the issue could be raised as to whether
  16669. slavery should be sanctioned or excluded. Under the Constitution,
  16670. provision was made for the return of runaway slaves; Congress had the
  16671. power to enforce this clause by appropriate legislation. Since the
  16672. control of the post office was vested in the federal government, it had
  16673. to face the problem raised by the transmission of abolition literature
  16674. through the mails. Finally citizens had the right of petition; it
  16675. inheres in all free government and it is expressly guaranteed by the
  16676. first amendment to the Constitution. It was therefore legal for
  16677. abolitionists to present to Congress their petitions, even if they asked
  16678. for something which it had no right to grant. It was thus impossible,
  16679. constitutionally, to draw a cordon around the slavery issue and confine
  16680. the discussion of it to state politics.
  16681.  
  16682. There were, in the second place, economic reasons why slavery was
  16683. inevitably drawn into the national sphere. It was the basis of the
  16684. planting system which had direct commercial relations with the North and
  16685. European countries; it was affected by federal laws respecting tariffs,
  16686. bounties, ship subsidies, banking, and kindred matters. The planters of
  16687. the South, almost without exception, looked upon the protective tariff
  16688. as a tribute laid upon them for the benefit of Northern industries. As
  16689. heavy borrowers of money in the North, they were generally in favor of
  16690. "easy money," if not paper currency, as an aid in the repayment of their
  16691. debts. This threw most of them into opposition to the Whig program for a
  16692. United States Bank. All financial aids to American shipping they stoutly
  16693. resisted, preferring to rely upon the cheaper service rendered by
  16694. English shippers. Internal improvements, those substantial ties that
  16695. were binding the West to the East and turning the traffic from New
  16696. Orleans to Philadelphia and New York, they viewed with alarm. Free
  16697. homesteads from the public lands, which tended to overbalance the South
  16698. by building free states, became to them a measure dangerous to their
  16699. interests. Thus national economic policies, which could not by any twist
  16700. or turn be confined to state control, drew the slave system and its
  16701. defenders into the political conflict that centered at Washington.
  16702.  
  16703. =Slavery and the Territories--the Missouri Compromise (1820).=--Though
  16704. men continually talked about "taking slavery out of politics," it could
  16705. not be done. By 1818 slavery had become so entrenched and the
  16706. anti-slavery sentiment so strong, that Missouri's quest for admission
  16707. brought both houses of Congress into a deadlock that was broken only by
  16708. compromise. The South, having half the Senators, could prevent the
  16709. admission of Missouri stripped of slavery; and the North, powerful in
  16710. the House of Representatives, could keep Missouri with slavery out of
  16711. the union indefinitely. An adjustment of pretensions was the last
  16712. resort. Maine, separated from the parent state of Massachusetts, was
  16713. brought into the union with freedom and Missouri with bondage. At the
  16714. same time it was agreed that the remainder of the vast Louisiana
  16715. territory north of the parallel of 36 o 30' should be, like the old
  16716. Northwest, forever free; while the southern portion was left to slavery.
  16717. In reality this was an immense gain for liberty. The area dedicated to
  16718. free farmers was many times greater than that left to the planters. The
  16719. principle was once more asserted that Congress had full power to prevent
  16720. slavery in the territories.
  16721.  
  16722. [Illustration: THE MISSOURI COMPROMISE]
  16723.  
  16724. =The Territorial Question Reopened by the Wilmot Proviso.=--To the
  16725. Southern leaders, the annexation of Texas and the conquest of Mexico
  16726. meant renewed security to the planting interest against the increasing
  16727. wealth and population of the North. Texas, it was said, could be divided
  16728. into four slave states. The new territories secured by the treaty of
  16729. peace with Mexico contained the promise of at least three more. Thus, as
  16730. each new free soil state knocked for admission into the union, the
  16731. South could demand as the price of its consent a new slave state. No
  16732. wonder Southern statesmen saw, in the annexation of Texas and the
  16733. conquest of Mexico, slavery and King Cotton triumphant--secure for all
  16734. time against adverse legislation. Northern leaders were equally
  16735. convinced that the Southern prophecy was true. Abolitionists and
  16736. moderate opponents of slavery alike were in despair. Texas, they
  16737. lamented, would fasten slavery upon the country forevermore. "No living
  16738. man," cried one, "will see the end of slavery in the United States!"
  16739.  
  16740. It so happened, however, that the events which, it was thought, would
  16741. secure slavery let loose a storm against it. A sign appeared first on
  16742. August 6, 1846, only a few months after war was declared on Mexico. On
  16743. that day, David Wilmot, a Democrat from Pennsylvania, introduced into
  16744. the House of Representatives a resolution to the effect that, as an
  16745. express and fundamental condition to the acquisition of any territory
  16746. from the republic of Mexico, slavery should be forever excluded from
  16747. every part of it. "The Wilmot Proviso," as the resolution was popularly
  16748. called, though defeated on that occasion, was a challenge to the South.
  16749.  
  16750. The South answered the challenge. Speaking in the House of
  16751. Representatives, Robert Toombs of Georgia boldly declared: "In the
  16752. presence of the living God, if by your legislation you seek to drive us
  16753. from the territories of California and New Mexico ... I am for
  16754. disunion." South Carolina announced that the day for talk had passed and
  16755. the time had come to join her sister states "in resisting the
  16756. application of the Wilmot Proviso at any and all hazards." A conference,
  16757. assembled at Jackson, Mississippi, in the autumn of 1849, called a
  16758. general convention of Southern states to meet at Nashville the following
  16759. summer. The avowed purpose was to arrest "the course of aggression" and,
  16760. if that was not possible, to provide "in the last resort for their
  16761. separate welfare by the formation of a compact and union that will
  16762. afford protection to their liberties and rights." States that had
  16763. spurned South Carolina's plea for nullification in 1832 responded to
  16764. this new appeal with alacrity--an augury of the secession to come.
  16765.  
  16766. [Illustration: _From an old print._
  16767.  
  16768. HENRY CLAY]
  16769.  
  16770. =The Great Debate of 1850.=--The temper of the country was white hot
  16771. when Congress convened in December, 1849. It was a memorable session,
  16772. memorable for the great men who took part in the debates and memorable
  16773. for the grand Compromise of 1850 which it produced. In the Senate sat
  16774. for the last time three heroic figures: Webster from the North, Calhoun
  16775. from the South, and Clay from a border state. For nearly forty years
  16776. these three had been leaders of men. All had grown old and gray in
  16777. service. Calhoun was already broken in health and in a few months was to
  16778. be borne from the political arena forever. Clay and Webster had but two
  16779. more years in their allotted span.
  16780.  
  16781. Experience, learning, statecraft--all these things they now marshaled in
  16782. a mighty effort to solve the slavery problem. On January 29, 1850, Clay
  16783. offered to the Senate a compromise granting concessions to both sides;
  16784. and a few days later, in a powerful oration, he made a passionate appeal
  16785. for a union of hearts through mutual sacrifices. Calhoun relentlessly
  16786. demanded the full measure of justice for the South: equal rights in the
  16787. territories bought by common blood; the return of runaway slaves as
  16788. required by the Constitution; the suppression of the abolitionists; and
  16789. the restoration of the balance of power between the North and the South.
  16790. Webster, in his notable "Seventh of March speech," condemned the Wilmot
  16791. Proviso, advocated a strict enforcement of the fugitive slave law,
  16792. denounced the abolitionists, and made a final plea for the Constitution,
  16793. union, and liberty. This was the address which called forth from
  16794. Whittier the poem, "Ichabod," deploring the fall of the mighty one whom
  16795. he thought lost to all sense of faith and honor.
  16796.  
  16797. =The Terms of the Compromise of 1850.=--When the debates were closed,
  16798. the results were totaled in a series of compromise measures, all of
  16799. which were signed in September, 1850, by the new President, Millard
  16800. Fillmore, who had taken office two months before on the death of Zachary
  16801. Taylor. By these acts the boundaries of Texas were adjusted and the
  16802. territory of New Mexico created, subject to the provision that all or
  16803. any part of it might be admitted to the union "with or without slavery
  16804. as their constitution may provide at the time of their admission." The
  16805. Territory of Utah was similarly organized with the same conditions as to
  16806. slavery, thus repudiating the Wilmot Proviso without guaranteeing
  16807. slavery to the planters. California was admitted as a free state under a
  16808. constitution in which the people of the territory had themselves
  16809. prohibited slavery.
  16810.  
  16811. The slave trade was abolished in the District of Columbia, but slavery
  16812. itself existed as before at the capital of the nation. This concession
  16813. to anti-slavery sentiment was more than offset by a fugitive slave law,
  16814. drastic in spirit and in letter. It placed the enforcement of its terms
  16815. in the hands of federal officers appointed from Washington and so
  16816. removed it from the control of authorities locally elected. It provided
  16817. that masters or their agents, on filing claims in due form, might
  16818. summarily remove their escaped slaves without affording their "alleged
  16819. fugitives" the right of trial by jury, the right to witness, the right
  16820. to offer any testimony in evidence. Finally, to "put teeth" into the
  16821. act, heavy penalties were prescribed for all who obstructed or assisted
  16822. in obstructing the enforcement of the law. Such was the Great Compromise
  16823. of 1850.
  16824.  
  16825. [Illustration: AN OLD CARTOON REPRESENTING WEBSTER "STEALING CLAY'S
  16826. THUNDER"]
  16827.  
  16828. =The Pro-slavery Triumph in the Election of 1852.=--The results of the
  16829. election of 1852 seemed to show conclusively that the nation was weary
  16830. of slavery agitation and wanted peace. Both parties, Whigs and
  16831. Democrats, endorsed the fugitive slave law and approved the Great
  16832. Compromise. The Democrats, with Franklin Pierce as their leader, swept
  16833. the country against the war hero, General Winfield Scott, on whom the
  16834. Whigs had staked their hopes. Even Webster, broken with grief at his
  16835. failure to receive the nomination, advised his friends to vote for
  16836. Pierce and turned away from politics to meditate upon approaching death.
  16837. The verdict of the voters would seem to indicate that for the time
  16838. everybody, save a handful of disgruntled agitators, looked upon Clay's
  16839. settlement as the last word. "The people, especially the business men of
  16840. the country," says Elson, "were utterly weary of the agitation and they
  16841. gave their suffrages to the party that promised them rest." The Free
  16842. Soil party, condemning slavery as "a sin against God and a crime against
  16843. man," and advocating freedom for the territories, failed to carry a
  16844. single state. In fact it polled fewer votes than it had four years
  16845. earlier--156,000 as against nearly 3,000,000, the combined vote of the
  16846. Whigs and Democrats. It is not surprising, therefore, that President
  16847. Pierce, surrounded in his cabinet by strong Southern sympathizers, could
  16848. promise to put an end to slavery agitation and to crush the abolition
  16849. movement in the bud.
  16850.  
  16851. =Anti-slavery Agitation Continued.=--The promise was more difficult to
  16852. fulfill than to utter. In fact, the vigorous execution of one measure
  16853. included in the Compromise--the fugitive slave law--only made matters
  16854. worse. Designed as security for the planters, it proved a powerful
  16855. instrument in their undoing. Slavery five hundred miles away on a
  16856. Louisiana plantation was so remote from the North that only the
  16857. strongest imagination could maintain a constant rage against it. "Slave
  16858. catching," "man hunting" by federal officers on the streets of
  16859. Philadelphia, New York, Boston, Chicago, or Milwaukee and in the hamlets
  16860. and villages of the wide-stretching farm lands of the North was another
  16861. matter. It brought the most odious aspects of slavery home to thousands
  16862. of men and women who would otherwise have been indifferent to the
  16863. system. Law-abiding business men, mechanics, farmers, and women, when
  16864. they saw peaceful negroes, who had resided in their neighborhoods
  16865. perhaps for years, torn away by federal officers and carried back to
  16866. bondage, were transformed into enemies of the law. They helped slaves to
  16867. escape; they snatched them away from officers who had captured them;
  16868. they broke open jails and carried fugitives off to Canada.
  16869.  
  16870. Assistance to runaway slaves, always more or less common in the North,
  16871. was by this time organized into a system. Regular routes, known as
  16872. "underground railways," were laid out across the free states into
  16873. Canada, and trusted friends of freedom maintained "underground stations"
  16874. where fugitives were concealed in the daytime between their long night
  16875. journeys. Funds were raised and secret agents sent into the South to
  16876. help negroes to flee. One negro woman, Harriet Tubman, "the Moses of her
  16877. people," with headquarters at Philadelphia, is accredited with nineteen
  16878. invasions into slave territory and the emancipation of three hundred
  16879. negroes. Those who worked at this business were in constant peril. One
  16880. underground operator, Calvin Fairbank, spent nearly twenty years in
  16881. prison for aiding fugitives from justice. Yet perils and prisons did not
  16882. stay those determined men and women who, in obedience to their
  16883. consciences, set themselves to this lawless work.
  16884.  
  16885. [Illustration: HARRIET BEECHER STOWE]
  16886.  
  16887. From thrilling stories of adventure along the underground railways came
  16888. some of the scenes and themes of the novel by Harriet Beecher Stowe,
  16889. "Uncle Tom's Cabin," published two years after the Compromise of 1850.
  16890. Her stirring tale set forth the worst features of slavery in vivid word
  16891. pictures that caught and held the attention of millions of readers.
  16892. Though the book was unfair to the South and was denounced as a hideous
  16893. distortion of the truth, it was quickly dramatized and played in every
  16894. city and town throughout the North. Topsy, Little Eva, Uncle Tom, the
  16895. fleeing slave, Eliza Harris, and the cruel slave driver, Simon Legree,
  16896. with his baying blood hounds, became living specters in many a home that
  16897. sought to bar the door to the "unpleasant and irritating business of
  16898. slavery agitation."
  16899.  
  16900.  
  16901. THE DRIFT OF EVENTS TOWARD THE IRREPRESSIBLE CONFLICT
  16902.  
  16903. =Repeal of the Missouri Compromise.=--To practical men, after all, the
  16904. "rub-a-dub" agitation of a few abolitionists, an occasional riot over
  16905. fugitive slaves, and the vogue of a popular novel seemed of slight or
  16906. transient importance. They could point with satisfaction to the election
  16907. returns of 1852; but their very security was founded upon shifting
  16908. sands. The magnificent triumph of the pro-slavery Democrats in 1852
  16909. brought a turn in affairs that destroyed the foundations under their
  16910. feet. Emboldened by their own strength and the weakness of their
  16911. opponents, they now dared to repeal the Missouri Compromise. The leader
  16912. in this fateful enterprise was Stephen A. Douglas, Senator from
  16913. Illinois, and the occasion for the deed was the demand for the
  16914. organization of territorial government in the regions west of Iowa and
  16915. Missouri.
  16916.  
  16917. Douglas, like Clay and Webster before him, was consumed by a strong
  16918. passion for the presidency, and, to reach his goal, it was necessary to
  16919. win the support of the South. This he undoubtedly sought to do when he
  16920. introduced on January 4, 1854, a bill organizing the Nebraska territory
  16921. on the principle of the Compromise of 1850; namely, that the people in
  16922. the territory might themselves decide whether they would have slavery or
  16923. not. Unwittingly the avalanche was started.
  16924.  
  16925. After a stormy debate, in which important amendments were forced on
  16926. Douglas, the Kansas-Nebraska Bill became a law on May 30, 1854. The
  16927. measure created two territories, Kansas and Nebraska, and provided that
  16928. they, or territories organized out of them, could come into the union as
  16929. states "with or without slavery as their constitutions may prescribe at
  16930. the time of their admission." Not content with this, the law went on to
  16931. declare the Missouri Compromise null and void as being inconsistent with
  16932. the principle of non-intervention by Congress with slavery in the states
  16933. and territories. Thus by a single blow the very heart of the continent,
  16934. dedicated to freedom by solemn agreement, was thrown open to slavery. A
  16935. desperate struggle between slave owners and the advocates of freedom was
  16936. the outcome in Kansas.
  16937.  
  16938. If Douglas fancied that the North would receive the overthrow of the
  16939. Missouri Compromise in the same temper that it greeted Clay's
  16940. settlement, he was rapidly disillusioned. A blast of rage, terrific in
  16941. its fury, swept from Maine to Iowa. Staid old Boston hanged him in
  16942. effigy with an inscription--"Stephen A. Douglas, author of the infamous
  16943. Nebraska bill: the Benedict Arnold of 1854." City after city burned him
  16944. in effigy until, as he himself said, he could travel from the Atlantic
  16945. coast to Chicago in the light of the fires. Thousands of Whigs and
  16946. Free-soil Democrats deserted their parties which had sanctioned or at
  16947. least tolerated the Kansas-Nebraska Bill, declaring that the startling
  16948. measure showed an evident resolve on the part of the planters to rule
  16949. the whole country. A gage of defiance was thrown down to the
  16950. abolitionists. An issue was set even for the moderate and timid who had
  16951. been unmoved by the agitation over slavery in the Far South. That issue
  16952. was whether slavery was to be confined within its existing boundaries or
  16953. be allowed to spread without interference, thereby placing the free
  16954. states in the minority and surrendering the federal government wholly to
  16955. the slave power.
  16956.  
  16957. =The Rise of the Republican Party.=--Events of terrible significance,
  16958. swiftly following, drove the country like a ship before a gale straight
  16959. into civil war. The Kansas-Nebraska Bill rent the old parties asunder
  16960. and called into being the Republican party. While that bill was pending
  16961. in Congress, many Northern Whigs and Democrats had come to the
  16962. conclusion that a new party dedicated to freedom in the territories must
  16963. follow the repeal of the Missouri Compromise. Several places claim to be
  16964. the original home of the Republican party; but historians generally
  16965. yield it to Wisconsin. At Ripon in that state, a mass meeting of Whigs
  16966. and Democrats assembled in February, 1854, and resolved to form a new
  16967. party if the Kansas-Nebraska Bill should pass. At a second meeting a
  16968. fusion committee representing Whigs, Free Soilers, and Democrats was
  16969. formed and the name Republican--the name of Jefferson's old party--was
  16970. selected. All over the country similar meetings were held and political
  16971. committees were organized.
  16972.  
  16973. When the presidential campaign of 1856 began the Republicans entered the
  16974. contest. After a preliminary conference in Pittsburgh in February, they
  16975. held a convention in Philadelphia at which was drawn up a platform
  16976. opposing the extension of slavery to the territories. John C. Fremont,
  16977. the distinguished explorer, was named for the presidency. The results
  16978. of the election were astounding as compared with the Free-soil failure
  16979. of the preceding election. Prominent men like Longfellow, Washington
  16980. Irving, William Cullen Bryant, Ralph Waldo Emerson, and George William
  16981. Curtis went over to the new party and 1,341,264 votes were rolled up for
  16982. "free labor, free speech, free men, free Kansas, and Fremont."
  16983. Nevertheless the victory of the Democrats was decisive. Their candidate,
  16984. James Buchanan of Pennsylvania, was elected by a majority of 174 to 114
  16985. electoral votes.
  16986.  
  16987. [Illustration: SLAVE AND FREE SOIL ON EVE OF CIVIL WAR]
  16988.  
  16989. =The Dred Scott Decision (1857).=--In his inaugural, Buchanan vaguely
  16990. hinted that in a forthcoming decision the Supreme Court would settle one
  16991. of the vital questions of the day. This was a reference to the Dred
  16992. Scott case then pending. Scott was a slave who had been taken by his
  16993. master into the upper Louisiana territory, where freedom had been
  16994. established by the Missouri Compromise, and then carried back into his
  16995. old state of Missouri. He brought suit for his liberty on the ground
  16996. that his residence in the free territory made him free. This raised the
  16997. question whether the law of Congress prohibiting slavery north of 36 o
  16998. 30' was authorized by the federal Constitution or not. The Court might
  16999. have avoided answering it by saying that even though Scott was free in
  17000. the territory, he became a slave again in Missouri by virtue of the law
  17001. of that state. The Court, however, faced the issue squarely. It held
  17002. that Scott had not been free anywhere and that, besides, the Missouri
  17003. Compromise violated the Constitution and was null and void.
  17004.  
  17005. The decision was a triumph for the South. It meant that Congress after
  17006. all had no power to abolish slavery in the territories. Under the decree
  17007. of the highest court in the land, that could be done only by an
  17008. amendment to the Constitution which required a two-thirds vote in
  17009. Congress and the approval of three-fourths of the states. Such an
  17010. amendment was obviously impossible--the Southern states were too
  17011. numerous; but the Republicans were not daunted. "We know," said Lincoln,
  17012. "the Court that made it has often overruled its own decisions and we
  17013. shall do what we can to have it overrule this." Legislatures of Northern
  17014. states passed resolutions condemning the decision and the Republican
  17015. platform of 1860 characterized the dogma that the Constitution carried
  17016. slavery into the territories as "a dangerous political heresy at
  17017. variance with the explicit provisions of that instrument itself ... with
  17018. legislative and judicial precedent ... revolutionary in tendency and
  17019. subversive of the peace and harmony of the country."
  17020.  
  17021. =The Panic of 1857.=--In the midst of the acrimonious dispute over the
  17022. Dred Scott decision, came one of the worst business panics which ever
  17023. afflicted the country. In the spring and summer of 1857, fourteen
  17024. railroad corporations, including the Erie, Michigan Central, and the
  17025. Illinois Central, failed to meet their obligations; banks and insurance
  17026. companies, some of them the largest and strongest institutions in the
  17027. North, closed their doors; stocks and bonds came down in a crash on the
  17028. markets; manufacturing was paralyzed; tens of thousands of working
  17029. people were thrown out of employment; "hunger meetings" of idle men were
  17030. held in the cities and banners bearing the inscription, "We want
  17031. bread," were flung out. In New York, working men threatened to invade
  17032. the Council Chamber to demand "work or bread," and the frightened mayor
  17033. called for the police and soldiers. For this distressing state of
  17034. affairs many remedies were offered; none with more zeal and persistence
  17035. than the proposal for a higher tariff to take the place of the law of
  17036. March, 1857, a Democratic measure making drastic reductions in the rates
  17037. of duty. In the manufacturing districts of the North, the panic was
  17038. ascribed to the "Democratic assault on business." So an old issue was
  17039. again vigorously advanced, preparatory to the next presidential
  17040. campaign.
  17041.  
  17042. =The Lincoln-Douglas Debates.=--The following year the interest of the
  17043. whole country was drawn to a series of debates held in Illinois by
  17044. Lincoln and Douglas, both candidates for the United States Senate. In
  17045. the course of his campaign Lincoln had uttered his trenchant saying that
  17046. "a house divided against itself cannot stand. I believe this government
  17047. cannot endure permanently half slave and half free." At the same time he
  17048. had accused Douglas, Buchanan, and the Supreme Court of acting in
  17049. concert to make slavery national. This daring statement arrested the
  17050. attention of Douglas, who was making his campaign on the doctrine of
  17051. "squatter sovereignty;" that is, the right of the people of each
  17052. territory "to vote slavery up or down." After a few long-distance shots
  17053. at each other, the candidates agreed to meet face to face and discuss
  17054. the issues of the day. Never had such crowds been seen at political
  17055. meetings in Illinois. Farmers deserted their plows, smiths their forges,
  17056. and housewives their baking to hear "Honest Abe" and "the Little Giant."
  17057.  
  17058. The results of the series of debates were momentous. Lincoln clearly
  17059. defined his position. The South, he admitted, was entitled under the
  17060. Constitution to a fair, fugitive slave law. He hoped that there might be
  17061. no new slave states; but he did not see how Congress could exclude the
  17062. people of a territory from admission as a state if they saw fit to adopt
  17063. a constitution legalizing the ownership of slaves. He favored the
  17064. gradual abolition of slavery in the District of Columbia and the total
  17065. exclusion of it from the territories of the United States by act of
  17066. Congress.
  17067.  
  17068. Moreover, he drove Douglas into a hole by asking how he squared
  17069. "squatter sovereignty" with the Dred Scott decision; how, in other
  17070. words, the people of a territory could abolish slavery when the Court
  17071. had declared that Congress, the superior power, could not do it under
  17072. the Constitution? To this baffling question Douglas lamely replied that
  17073. the inhabitants of a territory, by "unfriendly legislation," might make
  17074. property in slaves insecure and thus destroy the institution. This
  17075. answer to Lincoln's query alienated many Southern Democrats who believed
  17076. that the Dred Scott decision settled the question of slavery in the
  17077. territories for all time. Douglas won the election to the Senate; but
  17078. Lincoln, lifted into national fame by the debates, beat him in the
  17079. campaign for President two years later.
  17080.  
  17081. =John Brown's Raid.=--To the abolitionists the line of argument pursued
  17082. by Lincoln, including his proposal to leave slavery untouched in the
  17083. states where it existed, was wholly unsatisfactory. One of them, a grim
  17084. and resolute man, inflamed by a hatred for slavery in itself, turned
  17085. from agitation to violence. "These men are all talk; what is needed is
  17086. action--action!" So spoke John Brown of New York. During the sanguinary
  17087. struggle in Kansas he hurried to the frontier, gun and dagger in hand,
  17088. to help drive slave owners from the free soil of the West. There he
  17089. committed deeds of such daring and cruelty that he was outlawed and a
  17090. price put upon his head. Still he kept on the path of "action." Aided by
  17091. funds from Northern friends, he gathered a small band of his followers
  17092. around him, saying to them: "If God be for us, who can be against us?"
  17093. He went into Virginia in the autumn of 1859, hoping, as he explained,
  17094. "to effect a mighty conquest even though it be like the last victory of
  17095. Samson." He seized the government armory at Harper's Ferry, declared
  17096. free the slaves whom he found, and called upon them to take up arms in
  17097. defense of their liberty. His was a hope as forlorn as it was desperate.
  17098. Armed forces came down upon him and, after a hard battle, captured him.
  17099. Tried for treason, Brown was condemned to death. The governor of
  17100. Virginia turned a deaf ear to pleas for clemency based on the ground
  17101. that the prisoner was simply a lunatic. "This is a beautiful country,"
  17102. said the stern old Brown glancing upward to the eternal hills on his way
  17103. to the gallows, as calmly as if he were returning home from a long
  17104. journey. "So perish all such enemies of Virginia. All such enemies of
  17105. the Union. All such foes of the human race," solemnly announced the
  17106. executioner as he fulfilled the judgment of the law.
  17107.  
  17108. The raid and its grim ending deeply moved the country. Abolitionists
  17109. looked upon Brown as a martyr and tolled funeral bells on the day of his
  17110. execution. Longfellow wrote in his diary: "This will be a great day in
  17111. our history; the date of a new revolution as much needed as the old
  17112. one." Jefferson Davis saw in the affair "the invasion of a state by a
  17113. murderous gang of abolitionists bent on inciting slaves to murder
  17114. helpless women and children"--a crime for which the leader had met a
  17115. felon's death. Lincoln spoke of the raid as absurd, the deed of an
  17116. enthusiast who had brooded over the oppression of a people until he
  17117. fancied himself commissioned by heaven to liberate them--an attempt
  17118. which ended in "little else than his own execution." To Republican
  17119. leaders as a whole, the event was very embarrassing. They were taunted
  17120. by the Democrats with responsibility for the deed. Douglas declared his
  17121. "firm and deliberate conviction that the Harper's Ferry crime was the
  17122. natural, logical, inevitable result of the doctrines and teachings of
  17123. the Republican party." So persistent were such attacks that the
  17124. Republicans felt called upon in 1860 to denounce Brown's raid "as among
  17125. the gravest of crimes."
  17126.  
  17127. =The Democrats Divided.=--When the Democratic convention met at
  17128. Charleston in the spring of 1860, a few months after Brown's execution,
  17129. it soon became clear that there was danger ahead. Between the extreme
  17130. slavery advocates of the Far South and the so-called pro-slavery
  17131. Democrats of the Douglas type, there was a chasm which no appeals to
  17132. party loyalty could bridge. As the spokesman of the West, Douglas knew
  17133. that, while the North was not abolitionist, it was passionately set
  17134. against an extension of slavery into the territories by act of Congress;
  17135. that squatter sovereignty was the mildest kind of compromise acceptable
  17136. to the farmers whose votes would determine the fate of the election.
  17137. Southern leaders would not accept his opinion. Yancey, speaking for
  17138. Alabama, refused to palter with any plan not built on the proposition
  17139. that slavery was in itself right. He taunted the Northern Democrats with
  17140. taking the view that slavery was wrong, but that they could not do
  17141. anything about it. That, he said, was the fatal error--the cause of all
  17142. discord, the source of "Black Republicanism," as well as squatter
  17143. sovereignty. The gauntlet was thus thrown down at the feet of the
  17144. Northern delegates: "You must not apologize for slavery; you must
  17145. declare it right; you must advocate its extension." The challenge, so
  17146. bluntly put, was as bluntly answered. "Gentlemen of the South,"
  17147. responded a delegate from Ohio, "you mistake us. You mistake us. We will
  17148. not do it."
  17149.  
  17150. For ten days the Charleston convention wrangled over the platform and
  17151. balloted for the nomination of a candidate. Douglas, though in the lead,
  17152. could not get the two-thirds vote required for victory. For more than
  17153. fifty times the roll of the convention was called without a decision.
  17154. Then in sheer desperation the convention adjourned to meet later at
  17155. Baltimore. When the delegates again assembled, their passions ran as
  17156. high as ever. The division into two irreconcilable factions was
  17157. unchanged. Uncompromising delegates from the South withdrew to Richmond,
  17158. nominated John C. Breckinridge of Kentucky for President, and put forth
  17159. a platform asserting the rights of slave owners in the territories and
  17160. the duty of the federal government to protect them. The delegates who
  17161. remained at Baltimore nominated Douglas and endorsed his doctrine of
  17162. squatter sovereignty.
  17163.  
  17164. =The Constitutional Union Party.=--While the Democratic party was being
  17165. disrupted, a fragment of the former Whig party, known as the
  17166. Constitutional Unionists, held a convention at Baltimore and selected
  17167. national candidates: John Bell from Tennessee and Edward Everett from
  17168. Massachusetts. A melancholy interest attached to this assembly. It was
  17169. mainly composed of old men whose political views were those of Clay and
  17170. Webster, cherished leaders now dead and gone. In their platform they
  17171. sought to exorcise the evil spirit of partisanship by inviting their
  17172. fellow citizens to "support the Constitution of the country, the union
  17173. of the states, and the enforcement of the laws." The party that
  17174. campaigned on this grand sentiment only drew laughter from the Democrats
  17175. and derision from the Republicans and polled less than one-fourth the
  17176. votes.
  17177.  
  17178. =The Republican Convention.=--With the Whigs definitely forced into a
  17179. separate group, the Republican convention at Chicago was fated to be
  17180. sectional in character, although five slave states did send delegates.
  17181. As the Democrats were split, the party that had led a forlorn hope four
  17182. years before was on the high road to success at last. New and powerful
  17183. recruits were found. The advocates of a high protective tariff and the
  17184. friends of free homesteads for farmers and workingmen mingled with
  17185. enthusiastic foes of slavery. While still firm in their opposition to
  17186. slavery in the territories, the Republicans went on record in favor of a
  17187. homestead law granting free lands to settlers and approved customs
  17188. duties designed "to encourage the development of the industrial
  17189. interests of the whole country." The platform was greeted with cheers
  17190. which, according to the stenographic report of the convention, became
  17191. loud and prolonged as the protective tariff and homestead planks were
  17192. read.
  17193.  
  17194. Having skillfully drawn a platform to unite the North in opposition to
  17195. slavery and the planting system, the Republicans were also adroit in
  17196. their selection of a candidate. The tariff plank might carry
  17197. Pennsylvania, a Democratic state; but Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois were
  17198. equally essential to success at the polls. The southern counties of
  17199. these states were filled with settlers from Virginia, North Carolina,
  17200. and Kentucky who, even if they had no love for slavery, were no friends
  17201. of abolition. Moreover, remembering the old fight on the United States
  17202. Bank in Andrew Jackson's day, they were suspicious of men from the East.
  17203. Accordingly, they did not favor the candidacy of Seward, the leading
  17204. Republican statesman and "favorite son" of New York.
  17205.  
  17206. After much trading and discussing, the convention came to the conclusion
  17207. that Abraham Lincoln of Illinois was the most "available" candidate. He
  17208. was of Southern origin, born in Kentucky in 1809, a fact that told
  17209. heavily in the campaign in the Ohio Valley. He was a man of the soil,
  17210. the son of poor frontier parents, a pioneer who in his youth had labored
  17211. in the fields and forests, celebrated far and wide as "honest Abe, the
  17212. rail-splitter." It was well-known that he disliked slavery, but was no
  17213. abolitionist. He had come dangerously near to Seward's radicalism in his
  17214. "house-divided-against-itself" speech but he had never committed himself
  17215. to the reckless doctrine that there was a "higher law" than the
  17216. Constitution. Slavery in the South he tolerated as a bitter fact;
  17217. slavery in the territories he opposed with all his strength. Of his
  17218. sincerity there could be no doubt. He was a speaker and writer of
  17219. singular power, commanding, by the use of simple and homely language,
  17220. the hearts and minds of those who heard him speak or read his printed
  17221. words. He had gone far enough in his opposition to slavery; but not too
  17222. far. He was the man of the hour! Amid lusty cheers from ten thousand
  17223. throats, Lincoln was nominated for the presidency by the Republicans. In
  17224. the ensuing election, he carried all the free states except New Jersey.
  17225.  
  17226.  
  17227. =References=
  17228.  
  17229. P.E. Chadwick, _Causes of the Civil War_ (American Nation Series).
  17230.  
  17231. W.E. Dodd, _Statesmen of the Old South_.
  17232.  
  17233. E. Engle, _Southern Sidelights_ (Sympathetic account of the Old South).
  17234.  
  17235. A.B. Hart, _Slavery and Abolition_ (American Nation Series).
  17236.  
  17237. J.F. Rhodes, _History of the United States_, Vols. I and II.
  17238.  
  17239. T.C. Smith, _Parties and Slavery_ (American Nation Series).
  17240.  
  17241.  
  17242. =Questions=
  17243.  
  17244. 1. Trace the decline of slavery in the North and explain it.
  17245.  
  17246. 2. Describe the character of early opposition to slavery.
  17247.  
  17248. 3. What was the effect of abolition agitation?
  17249.  
  17250. 4. Why did anti-slavery sentiment practically disappear in the South?
  17251.  
  17252. 5. On what grounds did Calhoun defend slavery?
  17253.  
  17254. 6. Explain how slave owners became powerful in politics.
  17255.  
  17256. 7. Why was it impossible to keep the slavery issue out of national
  17257. politics?
  17258.  
  17259. 8. Give the leading steps in the long controversy over slavery in the
  17260. territories.
  17261.  
  17262. 9. State the terms of the Compromise of 1850 and explain its failure.
  17263.  
  17264. 10. What were the startling events between 1850 and 1860?
  17265.  
  17266. 11. Account for the rise of the Republican party. What party had used
  17267. the title before?
  17268.  
  17269. 12. How did the Dred Scott decision become a political issue?
  17270.  
  17271. 13. What were some of the points brought out in the Lincoln-Douglas
  17272. debates?
  17273.  
  17274. 14. Describe the party division in 1860.
  17275.  
  17276. 15. What were the main planks in the Republican platform?
  17277.  
  17278.  
  17279. =Research Topics=
  17280.  
  17281. =The Extension of Cotton Planting.=--Callender, _Economic History of the
  17282. United States_, pp. 760-768.
  17283.  
  17284. =Abolition Agitation.=--McMaster, _History of the People of the United
  17285. States_, Vol. VI, pp. 271-298.
  17286.  
  17287. =Calhoun's Defense of Slavery.=--Harding, _Select Orations Illustrating
  17288. American History_, pp. 247-257.
  17289.  
  17290. =The Compromise of 1850.=--Clay's speech in Harding, _Select Orations_,
  17291. pp. 267-289. The compromise laws in Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book
  17292. of American History_, pp. 383-394. Narrative account in McMaster, Vol.
  17293. VIII, pp. 1-55; Elson, _History of the United States_, pp. 540-548.
  17294.  
  17295. =The Repeal of the Missouri Compromise.=--McMaster, Vol. VIII, pp.
  17296. 192-231; Elson, pp. 571-582.
  17297.  
  17298. =The Dred Scott Case.=--McMaster, Vol. VIII, pp. 278-282. Compare the
  17299. opinion of Taney and the dissent of Curtis in Macdonald, _Documentary
  17300. Source Book_, pp. 405-420; Elson, pp. 595-598.
  17301.  
  17302. =The Lincoln-Douglas Debates.=--Analysis of original speeches in
  17303. Harding, _Select Orations_ pp. 309-341; Elson, pp. 598-604.
  17304.  
  17305. =Biographical Studies.=--Calhoun, Clay, Webster, A.H. Stephens, Douglas,
  17306. W.H. Seward, William Lloyd Garrison, Wendell Phillips, and Harriet
  17307. Beecher Stowe.
  17308.  
  17309.  
  17310.  
  17311.  
  17312. CHAPTER XV
  17313.  
  17314. THE CIVIL WAR AND RECONSTRUCTION
  17315.  
  17316.  
  17317. "The irrepressible conflict is about to be visited upon us through the
  17318. Black Republican nominee and his fanatical, diabolical Republican
  17319. party," ran an appeal to the voters of South Carolina during the
  17320. campaign of 1860. If that calamity comes to pass, responded the governor
  17321. of the state, the answer should be a declaration of independence. In a
  17322. few days the suspense was over. The news of Lincoln's election came
  17323. speeding along the wires. Prepared for the event, the editor of the
  17324. Charleston _Mercury_ unfurled the flag of his state amid wild cheers
  17325. from an excited throng in the streets. Then he seized his pen and wrote:
  17326. "The tea has been thrown overboard; the revolution of 1860 has been
  17327. initiated." The issue was submitted to the voters in the choice of
  17328. delegates to a state convention called to cast off the yoke of the
  17329. Constitution.
  17330.  
  17331.  
  17332. THE SOUTHERN CONFEDERACY
  17333.  
  17334. =Secession.=--As arranged, the convention of South Carolina assembled in
  17335. December and without a dissenting voice passed the ordinance of
  17336. secession withdrawing from the union. Bells were rung exultantly, the
  17337. roar of cannon carried the news to outlying counties, fireworks lighted
  17338. up the heavens, and champagne flowed. The crisis so long expected had
  17339. come at last; even the conservatives who had prayed that they might
  17340. escape the dreadful crash greeted it with a sigh of relief.
  17341.  
  17342. [Illustration: THE UNITED STATES IN 1861
  17343.  
  17344. The border states (in purple) remained loyal.]
  17345.  
  17346. South Carolina now sent forth an appeal to her sister states--states
  17347. that had in Jackson's day repudiated nullification as leading to "the
  17348. dissolution of the union." The answer that came this time was in a
  17349. different vein. A month had hardly elapsed before five other
  17350. states--Florida, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi, and Louisiana--had
  17351. withdrawn from the union. In February, Texas followed. Virginia,
  17352. hesitating until the bombardment of Fort Sumter forced a conclusion,
  17353. seceded in April; but fifty-five of the one hundred and forty-three
  17354. delegates dissented, foreshadowing the creation of the new state of West
  17355. Virginia which Congress admitted to the union in 1863. In May, North
  17356. Carolina, Arkansas, and Tennessee announced their independence.
  17357.  
  17358. =Secession and the Theories of the Union.=--In severing their relations
  17359. with the union, the seceding states denied every point in the Northern
  17360. theory of the Constitution. That theory, as every one knows, was
  17361. carefully formulated by Webster and elaborated by Lincoln. According to
  17362. it, the union was older than the states; it was created before the
  17363. Declaration of Independence for the purpose of common defense. The
  17364. Articles of Confederation did but strengthen this national bond and the
  17365. Constitution sealed it forever. The federal government was not a
  17366. creature of state governments. It was erected by the people and derived
  17367. its powers directly from them. "It is," said Webster, "the people's
  17368. Constitution, the people's government; made for the people; made by the
  17369. people; and answerable to the people. The people of the United States
  17370. have declared that this Constitution shall be the supreme law." When a
  17371. state questions the lawfulness of any act of the federal government, it
  17372. cannot nullify that act or withdraw from the union; it must abide by the
  17373. decision of the Supreme Court of the United States. The union of these
  17374. states is perpetual, ran Lincoln's simple argument in the first
  17375. inaugural; the federal Constitution has no provision for its own
  17376. termination; it can be destroyed only by some action not provided for in
  17377. the instrument itself; even if it is a compact among all the states the
  17378. consent of all must be necessary to its dissolution; therefore no state
  17379. can lawfully get out of the union and acts of violence against the
  17380. United States are insurrectionary or revolutionary. This was the system
  17381. which he believed himself bound to defend by his oath of office
  17382. "registered in heaven."
  17383.  
  17384. All this reasoning Southern statesmen utterly rejected. In their opinion
  17385. the thirteen original states won their independence as separate and
  17386. sovereign powers. The treaty of peace with Great Britain named them all
  17387. and acknowledged them "to be free, sovereign, and independent states."
  17388. The Articles of Confederation very explicitly declared that "each state
  17389. retains its sovereignty, freedom, and independence." The Constitution
  17390. was a "league of nations" formed by an alliance of thirteen separate
  17391. powers, each one of which ratified the instrument before it was put into
  17392. effect. They voluntarily entered the union under the Constitution and
  17393. voluntarily they could leave it. Such was the constitutional doctrine of
  17394. Hayne, Calhoun, and Jefferson Davis. In seceding, the Southern states
  17395. had only to follow legal methods, and the transaction would be correct
  17396. in every particular. So conventions were summoned, elections were held,
  17397. and "sovereign assemblies of the people" set aside the Constitution in
  17398. the same manner as it had been ratified nearly four score years before.
  17399. Thus, said the Southern people, the moral judgment was fulfilled and the
  17400. letter of the law carried into effect.
  17401.  
  17402. [Illustration: JEFFERSON DAVIS]
  17403.  
  17404. =The Formation of the Confederacy.=--Acting on the call of Mississippi,
  17405. a congress of delegates from the seceded states met at Montgomery,
  17406. Alabama, and on February 8, 1861, adopted a temporary plan of union. It
  17407. selected, as provisional president, Jefferson Davis of Mississippi, a
  17408. man well fitted by experience and moderation for leadership, a graduate
  17409. of West Point, who had rendered distinguished service on the field of
  17410. battle in the Mexican War, in public office, and as a member of
  17411. Congress.
  17412.  
  17413. In March, a permanent constitution of the Confederate states was
  17414. drafted. It was quickly ratified by the states; elections were held in
  17415. November; and the government under it went into effect the next year.
  17416. This new constitution, in form, was very much like the famous instrument
  17417. drafted at Philadelphia in 1787. It provided for a President, a Senate,
  17418. and a House of Representatives along almost identical lines. In the
  17419. powers conferred upon them, however, there were striking differences.
  17420. The right to appropriate money for internal improvements was expressly
  17421. withheld; bounties were not to be granted from the treasury nor import
  17422. duties so laid as to promote or foster any branch of industry. The
  17423. dignity of the state, if any might be bold enough to question it, was
  17424. safeguarded in the opening line by the declaration that each acted "in
  17425. its sovereign and independent character" in forming the Southern union.
  17426.  
  17427. =Financing the Confederacy.=--No government ever set out upon its career
  17428. with more perplexing tasks in front of it. The North had a monetary
  17429. system; the South had to create one. The North had a scheme of taxation
  17430. that produced large revenues from numerous sources; the South had to
  17431. formulate and carry out a financial plan. Like the North, the
  17432. Confederacy expected to secure a large revenue from customs duties,
  17433. easily collected and little felt among the masses. To this expectation
  17434. the blockade of Southern ports inaugurated by Lincoln in April, 1861,
  17435. soon put an end. Following the precedent set by Congress under the
  17436. Articles of Confederation, the Southern Congress resorted to a direct
  17437. property tax apportioned among the states, only to meet the failure that
  17438. might have been foretold.
  17439.  
  17440. The Confederacy also sold bonds, the first issue bringing into the
  17441. treasury nearly all the specie available in the Southern banks. This
  17442. specie by unhappy management was early sent abroad to pay for supplies,
  17443. sapping the foundations of a sound currency system. Large amounts of
  17444. bonds were sold overseas, commanding at first better terms than those
  17445. of the North in the markets of London, Paris, and Amsterdam, many an
  17446. English lord and statesman buying with enthusiasm and confidence to
  17447. lament within a few years the proofs of his folly. The difficulties of
  17448. bringing through the blockade any supplies purchased by foreign bond
  17449. issues, however, nullified the effect of foreign credit and forced the
  17450. Confederacy back upon the device of paper money. In all approximately
  17451. one billion dollars streamed from the printing presses, to fall in value
  17452. at an alarming rate, reaching in January, 1863, the astounding figure of
  17453. fifty dollars in paper money for one in gold. Every known device was
  17454. used to prevent its depreciation, without result. To the issues of the
  17455. Confederate Congress were added untold millions poured out by the states
  17456. and by private banks.
  17457.  
  17458. =Human and Material Resources.=--When we measure strength for strength
  17459. in those signs of power--men, money, and supplies--it is difficult to
  17460. see how the South was able to embark on secession and war with such
  17461. confidence in the outcome. In the Confederacy at the final reckoning
  17462. there were eleven states in all, to be pitted against twenty-two; a
  17463. population of nine millions, nearly one-half servile, to be pitted
  17464. against twenty-two millions; a land without great industries to produce
  17465. war supplies and without vast capital to furnish war finances, joined in
  17466. battle with a nation already industrial and fortified by property worth
  17467. eleven billion dollars. Even after the Confederate Congress authorized
  17468. conscription in 1862, Southern man power, measured in numbers, was
  17469. wholly inadequate to uphold the independence which had been declared.
  17470. How, therefore, could the Confederacy hope to sustain itself against
  17471.  
  17472. such a combination of men, money, and materials as the North could
  17473. marshal?
  17474.  
  17475. =Southern Expectations.=--The answer to this question is to be found in
  17476. the ideas that prevailed among Southern leaders. First of all, they
  17477. hoped, in vain, to carry the Confederacy up to the Ohio River; and, with
  17478. the aid of Missouri, to gain possession of the Mississippi Valley, the
  17479. granary of the nation. In the second place, they reckoned upon a large
  17480. and continuous trade with Great Britain--the exchange of cotton for war
  17481. materials. They likewise expected to receive recognition and open aid
  17482. from European powers that looked with satisfaction upon the breakup of
  17483. the great American republic. In the third place, they believed that
  17484. their control over several staples so essential to Northern industry
  17485. would enable them to bring on an industrial crisis in the manufacturing
  17486. states. "I firmly believe," wrote Senator Hammond, of South Carolina, in
  17487. 1860, "that the slave-holding South is now the controlling power of the
  17488. world; that no other power would face us in hostility. Cotton, rice,
  17489. tobacco, and naval stores command the world; and we have the sense to
  17490. know it and are sufficiently Teutonic to carry it out successfully. The
  17491. North without us would be a motherless calf, bleating about, and die of
  17492. mange and starvation."
  17493.  
  17494. There were other grounds for confidence. Having seized all of the
  17495. federal military and naval supplies in the South, and having left the
  17496. national government weak in armed power during their possession of the
  17497. presidency, Southern leaders looked to a swift war, if it came at all,
  17498. to put the finishing stroke to independence. "The greasy mechanics of
  17499. the North," it was repeatedly said, "will not fight." As to disparity in
  17500. numbers they drew historic parallels. "Our fathers, a mere handful,
  17501. overcame the enormous power of Great Britain," a saying of ex-President
  17502. Tyler, ran current to reassure the doubtful. Finally, and this point
  17503. cannot be too strongly emphasized, the South expected to see a weakened
  17504. and divided North. It knew that the abolitionists and the Southern
  17505. sympathizers were ready to let the Confederate states go in peace; that
  17506. Lincoln represented only a little more than one-third the voters of the
  17507. country; and that the vote for Douglas, Bell, and Breckinridge meant a
  17508. decided opposition to the Republicans and their policies.
  17509.  
  17510. =Efforts at Compromise.=--Republican leaders, on reviewing the same
  17511. facts, were themselves uncertain as to the outcome of a civil war and
  17512. made many efforts to avoid a crisis. Thurlow Weed, an Albany journalist
  17513. and politician who had done much to carry New York for Lincoln, proposed
  17514. a plan for extending the Missouri Compromise line to the Pacific.
  17515. Jefferson Davis, warning his followers that a war if it came would be
  17516. terrible, was prepared to accept the offer; but Lincoln, remembering his
  17517. campaign pledges, stood firm as a rock against it. His followers in
  17518. Congress took the same position with regard to a similar settlement
  17519. suggested by Senator Crittenden of Kentucky.
  17520.  
  17521. Though unwilling to surrender his solemn promises respecting slavery in
  17522. the territories, Lincoln was prepared to give to Southern leaders a
  17523. strong guarantee that his administration would not interfere directly or
  17524. indirectly with slavery in the states. Anxious to reassure the South on
  17525. this point, the Republicans in Congress proposed to write into the
  17526. Constitution a declaration that no amendment should ever be made
  17527. authorizing the abolition of or interference with slavery in any state.
  17528. The resolution, duly passed, was sent forth on March 4, 1861, with the
  17529. approval of Lincoln; it was actually ratified by three states before the
  17530. storm of war destroyed it. By the irony of fate the thirteenth amendment
  17531. was to abolish, not guarantee, slavery.
  17532.  
  17533.  
  17534. THE WAR MEASURES OF THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT
  17535.  
  17536. =Raising the Armies.=--The crisis at Fort Sumter, on April 12-14, 1861,
  17537. forced the President and Congress to turn from negotiations to problems
  17538. of warfare. Little did they realize the magnitude of the task before
  17539. them. Lincoln's first call for volunteers, issued on April 15, 1861,
  17540. limited the number to 75,000, put their term of service at three months,
  17541. and prescribed their duty as the enforcement of the law against
  17542. combinations too powerful to be overcome by ordinary judicial process.
  17543. Disillusionment swiftly followed. The terrible defeat of the Federals at
  17544. Bull Run on July 21 revealed the serious character of the task before
  17545. them; and by a series of measures Congress put the entire man power of
  17546. the country at the President's command. Under these acts, he issued new
  17547. calls for volunteers. Early in August, 1862, he ordered a draft of
  17548. militiamen numbering 300,000 for nine months' service. The results were
  17549. disappointing--ominous--for only about 87,000 soldiers were added to the
  17550. army. Something more drastic was clearly necessary.
  17551.  
  17552. In March, 1863, Lincoln signed the inevitable draft law; it enrolled in
  17553. the national forces liable to military duty all able-bodied male
  17554. citizens and persons of foreign birth who had declared their intention
  17555. to become citizens, between the ages of twenty and forty-five
  17556. years--with exemptions on grounds of physical weakness and dependency.
  17557. From the men enrolled were drawn by lot those destined to active
  17558. service. Unhappily the measure struck a mortal blow at the principle of
  17559. universal liability by excusing any person who found a substitute for
  17560. himself or paid into the war office a sum, not exceeding three hundred
  17561. dollars, to be fixed by general order. This provision, so crass and so
  17562. obviously favoring the well-to-do, sowed seeds of bitterness which
  17563. sprang up a hundredfold in the North.
  17564.  
  17565. [Illustration: THE DRAFT RIOTS IN NEW YORK CITY]
  17566.  
  17567. The beginning of the drawings under the draft act in New York City, on
  17568. Monday, July 13, 1863, was the signal for four days of rioting. In the
  17569. course of this uprising, draft headquarters were destroyed; the office
  17570. of the _Tribune_ was gutted; negroes were seized, hanged, and shot; the
  17571. homes of obnoxious Unionists were burned down; the residence of the
  17572. mayor of the city was attacked; and regular battles were fought in the
  17573. streets between the rioters and the police. Business stopped and a large
  17574. part of the city passed absolutely into the control of the mob. Not
  17575. until late the following Wednesday did enough troops arrive to restore
  17576. order and enable the residents of the city to resume their daily
  17577. activities. At least a thousand people had been killed or wounded and
  17578. more than a million dollars' worth of damage done to property. The draft
  17579. temporarily interrupted by this outbreak was then resumed and carried
  17580. out without further trouble.
  17581.  
  17582. The results of the draft were in the end distinctly disappointing to the
  17583. government. The exemptions were numerous and the number who preferred
  17584. and were able to pay $300 rather than serve exceeded all expectations.
  17585. Volunteering, it is true, was stimulated, but even that resource could
  17586. hardly keep the thinning ranks of the army filled. With reluctance
  17587. Congress struck out the $300 exemption clause, but still favored the
  17588. well-to-do by allowing them to hire substitutes if they could find them.
  17589. With all this power in its hands the administration was able by January,
  17590. 1865, to construct a union army that outnumbered the Confederates two to
  17591. one.
  17592.  
  17593. =War Finance.=--In the financial sphere the North faced immense
  17594. difficulties. The surplus in the treasury had been dissipated by 1861
  17595. and the tariff of 1857 had failed to produce an income sufficient to
  17596. meet the ordinary expenses of the government. Confronted by military and
  17597. naval expenditures of appalling magnitude, rising from $35,000,000 in
  17598. the first year of the war to $1,153,000,000 in the last year, the
  17599. administration had to tap every available source of income. The duties
  17600. on imports were increased, not once but many times, producing huge
  17601. revenues and also meeting the most extravagant demands of the
  17602. manufacturers for protection. Direct taxes were imposed on the states
  17603. according to their respective populations, but the returns were
  17604. meager--all out of proportion to the irritation involved. Stamp taxes
  17605. and taxes on luxuries, occupations, and the earnings of corporations
  17606. were laid with a weight that, in ordinary times, would have drawn forth
  17607. opposition of ominous strength. The whole gamut of taxation was run.
  17608. Even a tax on incomes and gains by the year, the first in the history of
  17609. the federal government, was included in the long list.
  17610.  
  17611. Revenues were supplemented by bond issues, mounting in size and interest
  17612. rate, until in October, at the end of the war, the debt stood at
  17613. $2,208,000,000. The total cost of the war was many times the money value
  17614. of all the slaves in the Southern states. To the debt must be added
  17615. nearly half a billion dollars in "greenbacks"--paper money issued by
  17616. Congress in desperation as bond sales and revenues from taxes failed to
  17617. meet the rising expenditures. This currency issued at par on
  17618. questionable warrant from the Constitution, like all such paper, quickly
  17619. began to decline until in the worst fortunes of 1864 one dollar in gold
  17620. was worth nearly three in greenbacks.
  17621.  
  17622. =The Blockade of Southern Ports.=--Four days after his call for
  17623. volunteers, April 19, 1861, President Lincoln issued a proclamation
  17624. blockading the ports of the Southern Confederacy. Later the blockade was
  17625. extended to Virginia and North Carolina, as they withdrew from the
  17626. union. Vessels attempting to enter or leave these ports, if they
  17627. disregarded the warnings of a blockading ship, were to be captured and
  17628. brought as prizes to the nearest convenient port. To make the order
  17629. effective, immediate steps were taken to increase the naval forces,
  17630. depleted by neglect, until the entire coast line was patrolled with such
  17631. a number of ships that it was a rare captain who ventured to run the
  17632. gantlet. The collision between the _Merrimac_ and the _Monitor_ in
  17633. March, 1862, sealed the fate of the Confederacy. The exploits of the
  17634. union navy are recorded in the falling export of cotton: $202,000,000 in
  17635. 1860; $42,000,000 in 1861; and $4,000,000 in 1862.
  17636.  
  17637. The deadly effect of this paralysis of trade upon Southern war power may
  17638. be readily imagined. Foreign loans, payable in cotton, could be
  17639. negotiated but not paid off. Supplies could be purchased on credit but
  17640. not brought through the drag net. With extreme difficulty could the
  17641. Confederate government secure even paper for the issue of money and
  17642. bonds. Publishers, in despair at the loss of supplies, were finally
  17643. driven to the use of brown wrapping paper and wall paper. As the
  17644. railways and rolling stock wore out, it became impossible to renew them
  17645. from England or France. Unable to export their cotton, planters on the
  17646. seaboard burned it in what were called "fires of patriotism." In their
  17647. lurid light the fatal weakness of Southern economy stood revealed.
  17648.  
  17649. [Illustration: A BLOCKADE RUNNER]
  17650.  
  17651. =Diplomacy.=--The war had not advanced far before the federal government
  17652. became involved in many perplexing problems of diplomacy in Europe. The
  17653. Confederacy early turned to England and France for financial aid and for
  17654. recognition as an independent power. Davis believed that the industrial
  17655. crisis created by the cotton blockade would in time literally compel
  17656. Europe to intervene in order to get this essential staple. The crisis
  17657. came as he expected but not the result. Thousands of English textile
  17658. workers were thrown out of employment; and yet, while on the point of
  17659. starvation, they adopted resolutions favoring the North instead of
  17660. petitioning their government to aid the South by breaking the blockade.
  17661.  
  17662. With the ruling classes it was far otherwise. Napoleon III, the Emperor
  17663. of the French, was eager to help in disrupting the American republic; if
  17664. he could have won England's support, he would have carried out his
  17665. designs. As it turned out he found plenty of sympathy across the Channel
  17666. but not open and official cooperation. According to the eminent
  17667. historian, Rhodes, "four-fifths of the British House of Lords and most
  17668. members of the House of Commons were favorable to the Confederacy and
  17669. anxious for its triumph." Late in 1862 the British ministers, thus
  17670. sustained, were on the point of recognizing the independence of the
  17671. Confederacy. Had it not been for their extreme caution, for the constant
  17672. and harassing criticism by English friends of the United States--like
  17673. John Bright--and for the victories of Vicksburg and Gettysburg, both
  17674.  
  17675. England and France would have doubtless declared the Confederacy to be
  17676. one of the independent powers of the earth.
  17677.  
  17678. [Illustration: JOHN BRIGHT]
  17679.  
  17680. While stopping short of recognizing its independence, England and France
  17681. took several steps that were in favor of the South. In proclaiming
  17682. neutrality, they early accepted the Confederates as "belligerents" and
  17683. accorded them the rights of people at war--a measure which aroused anger
  17684. in the North at first but was later admitted to be sound. Otherwise
  17685. Confederates taken in battle would have been regarded as "rebels" or
  17686. "traitors" to be hanged or shot. Napoleon III proposed to Russia in 1861
  17687. a coalition of powers against the North, only to meet a firm refusal.
  17688. The next year he suggested intervention to Great Britain, encountering
  17689. this time a conditional rejection of his plans. In 1863, not daunted by
  17690. rebuffs, he offered his services to Lincoln as a mediator, receiving in
  17691. reply a polite letter declining his proposal and a sharp resolution from
  17692. Congress suggesting that he attend to his own affairs.
  17693.  
  17694. In both England and France the governments pursued a policy of
  17695. friendliness to the Confederate agents. The British ministry, with
  17696. indifference if not connivance, permitted rams and ships to be built in
  17697. British docks and allowed them to escape to play havoc under the
  17698. Confederate flag with American commerce. One of them, the _Alabama_,
  17699. built in Liverpool by a British firm and paid for by bonds sold in
  17700. England, ran an extraordinary career and threatened to break the
  17701. blockade. The course followed by the British government, against the
  17702. protests of the American minister in London, was later regretted. By an
  17703. award of a tribunal of arbitration at Geneva in 1872, Great Britain was
  17704. required to pay the huge sum of $15,500,000 to cover the damages wrought
  17705. by Confederate cruisers fitted out in England.
  17706.  
  17707. [Illustration: WILLIAM H. SEWARD]
  17708.  
  17709. In all fairness it should be said that the conduct of the North
  17710. contributed to the irritation between the two countries. Seward, the
  17711. Secretary of State, was vindictive in dealing with Great Britain; had it
  17712. not been for the moderation of Lincoln, he would have pursued a course
  17713. verging in the direction of open war. The New York and Boston papers
  17714. were severe in their attacks on England. Words were, on one occasion at
  17715. least, accompanied by an act savoring of open hostility. In November,
  17716. 1861, Captain Wilkes, commanding a union vessel, overhauled the British
  17717. steamer _Trent_, and carried off by force two Confederate agents, Mason
  17718. and Slidell, sent by President Davis to represent the Confederacy at
  17719. London and Paris respectively. This was a clear violation of the right
  17720. of merchant vessels to be immune from search and impressment; and, in
  17721. answer to the demand of Great Britain for the release of the two men,
  17722. the United States conceded that it was in the wrong. It surrendered the
  17723. two Confederate agents to a British vessel for safe conduct abroad, and
  17724. made appropriate apologies.
  17725.  
  17726. =Emancipation.=--Among the extreme war measures adopted by the Northern
  17727. government must be counted the emancipation of the slaves in the states
  17728. in arms against the union. This step was early and repeatedly suggested
  17729. to Lincoln by the abolitionists; but was steadily put aside. He knew
  17730. that the abolitionists were a mere handful, that emancipation might
  17731. drive the border states into secession, and that the Northern soldiers
  17732. had enlisted to save the union. Moreover, he had before him a solemn
  17733. resolution passed by Congress on July 22, 1861, declaring the sole
  17734. purpose of the war to be the salvation of the union and disavowing any
  17735. intention of interfering with slavery.
  17736.  
  17737. The federal government, though pledged to the preservation of slavery,
  17738. soon found itself beaten back upon its course and out upon a new tack.
  17739. Before a year had elapsed, namely on April 10, 1862, Congress resolved
  17740. that financial aid should be given to any state that might adopt gradual
  17741. emancipation. Six days later it abolished slavery in the District of
  17742. Columbia. Two short months elapsed. On June 19, 1862, it swept slavery
  17743. forever from the territories of the United States. Chief Justice Taney
  17744. still lived, the Dred Scott decision stood as written in the book, but
  17745. the Constitution had been re-read in the light of the Civil War. The
  17746. drift of public sentiment in the North was being revealed.
  17747.  
  17748. While these measures were pending in Congress, Lincoln was slowly making
  17749. up his mind. By July of that year he had come to his great decision.
  17750. Near the end of that month he read to his cabinet the draft of a
  17751. proclamation of emancipation; but he laid it aside until a military
  17752. achievement would make it something more than an idle gesture. In
  17753. September, the severe check administered to Lee at Antietam seemed to
  17754. offer the golden opportunity. On the 22d, the immortal document was
  17755. given to the world announcing that, unless the states in arms returned
  17756. to the union by January 1, 1863, the fatal blow at their "peculiar
  17757. institution" would be delivered. Southern leaders treated it with slight
  17758. regard, and so on the date set the promise was fulfilled. The
  17759. proclamation was issued as a war measure, adopted by the President as
  17760. commander-in-chief of the armed forces, on grounds of military
  17761. necessity. It did not abolish slavery. It simply emancipated slaves in
  17762. places then in arms against federal authority. Everywhere else slavery,
  17763. as far as the Proclamation was concerned, remained lawful.
  17764.  
  17765. [Illustration: ABRAHAM LINCOLN]
  17766.  
  17767. To seal forever the proclamation of emancipation, and to extend freedom
  17768. to the whole country, Congress, in January, 1865, on the urgent
  17769. recommendation of Lincoln, transmitted to the states the thirteenth
  17770. amendment, abolishing slavery throughout the United States. By the end
  17771. of 1865 the amendment was ratified. The house was not divided against
  17772. itself; it did not fall; it was all free.
  17773.  
  17774. =The Restraint of Civil Liberty.=--As in all great wars, particularly
  17775. those in the nature of a civil strife, it was found necessary to use
  17776. strong measures to sustain opinion favorable to the administration's
  17777. military policies and to frustrate the designs of those who sought to
  17778. hamper its action. Within two weeks of his first call for volunteers,
  17779. Lincoln empowered General Scott to suspend the writ of _habeas corpus_
  17780. along the line of march between Philadelphia and Washington and thus to
  17781. arrest and hold without interference from civil courts any one whom he
  17782. deemed a menace to the union. At a later date the area thus ruled by
  17783. military officers was extended by executive proclamation. By an act of
  17784. March 3, 1863, Congress, desiring to lay all doubts about the
  17785. President's power, authorized him to suspend the writ throughout the
  17786. United States or in any part thereof. It also freed military officers
  17787. from the necessity of surrendering to civil courts persons arrested
  17788. under their orders, or even making answers to writs issued from such
  17789. courts. In the autumn of that year the President, acting under the terms
  17790. of this law, declared this ancient and honorable instrument for the
  17791. protection of civil liberties, the _habeas corpus_, suspended throughout
  17792. the length and breadth of the land. The power of the government was also
  17793. strengthened by an act defining and punishing certain conspiracies,
  17794. passed on July 31, 1861--a measure which imposed heavy penalties on
  17795. those who by force, intimidation, or threat interfered with the
  17796. execution of the law.
  17797.  
  17798. Thus doubly armed, the military authorities spared no one suspected of
  17799. active sympathy with the Southern cause. Editors were arrested and
  17800. imprisoned, their papers suspended, and their newsboys locked up. Those
  17801. who organized "peace meetings" soon found themselves in the toils of the
  17802. law. Members of the Maryland legislature, the mayor of Baltimore, and
  17803. local editors suspected of entertaining secessionist opinions, were
  17804. imprisoned on military orders although charged with no offense, and were
  17805. denied the privilege of examination before a civil magistrate. A Vermont
  17806. farmer, too outspoken in his criticism of the government, found himself
  17807. behind the bars until the government, in its good pleasure, saw fit to
  17808. release him. These measures were not confined to the theater of war nor
  17809. to the border states where the spirit of secession was strong enough to
  17810. endanger the cause of union. They were applied all through the Northern
  17811. states up to the very boundaries of Canada. Zeal for the national cause,
  17812. too often supplemented by a zeal for persecution, spread terror among
  17813. those who wavered in the singleness of their devotion to the union.
  17814.  
  17815. These drastic operations on the part of military authorities, so foreign
  17816. to the normal course of civilized life, naturally aroused intense and
  17817. bitter hostility. Meetings of protest were held throughout the country.
  17818. Thirty-six members of the House of Representatives sought to put on
  17819. record their condemnation of the suspension of the _habeas corpus_ act,
  17820. only to meet a firm denial by the supporters of the act. Chief Justice
  17821. Taney, before whom the case of a man arrested under the President's
  17822. military authority was brought, emphatically declared, in a long and
  17823. learned opinion bristling with historical examples, that the President
  17824. had no power to suspend the writ of _habeas corpus_. In Congress and
  17825. out, Democrats, abolitionists, and champions of civil liberty denounced
  17826. Lincoln and his Cabinet in unsparing terms. Vallandigham, a Democratic
  17827. leader of Ohio, afterward banished to the South for his opposition to
  17828. the war, constantly applied to Lincoln the epithet of "Caesar." Wendell
  17829. Phillips saw in him "a more unlimited despot than the world knows this
  17830. side of China."
  17831.  
  17832. Sensitive to such stinging thrusts and no friend of wanton persecution,
  17833. Lincoln attempted to mitigate the rigors of the law by paroling many
  17834. political prisoners. The general policy, however, he defended in homely
  17835. language, very different in tone and meaning from the involved reasoning
  17836. of the lawyers. "Must I shoot a simple-minded soldier boy who deserts,
  17837. while I must not touch a hair of the wily agitator who induces him to
  17838. desert?" he asked in a quiet way of some spokesmen for those who
  17839. protested against arresting people for "talking against the war." This
  17840. summed up his philosophy. He was engaged in a war to save the union, and
  17841. all measures necessary and proper to accomplish that purpose were
  17842. warranted by the Constitution which he had sworn to uphold.
  17843.  
  17844. =Military Strategy--North and South.=--The broad outlines of military
  17845. strategy followed by the commanders of the opposing forces are clear
  17846. even to the layman who cannot be expected to master the details of a
  17847. campaign or, for that matter, the maneuvers of a single great battle.
  17848. The problem for the South was one of defense mainly, though even for
  17849. defense swift and paralyzing strokes at the North were later deemed
  17850. imperative measures. The problem of the North was, to put it baldly, one
  17851. of invasion and conquest. Southern territory had to be invaded and
  17852. Southern armies beaten on their own ground or worn down to exhaustion
  17853. there.
  17854.  
  17855. In the execution of this undertaking, geography, as usual, played a
  17856. significant part in the disposition of forces. The Appalachian ranges,
  17857. stretching through the Confederacy to Northern Alabama, divided the
  17858. campaigns into Eastern and Western enterprises. Both were of signal
  17859. importance. Victory in the East promised the capture of the Confederate
  17860. capital of Richmond, a stroke of moral worth, hardly to be
  17861. overestimated. Victory in the West meant severing the Confederacy and
  17862. opening the Mississippi Valley down to the Gulf.
  17863.  
  17864. As it turned out, the Western forces accomplished their task first,
  17865. vindicating the military powers of union soldiers and shaking the
  17866. confidence of opposing commanders. In February, 1862, Grant captured
  17867. Fort Donelson on the Tennessee River, rallied wavering unionists in
  17868. Kentucky, forced the evacuation of Nashville, and opened the way for two
  17869. hundred miles into the Confederacy. At Shiloh, Murfreesboro, Vicksburg,
  17870. Chickamauga, Chattanooga, desperate fighting followed and, in spite of
  17871. varying fortunes, it resulted in the discomfiture and retirement of
  17872. Confederate forces to the Southeast into Georgia. By the middle of 1863,
  17873. the Mississippi Valley was open to the Gulf, the initiative taken out of
  17874. the hands of Southern commanders in the West, and the way prepared for
  17875. Sherman's final stroke--the march from Atlanta to the sea--a maneuver
  17876. executed with needless severity in the autumn of 1864.
  17877.  
  17878. [Illustration: GENERAL ULYSSES S. GRANT]
  17879.  
  17880. [Illustration: GENERAL ROBERT E. LEE]
  17881.  
  17882. For the almost unbroken succession of achievements in the West by
  17883. Generals Grant, Sherman, Thomas, and Hooker against Albert Sidney
  17884. Johnston, Bragg, Pemberton, and Hood, the union forces in the East
  17885. offered at first an almost equally unbroken series of misfortunes and
  17886. disasters. Far from capturing Richmond, they had been thrown on the
  17887. defensive. General after general--McClellan, Pope, Burnside, Hooker, and
  17888. Meade--was tried and found wanting. None of them could administer a
  17889. crushing defeat to the Confederate troops and more than once the union
  17890. soldiers were beaten in a fair battle. They did succeed, however, in
  17891. delivering a severe check to advancing Confederates under General Robert
  17892. E. Lee, first at Antietam in September, 1862, and then at Gettysburg in
  17893. July, 1863--checks reckoned as victories though in each instance the
  17894. Confederates escaped without demoralization. Not until the beginning of
  17895. the next year, when General Grant, supplied with almost unlimited men
  17896. and munitions, began his irresistible hammering at Lee's army, did the
  17897. final phase of the war commence. The pitiless drive told at last.
  17898. General Lee, on April 9, 1865, seeing the futility of further conflict,
  17899. surrendered an army still capable of hard fighting, at Appomattox, not
  17900. far from the capital of the Confederacy.
  17901.  
  17902. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  17903.  
  17904. THE FEDERAL MILITARY HOSPITAL AT GETTYSBURG]
  17905.  
  17906. =Abraham Lincoln.=--The services of Lincoln to the cause of union defy
  17907. description. A judicial scrutiny of the war reveals his thought and
  17908. planning in every part of the varied activity that finally crowned
  17909. Northern arms with victory. Is it in the field of diplomacy? Does
  17910. Seward, the Secretary of State, propose harsh and caustic measures
  17911. likely to draw England's sword into the scale? Lincoln counsels
  17912. moderation. He takes the irritating message and with his own hand
  17913. strikes out, erases, tones down, and interlines, exchanging for words
  17914. that sting and burn the language of prudence and caution. Is it a matter
  17915. of compromise with the South, so often proposed by men on both sides
  17916. sick of carnage? Lincoln is always ready to listen and turns away only
  17917. when he is invited to surrender principles essential to the safety of
  17918. the union. Is it high strategy of war, a question of the general best
  17919. fitted to win Gettysburg--Hooker, Sedgwick, or Meade? Lincoln goes in
  17920. person to the War Department in the dead of night to take counsel with
  17921. his Secretary and to make the fateful choice.
  17922.  
  17923. Is it a complaint from a citizen, deprived, as he believes, of his civil
  17924. liberties unjustly or in violation of the Constitution? Lincoln is ready
  17925. to hear it and anxious to afford relief, if warrant can be found for it.
  17926. Is a mother begging for the life of a son sentenced to be shot as a
  17927. deserter? Lincoln hears her petition, and grants it even against the
  17928. protests made by his generals in the name of military discipline. Do
  17929. politicians sow dissensions in the army and among civilians? Lincoln
  17930. grandly waves aside their petty personalities and invites them to think
  17931. of the greater cause. Is it a question of securing votes to ratify the
  17932. thirteenth amendment abolishing slavery? Lincoln thinks it not beneath
  17933. his dignity to traffic and huckster with politicians over the trifling
  17934. jobs asked in return by the members who hold out against him. Does a New
  17935. York newspaper call him an ignorant Western boor? Lincoln's reply is a
  17936. letter to a mother who has given her all--her sons on the field of
  17937. battle--and an address at Gettysburg, both of which will live as long as
  17938. the tongue in which they were written. These are tributes not only to
  17939. his mastery of the English language but also to his mastery of all those
  17940. sentiments of sweetness and strength which are the finest flowers of
  17941. culture.
  17942.  
  17943. Throughout the entire span of service, however, Lincoln was beset by
  17944. merciless critics. The fiery apostles of abolition accused him of
  17945. cowardice when he delayed the bold stroke at slavery. Anti-war Democrats
  17946. lashed out at every step he took. Even in his own party he found no
  17947. peace. Charles Sumner complained: "Our President is now dictator,
  17948. _imperator_--whichever you like; but how vain to have the power of a
  17949. god and not to use it godlike." Leaders among the Republicans sought to
  17950. put him aside in 1864 and place Chase in his chair. "I hope we may never
  17951. have a worse man," was Lincoln's quiet answer.
  17952.  
  17953. Wide were the dissensions in the North during that year and the
  17954. Republicans, while selecting Lincoln as their candidate again, cast off
  17955. their old name and chose the simple title of the "Union party."
  17956. Moreover, they selected a Southern man, Andrew Johnson, of Tennessee, to
  17957. be associated with him as candidate for Vice President. This combination
  17958. the Northern Democrats boldly confronted with a platform declaring that
  17959. "after four years of failure to restore the union by the experiment of
  17960. war, during which, under the pretence of military necessity or war power
  17961. higher than the Constitution, the Constitution itself has been
  17962. disregarded in every part and public liberty and private right alike
  17963. trodden down ... justice, humanity, liberty, and public welfare demand
  17964. that immediate efforts be made for a cessation of hostilities, to the
  17965. end that peace may be restored on the basis of the federal union of the
  17966. states." It is true that the Democratic candidate, General McClellan,
  17967. sought to break the yoke imposed upon him by the platform, saying that
  17968. he could not look his old comrades in the face and pronounce their
  17969. efforts vain; but the party call to the nation to repudiate Lincoln and
  17970. his works had gone forth. The response came, giving Lincoln 2,200,000
  17971. votes against 1,800,000 for his opponent. The bitter things said about
  17972. him during the campaign, he forgot and forgave. When in April, 1865, he
  17973. was struck down by the assassin's hand, he above all others in
  17974. Washington was planning measures of moderation and healing.
  17975.  
  17976.  
  17977. THE RESULTS OF THE CIVIL WAR
  17978.  
  17979. There is a strong and natural tendency on the part of writers to stress
  17980. the dramatic and heroic aspects of war; but the long judgment of history
  17981. requires us to include all other significant phases as well. Like every
  17982. great armed conflict, the Civil War outran the purposes of those who
  17983. took part in it. Waged over the nature of the union, it made a
  17984. revolution in the union, changing public policies and constitutional
  17985. principles and giving a new direction to agriculture and industry.
  17986.  
  17987. =The Supremacy of the Union.=--First and foremost, the war settled for
  17988. all time the long dispute as to the nature of the federal system. The
  17989. doctrine of state sovereignty was laid to rest. Men might still speak of
  17990. the rights of states and think of their commonwealths with affection,
  17991. but nullification and secession were destroyed. The nation was supreme.
  17992.  
  17993. =The Destruction of the Slave Power.=--Next to the vindication of
  17994. national supremacy was the destruction of the planting aristocracy of
  17995. the South--that great power which had furnished leadership of undoubted
  17996. ability and had so long contested with the industrial and commercial
  17997. interests of the North. The first paralyzing blow at the planters was
  17998. struck by the abolition of slavery. The second and third came with the
  17999. fourteenth (1868) and fifteenth (1870) amendments, giving the ballot to
  18000. freedmen and excluding from public office the Confederate
  18001. leaders--driving from the work of reconstruction the finest talents of
  18002. the South. As if to add bitterness to gall and wormwood, the fourteenth
  18003. amendment forbade the United States or any state to pay any debts
  18004. incurred in aid of the Confederacy or in the emancipation of the
  18005. slaves--plunging into utter bankruptcy the Southern financiers who had
  18006. stripped their section of capital to support their cause. So the
  18007. Southern planters found themselves excluded from public office and ruled
  18008. over by their former bondmen under the tutelage of Republican leaders.
  18009. Their labor system was wrecked and their money and bonds were as
  18010. worthless as waste paper. The South was subject to the North. That which
  18011. neither the Federalists nor the Whigs had been able to accomplish in the
  18012. realm of statecraft was accomplished on the field of battle.
  18013.  
  18014.  
  18015. =The Triumph of Industry.=--The wreck of the planting system was
  18016. accompanied by a mighty upswing of Northern industry which made the old
  18017. Whigs of Massachusetts and Pennsylvania stare in wonderment. The demands
  18018. of the federal government for manufactured goods at unrestricted prices
  18019. gave a stimulus to business which more than replaced the lost markets of
  18020. the South. Between 1860 and 1870 the number of manufacturing
  18021. establishments increased 79.6 per cent as against 14.2 for the previous
  18022. decade; while the number of persons employed almost doubled. There was
  18023. no doubt about the future of American industry.
  18024.  
  18025. =The Victory for the Protective Tariff.=--Moreover, it was henceforth to
  18026. be well protected. For many years before the war the friends of
  18027. protection had been on the defensive. The tariff act of 1857 imposed
  18028. duties so low as to presage a tariff for revenue only. The war changed
  18029. all that. The extraordinary military expenditures, requiring heavy taxes
  18030. on all sources, justified tariffs so high that a follower of Clay or
  18031. Webster might well have gasped with astonishment. After the war was over
  18032. the debt remained and both interest and principal had to be paid.
  18033. Protective arguments based on economic reasoning were supported by a
  18034. plain necessity for revenue which admitted no dispute.
  18035.  
  18036. =A Liberal Immigration Policy.=--Linked with industry was the labor
  18037. supply. The problem of manning industries became a pressing matter, and
  18038. Republican leaders grappled with it. In the platform of the Union party
  18039. adopted in 1864 it was declared "that foreign immigration, which in the
  18040. past has added so much to the wealth, the development of resources, and
  18041. the increase of power to this nation--the asylum of the oppressed of all
  18042. nations--should be fostered and encouraged by a liberal and just
  18043. policy." In that very year Congress, recognizing the importance of the
  18044. problem, passed a measure of high significance, creating a bureau of
  18045. immigration, and authorizing a modified form of indentured labor, by
  18046. making it legal for immigrants to pledge their wages in advance to pay
  18047. their passage over. Though the bill was soon repealed, the practice
  18048. authorized by it was long continued. The cheapness of the passage
  18049. shortened the term of service; but the principle was older than the
  18050. days of William Penn.
  18051.  
  18052. =The Homestead Act of 1862.=--In the immigration measure guaranteeing a
  18053. continuous and adequate labor supply, the manufacturers saw an offset to
  18054. the Homestead Act of 1862 granting free lands to settlers. The Homestead
  18055. law they had resisted in a long and bitter congressional battle.
  18056. Naturally, they had not taken kindly to a scheme which lured men away
  18057. from the factories or enabled them to make unlimited demands for higher
  18058. wages as the price of remaining. Southern planters likewise had feared
  18059. free homesteads for the very good reason that they only promised to add
  18060. to the overbalancing power of the North.
  18061.  
  18062. In spite of the opposition, supporters of a liberal land policy made
  18063. steady gains. Free-soil Democrats,--Jacksonian farmers and
  18064. mechanics,--labor reformers, and political leaders, like Stephen A.
  18065. Douglas of Illinois and Andrew Johnson of Tennessee, kept up the
  18066. agitation in season and out. More than once were they able to force a
  18067. homestead bill through the House of Representatives only to have it
  18068. blocked in the Senate where Southern interests were intrenched. Then,
  18069. after the Senate was won over, a Democratic President, James Buchanan,
  18070. vetoed the bill. Still the issue lived. The Republicans, strong among
  18071. the farmers of the Northwest, favored it from the beginning and pressed
  18072. it upon the attention of the country. Finally the manufacturers yielded;
  18073. they received their compensation in the contract labor law. In 1862
  18074. Congress provided for the free distribution of land in 160-acre lots
  18075. among men and women of strong arms and willing hearts ready to build
  18076. their serried lines of homesteads to the Rockies and beyond.
  18077.  
  18078. =Internal Improvements.=--If farmers and manufacturers were early
  18079. divided on the matter of free homesteads, the same could hardly be said
  18080. of internal improvements. The Western tiller of the soil was as eager
  18081. for some easy way of sending his produce to market as the manufacturer
  18082. was for the same means to transport his goods to the consumer on the
  18083. farm. While the Confederate leaders were writing into their
  18084. constitution a clause forbidding all appropriations for internal
  18085. improvements, the Republican leaders at Washington were planning such
  18086. expenditures from the treasury in the form of public land grants to
  18087. railways as would have dazed the authors of the national road bill half
  18088. a century earlier.
  18089.  
  18090. =Sound Finance--National Banking.=--From Hamilton's day to Lincoln's,
  18091. business men in the East had contended for a sound system of national
  18092. currency. The experience of the states with paper money, painfully
  18093. impressive in the years before the framing of the Constitution, had been
  18094. convincing to those who understood the economy of business. The
  18095. Constitution, as we have seen, bore the signs of this experience. States
  18096. were forbidden to emit bills of credit: paper money, in short. This
  18097. provision stood clear in the document; but judicial ingenuity had
  18098. circumvented it in the age of Jacksonian Democracy. The states had
  18099. enacted and the Supreme Court, after the death of John Marshall, had
  18100. sustained laws chartering banking companies and authorizing them to
  18101. issue paper money. So the country was beset by the old curse, the banks
  18102. of Western and Southern states issuing reams of paper notes to help
  18103. borrowers pay their debts.
  18104.  
  18105. In dealing with war finances, the Republicans attacked this ancient
  18106. evil. By act of Congress in 1864, they authorized a series of national
  18107. banks founded on the credit of government bonds and empowered to issue
  18108. notes. The next year they stopped all bank paper sent forth under the
  18109. authority of the states by means of a prohibitive tax. In this way, by
  18110. two measures Congress restored federal control over the monetary system
  18111. although it did not reestablish the United States Bank so hated by
  18112. Jacksonian Democracy.
  18113.  
  18114. =Destruction of States' Rights by Fourteenth Amendment.=--These acts and
  18115. others not cited here were measures of centralization and consolidation
  18116. at the expense of the powers and dignity of the states. They were all of
  18117. high import, but the crowning act of nationalism was the fourteenth
  18118. amendment which, among other things, forbade states to "deprive any
  18119. person of life, liberty or property without due process of law." The
  18120. immediate occasion, though not the actual cause of this provision, was
  18121. the need for protecting the rights of freedmen against hostile
  18122. legislatures in the South. The result of the amendment, as was
  18123. prophesied in protests loud and long from every quarter of the
  18124. Democratic party, was the subjection of every act of state, municipal,
  18125. and county authorities to possible annulment by the Supreme Court at
  18126. Washington. The expected happened.
  18127.  
  18128. Few negroes ever brought cases under the fourteenth amendment to the
  18129. attention of the courts; but thousands of state laws, municipal
  18130. ordinances, and acts of local authorities were set aside as null and
  18131. void under it. Laws of states regulating railway rates, fixing hours of
  18132. labor in bakeshops, and taxing corporations were in due time to be
  18133. annulled as conflicting with an amendment erroneously supposed to be
  18134. designed solely for the protection of negroes. As centralized power over
  18135. tariffs, railways, public lands, and other national concerns went to
  18136. Congress, so centralized power over the acts of state and local
  18137. authorities involving an infringement of personal and property rights
  18138. was conferred on the federal judiciary, the apex of which was the
  18139. Supreme Court at Washington. Thus the old federation of "independent
  18140. states," all equal in rights and dignity, each wearing the "jewel of
  18141. sovereignty" so celebrated in Southern oratory, had gone the way of all
  18142. flesh under the withering blasts of Civil War.
  18143.  
  18144.  
  18145. RECONSTRUCTION IN THE SOUTH
  18146.  
  18147. =Theories about the Position of the Seceded States.=--On the morning of
  18148. April 9, 1865, when General Lee surrendered his army to General Grant,
  18149. eleven states stood in a peculiar relation to the union now declared
  18150. perpetual. Lawyers and political philosophers were much perturbed and
  18151. had been for some time as to what should be done with the members of the
  18152. former Confederacy. Radical Republicans held that they were "conquered
  18153. provinces" at the mercy of Congress, to be governed under such laws as
  18154. it saw fit to enact and until in its wisdom it decided to readmit any or
  18155. all of them to the union. Men of more conservative views held that, as
  18156. the war had been waged by the North on the theory that no state could
  18157. secede from the union, the Confederate states had merely attempted to
  18158. withdraw and had failed. The corollary of this latter line of argument
  18159. was simple: "The Southern states are still in the union and it is the
  18160. duty of the President, as commander-in-chief, to remove the federal
  18161. troops as soon as order is restored and the state governments ready to
  18162. function once more as usual."
  18163.  
  18164. =Lincoln's Proposal.=--Some such simple and conservative form of
  18165. reconstruction had been suggested by Lincoln in a proclamation of
  18166. December 8, 1863. He proposed pardon and a restoration of property,
  18167. except in slaves, to nearly all who had "directly or by implication
  18168. participated in the existing rebellion," on condition that they take an
  18169. oath of loyalty to the union. He then announced that when, in any of the
  18170. states named, a body of voters, qualified under the law as it stood
  18171. before secession and equal in number to one-tenth the votes cast in
  18172. 1860, took the oath of allegiance, they should be permitted to
  18173. reestablish a state government. Such a government, he added, should be
  18174. recognized as a lawful authority and entitled to protection under the
  18175. federal Constitution. With reference to the status of the former slaves
  18176. Lincoln made it clear that, while their freedom must be recognized, he
  18177. would not object to any legislation "which may yet be consistent as a
  18178. temporary arrangement with their present condition as a laboring,
  18179. landless, and homeless class."
  18180.  
  18181. =Andrew Johnson's Plan--His Impeachment.=--Lincoln's successor, Andrew
  18182. Johnson, the Vice President, soon after taking office, proposed to
  18183. pursue a somewhat similar course. In a number of states he appointed
  18184. military governors, instructing them at the earliest possible moment to
  18185. assemble conventions, chosen "by that portion of the people of the said
  18186. states who are loyal to the United States," and proceed to the
  18187. organization of regular civil government. Johnson, a Southern man and a
  18188. Democrat, was immediately charged by the Republicans with being too
  18189. ready to restore the Southern states. As the months went by, the
  18190. opposition to his measures and policies in Congress grew in size and
  18191. bitterness. The contest resulted in the impeachment of Johnson by the
  18192. House of Representatives in March, 1868, and his acquittal by the Senate
  18193. merely because his opponents lacked one vote of the two-thirds required
  18194. for conviction.
  18195.  
  18196. =Congress Enacts "Reconstruction Laws."=--In fact, Congress was in a
  18197. strategic position. It was the law-making body, and it could, moreover,
  18198. determine the conditions under which Senators and Representatives from
  18199. the South were to be readmitted. It therefore proceeded to pass a series
  18200. of reconstruction acts--carrying all of them over Johnson's veto. These
  18201. measures, the first of which became a law on March 2, 1867, betrayed an
  18202. animus not found anywhere in Lincoln's plans or Johnson's proclamations.
  18203.  
  18204. They laid off the ten states--the whole Confederacy with the exception
  18205. of Tennessee--still outside the pale, into five military districts, each
  18206. commanded by a military officer appointed by the President. They ordered
  18207. the commanding general to prepare a register of voters for the election
  18208. of delegates to conventions chosen for the purpose of drafting new
  18209. constitutions. Such voters, however, were not to be, as Lincoln had
  18210. suggested, loyal persons duly qualified under the law existing before
  18211. secession but "the male citizens of said state, twenty-one years old and
  18212. upward, of whatever race, color, or previous condition, ... except such
  18213. as may be disfranchised for participation in the rebellion or for felony
  18214. at common law." This was the death knell to the idea that the leaders of
  18215. the Confederacy and their white supporters might be permitted to share
  18216. in the establishment of the new order. Power was thus arbitrarily thrust
  18217. into the hands of the newly emancipated male negroes and the handful of
  18218. whites who could show a record of loyalty. That was not all. Each state
  18219. was, under the reconstruction acts, compelled to ratify the fourteenth
  18220. amendment to the federal Constitution as a price of restoration to the
  18221. union.
  18222.  
  18223. The composition of the conventions thus authorized may be imagined.
  18224. Bondmen without the asking and without preparation found themselves the
  18225. governing power. An army of adventurers from the North, "carpet baggers"
  18226. as they were called, poured in upon the scene to aid in
  18227. "reconstruction." Undoubtedly many men of honor and fine intentions gave
  18228. unstinted service, but the results of their deliberations only
  18229. aggravated the open wound left by the war. Any number of political
  18230. doctors offered their prescriptions; but no effective remedy could be
  18231. found. Under measures admittedly open to grave objections, the Southern
  18232. states were one after another restored to the union by the grace of
  18233. Congress, the last one in 1870. Even this grudging concession of the
  18234. formalities of statehood did not mean a full restoration of honors and
  18235. privileges. The last soldier was not withdrawn from the last Southern
  18236. capital until 1877, and federal control over elections long remained as
  18237. a sign of congressional supremacy.
  18238.  
  18239. =The Status of the Freedmen.=--Even more intricate than the issues
  18240. involved in restoring the seceded states to the union was the question
  18241. of what to do with the newly emancipated slaves. That problem, often put
  18242. to abolitionists before the war, had become at last a real concern. The
  18243. thirteenth amendment abolishing slavery had not touched it at all. It
  18244. declared bondmen free, but did nothing to provide them with work or
  18245. homes and did not mention the subject of political rights. All these
  18246. matters were left to the states, and the legislatures of some of them,
  18247. by their famous "black codes," restored a form of servitude under the
  18248. guise of vagrancy and apprentice laws. Such methods were in fact partly
  18249. responsible for the reaction that led Congress to abandon Lincoln's
  18250. policies and undertake its own program of reconstruction.
  18251.  
  18252. Still no extensive effort was made to solve by law the economic problems
  18253. of the bondmen. Radical abolitionists had advocated that the slaves when
  18254. emancipated should be given outright the fields of their former
  18255. masters; but Congress steadily rejected the very idea of confiscation.
  18256. The necessity of immediate assistance it recognized by creating in 1865
  18257. the Freedmen's Bureau to take care of refugees. It authorized the issue
  18258. of food and clothing to the destitute and the renting of abandoned and
  18259. certain other lands under federal control to former slaves at reasonable
  18260. rates. But the larger problem of the relation of the freedmen to the
  18261. land, it left to the slow working of time.
  18262.  
  18263. Against sharp protests from conservative men, particularly among the
  18264. Democrats, Congress did insist, however, on conferring upon the freedmen
  18265. certain rights by national law. These rights fell into broad divisions,
  18266. civil and political. By an act passed in 1866, Congress gave to former
  18267. slaves the rights of white citizens in the matter of making contracts,
  18268. giving testimony in courts, and purchasing, selling, and leasing
  18269. property. As it was doubtful whether Congress had the power to enact
  18270. this law, there was passed and submitted to the states the fourteenth
  18271. amendment which gave citizenship to the freedmen, assured them of the
  18272. privileges and immunities of citizens of the United States, and declared
  18273. that no state should deprive any person of his life, liberty, or
  18274. property without due process of law. Not yet satisfied, Congress
  18275. attempted to give social equality to negroes by the second civil rights
  18276. bill of 1875 which promised to them, among other things, the full and
  18277. equal enjoyment of inns, theaters, public conveyances, and places of
  18278. amusement--a law later declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court.
  18279.  
  18280. The matter of political rights was even more hotly contested; but the
  18281. radical Republicans, like Charles Sumner, asserted that civil rights
  18282. were not secure unless supported by the suffrage. In this same
  18283. fourteenth amendment they attempted to guarantee the ballot to all negro
  18284. men, leaving the women to take care of themselves. The amendment
  18285. declared in effect that when any state deprived adult male citizens of
  18286. the right to vote, its representation in Congress should be reduced in
  18287. the proportion such persons bore to the voting population.
  18288.  
  18289. This provision having failed to accomplish its purpose, the fifteenth
  18290. amendment was passed and ratified, expressly declaring that no citizen
  18291. should be deprived of the right to vote "on account of race, color, or
  18292. previous condition of servitude." To make assurance doubly secure,
  18293. Congress enacted in 1870, 1872, and 1873 three drastic laws, sometimes
  18294. known as "force bills," providing for the use of federal authorities,
  18295. civil and military, in supervising elections in all parts of the Union.
  18296. So the federal government, having destroyed chattel slavery, sought by
  18297. legal decree to sweep away all its signs and badges, civil, social, and
  18298. political. Never, save perhaps in some of the civil conflicts of Greece
  18299. or Rome, had there occurred in the affairs of a nation a social
  18300. revolution so complete, so drastic, and far-reaching in its results.
  18301.  
  18302.  
  18303. SUMMARY OF THE SECTIONAL CONFLICT
  18304.  
  18305. Just as the United States, under the impetus of Western enterprise,
  18306. rounded out the continental domain, its very existence as a nation was
  18307. challenged by a fratricidal conflict between two sections. This storm
  18308. had been long gathering upon the horizon. From the very beginning in
  18309. colonial times there had been a marked difference between the South and
  18310. the North. The former by climate and soil was dedicated to a planting
  18311. system--the cultivation of tobacco, rice, cotton, and sugar cane--and in
  18312. the course of time slave labor became the foundation of the system. The
  18313. North, on the other hand, supplemented agriculture by commerce, trade,
  18314. and manufacturing. Slavery, though lawful, did not flourish there. An
  18315. abundant supply of free labor kept the Northern wheels turning.
  18316.  
  18317. This difference between the two sections, early noted by close
  18318. observers, was increased with the advent of the steam engine and the
  18319. factory system. Between 1815 and 1860 an industrial revolution took
  18320. place in the North. Its signs were gigantic factories, huge aggregations
  18321. of industrial workers, immense cities, a flourishing commerce, and
  18322. prosperous banks. Finding an unfavorable reception in the South, the new
  18323. industrial system was confined mainly to the North. By canals and
  18324. railways New York, Boston, and Philadelphia were linked with the
  18325. wheatfields of Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois. A steel net wove North and
  18326. Northwest together. A commercial net supplemented it. Western trade was
  18327. diverted from New Orleans to the East and Eastern credit sustained
  18328. Western enterprise.
  18329.  
  18330. In time, the industrial North and the planting South evolved different
  18331. ideas of political policy. The former looked with favor on protective
  18332. tariffs, ship subsidies, a sound national banking system, and internal
  18333. improvements. The farmers of the West demanded that the public domain be
  18334. divided up into free homesteads for farmers. The South steadily swung
  18335. around to the opposite view. Its spokesmen came to regard most of these
  18336. policies as injurious to the planting interests.
  18337.  
  18338. The economic questions were all involved in a moral issue. The Northern
  18339. states, in which slavery was of slight consequence, had early abolished
  18340. the institution. In the course of a few years there appeared
  18341. uncompromising advocates of universal emancipation. Far and wide the
  18342. agitation spread. The South was thoroughly frightened. It demanded
  18343. protection against the agitators, the enforcement of its rights in the
  18344. case of runaway slaves, and equal privileges for slavery in the new
  18345. territories.
  18346.  
  18347. With the passing years the conflict between the two sections increased
  18348. in bitterness. It flamed up in 1820 and was allayed by the Missouri
  18349. compromise. It took on the form of a tariff controversy and
  18350. nullification in 1832. It appeared again after the Mexican war when the
  18351. question of slavery in the new territories was raised. Again
  18352. compromise--the great settlement of 1850--seemed to restore peace, only
  18353. to prove an illusion. A series of startling events swept the country
  18354. into war: the repeal of the Missouri compromise in 1854, the rise of the
  18355. Republican party pledged to the prohibition of slavery in the
  18356. territories, the Dred Scott decision of 1857, the Lincoln-Douglas
  18357. debates, John Brown's raid, the election of Lincoln, and secession.
  18358.  
  18359. The Civil War, lasting for four years, tested the strength of both North
  18360. and South, in leadership, in finance, in diplomatic skill, in material
  18361. resources, in industry, and in armed forces. By the blockade of Southern
  18362. ports, by an overwhelming weight of men and materials, and by relentless
  18363. hammering on the field of battle, the North was victorious.
  18364.  
  18365. The results of the war were revolutionary in character. Slavery was
  18366. abolished and the freedmen given the ballot. The Southern planters who
  18367. had been the leaders of their section were ruined financially and almost
  18368. to a man excluded from taking part in political affairs. The union was
  18369. declared to be perpetual and the right of a state to secede settled by
  18370. the judgment of battle. Federal control over the affairs of states,
  18371. counties, and cities was established by the fourteenth amendment. The
  18372. power and prestige of the federal government were enhanced beyond
  18373. imagination. The North was now free to pursue its economic policies: a
  18374. protective tariff, a national banking system, land grants for railways,
  18375. free lands for farmers. Planting had dominated the country for nearly a
  18376. generation. Business enterprise was to take its place.
  18377.  
  18378.  
  18379. =References=
  18380.  
  18381. NORTHERN ACCOUNTS
  18382.  
  18383. J.K. Hosmer, _The Appeal to Arms_ and _The Outcome of the Civil War_
  18384. (American Nation Series).
  18385.  
  18386. J. Ropes, _History of the Civil War_ (best account of military
  18387. campaigns).
  18388.  
  18389. J.F. Rhodes, _History of the United States_, Vols. III, IV, and V.
  18390.  
  18391. J.T. Morse, _Abraham Lincoln_ (2 vols.).
  18392.  
  18393.  
  18394. SOUTHERN ACCOUNTS
  18395.  
  18396. W.E. Dodd, _Jefferson Davis_.
  18397.  
  18398. Jefferson Davis, _Rise and Fall of the Confederate Government_.
  18399.  
  18400. E. Pollard, _The Lost Cause_.
  18401.  
  18402. A.H. Stephens, _The War between the States_.
  18403.  
  18404.  
  18405. =Questions=
  18406.  
  18407. 1. Contrast the reception of secession in 1860 with that given to
  18408. nullification in 1832.
  18409.  
  18410. 2. Compare the Northern and Southern views of the union.
  18411.  
  18412. 3. What were the peculiar features of the Confederate constitution?
  18413.  
  18414. 4. How was the Confederacy financed?
  18415.  
  18416. 5. Compare the resources of the two sections.
  18417.  
  18418. 6. On what foundations did Southern hopes rest?
  18419.  
  18420. 7. Describe the attempts at a peaceful settlement.
  18421.  
  18422. 8. Compare the raising of armies for the Civil War with the methods
  18423. employed in the World War. (See below, chapter XXV.)
  18424.  
  18425. 9. Compare the financial methods of the government in the two wars.
  18426.  
  18427. 10. Explain why the blockade was such a deadly weapon.
  18428.  
  18429. 11. Give the leading diplomatic events of the war.
  18430.  
  18431. 12. Trace the growth of anti-slavery sentiment.
  18432.  
  18433. 13. What measures were taken to restrain criticism of the government?
  18434.  
  18435. 14. What part did Lincoln play in all phases of the war?
  18436.  
  18437. 15. State the principal results of the war.
  18438.  
  18439. 16. Compare Lincoln's plan of reconstruction with that adopted by
  18440. Congress.
  18441.  
  18442. 17. What rights did Congress attempt to confer upon the former slaves?
  18443.  
  18444.  
  18445. =Research Topics=
  18446.  
  18447. =Was Secession Lawful?=--The Southern view by Jefferson Davis in
  18448. Harding, _Select Orations Illustrating American History_, pp. 364-369.
  18449. Lincoln's view, Harding, pp. 371-381.
  18450.  
  18451. =The Confederate Constitution.=--Compare with the federal Constitution
  18452. in Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp. 424-433 and pp. 271-279.
  18453.  
  18454. =Federal Legislative Measures.=--Prepare a table and brief digest of the
  18455. important laws relating to the war. Macdonald, pp. 433-482.
  18456.  
  18457. =Economic Aspects of the War.=--Coman, _Industrial History of the United
  18458. States_, pp. 279-301. Dewey, _Financial History of the United States_,
  18459. Chaps. XII and XIII. Tabulate the economic measures of Congress in
  18460. Macdonald.
  18461.  
  18462. =Military Campaigns.=--The great battles are fully treated in Rhodes,
  18463. _History of the Civil War_, and teachers desiring to emphasize military
  18464. affairs may assign campaigns to members of the class for study and
  18465. report. A briefer treatment in Elson, _History of the United States_,
  18466. pp. 641-785.
  18467.  
  18468. =Biographical Studies.=--Lincoln, Davis, Lee, Grant, Sherman, and other
  18469. leaders in civil and military affairs, with reference to local "war
  18470. governors."
  18471.  
  18472. =English and French Opinion of the War.=--Rhodes, _History of the United
  18473. States_, Vol. IV, pp. 337-394.
  18474.  
  18475. =The South during the War.=--Rhodes, Vol. V, pp. 343-382.
  18476.  
  18477. =The North during the War.=--Rhodes, Vol. V, pp. 189-342.
  18478.  
  18479. =Reconstruction Measures.=--Macdonald, _Source Book_, pp. 500-511;
  18480. 514-518; 529-530; Elson, pp. 786-799.
  18481.  
  18482. =The Force Bills.=--Macdonald, pp. 547-551; 554-564.
  18483.  
  18484.  
  18485.  
  18486.  
  18487. PART VI. NATIONAL GROWTH AND WORLD POLITICS
  18488.  
  18489.  
  18490.  
  18491.  
  18492. CHAPTER XVI
  18493.  
  18494. THE POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC EVOLUTION OF THE SOUTH
  18495.  
  18496.  
  18497. The outcome of the Civil War in the South was nothing short of a
  18498. revolution. The ruling class, the law, and the government of the old
  18499. order had been subverted. To political chaos was added the havoc wrought
  18500. in agriculture, business, and transportation by military operations. And
  18501. as if to fill the cup to the brim, the task of reconstruction was
  18502. committed to political leaders from another section of the country,
  18503. strangers to the life and traditions of the South.
  18504.  
  18505.  
  18506. THE SOUTH AT THE CLOSE OF THE WAR
  18507.  
  18508. =A Ruling Class Disfranchised.=--As the sovereignty of the planters had
  18509. been the striking feature of the old regime, so their ruin was the
  18510. outstanding fact of the new. The situation was extraordinary. The
  18511. American Revolution was carried out by people experienced in the arts of
  18512. self-government, and at its close they were free to follow the general
  18513. course to which they had long been accustomed. The French Revolution
  18514. witnessed the overthrow of the clergy and the nobility; but middle
  18515. classes who took their places had been steadily rising in intelligence
  18516. and wealth.
  18517.  
  18518. The Southern Revolution was unlike either of these cataclysms. It was
  18519. not brought about by a social upheaval, but by an external crisis. It
  18520. did not enfranchise a class that sought and understood power, but
  18521. bondmen who had played no part in the struggle. Moreover it struck down
  18522. a class equipped to rule. The leading planters were almost to a man
  18523. excluded from state and federal offices, and the fourteenth amendment
  18524. was a bar to their return. All civil and military places under the
  18525. authority of the United States and of the states were closed to every
  18526. man who had taken an oath to support the Constitution as a member of
  18527. Congress, as a state legislator, or as a state or federal officer, and
  18528. afterward engaged in "insurrection or rebellion," or "given aid and
  18529. comfort to the enemies" of the United States. This sweeping provision,
  18530. supplemented by the reconstruction acts, laid under the ban most of the
  18531. talent, energy, and spirit of the South.
  18532.  
  18533. =The Condition of the State Governments.=--The legislative, executive,
  18534. and judicial branches of the state governments thus passed into the
  18535. control of former slaves, led principally by Northern adventurers or
  18536. Southern novices, known as "Scalawags." The result was a carnival of
  18537. waste, folly, and corruption. The "reconstruction" assembly of South
  18538. Carolina bought clocks at $480 apiece and chandeliers at $650. To
  18539. purchase land for former bondmen the sum of $800,000 was appropriated;
  18540. and swamps bought at seventy-five cents an acre were sold to the state
  18541. at five times the cost. In the years between 1868 and 1873, the debt of
  18542. the state rose from about $5,800,000 to $24,000,000, and millions of the
  18543. increase could not be accounted for by the authorities responsible for
  18544. it.
  18545.  
  18546. =Economic Ruin--Urban and Rural.=--No matter where Southern men turned
  18547. in 1865 they found devastation--in the towns, in the country, and along
  18548. the highways. Atlanta, the city to which Sherman applied the torch, lay
  18549. in ashes; Nashville and Chattanooga had been partially wrecked; Richmond
  18550. and Augusta had suffered severely from fires. Charleston was described
  18551. by a visitor as "a city of ruins, of desolation, of vacant houses, of
  18552. rotten wharves, of deserted warehouses, of weed gardens, of miles of
  18553. grass-grown streets.... How few young men there are, how generally the
  18554. young women are dressed in black! The flower of their proud aristocracy
  18555. is buried on scores of battle fields."
  18556.  
  18557. Those who journeyed through the country about the same time reported
  18558. desolation equally widespread and equally pathetic. An English traveler
  18559. who made his way along the course of the Tennessee River in 1870 wrote:
  18560. "The trail of war is visible throughout the valley in burnt-up gin
  18561. houses, ruined bridges, mills, and factories ... and large tracts of
  18562. once cultivated land are stripped of every vestige of fencing. The
  18563. roads, long neglected, are in disorder and, having in many places become
  18564. impassable, new tracks have been made through the woods and fields
  18565. without much respect to boundaries." Many a great plantation had been
  18566. confiscated by the federal authorities while the owner was in
  18567. Confederate service. Many more lay in waste. In the wake of the armies
  18568. the homes of rich and poor alike, if spared the torch, had been
  18569. despoiled of the stock and seeds necessary to renew agriculture.
  18570.  
  18571. =Railways Dilapidated.=--Transportation was still more demoralized. This
  18572. is revealed in the pages of congressional reports based upon first-hand
  18573. investigations. One eloquent passage illustrates all the rest. From
  18574. Pocahontas to Decatur, Alabama, a distance of 114 miles, we are told,
  18575. the railroad was "almost entirely destroyed, except the road bed and
  18576. iron rails, and they were in a very bad condition--every bridge and
  18577. trestle destroyed, cross-ties rotten, buildings burned, water tanks
  18578. gone, tracks grown up in weeds and bushes, not a saw mill near the line
  18579. and the labor system of the country gone. About forty miles of the track
  18580. were burned, the cross-ties entirely destroyed, and the rails bent and
  18581. twisted in such a manner as to require great labor to straighten and a
  18582. large portion of them requiring renewal."
  18583.  
  18584. =Capital and Credit Destroyed.=--The fluid capital of the South, money
  18585. and credit, was in the same prostrate condition as the material capital.
  18586. The Confederate currency, inflated to the bursting point, had utterly
  18587. collapsed and was as worthless as waste paper. The bonds of the
  18588. Confederate government were equally valueless. Specie had nearly
  18589. disappeared from circulation. The fourteenth amendment to the federal
  18590. Constitution had made all "debts, obligations, and claims" incurred in
  18591. aid of the Confederate cause "illegal and void." Millions of dollars
  18592. owed to Northern creditors before the war were overdue and payment was
  18593. pressed upon the debtors. Where such debts were secured by mortgages on
  18594. land, executions against the property could be obtained in federal
  18595. courts.
  18596.  
  18597.  
  18598. THE RESTORATION OF WHITE SUPREMACY
  18599.  
  18600. =Intimidation.=--In both politics and economics, the process of
  18601. reconstruction in the South was slow and arduous. The first battle in
  18602. the political contest for white supremacy was won outside the halls of
  18603. legislatures and the courts of law. It was waged, in the main, by secret
  18604. organizations, among which the Ku Klux Klan and the White Camelia were
  18605. the most prominent. The first of these societies appeared in Tennessee
  18606. in 1866 and held its first national convention the following year. It
  18607. was in origin a social club. According to its announcement, its objects
  18608. were "to protect the weak, the innocent, and the defenceless from the
  18609. indignities, wrongs, and outrages of the lawless, the violent, and the
  18610. brutal; and to succor the suffering, especially the widows and orphans
  18611. of the Confederate soldiers." The whole South was called "the Empire"
  18612. and was ruled by a "Grand Wizard." Each state was a realm and each
  18613. county a province. In the secret orders there were enrolled over half a
  18614. million men.
  18615.  
  18616. The methods of the Ku Klux and the White Camelia were similar. Solemn
  18617. parades of masked men on horses decked in long robes were held,
  18618. sometimes in the daytime and sometimes at the dead of night. Notices
  18619. were sent to obnoxious persons warning them to stop certain practices.
  18620. If warning failed, something more convincing was tried. Fright was the
  18621. emotion most commonly stirred. A horseman, at the witching hour of
  18622. midnight, would ride up to the house of some offender, lift his head
  18623. gear, take off a skull, and hand it to the trembling victim with the
  18624. request that he hold it for a few minutes. Frequently violence was
  18625. employed either officially or unofficially by members of the Klan. Tar
  18626. and feathers were freely applied; the whip was sometimes laid on
  18627. unmercifully, and occasionally a brutal murder was committed. Often the
  18628. members were fired upon from bushes or behind trees, and swift
  18629. retaliation followed. So alarming did the clashes become that in 1870
  18630. Congress forbade interference with electors or going in disguise for the
  18631. purpose of obstructing the exercise of the rights enjoyed under federal
  18632. law.
  18633.  
  18634. In anticipation of such a step on the part of the federal government,
  18635. the Ku Klux was officially dissolved by the "Grand Wizard" in 1869.
  18636. Nevertheless, the local societies continued their organization and
  18637. methods. The spirit survived the national association. "On the whole,"
  18638. says a Southern writer, "it is not easy to see what other course was
  18639. open to the South.... Armed resistance was out of the question. And yet
  18640. there must be some control had of the situation.... If force was denied,
  18641. craft was inevitable."
  18642.  
  18643. =The Struggle for the Ballot Box.=--The effects of intimidation were
  18644. soon seen at elections. The freedman, into whose inexperienced hand the
  18645. ballot had been thrust, was ordinarily loath to risk his head by the
  18646. exercise of his new rights. He had not attained them by a long and
  18647. laborious contest of his own and he saw no urgent reason why he should
  18648. battle for the privilege of using them. The mere show of force, the mere
  18649. existence of a threat, deterred thousands of ex-slaves from appearing at
  18650. the polls. Thus the whites steadily recovered their dominance. Nothing
  18651. could prevent it. Congress enacted force bills establishing federal
  18652. supervision of elections and the Northern politicians protested against
  18653. the return of former Confederates to practical, if not official, power;
  18654. but all such opposition was like resistance to the course of nature.
  18655.  
  18656. =Amnesty for Southerners.=--The recovery of white supremacy in this way
  18657. was quickly felt in national councils. The Democratic party in the North
  18658. welcomed it as a sign of its return to power. The more moderate
  18659. Republicans, anxious to heal the breach in American unity, sought to
  18660. encourage rather than to repress it. So it came about that amnesty for
  18661. Confederates was widely advocated. Yet it must be said that the struggle
  18662. for the removal of disabilities was stubborn and bitter. Lincoln, with
  18663. characteristic generosity, in the midst of the war had issued a general
  18664. proclamation of amnesty to nearly all who had been in arms against the
  18665. Union, on condition that they take an oath of loyalty; but Johnson,
  18666. vindictive toward Southern leaders and determined to make "treason
  18667. infamous," had extended the list of exceptions. Congress, even more
  18668. relentless in its pursuit of Confederates, pushed through the fourteenth
  18669. amendment which worked the sweeping disabilities we have just described.
  18670.  
  18671. To appeals for comprehensive clemency, Congress was at first adamant. In
  18672. vain did men like Carl Schurz exhort their colleagues to crown their
  18673. victory in battle with a noble act of universal pardon and oblivion.
  18674. Congress would not yield. It would grant amnesty in individual cases;
  18675. for the principle of proscription it stood fast. When finally in 1872,
  18676. seven years after the surrender at Appomattox, it did pass the general
  18677. amnesty bill, it insisted on certain exceptions. Confederates who had
  18678. been members of Congress just before the war, or had served in other
  18679. high posts, civil or military, under the federal government, were still
  18680. excluded from important offices. Not until the summer of 1898, when the
  18681. war with Spain produced once more a union of hearts, did Congress relent
  18682. and abolish the last of the disabilities imposed on the Confederates.
  18683.  
  18684. =The Force Bills Attacked and Nullified.=--The granting of amnesty
  18685. encouraged the Democrats to redouble their efforts all along the line.
  18686. In 1874 they captured the House of Representatives and declared war on
  18687. the "force bills." As a Republican Senate blocked immediate repeal, they
  18688. resorted to an ingenious parliamentary trick. To the appropriation bill
  18689. for the support of the army they attached a "rider," or condition, to
  18690. the effect that no troops should be used to sustain the Republican
  18691. government in Louisiana. The Senate rejected the proposal. A deadlock
  18692. ensued and Congress adjourned without making provision for the army.
  18693. Satisfied with the technical victory, the Democrats let the army bill
  18694. pass the next session, but kept up their fight on the force laws until
  18695. they wrung from President Hayes a measure forbidding the use of United
  18696. States troops in supervising elections. The following year they again
  18697. had recourse to a rider on the army bill and carried it through, putting
  18698. an end to the use of money for military control of elections. The
  18699. reconstruction program was clearly going to pieces, and the Supreme
  18700. Court helped along the process of dissolution by declaring parts of the
  18701. laws invalid. In 1878 the Democrats even won a majority in the Senate
  18702. and returned to power a large number of men once prominent in the
  18703. Confederate cause.
  18704.  
  18705. The passions of the war by this time were evidently cooling. A new
  18706. generation of men was coming on the scene. The supremacy of the whites
  18707. in the South, if not yet complete, was at least assured. Federal
  18708. marshals, their deputies, and supervisors of elections still possessed
  18709. authority over the polls, but their strength had been shorn by the
  18710. withdrawal of United States troops. The war on the remaining remnants of
  18711. the "force bills" lapsed into desultory skirmishing. When in 1894 the
  18712. last fragment was swept away, the country took little note of the fact.
  18713. The only task that lay before the Southern leaders was to write in the
  18714. constitutions of their respective states the provisions of law which
  18715. would clinch the gains so far secured and establish white supremacy
  18716. beyond the reach of outside intervention.
  18717.  
  18718. =White Supremacy Sealed by New State Constitutions.=--The impetus to
  18719. this final step was given by the rise of the Populist movement in the
  18720. South, which sharply divided the whites and in many communities threw
  18721. the balance of power into the hands of the few colored voters who
  18722. survived the process of intimidation. Southern leaders now devised new
  18723. constitutions so constructed as to deprive negroes of the ballot by law.
  18724. Mississippi took the lead in 1890; South Carolina followed five years
  18725. later; Louisiana, in 1898; North Carolina, in 1900; Alabama and
  18726. Maryland, in 1901; and Virginia, in 1902.
  18727.  
  18728. The authors of these measures made no attempt to conceal their purposes.
  18729. "The intelligent white men of the South," said Governor Tillman, "intend
  18730. to govern here." The fifteenth amendment to the federal Constitution,
  18731. however, forbade them to deprive any citizen of the right to vote on
  18732. account of race, color, or previous condition of servitude. This made
  18733. necessary the devices of indirection. They were few, simple, and
  18734. effective. The first and most easily administered was the ingenious
  18735. provision requiring each prospective voter to read a section of the
  18736. state constitution or "understand and explain it" when read to him by
  18737. the election officers. As an alternative, the payment of taxes or the
  18738. ownership of a small amount of property was accepted as a qualification
  18739. for voting. Southern leaders, unwilling to disfranchise any of the poor
  18740. white men who had stood side by side with them "in the dark days of
  18741. reconstruction," also resorted to a famous provision known as "the
  18742. grandfather clause." This plan admitted to the suffrage any man who did
  18743. not have either property or educational qualifications, provided he had
  18744. voted on or before 1867 or was the son or grandson of any such person.
  18745.  
  18746. The devices worked effectively. Of the 147,000 negroes in Mississippi
  18747. above the age of twenty-one, only about 8600 registered under the
  18748. constitution of 1890. Louisiana had 127,000 colored voters enrolled in
  18749. 1896; under the constitution drafted two years later the registration
  18750. fell to 5300. An analysis of the figures for South Carolina in 1900
  18751. indicates that only about one negro out of every hundred adult males of
  18752. that race took part in elections. Thus was closed this chapter of
  18753. reconstruction.
  18754.  
  18755. =The Supreme Court Refuses to Intervene.=--Numerous efforts were made to
  18756. prevail upon the Supreme Court of the United States to declare such laws
  18757. unconstitutional; but the Court, usually on technical grounds, avoided
  18758. coming to a direct decision on the merits of the matter. In one case
  18759. the Court remarked that it could not take charge of and operate the
  18760. election machinery of Alabama; it concluded that "relief from a great
  18761. political wrong, if done as alleged, by the people of a state and by the
  18762. state itself, must be given by them, or by the legislative and executive
  18763. departments of the government of the United States." Only one of the
  18764. several schemes employed, namely, the "grandfather clause," was held to
  18765. be a violation of the federal Constitution. This blow, effected in 1915
  18766. by the decision in the Oklahoma and Maryland cases, left, however, the
  18767. main structure of disfranchisement unimpaired.
  18768.  
  18769. =Proposals to Reduce Southern Representation in Congress.=--These
  18770. provisions excluding thousands of male citizens from the ballot did not,
  18771. in express terms, deprive any one of the vote on account of race or
  18772. color. They did not, therefore, run counter to the letter of the
  18773. fifteenth amendment; but they did unquestionably make the states which
  18774. adopted them liable to the operations of the fourteenth amendment. The
  18775. latter very explicitly provides that whenever any state deprives adult
  18776. male citizens of the right to vote (except in certain minor cases) the
  18777. representation of the state in Congress shall be reduced in the
  18778. proportion which such number of disfranchised citizens bears to the
  18779. whole number of male citizens over twenty-one years of age.
  18780.  
  18781. Mindful of this provision, those who protested against disfranchisement
  18782. in the South turned to the Republican party for relief, asking for
  18783. action by the political branches of the federal government as the
  18784. Supreme Court had suggested. The Republicans responded in their platform
  18785. of 1908 by condemning all devices designed to deprive any one of the
  18786. ballot for reasons of color alone; they demanded the enforcement in
  18787. letter and spirit of the fourteenth as well as all other amendments.
  18788. Though victorious in the election, the Republicans refrained from
  18789. reopening the ancient contest; they made no attempt to reduce Southern
  18790. representation in the House. Southern leaders, while protesting against
  18791. the declarations of their opponents, were able to view them as idle
  18792. threats in no way endangering the security of the measures by which
  18793. political reconstruction had been undone.
  18794.  
  18795. =The Solid South.=--Out of the thirty-year conflict against "carpet-bag
  18796. rule" there emerged what was long known as the "solid South"--a South
  18797. that, except occasionally in the border states, never gave an electoral
  18798. vote to a Republican candidate for President. Before the Civil War, the
  18799. Southern people had been divided on political questions. Take, for
  18800. example, the election of 1860. In all the fifteen slave states the
  18801. variety of opinion was marked. In nine of them--Delaware, Virginia,
  18802. Tennessee, Missouri, Maryland, Louisiana, Kentucky, Georgia, and
  18803. Arkansas--the combined vote against the representative of the extreme
  18804. Southern point of view, Breckinridge, constituted a safe majority. In
  18805. each of the six states which were carried by Breckinridge, there was a
  18806. large and powerful minority. In North Carolina Breckinridge's majority
  18807. over Bell and Douglas was only 849 votes. Equally astounding to those
  18808. who imagine the South united in defense of extreme views in 1860 was the
  18809. vote for Bell, the Unionist candidate, who stood firmly for the
  18810. Constitution and silence on slavery. In every Southern state Bell's vote
  18811. was large. In Virginia, Kentucky, Missouri, and Tennessee it was greater
  18812. than that received by Breckinridge; in Georgia, it was 42,000 against
  18813. 51,000; in Louisiana, 20,000 against 22,000; in Mississippi, 25,000
  18814. against 40,000.
  18815.  
  18816. The effect of the Civil War upon these divisions was immediate and
  18817. decisive, save in the border states where thousands of men continued to
  18818. adhere to the cause of Union. In the Confederacy itself nearly all
  18819. dissent was silenced by war. Men who had been bitter opponents joined
  18820. hands in defense of their homes; when the armed conflict was over they
  18821. remained side by side working against "Republican misrule and negro
  18822. domination." By 1890, after Northern supremacy was definitely broken,
  18823. they boasted that there were at least twelve Southern states in which no
  18824. Republican candidate for President could win a single electoral vote.
  18825.  
  18826. =Dissent in the Solid South.=--Though every one grew accustomed to speak
  18827. of the South as "solid," it did not escape close observers that in a
  18828. number of Southern states there appeared from time to time a fairly
  18829. large body of dissenters. In 1892 the Populists made heavy inroads upon
  18830. the Democratic ranks. On other occasions, the contests between factions
  18831. within the Democratic party over the nomination of candidates revealed
  18832. sharp differences of opinion. In some places, moreover, there grew up a
  18833. Republican minority of respectable size. For example, in Georgia, Mr.
  18834. Taft in 1908 polled 41,000 votes against 72,000 for Mr. Bryan; in North
  18835. Carolina, 114,000 against 136,000; in Tennessee, 118,000 against
  18836. 135,000; in Kentucky, 235,000 against 244,000. In 1920, Senator Harding,
  18837. the Republican candidate, broke the record by carrying Tennessee as well
  18838. as Kentucky, Oklahoma, and Maryland.
  18839.  
  18840.  
  18841. THE ECONOMIC ADVANCE OF THE SOUTH
  18842.  
  18843. =The Break-up of the Great Estates.=--In the dissolution of chattel
  18844. slavery it was inevitable that the great estate should give way before
  18845. the small farm. The plantation was in fact founded on slavery. It was
  18846. continued and expanded by slavery. Before the war the prosperous
  18847. planter, either by inclination or necessity, invested his surplus in
  18848. more land to add to his original domain. As his slaves increased in
  18849. number, he was forced to increase his acreage or sell them, and he
  18850. usually preferred the former, especially in the Far South. Still another
  18851. element favored the large estate. Slave labor quickly exhausted the soil
  18852. and of its own force compelled the cutting of the forests and the
  18853. extension of the area under cultivation. Finally, the planter took a
  18854. natural pride in his great estate; it was a sign of his prowess and his
  18855. social prestige.
  18856.  
  18857. In 1865 the foundations of the planting system were gone. It was
  18858. difficult to get efficient labor to till the vast plantations. The
  18859. planters themselves were burdened with debts and handicapped by lack of
  18860. capital. Negroes commonly preferred tilling plots of their own, rented
  18861. or bought under mortgage, to the more irksome wage labor under white
  18862. supervision. The land hunger of the white farmer, once checked by the
  18863. planting system, reasserted itself. Before these forces the plantation
  18864. broke up. The small farm became the unit of cultivation in the South as
  18865. in the North. Between 1870 and 1900 the number of farms doubled in every
  18866. state south of the line of the Potomac and Ohio rivers, except in
  18867. Arkansas and Louisiana. From year to year the process of breaking up
  18868. continued, with all that it implied in the creation of land-owning
  18869. farmers.
  18870.  
  18871. =The Diversification of Crops.=--No less significant was the concurrent
  18872. diversification of crops. Under slavery, tobacco, rice, and sugar were
  18873. staples and "cotton was king." These were standard crops. The methods of
  18874. cultivation were simple and easily learned. They tested neither the
  18875. skill nor the ingenuity of the slaves. As the returns were quick, they
  18876. did not call for long-time investments of capital. After slavery was
  18877. abolished, they still remained the staples, but far-sighted
  18878. agriculturists saw the dangers of depending upon a few crops. The mild
  18879. climate all the way around the coast from Virginia to Texas and the
  18880. character of the alluvial soil invited the exercise of more imagination.
  18881. Peaches, oranges, peanuts, and other fruits and vegetables were found to
  18882. grow luxuriantly. Refrigeration for steamships and freight cars put the
  18883. markets of great cities at the doors of Southern fruit and vegetable
  18884. gardeners. The South, which in planting days had relied so heavily upon
  18885. the Northwest for its foodstuffs, began to battle for independence.
  18886. Between 1880 and the close of the century the value of its farm crops
  18887. increased from $660,000,000 to $1,270,000,000.
  18888.  
  18889. =The Industrial and Commercial Revolution.=--On top of the radical
  18890. changes in agriculture came an industrial and commercial revolution. The
  18891. South had long been rich in natural resources, but the slave system had
  18892. been unfavorable to their development. Rivers that would have turned
  18893. millions of spindles tumbled unheeded to the seas. Coal and iron beds
  18894. lay unopened. Timber was largely sacrificed in clearing lands for
  18895. planting, or fell to earth in decay. Southern enterprise was consumed in
  18896. planting. Slavery kept out the white immigrants who might have supplied
  18897. the skilled labor for industry.
  18898.  
  18899. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  18900.  
  18901. STEEL MILLS--BIRMINGHAM, ALABAMA]
  18902.  
  18903. After 1865, achievement and fortune no longer lay on the land alone. As
  18904. soon as the paralysis of the war was over, the South caught the
  18905. industrial spirit that had conquered feudal Europe and the agricultural
  18906. North. In the development of mineral wealth, enormous strides were
  18907. taken. Iron ore of every quality was found, the chief beds being in
  18908. Virginia, West Virginia, Tennessee, Kentucky, North Carolina, Georgia,
  18909. Alabama, Arkansas, and Texas. Five important coal basins were uncovered:
  18910. in Virginia, North Carolina, the Appalachian chain from Maryland to
  18911. Northern Alabama, Kentucky, Arkansas, and Texas. Oil pools were found
  18912. in Kentucky, Tennessee, and Texas. Within two decades, 1880 to 1900, the
  18913. output of mineral wealth multiplied tenfold: from ten millions a year to
  18914. one hundred millions. The iron industries of West Virginia and Alabama
  18915. began to rival those of Pennsylvania. Birmingham became the Pittsburgh
  18916. and Atlanta the Chicago of the South.
  18917.  
  18918. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  18919.  
  18920. A SOUTHERN COTTON MILL IN A COTTON FIELD]
  18921.  
  18922. In other lines of industry, lumbering and cotton manufacturing took a
  18923. high rank. The development of Southern timber resources was in every
  18924. respect remarkable, particularly in Louisiana, Arkansas, and
  18925. Mississippi. At the end of the first decade of the twentieth century,
  18926. primacy in lumber had passed from the Great Lakes region to the South.
  18927. In 1913 eight Southern states produced nearly four times as much lumber
  18928. as the Lake states and twice as much as the vast forests of Washington
  18929. and Oregon.
  18930.  
  18931. The development of the cotton industry, in the meantime, was similarly
  18932. astounding. In 1865 cotton spinning was a negligible matter in the
  18933. Southern states. In 1880 they had one-fourth of the mills of the
  18934. country. At the end of the century they had one-half the mills, the two
  18935. Carolinas taking the lead by consuming more than one-third of their
  18936. entire cotton crop. Having both the raw materials and the power at hand,
  18937. they enjoyed many advantages over the New England rivals, and at the
  18938. opening of the new century were outstripping the latter in the
  18939. proportion of spindles annually put into operation. Moreover, the cotton
  18940. planters, finding a market at the neighboring mills, began to look
  18941. forward to a day when they would be somewhat emancipated from absolute
  18942. dependence upon the cotton exchanges of New York, New Orleans, and
  18943. Liverpool.
  18944.  
  18945. Transportation kept pace with industry. In 1860, the South had about ten
  18946. thousand miles of railway. By 1880 the figure had doubled. During the
  18947. next twenty years over thirty thousand miles were added, most of the
  18948. increase being in Texas. About 1898 there opened a period of
  18949. consolidation in which scores of short lines were united, mainly under
  18950. the leadership of Northern capitalists, and new through service opened
  18951. to the North and West. Thus Southern industries were given easy outlets
  18952. to the markets of the nation and brought within the main currents of
  18953. national business enterprise.
  18954.  
  18955. =The Social Effects of the Economic Changes.=--As long as the slave
  18956. system lasted and planting was the major interest, the South was bound
  18957. to be sectional in character. With slavery gone, crops diversified,
  18958. natural resources developed, and industries promoted, the social order
  18959. of the ante-bellum days inevitably dissolved; the South became more and
  18960. more assimilated to the system of the North. In this process several
  18961. lines of development are evident.
  18962.  
  18963. In the first place we see the steady rise of the small farmer. Even in
  18964. the old days there had been a large class of white yeomen who owned no
  18965. slaves and tilled the soil with their own hands, but they labored under
  18966. severe handicaps. They found the fertile lands of the coast and river
  18967. valleys nearly all monopolized by planters, and they were by the force
  18968. of circumstances driven into the uplands where the soil was thin and the
  18969. crops were light. Still they increased in numbers and zealously worked
  18970. their freeholds.
  18971.  
  18972. The war proved to be their opportunity. With the break-up of the
  18973. plantations, they managed to buy land more worthy of their plows. By
  18974. intelligent labor and intensive cultivation they were able to restore
  18975. much of the worn-out soil to its original fertility. In the meantime
  18976. they rose with their prosperity in the social and political scale. It
  18977. became common for the sons of white farmers to enter the professions,
  18978. while their daughters went away to college and prepared for teaching.
  18979. Thus a more democratic tone was given to the white society of the South.
  18980. Moreover the migration to the North and West, which had formerly carried
  18981. thousands of energetic sons and daughters to search for new homesteads,
  18982. was materially reduced. The energy of the agricultural population went
  18983. into rehabilitation.
  18984.  
  18985. The increase in the number of independent farmers was accompanied by the
  18986. rise of small towns and villages which gave diversity to the life of the
  18987. South. Before 1860 it was possible to travel through endless stretches
  18988. of cotton and tobacco. The social affairs of the planter's family
  18989. centered in the homestead even if they were occasionally interrupted by
  18990. trips to distant cities or abroad. Carpentry, bricklaying, and
  18991. blacksmithing were usually done by slaves skilled in simple handicrafts.
  18992. Supplies were bought wholesale. In this way there was little place in
  18993. plantation economy for villages and towns with their stores and
  18994. mechanics.
  18995.  
  18996. The abolition of slavery altered this. Small farms spread out where
  18997. plantations had once stood. The skilled freedmen turned to agriculture
  18998. rather than to handicrafts; white men of a business or mechanical bent
  18999. found an opportunity to serve the needs of their communities. So local
  19000. merchants and mechanics became an important element in the social
  19001. system. In the county seats, once dominated by the planters, business
  19002. and professional men assumed the leadership.
  19003.  
  19004. Another vital outcome of this revolution was the transference of a large
  19005. part of planting enterprise to business. Mr. Bruce, a Southern historian
  19006. of fine scholarship, has summed up this process in a single telling
  19007. paragraph: "The higher planting class that under the old system gave so
  19008. much distinction to rural life has, so far as it has survived at all,
  19009. been concentrated in the cities. The families that in the time of
  19010. slavery would have been found only in the country are now found, with a
  19011. few exceptions, in the towns. The transplantation has been practically
  19012. universal. The talent, the energy, the ambition that formerly sought
  19013. expression in the management of great estates and the control of hosts
  19014. of slaves, now seek a field of action in trade, in manufacturing
  19015. enterprises, or in the general enterprises of development. This was for
  19016. the ruling class of the South the natural outcome of the great economic
  19017. revolution that followed the war."
  19018.  
  19019. As in all other parts of the world, the mechanical revolution was
  19020. attended by the growth of a population of industrial workers dependent
  19021. not upon the soil but upon wages for their livelihood. When Jefferson
  19022. Davis was inaugurated President of the Southern Confederacy, there were
  19023. approximately only one hundred thousand persons employed in Southern
  19024. manufactures as against more than a million in Northern mills. Fifty
  19025. years later, Georgia and Alabama alone had more than one hundred and
  19026. fifty thousand wage-earners. Necessarily this meant also a material
  19027. increase in urban population, although the wide dispersion of cotton
  19028. spinning among small centers prevented the congestion that had
  19029. accompanied the rise of the textile industry in New England. In 1910,
  19030. New Orleans, Atlanta, Memphis, Nashville, and Houston stood in the same
  19031. relation to the New South that Cincinnati, Chicago, Cleveland, and
  19032. Detroit had stood to the New West fifty years before. The problems of
  19033. labor and capital and municipal administration, which the earlier
  19034. writers boasted would never perplex the planting South, had come in full
  19035. force.
  19036.  
  19037. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  19038.  
  19039. A GLIMPSE OF MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE]
  19040.  
  19041. =The Revolution in the Status of the Slaves.=--No part of Southern
  19042. society was so profoundly affected by the Civil War and economic
  19043. reconstruction as the former slaves. On the day of emancipation, they
  19044. stood free, but empty-handed, the owners of no tools or property, the
  19045. masters of no trade and wholly inexperienced in the arts of self-help
  19046. that characterized the whites in general. They had never been accustomed
  19047. to looking out for themselves. The plantation bell had called them to
  19048. labor and released them. Doles of food and clothing had been regularly
  19049. made in given quantities. They did not understand wages, ownership,
  19050. renting, contracts, mortgages, leases, bills, or accounts.
  19051.  
  19052. When they were emancipated, four courses were open to them. They could
  19053. flee from the plantation to the nearest town or city, or to the distant
  19054. North, to seek a livelihood. Thousands of them chose this way,
  19055. overcrowding cities where disease mowed them down. They could remain
  19056. where they, were in their cabins and work for daily wages instead of
  19057. food, clothing, and shelter. This second course the major portion of
  19058. them chose; but, as few masters had cash to dispense, the new relation
  19059. was much like the old, in fact. It was still one of barter. The planter
  19060. offered food, clothing, and shelter; the former slaves gave their labor
  19061. in return. That was the best that many of them could do.
  19062.  
  19063. A third course open to freedmen was that of renting from the former
  19064. master, paying him usually with a share of the produce of the land. This
  19065. way a large number of them chose. It offered them a chance to become
  19066. land owners in time and it afforded an easier life, the renter being, to
  19067. a certain extent at least, master of his own hours of labor. The final
  19068. and most difficult path was that to ownership of land. Many a master
  19069. helped his former slaves to acquire small holdings by offering easy
  19070. terms. The more enterprising and the more fortunate who started life as
  19071. renters or wage-earners made their way upward to ownership in so many
  19072. cases that by the end of the century, one-fourth of the colored laborers
  19073. on the land owned the soil they tilled.
  19074.  
  19075. In the meantime, the South, though relatively poor, made relatively
  19076. large expenditures for the education of the colored population. By the
  19077. opening of the twentieth century, facilities were provided for more than
  19078. one-half of the colored children of school age. While in many respects
  19079. this progress was disappointing, its significance, to be appreciated,
  19080. must be derived from a comparison with the total illiteracy which
  19081. prevailed under slavery.
  19082.  
  19083. In spite of all that happened, however, the status of the negroes in the
  19084. South continued to give a peculiar character to that section of the
  19085. country. They were almost entirely excluded from the exercise of the
  19086. suffrage, especially in the Far South. Special rooms were set aside for
  19087. them at the railway stations and special cars on the railway lines. In
  19088. the field of industry calling for technical skill, it appears, from the
  19089. census figures, that they lost ground between 1890 and 1900--a condition
  19090. which their friends ascribed to discriminations against them in law and
  19091. in labor organizations and their critics ascribed to their lack of
  19092. aptitude. Whatever may be the truth, the fact remained that at the
  19093. opening of the twentieth century neither the hopes of the emancipators
  19094. nor the fears of their opponents were realized. The marks of the
  19095. "peculiar institution" were still largely impressed upon Southern
  19096. society.
  19097.  
  19098. The situation, however, was by no means unchanging. On the contrary
  19099. there was a decided drift in affairs. For one thing, the proportion of
  19100. negroes in the South had slowly declined. By 1900 they were in a
  19101. majority in only two states, South Carolina and Mississippi. In
  19102. Arkansas, Virginia, West Virginia, and North Carolina the proportion of
  19103. the white population was steadily growing. The colored migration
  19104. northward increased while the westward movement of white farmers which
  19105. characterized pioneer days declined. At the same time a part of the
  19106. foreign immigration into the United States was diverted southward. As
  19107. the years passed these tendencies gained momentum. The already huge
  19108. colored quarters in some Northern cities were widely expanded, as whole
  19109. counties in the South were stripped of their colored laborers. The race
  19110. question, in its political and economic aspects, became less and less
  19111. sectional, more and more national. The South was drawn into the main
  19112. stream of national life. The separatist forces which produced the
  19113. cataclysm of 1861 sank irresistibly into the background.
  19114.  
  19115.  
  19116. =References=
  19117.  
  19118. H.W. Grady, _The New South_ (1890).
  19119.  
  19120. H.A. Herbert, _Why the Solid South_.
  19121.  
  19122. W.G. Brown, _The Lower South_.
  19123.  
  19124. E.G. Murphy, _Problems of the Present South_.
  19125.  
  19126. B.T. Washington, _The Negro Problem_; _The Story of the Negro_; _The
  19127. Future of the Negro_.
  19128.  
  19129. A.B. Hart, _The Southern South_ and R.S. Baker, _Following the Color
  19130. Line_ (two works by Northern writers).
  19131.  
  19132. T.N. Page, _The Negro, the Southerner's Problem_.
  19133.  
  19134.  
  19135. =Questions=
  19136.  
  19137. 1. Give the three main subdivisions of the chapter.
  19138.  
  19139. 2. Compare the condition of the South in 1865 with that of the North.
  19140. Compare with the condition of the United States at the close of the
  19141. Revolutionary War. At the close of the World War in 1918.
  19142.  
  19143. 3. Contrast the enfranchisement of the slaves with the enfranchisement
  19144. of white men fifty years earlier.
  19145.  
  19146. 4. What was the condition of the planters as compared with that of the
  19147. Northern manufacturers?
  19148.  
  19149. 5. How does money capital contribute to prosperity? Describe the plight
  19150. of Southern finance.
  19151.  
  19152. 6. Give the chief steps in the restoration of white supremacy.
  19153.  
  19154. 7. Do you know of any other societies to compare with the Ku Klux Klan?
  19155.  
  19156. 8. Give Lincoln's plan for amnesty. What principles do you think should
  19157. govern the granting of amnesty?
  19158.  
  19159. 9. How were the "Force bills" overcome?
  19160.  
  19161. 10. Compare the fourteenth and fifteenth amendments with regard to the
  19162. suffrage provisions.
  19163.  
  19164. 11. Explain how they may be circumvented.
  19165.  
  19166. 12. Account for the Solid South. What was the situation before 1860?
  19167.  
  19168. 13. In what ways did Southern agriculture tend to become like that of
  19169. the North? What were the social results?
  19170.  
  19171. 14. Name the chief results of an "industrial revolution" in general. In
  19172. the South, in particular.
  19173.  
  19174. 15. What courses were open to freedmen in 1865?
  19175.  
  19176. 16. Give the main features in the economic and social status of the
  19177. colored population in the South.
  19178.  
  19179. 17. Explain why the race question is national now, rather than
  19180. sectional.
  19181.  
  19182.  
  19183.  
  19184. =Research Topics=
  19185.  
  19186. =Amnesty for Confederates.=--Study carefully the provisions of the
  19187. fourteenth amendment in the Appendix. Macdonald, _Documentary Source
  19188. Book of American History_, pp. 470 and 564. A plea for amnesty in
  19189. Harding, _Select Orations Illustrating American History_, pp. 467-488.
  19190.  
  19191. =Political Conditions in the South in 1868.=--Dunning, _Reconstruction,
  19192. Political and Economic_ (American Nation Series), pp. 109-123; Hart,
  19193. _American History Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 445-458,
  19194. 497-500; Elson, _History of the United States_, pp. 799-805.
  19195.  
  19196. =Movement for White Supremacy.=--Dunning, _Reconstruction_, pp. 266-280;
  19197. Paxson, _The New Nation_ (Riverside Series), pp. 39-58; Beard, _American
  19198. Government and Politics_, pp. 454-457.
  19199.  
  19200. =The Withdrawal of Federal Troops from the South.=--Sparks, _National
  19201. Development_ (American Nation Series), pp. 84-102; Rhodes, _History of
  19202. the United States_, Vol. VIII, pp. 1-12.
  19203.  
  19204. =Southern Industry.=--Paxson, _The New Nation_, pp. 192-207; T.M. Young,
  19205. _The American Cotton Industry_, pp. 54-99.
  19206.  
  19207. =The Race Question.=--B.T. Washington, _Up From Slavery_ (sympathetic
  19208. presentation); A.H. Stone, _Studies in the American Race Problem_
  19209. (coldly analytical); Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 647-649,
  19210. 652-654, 663-669.
  19211.  
  19212.  
  19213.  
  19214.  
  19215. CHAPTER XVII
  19216.  
  19217. BUSINESS ENTERPRISE AND THE REPUBLICAN PARTY
  19218.  
  19219.  
  19220. If a single phrase be chosen to characterize American life during the
  19221. generation that followed the age of Douglas and Lincoln, it must be
  19222. "business enterprise"--the tremendous, irresistible energy of a virile
  19223. people, mounting in numbers toward a hundred million and applied without
  19224. let or hindrance to the developing of natural resources of unparalleled
  19225. richness. The chief goal of this effort was high profits for the
  19226. captains of industry, on the one hand; and high wages for the workers,
  19227. on the other. Its signs, to use the language of a Republican orator in
  19228. 1876, were golden harvest fields, whirling spindles, turning wheels,
  19229. open furnace doors, flaming forges, and chimneys filled with eager fire.
  19230. The device blazoned on its shield and written over its factory doors was
  19231. "prosperity." A Republican President was its "advance agent." Released
  19232. from the hampering interference of the Southern planters and the
  19233. confusing issues of the slavery controversy, business enterprise sprang
  19234. forward to the task of winning the entire country. Then it flung its
  19235. outposts to the uttermost parts of the earth--Europe, Africa, and the
  19236. Orient--where were to be found markets for American goods and natural
  19237. resources for American capital to develop.
  19238.  
  19239.  
  19240. RAILWAYS AND INDUSTRY
  19241.  
  19242. =The Outward Signs of Enterprise.=--It is difficult to comprehend all
  19243. the multitudinous activities of American business energy or to appraise
  19244. its effects upon the life and destiny of the American people; for beyond
  19245. the horizon of the twentieth century lie consequences as yet undreamed
  19246. of in our poor philosophy. Statisticians attempt to record its
  19247. achievements in terms of miles of railways built, factories opened, men
  19248. and women employed, fortunes made, wages paid, cities founded, rivers
  19249. spanned, boxes, bales, and tons produced. Historians apply standards of
  19250. comparison with the past. Against the slow and leisurely stagecoach,
  19251. they set the swift express, rushing from New York to San Francisco in
  19252. less time than Washington consumed in his triumphal tour from Mt. Vernon
  19253. to New York for his first inaugural. Against the lazy sailing vessel
  19254. drifting before a genial breeze, they place the turbine steamer crossing
  19255. the Atlantic in five days or the still swifter airplane, in fifteen
  19256. hours. For the old workshop where a master and a dozen workmen and
  19257. apprentices wrought by hand, they offer the giant factory where ten
  19258. thousand persons attend the whirling wheels driven by steam. They write
  19259. of the "romance of invention" and the "captains of industry."
  19260.  
  19261. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  19262.  
  19263. A CORNER IN THE BETHLEHEM STEEL WORKS]
  19264.  
  19265. =The Service of the Railway.=--All this is fitting in its way. Figures
  19266. and contrasts cannot, however, tell the whole story. Take, for example,
  19267. the extension of railways. It is easy to relate that there were 30,000
  19268. miles in 1860; 166,000 in 1890; and 242,000 in 1910. It is easy to show
  19269. upon the map how a few straggling lines became a perfect mesh of closely
  19270. knitted railways; or how, like the tentacles of a great monster, the few
  19271. roads ending in the Mississippi Valley in 1860 were extended and
  19272. multiplied until they tapped every wheat field, mine, and forest beyond
  19273. the valley. All this, eloquent of enterprise as it truly is, does not
  19274. reveal the significance of railways for American life. It does not
  19275. indicate how railways made a continental market for American goods; nor
  19276. how they standardized the whole country, giving to cities on the
  19277. advancing frontier the leading features of cities in the old East; nor
  19278. how they carried to the pioneer the comforts of civilization; nor yet
  19279. how in the West they were the forerunners of civilization, the makers of
  19280. homesteads, the builders of states.
  19281.  
  19282. =Government Aid for Railways.=--Still the story is not ended. The
  19283. significant relation between railways and politics must not be
  19284. overlooked. The bounty of a lavish government, for example, made
  19285. possible the work of railway promoters. By the year 1872 the Federal
  19286. government had granted in aid of railways 155,000,000 acres of land--an
  19287. area estimated as almost equal to Pennsylvania, New York, Connecticut,
  19288. Rhode Island, Massachusetts, Maine, New Hampshire, and Vermont. The
  19289. Union Pacific Company alone secured from the federal government a free
  19290. right of way through the public domain, twenty sections of land with
  19291. each mile of railway, and a loan up to fifty millions of dollars secured
  19292. by a second mortgage on the company's property. More than half of the
  19293. northern tier of states lying against Canada from Lake Michigan to the
  19294. Pacific was granted to private companies in aid of railways and wagon
  19295. roads. About half of New Mexico, Arizona, and California was also given
  19296. outright to railway companies. These vast grants from the federal
  19297. government were supplemented by gifts from the states in land and by
  19298. subscriptions amounting to more than two hundred million dollars. The
  19299. history of these gifts and their relation to the political leaders that
  19300. engineered them would alone fill a large and interesting volume.
  19301.  
  19302. =Railway Fortunes and Capital.=--Out of this gigantic railway promotion,
  19303. the first really immense American fortunes were made. Henry Adams, the
  19304. grandson of John Quincy Adams, related that his grandfather on his
  19305. mother's side, Peter Brooks, on his death in 1849, left a fortune of two
  19306. million dollars, "supposed to be the largest estate in Boston," then one
  19307. of the few centers of great riches. Compared with the opulence that
  19308. sprang out of the Union Pacific, the Northern Pacific, the Southern
  19309. Pacific, with their subsidiary and component lines, the estate of Peter
  19310. Brooks was a poor man's heritage.
  19311.  
  19312. The capital invested in these railways was enormous beyond the
  19313. imagination of the men of the stagecoach generation. The total debt of
  19314. the United States incurred in the Revolutionary War--a debt which those
  19315. of little faith thought the country could never pay--was reckoned at a
  19316. figure well under $75,000,000. When the Union Pacific Railroad was
  19317. completed, there were outstanding against it $27,000,000 in first
  19318. mortgage bonds, $27,000,000 in second mortgage bonds held by the
  19319. government, $10,000,000 in income bonds, $10,000,000 in land grant
  19320. bonds, and, on top of that huge bonded indebtedness, $36,000,000 in
  19321. stock--making $110,000,000 in all. If the amount due the United States
  19322. government be subtracted, still there remained, in private hands, stocks
  19323. and bonds exceeding in value the whole national debt of Hamilton's
  19324. day--a debt that strained all the resources of the Federal government in
  19325. 1790. Such was the financial significance of the railways.
  19326.  
  19327. [Illustration: RAILROADS OF THE UNITED STATES IN 1918]
  19328.  
  19329. =Growth and Extension of Industry.=--In the field of manufacturing,
  19330. mining, and metal working, the results of business enterprise far
  19331. outstripped, if measured in mere dollars, the results of railway
  19332. construction. By the end of the century there were about ten billion
  19333. dollars invested in factories alone and five million wage-earners
  19334. employed in them; while the total value of the output, fourteen billion
  19335. dollars, was fifteen times the figure for 1860. In the Eastern states
  19336. industries multiplied. In the Northwest territory, the old home of
  19337. Jacksonian Democracy, they overtopped agriculture. By the end of the
  19338. century, Ohio had almost reached and Illinois had surpassed
  19339. Massachusetts in the annual value of manufacturing output.
  19340.  
  19341. That was not all. Untold wealth in the form of natural resources was
  19342. discovered in the South and West. Coal deposits were found in the
  19343. Appalachians stretching from Pennsylvania down to Alabama, in Michigan,
  19344. in the Mississippi Valley, and in the Western mountains from North
  19345. Dakota to New Mexico. In nearly every coal-bearing region, iron was also
  19346. discovered and the great fields of Michigan, Wisconsin, and Minnesota
  19347. soon rivaled those of the Appalachian area. Copper, lead, gold, and
  19348. silver in fabulous quantities were unearthed by the restless prospectors
  19349. who left no plain or mountain fastness unexplored. Petroleum, first
  19350. pumped from the wells of Pennsylvania in the summer of 1859, made new
  19351. fortunes equaling those of trade, railways, and land speculation. It
  19352. scattered its riches with an especially lavish hand through Oklahoma,
  19353. Texas, and California.
  19354.  
  19355. =The Trust--an Instrument of Industrial Progress.=--Business enterprise,
  19356. under the direction of powerful men working single-handed, or of small
  19357. groups of men pooling their capital for one or more undertakings, had
  19358. not advanced far before there appeared upon the scene still mightier
  19359. leaders of even greater imagination. New constructive genius now brought
  19360. together and combined under one management hundreds of concerns or
  19361. thousands of miles of railways, revealing the magic strength of
  19362. cooperation on a national scale. Price-cutting in oil, threatening ruin
  19363. to those engaged in the industry, as early as 1879, led a number of
  19364. companies in Cleveland, Pittsburgh, and Philadelphia to unite in
  19365. price-fixing. Three years later a group of oil interests formed a close
  19366. organization, placing all their stocks in the hands of trustees, among
  19367. whom was John D. Rockefeller. The trustees, in turn, issued
  19368. certificates representing the share to which each participant was
  19369. entitled; and took over the management of the entire business. Such was
  19370. the nature of the "trust," which was to play such an unique role in the
  19371. progress of America.
  19372.  
  19373. The idea of combination was applied in time to iron and steel, copper,
  19374. lead, sugar, cordage, coal, and other commodities, until in each field
  19375. there loomed a giant trust or corporation, controlling, if not most of
  19376. the output, at least enough to determine in a large measure the prices
  19377. charged to consumers. With the passing years, the railways, mills,
  19378. mines, and other business concerns were transferred from individual
  19379. owners to corporations. At the end of the nineteenth century, the whole
  19380. face of American business was changed. Three-fourths of the output from
  19381. industries came from factories under corporate management and only
  19382. one-fourth from individual and partnership undertakings.
  19383.  
  19384. [Illustration: JOHN D. ROCKEFELLER]
  19385.  
  19386. =The Banking Corporation.=--Very closely related to the growth of
  19387. business enterprise on a large scale was the system of banking. In the
  19388. old days before banks, a person with savings either employed them in his
  19389. own undertakings, lent them to a neighbor, or hid them away where they
  19390. set no industry in motion. Even in the early stages of modern business,
  19391. it was common for a manufacturer to rise from small beginnings by
  19392. financing extensions out of his own earnings and profits. This state of
  19393. affairs was profoundly altered by the growth of the huge corporations
  19394. requiring millions and even billions of capital. The banks, once an
  19395. adjunct to business, became the leaders in business.
  19396.  
  19397. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  19398.  
  19399. WALL STREET, NEW YORK CITY]
  19400.  
  19401. It was the banks that undertook to sell the stocks and bonds issued by
  19402. new corporations and trusts and to supply them with credit to carry on
  19403. their operations. Indeed, many of the great mergers or combinations in
  19404. business were initiated by magnates in the banking world with millions
  19405. and billions under their control. Through their connections with one
  19406. another, the banks formed a perfect network of agencies gathering up the
  19407. pennies and dollars of the masses as well as the thousands of the rich
  19408. and pouring them all into the channels of business and manufacturing.
  19409. In this growth of banking on a national scale, it was inevitable that a
  19410. few great centers, like Wall Street in New York or State Street in
  19411. Boston, should rise to a position of dominance both in concentrating the
  19412. savings and profits of the nation and in financing new as well as old
  19413. corporations.
  19414.  
  19415. =The Significance of the Corporation.=--The corporation, in fact, became
  19416. the striking feature of American business life, one of the most
  19417. marvelous institutions of all time, comparable in wealth and power and
  19418. the number of its servants with kingdoms and states of old. The effect
  19419. of its rise and growth cannot be summarily estimated; but some special
  19420. facts are obvious. It made possible gigantic enterprises once entirely
  19421. beyond the reach of any individual, no matter how rich. It eliminated
  19422. many of the futile and costly wastes of competition in connection with
  19423. manufacture, advertising, and selling. It studied the cheapest methods
  19424. of production and shut down mills that were poorly equipped or
  19425. disadvantageously located. It established laboratories for research in
  19426. industry, chemistry, and mechanical inventions. Through the sale of
  19427. stocks and bonds, it enabled tens of thousands of people to become
  19428. capitalists, if only in a small way. The corporation made it possible
  19429. for one person to own, for instance, a $50 share in a million dollar
  19430. business concern--a thing entirely impossible under a regime of
  19431. individual owners and partnerships.
  19432.  
  19433. There was, of course, another side to the picture. Many of the
  19434. corporations sought to become monopolies and to make profits, not by
  19435. economies and good management, but by extortion from purchasers.
  19436. Sometimes they mercilessly crushed small business men, their
  19437. competitors, bribed members of legislatures to secure favorable laws,
  19438. and contributed to the campaign funds of both leading parties. Wherever
  19439. a trust approached the position of a monopoly, it acquired a dominion
  19440. over the labor market which enabled it to break even the strongest trade
  19441. unions. In short, the power of the trust in finance, in manufacturing,
  19442. in politics, and in the field of labor control can hardly be measured.
  19443.  
  19444. =The Corporation and Labor.=--In the development of the corporation
  19445. there was to be observed a distinct severing of the old ties between
  19446. master and workmen, which existed in the days of small industries. For
  19447. the personal bond between the owner and the employees was substituted a
  19448. new relation. "In most parts of our country," as President Wilson once
  19449. said, "men work, not for themselves, not as partners in the old way in
  19450. which they used to work, but generally as employees--in a higher or
  19451. lower grade--of great corporations." The owner disappeared from the
  19452. factory and in his place came the manager, representing the usually
  19453. invisible stockholders and dependent for his success upon his ability to
  19454. make profits for the owners. Hence the term "soulless corporation,"
  19455. which was to exert such a deep influence on American thinking about
  19456. industrial relations.
  19457.  
  19458. =Cities and Immigration.=--Expressed in terms of human life, this era of
  19459. unprecedented enterprise meant huge industrial cities and an immense
  19460. labor supply, derived mainly from European immigration. Here, too,
  19461. figures tell only a part of the story. In Washington's day nine-tenths
  19462. of the American people were engaged in agriculture and lived in the
  19463. country; in 1890 more than one-third of the population dwelt in towns of
  19464. 2500 and over; in 1920 more than half of the population lived in towns
  19465. of over 2500. In forty years, between 1860 and 1900, Greater New York
  19466. had grown from 1,174,000 to 3,437,000; San Francisco from 56,000 to
  19467. 342,000; Chicago from 109,000 to 1,698,000. The miles of city tenements
  19468. began to rival, in the number of their residents, the farm homesteads of
  19469. the West. The time so dreaded by Jefferson had arrived. People were
  19470. "piled upon one another in great cities" and the republic of small
  19471. farmers had passed away.
  19472.  
  19473. To these industrial centers flowed annually an ever-increasing tide of
  19474. immigration, reaching the half million point in 1880; rising to
  19475. three-quarters of a million three years later; and passing the million
  19476. mark in a single year at the opening of the new century. Immigration was
  19477. as old as America but new elements now entered the situation. In the
  19478. first place, there were radical changes in the nationality of the
  19479. newcomers. The migration from Northern Europe--England, Ireland,
  19480. Germany, and Scandinavia--diminished; that from Italy, Russia, and
  19481. Austria-Hungary increased, more than three-fourths of the entire number
  19482. coming from these three lands between the years 1900 and 1910. These
  19483. later immigrants were Italians, Poles, Magyars, Czechs, Slovaks,
  19484. Russians, and Jews, who came from countries far removed from the
  19485. language and the traditions of England whence came the founders of
  19486. America.
  19487.  
  19488. In the second place, the reception accorded the newcomers differed from
  19489. that given to the immigrants in the early days. By 1890 all the free
  19490. land was gone. They could not, therefore, be dispersed widely among the
  19491. native Americans to assimilate quickly and unconsciously the habits and
  19492. ideas of American life. On the contrary, they were diverted mainly to
  19493. the industrial centers. There they crowded--nay, overcrowded--into
  19494. colonies of their own where they preserved their languages, their
  19495. newspapers, and their old-world customs and views.
  19496.  
  19497. So eager were American business men to get an enormous labor supply that
  19498. they asked few questions about the effect of this "alien invasion" upon
  19499. the old America inherited from the fathers. They even stimulated the
  19500. invasion artificially by importing huge armies of foreigners under
  19501. contract to work in specified mines and mills. There seemed to be no
  19502. limit to the factories, forges, refineries, and railways that could be
  19503. built, to the multitudes that could be employed in conquering a
  19504. continent. As for the future, that was in the hands of Providence!
  19505.  
  19506. =Business Theories of Politics.=--As the statesmen of Hamilton's school
  19507. and the planters of Calhoun's had their theories of government and
  19508. politics, so the leaders in business enterprise had theirs. It was
  19509. simple and easily stated. "It is the duty of the government," they
  19510. urged, "to protect American industry against foreign competition by
  19511. means of high tariffs on imported goods, to aid railways by generous
  19512. grants of land, to sell mineral and timber lands at low prices to
  19513. energetic men ready to develop them, and then to leave the rest to the
  19514. initiative and drive of individuals and companies." All government
  19515. interference with the management, prices, rates, charges, and conduct of
  19516. private business they held to be either wholly pernicious or intolerably
  19517. impertinent. Judging from their speeches and writings, they conceived
  19518. the nation as a great collection of individuals, companies, and labor
  19519. unions all struggling for profits or high wages and held together by a
  19520. government whose principal duty was to keep the peace among them and
  19521. protect industry against the foreign manufacturer. Such was the
  19522. political theory of business during the generation that followed the
  19523. Civil War.
  19524.  
  19525.  
  19526. THE SUPREMACY OF THE REPUBLICAN PARTY (1861-85)
  19527.  
  19528. =Business Men and Republican Policies.=--Most of the leaders in industry
  19529. gravitated to the Republican ranks. They worked in the North and the
  19530. Republican party was essentially Northern. It was moreover--at least so
  19531. far as the majority of its members were concerned--committed to
  19532. protective tariffs, a sound monetary and banking system, the promotion
  19533. of railways and industry by land grants, and the development of internal
  19534. improvements. It was furthermore generous in its immigration policy. It
  19535. proclaimed America to be an asylum for the oppressed of all countries
  19536. and flung wide the doors for immigrants eager to fill the factories, man
  19537. the mines, and settle upon Western lands. In a word the Republicans
  19538. stood for all those specific measures which favored the enlargement and
  19539. prosperity of business. At the same time they resisted government
  19540. interference with private enterprise. They did not regulate railway
  19541. rates, prosecute trusts for forming combinations, or prevent railway
  19542. companies from giving lower rates to some shippers than to others. To
  19543. sum it up, the political theories of the Republican party for three
  19544. decades after the Civil War were the theories of American
  19545. business--prosperous and profitable industries for the owners and "the
  19546. full dinner pail" for the workmen. Naturally a large portion of those
  19547. who flourished under its policies gave their support to it, voted for
  19548. its candidates, and subscribed to its campaign funds.
  19549.  
  19550. =Sources of Republican Strength in the North.=--The Republican party was
  19551. in fact a political organization of singular power. It originated in a
  19552. wave of moral enthusiasm, having attracted to itself, if not the
  19553. abolitionists, certainly all those idealists, like James Russell Lowell
  19554. and George William Curtis, who had opposed slavery when opposition was
  19555. neither safe nor popular. To moral principles it added practical
  19556. considerations. Business men had confidence in it. Workingmen, who
  19557. longed for the independence of the farmer, owed to its indulgent land
  19558. policy the opportunity of securing free homesteads in the West. The
  19559. immigrant, landing penniless on these shores, as a result of the same
  19560. beneficent system, often found himself in a little while with an estate
  19561. as large as many a baronial domain in the Old World. Under a Republican
  19562. administration, the union had been saved. To it the veterans of the war
  19563. could turn with confidence for those rewards of service which the
  19564. government could bestow: pensions surpassing in liberality anything that
  19565. the world had ever seen. Under a Republican administration also the
  19566. great debt had been created in the defense of the union, and to the
  19567. Republican party every investor in government bonds could look for the
  19568. full and honorable discharge of the interest and principal. The spoils
  19569. system, inaugurated by Jacksonian Democracy, in turn placed all the
  19570. federal offices in Republican hands, furnishing an army of party workers
  19571. to be counted on for loyal service in every campaign.
  19572.  
  19573. Of all these things Republican leaders made full and vigorous use,
  19574. sometimes ascribing to the party, in accordance with ancient political
  19575. usage, merits and achievements not wholly its own. Particularly was this
  19576. true in the case of saving the union. "When in the economy of
  19577. Providence, this land was to be purged of human slavery ... the
  19578. Republican party came into power," ran a declaration in one platform.
  19579. "The Republican party suppressed a gigantic rebellion, emancipated four
  19580. million slaves, decreed the equal citizenship of all, and established
  19581. universal suffrage," ran another. As for the aid rendered by the
  19582. millions of Northern Democrats who stood by the union and the tens of
  19583. thousands of them who actually fought in the union army, the Republicans
  19584. in their zeal were inclined to be oblivious. They repeatedly charged the
  19585. Democratic party "with being the same in character and spirit as when it
  19586. sympathized with treason."
  19587.  
  19588. =Republican Control of the South.=--To the strength enjoyed in the
  19589. North, the Republicans for a long time added the advantages that came
  19590. from control over the former Confederate states where the newly
  19591. enfranchised negroes, under white leadership, gave a grateful support to
  19592. the party responsible for their freedom. In this branch of politics,
  19593. motives were so mixed that no historian can hope to appraise them all at
  19594. their proper values. On the one side of the ledger must be set the
  19595. vigorous efforts of the honest and sincere friends of the freedmen to
  19596. win for them complete civil and political equality, wiping out not only
  19597. slavery but all its badges of misery and servitude. On the same side
  19598. must be placed the labor of those who had valiantly fought in forum and
  19599. field to save the union and who regarded continued Republican supremacy
  19600. after the war as absolutely necessary to prevent the former leaders in
  19601. secession from coming back to power. At the same time there were
  19602. undoubtedly some men of the baser sort who looked on politics as a game
  19603. and who made use of "carpet-bagging" in the South to win the spoils that
  19604. might result from it. At all events, both by laws and presidential acts,
  19605. the Republicans for many years kept a keen eye upon the maintenance of
  19606. their dominion in the South. Their declaration that neither the law nor
  19607. its administration should admit any discrimination in respect of
  19608. citizens by reason of race, color, or previous condition of servitude
  19609. appealed to idealists and brought results in elections. Even South
  19610. Carolina, where reposed the ashes of John C. Calhoun, went Republican in
  19611. 1872 by a vote of three to one!
  19612.  
  19613. Republican control was made easy by the force bills described in a
  19614. previous chapter--measures which vested the supervision of elections in
  19615. federal officers appointed by Republican Presidents. These drastic
  19616. measures, departing from American tradition, the Republican authors
  19617. urged, were necessary to safeguard the purity of the ballot, not merely
  19618. in the South where the timid freedman might readily be frightened from
  19619. using it; but also in the North, particularly in New York City, where it
  19620. was claimed that fraud was regularly practiced by Democratic leaders.
  19621.  
  19622. The Democrats, on their side, indignantly denied the charges, replying
  19623. that the force bills were nothing but devices created by the Republicans
  19624. for the purpose of securing their continued rule through systematic
  19625. interference with elections. Even the measures of reconstruction were
  19626. deemed by Democratic leaders as thinly veiled schemes to establish
  19627. Republican power throughout the country. "Nor is there the slightest
  19628. doubt," exclaimed Samuel J. Tilden, spokesman of the Democrats in New
  19629. York and candidate for President in 1876, "that the paramount object and
  19630. motive of the Republican party is by these means to secure itself
  19631. against a reaction of opinion adverse to it in our great populous
  19632. Northern commonwealths.... When the Republican party resolved to
  19633. establish negro supremacy in the ten states in order to gain to itself
  19634. the representation of those states in Congress, it had to begin by
  19635. governing the people of those states by the sword.... The next was the
  19636. creation of new electoral bodies for those ten states, in which, by
  19637. exclusions, by disfranchisements and proscriptions, by control over
  19638. registration, by applying test oaths ... by intimidation and by every
  19639. form of influence, three million negroes are made to predominate over
  19640. four and a half million whites."
  19641.  
  19642. =The War as a Campaign Issue.=--Even the repeal of force bills could not
  19643. allay the sectional feelings engendered by the war. The Republicans
  19644. could not forgive the men who had so recently been in arms against the
  19645. union and insisted on calling them "traitors" and "rebels." The
  19646. Southerners, smarting under the reconstruction acts, could regard the
  19647. Republicans only as political oppressors. The passions of the war had
  19648. been too strong; the distress too deep to be soon forgotten. The
  19649. generation that went through it all remembered it all. For twenty
  19650. years, the Republicans, in their speeches and platforms, made "a
  19651. straight appeal to the patriotism of the Northern voters." They
  19652. maintained that their party, which had saved the union and emancipated
  19653. the slaves, was alone worthy of protecting the union and uplifting the
  19654. freedmen.
  19655.  
  19656. Though the Democrats, especially in the North, resented this policy and
  19657. dubbed it with the expressive but inelegant phrase, "waving the bloody
  19658. shirt," the Republicans refused to surrender a slogan which made such a
  19659. ready popular appeal. As late as 1884, a leader expressed the hope that
  19660. they might "wring one more President from the bloody shirt." They
  19661. refused to let the country forget that the Democratic candidate, Grover
  19662. Cleveland, had escaped military service by hiring a substitute; and they
  19663. made political capital out of the fact that he had "insulted the
  19664. veterans of the Grand Army of the Republic" by going fishing on
  19665. Decoration Day.
  19666.  
  19667. =Three Republican Presidents.=--Fortified by all these elements of
  19668. strength, the Republicans held the presidency from 1869 to 1885. The
  19669. three Presidents elected in this period, Grant, Hayes, and Garfield, had
  19670. certain striking characteristics in common. They were all of origin
  19671. humble enough to please the most exacting Jacksonian Democrat. They had
  19672. been generals in the union army. Grant, next to Lincoln, was regarded as
  19673. the savior of the Constitution. Hayes and Garfield, though lesser lights
  19674. in the military firmament, had honorable records duly appreciated by
  19675. veterans of the war, now thoroughly organized into the Grand Army of the
  19676. Republic. It is true that Grant was not a politician and had never voted
  19677. the Republican ticket; but this was readily overlooked. Hayes and
  19678. Garfield on the other hand were loyal party men. The former had served
  19679. in Congress and for three terms as governor of his state. The latter had
  19680. long been a member of the House of Representatives and was Senator-elect
  19681. when he received the nomination for President.
  19682.  
  19683. All of them possessed, moreover, another important asset, which was not
  19684. forgotten by the astute managers who led in selecting candidates. All
  19685. of them were from Ohio--though Grant had been in Illinois when the
  19686. summons to military duties came--and Ohio was a strategic state. It lay
  19687. between the manufacturing East and the agrarian country to the West.
  19688. Having growing industries and wool to sell it benefited from the
  19689. protective tariff. Yet being mainly agricultural still, it was not
  19690.  
  19691. without sympathy for the farmers who showed low tariff or free trade
  19692. tendencies. Whatever share the East had in shaping laws and framing
  19693. policies, it was clear that the West was to have the candidates. This
  19694. division in privileges--not uncommon in political management--was always
  19695. accompanied by a judicious selection of the candidate for Vice
  19696. President. With Garfield, for example, was associated a prominent New
  19697. York politician, Chester A. Arthur, who, as fate decreed, was destined
  19698. to more than three years' service as chief magistrate, on the
  19699. assassination of his superior in office.
  19700.  
  19701. =The Disputed Election of 1876.=--While taking note of the long years of
  19702. Republican supremacy, it must be recorded that grave doubts exist in the
  19703. minds of many historians as to whether one of the three Presidents,
  19704. Hayes, was actually the victor in 1876 or not. His Democratic opponent,
  19705. Samuel J. Tilden, received a popular plurality of a quarter of a million
  19706. and had a plausible claim to a majority of the electoral vote. At all
  19707. events, four states sent in double returns, one set for Tilden and
  19708. another for Hayes; and a deadlock ensued. Both parties vehemently
  19709. claimed the election and the passions ran so high that sober men did not
  19710. shrink from speaking of civil war again. Fortunately, in the end, the
  19711. counsels of peace prevailed. Congress provided for an electoral
  19712. commission of fifteen men to review the contested returns. The
  19713. Democrats, inspired by Tilden's moderation, accepted the judgment in
  19714. favor of Hayes even though they were not convinced that he was really
  19715. entitled to the office.
  19716.  
  19717.  
  19718. THE GROWTH OF OPPOSITION TO REPUBLICAN RULE
  19719.  
  19720. =Abuses in American Political Life.=--During their long tenure of
  19721. office, the Republicans could not escape the inevitable consequences of
  19722. power; that is, evil practices and corrupt conduct on the part of some
  19723. who found shelter within the party. For that matter neither did the
  19724. Democrats manage to avoid such difficulties in those states and cities
  19725. where they had the majority. In New York City, for instance, the local
  19726. Democratic organization, known as Tammany Hall, passed under the sway of
  19727. a group of politicians headed by "Boss" Tweed. He plundered the city
  19728. treasury until public-spirited citizens, supported by Samuel J. Tilden,
  19729. the Democratic leader of the state, rose in revolt, drove the ringleader
  19730. from power, and sent him to jail. In Philadelphia, the local Republican
  19731. bosses were guilty of offenses as odious as those committed by New York
  19732. politicians. Indeed, the decade that followed the Civil War was marred
  19733. by so many scandals in public life that one acute editor was moved to
  19734. inquire: "Are not all the great communities of the Western World growing
  19735. more corrupt as they grow in wealth?"
  19736.  
  19737. In the sphere of national politics, where the opportunities were
  19738. greater, betrayals of public trust were even more flagrant. One
  19739. revelation after another showed officers, high and low, possessed with
  19740. the spirit of peculation. Members of Congress, it was found, accepted
  19741. railway stock in exchange for votes in favor of land grants and other
  19742. concessions to the companies. In the administration as well as the
  19743. legislature the disease was rife. Revenue officers permitted whisky
  19744. distillers to evade their taxes and received heavy bribes in return. A
  19745. probe into the post-office department revealed the malodorous "star
  19746. route frauds"--the deliberate overpayment of certain mail carriers whose
  19747. lines were indicated in the official record by asterisks or stars. Even
  19748. cabinet officers did not escape suspicion, for the trail of the serpent
  19749. led straight to the door of one of them.
  19750.  
  19751. In the lower ranges of official life, the spoils system became more
  19752. virulent as the number of federal employees increased. The holders of
  19753. offices and the seekers after them constituted a veritable political
  19754. army. They crowded into Republican councils, for the Republicans, being
  19755. in power, could alone dispense federal favors. They filled positions in
  19756. the party ranging from the lowest township committee to the national
  19757. convention. They helped to nominate candidates and draft platforms and
  19758. elbowed to one side the busy citizen, not conversant with party
  19759. intrigues, who could only give an occasional day to political matters.
  19760. Even the Civil Service Act of 1883, wrung from a reluctant Congress two
  19761. years after the assassination of Garfield, made little change for a long
  19762. time. It took away from the spoilsmen a few thousand government
  19763. positions, but it formed no check on the practice of rewarding party
  19764. workers from the public treasury.
  19765.  
  19766. On viewing this state of affairs, many a distinguished citizen became
  19767. profoundly discouraged. James Russell Lowell, for example, thought he
  19768. saw a steady decline in public morals. In 1865, hearing of Lee's
  19769. surrender, he had exclaimed: "There is something magnificent in having a
  19770. country to love!" Ten years later, when asked to write an ode for the
  19771. centennial at Philadelphia in 1876, he could think only of a biting
  19772. satire on the nation:
  19773.  
  19774.     "Show your state legislatures; show your Rings;
  19775.      And challenge Europe to produce such things
  19776.      As high officials sitting half in sight
  19777.      To share the plunder and fix things right.
  19778.      If that don't fetch her, why, you need only
  19779.      To show your latest style in martyrs,--Tweed:
  19780.      She'll find it hard to hide her spiteful tears
  19781.      At such advance in one poor hundred years."
  19782.  
  19783. When his critics condemned him for this "attack upon his native land,"
  19784. Lowell replied in sadness: "These fellows have no notion of what love of
  19785. country means. It was in my very blood and bones. If I am not an
  19786. American who ever was?... What fills me with doubt and dismay is the
  19787. degradation of the moral tone. Is it or is it not a result of democracy?
  19788. Is ours a 'government of the people, by the people, for the people,' or
  19789. a Kakistocracy [a government of the worst], rather for the benefit of
  19790. knaves at the cost of fools?"
  19791.  
  19792. =The Reform Movement in Republican Ranks.=--The sentiments expressed by
  19793. Lowell, himself a Republican and for a time American ambassador to
  19794. England, were shared by many men in his party. Very soon after the close
  19795. of the Civil War some of them began to protest vigorously against the
  19796. policies and conduct of their leaders. In 1872, the dissenters, calling
  19797. themselves Liberal Republicans, broke away altogether, nominated a
  19798. candidate of their own, Horace Greeley, and put forward a platform
  19799. indicting the Republican President fiercely enough to please the most
  19800. uncompromising Democrat. They accused Grant of using "the powers and
  19801. opportunities of his high office for the promotion of personal ends."
  19802. They charged him with retaining "notoriously corrupt and unworthy men in
  19803. places of power and responsibility." They alleged that the Republican
  19804. party kept "alive the passions and resentments of the late civil war to
  19805. use them for their own advantages," and employed the "public service of
  19806. the government as a machinery of corruption and personal influence."
  19807.  
  19808. It was not apparent, however, from the ensuing election that any
  19809. considerable number of Republicans accepted the views of the Liberals.
  19810. Greeley, though indorsed by the Democrats, was utterly routed and died
  19811. of a broken heart. The lesson of his discomfiture seemed to be that
  19812. independent action was futile. So, at least, it was regarded by most men
  19813. of the rising generation like Henry Cabot Lodge, of Massachusetts, and
  19814. Theodore Roosevelt, of New York. Profiting by the experience of Greeley
  19815. they insisted in season and out that reformers who desired to rid the
  19816. party of abuses should remain loyal to it and do their work "on the
  19817. inside."
  19818.  
  19819. =The Mugwumps and Cleveland Democracy in 1884.=--Though aided by
  19820. Republican dissensions, the Democrats were slow in making headway
  19821. against the political current. They were deprived of the energetic and
  19822. capable leadership once afforded by the planters, like Calhoun, Davis,
  19823. and Toombs; they were saddled by their opponents with responsibility for
  19824. secession; and they were stripped of the support of the prostrate
  19825. South. Not until the last Southern state was restored to the union, not
  19826. until a general amnesty was wrung from Congress, not until white
  19827. supremacy was established at the polls, and the last federal soldier
  19828. withdrawn from Southern capitals did they succeed in capturing the
  19829. presidency.
  19830.  
  19831. The opportune moment for them came in 1884 when a number of
  19832. circumstances favored their aspirations. The Republicans, leaving the
  19833. Ohio Valley in their search for a candidate, nominated James G. Blaine
  19834. of Maine, a vigorous and popular leader but a man under fire from the
  19835. reformers in his own party. The Democrats on their side were able to
  19836. find at this juncture an able candidate who had no political enemies in
  19837. the sphere of national politics, Grover Cleveland, then governor of New
  19838. York and widely celebrated as a man of "sterling honesty." At the same
  19839. time a number of dissatisfied Republicans openly espoused the Democratic
  19840. cause,--among them Carl Schurz, George William Curtis, Henry Ward
  19841. Beecher, and William Everett, men of fine ideals and undoubted
  19842. integrity. Though the "regular" Republicans called them "Mugwumps" and
  19843. laughed at them as the "men milliners, the dilettanti, and carpet
  19844. knights of politics," they had a following that was not to be despised.
  19845.  
  19846. The campaign which took place that year was one of the most savage in
  19847. American history. Issues were thrust into the background. The tariff,
  19848. though mentioned, was not taken seriously. Abuse of the opposition was
  19849. the favorite resource of party orators. The Democrats insisted that "the
  19850. Republican party so far as principle is concerned is a reminiscence. In
  19851. practice it is an organization for enriching those who control its
  19852. machinery." For the Republican candidate, Blaine, they could hardly find
  19853. words to express their contempt. The Republicans retaliated in kind.
  19854. They praised their own good works, as of old, in saving the union, and
  19855. denounced the "fraud and violence practiced by the Democracy in the
  19856. Southern states." Seeing little objectionable in the public record of
  19857. Cleveland as mayor of Buffalo and governor of New York, they attacked
  19858. his personal character. Perhaps never in the history of political
  19859. campaigns did the discussions on the platform and in the press sink to
  19860. so low a level. Decent people were sickened. Even hot partisans shrank
  19861. from their own words when, after the election, they had time to reflect
  19862. on their heedless passions. Moreover, nothing was decided by the
  19863. balloting. Cleveland was elected, but his victory was a narrow one. A
  19864. change of a few hundred votes in New York would have sent his opponent
  19865. to the White House instead.
  19866.  
  19867. =Changing Political Fortunes (1888-96).=--After the Democrats had
  19868. settled down to the enjoyment of their hard-earned victory, President
  19869. Cleveland in his message of 1887 attacked the tariff as "vicious,
  19870. inequitable, and illogical"; as a system of taxation that laid a burden
  19871. upon "every consumer in the land for the benefit of our manufacturers."
  19872. Business enterprise was thoroughly alarmed. The Republicans
  19873. characterized the tariff message as a free-trade assault upon the
  19874. industries of the country. Mainly on that issue they elected in 1888
  19875. Benjamin Harrison of Indiana, a shrewd lawyer, a reticent politician, a
  19876. descendant of the hero of Tippecanoe, and a son of the old Northwest.
  19877. Accepting the outcome of the election as a vindication of their
  19878. principles, the Republicans, under the leadership of William McKinley in
  19879. the House of Representatives, enacted in 1890 a tariff law imposing the
  19880. highest duties yet laid in our history. To their utter surprise,
  19881. however, they were instantly informed by the country that their program
  19882. was not approved. That very autumn they lost in the congressional
  19883. elections, and two years later they were decisively beaten in the
  19884. presidential campaign, Cleveland once more leading his party to victory.
  19885.  
  19886.  
  19887. =References=
  19888.  
  19889. L.H. Haney, _Congressional History of Railways_ (2 vols.).
  19890.  
  19891. J.P. Davis, _Union Pacific Railway_.
  19892.  
  19893. J.M. Swank, _History of the Manufacture of Iron_.
  19894.  
  19895. M.T. Copeland, _The Cotton Manufacturing Industry in the United States_
  19896. (Harvard Studies).
  19897.  
  19898. E.W. Bryce, _Progress of Invention in the Nineteenth Century_.
  19899.  
  19900. Ida Tarbell, _History of the Standard Oil Company_ (Critical).
  19901.  
  19902. G.H. Montague, _Rise and Progress of the Standard Oil Company_
  19903. (Friendly).
  19904.  
  19905. H.P. Fairchild, _Immigration_, and F.J. Warne, _The Immigrant Invasion_
  19906. (Both works favor exclusion).
  19907.  
  19908. I.A. Hourwich, _Immigration_ (Against exclusionist policies).
  19909.  
  19910. J.F. Rhodes, _History of the United States, 1877-1896_, Vol. VIII.
  19911.  
  19912. Edward Stanwood, _A History of the Presidency_, Vol. I, for the
  19913. presidential elections of the period.
  19914.  
  19915.  
  19916. =Questions=
  19917.  
  19918. 1. Contrast the state of industry and commerce at the close of the Civil
  19919. War with its condition at the close of the Revolutionary War.
  19920.  
  19921. 2. Enumerate the services rendered to the nation by the railways.
  19922.  
  19923. 3. Explain the peculiar relation of railways to government.
  19924.  
  19925. 4. What sections of the country have been industrialized?
  19926.  
  19927. 5. How do you account for the rise and growth of the trusts? Explain
  19928. some of the economic advantages of the trust.
  19929.  
  19930. 6. Are the people in cities more or less independent than the farmers?
  19931. What was Jefferson's view?
  19932.  
  19933. 7. State some of the problems raised by unrestricted immigration.
  19934.  
  19935. 8. What was the theory of the relation of government to business in this
  19936. period? Has it changed in recent times?
  19937.  
  19938. 9. State the leading economic policies sponsored by the Republican
  19939. party.
  19940.  
  19941. 10. Why were the Republicans especially strong immediately after the
  19942. Civil War?
  19943.  
  19944. 11. What illustrations can you give showing the influence of war in
  19945. American political campaigns?
  19946.  
  19947. 12. Account for the strength of middle-western candidates.
  19948.  
  19949. 13. Enumerate some of the abuses that appeared in American political
  19950. life after 1865.
  19951.  
  19952. 14. Sketch the rise and growth of the reform movement.
  19953.  
  19954. 15. How is the fluctuating state of public opinion reflected in the
  19955. elections from 1880 to 1896?
  19956.  
  19957.  
  19958. =Research Topics=
  19959.  
  19960. =Invention, Discovery, and Transportation.=--Sparks, _National
  19961. Development_ (American Nation Series), pp. 37-67; Bogart, _Economic
  19962. History of the United States_, Chaps. XXI, XXII, and XXIII.
  19963.  
  19964. =Business and Politics.=--Paxson, _The New Nation_ (Riverside Series),
  19965. pp. 92-107; Rhodes, _History of the United States_, Vol. VII, pp. 1-29,
  19966. 64-73, 175-206; Wilson, _History of the American People_, Vol. IV, pp.
  19967. 78-96.
  19968.  
  19969. =Immigration.=--Coman, _Industrial History of the United States_ (2d
  19970. ed.), pp. 369-374; E.L. Bogart, _Economic History of the United States_,
  19971. pp. 420-422, 434-437; Jenks and Lauck, _Immigration Problems_, Commons,
  19972. _Races and Immigrants_.
  19973.  
  19974. =The Disputed Election of 1876.=--Haworth, _The United States in Our Own
  19975. Time_, pp. 82-94; Dunning, _Reconstruction, Political and Economic_
  19976. (American Nation Series), pp. 294-341; Elson, _History of the United
  19977. States_, pp. 835-841.
  19978.  
  19979. =Abuses in Political Life.=--Dunning, _Reconstruction_, pp. 281-293; see
  19980. criticisms in party platforms in Stanwood, _History of the Presidency_,
  19981. Vol. I; Bryce, _American Commonwealth_ (1910 ed.), Vol. II, pp. 379-448;
  19982. 136-167.
  19983.  
  19984. =Studies of Presidential Administrations.=--(_a_) Grant, (_b_) Hayes,
  19985. (_c_) Garfield-Arthur, (_d_) Cleveland, and (_e_) Harrison, in Haworth,
  19986. _The United States in Our Own Time_, or in Paxson, _The New Nation_
  19987. (Riverside Series), or still more briefly in Elson.
  19988.  
  19989. =Cleveland Democracy.=--Haworth, _The United States_, pp. 164-183;
  19990. Rhodes, _History of the United States_, Vol. VIII, pp. 240-327; Elson,
  19991. pp. 857-887.
  19992.  
  19993. =Analysis of Modern Immigration Problems.=--_Syllabus in History_ (New
  19994. York State, 1919), pp. 110-112.
  19995.  
  19996.  
  19997.  
  19998.  
  19999. CHAPTER XVIII
  20000.  
  20001. THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE GREAT WEST
  20002.  
  20003.  
  20004. At the close of the Civil War, Kansas and Texas were sentinel states on
  20005. the middle border. Beyond the Rockies, California, Oregon, and Nevada
  20006. stood guard, the last of them having been just admitted to furnish
  20007. another vote for the fifteenth amendment abolishing slavery. Between the
  20008. near and far frontiers lay a vast reach of plain, desert, plateau, and
  20009. mountain, almost wholly undeveloped. A broad domain, extending from
  20010. Canada to Mexico, and embracing the regions now included in Washington,
  20011. Idaho, Wyoming, Montana, Utah, Arizona, New Mexico, the Dakotas, and
  20012. Oklahoma, had fewer than half a million inhabitants. It was laid out
  20013. into territories, each administered under a governor appointed by the
  20014. President and Senate and, as soon as there was the requisite number of
  20015. inhabitants, a legislature elected by the voters. No railway line
  20016. stretched across the desert. St. Joseph on the Missouri was the terminus
  20017. of the Eastern lines. It required twenty-five days for a passenger to
  20018. make the overland journey to California by the stagecoach system,
  20019. established in 1858, and more than ten days for the swift pony express,
  20020. organized in 1860, to carry a letter to San Francisco. Indians still
  20021. roamed the plain and desert and more than one powerful tribe disputed
  20022. the white man's title to the soil.
  20023.  
  20024.  
  20025. THE RAILWAYS AS TRAIL BLAZERS
  20026.  
  20027. =Opening Railways to the Pacific.=--A decade before the Civil War the
  20028. importance of rail connection between the East and the Pacific Coast had
  20029. been recognized. Pressure had already been brought to bear on Congress
  20030. to authorize the construction of a line and to grant land and money in
  20031. its aid. Both the Democrats and Republicans approved the idea, but it
  20032. was involved in the slavery controversy. Indeed it was submerged in it.
  20033. Southern statesmen wanted connections between the Gulf and the Pacific
  20034. through Texas, while Northerners stood out for a central route.
  20035.  
  20036. The North had its way during the war. Congress, by legislation initiated
  20037. in 1862, provided for the immediate organization of companies to build a
  20038. line from the Missouri River to California and made grants of land and
  20039. loans of money to aid in the enterprise. The Western end, the Central
  20040. Pacific, was laid out under the supervision of Leland Stanford. It was
  20041. heavily financed by the Mormons of Utah and also by the state
  20042. government, the ranchmen, miners, and business men of California; and it
  20043. was built principally by Chinese labor. The Eastern end, the Union
  20044. Pacific, starting at Omaha, was constructed mainly by veterans of the
  20045. Civil War and immigrants from Ireland and Germany. In 1869 the two
  20046. companies met near Ogden in Utah and the driving of the last spike,
  20047. uniting the Atlantic and the Pacific, was the occasion of a great
  20048. demonstration.
  20049.  
  20050. Other lines to the Pacific were projected at the same time; but the
  20051. panic of 1873 checked railway enterprise for a while. With the revival
  20052. of prosperity at the end of that decade, construction was renewed with
  20053. vigor and the year 1883 marked a series of railway triumphs. In February
  20054. trains were running from New Orleans through Houston, San Antonio, and
  20055. Yuma to San Francisco, as a result of a union of the Texas Pacific with
  20056. the Southern Pacific and its subsidiary corporations. In September the
  20057. last spike was driven in the Northern Pacific at Helena, Montana. Lake
  20058. Superior was connected with Puget Sound. The waters explored by Joliet
  20059. and Marquette were joined to the waters plowed by Sir Francis Drake
  20060. while he was searching for a route around the world. That same year also
  20061. a third line was opened to the Pacific by way of the Atchison, Topeka
  20062. and Santa Fe, making connections through Albuquerque and Needles with
  20063. San Francisco. The fondest hopes of railway promoters seemed to be
  20064. realized.
  20065.  
  20066. [Illustration: UNITED STATES IN 1870]
  20067.  
  20068. =Western Railways Precede Settlement.=--In the Old World and on our
  20069. Atlantic seaboard, railways followed population and markets. In the Far
  20070. West, railways usually preceded the people. Railway builders planned
  20071. cities on paper before they laid tracks connecting them. They sent
  20072. missionaries to spread the gospel of "Western opportunity" to people in
  20073. the Middle West, in the Eastern cities, and in Southern states. Then
  20074. they carried their enthusiastic converts bag and baggage in long trains
  20075. to the distant Dakotas and still farther afield. So the development of
  20076. the Far West was not left to the tedious processes of time. It was
  20077. pushed by men of imagination--adventurers who made a romance of
  20078. money-making and who had dreams of empire unequaled by many kings of the
  20079. past.
  20080.  
  20081. These empire builders bought railway lands in huge tracts; they got more
  20082. from the government; they overcame every obstacle of canon, mountain,
  20083. and stream with the aid of science; they built cities according to the
  20084. plans made by the engineers. Having the towns ready and railway and
  20085. steamboat connections formed with the rest of the world, they carried
  20086. out the people to use the railways, the steamships, the houses, and the
  20087. land. It was in this way that "the frontier speculator paved the way for
  20088. the frontier agriculturalist who had to be near a market before he could
  20089. farm." The spirit of this imaginative enterprise, which laid out
  20090. railways and towns in advance of the people, is seen in an advertisement
  20091. of that day: "This extension will run 42 miles from York, northeast
  20092. through the Island Lake country, and will have five good North Dakota
  20093. towns. The stations on the line will be well equipped with elevators and
  20094. will be constructed and ready for operation at the commencement of the
  20095. grain season. Prospective merchants have been active in securing
  20096. desirable locations at the different towns on the line. There are still
  20097. opportunities for hotels, general merchandise, hardware, furniture, and
  20098. drug stores, etc."
  20099.  
  20100. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  20101.  
  20102. A TOWN ON THE PRAIRIE]
  20103.  
  20104. Among the railway promoters and builders in the West, James J. Hill,
  20105. of the Great Northern and allied lines, was one of the most forceful
  20106. figures. He knew that tracks and trains were useless without passengers
  20107. and freight; without a population of farmers and town dwellers. He
  20108. therefore organized publicity in the Virginias, Iowa, Ohio, Indiana,
  20109. Illinois, Wisconsin, and Nebraska especially. He sent out agents to tell
  20110. the story of Western opportunity in this vein: "You see your children
  20111. come out of school with no chance to get farms of their own because the
  20112. cost of land in your older part of the country is so high that you can't
  20113. afford to buy land to start your sons out in life around you. They have
  20114. to go to the cities to make a living or become laborers in the mills or
  20115. hire out as farm hands. There is no future for them there. If you are
  20116. doing well where you are and can safeguard the future of your children
  20117. and see them prosper around you, don't leave here. But if you want
  20118. independence, if you are renting your land, if the money-lender is
  20119. carrying you along and you are running behind year after year, you can
  20120. do no worse by moving.... You farmers talk of free trade and protection
  20121. and what this or that political party will do for you. Why don't you
  20122. vote a homestead for yourself? That is the only thing Uncle Sam will
  20123. ever give you. Jim Hill hasn't an acre of land to sell you. We are not
  20124. in the real estate business. We don't want you to go out West and make a
  20125. failure of it because the rates at which we haul you and your goods make
  20126. the first transaction a loss.... We must have landless men for a manless
  20127. land."
  20128.  
  20129. Unlike steamship companies stimulating immigration to get the fares,
  20130. Hill was seeking permanent settlers who would produce, manufacture, and
  20131. use the railways as the means of exchange. Consequently he fixed low
  20132. rates and let his passengers take a good deal of live stock and
  20133. household furniture free. By doing this he made an appeal that was
  20134. answered by eager families. In 1894 the vanguard of home seekers left
  20135. Indiana in fourteen passenger coaches, filled with men, women, and
  20136. children, and forty-eight freight cars carrying their household goods
  20137. and live stock. In the ten years that followed, 100,000 people from the
  20138. Middle West and the South, responding to his call, went to the Western
  20139. country where they brought eight million acres of prairie land under
  20140. cultivation.
  20141.  
  20142. When Hill got his people on the land, he took an interest in everything
  20143. that increased the productivity of their labor. Was the output of food
  20144. for his freight cars limited by bad drainage on the farms? Hill then
  20145. interested himself in practical ways of ditching and tiling. Were
  20146. farmers hampered in hauling their goods to his trains by bad roads? In
  20147. that case, he urged upon the states the improvement of highways. Did the
  20148. traffic slacken because the food shipped was not of the best quality?
  20149. Then live stock must be improved and scientific farming promoted. Did
  20150. the farmers need credit? Banks must be established close at hand to
  20151. advance it. In all conferences on scientific farm management,
  20152. conservation of natural resources, banking and credit in relation to
  20153. agriculture and industry, Hill was an active participant. His was the
  20154. long vision, seeing in conservation and permanent improvements the
  20155. foundation of prosperity for the railways and the people.
  20156.  
  20157. Indeed, he neglected no opportunity to increase the traffic on the
  20158. lines. He wanted no empty cars running in either direction and no wheat
  20159. stored in warehouses for the lack of markets. So he looked to the Orient
  20160. as well as to Europe as an outlet for the surplus of the farms. He sent
  20161. agents to China and Japan to discover what American goods and produce
  20162. those countries would consume and what manufactures they had to offer to
  20163. Americans in exchange. To open the Pacific trade he bought two ocean
  20164. monsters, the _Minnesota_ and the _Dakota_, thus preparing for
  20165. emergencies West as well as East. When some Japanese came to the United
  20166. States on their way to Europe to buy steel rails, Hill showed them how
  20167. easy it was for them to make their purchase in this country and ship by
  20168. way of American railways and American vessels. So the railway builder
  20169. and promoter, who helped to break the virgin soil of the prairies, lived
  20170. through the pioneer epoch and into the age of great finance. Before he
  20171. died he saw the wheat fields of North Dakota linked with the spinning
  20172. jennies of Manchester and the docks of Yokohama.
  20173.  
  20174.  
  20175. THE EVOLUTION OF GRAZING AND AGRICULTURE
  20176.  
  20177. =The Removal of the Indians.=--Unlike the frontier of New England in
  20178. colonial days or that of Kentucky later, the advancing lines of home
  20179. builders in the Far West had little difficulty with warlike natives.
  20180. Indian attacks were made on the railway construction gangs; General
  20181. Custer had his fatal battle with the Sioux in 1876 and there were minor
  20182. brushes; but they were all of relatively slight consequence. The former
  20183. practice of treating with the Indians as independent nations was
  20184. abandoned in 1871 and most of them were concentrated in reservations
  20185. where they were mainly supported by the government. The supervision of
  20186. their affairs was vested in a board of commissioners created in 1869 and
  20187. instructed to treat them as wards of the nation--a trust which
  20188. unfortunately was often betrayed. A further step in Indian policy was
  20189. taken in 1887 when provision was made for issuing lands to individual
  20190. Indians, thus permitting them to become citizens and settle down among
  20191. their white neighbors as farmers or cattle raisers. The disappearance of
  20192. the buffalo, the main food supply of the wild Indians, had made them
  20193. more tractable and more willing to surrender the freedom of the hunter
  20194. for the routine of the reservation, ranch, or wheat field.
  20195.  
  20196. =The Cowboy and Cattle Ranger.=--Between the frontier of farms and the
  20197. mountains were plains and semi-arid regions in vast reaches suitable for
  20198. grazing. As soon as the railways were open into the Missouri Valley,
  20199. affording an outlet for stock, there sprang up to the westward cattle
  20200. and sheep raising on an immense scale. The far-famed American cowboy was
  20201. the hero in this scene. Great herds of cattle were bred in Texas; with
  20202. the advancing spring and summer seasons, they were driven northward
  20203. across the plains and over the buffalo trails. In a single year, 1884,
  20204. it is estimated that nearly one million head of cattle were moved out of
  20205. Texas to the North by four thousand cowboys, supplied with 30,000
  20206. horses and ponies.
  20207.  
  20208. During the two decades from 1870 to 1890 both the cattle men and the
  20209. sheep raisers had an almost free run of the plains, using public lands
  20210. without paying for the privilege and waging war on one another over the
  20211. possession of ranges. At length, however, both had to go, as the
  20212. homesteaders and land companies came and fenced in the plain and desert
  20213. with endless lines of barbed wire. Already in 1893 a writer familiar
  20214. with the frontier lamented the passing of the picturesque days: "The
  20215. unique position of the cowboys among the Americans is jeopardized in a
  20216. thousand ways. Towns are growing up on their pasture lands; irrigation
  20217. schemes of a dozen sorts threaten to turn bunch-grass scenery into
  20218. farm-land views; farmers are pre-empting valleys and the sides of
  20219. waterways; and the day is not far distant when stock-raising must be
  20220. done mainly in small herds, with winter corrals, and then the cowboy's
  20221. days will end. Even now his condition disappoints those who knew him
  20222. only half a dozen years ago. His breed seems to have deteriorated and
  20223. his ranks are filling with men who work for wages rather than for the
  20224. love of the free life and bold companionship that once tempted men into
  20225. that calling. Splendid Cheyenne saddles are less and less numerous in
  20226. the outfits; the distinctive hat that made its way up from Mexico may or
  20227. may not be worn; all the civil authorities in nearly all towns in the
  20228. grazing country forbid the wearing of side arms; nobody shoots up these
  20229. towns any more. The fact is the old simon-pure cowboy days are gone
  20230. already."
  20231.  
  20232. =Settlement under the Homestead Act of 1862.=--Two factors gave a
  20233. special stimulus to the rapid settlement of Western lands which swept
  20234. away the Indians and the cattle rangers. The first was the policy of the
  20235. railway companies in selling large blocks of land received from the
  20236. government at low prices to induce immigration. The second was the
  20237. operation of the Homestead law passed in 1862. This measure practically
  20238. closed the long controversy over the disposition of the public domain
  20239. that was suitable for agriculture. It provided for granting, without any
  20240. cost save a small registration fee, public lands in lots of 160 acres
  20241. each to citizens and aliens who declared their intention of becoming
  20242. citizens. The one important condition attached was that the settler
  20243. should occupy the farm for five years before his title was finally
  20244. confirmed. Even this stipulation was waived in the case of the Civil War
  20245. veterans who were allowed to count their term of military service as a
  20246. part of the five years' occupancy required. As the soldiers of the
  20247. Revolutionary and Mexican wars had advanced in great numbers to the
  20248. frontier in earlier days, so now veterans led in the settlement of the
  20249. middle border. Along with them went thousands of German, Irish, and
  20250. Scandinavian immigrants, fresh from the Old World. Between 1867 and
  20251. 1874, 27,000,000 acres were staked out in quarter-section farms. In
  20252. twenty years (1860-80), the population of Nebraska leaped from 28,000 to
  20253. almost half a million; Kansas from 100,000 to a million; Iowa from
  20254. 600,000 to 1,600,000; and the Dakotas from 5000 to 140,000.
  20255.  
  20256. =The Diversity of Western Agriculture.=--In soil, produce, and
  20257. management, Western agriculture presented many contrasts to that of the
  20258. East and South. In the region of arable and watered lands the typical
  20259. American unit--the small farm tilled by the owner--appeared as usual;
  20260. but by the side of it many a huge domain owned by foreign or Eastern
  20261. companies and tilled by hired labor. Sometimes the great estate took the
  20262. shape of the "bonanza farm" devoted mainly to wheat and corn and
  20263. cultivated on a large scale by machinery. Again it assumed the form of
  20264. the cattle ranch embracing tens of thousands of acres. Again it was a
  20265. vast holding of diversified interest, such as the Santa Anita ranch near
  20266. Los Angeles, a domain of 60,000 acres "cultivated in a glorious sweep of
  20267. vineyards and orange and olive orchards, rich sheep and cattle pastures
  20268. and horse ranches, their life and customs handed down from the Spanish
  20269. owners of the various ranches which were swept into one estate."
  20270.  
  20271. =Irrigation.=--In one respect agriculture in the Far West was unique. In
  20272. a large area spreading through eight states, Montana, Idaho, Wyoming,
  20273. Utah, Colorado, Nevada, Arizona, New Mexico, and parts of adjoining
  20274. states, the rainfall was so slight that the ordinary crops to which the
  20275. American farmer was accustomed could not be grown at all. The Mormons
  20276. were the first Anglo-Saxons to encounter aridity, and they were baffled
  20277. at first; but they studied it and mastered it by magnificent irrigation
  20278. systems. As other settlers poured into the West the problem of the
  20279. desert was attacked with a will, some of them replying to the
  20280. commiseration of Eastern farmers by saying that it was easier to scoop
  20281. out an irrigation ditch than to cut forests and wrestle with stumps and
  20282. stones. Private companies bought immense areas at low prices, built
  20283. irrigation works, and disposed of their lands in small plots. Some
  20284. ranchers with an instinct for water, like that of the miner for metal,
  20285. sank wells into the dry sand and were rewarded with gushers that "soused
  20286. the thirsty desert and turned its good-for-nothing sand into
  20287. good-for-anything loam." The federal government came to the aid of the
  20288. arid regions in 1894 by granting lands to the states to be used for
  20289. irrigation purposes. In this work Wyoming took the lead with a law which
  20290. induced capitalists to invest in irrigation and at the same time
  20291. provided for the sale of the redeemed lands to actual settlers. Finally
  20292. in 1902 the federal government by its liberal Reclamation Act added its
  20293. strength to that of individuals, companies, and states in conquering
  20294. "arid America."
  20295.  
  20296. "Nowhere," writes Powell, a historian of the West, in his picturesque
  20297. _End of the Trail_, "has the white man fought a more courageous fight or
  20298. won a more brilliant victory than in Arizona. His weapons have been the
  20299. transit and the level, the drill and the dredge, the pick and the spade;
  20300. and the enemy which he has conquered has been the most stubborn of all
  20301. foes--the hostile forces of Nature.... The story of how the white man
  20302. within the space of less than thirty years penetrated, explored, and
  20303. mapped this almost unknown region; of how he carried law, order, and
  20304. justice into a section which had never had so much as a speaking
  20305. acquaintance with any one of the three before; of how, realizing the
  20306. necessity for means of communication, he built highways of steel across
  20307. this territory from east to west and from north to south; of how,
  20308. undismayed by the savageness of the countenance which the desert turned
  20309. upon him, he laughed and rolled up his sleeves, and spat upon his hands,
  20310. and slashed the face of the desert with canals and irrigating ditches,
  20311. and filled those ditches with water brought from deep in the earth or
  20312. high in the mountains; and of how, in the conquered and submissive soil,
  20313. he replaced the aloe with alfalfa, the mesquite with maize, the cactus
  20314. with cotton, forms one of the most inspiring chapters in our history. It
  20315. is one of the epics of civilization, this reclamation of the Southwest,
  20316. and its heroes, thank God, are Americans.
  20317.  
  20318. "Other desert regions have been redeemed by irrigation--Egypt, for
  20319. example, and Mesopotamia and parts of the Sudan--but the people of all
  20320. those regions lay stretched out in the shade of a convenient palm,
  20321. metaphorically speaking, and waited for some one with more energy than
  20322. themselves to come along and do the work. But the Arizonians, mindful of
  20323. the fact that God, the government, and Carnegie help those who help
  20324. themselves, spent their days wielding the pick and shovel, and their
  20325. evenings in writing letters to Washington with toil-hardened hands.
  20326. After a time the government was prodded into action and the great dams
  20327. at Laguna and Roosevelt are the result. Then the people, organizing
  20328. themselves into cooperative leagues and water-users' associations, took
  20329. up the work of reclamation where the government left off; it is to these
  20330. energetic, persevering men who have drilled wells, plowed fields, and
  20331. dug ditches through the length and breadth of that great region which
  20332. stretches from Yuma to Tucson, that the metamorphosis of Arizona is
  20333. due."
  20334.  
  20335. The effect of irrigation wherever introduced was amazing. Stretches of
  20336. sand and sagebrush gave way to fertile fields bearing crops of wheat,
  20337. corn, fruits, vegetables, and grass. Huge ranches grazed by browsing
  20338. sheep were broken up into small plots. The cowboy and ranchman vanished.
  20339. In their place rose the prosperous community--a community unlike the
  20340. township of Iowa or the industrial center of the East. Its intensive
  20341. tillage left little room for hired labor. Its small holdings drew
  20342. families together in village life rather than dispersing them on the
  20343. lonely plain. Often the development of water power in connection with
  20344. irrigation afforded electricity for labor-saving devices and lifted many
  20345. a burden that in other days fell heavily upon the shoulders of the
  20346. farmer and his family.
  20347.  
  20348.  
  20349. MINING AND MANUFACTURING IN THE WEST
  20350.  
  20351. =Mineral Resources.=--In another important particular the Far West
  20352. differed from the Mississippi Valley states. That was in the
  20353. predominance of mining over agriculture throughout a vast section.
  20354. Indeed it was the minerals rather than the land that attracted the
  20355. pioneers who first opened the country. The discovery of gold in
  20356. California in 1848 was the signal for the great rush of prospectors,
  20357. miners, and promoters who explored the valleys, climbed the hills,
  20358. washed the sands, and dug up the soil in their feverish search for gold,
  20359. silver, copper, coal, and other minerals. In Nevada and Montana the
  20360. development of mineral resources went on all during the Civil War. Alder
  20361. Gulch became Virginia City in 1863; Last Chance Gulch was named Helena
  20362. in 1864; and Confederate Gulch was christened Diamond City in 1865. At
  20363. Butte the miners began operations in 1864 and within five years had
  20364. washed out eight million dollars' worth of gold. Under the gold they
  20365. found silver; under silver they found copper.
  20366.  
  20367. Even at the end of the nineteenth century, after agriculture was well
  20368. advanced and stock and sheep raising introduced on a large scale,
  20369. minerals continued to be the chief source of wealth in a number of
  20370. states. This was revealed by the figures for 1910. The gold, silver,
  20371. iron, and copper of Colorado were worth more than the wheat, corn, and
  20372. oats combined; the copper of Montana sold for more than all the cereals
  20373. and four times the price of the wheat. The interest of Nevada was also
  20374. mainly mining, the receipts from the mineral output being $43,000,000 or
  20375. more than one-half the national debt of Hamilton's day. The yield of the
  20376. mines of Utah was worth four or five times the wheat crop; the coal of
  20377. Wyoming brought twice as much as the great wool clip; the minerals of
  20378. Arizona were totaled at $43,000,000 as against a wool clip reckoned at
  20379. $1,200,000; while in Idaho alone of this group of states did the wheat
  20380. crop exceed in value the output of the mines.
  20381.  
  20382. [Illustration: _Photograph from Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  20383.  
  20384. LOGGING]
  20385.  
  20386. =Timber Resources.=--The forests of the great West, unlike those of the
  20387. Ohio Valley, proved a boon to the pioneers rather than a foe to be
  20388. attacked. In Ohio and Indiana, for example, the frontier line of
  20389. homemakers had to cut, roll, and burn thousands of trees before they
  20390. could put out a crop of any size. Beyond the Mississippi, however,
  20391. there were all ready for the breaking plow great reaches of almost
  20392. treeless prairie, where every stick of timber was precious. In the other
  20393. parts, often rough and mountainous, where stood primeval forests of the
  20394. finest woods, the railroads made good use of the timber. They consumed
  20395. acres of forests themselves in making ties, bridge timbers, and
  20396. telegraph poles, and they laid a heavy tribute upon the forests for
  20397. their annual upkeep. The surplus trees, such as had burdened the
  20398. pioneers of the Northwest Territory a hundred years before, they carried
  20399. off to markets on the east and west coasts.
  20400.  
  20401. =Western Industries.=--The peculiar conditions of the Far West
  20402. stimulated a rise of industries more rapid than is usual in new country.
  20403. The mining activities which in many sections preceded agriculture called
  20404. for sawmills to furnish timber for the mines and smelters to reduce and
  20405. refine ores. The ranches supplied sheep and cattle for the packing
  20406. houses of Kansas City as well as Chicago. The waters of the Northwest
  20407. afforded salmon for 4000 cases in 1866 and for 1,400,000 cases in 1916.
  20408. The fruits and vegetables of California brought into existence
  20409. innumerable canneries. The lumber industry, starting with crude sawmills
  20410. to furnish rough timbers for railways and mines, ended in specialized
  20411. factories for paper, boxes, and furniture. As the railways preceded
  20412. settlement and furnished a ready outlet for local manufactures, so they
  20413. encouraged the early establishment of varied industries, thus creating a
  20414. state of affairs quite unlike that which obtained in the Ohio Valley in
  20415. the early days before the opening of the Erie Canal.
  20416.  
  20417. =Social Effects of Economic Activities.=--In many respects the social
  20418. life of the Far West also differed from that of the Ohio Valley. The
  20419. treeless prairies, though open to homesteads, favored the great estate
  20420. tilled in part by tenant labor and in part by migratory seasonal labor,
  20421. summoned from all sections of the country for the harvests. The mineral
  20422. resources created hundreds of huge fortunes which made the accumulations
  20423. of eastern mercantile families look trivial by comparison. Other
  20424. millionaires won their fortunes in the railway business and still more
  20425. from the cattle and sheep ranges. In many sections the "cattle king," as
  20426. he was called, was as dominant as the planter had been in the old South.
  20427. Everywhere in the grazing country he was a conspicuous and important
  20428. person. He "sometimes invested money in banks, in railroad stocks, or in
  20429. city property.... He had his rating in the commercial reviews and could
  20430. hobnob with bankers, railroad presidents, and metropolitan merchants....
  20431. He attended party caucuses and conventions, ran for the state
  20432. legislature, and sometimes defeated a lawyer or metropolitan 'business
  20433. man' in the race for a seat in Congress. In proportion to their numbers,
  20434. the ranchers ... have constituted a highly impressive class."
  20435.  
  20436. Although many of the early capitalists of the great West, especially
  20437. from Nevada, spent their money principally in the East, others took
  20438. leadership in promoting the sections in which they had made their
  20439. fortunes. A railroad pioneer, General Palmer, built his home at Colorado
  20440. Springs, founded the town, and encouraged local improvements. Denver
  20441. owed its first impressive buildings to the civic patriotism of Horace
  20442. Tabor, a wealthy mine owner. Leland Stanford paid his tribute to
  20443. California in the endowment of a large university. Colonel W.F. Cody,
  20444. better known as "Buffalo Bill," started his career by building a "boom
  20445. town" which collapsed, and made a large sum of money supplying buffalo
  20446. meat to construction hands (hence his popular name). By his famous Wild
  20447. West Show, he increased it to a fortune which he devoted mainly to the
  20448. promotion of a western reclamation scheme.
  20449.  
  20450. While the Far West was developing this vigorous, aggressive leadership
  20451. in business, a considerable industrial population was springing up. Even
  20452. the cattle ranges and hundreds of farms were conducted like factories in
  20453. that they were managed through overseers who hired plowmen, harvesters,
  20454. and cattlemen at regular wages. At the same time there appeared other
  20455. peculiar features which made a lasting impression on western economic
  20456. life. Mining, lumbering, and fruit growing, for instance, employed
  20457. thousands of workers during the rush months and turned them out at other
  20458. times. The inevitable result was an army of migratory laborers wandering
  20459. from camp to camp, from town to town, and from ranch to ranch, without
  20460. fixed homes or established habits of life. From this extraordinary
  20461. condition there issued many a long and lawless conflict between capital
  20462. and labor, giving a distinct color to the labor movement in whole
  20463. sections of the mountain and coast states.
  20464.  
  20465.  
  20466. THE ADMISSION OF NEW STATES
  20467.  
  20468. =The Spirit of Self-Government.=--The instinct of self-government was
  20469. strong in the western communities. In the very beginning, it led to the
  20470. organization of volunteer committees, known as "vigilantes," to suppress
  20471. crime and punish criminals. As soon as enough people were settled
  20472. permanently in a region, they took care to form a more stable kind of
  20473. government. An illustration of this process is found in the Oregon
  20474. compact made by the pioneers in 1843, the spirit of which is reflected
  20475. in an editorial in an old copy of the _Rocky Mountain News_: "We claim
  20476. that any body or community of American citizens which from any cause or
  20477. under any circumstances is cut off from or from isolation is so situated
  20478. as not to be under any active and protecting branch of the central
  20479. government, have a right, if on American soil, to frame a government and
  20480. enact such laws and regulations as may be necessary for their own
  20481. safety, protection, and happiness, always with the condition precedent,
  20482. that they shall, at the earliest moment when the central government
  20483. shall extend an effective organization and laws over them, give it their
  20484. unqualified support and obedience."
  20485.  
  20486. People who turned so naturally to the organization of local
  20487. administration were equally eager for admission to the union as soon as
  20488. any shadow of a claim to statehood could be advanced. As long as a
  20489. region was merely one of the territories of the United States, the
  20490. appointment of the governor and other officers was controlled by
  20491. politics at Washington. Moreover the disposition of land, mineral
  20492. rights, forests, and water power was also in the hands of national
  20493. leaders. Thus practical considerations were united with the spirit of
  20494. independence in the quest for local autonomy.
  20495.  
  20496. =Nebraska and Colorado.=--Two states, Nebraska and Colorado, had little
  20497. difficulty in securing admission to the union. The first, Nebraska, had
  20498. been organized as a territory by the famous Kansas-Nebraska bill which
  20499. did so much to precipitate the Civil War. Lying to the north of Kansas,
  20500. which had been admitted in 1861, it escaped the invasion of slave owners
  20501. from Missouri and was settled mainly by farmers from the North. Though
  20502. it claimed a population of only 67,000, it was regarded with kindly
  20503. interest by the Republican Congress at Washington and, reduced to its
  20504. present boundaries, it received the coveted statehood in 1867.
  20505.  
  20506. This was hardly accomplished before the people of Colorado to the
  20507. southwest began to make known their demands. They had been organized
  20508. under territorial government in 1861 when they numbered only a handful;
  20509. but within ten years the aspect of their affairs had completely changed.
  20510. The silver and gold deposits of the Leadville and Cripple Creek regions
  20511. had attracted an army of miners and prospectors. The city of Denver,
  20512. founded in 1858 and named after the governor of Kansas whence came many
  20513. of the early settlers, had grown from a straggling camp of log huts into
  20514. a prosperous center of trade. By 1875 it was reckoned that the
  20515. population of the territory was not less than one hundred thousand; the
  20516. following year Congress, yielding to the popular appeal, made Colorado a
  20517. member of the American union.
  20518.  
  20519. =Six New States (1889-1890).=--For many years there was a deadlock in
  20520. Congress over the admission of new states. The spell was broken in 1889
  20521. under the leadership of the Dakotas. For a long time the Dakota
  20522. territory, organized in 1861, had been looked upon as the home of the
  20523. powerful Sioux Indians whose enormous reservation blocked the advance of
  20524. the frontier. The discovery of gold in the Black Hills, however, marked
  20525. their doom. Even before Congress could open their lands to prospectors,
  20526. pioneers were swarming over the country. Farmers from the adjoining
  20527. Minnesota and the Eastern states, Scandinavians, Germans, and Canadians,
  20528. came in swelling waves to occupy the fertile Dakota lands, now famous
  20529. even as far away as the fjords of Norway. Seldom had the plow of man cut
  20530. through richer soil than was found in the bottoms of the Red River
  20531. Valley, and it became all the more precious when the opening of the
  20532. Northern Pacific in 1883 afforded a means of transportation east and
  20533. west. The population, which had numbered 135,000 in 1880, passed the
  20534. half million mark before ten years had elapsed.
  20535.  
  20536. Remembering that Nebraska had been admitted with only 67,000
  20537. inhabitants, the Dakotans could not see why they should be kept under
  20538. federal tutelage. At the same time Washington, far away on the Pacific
  20539. Coast, Montana, Idaho, and Wyoming, boasting of their populations and
  20540. their riches, put in their own eloquent pleas. But the members of
  20541. Congress were busy with politics. The Democrats saw no good reason for
  20542. admitting new Republican states until after their defeat in 1888. Near
  20543. the end of their term the next year they opened the door for North and
  20544. South Dakota, Washington, and Montana. In 1890, a Republican Congress
  20545. brought Idaho and Wyoming into the union, the latter with woman
  20546. suffrage, which had been granted twenty-one years before.
  20547.  
  20548. =Utah.=--Although Utah had long presented all the elements of a
  20549. well-settled and industrious community, its admission to the union was
  20550. delayed on account of popular hostility to the practice of polygamy. The
  20551. custom, it is true, had been prohibited by act of Congress in 1862; but
  20552. the law had been systematically evaded. In 1882 Congress made another
  20553. and more effective effort to stamp out polygamy. Five years later it
  20554. even went so far as to authorize the confiscation of the property of the
  20555. Mormon Church in case the practice of plural marriages was not stopped.
  20556. Meanwhile the Gentile or non-Mormon population was steadily increasing
  20557. and the leaders in the Church became convinced that the battle
  20558. against the sentiment of the country was futile. At last in 1896 Utah
  20559. was admitted as a state under a constitution which forbade plural
  20560. marriages absolutely and forever. Horace Greeley, who visited Utah in
  20561. 1859, had prophesied that the Pacific Railroad would work a revolution
  20562. in the land of Brigham Young. His prophecy had come true.
  20563.  
  20564. [Illustration: THE UNITED STATES IN 1912]
  20565.  
  20566. =Rounding out the Continent.=--Three more territories now remained out
  20567. of the Union. Oklahoma, long an Indian reservation, had been opened for
  20568. settlement to white men in 1889. The rush upon the fertile lands of this
  20569. region, the last in the history of America, was marked by all the frenzy
  20570. of the final, desperate chance. At a signal from a bugle an army of men
  20571. with families in wagons, men and women on horseback and on foot, burst
  20572. into the territory. During the first night a city of tents was raised at
  20573. Guthrie and Oklahoma City. In ten days wooden houses rose on the plains.
  20574. In a single year there were schools, churches, business blocks, and
  20575. newspapers. Within fifteen years there was a population of more than
  20576. half a million. To the west, Arizona with a population of about 125,000
  20577. and New Mexico with 200,000 inhabitants joined Oklahoma in asking for
  20578. statehood. Congress, then Republican, looked with reluctance upon the
  20579. addition of more Democratic states; but in 1907 it was literally
  20580. compelled by public sentiment and a sense of justice to admit Oklahoma.
  20581. In 1910 the House of Representatives went to the Democrats and within
  20582. two years Arizona and New Mexico were "under the roof." So the
  20583. continental domain was rounded out.
  20584.  
  20585.  
  20586. THE INFLUENCE OF THE FAR WEST ON NATIONAL LIFE
  20587.  
  20588. =The Last of the Frontier.=--When Horace Greeley made his trip west in
  20589. 1859 he thus recorded the progress of civilization in his journal:
  20590.  
  20591.      "May 12th, Chicago.--Chocolate and morning journals last
  20592.      seen on the hotel breakfast table.
  20593.  
  20594.      23rd, Leavenworth (Kansas).--Room bells and bath tubs make
  20595.      their final appearance.
  20596.  
  20597.      26th, Manhattan.--Potatoes and eggs last recognized among
  20598.      the blessings that 'brighten as they take their flight.'
  20599.  
  20600.      27th, Junction City.--Last visitation of a boot-black, with
  20601.      dissolving views of a board bedroom. Beds bid us good-by."
  20602.  
  20603. [Illustration: _Copyright by Panama-California Exposition_
  20604.  
  20605. THE CANADIAN BUILDING AT THE PANAMA-CALIFORNIA INTERNATIONAL
  20606. EXPOSITION, SAN DIEGO, 1915]
  20607.  
  20608. Within thirty years travelers were riding across that country in Pullman
  20609. cars and enjoying at the hotels all the comforts of a standardized
  20610. civilization. The "wild west" was gone, and with it that frontier of
  20611. pioneers and settlers who had long given such a bent and tone to
  20612. American life and had "poured in upon the floor of Congress" such a long
  20613. line of "backwoods politicians," as they were scornfully styled.
  20614.  
  20615. =Free Land and Eastern Labor.=--It was not only the picturesque features
  20616. of the frontier that were gone. Of far more consequence was the
  20617. disappearance of free lands with all that meant for American labor. For
  20618. more than a hundred years, any man of even moderate means had been able
  20619. to secure a homestead of his own and an independent livelihood. For a
  20620. hundred years America had been able to supply farms to as many
  20621. immigrants as cared to till the soil. Every new pair of strong arms
  20622. meant more farms and more wealth. Workmen in Eastern factories, mines,
  20623. or mills who did not like their hours, wages, or conditions of labor,
  20624. could readily find an outlet to the land. Now all that was over. By
  20625. about 1890 most of the desirable land available under the Homestead act
  20626. had disappeared. American industrial workers confronted a new situation.
  20627.  
  20628. =Grain Supplants King Cotton.=--In the meantime a revolution was taking
  20629. place in agriculture. Until 1860 the chief staples sold by America were
  20630. cotton and tobacco. With the advance of the frontier, corn and wheat
  20631. supplanted them both in agrarian economy. The West became the granary of
  20632. the East and of Western Europe. The scoop shovel once used to handle
  20633. grain was superseded by the towering elevator, loading and unloading
  20634. thousands of bushels every hour. The refrigerator car and ship made the
  20635. packing industry as stable as the production of cotton or corn, and gave
  20636. an immense impetus to cattle raising and sheep farming. So the meat of
  20637. the West took its place on the English dinner table by the side of bread
  20638. baked from Dakotan wheat.
  20639.  
  20640. =Aid in American Economic Independence.=--The effects of this economic
  20641. movement were manifold and striking. Billions of dollars' worth of
  20642. American grain, dairy produce, and meat were poured into European
  20643. markets where they paid off debts due money lenders and acquired
  20644. capital to develop American resources. Thus they accelerated the
  20645. progress of American financiers toward national independence. The
  20646. country, which had timidly turned to the Old World for capital in
  20647. Hamilton's day and had borrowed at high rates of interest in London in
  20648. Lincoln's day, moved swiftly toward the time when it would be among the
  20649. world's first bankers and money lenders itself. Every grain of wheat and
  20650. corn pulled the balance down on the American side of the scale.
  20651.  
  20652. =Eastern Agriculture Affected.=--In the East as well as abroad the
  20653. opening of the western granary produced momentous results. The
  20654. agricultural economy of that part of the country was changed in many
  20655. respects. Whole sections of the poorest land went almost out of
  20656. cultivation, the abandoned farms of the New England hills bearing solemn
  20657. witness to the competing power of western wheat fields. Sheep and cattle
  20658. raising, as well as wheat and corn production, suffered at least a
  20659. relative decline. Thousands of farmers cultivating land of the lower
  20660. grade were forced to go West or were driven to the margin of
  20661. subsistence. Even the herds that supplied Eastern cities with milk were
  20662. fed upon grain brought halfway across the continent.
  20663.  
  20664. =The Expansion of the American Market.=--Upon industry as well as
  20665. agriculture, the opening of vast food-producing regions told in a
  20666. thousand ways. The demand for farm machinery, clothing, boots, shoes,
  20667. and other manufactures gave to American industries such a market as even
  20668. Hamilton had never foreseen. Moreover it helped to expand far into the
  20669. Mississippi Valley the industrial area once confined to the Northern
  20670. seaboard states and to transform the region of the Great Lakes into an
  20671. industrial empire. Herein lies the explanation of the growth of
  20672. mid-western cities after 1865. Chicago, with its thirty-five railways,
  20673. tapped every locality of the West and South. To the railways were added
  20674. the water routes of the Lakes, thus creating a strategic center for
  20675. industries. Long foresight carried the McCormick reaper works to
  20676. Chicago before 1860. From Troy, New York, went a large stove plant. That
  20677. was followed by a shoe factory from Massachusetts. The packing industry
  20678. rose as a matter of course at a point so advantageous for cattle raisers
  20679. and shippers and so well connected with Eastern markets.
  20680.  
  20681. To the opening of the Far West also the Lake region was indebted for a
  20682. large part of that water-borne traffic which made it "the Mediterranean
  20683. basin of North America." The produce of the West and the manufactures of
  20684. the East poured through it in an endless stream. The swift growth of
  20685. shipbuilding on the Great Lakes helped to compensate for the decline of
  20686. the American marine on the high seas. In response to this stimulus
  20687. Detroit could boast that her shipwrights were able to turn out a ten
  20688. thousand ton Leviathan for ore or grain about "as quickly as carpenters
  20689. could put up an eight-room house." Thus in relation to the Far West the
  20690. old Northwest territory--the wilderness of Jefferson's time--had taken
  20691. the position formerly occupied by New England alone. It was supplying
  20692. capital and manufactures for a vast agricultural empire West and South.
  20693.  
  20694. =America on the Pacific.=--It has been said that the Mediterranean Sea
  20695. was the center of ancient civilization; that modern civilization has
  20696. developed on the shores of the Atlantic; and that the future belongs to
  20697. the Pacific. At any rate, the sweep of the United States to the shores
  20698. of the Pacific quickly exercised a powerful influence on world affairs
  20699. and it undoubtedly has a still greater significance for the future.
  20700.  
  20701. Very early regular traffic sprang up between the Pacific ports and the
  20702. Hawaiian Islands, China, and Japan. Two years before the adjustment of
  20703. the Oregon controversy with England, namely in 1844, the United States
  20704. had established official and trading relations with China. Ten years
  20705. later, four years after the admission of California to the union, the
  20706. barred door of Japan was forced open by Commodore Perry. The commerce
  20707. which had long before developed between the Pacific ports and Hawaii,
  20708. China, and Japan now flourished under official care. In 1865 a ship
  20709. from Honolulu carried sugar, molasses, and fruits from Hawaii to the
  20710. Oregon port of Astoria. The next year a vessel from Hongkong brought
  20711. rice, mats, and tea from China. An era of lucrative trade was opened.
  20712. The annexation of Hawaii in 1898, the addition of the Philippines at the
  20713. same time, and the participation of American troops in the suppression
  20714. of the Boxer rebellion in Peking in 1900, were but signs and symbols of
  20715. American power on the Pacific.
  20716.  
  20717. [Illustration: _From an old print_
  20718.  
  20719. COMMODORE PERRY'S MEN MAKING PRESENTS TO THE JAPANESE]
  20720.  
  20721. =Conservation and the Land Problem.=--The disappearance of the frontier
  20722. also brought new and serious problems to the governments of the states
  20723. and the nation. The people of the whole United States suddenly were
  20724. forced to realize that there was a limit to the rich, new land to
  20725. exploit and to the forests and minerals awaiting the ax and the pick.
  20726. Then arose in America the questions which had long perplexed the
  20727. countries of the Old World--the scientific use of the soils and
  20728. conservation of natural resources. Hitherto the government had followed
  20729. the easy path of giving away arable land and selling forest and mineral
  20730. lands at low prices. Now it had to face far more difficult and complex
  20731. problems. It also had to consider questions of land tenure again,
  20732. especially if the ideal of a nation of home-owning farmers was to be
  20733. maintained. While there was plenty of land for every man or woman who
  20734. wanted a home on the soil, it made little difference if single landlords
  20735. or companies got possession of millions of acres, if a hundred men in
  20736. one western river valley owned 17,000,000 acres; but when the good land
  20737. for small homesteads was all gone, then was raised the real issue. At
  20738. the opening of the twentieth century the nation, which a hundred years
  20739. before had land and natural resources apparently without limit, was
  20740. compelled to enact law after law conserving its forests and minerals.
  20741. Then it was that the great state of California, on the very border of
  20742. the continent, felt constrained to enact a land settlement measure
  20743. providing government assistance in an effort to break up large holdings
  20744. into small lots and to make it easy for actual settlers to acquire small
  20745. farms. America was passing into a new epoch.
  20746.  
  20747.  
  20748. =References=
  20749.  
  20750. Henry Inman, _The Old Santa Fe Trail_.
  20751.  
  20752. R.I. Dodge, _The Plains of the Great West_ (1877).
  20753.  
  20754. C.H. Shinn, _The Story of the Mine_.
  20755.  
  20756. Cy Warman, _The Story of the Railroad_.
  20757.  
  20758. Emerson Hough, _The Story of the Cowboy_.
  20759.  
  20760. H.H. Bancroft is the author of many works on the West but his writings
  20761. will be found only in the larger libraries.
  20762.  
  20763. Joseph Schafer, _History of the Pacific Northwest_ (ed. 1918).
  20764.  
  20765. T.H. Hittel, _History of California_ (4 vols.).
  20766.  
  20767. W.H. Olin, _American Irrigation Farming_.
  20768.  
  20769. W.E. Smythe, _The Conquest of Arid America_.
  20770.  
  20771. H.A. Millis, _The American-Japanese Problem_.
  20772.  
  20773. E.S. Meany, _History of the State of Washington_.
  20774.  
  20775. H.K. Norton, _The Story of California_.
  20776.  
  20777.  
  20778. =Questions=
  20779.  
  20780. 1. Name the states west of the Mississippi in 1865.
  20781.  
  20782. 2. In what manner was the rest of the western region governed?
  20783.  
  20784. 3. How far had settlement been carried?
  20785.  
  20786. 4. What were the striking physical features of the West?
  20787.  
  20788. 5. How was settlement promoted after 1865?
  20789.  
  20790. 6. Why was admission to the union so eagerly sought?
  20791.  
  20792. 7. Explain how politics became involved in the creation of new states.
  20793.  
  20794. 8. Did the West rapidly become like the older sections of the country?
  20795.  
  20796. 9. What economic peculiarities did it retain or develop?
  20797.  
  20798. 10. How did the federal government aid in western agriculture?
  20799.  
  20800. 11. How did the development of the West affect the East? The South?
  20801.  
  20802. 12. What relation did the opening of the great grain areas of the West
  20803. bear to the growth of America's commercial and financial power?
  20804.  
  20805. 13. State some of the new problems of the West.
  20806.  
  20807. 14. Discuss the significance of American expansion to the Pacific Ocean.
  20808.  
  20809.  
  20810. =Research Topics=
  20811.  
  20812. =The Passing of the Wild West.=--Haworth, _The United States in Our Own
  20813. Times_, pp. 100-124.
  20814.  
  20815. =The Indian Question.=--Sparks, _National Development_ (American Nation
  20816. Series), pp. 265-281.
  20817.  
  20818. =The Chinese Question.=--Sparks, _National Development_, pp. 229-250;
  20819. Rhodes, _History of the United States_, Vol. VIII, pp. 180-196.
  20820.  
  20821. =The Railway Age.=--Schafer, _History of the Pacific Northwest_, pp.
  20822. 230-245; E.V. Smalley, _The Northern Pacific Railroad_; Paxson, _The New
  20823. Nation_ (Riverside Series), pp. 20-26, especially the map on p. 23, and
  20824. pp. 142-148.
  20825.  
  20826. =Agriculture and Business.=--Schafer, _Pacific Northwest_, pp. 246-289.
  20827.  
  20828. =Ranching in the Northwest.=--Theodore Roosevelt, _Ranch Life_, and
  20829. _Autobiography_, pp. 103-143.
  20830.  
  20831. =The Conquest of the Desert.=--W.E. Smythe, _The Conquest of Arid
  20832. America_.
  20833.  
  20834. =Studies of Individual Western States.=--Consult any good encyclopedia.
  20835.  
  20836.  
  20837.  
  20838.  
  20839. CHAPTER XIX
  20840.  
  20841. DOMESTIC ISSUES BEFORE THE COUNTRY (1865-1897)
  20842.  
  20843.  
  20844. For thirty years after the Civil War the leading political parties,
  20845. although they engaged in heated presidential campaigns, were not sharply
  20846. and clearly opposed on many matters of vital significance. During none
  20847. of that time was there a clash of opinion over specific issues such as
  20848. rent the country in 1800 when Jefferson rode a popular wave to victory,
  20849. or again in 1828 when Jackson's western hordes came sweeping into power.
  20850. The Democrats, who before 1860 definitely opposed protective tariffs,
  20851. federal banking, internal improvements, and heavy taxes, now spoke
  20852. cautiously on all these points. The Republicans, conscious of the fact
  20853. that they had been a minority of the voters in 1860 and warned by the
  20854. early loss of the House of Representatives in 1874, also moved with
  20855. considerable prudence among the perplexing problems of the day. Again
  20856. and again the votes in Congress showed that no clear line separated all
  20857. the Democrats from all the Republicans. There were Republicans who
  20858. favored tariff reductions and "cheap money." There were Democrats who
  20859. looked with partiality upon high protection or with indulgence upon the
  20860. contraction of the currency. Only on matters relating to the coercion of
  20861. the South was the division between the parties fairly definite; this
  20862. could be readily accounted for on practical as well as sentimental
  20863. grounds.
  20864.  
  20865. After all, the vague criticisms and proposals that found their way into
  20866. the political platforms did but reflect the confusion of mind prevailing
  20867. in the country. The fact that, out of the eighteen years between 1875
  20868. and 1893, the Democrats held the House of Representatives for fourteen
  20869. years while the Republicans had every President but one showed that the
  20870. voters, like the politicians, were in a state of indecision. Hayes had a
  20871. Democratic House during his entire term and a Democratic Senate for two
  20872. years of the four. Cleveland was confronted by a belligerent Republican
  20873. majority in the Senate during his first administration; and at the same
  20874. time was supported by a Democratic majority in the House. Harrison was
  20875. sustained by continuous Republican successes in Senatorial elections;
  20876. but in the House he had the barest majority from 1889 to 1891 and lost
  20877. that altogether at the election held in the middle of his term. The
  20878. opinion of the country was evidently unsettled and fluctuating. It was
  20879. still distracted by memories of the dead past and uncertain as to the
  20880. trend of the future.
  20881.  
  20882.  
  20883. THE CURRENCY QUESTION
  20884.  
  20885. Nevertheless these years of muddled politics and nebulous issues proved
  20886. to be a period in which social forces were gathering for the great
  20887. campaign of 1896. Except for three new features--the railways, the
  20888. trusts, and the trade unions--the subjects of debate among the people
  20889. were the same as those that had engaged their attention since the
  20890. foundation of the republic: the currency, the national debt, banking,
  20891. the tariff, and taxation.
  20892.  
  20893. =Debtors and the Fall in Prices.=--For many reasons the currency
  20894. question occupied the center of interest. As of old, the farmers and
  20895. planters of the West and South were heavily in debt to the East for
  20896. borrowed money secured by farm mortgages; and they counted upon the sale
  20897. of cotton, corn, wheat, and hogs to meet interest and principal when
  20898. due. During the war, the Western farmers had been able to dispose of
  20899. their produce at high prices and thus discharge their debts with
  20900. comparative ease; but after the war prices declined. Wheat that sold at
  20901. two dollars a bushel in 1865 brought sixty-four cents twenty years
  20902. later. The meaning of this for the farmers in debt--and nearly
  20903. three-fourths of them were in that class--can be shown by a single
  20904. illustration. A thousand-dollar mortgage on a Western farm could be paid
  20905. off by five hundred bushels of wheat when prices were high; whereas it
  20906. took about fifteen hundred bushels to pay the same debt when wheat was
  20907. at the bottom of the scale. For the farmer, it must be remembered, wheat
  20908. was the measure of his labor, the product of his toil under the summer
  20909. sun; and in its price he found the test of his prosperity.
  20910.  
  20911. =Creditors and Falling Prices.=--To the bondholders or creditors, on the
  20912. other hand, falling prices were clear gain. If a fifty-dollar coupon on
  20913. a bond bought seventy or eighty bushels of wheat instead of twenty or
  20914. thirty, the advantage to the owner of the coupon was obvious. Moreover
  20915. the advantage seemed to him entirely just. Creditors had suffered heavy
  20916. losses when the Civil War carried prices skyward while the interest
  20917. rates on their old bonds remained stationary. For example, if a man had
  20918. a $1000 bond issued before 1860 and paying interest at five per cent, he
  20919. received fifty dollars a year from it. Before the war each dollar would
  20920. buy a bushel of wheat; in 1865 it would only buy half a bushel. When
  20921. prices--that is, the cost of living--began to go down, creditors
  20922. therefore generally regarded the change with satisfaction as a return to
  20923. normal conditions.
  20924.  
  20925. =The Cause of Falling Prices.=--The fall in prices was due, no doubt, to
  20926. many factors. Among them must be reckoned the discontinuance of
  20927. government buying for war purposes, labor-saving farm machinery,
  20928. immigration, and the opening of new wheat-growing regions. The currency,
  20929. too, was an element in the situation. Whatever the cause, the
  20930. discontented farmers believed that the way to raise prices was to issue
  20931. more money. They viewed it as a case of supply and demand. If there was
  20932. a small volume of currency in circulation, prices would be low; if there
  20933. was a large volume, prices would be high. Hence they looked with favor
  20934. upon all plans to increase the amount of money in circulation. First
  20935. they advocated more paper notes--greenbacks--and then they turned to
  20936. silver as the remedy. The creditors, on the other hand, naturally
  20937. approved the reduction of the volume of currency. They wished to see the
  20938. greenbacks withdrawn from circulation and gold--a metal more limited in
  20939. volume than silver--made the sole basis of the national monetary system.
  20940.  
  20941. =The Battle over the Greenbacks.=--The contest between these factions
  20942. began as early as 1866. In that year, Congress enacted a law authorizing
  20943. the Treasury to withdraw the greenbacks from circulation. The paper
  20944. money party set up a shrill cry of protest, and kept up the fight until,
  20945. in 1878, it forced Congress to provide for the continuous re-issue of
  20946. the legal tender notes as they came into the Treasury in payment of
  20947. taxes and other dues. Then could the friends of easy money rejoice:
  20948.  
  20949.     "Thou, Greenback, 'tis of thee
  20950.      Fair money of the free,
  20951.       Of thee we sing."
  20952.  
  20953. =Resumption of Specie Payment.=--There was, however, another side to
  20954. this victory. The opponents of the greenbacks, unable to stop the
  20955. circulation of paper, induced Congress to pass a law in 1875 providing
  20956. that on and after January 1, 1879, "the Secretary of the Treasury shall
  20957. redeem in coin the United States legal tender notes then outstanding on
  20958. their presentation at the office of the Assistant Treasurer of the
  20959. United States in the City of New York in sums of not less than fifty
  20960. dollars." "The way to resume," John Sherman had said, "is to resume."
  20961. When the hour for redemption arrived, the Treasury was prepared with a
  20962. large hoard of gold. "On the appointed day," wrote the assistant
  20963. secretary, "anxiety reigned in the office of the Treasury. Hour after
  20964. hour passed; no news from New York. Inquiry by wire showed that all was
  20965. quiet. At the close of the day this message came: '$135,000 of notes
  20966. presented for coin--$400,000 of gold for notes.' That was all.
  20967. Resumption was accomplished with no disturbance. By five o'clock the
  20968. news was all over the land, and the New York bankers were sipping their
  20969. tea in absolute safety."
  20970.  
  20971. =The Specie Problem--the Parity of Gold and Silver.=--Defeated in their
  20972. efforts to stop "the present suicidal and destructive policy of
  20973. contraction," the advocates of an abundant currency demanded an increase
  20974. in the volume of silver in circulation. This precipitated one of the
  20975. sharpest political battles in American history. The issue turned on
  20976. legal as well as economic points. The Constitution gave Congress the
  20977. power to coin money and it forbade the states to make anything but gold
  20978. and silver legal tender in the payment of debts. It evidently
  20979. contemplated the use of both metals in the currency system. Such, at
  20980. least, was the view of many eminent statesmen, including no less a
  20981. personage than James G. Blaine. The difficulty, however, lay in
  20982. maintaining gold and silver coins on a level which would permit them to
  20983. circulate with equal facility. Obviously, if the gold in a gold dollar
  20984. exceeds the value of the silver in a silver dollar on the open market,
  20985. men will hoard gold money and leave silver money in circulation. When,
  20986. for example, Congress in 1792 fixed the ratio of the two metals at one
  20987. to fifteen--one ounce of gold declared worth fifteen of silver--it was
  20988. soon found that gold had been undervalued. When again in 1834 the ratio
  20989. was put at one to sixteen, it was found that silver was undervalued.
  20990. Consequently the latter metal was not brought in for coinage and silver
  20991. almost dropped out of circulation. Many a silver dollar was melted down
  20992. by silverware factories.
  20993.  
  20994. =Silver Demonetized in 1873.=--So things stood in 1873. At that time,
  20995. Congress, in enacting a mintage law, discontinued the coinage of the
  20996. standard silver dollar, then practically out of circulation. This act
  20997. was denounced later by the friends of silver as "the crime of '73," a
  20998. conspiracy devised by the money power and secretly carried out. This
  20999. contention the debates in Congress do not seem to sustain. In the course
  21000. of the argument on the mint law it was distinctly said by one speaker at
  21001. least: "This bill provides for the making of changes in the legal tender
  21002. coin of the country and for substituting as legal tender, coin of only
  21003. one metal instead of two as heretofore."
  21004.  
  21005. =The Decline in the Value of Silver.=--Absorbed in the greenback
  21006. controversy, the people apparently did not appreciate, at the time, the
  21007. significance of the "demonetization" of silver; but within a few years
  21008. several events united in making it the center of a political storm.
  21009. Germany, having abandoned silver in 1871, steadily increased her demand
  21010. for gold. Three years later, the countries of the Latin Union followed
  21011. this example, thus helping to enhance the price of the yellow metal. All
  21012. the while, new silver lodes, discovered in the Far West, were pouring
  21013. into the market great streams of the white metal, bearing down the
  21014. price. Then came the resumption of specie payment, which, in effect,
  21015. placed the paper money on a gold basis. Within twenty years silver was
  21016. worth in gold only about half the price of 1870.
  21017.  
  21018. That there had been a real decline in silver was denied by the friends
  21019. of that metal. They alleged that gold had gone up because it had been
  21020. given a monopoly in the coinage markets of civilized governments. This
  21021. monopoly, they continued, was the fruit of a conspiracy against the
  21022. people conceived by the bankers of the world. Moreover, they went on,
  21023. the placing of the greenbacks on a gold basis had itself worked a
  21024. contraction of the currency; it lowered the prices of labor and produce
  21025. to the advantage of the holders of long-term investments bearing a fixed
  21026. rate of interest. When wheat sold at sixty-four cents a bushel, their
  21027. search for relief became desperate, and they at last concentrated their
  21028. efforts on opening the mints of the government for the free coinage of
  21029. silver at the ratio of sixteen to one.
  21030.  
  21031. =Republicans and Democrats Divided.=--On this question both Republicans
  21032. and Democrats were divided, the line being drawn between the East on the
  21033. one hand and the South and West on the other, rather than between the
  21034. two leading parties. So trusted a leader as James G. Blaine avowed, in a
  21035. speech delivered in the Senate in 1878, that, as the Constitution
  21036. required Congress to make both gold and silver the money of the land,
  21037. the only question left was that of fixing the ratio between them. He
  21038. affirmed, moreover, the main contention of the silver faction that a
  21039. reopening of the government mints of the world to silver would bring it
  21040. up to its old relation with gold. He admitted also that their most
  21041. ominous warnings were well founded, saying: "I believe the struggle now
  21042. going on in this country and in other countries for a single gold
  21043. standard would, if successful, produce widespread disaster throughout
  21044. the commercial world. The destruction of silver as money and the
  21045. establishment of gold as the sole unit of value must have a ruinous
  21046. effect on all forms of property, except those investments which yield a
  21047. fixed return."
  21048.  
  21049. This was exactly the concession that the silver party wanted.
  21050. "Three-fourths of the business enterprises of this country are conducted
  21051. on borrowed capital," said Senator Jones, of Nevada. "Three-fourths of
  21052. the homes and farms that stand in the names of the actual occupants have
  21053. been bought on time and a very large proportion of them are mortgaged
  21054. for the payment of some part of the purchase money. Under the operation
  21055. of a shrinkage in the volume of money, this enormous mass of borrowers,
  21056. at the maturity of their respective debts, though nominally paying no
  21057. more than the amount borrowed, with interest, are in reality, in the
  21058. amount of the principal alone, returning a percentage of value greater
  21059. than they received--more in equity than they contracted to pay.... In
  21060. all discussions of the subject the creditors attempt to brush aside the
  21061. equities involved by sneering at the debtors."
  21062.  
  21063. =The Silver Purchase Act (1878).=--Even before the actual resumption of
  21064. specie payment, the advocates of free silver were a power to be reckoned
  21065. with, particularly in the Democratic party. They had a majority in the
  21066. House of Representatives in 1878 and they carried a silver bill through
  21067. that chamber. Blocked by the Republican Senate they accepted a
  21068. compromise in the Bland-Allison bill, which provided for huge monthly
  21069. purchases of silver by the government for coinage into dollars. So
  21070. strong was the sentiment that a two-thirds majority was mustered after
  21071. President Hayes vetoed the measure.
  21072.  
  21073. The effect of this act, as some had anticipated, was disappointing. It
  21074. did not stay silver on its downward course. Thereupon the silver faction
  21075. pressed through Congress in 1886 a bill providing for the issue of paper
  21076. certificates based on the silver accumulated in the Treasury. Still
  21077. silver continued to fall. Then the advocates of inflation declared that
  21078. they would be content with nothing short of free coinage at the ratio of
  21079. sixteen to one. If the issue had been squarely presented in 1890, there
  21080. is good reason for believing that free silver would have received a
  21081. majority in both houses of Congress; but it was not presented.
  21082.  
  21083. =The Sherman Silver Purchase Act and the Bond Sales.=--Republican
  21084. leaders, particularly from the East, stemmed the silver tide by a
  21085. diversion of forces. They passed the Sherman Act of 1890 providing for
  21086. large monthly purchases of silver and for the issue of notes redeemable
  21087. in gold or silver at the discretion of the Secretary of the Treasury. In
  21088. a clause of superb ambiguity they announced that it was "the established
  21089. policy of the United States to maintain the two metals on a parity with
  21090. each other upon the present legal ratio or such other ratio as may be
  21091. provided by law." For a while silver was buoyed up. Then it turned once
  21092. more on its downward course. In the meantime the Treasury was in a sad
  21093. plight. To maintain the gold reserve, President Cleveland felt compelled
  21094. to sell government bonds; and to his dismay he found that as soon as the
  21095. gold was brought in at the front door of the Treasury, notes were
  21096. presented for redemption and the gold was quickly carried out at the
  21097. back door. Alarmed at the vicious circle thus created, he urged upon
  21098. Congress the repeal of the Sherman Silver Purchase Act. For this he was
  21099. roundly condemned by many of his own followers who branded his conduct
  21100. as "treason to the party"; but the Republicans, especially from the
  21101. East, came to his rescue and in 1893 swept the troublesome sections of
  21102. the law from the statute book. The anger of the silver faction knew no
  21103. bounds, and the leaders made ready for the approaching presidential
  21104. campaign.
  21105.  
  21106.  
  21107. THE PROTECTIVE TARIFF AND TAXATION
  21108.  
  21109. =Fluctuation in Tariff Policy.=--As each of the old parties was divided
  21110. on the currency question, it is not surprising that there was some
  21111. confusion in their ranks over the tariff. Like the silver issue, the
  21112. tariff tended to align the manufacturing East against the agricultural
  21113. West and South rather than to cut directly between the two parties.
  21114. Still the Republicans on the whole stood firmly by the rates imposed
  21115. during the Civil War. If we except the reductions of 1872 which were
  21116. soon offset by increases, we may say that those rates were substantially
  21117. unchanged for nearly twenty years. When a revision was brought about,
  21118. however, it was initiated by Republican leaders. Seeing a huge surplus
  21119. of revenue in the Treasury in 1883, they anticipated popular clamor by
  21120. revising the tariff on the theory that it ought to be reformed by its
  21121. friends rather than by its enemies. On the other hand, it was the
  21122. Republicans also who enacted the McKinley tariff bill of 1890, which
  21123. carried protection to its highest point up to that time.
  21124.  
  21125. The Democrats on their part were not all confirmed free traders or even
  21126. advocates of tariff for revenue only. In Cleveland's first
  21127. administration they did attack the protective system in the House, where
  21128. they had a majority, and in this they were vigorously supported by the
  21129. President. The assault, however, proved to be a futile gesture for it
  21130. was blocked by the Republicans in the Senate. When, after the sweeping
  21131. victory of 1892, the Democrats in the House again attempted to bring
  21132. down the tariff by the Wilson bill of 1894, they were checkmated by
  21133. their own party colleagues in the upper chamber. In the end they were
  21134. driven into a compromise that looked more like a McKinley than a Calhoun
  21135. tariff. The Republicans taunted them with being "babes in the woods."
  21136. President Cleveland was so dissatisfied with the bill that he refused to
  21137. sign it, allowing it to become a law, on the lapse of ten days, without
  21138. his approval.
  21139.  
  21140. =The Income Tax of 1894.=--The advocates of tariff reduction usually
  21141. associated with their proposal a tax on incomes. The argument which
  21142. they advanced in support of their program was simple. Most of the
  21143. industries, they said, are in the East and the protective tariff which
  21144. taxes consumers for the benefit of manufacturers is, in effect, a
  21145. tribute laid upon the rest of the country. As an offset they offered a
  21146. tax on large incomes; this owing to the heavy concentration of rich
  21147. people in the East, would fall mainly upon the beneficiaries of
  21148. protection. "We propose," said one of them, "to place a part of the
  21149. burden upon the accumulated wealth of the country instead of placing it
  21150. all upon the consumption of the people." In this spirit the sponsors of
  21151. the Wilson tariff bill laid a tax upon all incomes of $4000 a year or
  21152. more.
  21153.  
  21154. In taking this step, the Democrats encountered opposition in their own
  21155. party. Senator Hill, of New York, turned fiercely upon them, exclaiming:
  21156. "The professors with their books, the socialists with their schemes, the
  21157. anarchists with their bombs are all instructing the people in the ...
  21158. principles of taxation." Even the Eastern Republicans were hardly as
  21159. savage in their denunciation of the tax. But all this labor was wasted.
  21160. The next year the Supreme Court of the United States declared the income
  21161. tax to be a direct tax, and therefore null and void because it was laid
  21162. on incomes wherever found and not apportioned among the states according
  21163. to population. The fact that four of the nine judges dissented from this
  21164. decision was also an index to the diversity of opinion that divided both
  21165. parties.
  21166.  
  21167.  
  21168. THE RAILWAYS AND TRUSTS
  21169.  
  21170. =The Grangers and State Regulation.=--The same uncertainty about the
  21171. railways and trusts pervaded the ranks of the Republicans and Democrats.
  21172. As to the railways, the first firm and consistent demand for their
  21173. regulation came from the West. There the farmers, in the early
  21174. seventies, having got control in state legislatures, particularly in
  21175. Iowa, Wisconsin, and Illinois, enacted drastic laws prescribing the
  21176. maximum charges which companies could make for carrying freight and
  21177. passengers. The application of these measures, however, was limited
  21178. because the state could not fix the rates for transporting goods and
  21179. passengers beyond its own borders. The power of regulating interstate
  21180. commerce, under the Constitution, belonged to Congress.
  21181.  
  21182. =The Interstate Commerce Act of 1887.=--Within a few years, the movement
  21183. which had been so effective in western legislatures appeared at
  21184. Washington in the form of demands for the federal regulation of
  21185. interstate rates. In 1887, the pressure became so strong that Congress
  21186. created the interstate commerce commission and forbade many abuses on
  21187. the part of railways; such as discriminating in charges between one
  21188. shipper and another and granting secret rebates to favored persons. This
  21189. law was a significant beginning; but it left the main question of
  21190. rate-fixing untouched, much to the discontent of farmers and shippers.
  21191.  
  21192. =The Sherman Anti-Trust Law of 1890.=--As in the case of the railways,
  21193. attacks upon the trusts were first made in state legislatures, where it
  21194. became the fashion to provide severe penalties for those who formed
  21195. monopolies and "conspired to enhance prices." Republicans and Democrats
  21196. united in the promotion of measures of this kind. As in the case of the
  21197. railways also, the movement to curb the trusts soon had spokesmen at
  21198. Washington. Though Blaine had declared that "trusts were largely a
  21199. private affair with which neither the President nor any private citizen
  21200. had any particular right to interfere," it was a Republican Congress
  21201. that enacted in 1890 the first measure--the Sherman Anti-Trust
  21202. Law--directed against great combinations in business. This act declared
  21203. illegal "every contract, combination in the form of trust or otherwise,
  21204. or conspiracy in restraint of trade and commerce among the several
  21205. states or with foreign nations."
  21206.  
  21207. =The Futility of the Anti-Trust Law.=--Whether the Sherman law was
  21208. directed against all combinations or merely those which placed an
  21209. "unreasonable restraint" on trade and competition was not apparent.
  21210. Senator Platt of Connecticut, a careful statesman of the old school,
  21211. averred: "The questions of whether the bill would be operative, of how
  21212. it would operate, or whether it was within the power of Congress to
  21213. enact it, have been whistled down the wind in this Senate as idle talk
  21214. and the whole effort has been to get some bill headed: 'A bill to punish
  21215. trusts,' with which to go to the country." Whatever its purpose, its
  21216. effect upon existing trusts and upon the formation of new combinations
  21217. was negligible. It was practically unenforced by President Harrison and
  21218. President Cleveland, in spite of the constant demand for harsh action
  21219. against "monopolies." It was patent that neither the Republicans nor the
  21220. Democrats were prepared for a war on the trusts to the bitter end.
  21221.  
  21222.  
  21223. THE MINOR PARTIES AND UNREST
  21224.  
  21225. =The Demands of Dissenting Parties.=--From the election of 1872, when
  21226. Horace Greeley made his ill-fated excursion into politics, onward, there
  21227. appeared in each presidential campaign one, and sometimes two or more
  21228. parties, stressing issues that appealed mainly to wage-earners and
  21229. farmers. Whether they chose to call themselves Labor Reformers,
  21230. Greenbackers, or Anti-monopolists, their slogans and their platforms all
  21231. pointed in one direction. Even the Prohibitionists, who in 1872 started
  21232. on their career with a single issue, the abolition of the liquor
  21233. traffic, found themselves making declarations of faith on other matters
  21234. and hopelessly split over the money question in 1896.
  21235.  
  21236. A composite view of the platforms put forth by the dissenting parties
  21237. from the administration of Grant to the close of Cleveland's second term
  21238. reveals certain notions common to them all. These included among many
  21239. others: the earliest possible payment of the national debt; regulation
  21240. of the rates of railways and telegraph companies; repeal of the specie
  21241. resumption act of 1875; the issue of legal tender notes by the
  21242. government convertible into interest-bearing obligations on demand;
  21243. unlimited coinage of silver as well as gold; a graduated inheritance
  21244. tax; legislation to take from "land, railroad, money, and other gigantic
  21245. corporate monopolies ... the powers they have so corruptly and unjustly
  21246. usurped"; popular or direct election of United States Senators; woman
  21247. suffrage; and a graduated income tax, "placing the burden of government
  21248. on those who can best afford to pay instead of laying it on the farmers
  21249. and producers."
  21250.  
  21251. =Criticism of the Old Parties.=--To this long program of measures the
  21252. reformers added harsh and acrid criticism of the old parties and
  21253. sometimes, it must be said, of established institutions of government.
  21254. "We denounce," exclaimed the Labor party in 1888, "the Democratic and
  21255. Republican parties as hopelessly and shamelessly corrupt and by reason
  21256. of their affiliation with monopolies equally unworthy of the suffrages
  21257. of those who do not live upon public plunder." "The United States
  21258. Senate," insisted the Greenbackers, "is a body composed largely of
  21259. aristocratic millionaires who according to their own party papers
  21260. generally purchased their elections in order to protect the great
  21261. monopolies which they represent." Indeed, if their platforms are to be
  21262. accepted at face value, the Greenbackers believed that the entire
  21263. government had passed out of the hands of the people.
  21264.  
  21265. =The Grangers.=--This unsparing, not to say revolutionary, criticism of
  21266. American political life, appealed, it seems, mainly to farmers in the
  21267. Middle West. Always active in politics, they had, before the Civil War,
  21268. cast their lot as a rule with one or the other of the leading parties.
  21269. In 1867, however, there grew up among them an association known as the
  21270. "Patrons of Husbandry," which was destined to play a large role in the
  21271. partisan contests of the succeeding decades. This society, which
  21272. organized local lodges or "granges" on principles of secrecy and
  21273. fraternity, was originally designed to promote in a general way the
  21274. interests of the farmers. Its political bearings were apparently not
  21275. grasped at first by its promoters. Yet, appealing as it did to the most
  21276. active and independent spirits among the farmers and gathering to itself
  21277. the strength that always comes from organization, it soon found itself
  21278. in the hands of leaders more or less involved in politics. Where a few
  21279. votes are marshaled together in a democracy, there is power.
  21280.  
  21281. =The Greenback Party.=--The first extensive activity of the Grangers was
  21282. connected with the attack on the railways in the Middle West which
  21283. forced several state legislatures to reduce freight and passenger rates
  21284. by law. At the same time, some leaders in the movement, no doubt
  21285. emboldened by this success, launched in 1876 a new political party,
  21286. popularly known as the Greenbackers, favoring a continued re-issue of
  21287. the legal tenders. The beginnings were disappointing; but two years
  21288. later, in the congressional elections, the Greenbackers swept whole
  21289. sections of the country. Their candidates polled more than a million
  21290. votes and fourteen of them were returned to the House of
  21291. Representatives. To all outward signs a new and formidable party had
  21292. entered the lists.
  21293.  
  21294. The sanguine hopes of the leaders proved to be illusory. The quiet
  21295. operations of the resumption act the following year, a revival of
  21296. industry from a severe panic which had set in during 1873, the Silver
  21297. Purchase Act, and the re-issue of Greenbacks cut away some of the
  21298. grounds of agitation. There was also a diversion of forces to the silver
  21299. faction which had a substantial support in the silver mine owners of the
  21300. West. At all events the Greenback vote fell to about 300,000 in the
  21301. election of 1880. A still greater drop came four years later and the
  21302. party gave up the ghost, its sponsors returning to their former
  21303. allegiance or sulking in their tents.
  21304.  
  21305. =The Rise of the Populist Party.=--Those leaders of the old parties who
  21306. now looked for a happy future unvexed by new factions were doomed to
  21307. disappointment. The funeral of the Greenback party was hardly over
  21308. before there arose two other political specters in the agrarian
  21309. sections: the National Farmers' Alliance and Industrial Union,
  21310. particularly strong in the South and West; and the Farmers' Alliance,
  21311. operating in the North. By 1890 the two orders claimed over three
  21312. million members. As in the case of the Grangers many years before, the
  21313. leaders among them found an easy way into politics. In 1892 they held a
  21314. convention, nominated a candidate for President, and adopted the name of
  21315. "People's Party," from which they were known as Populists. Their
  21316. platform, in every line, breathed a spirit of radicalism. They declared
  21317. that "the newspapers are largely subsidized or muzzled; public opinion
  21318. silenced; business prostrate; our homes covered with mortgages; and the
  21319. land concentrating in the hands of capitalists.... The fruits of the
  21320. toil of millions are boldly stolen to build up colossal fortunes for a
  21321. few." Having delivered this sweeping indictment, the Populists put
  21322. forward their remedies: the free coinage of silver, a graduated income
  21323. tax, postal savings banks, and government ownership of railways and
  21324. telegraphs. At the same time they approved the initiative, referendum,
  21325. and popular election of Senators, and condemned the use of federal
  21326. troops in labor disputes. On this platform, the Populists polled over a
  21327. million votes, captured twenty-two presidential electors, and sent a
  21328. powerful delegation to Congress.
  21329.  
  21330. =Industrial Distress Augments Unrest.=--The four years intervening
  21331. between the campaign of 1892 and the next presidential election brought
  21332. forth many events which aggravated the ill-feeling expressed in the
  21333. portentous platform of Populism. Cleveland, a consistent enemy of free
  21334. silver, gave his powerful support to the gold standard and insisted on
  21335. the repeal of the Silver Purchase Act, thus alienating an increasing
  21336. number of his own party. In 1893 a grave industrial crisis fell upon the
  21337. land: banks and business houses went into bankruptcy with startling
  21338. rapidity; factories were closed; idle men thronged the streets hunting
  21339. for work; and the prices of wheat and corn dropped to a ruinous level.
  21340. Labor disputes also filled the crowded record. A strike at the Pullman
  21341. car works in Chicago spread to the railways. Disorders ensued. President
  21342. Cleveland, against the protests of the governor of Illinois, John P.
  21343. Altgeld, dispatched troops to the scene of action. The United States
  21344. district court at Chicago issued an injunction forbidding the president
  21345. of the Railway Union, Eugene V. Debs, or his assistants to interfere
  21346. with the transmission of the mails or interstate commerce in any form.
  21347. For refusing to obey the order, Debs was arrested and imprisoned. With
  21348. federal troops in possession of the field, with their leader in jail,
  21349. the strikers gave up the battle, defeated but not subdued. To cap the
  21350. climax the Supreme Court of the United States, the following year (1895)
  21351. declared null and void the income tax law just enacted by Congress, thus
  21352. fanning the flames of Populist discontent all over the West and South.
  21353.  
  21354.  
  21355. THE SOUND MONEY BATTLE OF 1896
  21356.  
  21357. =Conservative Men Alarmed.=--Men of conservative thought and leaning in
  21358. both parties were by this time thoroughly disturbed. They looked upon
  21359. the rise of Populism and the growth of labor disputes as the signs of a
  21360. revolutionary spirit, indeed nothing short of a menace to American
  21361. institutions and ideals. The income tax law of 1894, exclaimed the
  21362. distinguished New York advocate, Joseph H. Choate, in an impassioned
  21363. speech before the Supreme Court, "is communistic in its purposes and
  21364. tendencies and is defended here upon principles as communistic,
  21365. socialistic--what shall I call them--populistic as ever have been
  21366. addressed to any political assembly in the world." Mr. Justice Field in
  21367. the name of the Court replied: "The present assault upon capital is but
  21368. the beginning. It will be but the stepping stone to others larger and
  21369. more sweeping till our political conditions will become a war of the
  21370. poor against the rich." In declaring the income tax unconstitutional, he
  21371. believed that he was but averting greater evils lurking under its guise.
  21372. As for free silver, nearly all conservative men were united in calling
  21373. it a measure of confiscation and repudiation; an effort of the debtors
  21374. to pay their obligations with money worth fifty cents on the dollar; the
  21375. climax of villainies openly defended; a challenge to law, order, and
  21376. honor.
  21377.  
  21378. =The Republicans Come Out for the Gold Standard.=--It was among the
  21379. Republicans that this opinion was most widely shared and firmly held. It
  21380. was they who picked up the gauge thrown down by the Populists, though a
  21381. host of Democrats, like Cleveland and Hill of New York, also battled
  21382. against the growing Populist defection in Democratic ranks. When the
  21383. Republican national convention assembled in 1896, the die was soon
  21384. cast; a declaration of opposition to free silver save by international
  21385. agreement was carried by a vote of eight to one. The Republican party,
  21386. to use the vigorous language of Mr. Lodge, arrayed itself against "not
  21387. only that organized failure, the Democratic party, but all the wandering
  21388. forces of political chaos and social disorder ... in these bitter times
  21389. when the forces of disorder are loose and the wreckers with their false
  21390. lights gather at the shore to lure the ship of state upon the rocks."
  21391. Yet it is due to historic truth to state that McKinley, whom the
  21392. Republicans nominated, had voted in Congress for the free coinage of
  21393. silver, was widely known as a bimetallist, and was only with difficulty
  21394. persuaded to accept the unequivocal indorsement of the gold standard
  21395. which was pressed upon him by his counselors. Having accepted it,
  21396. however, he proved to be a valiant champion, though his major interest
  21397. was undoubtedly in the protective tariff. To him nothing was more
  21398. reprehensible than attempts "to array class against class, 'the classes
  21399. against the masses,' section against section, labor against capital,
  21400. 'the poor against the rich,' or interest against interest." Such was the
  21401. language of his acceptance speech. The whole program of Populism he now
  21402. viewed as a "sudden, dangerous, and revolutionary assault upon law and
  21403. order."
  21404.  
  21405. =The Democratic Convention at Chicago.=--Never, save at the great
  21406. disruption on the eve of the Civil War, did a Democratic national
  21407. convention display more feeling than at Chicago in 1896. From the
  21408. opening prayer to the last motion before the house, every act, every
  21409. speech, every scene, every resolution evoked passions and sowed
  21410. dissensions. Departing from long party custom, it voted down in anger a
  21411. proposal to praise the administration of the Democratic President,
  21412. Cleveland. When the platform with its radical planks, including free
  21413. silver, was reported, a veritable storm broke. Senator Hill, trembling
  21414. with emotion, protested against the departure from old tests of
  21415. Democratic allegiance; against principles that must drive out of the
  21416. party men who had grown gray in its service; against revolutionary,
  21417. unwise, and unprecedented steps in the history of the party. Senator
  21418. Vilas of Wisconsin, in great fervor, avowed that there was no difference
  21419. in principle between the free coinage of silver--"the confiscation of
  21420. one-half of the credits of the nation for the benefit of debtors"--and
  21421. communism itself--"a universal distribution of property." In the triumph
  21422. of that cause he saw the beginning of "the overthrow of all law, all
  21423. justice, all security and repose in the social order."
  21424.  
  21425. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  21426.  
  21427. WILLIAM J. BRYAN IN 1898]
  21428.  
  21429. =The Crown of Thorns Speech.=--The champions of free silver replied in
  21430. strident tones. They accused the gold advocates of being the aggressors
  21431. who had assailed the labor and the homes of the people. William Jennings
  21432. Bryan, of Nebraska, voiced their sentiments in a memorable oration. He
  21433. declared that their cause "was as holy as the cause of liberty--the
  21434. cause of humanity." He exclaimed that the contest was between the idle
  21435. holders of idle capital and the toiling millions. Then he named those
  21436. for whom he spoke--the wage-earner, the country lawyer, the small
  21437. merchant, the farmer, and the miner. "The man who is employed for wages
  21438. is as much a business man as his employer. The attorney in a country
  21439. town is as much a business man as the corporation counsel in a great
  21440. metropolis. The merchant at the cross roads store is as much a business
  21441. man as the merchant of New York. The farmer ... is as much a business
  21442. man as the man who goes upon the board of trade and bets upon the price
  21443. of grain. The miners who go a thousand feet into the earth or climb two
  21444. thousand feet upon the cliffs ... are as much business men as the few
  21445. financial magnates who in a back room corner the money of the world....
  21446. It is for these that we speak. We do not come as aggressors. Ours is not
  21447. a war of conquest. We are fighting in defense of our homes, our
  21448. families, and our posterity. We have petitioned and our petitions have
  21449. been scorned. We have entreated and our entreaties have been
  21450. disregarded. We have begged and they have mocked when our calamity came.
  21451. We beg no longer; we entreat no more; we petition no more. We defy
  21452. them.... We shall answer their demands for a gold standard by saying to
  21453. them, 'You shall not press upon the brow of labor this crown of thorns.
  21454. You shall not crucify mankind upon a cross of gold.'"
  21455.  
  21456. =Bryan Nominated.=--In all the history of national conventions never had
  21457. an orator so completely swayed a multitude; not even Yancey in his
  21458. memorable plea in the Charleston convention of 1860 when, with grave and
  21459. moving eloquence, he espoused the Southern cause against the impending
  21460. fates. The delegates, after cheering Mr. Bryan until they could cheer no
  21461. more, tore the standards from the floor and gathered around the Nebraska
  21462. delegation to renew the deafening applause. The platform as reported was
  21463. carried by a vote of two to one and the young orator from the West,
  21464. hailed as America's Tiberius Gracchus, was nominated as the Democratic
  21465. candidate for President. The South and West had triumphed over the East.
  21466. The division was sectional, admittedly sectional--the old combination of
  21467. power which Calhoun had so anxiously labored to build up a century
  21468. earlier. The Gold Democrats were repudiated in terms which were clear to
  21469. all. A few, unable to endure the thought of voting the Republican
  21470. ticket, held a convention at Indianapolis where, with the sanction of
  21471. Cleveland, they nominated candidates of their own and endorsed the gold
  21472. standard in a forlorn hope.
  21473.  
  21474. =The Democratic Platform.=--It was to the call from Chicago that the
  21475. Democrats gave heed and the Republicans made answer. The platform on
  21476. which Mr. Bryan stood, unlike most party manifestoes, was explicit in
  21477. its language and its appeal. It denounced the practice of allowing
  21478. national banks to issue notes intended to circulate as money on the
  21479. ground that it was "in derogation of the Constitution," recalling
  21480. Jackson's famous attack on the Bank in 1832. It declared that tariff
  21481. duties should be laid "for the purpose of revenue"--Calhoun's doctrine.
  21482. In demanding the free coinage of silver, it recurred to the practice
  21483. abandoned in 1873. The income tax came next on the program. The platform
  21484. alleged that the law of 1894, passed by a Democratic Congress, was "in
  21485. strict pursuance of the uniform decisions of the Supreme Court for
  21486. nearly a hundred years," and then hinted that the decision annulling the
  21487. law might be reversed by the same body "as it may hereafter be
  21488. constituted."
  21489.  
  21490. The appeal to labor voiced by Mr. Bryan in his "crown of thorns" speech
  21491. was reinforced in the platform. "As labor creates the wealth of the
  21492. country," ran one plank, "we demand the passage of such laws as may be
  21493. necessary to protect it in all its rights." Referring to the recent
  21494. Pullman strike, the passions of which had not yet died away, the
  21495. platform denounced "arbitrary interference by federal authorities in
  21496. local affairs as a violation of the Constitution of the United States
  21497. and a crime against free institutions." A special objection was lodged
  21498. against "government by injunction as a new and highly dangerous form of
  21499. oppression by which federal judges, in contempt of the laws of states
  21500. and rights of citizens, become at once legislators, judges, and
  21501. executioners." The remedy advanced was a federal law assuring trial by
  21502. jury in all cases of contempt in labor disputes. Having made this
  21503. declaration of faith, the Democrats, with Mr. Bryan at the head, raised
  21504. their standard of battle.
  21505.  
  21506. =The Heated Campaign.=--The campaign which ensued outrivaled in the
  21507. range of its educational activities and the bitterness of its tone all
  21508. other political conflicts in American history, not excepting the fateful
  21509. struggle of 1860. Immense sums of money were contributed to the funds of
  21510. both parties. Railway, banking, and other corporations gave generously
  21511. to the Republicans; the silver miners, less lavishly but with the same
  21512. anxiety, supported the Democrats. The country was flooded with
  21513. pamphlets, posters, and handbills. Every public forum, from the great
  21514. auditoriums of the cities to the "red schoolhouses" on the countryside,
  21515. was occupied by the opposing forces.
  21516.  
  21517. Mr. Bryan took the stump himself, visiting all parts of the country in
  21518. special trains and addressing literally millions of people in the open
  21519. air. Mr. McKinley chose the older and more formal plan. He received
  21520. delegations at his home in Canton and discussed the issues of the
  21521. campaign from his front porch, leaving to an army of well-organized
  21522. orators the task of reaching the people in their home towns. Parades,
  21523. processions, and monster demonstrations filled the land with politics.
  21524. Whole states were polled in advance by the Republicans and the doubtful
  21525. voters personally visited by men equipped with arguments and literature.
  21526. Manufacturers, frightened at the possibility of disordered public
  21527. credit, announced that they would close their doors if the Democrats won
  21528. the election. Men were dismissed from public and private places on
  21529. account of their political views, one eminent college president being
  21530. forced out for advocating free silver. The language employed by
  21531. impassioned and embittered speakers on both sides roused the public to a
  21532. state of frenzy, once more showing the lengths to which men could go in
  21533. personal and political abuse.
  21534.  
  21535. =The Republican Victory.=--The verdict of the nation was decisive.
  21536. McKinley received 271 of the 447 electoral votes, and 7,111,000 popular
  21537. votes as against Bryan's 6,509,000. The congressional elections were
  21538. equally positive although, on account of the composition of the Senate,
  21539. the "hold-over" Democrats and Populists still enjoyed a power out of
  21540. proportion to their strength as measured at the polls. Even as it was,
  21541. the Republicans got full control of both houses--a dominion of the
  21542. entire government which they were to hold for fourteen years--until the
  21543. second half of Mr. Taft's administration, when they lost possession of
  21544. the House of Representatives. The yoke of indecision was broken. The
  21545. party of sound finance and protective tariffs set out upon its lease of
  21546. power with untroubled assurance.
  21547.  
  21548.  
  21549. REPUBLICAN MEASURES AND RESULTS
  21550.  
  21551. =The Gold Standard and the Tariff.=--Yet strange as it may seem, the
  21552. Republicans did not at once enact legislation making the gold dollar the
  21553. standard for the national currency. Not until 1900 did they take that
  21554. positive step. In his first inaugural President McKinley, as if still
  21555. uncertain in his own mind or fearing a revival of the contest just
  21556. closed, placed the tariff, not the money question, in the forefront.
  21557. "The people have decided," he said, "that such legislation should be had
  21558. as will give ample protection and encouragement to the industries and
  21559. development of our country." Protection for American industries,
  21560. therefore, he urged, is the task before Congress. "With adequate revenue
  21561. secured, but not until then, we can enter upon changes in our fiscal
  21562. laws." As the Republicans had only forty-six of the ninety Senators, and
  21563. at least four of them were known advocates of free silver, the
  21564. discretion exercised by the President in selecting the tariff for
  21565. congressional debate was the better part of valor.
  21566.  
  21567. Congress gave heed to the warning. Under the direction of Nelson P.
  21568. Dingley, whose name was given to the bill, a tariff measure levying the
  21569. highest rates yet laid in the history of American imposts was prepared
  21570. and driven through the House of Representatives. The opposition
  21571. encountered in the Senate, especially from the West, was overcome by
  21572. concessions in favor of that section; but the duties on sugar, tin,
  21573. steel, lumber, hemp, and in fact all of the essential commodities
  21574. handled by combinations and trusts, were materially raised.
  21575.  
  21576. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  21577.  
  21578. PRESIDENT MCKINLEY AND HIS CABINET]
  21579.  
  21580. =Growth of Combinations.=--The years that followed the enactment of the
  21581. Dingley law were, whatever the cause, the most prosperous the country
  21582. had witnessed for many a decade. Industries of every kind were soon
  21583. running full blast; labor was employed; commerce spread more swiftly
  21584. than ever to the markets of the world. Coincident with this progress was
  21585. the organization of the greatest combinations and trusts the world had
  21586. yet seen. In 1899 the smelters formed a trust with a capital of
  21587. $65,000,000; in the same year the Standard Oil Company with a capital of
  21588. over one hundred millions took the place of the old trust; and the
  21589. Copper Trust was incorporated under the laws of New Jersey, its par
  21590. value capital being fixed shortly afterward at $175,000,000. A year
  21591. later the National Sugar Refining Company, of New Jersey, started with a
  21592. capital of $90,000,000, adopting the policy of issuing to the
  21593. stockholders no public statement of its earnings or financial condition.
  21594. Before another twelvemonth had elapsed all previous corporate financing
  21595. was reduced to small proportions by the flotation of the United States
  21596. Steel Corporation with a capital of more than a billion dollars, an
  21597. enterprise set in motion by the famous Morgan banking house of New York.
  21598.  
  21599. In nearly all these gigantic undertakings, the same great leaders in
  21600. finance were more or less intimately associated. To use the language of
  21601. an eminent authority: "They are all allied and intertwined by their
  21602. various mutual interests. For instance, the Pennsylvania Railroad
  21603. interests are on the one hand allied with the Vanderbilts and on the
  21604. other with the Rockefellers. The Vanderbilts are closely allied with the
  21605. Morgan group.... Viewed as a whole we find the dominating influences in
  21606. the trusts to be made up of a network of large and small capitalists,
  21607. many allied to one another by ties of more or less importance, but all
  21608. being appendages to or parts of the greater groups which are themselves
  21609. dependent on and allied with the two mammoth or Rockefeller and Morgan
  21610. groups. These two mammoth groups jointly ... constitute the heart of the
  21611. business and commercial life of the nation." Such was the picture of
  21612. triumphant business enterprise drawn by a financier within a few years
  21613. after the memorable campaign of 1896.
  21614.  
  21615. America had become one of the first workshops of the world. It was, by
  21616. virtue of the closely knit organization of its business and finance, one
  21617. of the most powerful and energetic leaders in the struggle of the giants
  21618. for the business of the earth. The capital of the Steel Corporation
  21619. alone was more than ten times the total national debt which the apostles
  21620. of calamity in the days of Washington and Hamilton declared the nation
  21621. could never pay. American industry, filling domestic markets to
  21622. overflowing, was ready for new worlds to conquer.
  21623.  
  21624.  
  21625. =References=
  21626.  
  21627. F.W. Taussig, _Tariff History of the United States_.
  21628.  
  21629. J.L. Laughlin, _Bimetallism in the United States_.
  21630.  
  21631. A.B. Hepburn, _History of Coinage and Currency in the United States_.
  21632.  
  21633. E.R.A. Seligman, _The Income Tax_.
  21634.  
  21635. S.J. Buck, _The Granger Movement_ (Harvard Studies).
  21636.  
  21637. F.H. Dixon, _State Railroad Control_.
  21638.  
  21639. H.R. Meyer, _Government Regulation of Railway Rates_.
  21640.  
  21641. W.Z. Ripley (editor), _Trusts, Pools, and Corporations_.
  21642.  
  21643. R.T. Ely, _Monopolies and Trusts_.
  21644.  
  21645. J.B. Clark, _The Control of Trusts_.
  21646.  
  21647.  
  21648. =Questions=
  21649.  
  21650. 1. What proof have we that the political parties were not clearly
  21651. divided over issues between 1865 and 1896?
  21652.  
  21653. 2. Why is a fall in prices a loss to farmers and a gain to holders of
  21654. fixed investments?
  21655.  
  21656. 3. Explain the theory that the quantity of money determines the prices
  21657. of commodities.
  21658.  
  21659. 4. Why was it difficult, if not impossible, to keep gold and silver at a
  21660. parity?
  21661.  
  21662. 5. What special conditions favored a fall in silver between 1870 and
  21663. 1896?
  21664.  
  21665. 6. Describe some of the measures taken to raise the value of silver.
  21666.  
  21667. 7. Explain the relation between the tariff and the income tax in 1894.
  21668.  
  21669. 8. How did it happen that the farmers led in regulating railway rates?
  21670.  
  21671. 9. Give the terms of the Sherman Anti-Trust Act. What was its immediate
  21672. effect?
  21673.  
  21674. 10. Name some of the minor parties. Enumerate the reforms they
  21675. advocated.
  21676.  
  21677. 11. Describe briefly the experiments of the farmers in politics.
  21678.  
  21679. 12. How did industrial conditions increase unrest?
  21680.  
  21681. 13. Why were conservative men disturbed in the early nineties?
  21682.  
  21683. 14. Explain the Republican position in 1896.
  21684.  
  21685. 15. Give Mr. Bryan's doctrines in 1896. Enumerate the chief features of
  21686. the Democratic platform.
  21687.  
  21688. 16. What were the leading measures adopted by the Republicans after
  21689. their victory in 1896?
  21690.  
  21691.  
  21692. =Research Topics=
  21693.  
  21694. =Greenbacks and Resumption.=--Dewey, _Financial History of the United
  21695. States_ (6th ed.), Sections 122-125, 154, and 378; MacDonald,
  21696. _Documentary Source Book of American History_, pp. 446, 566; Hart,
  21697. _American History Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 531-533; Rhodes,
  21698. _History of the United States_, Vol. VIII, pp. 97-101.
  21699.  
  21700. =Demonetization and Coinage of Silver.=--Dewey, _Financial History_,
  21701. Sections 170-173, 186, 189, 194; MacDonald, _Documentary Source Book_,
  21702. pp. 174, 573, 593, 595; Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 529-531;
  21703. Rhodes, _History_, Vol. VIII, pp. 93-97.
  21704.  
  21705. =Free Silver and the Campaign of 1896.=--Dewey, _National Problems_
  21706. (American Nation Series), pp. 220-237, 314-328; Hart, _Contemporaries_,
  21707. Vol. IV, pp. 533-538.
  21708.  
  21709. =Tariff Revision.=--Dewey, _Financial History_, Sections 167, 180, 181,
  21710. 187, 192, 196; Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 518-525; Rhodes,
  21711. _History_, Vol. VIII, pp. 168-179, 346-351, 418-422.
  21712.  
  21713. =Federal Regulation of Railways.=--Dewey, _National Problems_, pp.
  21714. 91-111; MacDonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp. 581-590; Hart,
  21715. _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 521-523; Rhodes, _History_, Vol. VIII,
  21716. pp. 288-292.
  21717.  
  21718. =The Rise and Regulation of Trusts.=--Dewey, _National Problems_, pp.
  21719. 188-202; MacDonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp. 591-593.
  21720.  
  21721. =The Grangers and Populism.=--Paxson, _The New Nation_ (Riverside
  21722. Series), pp. 20-37, 177-191, 208-223.
  21723.  
  21724. =General Analysis of Domestic Problems.=--_Syllabus in History_ (New
  21725. York State, 1920), pp. 137-142.
  21726.  
  21727.  
  21728.  
  21729.  
  21730. CHAPTER XX
  21731.  
  21732. AMERICA A WORLD POWER (1865-1900)
  21733.  
  21734.  
  21735. It has now become a fashion, sanctioned by wide usage and by eminent
  21736. historians, to speak of America, triumphant over Spain and possessed of
  21737. new colonies, as entering the twentieth century in the role of "a world
  21738. power," for the first time. Perhaps at this late day, it is useless to
  21739. protest against the currency of the idea. Nevertheless, the truth is
  21740. that from the fateful moment in March, 1775, when Edmund Burke unfolded
  21741. to his colleagues in the British Parliament the resources of an
  21742. invincible America, down to the settlement at Versailles in 1919 closing
  21743. the drama of the World War, this nation has been a world power,
  21744. influencing by its example, by its institutions, by its wealth, trade,
  21745. and arms the course of international affairs. And it should be said also
  21746. that neither in the field of commercial enterprise nor in that of
  21747. diplomacy has it been wanting in spirit or ingenuity.
  21748.  
  21749. When John Hay, Secretary of State, heard that an American citizen,
  21750. Perdicaris, had been seized by Raisuli, a Moroccan bandit, in 1904, he
  21751. wired his brusque message: "We want Perdicaris alive or Raisuli dead."
  21752. This was but an echo of Commodore Decatur's equally characteristic
  21753. answer, "Not a minute," given nearly a hundred years before to the
  21754. pirates of Algiers begging for time to consider whether they would cease
  21755. preying upon American merchantmen. Was it not as early as 1844 that the
  21756. American commissioner, Caleb Cushing, taking advantage of the British
  21757. Opium War on China, negotiated with the Celestial Empire a successful
  21758. commercial treaty? Did he not then exultantly exclaim: "The laws of the
  21759. Union follow its citizens and its banner protects them even within the
  21760. domain of the Chinese Empire"? Was it not almost half a century before
  21761. the battle of Manila Bay in 1898, that Commodore Perry with an adequate
  21762. naval force "gently coerced Japan into friendship with us," leading all
  21763. the nations of the earth in the opening of that empire to the trade of
  21764. the Occident? Nor is it inappropriate in this connection to recall the
  21765. fact that the Monroe Doctrine celebrates in 1923 its hundredth
  21766. anniversary.
  21767.  
  21768.  
  21769. AMERICAN FOREIGN RELATIONS (1865-98)
  21770.  
  21771. =French Intrigues in Mexico Blocked.=--Between the war for the union and
  21772. the war with Spain, the Department of State had many an occasion to
  21773. present the rights of America among the powers of the world. Only a
  21774. little while after the civil conflict came to a close, it was called
  21775. upon to deal with a dangerous situation created in Mexico by the
  21776. ambitions of Napoleon III. During the administration of Buchanan, Mexico
  21777. had fallen into disorder through the strife of the Liberal and the
  21778. Clerical parties; the President asked for authority to use American
  21779. troops to bring to a peaceful haven "a wreck upon the ocean, drifting
  21780. about as she is impelled by different factions." Our own domestic crisis
  21781. then intervened.
  21782.  
  21783. Observing the United States heavily involved in its own problems, the
  21784. great powers, England, France, and Spain, decided in the autumn of 1861
  21785. to take a hand themselves in restoring order in Mexico. They entered
  21786. into an agreement to enforce the claims of their citizens against Mexico
  21787. and to protect their subjects residing in that republic. They invited
  21788. the United States to join them, and, on meeting a polite refusal, they
  21789. prepared for a combined military and naval demonstration on their own
  21790. account. In the midst of this action England and Spain, discovering the
  21791. sinister purposes of Napoleon, withdrew their troops and left the field
  21792. to him.
  21793.  
  21794. The French Emperor, it was well known, looked with jealousy upon the
  21795. growth of the United States and dreamed of establishing in the Western
  21796. hemisphere an imperial power to offset the American republic.
  21797. Intervention to collect debts was only a cloak for his deeper designs.
  21798. Throwing off that guise in due time, he made the Archduke Maximilian, a
  21799. brother of the ruler of Austria, emperor in Mexico, and surrounded his
  21800. throne by French soldiers, in spite of all protests.
  21801.  
  21802. This insolent attack upon the Mexican republic, deeply resented in the
  21803. United States, was allowed to drift in its course until 1865. At that
  21804. juncture General Sheridan was dispatched to the Mexican border with a
  21805. large armed force; General Grant urged the use of the American army to
  21806. expel the French from this continent. The Secretary of State, Seward,
  21807. counseled negotiation first, and, applying the Monroe Doctrine, was able
  21808. to prevail upon Napoleon III to withdraw his troops. Without the support
  21809. of French arms, the sham empire in Mexico collapsed like a house of
  21810. cards and the unhappy Maximilian, the victim of French ambition and
  21811. intrigue, met his death at the hands of a Mexican firing squad.
  21812.  
  21813. =Alaska Purchased.=--The Mexican affair had not been brought to a close
  21814. before the Department of State was busy with negotiations which resulted
  21815. in the purchase of Alaska from Russia. The treaty of cession, signed on
  21816. March 30, 1867, added to the United States a domain of nearly six
  21817. hundred thousand square miles, a territory larger than Texas and nearly
  21818. three-fourths the size of the Louisiana purchase. Though it was a
  21819. distant colony separated from our continental domain by a thousand miles
  21820. of water, no question of "imperialism" or "colonization foreign to
  21821. American doctrines" seems to have been raised at the time. The treaty
  21822. was ratified promptly by the Senate. The purchase price, $7,200,000, was
  21823. voted by the House of Representatives after the display of some
  21824. resentment against a system that compelled it to appropriate money to
  21825. fulfill an obligation which it had no part in making. Seward, who
  21826. formulated the treaty, rejoiced, as he afterwards said, that he had kept
  21827. Alaska out of the hands of England.
  21828.  
  21829. =American Interest in the Caribbean.=--Having achieved this diplomatic
  21830. triumph, Seward turned to the increase of American power in another
  21831. direction. He negotiated, with Denmark, a treaty providing for the
  21832. purchase of the islands of St. John and St. Thomas in the West Indies,
  21833. strategic points in the Caribbean for sea power. This project, long
  21834. afterward brought to fruition by other men, was defeated on this
  21835. occasion by the refusal of the Senate to ratify the treaty. Evidently it
  21836. was not yet prepared to exercise colonial dominion over other races.
  21837.  
  21838. Undaunted by the misadventure in Caribbean policies, President Grant
  21839. warmly advocated the acquisition of Santo Domingo. This little republic
  21840. had long been in a state of general disorder. In 1869 a treaty of
  21841. annexation was concluded with its president. The document Grant
  21842. transmitted to the Senate with his cordial approval, only to have it
  21843. rejected. Not at all changed in his opinion by the outcome of his
  21844. effort, he continued to urge the subject of annexation. Even in his last
  21845. message to Congress he referred to it, saying that time had only proved
  21846. the wisdom of his early course. The addition of Santo Domingo to the
  21847. American sphere of protection was the work of a later generation. The
  21848. State Department, temporarily checked, had to bide its time.
  21849.  
  21850. =The _Alabama_ Claims Arbitrated.=--Indeed, it had in hand a far more
  21851. serious matter, a vexing issue that grew out of Civil War diplomacy. The
  21852. British government, as already pointed out in other connections, had
  21853. permitted Confederate cruisers, including the famous _Alabama_, built in
  21854. British ports, to escape and prey upon the commerce of the Northern
  21855. states. This action, denounced at the time by our government as a grave
  21856. breach of neutrality as well as a grievous injury to American citizens,
  21857. led first to remonstrances and finally to repeated claims for damages
  21858. done to American ships and goods. For a long time Great Britain was
  21859. firm. Her foreign secretary denied all obligations in the premises,
  21860. adding somewhat curtly that "he wished to say once for all that Her
  21861. Majesty's government disclaimed any responsibility for the losses and
  21862. hoped that they had made their position perfectly clear." Still
  21863. President Grant was not persuaded that the door of diplomacy, though
  21864. closed, was barred. Hamilton Fish, his Secretary of State, renewed the
  21865. demand. Finally he secured from the British government in 1871 the
  21866. treaty of Washington providing for the arbitration not merely of the
  21867. _Alabama_ and other claims but also all points of serious controversy
  21868. between the two countries.
  21869.  
  21870. The tribunal of arbitration thus authorized sat at Geneva in
  21871. Switzerland, and after a long and careful review of the arguments on
  21872. both sides awarded to the United States the lump sum of $15,500,000 to
  21873. be distributed among the American claimants. The damages thus allowed
  21874. were large, unquestionably larger than strict justice required and it is
  21875. not surprising that the decision excited much adverse comment in
  21876. England. Nevertheless, the prompt payment by the British government
  21877. swept away at once a great cloud of ill-feeling in America. Moreover,
  21878. the spectacle of two powerful nations choosing the way of peaceful
  21879. arbitration to settle an angry dispute seemed a happy, if illusory, omen
  21880. of a modern method for avoiding the arbitrament of war.
  21881.  
  21882. =Samoa.=--If the Senate had its doubts at first about the wisdom of
  21883. acquiring strategic points for naval power in distant seas, the same
  21884. could not be said of the State Department or naval officers. In 1872
  21885. Commander Meade, of the United States navy, alive to the importance of
  21886. coaling stations even in mid-ocean, made a commercial agreement with the
  21887. chief of Tutuila, one of the Samoan Islands, far below the equator, in
  21888. the southern Pacific, nearer to Australia than to California. This
  21889. agreement, providing among other things for our use of the harbor of
  21890. Pago Pago as a naval base, was six years later changed into a formal
  21891. treaty ratified by the Senate.
  21892.  
  21893. Such enterprise could not escape the vigilant eyes of England and
  21894. Germany, both mindful of the course of the sea power in history. The
  21895. German emperor, seizing as a pretext a quarrel between his consul in the
  21896. islands and a native king, laid claim to an interest in the Samoan
  21897. group. England, aware of the dangers arising from German outposts in the
  21898. southern seas so near to Australia, was not content to stand aside. So
  21899. it happened that all three countries sent battleships to the Samoan
  21900. waters, threatening a crisis that was fortunately averted by friendly
  21901. settlement. If, as is alleged, Germany entertained a notion of
  21902. challenging American sea power then and there, the presence of British
  21903. ships must have dispelled that dream.
  21904.  
  21905. The result of the affair was a tripartite agreement by which the three
  21906. powers in 1889 undertook a protectorate over the islands. But joint
  21907. control proved unsatisfactory. There was constant friction between the
  21908. Germans and the English. The spheres of authority being vague and open
  21909. to dispute, the plan had to be abandoned at the end of ten years.
  21910. England withdrew altogether, leaving to Germany all the islands except
  21911. Tutuila, which was ceded outright to the United States. Thus one of the
  21912. finest harbors in the Pacific, to the intense delight of the American
  21913. navy, passed permanently under American dominion. Another triumph in
  21914. diplomacy was set down to the credit of the State Department.
  21915.  
  21916. =Cleveland and the Venezuela Affair.=--In the relations with South
  21917. America, as well as in those with the distant Pacific, the diplomacy of
  21918. the government at Washington was put to the test. For some time it had
  21919. been watching a dispute between England and Venezuela over the western
  21920. boundary of British Guiana and, on an appeal from Venezuela, it had
  21921. taken a lively interest in the contest. In 1895 President Cleveland saw
  21922. that Great Britain would yield none of her claims. After hearing the
  21923. arguments of Venezuela, his Secretary of State, Richard T. Olney, in a
  21924. note none too conciliatory, asked the British government whether it was
  21925. willing to arbitrate the points in controversy. This inquiry he
  21926. accompanied by a warning to the effect that the United States could not
  21927. permit any European power to contest its mastery in this hemisphere.
  21928. "The United States," said the Secretary, "is practically sovereign on
  21929. this continent and its fiat is law upon the subjects to which it
  21930. confines its interposition.... Its infinite resources, combined with its
  21931. isolated position, render it master of the situation and practically
  21932. invulnerable against any or all other powers."
  21933.  
  21934. The reply evoked from the British government by this strong statement
  21935. was firm and clear. The Monroe Doctrine, it said, even if not so widely
  21936. stretched by interpretation, was not binding in international law; the
  21937. dispute with Venezuela was a matter of interest merely to the parties
  21938. involved; and arbitration of the question was impossible. This response
  21939. called forth President Cleveland's startling message of 1895. He asked
  21940. Congress to create a commission authorized to ascertain by researches
  21941. the true boundary between Venezuela and British Guiana. He added that it
  21942. would be the duty of this country "to resist by every means in its
  21943. power, as a willful aggression upon its rights and interests, the
  21944. appropriation by Great Britain of any lands or the exercise of
  21945. governmental jurisdiction over any territory which, after investigation,
  21946. we have determined of right belongs to Venezuela." The serious character
  21947. of this statement he thoroughly understood. He declared that he was
  21948. conscious of his responsibilities, intimating that war, much as it was
  21949. to be deplored, was not comparable to "a supine submission to wrong and
  21950. injustice and the consequent loss of national self-respect and honor."
  21951.  
  21952. [Illustration: GROVER CLEVELAND]
  21953.  
  21954. The note of defiance which ran through this message, greeted by shrill
  21955. cries of enthusiasm in many circles, was viewed in other quarters as a
  21956. portent of war. Responsible newspapers in both countries spoke of an
  21957. armed settlement of the dispute as inevitable. Congress created the
  21958. commission and appropriated money for the investigation; a body of
  21959. learned men was appointed to determine the merits of the conflicting
  21960. boundary claims. The British government, deaf to the clamor of the
  21961. bellicose section of the London press, deplored the incident,
  21962. courteously replied in the affirmative to a request for assistance in
  21963. the search for evidence, and finally agreed to the proposition that the
  21964. issue be submitted to arbitration. The outcome of this somewhat perilous
  21965. dispute contributed not a little to Cleveland's reputation as "a
  21966. sterling representative of the true American spirit." This was not
  21967. diminished when the tribunal of arbitration found that Great Britain was
  21968. on the whole right in her territorial claims against Venezuela.
  21969.  
  21970. =The Annexation of Hawaii.=--While engaged in the dangerous Venezuela
  21971. controversy, President Cleveland was compelled by a strange turn in
  21972. events to consider the annexation of the Hawaiian Islands in the
  21973. mid-Pacific. For more than half a century American missionaries had been
  21974. active in converting the natives to the Christian faith and enterprising
  21975. American business men had been developing the fertile sugar plantations.
  21976. Both the Department of State and the Navy Department were fully
  21977. conscious of the strategic relation of the islands to the growth of sea
  21978. power and watched with anxiety any developments likely to bring them
  21979. under some other Dominion.
  21980.  
  21981. The country at large was indifferent, however, until 1893, when a
  21982. revolution, headed by Americans, broke out, ending in the overthrow of
  21983. the native government, the abolition of the primitive monarchy, and the
  21984. retirement of Queen Liliuokalani to private life. This crisis, a
  21985. repetition of the Texas affair in a small theater, was immediately
  21986. followed by a demand from the new Hawaiian government for annexation to
  21987. the United States. President Harrison looked with favor on the proposal,
  21988. negotiated the treaty of annexation, and laid it before the Senate for
  21989. approval. There it still rested when his term of office was brought to a
  21990. close.
  21991.  
  21992. Harrison's successor, Cleveland, it was well known, had doubts about the
  21993. propriety of American action in Hawaii. For the purpose of making an
  21994. inquiry into the matter, he sent a special commissioner to the islands.
  21995. On the basis of the report of his agent, Cleveland came to the
  21996. conclusion that "the revolution in the island kingdom had been
  21997. accomplished by the improper use of the armed forces of the United
  21998. States and that the wrong should be righted by a restoration of the
  21999. queen to her throne." Such being his matured conviction, though the
  22000. facts upon which he rested it were warmly controverted, he could do
  22001. nothing but withdraw the treaty from the Senate and close the incident.
  22002.  
  22003. To the Republicans this sharp and cavalier disposal of their plans,
  22004. carried out in a way that impugned the motives of a Republican
  22005. President, was nothing less than "a betrayal of American interests." In
  22006. their platform of 1896 they made clear their position: "Our foreign
  22007. policy should be at all times firm, vigorous, and dignified and all our
  22008. interests in the Western hemisphere carefully watched and guarded. The
  22009. Hawaiian Islands should be controlled by the United States and no
  22010. foreign power should be permitted to interfere with them." There was no
  22011. mistaking this view of the issue. As the vote in the election gave
  22012. popular sanction to Republican policies, Congress by a joint resolution,
  22013. passed on July 6, 1898, annexed the islands to the United States and
  22014. later conferred upon them the ordinary territorial form of government.
  22015.  
  22016.  
  22017. CUBA AND THE SPANISH WAR
  22018.  
  22019. =Early American Relations with Cuba.=--The year that brought Hawaii
  22020. finally under the American flag likewise drew to a conclusion another
  22021. long controversy over a similar outpost in the Atlantic, one of the last
  22022. remnants of the once glorious Spanish empire--the island of Cuba.
  22023.  
  22024. For a century the Department of State had kept an anxious eye upon this
  22025. base of power, knowing full well that both France and England, already
  22026. well established in the West Indies, had their attention also fixed upon
  22027. Cuba. In the administration of President Fillmore they had united in
  22028. proposing to the United States a tripartite treaty guaranteeing Spain in
  22029. her none too certain ownership. This proposal, squarely rejected,
  22030. furnished the occasion for a statement of American policy which stood
  22031. the test of all the years that followed; namely, that the affair was one
  22032. between Spain and the United States alone.
  22033.  
  22034. In that long contest in the United States for the balance of power
  22035. between the North and South, leaders in the latter section often thought
  22036. of bringing Cuba into the union to offset the free states. An
  22037. opportunity to announce their purposes publicly was afforded in 1854 by
  22038. a controversy over the seizure of an American ship by Cuban authorities.
  22039. On that occasion three American ministers abroad, stationed at Madrid,
  22040. Paris, and London respectively, held a conference and issued the
  22041. celebrated "Ostend Manifesto." They united in declaring that Cuba, by
  22042. her geographical position, formed a part of the United States, that
  22043. possession by a foreign power was inimical to American interests, and
  22044. that an effort should be made to purchase the island from Spain. In case
  22045. the owner refused to sell, they concluded, with a menacing flourish, "by
  22046. every law, human and divine, we shall be justified in wresting it from
  22047. Spain if we possess the power." This startling proclamation to the world
  22048. was promptly disowned by the United States government.
  22049.  
  22050. [Illustration: _=An old cartoon.=_
  22051.  
  22052. A SIGHT TOO BAD
  22053.  
  22054. _Struggling Cuba._ "You must be awfully near-sighted, Mr. President, not
  22055. to recognize me." _U.S.G._ "No, I am far-sighted: for I can recognize
  22056. France."]
  22057.  
  22058. =Revolutions in Cuba.=--For nearly twenty years afterwards the Cuban
  22059. question rested. Then it was revived in another form during President
  22060. Grant's administrations, when the natives became engaged in a
  22061. destructive revolt against Spanish officials. For ten years--1868-78--a
  22062. guerrilla warfare raged in the island. American citizens, by virtue of
  22063. their ancient traditions of democracy, naturally sympathized with a war
  22064. for independence and self-government. Expeditions to help the insurgents
  22065. were fitted out secretly in American ports. Arms and supplies were
  22066. smuggled into Cuba. American soldiers of fortune joined their ranks. The
  22067. enforcement of neutrality against the friends of Cuban independence, no
  22068. pleasing task for a sympathetic President, the protection of American
  22069. lives and property in the revolutionary area, and similar matters kept
  22070. our government busy with Cuba for a whole decade.
  22071.  
  22072. A brief lull in Cuban disorders was followed in 1895 by a renewal of the
  22073. revolutionary movement. The contest between the rebels and the Spanish
  22074. troops, marked by extreme cruelty and a total disregard for life and
  22075. property, exceeded all bounds of decency, and once more raised the old
  22076. questions that had tormented Grant's administration. Gomez, the leader
  22077. of the revolt, intent upon provoking American interference, laid waste
  22078. the land with fire and sword. By a proclamation of November 6, 1895, he
  22079. ordered the destruction of sugar plantations and railway connections and
  22080. the closure of all sugar factories. The work of ruin was completed by
  22081. the ruthless Spanish general, Weyler, who concentrated the inhabitants
  22082. from rural regions into military camps, where they died by the hundreds
  22083. of disease and starvation. Stories of the atrocities, bad enough in
  22084. simple form, became lurid when transmuted into American news and deeply
  22085. moved the sympathies of the American people. Sermons were preached about
  22086. Spanish misdeeds; orators demanded that the Cubans be sustained "in
  22087. their heroic struggle for independence"; newspapers, scouting the
  22088. ordinary forms of diplomatic negotiation, spurned mediation and demanded
  22089. intervention and war if necessary.
  22090.  
  22091. [Illustration: _Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  22092.  
  22093. CUBAN REVOLUTIONISTS]
  22094.  
  22095. =President Cleveland's Policy.=--Cleveland chose the way of peace. He
  22096. ordered the observance of the rule of neutrality. He declined to act on
  22097. a resolution of Congress in favor of giving to the Cubans the rights of
  22098. belligerents. Anxious to bring order to the distracted island, he
  22099. tendered to Spain the good offices of the United States as mediator in
  22100. the contest--a tender rejected by the Spanish government with the broad
  22101. hint that President Cleveland might be more vigorous in putting a stop
  22102. to the unlawful aid in money, arms, and supplies, afforded to the
  22103. insurgents by American sympathizers. Thereupon the President returned to
  22104. the course he had marked out for himself, leaving "the public nuisance"
  22105. to his successor, President McKinley.
  22106.  
  22107. =Republican Policies.=--The Republicans in 1897 found themselves in a
  22108. position to employ that "firm, vigorous, and dignified" foreign policy
  22109. which they had approved in their platform. They had declared: "The
  22110. government of Spain having lost control of Cuba and being unable to
  22111.  
  22112. protect the property or lives of resident American citizens or to comply
  22113. with its treaty obligations, we believe that the government of the
  22114. United States should actively use its influence and good offices to
  22115. restore peace and give independence to the island." The American
  22116. property in Cuba to which the Republicans referred in their platform
  22117. amounted by this time to more than fifty million dollars; the commerce
  22118. with the island reached more than one hundred millions annually; and the
  22119. claims of American citizens against Spain for property destroyed totaled
  22120. sixteen millions. To the pleas of humanity which made such an effective
  22121. appeal to the hearts of the American people, there were thus added
  22122. practical considerations of great weight.
  22123.  
  22124. =President McKinley Negotiates.=--In the face of the swelling tide of
  22125. popular opinion in favor of quick, drastic, and positive action,
  22126. McKinley chose first the way of diplomacy. A short time after his
  22127. inauguration he lodged with the Spanish government a dignified protest
  22128. against its policies in Cuba, thus opening a game of thrust and parry
  22129. with the suave ministers at Madrid. The results of the exchange of
  22130. notes were the recall of the obnoxious General Weyler, the appointment
  22131. of a governor-general less bloodthirsty in his methods, a change in the
  22132. policy of concentrating civilians in military camps, and finally a
  22133. promise of "home rule" for Cuba. There is no doubt that the Spanish
  22134. government was eager to avoid a war that could have but one outcome. The
  22135. American minister at Madrid, General Woodford, was convinced that firm
  22136. and patient pressure would have resulted in the final surrender of Cuba
  22137. by the Spanish government.
  22138.  
  22139. =The De Lome and the _Maine_ Incidents.=--Such a policy was defeated by
  22140. events. In February, 1898, a private letter written by Senor de Lome,
  22141. the Spanish ambassador at Washington, expressing contempt for the
  22142. President of the United States, was filched from the mails and passed
  22143. into the hands of a journalist, William R. Hearst, who published it to
  22144. the world. In the excited state of American opinion, few gave heed to
  22145. the grave breach of diplomatic courtesy committed by breaking open
  22146. private correspondence. The Spanish government was compelled to recall
  22147. De Lome, thus officially condemning his conduct.
  22148.  
  22149. At this point a far more serious crisis put the pacific relations of the
  22150. two negotiating countries in dire peril. On February 15, the battleship
  22151. _Maine_, riding in the harbor of Havana, was blown up and sunk, carrying
  22152. to death two officers and two hundred and fifty-eight members of the
  22153. crew. This tragedy, ascribed by the American public to the malevolence
  22154. of Spanish officials, profoundly stirred an already furious nation.
  22155. When, on March 21, a commission of inquiry reported that the ill-fated
  22156. ship had been blown up by a submarine mine which had in turn set off
  22157. some of the ship's magazines, the worst suspicions seemed confirmed. If
  22158. any one was inclined to be indifferent to the Cuban war for
  22159. independence, he was now met by the vehement cry: "Remember the
  22160. _Maine_!"
  22161.  
  22162. =Spanish Concessions.=--Still the State Department, under McKinley's
  22163. steady hand, pursued the path of negotiation, Spain proving more pliable
  22164. and more ready with promises of reform in the island. Early in April,
  22165. however, there came a decided change in the tenor of American diplomacy.
  22166. On the 4th, McKinley, evidently convinced that promises did not mean
  22167. performances, instructed our minister at Madrid to warn the Spanish
  22168. government that as no effective armistice had been offered to the
  22169. Cubans, he would lay the whole matter before Congress. This decision,
  22170. every one knew, from the temper of Congress, meant war--a prospect which
  22171. excited all the European powers. The Pope took an active interest in the
  22172. crisis. France and Germany, foreseeing from long experience in world
  22173. politics an increase of American power and prestige through war, sought
  22174. to prevent it. Spain, hopeless and conscious of her weakness, at last
  22175. dispatched to the President a note promising to suspend hostilities, to
  22176. call a Cuban parliament, and to grant all the autonomy that could be
  22177. reasonably asked.
  22178.  
  22179. =President McKinley Calls for War.=--For reasons of his own--reasons
  22180. which have never yet been fully explained--McKinley ignored the final
  22181. program of concessions presented by Spain. At the very moment when his
  22182. patient negotiations seemed to bear full fruit, he veered sharply from
  22183. his course and launched the country into the war by sending to Congress
  22184. his militant message of April 11, 1898. Without making public the last
  22185. note he had received from Spain, he declared that he was brought to the
  22186. end of his effort and the cause was in the hands of Congress. Humanity,
  22187. the protection of American citizens and property, the injuries to
  22188. American commerce and business, the inability of Spain to bring about
  22189. permanent peace in the island--these were the grounds for action that
  22190. induced him to ask for authority to employ military and naval forces in
  22191. establishing a stable government in Cuba. They were sufficient for a
  22192. public already straining at the leash.
  22193.  
  22194. =The Resolution of Congress.=--There was no doubt of the outcome when
  22195. the issue was withdrawn from diplomacy and placed in charge of Congress.
  22196. Resolutions were soon introduced into the House of Representatives
  22197. authorizing the President to employ armed force in securing peace and
  22198. order in the island and "establishing by the free action of the people
  22199. thereof a stable and independent government of their own." To the form
  22200. and spirit of this proposal the Democrats and Populists took exception.
  22201. In the Senate, where they were stronger, their position had to be
  22202. reckoned with by the narrow Republican majority. As the resolution
  22203. finally read, the independence of Cuba was recognized; Spain was called
  22204. upon to relinquish her authority and withdraw from the island; and the
  22205. President was empowered to use force to the extent necessary to carry
  22206. the resolutions into effect. Furthermore the United States disclaimed
  22207. "any disposition or intention to exercise sovereignty, jurisdiction, or
  22208. control over said island except for the pacification thereof." Final
  22209. action was taken by Congress on April 19, 1898, and approved by the
  22210. President on the following day.
  22211.  
  22212. =War and Victory.=--Startling events then followed in swift succession.
  22213. The navy, as a result in no small measure of the alertness of Theodore
  22214. Roosevelt, Assistant Secretary of the Department, was ready for the
  22215. trial by battle. On May 1, Commodore Dewey at Manila Bay shattered the
  22216. Spanish fleet, marking the doom of Spanish dominion in the Philippines.
  22217. On July 3, the Spanish fleet under Admiral Cervera, in attempting to
  22218. escape from Havana, was utterly destroyed by American forces under
  22219. Commodore Schley. On July 17, Santiago, invested by American troops
  22220. under General Shafter and shelled by the American ships, gave up the
  22221. struggle. On July 25 General Miles landed in Porto Rico. On August 13,
  22222. General Merritt and Admiral Dewey carried Manila by storm. The war was
  22223. over.
  22224.  
  22225. =The Peace Protocol.=--Spain had already taken cognizance of stern
  22226. facts. As early as July 26, 1898, acting through the French ambassador,
  22227. M. Cambon, the Madrid government approached President McKinley for a
  22228. statement of the terms on which hostilities could be brought to a close.
  22229. After some skirmishing Spain yielded reluctantly to the ultimatum. On
  22230. August 12, the preliminary peace protocol was signed, stipulating that
  22231. Cuba should be free, Porto Rico ceded to the United States, and Manila
  22232. occupied by American troops pending the formal treaty of peace. On
  22233. October 1, the commissioners of the two countries met at Paris to bring
  22234. about the final settlement.
  22235.  
  22236. =Peace Negotiations.=--When the day for the first session of the
  22237. conference arrived, the government at Washington apparently had not made
  22238. up its mind on the final disposition of the Philippines. Perhaps, before
  22239. the battle of Manila Bay, not ten thousand people in the United States
  22240. knew or cared where the Philippines were. Certainly there was in the
  22241. autumn of 1898 no decided opinion as to what should be done with the
  22242. fruits of Dewey's victory. President McKinley doubtless voiced the
  22243. sentiment of the people when he stated to the peace commissioners on the
  22244. eve of their departure that there had originally been no thought of
  22245. conquest in the Pacific.
  22246.  
  22247. The march of events, he added, had imposed new duties on the country.
  22248. "Incidental to our tenure in the Philippines," he said, "is the
  22249. commercial opportunity to which American statesmanship cannot be
  22250. indifferent. It is just to use every legitimate means for the
  22251. enlargement of American trade." On this ground he directed the
  22252. commissioners to accept not less than the cession of the island of
  22253. Luzon, the chief of the Philippine group, with its harbor of Manila. It
  22254. was not until the latter part of October that he definitely instructed
  22255. them to demand the entire archipelago, on the theory that the occupation
  22256. of Luzon alone could not be justified "on political, commercial, or
  22257. humanitarian grounds." This departure from the letter of the peace
  22258. protocol was bitterly resented by the Spanish agents. It was with
  22259. heaviness of heart that they surrendered the last sign of Spain's
  22260. ancient dominion in the far Pacific.
  22261.  
  22262. =The Final Terms of Peace.=--The treaty of peace, as finally agreed
  22263. upon, embraced the following terms: the independence of Cuba; the
  22264. cession of Porto Rico, Guam, and the Philippines to the United States;
  22265. the settlement of claims filed by the citizens of both countries; the
  22266. payment of twenty million dollars to Spain by the United States for the
  22267. Philippines; and the determination of the status of the inhabitants of
  22268. the ceded territories by Congress. The great decision had been made. Its
  22269. issue was in the hands of the Senate where the Democrats and the
  22270. Populists held the balance of power under the requirement of the
  22271. two-thirds vote for ratification.
  22272.  
  22273. =The Contest in America over the Treaty of Peace.=--The publication of
  22274. the treaty committing the United States to the administration of distant
  22275. colonies directed the shifting tides of public opinion into two distinct
  22276. channels: support of the policy and opposition to it. The trend in
  22277. Republican leadership, long in the direction marked out by the treaty,
  22278. now came into the open. Perhaps a majority of the men highest in the
  22279. councils of that party had undergone the change of heart reflected in
  22280. the letters of John Hay, Secretary of State. In August of 1898 he had
  22281. hinted, in a friendly letter to Andrew Carnegie, that he sympathized
  22282. with the latter's opposition to "imperialism"; but he had added quickly:
  22283. "The only question in my mind is how far it is now possible for us to
  22284. withdraw from the Philippines." In November of the same year he wrote to
  22285. Whitelaw Reid, one of the peace commissioners at Paris: "There is a wild
  22286. and frantic attack now going on in the press against the whole
  22287. Philippine transaction. Andrew Carnegie really seems to be off his
  22288. head.... But all this confusion of tongues will go its way. The country
  22289. will applaud the resolution that has been reached and you will return in
  22290. the role of conquering heroes with your 'brows bound with oak.'"
  22291.  
  22292. Senator Beveridge of Indiana and Senator Platt of Connecticut, accepting
  22293. the verdict of history as the proof of manifest destiny, called for
  22294. unquestioning support of the administration in its final step. "Every
  22295. expansion of our territory," said the latter, "has been in accordance
  22296. with the irresistible law of growth. We could no more resist the
  22297. successive expansions by which we have grown to be the strongest nation
  22298. on earth than a tree can resist its growth. The history of territorial
  22299. expansion is the history of our nation's progress and glory. It is a
  22300. matter to be proud of, not to lament. We should rejoice that Providence
  22301. has given us the opportunity to extend our influence, our institutions,
  22302. and our civilization into regions hitherto closed to us, rather than
  22303. contrive how we can thwart its designs."
  22304.  
  22305. This doctrine was savagely attacked by opponents of McKinley's policy,
  22306. many a stanch Republican joining with the majority of Democrats in
  22307. denouncing the treaty as a departure from the ideals of the republic.
  22308. Senator Vest introduced in the Senate a resolution that "under the
  22309. Constitution of the United States, no power is given to the federal
  22310. Government to acquire territory to be held and governed permanently as
  22311. colonies." Senator Hoar, of Massachusetts, whose long and honorable
  22312. career gave weight to his lightest words, inveighed against the whole
  22313. procedure and to the end of his days believed that the new drift into
  22314. rivalry with European nations as a colonial power was fraught with
  22315. genuine danger. "Our imperialistic friends," he said, "seem to have
  22316. forgotten the use of the vocabulary of liberty. They talk about giving
  22317. good government. 'We shall give them such a government as we think they
  22318. are fitted for.' 'We shall give them a better government than they had
  22319. before.' Why, Mr. President, that one phrase conveys to a free man and a
  22320. free people the most stinging of insults. In that little phrase, as in a
  22321. seed, is contained the germ of all despotism and of all tyranny.
  22322. Government is not a gift. Free government is not to be given by all the
  22323. blended powers of earth and heaven. It is a birthright. It belongs, as
  22324. our fathers said, and as their children said, as Jefferson said, and as
  22325. President McKinley said, to human nature itself."
  22326.  
  22327. The Senate, more conservative on the question of annexation than the
  22328. House of Representatives composed of men freshly elected in the stirring
  22329. campaign of 1896, was deliberate about ratification of the treaty. The
  22330. Democrats and Populists were especially recalcitrant. Mr. Bryan hurried
  22331. to Washington and brought his personal influence to bear in favor of
  22332. speedy action. Patriotism required ratification, it was said in one
  22333. quarter. The country desires peace and the Senate ought not to delay, it
  22334. was urged in another. Finally, on February 6, 1899, the requisite
  22335. majority of two-thirds was mustered, many a Senator who voted for the
  22336. treaty, however, sharing the misgivings of Senator Hoar as to the
  22337. "dangers of imperialism." Indeed at the time, the Senators passed a
  22338. resolution declaring that the policy to be adopted in the Philippines
  22339. was still an open question, leaving to the future, in this way, the
  22340. possibility of retracing their steps.
  22341.  
  22342. =The Attitude of England.=--The Spanish war, while accomplishing the
  22343. simple objects of those who launched the nation on that course, like all
  22344. other wars, produced results wholly unforeseen. In the first place, it
  22345. exercised a profound influence on the drift of opinion among European
  22346. powers. In England, sympathy with the United States was from the first
  22347. positive and outspoken. "The state of feeling here," wrote Mr. Hay, then
  22348. ambassador in London, "is the best I have ever known. From every quarter
  22349. the evidences of it come to me. The royal family by habit and tradition
  22350. are most careful not to break the rules of strict neutrality, but even
  22351. among them I find nothing but hearty kindness and--so far as is
  22352. consistent with propriety--sympathy. Among the political leaders on both
  22353. sides I find not only sympathy but a somewhat eager desire that 'the
  22354. other fellows' shall not seem more friendly."
  22355.  
  22356. Joseph Chamberlain, the distinguished Liberal statesman, thinking no
  22357. doubt of the continental situation, said in a political address at the
  22358. very opening of the war that the next duty of Englishmen "is to
  22359. establish and maintain bonds of permanent unity with our kinsmen across
  22360. the Atlantic.... I even go so far as to say that, terrible as war may
  22361. be, even war would be cheaply purchased if, in a great and noble cause,
  22362. the Stars and Stripes and the Union Jack should wave together over an
  22363. Anglo-Saxon alliance." To the American ambassador he added
  22364. significantly that he did not "care a hang what they say about it on the
  22365. continent," which was another way of expressing the hope that the
  22366. warning to Germany and France was sufficient. This friendly English
  22367. opinion, so useful to the United States when a combination of powers to
  22368. support Spain was more than possible, removed all fears as to the
  22369. consequences of the war. Henry Adams, recalling days of humiliation in
  22370. London during the Civil War, when his father was the American
  22371. ambassador, coolly remarked that it was "the sudden appearance of
  22372. Germany as the grizzly terror" that "frightened England into America's
  22373. arms"; but the net result in keeping the field free for an easy triumph
  22374. of American arms was none the less appreciated in Washington where,
  22375. despite outward calm, fears of European complications were never absent.
  22376.  
  22377.  
  22378. AMERICAN POLICIES IN THE PHILIPPINES AND THE ORIENT
  22379.  
  22380. =The Filipino Revolt against American Rule.=--In the sphere of domestic
  22381. politics, as well as in the field of foreign relations, the outcome of
  22382. the Spanish war exercised a marked influence. It introduced at once
  22383. problems of colonial administration and difficulties in adjusting trade
  22384. relations with the outlying dominions. These were furthermore
  22385. complicated in the very beginning by the outbreak of an insurrection
  22386. against American sovereignty in the Philippines. The leader of the
  22387. revolt, Aguinaldo, had been invited to join the American forces in
  22388. overthrowing Spanish dominion, and he had assumed, apparently without
  22389. warrant, that independence would be the result of the joint operations.
  22390. When the news reached him that the American flag had been substituted
  22391. for the Spanish flag, his resentment was keen. In February, 1899, there
  22392. occurred a slight collision between his men and some American soldiers.
  22393. The conflict thus begun was followed by serious fighting which finally
  22394. dwindled into a vexatious guerrilla warfare lasting three years and
  22395. costing heavily in men and money. Atrocities were committed by the
  22396. native insurrectionists and, sad to relate, they were repaid in kind;
  22397. it was argued in defense of the army that the ordinary rules of warfare
  22398. were without terror to men accustomed to fighting like savages. In vain
  22399. did McKinley assure the Filipinos that the institutions and laws
  22400. established in the islands would be designed "not for our satisfaction
  22401. or for the expression of our theoretical views, but for the happiness,
  22402. peace, and prosperity of the people of the Philippine Islands." Nothing
  22403. short of military pressure could bring the warring revolutionists to
  22404. terms.
  22405.  
  22406. =Attacks on Republican "Imperialism."=--The Filipino insurrection,
  22407. following so quickly upon the ratification of the treaty with Spain,
  22408. moved the American opponents of McKinley's colonial policies to redouble
  22409. their denunciation of what they were pleased to call "imperialism."
  22410. Senator Hoar was more than usually caustic in his indictment of the new
  22411. course. The revolt against American rule did but convince him of the
  22412. folly hidden in the first fateful measures. Everywhere he saw a
  22413. conspiracy of silence and injustice. "I have failed to discover in the
  22414. speeches, public or private, of the advocates of this war," he contended
  22415. in the Senate, "or in the press which supports it and them, a single
  22416. expression anywhere of a desire to do justice to the people of the
  22417. Philippine Islands, or of a desire to make known to the people of the
  22418. United States the truth of the case.... The catchwords, the cries, the
  22419. pithy and pregnant phrases of which their speech is full, all mean
  22420. dominion. They mean perpetual dominion.... There is not one of these
  22421. gentlemen who will rise in his place and affirm that if he were a
  22422. Filipino he would not do exactly as the Filipinos are doing; that he
  22423. would not despise them if they were to do otherwise. So much at least
  22424. they owe of respect to the dead and buried history--the dead and buried
  22425. history so far as they can slay and bury it--of their country." In the
  22426. way of practical suggestions, the Senator offered as a solution of the
  22427. problem: the recognition of independence, assistance in establishing
  22428. self-government, and an invitation to all powers to join in a guarantee
  22429. of freedom to the islands.
  22430.  
  22431. =The Republican Answer.=--To McKinley and his supporters, engaged in a
  22432. sanguinary struggle to maintain American supremacy, such talk was more
  22433. than quixotic; it was scarcely short of treasonable. They pointed out
  22434. the practical obstacles in the way of uniform self-government for a
  22435. collection of seven million people ranging in civilization from the most
  22436. ignorant hill men to the highly cultivated inhabitants of Manila. The
  22437. incidents of the revolt and its repression, they admitted, were painful
  22438. enough; but still nothing as compared with the chaos that would follow
  22439. the attempt of a people who had never had experience in such matters to
  22440. set up and sustain democratic institutions. They preferred rather the
  22441. gradual process of fitting the inhabitants of the islands for
  22442. self-government. This course, in their eyes, though less poetic, was
  22443. more in harmony with the ideals of humanity. Having set out upon it,
  22444. they pursued it steadfastly to the end. First, they applied force
  22445. without stint to the suppression of the revolt. Then they devoted such
  22446. genius for colonial administration as they could command to the
  22447. development of civil government, commerce, and industry.
  22448.  
  22449. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  22450.  
  22451. A PHILIPPINE HOME]
  22452.  
  22453. =The Boxer Rebellion in China.=--For a nation with a world-wide trade,
  22454. steadily growing, as the progress of home industries redoubled the zeal
  22455. for new markets, isolation was obviously impossible. Never was this
  22456. clearer than in 1900 when a native revolt against foreigners in China,
  22457. known as the Boxer uprising, compelled the United States to join with
  22458. the powers of Europe in a military expedition and a diplomatic
  22459. settlement. The Boxers, a Chinese association, had for some time carried
  22460. on a campaign of hatred against all aliens in the Celestial empire,
  22461. calling upon the natives to rise in patriotic wrath and drive out the
  22462. foreigners who, they said, "were lacerating China like tigers." In the
  22463. summer of 1900 the revolt flamed up in deeds of cruelty. Missionaries
  22464. and traders were murdered in the provinces; foreign legations were
  22465. stoned; the German ambassador, one of the most cordially despised
  22466. foreigners, was killed in the streets of Peking; and to all appearances
  22467. a frightful war of extermination had begun. In the month of June nearly
  22468. five hundred men, women, and children, representing all nations, were
  22469. besieged in the British quarters in Peking under constant fire of
  22470. Chinese guns and in peril of a terrible death.
  22471.  
  22472. =Intervention in China.=--Nothing but the arrival of armed forces, made
  22473. up of Japanese, Russian, British, American, French, and German soldiers
  22474. and marines, prevented the destruction of the beleaguered aliens. When
  22475. once the foreign troops were in possession of the Chinese capital,
  22476. diplomatic questions of the most delicate character arose. For more than
  22477. half a century, the imperial powers of Europe had been carving up the
  22478. Chinese empire, taking to themselves territory, railway concessions,
  22479. mining rights, ports, and commercial privileges at the expense of the
  22480. huge but helpless victim. The United States alone among the great
  22481. nations, while as zealous as any in the pursuit of peaceful trade, had
  22482. refrained from seizing Chinese territory or ports. Moreover, the
  22483. Department of State had been urging European countries to treat China
  22484. with fairness, to respect her territorial integrity, and to give her
  22485. equal trading privileges with all nations.
  22486.  
  22487. =The American Policy of the "Open Door."=--In the autumn of 1899,
  22488. Secretary Hay had addressed to London, Berlin, Rome, Paris, Tokyo, and
  22489. St. Petersburg his famous note on the "open door" policy in China. In
  22490. this document he proposed that existing treaty ports and vested
  22491. interests of the several foreign countries should be respected; that
  22492. the Chinese government should be permitted to extend its tariffs to all
  22493. ports held by alien powers except the few free ports; and that there
  22494. should be no discrimination in railway and port charges among the
  22495. citizens of foreign countries operating in the empire. To these
  22496. principles the governments addressed by Mr. Hay, finally acceded with
  22497. evident reluctance.
  22498.  
  22499. [Illustration: AMERICAN DOMINIONS IN THE PACIFIC]
  22500.  
  22501. On this basis he then proposed the settlement that had to follow the
  22502. Boxer uprising. "The policy of the Government of the United States," he
  22503. said to the great powers, in the summer of 1900, "is to seek a solution
  22504. which may bring about permanent safety and peace to China, preserve
  22505. Chinese territorial and administrative entity, protect all rights
  22506. guaranteed to friendly powers by treaty and international law, and
  22507. safeguard for the world the principle of equal and impartial trade with
  22508. all parts of the Chinese empire." This was a friendly warning to the
  22509. world that the United States would not join in a scramble to punish the
  22510. Chinese by carving out more territory. "The moment we acted," said Mr.
  22511. Hay, "the rest of the world paused and finally came over to our ground;
  22512. and the German government, which is generally brutal but seldom silly,
  22513. recovered its senses, and climbed down off its perch."
  22514.  
  22515. In taking this position, the Secretary of State did but reflect the
  22516. common sense of America. "We are, of course," he explained, "opposed to
  22517. the dismemberment of that empire and we do not think that the public
  22518. opinion of the United States would justify this government in taking
  22519. part in the great game of spoliation now going on." Heavy damages were
  22520. collected by the European powers from China for the injuries inflicted
  22521. upon their citizens by the Boxers; but the United States, finding the
  22522. sum awarded in excess of the legitimate claims, returned the balance in
  22523. the form of a fund to be applied to the education of Chinese students in
  22524. American universities. "I would rather be, I think," said Mr. Hay, "the
  22525. dupe of China than the chum of the Kaiser." By pursuing a liberal
  22526. policy, he strengthened the hold of the United States upon the
  22527. affections of the Chinese people and, in the long run, as he remarked
  22528. himself, safeguarded "our great commercial interests in that Empire."
  22529.  
  22530. =Imperialism in the Presidential Campaign of 1900.=--It is not strange
  22531. that the policy pursued by the Republican administration in disposing of
  22532. the questions raised by the Spanish War became one of the first issues
  22533. in the presidential campaign of 1900. Anticipating attacks from every
  22534. quarter, the Republicans, in renominating McKinley, set forth their
  22535. position in clear and ringing phrases: "In accepting by the treaty of
  22536. Paris the just responsibility of our victories in the Spanish War the
  22537. President and Senate won the undoubted approval of the American people.
  22538. No other course was possible than to destroy Spain's sovereignty
  22539. throughout the West Indies and in the Philippine Islands. That course
  22540. created our responsibility, before the world and with the unorganized
  22541. population whom our intervention had freed from Spain, to provide for
  22542. the maintenance of law and order, and for the establishment of good
  22543. government and for the performance of international obligations. Our
  22544. authority could not be less than our responsibility, and wherever
  22545. sovereign rights were extended it became the high duty of the government
  22546. to maintain its authority, to put down armed insurrection, and to confer
  22547. the blessings of liberty and civilization upon all the rescued peoples.
  22548. The largest measure of self-government consistent with their welfare and
  22549. our duties shall be secured to them by law." To give more strength to
  22550. their ticket, the Republican convention, in a whirlwind of enthusiasm,
  22551. nominated for the vice presidency, against his protest, Theodore
  22552. Roosevelt, the governor of New York and the hero of the Rough Riders, so
  22553. popular on account of their Cuban campaign.
  22554.  
  22555. The Democrats, as expected, picked up the gauntlet thrown down with such
  22556. defiance by the Republicans. Mr. Bryan, whom they selected as their
  22557. candidate, still clung to the currency issue; but the main emphasis,
  22558. both of the platform and the appeal for votes, was on the "imperialistic
  22559. program" of the Republican administration. The Democrats denounced the
  22560. treatment of Cuba and Porto Rico and condemned the Philippine policy in
  22561. sharp and vigorous terms. "As we are not willing," ran the platform, "to
  22562. surrender our civilization or to convert the Republic into an empire, we
  22563. favor an immediate declaration of the Nation's purpose to give to the
  22564. Filipinos, first, a stable form of government; second, independence;
  22565. third, protection from outside interference.... The greedy commercialism
  22566. which dictated the Philippine policy of the Republican administration
  22567. attempts to justify it with the plea that it will pay, but even this
  22568. sordid and unworthy plea fails when brought to the test of facts. The
  22569. war of 'criminal aggression' against the Filipinos entailing an annual
  22570. expense of many millions has already cost more than any possible profit
  22571. that could accrue from the entire Philippine trade for years to come....
  22572. We oppose militarism. It means conquest abroad and intimidation and
  22573. oppression at home. It means the strong arm which has ever been fatal to
  22574. free institutions. It is what millions of our citizens have fled from in
  22575. Europe. It will impose upon our peace-loving people a large standing
  22576. army, an unnecessary burden of taxation, and would be a constant menace
  22577. to their liberties." Such was the tenor of their appeal to the voters.
  22578.  
  22579. With the issues clearly joined, the country rejected the Democratic
  22580. candidate even more positively than four years before. The popular vote
  22581. cast for McKinley was larger and that cast for Bryan smaller than in the
  22582. silver election. Thus vindicated at the polls, McKinley turned with
  22583. renewed confidence to the development of the policies he had so far
  22584. advanced. But fate cut short his designs. In the September following his
  22585. second inauguration, he was shot by an anarchist while attending the
  22586. Buffalo exposition. "What a strange and tragic fate it has been of
  22587. mine," wrote the Secretary of State, John Hay, on the day of the
  22588. President's death, "to stand by the bier of three of my dearest friends,
  22589. Lincoln, Garfield, and McKinley, three of the gentlest of men, all risen
  22590. to the head of the state and all done to death by assassins." On
  22591. September 14, 1901, the Vice President, Theodore Roosevelt, took up the
  22592. lines of power that had fallen from the hands of his distinguished
  22593. chief, promising to continue "absolutely unbroken" the policies he had
  22594. inherited.
  22595.  
  22596.  
  22597. SUMMARY OF NATIONAL GROWTH AND WORLD POLITICS
  22598.  
  22599. The economic aspects of the period between 1865 and 1900 may be readily
  22600. summed up: the recovery of the South from the ruin of the Civil War, the
  22601. extension of the railways, the development of the Great West, and the
  22602. triumph of industry and business enterprise. In the South many of the
  22603. great plantations were broken up and sold in small farms, crops were
  22604. diversified, the small farming class was raised in the scale of social
  22605. importance, the cotton industry was launched, and the coal, iron,
  22606. timber, and other resources were brought into use. In the West the free
  22607. arable land was practically exhausted by 1890 under the terms of the
  22608. Homestead Act; gold, silver, copper, coal and other minerals were
  22609. discovered in abundance; numerous rail connections were formed with the
  22610. Atlantic seaboard; the cowboy and the Indian were swept away before a
  22611. standardized civilization of electric lights and bathtubs. By the end of
  22612. the century the American frontier had disappeared. The wild, primitive
  22613. life so long associated with America was gone. The unity of the nation
  22614. was established.
  22615.  
  22616. In the field of business enterprise, progress was most marked. The
  22617. industrial system, which had risen and flourished before the Civil War,
  22618. grew into immense proportions and the industrial area was extended from
  22619. the Northeast into all parts of the country. Small business concerns
  22620. were transformed into huge corporations. Individual plants were merged
  22621. under the management of gigantic trusts. Short railway lines were
  22622. consolidated into national systems. The industrial population of
  22623. wage-earners rose into the tens of millions. The immigration of aliens
  22624. increased by leaps and bounds. The cities overshadowed the country. The
  22625. nation that had once depended upon Europe for most of its manufactured
  22626. goods became a competitor of Europe in the markets of the earth.
  22627.  
  22628. In the sphere of politics, the period witnessed the recovery of white
  22629. supremacy in the South; the continued discussion of the old questions,
  22630. such as the currency, the tariff, and national banking; and the
  22631. injection of new issues like the trusts and labor problems. As of old,
  22632. foreign affairs were kept well at the front. Alaska was purchased from
  22633. Russia; attempts were made to extend American influence in the Caribbean
  22634. region; a Samoan island was brought under the flag; and the Hawaiian
  22635. islands were annexed. The Monroe Doctrine was applied with vigor in the
  22636. dispute between Venezuela and Great Britain.
  22637.  
  22638. Assistance was given to the Cubans in their revolutionary struggle
  22639. against Spain and thus there was precipitated a war which ended in the
  22640. annexation of Porto Rico and the Philippines. American influence in the
  22641. Pacific and the Orient was so enlarged as to be a factor of great weight
  22642. in world affairs. Thus questions connected with foreign and "imperial"
  22643. policies were united with domestic issues to make up the warp and woof
  22644. of politics. In the direction of affairs, the Republicans took the
  22645. leadership, for they held the presidency during all the years, except
  22646. eight, between 1865 and 1900.
  22647.  
  22648.  
  22649. =References=
  22650.  
  22651. J.W. Foster, _A Century of American Diplomacy_; _American Diplomacy in
  22652. the Orient_.
  22653.  
  22654. W.F. Reddaway, _The Monroe Doctrine_.
  22655.  
  22656. J.H. Latane, _The United States and Spanish America_.
  22657.  
  22658. A.C. Coolidge, _United States as a World Power_.
  22659.  
  22660. A.T. Mahan, _Interest of the United States in the Sea Power_.
  22661.  
  22662. F.E. Chadwick, _Spanish-American War_.
  22663.  
  22664. D.C. Worcester, _The Philippine Islands and Their People_.
  22665.  
  22666. M.M. Kalaw, _Self-Government in the Philippines_.
  22667.  
  22668. L.S. Rowe, _The United States and Porto Rico_.
  22669.  
  22670. F.E. Chadwick, _The Relations of the United States and Spain_.
  22671.  
  22672. W.R. Shepherd, _Latin America_; _Central and South America_.
  22673.  
  22674.  
  22675. =Questions=
  22676.  
  22677. 1. Tell the story of the international crisis that developed soon after
  22678. the Civil War with regard to Mexico.
  22679.  
  22680. 2. Give the essential facts relating to the purchase of Alaska.
  22681.  
  22682. 3. Review the early history of our interest in the Caribbean.
  22683.  
  22684. 4. Amid what circumstances was the Monroe Doctrine applied in
  22685. Cleveland's administration?
  22686.  
  22687. 5. Give the causes that led to the war with Spain.
  22688.  
  22689. 6. Tell the leading events in that war.
  22690.  
  22691. 7. What was the outcome as far as Cuba was concerned? The outcome for
  22692. the United States?
  22693.  
  22694. 8. Discuss the attitude of the Filipinos toward American sovereignty in
  22695. the islands.
  22696.  
  22697. 9. Describe McKinley's colonial policy.
  22698.  
  22699. 10. How was the Spanish War viewed in England? On the Continent?
  22700.  
  22701. 11. Was there a unified American opinion on American expansion?
  22702.  
  22703. 12. Was this expansion a departure from our traditions?
  22704.  
  22705. 13. What events led to foreign intervention in China?
  22706.  
  22707. 14. Explain the policy of the "open door."
  22708.  
  22709.  
  22710. =Research Topics=
  22711.  
  22712. =Hawaii and Venezuela.=--Dewey, _National Problems_ (American Nation
  22713. Series), pp. 279-313; Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp. 600-602;
  22714. Hart, _American History Told by Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 612-616.
  22715.  
  22716. =Intervention in Cuba.=--Latane, _America as a World Power_ (American
  22717. Nation Series), pp. 3-28; Macdonald, _Documentary Source Book_, pp.
  22718. 597-598; Roosevelt, _Autobiography_, pp. 223-277; Haworth, _The United
  22719. States in Our Own Time_, pp. 232-256; Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV,
  22720. pp. 573-578.
  22721.  
  22722. =The War with Spain.=--Elson, _History of the United States_, pp.
  22723. 889-896.
  22724.  
  22725. =Terms of Peace with Spain.=--Latane, pp. 63-81; Macdonald, pp. 602-608;
  22726. Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 588-590.
  22727.  
  22728. =The Philippine Insurrection.=--Latane, pp. 82-99.
  22729.  
  22730. =Imperialism as a Campaign Issue.=--Latane, pp. 120-132; Haworth, pp.
  22731. 257-277; Hart, _Contemporaries_, Vol. IV, pp. 604-611.
  22732.  
  22733. =Biographical Studies.=--William McKinley, M.A. Hanna, John Hay;
  22734. Admirals, George Dewey, W.T. Sampson, and W.S. Schley; and Generals,
  22735. W.R. Shafter, Joseph Wheeler, and H.W. Lawton.
  22736.  
  22737. =General Analysis of American Expansion.=--_Syllabus in History_ (New
  22738. York State, 1920), pp. 142-147.
  22739.  
  22740.  
  22741.  
  22742.  
  22743. PART VII. PROGRESSIVE DEMOCRACY AND THE WORLD WAR
  22744.  
  22745.  
  22746.  
  22747.  
  22748. CHAPTER XXI
  22749.  
  22750. THE EVOLUTION OF REPUBLICAN POLICIES (1901-13)
  22751.  
  22752.  
  22753. =The Personality and Early Career of Roosevelt.=--On September 14, 1901,
  22754. when Theodore Roosevelt took the oath of office, the presidency passed
  22755. to a new generation and a leader of a new type recalling, if comparisons
  22756. must be made, Andrew Jackson rather than any Republican predecessor.
  22757. Roosevelt was brusque, hearty, restless, and fond of action--"a young
  22758. fellow of infinite dash and originality," as John Hay remarked of him;
  22759. combining the spirit of his old college, Harvard, with the breezy
  22760. freedom of the plains; interested in everything--a new species of game,
  22761. a new book, a diplomatic riddle, or a novel theory of history or
  22762. biology. Though only forty-three years old he was well versed in the art
  22763. of practical politics. Coming upon the political scene in the early
  22764. eighties, he had associated himself with the reformers in the Republican
  22765. party; but he was no Mugwump. From the first he vehemently preached the
  22766. doctrine of party loyalty; if beaten in the convention, he voted the
  22767. straight ticket in the election. For twenty years he adhered to this
  22768. rule and during a considerable portion of that period he held office as
  22769. a spokesman of his party. He served in the New York legislature, as head
  22770. of the metropolitan police force, as federal civil service commissioner
  22771. under President Harrison, as assistant secretary of the navy under
  22772. President McKinley, and as governor of the Empire state. Political
  22773. managers of the old school spoke of him as "brilliant but erratic"; they
  22774. soon found him equal to the shrewdest in negotiation and action.
  22775.  
  22776. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  22777.  
  22778. ROOSEVELT TALKING TO THE ENGINEER OF A RAILROAD TRAIN]
  22779.  
  22780.  
  22781. FOREIGN AFFAIRS
  22782.  
  22783. =The Panama Canal.=--The most important foreign question confronting
  22784. President Roosevelt on the day of his inauguration, that of the Panama
  22785. Canal, was a heritage from his predecessor. The idea of a water route
  22786. across the isthmus, long a dream of navigators, had become a living
  22787. issue after the historic voyage of the battleship _Oregon_ around South
  22788. America during the Spanish War. But before the United States could act
  22789. it had to undo the Clayton-Bulwer treaty, made with Great Britain in
  22790. 1850, providing for the construction of the canal under joint
  22791. supervision. This was finally effected by the Hay-Pauncefote treaty of
  22792. 1901 authorizing the United States to proceed alone, on condition that
  22793. there should be no discriminations against other nations in the matter
  22794. of rates and charges.
  22795.  
  22796. This accomplished, it was necessary to decide just where the canal
  22797. should be built. One group in Congress favored the route through
  22798. Nicaragua; in fact, two official commissions had already approved that
  22799. location. Another group favored cutting the way through Panama after
  22800. purchasing the rights of the old French company which, under the
  22801. direction of De Lesseps, the hero of the Suez Canal, had made a costly
  22802. failure some twenty years before. After a heated argument over the
  22803. merits of the two plans, preference was given to the Panama route. As
  22804. the isthmus was then a part of Colombia, President Roosevelt proceeded
  22805. to negotiate with the government at Bogota a treaty authorizing the
  22806. United States to cut a canal through its territory. The treaty was
  22807. easily framed, but it was rejected by the Colombian senate, much to the
  22808. President's exasperation. "You could no more make an agreement with the
  22809. Colombian rulers," he exclaimed, "than you could nail jelly to a wall."
  22810. He was spared the necessity by a timely revolution. On November 3, 1903,
  22811. Panama renounced its allegiance to Colombia and three days later the
  22812. United States recognized its independence.
  22813.  
  22814. [Illustration: _Courtesy of Panama Canal, Washington, D.C._
  22815.  
  22816. DEEPEST EXCAVATED PORTION OF PANAMA CANAL, SHOWING GOLD HILL ON
  22817. RIGHT AND CONTRACTOR'S HILL ON LEFT. JUNE, 1913]
  22818.  
  22819. This amazing incident was followed shortly by the signature of a treaty
  22820. between Panama and the United States in which the latter secured the
  22821. right to construct the long-discussed canal, in return for a guarantee
  22822. of independence and certain cash payments. The rights and property of
  22823. the French concern were then bought, and the final details settled. A
  22824. lock rather than a sea-level canal was agreed upon. Construction by the
  22825. government directly instead of by private contractors was adopted.
  22826. Scientific medicine was summoned to stamp out the tropical diseases
  22827. that had made Panama a plague spot. Finally, in 1904, as the President
  22828. said, "the dirt began to fly." After surmounting formidable
  22829. difficulties--engineering, labor, and sanitary--the American forces in
  22830. 1913 joined the waters of the Atlantic and the Pacific. Nearly eight
  22831. thousand miles were cut off the sea voyage from New York to San
  22832. Francisco. If any were inclined to criticize President Roosevelt for
  22833. the way in which he snapped off negotiations with Colombia and
  22834. recognized the Panama revolutionists, their attention was drawn to the
  22835. magnificent outcome of the affair. Notwithstanding the treaty with Great
  22836. Britain, Congress passed a tolls bill discriminating in rates in favor
  22837. of American ships. It was only on the urgent insistence of President
  22838. Wilson that the measure was later repealed.
  22839.  
  22840. =The Conclusion of the Russo-Japanese War.=--The applause which greeted
  22841. the President's next diplomatic stroke was unmarred by censure of any
  22842. kind. In the winter of 1904 there broke out between Japan and Russia a
  22843. terrible conflict over the division of spoils in Manchuria. The fortunes
  22844. of war were with the agile forces of Nippon. In this struggle, it seems,
  22845. President Roosevelt's sympathies were mainly with the Japanese, although
  22846. he observed the proprieties of neutrality. At all events, Secretary Hay
  22847. wrote in his diary on New Year's Day, 1905, that the President was
  22848. "quite firm in his view that we cannot permit Japan to be robbed a
  22849. second time of her victory," referring to the fact that Japan, ten years
  22850. before, after defeating China on the field of battle, had been forced by
  22851. Russia, Germany, and France to forego the fruits of conquest.
  22852.  
  22853. Whatever the President's personal feelings may have been, he was aware
  22854. that Japan, despite her triumphs over Russia, was staggering under a
  22855. heavy burden of debt. At a suggestion from Tokyo, he invited both
  22856. belligerents in the summer of 1905 to join in a peace conference. The
  22857. celerity of their reply was aided by the pressure of European bankers,
  22858. who had already come to a substantial agreement that the war must stop.
  22859. After some delay, Portsmouth, New Hampshire, was chosen as the meeting
  22860. place for the spokesmen of the two warring powers. Roosevelt presided
  22861. over the opening ceremonies with fine urbanity, thoroughly enjoying the
  22862. justly earned honor of being for the moment at the center of the world's
  22863. interest. He had the satisfaction of seeing the conference end in a
  22864. treaty of peace and amity.
  22865.  
  22866. =The Monroe Doctrine Applied to Germany.=--Less spectacular than the
  22867. Russo-Japanese settlement but not less important was a diplomatic
  22868. passage-at-arms with Germany over the Monroe Doctrine. This clash grew
  22869. out of the inability or unwillingness of the Venezuelan government to
  22870. pay debts due foreign creditors. Having exhausted their patience in
  22871. negotiations, England and Germany, in December 1901, sent battleships to
  22872. establish what they characterized as "a peaceful blockade" of Venezuelan
  22873. ports. Their action was followed by the rupture of diplomatic relations;
  22874. there was a possibility that war and the occupation of Venezuelan
  22875. territory might result.
  22876.  
  22877. While unwilling to stand between a Latin-American country and its
  22878. creditors, President Roosevelt was determined that debt collecting
  22879. should not be made an excuse for European countries to seize territory.
  22880. He therefore urged arbitration of the dispute, winning the assent of
  22881. England and Italy. Germany, with a somewhat haughty air, refused to take
  22882. the milder course. The President, learning of this refusal, called the
  22883. German ambassador to the White House and informed him in very precise
  22884. terms that, unless the Imperial German Government consented to
  22885. arbitrate, Admiral Dewey would be ordered to the scene with instructions
  22886. to prevent Germany from seizing any Venezuelan territory. A week passed
  22887. and no answer came from Berlin. Not baffled, the President again took
  22888. the matter up with the ambassador, this time with even more firmness; he
  22889. stated in language admitting of but one meaning that, unless within
  22890. forty-eight hours the Emperor consented to arbitration, American
  22891. battleships, already coaled and cleared, would sail for Venezuelan
  22892. waters. The hint was sufficient. The Kaiser accepted the proposal and
  22893. the President, with the fine irony of diplomacy, complimented him
  22894. publicly on "being so stanch an advocate of arbitration." In terms of
  22895. the Monroe Doctrine this action meant that the United States, while not
  22896. denying the obligations of debtors, would not permit any move on the
  22897. part of European powers that might easily lead to the temporary or
  22898. permanent occupation of Latin-American territory.
  22899.  
  22900. =The Santo Domingo Affair.=--The same issue was involved in a
  22901. controversy over Santo Domingo which arose in 1904. The Dominican
  22902. republic, like Venezuela, was heavily in debt, and certain European
  22903. countries declared that, unless the United States undertook to look
  22904. after the finances of the embarrassed debtor, they would resort to armed
  22905. coercion. What was the United States to do? The danger of having some
  22906. European power strongly intrenched in Santo Domingo was too imminent to
  22907. be denied. President Roosevelt acted with characteristic speed, and
  22908. notwithstanding strong opposition in the Senate was able, in 1907, to
  22909. effect a treaty arrangement which placed Dominican finances under
  22910. American supervision.
  22911.  
  22912. In the course of the debate over this settlement, a number of
  22913. interesting questions arose. It was pertinently asked whether the
  22914. American navy should be used to help creditors collect their debts
  22915. anywhere in Latin-America. It was suggested also that no sanction should
  22916. be given to the practice among European governments of using armed force
  22917. to collect private claims. Opponents of President Roosevelt's policy,
  22918. and they were neither few nor insignificant, urged that such matters
  22919. should be referred to the Hague Court or to special international
  22920. commissions for arbitration. To this the answer was made that the United
  22921. States could not surrender any question coming under the terms of the
  22922. Monroe Doctrine to the decision of an international tribunal. The
  22923. position of the administration was very clearly stated by President
  22924. Roosevelt himself. "The country," he said, "would certainly decline to
  22925. go to war to prevent a foreign government from collecting a just debt;
  22926. on the other hand, it is very inadvisable to permit any foreign power to
  22927. take possession, even temporarily, of the customs houses of an American
  22928. republic in order to enforce the payment of its obligations; for such a
  22929. temporary occupation might turn into a permanent occupation. The only
  22930. escape from these alternatives may at any time be that we must
  22931. ourselves undertake to bring about some arrangement by which so much as
  22932. possible of a just obligation shall be paid." The Monroe Doctrine was
  22933. negative. It denied to European powers a certain liberty of operation in
  22934. this hemisphere. The positive obligations resulting from its application
  22935. by the United States were points now emphasized and developed.
  22936.  
  22937. =The Hague Conference.=--The controversies over Latin-American relations
  22938. and his part in bringing the Russo-Japanese War to a close naturally
  22939. made a deep impression upon Roosevelt, turning his mind in the direction
  22940. of the peaceful settlement of international disputes. The subject was
  22941. moreover in the air. As if conscious of impending calamity, the
  22942. statesmen of the Old World, to all outward signs at least, seemed
  22943. searching for a way to reduce armaments and avoid the bloody and costly
  22944. trial of international causes by the ancient process of battle. It was
  22945. the Czar, Nicholas II, fated to die in one of the terrible holocausts
  22946. which he helped to bring upon mankind, who summoned the delegates of the
  22947. nations in the first Hague Peace Conference in 1899. The conference did
  22948. nothing to reduce military burdens or avoid wars but it did recognize
  22949. the right of friendly nations to offer the services of mediation to
  22950. countries at war and did establish a Court at the Hague for the
  22951. arbitration of international disputes.
  22952.  
  22953. Encouraged by this experiment, feeble as it was, President Roosevelt in
  22954. 1904 proposed a second conference, yielding to the Czar the honor of
  22955. issuing the call. At this great international assembly, held at the
  22956. Hague in 1907, the representatives of the United States proposed a plan
  22957. for the compulsory arbitration of certain matters of international
  22958. dispute. This was rejected with contempt by Germany. Reduction of
  22959. armaments, likewise proposed in the conference, was again deferred. In
  22960. fact, nothing was accomplished beyond agreement upon certain rules for
  22961. the conduct of "civilized warfare," casting a somewhat lurid light upon
  22962. the "pacific" intentions of most of the powers assembled.
  22963.  
  22964. =The World Tour of the Fleet.=--As if to assure the world then that the
  22965. United States placed little reliance upon the frail reed of peace
  22966. conferences, Roosevelt the following year (1908) made an imposing
  22967. display of American naval power by sending a fleet of sixteen
  22968. battleships on a tour around the globe. On his own authority, he ordered
  22969. the ships to sail out of Hampton Roads and circle the earth by way of
  22970. the Straits of Magellan, San Francisco, Australia, the Philippines,
  22971. China, Japan, and the Suez Canal. This enterprise was not, as some
  22972. critics claimed, a "mere boyish flourish." President Roosevelt knew how
  22973. deep was the influence of sea power on the fate of nations. He was aware
  22974. that no country could have a wide empire of trade and dominion without
  22975. force adequate to sustain it. The voyage around the world therefore
  22976. served a double purpose. It interested his own country in the naval
  22977. program of the government, and it reminded other powers that the
  22978. American giant, though quiet, was not sleeping in the midst of
  22979. international rivalries.
  22980.  
  22981.  
  22982. COLONIAL ADMINISTRATION
  22983.  
  22984. =A Constitutional Question Settled.=--In colonial administration, as in
  22985. foreign policy, President Roosevelt advanced with firm step in a path
  22986. already marked out. President McKinley had defined the principles that
  22987. were to control the development of Porto Rico and the Philippines. The
  22988. Republican party had announced a program of pacification, gradual
  22989. self-government, and commercial improvement. The only remaining question
  22990. of importance, to use the popular phrase,--"Does the Constitution follow
  22991. the flag?"--had been answered by the Supreme Court of the United States.
  22992. Although it was well known that the Constitution did not contemplate the
  22993. government of dependencies, such as the Philippines and Porto Rico, the
  22994. Court, by generous and ingenious interpretations, found a way for
  22995. Congress to apply any reasonable rules required by the occasion.
  22996.  
  22997. =Porto Rico.=--The government of Porto Rico was a relatively simple
  22998. matter. It was a single island with a fairly homogeneous population
  22999. apart from the Spanish upper class. For a time after military occupation
  23000. in 1898, it was administered under military rule. This was succeeded by
  23001. the establishment of civil government under the "organic act" passed by
  23002. Congress in 1900. The law assured to the Porto Ricans American
  23003. protection but withheld American citizenship--a boon finally granted in
  23004. 1917. It provided for a governor and six executive secretaries appointed
  23005. by the President with the approval of the Senate; and for a legislature
  23006. of two houses--one elected by popular native vote, and an upper chamber
  23007. composed of the executive secretaries and five other persons appointed
  23008. in the same manner. Thus the United States turned back to the provincial
  23009. system maintained by England in Virginia or New York in old colonial
  23010. days. The natives were given a voice in their government and the power
  23011. of initiating laws; but the final word both in law-making and
  23012. administration was vested in officers appointed in Washington. Such was
  23013. the plan under which the affairs of Porto Rico were conducted by
  23014. President Roosevelt. It lasted until the new organic act of 1917.
  23015.  
  23016. [Illustration: _Photograph from Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  23017.  
  23018. A SUGAR MILL, PORTO RICO]
  23019.  
  23020. =The Philippines.=--The administration of the Philippines presented far
  23021. more difficult questions. The number of islands, the variety of
  23022. languages and races, the differences in civilization all combined to
  23023. challenge the skill of the government. Moreover, there was raging in
  23024. 1901 a stubborn revolt against American authority, which had to be
  23025. faced. Following the lines laid down by President McKinley, the
  23026. evolution of American policy fell into three stages. At first the
  23027. islands were governed directly by the President under his supreme
  23028. military power. In 1901 a civilian commission, headed by William Howard
  23029. Taft, was selected by the President and charged with the government of
  23030. the provinces in which order had been restored. Six years later, under
  23031. the terms of an organic act, passed by Congress in 1902, the third stage
  23032. was reached. The local government passed into the hands of a governor
  23033. and commission, appointed by the President and Senate, and a
  23034. legislature--one house elected by popular vote and an upper chamber
  23035.  
  23036. composed of the commission. This scheme, like that obtaining in Porto
  23037. Rico, remained intact until a Democratic Congress under President
  23038. Wilson's leadership carried the colonial administration into its fourth
  23039. phase by making both houses elective. Thus, by the steady pursuit of a
  23040. liberal policy, self-government was extended to the dependencies; but it
  23041. encouraged rather than extinguished the vigorous movement among the
  23042. Philippine natives for independence.
  23043.  
  23044. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  23045.  
  23046. MR TAFT IN THE PHILIPPINES]
  23047.  
  23048. =Cuban Relations.=--Within the sphere of colonial affairs, Cuba, though
  23049. nominally independent, also presented problems to the government at
  23050. Washington. In the fine enthusiasm that accompanied the declaration of
  23051. war on Spain, Congress, unmindful of practical considerations,
  23052. recognized the independence of Cuba and disclaimed "any disposition or
  23053. intention to exercise sovereignty, jurisdiction, or control over said
  23054. island except for the pacification thereof." In the settlement that
  23055. followed the war, however, it was deemed undesirable to set the young
  23056. republic adrift upon the stormy sea of international politics without a
  23057. guiding hand. Before withdrawing American troops from the island,
  23058. Congress, in March, 1901, enacted, and required Cuba to approve, a
  23059. series of restrictions known as the Platt amendment, limiting her power
  23060. to incur indebtedness, securing the right of the United States to
  23061. intervene whenever necessary to protect life and property, and reserving
  23062. to the United States coaling stations at certain points to be agreed
  23063. upon. The Cubans made strong protests against what they deemed
  23064. "infringements of their sovereignty"; but finally with good grace
  23065. accepted their fate. Even when in 1906 President Roosevelt landed
  23066. American troops in the island to quell a domestic dissension, they
  23067. acquiesced in the action, evidently regarding it as a distinct warning
  23068. that they should learn to manage their elections in an orderly manner.
  23069.  
  23070.  
  23071. THE ROOSEVELT DOMESTIC POLICIES
  23072.  
  23073. =Social Questions to the Front.=--From the day of his inauguration to
  23074. the close of his service in 1909, President Roosevelt, in messages,
  23075. speeches, and interviews, kept up a lively and interesting discussion of
  23076. trusts, capital, labor, poverty, riches, lawbreaking, good citizenship,
  23077. and kindred themes. Many a subject previously touched upon only by
  23078. representatives of the minor and dissenting parties, he dignified by a
  23079. careful examination. That he did this with any fixed design or policy in
  23080. mind does not seem to be the case. He admitted himself that when he
  23081. became President he did not have in hand any settled or far-reaching
  23082. plan of social betterment. He did have, however, serious convictions on
  23083. general principles. "I was bent upon making the government," he wrote,
  23084. "the most efficient possible instrument in helping the people of the
  23085. United States to better themselves in every way, politically, socially,
  23086. and industrially. I believed with all my heart in real and
  23087. thorough-going democracy and I wished to make the democracy industrial
  23088. as well as political, although I had only partially formulated the
  23089. method I believed we should follow." It is thus evident at least that he
  23090. had departed a long way from the old idea of the government as nothing
  23091. but a great policeman keeping order among the people in a struggle over
  23092. the distribution of the nation's wealth and resources.
  23093.  
  23094. =Roosevelt's View of the Constitution.=--Equally significant was
  23095. Roosevelt's attitude toward the Constitution and the office of
  23096. President. He utterly repudiated the narrow construction of our national
  23097. charter. He held that the Constitution "should be treated as the
  23098. greatest document ever devised by the wit of man to aid a people in
  23099. exercising every power necessary for its own betterment, not as a
  23100. strait-jacket cunningly fashioned to strangle growth." He viewed the
  23101. presidency as he did the Constitution. Strict constructionists of the
  23102. Jeffersonian school, of whom there were many on occasion even in the
  23103. Republican party, had taken a view that the President could do nothing
  23104. that he was not specifically authorized by the Constitution to do.
  23105. Roosevelt took exactly the opposite position. It was his opinion that it
  23106. was not only the President's right but his duty "to do anything that the
  23107. needs of the nation demanded unless such action was forbidden by the
  23108. Constitution or the laws." He went on to say that he acted "for the
  23109. common well-being of all our people whenever and in whatever manner was
  23110. necessary, unless prevented by direct constitutional or legislative
  23111. prohibition."
  23112.  
  23113. =The Trusts and Railways.=--To the trust question, Roosevelt devoted
  23114. especial attention. This was unavoidable. By far the larger part of the
  23115. business of the country was done by corporations as distinguished from
  23116. partnerships and individual owners. The growth of these gigantic
  23117. aggregations of capital had been the leading feature in American
  23118. industrial development during the last two decades of the nineteenth
  23119. century. In the conquest of business by trusts and "the resulting
  23120. private fortunes of great magnitude," the Populists and the Democrats
  23121. had seen a grievous danger to the republic. "Plutocracy has taken the
  23122. place of democracy; the tariff breeds trusts; let us destroy therefore
  23123. the tariff and the trusts"--such was the battle cry which had been taken
  23124. up by Bryan and his followers.
  23125.  
  23126. President Roosevelt countered vigorously. He rejected the idea that the
  23127. trusts were the product of the tariff or of governmental action of any
  23128. kind. He insisted that they were the outcome of "natural economic
  23129. forces": (1) destructive competition among business men compelling them
  23130. to avoid ruin by cooperation in fixing prices; (2) the growth of markets
  23131. on a national scale and even international scale calling for vast
  23132. accumulations of capital to carry on such business; (3) the possibility
  23133. of immense savings by the union of many plants under one management. In
  23134. the corporation he saw a new stage in the development of American
  23135. industry. Unregulated competition he regarded as "the source of evils
  23136. which all men concede must be remedied if this civilization of ours is
  23137. to survive." The notion, therefore, that these immense business concerns
  23138. should be or could be broken up by a decree of law, Roosevelt considered
  23139. absurd.
  23140.  
  23141. At the same time he proposed that "evil trusts" should be prevented from
  23142. "wrong-doing of any kind"; that is, punished for plain swindling, for
  23143. making agreements to limit output, for refusing to sell to customers who
  23144. dealt with rival firms, and for conspiracies with railways to ruin
  23145. competitors by charging high freight rates and for similar abuses.
  23146. Accordingly, he proposed, not the destruction of the trusts, but their
  23147. regulation by the government. This, he contended, would preserve the
  23148. advantages of business on a national scale while preventing the evils
  23149. that accompanied it. The railway company he declared to be a public
  23150. servant. "Its rates should be just to and open to all shippers alike."
  23151. So he answered those who thought that trusts and railway combinations
  23152. were private concerns to be managed solely by their owners without let
  23153. or hindrance and also those who thought trusts and railway combinations
  23154. could be abolished by tariff reduction or criminal prosecution.
  23155.  
  23156. =The Labor Question.=--On the labor question, then pressing to the front
  23157. in public interest, President Roosevelt took advanced ground for his
  23158. time. He declared that the working-man, single-handed and empty-handed,
  23159. threatened with starvation if unemployed, was no match for the employer
  23160. who was able to bargain and wait. This led him, accordingly, to accept
  23161. the principle of the trade union; namely, that only by collective
  23162. bargaining can labor be put on a footing to measure its strength equally
  23163. with capital. While he severely arraigned labor leaders who advocated
  23164. violence and destructive doctrines, he held that "the organization of
  23165. labor into trade unions and federations is necessary, is beneficent, and
  23166. is one of the greatest possible agencies in the attainment of a true
  23167. industrial, as well as a true political, democracy in the United
  23168. States." The last resort of trade unions in labor disputes, the strike,
  23169. he approved in case negotiations failed to secure "a fair deal."
  23170.  
  23171. He thought, however, that labor organizations, even if wisely managed,
  23172. could not solve all the pressing social questions of the time. The aid
  23173. of the government at many points he believed to be necessary to
  23174. eliminate undeserved poverty, industrial diseases, unemployment, and the
  23175. unfortunate consequences of industrial accidents. In his first message
  23176. of 1901, for instance, he urged that workers injured in industry should
  23177. have certain and ample compensation. From time to time he advocated
  23178. other legislation to obtain what he called "a larger measure of social
  23179. and industrial justice."
  23180.  
  23181. =Great Riches and Taxation.=--Even the challenge of the radicals, such
  23182. as the Populists, who alleged that "the toil of millions is boldly
  23183. stolen to build up colossal fortunes for a few"--challenges which his
  23184. predecessors did not consider worthy of notice--President Roosevelt
  23185. refused to let pass without an answer. In his first message he denied
  23186. the truth of the common saying that the rich were growing richer and the
  23187. poor were growing poorer. He asserted that, on the contrary, the average
  23188. man, wage worker, farmer, and small business man, was better off than
  23189. ever before in the history of our country. That there had been abuses in
  23190. the accumulation of wealth he did not pretend to ignore, but he believed
  23191. that even immense fortunes, on the whole, represented positive benefits
  23192. conferred upon the country. Nevertheless he felt that grave dangers to
  23193. the safety and the happiness of the people lurked in great inequalities
  23194. of wealth. In 1906 he wrote that he wished it were in his power to
  23195. prevent the heaping up of enormous fortunes. The next year, to the
  23196. astonishment of many leaders in his own party, he boldly announced in a
  23197. message to Congress that he approved both income and inheritance taxes,
  23198. then generally viewed as Populist or Democratic measures. He even took
  23199. the stand that such taxes should be laid in order to bring about a more
  23200. equitable distribution of wealth and greater equality of opportunity
  23201. among citizens.
  23202.  
  23203.  
  23204. LEGISLATIVE AND EXECUTIVE ACTIVITIES
  23205.  
  23206. =Economic Legislation.=--When President Roosevelt turned from the field
  23207. of opinion he found himself in a different sphere. Many of his views
  23208. were too advanced for the members of his party in Congress, and where
  23209. results depended upon the making of new laws, his progress was slow.
  23210. Nevertheless, in his administrations several measures were enacted that
  23211. bore the stamp of his theories, though it could hardly be said that he
  23212. dominated Congress to the same degree as did some other Presidents. The
  23213. Hepburn Railway Act of 1906 enlarged the interstate commerce commission;
  23214. it extended the commission's power over oil pipe lines, express
  23215. companies, and other interstate carriers; it gave the commission the
  23216. right to reduce rates found to be unreasonable and discriminatory; it
  23217. forbade "midnight tariffs," that is, sudden changes in rates favoring
  23218. certain shippers; and it prohibited common carriers from transporting
  23219. goods owned by themselves, especially coal, except for their own proper
  23220. use. Two important pure food and drug laws, enacted during the same
  23221. year, were designed to protect the public against diseased meats and
  23222. deleterious foods and drugs. A significant piece of labor legislation
  23223. was an act of the same Congress making interstate railways liable to
  23224. damages for injuries sustained by their employees. When this measure was
  23225. declared unconstitutional by the Supreme Court it was reenacted with the
  23226. objectionable clauses removed. A second installment of labor legislation
  23227. was offered in the law of 1908 limiting the hours of railway employees
  23228. engaged as trainmen or telegraph operators.
  23229.  
  23230. [Illustration: _Courtesy United States Reclamation Service._
  23231.  
  23232. THE ROOSEVELT DAM, PHOENIX, ARIZONA]
  23233.  
  23234. =Reclamation and Conservation.=--The open country--the deserts, the
  23235. forests, waterways, and the public lands--interested President Roosevelt
  23236. no less than railway and industrial questions. Indeed, in his first
  23237. message to Congress he placed the conservation of natural resources
  23238. among "the most vital internal problems" of the age, and forcibly
  23239. emphasized an issue that had been discussed in a casual way since
  23240. Cleveland's first administration. The suggestion evoked an immediate
  23241. response in Congress. Under the leadership of Senator Newlands, of
  23242. Nevada, the Reclamation Act of 1902 was passed, providing for the
  23243. redemption of the desert areas of the West. The proceeds from the sale
  23244. of public lands were dedicated to the construction of storage dams and
  23245. sluiceways to hold water and divert it as needed to the thirsty sands.
  23246. Furthermore it was stipulated that the rents paid by water users should
  23247. go into a reclamation fund to continue the good work forever.
  23248. Construction was started immediately under the terms of the law. Within
  23249. seventeen years about 1,600,000 acres had been reclaimed and more than a
  23250. million were actually irrigated. In the single year 1918, the crops of
  23251. the irrigated districts were valued at approximately $100,000,000.
  23252.  
  23253. In his first message, also, President Roosevelt urged the transfer of
  23254. all control over national forests to trained men in the Bureau of
  23255. Forestry--a recommendation carried out in 1907 when the Forestry Service
  23256. was created. In every direction noteworthy advances were made in the
  23257. administration of the national domain. The science of forestry was
  23258. improved and knowledge of the subject spread among the people. Lands in
  23259. the national forest available for agriculture were opened to settlers.
  23260. Water power sites on the public domain were leased for a term of years
  23261. to private companies instead of being sold outright. The area of the
  23262. national forests was enlarged from 43 million acres to 194 million acres
  23263. by presidential proclamation--more than 43 million acres being added in
  23264. one year, 1907. The men who turned sheep and cattle to graze on the
  23265. public lands were compelled to pay a fair rental, much to their
  23266. dissatisfaction. Fire prevention work was undertaken in the forests on a
  23267. large scale, reducing the appalling, annual destruction of timber.
  23268. Millions of acres of coal land, such as the government had been
  23269. carelessly selling to mining companies at low figures, were withdrawn
  23270. from sale and held until Congress was prepared to enact laws for the
  23271. disposition of them in the public interest. Prosecutions were
  23272. instituted against men who had obtained public lands by fraud and vast
  23273. tracts were recovered for the national domain. An agitation was begun
  23274. which bore fruit under the administrations of Taft and Wilson in laws
  23275. reserving to the federal government the ownership of coal, water power,
  23276. phosphates, and other natural resources while authorizing corporations
  23277. to develop them under leases for a period of years.
  23278.  
  23279. =The Prosecution of the Trusts.=--As an executive, President Roosevelt
  23280. was also a distinct "personality." His discrimination between "good" and
  23281. "bad" trusts led him to prosecute some of them with vigor. On his
  23282. initiative, the Northern Securities Company, formed to obtain control of
  23283. certain great western railways, was dissolved by order of the Supreme
  23284. Court. Proceedings were instituted against the American Tobacco Company
  23285. and the Standard Oil Company as monopolies in violation of the Sherman
  23286. Anti-Trust law. The Sugar Trust was found guilty of cheating the New
  23287. York customs house and some of the minor officers were sent to prison.
  23288. Frauds in the Post-office Department were uncovered and the offenders
  23289. brought to book. In fact hardly a week passed without stirring news of
  23290. "wrong doers" and "malefactors" haled into federal courts.
  23291.  
  23292. =The Great Coal Strike.=--The Roosevelt theory that the President could
  23293. do anything for public welfare not forbidden by the Constitution and the
  23294. laws was put to a severe test in 1902. A strike of the anthracite coal
  23295. miners, which started in the summer, ran late into the autumn.
  23296. Industries were paralyzed for the want of coal; cities were threatened
  23297. with the appalling menace of a winter without heat. Governors and mayors
  23298. were powerless and appealed for aid. The mine owners rejected the
  23299. demands of the men and refused to permit the arbitration of the points
  23300. in dispute, although John Mitchell, the leader of the miners, repeatedly
  23301. urged it. After observing closely the course affairs, President
  23302. Roosevelt made up his mind that the situation was intolerable. He
  23303. arranged to have the federal troops, if necessary, take possession of
  23304. the mines and operate them until the strike could be settled. He then
  23305. invited the contestants to the White House and by dint of hard labor
  23306. induced them to accept, as a substitute or compromise, arbitration by a
  23307. commission which he appointed. Thus, by stepping outside the
  23308. Constitution and acting as the first citizen of the land, President
  23309. Roosevelt averted a crisis of great magnitude.
  23310.  
  23311. =The Election of 1904.=--The views and measures which he advocated with
  23312. such vigor aroused deep hostility within as well as without his party.
  23313. There were rumors of a Republican movement to defeat his nomination in
  23314. 1904 and it was said that the "financial and corporation interests" were
  23315. in arms against him. A prominent Republican paper in New York City
  23316. accused him of having "stolen Mr. Bryan's thunder," by harrying the
  23317. trusts and favoring labor unions. When the Republican convention
  23318. assembled in Chicago, however, the opposition disappeared and Roosevelt
  23319. was nominated by acclamation.
  23320.  
  23321. This was the signal for a change on the part of Democratic leaders. They
  23322. denounced the President as erratic, dangerous, and radical and decided
  23323. to assume the moderate role themselves. They put aside Mr. Bryan and
  23324. selected as their candidate, Judge Alton B. Parker, of New York, a man
  23325.  
  23326. who repudiated free silver and made a direct appeal for the conservative
  23327. vote. The outcome of the reversal was astounding. Judge Parker's vote
  23328. fell more than a million below that cast for Bryan in 1900; of the 476
  23329. electoral votes he received only 140. Roosevelt, in addition to sweeping
  23330. the Republican sections, even invaded Democratic territory, carrying the
  23331. state of Missouri. Thus vindicated at the polls, he became more
  23332. outspoken than ever. His leadership in the party was so widely
  23333. recognized that he virtually selected his own successor.
  23334.  
  23335.  
  23336. THE ADMINISTRATION OF PRESIDENT TAFT
  23337.  
  23338. =The Campaign of 1908.=--Long before the end of his elective term,
  23339. President Roosevelt let it be known that he favored as his successor,
  23340. William Howard Taft, of Ohio, his Secretary of War. To attain this end
  23341. he used every shred of his powerful influence. When the Republican
  23342. convention assembled, Mr. Taft easily won the nomination. Though the
  23343. party platform was conservative in tone, he gave it a progressive tinge
  23344. by expressing his personal belief in the popular election of United
  23345. States Senators, an income tax, and other liberal measures. President
  23346. Roosevelt announced his faith in the Republican candidate and appealed
  23347. to the country for his election.
  23348.  
  23349. The turn in Republican affairs now convinced Mr. Bryan that the signs
  23350. were propitious for a third attempt to win the presidency. The disaster
  23351. to Judge Parker had taught the party that victory did not lie in a
  23352. conservative policy. With little difficulty, therefore, the veteran
  23353. leader from Nebraska once more rallied the Democrats around his
  23354. standard, won the nomination, and wrote a platform vigorously attacking
  23355. the tariff, trusts, and monopolies. Supported by a loyal following, he
  23356. entered the lists, only to meet another defeat. Though he polled almost
  23357. a million and a half more votes than did Judge Parker in 1904, the palm
  23358. went to Mr. Taft.
  23359.  
  23360. =The Tariff Revision and Party Dissensions.=--At the very beginning of
  23361. his term, President Taft had to face the tariff issue. He had met it in
  23362. the campaign. Moved by the Democratic demand for a drastic reduction, he
  23363. had expressed opinions which were thought to imply a "downward
  23364. revision." The Democrats made much of the implication and the
  23365. Republicans from the Middle West rejoiced in it. Pressure was coming
  23366. from all sides. More than ten years had elapsed since the enactment of
  23367. the Dingley bill and the position of many industries had been altered
  23368. with the course of time. Evidently the day for revision--at best a
  23369. thankless task--had arrived. Taft accepted the inevitable and called
  23370. Congress in a special session. Until the midsummer of 1909, Republican
  23371. Senators and Representatives wrangled over tariff schedules, the
  23372. President making little effort to influence their decisions. When on
  23373. August 5 the Payne-Aldrich bill became a law, a breach had been made in
  23374. Republican ranks. Powerful Senators from the Middle West had spoken
  23375. angrily against many of the high rates imposed by the bill. They had
  23376. even broken with their party colleagues to vote against the entire
  23377. scheme of tariff revision.
  23378.  
  23379. =The Income Tax Amendment.=--The rift in party harmony was widened by
  23380. another serious difference of opinion. During the debate on the tariff
  23381. bill, there was a concerted movement to include in it an income tax
  23382. provision--this in spite of the decision of the Supreme Court in 1895
  23383. declaring it unconstitutional. Conservative men were alarmed by the
  23384. evident willingness of some members to flout a solemn decree of that
  23385. eminent tribunal. At the same time they saw a powerful combination of
  23386. Republicans and Democrats determined upon shifting some of the burden of
  23387. taxation to large incomes. In the press of circumstances, a compromise
  23388. was reached. The income tax bill was dropped for the present; but
  23389. Congress passed the sixteenth amendment to the Constitution, authorizing
  23390. taxes upon incomes from whatever source they might be derived, without
  23391. reference to any apportionment among the states on the basis of
  23392. population. The states ratified the amendment and early in 1913 it was
  23393. proclaimed.
  23394.  
  23395. =President Taft's Policies.=--After the enactment of the tariff bill,
  23396. Taft continued to push forward with his legislative program. He
  23397. recommended, and Congress created, a special court of commerce with
  23398. jurisdiction, among other things, over appeals from the interstate
  23399. commerce commission, thus facilitating judicial review of the railway
  23400. rates fixed and the orders issued by that body. This measure was quickly
  23401. followed by an act establishing a system of postal savings banks in
  23402. connection with the post office--a scheme which had long been opposed by
  23403. private banks. Two years later, Congress defied the lobby of the express
  23404. companies and supplemented the savings banks with a parcels post system,
  23405. thus enabling the American postal service to catch up with that of other
  23406. progressive nations. With a view to improving the business
  23407. administration of the federal government, the President obtained from
  23408. Congress a large appropriation for an economy and efficiency commission
  23409. charged with the duty of inquiring into wasteful and obsolete methods
  23410. and recommending improved devices and practices. The chief result of
  23411. this investigation was a vigorous report in favor of a national budget
  23412. system, which soon found public backing.
  23413.  
  23414. President Taft negotiated with England and France general treaties
  23415. providing for the arbitration of disputes which were "justiciable" in
  23416. character even though they might involve questions of "vital interest
  23417. and national honor." They were coldly received in the Senate and so
  23418. amended that Taft abandoned them altogether. A tariff reciprocity
  23419. agreement with Canada, however, he forced through Congress in the face
  23420. of strong opposition from his own party. After making a serious breach
  23421. in Republican ranks, he was chagrined to see the whole scheme come to
  23422. naught by the overthrow of the Liberals in the Canadian elections of
  23423. 1911.
  23424.  
  23425. =Prosecution of the Trusts.=--The party schism was even enlarged by what
  23426. appeared to be the successful prosecution of several great combinations.
  23427. In two important cases, the Supreme Court ordered the dissolution of the
  23428. Standard Oil Company and the American Tobacco Company on the ground that
  23429. they violated the Sherman Anti-Trust law. In taking this step Chief
  23430. Justice White was at some pains to state that the law did not apply to
  23431. combinations which did not "unduly" restrain trade. His remark,
  23432. construed to mean that the Court would not interfere with corporations
  23433. as such, became the subject of a popular outcry against the President
  23434. and the judges.
  23435.  
  23436.  
  23437. PROGRESSIVE INSURGENCY AND THE ELECTION OF 1912
  23438.  
  23439. =Growing Dissensions.=--All in all, Taft's administration from the first
  23440. day had been disturbed by party discord. High words had passed over the
  23441. tariff bill and disgruntled members of Congress could not forget them.
  23442. To differences over issues were added quarrels between youth and old
  23443. age. In the House of Representatives there developed a group of young
  23444. "insurgent" Republicans who resented the dominance of the Speaker,
  23445. Joseph G. Cannon, and other members of the "old guard," as they named
  23446. the men of long service and conservative minds. In 1910, the insurgents
  23447. went so far as to join with the Democrats in a movement to break the
  23448. Speaker's sway by ousting him from the rules committee and depriving him
  23449. of the power to appoint its members. The storm was brewing. In the
  23450. autumn of that year the Democrats won a clear majority in the House of
  23451. Representatives and began an open battle with President Taft by
  23452. demanding an immediate downward revision of the tariff.
  23453.  
  23454. =The Rise of the Progressive Republicans.=--Preparatory to the campaign
  23455. of 1912, the dissenters within the Republican party added the prefix
  23456. "Progressive" to their old title and began to organize a movement to
  23457. prevent the renomination of Mr. Taft. As early as January 21, 1911, they
  23458. formed a Progressive Republican League at the home of Senator La
  23459. Follette of Wisconsin and launched an attack on the Taft measures and
  23460. policies. In October they indorsed Mr. La Follette as "the logical
  23461. Republican candidate" and appealed to the party for support. The
  23462. controversy over the tariff had grown into a formidable revolt against
  23463. the occupant of the White House.
  23464.  
  23465. =Roosevelt in the Field.=--After looking on for a while, ex-President
  23466. Roosevelt took a hand in the fray. Soon after his return in 1910 from a
  23467. hunting trip in Africa and a tour in Europe, he made a series of
  23468. addresses in which he formulated a progressive program. In a speech in
  23469. Kansas, he favored regulation of the trusts, a graduated income tax
  23470. bearing heavily on great fortunes, tariff revision schedule by schedule,
  23471. conservation of natural resources, labor legislation, the direct
  23472. primary, and the recall of elective officials. In an address before the
  23473. Ohio state constitutional convention in February, 1912, he indorsed the
  23474. initiative and referendum and announced a doctrine known as the "recall
  23475. of judicial decisions." This was a new and radical note in American
  23476. politics. An ex-President of the United States proposed that the people
  23477. at the polls should have the right to reverse the decision of a judge
  23478. who set aside any act of a state legislature passed in the interests of
  23479. social welfare. The Progressive Republicans, impressed by these
  23480. addresses, turned from La Follette to Roosevelt and on February 24,
  23481. induced him to come out openly as a candidate against Taft for the
  23482. Republican nomination.
  23483.  
  23484. =The Split in the Republican Party.=--The country then witnessed the
  23485. strange spectacle of two men who had once been close companions engaged
  23486. in a bitter rivalry to secure a majority of the delegates to the
  23487. Republican convention to be held at Chicago. When the convention
  23488. assembled, about one-fourth of the seats were contested, the delegates
  23489. for both candidates loudly proclaiming the regularity of their election.
  23490. In deciding between the contestants the national committee, after the
  23491. usual hearings, settled the disputes in such a way that Taft received a
  23492. safe majority. After a week of negotiation, Roosevelt and his followers
  23493. left the Republican party. Most of his supporters withdrew from the
  23494. convention and the few who remained behind refused to answer the roll
  23495. call. Undisturbed by this formidable bolt, the regular Republicans went
  23496. on with their work. They renominated Mr. Taft and put forth a platform
  23497. roundly condemning such Progressive doctrines as the recall of judges.
  23498.  
  23499. =The Formation of the Progressive Party.=--The action of the Republicans
  23500. in seating the Taft delegates was vigorously denounced by Roosevelt. He
  23501. declared that the convention had no claim to represent the voters of the
  23502. Republican party; that any candidate named by it would be "the
  23503. beneficiary of a successful fraud"; and that it would be deeply
  23504. discreditable to any man to accept the convention's approval under such
  23505. circumstances. The bitterness of his followers was extreme. On July 8, a
  23506. call went forth for a "Progressive" convention to be held in Chicago on
  23507. August 5. The assembly which duly met on that day was a unique political
  23508. conference. Prominence was given to women delegates, and "politicians"
  23509. were notably absent. Roosevelt himself, who was cheered as a conquering
  23510. hero, made an impassioned speech setting forth his "confession of
  23511. faith." He was nominated by acclamation; Governor Hiram Johnson of
  23512. California was selected as his companion candidate for Vice President.
  23513. The platform endorsed such political reforms as woman suffrage, direct
  23514. primaries, the initiative, referendum, and recall, popular election of
  23515. United States Senators, and the short ballot. It favored a program of
  23516. social legislation, including the prohibition of child labor and minimum
  23517. wages for women. It approved the regulation, rather than the
  23518. dissolution, of the trusts. Like apostles in a new and lofty cause, the
  23519. Progressives entered a vigorous campaign for the election of their
  23520. distinguished leader.
  23521.  
  23522. =Woodrow Wilson and the Election of 1912.=--With the Republicans
  23523. divided, victory loomed up before the Democrats. Naturally, a terrific
  23524. contest over the nomination occurred at their convention in Baltimore.
  23525. Champ Clark, Speaker of the House of Representatives, and Governor
  23526. Woodrow Wilson, of New Jersey, were the chief contestants. After tossing
  23527. to and fro for seven long, hot days, and taking forty-six ballots, the
  23528. delegates, powerfully influenced by Mr. Bryan, finally decided in favor
  23529. of the governor. As a professor, a writer on historical and political
  23530. subjects, and the president of Princeton University, Mr. Wilson had
  23531. become widely known in public life. As the governor of New Jersey he had
  23532. attracted the support of the progressives in both parties. With grim
  23533. determination he had "waged war on the bosses," and pushed through the
  23534. legislature measures establishing direct primaries, regulating public
  23535. utilities, and creating a system of workmen's compensation in
  23536. industries. During the presidential campaign that followed Governor
  23537. Wilson toured the country and aroused great enthusiasm by a series of
  23538. addresses later published under the title of _The New Freedom_. He
  23539. declared that "the government of the United States is at present the
  23540. foster child of the special interests." He proposed to free the country
  23541. by breaking the dominance of "the big bankers, the big manufacturers,
  23542. the big masters of commerce, the heads of railroad corporations and of
  23543. steamship corporations."
  23544.  
  23545. In the election Governor Wilson easily secured a majority of the
  23546. electoral votes, and his party, while retaining possession of the House
  23547. of Representatives, captured the Senate as well. The popular verdict,
  23548. however, indicated a state of confusion in the country. The combined
  23549. Progressive and Republican vote exceeded that of the Democrats by
  23550. 1,300,000. The Socialists, with Eugene V. Debs as their candidate again,
  23551. polled about 900,000 votes, more than double the number received four
  23552. years before. Thus, as the result of an extraordinary upheaval the
  23553. Republicans, after holding the office of President for sixteen years,
  23554. passed out of power, and the government of the country was intrusted to
  23555. the Democrats under the leadership of a man destined to be one of the
  23556. outstanding figures of the modern age, Woodrow Wilson.
  23557.  
  23558.  
  23559. =General References=
  23560.  
  23561. J.B. Bishop, _Theodore Roosevelt and His Time_ (2 vols.).
  23562.  
  23563. Theodore Roosevelt, _Autobiography_; _New Nationalism_; _Progressive
  23564. Principles_.
  23565.  
  23566. W.H. Taft, _Popular Government_.
  23567.  
  23568. Walter Weyl, _The New Democracy_.
  23569.  
  23570. H. Croly, _The Promise of American Life_.
  23571.  
  23572. J.B. Bishop, _The Panama Gateway_.
  23573.  
  23574. J.B. Scott, _The Hague Peace Conferences_.
  23575.  
  23576. W.B. Munro (ed.), _Initiative, Referendum, and Recall_.
  23577.  
  23578. C.R. Van Hise, _The Conservation of Natural Resources_.
  23579.  
  23580. Gifford Pinchot, _The Fight for Conservation_.
  23581.  
  23582. W.F. Willoughby, _Territories and Dependencies of the United States_
  23583. (1905).
  23584.  
  23585.  
  23586. =Research Topics=
  23587.  
  23588. =Roosevelt and "Big Business."=--Haworth, _The United States in Our Own
  23589. Time_, pp. 281-289; F.A. Ogg, _National Progress_ (American Nation
  23590. Series), pp. 40-75; Paxson, _The New Nation_ (Riverside Series), pp.
  23591. 293-307.
  23592.  
  23593. =Our Insular Possessions.=--Elson, _History of the United States_, pp.
  23594. 896-904.
  23595.  
  23596. =Latin-American Relations.=--Haworth, pp. 294-299; Ogg, pp. 254-257.
  23597.  
  23598. =The Panama Canal.=--Haworth, pp. 300-309; Ogg, pp. 266-277; Paxson, pp.
  23599. 286-292; Elson, pp. 906-911.
  23600.  
  23601. =Conservation.=--Haworth, pp. 331-334; Ogg, pp. 96-115; Beard, _American
  23602. Government and Politics_ (3d ed.), pp. 401-416.
  23603.  
  23604. =Republican Dissensions under Taft's Administration.=--Haworth, pp.
  23605. 351-360; Ogg, pp. 167-186; Paxson, pp. 324-342; Elson, pp. 916-924.
  23606.  
  23607. =The Campaign of 1912.=--Haworth, pp. 360-379; Ogg, pp. 187-208.
  23608.  
  23609.  
  23610. =Questions=
  23611.  
  23612. 1. Compare the early career of Roosevelt with that of some other
  23613. President.
  23614.  
  23615. 2. Name the chief foreign and domestic questions of the Roosevelt-Taft
  23616. administrations.
  23617.  
  23618. 3. What international complications were involved in the Panama Canal
  23619. problem?
  23620.  
  23621. 4. Review the Monroe Doctrine. Discuss Roosevelt's applications of it.
  23622.  
  23623. 5. What is the strategic importance of the Caribbean to the United
  23624. States?
  23625.  
  23626. 6. What is meant by the sea power? Trace the voyage of the fleet around
  23627. the world and mention the significant imperial and commercial points
  23628. touched.
  23629.  
  23630. 7. What is meant by the question: "Does the Constitution follow the
  23631. flag?"
  23632.  
  23633. 8. Trace the history of self-government in Porto Rico. In the
  23634. Philippines.
  23635.  
  23636. 9. What is Cuba's relation to the United States?
  23637.  
  23638. 10. What was Roosevelt's theory of our Constitution?
  23639.  
  23640. 11. Give Roosevelt's views on trusts, labor, taxation.
  23641.  
  23642. 12. Outline the domestic phases of Roosevelt's administrations.
  23643.  
  23644. 13. Account for the dissensions under Taft.
  23645.  
  23646. 14. Trace the rise of the Progressive movement.
  23647.  
  23648. 15. What was Roosevelt's progressive program?
  23649.  
  23650. 16. Review Wilson's early career and explain the underlying theory of
  23651. _The New Freedom_.
  23652.  
  23653.  
  23654.  
  23655.  
  23656. CHAPTER XXII
  23657.  
  23658. THE SPIRIT OF REFORM IN AMERICA
  23659.  
  23660.  
  23661. AN AGE OF CRITICISM
  23662.  
  23663. =Attacks on Abuses in American Life.=--The crisis precipitated by the
  23664. Progressive uprising was not a sudden and unexpected one. It had been
  23665. long in preparation. The revolt against corruption in politics which
  23666. produced the Liberal Republican outbreak in the seventies and the
  23667. Mugwump movement of the eighties was followed by continuous criticism of
  23668. American political and economic development. From 1880 until his death
  23669. in 1892, George William Curtis, as president of the Civil Service Reform
  23670. Association, kept up a running fire upon the abuses of the spoils
  23671. system. James Bryce, an observant English scholar and man of affairs, in
  23672. his great work, _The American Commonwealth_, published in 1888, by
  23673. picturing fearlessly the political rings and machines which dominated
  23674. the cities, gave the whole country a fresh shock. Six years later Henry
  23675. D. Lloyd, in a powerful book entitled _Wealth against Commonwealth_,
  23676. attacked in scathing language certain trusts which had destroyed their
  23677. rivals and bribed public officials. In 1903 Miss Ida Tarbell, an author
  23678. of established reputation in the historical field, gave to the public an
  23679. account of the Standard Oil Company, revealing the ruthless methods of
  23680. that corporation in crushing competition. About the same time Lincoln
  23681. Steffens exposed the sordid character of politics in several
  23682. municipalities in a series of articles bearing the painful heading: _The
  23683. Shame of the Cities_. The critical spirit appeared in almost every form;
  23684. in weekly and monthly magazines, in essays and pamphlets, in editorials
  23685. and news stories, in novels like Churchill's _Coniston_ and Sinclair's
  23686. _The Jungle_. It became so savage and so wanton that the opening years
  23687. of the twentieth century were well named "the age of the muckrakers."
  23688.  
  23689. =The Subjects of the Criticism.=--In this outburst of invective, nothing
  23690. was spared. It was charged that each of the political parties had fallen
  23691. into the hands of professional politicians who devoted their time to
  23692. managing conventions, making platforms, nominating candidates, and
  23693. dictating to officials; in return for their "services" they sold offices
  23694. and privileges. It was alleged that mayors and councils had bargained
  23695. away for private benefit street railway and other franchises. It was
  23696. asserted that many powerful labor unions were dominated by men who
  23697. blackmailed employers. Some critics specialized in descriptions of the
  23698. poverty, slums, and misery of great cities. Others took up "frenzied
  23699. finance" and accused financiers of selling worthless stocks and bonds to
  23700. an innocent public. Still others professed to see in the accumulations
  23701. of millionaires the downfall of our republic.
  23702.  
  23703. =The Attack on "Invisible Government."=--Some even maintained that the
  23704. control of public affairs had passed from the people to a sinister
  23705. minority called "the invisible government." So eminent and conservative
  23706. a statesman as the Hon. Elihu Root lent the weight of his great name to
  23707. such an imputation. Speaking of his native state, New York, he said:
  23708. "What is the government of this state? What has it been during the forty
  23709. years of my acquaintance with it? The government of the Constitution?
  23710. Oh, no; not half the time or half way.... From the days of Fenton and
  23711. Conkling and Arthur and Cornell and Platt, from the days of David B.
  23712. Hill down to the present time, the government of the state has presented
  23713. two different lines of activity: one, of the constitutional and
  23714. statutory officers of the state and the other of the party leaders; they
  23715. call them party bosses. They call the system--I don't coin the
  23716. phrase--the system they call 'invisible government.' For I don't know
  23717. how many years Mr. Conkling was the supreme ruler in this state. The
  23718. governor did not count, the legislature did not count, comptrollers and
  23719. secretaries of state and what not did not count. It was what Mr.
  23720. Conkling said, and in a great outburst of public rage he was pulled
  23721. down. Then Mr. Platt ruled the state; for nigh upon twenty years he
  23722. ruled it. It was not the governor; it was not the legislature; it was
  23723. Mr. Platt. And the capital was not here [in Albany]; it was at 49
  23724. Broadway; Mr. Platt and his lieutenants. It makes no difference what
  23725. name you give, whether you call it Fenton or Conkling or Cornell or
  23726. Arthur or Platt or by the names of men now living. The ruler of the
  23727. state during the greater part of the forty years of my acquaintance with
  23728. the state government has not been any man authorized by the constitution
  23729. or by law.... The party leader is elected by no one, accountable to no
  23730. one, bound by no oath of office, removable by no one."
  23731.  
  23732. =The Nation Aroused.=--With the spirit of criticism came also the spirit
  23733. of reform. The charges were usually exaggerated; often wholly false; but
  23734. there was enough truth in them to warrant renewed vigilance on the part
  23735. of American democracy. President Roosevelt doubtless summed up the
  23736. sentiment of the great majority of citizens when he demanded the
  23737. punishment of wrong-doers in 1907, saying: "It makes not a particle of
  23738. difference whether these crimes are committed by a capitalist or by a
  23739. laborer, by a leading banker or manufacturer or railroad man or by a
  23740. leading representative of a labor union. Swindling in stocks, corrupting
  23741. legislatures, making fortunes by the inflation of securities, by
  23742. wrecking railroads, by destroying competitors through rebates--these
  23743. forms of wrong-doing in the capitalist are far more infamous than any
  23744. ordinary form of embezzlement or forgery." The time had come, he added,
  23745. to stop "muckraking" and proceed to the constructive work of removing
  23746. the abuses that had grown up.
  23747.  
  23748.  
  23749. POLITICAL REFORMS
  23750.  
  23751. =The Public Service.=--It was a wise comprehension of the needs of
  23752. American democracy that led the friends of reform to launch and to
  23753. sustain for more than half a century a movement to improve the public
  23754. service. On the one side they struck at the spoils system; at the right
  23755. of the politicians to use public offices as mere rewards for partisan
  23756. work. The federal civil service act of 1883 opened the way to reform by
  23757. establishing five vital principles in law: (1) admission to office, not
  23758. on the recommendation of party workers, but on the basis of competitive
  23759. examinations; (2) promotion for meritorious service of the government
  23760. rather than of parties; (3) no assessment of office holders for campaign
  23761. funds; (4) permanent tenure during good behavior; and (5) no dismissals
  23762. for political reasons. The act itself at first applied to only 14,000
  23763. federal offices, but under the constant pressure from the reformers it
  23764. was extended until in 1916 it covered nearly 300,000 employees out of an
  23765. executive force of approximately 414,000. While gaining steadily at
  23766. Washington, civil service reformers carried their agitation into the
  23767. states and cities. By 1920 they were able to report ten states with
  23768. civil service commissions and the merit system well intrenched in more
  23769. than three hundred municipalities.
  23770.  
  23771. In excluding spoilsmen from public office, the reformers were, in a
  23772. sense, engaged in a negative work: that of "keeping the rascals out."
  23773. But there was a second and larger phase to their movement, one
  23774. constructive in character: that of getting skilled, loyal, and efficient
  23775. servants into the places of responsibility. Everywhere on land and sea,
  23776. in town and country, new burdens were laid upon public officers. They
  23777. were called upon to supervise the ships sailing to and from our ports;
  23778. to inspect the water and milk supplies of our cities; to construct and
  23779. operate great public works, such as the Panama and Erie canals; to
  23780. regulate the complicated rates of railway companies; to safeguard health
  23781. and safety in a thousand ways; to climb the mountains to fight forest
  23782. fires; and to descend into the deeps of the earth to combat the deadly
  23783. coal gases that assail the miners. In a word, those who labored to
  23784. master the secrets and the powers of nature were summoned to the aid of
  23785. the government: chemists, engineers, architects, nurses, surgeons,
  23786. foresters--the skilled in all the sciences, arts, and crafts.
  23787.  
  23788. Keeping rascals out was no task at all compared with the problem of
  23789. finding competent people for all the technical offices. "Now," said the
  23790. reformers, "we must make attractive careers in the government work for
  23791. the best American talent; we must train those applying for admission and
  23792. increase the skill of those already in positions of trust; we must see
  23793. to it that those entering at the bottom have a chance to rise to the
  23794. top; in short, we must work for a government as skilled and efficient as
  23795. it is strong, one commanding all the wisdom and talent of America that
  23796. public welfare requires."
  23797.  
  23798. =The Australian Ballot.=--A second line of attack on the political
  23799. machines was made in connection with the ballot. In the early days
  23800. elections were frequently held in the open air and the poll was taken by
  23801. a show of hands or by the enrollment of the voters under names of their
  23802. favorite candidates. When this ancient practice was abandoned in favor
  23803. of the printed ballot, there was still no secrecy about elections. Each
  23804. party prepared its own ballot, often of a distinctive color, containing
  23805. the names of its candidates. On election day, these papers were handed
  23806. out to the voters by party workers. Any one could tell from the color of
  23807. the ballot dropped into the box, or from some mark on the outside of the
  23808. folded ballot, just how each man voted. Those who bought votes were sure
  23809. that their purchases were "delivered." Those who intimidated voters
  23810. could know when their intimidation was effective. In this way the party
  23811. ballot strengthened the party machine.
  23812.  
  23813. As a remedy for such abuses, reformers, learning from the experience of
  23814. Australia, urged the adoption of the "Australian ballot." That ballot,
  23815. though it appeared in many forms, had certain constant features. It was
  23816. official, that is, furnished by the government, not by party workers; it
  23817. contained the names of all candidates of all parties; it was given out
  23818. only in the polling places; and it was marked in secret. The first state
  23819. to introduce it was Massachusetts. The year was 1888. Before the end of
  23820. the century it had been adopted by nearly all the states in the union.
  23821. The salutary effect of the reform in reducing the amount of cheating
  23822. and bribery in elections was beyond all question.
  23823.  
  23824. =The Direct Primary.=--In connection with the uprising against machine
  23825. politics, came a call for the abolition of the old method of nominating
  23826. candidates by conventions. These time-honored party assemblies, which
  23827. had come down from the days of Andrew Jackson, were, it was said, merely
  23828. conclaves of party workers, sustained by the spoils system, and
  23829. dominated by an inner circle of bosses. The remedy offered in this case
  23830. was again "more democracy," namely, the abolition of the party
  23831. convention and the adoption of the direct primary. Candidates were no
  23832. longer to be chosen by secret conferences. Any member of a party was to
  23833. be allowed to run for any office, to present his name to his party by
  23834. securing signatures to a petition, and to submit his candidacy to his
  23835. fellow partisans at a direct primary--an election within the party. In
  23836. this movement Governor La Follette of Wisconsin took the lead and his
  23837. state was the first in the union to adopt the direct primary for
  23838. state-wide purposes. The idea spread, rapidly in the West, more slowly
  23839. in the East. The public, already angered against "the bosses," grasped
  23840. eagerly at it. Governor Hughes in New York pressed it upon the unwilling
  23841. legislature. State after state accepted it until by 1918 Rhode Island,
  23842. Delaware, Connecticut, and New Mexico were the only states that had not
  23843. bowed to the storm. Still the results were disappointing and at that
  23844. very time the pendulum was beginning to swing backward.
  23845.  
  23846. =Popular Election of Federal Senators.=--While the movement for direct
  23847. primaries was still advancing everywhere, a demand for the popular
  23848. election of Senators, usually associated with it, swept forward to
  23849. victory. Under the original Constitution, it had been expressly provided
  23850. that Senators should be chosen by the legislatures of the states. In
  23851. practice this rule transferred the selection of Senators to secret
  23852. caucuses of party members in the state legislatures. In connection with
  23853. these caucuses there had been many scandals, some direct proofs of
  23854. brazen bribery and corruption, and dark hints besides. The Senate was
  23855. called by its detractors "a millionaires' club" and it was looked upon
  23856. as the "citadel of conservatism." The prescription in this case was
  23857. likewise "more democracy"--direct election of Senators by popular vote.
  23858.  
  23859. This reform was not a new idea. It had been proposed in Congress as
  23860. early as 1826. President Johnson, an ardent advocate, made it the
  23861. subject of a special message in 1868 Not long afterward it appeared in
  23862. Congress. At last in 1893, the year after the great Populist upheaval,
  23863. the House of Representatives by the requisite two-thirds vote
  23864. incorporated it in an amendment to the federal Constitution. Again and
  23865. again it passed the House; but the Senate itself was obdurate. Able
  23866. Senators leveled their batteries against it. Mr. Hoar of Massachusetts
  23867. declared that it would transfer the seat of power to the "great cities
  23868. and masses of population"; that it would "overthrow the whole scheme of
  23869. the Senate and in the end the whole scheme of the national Constitution
  23870. as designed and established by the framers of the Constitution and the
  23871. people who adopted it."
  23872.  
  23873. Failing in the Senate, advocates of popular election made a rear assault
  23874. through the states. They induced state legislatures to enact laws
  23875. requiring the nomination of candidates for the Senate by the direct
  23876. primary, and then they bound the legislatures to abide by the popular
  23877. choice. Nevada took the lead in 1899. Shortly afterward Oregon, by the
  23878. use of the initiative and referendum, practically bound legislators to
  23879. accept the popular nominee and the country witnessed the spectacle of a
  23880. Republican legislature "electing" a Democrat to represent the state in
  23881. the Senate at Washington. By 1910 three-fourths of the states had
  23882. applied the direct primary in some form to the choice of Senators. Men
  23883. selected by that method began to pour in upon the floors of Congress;
  23884. finally in 1912 the two-thirds majority was secured for an amendment to
  23885. the federal Constitution providing for the popular election of Senators.
  23886. It was quickly ratified by the states. The following year it was
  23887. proclaimed in effect.
  23888.  
  23889. =The Initiative and Referendum.=--As a corrective for the evils which
  23890. had grown up in state legislatures there arose a demand for the
  23891. introduction of a Swiss device known as the initiative and referendum.
  23892. The initiative permits any one to draw up a proposed bill; and, on
  23893. securing a certain number of signatures among the voters, to require the
  23894. submission of the measure to the people at an election. If the bill thus
  23895. initiated receives a sufficient majority, it becomes a law. The
  23896. referendum allows citizens who disapprove any act passed by the
  23897. legislature to get up a petition against it and thus bring about a
  23898. reference of the measure to the voters at the polls for approval or
  23899. rejection. These two practices constitute a form of "direct government."
  23900.  
  23901. These devices were prescribed "to restore the government to the people."
  23902. The Populists favored them in their platform of 1896. Mr. Bryan, two
  23903. years later, made them a part of his program, and in the same year South
  23904. Dakota adopted them. In 1902 Oregon, after a strenuous campaign, added a
  23905. direct legislation amendment to the state constitution. Within ten years
  23906. all the Southwestern, Mountain, and Pacific states, except Texas and
  23907. Wyoming, had followed this example. To the east of the Mississippi,
  23908. however, direct legislation met a chilly reception. By 1920 only five
  23909. states in this section had accepted it: Maine, Massachusetts, Ohio,
  23910. Michigan, and Maryland, the last approving the referendum only.
  23911.  
  23912. =The Recall.=--Executive officers and judges, as well as legislatures,
  23913. had come in for their share of criticism, and it was proposed that they
  23914. should likewise be subjected to a closer scrutiny by the public. For
  23915. this purpose there was advanced a scheme known as the recall--which
  23916. permitted a certain percentage of the voters to compel any officer, at
  23917. any time during his term, to go before the people at a new election.
  23918. This feature of direct government, tried out first in the city of Los
  23919. Angeles, was extended to state-wide uses in Oregon in 1908. It failed,
  23920. however, to capture popular imagination to the same degree as the
  23921. initiative and referendum. At the end of ten years' agitation, only ten
  23922. states, mainly in the West, had adopted it for general purposes, and
  23923. four of them did not apply it to the judges of the courts. Still it was
  23924. extensively acclaimed in cities and incorporated into hundreds of
  23925. municipal laws and charters.
  23926.  
  23927. As a general proposition, direct government in all its forms was
  23928. bitterly opposed by men of a conservative cast of mind. It was denounced
  23929. by Senator Henry Cabot Lodge as "nothing less than a complete revolution
  23930. in the fabric of our government and in the fundamental principles upon
  23931. which that government rests." In his opinion, it promised to break down
  23932. the representative principle and "undermine and overthrow the bulwarks
  23933. of ordered liberty and individual freedom." Mr. Taft shared Mr. Lodge's
  23934. views and spoke of direct government with scorn. "Votes," he exclaimed,
  23935. "are not bread ... referendums do not pay rent or furnish houses,
  23936. recalls do not furnish clothes, initiatives do not supply employment or
  23937. relieve inequalities of condition or of opportunity."
  23938.  
  23939. =Commission Government for Cities.=--In the restless searching out of
  23940. evils, the management of cities early came under critical scrutiny. City
  23941. government, Mr. Bryce had remarked, was the one conspicuous failure in
  23942. America. This sharp thrust, though resented by some, was accepted as a
  23943. warning by others. Many prescriptions were offered by doctors of the
  23944. body politic. Chief among them was the idea of simplifying the city
  23945. government so that the light of public scrutiny could shine through it.
  23946. "Let us elect only a few men and make them clearly responsible for the
  23947. city government!" was the new cry in municipal reform. So, many city
  23948. councils were reduced in size; one of the two houses, which several
  23949. cities had adopted in imitation of the federal government, was
  23950. abolished; and in order that the mayor could be held to account, he was
  23951. given the power to appoint all the chief officials. This made the mayor,
  23952. in some cases, the only elective city official and gave the voters a
  23953. "short ballot" containing only a few names--an idea which some proposed
  23954. to apply also to the state government.
  23955.  
  23956. A further step in the concentration of authority was taken in Galveston,
  23957. Texas, where the people, looking upon the ruin of their city wrought by
  23958. the devastating storm of 1901, and confronted by the difficult problems
  23959. of reconstruction, felt the necessity for a more businesslike management
  23960. of city affairs and instituted a new form of local administration. They
  23961. abolished the old scheme of mayor and council and vested all power in
  23962. five commissioners, one of whom, without any special prerogatives, was
  23963. assigned to the office of "mayor president." In 1908, the commission
  23964. form of government, as it was soon characterized, was adopted by Des
  23965. Moines, Iowa. The attention of all municipal reformers was drawn to it
  23966. and it was hailed as the guarantee of a better day. By 1920, more than
  23967. four hundred cities, including Memphis, Spokane, Birmingham, Newark, and
  23968. Buffalo, had adopted it. Still the larger cities like New York and
  23969. Chicago kept their boards of aldermen.
  23970.  
  23971. =The City Manager Plan.=--A few years' experience with commission
  23972. government revealed certain patent defects. The division of the work
  23973. among five men was frequently found to introduce dissensions and
  23974. irresponsibility. Commissioners were often lacking in the technical
  23975. ability required to manage such difficult matters as fire and police
  23976. protection, public health, public works, and public utilities. Some one
  23977. then proposed to carry over into city government an idea from the
  23978. business world. In that sphere the stockholders of each corporation
  23979. elect the directors and the directors, in turn, choose a business
  23980. manager to conduct the affairs of the company. It was suggested that the
  23981. city commissioners, instead of attempting to supervise the details of
  23982. the city administration, should select a manager to do this. The scheme
  23983. was put into effect in Sumter, South Carolina, in 1912. Like the
  23984. commission plan, it became popular. Within eight years more than one
  23985. hundred and fifty towns and cities had adopted it. Among the larger
  23986. municipalities were Dayton, Springfield (Ohio), Akron, Kalamazoo, and
  23987. Phoenix. It promised to create a new public service profession, that of
  23988. city manager.
  23989.  
  23990.  
  23991. MEASURES OF ECONOMIC REFORM
  23992.  
  23993. =The Spirit of American Reform.=--The purification of the ballot, the
  23994. restriction of the spoils system, the enlargement of direct popular
  23995. control over the organs of government were not the sole answers made by
  23996. the reformers to the critics of American institutions. Nor were they the
  23997. most important. In fact, they were regarded not as ends in themselves,
  23998. but as means to serve a wider purpose. That purpose was the promotion of
  23999. the "general welfare." The concrete objects covered by that broad term
  24000. were many and varied; but they included the prevention of extortion by
  24001. railway and other corporations, the protection of public health, the
  24002. extension of education, the improvement of living conditions in the
  24003. cities, the elimination of undeserved poverty, the removal of gross
  24004. inequalities in wealth, and more equality of opportunity.
  24005.  
  24006. All these things involved the use of the powers of government. Although
  24007. a few clung to the ancient doctrine that the government should not
  24008. interfere with private business at all, the American people at large
  24009. rejected that theory as vigorously as they rejected the doctrines of an
  24010. extreme socialism which exalts the state above the individual. Leaders
  24011. representing every shade of opinion proclaimed the government an
  24012. instrument of common welfare to be used in the public interest. "We must
  24013. abandon definitely," said Roosevelt, "the _laissez-faire_ theory of
  24014. political economy and fearlessly champion a system of increased
  24015. governmental control, paying no attention to the cries of worthy people
  24016. who denounce this as socialistic." This view was shared by Mr. Taft, who
  24017. observed: "Undoubtedly the government can wisely do much more ... to
  24018. relieve the oppressed, to create greater equality of opportunity, to
  24019. make reasonable terms for labor in employment, and to furnish vocational
  24020. education." He was quick to add his caution that "there is a line beyond
  24021. which the government cannot go with any good practical results in
  24022. seeking to make men and society better."
  24023.  
  24024. =The Regulation of Railways.=--The first attempts to use the government
  24025. in a large way to control private enterprise in the public interest were
  24026. made by the Northwestern states in the decade between 1870 and 1880.
  24027. Charges were advanced by the farmers, particularly those organized into
  24028. Granges, that the railways extorted the highest possible rates for
  24029. freight and passengers, that favoritism was shown to large shippers,
  24030. that fraudulent stocks and bonds were sold to the innocent public. It
  24031. was claimed that railways were not like other enterprises, but were
  24032. "quasi-public" concerns, like the roads and ferries, and thus subject to
  24033. government control. Accordingly laws were enacted bringing the railroads
  24034. under state supervision. In some cases the state legislature fixed the
  24035. maximum rates to be charged by common carriers, and in other cases
  24036. commissions were created with the power to establish the rates after an
  24037. investigation. This legislation was at first denounced in the East as
  24038. nothing less than the "confiscation" of the railways in the interest of
  24039. the farmers. Attempts to have the Supreme Court of the United States
  24040. declare it unconstitutional were made without avail; still a principle
  24041. was finally laid down to the effect that in fixing rates state
  24042. legislatures and commissions must permit railway companies to earn a
  24043. "fair" return on the capital invested.
  24044.  
  24045. In a few years the Granger spirit appeared in Congress. An investigation
  24046. revealed a long list of abuses committed by the railways against
  24047. shippers and travelers. The result was the interstate commerce act of
  24048. 1887, which created the Interstate Commerce Commission, forbade
  24049. discriminations in rates, and prohibited other objectionable practices
  24050. on the part of railways. This measure was loosely enforced and the
  24051. abuses against which it was directed continued almost unabated. A demand
  24052. for stricter control grew louder and louder. Congress was forced to
  24053. heed. In 1903 it enacted the Elkins law, forbidding railways to charge
  24054. rates other than those published, and laid penalties upon the officers
  24055. and agents of companies, who granted secret favors to shippers, and upon
  24056. shippers who accepted them. Three years later a still more drastic step
  24057. was taken by the passage of the Hepburn act. The Interstate Commerce
  24058. Commission was authorized, upon complaint of some party aggrieved, and
  24059. after a public hearing, to determine whether just and reasonable rates
  24060. had been charged by the companies. In effect, the right to fix freight
  24061. and passenger rates was taken out of the hands of the owners of the
  24062. railways engaged in interstate commerce and vested in the hands of the
  24063. Interstate Commerce Commission. Thus private property to the value of
  24064. $20,000,000,000 or more was declared to be a matter of public concern
  24065. and subject to government regulation in the common interest.
  24066.  
  24067. =Municipal Utilities.=--Similar problems arose in connection with the
  24068. street railways, electric light plants, and other utilities in the great
  24069. cities. In the beginning the right to construct such undertakings was
  24070. freely, and often corruptly, granted to private companies by city
  24071. councils. Distressing abuses arose in connection with such practices.
  24072. Many grants or franchises were made perpetual, or perhaps for a term of
  24073. 999 years. The rates charged and services rendered were left largely to
  24074. the will of the companies holding the franchises. Mergers or unions of
  24075. companies were common and the public was deluged with stocks and bonds
  24076. of doubtful value; bankruptcies were frequent. The connection between
  24077. the utility companies and the politicians was, to say the least, not
  24078. always in the public interest.
  24079.  
  24080. American ingenuity was quick to devise methods for eliminating such
  24081. evils. Three lines of progress were laid out by the reformers. One group
  24082. proposed that such utilities should be subject to municipal or state
  24083. regulation, that the formation of utility companies should be under
  24084. public control, and that the issue of stocks and bonds must be approved
  24085. by public authority. In some cases state, and in other cases municipal,
  24086. commissions were created to exercise this great power over "quasi-public
  24087. corporations." Wisconsin, by laws enacted in 1907, put all heat, light,
  24088. water works, telephone, and street railway companies under the
  24089. supervision of a single railway commission. Other states followed this
  24090. example rapidly. By 1920 the principle of public control over municipal
  24091. utilities was accepted in nearly every section of the union.
  24092.  
  24093. A second line of reform appeared in the "model franchise" for utility
  24094. corporations. An illustration of this tendency was afforded by the
  24095. Chicago street railway settlement of 1906. The total capital of the
  24096. company was fixed at a definite sum, its earnings were agreed upon, and
  24097. the city was given the right to buy and operate the system if it desired
  24098. to do so. In many states, about the same time, it was provided that no
  24099. franchises to utility companies could run more than twenty-five years.
  24100.  
  24101. A third group of reformers were satisfied with nothing short of
  24102. municipal ownership. They proposed to drive private companies entirely
  24103. out of the field and vest the ownership and management of municipal
  24104. plants in the city itself. This idea was extensively applied to electric
  24105. light and water works plants, but to street railways in only a few
  24106. cities, including San Francisco and Seattle. In New York the subways are
  24107. owned by the city but leased for operation.
  24108.  
  24109. =Tenement House Control.=--Among the other pressing problems of the
  24110. cities was the overcrowding in houses unfit for habitation. An inquiry
  24111. in New York City made under the authority of the state in 1902 revealed
  24112. poverty, misery, slums, dirt, and disease almost beyond imagination. The
  24113. immediate answer was the enactment of a tenement house law prescribing
  24114. in great detail the size of the rooms, the air space, the light and the
  24115. sanitary arrangement for all new buildings. An immense improvement
  24116. followed and the idea was quickly taken up in other states having large
  24117. industrial centers. In 1920 New York made a further invasion of the
  24118. rights of landlords by assuring to the public "reasonable rents" for
  24119. flats and apartments.
  24120.  
  24121. =Workmen's Compensation.=--No small part of the poverty in cities was
  24122. due to the injury of wage-earners while at their trade. Every year the
  24123. number of men and women killed or wounded in industry mounted higher.
  24124. Under the old law, the workman or his family had to bear the loss unless
  24125. the employer had been guilty of some extraordinary negligence. Even in
  24126. that case an expensive lawsuit was usually necessary to recover
  24127. "damages." In short, although employers insured their buildings and
  24128. machinery against necessary risks from fire and storm, they allowed
  24129. their employees to assume the heavy losses due to accidents. The
  24130. injustice of this, though apparent enough now, was once not generally
  24131. recognized. It was said to be unfair to make the employer pay for
  24132. injuries for which he was not personally responsible; but the argument
  24133. was overborne.
  24134.  
  24135. [Illustration: AN EAST SIDE STREET IN NEW YORK]
  24136.  
  24137. About 1910 there set in a decided movement in the direction of lifting
  24138. the burden of accidents from the unfortunate victims. In the first
  24139. place, laws were enacted requiring employers to pay damages in certain
  24140. amounts according to the nature of the case, no matter how the accident
  24141. occurred, as long as the injured person was not guilty of willful
  24142. negligence. By 1914 more than one-half the states had such laws. In the
  24143. second place, there developed schemes of industrial insurance in the
  24144. form of automatic grants made by state commissions to persons injured in
  24145. industries, the funds to be provided by the employers or the state or by
  24146. both. By 1917 thirty-six states had legislation of this type.
  24147.  
  24148. =Minimum Wages and Mothers' Pensions.=--Another source of poverty,
  24149. especially among women and children, was found to be the low wages paid
  24150. for their labor. Report after report showed this. In 1912 Massachusetts
  24151. took a significant step in the direction of declaring the minimum wages
  24152. which might be paid to women and children. Oregon, the following year,
  24153. created a commission with power to prescribe minimum wages in certain
  24154. industries, based on the cost of living, and to enforce the rates fixed.
  24155. Within a short time one-third of the states had legislation of this
  24156. character. To cut away some of the evils of poverty and enable widows to
  24157. keep their homes intact and bring up their children, a device known as
  24158. mothers' pensions became popular during the second decade of the
  24159. twentieth century. At the opening of 1913 two states, Colorado and
  24160. Illinois, had laws authorizing the payment from public funds of definite
  24161. sums to widows with children. Within four years, thirty-five states had
  24162. similar legislation.
  24163.  
  24164. =Taxation and Great Fortunes.=--As a part of the campaign waged against
  24165. poverty by reformers there came a demand for heavy taxes upon great
  24166. fortunes, particularly taxes upon inheritances or estates passing to
  24167. heirs on the decease of the owners. Roosevelt was an ardent champion of
  24168. this type of taxation and dwelt upon it at length in his message to
  24169. Congress in 1907. "Such a tax," he said, "would help to preserve a
  24170. measurable equality of opportunity for the people of the generations
  24171. growing to manhood.... Our aim is to recognize what Lincoln pointed out:
  24172. the fact that there are some respects in which men are obviously not
  24173. equal; but also to insist that there should be equality of self-respect
  24174. and of mutual respect, an equality of rights before the law, and at
  24175. least an approximate equality in the conditions under which each man
  24176. obtains the chance to show the stuff that is in him when compared with
  24177. his fellows."
  24178.  
  24179. The spirit of the new age was, therefore, one of reform, not of
  24180. revolution. It called for no evolutionary or utopian experiments, but
  24181. for the steady and progressive enactment of measures aimed at admitted
  24182. abuses and designed to accomplish tangible results in the name of public
  24183. welfare.
  24184.  
  24185.  
  24186. =General References=
  24187.  
  24188. J. Bryce, _The American Commonwealth_.
  24189.  
  24190. R.C. Brooks, _Corruption in American Life_.
  24191.  
  24192. E.A. Ross, _Changing America_.
  24193.  
  24194. P.L. Haworth, _America in Ferment_.
  24195.  
  24196. E.R.A. Seligman, _The Income Tax_.
  24197.  
  24198. W.Z. Ripley, _Railroads: Rates and Regulation_.
  24199.  
  24200. E.S. Bradford, _Commission Government in American Cities_.
  24201.  
  24202. H.R. Seager, _A Program of Social Reform_.
  24203.  
  24204. C. Zueblin, _American Municipal Progress_.
  24205.  
  24206. W.E. Walling, _Progressivism and After_.
  24207.  
  24208. _The American Year Book_ (an annual publication which contains reviews
  24209. of reform legislation).
  24210.  
  24211.  
  24212. =Research Topics=
  24213.  
  24214. ="The Muckrakers."=--Paxson, _The New Nation_ (Riverside Series), pp.
  24215. 309-323.
  24216.  
  24217. =Civil Service Reform.=--Beard, _American Government and Politics_ (3d
  24218. ed.), pp. 222-230; Ogg, _National Progress_ (American Nation Series),
  24219. pp. 135-142.
  24220.  
  24221. =Direct Government.=--Beard, _American Government_, pp. 461-473; Ogg,
  24222. pp. 160-166.
  24223.  
  24224. =Popular Election of Senators.=--Beard, _American Government_, pp.
  24225. 241-244; Ogg, pp. 149-150.
  24226.  
  24227. =Party Methods.=--Beard, _American Government_, pp. 656-672.
  24228.  
  24229. =Ballot Reform.=--Beard, _American Government_, pp. 672-705.
  24230.  
  24231. =Social and Economic Legislation.=--Beard, _American Government_, pp.
  24232. 721-752.
  24233.  
  24234.  
  24235. =Questions=
  24236.  
  24237. 1. Who were some of the critics of abuses in American life?
  24238.  
  24239. 2. What particular criticisms were advanced?
  24240.  
  24241. 3. How did Elihu Root define "invisible government"?
  24242.  
  24243. 4. Discuss the use of criticism as an aid to progress in a democracy.
  24244.  
  24245. 5. Explain what is meant by the "merit system" in the civil service.
  24246. Review the rise of the spoils system.
  24247.  
  24248. 6. Why is the public service of increasing importance? Give some of its
  24249. new problems.
  24250.  
  24251. 7. Describe the Australian ballot and the abuses against which it is
  24252. directed.
  24253.  
  24254. 8. What are the elements of direct government? Sketch their progress in
  24255. the United States.
  24256.  
  24257. 9. Trace the history of popular election of Senators.
  24258.  
  24259. 10. Explain the direct primary. Commission government. The city manager
  24260. plan.
  24261.  
  24262. 11. How does modern reform involve government action? On what theory is
  24263. it justified?
  24264.  
  24265. 12. Enumerate five lines of recent economic reform.
  24266.  
  24267.  
  24268.  
  24269.  
  24270. CHAPTER XXIII
  24271.  
  24272. THE NEW POLITICAL DEMOCRACY
  24273.  
  24274.  
  24275. =Women in Public Affairs.=--The social legislation enacted in response
  24276. to the spirit of reform vitally affected women in the home and in
  24277. industry and was promoted by their organizations. Where they did not
  24278. lead, they were affiliated with movements for social improvement. No
  24279. cause escaped their attention; no year passed without widening the range
  24280. of their interests. They served on committees that inquired into the
  24281. problems of the day; they appeared before legislative assemblies to
  24282. advocate remedies for the evils they discovered. By 1912 they were a
  24283. force to be reckoned with in national politics. In nine states complete
  24284. and equal suffrage had been established, and a widespread campaign for a
  24285. national suffrage amendment was in full swing. On every hand lay
  24286. evidences that their sphere had been broadened to include public
  24287. affairs. This was the culmination of forces that had long been
  24288. operating.
  24289.  
  24290. =A New Emphasis in History.=--A movement so deeply affecting important
  24291. interests could not fail to find a place in time in the written record
  24292. of human progress. History often began as a chronicle of kings and
  24293. queens, knights and ladies, written partly to amuse and partly to
  24294. instruct the classes that appeared in its pages. With the growth of
  24295. commerce, parliaments, and international relations, politics and
  24296. diplomacy were added to such chronicles of royal and princely doings.
  24297. After the rise of democracy, industry, and organized labor, the
  24298. transactions of everyday life were deemed worthy of a place in the pages
  24299. of history. In each case history was rewritten and the past rediscovered
  24300. in the light of the new age. So it will be with the rise and growth of
  24301. women's political power. The history of their labor, their education,
  24302. their status in society, their influence on the course of events will be
  24303. explored and given its place in the general record.
  24304.  
  24305. It will be a history of change. The superior position which women enjoy
  24306. in America to-day is the result of a slow evolution from an almost
  24307. rightless condition in colonial times. The founders of America brought
  24308. with them the English common law. Under that law, a married woman's
  24309. personal property--jewels, money, furniture, and the like--became her
  24310. husband's property; the management of her lands passed into his control.
  24311. Even the wages she earned, if she worked for some one else, belonged to
  24312. him. Custom, if not law, prescribed that women should not take part in
  24313. town meetings or enter into public discussions of religious questions.
  24314. Indeed it is a far cry from the banishment of Anne Hutchinson from
  24315. Massachusetts in 1637, for daring to dispute with the church fathers, to
  24316. the political conventions of 1920 in which women sat as delegates, made
  24317. nominating speeches, and served on committees. In the contrast between
  24318. these two scenes may be measured the change in the privileges of women
  24319. since the landing of the Pilgrims. The account of this progress is a
  24320. narrative of individual effort on the part of women, of organizations
  24321. among them, of generous aid from sympathetic men in the long agitation
  24322. for the removal of civil and political disabilities. It is in part also
  24323. a narrative of irresistible economic change which drew women into
  24324. industry, created a leisure class, gave women wages and incomes, and
  24325. therewith economic independence.
  24326.  
  24327.  
  24328. THE RISE OF THE WOMAN MOVEMENT
  24329.  
  24330. =Protests of Colonial Women.=--The republican spirit which produced
  24331. American independence was of slow and steady growth. It did not spring
  24332. up full-armed in a single night. It was, on the contrary, nourished
  24333. during a long period of time by fireside discussions as well as by
  24334. debates in the public forum. Women shared that fireside sifting of
  24335. political principles and passed on the findings of that scrutiny in
  24336. letters to their friends, newspaper articles, and every form of written
  24337. word. How widespread was this potent, though not spectacular force, is
  24338. revealed in the collections of women's letters, articles, songs, dramas,
  24339. and satirical "skits" on English rule that have come down to us. In this
  24340. search into the reasons of government, some women began to take thought
  24341. about laws that excluded them from the ballot. Two women at least left
  24342. their protests on record. Abigail, the ingenious and witty wife of John
  24343. Adams, wrote to her husband, in March, 1776, that women objected "to all
  24344. arbitrary power whether of state or males" and demanded political
  24345. privileges in the new order then being created. Hannah Lee Corbin, the
  24346. sister of "Lighthorse" Harry Lee, protested to her brother against the
  24347. taxation of women without representation.
  24348.  
  24349. [Illustration: ABIGAIL ADAMS]
  24350.  
  24351. =The Stir among European Women.=--Ferment in America, in the case of
  24352. women as of men, was quickened by events in Europe. In 1792, Mary
  24353. Wollstonecraft published in England the _Vindication of the Rights of
  24354. Women_--a book that was destined to serve the cause of liberty among
  24355. women as the writings of Locke and Paine had served that of men. The
  24356. specific grievances which stirred English women were men's invasion of
  24357. women's industries, such as spinning and weaving; the denial of equal
  24358. educational opportunities; and political disabilities. In France also
  24359. the great Revolution raised questionings about the status of women. The
  24360. rights of "citizenesses" as well as the rights of "citizens" were
  24361. examined by the boldest thinkers. This in turn reacted upon women in the
  24362. United States.
  24363.  
  24364. =Leadership in America.=--The origins of the American woman movement are
  24365. to be found in the writings of a few early intellectual leaders. During
  24366. the first decades of the nineteenth century, books, articles, and
  24367. pamphlets about women came in increasing numbers from the press. Lydia
  24368. Maria Child wrote a history of women; Margaret Fuller made a critical
  24369. examination of the status of women in her time; and Mrs. Elizabeth Ellet
  24370. supplemented the older histories by showing what an important part women
  24371. had played in the American Revolution.
  24372.  
  24373. =The Struggle for Education.=--Along with criticism, there was carried
  24374. on a constructive struggle for better educational facilities for women
  24375. who had been from the beginning excluded from every college in the
  24376. country. In this long battle, Emma Willard and Mary Lyon led the way;
  24377. the former founded a seminary at Troy, New York; and the latter made the
  24378. beginnings of Mount Holyoke College in Massachusetts. Oberlin College in
  24379. Ohio, established in 1833, opened its doors to girls and from it were
  24380. graduated young students to lead in the woman movement. Sarah J. Hale,
  24381. who in 1827 became the editor of a "Ladies' Magazine," published in
  24382. Boston, conducted a campaign for equal educational opportunities which
  24383. helped to bear fruit in the founding of Vassar College shortly after the
  24384. Civil War.
  24385.  
  24386. =The Desire to Effect Reforms.=--As they came to study their own history
  24387. and their own part in civilization, women naturally became deeply
  24388. interested in all the controversies going on around them. The temperance
  24389. question made a special appeal to them and they organized to demand the
  24390. right to be heard on it. In 1846 the "Daughters of Temperance" formed a
  24391. secret society favoring prohibition. They dared to criticize the
  24392. churches for their indifference and were so bold as to ask that
  24393. drunkenness be made a ground for divorce.
  24394.  
  24395. The slavery issue even more than temperance called women into public
  24396. life. The Grimke sisters of South Carolina emancipated their bondmen,
  24397. and one of these sisters, exiled from Charleston for her "Appeal to the
  24398. Christian Women of the South," went North to work against the slavery
  24399. system. In 1837 the National Women's Anti-Slavery Convention met in New
  24400. York; seventy-one women delegates represented eight states. Three years
  24401. later eight American women, five of them in Quaker costume, attended the
  24402. World Anti-Slavery Convention in London, much to the horror of the men,
  24403. who promptly excluded them from the sessions on the ground that it was
  24404. not fitting for women to take part in such meetings.
  24405.  
  24406. In other spheres of activity, especially social service, women steadily
  24407. enlarged their interest. Nothing human did they consider alien to them.
  24408. They inveighed against cruel criminal laws and unsanitary prisons. They
  24409. organized poor relief and led in private philanthropy. Dorothea Dix
  24410. directed the movement that induced the New York legislature to establish
  24411. in 1845 a separate asylum for the criminal insane. In the same year
  24412. Sarah G. Bagley organized the Lowell Female Reform Association for the
  24413. purpose of reducing the long hours of labor for women, safeguarding "the
  24414. constitutions of future generations." Mrs. Eliza Woodson Farnham, matron
  24415. in Sing Sing penitentiary, was known throughout the nation for her
  24416. social work, especially prison reform. Wherever there were misery and
  24417. suffering, women were preparing programs of relief.
  24418.  
  24419. =Freedom of Speech for Women.=--In the advancement of their causes, of
  24420. whatever kind, women of necessity had to make public appeals and take
  24421. part in open meetings. Here they encountered difficulties. The
  24422. appearance of women on the platform was new and strange. Naturally it
  24423. was widely resented. Antoinette Brown, although she had credentials as a
  24424. delegate, was driven off the platform of a temperance convention in New
  24425. York City simply because she was a woman. James Russell Lowell, editor
  24426. of the "Atlantic Monthly," declined a poem from Julia Ward Howe on the
  24427. theory that no woman could write a poem; but he added on second thought
  24428. that he might consider an article in prose. Nathaniel Hawthorne,
  24429. another editor, even objected to something in prose because to him "all
  24430. ink-stained women were equally detestable." To the natural resentment
  24431. against their intrusion into new fields was added that aroused by their
  24432. ideas and methods. As temperance reformers, they criticized in a caustic
  24433. manner those who would not accept their opinions. As opponents of
  24434. slavery they were especially bitter. One of their conventions, held at
  24435. Philadelphia in 1833, passed a resolution calling on all women to leave
  24436. those churches that would not condemn every form of human bondage. This
  24437. stirred against them many of the clergy who, accustomed to having women
  24438. sit silent during services, were in no mood to treat such a revolt
  24439. leniently. Then came the last straw. Women decided that they would
  24440. preach--out of the pulpit first, and finally in it.
  24441.  
  24442. =Women in Industry.=--The period of this ferment was also the age of the
  24443. industrial revolution in America, the rise of the factory system, and
  24444. the growth of mill towns. The labor of women was transferred from the
  24445. homes to the factories. Then arose many questions: the hours of labor,
  24446. the sanitary conditions of the mills, the pressure of foreign
  24447. immigration on native labor, the wages of women as compared with those
  24448. of men, and the right of married women to their own earnings. Labor
  24449. organizations sprang up among working women. The mill girls of Lowell,
  24450. Massachusetts, mainly the daughters of New England farmers, published a
  24451. magazine, "The Lowell Offering." So excellent were their writings that
  24452. the French statesman, Thiers, carried a copy of their paper into the
  24453. Chamber of Deputies to show what working women could achieve in a
  24454. republic. As women were now admittedly earning their own way in the
  24455. world by their own labor, they began to talk of their "economic
  24456. independence."
  24457.  
  24458. =The World Shaken by Revolution.=--Such was the quickening of women's
  24459. minds in 1848 when the world was startled once more by a revolution in
  24460. France which spread to Germany, Poland, Austria, Hungary, and Italy.
  24461. Once more the people of the earth began to explore the principles of
  24462. democracy and expound human rights. Women, now better educated and more
  24463. "advanced" in their ideas, played a role of still greater importance in
  24464. that revolution. They led in agitations and uprisings. They suffered
  24465. from reaction and persecution. From their prison in France, two of them
  24466. who had been jailed for too much insistence on women's rights exchanged
  24467. greetings with American women who were raising the same issue here. By
  24468. this time the women had more supporters among the men. Horace Greeley,
  24469. editor of the New York _Tribune_, though he afterwards recanted, used
  24470. his powerful pen in their behalf. Anti-slavery leaders welcomed their
  24471. aid and repaid them by urging the enfranchisement of women.
  24472.  
  24473. =The Woman's Rights Convention of 1848.=--The forces, moral and
  24474. intellectual, which had been stirring among women, crystallized a few
  24475. months after the outbreak of the European revolution in the first
  24476. Woman's Rights Convention in the history of America. It met at Seneca
  24477. Falls, New York, in 1848, on the call of Lucretia Mott, Martha Wright,
  24478. Elizabeth Cady Stanton, and Mary Ann McClintock, three of them Quakers.
  24479. Accustomed to take part in church meetings with men, the Quakers
  24480. naturally suggested that men as well as women be invited to attend the
  24481. convention. Indeed, a man presided over the conference, for that
  24482. position seemed too presumptuous even for such stout advocates of
  24483. woman's rights.
  24484.  
  24485. The deliberations of the Seneca Falls convention resulted in a
  24486. Declaration of Rights modeled after the Declaration of Independence. For
  24487. example, the preamble began: "When in the course of human events it
  24488. becomes necessary for one portion of the family of man to assume among
  24489. the people of the earth a position different from that which they have
  24490. hitherto occupied...." So also it closed: "Such has been the patient
  24491. suffering of women under this government and such is now the necessity
  24492. which constrains them to demand the equal station to which they are
  24493. entitled." Then followed the list of grievances, the same number which
  24494. had been exhibited to George III in 1776. Especially did they assail the
  24495. disabilities imposed upon them by the English common law imported into
  24496. America--the law which denied married women their property, their wages,
  24497. and their legal existence as separate persons. All these grievances they
  24498. recited to "a candid world." The remedies for the evils which they
  24499. endured were then set forth in detail. They demanded "equal rights" in
  24500. the colleges, trades, and professions; equal suffrage; the right to
  24501. share in all political offices, honors, and emoluments; the right to
  24502. complete equality in marriage, including equal guardianship of the
  24503. children; and for married women the right to own property, to keep
  24504. wages, to make contracts, to transact business, and to testify in the
  24505. courts of justice. In short, they declared women to be persons as men
  24506. are persons and entitled to all the rights and privileges of human
  24507. beings. Such was the clarion call which went forth to the world in
  24508. 1848--to an amused and contemptuous world, it must be admitted--but to a
  24509. world fated to heed and obey.
  24510.  
  24511. =The First Gains in Civil Liberty.=--The convention of 1848 did not make
  24512. political enfranchisement the leading issue. Rather did it emphasize the
  24513. civil disabilities of women which were most seriously under discussion
  24514. at the time. Indeed, the New York legislature of that very year, as the
  24515. result of a twelve years' agitation, passed the Married Woman's Property
  24516. Act setting aside the general principles of the English common law as
  24517. applied to women and giving them many of the "rights of man." California
  24518. and Wisconsin followed in 1850; Massachusetts in 1854; and Kansas in
  24519. 1859. Other states soon fell into line. Women's earnings and
  24520. inheritances were at last their own in some states at least. In a little
  24521. while laws were passed granting women rights as equal guardians of their
  24522. children and permitting them to divorce their husbands on the grounds of
  24523. cruelty and drunkenness.
  24524.  
  24525. By degrees other steps were taken. The Woman's Medical College of
  24526. Pennsylvania was founded in 1850, and the Philadelphia School of Design
  24527. for Women three years later. In 1852 the American Women's Educational
  24528. Association was formed to initiate an agitation for enlarged
  24529. educational opportunities for women. Other colleges soon emulated the
  24530. example of Oberlin: the University of Utah in 1850; Hillsdale College in
  24531. Michigan in 1855; Baker University in Kansas in 1858; and the University
  24532. of Iowa in 1860. New trades and professions were opened to women and old
  24533. prejudices against their activities and demands slowly gave way.
  24534.  
  24535.  
  24536. THE NATIONAL STRUGGLE FOR WOMAN SUFFRAGE
  24537.  
  24538. =The Beginnings of Organization.=--As women surmounted one obstacle
  24539. after another, the agitation for equal suffrage came to the front. If
  24540. any year is to be fixed as the date of its beginning, it may very well
  24541. be 1850, when the suffragists of Ohio urged the state constitutional
  24542. convention to confer the vote upon them. With apparent spontaneity there
  24543. were held in the same year state suffrage conferences in Indiana,
  24544. Pennsylvania, and Massachusetts; and connections were formed among the
  24545. leaders of these meetings. At the same time the first national suffrage
  24546. convention was held in Worcester, Massachusetts, on the call of
  24547. eighty-nine leading men and women representing six states. Accounts of
  24548. the convention were widely circulated in this country and abroad.
  24549. English women,--for instance, Harriet Martineau,--sent words of
  24550. appreciation for the work thus inaugurated. It inspired a leading
  24551. article in the "Westminster Review," which deeply interested the
  24552. distinguished economist, John Stuart Mill. Soon he was the champion of
  24553. woman suffrage in the British Parliament and the author of a powerful
  24554. tract _The Subjection of Women_, widely read throughout the
  24555. English-speaking world. Thus do world movements grow. Strange to relate
  24556. the women of England were enfranchised before the adoption of the
  24557. federal suffrage amendment in America.
  24558.  
  24559. The national suffrage convention of 1850 was followed by an
  24560. extraordinary outburst of agitation. Pamphlets streamed from the press.
  24561. Petitions to legislative bodies were drafted, signed, and presented.
  24562. There were addresses by favorite orators like Garrison, Phillips, and
  24563. Curtis, and lectures and poems by men like Emerson, Longfellow, and
  24564. Whittier. In 1853 the first suffrage paper was founded by the wife of a
  24565. member of Congress from Rhode Island. By this time the last barrier to
  24566. white manhood suffrage in the North had been swept away and the woman's
  24567. movement was gaining momentum every year.
  24568.  
  24569. =The Suffrage Movement Checked by the Civil War.=--Advocates of woman
  24570. suffrage believed themselves on the high road to success when the Civil
  24571. War engaged the energies and labors of the nation. Northern women became
  24572. absorbed in the struggle to preserve the union. They held no suffrage
  24573. conventions for five years. They transformed their associations into
  24574. Loyalty Leagues. They banded together to buy only domestic goods when
  24575. foreign imports threatened to ruin American markets. They rolled up
  24576. monster petitions in favor of the emancipation of slaves. In hospitals,
  24577. in military prisons, in agriculture, and in industry they bore their
  24578. full share of responsibility. Even when the New York legislature took
  24579. advantage of their unguarded moments and repealed the law giving the
  24580. mother equal rights with the father in the guardianship of children,
  24581. they refused to lay aside war work for agitation. As in all other wars,
  24582. their devotion was unstinted and their sacrifices equal to the
  24583. necessities of the hour.
  24584.  
  24585. =The Federal Suffrage Amendment.=--Their plans and activities, when the
  24586. war closed, were shaped by events beyond their control. The emancipation
  24587. of the slaves and their proposed enfranchisement made prominent the
  24588. question of a national suffrage for the first time in our history.
  24589. Friends of the colored man insisted that his civil liberties would not
  24590. be safe unless he was granted the right to vote. The woman suffragists
  24591. very pertinently asked why the same principle did not apply to women.
  24592. The answer which they received was negative. The fourteenth amendment to
  24593. the federal Constitution, adopted in 1868, definitely put women aside by
  24594. limiting the scope of its application, so far as the suffrage was
  24595. concerned, to the male sex. In making manhood suffrage national,
  24596. however, it nationalized the issue.
  24597.  
  24598. This was the signal for the advocates of woman suffrage. In March, 1869,
  24599. their proposed amendment was introduced in Congress by George W. Julian
  24600. of Indiana. It provided that no citizen should be deprived of the vote
  24601. on account of sex, following the language of the fifteenth amendment
  24602. which forbade disfranchisement on account of race. Support for the
  24603. amendment, coming from many directions, led the suffragists to believe
  24604. that their case was hopeful. In their platform of 1872, for example, the
  24605. Republicans praised the women for their loyal devotion to freedom,
  24606. welcomed them to spheres of wider usefulness, and declared that the
  24607. demand of any class of citizens for additional rights deserved
  24608. "respectful consideration."
  24609.  
  24610. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  24611.  
  24612. SUSAN B. ANTHONY]
  24613.  
  24614. Experience soon demonstrated, however, that praise was not the ballot.
  24615. Indeed the suffragists already had realized that a tedious contest lay
  24616. before them. They had revived in 1866 their regular national convention.
  24617. They gave the name of "The Revolution" to their paper, edited by
  24618. Elizabeth Cady Stanton and Susan B. Anthony. They formed a national
  24619. suffrage association and organized annual pilgrimages to Congress to
  24620. present their claims. Such activities bore some results. Many eminent
  24621. congressmen were converted to their cause and presented it ably to their
  24622. colleagues of both chambers. Still the subject was ridiculed by the
  24623. newspapers and looked upon as freakish by the masses.
  24624.  
  24625. =The State Campaigns.=--Discouraged by the outcome of the national
  24626. campaign, suffragists turned to the voters of the individual states and
  24627. sought the ballot at their hands. Gains by this process were painfully
  24628. slow. Wyoming, it is true, while still a territory, granted suffrage to
  24629. women in 1869 and continued it on becoming a state twenty years later,
  24630. in spite of strong protests in Congress. In 1893 Colorado established
  24631. complete political equality. In Utah, the third suffrage state, the
  24632. cause suffered many vicissitudes. Women were enfranchised by the
  24633. territorial legislature; they were deprived of the ballot by Congress in
  24634. 1887; finally in 1896 on the admission of Utah to the union they
  24635. recovered their former rights. During the same year, 1896, Idaho
  24636. conferred equal suffrage upon the women. This was the last suffrage
  24637. victory for more than a decade.
  24638.  
  24639. =The Suffrage Cause in Congress.=--In the midst of the meager gains
  24640. among the states there were occasional flurries of hope for immediate
  24641. action on the federal amendment. Between 1878 and 1896 the Senate
  24642. committee reported the suffrage resolution by a favorable majority on
  24643. five different occasions. During the same period, however, there were
  24644. nine unfavorable reports and only once did the subject reach the point
  24645. of a general debate. At no time could anything like the required
  24646. two-thirds vote be obtained.
  24647.  
  24648. =The Changing Status of Women.=--While the suffrage movement was
  24649. lagging, the activities of women in other directions were steadily
  24650. multiplying. College after college--Vassar, Bryn Mawr, Smith, Wellesley,
  24651. to mention a few--was founded to give them the advantages of higher
  24652. education. Other institutions, especially the state universities of the
  24653. West, opened their doors to women, and women were received into the
  24654. professions of law and medicine. By the rapid growth of public high
  24655. schools in which girls enjoyed the same rights as boys, education was
  24656. extended still more widely. The number of women teachers increased by
  24657. leaps and bounds.
  24658.  
  24659. Meanwhile women were entering nearly every branch of industry and
  24660. business. How many of them worked at gainful occupations before 1870 we
  24661. do not know; but from that year forward we have the records of the
  24662. census. Between 1870 and 1900 the proportion of women in the professions
  24663. rose from less than two per cent to more than ten per cent; in trade and
  24664. transportation from 24.8 per cent to 43.2 per cent; and in manufacturing
  24665. from 13 to 19 per cent. In 1910, there were over 8,000,000 women
  24666. gainfully employed as compared with 30,000,000 men. When, during the war
  24667. on Germany, the government established the principle of equal pay for
  24668. equal work and gave official recognition to the value of their services
  24669. in industry, it was discovered how far women had traveled along the road
  24670. forecast by the leaders of 1848.
  24671.  
  24672. =The Club Movement among Women.=--All over the country women's societies
  24673. and clubs were started to advance this or that reform or merely to study
  24674. literature, art, and science. In time these women's organizations of all
  24675. kinds were federated into city, state, and national associations and
  24676. drawn into the consideration of public questions. Under the leadership
  24677. of Frances Willard they made temperance reform a vital issue. They took
  24678. an interest in legislation pertaining to prisons, pure food, public
  24679. health, and municipal government, among other things. At their sessions
  24680. and conferences local, state, and national issues were discussed until
  24681. finally, it seems, everything led to the quest of the franchise. By
  24682. solemn resolution in 1914 the National Federation of Women's Clubs,
  24683. representing nearly two million club women, formally endorsed woman
  24684. suffrage. In the same year the National Education Association, speaking
  24685. for the public school teachers of the land, added its seal of approval.
  24686.  
  24687. =State and National Action.=--Again the suffrage movement was in full
  24688. swing in the states. Washington in 1910, California in 1911, Oregon,
  24689. Kansas, and Arizona in 1912, Nevada and Montana in 1914 by popular vote
  24690. enfranchised their women. Illinois in 1913 conferred upon them the right
  24691. to vote for President of the United States. The time had arrived for a
  24692. new movement. A number of younger suffragists sought to use the votes of
  24693. women in the equal suffrage states to compel one or both of the national
  24694. political parties to endorse and carry through Congress the federal
  24695. suffrage amendment. Pressure then came upon Congress from every
  24696. direction: from the suffragists who made a straight appeal on the
  24697. grounds of justice; and from the suffragists who besought the women of
  24698. the West to vote against candidates for President, who would not approve
  24699. the federal amendment. In 1916, for the first time, a leading
  24700. presidential candidate, Mr. Charles E. Hughes, speaking for the
  24701. Republicans, endorsed the federal amendment and a distinguished
  24702. ex-President, Roosevelt, exerted a powerful influence to keep it an
  24703. issue in the campaign.
  24704.  
  24705. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  24706.  
  24707. CONFERENCE OF MEN AND WOMEN DELEGATES AT A NATIONAL CONVENTION IN
  24708. 1920]
  24709.  
  24710. =National Enfranchisement.=--After that, events moved rapidly. The great
  24711. state of New York adopted equal suffrage in 1917. Oklahoma, South
  24712. Dakota, and Michigan swung into line the following year; several other
  24713. states, by legislative action, gave women the right to vote for
  24714. President. In the meantime the suffrage battle at Washington grew
  24715. intense. Appeals and petitions poured in upon Congress and the
  24716. President. Militant suffragists held daily demonstrations in Washington.
  24717. On September 30, 1918, President Wilson, who, two years before, had
  24718. opposed federal action and endorsed suffrage by state adoption only,
  24719. went before Congress and urged the passage of the suffrage amendment to
  24720. the Constitution. In June, 1919, the requisite two-thirds vote was
  24721. secured; the resolution was carried and transmitted to the states for
  24722. ratification. On August 28, 1920, the thirty-sixth state, Tennessee,
  24723. approved the amendment, making three-fourths of the states as required
  24724. by the Constitution. Thus woman suffrage became the law of the land. A
  24725. new political democracy had been created. The age of agitation was
  24726. closed and the epoch of responsible citizenship opened.
  24727.  
  24728.  
  24729. =General References=
  24730.  
  24731. Edith Abbott, _Women in Industry_.
  24732.  
  24733. C.P. Gilman, _Woman and Economics_.
  24734.  
  24735. I.H. Harper, _Life and Work of Susan B. Anthony_.
  24736.  
  24737. E.R. Hecker, _Short History of Woman's Rights_.
  24738.  
  24739. S.B. Anthony and I.H. Harper, _History of Woman Suffrage_ (4 vols.).
  24740.  
  24741. J.W. Taylor, _Before Vassar Opened_.
  24742.  
  24743. A.H. Shaw, _The Story of a Pioneer_.
  24744.  
  24745.  
  24746. =Research Topics=
  24747.  
  24748. =The Rise of the Woman Suffrage Movement.=--McMaster, _History of the
  24749. People of the United States_, Vol. VIII, pp. 116-121; K. Porter,
  24750. _History of Suffrage in the United States_, pp. 135-145.
  24751.  
  24752. =The Development of the Suffrage Movement.=--Porter, pp. 228-254; Ogg,
  24753. _National Progress_ (American Nation Series), pp. 151-156 and p. 382.
  24754.  
  24755. =Women's Labor in the Colonial Period.=--E. Abbott, _Women in Industry_,
  24756. pp. 10-34.
  24757.  
  24758. =Women and the Factory System.=--Abbott, pp. 35-62.
  24759.  
  24760. =Early Occupations for Women.=--Abbott, pp. 63-85.
  24761.  
  24762. =Women's Wages.=--Abbott, pp. 262-316.
  24763.  
  24764.  
  24765. =Questions=
  24766.  
  24767. 1. Why were women involved in the reform movements of the new century?
  24768.  
  24769. 2. What is history? What determines the topics that appear in written
  24770. history?
  24771.  
  24772. 3. State the position of women under the old common law.
  24773.  
  24774. 4. What part did women play in the intellectual movement that preceded
  24775. the American Revolution?
  24776.  
  24777. 5. Explain the rise of the discussion of women's rights.
  24778.  
  24779. 6. What were some of the early writings about women?
  24780.  
  24781. 7. Why was there a struggle for educational opportunities?
  24782.  
  24783. 8. How did reform movements draw women into public affairs and what were
  24784. the chief results?
  24785.  
  24786. 9. Show how the rise of the factory affected the life and labor of
  24787. women.
  24788.  
  24789. 10. Why is the year 1848 an important year in the woman movement?
  24790. Discuss the work of the Seneca Falls convention.
  24791.  
  24792. 11. Enumerate some of the early gains in civil liberty for women.
  24793.  
  24794. 12. Trace the rise of the suffrage movement. Show the effect of the
  24795. Civil War.
  24796.  
  24797. 13. Review the history of the federal suffrage amendment.
  24798.  
  24799. 14. Summarize the history of the suffrage in the states.
  24800.  
  24801.  
  24802.  
  24803.  
  24804. CHAPTER XXIV
  24805.  
  24806. INDUSTRIAL DEMOCRACY
  24807.  
  24808.  
  24809. =The New Economic Age.=--The spirit of criticism and the measures of
  24810. reform designed to meet it, which characterized the opening years of the
  24811. twentieth century, were merely the signs of a new age. The nation had
  24812. definitely passed into industrialism. The number of city dwellers
  24813. employed for wages as contrasted with the farmers working on their own
  24814. land was steadily mounting. The free land, once the refuge of restless
  24815. workingmen of the East and the immigrants from Europe, was a thing of
  24816. the past. As President Roosevelt later said in speaking of the great
  24817. coal strike, "a few generations ago, the American workman could have
  24818. saved money, gone West, and taken up a homestead. Now the free lands
  24819. were gone. In earlier days, a man who began with a pick and shovel might
  24820. come to own a mine. That outlet was now closed as regards the immense
  24821. majority.... The majority of men who earned wages in the coal industry,
  24822. if they wished to progress at all, were compelled to progress not by
  24823. ceasing to be wage-earners but by improving the conditions under which
  24824. all the wage-earners of the country lived and worked."
  24825.  
  24826. The disappearance of the free land, President Roosevelt went on to say,
  24827. also produced "a crass inequality in the bargaining relation of the
  24828. employer and the individual employee standing alone. The great
  24829. coal-mining and coal-carrying companies which employed their tens of
  24830. thousands could easily dispense with the services of any particular
  24831. miner. The miner, on the other hand, however expert, could not dispense
  24832. with the companies. He needed a job; his wife and children would starve
  24833. if he did not get one.... Individually the miners were impotent when
  24834. they sought to enter a wage contract with the great companies; they
  24835. could make fair terms only by uniting into trade unions to bargain
  24836. collectively." It was of this state of affairs that President Taft spoke
  24837. when he favored the modification of the common law "so as to put
  24838. employees of little power and means on a level with their employers in
  24839. adjusting and agreeing upon their mutual obligations."
  24840.  
  24841. John D. Rockefeller, Jr., on the side of the great captains of industry,
  24842. recognized the same facts. He said: "In the early days of the
  24843. development of industry, the employer and capital investor were
  24844. frequently one. Daily contact was had between him and his employees, who
  24845. were his friends and neighbors.... Because of the proportions which
  24846. modern industry has attained, employers and employees are too often
  24847. strangers to each other.... Personal relations can be revived only
  24848. through adequate representation of the employees. Representation is a
  24849. principle which is fundamentally just and vital to the successful
  24850. conduct of industry.... It is not consistent for us as Americans to
  24851. demand democracy in government and practice autocracy in industry....
  24852. With the developments what they are in industry to-day, there is sure to
  24853. come a progressive evolution from aristocratic single control, whether
  24854. by capital, labor, or the state, to democratic, cooperative control by
  24855. all three."
  24856.  
  24857.  
  24858. COOPERATION BETWEEN EMPLOYERS AND EMPLOYEES
  24859.  
  24860. =Company Unions.=--The changed economic life described by the three
  24861. eminent men just quoted was acknowledged by several great companies and
  24862. business concerns. All over the country decided efforts were made to
  24863. bridge the gulf which industry and the corporation had created. Among
  24864. the devices adopted was that of the "company union." In one of the
  24865. Western lumber mills, for example, all the employees were invited to
  24866. join a company organization; they held monthly meetings to discuss
  24867. matters of common concern; they elected a "shop committee" to confer
  24868. with the representatives of the company; and periodically the agents of
  24869. the employers attended the conferences of the men to talk over matters
  24870. of mutual interest. The function of the shop committee was to consider
  24871. wages, hours, safety rules, sanitation, recreation and other problems.
  24872. Whenever any employee had a grievance he took it up with the foreman
  24873. and, if it was not settled to his satisfaction, he brought it before the
  24874. shop committee. If the members of the shop committee decided in favor of
  24875. the man with a grievance, they attempted to settle the matter with the
  24876. company's agents. All these things failing, the dispute was transferred
  24877. to a grand meeting of all the employees with the employers'
  24878. representatives, in common council. A deadlock, if it ensued from such a
  24879. conference, was broken by calling in impartial arbitrators selected by
  24880. both sides from among citizens outside the mill. Thus the employees were
  24881. given a voice in all decisions affecting their work and welfare; rights
  24882. and grievances were treated as matters of mutual interest rather than
  24883. individual concern. Representatives of trade unions from outside,
  24884. however, were rigidly excluded from all negotiations between employers
  24885. and the employees.
  24886.  
  24887. =Profit-sharing.=--Another proposal for drawing capital and labor
  24888. together was to supplement the wage system by other ties. Sometimes lump
  24889. sums were paid to employees who remained in a company's service for a
  24890. definite period of years. Again they were given a certain percentage of
  24891. the annual profits. In other instances, employees were allowed to buy
  24892. stock on easy terms and thus become part owners in the concern. This
  24893. last plan was carried so far by a large soap manufacturing company that
  24894. the employees, besides becoming stockholders, secured the right to elect
  24895. representatives to serve on the board of directors who managed the
  24896. entire business. So extensive had profit-sharing become by 1914 that the
  24897. Federal Industrial Relations Committee, appointed by the President,
  24898. deemed it worthy of a special study. Though opposed by regular trade
  24899. unions, it was undoubtedly growing in popularity.
  24900.  
  24901. =Labor Managers and Welfare Work.=--Another effort of employers to meet
  24902. the problems of the new age appeared in the appointment of specialists,
  24903. known as employment managers, whose task it was to study the relations
  24904. existing between masters and workers and discover practical methods for
  24905. dealing with each grievance as it arose. By 1918, hundreds of big
  24906. companies had recognized this modern "profession" and universities were
  24907. giving courses of instruction on the subject to young men and women. In
  24908. that year a national conference of employment managers was held at
  24909. Rochester, New York. The discussion revealed a wide range of duties
  24910. assigned to managers, including questions of wages, hours, sanitation,
  24911. rest rooms, recreational facilities, and welfare work of every kind
  24912. designed to make the conditions in mills and factories safer and more
  24913. humane. Thus it was evident that hundreds of employers had abandoned the
  24914. old idea that they were dealing merely with individual employees and
  24915. that their obligations ended with the payment of any wages they saw fit
  24916. to fix. In short, they were seeking to develop a spirit of cooperation
  24917. to take the place of competition and enmity; and to increase the
  24918. production of commodities by promoting the efficiency and happiness of
  24919. the producers.
  24920.  
  24921.  
  24922. THE RISE AND GROWTH OF ORGANIZED LABOR
  24923.  
  24924. =The American Federation of Labor.=--Meanwhile a powerful association of
  24925. workers representing all the leading trades and crafts, organized into
  24926. unions of their own, had been built up outside the control of employers.
  24927. This was the American Federation of Labor, a nation-wide union of
  24928. unions, founded in 1886 on the basis of beginnings made five years
  24929. before. At the time of its establishment it had approximately 150,000
  24930. members. Its growth up to the end of the century was slow, for the total
  24931. enrollment in 1900 was only 300,000. At that point the increase became
  24932. marked. The membership reached 1,650,000 in 1904 and more than 3,000,000
  24933. in 1919. To be counted in the ranks of organized labor were several
  24934. strong unions, friendly to the Federation, though not affiliated with
  24935. it. Such, for example, were the Railway Brotherhoods with more than half
  24936. a million members. By the opening of 1920 the total strength of
  24937. organized labor was put at about 4,000,000 members, meaning, if we
  24938. include their families, that nearly one-fifth of the people of the
  24939. United States were in some positive way dependent upon the operations of
  24940. trade unions.
  24941.  
  24942. =Historical Background.=--This was the culmination of a long and
  24943. significant history. Before the end of the eighteenth century, the
  24944. skilled workmen--printers, shoemakers, tailors, and carpenters--had, as
  24945. we have seen, formed local unions in the large cities. Between 1830 and
  24946. 1860, several aggressive steps were taken in the American labor
  24947. movement. For one thing, the number of local unions increased by leaps
  24948. and bounds in all the industrial towns. For another, there was
  24949. established in every large manufacturing city a central labor body
  24950. composed of delegates from the unions of the separate trades. In the
  24951. local union the printers or the cordwainers, for example, considered
  24952. only their special trade problems. In the central labor union, printers,
  24953. cordwainers, iron molders, and other craftsmen considered common
  24954. problems and learned to cooperate with one another in enforcing the
  24955. demands of each craft. A third step was the federation of the unions of
  24956. the same craftsmen in different cities. The printers of New York,
  24957. Philadelphia, Boston, and other towns, for instance, drew together and
  24958. formed a national trade union of printers built upon the local unions of
  24959. that craft. By the eve of the Civil War there were four or five powerful
  24960. national unions of this character. The expansion of the railway made
  24961. travel and correspondence easier and national conventions possible even
  24962. for workmen of small means. About 1834 an attempt was made to federate
  24963. the unions of all the different crafts into a national organization; but
  24964. the effort was premature.
  24965.  
  24966. _The National Labor Union._--The plan which failed in 1834 was tried
  24967. again in the sixties. During the war, industries and railways had
  24968. flourished as never before; prices had risen rapidly; the demand for
  24969. labor had increased; wages had mounted slowly, but steadily. Hundreds of
  24970. new local unions had been founded and eight or ten national trade unions
  24971. had sprung into being. The time was ripe, it seemed, for a national
  24972. consolidation of all labor's forces; and in 1866, the year after the
  24973. surrender of General Lee at Appomattox, the "National Labor Union" was
  24974. formed at Baltimore under the leadership of an experienced organizer,
  24975. W.H. Sylvis of the iron molders. The purpose of the National Labor Union
  24976. was not merely to secure labor's standard demands touching hours, wages,
  24977. and conditions of work or to maintain the gains already won. It leaned
  24978. toward political action and radical opinions. Above all, it sought to
  24979. eliminate the conflict between capital and labor by making workingmen
  24980. the owners of shops through the formation of cooperative industries. For
  24981. six years the National Labor Union continued to hold conferences and
  24982. carry on its propaganda; but most of the cooperative enterprises failed,
  24983. political dissensions arose, and by 1872 the experiment had come to an
  24984. end.
  24985.  
  24986. _The Knights of Labor._--While the National Labor Union was
  24987. experimenting, there grew up in the industrial world a more radical
  24988. organization known as the "Noble Order of the Knights of Labor." It was
  24989. founded in Philadelphia in 1869, first as a secret society with rituals,
  24990. signs, and pass words; "so that no spy of the boss can find his way into
  24991. the lodge room to betray his fellows," as the Knights put it. In form
  24992. the new organization was simple. It sought to bring all laborers,
  24993. skilled and unskilled, men and women, white and colored, into a mighty
  24994. body of local and national unions without distinction of trade or craft.
  24995. By 1885, ten years after the national organization was established, it
  24996. boasted a membership of over 700,000. In philosophy, the Knights of
  24997. Labor were socialistic, for they advocated public ownership of the
  24998. railways and other utilities and the formation of cooperative societies
  24999. to own and manage stores and factories.
  25000.  
  25001. As the Knights were radical in spirit and their strikes, numerous and
  25002. prolonged, were often accompanied by violence, the organization alarmed
  25003. employers and the general public, raising up against itself a vigorous
  25004. opposition. Weaknesses within, as well as foes from without, started the
  25005. Knights on the path to dissolution. They waged more strikes than they
  25006. could carry on successfully; their cooperative experiments failed as
  25007. those of other labor groups before them had failed; and the rank and
  25008. file could not be kept in line. The majority of the members wanted
  25009. immediate gains in wages or the reduction of hours; when their hopes
  25010. were not realized they drifted away from the order. The troubles were
  25011. increased by the appearance of the American Federation of Labor, a still
  25012. mightier organization composed mainly of skilled workers who held
  25013. strategic positions in industry. When they failed to secure the
  25014. effective support of the Federation in their efforts to organize the
  25015. unskilled, the employers closed in upon them; then the Knights declined
  25016. rapidly in power. By 1890 they were a negligible factor and in a short
  25017. time they passed into the limbo of dead experiments.
  25018.  
  25019. =The Policies of the American Federation.=--Unlike the Knights of Labor,
  25020. the American Federation of Labor sought, first of all, to be very
  25021. practical in its objects and methods. It avoided all kinds of
  25022. socialistic theories and attended strictly to the business of organizing
  25023. unions for the purpose of increasing wages, shortening hours, and
  25024. improving working conditions for its members. It did not try to include
  25025. everybody in one big union but brought together the employees of each
  25026. particular craft whose interests were clearly the same. To prepare for
  25027. strikes and periods of unemployment, it raised large funds by imposing
  25028. heavy dues and created a benefit system to hold men loyally to the
  25029. union. In order to permit action on a national scale, it gave the
  25030. superior officers extensive powers over local unions.
  25031.  
  25032. While declaring that employers and employees had much in common, the
  25033. Federation strongly opposed company unions. Employers, it argued, were
  25034. affiliated with the National Manufacturers' Association or with similar
  25035. employers' organizations; every important industry was now national in
  25036. scope; and wages and hours, in view of competition with other shops,
  25037. could not be determined in a single factory, no matter how amicable
  25038. might be the relations of the company and its workers in that particular
  25039. plant. For these reasons, the Federation declared company unions and
  25040. local shop committees inherently weak; it insisted that hours, wages,
  25041. and other labor standards should be fixed by general trade agreements
  25042. applicable to all the plants of a given industry, even if subject to
  25043. local modifications.
  25044.  
  25045. At the same time, the Federation, far from deliberately antagonizing
  25046. employers, sought to enlist their cooperation and support. It affiliated
  25047. with the National Civic Federation, an association of business men,
  25048. financiers, and professional men, founded in 1900 to promote friendly
  25049. relations in the industrial world. In brief, the American Federation of
  25050. Labor accepted the modern industrial system and, by organization within
  25051. it, endeavored to secure certain definite terms and conditions for trade
  25052. unionists.
  25053.  
  25054.  
  25055. THE WIDER RELATIONS OF ORGANIZED LABOR
  25056.  
  25057. =The Socialists.=--The trade unionism "pure and simple," espoused by the
  25058. American Federation of Labor, seemed to involve at first glance nothing
  25059. but businesslike negotiations with employers. In practice it did not
  25060. work out that way. The Federation was only six years old when a new
  25061. organization, appealing directly for the labor vote--namely, the
  25062. Socialist Labor Party--nominated a candidate for President, launched
  25063. into a national campaign, and called upon trade unionists to desert the
  25064. older parties and enter its fold.
  25065.  
  25066. The socialistic idea, introduced into national politics in 1892, had
  25067. been long in germination. Before the Civil War, a number of reformers,
  25068. including Nathaniel Hawthorne, Horace Greeley, and Wendell Phillips,
  25069. deeply moved by the poverty of the great industrial cities, had
  25070. earnestly sought relief in the establishment of cooperative or
  25071. communistic colonies. They believed that people should go into the
  25072. country, secure land and tools, own them in common so that no one could
  25073. profit from exclusive ownership, and produce by common labor the food
  25074. and clothing necessary for their support. For a time this movement
  25075. attracted wide interest, but it had little vitality. Nearly all the
  25076. colonies failed. Selfishness and indolence usually disrupted the best of
  25077. them.
  25078.  
  25079. In the course of time this "Utopian" idea was abandoned, and another set
  25080. of socialist doctrines, claiming to be more "scientific," appeared
  25081. instead. The new school of socialists, adopting the principles of a
  25082. German writer and agitator, Karl Marx, appealed directly to workingmen.
  25083. It urged them to unite against the capitalists, to get possession of the
  25084. machinery of government, and to introduce collective or public ownership
  25085. of railways, land, mines, mills, and other means of production. The
  25086. Marxian socialists, therefore, became political. They sought to organize
  25087. labor and to win elections. Like the other parties they put forward
  25088. candidates and platforms. The Socialist Labor party in 1892, for
  25089. example, declared in favor of government ownership of utilities, free
  25090. school books, woman suffrage, heavy income taxes, and the referendum.
  25091. The Socialist party, founded in 1900, with Eugene V. Debs, the leader of
  25092. the Pullman strike, as its candidate, called for public ownership of all
  25093. trusts, monopolies, mines, railways; and the chief means of production.
  25094. In the course of time the vote of the latter organization rose to
  25095. considerable proportions, reaching almost a million in 1912. It declined
  25096. four years later and then rose in 1920 to about the same figure.
  25097.  
  25098. In their appeal for votes, the socialists of every type turned first to
  25099. labor. At the annual conventions of the American Federation of Labor
  25100. they besought the delegates to endorse socialism. The president of the
  25101. Federation, Samuel Gompers, on each occasion took the floor against
  25102. them. He repudiated socialism and the socialists, on both theoretical
  25103. and practical grounds. He opposed too much public ownership, declaring
  25104. that the government was as likely as any private employer to oppress
  25105. labor. The approval of socialism, he maintained, would split the
  25106. Federation on the rock of politics, weaken it in its fight for higher
  25107. wages and shorter hours, and prejudice the public against it. At every
  25108. turn he was able to vanquish the socialists in the Federation, although
  25109. he could not prevent it from endorsing public ownership of the railways
  25110. at the convention of 1920.
  25111.  
  25112. =The Extreme Radicals.=--Some of the socialists, defeated in their
  25113. efforts to capture organized labor and seeing that the gains in
  25114. elections were very meager, broke away from both trade unionism and
  25115. politics. One faction, the Industrial Workers of the World, founded in
  25116. 1905, declared themselves opposed to all capitalists, the wages system,
  25117. and craft unions. They asserted that the "working class and the
  25118. employing class have nothing in common" and that trade unions only
  25119. pitted one set of workers against another set. They repudiated all
  25120. government ownership and the government itself, boldly proclaiming their
  25121. intention to unite all employees into one big union and seize the
  25122. railways, mines, and mills of the country. This doctrine, so
  25123. revolutionary in tone, called down upon the extremists the condemnation
  25124. of the American Federation of Labor as well as of the general public. At
  25125. its convention in 1919, the Federation went on record as "opposed to
  25126. Bolshevism, I.W.W.-ism, and the irresponsible leadership that encourages
  25127. such a policy." It announced its "firm adherence to American ideals."
  25128.  
  25129. =The Federation and Political Issues.=--The hostility of the Federation
  25130. to the socialists did not mean, however, that it was indifferent to
  25131. political issues or political parties. On the contrary, from time to
  25132. time, at its annual conventions, it endorsed political and social
  25133. reforms, such as the initiative, referendum, and recall, the abolition
  25134. of child labor, the exclusion of Oriental labor, old-age pensions, and
  25135. government ownership. Moreover it adopted the policy of "rewarding
  25136. friends and punishing enemies" by advising members to vote for or
  25137. against candidates according to their stand on the demands of organized
  25138. labor.
  25139.  
  25140. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  25141.  
  25142. SAMUEL GOMPERS AND OTHER LABOR LEADERS]
  25143.  
  25144. This policy was pursued with especial zeal in connection with disputes
  25145. over the use of injunctions in labor controversies. An injunction is a
  25146. bill or writ issued by a judge ordering some person or corporation to do
  25147. or to refrain from doing something. For example, a judge may order a
  25148. trade union to refrain from interfering with non-union men or to
  25149. continue at work handling goods made by non-union labor; and he may fine
  25150. or imprison those who disobey his injunction, the penalty being
  25151. inflicted for "contempt of court." This ancient legal device came into
  25152. prominence in connection with nation-wide railway strikes in 1877. It
  25153. was applied with increasing frequency after its effective use against
  25154. Eugene V. Debs in the Pullman strike of 1894.
  25155.  
  25156. Aroused by the extensive use of the writ, organized labor demanded that
  25157. the power of judges to issue injunctions in labor disputes be limited by
  25158. law. Representatives of the unions sought support from the Democrats and
  25159. the Republicans; they received from the former very specific and cordial
  25160. endorsement. In 1896 the Democratic platform denounced "government by
  25161. injunction as a new and highly dangerous form of oppression." Mr.
  25162. Gompers, while refusing to commit the Federation to Democratic politics,
  25163. privately supported Mr. Bryan. In 1908, he came out openly and boasted
  25164. that eighty per cent of the votes of the Federation had been cast for
  25165. the Democratic candidate. Again in 1912 the same policy was pursued. The
  25166. reward was the enactment in 1914 of a federal law exempting trade unions
  25167. from prosecution as combinations in restraint of trade, limiting the use
  25168. of the injunction in labor disputes, and prescribing trial by jury in
  25169. case of contempt of court. This measure was hailed by Mr. Gompers as the
  25170. "Magna Carta of Labor" and a vindication of his policy. As a matter of
  25171. fact, however, it did not prevent the continued use of injunctions
  25172. against trade unions. Nevertheless Mr. Gompers was unshaken in his
  25173. conviction that organized labor should not attempt to form an
  25174. independent political party or endorse socialist or other radical
  25175. economic theories.
  25176.  
  25177. =Organized Labor and the Public.=--Besides its relations to employers,
  25178. radicals within its own ranks, and political questions, the Federation
  25179. had to face responsibilities to the general public. With the passing of
  25180. time these became heavy and grave. While industries were small and
  25181. conflicts were local in character, a strike seldom affected anybody but
  25182. the employer and the employees immediately involved in it. When,
  25183. however, industries and trade unions became organized on a national
  25184. scale and a strike could paralyze a basic enterprise like coal mining or
  25185. railways, the vital interests of all citizens were put in jeopardy.
  25186. Moreover, as increases in wages and reductions in hours often added
  25187. directly to the cost of living, the action of the unions affected the
  25188. well-being of all--the food, clothing, and shelter of the whole people.
  25189.  
  25190. For the purpose of meeting the issue raised by this state of affairs, it
  25191. was suggested that employers and employees should lay their disputes
  25192. before commissions of arbitration for decision and settlement. President
  25193. Cleveland, in a message of April 2, 1886, proposed such a method for
  25194. disposing of industrial controversies, and two years later Congress
  25195. enacted a voluntary arbitration law applicable to the railways. The
  25196. principle was extended in 1898 and again in 1913, and under the
  25197. authority of the federal government many contentions in the railway
  25198. world were settled by arbitration.
  25199.  
  25200. The success of such legislation induced some students of industrial
  25201. questions to urge that unions and employers should be compelled to
  25202. submit all disputes to official tribunals of arbitration. Kansas
  25203. actually passed such a law in 1920. Congress in the Esch-Cummins railway
  25204. bill of the same year created a federal board of nine members to which
  25205. all railway controversies, not settled by negotiation, must be
  25206. submitted. Strikes, however, were not absolutely forbidden. Generally
  25207. speaking, both employers and employees opposed compulsory adjustments
  25208. without offering any substitute in case voluntary arbitration should not
  25209. be accepted by both parties to a dispute.
  25210.  
  25211.  
  25212. IMMIGRATION AND AMERICANIZATION
  25213.  
  25214. =The Problems of Immigration.=--From its very inception, the American
  25215. Federation of Labor, like the Knights of Labor before it, was confronted
  25216. by numerous questions raised by the ever swelling tide of aliens coming
  25217. to our shores. In its effort to make each trade union all-inclusive, it
  25218. had to wrestle with a score or more languages. When it succeeded in
  25219. thoroughly organizing a craft, it often found its purposes defeated by
  25220. an influx of foreigners ready to work for lower wages and thus undermine
  25221. the foundations of the union.
  25222.  
  25223. At the same time, persons outside the labor movement began to be
  25224. apprehensive as they contemplated the undoubted evil, as well as the
  25225. good, that seemed to be associated with the "alien invasion." They saw
  25226. whole sections of great cities occupied by people speaking foreign
  25227. tongues, reading only foreign newspapers, and looking to the Old World
  25228. alone for their ideas and their customs. They witnessed an expanding
  25229. army of total illiterates, men and women who could read and write no
  25230. language at all; while among those aliens who could read few there were
  25231. who knew anything of American history, traditions, and ideals. Official
  25232. reports revealed that over twenty per cent of the men of the draft army
  25233. during the World War could not read a newspaper or write a letter home.
  25234. Perhaps most alarming of all was the discovery that thousands of alien
  25235. men are in the United States only on a temporary sojourn, solely to make
  25236. money and return home with their savings. These men, willing to work for
  25237. low wages and live in places unfit for human beings, have no stake in
  25238. this country and do not care what becomes of it.
  25239.  
  25240. =The Restriction of Immigration.=--In all this there was, strictly
  25241. speaking, no cause for surprise. Since the foundation of our republic
  25242. the policy of the government had been to encourage the coming of the
  25243. alien. For nearly one hundred years no restraining act was passed by
  25244. Congress, while two important laws positively encouraged it; namely, the
  25245. homestead act of 1862 and the contract immigration law of 1864. Not
  25246. until American workingmen came into open collision with cheap Chinese
  25247. labor on the Pacific Coast did the federal government spread the first
  25248. measure of limitation on the statute books. After the discovery of gold,
  25249. and particularly after the opening of the railway construction era, a
  25250. horde of laborers from China descended upon California. Accustomed to
  25251. starvation wages and indifferent to the conditions of living, they
  25252. threatened to cut the American standard to the point of subsistence. By
  25253. 1876 the protest of American labor was loud and long and both the
  25254. Republicans and the Democrats gave heed to it. In 1882 Congress enacted
  25255. a law prohibiting the admission of Chinese laborers to the United States
  25256. for a term of ten years--later extended by legislation. In a little
  25257. while the demand arose for the exclusion of the Japanese as well. In
  25258. this case no exclusion law was passed; but an understanding was reached
  25259. by which Japan agreed not to issue passports to her laborers authorizing
  25260. them to come to the United States. By act of Congress in 1907 the
  25261. President was empowered to exclude any laborers who, having passports to
  25262. Canada, Hawaii, or Mexico, attempted to enter our country.
  25263.  
  25264. These laws and agreements, however, did not remove all grounds for the
  25265. agitation of the subject. They were difficult to enforce and it was
  25266. claimed by residents of the Coast that in spite of federal authority
  25267. Oriental laborers were finding their way into American ports. Moreover,
  25268. several Western states, anxious to preserve the soil for American
  25269. ownership, enacted laws making it impossible for Chinese and Japanese to
  25270. buy land outright; and in other ways they discriminated against
  25271. Orientals. Such proceedings placed the federal government in an
  25272. embarrassing position. By treaty it had guaranteed specific rights to
  25273. Japanese citizens in the United States, and the government at Tokyo
  25274. contended that the state laws just cited violated the terms of the
  25275. international agreement. The Western states were fixed in their
  25276. determination to control Oriental residents; Japan was equally
  25277. persistent in asking that no badge of inferiority be attached to her
  25278. citizens. Subjected to pressure on both sides, the federal government
  25279. sought a way out of the deadlock.
  25280.  
  25281. Having embarked upon the policy of restriction in 1882, Congress readily
  25282. extended it. In that same year it barred paupers, criminals, convicts,
  25283. and the insane. Three years later, mainly owing to the pressure of the
  25284. Knights of Labor, it forbade any person, company, or association to
  25285. import aliens under contract. By an act of 1887, the contract labor
  25286. restriction was made even more severe. In 1903, anarchists were excluded
  25287. and the bureau of immigration was transferred from the Treasury
  25288. Department to the Department of Commerce and Labor, in order to provide
  25289. for a more rigid execution of the law. In 1907 the classes of persons
  25290. denied admission were widened to embrace those suffering from physical
  25291. and mental defects and otherwise unfit for effective citizenship. When
  25292. the Department of Labor was established in 1913 the enforcement of the
  25293. law was placed in the hands of the Secretary of Labor, W.B. Wilson, who
  25294. was a former leader in the American Federation of Labor.
  25295.  
  25296. =The Literacy Test.=--Still the advocates of restriction were not
  25297. satisfied. Still organized labor protested and demanded more protection
  25298. against the competition of immigrants. In 1917 it won a thirty-year
  25299. battle in the passage of a bill excluding "all aliens over sixteen years
  25300. of age, physically capable of reading, who cannot read the English
  25301. language or some other language or dialect, including Hebrew or
  25302. Yiddish." Even President Wilson could not block it, for a two-thirds
  25303. vote to overcome his veto was mustered in Congress.
  25304.  
  25305. This act, while it served to exclude illiterates, made no drastic cut in
  25306. the volume of immigration. Indeed a material reduction was resolutely
  25307. opposed in many quarters. People of certain nationalities already in the
  25308. United States objected to every barrier that shut out their own kinsmen.
  25309. Some Americans of the old stock still held to the idea that the United
  25310. States should continue to be an asylum for "the oppressed of the earth."
  25311. Many employers looked upon an increased labor supply as the means of
  25312. escaping what they called "the domination of trade unions." In the babel
  25313. of countless voices, the discussion of these vital matters went on in
  25314. town and country.
  25315.  
  25316. =Americanization.=--Intimately connected with the subject of immigration
  25317. was a call for the "Americanization" of the alien already within our
  25318. gates. The revelation of the illiteracy in the army raised the cry and
  25319. the demand was intensified when it was found that many of the leaders
  25320. among the extreme radicals were foreign in birth and citizenship.
  25321. Innumerable programs for assimilating the alien to American life were
  25322. drawn up, and in 1919 a national conference on the subject was held in
  25323. Washington under the auspices of the Department of the Interior. All
  25324. were agreed that the foreigner should be taught to speak and write the
  25325. language and understand the government of our country. Congress was
  25326. urged to lend aid in this vast undertaking. America, as ex-President
  25327. Roosevelt had said, was to find out "whether it was a nation or a
  25328. boarding-house."
  25329.  
  25330.  
  25331. =General References=
  25332.  
  25333. J.R. Commons and Associates, _History of Labor in the United States_ (2
  25334. vols.).
  25335.  
  25336. Samuel Gompers, _Labor and the Common Welfare_.
  25337.  
  25338. W.E. Walling, _Socialism as It Is_.
  25339.  
  25340. W.E. Walling (and Others), _The Socialism of Today_.
  25341.  
  25342. R.T. Ely, _The Labor Movement in America_.
  25343.  
  25344. T.S. Adams and H. Sumner, _Labor Problems_.
  25345.  
  25346. J.G. Brooks, _American Syndicalism_ and _Social Unrest_.
  25347.  
  25348. P.F. Hall, _Immigration and Its Effects on the United States_.
  25349.  
  25350.  
  25351. =Research Topics=
  25352.  
  25353. =The Rise of Trade Unionism.=--Mary Beard, _Short History of the
  25354. American Labor Movement_, pp. 10-18, 47-53, 62-79; Carlton, _Organized
  25355. Labor in American History_, pp. 11-44.
  25356.  
  25357. =Labor and Politics.=--Beard, _Short History_, pp. 33-46, 54-61,
  25358. 103-112; Carlton, pp. 169-197; Ogg, _National Progress_ (American Nation
  25359. Series), pp. 76-85.
  25360.  
  25361. =The Knights of Labor.=--Beard, _Short History_, pp. 116-126; Dewey,
  25362. _National Problems_ (American Nation Series), pp. 40-49.
  25363.  
  25364. =The American Federation of Labor--Organization and Policies.=--Beard,
  25365. _Short History_, pp. 86-112.
  25366.  
  25367. =Organized Labor and the Socialists.=--Beard, _Short History_, pp.
  25368. 126-149.
  25369.  
  25370. =Labor and the Great War.=--Carlton, pp. 282-306; Beard, _Short
  25371. History_, pp. 150-170.
  25372.  
  25373.  
  25374. =Questions=
  25375.  
  25376. 1. What are the striking features of the new economic age?
  25377.  
  25378. 2. Give Mr. Rockefeller's view of industrial democracy.
  25379.  
  25380. 3. Outline the efforts made by employers to establish closer relations
  25381. with their employees.
  25382.  
  25383. 4. Sketch the rise and growth of the American Federation of Labor.
  25384.  
  25385. 5. How far back in our history does the labor movement extend?
  25386.  
  25387. 6. Describe the purposes and outcome of the National Labor Union and the
  25388. Knights of Labor.
  25389.  
  25390. 7. State the chief policies of the American Federation of Labor.
  25391.  
  25392. 8. How does organized labor become involved with outside forces?
  25393.  
  25394. 9. Outline the rise of the socialist movement. How did it come into
  25395. contact with the American Federation?
  25396.  
  25397. 10. What was the relation of the Federation to the extreme radicals? To
  25398. national politics? To the public?
  25399.  
  25400. 11. Explain the injunction.
  25401.  
  25402. 12. Why are labor and immigration closely related?
  25403.  
  25404. 13. Outline the history of restrictions on immigration.
  25405.  
  25406. 14. What problems arise in connection with the assimilation of the alien
  25407. to American life?
  25408.  
  25409.  
  25410.  
  25411.  
  25412. CHAPTER XXV
  25413.  
  25414. PRESIDENT WILSON AND THE WORLD WAR
  25415.  
  25416.  
  25417. "The welfare, the happiness, the energy, and the spirit of the men and
  25418. women who do the daily work in our mines and factories, on our
  25419. railroads, in our offices and ports of trade, on our farms, and on the
  25420. sea are the underlying necessity of all prosperity." Thus spoke Woodrow
  25421. Wilson during his campaign for election. In this spirit, as President,
  25422. he gave the signal for work by summoning Congress in a special session
  25423. on April 7, 1913. He invited the cooperation of all "forward-looking
  25424. men" and indicated that he would assume the role of leadership. As an
  25425. evidence of his resolve, he appeared before Congress in person to read
  25426. his first message, reviving the old custom of Washington and Adams. Then
  25427. he let it be known that he would not give his party any rest until it
  25428. fulfilled its pledges to the country. When Democratic Senators balked at
  25429. tariff reductions, they were sharply informed that the party had
  25430. plighted its word and that no excuses or delays would be tolerated.
  25431.  
  25432.  
  25433. DOMESTIC LEGISLATION
  25434.  
  25435. =Financial Measures.=--Under this spirited leadership Congress went to
  25436. work, passing first the Underwood tariff act of 1913, which made a
  25437. downward revision in the rates of duty, fixing them on the average about
  25438. twenty-six per cent lower than the figures of 1907. The protective
  25439. principle was retained, but an effort was made to permit a moderate
  25440. element of foreign competition. As a part of the revenue act Congress
  25441. levied a tax on incomes as authorized by the sixteenth amendment to the
  25442. Constitution. The tax which roused such party passions twenty years
  25443. before was now accepted as a matter of course.
  25444.  
  25445. Having disposed of the tariff, Congress took up the old and vexatious
  25446. currency question and offered a new solution in the form of the federal
  25447. reserve law of December, 1913. This measure, one of the most interesting
  25448. in the history of federal finance, embraced four leading features. In
  25449. the first place, it continued the prohibition on the issuance of notes
  25450. by state banks and provided for a national currency. In the second
  25451. place, it put the new banking system under the control of a federal
  25452. reserve board composed entirely of government officials. To prevent the
  25453. growth of a "central money power," it provided, in the third place, for
  25454. the creation of twelve federal reserve banks, one in each of twelve
  25455. great districts into which the country is divided. All local national
  25456. banks were required and certain other banks permitted to become members
  25457. of the new system and share in its control. Finally, with a view to
  25458. expanding the currency, a step which the Democrats had long urged upon
  25459. the country, the issuance of paper money, under definite safeguards, was
  25460. authorized.
  25461.  
  25462. Mindful of the agricultural interest, ever dear to the heart of
  25463. Jefferson's followers, the Democrats supplemented the reserve law by the
  25464. Farm Loan Act of 1916, creating federal agencies to lend money on farm
  25465. mortgages at moderate rates of interest. Within a year $20,000,000 had
  25466. been lent to farmers, the heaviest borrowing being in nine Western and
  25467. Southern states, with Texas in the lead.
  25468.  
  25469. =Anti-trust Legislation.=--The tariff and currency laws were followed by
  25470. three significant measures relative to trusts. Rejecting utterly the
  25471. Progressive doctrine of government regulation, President Wilson
  25472. announced that it was the purpose of the Democrats "to destroy monopoly
  25473. and maintain competition as the only effective instrument of business
  25474. liberty." The first step in this direction, the Clayton Anti-trust Act,
  25475. carried into great detail the Sherman law of 1890 forbidding and
  25476. penalizing combinations in restraint of interstate and foreign trade. In
  25477. every line it revealed a determined effort to tear apart the great
  25478. trusts and to put all business on a competitive basis. Its terms were
  25479. reinforced in the same year by a law creating a Federal Trade Commission
  25480. empowered to inquire into the methods of corporations and lodge
  25481. complaints against concerns "using any unfair method of competition." In
  25482. only one respect was the severity of the Democratic policy relaxed. An
  25483. act of 1918 provided that the Sherman law should not apply to companies
  25484. engaged in export trade, the purpose being to encourage large
  25485. corporations to enter foreign commerce.
  25486.  
  25487. The effect of this whole body of anti-trust legislation, in spite of
  25488. much labor on it, remained problematical. Very few combinations were
  25489. dissolved as a result of it. Startling investigations were made into
  25490. alleged abuses on the part of trusts; but it could hardly be said that
  25491. huge business concerns had lost any of their predominance in American
  25492. industry.
  25493.  
  25494. =Labor Legislation.=--By no mere coincidence, the Clayton Anti-trust law
  25495. of 1914 made many concessions to organized labor. It declared that "the
  25496. labor of a human being is not a commodity or an article of commerce,"
  25497. and it exempted unions from prosecution as "combinations in restraint of
  25498. trade." It likewise defined and limited the uses which the federal
  25499. courts might make of injunctions in labor disputes and guaranteed trial
  25500. by jury to those guilty of disobedience (see p. 581).
  25501.  
  25502. The Clayton law was followed the next year by the Seamen's Act giving
  25503. greater liberty of contract to American sailors and requiring an
  25504. improvement of living conditions on shipboard. This was such a drastic
  25505. law that shipowners declared themselves unable to meet foreign
  25506. competition under its terms, owing to the low labor standards of other
  25507. countries.
  25508.  
  25509. Still more extraordinary than the Seamen's Act was the Adamson law of
  25510. 1916 fixing a standard eight-hour work-day for trainmen on railroads--a
  25511. measure wrung from Congress under a threat of a great strike by the four
  25512. Railway Brotherhoods. This act, viewed by union leaders as a triumph,
  25513. called forth a bitter denunciation of "trade union domination," but it
  25514. was easier to criticize than to find another solution of the problem.
  25515.  
  25516. Three other laws enacted during President Wilson's administration were
  25517. popular in the labor world. One of them provided compensation for
  25518. federal employees injured in the discharge of their duties. Another
  25519. prohibited the labor of children under a certain age in the industries
  25520. of the nation. A third prescribed for coal miners in Alaska an
  25521. eight-hour day and modern safeguards for life and health. There were
  25522. positive proofs that organized labor had obtained a large share of power
  25523. in the councils of the country.
  25524.  
  25525. =Federal and State Relations.=--If the interference of the government
  25526. with business and labor represented a departure from the old idea of
  25527. "the less government the better," what can be said of a large body of
  25528. laws affecting the rights of states? The prohibition of child labor
  25529. everywhere was one indication of the new tendency. Mr. Wilson had once
  25530. declared such legislation unconstitutional; the Supreme Court declared
  25531. it unconstitutional; but Congress, undaunted, carried it into effect
  25532. under the guise of a tax on goods made by children below the age limit.
  25533. There were other indications of the drift. Large sums of money were
  25534. appropriated by Congress in 1916 to assist the states in building and
  25535. maintaining highways. The same year the Farm Loan Act projected the
  25536. federal government into the sphere of local money lending. In 1917
  25537. millions of dollars were granted to states in aid of vocational
  25538. education, incidentally imposing uniform standards throughout the
  25539. country. Evidently the government was no longer limited to the duties of
  25540. the policeman.
  25541.  
  25542. =The Prohibition Amendment.=--A still more significant form of
  25543. intervention in state affairs was the passage, in December, 1917, of an
  25544. amendment to the federal Constitution establishing national prohibition
  25545. of the manufacture and sale of intoxicating liquors as beverages. This
  25546. was the climax of a historical movement extending over half a century.
  25547. In 1872, a National Prohibition party, launched three years before,
  25548. nominated its first presidential candidate and inaugurated a campaign of
  25549. agitation. Though its vote was never large, the cause for which it
  25550. stood found increasing favor among the people. State after state by
  25551. popular referendum abolished the liquor traffic within its borders. By
  25552. 1917 at least thirty-two of the forty-eight were "dry." When the federal
  25553. amendment was submitted for approval, the ratification was surprisingly
  25554. swift. In a little more than a year, namely, on January 16, 1919, it was
  25555. proclaimed. Twelve months later the amendment went into effect.
  25556.  
  25557.  
  25558. COLONIAL AND FOREIGN POLICIES
  25559.  
  25560. =The Philippines and Porto Rico.=--Independence for the Philippines and
  25561. larger self-government for Porto Rico had been among the policies of the
  25562. Democratic party since the campaign of 1900. President Wilson in his
  25563. annual messages urged upon Congress more autonomy for the Filipinos and
  25564. a definite promise of final independence. The result was the Jones
  25565. Organic Act for the Philippines passed in 1916. This measure provided
  25566. that the upper as well as the lower house of the Philippine legislature
  25567. should be elected by popular vote, and declared it to be the intention
  25568. of the United States to grant independence "as soon as a stable
  25569. government can be established." This, said President Wilson on signing
  25570. the bill, is "a very satisfactory advance in our policy of extending to
  25571. them self-government and control of their own affairs." The following
  25572. year Congress, yielding to President Wilson's insistence, passed a new
  25573.  
  25574. organic act for Porto Rico, making both houses of the legislature
  25575. elective and conferring American citizenship upon the inhabitants of the
  25576. island.
  25577.  
  25578. [Illustration: THE CARIBBEAN REGION]
  25579.  
  25580. =American Power in the Caribbean.=--While extending more self-government
  25581. to its dominions, the United States enlarged its sphere of influence in
  25582. the Caribbean. The supervision of finances in Santo Domingo, inaugurated
  25583. in Roosevelt's administration, was transformed into a protectorate under
  25584. Wilson. In 1914 dissensions in the republic led to the landing of
  25585. American marines to "supervise" the elections. Two years later, an
  25586. officer in the American navy, with authority from Washington, placed
  25587. the entire republic "in a state of military occupation." He proceeded to
  25588. suspend the government and laws of the country, exile the president,
  25589. suppress the congress, and substitute American military authority. In
  25590. 1919 a consulting board of four prominent Dominicans was appointed to
  25591. aid the American military governor; but it resigned the next year after
  25592. making a plea for the restoration of independence to the republic. For
  25593. all practical purposes, it seemed, the sovereignty of Santo Domingo had
  25594. been transferred to the United States.
  25595.  
  25596. In the neighboring republic of Haiti, a similar state of affairs
  25597. existed. In the summer of 1915 a revolution broke out there--one of a
  25598. long series beginning in 1804--and our marines were landed to restore
  25599. order. Elections were held under the supervision of American officers,
  25600. and a treaty was drawn up placing the management of Haitian finances and
  25601. the local constabulary under American authority. In taking this action,
  25602. our Secretary of State was careful to announce: "The United States
  25603. government has no purpose of aggression and is entirely disinterested in
  25604. promoting this protectorate." Still it must be said that there were
  25605. vigorous protests on the part of natives and American citizens against
  25606. the conduct of our agents in the island. In 1921 President Wilson was
  25607. considering withdrawal.
  25608.  
  25609. In line with American policy in the West Indian waters was the purchase
  25610. in 1917 of the Danish Islands just off the coast of Porto Rico. The
  25611. strategic position of the islands, especially in relation to Haiti and
  25612. Porto Rico, made them an object of American concern as early as 1867,
  25613. when a treaty of purchase was negotiated only to be rejected by the
  25614. Senate of the United States. In 1902 a second arrangement was made, but
  25615. this time it was defeated by the upper house of the Danish parliament.
  25616. The third treaty brought an end to fifty years of bargaining and the
  25617. Stars and Stripes were raised over St. Croix, St. Thomas, St. John, and
  25618. numerous minor islands scattered about in the neighborhood. "It would be
  25619. suicidal," commented a New York newspaper, "for America, on the
  25620. threshold of a great commercial expansion in South America, to suffer a
  25621. Heligoland, or a Gibraltar, or an Aden to be erected by her rivals at
  25622. the mouth of her Suez." On the mainland American power was strengthened
  25623. by the establishment of a protectorate over Nicaragua in 1916.
  25624.  
  25625. =Mexican Relations.=--The extension of American enterprise southward
  25626. into Latin America, of which the operations in the Caribbean regions
  25627. were merely one phase, naturally carried Americans into Mexico to
  25628. develop the natural resources of that country. Under the iron rule of
  25629. General Porfirio Diaz, established in 1876 and maintained with only a
  25630. short break until 1911, Mexico had become increasingly attractive to our
  25631. business men. On the invitation of President Diaz, they had invested
  25632. huge sums in Mexican lands, oil fields, and mines, and had laid the
  25633. foundations of a new industrial order. The severe regime instituted by
  25634. Diaz, however, stirred popular discontent. The peons, or serfs, demanded
  25635. the break-up of the great estates, some of which had come down from the
  25636. days of Cortez. Their clamor for "the restoration of the land to the
  25637. people could not be silenced." In 1911 Diaz was forced to resign and
  25638. left the country.
  25639.  
  25640. Mexico now slid down the path to disorder. Revolutions and civil
  25641. commotions followed in swift succession. A liberal president, Madero,
  25642. installed as the successor to Diaz, was deposed in 1913 and brutally
  25643. murdered. Huerta, a military adventurer, hailed for a time as another
  25644. "strong man," succeeded Madero whose murder he was accused of
  25645. instigating. Although Great Britain and nearly all the powers of Europe
  25646. accepted the new government as lawful, the United States steadily
  25647. withheld recognition. In the meantime Mexico was torn by insurrections
  25648. under the leadership of Carranza, a friend of Madero, Villa, a bandit of
  25649. generous pretensions, and Zapata, a radical leader of the peons. Without
  25650. the support of the United States, Huerta was doomed.
  25651.  
  25652. In the summer of 1914, the dictator resigned and fled from the capital,
  25653. leaving the field to Carranza. For six years the new president,
  25654. recognized by the United States, held a precarious position which he
  25655. vigorously strove to strengthen against various revolutionary movements.
  25656. At length in 1920, he too was deposed and murdered, and another military
  25657. chieftain, Obregon, installed in power.
  25658.  
  25659. These events right at our door could not fail to involve the government
  25660. of the United States. In the disorders many American citizens lost their
  25661. lives. American property was destroyed and land owned by Americans was
  25662. confiscated. A new Mexican constitution, in effect nationalizing the
  25663. natural resources of the country, struck at the rights of foreign
  25664. investors. Moreover the Mexican border was in constant turmoil. Even in
  25665. the last days of his administration, Mr. Taft felt compelled to issue a
  25666. solemn warning to the Mexican government protesting against the
  25667. violation of American rights.
  25668.  
  25669. President Wilson, soon after his inauguration, sent a commissioner to
  25670. Mexico to inquire into the situation. Although he declared a general
  25671. policy of "watchful waiting," he twice came to blows with Mexican
  25672. forces. In 1914 some American sailors at Tampico were arrested by a
  25673. Mexican officer; the Mexican government, although it immediately
  25674. released the men, refused to make the required apology for the incident.
  25675. As a result President Wilson ordered the landing of American forces at
  25676. Vera Cruz and the occupation of the city. A clash of arms followed in
  25677. which several Americans were killed. War seemed inevitable, but at this
  25678. juncture the governments of Argentina, Brazil, and Chile tendered their
  25679. good offices as mediators. After a few weeks of negotiation, during
  25680. which Huerta was forced out of power, American forces were withdrawn
  25681. from Vera Cruz and the incident closed.
  25682.  
  25683. In 1916 a second break in amicable relations occurred. In the spring of
  25684. that year a band of Villa's men raided the town of Columbus, New Mexico,
  25685. killing several citizens and committing robberies. A punitive expedition
  25686. under the command of General Pershing was quickly sent out to capture
  25687. the offenders. Against the protests of President Carranza, American
  25688. forces penetrated deeply into Mexico without effecting the object of
  25689. the undertaking. This operation lasted until January, 1917, when the
  25690. imminence of war with Germany led to the withdrawal of the American
  25691. soldiers. Friendly relations were resumed with the Mexican government
  25692. and the policy of "watchful waiting" was continued.
  25693.  
  25694.  
  25695. THE UNITED STATES AND THE EUROPEAN WAR
  25696.  
  25697. =The Outbreak of the War.=--In the opening days of August, 1914, the
  25698. age-long jealousies of European nations, sharpened by new imperial
  25699. ambitions, broke out in another general conflict such as had shaken the
  25700. world in the days of Napoleon. On June 28, the heir to the
  25701. Austro-Hungarian throne was assassinated at Serajevo, the capital of
  25702. Bosnia, an Austrian province occupied mainly by Serbs. With a view to
  25703. stopping Serbian agitation for independence, Austria-Hungary laid the
  25704. blame for this incident on the government of Serbia and made humiliating
  25705. demands on that country. Germany at once proposed that the issue should
  25706. be regarded as "an affair which should be settled solely between
  25707. Austria-Hungary and Serbia"; meaning that the small nation should be
  25708. left to the tender mercies of a great power. Russia refused to take this
  25709. view. Great Britain proposed a settlement by mediation. Germany backed
  25710. up Austria to the limit. To use the language of the German authorities:
  25711. "We were perfectly aware that a possible warlike attitude of
  25712. Austria-Hungary against Serbia might bring Russia upon the field and
  25713. that it might therefore involve us in a war, in accordance with our
  25714. duties as allies. We could not, however, in these vital interests of
  25715. Austria-Hungary which were at stake, advise our ally to take a yielding
  25716. attitude not compatible with his dignity nor deny him our assistance."
  25717. That made the war inevitable.
  25718.  
  25719. Every day of the fateful August, 1914, was crowded with momentous
  25720. events. On the 1st, Germany declared war on Russia. On the 2d, the
  25721. Germans invaded the little duchy of Luxemburg and notified the King of
  25722. Belgium that they were preparing to violate the neutrality of his realm
  25723. on their way to Paris. On the same day, Great Britain, anxiously
  25724. besought by the French government, promised the aid of the British navy
  25725. if German warships made hostile demonstrations in the Channel. August
  25726. 3d, the German government declared war on France. The following day,
  25727. Great Britain demanded of Germany respect for Belgian neutrality and,
  25728. failing to receive the guarantee, broke off diplomatic relations. On the
  25729. 5th, the British prime minister announced that war had opened between
  25730. England and Germany. The storm now broke in all its pitiless fury.
  25731.  
  25732. =The State of American Opinion.=--Although President Wilson promptly
  25733. proclaimed the neutrality of the United States, the sympathies of a
  25734. large majority of the American people were without doubt on the side of
  25735. Great Britain and France. To them the invasion of the little kingdom of
  25736. Belgium and the horrors that accompanied German occupation were odious
  25737. in the extreme. Moreover, they regarded the German imperial government
  25738. as an autocratic power wielded in the interest of an ambitious military
  25739. party. The Kaiser, William II, and the Crown Prince were the symbols of
  25740. royal arrogance. On the other hand, many Americans of German descent, in
  25741. memory of their ties with the Fatherland, openly sympathized with the
  25742. Central Powers; and many Americans of Irish descent, recalling their
  25743. long and bitter struggle for home rule in Ireland, would have regarded
  25744. British defeat as a merited redress of ancient grievances.
  25745.  
  25746. Extremely sensitive to American opinion, but ill informed about it, the
  25747. German government soon began systematic efforts to present its cause to
  25748. the people of the United States in the most favorable light possible.
  25749. Dr. Bernhard Dernburg, the former colonial secretary of the German
  25750. empire, was sent to America as a special agent. For months he filled the
  25751. newspapers, magazines, and periodicals with interviews, articles, and
  25752. notes on the justice of the Teutonic cause. From a press bureau in New
  25753. York flowed a stream of pamphlets, leaflets, and cartoons. A magazine,
  25754. "The Fatherland," was founded to secure "fair play for Germany and
  25755. Austria." Several professors in American universities, who had received
  25756. their training in Germany, took up the pen in defense of the Central
  25757. Empires. The German language press, without exception it seems, the
  25758. National German Alliance, minor German societies, and Lutheran churches
  25759. came to the support of the German cause. Even the English language
  25760. papers, though generally favorable to the Entente Allies, opened their
  25761. columns in the interest of equal justice to the spokesmen for all the
  25762. contending powers of Europe.
  25763.  
  25764. Before two weeks had elapsed the controversy had become so intense that
  25765. President Wilson (August 18, 1914) was moved to caution his countrymen
  25766. against falling into angry disputes. "Every man," he said, "who really
  25767. loves America will act and speak in the true spirit of neutrality which
  25768. is the spirit of impartiality and fairness and friendliness to all
  25769. concerned.... We must be impartial in thought as well as in action, must
  25770. put a curb upon our sentiments as well as upon every transaction that
  25771. might be construed as a preference of one party to the struggle before
  25772. another."
  25773.  
  25774. =The Clash over American Trade.=--As in the time of the Napoleonic wars,
  25775. the conflict in Europe raised fundamental questions respecting rights of
  25776. Americans trading with countries at peace as well as those at war. On
  25777. this point there existed on August 1, 1914, a fairly definite body of
  25778. principles by which nations were bound. Among them the following were of
  25779. vital significance. In the first place, it was recognized that an enemy
  25780. merchant ship caught on the high seas was a legitimate prize of war
  25781. which might be seized and confiscated. In the second place, it was
  25782. agreed that "contraband of war" found on an enemy or neutral ship was a
  25783. lawful prize; any ship suspected of carrying it was liable to search and
  25784. if caught with forbidden goods was subject to seizure. In the third
  25785. place, international law prescribed that a peaceful merchant ship,
  25786. whether belonging to an enemy or to a neutral country, should not be
  25787. destroyed or sunk without provision for the safety of crew and
  25788. passengers. In the fourth place, it was understood that a belligerent
  25789. had the right, if it could, to blockade the ports of an enemy and
  25790. prevent the ingress and egress of all ships; but such a blockade, to be
  25791. lawful, had to be effective.
  25792.  
  25793. These general principles left undetermined two important matters: "What
  25794. is an effective blockade?" and "What is contraband of war?" The task of
  25795. answering these questions fell to Great Britain as mistress of the seas.
  25796. Although the German submarines made it impossible for her battleships to
  25797. maintain a continuous patrol of the waters in front of blockaded ports,
  25798.  
  25799. she declared the blockade to be none the less "effective" because her
  25800. navy was supreme. As to contraband of war Great Britain put such a broad
  25801. interpretation upon the term as to include nearly every important
  25802. article of commerce. Early in 1915 she declared even cargoes of grain
  25803. and flour to be contraband, defending the action on the ground that the
  25804. German government had recently taken possession of all domestic stocks
  25805. of corn, wheat, and flour.
  25806.  
  25807. A new question arose in connection with American trade with the neutral
  25808. countries surrounding Germany. Great Britain early began to intercept
  25809. ships carrying oil, gasoline, and copper--all war materials of prime
  25810. importance--on the ground that they either were destined ultimately to
  25811. Germany or would release goods for sale to Germans. On November 2, 1914,
  25812. the English government announced that the Germans wore sowing mines in
  25813. open waters and that therefore the whole of the North Sea was a military
  25814. zone. Ships bound for Denmark, Norway, and Sweden were ordered to come
  25815. by the English Channel for inspection and sailing directions. In effect,
  25816. Americans were now licensed by Great Britain to trade in certain
  25817. commodities and in certain amounts with neutral countries.
  25818.  
  25819. Against these extraordinary measures, the State Department at Washington
  25820. lodged pointed objections, saying: "This government is reluctantly
  25821. forced to the conclusion that the present policy of His Majesty's
  25822. government toward neutral ships and cargoes exceeds the manifest
  25823. necessity of a belligerent and constitutes restrictions upon the rights
  25824. of American citizens on the high seas, which are not justified by the
  25825. rules of international law or required under the principle of
  25826. self-preservation."
  25827.  
  25828. =Germany Begins the Submarine Campaign.=--Germany now announced that, on
  25829. and after February 18, 1915, the whole of the English Channel and the
  25830. waters around Great Britain would be deemed a war zone and that every
  25831. enemy ship found therein would be destroyed. The German decree added
  25832. that, as the British admiralty had ordered the use of neutral flags by
  25833. English ships in time of distress, neutral vessels would be in danger of
  25834. destruction if found in the forbidden area. It was clear that Germany
  25835. intended to employ submarines to destroy shipping. A new factor was thus
  25836. introduced into naval warfare, one not provided for in the accepted laws
  25837. of war. A warship overhauling a merchant vessel could easily take its
  25838. crew and passengers on board for safe keeping as prescribed by
  25839. international law; but a submarine ordinarily could do nothing of the
  25840. sort. Of necessity the lives and the ships of neutrals, as well as of
  25841. belligerents, were put in mortal peril. This amazing conduct Germany
  25842. justified on the ground that it was mere retaliation against Great
  25843. Britain for her violations of international law.
  25844.  
  25845. The response of the United States to the ominous German order was swift
  25846. and direct. On February 10, 1915, it warned Germany that if her
  25847. commanders destroyed American lives and ships in obedience to that
  25848. decree, the action would "be very hard indeed to reconcile with the
  25849. friendly relations happily subsisting between the two governments." The
  25850. American note added that the German imperial government would be held to
  25851. "strict accountability" and all necessary steps would be taken to
  25852. safeguard American lives and American rights. This was firm and clear
  25853. language, but the only response which it evoked from Germany was a
  25854. suggestion that, if Great Britain would allow food supplies to pass
  25855. through the blockade, the submarine campaign would be dropped.
  25856.  
  25857. =Violations of American Rights.=--Meanwhile Germany continued to ravage
  25858. shipping on the high seas. On January 28, a German raider sank the
  25859. American ship, _William P. Frye_, in the South Atlantic; on March 28, a
  25860. British ship, the _Falaba_, was sunk by a submarine and many on board,
  25861. including an American citizen, were killed; and on April 28, a German
  25862. airplane dropped bombs on the American steamer _Cushing_. On the morning
  25863. of May 1, 1915, Americans were astounded to see in the newspapers an
  25864. advertisement, signed by the German Imperial Embassy, warning travelers
  25865. of the dangers in the war zone and notifying them that any who ventured
  25866. on British ships into that area did so at their own risk. On that day,
  25867. the _Lusitania_, a British steamer, sailed from New York for Liverpool.
  25868. On May 7, without warning, the ship was struck by two torpedoes and in a
  25869. few minutes went down by the bow, carrying to death 1153 persons
  25870. including 114 American men, women, and children. A cry of horror ran
  25871. through the country. The German papers in America and a few American
  25872. people argued that American citizens had been duly warned of the danger
  25873. and had deliberately taken their lives into their own hands; but the
  25874. terrible deed was almost universally condemned by public opinion.
  25875.  
  25876. =The _Lusitania_ Notes.=--On May 14, the Department of State at
  25877. Washington made public the first of three famous notes on the
  25878. _Lusitania_ case. It solemnly informed the German government that "no
  25879. warning that an unlawful and inhumane act will be committed can possibly
  25880. be accepted as an excuse or palliation for that act or as an abatement
  25881. of the responsibility for its commission." It called upon the German
  25882. government to disavow the act, make reparation as far as possible, and
  25883. take steps to prevent "the recurrence of anything so obviously
  25884. subversive of the principles of warfare." The note closed with a clear
  25885. caution to Germany that the government of the United States would not
  25886. "omit any word or any act necessary to the performance of its sacred
  25887. duty of maintaining the rights of the United States and its citizens and
  25888. of safeguarding their free exercise and enjoyment." The die was cast;
  25889. but Germany in reply merely temporized.
  25890.  
  25891. In a second note, made public on June 11, the position of the United
  25892. States was again affirmed. William Jennings Bryan, the Secretary of
  25893. State, had resigned because the drift of President Wilson's policy was
  25894. not toward mediation but the strict maintenance of American rights, if
  25895. need be, by force of arms. The German reply was still evasive and German
  25896. naval commanders continued their course of sinking merchant ships. In a
  25897. third and final note of July 21, 1915, President Wilson made it clear to
  25898. Germany that he meant what he said when he wrote that he would maintain
  25899. the rights of American citizens. Finally after much discussion and
  25900. shifting about, the German ambassador on September 1, 1915, sent a brief
  25901. note to the Secretary of State: "Liners will not be sunk by our
  25902. submarines without warning and without safety of the lives of
  25903. non-combatants, provided the liners do not try to escape or offer
  25904. resistance." Editorially, the New York _Times_ declared: "It is a
  25905. triumph not only of diplomacy but of reason, of humanity, of justice,
  25906. and of truth." The Secretary of State saw in it "a recognition of the
  25907. fundamental principles for which we have contended."
  25908.  
  25909. =The Presidential Election of 1916.=--In the midst of this crisis came
  25910. the presidential campaign. On the Republican side everything seemed to
  25911. depend upon the action of the Progressives. If the breach created in
  25912. 1912 could be closed, victory was possible; if not, defeat was certain.
  25913. A promise of unity lay in the fact that the conventions of the
  25914. Republicans and Progressives were held simultaneously in Chicago. The
  25915. friends of Roosevelt hoped that both parties would select him as their
  25916. candidate; but this hope was not realized. The Republicans chose, and
  25917. the Progressives accepted, Charles E. Hughes, an associate justice of
  25918. the federal Supreme Court who, as governor of New York, had won a
  25919. national reputation by waging war on "machine politicians."
  25920.  
  25921. In the face of the clamor for expressions of sympathy with one or the
  25922. other of the contending powers of Europe, the Republicans chose a middle
  25923. course, declaring that they would uphold all American rights "at home
  25924. and abroad, by land and by sea." This sentiment Mr. Hughes echoed in his
  25925. acceptance speech. By some it was interpreted to mean a firmer policy in
  25926. dealing with Great Britain; by others, a more vigorous handling of the
  25927. submarine menace. The Democrats, on their side, renominated President
  25928. Wilson by acclamation, reviewed with pride the legislative achievements
  25929. of the party, and commended "the splendid diplomatic victories of our
  25930. great President who has preserved the vital interests of our government
  25931. and its citizens and kept us out of war."
  25932.  
  25933. In the election which ensued President Wilson's popular vote exceeded
  25934. that cast for Mr. Hughes by more than half a million, while his
  25935. electoral vote stood 277 to 254. The result was regarded, and not
  25936. without warrant, as a great personal triumph for the President. He had
  25937. received the largest vote yet cast for a presidential candidate. The
  25938. Progressive party practically disappeared, and the Socialists suffered a
  25939. severe set-back, falling far behind the vote of 1912.
  25940.  
  25941. =President Wilson Urges Peace upon the Warring Nations.=--Apparently
  25942. convinced that his pacific policies had been profoundly approved by his
  25943. countrymen, President Wilson, soon after the election, addressed "peace
  25944. notes" to the European belligerents. On December 16, the German Emperor
  25945. proposed to the Allied Powers that they enter into peace negotiations, a
  25946. suggestion that was treated as a mere political maneuver by the opposing
  25947. governments. Two days later President Wilson sent a note to the warring
  25948. nations asking them to avow "the terms upon which war might be
  25949. concluded." To these notes the Central Powers replied that they were
  25950. ready to meet their antagonists in a peace conference; and Allied Powers
  25951. answered by presenting certain conditions precedent to a satisfactory
  25952. settlement. On January 22, 1917, President Wilson in an address before
  25953. the Senate, declared it to be a duty of the United States to take part
  25954. in the establishment of a stable peace on the basis of certain
  25955. principles. These were, in short: "peace without victory"; the right of
  25956. nationalities to freedom and self-government; the independence of
  25957. Poland; freedom of the seas; the reduction of armaments; and the
  25958. abolition of entangling alliances. The whole world was discussing the
  25959. President's remarkable message, when it was dumbfounded to hear, on
  25960. January 31, that the German ambassador at Washington had announced the
  25961. official renewal of ruthless submarine warfare.
  25962.  
  25963.  
  25964. THE UNITED STATES AT WAR
  25965.  
  25966. =Steps toward War.=--Three days after the receipt of the news that the
  25967. German government intended to return to its former submarine policy,
  25968. President Wilson severed diplomatic relations with the German empire. At
  25969. the same time he explained to Congress that he desired no conflict with
  25970. Germany and would await an "overt act" before taking further steps to
  25971. preserve American rights. "God grant," he concluded, "that we may not be
  25972. challenged to defend them by acts of willful injustice on the part of
  25973. the government of Germany." Yet the challenge came. Between February 26
  25974. and April 2, six American merchant vessels were torpedoed, in most cases
  25975. without any warning and without regard to the loss of American lives.
  25976. President Wilson therefore called upon Congress to answer the German
  25977. menace. The reply of Congress on April 6 was a resolution, passed with
  25978. only a few dissenting votes, declaring the existence of a state of war
  25979. with Germany. Austria-Hungary at once severed diplomatic relations with
  25980. the United States; but it was not until December 7 that Congress, acting
  25981. on the President's advice, declared war also on that "vassal of the
  25982. German government."
  25983.  
  25984. =American War Aims.=--In many addresses at the beginning and during the
  25985. course of the war, President Wilson stated the purposes which actuated
  25986. our government in taking up arms. He first made it clear that it was a
  25987. war of self-defense. "The military masters of Germany," he exclaimed,
  25988. "denied us the right to be neutral." Proof of that lay on every hand.
  25989. Agents of the German imperial government had destroyed American lives
  25990. and American property on the high seas. They had filled our communities
  25991. with spies. They had planted bombs in ships and munition works. They had
  25992. fomented divisions among American citizens.
  25993.  
  25994. Though assailed in many ways and compelled to resort to war, the United
  25995. States sought no material rewards. "The world must be made safe for
  25996. democracy. Its peace must be planted upon the tested foundations of
  25997. political liberty. We have no selfish ends to serve. We desire no
  25998. conquest, no dominion. We seek no indemnities for ourselves."
  25999.  
  26000. In a very remarkable message read to Congress on January 8, 1918,
  26001. President Wilson laid down his famous "fourteen points" summarizing the
  26002. ideals for which we were fighting. They included open treaties of peace,
  26003. openly arrived at; absolute freedom of navigation upon the seas; the
  26004. removal, as far as possible, of trade barriers among nations; reduction
  26005. of armaments; adjustment of colonial claims in the interest of the
  26006. populations concerned; fair and friendly treatment of Russia; the
  26007. restoration of Belgium; righting the wrong done to France in 1871 in the
  26008. matter of Alsace-Lorraine; adjustment of Italian frontiers along the
  26009. lines of nationality; more liberty for the peoples of Austria-Hungary;
  26010. the restoration of Serbia and Rumania; the readjustment of the Turkish
  26011. Empire; an independent Poland; and an association of nations to afford
  26012. mutual guarantees to all states great and small. On a later occasion
  26013. President Wilson elaborated the last point, namely, the formation of a
  26014. league of nations to guarantee peace and establish justice among the
  26015. powers of the world. Democracy, the right of nations to determine their
  26016. own fate, a covenant of enduring peace--these were the ideals for which
  26017. the American people were to pour out their blood and treasure.
  26018.  
  26019. =The Selective Draft.=--The World War became a war of nations. The
  26020. powers against which we were arrayed had every able-bodied man in
  26021. service and all their resources, human and material, thrown into the
  26022. scale. For this reason, President Wilson summoned the whole people of
  26023. the United States to make every sacrifice necessary for victory.
  26024. Congress by law decreed that the national army should be chosen from all
  26025. male citizens and males not enemy aliens who had declared their
  26026. intention of becoming citizens. By the first act of May 18, 1917, it
  26027. fixed the age limits at twenty-one to thirty-one inclusive. Later, in
  26028. August, 1918, it extended them to eighteen and forty-five. From the men
  26029. of the first group so enrolled were chosen by lot the soldiers for the
  26030. World War who, with the regular army and the national guard, formed the
  26031. American Expeditionary Force upholding the American cause on the
  26032. battlefields of Europe. "The whole nation," said the President, "must be
  26033. a team in which each man shall play the part for which he is best
  26034. fitted."
  26035.  
  26036. =Liberty Loans and Taxes.=--In order that the military and naval forces
  26037. should be stinted in no respect, the nation was called upon to place its
  26038. financial resources at the service of the government. Some urged the
  26039. "conscription of wealth as well as men," meaning the support of the war
  26040. out of taxes upon great fortunes; but more conservative counsels
  26041. prevailed. Four great Liberty Loans were floated, all the agencies of
  26042. modern publicity being employed to enlist popular interest. The first
  26043. loan had four and a half million subscribers; the fourth more than
  26044. twenty million. Combined with loans were heavy taxes. A progressive tax
  26045. was laid upon incomes beginning with four per cent on incomes in the
  26046. lower ranges and rising to sixty-three per cent of that part of any
  26047. income above $2,000,000. A progressive tax was levied upon inheritances.
  26048. An excess profits tax was laid upon all corporations and partnerships,
  26049. rising in amount to sixty per cent of the net income in excess of
  26050. thirty-three per cent on the invested capital. "This," said a
  26051. distinguished economist, "is the high-water mark in the history of
  26052. taxation. Never before in the annals of civilization has an attempt been
  26053. made to take as much as two-thirds of a man's income by taxation."
  26054.  
  26055. =Mobilizing Material Resources.=--No stone was left unturned to provide
  26056. the arms, munitions, supplies, and transportation required in the
  26057. gigantic undertaking. Between the declaration of war and the armistice,
  26058. Congress enacted law after law relative to food supplies, raw materials,
  26059. railways, mines, ships, forests, and industrial enterprises. No power
  26060. over the lives and property of citizens, deemed necessary to the
  26061. prosecution of the armed conflict, was withheld from the government. The
  26062. farmer's wheat, the housewife's sugar, coal at the mines, labor in the
  26063. factories, ships at the wharves, trade with friendly countries, the
  26064. railways, banks, stores, private fortunes--all were mobilized and laid
  26065. under whatever obligations the government deemed imperative. Never was a
  26066. nation more completely devoted to a single cause.
  26067.  
  26068. A law of August 10, 1917, gave the President power to fix the prices of
  26069. wheat and coal and to take almost any steps necessary to prevent
  26070. monopoly and excessive prices. By a series of measures, enlarging the
  26071. principles of the shipping act of 1916, ships and shipyards were brought
  26072. under public control and the government was empowered to embark upon a
  26073. great ship-building program. In December, 1917, the government assumed
  26074. for the period of the war the operation of the railways under a
  26075. presidential proclamation which was elaborated in March, 1918, by act of
  26076. Congress. In the summer of 1918 the express, telephone, and telegraph
  26077. business of the entire country passed under government control. By war
  26078. risk insurance acts allowances were made for the families of enlisted
  26079. men, compensation for injuries was provided, death benefits were
  26080. instituted, and a system of national insurance was established in the
  26081. interest of the men in service. Never before in the history of the
  26082. country had the government taken such a wise and humane view of its
  26083. obligations to those who served on the field of battle or on the seas.
  26084.  
  26085. =The Espionage and Sedition Acts.=--By the Espionage law of June 15,
  26086. 1917, and the amending law, known as the Sedition act, passed in May of
  26087. the following year, the government was given a drastic power over the
  26088. expression of opinion. The first measure penalized those who conveyed
  26089. information to a foreign country to be used to the injury of the United
  26090. States; those who made false statements designed to interfere with the
  26091. military or naval forces of the United States; those who attempted to
  26092. stir up insubordination or disloyalty in the army and navy; and those
  26093. who willfully obstructed enlistment. The Sedition act was still more
  26094. severe and sweeping in its terms. It imposed heavy penalties upon any
  26095. person who used "abusive language about the government or institutions
  26096. of the country." It authorized the dismissal of any officer of the
  26097. government who committed "disloyal acts" or uttered "disloyal language,"
  26098. and empowered the Postmaster General to close the mails to persons
  26099. violating the law. This measure, prepared by the Department of Justice,
  26100. encountered vigorous opposition in the Senate, where twenty-four
  26101. Republicans and two Democrats voted against it. Senator Johnson of
  26102. California denounced it as a law "to suppress the freedom of the press
  26103. in the United States and to prevent any man, no matter who he is, from
  26104. expressing legitimate criticism concerning the present government." The
  26105. constitutionality of the acts was attacked; but they were sustained by
  26106. the Supreme Court and stringently enforced.
  26107.  
  26108. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  26109.  
  26110. THE LAUNCHING OF A SHIP AT THE GREAT NAVAL YARDS, NEWARK, N.J.]
  26111.  
  26112. =Labor and the War.=--In view of the restlessness of European labor
  26113. during the war and especially the proletarian revolution in Russia in
  26114. November, 1917, some anxiety was early expressed as to the stand which
  26115. organized labor might take in the United States. It was, however, soon
  26116. dispelled. Samuel Gompers, speaking for the American Federation of
  26117. Labor, declared that "this is labor's war," and pledged the united
  26118. support of all the unions. There was some dissent. The Socialist party
  26119. denounced the war as a capitalist quarrel; but all the protests combined
  26120. were too slight to have much effect. American labor leaders were sent to
  26121. Europe to strengthen the wavering ranks of trade unionists in war-worn
  26122. England, France, and Italy. Labor was given representation on the
  26123. important boards and commissions dealing with industrial questions.
  26124. Trade union standards were accepted by the government and generally
  26125. applied in industry. The Department of Labor became one of the powerful
  26126. war centers of the nation. In a memorable address to the American
  26127. Federation of Labor, President Wilson assured the trade unionists that
  26128. labor conditions should not be made unduly onerous by the war and
  26129. received in return a pledge of loyalty from the Federation. Recognition
  26130. of labor's contribution to winning the war was embodied in the treaty of
  26131. peace, which provided for a permanent international organization to
  26132. promote the world-wide effort of labor to improve social conditions.
  26133. "The league of nations has for its object the establishment of universal
  26134. peace," runs the preamble to the labor section of the treaty, "and such
  26135. a peace can be established only if it is based upon social justice....
  26136. The failure of any nation to adopt humane conditions of labor is an
  26137. obstacle in the way of other nations which desire to improve the
  26138. conditions in their own countries."
  26139.  
  26140. =The American Navy in the War.=--As soon as Congress declared war the
  26141. fleet was mobilized, American ports were thrown open to the warships of
  26142. the Allies, immediate provision was made for increasing the number of
  26143. men and ships, and a contingent of war vessels was sent to cooperate
  26144. with the British and French in their life-and-death contest with
  26145. submarines. Special effort was made to stimulate the production of
  26146. "submarine chasers" and "scout cruisers" to be sent to the danger zone.
  26147. Convoys were provided to accompany the transports conveying soldiers to
  26148. France. Before the end of the war more than three hundred American
  26149. vessels and 75,000 officers and men were operating in European waters.
  26150. Though the German fleet failed to come out and challenge the sea power
  26151. of the Allies, the battleships of the United States were always ready to
  26152. do their full duty in such an event. As things turned out, the service
  26153. of the American navy was limited mainly to helping in the campaign that
  26154. wore down the submarine menace to Allied shipping.
  26155.  
  26156. =The War in France.=--Owing to the peculiar character of the warfare in
  26157. France, it required a longer time for American military forces to get
  26158. into action; but there was no unnecessary delay. Soon after the
  26159. declaration of war, steps were taken to give military assistance to the
  26160. Allies. The regular army was enlarged and the troops of the national
  26161. guard were brought into national service. On June 13, General John J.
  26162. Pershing, chosen head of the American Expeditionary Forces, reached
  26163. Paris and began preparations for the arrival of our troops. In June, the
  26164. vanguard of the army reached France. A slow and steady stream followed.
  26165. As soon as the men enrolled under the draft were ready, it became a
  26166. flood. During the period of the war the army was enlarged from about
  26167. 190,000 men to 3,665,000, of whom more than 2,000,000 were in France
  26168. when the armistice was signed.
  26169.  
  26170. Although American troops did not take part on a large scale until the
  26171. last phase of the war in 1918, several battalions of infantry were in
  26172. the trenches by October, 1917, and had their first severe encounter with
  26173. the Germans early in November. In January, 1918, they took over a part
  26174. of the front line as an American sector. In March, General Pershing
  26175. placed our forces at the disposal of General Foch, commander-in-chief of
  26176. the Allied armies. The first division, which entered the Montdidier
  26177. salient in April, soon was engaged with the enemy, "taking with splendid
  26178. dash the town of Cantigny and all other objectives, which were organized
  26179. and held steadfastly against vicious counter attacks and galling
  26180. artillery fire."
  26181.  
  26182. [Illustration: _Copyright by Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  26183.  
  26184. TROOPS RETURNING FROM FRANCE]
  26185.  
  26186. When the Germans launched their grand drives toward the Marne and Paris,
  26187. in June and July, 1918, every available man was placed at General Foch's
  26188. command. At Belleau Wood, at Chateau-Thierry, and other points along the
  26189. deep salient made by the Germans into the French lines, American
  26190. soldiers distinguished themselves by heroic action. They also played an
  26191. important role in the counter attack that "smashed" the salient and
  26192. drove the Germans back.
  26193.  
  26194. In September, American troops, with French aid, "wiped out" the German
  26195. salient at St. Mihiel. By this time General Pershing was ready for the
  26196. great American drive to the northeast in the Argonne forest, while he
  26197. also cooperated with the British in the assault on the Hindenburg line.
  26198. In the Meuse-Argonne battle, our soldiers encountered some of the most
  26199. severe fighting of the war and pressed forward steadily against the most
  26200. stubborn resistance from the enemy. On the 6th of November, reported
  26201. General Pershing, "a division of the first corps reached a point on the
  26202. Meuse opposite Sedan, twenty-five miles from our line of departure. The
  26203. strategical goal which was our highest hope was gained. We had cut the
  26204. enemy's main line of communications and nothing but a surrender or an
  26205. armistice could save his army from complete disaster." Five days later
  26206. the end came. On the morning of November 11, the order to cease firing
  26207. went into effect. The German army was in rapid retreat and
  26208. demoralization had begun. The Kaiser had abdicated and fled into
  26209. Holland. The Hohenzollern dreams of empire were shattered. In the
  26210. fifty-second month, the World War, involving nearly every civilized
  26211. nation on the globe, was brought to a close. More than 75,000 American
  26212. soldiers and sailors had given their lives. More than 250,000 had been
  26213. wounded or were missing or in German prison camps.
  26214.  
  26215. [Illustration: WESTERN BATTLE LINES OF THE VARIOUS YEARS OF THE
  26216. WORLD WAR]
  26217.  
  26218.  
  26219. THE SETTLEMENT AT PARIS
  26220.  
  26221. =The Peace Conference.=--On January 18, 1919, a conference of the Allied
  26222. and Associated Powers assembled to pronounce judgment upon the German
  26223. empire and its defeated satellites: Austria-Hungary, Bulgaria, and
  26224. Turkey. It was a moving spectacle. Seventy-two delegates spoke for
  26225. thirty-two states. The United States, Great Britain, France, Italy, and
  26226. Japan had five delegates each. Belgium, Brazil, and Serbia were each
  26227. assigned three. Canada, Australia, South Africa, India, China, Greece,
  26228. Hedjaz, Poland, Portugal, Rumania, Siam, and Czechoslovakia were
  26229. allotted two apiece. The remaining states of New Zealand, Bolivia, Cuba,
  26230. Ecuador, Guatemala, Haiti, Honduras, Liberia, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru,
  26231. and Uruguay each had one delegate. President Wilson spoke in person for
  26232. the United States. England, France, and Italy were represented by their
  26233. premiers: David Lloyd George, Georges Clemenceau, and Vittorio Orlando.
  26234.  
  26235. [Illustration: PREMIERS LLOYD GEORGE, ORLANDO AND CLEMENCEAU AND
  26236. PRESIDENT WILSON AT PARIS]
  26237.  
  26238. =The Supreme Council.=--The real work of the settlement was first
  26239. committed to a Supreme Council of ten representing the United States,
  26240. Great Britain, France, Italy, and Japan. This was later reduced to five
  26241. members. Then Japan dropped out and finally Italy, leaving only
  26242. President Wilson and the Premiers, Lloyd George and Clemenceau, the
  26243. "Big Three," who assumed the burden of mighty decisions. On May 6, their
  26244. work was completed and in a secret session of the full conference the
  26245. whole treaty of peace was approved, though a few of the powers made
  26246. reservations or objections. The next day the treaty was presented to the
  26247. Germans who, after prolonged protests, signed on the last day of grace,
  26248. June 28. This German treaty was followed by agreements with Austria,
  26249. Hungary, Bulgaria, and Turkey. Collectively these great documents formed
  26250. the legal basis of the general European settlement.
  26251.  
  26252. =The Terms of the Settlement.=--The combined treaties make a huge
  26253. volume. The German treaty alone embraces about 80,000 words.
  26254. Collectively they cover an immense range of subjects which may be
  26255. summarized under five heads: (1) The territorial settlement in Europe;
  26256. (2) the destruction of German military power; (3) reparations for
  26257. damages done by Germany and her allies; (4) the disposition of German
  26258. colonies and protectorates; and (5) the League of Nations.
  26259.  
  26260. Germany was reduced by the cession of Alsace-Lorraine to France and the
  26261. loss of several other provinces. Austria-Hungary was dissolved and
  26262. dismembered. Russia was reduced by the creation of new states on the
  26263. west. Bulgaria was stripped of her gains in the recent Balkan wars.
  26264. Turkey was dismembered. Nine new independent states were created:
  26265. Poland, Finland, Lithuania, Latvia, Esthonia, Ukraine, Czechoslovakia,
  26266. Armenia, and Hedjaz. Italy, Greece, Rumania, and Serbia were enlarged by
  26267. cessions of territory and Serbia was transformed into the great state of
  26268. Jugoslavia.
  26269.  
  26270. The destruction of German military power was thorough. The entire navy,
  26271. with minor exceptions, was turned over to the Allied and Associated
  26272. Powers; Germany's total equipment for the future was limited to six
  26273. battleships and six light cruisers, with certain small vessels but no
  26274. submarines. The number of enlisted men and officers for the army was
  26275. fixed at not more than 100,000; the General Staff was dissolved; and the
  26276. manufacture of munitions restricted.
  26277.  
  26278. Germany was compelled to accept full responsibility for all damages; to
  26279. pay five billion dollars in cash and goods, and to make certain other
  26280. payments which might be ordered from time to time by an inter-allied
  26281. reparations commission. She was also required to deliver to Belgium,
  26282. France, and Italy, millions of tons of coal every year for ten years;
  26283. while by way of additional compensation to France the rich coal basin of
  26284. the Saar was placed under inter-allied control to be exploited under
  26285. French administration for a period of at least fifteen years. Austria
  26286. and the other associates of Germany were also laid under heavy
  26287. obligations to the victors. Damages done to shipping by submarines and
  26288. other vessels were to be paid for on the basis of ton for ton.
  26289.  
  26290. The disposition of the German colonies and the old Ottoman empire
  26291. presented knotty problems. It was finally agreed that the German
  26292. colonies and Turkish provinces which were in a backward stage of
  26293. development should be placed under the tutelage of certain powers acting
  26294. as "mandatories" holding them in "a sacred trust of civilization." An
  26295. exception to the mandatory principle arose in the case of German rights
  26296. in Shantung, all of which were transferred directly to Japan. It was
  26297. this arrangement that led the Chinese delegation to withhold their
  26298. signatures from the treaty.
  26299.  
  26300. =The League of Nations.=--High among the purposes which he had in mind
  26301. in summoning the nation to arms, President Wilson placed the desire to
  26302. put an end to war. All through the United States the people spoke of the
  26303. "war to end war." No slogan called forth a deeper response from the
  26304. public. The President himself repeatedly declared that a general
  26305. association of nations must be formed to guard the peace and protect all
  26306. against the ambitions of the few. "As I see it," he said in his address
  26307. on opening the Fourth Liberty Loan campaign, "the constitution of the
  26308. League of Nations and the clear definition of its objects must be a
  26309. part, in a sense the most essential part, of the peace settlement
  26310. itself."
  26311.  
  26312. Nothing was more natural, therefore, than Wilson's insistence at Paris
  26313. upon the formation of an international association. Indeed he had gone
  26314. to Europe in person largely to accomplish that end. Part One of the
  26315. treaty with Germany, the Covenant of the League of Nations, was due to
  26316. his labors more than to any other influence. Within the League thus
  26317. created were to be embraced all the Allied and Associated Powers and
  26318. nearly all the neutrals. By a two-thirds vote of the League Assembly the
  26319. excluded nations might be admitted.
  26320.  
  26321. The agencies of the League of Nations were to be three in number: (1) a
  26322. permanent secretariat located at Geneva; (2) an Assembly consisting of
  26323. one delegate from each country, dominion, or self-governing colony
  26324. (including Canada, Australia, South Africa, New Zealand, and India); (3)
  26325. and a Council consisting of representatives of the United States, Great
  26326. Britain, France, Italy, and Japan, and four other representatives
  26327. selected by the Assembly from time to time.
  26328.  
  26329. The duties imposed on the League and the obligations accepted by its
  26330. members were numerous and important. The Council was to take steps to
  26331. formulate a scheme for the reduction of armaments and to submit a plan
  26332. for the establishment of a permanent Court of International Justice. The
  26333. members of the League (Article X) were to respect and preserve as
  26334. against external aggression the territorial integrity and existing
  26335. political independence of all the associated nations. They were to
  26336. submit to arbitration or inquiry by the Council all disputes which could
  26337. not be adjusted by diplomacy and in no case to resort to war until three
  26338. months after the award. Should any member disregard its covenants, its
  26339. action would be considered an act of war against the League, which would
  26340. accordingly cut off the trade and business of the hostile member and
  26341. recommend through the Council to the several associated governments the
  26342. military measures to be taken. In case the decision in any arbitration
  26343. of a dispute was unanimous, the members of the League affected by it
  26344. were to abide by it.
  26345.  
  26346. Such was the settlement at Paris and such was the association of nations
  26347. formed to promote the peace of the world. They were quickly approved by
  26348. most of the powers, and the first Assembly of the League of Nations met
  26349. at Geneva late in 1920.
  26350.  
  26351. =The Treaty in the United States.=--When the treaty was presented to the
  26352. United States Senate for approval, a violent opposition appeared. In
  26353. that chamber the Republicans had a slight majority and a two-thirds vote
  26354. was necessary for ratification. The sentiment for and against the treaty
  26355. ran mainly along party lines; but the Republicans were themselves
  26356. divided. The major portion, known as "reservationists," favored
  26357. ratification with certain conditions respecting American rights; while a
  26358. small though active minority rejected the League of Nations in its
  26359. entirety, announcing themselves to be "irreconcilables." The grounds of
  26360. this Republican opposition lay partly in the terms of peace imposed on
  26361. Germany and partly in the Covenant of the League of Nations. Exception
  26362. was taken to the clauses which affected the rights of American citizens
  26363. in property involved in the adjustment with Germany, but the burden of
  26364. criticism was directed against the League. Article X guaranteeing
  26365. against external aggression the political independence and territorial
  26366. integrity of the members of the League was subjected to a specially
  26367. heavy fire; while the treatment accorded to China and the sections
  26368. affecting American internal affairs were likewise attacked as "unjust
  26369. and dangerous." As an outcome of their deliberations, the Republicans
  26370. proposed a long list of reservations which touched upon many of the
  26371. vital parts of the treaty. These were rejected by President Wilson as
  26372. amounting in effect to a "nullification of the treaty." As a deadlock
  26373. ensued the treaty was definitely rejected, owing to the failure of its
  26374. sponsors to secure the requisite two-thirds vote.
  26375.  
  26376. [Illustration: EUROPE]
  26377.  
  26378. =The League of Nations in the Campaign of 1920.=--At this juncture the
  26379. presidential campaign of 1920 opened. The Republicans, while condemning
  26380. the terms of the proposed League, endorsed the general idea of an
  26381. international agreement to prevent war. Their candidate, Senator
  26382. Warren G. Harding of Ohio, maintained a similar position without saying
  26383. definitely whether the League devised at Paris could be recast in such a
  26384. manner as to meet his requirements. The Democrats, on the other hand,
  26385. while not opposing limitations clarifying the obligations of the United
  26386. States, demanded "the immediate ratification of the treaty without
  26387. reservations which would impair its essential integrity." The Democratic
  26388. candidate, Governor James M. Cox, of Ohio, announced his firm conviction
  26389. that the United States should "go into the League," without closing the
  26390. door to mild reservations; he appealed to the country largely on that
  26391. issue. The election of Senator Harding, in an extraordinary "landslide,"
  26392. coupled with the return of a majority of Republicans to the Senate, made
  26393. uncertain American participation in the League of Nations.
  26394.  
  26395. =The United States and International Entanglements.=--Whether America
  26396. entered the League or not, it could not close its doors to the world and
  26397. escape perplexing international complications. It had ever-increasing
  26398. financial and commercial connections with all other countries. Our
  26399. associates in the recent war were heavily indebted to our government.
  26400. The prosperity of American industries depended to a considerable extent
  26401. upon the recovery of the impoverished and battle-torn countries of
  26402. Europe.
  26403.  
  26404. There were other complications no less specific. The United States was
  26405. compelled by force of circumstances to adopt a Russian policy. The
  26406. government of the Czar had been overthrown by a liberal revolution,
  26407. which in turn had been succeeded by an extreme, communist
  26408. "dictatorship." The Bolsheviki, or majority faction of the socialists,
  26409. had obtained control of the national council of peasants, workingmen,
  26410. and soldiers, called the soviet, and inaugurated a radical regime. They
  26411. had made peace with Germany in March, 1918. Thereupon the United States
  26412. joined England, France, and Japan in an unofficial war upon them. After
  26413. the general settlement at Paris in 1919, our government, while
  26414. withdrawing troops from Siberia and Archangel, continued in its refusal
  26415. to recognize the Bolshevists or to permit unhampered trade with them.
  26416. President Wilson repeatedly denounced them as the enemies of
  26417. civilization and undertook to lay down for all countries the principles
  26418. which should govern intercourse with Russia.
  26419.  
  26420. Further international complications were created in connection with the
  26421. World War, wholly apart from the terms of peace or the League of
  26422. Nations. The United States had participated in a general European
  26423. conflict which changed the boundaries of countries, called into being
  26424. new nations, and reduced the power and territories of the vanquished.
  26425. Accordingly, it was bound to face the problem of how far it was prepared
  26426. to cooperate with the victors in any settlement of Europe's
  26427. difficulties. By no conceivable process, therefore, could America be
  26428. disentangled from the web of world affairs. Isolation, if desirable, had
  26429. become impossible. Within three hundred years from the founding of the
  26430. tiny settlements at Jamestown and Plymouth, America, by virtue of its
  26431. institutions, its population, its wealth, and its commerce, had become
  26432. first among the nations of the earth. By moral obligations and by
  26433. practical interests its fate was thus linked with the destiny of all
  26434. mankind.
  26435.  
  26436.  
  26437. SUMMARY OF DEMOCRACY AND THE WORLD WAR
  26438.  
  26439. The astounding industrial progress that characterized the period
  26440. following the Civil War bequeathed to the new generation many perplexing
  26441. problems connected with the growth of trusts and railways, the
  26442. accumulation of great fortunes, the increase of poverty in the
  26443. industrial cities, the exhaustion of the free land, and the acquisition
  26444. of dominions in distant seas. As long as there was an abundance of land
  26445. in the West any able-bodied man with initiative and industry could
  26446. become an independent farmer. People from the cities and immigrants from
  26447. Europe had always before them that gateway to property and prosperity.
  26448. When the land was all gone, American economic conditions inevitably
  26449. became more like those of Europe.
  26450.  
  26451. Though the new economic questions had been vigorously debated in many
  26452. circles before his day, it was President Roosevelt who first discussed
  26453. them continuously from the White House. The natural resources of the
  26454. country were being exhausted; he advocated their conservation. Huge
  26455. fortunes were being made in business creating inequalities in
  26456. opportunity; he favored reducing them by income and inheritance taxes.
  26457. Industries were disturbed by strikes; he pressed arbitration upon
  26458. capital and labor. The free land was gone; he declared that labor was in
  26459. a less favorable position to bargain with capital and therefore should
  26460. organize in unions for collective bargaining. There had been wrong-doing
  26461. on the part of certain great trusts; those responsible should be
  26462. punished.
  26463.  
  26464. The spirit of reform was abroad in the land. The spoils system was
  26465. attacked. It was alleged that the political parties were dominated by
  26466. "rings and bosses." The United States Senate was called "a millionaires'
  26467. club." Poverty and misery were observed in the cities. State
  26468. legislatures and city governments were accused of corruption.
  26469.  
  26470. In answer to the charges, remedies were proposed and adopted. Civil
  26471. service reform was approved. The Australian ballot, popular election of
  26472. Senators, the initiative, referendum, and recall, commission and city
  26473. manager plans for cities, public regulation of railways, compensation
  26474. for those injured in industries, minimum wages for women and children,
  26475. pensions for widows, the control of housing in the cities--these and a
  26476. hundred other reforms were adopted and tried out. The national watchword
  26477. became: "America, Improve Thyself."
  26478.  
  26479. The spirit of reform broke into both political parties. It appeared in
  26480. many statutes enacted by Congress under President Taft's leadership. It
  26481. disrupted the Republicans temporarily in 1912 when the Progressive party
  26482. entered the field. It led the Democratic candidate in that year,
  26483. Governor Wilson, to make a "progressive appeal" to the voters. It
  26484. inspired a considerable program of national legislation under President
  26485. Wilson's two administrations.
  26486.  
  26487. In the age of change, four important amendments to the federal
  26488. constitution, the first in more than forty years, were adopted. The
  26489. sixteenth empowered Congress to lay an income tax. The seventeenth
  26490. assured popular election of Senators. The eighteenth made prohibition
  26491. national. The nineteenth, following upon the adoption of woman suffrage
  26492. in many states, enfranchised the women of the nation.
  26493.  
  26494. In the sphere of industry, equally great changes took place. The major
  26495. portion of the nation's business passed into the hands of corporations.
  26496. In all the leading industries of the country labor was organized into
  26497. trade unions and federated in a national organization. The power of
  26498. organized capital and organized labor loomed upon the horizon. Their
  26499. struggles, their rights, and their place in the economy of the nation
  26500. raised problems of the first magnitude.
  26501.  
  26502. While the country was engaged in a heated debate upon its domestic
  26503. issues, the World War broke out in Europe in 1914. As a hundred years
  26504. before, American rights upon the high seas became involved at once. They
  26505. were invaded on both sides; but Germany, in addition to assailing
  26506. American ships and property, ruthlessly destroyed American lives. She
  26507. set at naught the rules of civilized warfare upon the sea. Warnings from
  26508. President Wilson were without avail. Nothing could stay the hand of the
  26509. German war party.
  26510.  
  26511. After long and patient negotiations, President Wilson in 1917 called
  26512. upon the nation to take up arms against an assailant that had in effect
  26513. declared war upon America. The answer was swift and firm. The national
  26514. resources, human and material, were mobilized. The navy was enlarged, a
  26515. draft army created, huge loans floated, heavy taxes laid, and the spirit
  26516. of sacrifice called forth in a titanic struggle against an autocratic
  26517. power that threatened to dominate Europe and the World.
  26518.  
  26519. In the end, American financial, naval, and military assistance counted
  26520. heavily in the scale. American sailors scoured the seas searching for
  26521. the terrible submarines. American soldiers took part in the last great
  26522. drives that broke the might of Germany's army. Such was the nation's
  26523. response to the President's summons to arms in a war "for democracy" and
  26524. "to end war."
  26525.  
  26526. When victory crowned the arms of the powers united against Germany,
  26527. President Wilson in person took part in the peace council. He sought to
  26528. redeem his pledge to end wars by forming a League of Nations to keep the
  26529. peace. In the treaty drawn at the close of the war the first part was a
  26530. covenant binding the nations in a permanent association for the
  26531. settlement of international disputes. This treaty, the President offered
  26532. to the United States Senate for ratification and to his country for
  26533. approval.
  26534.  
  26535. Once again, as in the days of the Napoleonic wars, the people seriously
  26536. discussed the place of America among the powers of the earth. The Senate
  26537. refused to ratify the treaty. World politics then became an issue in the
  26538. campaign of 1920. Though some Americans talked as if the United States
  26539. could close its doors and windows against all mankind, the victor in the
  26540. election, Senator Harding, of Ohio, knew better. The election returns
  26541. were hardly announced before he began to ask the advice of his
  26542. countrymen on the pressing theme that would not be downed: "What part
  26543. shall America--first among the nations of the earth in wealth and
  26544. power--assume at the council table of the world?"
  26545.  
  26546.  
  26547. =General References=
  26548.  
  26549. Woodrow Wilson, _The New Freedom_.
  26550.  
  26551. C.L. Jones, _The Caribbean Interests of the United States_.
  26552.  
  26553. H.P. Willis, _The Federal Reserve_.
  26554.  
  26555. C.W. Barron, _The Mexican Problem_ (critical toward Mexico).
  26556.  
  26557. L.J. de Bekker, _The Plot against Mexico_ (against American
  26558. intervention).
  26559.  
  26560. Theodore Roosevelt, _America and the World War_.
  26561.  
  26562. E.E. Robinson and V.J. West, _The Foreign Policy of Woodrow Wilson_.
  26563.  
  26564. J.S. Bassett, _Our War with Germany_.
  26565.  
  26566. Carlton J.H. Hayes, _A Brief History of the Great War_.
  26567.  
  26568. J.B. McMaster, _The United States in the World War_.
  26569.  
  26570.  
  26571. =Research Topics=
  26572.  
  26573. =President Wilson's First Term.=--Elson, _History of the United States_,
  26574. pp. 925-941.
  26575.  
  26576. =The Underwood Tariff Act.=--Ogg, _National Progress_ (The American
  26577. Nation Series), pp. 209-226.
  26578.  
  26579. =The Federal Reserve System.=--Ogg, pp. 228-232.
  26580.  
  26581. =Trust and Labor Legislation.=--Ogg, pp. 232-236.
  26582.  
  26583. =Legislation Respecting the Territories.=--Ogg, pp. 236-245.
  26584.  
  26585. =American Interests in the Caribbean.=--Ogg, pp. 246-265.
  26586.  
  26587. =American Interests in the Pacific.=--Ogg, pp. 304-324.
  26588.  
  26589. =Mexican Affairs.=--Haworth, pp. 388-395; Ogg, pp. 284-304.
  26590.  
  26591. =The First Phases of the European War.=--Haworth, pp. 395-412; Ogg, pp.
  26592. 325-343.
  26593.  
  26594. =The Campaign of 1916.=--Haworth, pp. 412-418; Ogg, pp. 364-383.
  26595.  
  26596. =America Enters the War.=--Haworth, pp. 422-440; pp. 454-475. Ogg, pp.
  26597. 384-399; Elson, pp. 951-970.
  26598.  
  26599. =Mobilizing the Nation.=--Haworth, pp. 441-453.
  26600.  
  26601. =The Peace Settlement.=--Haworth, pp. 475-497; Elson, pp. 971-982.
  26602.  
  26603.  
  26604. =Questions=
  26605.  
  26606. 1. Enumerate the chief financial measures of the Wilson administration.
  26607. Review the history of banks and currency and give the details of the
  26608. Federal reserve law.
  26609.  
  26610. 2. What was the Wilson policy toward trusts? Toward labor?
  26611.  
  26612. 3. Review again the theory of states' rights. How has it fared in recent
  26613. years?
  26614.  
  26615. 4. What steps were taken in colonial policies? In the Caribbean?
  26616.  
  26617. 5. Outline American-Mexican relations under Wilson.
  26618.  
  26619. 6. How did the World War break out in Europe?
  26620.  
  26621. 7. Account for the divided state of opinion in America.
  26622.  
  26623. 8. Review the events leading up to the War of 1812. Compare them with
  26624. the events from 1914 to 1917.
  26625.  
  26626. 9. State the leading principles of international law involved and show
  26627. how they were violated.
  26628.  
  26629. 10. What American rights were assailed in the submarine campaign?
  26630.  
  26631. 11. Give Wilson's position on the _Lusitania_ affair.
  26632.  
  26633. 12. How did the World War affect the presidential campaign of 1916?
  26634.  
  26635. 13. How did Germany finally drive the United States into war?
  26636.  
  26637. 14. State the American war aims given by the President.
  26638.  
  26639. 15. Enumerate the measures taken by the government to win the war.
  26640.  
  26641. 16. Review the part of the navy in the war. The army.
  26642.  
  26643. 17. How were the terms of peace formulated?
  26644.  
  26645. 18. Enumerate the principal results of the war.
  26646.  
  26647. 19. Describe the League of Nations.
  26648.  
  26649. 20. Trace the fate of the treaty in American politics.
  26650.  
  26651. 21. Can there be a policy of isolation for America?
  26652.  
  26653.  
  26654.  
  26655.  
  26656. APPENDIX
  26657.  
  26658. CONSTITUTION OF THE UNITED STATES
  26659.  
  26660.  
  26661. We the people of the United States, in order to form a more
  26662. perfect union, establish justice, insure domestic tranquillity, provide
  26663. for the common defence, promote the general welfare, and secure the
  26664. blessings of liberty to ourselves and our posterity, do ordain and
  26665. establish this Constitution for the United States of America.
  26666.  
  26667.  
  26668. ARTICLE I
  26669.  
  26670. SECTION 1. All legislative powers herein granted shall be vested in a
  26671. Congress of the United States, which shall consist of a Senate and House
  26672. of Representatives.
  26673.  
  26674.  
  26675. SECTION 2. 1. The House of Representatives shall be composed of members
  26676. chosen every second year by the people of the several States, and the
  26677. electors in each State shall have the qualifications requisite for
  26678. electors of the most numerous branch of the State legislature.
  26679.  
  26680. 2. No person shall be a representative who shall not have attained to
  26681. the age of twenty-five years, and been seven years a citizen of the
  26682. United States, and who shall not, when elected, be an inhabitant of that
  26683. State in which he shall be chosen.
  26684.  
  26685. 3. Representatives and direct taxes[3] shall be apportioned among the
  26686. several States which may be included within this Union, according to
  26687. their respective numbers, which shall be determined by adding to the
  26688. whole number of free persons, including those bound to service for a
  26689. term of years, and excluding Indians not taxed, three-fifths of all
  26690. other persons.[3] The actual enumeration shall be made within three
  26691. years after the first meeting of the Congress of the United States, and
  26692. within every subsequent term of ten years, in such manner as they shall
  26693. by law direct. The number of representatives shall not exceed one for
  26694. every thirty thousand, but each State shall have at least one
  26695. representative; and until such enumeration shall be made, the State of
  26696. New Hampshire shall be entitled to choose three, Massachusetts eight,
  26697. Rhode Island and Providence Plantations one, Connecticut five, New York
  26698. six, New Jersey four, Pennsylvania eight, Delaware one, Maryland six,
  26699. Virginia ten, North Carolina five, South Carolina five, and Georgia
  26700. three.
  26701.  
  26702. 4. When vacancies happen in the representation from any State, the
  26703. executive authority thereof shall issue writs of election to fill such
  26704. vacancies.
  26705.  
  26706. 5. The House of Representatives shall choose their speaker and other
  26707. officers; and shall have the sole power of impeachment.
  26708.  
  26709.  
  26710. SECTION 3. 1. The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two
  26711. senators from each State, chosen by the legislature thereof, for six
  26712. years; and each senator shall have one vote.[4]
  26713.  
  26714. 2. Immediately after they shall be assembled in consequence of the first
  26715. election, they shall be divided as equally as may be into three classes.
  26716. The seats of the senators of the first class shall be vacated at the
  26717. expiration of the second year, of the second class at the expiration of
  26718. the fourth year, and of the third class at the expiration of the sixth
  26719. year, so that one-third may be chosen every second year; and if
  26720. vacancies happen by resignation, or otherwise, during the recess of the
  26721. legislature of any State, the executive thereof may make temporary
  26722. appointments until the next meeting of the legislature, which shall then
  26723. fill such vacancies.[5]
  26724.  
  26725. 3. No person shall be a senator who shall not have attained to the age
  26726. of thirty years, and been nine years a citizen of the United States, and
  26727. who shall not, when elected, be an inhabitant of that State for which he
  26728. shall be chosen.
  26729.  
  26730. 4. The Vice-President of the United States shall be President of the
  26731. Senate, but shall have no vote, unless they be equally divided.
  26732.  
  26733. 5. The Senate shall choose their other officers, and also a President
  26734. _pro tempore_, in the absence of the Vice-President, or when he shall
  26735. exercise the office of President of the United States.
  26736.  
  26737. 6. The Senate shall have the sole power to try all impeachments. When
  26738. sitting for that purpose, they shall be on oath or affirmation. When the
  26739. President of the United States is tried, the chief justice shall
  26740. preside: And no person shall be convicted without the concurrence of
  26741. two-thirds of the members present.
  26742.  
  26743. 7. Judgment in cases of impeachment shall not extend further than to
  26744. removal from office, and disqualification to hold and enjoy any office
  26745. of honor, trust, or profit under the United States: but the party
  26746. convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject to indictment, trial,
  26747. judgment, and punishment, according to law.
  26748.  
  26749.  
  26750. SECTION 4. 1. The times, places, and manner of holding elections for
  26751. senators and representatives, shall be prescribed in each State by the
  26752. legislature thereof; but the Congress may at any time by law make or
  26753. alter such regulations, except as to the places of choosing senators.
  26754.  
  26755. 2. The Congress shall assemble at least once in every year, and such
  26756. meeting shall be on the first Monday in December, unless they shall by
  26757. law appoint a different day.
  26758.  
  26759.  
  26760. SECTION 5. 1. Each House shall be the judge of the elections, returns
  26761. and qualifications of its own members, and a majority of each shall
  26762. constitute a quorum to do business; but a smaller number may adjourn
  26763. from day to day, and may be authorized to compel the attendance of
  26764. absent members, in such manner, and under such penalties as each House
  26765. may provide.
  26766.  
  26767. 2. Each House may determine the rules of its proceedings, punish its
  26768. members for disorderly behaviour, and, with the concurrence of
  26769. two-thirds, expel a member.
  26770.  
  26771. 3. Each House shall keep a journal of its proceedings, and from time to
  26772. time publish the same, excepting such parts as may in their judgment
  26773. require secrecy; and the yeas and nays of the members of either House on
  26774. any question shall, at the desire of one-fifth of those present, be
  26775. entered on the journal.
  26776.  
  26777. 4. Neither House, during the session of Congress, shall, without the
  26778. consent of the other, adjourn for more than three days, nor to any other
  26779. place than that in which the two Houses shall be sitting.
  26780.  
  26781.  
  26782. SECTION 6. 1. The senators and representatives shall receive a
  26783. compensation for their services, to be ascertained by law, and paid out
  26784. of the Treasury of the United States. They shall in all cases, except
  26785. treason, felony, and breach of the peace, be privileged from arrest
  26786. during their attendance at the sessions of their respective Houses, and
  26787. in going to and returning from the same; and, for any speech or debate
  26788. in either House, they shall not be questioned in any other place.
  26789.  
  26790. 2. No senator or representative shall, during the time for which he was
  26791. elected, be appointed to any civil office under the authority of the
  26792. United States, which shall have been created, or the emoluments whereof
  26793. shall have been increased during such time; and no person, holding any
  26794. office under the United States, shall be a member of either House during
  26795. his continuance in office.
  26796.  
  26797.  
  26798. SECTION 7. 1. All bills for raising revenue shall originate in the House
  26799. of Representatives; but the Senate may propose or concur with amendments
  26800. as on other bills.
  26801.  
  26802. 2. Every bill, which shall have passed the House of Representatives; and
  26803. the Senate, shall, before it become a law, be presented to the President
  26804. of the United States; if he approve he shall sign it, but if not he
  26805. shall return it with his objections to that House, in which it shall
  26806. have originated, who shall enter the objections at large on their
  26807. journal, and proceed to reconsider it. If after such reconsideration
  26808. two-thirds of that House shall agree to pass the bill, it shall be sent,
  26809. together with the objections, to the other House, by which it shall
  26810. likewise be reconsidered, and if approved by two-thirds of that House,
  26811. it shall become a law. But in all such cases the votes of both Houses
  26812. shall be determined by yeas and nays, and the names of the persons
  26813. voting for and against the bill shall be entered on the journal of each
  26814. House respectively. If any bill shall not be returned by the President
  26815. within ten days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been presented to
  26816. him, the same shall be a law, in like manner as if he had signed it,
  26817. unless the Congress by their adjournment prevent its return, in which
  26818. case it shall not be a law.
  26819.  
  26820. 3. Every order, resolution, or vote to which the concurrence of the
  26821. Senate and House of Representatives may be necessary (except on a
  26822. question of adjournment) shall be presented to the President of the
  26823. United States and before the same shall take effect, shall be approved
  26824. by him, or being disapproved by him, shall be repassed by two-thirds of
  26825. the Senate and House of Representatives, according to the rules and
  26826. limitations prescribed in the case of a bill.
  26827.  
  26828.  
  26829. SECTION 8. The Congress shall have power: 1. To lay and collect taxes,
  26830. duties, imposts, and excises, to pay the debts and provide for the
  26831. common defence and general welfare of the United States; but all duties,
  26832. imposts, and excises shall be uniform throughout the United States;
  26833.  
  26834. 2. To borrow money on the credit of the United States;
  26835.  
  26836. 3. To regulate commerce with foreign nations, and among the several
  26837. States, and with the Indian tribes;
  26838.  
  26839. 4. To establish an uniform rule of naturalization, and uniform laws on
  26840. the subject of bankruptcies throughout the United States;
  26841.  
  26842. 5. To coin money, regulate the value thereof, and of foreign coin, and
  26843. fix the standard of weights and measures;
  26844.  
  26845. 6. To provide for the punishment of counterfeiting the securities and
  26846. current coin of the United States;
  26847.  
  26848. 7. To establish post offices and post roads;
  26849.  
  26850. 8. To promote the progress of science and useful arts by securing for
  26851. limited times to authors and inventors the exclusive right to their
  26852. respective writings and discoveries;
  26853.  
  26854. 9. To constitute tribunals inferior to the Supreme Court;
  26855.  
  26856. 10. To define and punish piracies and felonies committed on the high
  26857. seas, and offences against the law of nations;
  26858.  
  26859. 11. To declare war, grant letters of marque and reprisal, and make rules
  26860. concerning captures on land and water;
  26861.  
  26862. 12. To raise and support armies, but no appropriation of money to that
  26863. use shall be for a longer term than two years;
  26864.  
  26865. 13. To provide and maintain a navy;
  26866.  
  26867. 14. To make rules for the government and regulation of the land and
  26868. naval forces;
  26869.  
  26870. 15. To provide for calling forth the militia to execute the laws of the
  26871. Union, suppress insurrections, and repel invasions;
  26872.  
  26873. 16. To provide for organizing, arming, and disciplining the militia,
  26874. and for governing such part of them as may be employed in the service
  26875. of the United States, reserving to the States respectively the
  26876. appointment of the officers, and the authority of training the militia
  26877. according to the discipline prescribed by Congress.
  26878.  
  26879. 17. To exercise exclusive legislation in all cases whatsoever, over such
  26880. district (not exceeding ten miles square) as may, by cession of
  26881. particular States and the acceptance of Congress, become the seat of the
  26882. government of the United States, and to exercise like authority over all
  26883. places purchased by the consent of the legislature of the State in which
  26884. the same shall be, for the erection of forts, magazines, arsenals,
  26885. dock-yards, and other needful buildings;--and
  26886.  
  26887. 18. To make all laws which shall be necessary and proper for carrying
  26888. into execution the foregoing powers, and all other powers vested by this
  26889. Constitution in the government of the United States, or in any
  26890. department or officer thereof.
  26891.  
  26892.  
  26893. SECTION 9. 1. The migration or importation of such persons as any of the
  26894. States now existing shall think proper to admit, shall not be prohibited
  26895. by the Congress prior to the year one thousand eight hundred and eight,
  26896. but a tax or duty may be imposed on such importation, not exceeding ten
  26897. dollars for each person.
  26898.  
  26899. 2. The privilege of the writ of _habeas corpus_ shall not be suspended,
  26900. unless when in cases of rebellion or invasion the public safety may
  26901. require it.
  26902.  
  26903. 3. No bill of attainder or _ex post facto_ law shall be passed.
  26904.  
  26905. 4. No capitation, or other direct, tax shall be laid, unless in
  26906. proportion to the census or enumeration hereinbefore directed to be
  26907. taken.[6]
  26908.  
  26909. 5. No tax or duty shall be laid on articles exported from any State.
  26910.  
  26911. 6. No preference shall be given by any regulation of commerce or revenue
  26912. to the ports of one State over those of another: nor shall vessels bound
  26913. to, or from, one State, be obliged to enter, clear, or pay duties in
  26914. another.
  26915.  
  26916. 7. No money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in consequence of
  26917. appropriations made by law; and a regular statement and account of the
  26918. receipts and expenditures of all public money shall be published from
  26919. time to time.
  26920.  
  26921. 8. No title of nobility shall be granted by the United States; and no
  26922. person, holding any office of profit or trust under them, shall, without
  26923. the consent of the Congress, accept of any present, emolument, office,
  26924. or title, of any kind whatever, from any king, prince, or foreign State.
  26925.  
  26926.  
  26927. SECTION 10. 1. No State shall enter into any treaty, alliance, or
  26928. confederation; grant letters of marque and reprisal; coin money; emit
  26929. bills of credit; make anything but gold and silver coin a tender in
  26930. payment of debts; pass any bill of attainder, _ex post facto_ law, or
  26931. law impairing the obligation of contracts, or grant any title of
  26932. nobility.
  26933.  
  26934. 2. No State shall, without the consent of the Congress, lay any imposts
  26935. or duties on imports or exports, except what may be absolutely necessary
  26936. for executing its inspection laws: and the net produce of all duties and
  26937. imposts, laid by any State on imports or exports, shall be for the use
  26938. of the Treasury of the United States; and all such laws shall be subject
  26939. to the revision and control of the Congress.
  26940.  
  26941. 3. No State shall, without the consent of Congress, lay any duty of
  26942. tonnage, keep troops, or ships of war in time of peace, enter into any
  26943. agreement or compact with another State, or with a foreign power, or
  26944. engage in war unless actually invaded, or in such imminent danger as
  26945. will not admit of delay.
  26946.  
  26947.  
  26948. ARTICLE II
  26949.  
  26950. SECTION 1. 1. The executive power shall be vested in a President of the
  26951. United States of America. He shall hold his office during the term of
  26952. four years, and, together with the Vice-President, chosen for the same
  26953. term, be elected, as follows:
  26954.  
  26955. 2. Each State shall appoint, in such manner as the legislature thereof
  26956. may direct, a number of electors, equal to the whole number of senators
  26957. and representatives to which the State may be entitled in the Congress;
  26958. but no senator or representative, or person holding an office of trust
  26959. or profit under the United States, shall be appointed an elector.[7] The
  26960. electors shall meet in their respective States, and vote by ballot for
  26961. two persons, of whom one at least shall not be an inhabitant of the same
  26962. State with themselves. And they shall make a list of all the persons
  26963. voted for, and of the number of votes for each; which list they shall
  26964. sign and certify, and transmit sealed to the seat of the government of
  26965. the United States, directed to the president of the Senate. The
  26966. President of the Senate shall, in the presence of the Senate and House
  26967. of Representatives, open all the certificates, and the votes shall then
  26968. be counted. The person having the greatest number of votes shall be the
  26969. President, if such number be a majority of the whole number of electors
  26970. appointed; and if there be more than one who have such majority, and
  26971. have an equal number of votes, then the House of Representatives shall
  26972. immediately choose by ballot one of them for President; and if no person
  26973. have a majority, then from the five highest on the list the said House
  26974. shall in like manner choose the President. But in choosing the
  26975. President, the votes shall be taken by States, the representation from
  26976. each State having one vote; a quorum for this purpose shall consist of a
  26977. member or members from two-thirds of the States and a majority of all
  26978. the States shall be necessary to a choice. In every case, after the
  26979. choice of the President, the person having the greatest number of votes
  26980. of the electors shall be the Vice-President. But if there should remain
  26981. two or more who have equal votes, the Senate shall choose from them by
  26982. ballot the Vice-President.[8]
  26983.  
  26984. 3. The Congress may determine the time of choosing the electors, and the
  26985. day on which they shall give their votes; which day shall be the same
  26986. throughout the United States.
  26987.  
  26988. 4. No person except a natural born citizen, or a citizen of the United
  26989. States, at the time of the adoption of this Constitution, shall be
  26990. eligible to the office of President; neither shall any person be
  26991. eligible to that office who shall not have attained to the age of
  26992. thirty-five years, and been fourteen years a resident within the United
  26993. States.
  26994.  
  26995. 5. In case of the removal of the President from office, or of his death,
  26996. resignation, or inability to discharge the powers and duties of the said
  26997. office, the same shall devolve on the Vice-President, and the Congress
  26998. may by law provide for the case of removal, death, resignation, or
  26999. inability both of the President and Vice-President, declaring what
  27000. officer shall then act as President, and such officer shall act
  27001. accordingly, until the disability be removed, or a President shall be
  27002. elected.
  27003.  
  27004. 6. The President shall, at stated times, receive for his services a
  27005. compensation, which shall neither be increased nor diminished during the
  27006. period for which he shall have been elected, and he shall not receive
  27007. within that period any other emolument from the United States, or any of
  27008. them.
  27009.  
  27010. 7. Before he enter on the execution of his office, he shall take the
  27011. following oath or affirmation:--"I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I
  27012. will faithfully execute the office of President of the United States,
  27013. and will to the best of my ability, preserve, protect, and defend the
  27014. Constitution of the United States."
  27015.  
  27016.  
  27017. SECTION 2. 1. The President shall be commander-in-chief of the army and
  27018. navy of the United States, and of the militia of the several States,
  27019. when called into the actual service of the United States; he may require
  27020. the opinion, in writing, of the principal officer in each of the
  27021. executive departments, upon any subject relating to the duties of their
  27022. respective offices, and he shall have power to grant reprieves and
  27023. pardons for offences against the United States, except in cases of
  27024. impeachment.
  27025.  
  27026. 2. He shall have power, by and with the advice and consent of the
  27027. Senate, to make treaties, provided two-thirds of the senators present
  27028. concur; and he shall nominate, and by and with the advice and consent of
  27029. the Senate, shall appoint ambassadors, other public ministers and
  27030. consuls, judges of the Supreme Court, and all other officers of the
  27031. United States, whose appointments are not herein otherwise provided for,
  27032. and which shall be established by law: but the Congress may by law vest
  27033. the appointment of such inferior officers, as they think proper, in the
  27034. President alone, in the courts of law, or in the heads of departments.
  27035.  
  27036. 3. The President shall have power to fill all vacancies that may happen
  27037. during the recess of the Senate, by granting commissions which shall
  27038. expire at the end of their next session.
  27039.  
  27040.  
  27041. SECTION 3. He shall from time to time give to the Congress information
  27042. on the state of the Union, and recommend to their consideration such
  27043. measures as he shall judge necessary and expedient; he may, on
  27044. extraordinary occasions, convene both Houses, or either of them, and in
  27045. case of disagreement between them, with respect to the time of
  27046. adjournment, he may adjourn them to such time as he shall think proper;
  27047. he shall receive ambassadors and other public ministers; he shall take
  27048. care that the laws be faithfully executed, and shall commission all the
  27049. officers of the United States.
  27050.  
  27051.  
  27052. SECTION 4. The President, Vice-President, and all civil officers of the
  27053. United States shall be removed from office on impeachment for, and
  27054. conviction of, treason, bribery, or other high crimes and misdemeanors.
  27055.  
  27056.  
  27057. ARTICLE III
  27058.  
  27059. SECTION 1. The judicial power of the United States shall be vested in
  27060. one Supreme Court, and in such inferior courts as the Congress may from
  27061. time to time ordain and establish. The judges, both of the Supreme and
  27062. inferior courts, shall hold their offices during good behaviour, and
  27063. shall, at stated times, receive for their services a compensation, which
  27064. shall not be diminished during their continuance in office.
  27065.  
  27066.  
  27067. SECTION 2. 1. The judicial power shall extend to all cases, in law and
  27068. equity, arising under this Constitution, the laws of the United States,
  27069. and treaties made, or which shall be made, under their authority;--to
  27070. all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers and consuls;--to
  27071. all cases of admiralty and maritime jurisdiction;--to controversies to
  27072. which the United States shall be a party;--to controversies between two
  27073. or more States;--between a State and citizens of another
  27074. State;[9]--between citizens of different States;--between citizens of
  27075. the same State claiming lands under grants of different States;--and
  27076. between a State, or the citizens thereof, and foreign States, citizens,
  27077. or subjects.
  27078.  
  27079. 2. In all cases affecting ambassadors, other public ministers and
  27080. consuls and those in which a State shall be a party, the Supreme Court
  27081. shall have original jurisdiction. In all the other cases before
  27082. mentioned, the Supreme Court shall have appellate jurisdiction, both as
  27083. to law and fact, with such exceptions and under such regulations as the
  27084. Congress shall make.
  27085.  
  27086. 3. The trial of all crimes, except in cases of impeachment, shall be by
  27087. jury; and such trial shall be held in the State where the said crimes
  27088. shall have been committed; but when not committed within any State, the
  27089. trial shall be at such place or places as the Congress may by law have
  27090. directed.
  27091.  
  27092.  
  27093. SECTION 3. 1. Treason against the United States shall consist only in
  27094. levying war against them, or in adhering to their enemies, giving them
  27095. aid and comfort. No person shall be convicted of treason unless on the
  27096. testimony of two witnesses to the same overt act, or on confession in
  27097. open court.
  27098.  
  27099. 2. The Congress shall have power to declare the punishment of treason,
  27100. but no attainder of treason shall work corruption of blood or forfeiture
  27101. except during the life of the person attainted.
  27102.  
  27103.  
  27104. ARTICLE IV
  27105.  
  27106. SECTION 1. Full faith and credit shall be given in each State to the
  27107. public acts, records, and judicial proceedings of every other State. And
  27108. the Congress may by general laws prescribe the manner in which such
  27109. acts, records, and proceedings shall be proved, and the effect thereof.
  27110.  
  27111.  
  27112. SECTION 2. 1. The citizens of each State shall be entitled to all
  27113. privileges and immunities of citizens in the several States.
  27114.  
  27115. 2. A person charged in any State with treason, felony, or other crime,
  27116. who shall flee from justice, and be found in another State, shall on
  27117. demand of the executive authority of the State from which he fled, be
  27118. delivered up, to be removed to the State having jurisdiction of the
  27119. crime.
  27120.  
  27121. 3. No person held to service or labor in one State, under the laws
  27122. thereof, escaping into another, shall, in consequence of any law or
  27123. regulation therein, be discharged from such service or labor, but shall
  27124. be delivered up on claim of the party to whom such service or labor may
  27125. be due.
  27126.  
  27127.  
  27128. SECTION 3. 1. New States may be admitted by the Congress into this
  27129. Union; but no new State shall be formed or erected within the
  27130. jurisdiction of any other State; nor any State be formed by the junction
  27131. of two or more States, or parts of States, without the consent of the
  27132. legislatures of the States concerned as well as of the Congress.
  27133.  
  27134. 2. The Congress shall have power to dispose of and make all needful
  27135. rules and regulations respecting the territory or other property
  27136. belonging to the United States; and nothing in this Constitution shall
  27137. be so construed as to prejudice any claims, of the United States, or of
  27138. any particular State.
  27139.  
  27140.  
  27141. SECTION 4. The United States shall guarantee to every State in this
  27142. Union a republican form of government, and shall protect each of them
  27143. against invasion; and on application of the legislature, or of the
  27144. executive (when the legislature cannot be convened), against domestic
  27145. violence.
  27146.  
  27147.  
  27148. ARTICLE V
  27149.  
  27150. The Congress, whenever two-thirds of both Houses shall deem it
  27151. necessary, shall propose amendments to this Constitution, or, on the
  27152. application of the legislatures of two-thirds of the several States,
  27153. shall call a convention for proposing amendments, which, in either case,
  27154. shall be valid to all intents and purposes as part of this Constitution,
  27155. when ratified by the legislatures of three-fourths of the several
  27156. States, or by conventions in three-fourths thereof, as the one or the
  27157. other mode of ratification may be proposed by the Congress; provided
  27158. that no amendment which may be made prior to the year one thousand eight
  27159. hundred and eight shall in any manner affect the first and fourth
  27160. clauses in the ninth Section of the first article; and that no State,
  27161. without its consent, shall be deprived of its equal suffrage in the
  27162. Senate.
  27163.  
  27164.  
  27165. ARTICLE VI
  27166.  
  27167. 1. All debts contracted and engagements entered into, before the
  27168. adoption of this Constitution, shall be as valid against the United
  27169. States under this Constitution, as under the Confederation.
  27170.  
  27171. 2. This Constitution and the laws of the United States which shall be
  27172. made in pursuance thereof and all treaties made, or which shall be made,
  27173. under the authority of the United States, shall be the supreme law of
  27174. the land; and the judges in every State shall be bound thereby, anything
  27175. in the Constitution or laws of any State to the contrary
  27176. notwithstanding.
  27177.  
  27178. 3. The senators and representatives before mentioned, and the members of
  27179. the several State legislatures, and all executive and judicial officers,
  27180. both of the United States and of the several States, shall be bound by
  27181. oath or affirmation to support this Constitution; but no religious test
  27182. shall ever be required as a qualification to any office or public trust
  27183. under the United States.
  27184.  
  27185.  
  27186. ARTICLE VII
  27187.  
  27188. The ratification of the conventions of nine States shall be sufficient
  27189. for the establishment of this Constitution between the States so
  27190. ratifying the same.
  27191.  
  27192. Done in Convention by the unanimous consent of the States present the
  27193. seventeenth day of September in the year of our Lord one thousand seven
  27194. hundred and eighty-seven and of the independence of the United States of
  27195. America the twelfth. In witness whereof we have hereunto subscribed our
  27196. names,
  27197.  
  27198.      G^O. WASHINGTON--
  27199.      Presidt. and Deputy from Virginia
  27200.  
  27201. [and thirty-eight members from all the States except Rhode Island.]
  27202.  
  27203.        *       *       *       *       *
  27204.  
  27205.  
  27206. Articles in addition to, and amendment of, the Constitution of the
  27207. United States of America, proposed by Congress, and ratified by the
  27208. legislatures of the several States pursuant to the fifth article of the
  27209. original Constitution.
  27210.  
  27211.  
  27212. ARTICLE I[10]
  27213.  
  27214. Congress shall make no law respecting an establishment of religion, or
  27215. prohibiting the free exercise thereof; or abridging the freedom of
  27216. speech, or of the press; or the right of the people peaceably to
  27217. assemble, and to petition the government for a redress of grievances.
  27218.  
  27219.  
  27220. ARTICLE II
  27221.  
  27222. A well regulated militia, being necessary to the security of a free
  27223. State, the right of the people to keep and bear arms shall not be
  27224. infringed.
  27225.  
  27226.  
  27227. ARTICLE III
  27228.  
  27229. No soldier shall, in time of peace, be quartered in any house, without
  27230. the consent of the owner, nor in time of war, but in a manner to be
  27231. prescribed by law.
  27232.  
  27233.  
  27234. ARTICLE IV
  27235.  
  27236. The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers,
  27237. and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be
  27238. violated, and no warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause,
  27239. supported by oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place
  27240. to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.
  27241.  
  27242.  
  27243. ARTICLE V
  27244.  
  27245. No person shall be held to answer for a capital, or otherwise infamous
  27246. crime, unless on a presentment or indictment of a grand jury, except in
  27247. cases arising in the land or naval forces, or in the militia, when in
  27248. actual service in time of war or public danger; nor shall any person be
  27249. subject for the same offence to be twice put in jeopardy of life or
  27250. limb; nor shall be compelled in any criminal case to be a witness
  27251. against himself; nor be deprived of life, liberty, or property, without
  27252. due process of law; nor shall private property be taken for public use,
  27253. without just compensation.
  27254.  
  27255.  
  27256. ARTICLE VI
  27257.  
  27258. In all criminal prosecutions, the accused shall enjoy the right to a
  27259. speedy and public trial, by an impartial jury of the State and district
  27260. wherein the crime shall have been committed, which district shall have
  27261. been previously ascertained by law, and to be informed of the nature and
  27262. cause of the accusation; to be confronted with the witnesses against
  27263. him; to have compulsory process for obtaining witnesses in his favor,
  27264. and to have the assistance of counsel for his defence.
  27265.  
  27266.  
  27267. ARTICLE VII
  27268.  
  27269. In suits at common law, where the value in controversy shall exceed
  27270. twenty dollars, the right of trial by jury shall be preserved, and no
  27271. fact tried by a jury shall be otherwise reexamined in any court of the
  27272. United States, than according to the rules of the common law.
  27273.  
  27274.  
  27275. ARTICLE VIII
  27276.  
  27277. Excessive bail shall not be required, nor excessive fines imposed, nor
  27278. cruel and unusual punishments inflicted.
  27279.  
  27280.  
  27281. ARTICLE IX
  27282.  
  27283. The enumeration in the Constitution, of certain rights, shall not be
  27284. construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people.
  27285.  
  27286.  
  27287. ARTICLE X
  27288.  
  27289. The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor
  27290. prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively,
  27291. or to the people.
  27292.  
  27293.  
  27294. ARTICLE XI[11]
  27295.  
  27296. The judicial power of the United States shall not be construed to extend
  27297. to any suit in law or equity, commenced or prosecuted against one of the
  27298. United States by citizens of another State, or by citizens or subjects
  27299. of any foreign State.
  27300.  
  27301.  
  27302. ARTICLE XII[12]
  27303.  
  27304. The electors shall meet in their respective States, and vote by ballot
  27305. for President and Vice-President, one of whom at least shall not be an
  27306. inhabitant of the same State with themselves; they shall name in their
  27307. ballots the person voted for as President, and in distinct ballots the
  27308. person voted for as Vice-President, and they shall make distinct lists
  27309. of all persons voted for as President, and of all persons voted for as
  27310. Vice-President, and of the number of votes for each, which lists they
  27311. shall sign and certify, and transmit sealed to the seat of the
  27312. government of the United States, directed to the President of the
  27313. Senate;--The President of the Senate shall, in presence of the Senate
  27314. and House of Representatives, open all the certificates and the votes
  27315. shall then be counted;--The person having the greatest number of votes
  27316. for President, shall be the President, if such number be a majority of
  27317. the whole number of electors appointed; and if no person have such
  27318. majority, then from the persons having the highest numbers not exceeding
  27319. three on the list of those voted for as President, the House of
  27320. Representatives shall choose immediately, by ballot, the President. But
  27321. in choosing the President, the votes shall be taken by States, the
  27322. representation from each State having one vote; a quorum for this
  27323. purpose shall consist of a member or members from two-thirds of the
  27324. States, and a majority of all the States shall be necessary to a choice.
  27325. And if the House of Representatives shall not choose a President
  27326. whenever the right of choice shall devolve upon them, before the fourth
  27327. day of March next following, then the Vice-President shall act as
  27328. President, as in the case of the death or other constitutional
  27329. disability of the President. The person having the greatest number of
  27330. votes as Vice-President, shall be the Vice-President, if such number be
  27331. a majority of the whole number of electors appointed, and if no person
  27332. have a majority, then from the two highest members on the list, the
  27333. Senate shall choose the Vice-President; a quorum for the purpose shall
  27334. consist of two-thirds of the whole number of senators, and a majority of
  27335. the whole number shall be necessary to a choice. But no person
  27336. constitutionally ineligible to the office of President shall be eligible
  27337. to that of Vice-President of the United States.
  27338.  
  27339.  
  27340. ARTICLE XIII[13]
  27341.  
  27342. SECTION 1. Neither slavery nor involuntary servitude, except as a
  27343. punishment for crime whereof the party shall have been duly convicted,
  27344. shall exist within the United States, or any place subject to their
  27345. jurisdiction.
  27346.  
  27347. SECTION 2. Congress shall have power to enforce this article by
  27348. appropriate legislation.
  27349.  
  27350.  
  27351. ARTICLE XIV[14]
  27352.  
  27353. SECTION 1. All persons born or naturalized in the United States, and
  27354. subject to the jurisdiction thereof, are citizens of the United States
  27355. and of the State wherein they reside. No State shall make or enforce any
  27356. law which shall abridge the privileges or immunities of citizens of the
  27357. United States; nor shall any State deprive any person of life, liberty,
  27358. or property without due process of law; nor deny to any person within
  27359. its jurisdiction the equal protection of the laws.
  27360.  
  27361. SECTION 2. Representatives shall be apportioned among the several States
  27362. according to their respective numbers, counting the whole number of
  27363. persons in each State, excluding Indians not taxed. But when the right
  27364. to vote at any election for the choice of electors for President and
  27365. Vice-President of the United States, representatives in Congress, the
  27366. executive and judicial officers of a State, or the members of the
  27367. legislature thereof, is denied to any of the male inhabitants of such
  27368. State, being twenty-one years of age, and citizens of the United States,
  27369. or in any way abridged, except for participation in rebellion or other
  27370. crime, the basis of representation therein shall be reduced in the
  27371. proportion which the number of such male citizens shall bear to the
  27372. whole number of male citizens twenty-one years of age in such State.
  27373.  
  27374. SECTION 3. No person shall be a senator or representative in Congress,
  27375. or elector of President and Vice-President, or hold any office, civil or
  27376. military, under the United States, or under any State, who, having
  27377. previously taken an oath, as a member of Congress, or as an officer of
  27378. the United States, or as a member of any State legislature, or as an
  27379. executive or judicial officer of any State, to support the Constitution
  27380. of the United States, shall have engaged in insurrection or rebellion
  27381. against the same, or given aid or comfort to the enemies thereof. But
  27382. Congress may by two-thirds vote of each House, remove such disability.
  27383.  
  27384. SECTION 4. The validity of the public debt of the United States,
  27385. authorized by law, including debts incurred for payment of pensions and
  27386. bounties for services in suppressing insurrection or rebellion, shall
  27387. not be questioned. But neither the United States nor any State shall
  27388. assume or pay any debt or obligation incurred in aid of insurrection or
  27389. rebellion against the United States, or any claim for the loss or
  27390. emancipation of any slave; but all such debts, obligations, and claims
  27391. shall be held illegal and void.
  27392.  
  27393. SECTION 5. The Congress shall have power to enforce, by appropriate
  27394. legislation, the provisions of this article.
  27395.  
  27396.  
  27397. ARTICLE XV[15]
  27398.  
  27399. SECTION 1. The right of citizens of the United States to vote shall not
  27400. be denied or abridged by the United States or by any State on account of
  27401. race, color, or previous condition of servitude.
  27402.  
  27403. SECTION 2. The Congress shall have power to enforce this article by
  27404. appropriate legislation.
  27405.  
  27406.  
  27407. ARTICLE XVI[16]
  27408.  
  27409. The Congress shall have power to lay and collect taxes on incomes, from
  27410. whatever source derived, without apportionment among the several States,
  27411. and without regard to any census or enumeration.
  27412.  
  27413.  
  27414. ARTICLE XVII[17]
  27415.  
  27416. The Senate of the United States shall be composed of two senators from
  27417. each State, elected by the people thereof, for six years; and each
  27418. senator shall have one vote. The electors in each State shall have the
  27419. qualifications requisite for electors of the most numerous branch of the
  27420. State legislature.
  27421.  
  27422. When vacancies happen in the representation of any State in the Senate,
  27423. the executive authority of each State shall issue writs of election to
  27424. fill such vacancies: _Provided_ that the legislature of any State may
  27425. empower the executive thereof to make temporary appointments until the
  27426. people fill the vacancies by election as the legislature may direct.
  27427.  
  27428. This amendment shall not be so construed as to effect the election or
  27429. term of any senator chosen before it becomes valid as part of the
  27430. Constitution.
  27431.  
  27432.  
  27433. ARTICLE XVIII[18]
  27434.  
  27435. SECTION 1. After one year from the ratification of this article the
  27436. manufacture, sale, or transportation of intoxicating liquors within, the
  27437. importation thereof into, or the exportation thereof from the United
  27438. States and all territory subject to the jurisdiction thereof for
  27439. beverage purposes is hereby prohibited.
  27440.  
  27441. SECTION 2. The Congress and the several States shall have concurrent
  27442. power to enforce this article by appropriate legislation.
  27443.  
  27444. SECTION 3. This article shall be inoperative unless it shall have been
  27445. ratified as an amendment to the Constitution by the legislatures of the
  27446. several States, as provided in the Constitution, within seven years from
  27447. the date of the submission hereof to the States by the Congress.
  27448.  
  27449.  
  27450. ARTICLE XIX[19]
  27451.  
  27452. The right of citizens of the United States to vote shall not be denied
  27453. or abridged by the United States or any State on account of sex.
  27454.  
  27455. The Congress shall have power to enforce this article by appropriate
  27456. legislation.
  27457.  
  27458.  
  27459.  
  27460. POPULATION OF THE UNITED STATES, BY STATES: 1920, 1910, 1900
  27461.  
  27462. +---------------------+--------------------------------------------+
  27463. |      STATES         |                  POPULATION                |
  27464. +                     +--------------+--------------+--------------+
  27465. |                     |     1920     |     1910     |     1900     |
  27466. +---------------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
  27467. |United States        | 105,708,771  |  91,972,266  |  75,994,575  |
  27468. +---------------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
  27469. |Alabama              |   2,348,174  |   2,138,093  |   1,828,697  |
  27470. |Arizona              |     333,903  |     204,354  |     122,931  |
  27471. |Arkansas             |   1,752,204  |   1,574,449  |   1,311,564  |
  27472. |California           |   3,426,861  |   2,377,549  |   1,485,053  |
  27473. |Colorado             |     939,629  |     799,024  |     539,700  |
  27474. |Connecticut          |   1,380,631  |   1,114,756  |     908,420  |
  27475. |Delaware             |     223,003  |     202,322  |     184,735  |
  27476. |District of Columbia |     437,571  |     331,069  |     278,718  |
  27477. |Florida              |     968,470  |     752,619  |     528,542  |
  27478. |Georgia              |   2,895,832  |   2,609,121  |   2,216,331  |
  27479. |Idaho                |     431,866  |     325,594  |     161,772  |
  27480. |Illinois             |   6,485,280  |   5,638,591  |   4,821,550  |
  27481. |Indiana              |   2,930,390  |   2,700,876  |   2,516,462  |
  27482. |Iowa                 |   2,404,021  |   2,224,771  |   2,231,853  |
  27483. |Kansas               |   1,769,257  |   1,690,949  |   1,470,495  |
  27484. |Kentucky             |   2,416,630  |   2,289,905  |   2,147,174  |
  27485. |Louisiana            |   1,798,509  |   1,656,388  |   1,381,625  |
  27486. |Maine                |     768,014  |     742,371  |     694,466  |
  27487. |Maryland             |   1,449,661  |   1,295,346  |   1,188,044  |
  27488. |Massachusetts        |   3,852,356  |   3,366,416  |   2,805,346  |
  27489. |Michigan             |   3,668,412  |   2,810,173  |   2,420,982  |
  27490. |Minnesota            |   2,387,125  |   2,075,708  |   1,751,394  |
  27491. |Mississippi          |   1,790,618  |   1,797,114  |   1,551,270  |
  27492. |Missouri             |   3,404,055  |   3,293,335  |   3,106,665  |
  27493. |Montana              |     548,889  |     376,053  |     243,329  |
  27494. |Nebraska             |   1,296,372  |   1,192,214  |   1,066,300  |
  27495. |Nevada               |      77,407  |      81,875  |      42,335  |
  27496. |New Hampshire        |     443,407  |     430,572  |     411,588  |
  27497. |New Jersey           |   3,155,900  |   2,537,167  |   1,883,669  |
  27498. |New Mexico           |     360,350  |     327,301  |     195,310  |
  27499. |New York             |  10,384,829  |   9,113,614  |   7,268,894  |
  27500. |North Carolina       |   2,559,123  |   2,206,287  |   1,893,810  |
  27501. |North Dakota         |     645,680  |     577,056  |     319,146  |
  27502. |Ohio                 |   5,759,394  |   4,767,121  |   4,157,545  |
  27503. |Oklahoma             |   2,028,283  |   1,657,155  |     790,391  |
  27504. |Oregon               |     783,389  |     672,765  |     413,536  |
  27505. |Pennsylvania         |   8,720,017  |   7,665,111  |   6,302,115  |
  27506. |Rhode Island         |     604,397  |     542,610  |     428,556  |
  27507. |South Carolina       |   1,683,724  |   1,515,400  |   1,340,316  |
  27508. |South Dakota         |     636,547  |     583,888  |     401,570  |
  27509. |Tennessee            |   2,337,885  |   2,184,789  |   2,020,616  |
  27510. |Texas                |   4,663,228  |   3,896,542  |   3,048,710  |
  27511. |Utah                 |     449,396  |     373,351  |     276,749  |
  27512. |Vermont              |     352,428  |     355,956  |     343,641  |
  27513. |Virginia             |   2,309,187  |   2,061,612  |   1,854,184  |
  27514. |Washington           |   1,356,621  |   1,141,990  |     518,103  |
  27515. |West Virginia        |   1,463,701  |   1,221,119  |     958,800  |
  27516. |Wisconsin            |   2,632,067  |   2,333,860  |   2,069,042  |
  27517. |Wyoming              |     194,402  |     145,965  |      92,531  |
  27518. +---------------------+--------------+--------------+--------------+
  27519.  
  27520. FOOTNOTES:
  27521.  
  27522. [3] Partly superseded by the 14th Amendment, p. 639.
  27523.  
  27524. [4] See the 17th Amendment, p. 641.
  27525.  
  27526. [5] _Ibid._, p. 641.
  27527.  
  27528. [6] See the 16th Amendment, p. 640.
  27529.  
  27530. [7] The following paragraph was in force only from 1788 to 1803.
  27531.  
  27532. [8] Superseded by the 12th Amendment, p. 638.
  27533.  
  27534. [9] See the 11th Amendment, p. 638.
  27535.  
  27536. [10] First ten amendments proposed by Congress, Sept. 25, 1789.
  27537. Proclaimed to be in force Dec. 15, 1791.
  27538.  
  27539. [11] Proposed Sept. 5, 1794. Declared in force January 8, 1798.
  27540.  
  27541. [12] Adopted in 1804.
  27542.  
  27543. [13] Adopted in 1865.
  27544.  
  27545. [14] Adopted in 1868.
  27546.  
  27547. [15] Proposed February 27, 1869. Declared in force March 30, 1870.
  27548.  
  27549. [16] Passed July, 1909; proclaimed February 25, 1913.
  27550.  
  27551. [17] Passed May, 1912, in lieu of paragraph one, Section 3, Article I,
  27552. of the Constitution and so much of paragraph two of the same Section as
  27553. relates to the filling of vacancies; proclaimed May 31, 1913.
  27554.  
  27555. [18] Ratified January 16, 1919.
  27556.  
  27557. [19] Ratified August 26, 1920.
  27558.  
  27559.  
  27560.  
  27561.  
  27562. APPENDIX
  27563.  
  27564. TABLE OF PRESIDENTS
  27565.  
  27566. NAME                    STATE  PARTY     YEAR IN    VICE-PRESIDENT
  27567.                                          OFFICE
  27568. 1 George Washington      Va.    Fed.    1789-1797   John Adams
  27569. 2 John Adams             Mass.  Fed.    1797-1801   Thomas Jefferson
  27570. 3 Thomas Jefferson       Va.    Rep.    1801-1809   Aaron Burr
  27571.                                                     George Clinton
  27572. 4 James Madison          Va.    Rep.    1809-1817   George Clinton
  27573.                                                     Elbridge Gerry
  27574. 5 James Monroe           Va.    Rep.    1817-1825   Daniel D. Tompkins
  27575. 6 John Q. Adams          Mass.  Rep.    1825-1829   John C. Calhoun
  27576. 7 Andrew Jackson         Tenn.  Dem.    1829-1837   John C. Calhoun
  27577.                                                     Martin Van Buren
  27578. 8 Martin Van Buren       N.Y.   Dem.    1837-1841   Richard M. Johnson
  27579. 9 Wm. H. Harrison        Ohio   Whig    1841-1841   John Tyler
  27580. 10 John Tyler[20]        Va.    Whig    1841-1845
  27581. 11 James K. Polk         Tenn.  Dem.    1845-1849   George M. Dallas
  27582. 12 Zachary Taylor        La.    Whig    1849-1850   Millard Fillmore
  27583. 13 Millard Fillmore[20]  N.Y.   Whig    1850-1853
  27584. 14 Franklin Pierce       N.H.   Dem.    1853-1857   William R. King
  27585. 15 James Buchanan        Pa.    Dem.    1857-1861   J.C. Breckinridge
  27586. 16 Abraham Lincoln       Ill.   Rep.    1861-1865   Hannibal Hamlin
  27587.                                                     Andrew Johnson
  27588. 17 Andrew Johnson[20]    Tenn.  Rep.    1865-1869
  27589. 18 Ulysses S. Grant      Ill.   Rep.    1869-1877   Schuyler Colfax
  27590.                                                     Henry Wilson
  27591. 19 Rutherford B. Hayes   Ohio   Rep.    1877-1881   Wm. A. Wheeler
  27592. 20 James A. Garfield     Ohio   Rep.    1881-1881   Chester A. Arthur
  27593. 21 Chester A. Arthur[20] N.Y.   Rep.    1881-1885
  27594. 22 Grover Cleveland      N.Y.   Dem.    1885-1889   Thomas A. Hendricks
  27595. 23 Benjamin Harrison     Ind.   Rep.    1889-1893   Levi P. Morton
  27596. 24 Grover Cleveland      N.Y.   Dem.    1893-1897   Adlai E. Stevenson
  27597. 25 William McKinley      Ohio   Rep.    1897-1901   Garrett A. Hobart
  27598.                                                     Theodore Roosevelt
  27599. 26 Theodore Roosevelt[20]N.Y.   Rep.    1901-1909   Chas. W. Fairbanks
  27600. 27 William H. Taft       Ohio   Rep.    1909-1913   James S. Sherman
  27601. 28 Woodrow Wilson        N.J.   Dem.    1913-1921   Thomas R. Marshall
  27602. 29 Warren G. Harding     Ohio   Rep.    1921-       Calvin Coolidge
  27603.  
  27604.  
  27605. FOOTNOTES:
  27606.  
  27607. [20] Promoted from the vice-presidency on the death of the president.
  27608.  
  27609. POPULATION OF THE OUTLYING POSSESSIONS: 1920 AND 1910
  27610.  
  27611. ----------------------------------------+--------------+---------------
  27612.                 AREA                    |     1920     |     1910
  27613. ----------------------------------------+--------------+---------------
  27614. United States with outlying possessions |117,857,509   | 101,146,530
  27615.                                         +--------------+---------------
  27616. Continental United States               |105,708,771   | 91,972,266
  27617. Outlying Possessions                    | 12,148,738   |  9,174,264
  27618.                                         +--------------|---------------
  27619.   Alaska                                |     54,899   |     64,356
  27620.   American Samoa                        |      8,056   |      7,251[21]
  27621.   Guam                                  |     13,275   |     11,806
  27622.   Hawaii                                |    255,912   |    191,909
  27623.   Panama Canal Zone                     |     22,858   |     62,810[21]
  27624.   Porto Rico                            |  1,299,809   |  1,118,012
  27625.   Military  and  naval,  etc.,  service |              |
  27626.     abroad                              |    117,238   |     55,608
  27627.   Philippine Islands                    |10,350,640[22]|  7,635,426[23]
  27628.   Virgin Islands of the United States   |    26,051[24]|     27,086[25]
  27629. ----------------------------------------+--------------+---------------
  27630.  
  27631. FOOTNOTES:
  27632.  
  27633. [21] Population in 1912.
  27634.  
  27635. [22] Population in 1918.
  27636.  
  27637. [23] Population in 1903.
  27638.  
  27639. [24] Population in 1917.
  27640.  
  27641. [25] Population in 1911.
  27642.  
  27643.  
  27644.  
  27645.  
  27646. A TOPICAL SYLLABUS
  27647.  
  27648. As a result of a wholesome reaction against the purely chronological
  27649. treatment of history, there is now a marked tendency in the direction of
  27650. a purely topical handling of the subject. The topical method, however,
  27651. may also be pushed too far. Each successive stage of any topic can be
  27652. understood only in relation to the forces of the time. For that reason,
  27653. the best results are reached when there is a combination of the
  27654. chronological and the topical methods. It is therefore suggested that
  27655. the teacher first follow the text closely and then review the subject
  27656. with the aid of this topical syllabus. The references are to pages.
  27657.  
  27658.  
  27659. =Immigration=
  27660.  
  27661.      I. Causes: religious (1-2, 4-11, 302), economic (12-17, 302-303),
  27662.         and political (302-303).
  27663.      II. Colonial immigration.
  27664.        1. Diversified character: English, Scotch-Irish, Irish, Jews,
  27665.           Germans and other peoples (6-12).
  27666.        2. Assimilation to an American type; influence of the land
  27667.           system (23-25, 411).
  27668.        3. Enforced immigration: indentured servitude, slavery, etc.
  27669.           (13-17).
  27670.      III. Immigration between 1789-1890.
  27671.        1. Nationalities: English, Irish, Germans, and Scandinavians
  27672.           (278, 302-303).
  27673.        2. Relations to American life (432-433, 445).
  27674.      IV. Immigration and immigration questions after 1890.
  27675.        1. Change in nationalities (410-411).
  27676.        2. Changes in economic opportunities (411).
  27677.        3. Problems of congestion and assimilation (410).
  27678.        4. Relations to labor and illiteracy (582-586).
  27679.        5. Oriental immigration (583).
  27680.        6. The restriction of immigration (583-585).
  27681.  
  27682. =Expansion of the United States=
  27683.  
  27684.      I. Territorial growth.
  27685.        1. Territory of the United States in 1783 (134 and color map).
  27686.        2. Louisiana purchase, 1803 (188-193 and color map).
  27687.        3. Florida purchase, 1819 (204).
  27688.        4. Annexation of Texas, 1845 (278-281).
  27689.        5. Acquisition of Arizona, New Mexico, California, and other
  27690.           territory at close of Mexican War, 1848 (282-283).
  27691.        6. The Gadsden purchase, 1853 (283).
  27692.        7. Settlement of the Oregon boundary question, 1846 (284-286).
  27693.        8. Purchase of Alaska from Russia, 1867 (479).
  27694.        9. Acquisition of Tutuila in Samoan group, 1899 (481-482).
  27695.        10. Annexation of Hawaii, 1898 (484).
  27696.        11. Acquisition of Porto Rico, the Philippines, and Guam at
  27697.            close of Spanish War, 1898 (493-494).
  27698.        12. Acquisition of Panama Canal strip, 1904 (508-510).
  27699.        13. Purchase of Danish West Indies, 1917 (593).
  27700.        14. Extension of protectorate over Haiti, Santo Domingo, and
  27701.            Nicaragua (593-594).
  27702.      II. Development of colonial self-government.
  27703.        1. Hawaii (485).
  27704.        2. Philippines (516-518).
  27705.        3. Porto Rico (515-516).
  27706.      III. Sea power.
  27707.        1. In American Revolution (118).
  27708.        2. In the War of 1812 (193-201).
  27709.        3. In the Civil War (353-354).
  27710.        4. In the Spanish-American War (492).
  27711.        5. In the Caribbean region (512-519).
  27712.        6. In the Pacific (447-448, 481).
  27713.        7. The role of the American navy (515).
  27714.  
  27715. =The Westward Advance of the People=
  27716.  
  27717.      I. Beyond the Appalachians.
  27718.        1. Government and land system (217-231).
  27719.        2. The routes (222-224).
  27720.        3. The settlers (221-223, 228-230).
  27721.        4. Relations with the East (230-236).
  27722.      II. Beyond the Mississippi.
  27723.        1. The lower valley (271-273).
  27724.        2. The upper valley (275-276).
  27725.      III. Prairies, plains, and desert.
  27726.        1. Cattle ranges and cowboys (276-278, 431-432).
  27727.        2. The free homesteads (432-433).
  27728.        3. Irrigation (434-436, 523-525).
  27729.      IV. The Far West.
  27730.        1. Peculiarities of the West (433-440).
  27731.        2. The railways (425-431).
  27732.        3. Relations to the East and Europe (443-447).
  27733.        4. American power in the Pacific (447-449).
  27734.  
  27735. =The Wars of American History=
  27736.  
  27737.      I. Indian wars (57-59).
  27738.      II. Early colonial wars: King William's, Queen Anne's, and King
  27739.          George's (59).
  27740.      III. French and Indian War (Seven Years' War), 1754-1763 (59-61).
  27741.      IV. Revolutionary War, 1775-1783 (99-135).
  27742.      V. The War of 1812, 1812-1815 (193-201).
  27743.      VI. The Mexican War, 1845-1848 (276-284).
  27744.      VII. The Civil War, 1861-1865 (344-375).
  27745.      VIII. The Spanish War, 1898 (485-497).
  27746.      IX. The World War, 1914-1918 [American participation, 1917-1918]
  27747.          (596-625).
  27748.  
  27749. =Government=
  27750.  
  27751.      I. Development of the American system of government.
  27752.        1. Origin and growth of state government.
  27753.          _a._ The trading corporation (2-4), religious congregation
  27754.               (4-5), and proprietary system (5-6).
  27755.          _b._ Government of the colonies (48-53).
  27756.          _c._ Formation of the first state constitutions (108-110).
  27757.          _d._ The admission of new states (_see_ Index under each
  27758.               state).
  27759.          _e._ Influence of Jacksonian Democracy (238-247).
  27760.          _f._ Growth of manhood suffrage (238-244).
  27761.          _g._ Nullification and state sovereignty (180-182, 251-257).
  27762.          _h._ The doctrine of secession (345-346).
  27763.          _i._ Effects of the Civil War on position of states (366,
  27764.               369-375).
  27765.          _j._ Political reform--direct government--initiative,
  27766.               referendum, and recall (540-544).
  27767.        2. Origin and growth of national government.
  27768.          _a._ British imperial control over the colonies (64-72).
  27769.          _b._ Attempts at intercolonial union--New England
  27770.               Confederation, Albany plan (61-62).
  27771.          _c._ The Stamp Act Congress (85-86).
  27772.          _d._ The Continental Congresses (99-101).
  27773.          _e._ The Articles of Confederation (110-111, 139-143).
  27774.          _f._ The formation of the federal Constitution (143-160).
  27775.          _g._ Development of the federal Constitution.
  27776.            (1) Amendments 1-11--rights of persons and states (163).
  27777.            (2) Twelfth amendment--election of President (184, note).
  27778.            (3) Amendments 13-15--Civil War settlement (358, 366, 369,
  27779.                370, 374, 375).
  27780.            (4) Sixteenth amendment--income tax (528-529).
  27781.            (5) Seventeenth amendment--election of Senators (541-542).
  27782.            (6) Eighteenth amendment--prohibition (591-592).
  27783.            (7) Nineteenth amendment--woman suffrage (563-568).
  27784.        3. Development of the suffrage.
  27785.          _a._ Colonial restrictions (51-52).
  27786.          _b._ Provisions of the first state constitutions
  27787.               (110, 238-240).
  27788.          _c._ Position under federal Constitution of 1787 (149).
  27789.          _d._ Extension of manhood suffrage (241-244).
  27790.          _e._ Extension and limitation of negro suffrage (373-375,
  27791.               382-387).
  27792.          _f._ Woman suffrage (560-568).
  27793.      II. Relation of government to economic and social welfare.
  27794.        1. Debt and currency.
  27795.          _a._ Colonial paper money (80).
  27796.          _b._ Revolutionary currency and debt (125-127).
  27797.          _c._ Disorders under Articles of Confederation (140-141).
  27798.          _d._ Powers of Congress under the Constitution to coin money
  27799.               (_see_ Constitution in the Appendix).
  27800.          _e._ First United States bank notes (167).
  27801.          _f._ Second United States bank notes (257).
  27802.          _g._ State bank notes (258).
  27803.          _h._ Civil War greenbacks and specie payment (352-353, 454).
  27804.          _i._ The Civil War debt (252).
  27805.          _j._ Notes of National Banks under act of 1864 (369).
  27806.          _k._ Demonetization of silver and silver legislation
  27807.               (452-458).
  27808.          _l._ The gold standard (472).
  27809.          _m._ The federal reserve notes (589).
  27810.          _n._ Liberty bonds (606).
  27811.        2. Banking systems.
  27812.          _a._ The first United States bank (167).
  27813.          _b._ The second United States bank--origin and destruction
  27814.               (203, 257-259).
  27815.          _c._ United States treasury system (263).
  27816.          _d._ State banks (258).
  27817.          _e._ The national banking system of 1864 (369).
  27818.          _f._ Services of banks (407-409).
  27819.          _g._ Federal reserve system (589).
  27820.        3. The tariff.
  27821.          _a._ British colonial system (69-72).
  27822.          _b._ Disorders under Articles of Confederation (140).
  27823.          _c._ The first tariff under the Constitution (150, 167-168).
  27824.          _d._ Development of the tariff, 1816-1832 (252-254).
  27825.          _f._ Tariff and nullification (254-256).
  27826.          _g._ Development to the Civil War--attitude of South and West
  27827.               (264, 309-314, 357).
  27828.          _h._ Republicans and Civil War tariffs (352, 367).
  27829.          _i._ Revival of the tariff controversy under Cleveland (422).
  27830.          _j._ Tariff legislation after 1890--McKinley bill (422),
  27831.               Wilson bill (459), Dingley bill (472), Payne-Aldrich bill
  27832.               (528), Underwood bill (588).
  27833.        4. Foreign and domestic commerce and transportation
  27834.           (_see_ Tariff, Immigration, and Foreign Relations).
  27835.          _a._ British imperial regulations (69-72).
  27836.          _b._ Confusion under Articles of Confederation (140).
  27837.          _c._ Provisions of federal Constitution (150).
  27838.          _d._ Internal improvements--aid to roads, canals, etc.
  27839.               (230-236).
  27840.          _e._ Aid to railways (403).
  27841.          _f._ Service of railways (402).
  27842.          _g._ Regulation of railways (460-461, 547-548).
  27843.          _h._ Control of trusts and corporations (461-462, 589-590).
  27844.        5. Land and natural resources.
  27845.          _a._ British control over lands (80).
  27846.          _b._ Early federal land measures (219-221).
  27847.          _c._ The Homestead act (368, 432-445).
  27848.          _d._ Irrigation and reclamation (434-436, 523-525).
  27849.          _e._ Conservation of natural resources (523-526).
  27850.        6. Legislation advancing human rights and general welfare
  27851.           (_see_ Suffrage).
  27852.          _a._ Abolition of slavery: civil and political rights of
  27853.               negroes (357-358, 373-375).
  27854.          _b._ Extension of civil and political rights to women
  27855.               (554-568).
  27856.          _c._ Legislation relative to labor conditions (549-551,
  27857.               579-581, 590-591).
  27858.          _d._ Control of public utilities (547-549).
  27859.          _e._ Social reform and the war on poverty (549-551).
  27860.          _f._ Taxation and equality of opportunity (551-552).
  27861.  
  27862. =Political Parties and Political Issues=
  27863.  
  27864.      I. The Federalists _versus_ the Anti-Federalists [Jeffersonian
  27865.         Republicans] from about 1790 to about 1816 (168-208, 201-203).
  27866.        1. Federalist leaders: Hamilton, John Adams, John Marshall,
  27867.           Robert Morris.
  27868.        2. Anti-Federalist leaders: Jefferson, Madison, Monroe.
  27869.        3. Issues: funding the debt, assumption of state debts, first
  27870.           United States bank, taxation, tariff, strong central
  27871.           government _versus_ states' rights, and the Alien and
  27872.           Sedition acts.
  27873.      II. Era of "Good Feeling" from about 1816 to about 1824, a period
  27874.          of no organized party opposition (248).
  27875.      III. The Democrats [former Jeffersonian Republicans] _versus_ the
  27876.           Whigs [or National Republicans] from about 1832 to 1856
  27877.          (238-265, 276-290, 324-334).
  27878.        1. Democratic leaders: Jackson, Van Buren, Calhoun, Benton.
  27879.  
  27880.        2. Whig leaders: Webster and Clay.
  27881.        3. Issues: second United States bank, tariff, nullification,
  27882.           Texas, internal improvements, and disposition of Western
  27883.           lands.
  27884.      IV. The Democrats _versus_ the Republicans from about 1856 to the
  27885.          present time (334-377, 388-389, 412-422, 451-475, 489-534,
  27886.          588-620).
  27887.        1. Democratic leaders: Jefferson Davis, Tilden, Cleveland,
  27888.           Bryan, and Wilson.
  27889.        2. Republican leaders: Lincoln, Blaine, McKinley, Roosevelt.
  27890.        3. Issues: Civil War and reconstruction, currency, tariff,
  27891.           taxation, trusts, railways, foreign policies, imperialism,
  27892.           labor questions, and policies with regard to land and
  27893.           conservation.
  27894.      V. Minor political parties.
  27895.        1. Before the Civil War: Free Soil (319) and Labor Parties
  27896.           (306-307).
  27897.        2. Since the Civil War: Greenback (463-464), Populist (464),
  27898.           Liberal Republican (420), Socialistic (577-579), Progressive
  27899.          (531-534, 602-603).
  27900.  
  27901. =The Economic Development of the United States=
  27902.  
  27903.      I. The land and natural resources.
  27904.        1. The colonial land system: freehold, plantation, and manor
  27905.           (20-25).
  27906.        2. Development of the freehold in the West (220-221, 228-230).
  27907.        3. The Homestead act and its results (368, 432-433).
  27908.        4. The cattle range and cowboy (431-432).
  27909.        5. Disappearance of free land (443-445).
  27910.        6. Irrigation and reclamation (434-436).
  27911.        7. Movement for the conservation of resources (523-526).
  27912.      II. Industry.
  27913.        1. The rise of local and domestic industries (28-32).
  27914.        2. British restrictions on American enterprise (67-69, 70-72).
  27915.        3. Protective tariffs (see above, 648-649).
  27916.        4. Development of industry previous to the Civil War (295-307).
  27917.        5. Great progress of industry after the war (401-406).
  27918.        6. Rise and growth of trusts and combinations (406-412,
  27919.           472-474).
  27920.      III. Commerce and transportation.
  27921.        1. Extent of colonial trade and commerce (32-35).
  27922.        2. British regulation (69-70).
  27923.        3. Effects of the Revolution and the Constitution
  27924.           (139-140, 154).
  27925.        4. Growth of American shipping (195-196).
  27926.        5. Waterways and canals (230-236).
  27927.        6. Rise and extension of the railway system (298-300).
  27928.        7. Growth of American foreign trade (445-449).
  27929.      IV. Rise of organized labor.
  27930.        1. Early phases before the Civil War: local unions, city
  27931.           federations, and national unions in specific trades
  27932.           (304-307).
  27933.        2. The National Trade Union, 1866-1872 (574-575).
  27934.        3. The Knights of Labor (575-576).
  27935.        4. The American Federation of Labor (573-574).
  27936.          _a._ Policies of the Federation (576-577).
  27937.          _b._ Relations to politics (579-581).
  27938.          _c._ Contests with socialists and radicals (577-579).
  27939.          _d._ Problems of immigration (582-585).
  27940.        5. The relations of capital and labor.
  27941.          _a._ The corporation and labor (410, 570-571).
  27942.          _b._ Company unions and profit-sharing (571-572).
  27943.          _c._ Welfare work (573).
  27944.          _d._ Strikes (465, 526, 580-581).
  27945.          _e._ Arbitration (581-582).
  27946.  
  27947. =American Foreign Relations=
  27948.  
  27949.      I. Colonial period.
  27950.        1. Indian relations (57-59).
  27951.        2. French relations (59-61).
  27952.      II. Period of conflict and independence.
  27953.        1. Relations with Great Britain (77-108, 116-125, 132-135).
  27954.        2. Establishment of connections with European powers (128).
  27955.        3. The French alliance of 1778 (128-130).
  27956.        4. Assistance of Holland and Spain (130).
  27957.      III. Relations with Great Britain since 1783.
  27958.        1. Commercial settlement in Jay treaty of 1794 (177-178).
  27959.        2. Questions arising out of European wars [1793-1801]
  27960.           (176-177, 180).
  27961.        3. Blockade and embargo problems (193-199).
  27962.        4. War of 1812 (199-201).
  27963.        5. Monroe Doctrine and Holy Alliance (205-207).
  27964.        6. Maine boundary--Webster-Ashburton treaty (265).
  27965.        7. Oregon boundary (284-286).
  27966.        8. Attitude of Great Britain during Civil War (354-355).
  27967.        9. Arbitration of _Alabama_ claims (480-481).
  27968.        10. The Samoan question (481-482)
  27969.        11. The Venezuelan question (482-484).
  27970.        12. British policy during Spanish-American War (496-497).
  27971.        13. Controversy over blockade, 1914-1917 (598-600).
  27972.        14. The World War (603-620).
  27973.      IV. Relations with France.
  27974.        1. The colonial wars (59-61).
  27975.        2. The French alliance of 1778 (128-130).
  27976.        3. Controversies over the French Revolution (128-130).
  27977.        4. Commercial questions arising out of the European wars
  27978.           (176-177, 180, 193-199).
  27979.        5. Attitude of Napoleon III toward the Civil War (354-355).
  27980.        6. The Mexican entanglement (478-479).
  27981.        7. The World War (596-620).
  27982.      V. Relations with Germany.
  27983.        1. Negotiations with Frederick, king of Prussia (128).
  27984.        2. The Samoan controversy (481-482).
  27985.        3. Spanish-American War (491).
  27986.        4. The Venezuelan controversy (512).
  27987.        5. The World War (596-620).
  27988.      VI. Relations with the Orient.
  27989.        1. Early trading connections (486-487).
  27990.        2. The opening of China (447).
  27991.        3. The opening of Japan (448).
  27992.        4. The Boxer rebellion and the "open door" policy (499-502).
  27993.        5. Roosevelt and the close of the Russo-Japanese War (511).
  27994.        6. The Oriental immigration question (583-584).
  27995.      VII. The United States and Latin America.
  27996.        1. Mexican relations.
  27997.          _a._ Mexican independence and the Monroe Doctrine (205-207).
  27998.          _b._ Mexico and French intervention--policy of the United
  27999.               States (478-479).
  28000.          _c._ The overthrow of Diaz (1911) and recent questions
  28001.               (594-596).
  28002.        2. Cuban relations.
  28003.          _a._ Slavery and the "Ostend Manifesto" (485-486).
  28004.          _b._ The revolutionary period, 1867-1877 (487).
  28005.          _c._ The revival of revolution (487-491).
  28006.          _d._ American intervention and the Spanish War (491-496).
  28007.          _e._ The Platt amendment and American protection (518-519).
  28008.        3. Caribbean and other relations.
  28009.          _a._ Acquisition of Porto Rico (493).
  28010.          _b._ The acquisition of the Panama Canal strip (508-510).
  28011.          _c._ Purchase of Danish West Indies (593).
  28012.          _d._ Venezuelan controversies (482-484, 512).
  28013.          _e._ Extension of protectorate over Haiti, Santo Domingo,
  28014.               and Nicaragua (513-514, 592-594).
  28015.  
  28016.  
  28017.  
  28018.  
  28019. INDEX
  28020.  
  28021.  
  28022. Abolition, 318, 331
  28023.  
  28024. Adams, Abigail, 556
  28025.  
  28026. Adams, John, 97, 128, 179ff.
  28027.  
  28028. Adams, J.Q., 247, 319
  28029.  
  28030. Adams, Samuel, 90, 99, 108
  28031.  
  28032. Adamson law, 590
  28033.  
  28034. Aguinaldo, 497
  28035.  
  28036. Alabama, admission, 227
  28037.  
  28038. _Alabama_ claims, 480
  28039.  
  28040. Alamance, battle, 92
  28041.  
  28042. Alamo, 280
  28043.  
  28044. Alaska, purchase, 479
  28045.  
  28046. Albany, plan of union, 62
  28047.  
  28048. Algonquins, 57
  28049.  
  28050. Alien law, 180
  28051.  
  28052. Amendment, method of, 156
  28053.  
  28054. Amendments to federal Constitution: first eleven, 163
  28055.   twelfth, 184, note
  28056.   thirteenth, 358
  28057.   fourteenth, 366, 369, 387
  28058.   fifteenth, 358
  28059.   sixteenth, 528
  28060.   seventeenth, 542
  28061.   eighteenth, 591
  28062.   nineteenth, 563ff.
  28063.  
  28064. American expeditionary force, 610
  28065.  
  28066. American  Federation  of  Labor,  573, 608
  28067.  
  28068. Americanization, 585
  28069.  
  28070. Amnesty, for Confederates, 383
  28071.  
  28072. Andros, 65
  28073.  
  28074. Annapolis, convention, 144
  28075.  
  28076. Antietam, 357
  28077.  
  28078. Anti-Federalists, 169
  28079.  
  28080. Anti-slavery. _See_ Abolition
  28081.  
  28082. Anthony, Susan, 564
  28083.  
  28084. Appomattox, 363
  28085.  
  28086. Arbitration:  international,  480,  514, 617
  28087.   labor disputes, 582
  28088.  
  28089. Arizona, admission, 443
  28090.  
  28091. Arkansas, admission, 272
  28092.  
  28093. Arnold, Benedict, 114, 120
  28094.  
  28095. Articles of Confederation, 110, 139ff., 146
  28096.  
  28097. Ashburton, treaty, 265
  28098.  
  28099. Assembly, colonial, 49ff., 89ff.
  28100.  
  28101. Assumption, 164ff.
  28102.  
  28103. Atlanta, 361
  28104.  
  28105. Australian ballot, 540
  28106.  
  28107.  
  28108. Bacon, Nathaniel, 58
  28109.  
  28110. Ballot:  Australian, 540
  28111.   short, 544
  28112.  
  28113. Baltimore, Lord, 6
  28114.  
  28115. Bank: first U.S., 167
  28116.   second, 203, 257ff.
  28117.  
  28118. Banking system:  state, 300
  28119.   U.S. national, 369
  28120.   services of, 407
  28121.   _See also_ Federal reserve
  28122.  
  28123. Barry, John, 118
  28124.  
  28125. Bastille, 172
  28126.  
  28127. Bell, John, 341
  28128.  
  28129. Belleau Wood, 611
  28130.  
  28131. Berlin decree, 194
  28132.  
  28133. Blockade: by England and France, 193ff.
  28134.   Southern ports, 353
  28135.   law and practice in 1914, 598ff.
  28136.  
  28137. Bond servants, 13ff.
  28138.  
  28139. Boone, Daniel, 28, 218
  28140.  
  28141. Boston:  massacre, 91
  28142.   evacuation, 116
  28143.   port bill, 94
  28144.  
  28145. Bowdoin, Governor, 142
  28146.  
  28147. Boxer rebellion, 499
  28148.  
  28149. Brandywine, 129
  28150.  
  28151. Breckinridge, J.C., 340
  28152.  
  28153. Bright, John, 355
  28154.  
  28155. Brown, John, 338
  28156.  
  28157. Brown University, 45
  28158.  
  28159. Bryan, W.J., 468ff., 495, 502, 503, 527
  28160.  
  28161. Buchanan, James, 335, 368
  28162.  
  28163. Budget system, 529
  28164.  
  28165. Bull Run, 350
  28166.  
  28167. Bunker Hill, 102
  28168.  
  28169. Burgoyne, General, 116, 118, 130
  28170.  
  28171. Burke, Edmund, 87, 96ff., 132, 175
  28172.  
  28173. Burr, Aaron, 183, 231
  28174.  
  28175. Business. _See_  Industry
  28176.  
  28177.  
  28178. Calhoun, J.C., 198ff., 203, 208, 281, 321, 328
  28179.  
  28180. California, 286ff.
  28181.  
  28182. Canada, 61, 114, 530
  28183.  
  28184. Canals, 233, 298, 508
  28185.  
  28186. Canning, British premier, 206
  28187.  
  28188. Cannon, J.G., 530
  28189.  
  28190. Cantigny, 611
  28191.  
  28192. Caribbean, 479
  28193.  
  28194. Carpet baggers, 373
  28195.  
  28196. Cattle ranger, 431ff.
  28197.  
  28198. Caucus, 245
  28199.  
  28200. Censorship. _See_ Newspapers
  28201.  
  28202. Charles I, 3
  28203.  
  28204. Charles II, 65
  28205.  
  28206. Charleston, 36, 116
  28207.  
  28208. Charters, colonial, 2ff., 41
  28209.  
  28210. Chase, Justice, 187
  28211.  
  28212. Chateau-Thierry, 611
  28213.  
  28214. Checks and balances, 153
  28215.  
  28216. _Chesapeake_, the, 195
  28217.  
  28218. Chickamauga, 361
  28219.  
  28220. Child labor law, 591
  28221.  
  28222. China, 447, 499ff.
  28223.  
  28224. Chinese labor, 583
  28225.  
  28226. Churches, colonial, 39ff., 42, 43
  28227.  
  28228. Cities, 35, 36, 300ff., 395, 410, 544
  28229.  
  28230. City manager plan, 545
  28231.  
  28232. Civil liberty, 358ff., 561
  28233.  
  28234. Civil service, 419, 536, 538ff.
  28235.  
  28236. Clarendon, Lord, 6
  28237.  
  28238. Clark, G.R., 116, 218
  28239.  
  28240. Clay, Henry, 198, 203, 248, 261, 328
  28241.  
  28242. Clayton anti-trust act, 489
  28243.  
  28244. Clergy. _See_ Churches
  28245.  
  28246. Cleveland, Grover, 421, 465, 482, 484, 489, 582
  28247.  
  28248. Clinton, Sir Henry, 119
  28249.  
  28250. Colorado, admission, 441
  28251.  
  28252. Combination. _See_ Trusts
  28253.  
  28254. Commerce, colonial, 33ff.
  28255.   disorders after 1781, 140
  28256.   Constitutional provisions on, 154
  28257.   Napoleonic wars, 176, 193ff.
  28258.   domestic growth of, 307
  28259.   congressional regulation of, 460ff., 547
  28260.   _See also_ Trusts and Railways
  28261.  
  28262. Commission government, 544
  28263.  
  28264. Committees of correspondence, 108
  28265.  
  28266. _Commonsense_, pamphlet, 103
  28267.  
  28268. Communism, colonial, 20f.
  28269.  
  28270. Company, trading, 2f.
  28271.  
  28272. Compromises: of Constitution, 148, 150, 151
  28273.   Missouri, 325, 332
  28274.   of 1850, 328ff.
  28275.   Crittenden, 350
  28276.  
  28277. Conciliation, with England, 131
  28278.  
  28279. Concord, battle, 100
  28280.  
  28281. Confederacy, Southern, 346ff.
  28282.  
  28283. Confederation: New England, 61f.
  28284.   _See also_ Articles of
  28285.  
  28286. Congregation, religious, 4
  28287.  
  28288. Congress:  stamp act, 85
  28289.   continental, 99ff.
  28290.   under Articles, 139f.
  28291.   under Constitution, 152
  28292.   powers of, 153
  28293.  
  28294. Connecticut: founded, 4ff.
  28295.   self-government, 49
  28296.   _See also_ Suffrage
  28297.   constitutions, state
  28298.  
  28299. Conservation, 523ff.
  28300.  
  28301. Constitution: formation of, 143ff.
  28302.   _See also_ Amendment
  28303.  
  28304. _Constitution_, the, 200
  28305.  
  28306. Constitutions, state, 109ff., 238ff., 385ff.
  28307.  
  28308. Constitutional union party, 340
  28309.  
  28310. Contract labor law, 584
  28311.  
  28312. Convention: 1787, 144ff.
  28313.   nominating, 405
  28314.  
  28315. Convicts, colonial, 15
  28316.  
  28317. Conway Cabal, 120
  28318.  
  28319. Cornwallis, General, 116, 119, 131
  28320.  
  28321. Corporation and labor, 571. _See also_ Trusts
  28322.  
  28323. Cotton. _See_ Planting system
  28324.  
  28325. Cowboy, 431ff.
  28326.  
  28327. Cowpens, battle, 116
  28328.  
  28329. Cox, J.M., 619
  28330.  
  28331. _Crisis, The_, pamphlet, 115
  28332.  
  28333. Crittenden Compromise, 350
  28334.  
  28335. Cuba, 485ff., 518
  28336.  
  28337. Cumberland Gap, 223
  28338.  
  28339. Currency. _See_ Banking
  28340.  
  28341.  
  28342. Danish West Indies, purchased, 593
  28343.  
  28344. Dartmouth College, 45
  28345.  
  28346. Daughters of liberty, 84
  28347.  
  28348. Davis, Jefferson, 346ff.
  28349.  
  28350. Deane, Silas, 128
  28351.  
  28352. Debs, E.V., 465, 534
  28353.  
  28354. Debt, national, 164ff.
  28355.  
  28356. Decatur, Commodore, 477
  28357.  
  28358. Declaration of Independence, 101ff.
  28359.  
  28360. Defense, national, 154
  28361.  
  28362. De Kalb, 121
  28363.  
  28364. Delaware, 3, 49
  28365.  
  28366. De Lome affair, 490
  28367.  
  28368. Democratic party, name assumed, 260
  28369.   _See also_ Anti-Federalists
  28370.  
  28371. Dewey, Admiral, 492
  28372.  
  28373. Diplomacy: of the Revolution, 127ff.
  28374.   Civil War, 354
  28375.  
  28376. Domestic industry, 28
  28377.  
  28378. Donelson, Fort, 361
  28379.  
  28380. Dorr Rebellion, 243
  28381.  
  28382. Douglas, Stephen A., 333, 337, 368
  28383.  
  28384. Draft: Civil War, 351
  28385.   World War, 605
  28386.  
  28387. Draft riots, 351
  28388.  
  28389. Dred Scott case, 335, 338
  28390.  
  28391. Drug act, 523
  28392.  
  28393. Duquesne, Fort, 60
  28394.  
  28395. Dutch, 3, 12
  28396.  
  28397.  
  28398. East India Company, 93
  28399.  
  28400. Education, 43ff., 557, 591
  28401.  
  28402. Electors, popular election of, 245
  28403.  
  28404. Elkins law, 547
  28405.  
  28406. Emancipation, 357ff.
  28407.  
  28408. Embargo acts, 186ff.
  28409.  
  28410. England: Colonial policy of, 64ff.
  28411.   Revolutionary War, 99ff.
  28412.   Jay treaty, 177
  28413.   War of 1812, 198ff.
  28414.   Monroe Doctrine, 206
  28415.   Ashburton treaty, 265
  28416.   Civil War, 354
  28417.   _Alabama_ claims, 480
  28418.   Samoa, 481
  28419.   Venezuela question, 482
  28420.   Spanish War, 496
  28421.   World War, 596ff.
  28422.  
  28423. Erie Canal, 233
  28424.  
  28425. Esch-Cummins bill, 582
  28426.  
  28427. Espionage act, 607
  28428.  
  28429. Excess profits tax, 606
  28430.  
  28431. Executive, federal, plans for, 151
  28432.  
  28433. Expunging resolution, 260
  28434.  
  28435.  
  28436. Farm loan act, 589
  28437.  
  28438. Federal reserve act, 589
  28439.  
  28440. Federal trade commission, 590
  28441.  
  28442. _Federalist_, the, 158
  28443.  
  28444. Federalists, 168ff., 201ff.
  28445.  
  28446. Feudal elements in colonies, 21f.
  28447.  
  28448. Filipino revolt. _See_ Philippines
  28449.  
  28450. Fillmore, President, 485
  28451.  
  28452. Finances: colonial, 64
  28453.   revolutionary, 125ff.
  28454.   disorders, 140
  28455.   Civil War, 347, 352ff.
  28456.   World War, 606
  28457.   _See also_ Banking
  28458.  
  28459. Fishing industry, 31
  28460.  
  28461. Fleet, world tour, 515
  28462.  
  28463. Florida, 134, 204
  28464.  
  28465. Foch, General, 611
  28466.  
  28467. Food and fuel law, 607
  28468.  
  28469. Force bills, 384 ff., 375
  28470.  
  28471. Forests, national, 525ff.
  28472.  
  28473. Fourteen points, 605
  28474.  
  28475. Fox, C.J., 132
  28476.  
  28477. France: colonization, 59ff.
  28478.   French and Indian War, 60ff.
  28479.   American Revolution, 116, 123, 128ff.
  28480.   French Revolution, 165ff.
  28481.   Quarrel with, 180
  28482.   Napoleonic wars, 193ff.
  28483.   Louisiana purchase, 190
  28484.   French Revolution of 1830, 266
  28485.   Civil War, 354
  28486.   Mexican affair, 478
  28487.   World War, 596ff.
  28488.  
  28489. Franchises, utility, 548
  28490.  
  28491. Franklin, Benjamin, 45, 62, 82, 86, 128, 134
  28492.  
  28493. Freedmen. _See_ Negro
  28494.  
  28495. Freehold. _See_ Land
  28496.  
  28497. Free-soil party, 319
  28498.  
  28499. Fremont, J.C., 288, 334
  28500.  
  28501. French. _See_ France
  28502.  
  28503. Friends, the, 5
  28504.  
  28505. Frontier. _See_ Land
  28506.  
  28507. Fugitive slave act, 329
  28508.  
  28509. Fulton, Robert, 231, 234
  28510.  
  28511. Fundamental articles, 5
  28512.  
  28513. Fundamental orders, 5
  28514.  
  28515.  
  28516. Gage, General, 95, 100
  28517.  
  28518. Garfield, President, 416
  28519.  
  28520. Garrison, William Lloyd, 318
  28521.  
  28522. _Gaspee_, the, 92
  28523.  
  28524. Gates, General, 116, 120, 131
  28525.  
  28526. Genet, 177
  28527.  
  28528. George I, 66
  28529.  
  28530. George II, 4, 66, 82
  28531.  
  28532. George III, 77ff.
  28533.  
  28534. Georgia: founded, 4
  28535.   royal province, 49
  28536.   state constitution, 109
  28537.   _See also_ Secession
  28538.  
  28539. Germans: colonial immigration, 9ff.
  28540.   in Revolutionary War, 102ff.
  28541.   later immigration, 303
  28542.  
  28543. Germany: Samoa, 481
  28544.   Venezuela affair, 512
  28545.   World War, 596f.
  28546.  
  28547. Gerry, Elbridge, 148
  28548.  
  28549. Gettysburg, 362
  28550.  
  28551. Gibbon, Edward, 133
  28552.  
  28553. Gold: discovery, 288
  28554.   standard, 466, 472
  28555.  
  28556. Gompers, Samuel, 573, 608
  28557.  
  28558. Governor, royal, 49ff.
  28559.  
  28560. Grandfather clause, 386f.
  28561.  
  28562. Grangers, 460ff.
  28563.  
  28564. Grant, General, 361, 416, 480, 487
  28565.  
  28566. Great Britain. _See_ England
  28567.  
  28568. Greeley, Horace, 420
  28569.  
  28570. Greenbacks, 454ff.
  28571.  
  28572. Greenbackers, 462ff.
  28573.  
  28574. Greene, General, 117, 120
  28575.  
  28576. Grenville, 79ff.
  28577.  
  28578. Guilford, battle, 117
  28579.  
  28580.  
  28581. Habeas corpus, 358
  28582.  
  28583. Hague conferences, 514
  28584.  
  28585. Haiti, 593
  28586.  
  28587. Hamilton, Alexander, 95, 143, 158, 162, 168ff., 231
  28588.  
  28589. Harding, W.G., 389, 619
  28590.  
  28591. Harlem Heights, battle, 114
  28592.  
  28593. Harper's Ferry, 339
  28594.  
  28595. Harrison, Benjamin, 422, 484
  28596.  
  28597. Harrison, W.H., 198, 263f.
  28598.  
  28599. Hartford convention, 201ff., 238
  28600.  
  28601. Harvard, 44
  28602.  
  28603. Hawaii, 484f.
  28604.  
  28605. Hay, John, 477, 500ff.
  28606.  
  28607. Hayne, Robert, 256
  28608.  
  28609. Hays, President, 416f.
  28610.  
  28611. Henry, Patrick, 85
  28612.  
  28613. Hepburn act, 523
  28614.  
  28615. Hill, James J., 429
  28616.  
  28617. Holland, 130
  28618.  
  28619. Holy Alliance, 205
  28620.  
  28621. Homestead act, 368, 432
  28622.  
  28623. Hooker, Thomas, 5
  28624.  
  28625. Houston, Sam, 279ff.
  28626.  
  28627. Howe, General, 118
  28628.  
  28629. Hughes, Charles E., 602
  28630.  
  28631. Huguenots, 10
  28632.  
  28633. Hume, David, 132
  28634.  
  28635. Hutchinson, Anne, 5
  28636.  
  28637.  
  28638. Idaho, admission, 442
  28639.  
  28640. Income tax, 459, 466, 528, 588, 606
  28641.  
  28642. Inheritance tax, 606
  28643.  
  28644. Illinois, admission, 226
  28645.  
  28646. Illiteracy, 585
  28647.  
  28648. Immigration: colonial, 1-17
  28649.   before Civil War, 302, 367
  28650.   after Civil War, 410ff.
  28651.   problems of, 582ff.
  28652.  
  28653. Imperialism, 494ff., 498f., 502ff.
  28654.  
  28655. Implied powers, 212
  28656.  
  28657. Impressment of seamen, 194
  28658.  
  28659. Indentured servants, 13f.
  28660.  
  28661. Independence, Declaration of, 107
  28662.  
  28663. Indiana, admission, 226
  28664.  
  28665. Indians, 57ff., 81, 431
  28666.  
  28667. Industry: colonial, 28ff.
  28668.   growth of, 296ff.
  28669.   during Civil War, 366
  28670.   after 1865, 390ff., 401ff., 436ff., 559
  28671.   _See also_ Trusts
  28672.  
  28673. Initiative, the, 543
  28674.  
  28675. Injunction, 465, 580
  28676.  
  28677. Internal improvements, 260, 368
  28678.  
  28679. Interstate commerce act, 461, 529
  28680.  
  28681. Intolerable acts, 93
  28682.  
  28683. Invisible government, 537
  28684.  
  28685. Iowa, admission, 275
  28686.  
  28687. Irish, 11, 302
  28688.  
  28689. Iron. _See_ Industry
  28690.  
  28691. Irrigation, 434ff., 523ff.
  28692.  
  28693.  
  28694. Jackson, Andrew, 201, 204, 246, 280
  28695.  
  28696. Jacobins, 174
  28697.  
  28698. James I, 3
  28699.  
  28700. James II, 65
  28701.  
  28702. Jamestown, 3, 21
  28703.  
  28704. Japan, relations with, 447, 511, 583
  28705.  
  28706. Jay, John, 128, 158, 177
  28707.  
  28708. Jefferson, Thomas: Declaration of Independence, 107
  28709.   Secretary of State, 162ff.
  28710.   political leader, 169
  28711.   as President, 183ff.
  28712.   Monroe Doctrine, 206, 231
  28713.  
  28714. Jews, migration of, 11
  28715.  
  28716. Johnson, Andrew, 365, 368, 371f.
  28717.  
  28718. Johnson, Samuel, 132
  28719.  
  28720. Joliet, 59
  28721.  
  28722. Jones, John Paul, 118
  28723.  
  28724. Judiciary: British system, 67
  28725.   federal, 152
  28726.  
  28727.  
  28728. Kansas, admission, 441
  28729.  
  28730. Kansas-Nebraska bill, 333
  28731.  
  28732. Kentucky: admission, 224
  28733.   Resolutions, 182
  28734.  
  28735. King George's War, 59
  28736.  
  28737. King Philip's War, 57
  28738.  
  28739. King William's War, 59
  28740.  
  28741. King's College (Columbia), 45
  28742.  
  28743. Knights of Labor, 575ff.
  28744.  
  28745. Kosciusko, 121
  28746.  
  28747. Ku Klux Klan, 382
  28748.  
  28749.  
  28750. Labor:  rise of organized, 304
  28751.   parties, 462ff.
  28752.   question, 521
  28753.   American Federation, 573ff.
  28754.   legislation, 590
  28755.   World War, 608ff.
  28756.  
  28757. Lafayette, 121
  28758.  
  28759. La Follette, Senator, 531
  28760.  
  28761. Land: tenure 20ff.
  28762.   sales restricted, 80
  28763.   Western survey, 219
  28764.   federal sales policy, 220
  28765.   Western tenure, 228
  28766.   disappearance of free, 445
  28767.   new problems, 449
  28768.   _See also_ Homestead act
  28769.  
  28770. La Salle, 59
  28771.  
  28772. Lawrence, Captain, 200
  28773.  
  28774. League of Nations, 616ff.
  28775.  
  28776. Le Boeuf, Fort, 59
  28777.  
  28778. Lee, General Charles, 131
  28779.  
  28780. Lee, R.E., 357
  28781.  
  28782. Lewis and Clark expedition, 193
  28783.  
  28784. Lexington, battle, 100
  28785.  
  28786. Liberal Republicans, 420
  28787.  
  28788. Liberty loan, 606
  28789.  
  28790. Lincoln: Mexican War, 282
  28791.   Douglas debates, 336f.
  28792.   election, 341
  28793.   Civil War, 344ff.
  28794.   reconstruction, 371
  28795.  
  28796. Literacy test, 585
  28797.  
  28798. Livingston, R.R., 191
  28799.  
  28800. Locke, John, 95
  28801.  
  28802. London Company, 3
  28803.  
  28804. Long Island, battle, 114
  28805.  
  28806. Lords of trade, 67ff.
  28807.  
  28808. Louis XVI, 171ff.
  28809.  
  28810. Louisiana: ceded to Spain, 61
  28811.   purchase, 190ff.
  28812.   admission, 227
  28813.  
  28814. Loyalists. _See_ Tories
  28815.  
  28816. _Lusitania_, the, 601ff.
  28817.  
  28818.  
  28819. McClellan, General, 362, 365
  28820.  
  28821. McCulloch _vs._ Maryland, 211
  28822.  
  28823. McKinley, William, 422, 467ff., 489ff.
  28824.  
  28825. Macaulay, Catherine, 132
  28826.  
  28827. Madison, James, 158, 197ff.
  28828.  
  28829. Maine, 325
  28830.  
  28831. _Maine_, the, 490
  28832.  
  28833. Manila Bay, battle, 492
  28834.  
  28835. Manors, colonial, 22
  28836.  
  28837. Manufactures. _See_ Industry
  28838.  
  28839. Marbury _vs._ Madison, 209
  28840.  
  28841. Marietta, 220
  28842.  
  28843. Marion, Francis, 117, 120
  28844.  
  28845. Marquette, 59
  28846.  
  28847. Marshall, John, 208ff.
  28848.  
  28849. Martineau, Harriet, 267
  28850.  
  28851. Maryland, founded, 6, 49, 109, 239, 242
  28852.  
  28853. Massachusetts: founded, 3ff.
  28854.   _See also_ Immigration, Royal province, Industry, Revolutionary War,
  28855.      Constitutions, state, Suffrage, Commerce, and Industry
  28856.  
  28857. Massachusetts Bay Company, 3
  28858.   founded, 3ff.
  28859.   _See also_ Immigration, Royal province
  28860.  
  28861. _Mayflower_ compact, 4
  28862.  
  28863. Mercantile theory, 69
  28864.  
  28865. Merchants. _See_ Commerce
  28866.  
  28867. _Merrimac_, the, 353
  28868.  
  28869. Meuse-Argonne, battle, 612
  28870.  
  28871. Mexico: and Texas, 278ff.
  28872.   later relations, 594f.
  28873.  
  28874. Michigan, admission, 273
  28875.  
  28876. Midnight appointees, 187
  28877.  
  28878. Milan Decree, 194
  28879.  
  28880. Militia, Revolutionary War, 122
  28881.  
  28882. Minimum wages, 551
  28883.  
  28884. Minnesota, admission, 275
  28885.  
  28886. Mississippi River, and West, 189f.
  28887.  
  28888. Missouri Compromise, 207, 227, 271, 325, 332
  28889.  
  28890. Molasses act, 71
  28891.  
  28892. Money, paper, 80, 126, 155, 369
  28893.  
  28894. _Monitor_, the, 353
  28895.  
  28896. Monroe, James, 204ff., 191
  28897.  
  28898. Monroe Doctrine, 205, 512
  28899.  
  28900. Montana, admission, 442
  28901.  
  28902. Montgomery, General, 114
  28903.  
  28904. Morris, Robert, 127
  28905.  
  28906. Mothers' pensions, 551
  28907.  
  28908. Mohawks, 57
  28909.  
  28910. Muckraking, 536f.
  28911.  
  28912. Mugwumps, 420
  28913.  
  28914. Municipal ownership, 549
  28915.  
  28916.  
  28917. Napoleon I, 190
  28918.  
  28919. Napoleon III: Civil War, 354f.
  28920.   Mexico, 477
  28921.  
  28922. National Labor Union, 574
  28923.  
  28924. National road, 232
  28925.  
  28926. Nationalism, colonial, 56ff.
  28927.  
  28928. Natural rights, 95
  28929.  
  28930. Navigation acts, 69
  28931.  
  28932. Navy: in Revolution, 188
  28933.   War of 1812, 195
  28934.   Civil War, 353
  28935.   World War, 610.
  28936.   _See also_ Sea Power
  28937.  
  28938. Nebraska, admission, 441
  28939.  
  28940. Negro: Civil rights, 370ff.
  28941.   in agriculture, 393ff.
  28942.   status of, 396ff.
  28943.   _See also_ Slavery
  28944.  
  28945. New England: colonial times, 6ff., 35, 40ff.
  28946.   _See also_ Industry, Suffrage, Commerce, and Wars
  28947.  
  28948. New Hampshire: founded, 4ff.
  28949.   _See also_ Immigration, Royal province, Suffrage, and Constitutions,
  28950.     state
  28951.  
  28952. New Jersey, founded, 6.
  28953.    _See also_ Immigration, Royal province, Suffrage, and
  28954.      Constitutions, state
  28955.  
  28956. Newlands, Senator, 524
  28957.  
  28958. New Mexico, admission, 443
  28959.  
  28960. New Orleans, 59, 190
  28961.   battle, 201
  28962.  
  28963. Newspapers, colonial, 46ff.
  28964.  
  28965. New York: founded by Dutch, 3
  28966.   transferred to English, 49
  28967.   _See also_ Dutch, Immigration, Royal province, Commerce, Suffrage,
  28968.     and Constitutions, state
  28969.  
  28970. New York City, colonial, 36
  28971.  
  28972. Niagara, Fort, 59
  28973.  
  28974. Nicaragua protectorate, 594
  28975.  
  28976. Non-intercourse act, 196ff.
  28977.  
  28978. Non-importation, 84ff., 99
  28979.  
  28980. North, Lord, 100, 131, 133
  28981.  
  28982. North Carolina: founded, 6.
  28983.   _See also_ Royal province, Immigration, Suffrage, and Constitutions,
  28984.     state
  28985.  
  28986. North Dakota, admission, 442
  28987.  
  28988. Northwest Ordinance, 219
  28989.  
  28990. Nullification, 182, 251ff.
  28991.  
  28992.  
  28993. Oglethorpe, James, 3
  28994.  
  28995. Ohio, admission, 225
  28996.  
  28997. Oklahoma, admission, 443
  28998.  
  28999. Open door policy, 500
  29000.  
  29001. Oregon, 284ff.
  29002.  
  29003. Ostend Manifesto, 486
  29004.  
  29005. Otis, James, 88, 95f.
  29006.  
  29007.  
  29008. Pacific, American influence, 447
  29009.  
  29010. Paine, Thomas, 103, 115, 175
  29011.  
  29012. Panama Canal, 508ff.
  29013.  
  29014. Panics: 1837, 262
  29015.   1857, 336
  29016.   1873, 464
  29017.   1893, 465
  29018.  
  29019. Parcel post, 529
  29020.  
  29021. Parker, A.B., 527
  29022.  
  29023. Parties: rise of, 168ff.
  29024.   Federalists, 169ff.
  29025.   Anti-Federalists (Jeffersonian Republicans), 169ff.
  29026.   Democrats, 260
  29027.   Whigs, 260ff.
  29028.   Republicans, 334ff.
  29029.   Liberal Republicans, 420
  29030.   Constitutional union, 340
  29031.   minor parties, 462ff.
  29032.  
  29033. Paterson, William, 196ff.
  29034.  
  29035. Penn, William, 6
  29036.  
  29037. Pennsylvania: founded, 6
  29038.   _See also_ Penn, Germans, Immigration, Industry, Revolutionary War,
  29039.     Constitutions, state, Suffrage
  29040.  
  29041. Pennsylvania University, 45
  29042.  
  29043. Pensions, soldiers and sailors, 413, 607
  29044.   mothers', 551
  29045.  
  29046. Pequots, 57
  29047.  
  29048. Perry, O.H., 200
  29049.  
  29050. Pershing, General, 610
  29051.  
  29052. Philadelphia, 36, 116
  29053.  
  29054. Philippines, 492ff., 516ff., 592
  29055.  
  29056. Phillips, Wendell, 320
  29057.  
  29058. Pierce, Franklin, 295, 330
  29059.  
  29060. Pike, Z., 193, 287
  29061.  
  29062. Pilgrims, 4
  29063.  
  29064. Pinckney, Charles, 148
  29065.  
  29066. Pitt, William, 61, 79, 87, 132
  29067.  
  29068. Planting system, 22f., 25, 149, 389, 393ff.
  29069.  
  29070. Plymouth, 4, 21
  29071.  
  29072. Polk, J.K., 265, 285f.
  29073.  
  29074. Polygamy, 290f.
  29075.  
  29076. Populist party, 464
  29077.  
  29078. Porto Rico, 515, 592
  29079.  
  29080. Postal savings bank, 529
  29081.  
  29082. Preble, Commodore, 196
  29083.  
  29084. Press. _See_ Newspapers
  29085.  
  29086. Primary, direct, 541
  29087.  
  29088. Princeton, battle, 129
  29089.   University, 45
  29090.  
  29091. Profit sharing, 572
  29092.  
  29093. Progressive party, 531f.
  29094.  
  29095. Prohibition, 591f.
  29096.  
  29097. Proprietary colonies, 3, 6
  29098.  
  29099. Provinces, royal, 49ff.
  29100.  
  29101. Public service, 538ff.
  29102.  
  29103. Pulaski, 121
  29104.  
  29105. Pullman strike, 465
  29106.  
  29107. Pure food act, 523
  29108.  
  29109. Puritans, 3, 7, 40ff.
  29110.  
  29111.  
  29112. Quakers, 6ff.
  29113.  
  29114. Quartering act, 83
  29115.  
  29116. Quebec act, 94
  29117.  
  29118. Queen Anne's War, 59
  29119.  
  29120. Quit rents, 21f.
  29121.  
  29122.  
  29123. Radicals, 579
  29124.  
  29125. Railways,  298, 402, 425, 460ff., 547, 621
  29126.  
  29127. Randolph, Edmund, 146, 147, 162
  29128.  
  29129. Ratification, of Constitution, 156ff.
  29130.  
  29131. Recall, 543
  29132.  
  29133. Reclamation, 523ff.
  29134.  
  29135. Reconstruction, 370ff.
  29136.  
  29137. Referendum, the, 543
  29138.  
  29139. Reign of terror, 174
  29140.  
  29141. Republicans: Jeffersonian, 179
  29142.   rise of present party, 334ff.
  29143.   supremacy of, 412ff.
  29144.   _See also_ McKinley, Roosevelt, and Taft
  29145.  
  29146. Resumption, 454
  29147.  
  29148. Revolution: American, 99ff.
  29149.   French, 171ff.
  29150.   Russian, 619
  29151.  
  29152. Rhode Island: founded, 4ff.
  29153.   self-government, 49
  29154.   _See also_ Suffrage
  29155.  
  29156. Roosevelt, Theodore, 492, 500ff., 531, 570
  29157.  
  29158. Royal province, 49ff.
  29159.  
  29160. Russia, 205, 207, 355, 479, 619
  29161.  
  29162. Russo-Japanese War, 511f.
  29163.  
  29164.  
  29165. Saint Mihiel, 612
  29166.  
  29167. Samoa, 481
  29168.  
  29169. San Jacinto, 280
  29170.  
  29171. Santa Fe trail, 287
  29172.  
  29173. Santo Domingo, 480, 513, 592
  29174.  
  29175. Saratoga, battle, 116, 130
  29176.  
  29177. Savannah, 116, 131
  29178.  
  29179. Scandinavians, 278
  29180.  
  29181. Schools. _See_ Education
  29182.  
  29183. Scott, General, 283, 330
  29184.  
  29185. Scotch-Irish, 7ff.
  29186.  
  29187. Seamen's act, 590
  29188.  
  29189. Sea power: American Revolution, 118
  29190.   Napoleonic wars, 193ff.
  29191.   Civil War, 353
  29192.   Caribbean, 593
  29193.   Pacific, 447
  29194.   World War, 610ff.
  29195.  
  29196. Secession, 344ff.
  29197.  
  29198. Sedition: act of 1798, 180ff., 187
  29199.   of 1918, 608
  29200.  
  29201. Senators, popular election, 527, 541ff.
  29202.  
  29203. Seven Years' War, 60ff.
  29204.  
  29205. Sevier, John, 218
  29206.  
  29207. Seward, W.H., 322, 342
  29208.  
  29209. Shafter, General, 492
  29210.  
  29211. Shays's rebellion, 142
  29212.  
  29213. Sherman, General, 361
  29214.  
  29215. Sherman: anti-trust law, 461
  29216.   silver act, 458
  29217.  
  29218. Shiloh, 361
  29219.  
  29220. Shipping. _See_ Commerce
  29221.  
  29222. Shipping act, 607
  29223.  
  29224. Silver, free, 455ff.
  29225.  
  29226. Slavery: colonial, 16f.
  29227.   trade, 150
  29228.   in Northwest, 219
  29229.   decline in North, 316f.
  29230.   growth in South, 320ff.
  29231.   and the Constitution, 324
  29232.   and territories, 325ff.
  29233.   compromises, 350
  29234.   abolished, 357ff.
  29235.  
  29236. Smith, Joseph, 290
  29237.  
  29238. Socialism, 577ff.
  29239.  
  29240. Solid South, 388
  29241.  
  29242. Solomon, Hayn, 126
  29243.  
  29244. Sons of liberty, 82
  29245.  
  29246. South: economic and political views, 309ff.
  29247.   _See also_ Slavery and Planting system, and Reconstruction
  29248.  
  29249. South Carolina: founded, 6
  29250.   nullification, 253ff.
  29251.   _See also_ Constitutions, state, Suffrage, Slavery, and Secession
  29252.  
  29253. South Dakota, 442
  29254.  
  29255. Spain: and Revolution, 130
  29256.   Louisiana, 190
  29257.   Monroe Doctrine, 205
  29258.   Spanish War, 490ff.
  29259.  
  29260. Spoils system, 244, 250, 418, 536ff.
  29261.  
  29262. Stamp act, 82ff.
  29263.  
  29264. Stanton, Elizabeth Cady, 564
  29265.  
  29266. States: disorders under Articles of Confederation, 141
  29267.   constitutions, federal limits on, 155
  29268.   position after Civil War, 366ff.
  29269.   _See also_ Suffrage, Nullification, and Secession
  29270.  
  29271. Steamboat, 234
  29272.  
  29273. Stowe, H.B., 332
  29274.  
  29275. Strikes: of 1877, 581
  29276.   Pullman, 581
  29277.   coal, 526
  29278.   _See also_ Labor
  29279.  
  29280. Submarine campaign, 600ff.
  29281.  
  29282. Suffrage: colonial, 42, 51
  29283.   first state constitutions, 239
  29284.   White manhood, 242
  29285.   Negro, 374ff., 385f.
  29286.   Woman, 110, 562ff.
  29287.  
  29288. Sugar act, 81
  29289.  
  29290. Sumner, Charles, 319
  29291.  
  29292. Sumter, Fort, 350
  29293.  
  29294. Swedes, 3, 13
  29295.  
  29296.  
  29297. Taft, W.H., 527ff.
  29298.  
  29299. Tammany Hall, 306, 418
  29300.  
  29301. Taney, Chief Justice, 357
  29302.  
  29303. Tariff: first, 167
  29304.   of 1816, 203
  29305.   development of, 251ff.
  29306.   abominations, 249, 253
  29307.   nullification, 251
  29308.   of 1842, 264
  29309.   Southern views of, 309ff.
  29310.   of 1857, 337
  29311.   Civil War, 367
  29312.   Wilson bill, 459
  29313.   McKinley bill, 422
  29314.   Dingley bill, 472
  29315.   Payne-Aldrich, 528
  29316.   Underwood, 588
  29317.  
  29318. Taxation: and representation, 149
  29319.   and Constitution, 154
  29320.   Civil War, 353
  29321.   and wealth, 522, 551
  29322.   and World War, 606
  29323.  
  29324. Tea act, 88
  29325.  
  29326. Tea party, 92
  29327.  
  29328. Tenement house reform, 549
  29329.  
  29330. Tennessee, 28, 224
  29331.  
  29332. Territories, Northwest, 219
  29333.   South of the Ohio, 219
  29334.   _See also_ Slavery and Compromise
  29335.  
  29336. Texas, 278ff.
  29337.  
  29338. Tippecanoe, battle, 198
  29339.  
  29340. Tocqueville, 267
  29341.  
  29342. Toleration, religious, 42
  29343.  
  29344. Tories, colonial, 84
  29345.   in Revolution, 112
  29346.  
  29347. Townshend acts, 80, 87
  29348.  
  29349. Trade, colonial, 70
  29350.   legislation, 70. _See_ Commerce
  29351.  
  29352. Transylvania company, 28
  29353.  
  29354. Treasury, independent, 263
  29355.  
  29356. Treaties, of 1763, 61
  29357.   alliance with France, 177
  29358.   of 1783 with England, 134
  29359.   Jay, 177, 218
  29360.   Louisiana purchase, 191f.
  29361.   of 1815, 201
  29362.   Ashburton, 265
  29363.   of 1848 with Mexico, 283
  29364.   Washington with England, 481
  29365.   with Spain, 492
  29366.   Versailles (1919), 612ff.
  29367.  
  29368. Trenton, battle, 116
  29369.  
  29370. Trollope, Mrs., 268
  29371.  
  29372. Trusts, 405ff., 461, 472ff., 521, 526, 530
  29373.  
  29374. Tweed, W.M., 418
  29375.  
  29376. Tyler, President, 264ff., 281, 349
  29377.  
  29378.  
  29379. "Uncle Tom's Cabin," 332
  29380.  
  29381. Union party, 365
  29382.  
  29383. Unions. _See_ Labor
  29384.  
  29385. Utah, 290ff., 329, 442
  29386.  
  29387. Utilities, municipal, 548
  29388.  
  29389.  
  29390. Vallandigham, 360
  29391.  
  29392. Valley Forge, 116, 129
  29393.  
  29394. Van Buren, Martin, 262
  29395.  
  29396. Venango, Fort, 59
  29397.  
  29398. Venezuela, 482ff., 512
  29399.  
  29400. Vermont, 223
  29401.  
  29402. Vicksburg, 361
  29403.  
  29404. Virginia: founded, 3.
  29405.   _See also_ Royal province, Constitutions, state, Planting system,
  29406.     Slavery, Secession, and Immigration
  29407.  
  29408.  
  29409. Walpole, Sir Robert, 66
  29410.  
  29411. Wars: colonial, 57ff.
  29412.   Revolutionary, 99ff.
  29413.   of 1812, 199ff.
  29414.   Mexican, 282ff.
  29415.   Civil, 344ff.
  29416.   Spanish, 490ff.
  29417.   World, 596ff.
  29418.  
  29419. Washington: warns French, 60
  29420.   in French war, 63
  29421.   commander-in-chief, 101ff.
  29422.   and movement for Constitution, 142ff.
  29423.   as President, 166ff.
  29424.   Farewell Address, 178
  29425.  
  29426. Washington City, 166
  29427.  
  29428. Washington State, 442
  29429.  
  29430. Webster, 256, 265, 328
  29431.  
  29432. Welfare work, 573
  29433.  
  29434. Whigs: English, 78
  29435.   colonial, 83
  29436.   rise of party, 260ff., 334, 340
  29437.  
  29438. Whisky Rebellion, 171
  29439.  
  29440. White Camelia, 382
  29441.  
  29442. White Plains, battle, 114
  29443.  
  29444. Whitman, Marcus, 284
  29445.  
  29446. William and Mary College, 45
  29447.  
  29448. Williams, Roger, 5, 42
  29449.  
  29450. Wilmot Proviso, 326
  29451.  
  29452. Wilson, James, 147
  29453.  
  29454. Wilson, Woodrow, election, 533f.
  29455.   administrations, 588ff.
  29456.  
  29457. Winthrop, John, 3
  29458.  
  29459. Wisconsin, admission, 274
  29460.  
  29461. Witchcraft, 41
  29462.  
  29463. Wollstonecraft, Mary, 556
  29464.  
  29465. Women: colonial, 28
  29466.   Revolutionary War, 124
  29467.   labor, 305
  29468.   education and civil rights, 554ff.
  29469.   suffrage, 562ff.
  29470.  
  29471. Workmen's compensation, 549
  29472.  
  29473. Writs of assistance, 88
  29474.  
  29475. Wyoming, admission, 442
  29476.  
  29477.  
  29478. X, Y, Z affair, 180
  29479.  
  29480.  
  29481. Yale, 44
  29482.  
  29483. Young, Brigham, 290
  29484.  
  29485.  
  29486. Zenger, Peter, 48
  29487.  
  29488.        *       *       *       *       *
  29489.  
  29490. Printed in the United States of America.
  29491.  
  29492.        *       *       *       *       *
  29493.  
  29494. [Transcriber's notes:
  29495.  
  29496. Punctuation normalized in all _Underwood and Underwood, N.Y._
  29497.  
  29498. Superscripted letters are denoted with a caret. For example, G^O
  29499. WASHINGTON.
  29500.  
  29501. Period added after Mass on verso page. Original read "Mass, U.S.A."
  29502.  
  29503. Chapter I, page 19, period added to pp. 55-159 and pp. 242-244.
  29504.  
  29505. Chapter IV, page 61 cooperation changed to cooperation twice to match
  29506. rest of text usage. Also on page 620.
  29507.  
  29508. Chapter VI, page 121 changed maneuvered to manoevered.
  29509.  
  29510. Chapter VIII, page 185, period added to "Vol." Original read "Vol III,"
  29511.  
  29512. Chapter X, page 219, changed coordinate to coordinate to reflect rest of
  29513. text usage.
  29514.  
  29515. Chapter X, page 234, Italicized habeus corpus to match rest of text.
  29516.  
  29517. Chapter XI, page 257 changed reestablished to reestablished to conform
  29518. to rest of text usage.
  29519.  
  29520. Chapter XI, page 259 changed reelection to reelection
  29521.  
  29522. Chapter XII, page 269 added period after "Vol" Vol. II
  29523.  
  29524. Chapter XII, page 270. Title of work reads "_Selected Documents of
  29525. United States History, 1776-1761_". Research shows the document does
  29526. have this title.
  29527.  
  29528. Chapter XV, page 351. changed "bout" to "about". "for only about"
  29529.  
  29530. Chapter XVI, page 385. changed "provisons" to "provisions".
  29531.  
  29532. Chapter XX, page 478. changed "aniversary" to "anniversary".
  29533.  
  29534. Chapter XXIV, page 579 word "on" changed to "one" "five commissioners,
  29535. one of whom,"
  29536.  
  29537. Topical Syllabus. Missing periods added to normalize punctuation in
  29538. entries such as on page 648 (4) Sixteenth Amendment--income tax
  29539. (528-529).
  29540.  
  29541. Appendix, page 631, comma changed to semi-colon on "bills of credit;" to
  29542. match rest of list. Also on "obligation of contracts;"
  29543.  
  29544. Index, page 657, changed "Freesoil" to Free-soil to match rest of text
  29545. usage.
  29546.  
  29547. Index, page 660, space removed from "396 ff." changed to "status of,
  29548. 396ff."
  29549.  
  29550. Index, Page 662, added comma to States: disorders under Articles of
  29551. Constitution, 141]
  29552.  
  29553.  
  29554.  
  29555.  
  29556.  
  29557. End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of History of the United States
  29558. by Charles A. Beard and Mary R. Beard
  29559.  
  29560. *** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES ***
  29561.  
  29562. ***** This file should be named 16960-8.txt or 16960-8.zip *****
  29563. This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
  29564.         http://www.gutenberg.org/1/6/9/6/16960/
  29565.  
  29566. Produced by Curtis Weyant, M and the Online Distributed
  29567. Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
  29568.  
  29569.  
  29570. Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
  29571. will be renamed.
  29572.  
  29573. Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
  29574. one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
  29575. (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
  29576. permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
  29577. set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
  29578. copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
  29579. protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
  29580. Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
  29581. charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
  29582. do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
  29583. rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
  29584. such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
  29585. research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
  29586. practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
  29587. subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
  29588. redistribution.
  29589.  
  29590.  
  29591.  
  29592. *** START: FULL LICENSE ***
  29593.  
  29594. THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
  29595. PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
  29596.  
  29597. To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
  29598. distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
  29599. (or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
  29600. Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
  29601. Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
  29602. http://gutenberg.net/license).
  29603.  
  29604.  
  29605. Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
  29606. electronic works
  29607.  
  29608. 1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
  29609. electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
  29610. and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
  29611. (trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
  29612. the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
  29613. all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
  29614. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
  29615. Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
  29616. terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
  29617. entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
  29618.  
  29619. 1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
  29620. used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
  29621. agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
  29622. things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
  29623. even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
  29624. paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
  29625. Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
  29626. and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  29627. works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
  29628.  
  29629. 1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
  29630. or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
  29631. Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
  29632. collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
  29633. individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
  29634. located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
  29635. copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
  29636. works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
  29637. are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
  29638. Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
  29639. freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
  29640. this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
  29641. the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
  29642. keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
  29643. Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
  29644.  
  29645. 1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
  29646. what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
  29647. a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
  29648. the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
  29649. before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
  29650. creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
  29651. Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
  29652. the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
  29653. States.
  29654.  
  29655. 1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
  29656.  
  29657. 1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
  29658. access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
  29659. whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
  29660. phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
  29661. Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
  29662. copied or distributed:
  29663.  
  29664. This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  29665. almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
  29666. re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  29667. with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.net
  29668.  
  29669. 1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
  29670. from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
  29671. posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
  29672. and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
  29673. or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
  29674. with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
  29675. work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
  29676. through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
  29677. Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
  29678. 1.E.9.
  29679.  
  29680. 1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
  29681. with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
  29682. must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
  29683. terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
  29684. to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
  29685. permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
  29686.  
  29687. 1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  29688. License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
  29689. work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
  29690.  
  29691. 1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
  29692. electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
  29693. prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
  29694. active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
  29695. Gutenberg-tm License.
  29696.  
  29697. 1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
  29698. compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
  29699. word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
  29700. distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
  29701. "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
  29702. posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.net),
  29703. you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
  29704. copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
  29705. request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
  29706. form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  29707. License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
  29708.  
  29709. 1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
  29710. performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
  29711. unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
  29712.  
  29713. 1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
  29714. access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
  29715. that
  29716.  
  29717. - You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
  29718.      the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
  29719.      you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
  29720.      owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
  29721.      has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
  29722.      Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
  29723.      must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
  29724.      prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
  29725.      returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
  29726.      sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
  29727.      address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
  29728.      the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
  29729.  
  29730. - You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
  29731.      you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
  29732.      does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
  29733.      License.  You must require such a user to return or
  29734.      destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
  29735.      and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
  29736.      Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  29737.  
  29738. - You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
  29739.      money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
  29740.      electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
  29741.      of receipt of the work.
  29742.  
  29743. - You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
  29744.      distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
  29745.  
  29746. 1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
  29747. electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
  29748. forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
  29749. both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
  29750. Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
  29751. Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
  29752.  
  29753. 1.F.
  29754.  
  29755. 1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
  29756. effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
  29757. public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
  29758. collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  29759. works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
  29760. "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
  29761. corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
  29762. property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
  29763. computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
  29764. your equipment.
  29765.  
  29766. 1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
  29767. of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
  29768. Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
  29769. Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
  29770. Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
  29771. liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
  29772. fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
  29773. LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
  29774. PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
  29775. TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
  29776. LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
  29777. INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
  29778. DAMAGE.
  29779.  
  29780. 1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
  29781. defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
  29782. receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
  29783. written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
  29784. received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
  29785. your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
  29786. the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
  29787. refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
  29788. providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
  29789. receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
  29790. is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
  29791. opportunities to fix the problem.
  29792.  
  29793. 1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
  29794. in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
  29795. WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
  29796. WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
  29797.  
  29798. 1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
  29799. warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
  29800. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
  29801. law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
  29802. interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
  29803. the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
  29804. provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
  29805.  
  29806. 1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
  29807. trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
  29808. providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
  29809. with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
  29810. promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
  29811. harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
  29812. that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
  29813. or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
  29814. work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
  29815. Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
  29816.  
  29817.  
  29818. Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
  29819.  
  29820. Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
  29821. electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
  29822. including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
  29823. because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
  29824. people in all walks of life.
  29825.  
  29826. Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
  29827. assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
  29828. goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
  29829. remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
  29830. Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
  29831. and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
  29832. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
  29833. and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
  29834. and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
  29835.  
  29836.  
  29837. Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
  29838. Foundation
  29839.  
  29840. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
  29841. 501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
  29842. state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
  29843. Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
  29844. number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
  29845. http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
  29846. Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
  29847. permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
  29848.  
  29849. The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
  29850. Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
  29851. throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
  29852. 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
  29853. business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
  29854. information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
  29855. page at http://pglaf.org
  29856.  
  29857. For additional contact information:
  29858.      Dr. Gregory B. Newby
  29859.      Chief Executive and Director
  29860.      gbnewby@pglaf.org
  29861.  
  29862.  
  29863. Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
  29864. Literary Archive Foundation
  29865.  
  29866. Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
  29867. spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
  29868. increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
  29869. freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
  29870. array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
  29871. ($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
  29872. status with the IRS.
  29873.  
  29874. The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
  29875. charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
  29876. States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
  29877. considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
  29878. with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
  29879. where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
  29880. SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
  29881. particular state visit http://pglaf.org
  29882.  
  29883. While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
  29884. have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
  29885. against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
  29886. approach us with offers to donate.
  29887.  
  29888. International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
  29889. any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
  29890. outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
  29891.  
  29892. Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
  29893. methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
  29894. ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
  29895. donations.  To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
  29896.  
  29897.  
  29898. Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
  29899. works.
  29900.  
  29901. Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
  29902. concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
  29903. with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
  29904. Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
  29905.  
  29906.  
  29907. Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
  29908. editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
  29909. unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
  29910. keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
  29911.  
  29912.  
  29913. Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
  29914.  
  29915.      http://www.gutenberg.net
  29916.  
  29917. This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
  29918. including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
  29919. Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
  29920. subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
  29921. Project Gutenberg's Manual of Surgery, by Alexis Thomson and Alexander Miles
  29922.  
  29923. This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
  29924. almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
  29925. re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
  29926. with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
  29927.  
  29928.  
  29929. Title: Manual of Surgery
  29930.        Volume First: General Surgery. Sixth Edition.
  29931.  
  29932. Author: Alexis Thomson and Alexander Miles
  29933.  
  29934. Release Date: March 4, 2006 [EBook #17921]
  29935.  
  29936. Language: English
  29937.  
  29938. Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
  29939.  
  29940. *** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MANUAL OF SURGERY ***
  29941.  
  29942.  
  29943.  
  29944.  
  29945. Produced by Jonathan Ingram, Laura Wisewell and the Online
  29946. Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
  29947.  
  29948.  
  29949.  
  29950.  
  29951.  
  29952. +--------------------------------------------------------------------+
  29953. |                                                                    |
  29954. | Transcriber's note: The original text used the apothecaries'       |
  29955. | symbols here rendered as [ounce] and [dram]. The substitutions     |
  29956. | used for other special characters, such as the oe ligature, are    |
  29957. | standard. All the special characters are preserved in the UTF-8    |
  29958. | and HTML versions of this text.                                    |
  29959. |                                                                    |
  29960. | In addition, a number of printing errors have been corrected.      |
  29961. | These are marked in the HTML version only.                         |
  29962. |                                                                    |
  29963. +--------------------------------------------------------------------+
  29964.  
  29965.  
  29966.  
  29967.  
  29968.                      OXFORD MEDICAL PUBLICATIONS
  29969.  
  29970.  
  29971.  
  29972.                           MANUAL OF SURGERY
  29973.  
  29974.  
  29975.  
  29976.                                   BY
  29977.  
  29978.                      ALEXIS THOMSON, F.R.C.S.Ed.
  29979.            _PROFESSOR OF SURGERY, UNIVERSITY OF EDINBURGH_
  29980.                   SURGEON EDINBURGH ROYAL INFIRMARY
  29981.  
  29982.                                  AND
  29983.  
  29984.                      ALEXANDER MILES, F.R.C.S.Ed.
  29985.                   SURGEON EDINBURGH ROYAL INFIRMARY
  29986.  
  29987.  
  29988.                              VOLUME FIRST
  29989.                            GENERAL SURGERY
  29990.  
  29991.  
  29992.                        _SIXTH EDITION REVISED_
  29993.                        _WITH 169 ILLUSTRATIONS_
  29994.  
  29995.  
  29996.  
  29997.                                 LONDON
  29998.                  HENRY FROWDE and HODDER & STOUGHTON
  29999.                         THE _LANCET_ BUILDING
  30000.                  1 & 2 BEDFORD STREET, STRAND, W.C.2
  30001.  
  30002.  
  30003.  
  30004.  
  30005.  
  30006.  
  30007.     First Edition                                             1904
  30008.     Second Edition                                            1907
  30009.     Third Edition                                             1909
  30010.     Fourth Edition                                            1911
  30011.       "       "    Second Impression                          1913
  30012.     Fifth Edition                                             1915
  30013.       "       "    Second Impression                          1919
  30014.     Sixth Edition                                             1921
  30015.  
  30016.  
  30017.  
  30018.                      PRINTED IN GREAT BRITAIN BY
  30019.                   MORRISON AND GIBB LTD., EDINBURGH
  30020.  
  30021.  
  30022.  
  30023.  
  30024. PREFACE TO SIXTH EDITION
  30025.  
  30026.  
  30027. Much has happened since this Manual was last revised, and many surgical
  30028. lessons have been learned in the hard school of war. Some may yet have
  30029. to be unlearned, and others have but little bearing on the problems
  30030. presented to the civilian surgeon. Save in its broadest principles, the
  30031. surgery of warfare is a thing apart from the general surgery of civil
  30032. life, and the exhaustive literature now available on every aspect of it
  30033. makes it unnecessary that it should receive detailed consideration in a
  30034. manual for students. In preparing this new edition, therefore, we have
  30035. endeavoured to incorporate only such additions to our knowledge and
  30036. resources as our experience leads us to believe will prove of permanent
  30037. value in civil practice.
  30038.  
  30039. For the rest, the text has been revised, condensed, and in places
  30040. rearranged; a number of old illustrations have been discarded, and a
  30041. greater number of new ones added. Descriptions of operative procedures
  30042. have been omitted from the _Manual_, as they are to be found in the
  30043. companion volume on _Operative Surgery_, the third edition of which
  30044. appeared some months ago.
  30045.  
  30046. We have retained the Basle anatomical nomenclature, as extended
  30047. experience has confirmed our preference for it. For the convenience of
  30048. readers who still employ the old terms, these are given in brackets
  30049. after the new.
  30050.  
  30051. This edition of the _Manual_ appears in three volumes; the first being
  30052. devoted to General Surgery, the other two to Regional Surgery. This
  30053. arrangement has enabled us to deal in a more consecutive manner than
  30054. hitherto with the surgery of the Extremities, including Fractures and
  30055. Dislocations.
  30056.  
  30057. We have once more to express our thanks to colleagues in the Edinburgh
  30058. School and to other friends for aiding us in providing new
  30059. illustrations, and for other valuable help, as well as to our publishers
  30060. for their generosity in the matter of illustrations.
  30061.  
  30062. EDINBURGH,
  30063.     _March_ 1921.
  30064.  
  30065.  
  30066.  
  30067.  
  30068. CONTENTS
  30069.  
  30070.  
  30071.                                                                    PAGE
  30072.     CHAPTER I
  30073.     REPAIR                                                            1
  30074.  
  30075.     CHAPTER II
  30076.     CONDITIONS WHICH INTERFERE WITH REPAIR                           17
  30077.  
  30078.     CHAPTER III
  30079.     INFLAMMATION                                                     31
  30080.  
  30081.     CHAPTER IV
  30082.     SUPPURATION                                                      45
  30083.  
  30084.     CHAPTER V
  30085.     ULCERATION AND ULCERS                                            68
  30086.  
  30087.     CHAPTER VI
  30088.     GANGRENE                                                         86
  30089.  
  30090.     CHAPTER VII
  30091.     BACTERIAL AND OTHER WOUND INFECTIONS                            107
  30092.  
  30093.     CHAPTER VIII
  30094.     TUBERCULOSIS                                                    133
  30095.  
  30096.     CHAPTER IX
  30097.     SYPHILIS                                                        146
  30098.  
  30099.     CHAPTER X
  30100.     TUMOURS                                                         181
  30101.  
  30102.     CHAPTER XI
  30103.     INJURIES                                                        218
  30104.  
  30105.     CHAPTER XII
  30106.     METHODS OF WOUND TREATMENT                                      241
  30107.  
  30108.     CHAPTER XIII
  30109.     CONSTITUTIONAL EFFECTS OF INJURIES                              249
  30110.  
  30111.     CHAPTER XIV
  30112.     THE BLOOD VESSELS                                               258
  30113.  
  30114.     CHAPTER XV
  30115.     THE LYMPH VESSELS AND GLANDS                                    321
  30116.  
  30117.     CHAPTER XVI
  30118.     THE NERVES                                                      342
  30119.  
  30120.     CHAPTER XVII
  30121.     SKIN AND SUBCUTANEOUS TISSUES                                   376
  30122.  
  30123.     CHAPTER XVIII
  30124.     THE MUSCLES, TENDONS, AND TENDON SHEATHS                        405
  30125.  
  30126.     CHAPTER XIX
  30127.     THE BURSAE                                                       426
  30128.  
  30129.     CHAPTER XX
  30130.     DISEASES OF BONE                                                434
  30131.  
  30132.     CHAPTER XXI
  30133.     DISEASES OF JOINTS                                              501
  30134.  
  30135.     INDEX                                                           547
  30136.  
  30137.  
  30138.  
  30139.  
  30140. LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
  30141.  
  30142.  
  30143.   FIG.                                                             PAGE
  30144.  
  30145.     1. Ulcer of Back of Hand grafted from Abdominal Wall             15
  30146.  
  30147.     2. Staphylococcus aureus in Pus from case of Osteomyelitis       25
  30148.  
  30149.     3. Streptococci in Pus from case of Diffuse Cellulitis           26
  30150.  
  30151.     4. Bacillus coli communis in Pus from Abdominal Abscess          27
  30152.  
  30153.     5. Fraenkel's Pneumococci in Pus from Empyema following          28
  30154.        Pneumonia
  30155.  
  30156.     6. Passive Hyperaemia of Hand and Forearm induced by Bier's       37
  30157.        Bandage
  30158.  
  30159.     7. Passive Hyperaemia of Finger induced by Klapp's Suction        38
  30160.        Bell
  30161.  
  30162.     8. Passive Hyperaemia induced by Klapp's Suction Bell for         39
  30163.        Inflammation of Inguinal Gland
  30164.  
  30165.     9. Diagram of various forms of Whitlow                           56
  30166.  
  30167.    10. Charts of Acute Sapraemia                                      61
  30168.  
  30169.    11. Chart of Hectic Fever                                         62
  30170.  
  30171.    12. Chart of Septicaemia followed by Pyaemia                        63
  30172.  
  30173.    13. Chart of Pyaemia following on Acute Osteomyelitis              65
  30174.  
  30175.    14. Leg Ulcers associated with Varicose Veins                     71
  30176.  
  30177.    15. Perforating Ulcers of Sole of Foot                            74
  30178.  
  30179.    16. Bazin's Disease in a girl aet. 16                              75
  30180.  
  30181.    17. Syphilitic Ulcers in region of Knee                           76
  30182.  
  30183.    18. Callous Ulcer showing thickened edges                         78
  30184.  
  30185.    19. Tibia and Fibula, showing changes due to Chronic Ulcer of     80
  30186.        Leg
  30187.  
  30188.    20. Senile Gangrene of the Foot                                   89
  30189.  
  30190.    21. Embolic Gangrene of Hand and Arm                              92
  30191.  
  30192.    22. Gangrene of Terminal Phalanx of Index-Finger                 100
  30193.  
  30194.    23. Cancrum Oris                                                 103
  30195.  
  30196.    24. Acute Bed Sores over right Buttock                           104
  30197.  
  30198.    25. Chart of Erysipelas occurring in a wound                     108
  30199.  
  30200.    26. Bacillus of Tetanus                                          113
  30201.  
  30202.    27. Bacillus of Anthrax                                          120
  30203.  
  30204.    28. Malignant Pustule third day after infection                  122
  30205.  
  30206.    29. Malignant Pustule fourteen days after infection              122
  30207.  
  30208.    30. Colony of Actinomyces                                        126
  30209.  
  30210.    31. Actinomycosis of Maxilla                                     128
  30211.  
  30212.    32. Mycetoma, or Madura Foot                                     130
  30213.  
  30214.    33. Tubercle bacilli                                             134
  30215.  
  30216.    34. Tuberculous Abscess in Lumbar Region                         141
  30217.  
  30218.    35. Tuberculous Sinus injected through its opening in the        144
  30219.        Forearm with Bismuth Paste
  30220.  
  30221.    36. Spirochaete pallida                                           147
  30222.  
  30223.    37. Spirochaeta refrigerans from scraping of Vagina               148
  30224.  
  30225.    38. Primary Lesion on Thumb, with Secondary Eruption on          154
  30226.        Forearm
  30227.  
  30228.    39. Syphilitic Rupia                                             159
  30229.  
  30230.    40. Ulcerating Gumma of Lips                                     169
  30231.  
  30232.    41. Ulceration in inherited Syphilis                             170
  30233.  
  30234.    42. Tertiary Syphilitic Ulceration in region of Knee and on      171
  30235.        both Thumbs
  30236.  
  30237.    43. Facies of Inherited Syphilis                                 174
  30238.  
  30239.    44. Facies of Inherited Syphilis                                 175
  30240.  
  30241.    45. Subcutaneous Lipoma                                          185
  30242.  
  30243.    46. Pedunculated Lipoma of Buttock                               186
  30244.  
  30245.    47. Diffuse Lipomatosis of Neck                                  187
  30246.  
  30247.    48. Zanthoma of Hands                                            188
  30248.  
  30249.    49. Zanthoma of Buttock                                          189
  30250.  
  30251.    50. Chondroma growing from Infra-Spinous Fossa of Scapula        190
  30252.  
  30253.    51. Chondroma of Metacarpal Bone of Thumb                        190
  30254.  
  30255.    52. Cancellous Osteoma of Lower End of Femur                     192
  30256.  
  30257.    53. Myeloma of Shaft of Humerus                                  195
  30258.  
  30259.    54. Fibro-myoma of Uterus                                        196
  30260.  
  30261.    55. Recurrent Sarcoma of Sciatic Nerve                           198
  30262.  
  30263.    56. Sarcoma of Arm fungating                                     199
  30264.  
  30265.    57. Carcinoma of Breast                                          206
  30266.  
  30267.    58. Epithelioma of Lip                                           209
  30268.  
  30269.    59. Dermoid Cyst of Ovary                                        213
  30270.  
  30271.    60. Carpal Ganglion in a woman aet. 25                            215
  30272.  
  30273.    61. Ganglion on lateral aspect of Knee                           216
  30274.  
  30275.    62. Radiogram showing pellets embedded in Arm                    228
  30276.  
  30277.    63. Cicatricial Contraction following Severe Burn                236
  30278.  
  30279.    64. Genealogical Tree of Haemophilic Family                       278
  30280.  
  30281.    65. Radiogram showing calcareous degeneration of Arteries        284
  30282.  
  30283.    66. Varicose Vein with Thrombosis                                289
  30284.  
  30285.    67. Extensive Varix of Internal Saphena System on Left Leg       291
  30286.  
  30287.    68. Mixed Naevus of Nose                                          296
  30288.  
  30289.    69. Cirsoid Aneurysm of Forehead                                 299
  30290.  
  30291.    70. Cirsoid Aneurysm of Orbit and Face                           300
  30292.  
  30293.    71. Radiogram of Aneurysm of Aorta                               303
  30294.  
  30295.    72. Sacculated Aneurysm of Abdominal Aorta                       304
  30296.  
  30297.    73. Radiogram of Innominate Aneurysm after Treatment by          309
  30298.        Moore-Corradi method
  30299.  
  30300.    74. Thoracic Aneurysm threatening to rupture                     313
  30301.  
  30302.    75. Innominate Aneurysm in a woman                               315
  30303.  
  30304.    76. Congenital Cystic Tumour or Hygroma of Axilla                328
  30305.  
  30306.    77. Tuberculous Cervical Gland with Abscess formation            331
  30307.  
  30308.    78. Mass of Tuberculous Glands removed from Axilla               333
  30309.  
  30310.    79. Tuberculous Axillary Glands                                  335
  30311.  
  30312.    80. Chronic Hodgkin's Disease in boy aet. 11                      337
  30313.  
  30314.    81. Lymphadenoma in a woman aet. 44                               338
  30315.  
  30316.    82. Lympho Sarcoma removed from Groin                            339
  30317.  
  30318.    83. Cancerous Glands in Neck, secondary to Epithelioma of Lip    341
  30319.  
  30320.    84. Stump Neuromas of Sciatic Nerve                              345
  30321.  
  30322.    85. Stump Neuromas, showing changes at ends of divided Nerves    354
  30323.  
  30324.    86. Diffuse Enlargement of Nerves in generalised                 356
  30325.        Neuro-Fibromatosis
  30326.  
  30327.    87. Plexiform Neuroma of small Sciatic Nerve                     357
  30328.  
  30329.    88. Multiple Neuro-Fibromas of Skin (Molluscum fibrosum)         358
  30330.  
  30331.    89. Elephantiasis Neuromatosa in a woman aet. 28                  359
  30332.  
  30333.    90. Drop-Wrist following Fracture of Shaft of Humerus            365
  30334.  
  30335.    91. To illustrate the Loss of Sensation produced by Division     367
  30336.        of the Median Nerve
  30337.  
  30338.    92. To illustrate Loss of Sensation produced by Complete         368
  30339.        Division of Ulnar Nerve
  30340.  
  30341.    93. Callosities and Corns on Sole of Foot                        377
  30342.  
  30343.    94. Ulcerated Chilblains on Fingers                              378
  30344.  
  30345.    95. Carbuncle on Back of Neck                                    381
  30346.  
  30347.    96. Tuberculous Elephantiasis                                    383
  30348.  
  30349.    97. Elephantiasis in a woman aet. 45                              387
  30350.  
  30351.    98. Elephantiasis of Penis and Scrotum                           388
  30352.  
  30353.    99. Multiple Sebaceous Cysts or Wens                             390
  30354.  
  30355.   100. Sebaceous Horn growing from Auricle                          392
  30356.  
  30357.   101. Paraffin Epithelioma                                         394
  30358.  
  30359.   102. Rodent Cancer of Inner Canthus                               395
  30360.  
  30361.   103. Rodent Cancer with destruction of contents of Orbit          396
  30362.  
  30363.   104. Diffuse Melanotic Cancer of Lymphatics of Skin               398
  30364.  
  30365.   105. Melanotic Cancer of Forehead with Metastasis in Lymph        399
  30366.        Glands
  30367.  
  30368.   106. Recurrent Keloid                                             401
  30369.  
  30370.   107. Subungual Exostosis                                          403
  30371.  
  30372.   108. Avulsion of Tendon                                           410
  30373.  
  30374.   109. Volkmann's Ischaemic Contracture                              414
  30375.  
  30376.   110. Ossification in Tendon of Ilio-psoas Muscle                  417
  30377.  
  30378.   111. Radiogram of Calcification and Ossification in Biceps and    418
  30379.        Triceps
  30380.  
  30381.   112. Ossification in Muscles of Trunk in generalised Ossifying    419
  30382.        Myositis
  30383.  
  30384.   113. Hydrops of Prepatellar Bursa                                 427
  30385.  
  30386.   114. Section through Gouty Bursa                                  428
  30387.  
  30388.   115. Tuberculous Disease of Sub-Deltoid Bursa                     429
  30389.  
  30390.   116. Great Enlargement of the Ischial Bursa                       431
  30391.  
  30392.   117. Gouty Disease of Bursae                                       432
  30393.  
  30394.   118. Shaft of the Femur after Acute Osteomyelitis                 444
  30395.  
  30396.   119. Femur and Tibia showing results of Acute Osteomyelitis       445
  30397.  
  30398.   120. Segment of Tibia resected for Brodie's Abscess               449
  30399.  
  30400.   121. Radiogram of Brodie's Abscess in Lower End of Tibia          451
  30401.  
  30402.   122. Sequestrum of Femur after Amputation                         453
  30403.  
  30404.   123. New Periosteal Bone on Surface of Femur from Amputation      454
  30405.        Stump
  30406.  
  30407.   124. Tuberculous Osteomyelitis of Os Magnum                       456
  30408.  
  30409.   125. Tuberculous Disease of Tibia                                 457
  30410.  
  30411.   126. Diffuse Tuberculous Osteomyelitis of Right Tibia             458
  30412.  
  30413.   127. Advanced Tuberculous Disease in Region of Ankle              459
  30414.  
  30415.   128. Tuberculous Dactylitis                                       460
  30416.  
  30417.   129. Shortening of Middle Finger of Adult, the result of          461
  30418.        Tuberculous Dactylitis in Childhood
  30419.  
  30420.   130. Syphilitic Disease of Skull                                  463
  30421.  
  30422.   131. Syphilitic Hyperostosis and Sclerosis of Tibia               464
  30423.  
  30424.   132. Sabre-blade Deformity of Tibia                               467
  30425.  
  30426.   133. Skeleton of Rickety Dwarf                                    470
  30427.  
  30428.   134. Changes in the Skull resulting from Ostitis Deformans        474
  30429.  
  30430.   135. Cadaver, illustrating the alterations in the Lower Limbs     475
  30431.        resulting from Ostitis Deformans
  30432.  
  30433.   136. Osteomyelitis Fibrosa affecting Femora                       476
  30434.  
  30435.   137. Radiogram of Upper End of Femur in Osteomyelitis Fibrosa     478
  30436.  
  30437.   138. Radiogram of Right Knee showing Multiple Exostoses           482
  30438.  
  30439.   139. Multiple Exostoses of Limbs                                  483
  30440.  
  30441.   140. Multiple Cartilaginous Exostoses                             484
  30442.  
  30443.   141. Multiple Cartilaginous Exostoses                             486
  30444.  
  30445.   142. Multiple Chondromas of Phalanges and Metacarpals             488
  30446.  
  30447.   143. Skiagram of Multiple Chondromas                              489
  30448.  
  30449.   144. Multiple Chondromas in Hand                                  490
  30450.  
  30451.   145. Radiogram of Myeloma of Humerus                              492
  30452.  
  30453.   146. Periosteal Sarcoma of Femur                                  493
  30454.  
  30455.   147. Periosteal Sarcoma of Humerus                                493
  30456.  
  30457.   148. Chondro-Sarcoma of Scapula                                   494
  30458.  
  30459.   149. Central Sarcoma of Femur invading Knee Joint                 495
  30460.  
  30461.   150. Osseous Shell of Osteo-Sarcoma of Femur                      495
  30462.  
  30463.   151. Radiogram of Osteo-Sarcoma of Femur                          496
  30464.  
  30465.   152. Radiogram of Chondro-Sarcoma of Humerus                      497
  30466.  
  30467.   153. Epitheliomatus Ulcer of Leg invading Tibia                   499
  30468.  
  30469.   154. Osseous Ankylosis of Femur and Tibia                         503
  30470.  
  30471.   155. Osseous Ankylosis of Knee                                    504
  30472.  
  30473.   156. Caseating focus in Upper End of Fibula                       513
  30474.  
  30475.   157. Arthritis Deformans of Elbow                                 525
  30476.  
  30477.   158. Arthritis Deformans of Knee                                  526
  30478.  
  30479.   159. Hypertrophied Fringes of Synovial Membrane of Knee           527
  30480.  
  30481.   160. Arthritis Deformans of Hands                                 529
  30482.  
  30483.   161. Arthritis Deformans of several Joints                        530
  30484.  
  30485.   162. Bones of Knee in Charcot's Disease                           533
  30486.  
  30487.   163. Charcot's Disease of Left Knee                               534
  30488.  
  30489.   164. Charcot's Disease of both Ankles: front view                 535
  30490.  
  30491.   165. Charcot's Disease of both Ankles: back view                  536
  30492.  
  30493.   166. Radiogram of Multiple Loose Bodies in Knee-joint             540
  30494.  
  30495.   167. Loose Body from Knee-joint                                   541
  30496.  
  30497.   168. Multiple partially ossified Chondromas of Synovial           542
  30498.        Membrane from Shoulder-joint
  30499.  
  30500.   169. Multiple Cartilaginous Loose Bodies from Knee-joint          543
  30501.  
  30502.  
  30503.  
  30504.  
  30505. MANUAL OF SURGERY
  30506.  
  30507.  
  30508.  
  30509.  
  30510. CHAPTER I
  30511.  
  30512. REPAIR
  30513.  
  30514.  
  30515. Introduction--Process of repair--Healing by primary union--Granulation
  30516.     tissue--Cicatricial tissue--Modifications of process of
  30517.     repair--Repair in individual tissues--Transplantation or grafting
  30518.     of tissues--Conditions--Sources of grafts--Grafting of individual
  30519.     tissues--Methods.
  30520.  
  30521.  
  30522. INTRODUCTION
  30523.  
  30524. To prolong human life and to alleviate suffering are the ultimate
  30525. objects of scientific medicine. The two great branches of the healing
  30526. art--Medicine and Surgery--are so intimately related that it is
  30527. impossible to draw a hard-and-fast line between them, but for
  30528. convenience Surgery may be defined as "the art of treating lesions and
  30529. malformations of the human body by manual operations, mediate and
  30530. immediate." To apply his art intelligently and successfully, it is
  30531. essential that the surgeon should be conversant not only with the normal
  30532. anatomy and physiology of the body and with the various pathological
  30533. conditions to which it is liable, but also with the nature of the
  30534. process by which repair of injured or diseased tissues is effected.
  30535. Without this knowledge he is unable to recognise such deviations from
  30536. the normal as result from mal-development, injury, or disease, or
  30537. rationally to direct his efforts towards the correction or removal of
  30538. these.
  30539.  
  30540.  
  30541. PROCESS OF REPAIR
  30542.  
  30543. The process of repair in living tissue depends upon an inherent power
  30544. possessed by vital cells of reacting to the irritation caused by injury
  30545. or disease. The cells of the damaged tissues, under the influence of
  30546. this irritation, undergo certain proliferative changes, which are
  30547. designed to restore the normal structure and configuration of the part.
  30548. The process by which this restoration is effected is essentially the
  30549. same in all tissues, but the extent to which different tissues can carry
  30550. the recuperative process varies. Simple structures, such as skin,
  30551. cartilage, bone, periosteum, and tendon, for example, have a high power
  30552. of regeneration, and in them the reparative process may result in almost
  30553. perfect restitution to the normal. More complex structures, on the other
  30554. hand, such as secreting glands, muscle, and the tissues of the central
  30555. nervous system, are but imperfectly restored, simple cicatricial
  30556. connective tissue taking the place of what has been lost or destroyed.
  30557. Any given tissue can be replaced only by tissue of a similar kind, and
  30558. in a damaged part each element takes its share in the reparative process
  30559. by producing new material which approximates more or less closely to the
  30560. normal according to the recuperative capacity of the particular tissue.
  30561. The normal process of repair may be interfered with by various
  30562. extraneous agencies, the most important of which are infection by
  30563. disease-producing micro-organisms, the presence of foreign substances,
  30564. undue movement of the affected part, and improper applications and
  30565. dressings. The effect of these agencies is to delay repair or to prevent
  30566. the individual tissues carrying the process to the furthest degree of
  30567. which they are capable.
  30568.  
  30569. In the management of wounds and other diseased conditions the main
  30570. object of the surgeon is to promote the natural reparative process by
  30571. preventing or eliminating any factor by which it may be disturbed.
  30572.  
  30573. #Healing by Primary Union.#--The most favourable conditions for the
  30574. progress of the reparative process are to be found in a clean-cut wound
  30575. of the integument, which is uncomplicated by loss of tissue, by the
  30576. presence of foreign substances, or by infection with disease-producing
  30577. micro-organisms, and its edges are in contact. Such a wound in virtue of
  30578. the absence of infection is said to be _aseptic_, and under these
  30579. conditions healing takes place by what is called "primary union"--the
  30580. "healing by first intention" of the older writers.
  30581.  
  30582. #Granulation Tissue.#--The essential and invariable medium of repair in
  30583. all structures is an elementary form of new tissue known as _granulation
  30584. tissue_, which is produced in the damaged area in response to the
  30585. irritation caused by injury or disease. The vital reaction induced by
  30586. such irritation results in dilatation of the vessels of the part,
  30587. emigration of leucocytes, transudation of lymph, and certain
  30588. proliferative changes in the fixed tissue cells. These changes are
  30589. common to the processes of inflammation and repair; no hard-and-fast
  30590. line can be drawn between these processes, and the two may go on
  30591. together. It is, however, only when the proliferative changes have come
  30592. to predominate that the reparative process is effectively established by
  30593. the production of healthy granulation tissue.
  30594.  
  30595. _Formation of Granulation Tissue._--When a wound is made in the
  30596. integument under aseptic conditions, the passage of the knife through
  30597. the tissues is immediately followed by an oozing of blood, which soon
  30598. coagulates on the cut surfaces. In each of the divided vessels a clot
  30599. forms, and extends as far as the nearest collateral branch; and on the
  30600. surface of the wound there is a microscopic layer of bruised and
  30601. devitalised tissue. If the wound is closed, the narrow space between its
  30602. edges is occupied by blood-clot, which consists of red and white
  30603. corpuscles mixed with a quantity of fibrin, and this forms a temporary
  30604. uniting medium between the divided surfaces. During the first twelve
  30605. hours, the minute vessels in the vicinity of the wound dilate, and from
  30606. them lymph exudes and leucocytes migrate into the tissues. In from
  30607. twenty-four to thirty-six hours, the capillaries of the part adjacent to
  30608. the wound begin to throw out minute buds and fine processes, which
  30609. bridge the gap and form a firmer, but still temporary, connection
  30610. between the two sides. Each bud begins in the wall of the capillary as a
  30611. small accumulation of granular protoplasm, which gradually elongates
  30612. into a filament containing a nucleus. This filament either joins with a
  30613. neighbouring capillary or with a similar filament, and in time these
  30614. become hollow and are filled with blood from the vessels that gave them
  30615. origin. In this way a series of young _capillary loops_ is formed.
  30616.  
  30617. The spaces between these loops are filled by cells of various kinds, the
  30618. most important being the _fibroblasts_, which are destined to form
  30619. cicatricial fibrous tissue. These fibroblasts are large irregular
  30620. nucleated cells derived mainly from the proliferation of the fixed
  30621. connective-tissue cells of the part, and to a less extent from the
  30622. lymphocytes and other mononuclear cells which have migrated from the
  30623. vessels. Among the fibroblasts, larger multi-nucleated cells--_giant
  30624. cells_--are sometimes found, particularly when resistant substances,
  30625. such as silk ligatures or fragments of bone, are embedded in the
  30626. tissues, and their function seems to be to soften such substances
  30627. preliminary to their being removed by the phagocytes. Numerous
  30628. _polymorpho-nuclear leucocytes_, which have wandered from the vessels,
  30629. are also present in the spaces. These act as phagocytes, their function
  30630. being to remove the red corpuscles and fibrin of the original clot, and
  30631. this performed, they either pass back into the circulation in virtue of
  30632. their amoeboid movement, or are themselves eaten up by the growing
  30633. fibroblasts. Beyond this phagocytic action, they do not appear to play
  30634. any direct part in the reparative process. These young capillary loops,
  30635. with their supporting cells and fluids, constitute granulation tissue,
  30636. which is usually fully formed in from three to five days, after which it
  30637. begins to be replaced by cicatricial or scar tissue.
  30638.  
  30639. _Formation of Cicatricial Tissue._--The transformation of this temporary
  30640. granulation tissue into scar tissue is effected by the fibroblasts,
  30641. which become elongated and spindle-shaped, and produce in and around
  30642. them a fine fibrillated material which gradually increases in quantity
  30643. till it replaces the cell protoplasm. In this way white fibrous tissue
  30644. is formed, the cells of which are arranged in parallel lines and
  30645. eventually become grouped in bundles, constituting fully formed white
  30646. fibrous tissue. In its growth it gradually obliterates the capillaries,
  30647. until at the end of two, three, or four weeks both vessels and cells
  30648. have almost entirely disappeared, and the original wound is occupied by
  30649. cicatricial tissue. In course of time this tissue becomes consolidated,
  30650. and the cicatrix undergoes a certain amount of contraction--_cicatricial
  30651. contraction_.
  30652.  
  30653. _Healing of Epidermis._--While these changes are taking place in the
  30654. deeper parts of the wound, the surface is being covered over by
  30655. _epidermis_ growing in from the margins. Within twelve hours the cells
  30656. of the rete Malpighii close to the cut edge begin to sprout on to the
  30657. surface of the wound, and by their proliferation gradually cover the
  30658. granulations with a thin pink pellicle. As the epithelium increases in
  30659. thickness it assumes a bluish hue and eventually the cells become
  30660. cornified and the epithelium assumes a greyish-white colour.
  30661.  
  30662. _Clinical Aspects._--So long as the process of repair is not complicated
  30663. by infection with micro-organisms, there is no interference with the
  30664. general health of the patient. The temperature remains normal; the
  30665. circulatory, gastro-intestinal, nervous, and other functions are
  30666. undisturbed; locally, the part is cool, of natural colour and free from
  30667. pain.
  30668.  
  30669. #Modifications of the Process of Repair.#--The process of repair by
  30670. primary union, above described, is to be looked upon as the type of all
  30671. reparative processes, such modifications as are met with depending
  30672. merely upon incidental differences in the conditions present, such as
  30673. loss of tissue, infection by micro-organisms, etc.
  30674.  
  30675. _Repair after Loss or Destruction of Tissue._--When the edges of a wound
  30676. cannot be approximated either because tissue has been lost, for example
  30677. in excising a tumour or because a drainage tube or gauze packing has
  30678. been necessary, a greater amount of granulation tissue is required to
  30679. fill the gap, but the process is essentially the same as in the ideal
  30680. method of repair.
  30681.  
  30682. The raw surface is first covered by a layer of coagulated blood and
  30683. fibrin. An extensive new formation of capillary loops and fibroblasts
  30684. takes place towards the free surface, and goes on until the gap is
  30685. filled by a fine velvet-like mass of granulation tissue. This
  30686. granulation tissue is gradually replaced by young cicatricial tissue,
  30687. and the surface is covered by the ingrowth of epithelium from the edges.
  30688.  
  30689. This modification of the reparative process can be best studied
  30690. clinically in a recent wound which has been packed with gauze. When the
  30691. plug is introduced, the walls of the cavity consist of raw tissue with
  30692. numerous oozing blood vessels. On removing the packing on the fifth or
  30693. sixth day, the surface is found to be covered with minute, red,
  30694. papillary granulations, which are beginning to fill up the cavity. At
  30695. the edges the epithelium has proliferated and is covering over the newly
  30696. formed granulation tissue. As lymph and leucocytes escape from the
  30697. exposed surface there is a certain amount of serous or sero-purulent
  30698. discharge. On examining the wound at intervals of a few days, it is
  30699. found that the granulation tissue gradually increases in amount till the
  30700. gap is completely filled up, and that coincidently the epithelium
  30701. spreads in and covers over its surface. In course of time the epithelium
  30702. thickens, and as the granulation tissue is slowly replaced by young
  30703. cicatricial tissue, which has a peculiar tendency to contract and so to
  30704. obliterate the blood vessels in it, the scar that is left becomes
  30705. smooth, pale, and depressed. This method of healing is sometimes spoken
  30706. of as "healing by granulation"--although, as we have seen, it is by
  30707. granulation that all repair takes place.
  30708.  
  30709. _Healing by Union of two Granulating Surfaces._--In gaping wounds union
  30710. is sometimes obtained by bringing the two surfaces into apposition after
  30711. each has become covered with healthy granulations. The exudate on the
  30712. surfaces causes them to adhere, capillary loops pass from one to the
  30713. other, and their final fusion takes place by the further development of
  30714. granulation and cicatricial tissue.
  30715.  
  30716. _Reunion of Parts entirely Separated from the Body._--Small portions of
  30717. tissue, such as the end of a finger, the tip of the nose or a portion of
  30718. the external ear, accidentally separated from the body, if accurately
  30719. replaced and fixed in position, occasionally adhere by primary union.
  30720.  
  30721. In the course of operations also, portions of skin, fascia, or bone, or
  30722. even a complete joint may be transplanted, and unite by primary union.
  30723.  
  30724. _Healing under a Scab._--When a small superficial wound is exposed to
  30725. the air, the blood and serum exuded on its surface may dry and form a
  30726. hard crust or _scab_, which serves to protect the surface from external
  30727. irritation in the same way as would a dry pad of sterilised gauze. Under
  30728. this scab the formation of granulation tissue, its transformation into
  30729. cicatricial tissue, and the growth of epithelium on the surface, go on
  30730. until in the course of time the crust separates, leaving a scar.
  30731.  
  30732. _Healing by Blood-clot._--In subcutaneous wounds, for example tenotomy,
  30733. in amputation wounds, and in wounds made in excising tumours or in
  30734. operating upon bones, the space left between the divided tissues becomes
  30735. filled with blood-clot, which acts as a temporary scaffolding in which
  30736. granulation tissue is built up. Capillary loops grow into the coagulum,
  30737. and migrated leucocytes from the adjacent blood vessels destroy the red
  30738. corpuscles, and are in turn disposed of by the developing fibroblasts,
  30739. which by their growth and proliferation fill up the gap with young
  30740. connective tissue. It will be evident that this process only differs
  30741. from healing by primary union in the _amount_ of blood-clot that is
  30742. present.
  30743.  
  30744. _Presence of a Foreign Body._--When an aseptic foreign body is present
  30745. in the tissues, _e.g._ a piece of unabsorbable chromicised catgut, the
  30746. healing process may be modified. After primary union has taken place the
  30747. scar may broaden, become raised above the surface, and assume a
  30748. bluish-brown colour; the epidermis gradually thins and gives way,
  30749. revealing the softened portion of catgut, which can be pulled out in
  30750. pieces, after which the wound rapidly heals and resumes a normal
  30751. appearance.
  30752.  
  30753.  
  30754. REPAIR IN INDIVIDUAL TISSUES
  30755.  
  30756. _Skin and Connective Tissue._--The mode of regeneration of these tissues
  30757. under aseptic conditions has already been described as the type of ideal
  30758. repair. In highly vascular parts, such as the face, the reparative
  30759. process goes on with great rapidity, and even extensive wounds may be
  30760. firmly united in from three to five days. Where the anastomosis is less
  30761. free the process is more prolonged. The more highly organised elements
  30762. of the skin, such as the hair follicles, the sweat and sebaceous glands,
  30763. are imperfectly reproduced; hence the scar remains smooth, dry, and
  30764. hairless.
  30765.  
  30766. _Epithelium._--Epithelium is only reproduced from pre-existing
  30767. epithelium, and, as a rule, from one of a similar type, although
  30768. metaplastic transformation of cells of one kind of epithelium into
  30769. another kind can take place. Thus a granulating surface may be covered
  30770. entirely by the ingrowing of the cutaneous epithelium from the margins;
  30771. or islets, originating in surviving cells of sebaceous glands or sweat
  30772. glands, or of hair follicles, may spring up in the centre of the raw
  30773. area. Such islets may also be due to the accidental transference of
  30774. loose epithelial cells from the edges. Even the fluid from a blister, in
  30775. virtue of the isolated cells of the rete Malpighii which it contains, is
  30776. capable of starting epithelial growth on a granulating surface. Hairs
  30777. and nails may be completely regenerated if a sufficient amount of the
  30778. hair follicles or of the nail matrix has escaped destruction. The
  30779. epithelium of a mucous membrane is regenerated in the same way as that
  30780. on a cutaneous surface.
  30781.  
  30782. Epithelial cells have the power of living for some time after being
  30783. separated from their normal surroundings, and of growing again when once
  30784. more placed in favourable circumstances. On this fact the practice of
  30785. skin grafting is based (p. 11).
  30786.  
  30787. _Cartilage._--When an articular cartilage is divided by incision or by
  30788. being implicated in a fracture involving the articular end of a bone, it
  30789. is repaired by ordinary cicatricial fibrous tissue derived from the
  30790. proliferating cells of the perichondrium. Cartilage being a non-vascular
  30791. tissue, the reparative process goes on slowly, and it may be many weeks
  30792. before it is complete.
  30793.  
  30794. It is possible for a metaplastic transformation of connective-tissue
  30795. cells into cartilage cells to take place, the characteristic hyaline
  30796. matrix being secreted by the new cells. This is sometimes observed as an
  30797. intermediary stage in the healing of fractures, especially in young
  30798. bones. It may also take place in the regeneration of lost portions of
  30799. cartilage, provided the new tissue is so situated as to constitute part
  30800. of a joint and to be subjected to pressure by an opposing cartilaginous
  30801. surface. This is illustrated by what takes place after excision of
  30802. joints where it is desired to restore the function of the articulation.
  30803. By carrying out movements between the constituent parts, the fibrous
  30804. tissue covering the ends of the bones becomes moulded into shape, its
  30805. cells take on the characters of cartilage cells, and, forming a matrix,
  30806. so develop a new cartilage.
  30807.  
  30808. Conversely, it is observed that when articular cartilage is no longer
  30809. subjected to pressure by an opposing cartilage, it tends to be
  30810. transformed into fibrous tissue, as may be seen in deformities attended
  30811. with displacement of articular surfaces, such as hallux valgus and
  30812. club-foot.
  30813.  
  30814. After fractures of costal cartilage or of the cartilages of the larynx
  30815. the cicatricial tissue may be ultimately replaced by bone.
  30816.  
  30817. _Tendons._--When a tendon is divided, for example by subcutaneous
  30818. tenotomy, the end nearer the muscle fibres is drawn away from the other,
  30819. leaving a gap which is speedily filled by blood-clot. In the course of a
  30820. few days this clot becomes permeated by granulation tissue, the
  30821. fibroblasts of which are derived from the sheath of the tendon, the
  30822. surrounding connective tissue, and probably also from the divided ends
  30823. of the tendon itself. These fibroblasts ultimately develop into typical
  30824. tendon cells, and the fibres which they form constitute the new tendon
  30825. fibres. Under aseptic conditions repair is complete in from two to three
  30826. weeks. In the course of the reparative process the tendon and its sheath
  30827. may become adherent, which leads to impaired movement and stiffness. If
  30828. the ends of an accidentally divided tendon are at once brought into
  30829. accurate apposition and secured by sutures, they unite directly with a
  30830. minimum amount of scar tissue, and function is perfectly restored.
  30831.  
  30832. _Muscle._--Unstriped muscle does not seem to be capable of being
  30833. regenerated to any but a moderate degree. If the ends of a divided
  30834. striped muscle are at once brought into apposition by stitches, primary
  30835. union takes place with a minimum of intervening fibrous tissue. The
  30836. nuclei of the muscle fibres in close proximity to this young cicatricial
  30837. tissue proliferate, and a few new muscle fibres may be developed, but
  30838. any gross loss of muscular tissue is replaced by a fibrous cicatrix. It
  30839. would appear that portions of muscle transplanted from animals to fill
  30840. up gaps in human muscle are similarly replaced by fibrous tissue. When a
  30841. muscle is paralysed from loss of its nerve supply and undergoes complete
  30842. degeneration, it is not capable of being regenerated, even should the
  30843. integrity of the nerve be restored, and so its function is permanently
  30844. lost.
  30845.  
  30846. _Secretory Glands._--The regeneration of secretory glands is usually
  30847. incomplete, cicatricial tissue taking the place of the glandular
  30848. substance which has been destroyed. In wounds of the liver, for example,
  30849. the gap is filled by fibrous tissue, but towards the periphery of the
  30850.  
  30851. wound the liver cells proliferate and a certain amount of regeneration
  30852. takes place. In the kidney also, repair mainly takes place by
  30853. cicatricial tissue, and although a few collecting tubules may be
  30854. reformed, no regeneration of secreting tissue takes place. After the
  30855. operation of decapsulation of the kidney a new capsule is formed, and
  30856. during the process young blood vessels permeate the superficial parts
  30857. of the kidney and temporarily increase its blood supply, but in the
  30858. consolidation of the new fibrous tissue these vessels are ultimately
  30859. obliterated. This does not prove that the operation is useless, as the
  30860. temporary improvement of the circulation in the kidney may serve to tide
  30861. the patient over a critical period of renal insufficiency.
  30862.  
  30863. _Stomach and Intestine._--Provided the peritoneal surfaces are
  30864. accurately apposed, wounds of the stomach and intestine heal with great
  30865. rapidity. Within a few hours the peritoneal surfaces are glued together
  30866. by a thin layer of fibrin and leucocytes, which is speedily organised
  30867. and replaced by fibrous tissue. Fibrous tissue takes the place of the
  30868. muscular elements, which are not regenerated. The mucous lining is
  30869. restored by ingrowth from the margins, and there is evidence that some
  30870. of the secreting glands may be reproduced.
  30871.  
  30872. Hollow viscera, like the oesophagus and urinary bladder, in so far
  30873. as they are not covered by peritoneum, heal less rapidly.
  30874.  
  30875. _Nerve Tissues._--There is no trustworthy evidence that regeneration of
  30876. the tissues of the brain or spinal cord in man ever takes place. Any
  30877. loss of substance is replaced by cicatricial tissue.
  30878.  
  30879. The repair of _Bone_, _Blood Vessels_, and _Peripheral Nerves_ is more
  30880. conveniently considered in the chapters dealing with these structures.
  30881.  
  30882. #Rate of Healing.#--While the rate at which wounds heal is remarkably
  30883. constant there are certain factors that influence it in one direction or
  30884. the other. Healing is more rapid when the edges are in contact, when
  30885. there is a minimum amount of blood-clot between them, when the patient
  30886. is in normal health and the vitality of the tissues has not been
  30887. impaired. Wounds heal slightly more quickly in the young than in the
  30888. old, although the difference is so small that it can only be
  30889. demonstrated by the most careful observations.
  30890.  
  30891. Certain tissues take longer to heal than others: for example, a fracture
  30892. of one of the larger long bones takes about six weeks to unite, and
  30893. divided nerve trunks take much longer--about a year.
  30894.  
  30895. Wounds of certain parts of the body heal more quickly than others: those
  30896. of the scalp, face, and neck, for example, heal more quickly than those
  30897. over the buttock or sacrum, probably because of their greater
  30898. vascularity.
  30899.  
  30900. The extent of the wound influences the rate of healing; it is only
  30901.  
  30902. natural that a long and deep wound should take longer to heal than a
  30903. short and superficial one, because there is so much more work to be
  30904. done in the conversion of blood-clot into granulation tissue, and this
  30905. again into scar tissue that will be strong enough to stand the strain on
  30906. the edges of the wound.
  30907.  
  30908.  
  30909. THE TRANSPLANTATION OR GRAFTING OF TISSUES
  30910.  
  30911. Conditions are not infrequently met with in which healing is promoted
  30912. and restoration of function made possible by the transference of a
  30913. portion of tissue from one part of the body to another; the tissue
  30914. transferred is known as the _graft_ or the _transplant_. The simplest
  30915. example of grafting is the transplantation of skin.
  30916.  
  30917. In order that the graft may survive and have a favourable chance of
  30918. "taking," as it is called, the transplanted tissue must retain its
  30919. vitality until it has formed an organic connection with the tissue in
  30920. which it is placed, so that it may derive the necessary nourishment from
  30921. its new bed. When these conditions are fulfilled the tissues of the
  30922. graft continue to proliferate, producing new tissue elements to replace
  30923. those that are lost and making it possible for the graft to become
  30924. incorporated with the tissue with which it is in contact.
  30925.  
  30926. Dead tissue, on the other hand, can do neither of these things; it is
  30927. only capable of acting as a model, or, at the most, as a scaffolding for
  30928. such mobile tissue elements as may be derived from, the parent tissue
  30929. with which the graft is in contact: a portion of sterilised marine
  30930. sponge, for example, may be observed to become permeated with
  30931. granulation tissue when it is embedded in the tissues.
  30932.  
  30933. A successful graft of living tissue is not only capable of regeneration,
  30934. but it acquires a system of lymph and blood vessels, so that in time it
  30935. bleeds when cut into, and is permeated by new nerve fibres spreading in
  30936. from the periphery towards the centre.
  30937.  
  30938. It is instructive to associate the period of survival of the different
  30939. tissues of the body after death, with their capacity of being used for
  30940. grafting purposes; the higher tissues such as those of the central
  30941. nervous system and highly specialised glandular tissues like those of
  30942. the kidney lose their vitality quickly after death and are therefore
  30943. useless for grafting; connective tissues, on the other hand, such as
  30944. fat, cartilage, and bone retain their vitality for several hours after
  30945. death, so that when they are transplanted, they readily "take" and do
  30946. all that is required of them: the same is true of the skin and its
  30947. appendages.
  30948.  
  30949. _Sources of Grafts._--It is convenient to differentiate between
  30950. _autoplastic_ grafts, that is those derived from the same individual;
  30951. _homoplastic_ grafts, derived from another animal of the same species;
  30952. and _heteroplastic_ grafts, derived from an animal of another species.
  30953. Other conditions being equal, the prospects of success are greatest with
  30954. autoplastic grafts, and these are therefore preferred whenever possible.
  30955.  
  30956. There are certain details making for success that merit attention: the
  30957. graft must not be roughly handled or allowed to dry, or be subjected to
  30958. chemical irritation; it must be brought into accurate contact with the
  30959. new soil, no blood-clot intervening between the two, no movement of the
  30960. one upon the other should be possible and all infection must be
  30961. excluded; it will be observed that these are exactly the same conditions
  30962. that permit of the primary healing of wounds, with which of course the
  30963. healing of grafts is exactly comparable.
  30964.  
  30965. _Preservation of Tissues for Grafting._--It was at one time believed
  30966. that tissues might be taken from the operating theatre and kept in cold
  30967. storage until they were required. It is now agreed that tissues which
  30968. have been separated from the body for some time inevitably lose their
  30969. vitality, become incapable of regeneration, and are therefore unsuited
  30970. for grafting purposes. If it is intended to preserve a portion of tissue
  30971. for future grafting, it should be embedded in the subcutaneous tissue of
  30972. the abdominal wall until it is wanted; this has been carried out with
  30973. portions of costal cartilage and of bone.
  30974.  
  30975.  
  30976. INDIVIDUAL TISSUES AS GRAFTS
  30977.  
  30978. #The Blood# lends itself in an ideal manner to transplantation, or, as
  30979. it has long been called, _transfusion_. Being always a homoplastic
  30980. transfer, the new blood is not always tolerated by the old, in which
  30981. case biochemical changes occur, resulting in haemolysis, which
  30982. corresponds to the disintegration of other unsuccessful homoplastic
  30983. grafts. (See article on Transfusion, _Op. Surg._, p. 37.)
  30984.  
  30985. #The Skin.#--The skin was the first tissue to be used for grafting
  30986. purposes, and it is still employed with greater frequency than any
  30987. other, as lesions causing defects of skin are extremely common and
  30988. without the aid of grafts are tedious in healing.
  30989.  
  30990. Skin grafts may be applied to a raw surface or to one that is covered
  30991. with granulations.
  30992.  
  30993. _Skin grafting of raw surfaces_ is commonly indicated after operations
  30994. for malignant disease in which considerable areas of skin must be
  30995. sacrificed, and after accidents, such as avulsion of the scalp by
  30996. machinery.
  30997.  
  30998. _Skin grafting of granulating surfaces_ is chiefly employed to promote
  30999. healing in the large defects of skin caused by severe burns; the
  31000. grafting is carried out when the surface is covered by a uniform layer
  31001. of healthy granulations and before the inevitable contraction of scar
  31002. tissue makes itself manifest. Before applying the grafts it is usual to
  31003. scrape away the granulations until the young fibrous tissue underneath
  31004. is exposed, but, if the granulations are healthy and can be rendered
  31005. aseptic, the grafts may be placed on them directly.
  31006.  
  31007. If it is decided to scrape away the granulations, the oozing must be
  31008. arrested by pressure with a pad of gauze, a sheet of dental rubber or
  31009. green protective is placed next the raw surface to prevent the gauze
  31010. adhering and starting the bleeding afresh when it is removed.
  31011.  
  31012. #Methods of Skin-Grafting.#--Two methods are employed: one in which the
  31013. epidermis is mainly or exclusively employed--epidermis or epithelial
  31014. grafting; the other, in which the graft consists of the whole thickness
  31015. of the true skin--cutis-grafting.
  31016.  
  31017. _Epidermis or Epithelial Grafting._--The method introduced by the late
  31018. Professor Thiersch of Leipsic is that almost universally practised. It
  31019. consists in transplanting strips of epidermis shaved from the surface of
  31020. the skin, the razor passing through the tips of the papillae, which
  31021. appear as tiny red points yielding a moderate ooze of blood.
  31022.  
  31023. The strips are obtained from the front and lateral aspects of the thigh
  31024. or upper arm, the skin in those regions being pliable and comparatively
  31025. free from hairs.
  31026.  
  31027. They are cut with a sharp hollow-ground razor or with Thiersch's
  31028. grafting knife, the blade of which is rinsed in alcohol and kept
  31029. moistened with warm saline solution. The cutting is made easier if the
  31030. skin is well stretched and kept flat and perfectly steady, the
  31031. operator's left hand exerting traction on the skin behind, the hands of
  31032. the assistant on the skin in front, one above and the other below the
  31033. seat of operation. To ensure uniform strips being cut, the razor is kept
  31034. parallel with the surface and used with a short, rapid, sawing movement,
  31035. so that, with a little practice, grafts six or eight inches long by one
  31036. or two inches broad can readily be cut. The patient is given a general
  31037. anaesthetic, or regional anaesthesia is obtained by injections of a
  31038. solution of one per cent. novocain into the line of the lateral and
  31039. middle cutaneous nerves; the disinfection of the skin is carried out on
  31040. the usual lines, any chemical agent being finally got rid of, however,
  31041. by means of alcohol followed by saline solution.
  31042.  
  31043. The strips of epidermis wrinkle up on the knife and are directly
  31044. transferred to the surface, for which they should be made to form a
  31045. complete carpet, slightly overlapping the edges of the area and of one
  31046. another; some blunt instrument is used to straighten out the strips,
  31047. which are then subjected to firm pressure with a pad of gauze to express
  31048. blood and air-bells and to ensure accurate contact, for this must be as
  31049. close as that between a postage stamp and the paper to which it is
  31050. affixed.
  31051.  
  31052. As a dressing for the grafted area and of that also from which the
  31053. grafts have been taken, gauze soaked in _liquid paraffin_--the patent
  31054. variety known as _ambrine_ is excellent--appears to be the best; the
  31055. gauze should be moistened every other day or so with fresh paraffin, so
  31056. that, at the end of a week, when the grafts should have united, the
  31057. gauze can be removed without risk of detaching them. _Dental wax_ is
  31058. another useful type of dressing; as is also _picric acid_ solution. Over
  31059. the gauze, there is applied a thick layer of cotton wool, and the whole
  31060. dressing is kept in place by a firmly applied bandage, and in the case
  31061. of the limbs some form of splint should be added to prevent movement.
  31062.  
  31063. A dressing may be dispensed with altogether, the grafts being protected
  31064. by a wire cage such as is used after vaccination, but they tend to dry
  31065. up and come to resemble a scab.
  31066.  
  31067. When the grafts have healed, it is well to protect them from injury and
  31068. to prevent them drying up and cracking by the liberal application of
  31069. lanoline or vaseline.
  31070.  
  31071. The new skin is at first insensitive and is fixed to the underlying
  31072. connective tissue or bone, but in course of time (from six weeks
  31073. onwards) sensation returns and the formation of elastic tissue beneath
  31074. renders the skin pliant and movable so that it can be pinched up between
  31075. the finger and thumb.
  31076.  
  31077. _Reverdin's_ method consists in planting out pieces of skin not bigger
  31078. than a pin-head over a granulating surface. It is seldom employed.
  31079.  
  31080. _Grafts of the Cutis Vera._--Grafts consisting of the entire thickness
  31081. of the true skin were specially advocated by Wolff and are often
  31082. associated with his name. They should be cut oval or spindle-shaped, to
  31083. facilitate the approximation of the edges of the resulting wound. The
  31084. graft should be cut to the exact size of the surface it is to cover;
  31085. Gillies believes that tension of the graft favours its taking. These
  31086. grafts may be placed either on a fresh raw surface or on healthy
  31087. granulations. It is sometimes an advantage to stitch them in position,
  31088. especially on the face. The dressing and the after-treatment are the
  31089. same as in epidermis grafting.
  31090.  
  31091. There is a degree of uncertainty about the graft retaining its vitality
  31092. long enough to permit of its deriving the necessary nourishment from its
  31093. new surroundings; in a certain number of cases the flap dies and is
  31094. thrown off as a slough--moist or dry according to the presence or
  31095. absence of septic infection.
  31096.  
  31097. The technique for cutis-grafting must be without a flaw, and the asepsis
  31098. absolute; there must not only be a complete absence of movement, but
  31099. there must be no traction on the flap that will endanger its blood
  31100. supply.
  31101.  
  31102. Owing to the uncertainty in the results of cutis-grafting the
  31103. _two-stage_ or _indirect method_ has been introduced, and its almost
  31104. uniform success has led to its sphere of application being widely
  31105. extended. The flap is raised as in the direct method but is left
  31106. attached at one of its margins for a period ranging from 14 to 21 days
  31107. until its blood supply from its new bed is assured; the detachment is
  31108. then made complete. The blood supply of the proposed flap may influence
  31109. its selection and the way in which it is fashioned; for example, a flap
  31110. cut from the side of the head to fill a defect in the cheek, having in
  31111. its margin of attachment or pedicle the superficial temporal artery, is
  31112. more likely to take than a flap cut with its base above.
  31113.  
  31114. Another modification is to raise the flap but leave it connected at both
  31115. ends like the piers of a bridge; this method is well suited to defects
  31116. of skin on the dorsum of the fingers, hand and forearm, the bridge of
  31117. skin is raised from the abdominal wall and the hand is passed beneath it
  31118. and securely fixed in position; after an interval of 14 to 21 days, when
  31119. the flap is assured of its blood supply, the piers of the bridge are
  31120. divided (Fig. 1). With undermining it is usually easy to bring the
  31121. edges of the gap in the abdominal wall together, even in children; the
  31122. skin flap on the dorsum of the hand appears rather thick and
  31123. prominent--almost like the pad of a boxing-glove--for some time, but
  31124. the restoration of function in the capacity to flex the fingers is
  31125. gratifying in the extreme.
  31126.  
  31127. [Illustration: FIG. 1.--Ulcer of back of Hand covered by flap of skin
  31128. raised from anterior abdominal wall. The lateral edges of the flap are
  31129. divided after the graft has adhered.]
  31130.  
  31131. The indirect element of this method of skin-grafting may be carried
  31132. still further by transferring the flap of skin first to one part of the
  31133. body and then, after it has taken, transferring it to a third part.
  31134. Gillies has especially developed this method in the remedying of
  31135. deformities of the face caused by gunshot wounds and by petrol burns in
  31136. air-men. A rectangular flap of skin is marked out in the neck and chest,
  31137. the lateral margins of the flap are raised sufficiently to enable them
  31138. to be brought together so as to form a tube of skin: after the
  31139. circulation has been restored, the lower end of the tube is detached and
  31140. is brought up to the lip or cheek, or eyelid, where it is wanted; when
  31141. this end has derived its new blood supply, the other end is detached
  31142. from the neck and brought up to where it is wanted. In this way, skin
  31143. from the chest may be brought up to form a new forehead and eyelids.
  31144.  
  31145. Grafts of _mucous membrane_ are used to cover defects in the lip, cheek,
  31146. and conjunctiva. The technique is similar to that employed in
  31147. skin-grafting; the sources of mucous membrane are limited and the
  31148. element of septic infection cannot always be excluded.
  31149.  
  31150. _Fat._--Adipose tissue has a low vitality, but it is easily retained and
  31151. it readily lends itself to transplantation. Portions of fat are often
  31152. obtainable at operations--from the omentum, for example, otherwise the
  31153. subcutaneous fat of the buttock is the most accessible; it may be
  31154. employed to fill up cavities of all kinds in order to obtain more rapid
  31155. and sounder healing and also to remedy deformity, as in filling up a
  31156. depression in the cheek or forehead. It is ultimately converted into
  31157. ordinary connective tissue _pari passu_ with the absorption of the fat.
  31158.  
  31159. The _fascia lata of the thigh_ is widely and successfully used as a
  31160. graft to fill defects in the dura mater, and interposed between the
  31161. bones of a joint--if the articular cartilage has been destroyed--to
  31162. prevent the occurrence of ankylosis.
  31163.  
  31164. The _peritoneum_ of hydrocele and hernial sacs and of the omentum
  31165. readily lends itself to transplantation.
  31166.  
  31167. _Cartilage and bone_, next to skin, are the tissues most frequently
  31168. employed for grafting purposes; their sphere of action is so extensive
  31169. and includes so much of technical detail in their employment, that they
  31170. will be considered later with the surgery of the bones and joints and
  31171. with the methods of re-forming the nose.
  31172.  
  31173. _Tendons and blood vessels_ readily lend themselves to transplantation
  31174. and will also be referred to later.
  31175.  
  31176. _Muscle and nerve_, on the other hand, do not retain their vitality when
  31177. severed from their surroundings and do not functionate as grafts except
  31178. for their connective-tissue elements, which it goes without saying are
  31179. more readily obtainable from other sources.
  31180.  
  31181. Portions of the _ovary_ and of the _thyreoid_ have been successfully
  31182. transplanted into the subcutaneous cellular tissue of the abdominal wall
  31183. by Tuffier and others. In these new surroundings, the ovary or thyreoid
  31184. is vascularised and has been shown to functionate, but there is not
  31185. sufficient regeneration of the essential tissue elements to "carry on";
  31186. the secreting tissue is gradually replaced by connective tissue and the
  31187. special function comes to an end. Even such temporary function may,
  31188. however, tide a patient over a difficult period.
  31189.  
  31190.  
  31191.  
  31192.  
  31193. CHAPTER II
  31194.  
  31195. CONDITIONS WHICH INTERFERE WITH REPAIR
  31196.  
  31197.  
  31198. SURGICAL BACTERIOLOGY
  31199.  
  31200. Want of rest--Irritation--Unhealthy tissues--Pathogenic bacteria.
  31201.     SURGICAL BACTERIOLOGY--General characters of
  31202.     bacteria--Classification of bacteria--Conditions of bacterial
  31203.     life--Pathogenic powers of bacteria--Results of bacterial
  31204.     growth--Death of bacteria--Immunity--Antitoxic sera--Identification
  31205.     of bacteria--Pyogenic bacteria.
  31206.  
  31207. In the management of wounds and other surgical conditions it is
  31208. necessary to eliminate various extraneous influences which tend to delay
  31209. or arrest the natural process of repair.
  31210.  
  31211. Of these, one of the most important is undue movement of the affected
  31212. part. "The first and great requisite for the restoration of injured
  31213. parts is _rest_," said John Hunter; and physiological and mechanical
  31214. rest as the chief of natural therapeutic agents was the theme of John
  31215. Hilton's classical work--_Rest and Pain_. In this connection it must be
  31216. understood that "rest" implies more than the mere state of physical
  31217. repose: all physiological as well as mechanical function must be
  31218. prevented as far as is possible. For instance, the constituent bones of
  31219. a joint affected with tuberculosis must be controlled by splints or
  31220. other appliances so that no movement can take place between them, and
  31221. the limb may not be used for any purpose; physiological rest may be
  31222. secured to an inflamed colon by making an artificial anus in the caecum;
  31223. the activity of a diseased kidney may be diminished by regulating the
  31224. quantity and quality of the fluids taken by the patient.
  31225.  
  31226. Another source of interference with repair in wounds is _irritation_,
  31227. either by mechanical agents such as rough, unsuitable dressings,
  31228. bandages, or ill-fitting splints; or by chemical agents in the form of
  31229. strong lotions or other applications.
  31230.  
  31231. An _unhealthy or devitalised condition of the patient's tissues_ also
  31232. hinders the reparative process. Bruised or lacerated skin heals less
  31233. kindly than skin cut with a smooth, sharp instrument; and persistent
  31234.  
  31235. venous congestion of a part, such as occurs, for example, in the leg
  31236. when the veins are varicose, by preventing the access of healthy blood,
  31237. tends to delay the healing of open wounds. The existence of grave
  31238. constitutional disease, such as Bright's disease, diabetes, syphilis,
  31239. scurvy, or alcoholism, also impedes healing.
  31240.  
  31241. Infection by disease-producing micro-organisms or _pathogenic bacteria_
  31242. is, however, the most potent factor in disturbing the natural process of
  31243. repair in wounds.
  31244.  
  31245.  
  31246. SURGICAL BACTERIOLOGY
  31247.  
  31248. The influence of micro-organisms in the causation of disease, and the
  31249. role played by them in interfering with the natural process of repair,
  31250. are so important that the science of applied bacteriology has now come
  31251. to dominate every department of surgery, and it is from the standpoint
  31252. of bacteriology that nearly all surgical questions have to be
  31253. considered.
  31254.  
  31255. The term _sepsis_ as now used in clinical surgery no longer retains its
  31256. original meaning as synonymous with "putrefaction," but is employed to
  31257. denote all conditions in which bacterial infection has taken place, and
  31258. more particularly those in which pyogenic bacteria are present. In the
  31259. same way the term _aseptic_ conveys the idea of freedom from all forms
  31260. of bacteria, putrefactive or otherwise; and the term _antiseptic_ is
  31261. used to denote a power of counteracting bacteria and their products.
  31262.  
  31263. #General Characters of Bacteria.#--A _bacterium_ consists of a finely
  31264. granular mass of protoplasm, enclosed in a thin gelatinous envelope.
  31265. Many forms are motile--some in virtue of fine thread-like flagella, and
  31266. others through contractility of the protoplasm. The great majority
  31267. multiply by simple fission, each parent cell giving rise to two daughter
  31268. cells, and this process goes on with extraordinary rapidity. Other
  31269. varieties, particularly bacilli, are propagated by the formation of
  31270. _spores_. A spore is a minute mass of protoplasm surrounded by a dense,
  31271. tough membrane, developed in the interior of the parent cell. Spores are
  31272. remarkable for their tenacity of life, and for the resistance they offer
  31273. to the action of heat and chemical germicides.
  31274.  
  31275. Bacteria are most conveniently classified according to their shape. Thus
  31276. we recognise (1) those that are globular--_cocci_; (2) those that
  31277. resemble a rod--_bacilli_; (3) the spiral or wavy forms--_spirilla_.
  31278.  
  31279. _Cocci_ or _micrococci_ are minute round bodies, averaging about 1 u in
  31280. diameter. The great majority are non-motile. They multiply by fission;
  31281. and when they divide in such a way that the resulting cells remain in
  31282. pairs, are called _diplococci_, of which the bacteria of gonorrhoea and
  31283. pneumonia are examples (Fig. 5). When they divide irregularly, and form
  31284. grape-like bunches, they are known as _staphylococci_, and to this
  31285.  
  31286. variety the commonest pyogenic or pus-forming organisms belong (Fig. 2).
  31287. When division takes place only in one axis, so that long chains are
  31288. formed, the term _streptococcus_ is applied (Fig. 3). Streptococci are
  31289. met with in erysipelas and various other inflammatory and suppurative
  31290. processes of a spreading character.
  31291.  
  31292. _Bacilli_ are rod-shaped bacteria, usually at least twice as long as
  31293. they are broad (Fig. 4). Some multiply by fission, others by
  31294. sporulation. Some forms are motile, others are non-motile. Tuberculosis,
  31295. tetanus, anthrax, and many other surgical diseases are due to different
  31296. forms of bacilli.
  31297.  
  31298. _Spirilla_ are long, slender, thread-like cells, more or less spiral or
  31299. wavy. Some move by a screw-like contraction of the protoplasm, some by
  31300. flagellae. The spirochaete associated with syphilis (Fig. 36) is the most
  31301. important member of this group.
  31302.  
  31303. #Conditions of Bacterial Life.#--Bacteria require for their growth and
  31304. development a suitable food-supply in the form of proteins,
  31305. carbohydrates, and salts of calcium and potassium which they break up
  31306. into simpler elements. An alkaline medium favours bacterial growth; and
  31307. moisture is a necessary condition; spores, however, can survive the want
  31308. of water for much longer periods than fully developed bacteria. The
  31309. necessity for oxygen varies in different species. Those that require
  31310. oxygen are known as _aerobic bacilli_ or _aerobes_; those that cannot
  31311. live in the presence of oxygen are spoken of as _anaerobes_. The great
  31312. majority of bacteria, however, while they prefer to have oxygen, are
  31313. able to live without it, and are called _facultative anaerobes_.
  31314.  
  31315. The most suitable temperature for bacterial life is from 95 o to 102 o F.,
  31316. roughly that of the human body. Extreme or prolonged cold paralyses but
  31317. does not kill micro-organisms. Few, however, survive being raised to a
  31318. temperature of 134 1/2 o F. Boiling for ten to twenty minutes will kill all
  31319. bacteria, and the great majority of spores. Steam applied in an
  31320. autoclave under a pressure of two atmospheres destroys even the most
  31321. resistant spores in a few minutes. Direct sunlight, electric light, or
  31322. even diffuse daylight, is inimical to the growth of bacteria, as are
  31323. also Rontgen rays and radium emanations.
  31324.  
  31325. #Pathogenic Properties of Bacteria.#--We are now only concerned with
  31326. pathogenic bacteria--that is, bacteria capable of producing disease in
  31327. the human subject. This capacity depends upon two sets of factors--(1)
  31328. certain features peculiar to the invading bacteria, and (2) others
  31329. peculiar to the host. Many bacteria have only the power of living upon
  31330. dead matter, and are known as _saphrophytes_. Such as do nourish in
  31331. living tissue are, by distinction, known as _parasites_. The power a
  31332. given parasitic micro-organism has of multiplying in the body and giving
  31333. rise to disease is spoken of as its _virulence_, and this varies not
  31334. only with different species, but in the same species at different times
  31335. and under varying circumstances. The actual number of organisms
  31336. introduced is also an important factor in determining their pathogenic
  31337. power. Healthy tissues can resist the invasion of a certain number of
  31338. bacteria of a given species, but when that number is exceeded, the
  31339. organisms get the upper hand and disease results. When the organisms
  31340. gain access directly to the blood-stream, as a rule they produce their
  31341. effects more certainly and with greater intensity than when they are
  31342. introduced into the tissues.
  31343.  
  31344. Further, the virulence of an organism is modified by the condition of
  31345. the patient into whose tissues it is introduced. So long as a person is
  31346. in good health, the tissues are able to resist the attacks of moderate
  31347. numbers of most bacteria. Any lowering of the vitality of the
  31348. individual, however, either locally or generally, at once renders him
  31349. more susceptible to infection. Thus bruised or torn tissue is much more
  31350. liable to infection with pus-producing organisms than tissues clean-cut
  31351. with a knife; also, after certain diseases, the liability to infection
  31352. by the organisms of diphtheria, pneumonia, or erysipelas is much
  31353. increased. Even such slight depression of vitality as results from
  31354. bodily fatigue, or exposure to cold and damp, may be sufficient to turn
  31355. the scale in the battle between the tissues and the bacteria. Age is an
  31356. important factor in regard to the action of certain bacteria. Young
  31357. subjects are attacked by diphtheria, tuberculosis, acute osteomyelitis,
  31358. and some other diseases with greater frequency and severity than those
  31359. of more advanced years.
  31360.  
  31361. In different races, localities, environment, and seasons, the pathogenic
  31362. powers of certain organisms, such as those of erysipelas, diphtheria,
  31363. and acute osteomyelitis, vary considerably.
  31364.  
  31365. There is evidence that a _mixed infection_--that is, the introduction of
  31366. more than one species of organism, for example, the tubercle bacillus
  31367. and a pyogenic staphylococcus--increases the severity of the resulting
  31368. disease. If one of the varieties gain the ascendancy, the poisons
  31369. produced by the others so devitalise the tissue cells, and diminish
  31370. their power of resistance, that the virulence of the most active
  31371. organisms is increased. On the other hand, there is reason to believe
  31372. that the products of certain organisms antagonise one another--for
  31373. example, an attack of erysipelas may effect the cure of a patch of
  31374. tuberculous lupus.
  31375.  
  31376. Lastly, in patients suffering from chronic wasting diseases, bacteria
  31377. may invade the internal organs by the blood-stream in enormous numbers
  31378. and with great rapidity, during the period of extreme debility which
  31379. shortly precedes death. The discovery of such collections of organisms
  31380. on post-mortem examination may lead to erroneous conclusions being drawn
  31381. as to the cause of death.
  31382.  
  31383. #Results of Bacterial Growth.#--Some organisms, such as those of tetanus
  31384. and erysipelas, and certain of the pyogenic bacteria, show little
  31385. tendency to pass far beyond the point at which they gain an entrance to
  31386. the body. Others, on the contrary--for example, the tubercle bacillus
  31387. and the organism of acute osteomyelitis--although frequently remaining
  31388. localised at the seat of inoculation, tend to pass to distant parts,
  31389. lodging in the capillaries of joints, bones, kidney, or lungs, and there
  31390. producing their deleterious effects.
  31391.  
  31392. In the human subject, multiplication in the blood-stream does not occur
  31393. to any great extent. In some general acute pyogenic infections, such as
  31394. osteomyelitis, cellulitis, etc., pure cultures of staphylococci or of
  31395. streptococci may be obtained from the blood. In pneumococcal and typhoid
  31396. infections, also, the organisms may be found in the blood.
  31397.  
  31398. It is by the vital changes they bring about in the parts where they
  31399. settle that micro-organisms disturb the health of the patient. In
  31400. deriving nourishment from the complex organic compounds in which they
  31401. nourish, the organisms evolve, probably by means of a ferment, certain
  31402. chemical products of unknown composition, but probably colloidal in
  31403. nature, and known as _toxins_. When these poisons are absorbed into the
  31404. general circulation they give rise to certain groups of symptoms--such
  31405. as rise of temperature, associated circulatory and respiratory
  31406. derangements, interference with the gastro-intestinal functions and also
  31407. with those of the nervous system--which go to make up the condition
  31408. known as blood-poisoning, toxaemia, or _bacterial intoxication_. In
  31409. addition to this, certain bacteria produce toxins that give rise to
  31410. definite and distinct groups of symptoms--such as the convulsions of
  31411. tetanus, or the paralyses that follow diphtheria.
  31412.  
  31413. _Death of Bacteria._--Under certain circumstances, it would appear that
  31414. the accumulation of the toxic products of bacterial action tends to
  31415. interfere with the continued life and growth of the organisms
  31416. themselves, and in this way the natural cure of certain diseases is
  31417. brought about. Outside the body, bacteria may be killed by starvation,
  31418. by want of moisture, by being subjected to high temperature, or by the
  31419. action of certain chemical agents of which carbolic acid, the
  31420. perchloride and biniodide of mercury, and various chlorine preparations
  31421. are the most powerful.
  31422.  
  31423. #Immunity.#--Some persons are insusceptible to infection by certain
  31424. diseases, from which they are said to enjoy a _natural immunity_. In
  31425. many acute diseases one attack protects the patient, for a time at
  31426. least, from a second attack--_acquired immunity_.
  31427.  
  31428. _Phagocytosis._--In the production of immunity the leucocytes and
  31429. certain other cells play an important part in virtue of the power they
  31430. possess of ingesting bacteria and of destroying them by a process of
  31431. intra-cellular digestion. To this process Metchnikoff gave the name of
  31432. _phagocytosis_, and he recognised two forms of _phagocytes_: (1) the
  31433. _microphages_, which are the polymorpho-nuclear leucocytes of the blood;
  31434. and (2) the _macrophages_, which include the larger hyaline leucocytes,
  31435. endothelial cells, and connective-tissue corpuscles.
  31436.  
  31437. During the process of phagocytosis, the polymorpho-nuclear leucocytes in
  31438. the circulating blood increase greatly in numbers (_leucocytosis_), as
  31439. well as in their phagocytic action, and in the course of destroying the
  31440. bacteria they produce certain ferments which enter the blood serum.
  31441. These are known as _opsonins_ or _alexins_, and they act on the bacteria
  31442. by a process comparable to narcotisation, and render them an easy prey
  31443. for the phagocytes.
  31444.  
  31445. _Artificial or Passive Immunity._--A form of immunity can be induced by
  31446. the introduction of protective substances obtained from an animal which
  31447. has been actively immunised. The process by which passive immunity is
  31448. acquired depends upon the fact that as a result of the reaction between
  31449. the specific virus of a particular disease (the _antigen_) and the
  31450. tissues of the animal attacked, certain substances--_antibodies_--are
  31451. produced, which when transferred to the body of a susceptible animal
  31452. protect it against that disease. The most important of these antibodies
  31453. are the _antitoxins_. From the study of the processes by which immunity
  31454. is secured against the effects of bacterial action the serum and vaccine
  31455. methods of treating certain infective diseases have been evolved. The
  31456. _serum treatment_ is designed to furnish the patient with a sufficiency
  31457. of antibodies to neutralise the infection. The anti-diphtheritic and the
  31458. anti-tetanic act by neutralising the specific toxins of the
  31459. disease--_antitoxic serums_; the anti-streptcoccic and the serum for
  31460. anthrax act upon the bacteria--_anti-bacterial serums_.
  31461.  
  31462. A _polyvalent_ serum, that is, one derived from an animal which has been
  31463. immunised by numerous strains of the organism derived from various
  31464. sources, is much more efficacious than when a single strain has been
  31465. used.
  31466.  
  31467. _Clinical Use of Serums._--Every precaution must be taken to prevent
  31468. organismal contamination of the serum or of the apparatus by means of
  31469. which it is injected. Syringes are so made that they can be sterilised
  31470. by boiling. The best situations for injection are under the skin of the
  31471. abdomen, the thorax, or the buttock, and the skin should be purified at
  31472. the seat of puncture. If the bulk of the full dose is large, it should
  31473. be divided and injected into different parts of the body, not more than
  31474. 20 c.c. being injected at one place. The serum may be introduced
  31475. directly into a vein, or into the spinal canal, _e.g._ anti-tetanic
  31476. serum. The immunity produced by injections of antitoxic sera lasts only
  31477. for a comparatively short time, seldom longer than a few weeks.
  31478.  
  31479. _"Serum Disease" and Anaphylaxis._--It is to be borne in mind that some
  31480. patients exhibit a supersensitiveness with regard to protective sera, an
  31481. injection being followed in a few days by the appearance of an
  31482. urticarial or erythematous rash, pain and swelling of the joints, and a
  31483. variable degree of fever. These symptoms, to which the name _serum
  31484. disease_ is applied, usually disappear in the course of a few days.
  31485.  
  31486. The term _anaphylaxis_ is applied to an allied condition of
  31487. supersensitiveness which appears to be induced by the injection of
  31488. certain substances, including toxins and sera, that are capable of
  31489. acting as antigens. When a second injection is given after an interval
  31490. of some days, if anaphylaxis has been established by the first dose, the
  31491. patient suddenly manifests toxic symptoms of the nature of profound
  31492. shock which may even prove fatal. The conditions which render a person
  31493. liable to develop anaphylaxis and the mechanism by which it is
  31494. established are as yet imperfectly understood.
  31495.  
  31496. _Vaccine Treatment._--The vaccine treatment elaborated by A. E. Wright
  31497. consists in injecting, while the disease is still active, specially
  31498. prepared dead cultures of the causative organisms, and is based on the
  31499. fact that these "vaccines" render the bacteria in the tissues less able
  31500. to resist the attacks of the phagocytes. The method is most successful
  31501. when the vaccine is prepared from organisms isolated from the patient
  31502. himself, _autogenous vaccine_, but when this is impracticable, or takes
  31503. a considerable time, laboratory-prepared polyvalent _stock vaccines_ may
  31504. be used.
  31505.  
  31506. _Clinical Use of Vaccines._--Vaccines should not be given while a
  31507. patient is in a negative phase, as a certain amount of the opsonin in
  31508. the blood is used up in neutralising the substances injected, and this
  31509. may reduce the opsonic index to such an extent that the vaccines
  31510. themselves become dangerous. As a rule, the propriety of using a vaccine
  31511. can be determined from the general condition of the patient. The initial
  31512. dose should always be a small one, particularly if the disease is acute,
  31513. and the subsequent dosage will be regulated by the effect produced. If
  31514. marked constitutional disturbance with rise of temperature follows the
  31515. use of a vaccine, it indicates a negative phase, and calls for a
  31516. diminution in the next dose. If, on the other hand, the local as well as
  31517. the general condition of the patient improves after the injection, it
  31518. indicates a positive phase, and the original dose may be repeated or
  31519. even increased. Vaccines are best introduced subcutaneously, a part
  31520. being selected which is not liable to pressure, as there is sometimes
  31521. considerable local reaction. Repeated doses may be necessary at
  31522. intervals of a few days.
  31523.  
  31524. The vaccine treatment has been successfully employed in various
  31525. tuberculous lesions, in pyogenic infections such as acne, boils,
  31526. sycosis, streptococcal, pneumococcal, and gonococcal conditions, in
  31527. infections of the accessory air sinuses, and in other diseases caused by
  31528. bacteria.
  31529.  
  31530.  
  31531. PYOGENIC BACTERIA
  31532.  
  31533. From the point of view of the surgeon the most important varieties of
  31534. micro-organisms are those that cause inflammation and suppuration--the
  31535. _pyogenic bacteria_. This group includes a great many species, and these
  31536. are so widely distributed that they are to be met with under all
  31537. conditions of everyday life.
  31538.  
  31539. The nature of the inflammatory and suppurative processes will be
  31540. considered in detail later; suffice it here to say that they are brought
  31541. about by the action of one or other of the organisms that we have now to
  31542. consider.
  31543.  
  31544. It is found that the _staphylococci_, which cluster into groups, tend to
  31545. produce localised lesions; while the chain-forms--_streptococci_--give
  31546. rise to diffuse, spreading conditions. Many varieties of pyogenic
  31547. bacteria have now been differentiated, the best known being the
  31548. staphylococcus aureus, the streptococcus, and the bacillus coli
  31549. communis.
  31550.  
  31551. [Illustration: FIG. 2.--Staphylococcus aureus in Pus from case of
  31552. Osteomyelitis. x 1000 diam. Gram's stain.]
  31553.  
  31554. _Staphylococcus Aureus._--This is the commonest organism found in
  31555. localised inflammatory and suppurative conditions. It varies greatly in
  31556. its virulence, and is found in such widely different conditions as skin
  31557. pustules, boils, carbuncles, and some acute inflammations of bone. As
  31558. seen by the microscope it occurs in grape-like clusters, fission of the
  31559. individual cells taking place irregularly (Fig. 2). When grown in
  31560. artificial media, the colonies assume an orange-yellow colour--hence the
  31561. name _aureus_. It is of high vitality and resists more prolonged
  31562. exposure to high temperatures than most non-sporing bacteria. It is
  31563. capable of lying latent in the tissues for long periods, for example, in
  31564. the marrow of long bones, and of again becoming active and causing a
  31565. fresh outbreak of suppuration. This organism is widely distributed: it
  31566. is found on the skin, in the mouth, and in other situations in the body,
  31567. and as it is present in the dust of the air and on all objects upon
  31568. which dust has settled, it is a continual source of infection unless
  31569. means are taken to exclude it from wounds.
  31570.  
  31571. The _staphylococcus albus_ is much less common than the aureus, but has
  31572. the same properties and characters, save that its growth on artificial
  31573. media assumes a white colour. It is the common cause of stitch
  31574. abscesses, the skin being its normal habitat.
  31575.  
  31576. [Illustration: FIG. 3.--Streptococci in Pus from an acute abscess in
  31577. subcutaneous tissue. x 1000 diam. Gram's stain.]
  31578.  
  31579. _Streptococcus Pyogenes._--This organism also varies greatly in its
  31580. virulence; in some instances--for example in erysipelas--it causes a
  31581. sharp attack of acute spreading inflammation, which soon subsides
  31582. without showing any tendency to end in suppuration; under other
  31583. conditions it gives rise to a generalised infection which rapidly proves
  31584. fatal. The streptococcus has less capacity of liquefying the tissues
  31585. than the staphylococcus, so that pus formation takes place more slowly.
  31586. At the same time its products are very potent in destroying the tissues
  31587. in their vicinity, and so interfering with the exudation of leucocytes
  31588. which would otherwise exercise their protective influence. Streptococci
  31589. invade the lymph spaces, and are associated with acute spreading
  31590. conditions such as phlegmonous or erysipelatous inflammations and
  31591. suppurations, lymphangitis and suppuration in lymph glands, and
  31592. inflammation of serous and synovial membranes, also with a form of
  31593. pneumonia which is prone to follow on severe operations in the mouth and
  31594. throat. Streptococci are also concerned in the production of spreading
  31595. gangrene and pyaemia.
  31596.  
  31597. Division takes place in one axis, so that chains of varying length are
  31598. formed (Fig. 3). It is less easily cultivated by artificial media than
  31599. the staphylococcus; it forms a whitish growth.
  31600.  
  31601. [Illustration: FIG. 4.--Bacillus coli communis in Urine, from a case of
  31602. Cystitis. x 1000 diam. Leishman's stain.]
  31603.  
  31604. _Bacillus Coli Communis._--This organism, which is a normal inhabitant
  31605. of the intestinal tract, shows a great tendency to invade any organ or
  31606. tissue whose vitality is lowered. It is causatively associated with such
  31607. conditions as peritonitis and peritoneal suppuration resulting from
  31608. strangulated hernia, appendicitis, or perforation in any part of the
  31609. alimentary canal. In cystitis, pyelitis, abscess of the kidney,
  31610. suppuration in the bile-ducts or liver, and in many other abdominal
  31611. conditions, it plays a most important part. The discharge from wounds
  31612. infected by this organism has usually a foetid, or even a faecal odour,
  31613. and often contains gases resulting from putrefaction.
  31614.  
  31615. It is a small rod-shaped organism with short flagellae, which render it
  31616. motile (Fig. 4). It closely resembles the typhoid bacillus, but is
  31617. distinguished from it by its behaviour in artificial culture media.
  31618.  
  31619. [Illustration: FIG. 5.--Fraenkel's Pneumococci in Pus from Empyema
  31620. following Pneumonia. x 100 diam. Stained with Muir's capsule stain.]
  31621.  
  31622. _Pneumo-bacteria._--Two forms of organism associated with
  31623. pneumonia--_Fraenkel's pneumococcus_ (one of the diplococci) (Fig. 5)
  31624. and _Friedlander's pneumo-bacillus_ (a short rod-shaped form)--are
  31625. frequently met with in inflammations of the serous and synovial
  31626. membranes, in suppuration in the liver, and in various other
  31627. inflammatory and suppurative conditions.
  31628.  
  31629. _Bacillus Typhosus._--This organism has been found in pure culture in
  31630. suppurative conditions of bone, of cellular tissue, and of internal
  31631. organs, especially during convalescence from typhoid fever. Like the
  31632. staphylococcus, it is capable of lying latent in the tissues for long
  31633. periods.
  31634.  
  31635. _Other Pyogenic Bacteria._--It is not necessary to do more than name
  31636. some of the other organisms that are known to be pyogenic, such as the
  31637. bacillus pyocyaneus, which is found in green and blue pus, the
  31638. micrococcus tetragenus, the gonococcus, actinomyces, the glanders
  31639. bacillus, and the tubercle bacillus. Most of these will receive further
  31640. mention in connection with the diseases to which they give rise.
  31641.  
  31642. #Leucocytosis.#--Most bacterial diseases, as well as certain other
  31643. pathological conditions, are associated with an increase in the number
  31644. of leucocytes in the blood throughout the circulatory system. This
  31645. condition of the blood, which is known as _leucocytosis_, is believed to
  31646. be due to an excessive output and rapid formation of leucocytes by the
  31647. bone marrow, and it probably has as its object the arrest and
  31648. destruction of the invading organisms or toxins. To increase the
  31649. resisting power of the system to pathogenic organisms, an artificial
  31650. leucocytosis may be induced by subcutaneous injection of a solution of
  31651. nucleinate of soda (16 minims of a 5 per cent. solution).
  31652.  
  31653. The _normal_ number of leucocytes per cubic millimetre varies in
  31654. different individuals, and in the same individual under different
  31655. conditions, from 5000 to 10,000: 7500 is a normal average, and anything
  31656. above 12,000 is considered abnormal. When leucocytosis is present, the
  31657. number may range from 12,000 to 30,000 or even higher; 40,000 is looked
  31658. upon as a high degree of leucocytosis. According to Ehrlich, the
  31659. following may be taken as the standard proportion of the various forms
  31660. of leucocytes in normal blood: polynuclear neutrophile leucocytes, 70 to
  31661. 72 per cent.; lymphocytes, 22 to 25 per cent.; eosinophile cells, 2 to 4
  31662. per cent.; large mononuclear and transitional leucocytes, 2 to 4 per
  31663. cent.; mast-cells, 0.5 to 2 per cent.
  31664.  
  31665. In estimating the clinical importance of a leucocytosis, it is not
  31666. sufficient merely to count the aggregate number of leucocytes present. A
  31667. differential count must be made to determine which variety of cells is
  31668. in excess. In the majority of surgical affections it is chiefly the
  31669. granular polymorpho-nuclear neutrophile leucocytes that are in excess
  31670. (_ordinary leucocytosis_). In some cases, and particularly in parasitic
  31671. diseases such as trichiniasis and hydatid disease, the eosinophile
  31672. leucocytes also show a proportionate increase (_eosinophilia_). The term
  31673. _lymphocytosis_ is applied when there is an increase in the number of
  31674. circulating lymphocytes, as occurs, for example, in lymphatic leucaemia,
  31675. and in certain cases of syphilis.
  31676.  
  31677. Leucocytosis is met with in nearly all acute infective diseases, and in
  31678. acute pyogenic inflammatory affections, particularly in those attended
  31679. with suppuration. In exceptionally acute septic conditions the extreme
  31680. virulence of the toxins may prevent the leucocytes reacting, and
  31681. leucocytosis may be absent. The absence of leucocytosis in a disease in
  31682. which it is usually present is therefore to be looked upon as a grave
  31683. omen, particularly when the general symptoms are severe. In some cases
  31684. of malignant disease the number of leucocytes is increased to 15,000 or
  31685. 20,000. A few hours after a severe haemorrhage also there is usually a
  31686. leucocytosis of from 15,000 to 30,000, which lasts for three or four
  31687. days (Lyon). In cases of haemorrhage the leucocytosis is increased by
  31688. infusion of fluids into the circulation. After all operations there is
  31689. at least a transient leucocytosis (_post-operative leucocytosis_)
  31690. (F. I. Dawson).
  31691.  
  31692. The leucocytosis begins soon after the infection manifests itself--for
  31693. example, by shivering, rigor, or rise of temperature. The number of
  31694. leucocytes rises somewhat rapidly, increases while the condition is
  31695. progressing, and remains high during the febrile period, but there is no
  31696. constant correspondence between the number of leucocytes and the height
  31697. of the temperature. The arrest of the inflammation and its resolution
  31698. are accompanied by a fall in the number of leucocytes, while the
  31699. occurrence of suppuration is attended with a further increase in their
  31700. number.
  31701.  
  31702. In interpreting the "blood count," it is to be kept in mind that a
  31703. _physiological leucocytosis_ occurs within three or four hours of taking
  31704. a meal, especially one rich in proteins, from 1500 to 2000 being added
  31705. to the normal number. In this _digestion leucocytosis_ the increase is
  31706. chiefly in the polynuclear neutrophile leucocytes. Immediately before
  31707. and after delivery, particularly in primiparae, there is usually a
  31708. moderate degree of leucocytosis. If the labour is normal and the
  31709. puerperium uncomplicated, the number of leucocytes regains the normal in
  31710. about a week. Lactation has no appreciable effect on the number of
  31711. leucocytes. In new-born infants the leucocyte count is abnormally high,
  31712. ranging from 15,000 to 20,000. In children under one year of age, the
  31713. normal average is from 10,000 to 20,000.
  31714.  
  31715. _Absence of Leucocytosis--Leucopenia._--In certain infective diseases
  31716. the number of leucocytes in the circulating blood is abnormally
  31717. low--3000 or 4000--and this condition is known as _leucopenia_. It
  31718. occurs in typhoid fever, especially in the later stages of the disease,
  31719. in tuberculous lesions unaccompanied by suppuration, in malaria, and in
  31720. most cases of uncomplicated influenza. The occurrence of leucocytosis in
  31721. any of these conditions is to be looked upon as an indication that a
  31722. mixed infection has taken place, and that some suppurative process is
  31723. present.
  31724.  
  31725. The absence of leucocytosis in some cases of virulent septic poisoning
  31726. has already been referred to.
  31727.  
  31728. It will be evident that too much reliance must not be placed upon a
  31729. single observation, particularly in emergency cases. Whenever possible,
  31730. a series of observations should be made, the blood being examined about
  31731. four hours after meals, and about the same hour each day.
  31732.  
  31733. The clinical significance of the blood count in individual diseases will
  31734. be further referred to.
  31735.  
  31736. _The Iodine or Glycogen Reaction._--The leucocyte count may be
  31737. supplemented by staining films of the blood with a watery solution of
  31738. iodine and potassium iodide. In all advancing purulent conditions, in
  31739. septic poisonings, in pneumonia, and in cancerous growths associated
  31740. with ulceration, a certain number of the polynuclear leucocytes are
  31741. stained a brown or reddish-brown colour, due to the action of the iodine
  31742. on some substance in the cells of the nature of glycogen. This reaction
  31743. is absent in serous effusions, in unmixed tuberculous infections, in
  31744. uncomplicated typhoid fever, and in the early stages of cancerous
  31745. growths.
  31746.  
  31747.  
  31748.  
  31749.  
  31750. CHAPTER III
  31751.  
  31752. INFLAMMATION
  31753.  
  31754.  
  31755. Definition--Nature of inflammation from surgical point of
  31756.     view--Sequence of changes in bacterial inflammation--Clinical
  31757.     aspects of inflammation--General principles of treatment--Chronic
  31758.     inflammation.
  31759.  
  31760. Inflammation may be defined as the series of vital changes that occurs
  31761. in the tissues in response to irritation. These changes represent the
  31762. reaction of the tissue elements to the irritant, and constitute the
  31763. attempt made by nature to arrest or to limit its injurious effects, and
  31764. to repair the damage done by it.
  31765.  
  31766. The phenomena which characterise the inflammatory reaction can be
  31767. induced by any form of irritation--such, for example, as mechanical
  31768. injury, the application of heat or of chemical substances, or the action
  31769. of pathogenic bacteria and their toxins--and they are essentially
  31770. similar in kind whatever the irritant may be. The extent to which the
  31771. process may go, however, and its effects on the part implicated and on
  31772. the system as a whole, vary with different irritants and with the
  31773. intensity and duration of their action. A mechanical, a thermal, or a
  31774. chemical irritant, acting alone, induces a degree of reaction directly
  31775. proportionate to its physical properties, and so long as it does not
  31776. completely destroy the vitality of the part involved, the changes in the
  31777. tissues are chiefly directed towards repairing the damage done to the
  31778. part, and the inflammatory reaction is not only compatible with the
  31779. occurrence of ideal repair, but may be looked upon as an integral step
  31780. in the reparative process.
  31781.  
  31782. The irritation caused by infection with bacteria, on the other hand, is
  31783. cumulative, as the organisms not only multiply in the tissues, but in
  31784. addition produce chemical poisons (toxins) which aggravate the
  31785. irritative effects. The resulting reaction is correspondingly
  31786. progressive, and has as its primary object the expulsion of the irritant
  31787. and the limitation of its action. If the natural protective effort is
  31788. successful, the resulting tissue changes subserve the process of repair,
  31789. but if the bacteria gain the upper hand in the struggle, the
  31790. inflammatory reaction becomes more intense, certain of the tissue
  31791. elements succumb, and the process for the time being is a destructive
  31792. one. During the stage of bacterial inflammation, reparative processes
  31793. are in abeyance, and it is only after the inflammation has been allayed,
  31794. either by natural means or by the aid of the surgeon, that repair takes
  31795. place.
  31796.  
  31797. In applying the antiseptic principle to the treatment of wounds, our
  31798. main object is to exclude or to eliminate the bacterial factor, and so
  31799. to prevent the inflammatory reaction going beyond the stage in which it
  31800. is protective, and just in proportion as we succeed in attaining this
  31801. object, do we favour the occurrence of ideal repair.
  31802.  
  31803. #Sequence of Changes in Bacterial Inflammation.#--As the form of
  31804. inflammation with which we are most concerned is that due to the action
  31805. of bacteria, in describing the process by which the protective influence
  31806. of the inflammatory reaction is brought into play, we shall assume the
  31807. presence of a bacterial irritant.
  31808.  
  31809. The introduction of a colony of micro-organisms is quickly followed by
  31810. an accumulation of wandering cells, and proliferation of
  31811. connective-tissue cells in the tissues at the site of infection. The
  31812. various cells are attracted to the bacteria by a peculiar chemical or
  31813. biological power known as _chemotaxis_, which seems to result from
  31814. variations in the surface tension of different varieties of cells,
  31815. probably caused by some substance produced by the micro-organisms.
  31816. Changes in the blood vessels then ensue, the arteries becoming dilated
  31817. and the rate of the current in them being for a time increased--_active
  31818. hyperaemia_. Soon, however, the rate of the blood flow becomes slower
  31819. than normal, and in course of time the current may cease (_stasis_), and
  31820. the blood in the vessels may even coagulate (_thrombosis_). Coincidently
  31821. with these changes in the vessels, the leucocytes in the blood of the
  31822. inflamed part rapidly increase in number, and they become viscous and
  31823. adhere to the vessel wall, where they may accumulate in large numbers.
  31824. In course of time the leucocytes pass through the vessel
  31825. wall--_emigration of leucocytes_--and move towards the seat of
  31826. infection, giving rise to a marked degree of _local leucocytosis_.
  31827. Through the openings by which the leucocytes have escaped from the
  31828. vessels, red corpuscles may be passively extruded--_diapedesis of red
  31829. corpuscles_. These processes are accompanied by changes in the
  31830. endothelium of the vessel walls, which result in an increased formation
  31831. of lymph, which transudes into the meshes of the connective tissue
  31832. giving rise to an _inflammatory oedema_, or, if the inflammation is on a
  31833. free surface, forming an _inflammatory exudate_. The quantity and
  31834. characters of this exudate vary in different parts of the body, and
  31835. according to the nature, virulence, and location of the organisms
  31836. causing the inflammation. Thus it may be _serous_, as in some forms of
  31837. synovitis; _sero-fibrinous_, as in certain varieties of peritonitis, the
  31838. fibrin tending to limit the spread of the inflammation by forming
  31839. adhesions; _croupous_, when it coagulates on a free surface and forms a
  31840. false membrane, as in diphtheria; _haemorrhagic_ when mixed with blood;
  31841. or _purulent_, when suppuration has occurred. The protective effects of
  31842. the inflammatory reaction depend for the most part upon the transudation
  31843. of lymph and the emigration of leucocytes. The lymph contains the
  31844. opsonins which act on the bacteria and render them less able to resist
  31845. the attack of the phagocytes, as well as the various protective
  31846. antibodies which neutralise the toxins. The polymorph leucocytes are the
  31847. principal agents in the process of phagocytosis (p. 22), and together
  31848. with the other forms of phagocytes they ingest and destroy the bacteria.
  31849.  
  31850. If the attempt to repel the invading organisms is successful, the
  31851. irritant effects are overcome, the inflammation is arrested, and
  31852. _resolution_ is said to take place.
  31853.  
  31854. Certain of the vascular and cellular changes are now utilised to restore
  31855. the condition to the normal, and _repair_ ensues after the manner
  31856. already described. In certain situations, notably in tendon sheaths, in
  31857. the cavities of joints, and in the interior of serous cavities, for
  31858. example the pleura and peritoneum, the restoration to the normal is not
  31859. perfect, adhesions forming between the opposing surfaces.
  31860.  
  31861. If, however, the reaction induced by the infection is insufficient to
  31862. check the growth and spread of the organisms, or to inhibit their toxin
  31863. production, local necrosis of tissue may take place, either in the form
  31864. of suppuration or of gangrene, or the toxins absorbed into the
  31865. circulation may produce blood-poisoning, which may even prove fatal.
  31866.  
  31867. #Clinical Aspects of Inflammation.#--It must clearly be understood that
  31868. inflammation is not to be looked upon as a disease in itself, but rather
  31869. as an evidence of some infective process going on in the tissues in
  31870. which it occurs, and of an effort on the part of these tissues to
  31871. overcome the invading organisms and their products. The chief danger to
  31872. the patient lies, not in the reactive changes that constitute the
  31873. inflammatory process, but in the fact that he is liable to be poisoned
  31874. by the toxins of the bacteria at work in the inflamed area.
  31875.  
  31876. Since the days of Celsus (first century A.D.), heat, redness, swelling,
  31877. and pain have been recognised as cardinal signs of inflammation, and to
  31878. these may be added, interference with function in the inflamed part, and
  31879. general constitutional disturbance. Variations in these signs and
  31880. symptoms depend upon the acuteness of the condition, the nature of the
  31881. causative organism and of the tissue attacked, the situation of the part
  31882. in relation to the surface, and other factors.
  31883.  
  31884. The _heat_ of the inflamed part is to be attributed to the increased
  31885. quantity of blood present in it, and the more superficial the affected
  31886. area the more readily is the local increase of temperature detected by
  31887. the hand. This clinical point is best tested by placing the palm of the
  31888. hand and fingers for a few seconds alternately over an uninflamed and an
  31889. inflamed area, otherwise under similar conditions as to coverings and
  31890. exposure. In this way even slight differences may be recognised.
  31891.  
  31892. _Redness_, similarly, is due to the increased afflux of blood to the
  31893. inflamed part. The shade of colour varies with the stage of the
  31894. inflammation, being lighter and brighter in the early, hyperaemic stages,
  31895. and darker and duskier when the blood flow is slowed or when stasis has
  31896. occurred and the oxygenation of the blood is defective. In the
  31897. thrombotic stage the part may assume a purplish hue.
  31898.  
  31899. The _swelling_ is partly due to the increased amount of blood in the
  31900. affected part and to the accumulation of leucocytes and proliferated
  31901. tissue cells, but chiefly to the exudate in the connective
  31902. tissue--_inflammatory oedema_. The more open the structure of the tissue
  31903. of the part, the greater is the amount of swelling--witness the marked
  31904. degree of oedema that occurs in such parts as the scrotum or the eyelids.
  31905.  
  31906. _Pain_ is a symptom seldom absent in inflammation. _Tenderness_--that
  31907. is, pain elicited on pressure--is one of the most valuable diagnostic
  31908. signs we possess, and is often present before pain is experienced by the
  31909. patient. That the area of tenderness corresponds to the area of
  31910. inflammation is almost an axiom of surgery. Pain and tenderness are due
  31911. to the irritation of nerve filaments of the part, rendered all the more
  31912. sensitive by the abnormal conditions of their blood supply. In
  31913. inflammatory conditions of internal organs, for example the abdominal
  31914. viscera, the pain is frequently referred to other parts, usually to an
  31915. area supplied by branches from the same segment of the cord as that
  31916. supplying the inflamed part.
  31917.  
  31918. For purposes of diagnosis, attention should be paid to the terms in
  31919. which the patient describes his pain. For example, the pain caused by
  31920. an inflammation of the skin is usually described as of a _burning_ or
  31921. _itching_ character; that of inflammation in dense tissues like
  31922. periosteum or bone, or in encapsuled organs, as _dull_, _boring_, or
  31923. _aching_. When inflammation is passing on to suppuration the pain
  31924. assumes a _throbbing_ character, and as the pus reaches the surface, or
  31925. "points," as it is called, sharp, _darting_, or _lancinating_ pains are
  31926. experienced. Inflammation involving a nerve-trunk may cause a _boring_
  31927. or a _tingling_ pain; while the implication of a serous membrane such as
  31928. the pleura or peritoneum gives rise to a pain of a sharp, _stabbing_
  31929. character.
  31930.  
  31931. _Interference with the function_ of the inflamed part is always present
  31932. to a greater or less extent.
  31933.  
  31934. #Constitutional Disturbances.#--Under the term constitutional
  31935. disturbances are included the presence of fever or elevation of
  31936. temperature; certain changes in the pulse rate and the respiration;
  31937. gastro-intestinal and urinary disturbances; and derangements of the
  31938. central nervous system. These are all due to the absorption of toxins
  31939. into the general circulation.
  31940.  
  31941. _Temperature._--A marked rise of temperature is one of the most constant
  31942. and important concomitants of acute inflammatory conditions, and the
  31943. temperature chart forms a fairly reliable index of the state of the
  31944. patient. The toxins interfere with the nerve-centres in the medulla that
  31945. regulate the balance between the production and the loss of body heat.
  31946.  
  31947. Clinically the temperature is estimated by means of a self-registering
  31948. thermometer placed, for from one to five minutes, in close contact with
  31949. the skin in the axilla, or in the mouth. Sometimes the thermometer is
  31950. inserted into the rectum, where, however, the temperature is normally
  31951. 3/4 o F. higher than in the axilla.
  31952.  
  31953. _In health_ the temperature of the body is maintained at a mean of about
  31954. 98.4 o F. (37 o C.) by the heat-regulating mechanism. It varies from hour
  31955. to hour even in health, reaching its maximum between four and eight in
  31956. the evening, when it may rise to 99 o F., and is at its lowest between
  31957. four and six in the morning, when it may be about 97 o F.
  31958.  
  31959. The temperature is more easily disturbed in children than in adults, and
  31960. may become markedly elevated (104 o or 105 o F.) from comparatively slight
  31961. causes; in the aged it is less liable to change, so that a rise to 103 o
  31962. or 104 o F. is to be looked upon as indicating a high state of fever.
  31963.  
  31964. A sudden rise of temperature is usually associated with a feeling of
  31965. chilliness down the back and in the limbs, which may be so marked that
  31966. the patient shivers violently, while the skin becomes cold, pale, and
  31967. shrivelled--_cutis anserina_. This is a nervous reaction due to a want
  31968. of correspondence between the internal and the surface temperature of
  31969. the body, and is known clinically as a _rigor_. When the temperature
  31970. rises gradually the chill is usually slight and may be unobserved. Even
  31971. during the cold stage, however, the internal temperature is already
  31972. raised, and by the time the chill has passed off its maximum has been
  31973. reached.
  31974.  
  31975. The _pulse_ is always increased in frequency, and usually varies
  31976. directly with the height of the temperature. _Respiration_ is more
  31977. active during the progress of an inflammation; and bronchial catarrh is
  31978. common apart from any antecedent respiratory disease.
  31979.  
  31980. _Gastro-intestinal disturbances_ take the form of loss of appetite,
  31981. vomiting, diminished secretion of the alimentary juices, and weakening
  31982. of the peristalsis of the bowel, leading to thirst, dry, furred tongue,
  31983. and constipation. Diarrhoea is sometimes present. The _urine_ is usually
  31984. scanty, of high specific gravity, rich in nitrogenous substances,
  31985. especially urea and uric acid, and in calcium salts, while sodium
  31986. chloride is deficient. Albumin and hyaline casts may be present in cases
  31987. of severe inflammation with high temperature. The significance of
  31988. general _leucocytosis_ has already been referred to.
  31989.  
  31990. #General Principles of Treatment.#--The capacity of the inflammatory
  31991. reaction for dealing with bacterial infections being limited, it often
  31992. becomes necessary for the surgeon to aid the natural defensive
  31993. processes, as well as to counteract the local and general effects of the
  31994. reaction, and to relieve symptoms.
  31995.  
  31996. The ideal means of helping the tissues is by removing the focus of
  31997. infection, and when this can be done, as for example in a carbuncle or
  31998. an anthrax pustule, the infected area may be completely excised. When
  31999. the focus is not sufficiently limited to admit of this, the infected
  32000. tissue may be scraped away with the sharp spoon, or destroyed by
  32001. caustics or by the actual cautery. If this is inadvisable, the organisms
  32002. may be attacked by strong antiseptics, such as pure carbolic acid.
  32003.  
  32004. Moist dressings favour the removal of bacteria by promoting the escape
  32005. of the inflammatory exudate, in which they are washed out.
  32006.  
  32007. #Artificial Hyperaemia.#--When such direct means as the above are
  32008. impracticable, much can be done to aid the tissues in their struggle by
  32009. improving the condition of the circulation in the inflamed area, so as
  32010. to ensure that a plentiful supply of fresh arterial blood reaches it.
  32011. The beneficial effects of _hot fomentations and poultices_ depend on
  32012. their causing a dilatation of the vessels, and so inducing a hyperaemia
  32013. in the affected area. It has been shown experimentally that repeated,
  32014. short applications of moist heat (not exceeding 106 o F.) are more
  32015. efficacious than continuous application. It is now believed that the
  32016. so-called _counter-irritants_--mustard, iodine, cantharides, actual
  32017. cautery--act in the same way; and the method of treating erysipelas by
  32018. applying a strong solution of iodine around the affected area is based
  32019. on the same principle.
  32020.  
  32021. [Illustration: FIG. 6.--Passive Hyperaemia of Hand and Forearm induced by
  32022. Bier's Bandage.]
  32023.  
  32024. While these and similar methods have long been employed in the treatment
  32025. of inflammatory conditions, it is only within comparatively recent years
  32026. that their mode of action has been properly understood, and to August
  32027. Bier belongs the credit of having put the treatment of inflammation on a
  32028. scientific and rational basis. Recognising the "beneficent intention" of
  32029. the inflammatory reaction, and the protective action of the leucocytosis
  32030. which accompanies the hyperaemic stages of the process, Bier was led to
  32031. study the effects of increasing the hyperaemia by artificial means. As a
  32032. result of his observations, he has formulated a method of treatment
  32033. which consists in inducing an artificial hyperaemia in the inflamed area,
  32034. either by obstructing the venous return from the part (_passive
  32035. hyperaemia_), or by stimulating the arterial flow through it (_active
  32036. hyperaemia_).
  32037.  
  32038. _Bier's Constricting Bandage._--To induce a _passive hyperaemia_ in a
  32039. limb, an elastic bandage is applied some distance above the inflamed
  32040. area sufficiently tightly to obstruct the venous return from the distal
  32041. parts without arresting in any way the inflow of arterial blood (Fig. 6).
  32042. If the constricting band is correctly applied, the parts beyond
  32043. become swollen and oedematous, and assume a bluish-red hue, but they
  32044. retain their normal temperature, the pulse is unchanged, and there is no
  32045. pain. If the part becomes blue, cold, or painful, or if any existing
  32046. pain is increased, the band has been applied too tightly. The hyperaemia
  32047. is kept up from twenty to twenty-two hours out of the twenty-four, and
  32048. in the intervals the limb is elevated to get rid of the oedema and to
  32049. empty it of impure blood, and so make room for a fresh supply of healthy
  32050. blood when the bandage is re-applied. As the inflammation subsides, the
  32051. period during which the band is kept on each day is diminished; but the
  32052. treatment should be continued for some days after all signs of
  32053. inflammation have subsided.
  32054.  
  32055. This method of treating acute inflammatory conditions necessitates
  32056. close supervision until the correct degree of tightness of the band has
  32057. been determined.
  32058.  
  32059. [Illustration: FIG. 7.--Passive Hyperaemia of Finger induced by Klapp's
  32060. Suction Bell.]
  32061.  
  32062. _Klapp's Suction Bells._--In inflammatory conditions to which the
  32063. constricting band cannot be applied, as for example an acute mastitis, a
  32064. bubo in the groin, or a boil on the neck, the affected area may be
  32065. rendered hyperaemic by an appropriately shaped glass bell applied over it
  32066. and exhausted by means of a suction-pump, the rarefaction of the air in
  32067. the bell determining a flow of blood into the tissues enclosed within it
  32068. (Figs. 7 and 8). The edge of the bell is smeared with vaseline, and the
  32069. suction applied for from five to ten minutes at a time, with a
  32070. corresponding interval between the applications. Each sitting lasts for
  32071. from half an hour to an hour, and the treatment may be carried out once
  32072. or twice a day according to circumstances. This apparatus acts in the
  32073. same way as the old-fashioned _dry cup_, and is more convenient and
  32074. equally efficacious.
  32075.  
  32076. [Illustration: FIG. 8.--Passive Hyperaemia induced by Klapp's Suction
  32077. Bell for Inflammation of Inguinal Gland.]
  32078.  
  32079. _Active hyperaemia_ is induced by the local application of heat,
  32080. particularly by means of hot air. It has not proved so useful in acute
  32081. inflammation as passive hyperaemia, but is of great value in hastening
  32082. the absorption of inflammatory products and in overcoming adhesions and
  32083. stiffness in tendons and joints.
  32084.  
  32085. _General Treatment._--The patient should be kept at rest, preferably in
  32086. bed, to diminish the general tissue waste; and the diet should be
  32087. restricted to fluids, such as milk, beef-tea, meat juices or gruel, and
  32088. these may be rendered more easily assimilable by artificial digestion if
  32089. necessary. To counteract the general effect of toxins absorbed into
  32090. the circulation, specific antitoxic sera are employed in certain forms
  32091. of infection, such as diphtheria, streptococcal septicaemia, and tetanus.
  32092. In other forms of infection, vaccines are employed to increase the
  32093. opsonic power of the blood. When such means are not available, the
  32094. circulating toxins may to some extent be diluted by giving plenty of
  32095. bland fluids by the mouth or normal salt solution by the rectum.
  32096.  
  32097. The elimination of the toxins is promoted by securing free action of the
  32098. emunctories. A saline purge, such as half an ounce of sulphate of
  32099. magnesium in a small quantity of water, ensures a free evacuation of the
  32100. bowels. The kidneys are flushed by such diluent drinks as equal parts of
  32101. milk and lime water, or milk with a dram of liquor calcis saccharatus
  32102. added to each tumblerful. Barley-water and "Imperial drink," which
  32103. consists of a dram and a half of cream of tartar added to a pint of
  32104. boiling water and sweetened with sugar after cooling, are also useful
  32105. and non-irritating diuretics. The skin may be stimulated by Dover's
  32106. powder (10 grains) or liquor ammoniae acetatis in three-dram doses every
  32107. four hours.
  32108.  
  32109. Various drugs administered internally, such as quinine, salol,
  32110. salicylate of iron, and others, have a reputation, more or less
  32111. deserved, as internal antiseptics.
  32112.  
  32113. Weakness of the heart, as indicated by the condition of the pulse, is
  32114. treated by the use of such drugs as digitalis, strophanthus, or
  32115. strychnin, according to circumstances.
  32116.  
  32117. Gastro-intestinal disturbances are met by ordinary medical means.
  32118. Vomiting, for example, can sometimes be checked by effervescing drinks,
  32119. such as citrate of caffein, or by dilute hydrocyanic acid and bismuth.
  32120. In severe cases, and especially when the vomited matter resembles
  32121. coffee-grounds from admixture with altered blood--the so-called
  32122. post-operative haematemesis--the best means of arresting the vomiting is
  32123. by washing out the stomach. Thirst is relieved by rectal injections of
  32124. saline solution. The introduction of saline solution into the veins or
  32125. by the rectum is also useful in diluting and hastening the elimination
  32126. of circulating toxins.
  32127.  
  32128. In surgical inflammations, as a rule, nothing is gained by lowering the
  32129. temperature, unless at the same time the cause is removed. When severe
  32130. or prolonged pyrexia becomes a source of danger, the use of hot or cold
  32131. sponging, or even the cold bath, is preferable to the administration of
  32132. drugs.
  32133.  
  32134. _Relief of Symptoms._--For the relief of _pain_, rest is essential. The
  32135. inflamed part should be placed in a splint or other appliance which will
  32136. prevent movement, and steps must be taken to reduce its functional
  32137. activity as far as possible. Locally, warm and moist dressings, such as
  32138. a poultice or fomentation, may be used. To make a fomentation, a piece
  32139. of flannel or lint is wrung out of very hot water or antiseptic lotion
  32140. and applied under a sheet of mackintosh. Fomentations should be renewed
  32141. as often as they cool. An ordinary india-rubber bag filled with hot
  32142. water and fixed over the fomentation, by retaining the heat, obviates
  32143. the necessity of frequently changing the application. The addition of a
  32144. few drops of laudanum sprinkled on the flannel has a soothing effect.
  32145. Lead and opium lotion is a useful, soothing application employed as a
  32146. fomentation. We prefer the application of lint soaked in a 10 per cent.
  32147. aqueous or glycerine solution of ichthyol, or smeared with ichthyol
  32148. ointment (1 in 3). Belladonna and glycerine, equal parts, may be used.
  32149.  
  32150. Dry cold obtained by means of icebags, or by Leiter's lead tubes through
  32151. which a continuous stream of ice-cold water is kept flowing, is
  32152. sometimes soothing to the patient, but when the vessels in the inflamed
  32153. part are greatly congested its use is attended with considerable risk,
  32154. as it not only contracts the arterioles supplying the part, but also
  32155. diminishes the outflow of venous blood, and so may determine gangrene of
  32156. tissues already devitalised.
  32157.  
  32158. A milder form of employing cold is by means of evaporating lotions: a
  32159. thin piece of lint or gauze is applied over the inflamed part and kept
  32160. constantly moist with the lotion, the dressing being left freely exposed
  32161. to allow of continuous evaporation. A useful evaporating lotion is made
  32162. up as follows: take of chloride of ammonium, half an ounce; rectified
  32163. spirit, one ounce; and water, seven ounces.
  32164.  
  32165. The administration of opiates may be necessary for the relief of pain.
  32166.  
  32167. The accumulation of an excessive amount of inflammatory exudate may
  32168. endanger the vitality of the tissues by pressing on the blood vessels to
  32169. such an extent as to cause stasis, and by concentrating the local action
  32170. of the toxins. Under such conditions the tension should be relieved and
  32171. the exudate with its contained toxins removed by making an incision into
  32172. the inflamed tissues, and applying a suction bell. When the exudate has
  32173. collected in a synovial cavity, such as a joint or bursa, it may be
  32174. withdrawn by means of a trocar and cannula. There are other methods of
  32175. withdrawing blood and exudate from an inflamed area, for example by
  32176. leeches or wet-cupping, but they are seldom employed now.
  32177.  
  32178. Before applying leeches the part must be thoroughly cleansed, and if
  32179. the leech is slow to bite, may be smeared with cream. The leech is
  32180. retained in position under an inverted wine-glass or wide test-tube till
  32181. it takes hold. After it has sucked its fill it usually drops off, having
  32182. withdrawn a dram or a dram and a half of blood. If it be desirable to
  32183. withdraw more blood, hot fomentations should be applied to the bite. As
  32184. it is sometimes necessary to employ considerable pressure to stop the
  32185. bleeding, leeches should, if possible, be applied over a bone which will
  32186. furnish the necessary resistance. The use of styptics may be called for.
  32187.  
  32188. _Wet-cupping_ has almost entirely been superseded by the use of Klapp's
  32189. suction bells.
  32190.  
  32191. _General blood-letting_ consists in opening a superficial vein
  32192. (venesection) and allowing from eight to ten ounces of blood to flow
  32193. from it. It is seldom used in the treatment of surgical forms of
  32194. inflammation.
  32195.  
  32196. _Counter-irritants._--In deep-seated inflammations, counter-irritants
  32197. are sometimes employed in the form of mustard leaves or blisters,
  32198. according to the degree of irritation required. A mustard leaf or
  32199. plaster should not be left on longer than ten or fifteen minutes, unless
  32200. it is desired to produce a blister. Blistering may be produced by a
  32201. _cantharides plaster_, or by painting with _liquor epispasticus_. The
  32202. plaster should be left on from eight to ten hours, and if it has failed
  32203. to raise a blister, a hot fomentation should be applied to the part.
  32204. _Liquor epispasticus_, alone or mixed with equal parts of collodion, is
  32205. painted on the part with a brush. Several paintings are often required
  32206. before a blister is raised. The preliminary removal of the natural
  32207. grease from the skin favours the action of these applications.
  32208.  
  32209. The treatment of inflammation in special tissues and organs will be
  32210. considered in the sections devoted to regional surgery.
  32211.  
  32212. #Chronic Inflammation.#--A variety of types of chronic and subacute
  32213. inflammation are met with which, owing to ignorance of their causations,
  32214. cannot at present be satisfactorily classified.
  32215.  
  32216. The best defined group is that of the _granulomata_, which includes such
  32217. important diseases as tuberculosis and syphilis, and in which different
  32218. types of chronic inflammation are caused by infection with a specific
  32219. organism, all having the common character, however, that abundant
  32220. granulation tissue is formed in which cellular changes are more in
  32221. evidence than changes in the blood vessels, and in which the subsequent
  32222. degeneration and necrosis of the granulation tissue results in the
  32223. breaking down and destruction of the tissue in which it is formed.
  32224. Another group is that in which chronic inflammation is due to mild or
  32225. attenuated forms of pyogenic infection affecting especially the lymph
  32226. glands and the bone marrow. In the glands of the groin, for example,
  32227. associated with various forms of irritation about the external genitals,
  32228. different types of _chronic lymphadenitis_ are met with; they do not
  32229. frankly suppurate as do the acute types, but are attended with a
  32230. hyperplasia of the tissue elements which results in enlargement of the
  32231. affected glands of a persistent, and sometimes of a relapsing character.
  32232. Similar varieties of _osteomyelitis_ are met with that do not, like the
  32233. acute forms, go on to suppuration or to death of bone, but result in
  32234. thickening of the bone affected, both on the surface and in the
  32235. interior, resulting in obliteration of the medullary canal.
  32236.  
  32237. A third group of chronic inflammations are those that begin as an acute
  32238. pyogenic inflammation, which, instead of resolving completely, persists
  32239. in a chronic form. It does so apparently because there is some factor
  32240. aiding the organisms and handicapping the tissues, such as the presence
  32241. of a foreign body, a piece of glass or metal, or a piece of dead bone;
  32242. in these circumstances the inflammation persists in a chronic form,
  32243. attended with the formation of fibrous tissue, and, in the case of bone,
  32244. with the formation of new bone in excess. It will be evident that in
  32245. this group, chronic inflammation and repair are practically
  32246. interchangeable terms.
  32247.  
  32248. There are other groups of chronic inflammation, the origin of which
  32249. continues to be the subject of controversy. Reference is here made to
  32250. the chronic inflammations of the synovial membrane of joints, of tendon
  32251. sheaths and of bursae--_chronic synovitis_, _teno-synovitis_ and
  32252. _bursitis_; of the fibrous tissues of joints--chronic forms of
  32253. _arthritis_; of the blood vessels--chronic forms of _endarteritis_ and
  32254. of _phlebitis_ and of the peripheral nerves--_neuritis_. Also in the
  32255. breast and in the prostate, with the waning of sexual life there may
  32256. occur a formation of fibrous tissue--chronic _interstitial mastitis_,
  32257. _chronic prostatitis_, having analogies with the chronic interstitial
  32258. inflammations of internal organs like the kidney--_chronic interstitial
  32259. nephritis_; and in the breast and prostate, as in the kidney, the
  32260. formation of fibrous tissue leads to changes in the secreting epithelium
  32261. resulting in the formation of cysts.
  32262.  
  32263. Lastly, there are still other types of chronic inflammation attended
  32264. with the formation of fibrous tissue on such a liberal scale as to
  32265. suggest analogies with new growths. The best known of these are the
  32266. systematic forms of fibromatosis met with in the central nervous system
  32267. and in the peripheral nerves--_neuro-fibromatosis_; in the submucous
  32268. coat of the stomach--_gastric fibromatosis_; and in the
  32269. colon--_intestinal fibromatosis_.
  32270.  
  32271. These conditions will be described with the tissues and organs in which
  32272. they occur.
  32273.  
  32274. In the _treatment of chronic inflammations_, pending further knowledge
  32275. as to their causation, and beyond such obvious indications as to help
  32276. the tissues by removing a foreign body or a piece of dead bone, there
  32277. are employed--empirically--a number of procedures such as the induction
  32278. of hyperaemia, exposure to the X-rays, and the employment of blisters,
  32279. cauteries, and setons. Vaccines may be had recourse to in those of
  32280. bacterial origin.
  32281.  
  32282.  
  32283.  
  32284.  
  32285. CHAPTER IV
  32286.  
  32287. SUPPURATION
  32288.  
  32289.  
  32290. Definition--Pus--_Varieties_--Acute circumscribed abscess--_Acute
  32291.     suppuration in a wound_--_Acute Suppuration in a mucous
  32292.     membrane_--Diffuse cellulitis and diffuse suppuration--
  32293.     _Whitlow_--_Suppurative cellulitis in different situations_--Chronic
  32294.     suppuration--Sinus, Fistula--Constitutional manifestations of
  32295.     pyogenic infection--_Sapraemia_--_Septicaemia_--_Pyaemia_.
  32296.  
  32297. Suppuration, or the formation of pus, is one of the results of the
  32298. action of bacteria on the tissues. The invading organism is usually one
  32299. of the staphylococci, less frequently a streptococcus, and still less
  32300. frequently one of the other bacteria capable of producing pus, such as
  32301. the bacillus coli communis, the gonococcus, the pneumococcus, or the
  32302. typhoid bacillus.
  32303.  
  32304. So long as the tissues are in a healthy condition they are able to
  32305. withstand the attacks of moderate numbers of pyogenic bacteria of
  32306. ordinary virulence, but when devitalised by disease, by injury, or by
  32307. inflammation due to the action of other pathogenic organisms,
  32308. suppuration ensues.
  32309.  
  32310. It would appear, for example, that pyogenic organisms can pass through
  32311. the healthy urinary tract without doing any damage, but if the pelvis of
  32312. the kidney, the ureter, or the bladder is the seat of stone, they give
  32313. rise to suppuration. Similarly, a calculus in one of the salivary ducts
  32314. frequently results in an abscess forming in the floor of the mouth. When
  32315. the lumen of a tubular organ, such as the appendix or the Fallopian tube
  32316. is blocked also, the action of pyogenic organisms is favoured and
  32317. suppuration ensues.
  32318.  
  32319. #Pus.#--The fluid resulting from the process of suppuration is known
  32320. as _pus_. In its typical form it is a yellowish creamy substance, of
  32321. alkaline reaction, with a specific gravity of about 1030, and it has a
  32322. peculiar mawkish odour. If allowed to stand in a test-tube it does not
  32323. coagulate, but separates into two layers: the upper, transparent,
  32324. straw-coloured fluid, the _liquor puris_ or pus serum, closely
  32325. resembling blood serum in its composition, but containing less protein
  32326. and more cholestrol; it also contains leucin, tyrosin, and certain
  32327. albumoses which prevent coagulation.
  32328.  
  32329. The layer at the bottom of the tube consists for the most part of
  32330. polymorph leucocytes, and proliferated connective tissue and endothelial
  32331. cells (_pus corpuscles_). Other forms of leucocytes may be present,
  32332. especially in long-standing suppurations; and there are usually some red
  32333. corpuscles, dead bacteria, fat cells and shreds of tissue, cholestrol
  32334. crystals, and other detritus in the deposit.
  32335.  
  32336. If a film of fresh pus is examined under the microscope, the pus cells
  32337. are seen to have a well-defined rounded outline, and to contain a finely
  32338. granular protoplasm and a multi-partite nucleus; if still warm, the
  32339. cells may exhibit amoeboid movement. In stained films the nuclei take the
  32340. stain well. In older pus cells the outline is irregular, the protoplasm
  32341. coarsely granular, and the nuclei disintegrated, no longer taking the
  32342. stain.
  32343.  
  32344. _Variations from Typical Pus._--Pus from old-standing sinuses is often
  32345. watery in consistence (ichorous), with few cells. Where the granulations
  32346. are vascular and bleed easily, it becomes sanious from admixture with
  32347. red corpuscles; while, if a blood-clot be broken down and the debris
  32348. mixed with the pus, it contains granules of blood pigment and is said to
  32349. be "grumous." The _odour_ of pus varies with the different bacteria
  32350. producing it. Pus due to ordinary pyogenic cocci has a mawkish odour;
  32351. when putrefactive organisms are present it has a putrid odour; when it
  32352. forms in the vicinity of the intestinal canal it usually contains the
  32353. bacillus coli communis and has a faecal odour.
  32354.  
  32355. The _colour_ of pus also varies: when due to one or other of the
  32356. varieties of the bacillus pyocyaneus, it is usually of a blue or green
  32357. colour; when mixed with bile derivatives or altered blood pigment, it
  32358. may be of a bright orange colour. In wounds inflicted with rough iron
  32359. implements from which rust is deposited, the pus often presents the same
  32360. colour.
  32361.  
  32362. The pus may form and collect within a circumscribed area, constituting a
  32363. localised _abscess_; or it may infiltrate the tissues over a wide
  32364. area--_diffuse suppuration_.
  32365.  
  32366.  
  32367. ACUTE CIRCUMSCRIBED ABSCESS
  32368.  
  32369. Any tissue of the body may be the seat of an acute abscess, and there
  32370. are many routes by which the bacteria may gain access to the affected
  32371. area. For example: an abscess in the integument or subcutaneous
  32372. cellular tissue usually results from infection by organisms which have
  32373. entered through a wound or abrasion of the surface, or along the ducts
  32374. of the skin; an abscess in the breast from organisms which have passed
  32375. along the milk ducts opening on the nipple, or along the lymphatics
  32376. which accompany these. An abscess in a lymph gland is usually due to
  32377. infection passing by way of the lymph channels from the area of skin or
  32378. mucous membrane drained by them. Abscesses in internal organs, such as
  32379. the kidney, liver, or brain, usually result from organisms carried in
  32380. the blood-stream from some focus of infection elsewhere in the body.
  32381.  
  32382. A knowledge of the possible avenues of infection is of clinical
  32383. importance, as it may enable the source of a given abscess to be traced
  32384. and dealt with. In suppuration in the Fallopian tube (pyosalpynx), for
  32385. example, the fact that the most common origin of the infection is in the
  32386. genital passage, leads to examination for vaginal discharge; and if none
  32387. is present, the abscess is probably due to infection carried in the
  32388. blood-stream from some primary focus about the mouth, such as a gumboil
  32389. or an infective sore throat.
  32390.  
  32391. The exact location of an abscess also may furnish a key to its source;
  32392. in axillary abscess, for example, if the suppuration is in the lymph
  32393. glands the infection has come through the afferent lymphatics; if in the
  32394. cellular tissue, it has spread from the neck or chest wall; if in the
  32395. hair follicles, it is a local infection through the skin.
  32396.  
  32397. #Formation of an Abscess.#--When pyogenic bacteria are introduced into
  32398. the tissue there ensues an inflammatory reaction, which is characterised
  32399. by dilatation of the blood vessels, exudation of large numbers of
  32400. leucocytes, and proliferation of connective-tissue cells. These
  32401. wandering cells soon accumulate round the focus of infection, and form a
  32402. protective barrier which tends to prevent the spread of the organisms
  32403. and to restrict their field of action. Within the area thus
  32404. circumscribed the struggle between the bacteria and the phagocytes takes
  32405. place, and in the process toxins are formed by the organisms, a certain
  32406. number of the leucocytes succumb, and, becoming degenerated, set free
  32407. certain proteolytic enzymes or ferments. The toxins cause
  32408. coagulation-necrosis of the tissue cells with which they come in
  32409. contact, the ferments liquefy the exudate and other albuminous
  32410. substances, and in this way _pus_ is formed.
  32411.  
  32412. If the bacteria gain the upper hand, this process of liquefaction which
  32413. is characteristic of suppuration, extends into the surrounding tissues,
  32414. the protective barrier of leucocytes is broken down, and the
  32415. suppurative process spreads. A fresh accession of leucocytes, however,
  32416. forms a new barrier, and eventually the spread is arrested, and the
  32417. collection of pus so hemmed in constitutes an _abscess_.
  32418.  
  32419. Owing to the swelling and condensation of the parts around, the pus thus
  32420. formed is under considerable pressure, and this causes it to burrow
  32421. along the lines of least resistance. In the case of a subcutaneous
  32422. abscess the pus usually works its way towards the surface, and "points,"
  32423. as it is called. Where it approaches the surface the skin becomes soft
  32424. and thin, and eventually sloughs, allowing the pus to escape.
  32425.  
  32426. An abscess forming in the deeper planes is prevented from pointing
  32427. directly to the surface by the firm fasciae and other fibrous structures.
  32428. The pus therefore tends to burrow along the line of the blood vessels
  32429. and in the connective-tissue septa, till it either finds a weak spot or
  32430. causes a portion of fascia to undergo necrosis and so reaches the
  32431. surface. Accordingly, many abscess cavities resulting from deep-seated
  32432. suppuration are of irregular shape, with pouches and loculi in various
  32433. directions--an arrangement which interferes with their successful
  32434. treatment by incision and drainage.
  32435.  
  32436. The relief of tension which follows the bursting of an abscess, the
  32437. removal of irritation by the escape of pus, and the casting off of
  32438. bacteria and toxins, allow the tissues once more to assert themselves,
  32439. and a process of repair sets in. The walls of the abscess fall in;
  32440. granulation tissue grows into the space and gradually fills it; and
  32441. later this is replaced by cicatricial tissue. As a result of the
  32442. subsequent contraction of the cicatricial tissue, the scar is usually
  32443. depressed below the level of the surrounding skin surface.
  32444.  
  32445. If an abscess is prevented from healing--for example, by the presence of
  32446. a foreign body or a piece of necrosed bone--a sinus results, and from it
  32447. pus escapes until the foreign body is removed.
  32448.  
  32449. #Clinical Features of an Acute Circumscribed Abscess.#--In the initial
  32450. stages the usual symptoms of inflammation are present. Increased
  32451. elevation of temperature, with or without a rigor, progressive
  32452. leucocytosis, and sweating, mark the transition between inflammation and
  32453. suppuration. An increasing leucocytosis is evidence that a suppurative
  32454. process is spreading.
  32455.  
  32456. The local symptoms vary with the seat of the abscess. When it is
  32457. situated superficially--for example, in the breast tissue--the affected
  32458. area is hot, the redness of inflammation gives place to a dusky purple
  32459. colour, with a pale, sometimes yellow, spot where the pus is near the
  32460. surface. The swelling increases in size, the firm brawny centre becomes
  32461. soft, projects as a cone beyond the level of the rest of the swollen
  32462. area, and is usually surrounded by a zone of induration.
  32463.  
  32464. By gently palpating with the finger-tips over the softened area, a fluid
  32465. wave may be detected--_fluctuation_--and when present this is a certain
  32466. indication of the existence of fluid in the swelling. Its recognition,
  32467. however, is by no means easy, and various fallacies are to be guarded
  32468. against in applying this test clinically. When, for example, the walls
  32469. of the abscess are thick and rigid, or when its contents are under
  32470. excessive tension, the fluid wave cannot be elicited. On the other hand,
  32471. a sensation closely resembling fluctuation may often be recognised in
  32472. oedematous tissues, in certain soft, solid tumours such as fatty tumours
  32473. or vascular sarcomata, in aneurysm, and in a muscle when it is palpated
  32474. in its transverse axis.
  32475.  
  32476. When pus has formed in deeper parts, and before it has reached the
  32477. surface, oedema of the overlying skin is frequently present, and the skin
  32478. pits on pressure.
  32479.  
  32480. With the formation of pus the continuous burning or boring pain of
  32481. inflammation assumes a throbbing character, with occasional sharp,
  32482. lancinating twinges. Should doubt remain as to the presence of pus,
  32483. recourse may be had to the use of an exploring needle.
  32484.  
  32485. _Differential Diagnosis of Acute Abscess._--A practical difficulty which
  32486. frequently arises is to decide whether or not pus has actually formed.
  32487. It may be accepted as a working rule in practice that when an acute
  32488. inflammation has lasted for four or five days without showing signs of
  32489. abatement, suppuration has almost certainly occurred. In deep-seated
  32490. suppuration, marked oedema of the skin and the occurrence of rigors and
  32491. sweating may be taken to indicate the formation of pus.
  32492.  
  32493. There are cases on record where rapidly growing sarcomatous and
  32494. angiomatous tumours, aneurysms, and the bruises that occur in
  32495. haemophylics, have been mistaken for acute abscesses and incised, with
  32496. disastrous results.
  32497.  
  32498. #Treatment of Acute Abscesses.#--The dictum of John Bell, "Where there
  32499. is pus, let it out," summarises the treatment of abscess. The extent and
  32500. situation of the incision and the means taken to drain the cavity,
  32501. however, vary with the nature, site, and relations of the abscess. In a
  32502. superficial abscess, for example a bubo, or an abscess in the breast or
  32503. face where a disfiguring scar is undesirable, a small puncture should be
  32504. made where the pus threatens to point, and a Klapp's suction bell be
  32505. applied as already described (p. 39). A drain is not necessary, and in
  32506. the intervals between the applications of the bell the part is covered
  32507. with a moist antiseptic dressing.
  32508.  
  32509. In abscesses deeply placed, as for example under the gluteal or pectoral
  32510. muscles, one or more incisions should be made, and the cavity drained by
  32511. glass or rubber tubes or by strips of rubber tissue.
  32512.  
  32513. The wound should be dressed the next day, and the tube shortened, in the
  32514. case of a rubber tube, by cutting off a portion of its outer end. On the
  32515. second day or later, according to circumstances, the tube is removed,
  32516. and after this the dressing need not be repeated oftener than every
  32517. second or third day.
  32518.  
  32519. Where pus has formed in relation to important structures--as, for
  32520. example, in the deeper planes of the neck--_Hilton's method_ of opening
  32521. the abscess may be employed. An incision is made through the skin and
  32522. fascia, a grooved director is gently pushed through the deeper tissues
  32523. till pus escapes along its groove, and then the track is widened by
  32524. passing in a pair of dressing forceps and expanding the blades. A tube,
  32525. or strip of rubber tissue, is introduced, and the subsequent treatment
  32526. carried out as in other abscesses. When the drain lies in proximity to a
  32527. large blood vessel, care must be taken not to leave it in position long
  32528. enough to cause ulceration of the vessel wall by pressure.
  32529.  
  32530. In some abscesses, such as those in the vicinity of the anus, the cavity
  32531. should be laid freely open in its whole extent, stuffed with iodoform or
  32532. bismuth gauze, and treated by the open method.
  32533.  
  32534. It is seldom advisable to wash out an abscess cavity, and squeezing out
  32535. the pus is also to be avoided, lest the protective zone be broken down
  32536. and the infection be diffused into the surrounding tissues.
  32537.  
  32538. The importance of taking precautions against further infection in
  32539. opening an abscess can scarcely be exaggerated, and the rapidity with
  32540. which healing occurs when the access of fresh bacteria is prevented is
  32541. in marked contrast to what occurs when such precautions are neglected
  32542. and further infection is allowed to take place.
  32543.  
  32544. _Acute Suppuration in a Wound._--If in the course of an operation
  32545. infection of the wound has occurred, a marked inflammatory reaction soon
  32546. manifests itself, and the same changes as occur in the formation of an
  32547. acute abscess take place, modified, however, by the fact that the pus
  32548. can more readily reach the surface. In from twenty-four to forty-eight
  32549. hours the patient is conscious of a sensation of chilliness, or may
  32550. even have a rigor. At the same time he feels generally out of sorts,
  32551. with impaired appetite, headache, and it may be looseness of the bowels.
  32552. His temperature rises to 100 o or 101 o F., and the pulse quickens to 100
  32553. or 110.
  32554.  
  32555. On exposing the wound it is found that the parts for some distance
  32556. around are red, glazed, and oedematous. The discoloration and swelling
  32557. are most intense in the immediate vicinity of the wound, the edges of
  32558. which are everted and moist. Any stitches that may have been introduced
  32559. are tight, and the deep ones may be cutting into the tissues. There is
  32560. heat, and a constant burning or throbbing pain, which is increased by
  32561. pressure. If the stitches be cut, pus escapes, the wound gapes, and its
  32562. surfaces are found to be inflamed and covered with pus.
  32563.  
  32564. The open method is the only safe means of treating such wounds. The
  32565. infected surface may be sponged over with pure carbolic acid, the excess
  32566. of which is washed off with absolute alcohol, and the wound either
  32567. drained by tubes or packed with iodoform gauze. The practice of scraping
  32568. such surfaces with the sharp spoon, squeezing or even of washing them
  32569. out with antiseptic lotions, is attended with the risk of further
  32570. diffusing the organisms in the tissue, and is only to be employed under
  32571. exceptional circumstances. Continuous irrigation of infected wounds or
  32572. their immersion in antiseptic baths is sometimes useful. The free
  32573. opening up of the wound is almost immediately followed by a fall in the
  32574. temperature. The surrounding inflammation subsides, the discharge of pus
  32575. lessens, and healing takes place by the formation of granulation
  32576. tissue--the so-called "healing by second intention."
  32577.  
  32578. Wound infection may take place from _catgut_ which has not been
  32579. efficiently prepared. The local and general reactions may be slight,
  32580. and, as a rule, do not appear for seven or eight days after the
  32581. operation, and, it may be, not till after the skin edges have united.
  32582. The suppuration is strictly localised to the part of the wound where
  32583. catgut was employed for stitches or ligatures, and shows little tendency
  32584. to spread. The infected part, however, is often long of healing. The
  32585. irritation in these cases is probably due to toxins in the catgut and
  32586. not to bacteria.
  32587.  
  32588. When suppuration occurs in connection with buried sutures of
  32589. unabsorbable materials, such as silk, silkworm gut, or silver wire, it
  32590. is apt to persist till the foreign material is cast off or removed.
  32591.  
  32592. Suppuration may occur in the track of a skin stitch, producing a _stitch
  32593. abscess_. The infection may arise from the material used, especially
  32594. catgut or silk, or, more frequently perhaps, from the growth of
  32595. staphylococcus albus from the skin of the patient when this has been
  32596. imperfectly disinfected. The formation of pus under these conditions may
  32597. not be attended with any of the usual signs of suppuration, and beyond
  32598. some induration around the wound and a slight tenderness on pressure
  32599. there may be nothing to suggest the presence of an abscess.
  32600.  
  32601. _Acute Suppuration of a Mucous Membrane._--When pyogenic organisms gain
  32602. access to a mucous membrane, such as that of the bladder, urethra, or
  32603. middle ear, the usual phenomena of acute inflammation and suppuration
  32604. ensue, followed by the discharge of pus on the free surface. It would
  32605. appear that the most marked changes take place in the submucous tissue,
  32606. causing the covering epithelium in places to die and leave small
  32607. superficial ulcers, for example in gonorrhoeal urethritis, the
  32608. cicatricial contraction of the scar subsequently leading to the
  32609. formation of stricture. When mucous glands are present in the membrane,
  32610. the pus is mixed with mucus--_muco-pus_.
  32611.  
  32612.  
  32613. DIFFUSE CELLULITIS AND DIFFUSE SUPPURATION
  32614.  
  32615. Cellulitis is an acute affection resulting from the introduction of some
  32616. organism--commonly the _streptococcus pyogenes_--into the cellular
  32617. connective tissue of the integument, intermuscular septa, tendon
  32618. sheaths, or other structures. Infection always takes place through a
  32619. breach of the surface, although this may be superficial and
  32620. insignificant, such as a pin-prick, a scratch, or a crack under a nail,
  32621. and the wound may have been healed for some time before the inflammation
  32622. becomes manifest. The cellulitis, also, may develop at some distance
  32623. from the seat of inoculation, the organisms having travelled by the
  32624. lymphatics.
  32625.  
  32626. The virulence of the organisms, the loose, open nature of the tissues in
  32627. which they develop, and the free lymphatic circulation by means of which
  32628. they are spread, account for the diffuse nature of the process.
  32629. Sometimes numbers of cocci are carried for a considerable distance from
  32630. the primary area before they are arrested in the lymphatics, and thus
  32631. several patches of inflammation may appear with healthy areas between.
  32632.  
  32633. The pus infiltrates the meshes of the cellular tissue, there is
  32634. sloughing of considerable portions of tissue of low vitality, such as
  32635. fat, fascia, or tendon, and if the process continues for some time
  32636. several collections of pus may form.
  32637.  
  32638. _Clinical Features._--The reaction in cases of diffuse cellulitis is
  32639. severe, and is usually ushered in by a distinct chill or even a rigor,
  32640. while the temperature rises to 103 o, 104 o, or 105 o F. The pulse is
  32641. proportionately increased in frequency, and is small, feeble, and often
  32642. irregular. The face is flushed, the tongue dry and brown, and the
  32643. patient may become delirious, especially during the night. Leucocytosis
  32644. is present in cases of moderate severity; but in severe cases the
  32645. virulence of the toxins prevents reaction taking place, and leucocytosis
  32646. is absent.
  32647.  
  32648. The local manifestations vary with the relation of the seat of the
  32649. inflammation to the surface. When the superficial cellular tissue is
  32650. involved, the skin assumes a dark bluish-red colour, is swollen,
  32651. oedematous, and the seat of burning pain. To the touch it is firm, hot,
  32652. and tender. When the primary focus is in the deeper tissues, the
  32653. constitutional disturbance is aggravated, while the local signs are
  32654. delayed, and only become prominent when pus forms and approaches the
  32655. surface. It is not uncommon for blebs containing dark serous fluid to
  32656. form on the skin. The infection frequently spreads along the line of the
  32657. main lymph vessels of the part (_septic lymphangitis_) and may reach the
  32658. lymph glands (_septic lymphadenitis_).
  32659.  
  32660. With the formation of pus the skin becomes soft and boggy at several
  32661. points, and eventually breaks, giving exit to a quantity of thick
  32662. grumous discharge. Sometimes several small collections under the skin
  32663. fuse, and an abscess is formed in which fluctuation can be detected.
  32664. Occasionally gases are evolved in the tissues, giving rise to emphysema.
  32665. It is common for portions of fascia, ligaments, or tendons to slough,
  32666. and this may often be recognised clinically by a peculiar crunching or
  32667. grating sensation transmitted to the fingers on making firm pressure on
  32668. the part.
  32669.  
  32670. If it is not let out by incision, the pus, travelling along the lines of
  32671. least resistance, tends to point at several places on the surface, or to
  32672. open into joints or other cavities.
  32673.  
  32674. _Prognosis._--The occurrence of _septicaemia_ is the most serious risk,
  32675. and it is in cases of diffuse suppurative cellulitis that this form of
  32676. blood-poisoning assumes its most aggravated forms. The toxins of the
  32677. streptococci are exceedingly virulent, and induce local death of tissue
  32678. so rapidly that the protective emigration of leucocytes fails to take
  32679. place. In some cases the passage of masses of free cocci in the
  32680. lymphatics, or of infective emboli in the blood vessels, leads to the
  32681. formation of _pyogenic abscesses_ in vital organs, such as the brain,
  32682. lungs, liver, kidneys, or other viscera. _Haemorrhage_ from erosion of
  32683. arterial or venous trunks may take place and endanger life.
  32684.  
  32685. _Treatment._--The treatment of diffuse cellulitis depends to a large
  32686. extent on the situation and extent of the affected area, and on the
  32687. stage of the process.
  32688.  
  32689. _In the limbs_, for example, where the application of a constricting
  32690. band is practicable, Bier's method of inducing passive hyperaemia yields
  32691. excellent results. If pus is formed, one or more small incisions are
  32692. made and a light moist dressing placed over the wounds to absorb the
  32693. discharge, but no drain is inserted. The whole of the inflamed area
  32694. should be covered with gauze wrung out of a 1 in 10 solution of ichthyol
  32695. in glycerine. The dressing is changed as often as necessary, and in the
  32696. intervals when the band is off, gentle active and passive movements
  32697. should be carried out to prevent the formation of adhesions. After
  32698. incisions have been made, we have found the _immersion_ of the limb, for
  32699. a few hours at a time, in a water-bath containing warm boracic lotion or
  32700. eusol a useful adjuvant to the passive hyperaemia.
  32701.  
  32702. _Continuous irrigation_ of the part by a slow, steady stream of lotion,
  32703. at the body temperature, such as eusol, or Dakin's solution, or boracic
  32704. acid, or frequent washing with peroxide of hydrogen, has been found of
  32705. value.
  32706.  
  32707. A suitably arranged splint adds to the comfort of the patient; and the
  32708. limb should be placed in the attitude which, in the event of stiffness
  32709. resulting, will least interfere with its usefulness. The elbow, for
  32710. example, should be flexed to a little less than a right angle; at the
  32711. wrist, the hand should be dorsiflexed and the fingers flexed slightly
  32712. towards the palm.
  32713.  
  32714. Massage, passive movement, hot and cold douching, and other measures,
  32715. may be necessary to get rid of the chronic oedema, adhesions of tendons,
  32716. and stiffness of joints which sometimes remain.
  32717.  
  32718. In situations where a constricting band cannot be applied, for example,
  32719. on the trunk or the neck, Klapp's suction bells may be used, small
  32720. incisions being made to admit of the escape of pus.
  32721.  
  32722. If these measures fail or are impracticable, it may be necessary to make
  32723. one or more free incisions, and to insert drainage-tubes, portions of
  32724. rubber dam, or iodoform worsted.
  32725.  
  32726. The general treatment of toxaemia must be carried out, and in cases due
  32727. to infection by streptococci, anti-streptococcic serum may be used.
  32728.  
  32729. In a few cases, amputation well above the seat of disease, by removing
  32730. the source of toxin production, offers the only means of saving the
  32731. patient.
  32732.  
  32733.  
  32734. WHITLOW
  32735.  
  32736. The clinical term whitlow is applied to an acute infection, usually
  32737. followed by suppuration, commonly met with in the fingers, less
  32738. frequently in the toes. The point of infection is often trivial--a
  32739. pin-prick, a puncture caused by a splinter of wood, a scratch, or even
  32740. an imperceptible lesion of the skin.
  32741.  
  32742. Several varieties of whitlow are recognised, but while it is convenient
  32743. to describe them separately, it is to be clearly understood that
  32744. clinically they merge one into another, and it is not always possible to
  32745. determine in which connective-tissue plane a given infection has
  32746. originated.
  32747.  
  32748. _Initial Stage._--Attention is usually first attracted to the condition
  32749. by a sensation of tightness in the finger and tenderness when the part
  32750. is squeezed or knocked against anything. In the course of a few hours
  32751. the part becomes red and swollen; there is continuous pain, which soon
  32752. assumes a throbbing character, particularly when the hand is dependent,
  32753. and may be so severe as to prevent sleep, and the patient may feel
  32754. generally out of sorts.
  32755.  
  32756. If a constricting band is applied at this stage, the infection can
  32757. usually be checked and the occurrence of suppuration prevented. If this
  32758. fails, or if the condition is allowed to go untreated, the inflammatory
  32759. reaction increases and terminates in suppuration, giving rise to one or
  32760. other of the forms of whitlow to be described.
  32761.  
  32762. _The Purulent Blister._--In the most superficial variety, pus forms
  32763. between the rete Malpighii and the stratum corneum of the skin, the
  32764. latter being raised as a blister in which fluctuation can be detected
  32765. (Fig. 9, a). This is commonly met with in the palm of the hand of
  32766. labouring men who have recently resumed work after a spell of idleness.
  32767. When the blister forms near the tip of the finger, the pus burrows under
  32768. the nail--which corresponds to the stratum corneum--raising it from its
  32769. bed.
  32770.  
  32771. There is some local heat and discoloration, and considerable pain and
  32772. tenderness, but little or no constitutional disturbance. Superficial
  32773. lymphangitis may extend a short distance up the forearm. By clipping
  32774. away the raised epidermis, and if necessary the nail, the pus is allowed
  32775. to escape, and healing speedily takes place.
  32776.  
  32777. _Whitlow at the Nail Fold._--This variety, which is met with among those
  32778. who handle septic material, occurs in the sulcus between the nail and
  32779. the skin, and is due to the introduction of infective matter at the root
  32780. of the nail (Fig. 9, b). A small focus of suppuration forms under the
  32781. nail, with swelling and redness of the nail fold, causing intense pain
  32782. and discomfort, interfering with sleep, and producing a constitutional
  32783. reaction out of all proportion to the local lesion.
  32784.  
  32785. To allow the pus to escape, it is necessary, under local anaesthesia, to
  32786. cut away the nail fold as well as the portion of nail in the infected
  32787. area, or, it may be, to remove the nail entirely. If only a small
  32788. opening is made in the nail it is apt to be blocked by granulations.
  32789.  
  32790. [Illustration: FIG. 9.--Diagram of various forms of Whitlow.
  32791.   a = Purulent blister.
  32792.   b = Suppuration at nail fold.
  32793.   c = Subcutaneous whitlow.
  32794.   d = Whitlow in sheath of flexor tendon (e). ]
  32795.  
  32796. _Subcutaneous Whitlow._--In this variety the infection manifests itself
  32797. as a cellulitis of the pulp of the finger (Fig. 9, c), which sometimes
  32798. spreads towards the palm of the hand. The finger becomes red, swollen,
  32799. and tense; there is severe throbbing pain, which is usually worst at
  32800. night and prevents sleep, and the part is extremely tender on pressure.
  32801. When the palm is invaded there may be marked oedema of the back of the
  32802. hand, the dense integument of the palm preventing the swelling from
  32803. appearing on the front. The pus may be under such tension that
  32804. fluctuation cannot be detected. The patient is usually able to flex the
  32805. finger to a certain extent without increasing the pain--a point which
  32806. indicates that the tendon sheaths have not been invaded. The
  32807. suppurative process may, however, spread to the tendon sheaths, or even
  32808. to the bone. Sometimes the excessive tension and virulent toxins induce
  32809. actual gangrene of the distal part, or even of the whole finger. There
  32810. is considerable constitutional disturbance, the temperature often
  32811. reaching 101 o or 102 o F.
  32812.  
  32813. The treatment consists in applying a constriction band and making an
  32814. incision over the centre of the most tender area, care being taken to
  32815. avoid opening the tendon sheath lest the infection be conveyed to it.
  32816. Moist dressings should be employed while the suppuration lasts. Carbolic
  32817. fomentations, however, are to be avoided on account of the risk of
  32818. inducing gangrene.
  32819.  
  32820. _Whitlow of the Tendon Sheaths._--In this form the main incidence of the
  32821. infection is on the sheaths of the flexor tendons, but it is not always
  32822. possible to determine whether it started there or spread thither from
  32823. the subcutaneous cellular tissue (Fig. 9, d). In some cases both
  32824. connective tissue planes are involved. The affected finger becomes red,
  32825. painful, and swollen, the swelling spreading to the dorsum. The
  32826. involvement of the tendon sheath is usually indicated by the patient
  32827. being unable to flex the finger, and by the pain being increased when he
  32828. attempts to do so. On account of the anatomical arrangement of the
  32829. tendon sheaths, the process may spread into the forearm--directly in the
  32830. case of the thumb and little finger, and after invading the palm in the
  32831. case of the other fingers--and there give rise to a diffuse cellulitis
  32832. which may result in sloughing of fasciae and tendons. When the infection
  32833. spreads into the common flexor sheath under the transverse carpal
  32834. (anterior annular) ligament, it is not uncommon for the intercarpal and
  32835. wrist joints to become implicated. Impaired movement of tendons and
  32836. joints is, therefore, a common sequel to this variety of whitlow.
  32837.  
  32838. The _treatment_ consists in inducing passive hyperaemia by Bier's method,
  32839. and, if this is done early, suppuration may be avoided. If pus forms,
  32840. small incisions are made, under local anaesthesia, to relieve the tension
  32841. in the sheath and to diminish the risk of the tendons sloughing. No form
  32842. of drain should be inserted. In the fingers the incisions should be made
  32843. in the middle line, and in the palm they should be made over the
  32844. metacarpal bones to avoid the digital vessels and nerves. If pus has
  32845. spread under the transverse carpal ligament, the incision must be made
  32846. above the wrist. Passive movements and massage must be commenced as
  32847. early as possible and be perseveringly employed to diminish the
  32848. formation of adhesions and resulting stiffness.
  32849.  
  32850. _Subperiosteal Whitlow._--This form is usually an extension of the
  32851. subcutaneous or of the thecal variety, but in some cases the
  32852. inflammation begins in the periosteum--usually of the terminal phalanx.
  32853. It may lead to necrosis of a portion or even of the entire phalanx. This
  32854. is usually recognised by the persistence of suppuration long after the
  32855. acute symptoms have passed off, and by feeling bare bone with the probe.
  32856. In such cases one or more of the joints are usually implicated also, and
  32857. lateral mobility and grating may be elicited. Recovery does not take
  32858. place until the dead bone is removed, and the usefulness of the finger
  32859. is often seriously impaired by fibrous or bony ankylosis of the
  32860. interphalangeal joints. This may render amputation advisable when a
  32861. stiff finger is likely to interfere with the patient's occupation.
  32862.  
  32863.  
  32864. SUPPURATIVE CELLULITIS IN DIFFERENT SITUATIONS
  32865.  
  32866. _Cellulitis of the forearm_ is usually a sequel to one of the deeper
  32867. varieties of whitlow.
  32868.  
  32869. In the _region of the elbow-joint_, cellulitis is common around the
  32870. olecranon. It may originate as an inflammation of the olecranon bursa,
  32871. or may invade the bursa secondarily. In exceptional cases the
  32872. elbow-joint is also involved.
  32873.  
  32874. Cellulitis of the _axilla_ may originate in suppuration in the lymph
  32875. glands, following an infected wound of the hand, or it may spread from a
  32876. septic wound on the chest wall or in the neck. In some cases it is
  32877. impossible to discover the primary seat of infection. A firm, brawny
  32878. swelling forms in the armpit and extends on to the chest wall. It is
  32879. attended with great pain, which is increased on moving the arm, and
  32880. there is marked constitutional disturbance. When suppuration occurs, its
  32881. spread is limited by the attachments of the axillary fascia, and the pus
  32882. tends to burrow on to the chest wall beneath the pectoral muscles, and
  32883. upwards towards the shoulder-joint, which may become infected. When the
  32884. pus forms in the axillary space, the treatment consists in making free
  32885. incisions, which should be placed on the thoracic side of the axilla to
  32886. avoid the axillary vessels and nerves. If the pus spreads on to the
  32887. chest wall, the abscess should be opened below the clavicle by Hilton's
  32888. method, and a counter opening may be made in the axilla.
  32889.  
  32890. Cellulitis of the _sole of the foot_ may follow whitlow of the toes.
  32891.  
  32892. In the _region of the ankle_ cellulitis is not common; but _around the
  32893. knee_ it frequently occurs in relation to the prepatellar bursa and to
  32894. the popliteal lymph glands, and may endanger the knee-joint. It is also
  32895. met with in the _groin_ following on inflammation and suppuration of the
  32896. inguinal glands, and cases are recorded in which the sloughing process
  32897. has implicated the femoral vessels and led to secondary haemorrhage.
  32898.  
  32899. Cellulitis of the scalp, orbit, neck, pelvis, and perineum will be
  32900. considered with the diseases of these regions.
  32901.  
  32902.  
  32903. CHRONIC SUPPURATION
  32904.  
  32905. While it is true that a chronic pyogenic abscess is sometimes met
  32906. with--for example, in the breast and in the marrow of long bones--in the
  32907. great majority of instances the formation of a chronic or cold abscess
  32908. is the result of the action of the tubercle bacillus. It is therefore
  32909. more convenient to study this form of suppuration with tuberculosis
  32910. (p. 139).
  32911.  
  32912.  
  32913. SINUS AND FISTULA
  32914.  
  32915. #Sinus.#--A sinus is a track leading from a focus of suppuration to a
  32916. cutaneous or mucous surface. It usually represents the path by which the
  32917. discharge escapes from an abscess cavity that has been prevented from
  32918. closing completely, either from mechanical causes or from the persistent
  32919. formation of discharge which must find an exit. A sinus is lined by
  32920. granulation tissue, and when it is of long standing the opening may be
  32921. dragged below the level of the surrounding skin by contraction of the
  32922. scar tissue around it. As a sinus will persist until the obstacle to
  32923. closure of the original abscess is removed, it is necessary that this
  32924. should be sought for. It may be a foreign body, such as a piece of dead
  32925. bone, an infected ligature, or a bullet, acting mechanically or by
  32926. keeping up discharge, and if the body is removed the sinus usually
  32927. heals. The presence of a foreign body is often suggested by a mass of
  32928. redundant granulations at the mouth of the sinus. If a sinus passes
  32929. through a muscle, the repeated contractions tend to prevent healing
  32930. until the muscle is kept at rest by a splint, or put out of action by
  32931. division of its fibres. The sinuses associated with empyema are
  32932. prevented from healing by the rigidity of the chest wall, and will only
  32933. close after an operation which admits of the cavity being obliterated.
  32934. In any case it is necessary to disinfect the track, and, it may be, to
  32935. remove the unhealthy granulations lining it, by means of the sharp
  32936. spoon, or to excise it bodily. To encourage healing from the bottom the
  32937. cavity should be packed with bismuth or iodoform gauze. The healing of
  32938. long and tortuous sinuses is often hastened by the injection of Beck's
  32939. bismuth paste (p. 145). If disfigurement is likely to follow from
  32940. cicatricial contraction--for example, in a sinus over the lower jaw
  32941. associated with a carious tooth--the sinus should be excised and the raw
  32942. surfaces approximated with stitches.
  32943.  
  32944. The _tuberculous sinus_ is described under Tuberculosis.
  32945.  
  32946. A #fistula# is an abnormal canal passing from a mucous surface to the
  32947. skin or to another mucous surface. Fistulae resulting from suppuration
  32948. usually occur near the natural openings of mucous canals--for example,
  32949. on the cheek, as a salivary fistula; beside the inner angle of the eye,
  32950. as a lacrymal fistula; near the ear, as a mastoid fistula; or close to
  32951. the anus, as a fistula-in-ano. Intestinal fistulae are sometimes met with
  32952. in the abdominal wall after strangulated hernia, operations for
  32953. appendicitis, tuberculous peritonitis, and other conditions. In the
  32954. perineum, fistulae frequently complicate stricture of the urethra.
  32955.  
  32956. Fistulae also occur between the bladder and vagina (_vesico-vaginal
  32957. fistula_), or between the bladder and the rectum (_recto-vesical
  32958. fistula_).
  32959.  
  32960. The _treatment_ of these various forms of fistula will be described in
  32961. the sections dealing with the regions in which they occur.
  32962.  
  32963. _Congenital fistulae_, such as occur in the neck from imperfect closure
  32964. of branchial clefts, or in the abdomen from unobliterated foetal ducts
  32965. such as the urachus or Meckel's diverticulum, will be described in their
  32966. proper places.
  32967.  
  32968.  
  32969. CONSTITUTIONAL MANIFESTATIONS OF PYOGENIC INFECTION
  32970.  
  32971. We have here to consider under the terms Sapraemia, Septicaemia, and
  32972. Pyaemia certain general effects of pyogenic infection, which, although
  32973. their clinical manifestations may vary, are all associated with the
  32974. action of the same forms of bacteria. They may occur separately or in
  32975. combination, or one may follow on and merge into another.
  32976.  
  32977. #Sapraemia#, or septic intoxication, is the name applied to a form of
  32978. poisoning resulting from the absorption into the blood of the toxic
  32979. products of pyogenic bacteria. These products, which are of the nature
  32980. of alkaloids, act immediately on their entrance into the circulation,
  32981. and produce effects in direct proportion to the amount absorbed. As the
  32982. toxins are gradually eliminated from the body the symptoms abate, and if
  32983. no more are introduced they disappear. Sapraemia in these respects,
  32984. therefore, is comparable to poisoning by any other form of alkaloid,
  32985. such as strychnin or morphin.
  32986.  
  32987. _Clinical Features._--The symptoms of sapraemia seldom manifest
  32988. themselves within twenty-four hours of an operation or injury, because
  32989. it takes some time for the bacteria to produce a sufficient dose of
  32990. their poisons. The onset of the condition is marked by a feeling of
  32991. chilliness, sometimes amounting to a rigor, and a rise of temperature to
  32992. 102 o, 103 o, or 104 o F., with morning remissions (Fig. 10). The heart's
  32993. action is markedly depressed, and the pulse is soft and compressible.
  32994. The appetite is lost, the tongue dry and covered with a thin
  32995. brownish-red fur, so that it has the appearance of "dried beef." The
  32996. urine is scanty and loaded with urates. In severe cases diarrhoea and
  32997. vomiting of dark coffee-ground material are often prominent features.
  32998. Death is usually impending when the skin becomes cold and clammy, the
  32999. mucous membranes livid, the pulse feeble and fluttering, the discharges
  33000. involuntary, and when a low form of muttering delirium is present.
  33001.  
  33002. [Illustration: FIG. 10.--Charts of Acute sapraemia from (a) case of
  33003. crushed foot, and (b) case of incomplete abortion.]
  33004.  
  33005. A local form of septic infection is always present--it may be an
  33006. abscess, an infected compound fracture, or an infection of the cavity of
  33007. the uterus, for example, from a retained portion of placenta.
  33008.  
  33009. _Treatment._--The first indication is the immediate and complete removal
  33010. of the infected material. The wound must be freely opened, all
  33011. blood-clot, discharge, or necrosed tissue removed, and the area
  33012. disinfected by washing with sterilised salt solution, peroxide of
  33013. hydrogen, or eusol. Stronger lotions are to be avoided as being likely
  33014. to depress the tissues, and so interfere with protective phagocytosis.
  33015. On account of its power of neutralising toxins, iodoform is useful in
  33016. these cases, and is best employed by packing the wound with iodoform
  33017. gauze, and treating it by the open method, if this is possible.
  33018.  
  33019. The general treatment is carried out on the same lines as for other
  33020. infective conditions.
  33021.  
  33022. #Chronic sapraemia or Hectic Fever.#--Hectic fever differs from acute
  33023. sapraemia merely in degree. It usually occurs in connection with
  33024. tuberculous conditions, such as bone or joint disease, psoas abscess, or
  33025. empyema, which have opened externally, and have thereby become infected
  33026. with pyogenic organisms. It is gradual in its development, and is of a
  33027. mild type throughout.
  33028.  
  33029. [Illustration: FIG. 11.--Chart of Hectic Fever.]
  33030.  
  33031. The pulse is small, feeble, and compressible, and the temperature rises
  33032. in the afternoon or evening to 102 o or 103 o F. (Fig. 11), the cheeks
  33033. becoming characteristically flushed. In the early morning the
  33034. temperature falls to normal or below it, and the patient breaks into a
  33035. profuse perspiration, which leaves him pale, weak, and exhausted. He
  33036. becomes rapidly and markedly emaciated, even although in some cases the
  33037. appetite remains good and is even voracious.
  33038.  
  33039. The poisons circulating in the blood produce _waxy degeneration_ in
  33040. certain viscera, notably the liver, spleen, kidneys, and intestines. The
  33041. process begins in the arterial walls, and spreads thence to the
  33042. connective-tissue structures, causing marked enlargement of the affected
  33043. organs. Albuminuria, ascites, oedema of the lower limbs, clubbing of the
  33044. fingers, and diarrhoea are among the most prominent symptoms of this
  33045. condition.
  33046.  
  33047. The _prognosis_ in hectic fever depends on the completeness with which
  33048. the further absorption of toxins can be prevented. In many cases this
  33049. can only be effected by an operation which provides for free drainage,
  33050. and, if possible, the removal of infected tissues. The resulting wound
  33051. is best treated by the open method. Even advanced waxy degeneration does
  33052. not contra-indicate this line of treatment, as the diseased organs
  33053. usually recover if the focus from which absorption of toxic material is
  33054. taking place is completely eradicated.
  33055.  
  33056. [Illustration: FIG. 12.--Chart of case of Septicaemia followed by
  33057. Pyaemia.]
  33058.  
  33059. #Septicaemia.#--This form of blood-poisoning is the result of the action
  33060. of pyogenic bacteria, which not only produce their toxins at the primary
  33061. seat of infection, but themselves enter the blood-stream and are carried
  33062. to other parts, where they settle and produce further effects.
  33063.  
  33064. _Clinical Features._--There may be an incubation period of some hours
  33065. between the infection and the first manifestation of acute septicaemia.
  33066. In such conditions as acute osteomyelitis or acute peritonitis, we see
  33067. the most typical clinical pictures of this condition. The onset is
  33068. marked by a chill, or a rigor, which may be repeated, while the
  33069. temperature rises to 103 o or 104 o F., although in very severe cases the
  33070. temperature may remain subnormal throughout, the virulence of the toxins
  33071. preventing reaction. It is in the general appearance of the patient and
  33072. in the condition of the pulse that we have our best guides as to the
  33073. severity of the condition. If the pulse remains firm, full, and regular,
  33074. and does not exceed 110 or even 120, while the temperature is moderately
  33075. raised, the outlook is hopeful; but when the pulse becomes small and
  33076. compressible, and reaches 130 or more, especially if at the same time
  33077. the temperature is low, a grave prognosis is indicated. The tongue is
  33078. often dry and coated with a black crust down the centre, while the sides
  33079. are red. It is a good omen when the tongue becomes moist again. Thirst
  33080. is most distressing, especially in septicaemia of intestinal origin.
  33081. Persistent vomiting of dark-brown material is often present, and
  33082. diarrhoea with blood-stained stools is not uncommon. The urine is small
  33083. in amount, and contains a large proportion of urates. As the poisons
  33084. accumulate, the respiration becomes shallow and laboured, the face of a
  33085. dull ashy grey, the nose pinched, and the skin cold and clammy.
  33086. Capillary haemorrhages sometimes take place in the skin or mucous
  33087. membranes; and in a certain proportion of cases cutaneous eruptions
  33088. simulating those of scarlet fever or measles appear, and are apt to lead
  33089. to errors in diagnosis. In other cases there is slight jaundice. The
  33090. mental state is often one of complete apathy, the patient failing to
  33091. realise the gravity of his condition; sometimes there is delirium.
  33092.  
  33093. The _prognosis_ is always grave, and depends on the possibility of
  33094. completely eradicating the focus of infection, and on the reserve force
  33095. the patient has to carry him over the period during which he is
  33096. eliminating the poison already circulating in his blood.
  33097.  
  33098. The _treatment_ is carried out on the same lines as in sapraemia, but it
  33099. is less likely to be successful owing to the organisms having entered
  33100. the circulation. When possible, the primary focus of infection should be
  33101. dealt with.
  33102.  
  33103. #Pyaemia# is a form of blood-poisoning characterised by the development
  33104. of secondary foci of suppuration in different parts of the body. Toxins
  33105. are thus introduced into the blood, not only at the primary seat of
  33106. infection, but also from each of these metastatic collections. Like
  33107. septicaemia, this condition is due to pyogenic bacteria, the
  33108. _streptococcus pyogenes_ being the commonest organism found. The primary
  33109. infection is usually in a wound--for example, a compound fracture--but
  33110. cases occur in which the point of entrance of the bacteria is not
  33111. discoverable. The dissemination of the organisms takes place through the
  33112. medium of infected emboli which form in a thrombosed vein in the
  33113. vicinity of the original lesion, and, breaking loose, are carried
  33114. thence in the blood-stream. These emboli lodge in the minute vessels of
  33115. the lungs, spleen, liver, kidneys, pleura, brain, synovial membranes, or
  33116. cellular tissue, and the bacteria they contain give rise to secondary
  33117. foci of suppuration. Secondary abscesses are thus formed in those parts,
  33118. and these in turn may be the starting-point of new emboli which give
  33119. rise to fresh areas of pus formation. The organs above named are the
  33120. commonest situations of pyaemic abscesses, but these may also occur in
  33121. the bone marrow, the substance of muscles, the heart and pericardium,
  33122. lymph glands, subcutaneous tissue, or, in fact, in any tissue of the
  33123. body. Organisms circulating in the blood are prone to lodge on the
  33124. valves of the heart and give rise to endocarditis.
  33125.  
  33126. [Illustration: FIG. 13.--Chart of Pyaemia following on Acute
  33127. Osteomyelitis.]
  33128.  
  33129. _Clinical Features._--Before antiseptic surgery was practised, pyaemia
  33130. was a common complication of wounds. In the present day it is not only
  33131. infinitely less common, but appears also to be of a less severe type.
  33132. Its rarity and its mildness may be related as cause and effect, because
  33133. it was formerly found that pyaemia contracted from a pyaemic patient was
  33134. more virulent than that from other sources.
  33135.  
  33136. In contrast with sapraemia and septicaemia, pyaemia is late of developing,
  33137. and it seldom begins within a week of the primary infection. The first
  33138. sign is a feeling of chilliness, or a violent rigor lasting for perhaps
  33139. half an hour, during which time the temperature rises to 103 o, 104 o, or
  33140. 105 o F. In the course of an hour it begins to fall again, and the
  33141. patient breaks into a profuse sweat. The temperature may fall several
  33142. degrees, but seldom reaches the normal. In a few days there is a second
  33143. rigor with rise of temperature, and another remission, and such attacks
  33144. may be repeated at diminishing intervals during the course of the
  33145. illness (Figs. 12 and 13). The pulse is soft, and tends to remain
  33146. abnormally rapid even when the temperature falls nearly to normal.
  33147.  
  33148. The face is flushed, and wears a drawn, anxious expression, and the eyes
  33149. are bright. A characteristic sweetish odour, which has been compared to
  33150. that of new-mown hay, can be detected in the breath and may pervade the
  33151. patient. The appetite is lost; there may be sickness and vomiting and
  33152. profuse diarrhoea; and the patient emaciates rapidly. The skin is
  33153. continuously hot, and has often a peculiar pungent feel. Patches of
  33154. erythema sometimes appear scattered over the body. The skin may assume a
  33155. dull sallow or earthy hue, or a bright yellow icteric tint may appear.
  33156. The conjunctivae also may be yellow. In the latter stages of the disease
  33157. the pulse becomes small and fluttering; the tongue becomes dry and
  33158. brown; sordes collect on the teeth; and a low muttering form of delirium
  33159. supervenes.
  33160.  
  33161. Secondary infection of the parotid gland frequently occurs, and gives
  33162. rise to a suppurative parotitis. This condition is associated with
  33163. severe pain, gradually extending from behind the angle of the jaw on to
  33164. the face. There is also swelling over the gland, and eventually
  33165. suppuration and sloughing of the gland tissue and overlying skin.
  33166.  
  33167. Secondary abscesses in the lymph glands, subcutaneous tissue, or joints
  33168. are often so insidious and painless in their development that they are
  33169. only discovered accidentally. When the abscess is evacuated, healing
  33170. often takes place with remarkable rapidity, and with little impairment
  33171. of function.
  33172.  
  33173. The general symptoms may be simulated by an attack of malaria.
  33174.  
  33175. _Prognosis._--The prognosis in acute pyaemia is much less hopeless than
  33176. it once was, a considerable proportion of the patients recovering. In
  33177. acute cases the disease proves fatal in ten days or a fortnight, death
  33178. being due to toxaemia. Chronic cases often run a long course, lasting for
  33179. weeks or even months, and prove fatal from exhaustion and waxy disease
  33180. following on prolonged suppuration.
  33181.  
  33182. _Treatment._--In such conditions as compound fractures and severe
  33183. lacerated wounds, much can be done to avert the conditions which lead to
  33184. pyaemia, by applying a Bier's constricting bandage as soon as there is
  33185. evidence of infection having taken place, or even if there is reason to
  33186. suspect that the wound is not aseptic.
  33187.  
  33188. If sepsis is already established, and evidence of general infection is
  33189. present, the wound should be opened up sufficiently to admit of thorough
  33190. disinfection and drainage, and the constricting bandage applied to aid
  33191. the defensive processes going on in the tissues. If these measures fail,
  33192. amputation of the limb may be the only means of preventing further
  33193. dissemination of infective material from the primary source of
  33194. infection.
  33195.  
  33196. Attempts have been made to interrupt the channel along which the
  33197. infective emboli spread, by ligating or resecting the main vein of the
  33198. affected part, but this is seldom feasible except in the case of the
  33199. internal jugular vein for infection of the transverse sinus.
  33200.  
  33201. Secondary abscesses must be aspirated or opened and drained whenever
  33202. possible.
  33203.  
  33204. The general treatment is conducted on the same lines as on other forms
  33205. of pyogenic infection.
  33206.  
  33207.  
  33208.  
  33209.  
  33210. CHAPTER V
  33211.  
  33212. ULCERATION AND ULCERS
  33213.  
  33214.  
  33215. Definitions--Clinical examination of an ulcer--The healing
  33216.     sore.--Classification of ulcers--A. According to cause:
  33217.     _Traumatism_, _Imperfect circulation_, _Imperfect nerve-supply_,
  33218.     _Constitutional causes_--B. According to condition: _Healing_,
  33219.     _Stationary_, _Spreading_.--Treatment.
  33220.  
  33221. The process of _ulceration_ may be defined as the molecular or cellular
  33222. death of tissue taking place on a free surface. It is essentially of the
  33223. same nature as the process of suppuration, only that the purulent
  33224. discharge, instead of collecting in a closed cavity and forming an
  33225. abscess, at once escapes on the surface.
  33226.  
  33227. An _ulcer_ is an open wound or sore in which there are present certain
  33228. conditions tending to prevent it undergoing the natural process of
  33229. repair. Of these, one of the most important is the presence of
  33230. pathogenic bacteria, which by their action not only prevent healing, but
  33231. so irritate and destroy the tissues as to lead to an actual increase in
  33232. the size of the sore. Interference with the nutrition of a part by oedema
  33233. or chronic venous congestion may impede healing; as may also induration
  33234. of the surrounding area, by preventing the contraction which is such an
  33235. important factor in repair. Defective innervation, such as occurs in
  33236. injuries and diseases of the spinal cord, also plays an important part
  33237. in delaying repair. In certain constitutional conditions, too--for
  33238. example, Bright's disease, diabetes, or syphilis--the vitiated state of
  33239. the tissues is an impediment to repair. Mechanical causes, such as
  33240. unsuitable dressings or ill-fitting appliances, may also act in the same
  33241. direction.
  33242.  
  33243. #Clinical Examination of an Ulcer.#--In examining any ulcer, we
  33244. observe--(1) Its _base_ or _floor_, noting the presence or absence of
  33245. granulations, their disposition, size, colour, vascularity, and whether
  33246. they are depressed or elevated in relation to the surrounding parts. (2)
  33247. The _discharge_ as to quantity, consistence, colour, composition, and
  33248. odour. (3) The _edges_, noting particularly whether or not the marginal
  33249. epithelium is attempting to grow over the surface; also their shape,
  33250. regularity, thickness, and whether undermined or overlapping, everted or
  33251. depressed. (4) The _surrounding tissues_, as to whether they are
  33252. congested, oedematous, inflamed, indurated, or otherwise. (5) Whether or
  33253. not there is _pain_ or tenderness in the raw surface or its
  33254. surroundings. (6) The _part of the body_ on which it occurs, because
  33255. certain ulcers have special seats of election--for example, the varicose
  33256. ulcer in the lower third of the leg, the perforating ulcer on the sole
  33257. of the foot, and so on.
  33258.  
  33259. #The Healing Sore.#--If a portion of skin be excised aseptically, and no
  33260. attempt made to close the wound, the raw surface left is soon covered
  33261. over with a layer of coagulated blood and lymph. In the course of a few
  33262. days this is replaced by the growth of _granulations_, which are of
  33263. uniform size, of a pinkish-red colour, and moist with a slight serous
  33264. exudate containing a few dead leucocytes. They grow until they reach the
  33265. level of the surrounding skin, and so fill the gap with a fine velvety
  33266. mass of granulation tissue. At the edges, the young epithelium may be
  33267. seen spreading in over the granulations as a fine bluish-white pellicle,
  33268. which gradually covers the sore, becoming paler in colour as it
  33269. thickens, and eventually forming the smooth, non-vascular covering of
  33270. the cicatrix. There is no pain, and the surrounding parts are healthy.
  33271.  
  33272. This may be used as a type with which to compare the ulcers seen at the
  33273. bedside, so that we may determine how far, and in what particulars,
  33274. these differ from the type; and that we may in addition recognise the
  33275. conditions that have to be counteracted before the characters of the
  33276. typical healing sore are assumed.
  33277.  
  33278. For purposes of contrast we may indicate the characters of an open sore
  33279. in which bacterial infection with pathogenic bacteria has taken place.
  33280. The layer of coagulated blood and lymph becomes liquefied and is thrown
  33281. off, and instead of granulations being formed, the tissues exposed on
  33282. the floor of the ulcer are destroyed by the bacterial toxins, with the
  33283. formation of minute sloughs and a quantity of pus.
  33284.  
  33285. The discharge is profuse, thin, acrid, and offensive, and consists of
  33286. pus, broken-down blood-clot, and sloughs. The edges are inflamed,
  33287. irregular, and ragged, showing no sign of growing epithelium--on the
  33288. contrary, the sore may be actually increasing in area by the
  33289. breaking-down of the tissues at its margins. The surrounding parts are
  33290. hot, red, swollen, and oedematous; and there is pain and tenderness both
  33291. in the sore itself and in the parts around.
  33292.  
  33293. #Classification of Ulcers.#--The nomenclature of ulcers is much involved
  33294. and gives rise to great confusion, chiefly for the reason that no one
  33295. basis of classification has been adopted. Thus some ulcers are named
  33296. according to the causes at work in producing or maintaining them--for
  33297. example, the traumatic, the septic, and the varicose ulcer; some from
  33298. the constitutional element present, as the gouty and the diabetic ulcer;
  33299. and others according to the condition in which they happen to be when
  33300. seen by the surgeon, such as the weak, the inflamed, and the callous
  33301. ulcer.
  33302.  
  33303. So long as we retain these names it will be impossible to find a single
  33304. basis for classification; and yet many of the terms are so descriptive
  33305. and so generally understood that it is undesirable to abolish them. We
  33306. must therefore remain content with a clinical arrangement of ulcers,--it
  33307. cannot be called a classification,--considering any given ulcer from two
  33308. points of view: first its _cause_, and second its _present condition_.
  33309. This method of studying ulcers has the practical advantage that it
  33310. furnishes us with the main indications for treatment as well as for
  33311. diagnosis: the cause must be removed, and the condition so modified as
  33312. to convert the ulcer into an aseptic healing sore.
  33313.  
  33314. A. #Arrangement of Ulcers according to their Cause.#--Although any given
  33315. ulcer may be due to a combination of causes, it is convenient to
  33316. describe the following groups:
  33317.  
  33318. _Ulcers due to Traumatism._--Traumatism in the form of a _crush_ or
  33319. _bruise_ is a frequent cause of ulcer formation, acting either by
  33320. directly destroying the skin, or by so diminishing its vitality that it
  33321. is rendered a suitable soil for bacteria. If these gain access, in the
  33322. course of a few days the damaged area of skin becomes of a greyish
  33323. colour, blebs form on it, and it undergoes necrosis, leaving an
  33324. unhealthy raw surface when the slough separates.
  33325.  
  33326. _Heat_ and _prolonged exposure to the Rontgen rays_ or _to radium
  33327. emanations_ act in a similar way.
  33328.  
  33329. The _pressure_ of improperly padded splints or other appliances may so
  33330. far interfere with the circulation of the part pressed upon, that the
  33331. skin sloughs, leaving an open sore. This is most liable to occur in
  33332. patients who suffer from some nerve lesion--such as anterior
  33333. poliomyelitis, or injury of the spinal cord or nerve-trunks.
  33334. Splint-pressure sores are usually situated over bony prominences, such
  33335. as the malleoli, the condyles of the femur or humerus, the head of the
  33336. fibula, the dorsum of the foot, or the base of the fifth metatarsal
  33337. bone. On removing the splint, the skin of the part pressed upon is found
  33338. to be of a red or pink colour, with a pale grey patch in the centre,
  33339. which eventually sloughs and leaves an ulcer. Certain forms of
  33340. _bed-sore_ are also due to prolonged pressure.
  33341.  
  33342. Pressure sores are also known to have been produced artificially by
  33343. malingerers and hysterical subjects.
  33344.  
  33345. [Illustration: FIG. 14.--Leg Ulcers associated with Varicose Veins and
  33346. Pigmentation of the Skin.]
  33347.  
  33348. _Ulcers due to Imperfect Circulation._--Imperfect circulation is an
  33349. important causative factor in ulceration, especially when it is the
  33350. _venous return_ that is defective. This is best illustrated in the
  33351. so-called _leg ulcer_, which occurs most frequently on the front and
  33352. medial aspect of the lower third of the leg. At this point the
  33353. anastomosis between the superficial and deep veins of the leg is less
  33354. free than elsewhere, so that the extra stress thrown upon the surface
  33355. veins interferes with the nutrition of the skin (Hilton). The importance
  33356. of imperfect venous return in the causation of such ulcers is evidenced
  33357. by the fact that as soon as the condition of the circulation is improved
  33358. by confining the patient to bed and elevating the limb, the ulcer begins
  33359. to heal, even although all methods of local treatment have hitherto
  33360. proved ineffectual. In a considerable number of cases, but by no means
  33361. in all, this form of ulcer is associated with the presence of varicose
  33362. veins, and in such cases it is spoken of as the _varicose ulcer_ (Fig. 14).
  33363. The presence of varicose veins is frequently associated with a
  33364. diffuse brownish or bluish pigmentation of the skin of the lower third
  33365. of the leg, or with an obstinate form of dermatitis (_varicose eczema_),
  33366. and the scratching or rubbing of the part is liable to cause a breach of
  33367. the surface and permit of infection which leads to ulceration. Varicose
  33368. ulcers may also originate from the bursting of a small peri-phlebitic
  33369. abscess.
  33370.  
  33371. Varicose veins in immediate relation to the base of a large chronic
  33372. ulcer usually become thrombosed, and in time are reduced to fibrous
  33373. cords, and therefore in such cases haemorrhage is not a common
  33374. complication. In smaller and more superficial ulcers, however, the
  33375. destructive process is liable to implicate the wall of the vessel before
  33376. the occurrence of thrombosis, and to lead to profuse and it may be
  33377. dangerous bleeding.
  33378.  
  33379. These ulcers are at first small and superficial, but from want of care,
  33380. from continued standing or walking, or from injudicious treatment, they
  33381. gradually become larger and deeper. They are not infrequently multiple,
  33382. and this, together with their depth, may lead to their being mistaken
  33383. for ulcers due to syphilis. The base of the ulcer is covered with
  33384. imperfectly formed, soft, oedematous granulations, which give off a thin
  33385. sero-purulent discharge. The edges are slightly inflamed, and show no
  33386. evidence of healing. The parts around are usually pigmented and slightly
  33387. oedematous, and as a rule there is little pain. This variety of ulcer is
  33388. particularly prone to pass into the condition known as callous.
  33389.  
  33390. In _anaemic_ patients, especially young girls, ulcers are occasionally
  33391. met with which have many of the clinical characters of those associated
  33392. with imperfect venous return. They are slow to heal, and tend to pass
  33393. into the condition known as weak.
  33394.  
  33395. _Ulcers due to Interference with Nerve-Supply._--Any interference with
  33396. the nerve-supply of the superficial tissues predisposes to ulceration.
  33397. For example, _trophic_ ulcers are liable to occur in injuries or
  33398. diseases of the spinal cord, in cerebral paralysis, in limbs weakened by
  33399. poliomyelitis, in ascending or peripheral neuritis, or after injuries of
  33400. nerve-trunks.
  33401.  
  33402. The _acute bed-sore_ is a rapidly progressing form of ulceration, often
  33403. amounting to gangrene, of portions of skin exposed to pressure when
  33404. their trophic nerve-supply has been interfered with.
  33405.  
  33406. [Illustration: FIG. 15.--Perforating Ulcers of Sole of Foot.
  33407.  
  33408. (From Photograph lent by Sir Montagu Cotterill.)]
  33409.  
  33410. The _perforating ulcer of the foot_ is a peculiar type of sore which
  33411. occurs in association with the different forms of peripheral neuritis,
  33412. and with various lesions of the brain and spinal cord, such as general
  33413. paralysis, locomotor ataxia, or syringo-myelia (Fig. 15). It also occurs
  33414. in patients suffering from glycosuria, and is usually associated with
  33415. arterio-sclerosis--local or general. Perforating ulcer is met with most
  33416. frequently under the head of the metatarsal bone of the great toe. A
  33417. callosity forms and suppuration occurs under it, the pus escaping
  33418. through a small hole in the centre. The process slowly and gradually
  33419. spreads deeper and deeper, till eventually the bone or joint is reached,
  33420. and becomes implicated in the destructive process--hence the term
  33421. "perforating ulcer." The flexor tendons are sometimes destroyed, the toe
  33422. being dorsiflexed by the unopposed extensors. The depth of the track
  33423. being so disproportionate to its superficial area, the condition closely
  33424. simulates a tuberculous sinus, for which it is liable to be mistaken.
  33425. The raw surface is absolutely insensitive, so that the probe can be
  33426. freely employed without the patient even being aware of it or suffering
  33427. the least discomfort--a significant fact in diagnosis. The cavity is
  33428. filled with effete and decomposing epidermis, which has a most offensive
  33429. odour. The chronic and intractable character of the ulcer is due to
  33430. interference with the trophic nerve-supply of the parts, and to the fact
  33431. that the epithelium of the skin grows in and lines the track leading
  33432. down to the deepest part of the ulcer and so prevents closure. While
  33433. they are commonest on the sole of the foot and other parts subjected to
  33434. pressure, perforating ulcers are met with on the sides and dorsum of the
  33435. foot and toes, on the hands, and on other parts where no pressure has
  33436. been exerted.
  33437.  
  33438. The _tuberculous ulcer_, so often seen in the neck, in the vicinity of
  33439. joints, or over the ribs and sternum, usually results from the bursting
  33440. through the skin of a tuberculous abscess. The base is soft, pale, and
  33441. covered with feeble granulations and grey shreddy sloughs. The edges are
  33442. of a dull blue or purple colour, and gradually thin out towards their
  33443. free margins, and in addition are characteristically undermined, so that
  33444. a probe can be passed for some distance between the floor of the ulcer
  33445. and the thinned-out edges. Thin, devitalised tags of skin often stretch
  33446. from side to side of the ulcer. The outline is irregular; small
  33447. perforations often occur through the skin, and a thin, watery discharge,
  33448. containing grey shreds of tuberculous debris, escapes.
  33449.  
  33450. _Bazin's Disease._--This term is applied to an affection of the skin and
  33451. subcutaneous tissue which bears certain resemblances to tuberculosis. It
  33452. is met with almost exclusively between the knee and the ankle, and it
  33453. usually affects both legs. It is commonest in girls of delicate
  33454. constitution, in whose family history there is evidence of a tuberculous
  33455. taint. The patient often presents other lesions of a tuberculous
  33456. character, notably enlarged cervical glands, and phlyctenular
  33457. ophthalmia. The tubercle bacillus has rarely been found, but we have
  33458. always observed characteristic epithelioid cells and giant cells in
  33459. sections made from the edge or floor of the ulcer.
  33460.  
  33461. [Illustration: FIG. 16.--Bazin's Disease in a girl aet. 16.]
  33462.  
  33463. The condition begins by the formation in the skin and subcutaneous
  33464. tissue of dusky or livid nodules of induration, which soften and
  33465. ulcerate, forming small open sores with ragged and undermined edges, not
  33466. unlike those resulting from the breaking down of superficial syphilitic
  33467. gummata (Fig. 16). Fresh crops of nodules appear in the neighbourhood of
  33468. the ulcers, and in turn break down. While in the nodular stage the
  33469. affection is sometimes painful, but with the formation of the ulcer the
  33470. pain subsides.
  33471.  
  33472. The disease runs a chronic course, and may slowly extend over a wide
  33473. area in spite of the usual methods of treatment. After lasting for some
  33474. months, or even years, however, it may eventually undergo spontaneous
  33475. cure. The most satisfactory treatment is to excise the affected tissues
  33476. and fill the gap with skin-grafts.
  33477.  
  33478. [Illustration: FIG. 17.--Syphilitic Ulcers in region of Knee, showing
  33479. punched-out appearance and raised indurated edges.]
  33480.  
  33481. The _syphilitic ulcer_ is usually formed by the breaking down of a
  33482. cutaneous or subcutaneous gumma in the tertiary stage of syphilis. When
  33483. the gummatous tissue is first exposed by the destruction of the skin or
  33484. mucous membrane covering it, it appears as a tough greyish slough,
  33485. compared to "wash leather," which slowly separates and leaves a more or
  33486. less circular, deep, punched-out gap which shows a few feeble unhealthy
  33487. granulations and small sloughs on its floor. The edges are raised and
  33488. indurated; and the discharge is thick, glairy, and peculiarly offensive.
  33489. The parts around the ulcer are congested and of a dark brown colour.
  33490. There are usually several such ulcers together, and as they tend to heal
  33491. at one part while they spread at another, the affected area assumes a
  33492. sinuous or serpiginous outline. Syphilitic ulcers may be met with in any
  33493. part of the body, but are most frequent in the upper part of the leg
  33494. (Fig. 17), especially around the knee-joint in women, and over the ribs
  33495. and sternum. On healing, they usually leave a depressed and adherent
  33496. cicatrix.
  33497.  
  33498. The _scorbutic ulcer_ occurs in patients suffering from scurvy, and is
  33499. characterised by its prominent granulations, which show a marked
  33500. tendency to bleed, with the formation of clots, which dry and form a
  33501. spongy crust on the surface.
  33502.  
  33503. In _gouty_ patients small ulcers which are exceedingly irritable and
  33504. painful are liable to occur.
  33505.  
  33506. _Ulcers associated with Malignant Disease._--Cancer and sarcoma when
  33507. situated in the subcutaneous tissue may destroy the overlying skin so
  33508. that the substance of the tumour is exposed. The fungating masses thus
  33509. produced are sometimes spoken of as malignant ulcers, but as they are
  33510. essentially different in their nature from all other forms of ulcers,
  33511. and call for totally different treatment, it is best to consider them
  33512. along with the tumours with which they are associated. Rodent ulcer,
  33513. which is one form of cancer of the skin, will be discussed with new
  33514. growths of the skin.
  33515.  
  33516. B. #Arrangement of Ulcers according to their Condition.#--Having arrived
  33517. at an opinion as to the cause of a given ulcer, and placed it in one or
  33518. other of the preceding groups, the next question to ask is, In what
  33519. condition do I find this ulcer at the present moment?
  33520.  
  33521. Any ulcer is in one of three states--healing, stationary, or spreading;
  33522. although it is not uncommon to find healing going on at one part while
  33523. the destructive process is extending at another.
  33524.  
  33525. _The Healing Condition._--The process of healing in an ulcer has already
  33526. been studied, and we have learned that it takes place by the formation
  33527. of granulation tissue, which becomes converted into connective tissue,
  33528. and is covered over by epithelium growing in from the edges.
  33529.  
  33530. Those ulcers which are _stationary_--that is, neither healing nor
  33531. spreading--may be in one of several conditions.
  33532.  
  33533. _The Weak Condition._--Any ulcer may get into a weak state from
  33534. receiving a blood supply which is defective either in quantity or in
  33535. quality. The granulations are small and smooth, and of a pale yellow or
  33536. grey colour, the discharge is small in amount, and consists of thin
  33537. serum and a few pus cells, and as this dries on the edges it forms scabs
  33538. which interfere with the growth of epithelium.
  33539.  
  33540. Should the part become oedematous, either from general causes, such as
  33541. heart or kidney disease, or from local causes, such as varicose veins,
  33542. the granulations share in the oedema, and there is an abundant serous
  33543. discharge.
  33544.  
  33545. The excessive use of moist dressings leads to a third variety of weak
  33546. ulcer--namely, one in which the granulations become large, soft, pale,
  33547. and flabby, projecting beyond the level of the skin and overlapping the
  33548. edges, which become pale and sodden. The term "proud flesh" is popularly
  33549. applied to such redundant granulations.
  33550.  
  33551. [Illustration: FIG. 18.--Callous Ulcer, showing thickened edges and
  33552. indurated swelling of surrounding parts.]
  33553.  
  33554. _The Callous Condition._--This condition is usually met with in ulcers
  33555. on the lower third of the leg, and is often associated with the presence
  33556. of varicose veins. It is chiefly met with in hospital practice. The want
  33557. of healing is mainly due to impeded venous return and to oedema and
  33558. induration of the surrounding skin and cellular tissues (Fig. 18). The
  33559. induration results from coagulation and partial organisation of the
  33560. inflammatory effusion, and prevents the necessary contraction of the
  33561. sore. The base of a callous ulcer lies at some distance below the level
  33562. of the swollen, thickened, and white edges, and presents a glazed
  33563. appearance, such granulations as are present being unhealthy and
  33564. irregular. The discharge is usually watery, and cakes in the dressing.
  33565. When from neglect and want of cleanliness the ulcer becomes inflamed,
  33566. there is considerable pain, and the discharge is purulent and often
  33567. offensive.
  33568.  
  33569. The prolonged hyperaemia of the tissues in relation to a callous ulcer of
  33570. the leg often leads to changes in the underlying bones. The periosteum
  33571. is abnormally thick and vascular, the superficial layers of the bone
  33572. become injected and porous, and the bones, as a whole, are thickened. In
  33573. the macerated bone "the surface is covered with irregular,
  33574. stalactite-like processes or foliaceous masses, which, to a certain
  33575. extent, follow the line of attachment of the interosseous membrane and
  33576. of the intermuscular septa" (Cathcart) (Fig. 19). When the whole
  33577. thickness of the soft tissues is destroyed by the ulcerative process,
  33578. the area of bone that comes to form the base of the ulcer projects as a
  33579. flat, porous node, which in its turn may be eroded. These changes as
  33580. seen in the macerated specimen are often mistaken for disease
  33581. originating in the bone.
  33582.  
  33583. [Illustration: FIG. 19.--Tibia and Fibula, showing changes due to
  33584. chronic ulcer of leg.]
  33585.  
  33586. The _irritable condition_ is met with in ulcers which occur, as a rule,
  33587. just above the external malleolus in women of neurotic temperament. They
  33588. are small in size and have prominent granulations, and by the aid of a
  33589. probe points of excessive tenderness may be discovered. These, Hilton
  33590. believed, correspond to exposed nerve filaments.
  33591.  
  33592. _Ulcers which are spreading_ may be met with in one of several
  33593. conditions.
  33594.  
  33595. _The Inflamed Condition._--Any ulcer may become acutely inflamed from
  33596. the access of fresh organisms, aided by mechanical irritation from
  33597. trauma, ill-fitting splints or bandages, or want of rest, or from
  33598. chemical irritants, such as strong antiseptics. The best clinical
  33599. example of an inflamed ulcer is the venereal soft sore. The base of the
  33600. ulcer becomes red and angry-looking, the granulations disappear, and a
  33601. copious discharge of thin yellow pus, mixed with blood, escapes. Sloughs
  33602. of granulation tissue or of connective tissue may form. The edges become
  33603. red, ragged, and everted, and the ulcer increases in size by spreading
  33604. into the inflamed and oedematous surrounding tissues. Such ulcers are
  33605. frequently multiple. Pain is a constant symptom, and is often severe,
  33606. and there is usually some constitutional disturbance.
  33607.  
  33608. The _phagedaenic condition_ is the result of an ulcer being infected with
  33609. specially virulent bacteria. It occurs in syphilitic ulcers, and rapidly
  33610. leads to a widespread destruction of tissue. It is also met with in the
  33611. throat in some cases of scarlet fever, and may give rise to fatal
  33612. haemorrhage by ulcerating into large blood vessels. All the local and
  33613. constitutional signs of a severe septic infection are present.
  33614.  
  33615. #Treatment of Ulcers.#--An ulcer is not only an immediate cause of
  33616. suffering to the patient, crippling and incapacitating him for his work,
  33617. but is a distinct and constant menace to his health: the prolonged
  33618. discharge reduces his strength; the open sore is a possible source of
  33619. infection by the organisms of suppuration, erysipelas, or other specific
  33620. diseases; phlebitis, with formation of septic emboli, leading to pyaemia,
  33621. is liable to occur; and in old persons it is not uncommon for ulcers of
  33622. long standing to become the seat of cancer. In addition, the offensive
  33623. odour of many ulcers renders the patient a source of annoyance and
  33624. discomfort to others. The primary object of treatment in any ulcer is to
  33625. bring it into the condition of a healing sore. When this has been
  33626. effected, nature will do the rest, provided extraneous sources of
  33627. irritation are excluded.
  33628.  
  33629. Steps must be taken to facilitate the venous return from the ulcerated
  33630. part, and to ensure that a sufficient supply of fresh, healthy blood
  33631. reaches it. The septic element must be eliminated by disinfecting the
  33632. ulcer and its surroundings, and any other sources of irritation must be
  33633. removed.
  33634.  
  33635. If the patient's health is below par, good nourishing food, tonics, and
  33636. general hygienic treatment are indicated.
  33637.  
  33638. _Management of a Healing Sore._--Perhaps the best dressing for a healing
  33639. sore is a layer of Lister's perforated oiled-silk protective, which is
  33640. made to cover the raw surface and the skin for about a quarter of an
  33641. inch beyond the margins of the sore. Over this three or four thicknesses
  33642. of sterilised gauze, wrung out of eusol, creolin, or sterilised water,
  33643. are applied, and covered by a pad of absorbent wool. As far as possible
  33644. the part should be kept at rest, and the position should be adjusted so
  33645. as to favour the circulation in the affected area.
  33646.  
  33647. The dressing may be renewed at intervals, and care must be taken to
  33648. avoid any rough handling of the sore. Any discharge that lies on the
  33649. surface should be removed by a gentle stream of lotion rather than by
  33650. wiping. The area round the sore should be cleansed before the fresh
  33651. dressing is applied.
  33652.  
  33653. In some cases, healing goes on more rapidly under a dressing of weak
  33654. boracic ointment (one-quarter the strength of the pharmacopoeial
  33655. preparation). The growth of epithelium may be stimulated by a 6 to 8 per
  33656. cent. ointment of scarlet-red.
  33657.  
  33658. Dusting powders and poultice dressings are best avoided in the treatment
  33659. of healing sores.
  33660.  
  33661. In extensive ulcers resulting from recent burns, if the granulations are
  33662. healthy and aseptic, skin-grafts may safely be placed on them directly.
  33663. If, however, their asepticity cannot be relied upon, it is necessary to
  33664. scrape away the superficial layer of the granulations, the young fibrous
  33665. tissue underneath being conserved, as it is sufficiently vascular to
  33666. nourish the grafts placed on it.
  33667.  
  33668. #Treatment of Special Varieties of Ulcers.#--Before beginning to treat a
  33669. given ulcer, two questions have to be answered--first, What are the
  33670. causative conditions present? and second, In what condition do I find
  33671. the ulcer?--in other words, In what particulars does it differ from a
  33672. healthy healing sore?
  33673.  
  33674. If the cause is a local one, it must be removed; if a constitutional
  33675. one, means must be taken to counteract it. This done, the condition of
  33676. the ulcer must be so modified as to bring it into the state of a healing
  33677. sore, after which it will be managed on the lines already laid down.
  33678.  
  33679. #Treatment in relation to the Cause of the Ulcer.#--_Traumatic
  33680. Group._--The _prophylaxis_ of these ulcers consists in excluding
  33681. bacteria, by cleansing crushed or bruised parts, and applying sterilised
  33682. dressings and properly adjusted splints. If there is reason to fear that
  33683. the disinfection has not been complete, a Bier's constricting bandage
  33684. should be applied for some hours each day. These measures will often
  33685. prevent a grossly injured portion of skin dying, and will ensure
  33686. asepticity should it do so. In the event of the skin giving way, the
  33687. same form of dressing should be continued till the slough has separated
  33688. and a healthy granulating surface is formed. The protective dressing
  33689. appropriate to a healing sore is then substituted. _Pressure sores_ are
  33690. treated on the same lines.
  33691.  
  33692. The treatment of ulcers caused by _burns and scalds_ will be described
  33693. later.
  33694.  
  33695. In _ulcers of the leg due to interference with the venous return_, the
  33696. primary indication is to elevate the limb in order to facilitate the
  33697. flow of the blood in the veins, and so admit of fresh blood reaching the
  33698. part. The limb may be placed on pillows, or the foot of the bed raised
  33699. on blocks, so that the ulcer lies on a higher level than the heart.
  33700. Should varicose veins be present, the question of operative treatment
  33701. must be considered.
  33702.  
  33703. When an _imperfect nerve supply_ is the main factor underlying ulcer
  33704. formation, prophylaxis is the chief consideration. In patients suffering
  33705. from spinal injuries or diseases, cerebral paralysis, or affections of
  33706. the peripheral nerves, all sources of irritation, such as ill-fitting
  33707. splints, tight bandages, moist applications, and hot bottles, should be
  33708. avoided. Any part liable to pressure, from the position of the patient
  33709. or otherwise, must be carefully protected by pads of wool, air-cushions,
  33710. or water-bags, and must be kept absolutely dry. The skin should be
  33711. hardened by daily applications of methylated spirit.
  33712.  
  33713. Should an ulcer form in spite of these precautions, the mildest
  33714. antiseptics must be employed for bathing and dressing it, and as far as
  33715. possible all dressings should be dry.
  33716.  
  33717. The _perforating ulcer_ of the foot calls for special treatment. To
  33718. avoid pressure on the sole of the foot, the patient must be confined to
  33719. bed. As the main local obstacle to healing is the down-growth of
  33720. epithelium along the sides of the ulcer, this must be removed by the
  33721. knife or sharp spoon. The base also should be excised, and any bone
  33722. which may have become involved should be gouged away, so as to leave a
  33723. healthy and vascular surface. The cavity thus formed is stuffed with
  33724. bismuth or iodoform gauze and encouraged to heal from the bottom. As the
  33725. parts are insensitive an anaesthetic is not required. After the ulcer has
  33726. healed, the patient should wear in his boot a thick felt sole with a
  33727. hole cut out opposite the situation of the cicatrix. When a joint has
  33728. been opened into, the difficulty of thoroughly getting rid of all
  33729. unhealthy and infected granulations is so great that amputation may be
  33730. advisable, but it is to be remembered that ulceration may recur in the
  33731. stump if pressure is put upon it. The treatment of any nervous disease
  33732. or glycosuria which may coexist is, of course, indicated.
  33733.  
  33734. Exposure of the plantar nerves by an incision behind the medial
  33735. malleolus, and subjecting them to forcible stretching, has been employed
  33736. by Chipault and others in the treatment of perforating ulcers of the
  33737. foot.
  33738.  
  33739. The ulcer that forms in relation to callosities on the sole of the foot
  33740. is treated by paring away all the thickened skin, after softening it
  33741. with soda fomentations, removing the unhealthy granulations, and
  33742. applying stimulating dressings.
  33743.  
  33744. _Treatment of Ulcers due to Constitutional Causes._--When ulcers are
  33745. associated with such diseases as tuberculosis, syphilis, diabetes,
  33746. Bright's disease, scurvy, or gout, these must receive appropriate
  33747. treatment.
  33748.  
  33749. The local treatment of the _tuberculous ulcer_ calls for special
  33750. mention. If the ulcer is of limited extent and situated on an exposed
  33751. part of the body, the most satisfactory method is complete removal, by
  33752. means of the knife, scissors, or sharp spoon, of the ulcerated surface
  33753. and of all the infected area around it, so as to leave a healthy surface
  33754. from which granulations may spring up. Should the raw surface left be
  33755. likely to result in an unsightly scar or in cicatricial contraction,
  33756. skin-grafting should be employed.
  33757.  
  33758. For extensive ulcers on the limbs, the chest wall, or on other covered
  33759. parts, or when operative treatment is contra-indicated, the use of
  33760. tuberculin and exposure to the Rontgen rays have proved beneficial. The
  33761. induction of passive hyperaemia, by Bier's or by Klapp's apparatus,
  33762. should also be used, either alone or supplementary to other measures.
  33763.  
  33764. No ulcerative process responds so readily to medicinal treatment as the
  33765. _syphilitic ulcer_ does to the intra-venous administration of arsenical
  33766. preparations of the "606" or "914" groups or to full doses of iodide of
  33767. potassium and mercury, and the local application of black wash. When the
  33768. ulceration has lasted for a long time, however, and is widespread and
  33769. deep, the duration of treatment is materially shortened by a thorough
  33770. scraping with the sharp spoon.
  33771.  
  33772. #Treatment in relation to the Condition of the Ulcer.#--_Ulcers in a
  33773. weak condition._--If the weak condition of the ulcer is due to anaemia
  33774. or kidney disease, these affections must first be treated. Locally, the
  33775. imperfect granulations should be scraped away, and some stimulating
  33776. agent applied to the raw surface to promote the growth of healthy
  33777. granulations. For this purpose the sore may be covered with gauze
  33778. smeared with a 6 to 8 per cent. ointment of scarlet-red, the surrounding
  33779. parts being protected from the irritant action of the scarlet-red by a
  33780. layer of vaseline. A dressing of gauze moistened with eusol or of
  33781. boracic lint wrung out of red lotion (2 grains of sulphate of zinc, and
  33782. 10 minims of compound tincture of lavender, to an ounce of water), and
  33783. covered with a layer of gutta-percha tissue, is also useful.
  33784.  
  33785. When the condition has resulted from the prolonged use of moist
  33786. dressings, these must be stopped, the redundant granulations clipped
  33787. away with scissors, the surface rubbed with silver nitrate or sulphate
  33788. of copper (blue-stone), and dry dressings applied.
  33789.  
  33790. When the ulcer has assumed the characters of a healing sore, skin-grafts
  33791. may be applied to hasten cicatrisation.
  33792.  
  33793. _Ulcers in a callous condition_ call for treatment in three
  33794. directions--(1) The infective element must be eliminated. When the ulcer
  33795. is foul, relays of charcoal poultices (three parts of linseed meal to
  33796. one of charcoal), maintained for thirty-six to forty-eight hours, are
  33797. useful as a preliminary step. The base of the ulcer and the thickened
  33798. edges should then be freely scraped with a sharp spoon, and the
  33799. resulting raw surface sponged over with undiluted carbolic acid or
  33800. iodine, after which an antiseptic dressing is applied, and changed daily
  33801. till healthy granulations appear. (2) The venous return must be
  33802. facilitated by elevation of the limb and massage. (3) The induration of
  33803. the surrounding parts must be got rid of before contraction of the sore
  33804. is possible. For this purpose the free application of blisters, as first
  33805. recommended by Syme, leaves little to be desired. Liquor epispasticus
  33806. painted over the parts, or a large fly-blister (emplastrum cantharidis)
  33807. applied all round the ulcer, speedily disperses the inflammatory
  33808. products which cause the induration. The use of elastic pressure or of
  33809. strapping, of hot-air baths, or the making of multiple incisions in the
  33810. skin around the ulcer, fulfils the same object.
  33811.  
  33812. As soon as the ulcer assumes the characters of a healing sore, it should
  33813. be covered with skin-grafts, which furnish a much better cicatrix than
  33814. that which forms when the ulcer is allowed to heal without such aid.
  33815.  
  33816. A more radical method of treatment consists in excising the whole
  33817. ulcer, including its edges and about a quarter of an inch of the
  33818. surrounding tissue, as well as the underlying fibrous tissue, and
  33819. grafting the raw surface.
  33820.  
  33821. _Ambulatory Treatment._--When the circumstances of the patient forbid
  33822. his lying up in bed, the healing of the ulcer is much delayed. He should
  33823. be instructed to take every possible opportunity of placing the limb in
  33824. an elevated position, and must constantly wear a firm bandage of
  33825. _elastic webbing_. This webbing is porous and admits of evaporation of
  33826. the skin and wound secretions--an advantage it has over Martin's rubber
  33827. bandage. The bandage should extend from the toes to well above the knee,
  33828. and should always be applied while the patient is in the recumbent
  33829. position with the leg elevated, preferably before getting out of bed in
  33830. the morning. Additional support is given to the veins if the bandage is
  33831. applied as a figure of eight.
  33832.  
  33833. We have found the following method satisfactory in out-patient
  33834. practice. The patient lying on a couch, the limb is raised about
  33835. eighteen inches and kept in this position for five minutes--till the
  33836. excess of blood has left it. With the limb still raised, the ulcer with
  33837. the surrounding skin is covered with a layer, about half an inch thick,
  33838. of finely powdered boracic acid, and the leg, from foot to knee,
  33839. excluding the sole, is enveloped in a thick layer of wood-wool wadding.
  33840. This is held in position by ordinary cotton bandages, painted over with
  33841. liquid starch; while the starch is drying the limb is kept elevated.
  33842. With this appliance the patient may continue to work, and the dressing
  33843. does not require to be changed oftener than once in three or four weeks
  33844. (W. G. Richardson).
  33845.  
  33846. When an ulcer becomes acutely _inflamed_ as a result of superadded
  33847. infection, antiseptic measures are employed to overcome the infection,
  33848. and ichthyol or other soothing applications may be used to allay the
  33849. pain.
  33850.  
  33851. The _phagedaenic ulcer_ calls for more energetic means of disinfection;
  33852. the whole of the affected surface is touched with the actual cautery at
  33853. a white heat, or is painted with pure carbolic acid. Relays of charcoal
  33854. poultices are then applied until the spread of the disease is arrested.
  33855.  
  33856. For the _irritable ulcer_ the most satisfactory treatment is complete
  33857. excision and subsequent skin-grafting.
  33858.  
  33859.  
  33860.  
  33861.  
  33862. CHAPTER VI
  33863.  
  33864. GANGRENE
  33865.  
  33866.  
  33867. Definition--Types: _Dry_, _Moist_--Varieties--Gangrene primarily due to
  33868.     interference with circulation: _Senile gangrene_; _Embolic
  33869.     gangrene_; _Gangrene following ligation of arteries_; _Gangrene
  33870.     from mechanical causes_; _Gangrene from heat, chemical agents, and
  33871.     cold_; _Diabetic gangrene_; _Gangrene associated with spasm of
  33872.     blood vessels_; _Raynaud's disease_; _Angio-sclerotic gangrene_;
  33873.     _Gangrene from ergot_. Bacterial varieties of gangrene.
  33874.     _Pathology_--clinical varieties--_Acute infective gangrene_;
  33875.     _Malignant oedema_; _Acute emphysematous_ or _gas gangrene_;
  33876.     _Cancrum oris_, _etc_. Bed-sores: _Acute_; _chronic_.
  33877.  
  33878. Gangrene or mortification is the process by which a portion of tissue
  33879. dies _en masse_, as distinguished from the molecular or cellular death
  33880. which constitutes ulceration. The dead portion is known as a _slough_.
  33881.  
  33882. In this chapter we shall confine our attention to the process as it
  33883. affects the limbs and superficial parts, leaving gangrene of the viscera
  33884. to be described in regional surgery.
  33885.  
  33886.  
  33887. TYPES OF GANGRENE
  33888.  
  33889. Two distinct types of gangrene are met with, which, from their most
  33890. obvious point of difference, are known respectively as _dry_ and
  33891. _moist_, and there are several clinical varieties of each type.
  33892.  
  33893. Speaking generally, it may be said that dry gangrene is essentially due
  33894. to a simple _interference with the blood supply_ of a part; while the
  33895. main factor in the production of moist gangrene is _bacterial
  33896. infection_.
  33897.  
  33898. The cardinal signs of gangrene are: change in the colour of the part,
  33899. coldness, loss of sensation and motor power, and, lastly, loss of
  33900. pulsation in the arteries.
  33901.  
  33902. #Dry Gangrene# or #Mummification# is a comparatively slow form of local
  33903. death due, as a rule, to a diminution in the arterial blood supply of
  33904. the affected part, resulting from such causes as the gradual narrowing
  33905. of the lumen of the arteries by disease of their coats, or the blocking
  33906. of the main vessel by an embolus.
  33907.  
  33908. As the fluids in the tissues are lost by evaporation the part becomes
  33909. dry and shrivelled, and as the skin is usually intact, infection does
  33910. not take place, or if it does, the want of moisture renders the part an
  33911. unsuitable soil, and the organisms do not readily find a footing. Any
  33912. spread of the process that may take place is chiefly influenced by the
  33913. anatomical distribution of the blocked arteries, and is arrested as soon
  33914. as it reaches an area rich in anastomotic vessels. The dead portion is
  33915. then cast off, the irritation resulting from the contact of the dead
  33916. with the still living tissue inducing the formation of granulations on
  33917. the proximal side of the junction, and these by slowly eating into the
  33918. dead portion produce a furrow--the _line of demarcation_--which
  33919. gradually deepens until complete separation is effected. As the muscles
  33920. and bones have a richer blood supply than the integument, the death of
  33921. skin and subcutaneous tissues extends higher than that of muscles and
  33922. bone, with the result that the stump left after spontaneous separation
  33923. is conical, the end of the bone projecting beyond the soft parts.
  33924.  
  33925. _Clinical Features._--The part undergoing mortification becomes colder
  33926. than normal, the temperature falling to that of the surrounding
  33927. atmosphere. In many instances, but not in all, the onset of the process
  33928. is accompanied by severe neuralgic pain in the part, probably due to
  33929. anaemia of the nerves, to neuritis, or to the irritation of the exposed
  33930. axis cylinders by the dead and dying tissues around them. This pain soon
  33931. ceases and gives place to a complete loss of sensation. The dead part
  33932. becomes dry, horny, shrivelled, and semi-transparent--at first of a dark
  33933. brown, but finally of a black colour, from the dissemination of blood
  33934. pigment throughout the tissues. There is no putrefaction, and therefore
  33935. no putrid odour; and the condition being non-infective, there is not
  33936. necessarily any constitutional disturbance. In itself, therefore, dry
  33937. gangrene does not involve immediate risk to life; the danger lies in the
  33938. fact that the breach of surface at the line of demarcation furnishes a
  33939. possible means of entrance for bacteria, which may lead to infective
  33940. complications.
  33941.  
  33942. #Moist Gangrene# is an acute process, the dead part retaining its fluids
  33943. and so affording a favourable soil for the development of bacteria. The
  33944. action of the organisms and their toxins on the adjacent tissues leads
  33945. to a rapid and wide spread of the process. The skin becomes moist and
  33946. macerated, and bullae, containing dark-coloured fluid or gases, form
  33947. under the epidermis. The putrefactive gases evolved cause the skin to
  33948. become emphysematous and crepitant and produce an offensive odour. The
  33949. tissues assume a greenish-black colour from the formation in them of a
  33950. sulphide of iron resulting from decomposition of the blood pigment.
  33951. Under certain conditions the dead part may undergo changes resembling
  33952. more closely those of ordinary post-mortem decomposition. Owing to its
  33953. nature the spread of the gangrene is seldom arrested by the natural
  33954. protective processes, and it usually continues until the condition
  33955. proves fatal from the absorption of toxins into the circulation.
  33956.  
  33957. The _clinical features_ vary in the different varieties of moist
  33958. gangrene, but the local results of bacterial action and the
  33959. constitutional disturbance associated with toxin absorption are present
  33960. in all; the prognosis therefore is grave in the extreme.
  33961.  
  33962. From what has been said, it will be gathered that in dry gangrene there
  33963. is no urgent call for operation to save the patient's life, the primary
  33964. indication being to prevent the access of bacteria to the dead part, and
  33965. especially to the surface exposed at the line of demarcation. In moist
  33966. gangrene, on the contrary, organisms having already obtained a footing,
  33967. immediate removal of the dead and dying tissues, as a rule, offers the
  33968. only hope of saving life.
  33969.  
  33970.  
  33971. VARIETIES OF GANGRENE
  33972.  
  33973. #Varieties of Gangrene essentially due to Interference with the
  33974. Circulation#
  33975.  
  33976. While the varieties of gangrene included in this group depend primarily
  33977. on interference with the circulation, it is to be borne in mind that the
  33978. clinical course of the affection may be profoundly influenced by
  33979. superadded infection with micro-organisms. Although the bacteria do not
  33980. play the most important part in producing tissue necrosis, their
  33981.  
  33982. subsequent introduction is an accident of such importance that it may
  33983. change the whole aspect of affairs and convert a dry form of gangrene
  33984. into one of the moist type. Moreover, the low state of vitality of the
  33985. tissues, and the extreme difficulty of securing and maintaining asepsis,
  33986. make it a sequel of great frequency.
  33987.  
  33988. #Senile Gangrene.#--Senile gangrene is the commonest example of local
  33989. death produced by a _gradual_ diminution in the quantity of blood
  33990. passing through the parts, as a result of arterio-sclerosis or other
  33991. chronic disease of the arteries leading to diminution of their calibre.
  33992. It is the most characteristic example of the dry type of gangrene. As
  33993. the term indicates, it occurs in old persons, but the patient's age is
  33994. to be reckoned by the condition of his arteries rather than by the
  33995. number of his years. Thus the vessels of a comparatively young man who
  33996. has suffered from syphilis and been addicted to alcohol are more liable
  33997. to atheromatous degeneration leading to this form of gangrene than are
  33998. those of a much older man who has lived a regular and abstemious life.
  33999. This form of gangrene is much more common in men than in women. While it
  34000. usually attacks only one foot, it is not uncommon for the other foot to
  34001. be affected after an interval, and in some cases it is bilateral from
  34002. the outset. It must clearly be understood that any form of gangrene may
  34003.  
  34004. occur in old persons, the term senile being here restricted to that
  34005. variety which results from arterio-sclerosis.
  34006.  
  34007. [Illustration: FIG. 20.--Senile Gangrene of the Foot, showing line of
  34008. demarcation.]
  34009.  
  34010. _Clinical Features._--The commonest seat of the disease is in the toes,
  34011. especially the great toe, whence it spreads up the foot to the heel, or
  34012. even to the leg (Fig. 20). There is often a history of some slight
  34013. injury preceding its onset. The vitality of the tissues is so low that
  34014. the balance between life and death may be turned by the most trivial
  34015. injury, such as a cut while paring a toe-nail or a corn, a blister
  34016. caused by an ill-fitting shoe or the contact of a hot-bottle. In some
  34017. cases the actual gangrene is determined by thrombosis of the popliteal
  34018. or tibial arteries, which are already narrowed by obliterating
  34019. endarteritis.
  34020.  
  34021. It is common to find that the patient has been troubled for a long time
  34022. before the onset of definite signs of gangrene, with cold feet, with
  34023. tingling and loss of feeling, or a peculiar sensation as if walking on
  34024. cotton wool.
  34025.  
  34026. The first evidence of the death of the part varies in different cases.
  34027. Sometimes a dark-blue spot appears on the medial side of the great toe
  34028. and gradually increases in size; or a blister containing blood-stained
  34029. fluid may form. Streaks or patches of dark-blue mottling appear higher
  34030. up on the foot or leg. In other cases a small sore surrounded by a
  34031. congested areola forms in relation to the nail and refuses to heal. Such
  34032. sores on the toes of old persons are always to be looked upon with
  34033. suspicion and treated with the greatest care; and the urine should be
  34034. examined for sugar. There is often severe, deep-seated pain of a
  34035. neuralgic character, with cramps in the limb, and these may persist long
  34036. after a line of demarcation has formed. The dying part loses sensibility
  34037. to touch and becomes cold and shrivelled.
  34038.  
  34039. All the physical appearances and clinical symptoms associated with dry
  34040. gangrene supervene, and the dead portion is delimited by a line of
  34041. demarcation. If this forms slowly and irregularly it indicates a very
  34042. unsatisfactory condition of the circulation; while, if it forms quickly
  34043. and decidedly, the presumption is that the circulation in the parts
  34044. above is fairly good. The separation of the dead part is always attended
  34045. with the risk of infection taking place, and should this occur, the
  34046. temperature rises and other evidences of toxaemia appear.
  34047.  
  34048. _Prophylaxis._--The toes and feet of old people, the condition of whose
  34049. circulation predisposes them to gangrene, should be protected from
  34050. slight injuries such as may be received while paring nails, cutting
  34051. corns, or wearing ill-fitting boots. The patient should also be warned
  34052. of the risk of exposure to cold, the use of hot-bottles, and of placing
  34053. the feet near a fire. Attempts have been made to improve the peripheral
  34054. circulation by establishing an anastomosis between the main artery of a
  34055. limb and its companion vein, so that arterial blood may reach the
  34056. peripheral capillaries--reversal of the circulation--but the clinical
  34057. results have proved disappointing. (See _Op. Surg._, p. 29.)
  34058.  
  34059. _Treatment._--When there is evidence that gangrene has occurred, the
  34060. first indication is to prevent infection by purifying the part, and
  34061. after careful drying to wrap it in a thick layer of absorbent and
  34062. antiseptic wool, retained in place by a loosely applied bandage. A
  34063. slight degree of elevation of the limb is an advantage, but it must not
  34064. be sufficient to diminish the amount of blood entering the part.
  34065. Hot-bottles are to be used with the utmost caution. As absolute dryness
  34066. is essential, ointments or other greasy dressings are to be avoided, as
  34067. they tend to prevent evaporation from the skin. Opium should be given
  34068. freely to alleviate pain. Stimulation is to be avoided, and the patient
  34069. should be carefully dieted.
  34070.  
  34071. When the gangrene is limited to the toes in old and feeble patients,
  34072. some surgeons advocate the expectant method of treatment, waiting for a
  34073. line of demarcation to form and allowing the dead part to be separated.
  34074. This takes place so slowly, however, that it necessitates the patient
  34075. being laid up for many weeks, or even months; and we agree with the
  34076. majority in advising early amputation.
  34077.  
  34078. In this connection it is worthy of note that there are certain points at
  34079. which gangrene naturally tends to become arrested--namely, at the highly
  34080. vascular areas in the neighbourhood of joints. Thus gangrene of the
  34081. great toe often stops when it reaches the metatarso-phalangeal joint; or
  34082. if it trespasses this limit it may be arrested either at the
  34083. tarso-metatarsal or at the ankle joint. If these be passed, it usually
  34084. spreads up the leg to just below the knee before signs of arrestment
  34085. appear. Further, it is seen from pathological specimens that the spread
  34086. is greater on the dorsal than on the plantar aspect, and that the death
  34087. of skin and subcutaneous tissues extends higher than that of bone and
  34088. muscle.
  34089.  
  34090. These facts furnish us with indications as to the seat and method of
  34091. amputation. Experience has proved that in senile gangrene of the lower
  34092. extremity the most reliable and satisfactory results are obtained by
  34093. amputating in the region of the knee, care being taken to perform the
  34094. operation so as to leave the prepatellar anastomosis intact by retaining
  34095. the patella in the anterior flap. The most satisfactory operation in
  34096. these cases is Gritti's supra-condylar amputation. Haemorrhage is easily
  34097. controlled by digital pressure, and the use of a tourniquet should be
  34098. dispensed with, as the constriction of the limb is liable to interfere
  34099. with the vitality of the flaps.
  34100.  
  34101. When the tibial vessels can be felt pulsating at the ankle it may be
  34102. justifiable, if the patient urgently desires it, to amputate lower than
  34103. the knee; but there is considerable risk of gangrene recurring in the
  34104. stump and necessitating a second operation.
  34105.  
  34106. That amputation for senile gangrene performed between the ankle and the
  34107. knee seldom succeeds, is explained by the fact that the vascular
  34108. obstruction is usually in the upper part of the posterior tibial artery,
  34109. and the operation is therefore performed through tissues with an
  34110. inadequate blood supply. It is not uncommon, indeed, on amputating above
  34111. the knee, to find even the popliteal artery plugged by a clot. This
  34112. should be removed at the amputation by squeezing the vessel from above
  34113. downward by a "milking" movement, or by "catheterising the artery" with
  34114. the aid of a cannula with a terminal aperture.
  34115.  
  34116. It is to be borne in mind that the object of amputation in these cases
  34117. is merely to remove the gangrenous part, and so relieve the patient of
  34118. the discomfort and the risks from infection which its presence involves.
  34119. While it is true that in many of these patients the operation is borne
  34120. remarkably well, it must be borne in mind that those who suffer from
  34121. senile gangrene are of necessity bad lives, and a guarded opinion should
  34122. be expressed as to the prospects of survival. The possibility of the
  34123. disease developing in the other limb has already been referred to.
  34124.  
  34125. [Illustration: FIG. 21.--Embolic Gangrene of Hand and Arm.]
  34126.  
  34127. #Embolic Gangrene# (Fig. 21).--This is the most typical form of gangrene
  34128. resulting from the _sudden_ occlusion of the main artery of a part,
  34129. whether by the impaction of an embolus or the formation of a thrombus in
  34130. its lumen, when the collateral circulation is not sufficiently free to
  34131. maintain the vitality of the tissues.
  34132.  
  34133. There is sudden pain at the site of impaction of the embolus, and the
  34134. pulses beyond are lost. The limb becomes cold, numb, insensitive, and
  34135. powerless. It is often pale at first--hence the term "white gangrene"
  34136. sometimes applicable to the early appearances, which closely resemble
  34137. those presented by the limb of a corpse.
  34138.  
  34139. If the part is aseptic it shrivels, and presents the ordinary features
  34140. of dry gangrene. It is liable, however, especially in the lower
  34141. extremity and when the veins also are obstructed, to become infected and
  34142. to assume the characters of the moist type.
  34143.  
  34144. The extent of the gangrene depends upon the site of impaction of the
  34145. embolus, thus if the _abdominal aorta_ becomes suddenly occluded by an
  34146. embolus at its bifurcation, the obstruction of the iliacs and femorals
  34147. induces symmetrical gangrene of both extremities as high as the inguinal
  34148. ligaments. When gangrene follows occlusion of the _external iliac_ or of
  34149. the _femoral artery_ above the origin of its deep branch, the death of
  34150. the limb extends as high as the middle or upper third of the thigh. When
  34151. the _femoral_ below the origin of its deep branch or the _popliteal
  34152. artery_ is obstructed, the veins remaining pervious, the anastomosis
  34153. through the profunda is sufficient to maintain the vascular supply, and
  34154. gangrene does not necessarily follow. The rupture of a popliteal
  34155. aneurysm, however, by compressing the vein and the articular branches,
  34156. usually determines gangrene. When an embolus becomes impacted at the
  34157. _bifurcation of the popliteal_, if gangrene ensues it usually spreads
  34158. well up the leg.
  34159.  
  34160. When the _axillary artery_ is the seat of embolic impaction, and
  34161. gangrene ensues, the process usually reaches the middle of the upper
  34162. arm. Gangrene following the blocking of the _brachial_ at its
  34163. bifurcation usually extends as far as the junction of the lower and
  34164. middle thirds of the forearm.
  34165.  
  34166. Gangrene due to thrombosis or embolism is sometimes met with in patients
  34167. recovering from typhus, typhoid, or other fevers, such as that
  34168. associated with child-bed. It occurs in peripheral parts, such as the
  34169. toes, fingers, nose, or ears.
  34170.  
  34171. _Treatment._--The general treatment of embolic gangrene is the same as
  34172. that for the senile form. Success has followed opening the artery and
  34173. removing the embolus. The artery is exposed at the seat of impaction
  34174. and, having been clamped above and below, a longitudinal opening is made
  34175. and the clot carefully extracted with the aid of forceps; it is
  34176. sometimes unexpectedly long (one recorded from the femoral artery
  34177. measured nearly 34 inches); the wound in the artery is then sewn up with
  34178. fine silk soaked in paraffin. When amputation is indicated, it must be
  34179. performed sufficiently high to ensure a free vascular supply to the
  34180. flaps.
  34181.  
  34182. #Gangrene following Ligation of Arteries.#--After the ligation of an
  34183. artery in its continuity--for example, in the treatment of aneurysm--the
  34184. limb may for some days remain in a condition verging on gangrene, the
  34185. distal parts being cold, devoid of sensation, and powerless. As the
  34186. collateral circulation is established, the vitality of the tissues is
  34187. gradually restored and these symptoms pass off. In some cases,
  34188. however,--and especially in the lower extremity--gangrene ensues and
  34189. presents the same characters as those resulting from embolism. It tends
  34190. to be of the dry type. The occlusion of the vein as well as the artery
  34191. is not found to increase the risk of gangrene.
  34192.  
  34193. #Gangrene from Mechanical Constriction of the Vessels of the part.#--The
  34194. application of a bandage or plaster-of-Paris case too tightly, or of a
  34195. tourniquet for too long a time, has been known to lead to death of the
  34196. part beyond; but such cases are rare, as are also those due to the
  34197. pressure of a fractured bone or of a tumour on a large artery or vein.
  34198. When gangrene occurs from such causes, it tends to be of the moist type.
  34199.  
  34200. Much commoner is it to meet with localised areas of necrosis due to the
  34201. excessive _pressure of splints_ over bony prominences, such as the
  34202. lateral malleolus, the medial condyle of the humerus, or femur, or over
  34203. the dorsum of the foot. This is especially liable to occur when the
  34204. nutrition of the skin is depressed by any interference with its
  34205. nerve-supply, such as follows injuries to the spine or peripheral
  34206. nerves, disease of the brain, or acute anterior poliomyelitis. When the
  34207. splint is removed the skin pressed upon is found to be of a pale yellow
  34208. or grey colour, and is surrounded by a ring of hyperaemia. If protected
  34209. from infection, the clinical course is that of dry gangrene.
  34210.  
  34211. Bed-sores, which are closely allied to pressure sores, will be described
  34212. at the end of this chapter.
  34213.  
  34214. When a localised portion of tissue, for example, a piece of skin, is so
  34215. severely _crushed_ or _bruised_ that its blood vessels are occluded and
  34216. its structure destroyed, it dies, and, if not infected with bacteria,
  34217. dries up, and the shrivelled brown skin is slowly separated by the
  34218. growth of granulation tissue beneath and around it.
  34219.  
  34220. Fingers, toes, or even considerable portions of limbs may in the same
  34221. way be suddenly destroyed by severe trauma, and undergo mummification.
  34222. If organisms gain access, typical moist gangrene may ensue, or changes
  34223. similar to those of ordinary post-mortem decomposition may take place.
  34224.  
  34225. _Treatment._--The first indication is to exclude bacteria by purifying
  34226. the damaged part and its surroundings, and applying dry, non-irritating
  34227. dressings.
  34228.  
  34229. When these measures are successful, dry gangrene ensues. The raw surface
  34230. left after the separation of the dead skin may be allowed to heal by
  34231. granulation, or may be covered by skin-grafts. In the case of a finger
  34232. or a limb it is not necessary to wait until spontaneous separation takes
  34233. place, as this is often a slow process. When a well-marked line of
  34234. demarcation has formed, amputation may be performed just sufficiently
  34235. far above it to enable suitable flaps to be made.
  34236.  
  34237. The end of a stump, after spontaneous separation of the gangrenous
  34238. portion, requires to be trimmed, sufficient bone being removed to permit
  34239. of the soft parts coming together.
  34240.  
  34241. If moist gangrene supervenes, amputation must be performed without
  34242. delay, and at a higher level.
  34243.  
  34244. #Gangrene from Heat, Chemical Agents, and Cold.#--Severe #burns# and
  34245. #scalds# may be followed by necrosis of tissue. So long as the parts are
  34246. kept absolutely dry--as, for example, by the picric acid method of
  34247. treatment--the grossly damaged portions of tissue undergo dry gangrene;
  34248. but when wet or oily dressings are applied and organisms gain access,
  34249. moist gangrene follows.
  34250.  
  34251. Strong #chemical agents#, such as caustic potash, nitric or sulphuric
  34252. acid, may also induce local tissue necrosis, the general appearances of
  34253. the lesions produced being like those of severe burns. The resulting
  34254. sloughs are slow to separate, and leave deep punched-out cavities which
  34255. are long of healing.
  34256.  
  34257. #Carbolic Gangrene.#--Carbolic acid, even in comparatively weak
  34258. solution, is liable to induce dry gangrene when applied as a fomentation
  34259. to a finger, especially in women and children. Thrombosis occurs in the
  34260. blood vessels of the part, which at first is pale and soft, but later
  34261. becomes dark and leathery. On account of the anaesthetic action of
  34262. carbolic acid, the onset of the process is painless, and the patient
  34263. does not realise his danger. A line of demarcation soon forms, but the
  34264. dead part separates very slowly.
  34265.  
  34266. #Gangrene from Frost-bite.#--It is difficult to draw the line between
  34267. the third degree of chilblain and the milder forms of true frost-bite;
  34268. the difference is merely one of degree. Frost-bite affects chiefly the
  34269. toes and fingers--especially the great toe and the little finger--the
  34270. ears, and the nose. In this country it is seldom seen except in members
  34271. of the tramp class, who, in addition to being exposed to cold by
  34272. sleeping in the open air, are ill-fed and generally debilitated. The
  34273. condition usually manifests itself after the parts, having been
  34274. subjected to extreme cold, are brought into warm surroundings. The first
  34275. symptom is numbness in the part, followed by a sense of weight,
  34276. tingling, and finally by complete loss of sensation. The part attacked
  34277. becomes white and bleached-looking, feels icy cold, and is insensitive
  34278. to touch. Either immediately, or, it may be, not for several days, it
  34279. becomes discoloured and swollen, and finally contracts and shrivels.
  34280. Above the dead area the limb may be the seat of excruciating pain. The
  34281. dead portion is cast off, as in other forms of dry gangrene, by the
  34282. formation of a line of demarcation.
  34283.  
  34284. To prevent the occurrence of gangrene from frost-bite it is necessary to
  34285. avoid the sudden application of heat. The patient should be placed in a
  34286. cold room, and the part rubbed with snow, or put in a cold bath, and
  34287. have light friction applied to it. As the circulation is restored the
  34288. general surroundings and the local applications are gradually made
  34289. warmer. Elevation of the part, wrapping it in cotton wool, and removal
  34290. to a warmer room, are then permissible, and stimulants and warm drinks
  34291. may be given with caution. When by these means the occurrence of
  34292. gangrene is averted, recovery ensues, its onset being indicated by the
  34293. white parts assuming a livid red hue and becoming the seat of an acute
  34294. burning sensation.
  34295.  
  34296. A condition known as _Trench feet_ was widely prevalent amongst the
  34297. troops in France during the European War. Although allied to frost-bite,
  34298. cold appears to play a less important part in its causation than
  34299. humidity and constriction of the limbs producing ischaemia of the feet.
  34300. Changes were found in the endothelium of the blood vessels, the axis
  34301. cylinders of nerves, and the muscles. The condition does not occur in
  34302. civil life.
  34303.  
  34304. #Diabetic Gangrene.#--This form of gangrene is prone to occur in persons
  34305. over fifty years of age who suffer from glycosuria. The arteries are
  34306. often markedly diseased. In some cases the existence of the glycosuria
  34307. is unsuspected before the onset of the gangrene, and it is only on
  34308. examining the urine that the cause of the condition is discovered. The
  34309. gangrenous process seldom begins as suddenly as that associated with
  34310. embolism, and, like senile gangrene, which it may closely simulate in
  34311. its early stages, it not infrequently begins after a slight injury to
  34312. one of the toes. It but rarely, however, assumes the dry, shrivelling
  34313. type, as a rule being attended with swelling, oedema, and dusky redness
  34314. of the foot, and severe pain. According to Paget, the dead part remains
  34315. warm longer than in other forms of senile gangrene; there is a greater
  34316. tendency for patches of skin at some distance from the primary seat of
  34317. disease to become gangrenous, and for the death of tissue to extend
  34318. upwards in the subcutaneous planes, leaving the overlying skin
  34319. unaffected. The low vitality of the tissues favours the growth of
  34320. bacteria, and if these gain access, the gangrene assumes the characters
  34321. of the moist type and spreads rapidly.
  34322.  
  34323. The rules for amputation are the same as those governing the treatment
  34324. of senile gangrene, the level at which the limb is removed depending
  34325. upon whether the gangrene is of the dry or moist type. The general
  34326. treatment for diabetes must, of course, be employed whether amputation
  34327. is performed or not. Paget recommended that the dietetic treatment
  34328. should not be so rigid as in uncomplicated diabetes, and that opium
  34329. should be given freely.
  34330.  
  34331. The _prognosis_ even after amputation is unfavourable. In many cases the
  34332. patient dies with symptoms of diabetic coma within a few days of the
  34333. operation; or, if he survives this, he may eventually succumb to
  34334. diabetes. In others there is sloughing of the flaps and death results
  34335. from toxaemia. Occasionally the other limb becomes gangrenous. On the
  34336. other hand, the glycosuria may diminish or may even disappear after
  34337. amputation.
  34338.  
  34339. #Gangrene associated with Spasm of Blood Vessels.#--#Raynaud's Disease#,
  34340. or symmetrical gangrene, is supposed to be due to spasm of the
  34341. arterioles, resulting from peripheral neuritis. It occurs oftenest in
  34342. women, between the ages of eighteen and thirty, who are the subjects of
  34343. uterine disorders, anaemia, or chlorosis. Cold is an aggravating factor,
  34344. as the disease is commonest during the winter months. The digits of both
  34345. hands or the toes of both feet are simultaneously attacked, and the
  34346. disease seldom spreads beyond the phalanges or deeper than the skin.
  34347.  
  34348. The first evidence is that the fingers become cold, white, and
  34349. insensitive to touch and pain. These attacks of _local syncope_ recur at
  34350. varying intervals for months or even years. They last for a few minutes
  34351. or even for some hours, and as they pass off the parts become hyperaemic
  34352. and painful.
  34353.  
  34354. A more advanced stage of the disease is known as _local asphyxia_. The
  34355. circulation through the fingers becomes exceedingly sluggish, and the
  34356. parts assume a dull, livid hue. There is swelling and burning or
  34357. shooting pain. This may pass off in a few days, or may increase in
  34358. severity, with the formation of bullae, and end in dry gangrene. As a
  34359. rule, the slough which forms is comparatively small and superficial,
  34360. but it may take some months to separate. The condition tends to recur in
  34361. successive winters.
  34362.  
  34363. The _treatment_ consists in remedying any nervous or uterine disorder
  34364. that may be present, keeping the parts warm by wrapping them in cotton
  34365. wool, and in the use of hot-air or electric baths, the parts being
  34366. immersed in water through which a constant current is passed. When
  34367. gangrene occurs, it is treated on the same lines as other forms of dry
  34368. gangrene, but if amputation is called for it is only with a view to
  34369. removing the dead part.
  34370.  
  34371. #Angio-sclerotic Gangrene.#--A form of gangrene due to _angio-sclerosis_
  34372. is occasionally met with in young persons, even in children. It bears
  34373. certain analogies to Raynaud's disease in that spasm of the vessels
  34374. plays a part in determining the local death.
  34375.  
  34376. The main arteries are narrowed by hyperplastic endarteritis followed by
  34377. thrombosis, and similar changes are found in the veins. The condition is
  34378. usually met with in the feet, but the upper extremity may be affected,
  34379. and is attended with very severe pain, rendering sleep impossible.
  34380.  
  34381. The patient is liable to sudden attacks of numbness, tingling and
  34382. weakness of the limbs which pass off with rest--_intermittent
  34383. claudication_. During these attacks the large arteries--femoral,
  34384. brachial, and subclavian--can be felt as firm cords, while pulsation is
  34385. lost in the peripheral vessels. Gangrene eventually ensues, is attended
  34386. with great pain and runs a slow course. It is treated on the same lines
  34387. as Raynaud's disease.
  34388.  
  34389. #Gangrene from Ergot.#--Gangrene may occur from interference with blood
  34390. supply, the result of tetanic contraction of the minute vessels, such as
  34391. results in ill-nourished persons who eat large quantities of coarse rye
  34392. bread contaminated with the _claviceps purpurea_ and containing the
  34393. ergot of rye. It has also occurred in the fingers of patients who have
  34394. taken ergot medicinally over long periods. The gangrene, which attacks
  34395. the toes, fingers, ears, or nose, is preceded by formication, numbness,
  34396. and pains in the parts to be affected, and is of the dry variety.
  34397.  
  34398. In this country it is usually met with in sailors off foreign ships,
  34399. whose dietary largely consists of rye bread. Trivial injuries may be the
  34400. starting-point, the anaesthesia produced by the ergotin preventing the
  34401. patient taking notice of them. Alcoholism is a potent predisposing
  34402. cause.
  34403.  
  34404. As it is impossible to predict how far the process will spread, it is
  34405. advisable to wait for the formation of a line of demarcation before
  34406. operating, and then to amputate immediately above the dead part.
  34407.  
  34408.  
  34409. BACTERIAL VARIETIES OF GANGRENE
  34410.  
  34411. The acute bacillary forms of gangrene all assume the moist type from the
  34412. first, and, spreading rapidly, result in extensive necrosis of tissue,
  34413. and often end fatally.
  34414.  
  34415. The infection is usually a mixed one in which anaerobic bacteria
  34416. predominate. The anaerobe most constantly present is the _bacillus
  34417. aerogenes capsulatus_, usually in association with other anaerobes, and
  34418. sometimes with pyogenic diplo- and streptococci. According to the mode of
  34419. action of the associated organisms and the combined effects of their
  34420. toxins on the tissues, the gangrenous process presents different
  34421. pathological and clinical features. Some combinations, for example,
  34422. result in a rapidly spreading cellulitis with early necrosis of
  34423. connective tissue accompanied by thrombosis throughout the capillary and
  34424. venous circulation of the parts implicated; other combinations cause
  34425. great oedema of the part, and others again lead to the formation of gases
  34426. in the tissues, particularly in the muscles.
  34427.  
  34428. These different effects do not appear to be due to a specific action of
  34429. any one of the organisms present, but to the combined effect of a
  34430. particular group living in symbiosis.
  34431.  
  34432. According as the cellulitic, the oedematous, or the gaseous
  34433. characteristics predominate, the clinical varieties of bacillary
  34434. gangrene may be separately described, but it must be clearly understood
  34435. that they frequently overlap and cannot always be distinguished from one
  34436. another.
  34437.  
  34438. #Clinical Varieties of Bacillary Gangrene.#--#Acute infective gangrene#
  34439. is the form most commonly met with in civil practice. It may follow such
  34440. trivial injuries as a pin-prick or a scratch, the signs of acute
  34441. cellulitis rapidly giving place to those of a spreading gangrene. Or it
  34442. may ensue on a severe railway, machinery, or street accident, when
  34443. lacerated and bruised tissues are contaminated with gross dirt. Often
  34444. within a few hours of the injury the whole part rapidly becomes painful,
  34445. swollen, oedematous, and tense. The skin is at first glazed, and perhaps
  34446. paler than normal, but soon assumes a dull red or purplish hue, and
  34447. bullae form on the surface. Putrefactive gases may be evolved in the
  34448. tissues, and their presence is indicated by emphysematous crackling when
  34449. the part is handled. The spread of the disease is so rapid that its
  34450. progress is quite visible from hour to hour, and may be traced by the
  34451. occurrence of red lines along the course of the lymphatics of the limb.
  34452. In the most acute cases the death of the affected part takes place so
  34453. rapidly that the local changes indicative of gangrene have not time to
  34454. occur, and the fact that the part is dead may be overlooked.
  34455.  
  34456. [Illustration: FIG. 22.--Gangrene of Terminal Phalanx of Index-Finger,
  34457. following cellulitis of hand resulting from a scratch on the palm of the
  34458. hand.]
  34459.  
  34460. Rigors may occur, but the temperature is not necessarily raised--indeed,
  34461. it is sometimes subnormal. The pulse is small, feeble, rapid, and
  34462. irregular. Unless amputation is promptly performed, death usually
  34463. follows within thirty-six or forty-eight hours. Even early operation
  34464. does not always avert the fatal issue, because the quantity of toxin
  34465. absorbed and its extreme virulence are often more than even a robust
  34466. subject can outlive.
  34467.  
  34468. _Treatment._--Every effort must be made to purify all such wounds as are
  34469. contaminated by earth, street dust, stable refuse, or other forms of
  34470. gross dirt. Devitalised and contaminated tissue is removed with the
  34471. knife or scissors and the wound purified with antiseptics of the
  34472. chlorine group or with hydrogen peroxide. If there is a reasonable
  34473. prospect that infection has been overcome, the wound may be at once
  34474. sutured, but if this is doubtful it is left open and packed or
  34475. irrigated.
  34476.  
  34477. When acute gangrene has set in no treatment short of amputation is of
  34478. any avail, and the sooner this is done, the greater is the hope of
  34479. saving the patient. The limb must be amputated well beyond the apparent
  34480. limits of the infected area, and stringent precautions must be taken to
  34481. avoid discharge from the already gangrenous area reaching the operation
  34482. wound. An assistant or nurse, who is to take no other part in the
  34483. operation, is told off to carry out the preliminary purification, and to
  34484. hold the limb during the operation.
  34485.  
  34486. #Malignant Oedema.#--This form of acute gangrene has been defined as
  34487. "a spreading inflammatory oedema attended with emphysema, and ultimately
  34488. followed by gangrene of the skin and adjacent parts." The predominant
  34489. organism is the _bacillus of malignant oedema_ or _vibrion septique_ of
  34490. Pasteur, which is found in garden soil, dung, and various putrefying
  34491. substances. It is anaerobic, and occurs as long, thick rods with
  34492. somewhat rounded ends and several laterally placed flagella. Spores,
  34493. which have a high power of resistance, form in the centre of the rods,
  34494. and bulge out the sides so as to give the organisms a spindle-shaped
  34495. outline. Other pathogenic organisms are also present and aid the
  34496. specific bacillus in its action.
  34497.  
  34498. At the bedside it is difficult, if not impossible, to distinguish it
  34499. from acute infective gangrene. Both follow on the same kinds of injury
  34500. and run an exceedingly rapid course. In malignant oedema, however, the
  34501. incidence of the disease is mainly on the superficial parts, which
  34502. become oedematous and emphysematous, and acquire a marbled appearance
  34503. with the veins clearly outlined. Early disappearance of sensation is a
  34504. particularly grave symptom. Bullae form on the skin, and the tissues
  34505. have "a peculiar heavy but not putrid odour." The constitutional effects
  34506. are extremely severe, and death may ensue within a few hours.
  34507.  
  34508. #Acute Emphysematous# or #Gas Gangrene# was prevalent in certain areas
  34509. at various periods during the European War. It follows infection of
  34510. lacerated wounds with the _bacillus aerogenes capsulatus_, usually in
  34511. combination with other anaerobes, and its main incidence is on the
  34512. muscles, which rapidly become infiltrated with gas that spreads
  34513. throughout the whole extent of the muscle, disintegrating its fibres and
  34514. leading to necrosis. The gangrenous process spreads with appalling
  34515. rapidity, the limb becoming enormously swollen, painful, and crepitant
  34516. or even tympanitic. Patches of coppery or purple colour appear on the
  34517. skin, and bullae containing blood-stained serum form on the surface. The
  34518. toxaemia is profound, and the face and lips assume a characteristic
  34519. cyanosis. The condition is attended with a high mortality. Only in the
  34520. early stages and when the infection is limited are local measures
  34521. successful in arresting the spread; in more severe cases amputation is
  34522. the only means of saving life.
  34523.  
  34524. #Cancrum Oris# or #Noma#.--This disease is believed to be due to a
  34525. specific bacillus, which occurs in long delicate rods, and is chiefly
  34526. found at the margin of the gangrenous area. It is prone to attack
  34527. unhealthy children from two to five years of age, especially during
  34528. their convalescence from such diseases as measles, scarlet fever, or
  34529. typhoid, but may attack adults when they are debilitated. It is most
  34530. common in the mouth, but sometimes occurs on the vulva. In the mouth it
  34531. begins as an ulcerative stomatitis, more especially affecting the gums
  34532. or inner aspect of the cheek. The child lies prostrated, and from the
  34533. open mouth foul-smelling saliva, streaked with blood, escapes; the face
  34534. is of an ashy-grey colour, the lips dark and swollen. On the inner
  34535. aspect of the cheek is a deeply ulcerated surface, with sloughy shreds
  34536. of dark-brown or black tissue covering its base; the edges are
  34537. irregular, firm, and swollen, and the surrounding mucous membrane is
  34538. infiltrated and oedematous. In the course of a few hours a dark spot
  34539. appears on the outer aspect of the cheek, and rapidly increases in size;
  34540. towards the centre it is black, shading off through blue and grey into a
  34541. dark-red area which extends over the cheek (Fig. 23). The tissue
  34542. implicated is at first firm and indurated, but as it loses its vitality
  34543. it becomes doughy and sodden. Finally a slough forms, and, when it
  34544. separates, the cheek is perforated.
  34545.  
  34546. Meanwhile the process spreads inside the mouth, and the gums, the floor
  34547. of the mouth, or even the jaws, may become gangrenous and the teeth fall
  34548. out. The constitutional disturbance is severe, the temperature raised,
  34549. and the pulse feeble and rapid.
  34550.  
  34551. The extremely foetid odour which pervades the room or even the house the
  34552. patient occupies, is usually sufficient to suggest the diagnosis of
  34553. cancrum oris. The odour must not be mistaken for that due to
  34554. decomposition of sordes on the teeth and gums of a debilitated patient.
  34555.  
  34556. The _prognosis_ is always grave in the extreme, the main risks being
  34557. general toxaemia and septic pneumonia. When recovery takes place there is
  34558. serious deformity, and considerable portions of the jaws may be lost by
  34559. necrosis.
  34560.  
  34561. [Illustration: FIG. 23.--Cancrum oris.
  34562.  
  34563. (From a photograph lent by Sir George T. Beatson.)]
  34564.  
  34565. _Treatment._--The only satisfactory treatment is thorough removal under
  34566. an anaesthetic of all the sloughy tissue, with the surrounding zone in
  34567. which the organisms are active. This is most efficiently accomplished by
  34568. the knife or scissors, cutting until the tissue bleeds freely, after
  34569. which the raw surface is painted with undiluted carbolic acid and
  34570. dressed with iodoform gauze. It may be necessary to remove large pieces
  34571. of bone when the necrotic process has implicated the jaws. The mouth
  34572. must be constantly sprayed with peroxide of hydrogen, and washed out
  34573. with a disinfectant and deodorant lotion, such as Condy's fluid. The
  34574. patient's general condition calls for free stimulation.
  34575.  
  34576. The deformity resulting from these necessarily heroic measures is not so
  34577. great as might be expected, and can be further diminished by plastic
  34578. operations, which should be undertaken before cicatricial contraction
  34579. has occurred.
  34580.  
  34581.  
  34582. BED-SORES
  34583.  
  34584. Bed-sores are most frequently met with in old and debilitated patients,
  34585. or in those whose tissues are devitalised by acute or chronic diseases
  34586. associated with stagnation of blood in the peripheral veins. Any
  34587. interference with the nerve-supply of the skin, whether from injury or
  34588. disease of the central nervous system or of the peripheral nerves,
  34589. strongly predisposes to the formation of bed-sores. Prolonged and
  34590. excessive pressure over a bony prominence, especially if the parts be
  34591. moist with skin secretions, urine, or wound discharges, determines the
  34592. formation of a sore. Excoriations, which may develop into true
  34593. bed-sores, sometimes form where two skin surfaces remain constantly
  34594. apposed, as in the region of the scrotum or labium, under pendulous
  34595. mammae, or between fingers or toes confined in a splint.
  34596.  
  34597. [Illustration: FIG. 24.--Acute Bed-Sores over Right Buttock.]
  34598.  
  34599. _Clinical Features._--Two clinical varieties are met with--the acute
  34600. and the chronic bed-sore.
  34601.  
  34602. The _acute_ bed-sore usually occurs over the sacrum or buttock. It
  34603. develops rapidly after spinal injuries and in the course of certain
  34604. brain diseases. The part affected becomes red and congested, while the
  34605. surrounding parts are oedematous and swollen, blisters form, and the skin
  34606. loses its vitality (Fig. 24).
  34607.  
  34608. In advanced cases of general paralysis of the insane, a peculiar form of
  34609. acute bed-sore beginning as a blister, and passing on to the formation
  34610. of a black, dry eschar, which slowly separates, occurs on such parts as
  34611. the medial side of the knee, the angle of the scapula, and the heel.
  34612.  
  34613. The _chronic_ bed-sore begins as a dusky reddish purple patch, which
  34614. gradually becomes darker till it is almost black. The parts around are
  34615. oedematous, and a blister may form. This bursts and exposes the papillae
  34616. of the skin, which are of a greenish hue. A tough greyish-black slough
  34617. forms, and is slowly separated. It is not uncommon for the gangrenous
  34618. area to continue to spread both in width and in depth till it reaches
  34619. the periosteum or bone. Bed-sores over the sacrum sometimes implicate
  34620. the vertebral canal and lead to spinal meningitis, which usually proves
  34621. fatal.
  34622.  
  34623. In old and debilitated patients the septic absorption taking place from
  34624. a bed-sore often proves a serious complication of other surgical
  34625. conditions. From this cause, for example, old people may succumb during
  34626. the treatment of a fractured thigh.
  34627.  
  34628. The granulating surface left on the separation of the slough tends to
  34629. heal comparatively rapidly.
  34630.  
  34631. _Prevention of Bed-sores._--The first essential in the prevention of
  34632. bed-sores is the regular changing of the patient's position, so that no
  34633. one part of the body is continuously pressed upon for any length of
  34634. time. Ring-pads of wool, air-cushions, or water-beds are necessary to
  34635. remove pressure from prominent parts. Absolute dryness of the skin is
  34636. all-important. At least once a day, the sacrum, buttocks,
  34637. shoulder-blades, heels, elbows, malleoli, or other parts exposed to
  34638. pressure, must be sponged with soap and water, thoroughly dried, and
  34639. then rubbed with methylated spirit, which is allowed to dry on the skin.
  34640. Dusting the part with boracic acid powder not only keeps it dry, but
  34641. prevents the development of bacteria in the skin secretions.
  34642.  
  34643. In operation cases, care must be taken that irritating chemicals used to
  34644. purify the skin do not collect under the patient and remain in contact
  34645. with the skin of the sacrum and buttocks during the time he is on the
  34646. operating-table. There is reason to believe that the so-called
  34647. "post-operation bed-sore" may be due to such causes. A similar result
  34648. has been known to follow soiling of the sheets by the escape of a
  34649. turpentine enema.
  34650.  
  34651. _Treatment._--Once a bed-sore has formed, every effort must be made to
  34652. prevent its spread. Alcohol is used to cleanse the broken surface, and
  34653. dry absorbent dressings are applied and frequently changed. It is
  34654. sometimes found necessary to employ moist or oily substances, such as
  34655. boracic poultices, eucalyptus ointment, or balsam of Peru, to facilitate
  34656. the separation of sloughs, or to promote the growth of granulations. In
  34657. patients who are not extremely debilitated the slough may be excised,
  34658. the raw surface scraped, and then painted with iodine.
  34659.  
  34660. Skin-grafting is sometimes useful in covering in the large raw surface
  34661. left after separation or removal of sloughs.
  34662.  
  34663.  
  34664.  
  34665.  
  34666. CHAPTER VII
  34667.  
  34668. BACTERIAL AND OTHER WOUND INFECTIONS
  34669.  
  34670.  
  34671. _Erysipelas_--_Diphtheria_--_Tetanus_--_Hydrophobia_--_Anthrax_--
  34672.     _Glanders_--_Actinomycosis_--_Mycetoma_--_Delhi
  34673.     boil_--_Chigoe_--_Poisoning by insects_--_Snake-bites_.
  34674.  
  34675.  
  34676. ERYSIPELAS
  34677.  
  34678. Erysipelas, popularly known as "rose," is an acute spreading infective
  34679. disease of the skin or of a mucous membrane due to the action of a
  34680. streptococcus. Infection invariably takes place through an abrasion of
  34681. the surface, although this may be so slight that it escapes observation
  34682. even when sought for. The streptococci are found most abundantly in the
  34683. lymph spaces just beyond the swollen margin of the inflammatory area,
  34684. and in the serous blebs which sometimes form on the surface.
  34685.  
  34686. #Clinical Features.#--_Facial erysipelas_ is the commonest clinical
  34687. variety, infection usually occurring through some slight abrasion in the
  34688. region of the mouth or nose, or from an operation wound in this area.
  34689. From this point of origin the inflammation may spread all over the face
  34690. and scalp as far back as the nape of the neck. It stops, however, at the
  34691. chin, and never extends on to the front of the neck. There is great
  34692. oedema of the face, the eyes becoming closed up, and the features
  34693. unrecognisable. The inflammation may spread to the meninges, the
  34694. intracranial venous sinuses, the eye, or the ear. In some cases the
  34695. erysipelas invades the mucous membrane of the mouth, and spreads to the
  34696. fauces and larynx, setting up an oedema of the glottis which may prove
  34697. dangerous to life.
  34698.  
  34699. Erysipelas occasionally attacks an operation wound that has become
  34700. septic; and it may accompany septic infection of the genital tract in
  34701. puerperal women, or the separation of the umbilical cord in infants
  34702. (_erysipelas neonatorum_). After an incubation period, which varies from
  34703. fifteen to sixty hours, the patient complains of headache, pains in the
  34704. back and limbs, loss of appetite, nausea, and frequently there is
  34705. vomiting. He has a chill or slight rigor, initiating a rise of
  34706. temperature to 103 o, 104 o, or 105 o F.; and a full bounding pulse of
  34707. about 100 (Fig. 25). The tongue is foul, the breath heavy, and, as a
  34708. rule, the bowels are constipated. There is frequently albuminuria, and
  34709. occasionally nocturnal delirium. A moderate degree of leucocytosis
  34710. (15,000 to 20,000) is usually present.
  34711.  
  34712. Around the seat of inoculation a diffuse red patch forms, varying in hue
  34713. from a bright scarlet to a dull brick-red. The edges are slightly raised
  34714. above the level of the surrounding skin, as may readily be recognised by
  34715. gently stroking the part from the healthy towards the affected area. The
  34716. skin is smooth, tense, and glossy, and presents here and there blisters
  34717. filled with serous fluid. The local temperature is raised, and the part
  34718. is the seat of a burning sensation and is tender to the touch, the most
  34719. tender area being the actively spreading zone which lies about half an
  34720. inch beyond the red margin.
  34721.  
  34722. [Illustration: FIG. 25.--Chart of Erysipelas occurring in a wound.]
  34723.  
  34724. The disease tends to spread spasmodically and irregularly, and the
  34725. direction and extent of its progress may be recognised by mapping out
  34726. the peripheral zone of tenderness. Red streaks appear along the lines of
  34727. the superficial lymph vessels, and the deep lymphatics may sometimes be
  34728. palpated as firm, tender cords. The neighbouring glands, also, are
  34729. generally enlarged and tender.
  34730.  
  34731. The disease lasts for from two or three days to as many weeks, and
  34732. relapses are frequent. Spontaneous resolution usually takes place, but
  34733. the disease may prove fatal from absorption of toxins, involvement of
  34734. the brain or meninges, or from general streptococcal infection.
  34735.  
  34736. #Complications.#--_Diffuse suppurative cellulitis_ is the most serious
  34737. local complication, and results from a mixed infection with other
  34738. pyogenic bacteria. Small _localised superficial abscesses_ may form
  34739. during the convalescent stage. They are doubtless due to the action of
  34740. skin bacteria, which attack the tissues devitalised by the erysipelas. A
  34741. persistent form of _oedema_ sometimes remains after recurrent attacks of
  34742. erysipelas, especially when they affect the face or the lower extremity,
  34743. a condition which is referred to with elephantiasis.
  34744.  
  34745. #Treatment.#--The first indication is to endeavour to arrest the spread
  34746. of the process. We have found that by painting with linimentum iodi, a
  34747. ring half an inch broad, about an inch in front of the peripheral tender
  34748. zone--not the red margin--an artificial leucocytosis is produced, and
  34749. the advancing streptococci are thereby arrested. Several coats of the
  34750. iodine are applied, one after the other, and this is repeated daily for
  34751. several days, even although the erysipelas has not overstepped the ring.
  34752. Success depends upon using the liniment of iodine (the tincture is not
  34753. strong enough), and in applying it well in front of the disease. To
  34754. allay pain the most useful local applications are ichthyol ointment (1
  34755. in 6), or lead and opium fomentations.
  34756.  
  34757. The general treatment consists in attending to the emunctories, in
  34758. administrating quinine in small--two-grain--doses every four hours, or
  34759. salicylate of iron (2-5 gr. every three hours), and in giving plenty of
  34760. fluid nourishment. It is worthy of note that the anti-streptococcic
  34761. serum has proved of less value in the treatment of erysipelas than might
  34762. have been expected, probably because the serum is not made from the
  34763. proper strain of streptococcus.
  34764.  
  34765. It is not necessary to isolate cases of erysipelas, provided the usual
  34766. precautions against carrying infection from one patient to another are
  34767. rigidly carried out.
  34768.  
  34769.  
  34770. DIPHTHERIA
  34771.  
  34772. Diphtheria is an acute infective disease due to the action of a specific
  34773. bacterium, the _bacillus diphtheriae_ or _Klebs-Loffler bacillus_. The
  34774. disease is usually transmitted from one patient to another, but it may
  34775. be contracted from cats, fowls, or through the milk of infected cows.
  34776. Cases have occurred in which the surgeon has carried the infection from
  34777. one patient to another through neglect of antiseptic precautions. The
  34778. incubation period varies from two to seven days.
  34779.  
  34780. #Clinical Features.#--In _pharyngeal diphtheria_, on the first or
  34781. second day of the disease, redness and swelling of the mucous membrane
  34782. of the pharynx, tonsils, and palate are well marked, and small, circular
  34783. greenish or grey patches of false membrane, composed of necrosed
  34784. epithelium, fibrin, leucocytes, and red blood corpuscles, begin to
  34785. appear. These rapidly increase in area and thickness, till they coalesce
  34786. and form a complete covering to the parts. In the pharynx the false
  34787. membrane is less adherent to the surface than it is when the disease
  34788. affects the air-passages. The diphtheritic process may spread from the
  34789. pharynx to the nasal cavities, causing blocking of the nares, with a
  34790. profuse ichorous discharge from the nostrils, and sometimes severe
  34791. epistaxis. The infection may spread along the nasal duct to the
  34792. conjunctiva. The middle ear also may become involved by spread along the
  34793. auditory (Eustachian) tube.
  34794.  
  34795. The lymph glands behind the angle of the jaw enlarge and become tender,
  34796. and may suppurate from superadded infection. There is pain on
  34797. swallowing, and often earache; and the patient speaks with a nasal
  34798. accent. He becomes weak and anaemic, and loses his appetite. There is
  34799. often albuminuria. Leucocytosis is usually well marked before the
  34800. injection of antitoxin; after the injection there is usually a
  34801. diminution in the number of leucocytes. The false membrane may separate
  34802. and be cast off, after which the patient gradually recovers. Death may
  34803. take place from gradual failure of the heart's action or from syncope
  34804. during some slight exertion.
  34805.  
  34806. _Laryngeal Diphtheria._--The disease may arise in the larynx, although,
  34807. as a rule, it spreads thence from the pharynx. It first manifests itself
  34808. by a short, dry, croupy cough, and hoarseness of the voice. The first
  34809. difficulty in breathing usually takes place during the night, and once
  34810. it begins, it rapidly gets worse. Inspiration becomes noisy, sometimes
  34811. stridulous or metallic or sibilant, and there is marked indrawing of the
  34812. epigastrium and lower intercostal spaces. The hoarseness becomes more
  34813. marked, the cough more severe, and the patient restless. The difficulty
  34814. of breathing occurs in paroxysms, which gradually increase in frequency
  34815. and severity, until at length the patient becomes asphyxiated. The
  34816. duration of the disease varies from a few hours to four or five days.
  34817.  
  34818. After the acute symptoms have passed off, various localised
  34819. paralyses may develop, affecting particularly the nerves of the palatal
  34820. and orbital muscles, less frequently the lower limbs.
  34821.  
  34822. #Diagnosis.#--The finding of the Klebs-Loffler bacillus is the only
  34823. conclusive evidence of the disease. The bacillus may be obtained by
  34824. swabbing the throat with a piece of aseptic--not antiseptic--cotton wool
  34825. or clean linen rag held in a pair of forceps, and rotated so as to
  34826. entangle portions of the false membrane or exudate. The swab thus
  34827. obtained is placed in a test-tube, previously sterilised by having had
  34828. some water boiled in it, and sent to a laboratory for investigation. To
  34829. identify the bacillus a piece of the membrane from the swab is rubbed on
  34830. a cover glass, dried, and stained with methylene blue or other basic
  34831. stain; or cultures may be made on agar or other suitable medium. When a
  34832. bacteriological examination is impossible, or when the clinical features
  34833. do not coincide with the results obtained, the patient should always be
  34834. treated on the assumption that he suffers from diphtheria. So much doubt
  34835. exists as to the real nature of membranous croup and its relationship to
  34836. true diphtheria, that when the diagnosis between the two is uncertain
  34837. the safest plan is to treat the case as one of diphtheria.
  34838.  
  34839. In children, diphtheria may occur on the vulva, vagina, prepuce, or
  34840. glans penis, and give rise to difficulty in diagnosis, which is only
  34841. cleared up by demonstration of the bacillus.
  34842.  
  34843. #Treatment.#--An attempt may be made to destroy or to counteract the
  34844. organisms by swabbing the throat with strong antiseptic solutions, such
  34845. as 1 in 1000 corrosive sublimate or 1 in 30 carbolic acid, or by
  34846. spraying with peroxide of hydrogen.
  34847.  
  34848. The antitoxic serum is our sheet-anchor in the treatment of diphtheria,
  34849. and recourse should be had to its use as early as possible.
  34850.  
  34851. Difficulty of swallowing may be met by the use of a stomach tube passed
  34852. either through the mouth or nose. When this is impracticable, nutrient
  34853. enemata are called for.
  34854.  
  34855. In laryngeal diphtheria, the interference with respiration may call for
  34856. intubation of the larynx, or tracheotomy, but the antitoxin treatment
  34857. has greatly diminished the number of cases in which it becomes necessary
  34858. to have recourse to these measures.
  34859.  
  34860. Intubation consists in introducing through the mouth into the larynx a
  34861. tube which allows the patient to breathe freely during the period while
  34862. the membrane is becoming separated and thrown off. This is best done
  34863. with the apparatus of O'Dwyer; but when this instrument is not
  34864. available, a simple gum-elastic catheter with a terminal opening (as
  34865. suggested by Macewen and Annandale) may be employed.
  34866.  
  34867. When intubation is impracticable, the operation of tracheotomy is
  34868. called for if the patient's life is endangered by embarrassment of
  34869. respiration. Unless the patient is in hospital with skilled assistance
  34870. available, tracheotomy is the safer of the two procedures.
  34871.  
  34872.  
  34873. TETANUS
  34874.  
  34875. Tetanus is a disease resulting from infection of a wound by a specific
  34876. micro-organism, the _bacillus tetani_, and characterised by increased
  34877. reflex excitability, hypertonus, and spasm of one or more groups of
  34878. voluntary muscles.
  34879.  
  34880. _Etiology and Morbid Anatomy._--The tetanus bacillus, which is a perfect
  34881. anaerobe, is widely distributed in nature and can be isolated from
  34882. garden earth, dung-heaps, and stable refuse. It is a slender rod-shaped
  34883. bacillus, with a single large spore at one end giving it the shape of a
  34884. drum-stick (Fig. 26). The spores, which are the active agents in
  34885. producing tetanus, are highly resistant to chemical agents, retain their
  34886. vitality in a dry condition, and even survive boiling for five minutes.
  34887.  
  34888. The organism does not readily establish itself in the human body, and
  34889. seems to flourish best when it finds a nidus in necrotic tissue and is
  34890. accompanied by aerobic organisms, which, by using up the oxygen in the
  34891. tissues, provide for it a suitable environment. The presence of a
  34892. foreign body in the wound seems to favour its action. The infection is
  34893. for all practical purposes a local one, the symptoms of the disease
  34894. being due to the toxins produced in the wound of infection acting upon
  34895. the central nervous system.
  34896.  
  34897. The toxin acts principally on the nerve centres in the spinal medulla,
  34898. to which it travels from the focus of infection by way of the nerve
  34899. fibres supplying the voluntary muscles. Its first effect on the motor
  34900. ganglia of the cord is to render them hypersensitive, so that they are
  34901. excited by mild stimuli, which under ordinary conditions would produce
  34902. no reaction. As the toxin accumulates the reflex arc is affected, with
  34903. the result that when a stimulus reaches the ganglia a motor discharge
  34904. takes place, which spreads by ascending and descending collaterals to
  34905. the reflex apparatus of the whole cord. As the toxin spreads it causes
  34906. both motor hyper-tonus and hyper-excitability, which accounts for the
  34907. tonic contraction and the clonic spasms characteristic of tetanus.
  34908.  
  34909. [Illustration: FIG. 26.--Bacillus of Tetanus from scraping of a wound of
  34910. finger, x 1000 diam. Basic fuchsin stain.]
  34911.  
  34912. #Clinical Varieties of Tetanus.#--_Acute_ or _Fulminating
  34913. Tetanus_.--This variety is characterised by the shortness of the
  34914. incubation period, the rapidity of its progress, the severity of its
  34915. symptoms, and its all but universally fatal issue in spite of
  34916. treatment, death taking place in from one to four days. The
  34917. characteristic symptoms may appear within three or four days of the
  34918. infliction of the wound, but the incubation period may extend to three
  34919. weeks, and the wound may be quite healed before the disease declares
  34920. itself--_delayed tetanus_. Usually, however, the wound is inflamed and
  34921. suppurating, with ragged and sloughy edges. A slight feverish attack may
  34922. mark the onset of the tetanic condition, or the patient may feel
  34923. perfectly well until the spasms begin. If careful observations be made,
  34924. it may be found that the muscles in the immediate neighbourhood of the
  34925. wound are the first to become contracted; but in the majority of
  34926. instances the patient's first complaint is of pain and stiffness in the
  34927. muscles of mastication, notably the masseter, so that he has difficulty
  34928. in opening the mouth--hence the popular name "lock-jaw." The muscles of
  34929. expression soon share in the rigidity, and the face assumes a taut,
  34930. mask-like aspect. The angles of the mouth may be retracted, producing a
  34931. grinning expression known as the _risus sardonicus_.
  34932.  
  34933. The next muscles to become stiff and painful are those of the neck,
  34934. especially the sterno-mastoid and trapezius. The patient is inclined to
  34935. attribute the pain and stiffness to exposure to cold or rheumatism. At
  34936. an early stage the diaphragm and the muscles of the anterior abdominal
  34937. wall become contracted; later the muscles of the back and thorax are
  34938. involved; and lastly those of the limbs. Although this is the typical
  34939. order of involvement of the different groups of muscles, it is not
  34940. always adhered to.
  34941.  
  34942. To this permanent tonic contraction of the muscles there are soon added
  34943. clonic spasms. These spasms are at first slight and transient, with
  34944. prolonged intervals between the attacks, but rapidly tend to become more
  34945. frequent, more severe, and of longer duration, until eventually the
  34946. patient simply passes out of one seizure into another.
  34947.  
  34948. The distribution of the spasms varies in different cases: in some it is
  34949. confined to particular groups of muscles, such as those of the neck,
  34950. back, abdominal walls, or limbs; in others all these groups are
  34951. simultaneously involved.
  34952.  
  34953. When the muscles of the back become spasmodically contracted, the body
  34954. is raised from the bed, sometimes to such an extent that the patient
  34955. rests only on his heels and occiput--the position of _opisthotonos_.
  34956. Lateral arching of the body from excessive action of the muscles on one
  34957. side--_pleurosthotonos_--is not uncommon, the arching usually taking
  34958. place towards the side on which the wound of infection exists. Less
  34959. frequently the body is bent forward so that the knees and chin almost
  34960. meet (_emprosthotonos_). Sometimes all the muscles simultaneously become
  34961. rigid, so that the body assumes a statuesque attitude (_orthotonos_).
  34962. When the thoracic muscles, including the diaphragm, are thrown into
  34963. spasm, the patient experiences a distressing sensation as if he were
  34964. gripped in a vice, and has extreme difficulty in getting breath. Between
  34965. the attacks the limbs are kept rigidly extended. The clonic spasms may
  34966. be so severe as to rupture muscles or even to fracture one of the long
  34967. bones.
  34968.  
  34969. As time goes on, the clonic exacerbations become more and more frequent,
  34970. and the slightest external stimulus, such as the feeling of the pulse, a
  34971. whisper in the room, a noise in the street, a draught of cold air, the
  34972. effort to swallow, a question addressed to the patient or his attempt to
  34973. answer, is sufficient to determine an attack. The movements are so
  34974. forcible and so continuous that the nurse has great difficulty in
  34975. keeping the bedclothes on the patient, or even in keeping him in bed.
  34976.  
  34977. The general condition of the patient is pitiful in the extreme. He is
  34978. fully conscious of the gravity of the disease, and his mind remains
  34979. clear to the end. The suffering induced by the cramp-like spasms of the
  34980. muscles keeps him in a constant state of fearful apprehension of the
  34981. next seizure, and he is unable to sleep until he becomes utterly
  34982. exhausted.
  34983.  
  34984. The temperature is moderately raised (100 o to 102 o F.), or may remain
  34985. normal throughout. Shortly before death very high temperatures (110 o F.)
  34986. have been recorded, and it has been observed that the thermometer
  34987. sometimes continues to rise after death, and may reach as high as
  34988. 112 o F. or more.
  34989.  
  34990. The pulse corresponds with the febrile condition. It is accelerated
  34991. during the spasms, and may become exceedingly rapid and feeble before
  34992. death, probably from paralysis of the vagus. Sudden death from cardiac
  34993. paralysis or from cardiac spasm is not uncommon.
  34994.  
  34995. The respiration is affected in so far as the spasms of the respiratory
  34996. muscles produce dyspnoea, and a feeling of impending suffocation which
  34997. adds to the horrors of the disease.
  34998.  
  34999. One of the most constant symptoms is a copious perspiration, the patient
  35000. being literally bathed in sweat. The urine is diminished in quantity,
  35001. but as a rule is normal in composition; as in other acute infective
  35002. conditions, albumen and blood may be present. Retention of urine may
  35003. result from spasm of the urethral muscles, and necessitate the use of
  35004. the catheter.
  35005.  
  35006. The fits may cease some time before death, or, on the other hand, death
  35007. may occur during a paroxysm from fixation of the diaphragm and arrest of
  35008. respiration.
  35009.  
  35010. _Differential Diagnosis._--There is little difficulty, as a rule, in
  35011. diagnosing a case of fulminating tetanus, but there are several
  35012. conditions with which it may occasionally be confused. In _strychnin
  35013. poisoning_, for example, the spasms come on immediately after the
  35014. patient has taken a toxic dose of the drug; they are clonic in
  35015. character, but the muscles are relaxed between the fits. If the dose is
  35016. not lethal, the spasms soon cease. In _hydrophobia_ a history of having
  35017. been bitten by a rabid animal is usually forthcoming; the spasms, which
  35018. are clonic in character, affect chiefly the muscles of respiration and
  35019. deglutition, and pass off entirely in the intervals between attacks.
  35020. Certain cases of _haemorrhage into the lateral ventricles_ of the brain
  35021. also simulate tetanus, but an analysis of the symptoms will prevent
  35022. errors in diagnosis. _Cerebro-spinal meningitis_ and _basal meningitis_
  35023. present certain superficial resemblances to tetanus, but there is no
  35024. trismus, and the spasms chiefly affect the muscles of the neck and
  35025. back. _Hysteria and catalepsy_ may assume characters resembling those
  35026. of tetanus, but there is little difficulty in distinguishing between
  35027. these diseases. Lastly, in the _tetany_ of children, or that following
  35028. operations on the thyreoid gland, the spasms are of a jerking character,
  35029. affect chiefly the hands and fingers, and yield to medicinal treatment.
  35030.  
  35031. #Chronic Tetanus.#--The difference between this and acute tetanus is
  35032. mainly one of degree. Its incubation period is longer, it is more slow
  35033. and insidious in its progress, and it never reaches the same degree of
  35034. severity. Trismus is the most marked and constant form of spasm; and
  35035. while the trunk muscles may be involved, those of respiration as a rule
  35036. escape. Every additional day the patient lives adds to the probability
  35037. of his ultimate recovery. When the disease does prove fatal, it is from
  35038. exhaustion, and not from respiratory or cardiac spasm. The usual
  35039. duration is from six to ten weeks.
  35040.  
  35041. #Delayed Tetanus.#--During the European War acute tetanus occasionally
  35042. developed many weeks or even months after a patient had been injured,
  35043. and when the original wound had completely healed. It usually followed
  35044. some secondary operation, _e.g._, for the removal of a foreign body, or
  35045. the breaking down of adhesions, which aroused latent organisms.
  35046.  
  35047. #Local Tetanus.#--This term is applied to a form of the disease in which
  35048. the hypertonus and spasms are localised to the muscles in the vicinity
  35049. of the wound. It usually occurs in patients who have had prophylactic
  35050. injections of anti-tetanic serum, the toxins entering the blood being
  35051. probably neutralised by the antibodies in circulation, while those
  35052. passing along the motor nerves are unaffected.
  35053.  
  35054. When it occurs in the _limbs_, attention is usually directed to the fact
  35055. by pain accompanying the spasms; the muscles are found to be hard and
  35056. there are frequent twitchings of the limb. A characteristic reflex is
  35057. present in the lower extremity, namely, extension of the foot and leg
  35058. when the sole is tickled.
  35059.  
  35060. _Cephalic Tetanus_ is another localised variety which follows injury in
  35061. the distribution of the facial nerve. It is characterised by the
  35062. occurrence on the same side as the injury, of facial spasm, rapidly
  35063. followed by more or less complete paralysis of the muscles of
  35064. expression, with unilateral trismus and difficulty in swallowing. Other
  35065. cranial nerves, particularly the oculomotor and the hypoglossal, may
  35066. also be implicated. A remarkable feature of this condition is that
  35067. although the muscles are irresponsive to ordinary physiological stimuli,
  35068. they are thrown into spasm by the abnormal impulses of tetanus.
  35069.  
  35070. _Trismus._--This term is used to denote a form of tetanic spasm limited
  35071. to the muscles of mastication. It is really a mild form of chronic
  35072. tetanus, and the prognosis is favourable. It must not be confused with
  35073. the fixation of the jaw sometimes associated with a wisdom-tooth
  35074. gumboil, with tonsillitis, or with affections of the temporo-mandibular
  35075. articulation.
  35076.  
  35077. _Tetanus neonatorum_ is a form of tetanus occurring in infants of about
  35078. a week old. Infection takes place through the umbilicus, and manifests
  35079. itself clinically by spasms of the muscles of mastication. It is almost
  35080. invariably fatal within a few days.
  35081.  
  35082. _Prophylaxis._--Experience in the European War has established the
  35083. fact that the routine injection of anti-tetanic serum to all patients
  35084. with lacerated and contaminated wounds greatly reduces the frequency of
  35085. tetanus. The sooner the serum is given after the injury, the more
  35086. certain is its effect; within twenty-four hours 1500 units injected
  35087. subcutaneously is sufficient for the initial dose; if a longer period
  35088. has elapsed, 2000 to 3000 units should be given intra-muscularly, as
  35089. this ensures more rapid absorption. A second injection is given a week
  35090. after the first.
  35091.  
  35092. The wound must be purified in the usual way, and all instruments and
  35093. appliances used for operations on tetanic patients must be immediately
  35094. sterilised by prolonged boiling.
  35095.  
  35096. _Treatment._--When tetanus has developed the main indications are to
  35097. prevent the further production of toxins in the wound, and to neutralise
  35098. those that have been absorbed into the nervous system. Thorough
  35099. purification with antiseptics, excision of devitalised tissues, and
  35100. drainage of the wound are first carried out. To arrest the absorption of
  35101. toxins intra-muscular injections of 10,000 units of serum are given
  35102. daily into the muscles of the affected limb, or directly into the nerve
  35103. trunks leading from the focus of infection, in the hope of "blocking"
  35104. the nerves with antitoxin and so preventing the passage of toxins
  35105. towards the spinal cord.
  35106.  
  35107. To neutralise the toxins that have already reached the spinal cord, 5000
  35108. units should be injected intra-thecally daily for four or five days, the
  35109. foot of the bed being raised to enable the serum to reach the upper
  35110. parts of the cord.
  35111.  
  35112. The quantity of toxin circulating in the blood is so small as to be
  35113. practically negligible, and the risk of anaphylactic shock attending
  35114. intra-venous injection outweighs any benefit likely to follow this
  35115. procedure.
  35116.  
  35117. Baccelli recommends the injection of 20 c.c. of a 1 in 100 solution of
  35118. carbolic acid into the subcutaneous tissues every four hours during the
  35119. period that the contractions persist. Opinions vary as to the
  35120. efficiency of this treatment. The intra-thecal injection of 10 c.c. of a
  35121. 15 per cent. solution of magnesium sulphate has proved beneficial in
  35122. alleviating the severity of the spasms, but does not appear to have a
  35123. curative effect.
  35124.  
  35125. To conserve the patient's strength by preventing or diminishing the
  35126. severity of the spasms, he should be placed in a quiet room, and every
  35127. form of disturbance avoided. Sedatives, such as bromides, paraldehyde,
  35128. or opium, must be given in large doses. Chloral is perhaps the best, and
  35129. the patient should rarely have less than 150 grains in twenty-four
  35130. hours. When he is unable to swallow, it should be given by the rectum.
  35131. The administration of chloroform is of value in conserving the strength
  35132. of the patient, by abolishing the spasms, and enabling the attendants to
  35133. administer nourishment or drugs either through a stomach tube or by the
  35134. rectum. Extreme elevation of temperature is met by tepid sponging. It is
  35135. necessary to use the catheter if retention of urine occurs.
  35136.  
  35137.  
  35138. HYDROPHOBIA
  35139.  
  35140. Hydrophobia is an acute infective disease following on the bite of a
  35141. rabid animal. It most commonly follows the bite or lick of a rabid dog
  35142. or cat. The virus appears to be communicated through the saliva of the
  35143. animal, and to show a marked affinity for nerve tissues; and the disease
  35144. is most likely to develop when the patient is infected on the face or
  35145. other uncovered part, or in a part richly endowed with nerves.
  35146.  
  35147. A dog which has bitten a person should on no account be killed until its
  35148. condition has been proved one way or the other. Should rabies develop
  35149. and its destruction become necessary, the head and spinal cord should be
  35150. retained and forwarded, packed in ice, to a competent observer. Much
  35151. anxiety to the person bitten and to his friends would be avoided if
  35152. these rules were observed, because in many cases it will be shown that
  35153. the animal did not after all suffer from rabies, and that the patient
  35154. consequently runs no risk. If, on the other hand, rabies is proved to be
  35155. present, the patient should be submitted to the Pasteur treatment.
  35156.  
  35157. _Clinical Features._--There is almost always a history of the patient
  35158. having been bitten or licked by an animal supposed to suffer from
  35159. rabies. The incubation period averages about forty days, but varies from
  35160. a fortnight to seven or eight months, and is shorter in young than in
  35161. old persons. The original wound has long since healed, and beyond a
  35162. slight itchiness or pain shooting along the nerves of the part, shows no
  35163. sign of disturbance. A few days of general malaise, with chills and
  35164. giddiness precede the onset of the acute manifestations, which affect
  35165. chiefly the muscles of deglutition and respiration. One of the earliest
  35166. signs is that the patient has periodically a sudden catch in his
  35167. breathing "resembling what often occurs when a person goes into a cold
  35168. bath." This is due to spasm of the diaphragm, and is frequently
  35169. accompanied by a loud-sounding hiccough, likened by the laity to the
  35170. barking of a dog. Difficulty in swallowing fluids may be the first
  35171. symptom.
  35172.  
  35173. The spasms rapidly spread to all the muscles of deglutition and
  35174. respiration, so that the patient not only has the greatest difficulty in
  35175. swallowing, but has a constant sense of impending suffocation. To add to
  35176. his distress, a copious secretion of viscid saliva fills his mouth. Any
  35177. voluntary effort, as well as all forms of external stimuli, only serve
  35178. to aggravate the spasms which are always induced by the attempt to
  35179. swallow fluid, or even by the sound of running water.
  35180.  
  35181. The temperature is raised; the pulse is small, rapid, and intermittent;
  35182. and the urine may contain sugar and albumen.
  35183.  
  35184. The mind may remain clear to the end, or the patient may have delusions,
  35185. supposing himself to be surrounded by terrifying forms. There is always
  35186. extreme mental agitation and despair, and the sufferer is in constant
  35187. fear of his impending fate. Happily the inevitable issue is not long
  35188. delayed, death usually occurring in from two to four days from the
  35189. onset. The symptoms of the disease are so characteristic that there is
  35190. no difficulty in diagnosis. The only condition with which it is liable
  35191. to be confused is the variety of cephalic tetanus in which the muscles
  35192. of deglutition are specially involved--the so-called tetanus
  35193. hydrophobicus.
  35194.  
  35195. _Prophylaxis._--The bite of an animal suspected of being rabid should be
  35196. cauterised at once by means of the actual or Paquelin cautery, or by a
  35197. strong chemical escharotic such as pure carbolic acid, after which
  35198. antiseptic dressings are applied.
  35199.  
  35200. It is, however, to Pasteur's _preventive inoculation_ that we must look
  35201. for our best hope of averting the onset of symptoms. "It may now be
  35202. taken as established that a grave responsibility rests on those
  35203. concerned if a person bitten by a mad animal is not subjected to the
  35204. Pasteur treatment" (Muir and Ritchie).
  35205.  
  35206. This method is based on the fact that the long incubation period of the
  35207. disease admits of the patient being inoculated with a modified virus
  35208. producing a mild attack, which protects him from the natural disease.
  35209.  
  35210. _Treatment._--When the symptoms have once developed they can only be
  35211. palliated. The patient must be kept absolutely quiet and free from all
  35212. sources of irritation. The spasms may be diminished by means of chloral
  35213. and bromides, or by chloroform inhalation.
  35214.  
  35215.  
  35216. ANTHRAX
  35217.  
  35218. Anthrax is a comparatively rare disease, communicable to man from
  35219. certain of the lower animals, such as sheep, oxen, horses, deer, and
  35220. other herbivora. In animals it is characterised by symptoms of acute
  35221. general poisoning, and, from the fact that it produces a marked
  35222. enlargement of the spleen, is known in veterinary surgery as "splenic
  35223. fever."
  35224.  
  35225. The _bacillus anthracis_ (Fig. 27), the largest of the known pathogenic
  35226. bacteria, occurs in groups or in chains made up of numerous bacilli,
  35227. each bacillus measuring from 6 to 8 u in length. The organisms are found
  35228. in enormous numbers throughout the bodies of animals that have died of
  35229. anthrax, and are readily recognised and cultivated. Sporulation only
  35230. takes place outside the body, probably because free oxygen is necessary
  35231. to the process. In the spore-free condition, the organisms are readily
  35232. destroyed by ordinary germicides, and by the gastric juice. The spores,
  35233. on the other hand, have a high degree of resistance. Not only do they
  35234. remain viable in the dry state for long periods, even up to a year, but
  35235. they survive boiling for five minutes, and must be subjected to dry heat
  35236. at 140 o C. for several hours before they are destroyed.
  35237.  
  35238. [Illustration: FIG. 27.--Bacillus of Anthrax in section of skin, from a
  35239. case of malignant pustule; shows vesicle containing bacilli. x 400 diam.
  35240. Gram's stain.]
  35241.  
  35242. _Clinical Varieties of Anthrax._--In man, anthrax may manifest itself in
  35243. one of three clinical forms.
  35244.  
  35245. It may be transmitted by means of spores or bacilli directly from a
  35246. diseased animal to those who, by their occupation or otherwise, are
  35247. brought into contact with it--for example, shepherds, butchers,
  35248. veterinary surgeons, or hide-porters. Infection may occur on the face by
  35249. the use of a shaving-brush contaminated by spores. The path of infection
  35250. is usually through an abrasion of the skin, and the primary
  35251. manifestations are local, constituting what is known as _the malignant
  35252. pustule_.
  35253.  
  35254. In other cases the disease is contracted through the inhalation of the
  35255. dried spores into the respiratory passages. This occurs oftenest in
  35256. those who work amongst wool, fur, and rags, and a form of acute
  35257. pneumonia of great virulence ensues. This affection is known as
  35258. _wool-sorter's disease_, and is almost universally fatal.
  35259.  
  35260. There is reason to believe that infection may also take place by means
  35261. of spores ingested into the alimentary canal in meat or milk derived
  35262. from diseased animals, or in infected water.
  35263.  
  35264. #Clinical Features of Malignant Pustule.#--We shall here confine
  35265. ourselves to the consideration of the local lesion as it occurs in the
  35266. skin--_the malignant pustule_.
  35267.  
  35268. The point of infection is usually on an uncovered part of the body, such
  35269. as the face, hands, arms, or back of the neck, and the wound may be
  35270. exceedingly minute. After an incubation period varying from a few hours
  35271. to several days, a reddish nodule resembling a small boil appears at the
  35272. seat of inoculation, the immediately surrounding skin becomes swollen
  35273. and indurated, and over the indurated area there appear a number of
  35274. small vesicles containing serum, which at first is clear but soon
  35275. becomes blood-stained (Fig. 28). Coincidently the subcutaneous tissue
  35276. for a considerable distance around becomes markedly oedematous, and the
  35277. skin red and tense. Within a few hours, blood is extravasated in the
  35278. centre of the indurated area, the blisters burst, and a dark brown or
  35279. black eschar, composed of necrosed skin and subcutaneous tissue and
  35280. altered blood, forms (Fig. 29). Meanwhile the induration extends, fresh
  35281. vesicles form and in turn burst, and the eschar increases in size. The
  35282. neighbouring lymph glands soon become swollen and tender. The affected
  35283. part is hot and itchy, but the patient does not complain of great pain.
  35284. There is a moderate degree of constitutional disturbance, with headache,
  35285. nausea, and sometimes shivering.
  35286.  
  35287. If the infection becomes generalised--_anthracaemia_--the temperature
  35288. rises to 103 o or 104 o F., the pulse becomes feeble and rapid, and other
  35289. signs of severe blood-poisoning appear: vomiting, diarrhoea, pains in the
  35290. limbs, headache and delirium, and the condition proves fatal in from
  35291. five to eight days.
  35292.  
  35293. _Differential Diagnosis._--When the malignant pustule is fully
  35294. developed, the central slough with the surrounding vesicles and the
  35295. widespread oedema are characteristic. The bacillus can be obtained from
  35296. the peripheral portion of the slough, from the blisters, and from the
  35297. adjacent lymph vessels and glands. The occupation of the patient may
  35298. suggest the possibility of anthrax infection.
  35299.  
  35300. [Illustration: FIG. 28.--Malignant Pustule, third day after infection
  35301. with Anthrax, showing great oedema of upper extremity and pectoral region
  35302. (cf. Fig. 29).]
  35303.  
  35304. [Illustration: FIG. 29.--Malignant Pustule, fourteen days after
  35305. infection, showing black eschar in process of separation. The oedema has
  35306. largely disappeared. Treated by Sclavo's serum (cf. Fig. 28).]
  35307.  
  35308. _Prophylaxis._--Any wound suspected of being infected with anthrax
  35309. should at once be cauterised with caustic potash, the actual cautery, or
  35310. pure carbolic acid.
  35311.  
  35312. _Treatment._--The best results hitherto obtained have followed the use
  35313. of the anti-anthrax serum introduced by Sclavo. The initial dose is 40
  35314. c.c., and if the serum is given early in the disease, the beneficial
  35315. effects are manifest in a few hours. Favourable results have also
  35316. followed the use of pyocyanase, a vaccine prepared from the bacillus
  35317. pyocyaneus.
  35318.  
  35319. By some it is recommended that the local lesion should be freely
  35320. excised; others advocate cauterisation of the affected part with solid
  35321. caustic potash till all the indurated area is softened. Graf has had
  35322. excellent results by the latter method in a large series of cases, the
  35323. oedema subsiding in about twenty-four hours and the constitutional
  35324. symptoms rapidly improving. Wolff and Wiewiorowski, on the other hand,
  35325. have had equally good results by simply protecting the local lesion with
  35326. a mild antiseptic dressing, and relying upon general treatment.
  35327.  
  35328. The general treatment consists in feeding and stimulating the patient as
  35329. freely as possible. Quinine, in 5 to 10 grain doses every four hours,
  35330. and powdered ipecacuanha, in 40 to 60 grain doses every four hours, have
  35331. also been employed with apparent benefit.
  35332.  
  35333.  
  35334. GLANDERS
  35335.  
  35336. Glanders is due to the action of a specific bacterium, the _bacillus
  35337. mallei_, which resembles the tubercle bacillus, save that it is somewhat
  35338. shorter and broader, and does not stain by Gram's method. It requires
  35339. higher temperatures for its cultivation than the tubercle bacillus, and
  35340. its growth on potato is of a characteristic chocolate-brown colour, with
  35341. a greenish-yellow ring at the margin of the growth. The bacillus mallei
  35342. retains its vitality for long periods under ordinary conditions, but is
  35343. readily killed by heat and chemical agents. It does not form spores.
  35344.  
  35345. _Clinical Features._--Both in the lower animals and in man the bacillus
  35346. gives rise to two distinct types of disease--_acute glanders_, and
  35347. _chronic glanders_ or _farcy_.
  35348.  
  35349. Acute Glanders is most commonly met with in the horse and in other
  35350. equine animals, horned cattle being immune. It affects the septum of the
  35351. nose and adjacent parts, firm, translucent, greyish nodules containing
  35352. lymphoid and epithelioid cells appearing in the mucous membrane. These
  35353. nodules subsequently break down in the centre, forming irregular
  35354. ulcers, which are attended with profuse discharge, and marked
  35355. inflammatory swelling. The cervical lymph glands, as well as the lungs,
  35356. spleen, and liver, may be the seat of secondary nodules.
  35357.  
  35358. _In man_, acute glanders is commoner than the chronic variety. Infection
  35359. always takes place through an abraded surface, and usually on one of the
  35360. uncovered parts of the body--most commonly the skin of the hands, arms,
  35361. or face; or on the mucous membrane of the mouth, nose, or eye. The
  35362. disease has been acquired by accidental inoculation in the course of
  35363. experimental investigations in the laboratory, and proved fatal. The
  35364. incubation period is from three to five days.
  35365.  
  35366. The _local_ manifestations are pain and swelling in the region of the
  35367. infected wound, with inflammatory redness around it and along the lines
  35368. of the superficial lymphatics. In the course of a week, small, firm
  35369. nodules appear, and are rapidly transformed into pustules. These may
  35370. occur on the face and in the vicinity of joints, and may be mistaken for
  35371. the eruption of small-pox.
  35372.  
  35373. After breaking down, these pustules give rise to irregular ulcers, which
  35374. by their confluence lead to extensive destruction of skin. Sometimes the
  35375. nasal mucous membrane becomes affected, and produces a discharge--at
  35376. first watery, but later sanious and purulent. Necrosis of the bones of
  35377. the nose may take place, in which case the discharge becomes peculiarly
  35378. offensive. In nearly every case metastatic abscesses form in different
  35379. parts of the body, such as the lungs, joints, or muscles.
  35380.  
  35381. During the development of the disease the patient feels ill, complains
  35382. of headache and pains in the limbs, the temperature rises to 104 o or
  35383. even to 106 o F., and assumes a pyaemic type. The pulse becomes rapid and
  35384. weak. The tongue is dry and brown. There is profuse sweating,
  35385. albuminuria, and often insomnia with delirium. Death may take place
  35386. within a week, but more frequently occurs during the second or third
  35387. week.
  35388.  
  35389. _Differential Diagnosis._--There is nothing characteristic in the site
  35390. of the primary lesion in man, and the condition may, during the early
  35391. stages, be mistaken for a boil or carbuncle, or for any acute
  35392. inflammatory condition. Later, the disease may simulate acute articular
  35393. rheumatism, or may manifest all the symptoms of acute septicaemia or
  35394. pyaemia. The diagnosis is established by the recognition of the bacillus.
  35395. Veterinary surgeons attach great importance to the mallein test as a
  35396. means of diagnosis in animals, but in the human subject its use is
  35397. attended with considerable risk and is not to be recommended.
  35398.  
  35399. _Treatment._--Excision of the primary nodule, followed by the
  35400. application of the thermo-cautery and sponging with pure carbolic acid,
  35401. should be carried out, provided the condition is sufficiently limited to
  35402. render complete removal practicable.
  35403.  
  35404. When secondary abscesses form in accessible situations, they must be
  35405. incised, disinfected, and drained. The general treatment is carried out
  35406. on the same lines as in other acute infective diseases.
  35407.  
  35408. #Chronic Glanders.#--_In the horse_ the chronic form of glanders is
  35409. known as _farcy_, and follows infection through an abrasion of the skin,
  35410. involving chiefly the superficial lymph vessels and glands. The
  35411. lymphatics become indurated and nodular, constituting what veterinarians
  35412. call _farcy pipes_ and _farcy buds_.
  35413.  
  35414. _In man_ also the clinical features of the chronic variety of the
  35415. disease are somewhat different from those of the acute form. Here, too,
  35416. infection takes place through a broken cutaneous surface, and leads to a
  35417. superficial lymphangitis with nodular thickening of the lymphatics
  35418. (_farcy buds_). The neighbouring glands soon become swollen and
  35419. indurated. The primary lesion meanwhile inflames, suppurates, and, after
  35420. breaking down, leaves a large, irregular ulcer with thickened edges and
  35421. a foul, purulent or bloody discharge. The glands break down in the same
  35422. way, and lead to wide destruction of skin, and the resulting sinuses and
  35423. ulcers are exceedingly intractable. Secondary deposits in the
  35424. subcutaneous tissue, the muscles, and other parts, are not uncommon, and
  35425. the nasal mucous membrane may become involved. The disease often runs a
  35426. chronic course, extending to four or five months, or even longer.
  35427. Recovery takes place in about 50 per cent. of cases, but the
  35428. convalescence is prolonged, and at any time the disease may assume the
  35429. characters of the acute variety and speedily prove fatal.
  35430.  
  35431. The _differential diagnosis_ is often difficult, especially in the
  35432. chronic nodules, in which it may be impossible to demonstrate the
  35433. bacillus. The ulcerated lesions of farcy have to be distinguished from
  35434. those of tubercle, syphilis, and other forms of infective granuloma.
  35435.  
  35436. _Treatment._--Limited areas of disease should be completely excised. The
  35437. general condition of the patient must be improved by tonics, good food,
  35438. and favourable hygienic surroundings. In some cases potassium iodide
  35439. acts beneficially.
  35440.  
  35441.  
  35442. ACTINOMYCOSIS
  35443.  
  35444. Actinomycosis is a chronic disease due to the action of an organism
  35445. somewhat higher in the vegetable scale than ordinary bacteria--the
  35446. _streptothrix actinomyces_ or _ray fungus_.
  35447.  
  35448. [Illustration: FIG. 30.--Section of Actinomycosis Colony in Pus from
  35449. Abscess of Liver, showing filaments and clubs of streptothrix
  35450. actinomyces. x 400 diam. Gram's stain.]
  35451.  
  35452. _Etiology and Morbid Anatomy._--The actinomyces, which has never been
  35453. met with outside the body, gives rise in oxen, horses, and other animals
  35454. to tumour-like masses composed of granulation tissue; and in man to
  35455. chronic suppurative processes which may result in a condition resembling
  35456. chronic pyaemia. The actinomyces is more complex in structure than other
  35457. pathogenic organisms, and occurs in the tissues in the form of small,
  35458. round, semi-translucent bodies, about the size of a pin-head or less,
  35459. and consisting of colonies of the fungus. On account of their yellow
  35460. tint they are spoken of as "sulphur grains." Each colony is made up of a
  35461. series of thin, interlacing, and branching _filaments_, some of which
  35462. are broken up so as to form masses or chains of _cocci_; and around the
  35463. periphery of the colony are elongated, pear-shaped, hyaline, _club-like
  35464. bodies_ (Fig. 30).
  35465.  
  35466. Infection is believed to be conveyed by the husks of cereals, especially
  35467. barley; and the organism has been found adhering to particles of grain
  35468. embedded in the tissues of animals suffering from the disease. In the
  35469. human subject there is often a history of exposure to infection from
  35470. such sources, and the disease is said to be most common during the
  35471. harvesting months.
  35472.  
  35473. Around each colony of actinomyces is a zone of granulation tissue in
  35474. which suppuration usually occurs, so that the fungus comes to lie in a
  35475. bath of greenish-yellow pus. As the process spreads these purulent foci
  35476. become confluent and form abscess cavities. When metastasis takes place,
  35477. as it occasionally does, the fungus is transmitted by the blood vessels,
  35478. as in pyaemia.
  35479.  
  35480. _Clinical features._--In man the disease may be met with in the skin,
  35481. the organisms gaining access through an abrasion, and spreading by the
  35482. formation of new nodules in the same way as tuberculosis.
  35483.  
  35484. The region of the mouth and jaws is one of the commonest sites of
  35485. surgical actinomycosis. Infection takes place, as a rule, along the side
  35486. of a carious tooth, and spreads to the lower jaw. A swelling is slowly
  35487. and insidiously developed, but when the loose connective tissue of the
  35488. neck becomes infiltrated, the spread is more rapid. The whole region
  35489. becomes infiltrated and swollen, and the skin ultimately gives way and
  35490. free suppuration occurs, resulting in the formation of sinuses. The
  35491. characteristic greenish-grey or yellow granules are seen in the pus, and
  35492. when examined microscopically reveal the colonies of actinomyces.
  35493.  
  35494. Less frequently the maxilla becomes affected, and the disease may spread
  35495. to the base of the skull and brain. The vertebrae may become involved by
  35496. infection taking place through the pharynx or oesophagus, and leading to
  35497. a condition simulating tuberculous disease of the spine. When it
  35498. implicates the intestinal canal and its accessory glands, the lungs,
  35499. pleura, and bronchial tubes, or the brain, the disease is not amenable
  35500. to surgical treatment.
  35501.  
  35502. _Differential Diagnosis._--The conditions likely to be mistaken for
  35503. surgical actinomycosis are sarcoma, tubercle, and syphilis. In the early
  35504. stages the differential diagnosis is exceedingly difficult. In many
  35505. cases it is only possible when suppuration has occurred and the fungus
  35506. can be demonstrated.
  35507.  
  35508. The slow destruction of the affected tissue by suppuration, the absence
  35509. of pain, tenderness, and redness, simulate tuberculosis, but the absence
  35510. of glandular involvement helps to distinguish it.
  35511.  
  35512. Syphilitic lesions are liable to be mistaken for actinomycosis, all the
  35513. more that in both diseases improvement follows the administration of
  35514. iodides. When it affects the lower jaw, in its early stages,
  35515. actinomycosis may closely simulate a periosteal sarcoma.
  35516.  
  35517. [Illustration: FIG. 31.--Actinomycosis of Maxilla. The disease spread to
  35518. opposite side; finally implicated base of skull, and proved fatal.
  35519. Treated by radium.
  35520.  
  35521. (Mr. D. P. D. Wilkie's case.)]
  35522.  
  35523. The recognition of the fungus is the crucial point in diagnosis.
  35524.  
  35525. _Prognosis._--Spontaneous cure rarely occurs. When the disease
  35526. implicates internal organs, it is almost always fatal. On external parts
  35527. the destructive process gradually spreads, and the patient eventually
  35528. succumbs to superadded septic infection. When, from its situation, the
  35529. primary focus admits of removal, the prognosis is more favourable.
  35530.  
  35531. _Treatment._--The surgical treatment is early and free removal of the
  35532. affected tissues, after which the wound is cauterised by the actual
  35533. cautery, and sponged over with pure carbolic acid. The cavity is packed
  35534. with iodoform gauze, no attempt being made to close the wound.
  35535.  
  35536. Success has attended the use of a vaccine prepared from cultures of the
  35537. organism; and the X-rays and radium, combined with the administration of
  35538. iodides in large doses, or with intra-muscular injections of a 10 per
  35539. cent. solution of cacodylate of soda, have proved of benefit.
  35540.  
  35541. MYCETOMA, OR MADURA FOOT.--Mycetoma is a chronic disease due to
  35542. an organism resembling that of actinomycosis, but not identical with it.
  35543. It is endemic in certain tropical countries, and is most frequently met
  35544. with in India. Infection takes place through an abrasion of the skin,
  35545. and the disease usually occurs on the feet of adult males who work
  35546. barefooted in the fields.
  35547.  
  35548. _Clinical Features._--The disease begins on the foot as an indurated
  35549. patch, which becomes discoloured and permeated by black or yellow
  35550. nodules containing the organism. These nodules break down by
  35551. suppuration, and numerous minute abscesses lined by granulation tissues
  35552. are thus formed. In the pus are found yellow particles likened to
  35553. fish-roe, or black pigmented granules like gunpowder. Sinuses form, and
  35554. the whole foot becomes greatly swollen and distorted by flattening of
  35555. the sole and dorsiflexion of the toes. Areas of caries or necrosis occur
  35556. in the bones, and the disease gradually extends up the leg (Fig. 32).
  35557. There is but little pain, and no glandular involvement or constitutional
  35558. disturbance. The disease runs a prolonged course, sometimes lasting for
  35559. twenty or thirty years. Spontaneous cure never takes place, and the risk
  35560. to life is that of prolonged suppuration.
  35561.  
  35562. If the disease is localised, it may be removed by the knife or sharp
  35563. spoon, and the part afterwards cauterised. As a rule, amputation well
  35564. above the disease is the best line of treatment. Unlike actinomycosis,
  35565. this disease does not appear to be benefited by iodides.
  35566.  
  35567. [Illustration: FIG. 32.--Mycetoma, or Madura Foot. (Museum of Royal
  35568. College of Surgeons, Edinburgh.)]
  35569.  
  35570. DELHI BOIL.--_Synonyms_--Aleppo boil, Biskra button, Furunculus
  35571. orientalis, Natal sore.
  35572.  
  35573. Delhi boil is a chronic inflammatory disease, most commonly met with in
  35574. India, especially towards the end of the wet season. The disease occurs
  35575. oftenest on the face, and is believed to be due to an organism, although
  35576. this has not been demonstrated. The infection is supposed to be conveyed
  35577. through water used for washing, or by the bites of insects.
  35578.  
  35579. _Clinical Features._--A red spot, resembling the mark of a mosquito
  35580. bite, appears on the affected part, and is attended with itching. After
  35581. becoming papular and increasing to the size of a pea, desquamation takes
  35582. place, leaving a dull-red surface, over which in the course of several
  35583. weeks there develops a series of small yellowish-white spots, from which
  35584. serum exudes, and, drying, forms a thick scab. Under this scab the skin
  35585. ulcerates, leaving small oval sores with sharply bevelled edges, and an
  35586. uneven floor covered with yellow or sanious pus. These sores vary in
  35587. number from one to forty or fifty. They may last for months and then
  35588. heal spontaneously, or may continue to spread until arrested by suitable
  35589. treatment. There is no enlargement of adjacent glands, and but little
  35590. inflammatory reaction in the surrounding tissues; nor is there any
  35591. marked constitutional disturbance. Recovery is often followed by
  35592. cicatricial contraction leading to deformity of the face.
  35593.  
  35594. The _treatment_ consists in destroying the original papule by the actual
  35595. cautery, acid nitrate of mercury, or pure carbolic acid. The ulcers
  35596. should be scraped with the sharp spoon, and cauterised.
  35597.  
  35598. CHIGOE.--Chigoe or jigger results from the introduction of the
  35599. eggs of the sand-flea (_Pulex penetrans_) into the tissues. It occurs in
  35600. tropical Africa, South America, and the West Indies. The impregnated
  35601. female flea remains attached to the part till the eggs mature, when by
  35602. their irritation they cause localised inflammation with pustules or
  35603. vesicles on the surface. Children are most commonly attacked,
  35604. particularly about the toe-nails and on the scrotum. The treatment
  35605. consists in picking out the insect with a blunt needle, special care
  35606. being taken not to break it up. The puncture is then cauterised. The
  35607. application of essential oils to the feet acts as a preventive.
  35608.  
  35609. POISONING BY INSECTS.--The bites of certain insects, such as
  35610. mosquitoes, midges, different varieties of flies, wasps, and spiders,
  35611. may be followed by serious complications. The effects are mainly due to
  35612. the injection of an irritant acid secretion, the exact nature of which
  35613. has not been ascertained.
  35614.  
  35615. The local lesion is a puncture, surrounded by a zone of hyperaemia,
  35616. wheals, or vesicles, and is associated with burning sensations and
  35617. itching which usually pass off in a few hours, but may recur at
  35618. intervals, especially when the patient is warm in bed. Scratching also
  35619. reproduces the local signs and symptoms. Where the connective tissue is
  35620. loose--for example, in the eyelid or scrotum--there is often
  35621. considerable swelling; and in the mouth and fauces this may lead to
  35622. oedema of the glottis, which may prove fatal.
  35623.  
  35624. The _treatment_ consists in the local application of dilute alkalies
  35625. such as ammonia water, solutions of carbonate or bicarbonate of soda, or
  35626. sal-volatile. Weak carbolic lotions, or lead and opium lotion, are
  35627. useful in allaying the local irritation. One of the best means of
  35628. neutralising the poison is to apply to the sting a drop of a mixture
  35629. containing equal parts of pure carbolic acid and liquor ammoniae.
  35630.  
  35631. Free stimulation is called for when severe constitutional symptoms are
  35632. present.
  35633.  
  35634. SNAKE-BITES.--We are here only concerned with the injuries
  35635. inflicted by the venomous varieties of snakes, the most important of
  35636. which are the hooded snakes of India, the rattle-snakes of America, the
  35637. horned snakes of Africa, the viper of Europe, and the adder of the
  35638. United Kingdom.
  35639.  
  35640. While the virulence of these creatures varies widely, they are all
  35641. capable of producing in a greater or less degree symptoms of acute
  35642. poisoning in man and other animals. By means of two recurved fangs
  35643. attached to the upper jaw, and connected by a duct with poison-secreting
  35644. glands, they introduce into their prey a thick, transparent, yellowish
  35645. fluid, of acid reaction, probably of the nature of an albumose, and
  35646. known as the _venom_.
  35647.  
  35648. The _clinical features_ resulting from the injection of the venom vary
  35649. directly in intensity with the amount of the poison introduced, and the
  35650. rapidity with which it reaches the circulating blood, being most marked
  35651. when it immediately enters a large vein. The poison is innocuous when
  35652. taken into the stomach.
  35653.  
  35654. _Locally_ the snake inflicts a double wound, passing vertically into the
  35655. subcutaneous tissue; the edges of the punctures are ecchymosed, and the
  35656. adjacent vessels the seat of thrombosis. Immediately there is intense
  35657. pain, and considerable swelling with congestion, which tends to spread
  35658. towards the trunk. Extensive gangrene may ensue. There is no special
  35659. involvement of the lymphatics.
  35660.  
  35661. The _general symptoms_ may come on at once if the snake is a
  35662. particularly venomous one, or not for some hours if less virulent. In
  35663. the majority of viper or adder bites the constitutional disturbance is
  35664. slight and transient, if it appears at all. Snake-bites in children are
  35665. particularly dangerous.
  35666.  
  35667. The patient's condition is one of profound shock with faintness,
  35668. giddiness, dimness of sight, and a feeling of great terror. The pupils
  35669. dilate, the skin becomes moist with a clammy sweat, and nausea with
  35670. vomiting, sometimes of blood, ensues. High fever, cramps, loss of
  35671. sensation, haematuria, and melaena are among the other symptoms that may
  35672. be present. The pulse becomes feeble and rapid, the respiratory nerve
  35673. centres are profoundly depressed, and delirium followed by coma usually
  35674. precedes the fatal issue, which may take place in from five to
  35675. forty-eight hours. If the patient survives for two days the prognosis is
  35676. favourable.
  35677.  
  35678. _Treatment._--A broad ligature should be tied tightly round the limb
  35679. above the seat of infection, to prevent the poison passing into the
  35680. general circulation, and bleeding from the wound should be encouraged.
  35681. The application of an elastic bandage from above downward to empty the
  35682. blood out of the infected portion of the limb has been recommended. The
  35683. whole of the bite should at once be excised, and crystals of
  35684. permanganate of potash rubbed into the wound until it is black, or
  35685. peroxide of hydrogen applied with the object of destroying the poison by
  35686. oxidation.
  35687.  
  35688. The general treatment consists in free stimulation with whisky, brandy,
  35689. ammonia, digitalis, etc. Hypodermic injections of strychnin in doses
  35690. sufficiently large to produce a slight degree of poisoning by the drug
  35691. are particularly useful. The most rational treatment, when it is
  35692. available, is the use of the _antivenin_ introduced by Fraser and
  35693. Calmette.
  35694.  
  35695.  
  35696.  
  35697.  
  35698. CHAPTER VIII
  35699.  
  35700. TUBERCULOSIS
  35701.  
  35702.  
  35703. Tubercle bacillus--Methods of infection--Inherited and acquired
  35704.     predisposition--Relationship of tuberculosis to injury--Human and
  35705.     bovine tuberculosis--Action of the bacillus upon the
  35706.     tissues--Tuberculous granulation tissue--Natural cure--Recrudescence
  35707.     of the disease--THE TUBERCULOUS ABSCESS--Contents and wall of the
  35708.     abscess--Tuberculous sinuses.
  35709.  
  35710. Tuberculosis occurs more frequently in some situations than in others;
  35711. it is common, for example, in lymph glands, in bones and joints, in the
  35712. peritoneum, the intestine, the kidney, prostate and testis, and in the
  35713. skin and subcutaneous cellular tissue; it is seldom met with in the
  35714. breast or in muscles, and it rarely affects the ovary, the pancreas, the
  35715. parotid, or the thyreoid.
  35716.  
  35717. _Tubercle bacilli_ vary widely in their virulence, and they are more
  35718. tenacious of life than the common pyogenic bacteria. In a dry state, for
  35719. example, they can retain their vitality for months; and they can also
  35720. survive immersion in water for prolonged periods. They resist the action
  35721. of the products of putrefaction for a considerable time, and are not
  35722. destroyed by digestive processes in the stomach and intestine. They may
  35723. be killed in a few minutes by boiling, or by exposure to steam under
  35724. pressure, or by immersion for less than a minute in 1 in 20 carbolic
  35725. lotion.
  35726.  
  35727. #Methods of Infection.#--In marked contrast to what obtains in the
  35728. infective diseases that have already been described, tuberculosis rarely
  35729. results from the _infection of a wound_. In exceptional instances,
  35730. however, this does occur, and in illustration of the fact may be cited
  35731. the case of a servant who cut her finger with a broken spittoon
  35732. containing the sputum of her consumptive master; the wound subsequently
  35733. showed evidence of tuberculous infection, which ultimately spread up
  35734. along the lymph vessels of the arm. Pathologists, too, whose hands,
  35735. before the days of rubber gloves, were frequently exposed to the contact
  35736. of tuberculous tissues and pus, were liable to suffer from a form of
  35737. tuberculosis of the skin of the finger, known as _anatomical tubercle_.
  35738. Slight wounds of the feet in children who go about barefoot in towns
  35739. sometimes become infected with tubercle. Operation wounds made with
  35740. instruments contaminated with tuberculous material have also been known
  35741. to become infected. It is highly probable that the common form of
  35742. tuberculosis of the skin known as "lupus" arises by direct infection
  35743. from without.
  35744.  
  35745. [Illustration: FIG. 33.--Tubercle Bacilli in caseous material
  35746. x 1000 diam. Z. Neilsen stain.]
  35747.  
  35748. In the vast majority of cases the tubercle bacillus gains entrance to
  35749. the body by way of the mucous surfaces, the organisms being either
  35750. inhaled or swallowed; those inhaled are mostly derived from the human
  35751. subject, those swallowed, from cattle. Bacilli, whether inhaled or
  35752. swallowed, are especially apt to lodge about the pharynx and pass to the
  35753. pharyngeal lymphoid tissue and tonsils, and by way of the lymph vessels
  35754. to the glands. The glands most frequently infected in this way are the
  35755. cervical glands, and those within the cavity of the chest--particularly
  35756. the bronchial glands at the root of the lung. From these, infection
  35757. extends at any later period in life to the bones, joints, and internal
  35758. organs.
  35759.  
  35760. There is reason to believe that the organisms may lie in a dormant
  35761. condition for an indefinite period in these glands, and only become
  35762. active long afterwards, when some depression of the patient's health
  35763. produces conditions which favour their growth. When the organisms become
  35764. active in this way, the tuberculous tissue undergoes softening and
  35765. disintegration, and the infective material, by bursting into an adjacent
  35766. vein, may enter the blood-stream, in which it is carried to distant
  35767. parts of the body. In this way a _general tuberculosis_ may be set up,
  35768. or localised foci of tuberculosis may develop in the tissues in which
  35769. the organisms lodge. Many tuberculous patients are to be regarded as
  35770. possessing in their bronchial glands, or elsewhere, an internal store of
  35771. bacilli, to which the disease for which advice is sought owes its
  35772. origin, and from which similar outbreaks of tuberculosis may originate
  35773. in the future.
  35774.  
  35775. _The alimentary mucous membrane_, especially that of the lower ileum and
  35776. caecum, is exposed to infection by swallowed sputum and by food
  35777. materials, such as milk, containing tubercle bacilli. The organisms may
  35778. lodge in the mucous membrane and cause tuberculous ulceration, or they
  35779. may be carried through the wall of the bowel into the lacteals, along
  35780. which they pass to the mesenteric glands where they become arrested and
  35781. give rise to tuberculous disease.
  35782.  
  35783. #Relationship of Tuberculosis to Trauma.#--Any tissue whose vitality has
  35784. been lowered by injury or disease furnishes a favourable nidus for the
  35785. lodgment and growth of tubercle bacilli. The injury or disease, however,
  35786. is to be looked upon as determining the _localisation_ of the
  35787. tuberculous lesion rather than as an essential factor in its causation.
  35788. In a person, for example, in whose blood tubercle bacilli are
  35789. circulating and reaching every tissue and organ of the body, the
  35790. occurrence of tuberculous disease in a particular part may be determined
  35791. by the depression of the tissues resulting from an injury of that part.
  35792. There can be no doubt that excessive movement and jarring of a limb
  35793. aggravates tuberculous disease of a joint; also that an injury may light
  35794. up a focus that has been long quiescent, but we do not agree with
  35795. those--Da Costa, for example--who maintain that injury may be a
  35796. determining cause of tuberculosis. The question is not one of mere
  35797. academic interest, but one that may raise important issues in the law
  35798. courts.
  35799.  
  35800. #Human and Bovine Tuberculosis.#--The frequency of the bovine bacillus
  35801. in the abdominal and in the glandular and osseous tuberculous lesions of
  35802. children would appear to justify the conclusion that the disease is
  35803. transmissible from the ox to the human subject, and that the milk of
  35804. tuberculous cows is probably a common vehicle of transmission.
  35805.  
  35806. #Changes in the Tissues following upon the successful Lodgment of
  35807. Tubercle Bacilli.#--The action of the bacilli on the tissues results in
  35808. the formation of granulation tissue comprising characteristic tissue
  35809. elements and with a marked tendency to undergo caseation.
  35810.  
  35811. The recognition of the characteristic elements, with or without
  35812. caseation, is usually sufficient evidence of the tuberculous nature of
  35813. any portion of tissue examined for diagnostic purposes. The recognition
  35814. of the bacillus itself by appropriate methods of staining makes the
  35815. diagnosis a certainty; but as it is by no means easy to identify the
  35816. organism in many forms of surgical tuberculosis, it may be necessary to
  35817. have recourse to experimental inoculation of susceptible animals such as
  35818. guinea-pigs.
  35819.  
  35820. The changes subsequent to the formation of tuberculous granulation
  35821. tissue are liable to many variations. It must always be borne in mind
  35822. that although the bacilli have effected a lodgment and have inaugurated
  35823. disease, the relation between them and the tissues remains one of mutual
  35824. antagonism; which of them is to gain and keep the upper hand in the
  35825. conflict depends on their relative powers of resistance.
  35826.  
  35827. If the tissues prevail, there ensues a process of repair. In the
  35828. immediate vicinity of the area of infection young connective tissue, and
  35829. later, fibrous tissue, is formed. This may replace the tuberculous
  35830. tissue and bring about repair--a fibrous cicatrix remaining to mark the
  35831. scene of the previous contest. Scars of this nature are frequently
  35832. discovered at the apex of the lung after death in persons who have at
  35833. one time suffered from pulmonary phthisis. Under other circumstances,
  35834. the tuberculous tissue that has undergone caseation, or even
  35835. calcification, is only encapsulated by the new fibrous tissue, like a
  35836. foreign body. Although this may be regarded as a victory for the
  35837. tissues, the cure, if such it may be called, is not necessarily a
  35838. permanent one, for at any subsequent period, if the part affected is
  35839. disturbed by injury or through some other influence, the encapsulated
  35840. tubercle may again become active and get the upper hand of the tissues,
  35841. and there results a relapse or recrudescence of the disease. This
  35842. _tendency to relapse_ after apparent cure is a notable feature of
  35843. tuberculous disease as it is met with in the spine, or in the
  35844. hip-joint, and it necessitates a prolonged course of treatment to give
  35845. the best chance of a lasting cure.
  35846.  
  35847. If, however, at the inauguration of the tuberculous disease the bacilli
  35848. prevail, the infection tends to spread into the tissues surrounding
  35849. those originally infected, and more and more tuberculous granulation
  35850. tissue is formed. Finally the tuberculous tissue breaks down and
  35851. liquefies, resulting in the formation of a cold abscess. In their
  35852. struggle with the tissues, tubercle bacilli receive considerable support
  35853. and assistance from any pyogenic organisms that may be present. A
  35854. tuberculous infection may exhibit its aggressive qualities in a more
  35855. serious manner by sending off detachments of bacilli, which are carried
  35856. by the lymphatics to the nearest glands, or by the blood-stream to more
  35857. distant, and it may be to all, parts of the body. When the infection is
  35858. thus generalised, the condition is called _general tuberculosis_.
  35859. Considering the extraordinary frequency of localised forms of surgical
  35860. tuberculosis, general dissemination of the disease is rare.
  35861.  
  35862. #The clinical features# of surgical tuberculosis will be described with
  35863. the individual tissues and organs, as they vary widely according to the
  35864. situation of the lesion.
  35865.  
  35866. #The general treatment# consists in combating the adverse influences
  35867. that have been mentioned as increasing the liability to tuberculous
  35868. infection. Within recent years the value of the "open-air" treatment has
  35869. been widely recognised. An open-air life, even in the centre of a city,
  35870. may be followed by marked improvement, especially in the hospital class
  35871. of patient, whose home surroundings tend to favour the progress of the
  35872. disease. The purer air of places away from centres of population is
  35873. still better; and, according to the idiosyncrasies of the individual
  35874. patient, mountain air or that of the sea coast may be preferred. In view
  35875. of the possible discomforts and gastric disturbance which may attend a
  35876. sea-voyage, this should be recommended to patients suffering from
  35877. tuberculous lesions with more caution than has hitherto been exercised.
  35878. The diet must be a liberal one, and should include those articles which
  35879. are at the same time easily digested and nourishing, especially proteids
  35880. and fats; milk obtained from a reliable source and underdone
  35881. butcher-meat are among the best. When the ordinary nourishment taken is
  35882. insufficient, it may be supplemented by such articles as malt extract,
  35883. stout, and cod-liver oil. The last is specially beneficial in patients
  35884. who do not take enough fat in other forms. It is noteworthy that many
  35885. tuberculous patients show an aversion to fat.
  35886.  
  35887. For _the use of tuberculin in diagnosis_ and for _the vaccine treatment
  35888. of tuberculosis_ the reader is referred to text-books on medicine.
  35889.  
  35890. In addition to increasing the resisting power of the patient, it is
  35891. important to enable the fluids of the body, so altered, to come into
  35892. contact with the tuberculous focus. One of the obstacles to this is that
  35893. the focus is often surrounded by tissues or fluids which have been
  35894. almost entirely deprived of bactericidal substances. In the case of
  35895. caseated glands in the neck, for example, it is obvious that the removal
  35896. of this inert material is necessary before the tissues can be irrigated
  35897. with fluids of high bactericidal value. Again, in tuberculous ascites
  35898. the abdominal cavity is filled with a fluid practically devoid of
  35899. anti-bacterial substances, so that the bacilli are able to thrive and
  35900. work their will on the tissues. When the stagnant fluid is got rid of by
  35901. laparotomy, the parts are immediately douched with lymph charged with
  35902. protective substances, the bactericidal power of which may be many times
  35903. that of the fluid displaced.
  35904.  
  35905. It is probable that the beneficial influence of _counter-irritants_,
  35906. such as blisters, and exposure to the _Finsen light_ and other forms of
  35907. _rays_, is to be attributed in part to the increased flow of blood to
  35908. the infected tissues.
  35909.  
  35910. _Artificial Hyperaemia._--As has been explained, the induction of
  35911. hyperaemia by the method devised by Bier, constitutes one of our most
  35912. efficient means of combating bacterial infection. The treatment of
  35913. tuberculosis on this plan has been proved by experience to be a valuable
  35914. addition to our therapeutic measures, and the simplicity of its
  35915. application has led to its being widely adopted in practice. It results
  35916. in an increase in the reactive changes around the tuberculous focus, an
  35917. increase in the immigration of leucocytes, and infiltration with the
  35918. lymphocytes.
  35919.  
  35920. The constricting bandage should be applied at some distance above the
  35921. seat of infection; for instance, in disease of the wrist, it is put on
  35922. above the elbow, and it must not cause pain either where it is applied
  35923. or in the diseased part. The bandage is only applied for a few hours
  35924. each day, either two hours at a time or twice a day for one hour, and,
  35925. while it is on, all dressings are removed save a piece of sterile gauze
  35926. over any wound or sinus that may be present. The process of cure takes a
  35927. long time--nine or even twelve months in the case of a severe joint
  35928. affection.
  35929.  
  35930. In cases in which a constricting bandage is inapplicable, for example,
  35931. in cold abscesses, tuberculous glands or tendon sheaths, Klapp's suction
  35932. bell is employed. The cup is applied for five minutes at a time and then
  35933. taken off for three minutes, and this is repeated over a period of
  35934. about three-quarters of an hour. The pus is allowed to escape by a small
  35935. incision, and no packing or drain should be introduced.
  35936.  
  35937. It has been found that tuberculous lesions tend to undergo cure
  35938. when the infected tissues are exposed to the rays of the
  35939. sun--_heliotherapy_--therefore whenever practicable this therapeutic
  35940. measure should be had recourse to.
  35941.  
  35942. Since the introduction of the methods of treatment described above, and
  35943. especially by their employment at an early stage in the disease, the
  35944. number of cases of tuberculosis requiring operative interference has
  35945. greatly diminished. There are still circumstances, however, in which an
  35946. operation is required; for example, in disease of the lymph glands for
  35947. the removal of inert masses of caseous material, in disease of bone for
  35948. the removal of sequestra, or in disease of joints to improve the
  35949. function of the limb. It is to be understood, however, that operative
  35950. treatment must always be preceded by and combined with other therapeutic
  35951. measures.
  35952.  
  35953.  
  35954. TUBERCULOUS ABSCESS
  35955.  
  35956. The caseation of tuberculous granulation tissue and its liquefaction is
  35957. a slow and insidious process, and is unattended with the classical signs
  35958. of inflammation--hence the terms "cold" and "chronic" applied to the
  35959. tuberculous abscess.
  35960.  
  35961. In a cold abscess, such as that which results from tuberculous disease
  35962. of the vertebrae, the clinical appearances are those of a soft, fluid
  35963. swelling without heat, redness, pain, or fever. When toxic symptoms are
  35964. present, they are usually due to a mixed infection.
  35965.  
  35966. A tuberculous abscess results from the disintegration and liquefaction
  35967. of tuberculous granulation tissue which has undergone caseation. Fluid
  35968. and cells from the adjacent blood vessels exude into the cavity, and
  35969. lead to variations in the character of its contents. In some cases the
  35970. contents consist of a clear amber-coloured fluid, in which are suspended
  35971. fragments of caseated tissue; in others, of a white material like
  35972. cream-cheese. From the addition of a sufficient number of leucocytes,
  35973. the contents may resemble the pus of an ordinary abscess.
  35974.  
  35975. The wall of the abscess is lined with tuberculous granulation tissue,
  35976. the inner layers of which are undergoing caseation and disintegration,
  35977. and present a shreddy appearance; the outer layers consist of
  35978. tuberculous tissue which has not yet undergone caseation. The abscess
  35979. tends to increase in size by progressive liquefaction of the inner
  35980. layers, caseation of the outer layers, and the further invasion of the
  35981. surrounding tissues by tubercle bacilli. In this way a tuberculous
  35982. abscess is capable of indefinite extension and increase in size until it
  35983. reaches a free surface and ruptures externally. The direction in which
  35984. it spreads is influenced by the anatomical arrangement of the tissues,
  35985. and possibly to some extent by gravity, and the abscess may reach the
  35986. surface at a considerable distance from its seat of origin. The best
  35987. illustration of this is seen in the psoas abscess, which may originate
  35988. in the dorsal vertebrae, extend downwards within the sheath of the psoas
  35989. muscle, and finally appear in the thigh.
  35990.  
  35991. #Clinical Features.#--The insidious development of the tuberculous
  35992. abscess is one of its characteristic features. The swelling may attain a
  35993. considerable size without the patient being aware of its existence, and,
  35994. as a matter of fact, it is often discovered accidentally. The absence of
  35995. toxaemia is to be associated with the incapacity of the wall of the
  35996. abscess to permit of absorption; this is shown also by the fact that
  35997. when even a large quantity of iodoform is inserted into the cavity of
  35998. the abscess, there are no symptoms of poisoning. The abscess varies in
  35999. size from a small cherry to a cavity containing several pints of pus.
  36000. Its shape also varies; it is usually that of a flattened sphere, but it
  36001. may present pockets or burrows running in various directions. Sometimes
  36002. it is hour-glass or dumb-bell shaped, as is well illustrated in the
  36003. region of the groin in disease of the spine or pelvis, where there may
  36004. be a large sac occupying the venter ilii, and a smaller one in the
  36005. thigh, the two communicating by a narrow channel under Poupart's
  36006. ligament. By pressing with the fingers the pus may be displaced from one
  36007. compartment to the other. The usual course of events is that the abscess
  36008. progresses slowly, and finally reaches a free surface--generally the
  36009. skin. As it does so there may be some pain, redness, and local elevation
  36010. of temperature. Fluctuation becomes evident and superficial, and the
  36011. skin becomes livid and finally gives way. If the case is left to nature,
  36012. the discharge of pus continues, and the track opening on the skin
  36013. remains as a _sinus_. The persistence of suppuration is due to the
  36014. presence in the wall of the abscess and of the sinus, of tuberculous
  36015. granulation tissue, which, so long as it remains, continues to furnish
  36016. discharge, and so prevents healing. Sooner or later pyogenic organisms
  36017. gain access to the sinus, and through it to the wall of the abscess.
  36018. They tend further to depress the resisting power of the tissues, and
  36019. thereby aggravate and perpetuate the tuberculous disease. This
  36020. superadded infection with pyogenic organisms exposes the patient to the
  36021. further risks of septic intoxication, especially in the form of hectic
  36022. fever and septicaemia, and increases the liability to general
  36023. tuberculosis, and to waxy degeneration of the internal organs. The mixed
  36024. infection is chiefly responsible for the pyrexia, sweating, and
  36025. emaciation which the laity associate with consumptive disease. A
  36026. tuberculous abscess may in one or other of these ways be a cause of
  36027. death.
  36028.  
  36029. _Residual abscess_ is the name given to an abscess that makes its
  36030. appearance months, or even years, after the apparent cure of tuberculous
  36031. disease--as, for example, in the hip-joint or spine. It is called
  36032. residual because it has its origin in the remains of the original
  36033. disease.
  36034.  
  36035. [Illustration: FIG. 34.--Tuberculous Abscess in right lumbar region in a
  36036. woman aged thirty.]
  36037.  
  36038. #Diagnosis.#--A cold abscess is to be diagnosed from a syphilitic gumma,
  36039. a cyst, and from lipoma and other soft tumours. The differential
  36040. diagnosis of these affections will be considered later; it is often made
  36041. easier by recognising the presence of a lesion that is likely to cause a
  36042. cold abscess, such as tuberculous disease of the spine or of the
  36043. sacro-iliac joint. When it is about to burst externally, it may be
  36044. difficult to distinguish a tuberculous abscess from one due to infection
  36045. with pyogenic organisms. Even when the abscess is opened, the
  36046. appearances of the pus may not supply the desired information, and it
  36047. may be necessary to submit it to bacteriological examination. When the
  36048. pus is found to be sterile, it is usually safe to assume that the
  36049. condition is tuberculous, as in other forms of suppuration the causative
  36050. organisms can usually be recognised. Experimental inoculation will
  36051. establish a definite diagnosis, but it implies a delay of two to three
  36052. weeks.
  36053.  
  36054. #Treatment.#--The tuberculous abscess may recede and disappear under
  36055. general treatment. Many surgeons advise that so long as the abscess is
  36056. quiescent it should be left alone. All agree, however, that if it shows
  36057. a tendency to spread, to increase in size, or to approach the skin or a
  36058. mucous membrane, something should be done to avoid the danger of its
  36059. bursting and becoming infected with pyogenic organisms. Simple
  36060. evacuation of the abscess by a hollow needle may suffice, or bismuth or
  36061. iodoform may be introduced after withdrawal of the contents.
  36062.  
  36063. _Evacuation of the Abscess and Injection of Iodoform._--The iodoform is
  36064. employed in the form of a 10 per cent. solution in ether or the same
  36065. proportion suspended in glycerin. Either form becomes sterile soon after
  36066. it is prepared. Its curative effects would appear to depend upon the
  36067. liberation of iodine, which restrains the activity of the bacilli, and
  36068. upon its capacity for irritating the tissues and so inducing a
  36069. protective leucocytosis, and also of stimulating the formation of scar
  36070. tissue. An anaesthetic is rarely called for, except in children. The
  36071. abscess is first evacuated by means of a large trocar and cannula
  36072. introduced obliquely through the overlying soft parts, avoiding any part
  36073. where the skin is thin or red. If the cannula becomes blocked with
  36074. caseous material, it may be cleared with a probe, or a small quantity of
  36075. saline solution is forced in by the syringe. The iodoform is injected by
  36076. means of a glass-barrelled syringe, which is firmly screwed on to the
  36077. cannula. The amount injected varies with the size of the abscess and the
  36078. age of the patient; it may be said to range from two or three drams in
  36079. the case of children to several ounces in large abscesses in adults. The
  36080. cannula is withdrawn, the puncture is closed by a Michel's clip, and a
  36081. dressing applied so as to exert a certain amount of compression. If the
  36082. abscess fills up again, the procedure should be repeated; in doing so,
  36083. the contents show the coloration due to liberated iodine. When the
  36084. contents are semi-solid, and cannot be withdrawn even through a large
  36085. cannula, an incision must be made, and, after the cavity has been
  36086. emptied, the iodoform is introduced through a short rubber tube attached
  36087. to the syringe. Experience has shown that even large abscesses, such as
  36088. those associated with spinal disease, may be cured by iodoform
  36089. injection, and this even when rupture of the abscess on the skin surface
  36090. has appeared to be imminent.
  36091.  
  36092. Another method of treatment which is less popular now than it used to
  36093. be, and which is chiefly applicable in abscesses of moderate size, is by
  36094. _incision of the abscess and removal of the tuberculous tissue in its
  36095. wall_ with the sharp spoon. An incision is made which will give free
  36096. access to the interior of the abscess, so that outlying pockets or
  36097. recesses may not be overlooked. After removal of the pus, the wall of
  36098. the abscess is scraped with the Volkmann spoon or with Barker's flushing
  36099. spoon, to get rid of the tuberculous tissue with which it is lined. In
  36100. using the spoon, care must be taken that its sharp edge does not
  36101. perforate the wall of a vein or other important structure. Any debris
  36102. which may adhere to the walls is removed by rubbing with dry gauze. The
  36103. oozing of blood is arrested by packing the cavity for a few minutes with
  36104. gauze. After the packing is removed, iodoform powder is rubbed into the
  36105. raw surface. The soft parts divided by the incision are sutured in
  36106. layers so as to ensure primary union. If, on the other hand, there is
  36107. fear of a mixed infection, especially in abscesses near the rectum or
  36108. anus, it is safer to treat it by the open method, packing the cavity
  36109. with iodoform worsted or bismuth gauze, which is renewed at intervals of
  36110. a week or ten days as the cavity heals from the bottom.
  36111.  
  36112. Another method is to incise the abscess, cleanse the cavity with gauze,
  36113. irrigate with Carrel-Dakin solution and pack with gauze smeared with the
  36114. dilute non-toxic B.I.P.P. (bismuth and iodoform 2 parts, vaseline 12
  36115. parts, hard paraffin, sufficient to give the consistence of butter). The
  36116. wound is closed with "bipped" silk sutures; one of these--the "waiting
  36117. suture"--is left loose to permit of withdrawal of the gauze after
  36118. forty-eight hours; the waiting suture is then tied, and delayed primary
  36119. union is thus effected.
  36120.  
  36121. When the skin over the abscess is red, thin, and about to give way, as
  36122. is frequently the case when the abscess is situated in the subcutaneous
  36123. cellular tissue, any skin which is undermined and infected with tubercle
  36124. should be removed with the scissors at the same time that the abscess is
  36125. dealt with.
  36126.  
  36127. In abscesses treated by the open method, when the cavity has become
  36128. lined with healthy granulations, it may be closed by secondary suture,
  36129. or, if the granulating surface is flush with the skin, healing may be
  36130. hastened by skin-grafting.
  36131.  
  36132. If the tuberculous abscess has burst and left a _sinus_, this is apt to
  36133. persist because of the presence of tuberculous tissue in its wall, and
  36134. of superadded pyogenic infection, or because it serves as an avenue for
  36135. the escape of discharge from a focus of tubercle in a bone or a lymph
  36136. gland.
  36137.  
  36138. [Illustration: FIG. 35.--Tuberculous Sinus injected through its opening
  36139. in the forearm with bismuth paste.
  36140.  
  36141. (Mr. Pirie Watson's case--Radiogram by Dr. Hope Fowler.)]
  36142.  
  36143. The treatment varies with the conditions present, and must include
  36144. measures directed to the lesion from which the sinus has originated. The
  36145. extent and direction of any given sinus may be demonstrated by the use
  36146. of the probe, or, more accurately, by injecting the sinus with a paste
  36147. consisting of white vaseline containing 10 to 30 per cent. of bismuth
  36148. subcarbonate, and following its track with the X-rays (Fig. 35).
  36149.  
  36150. It was found by Beck of Chicago that the injection of bismuth paste is
  36151. frequently followed by healing of the sinus, and that, if one injection
  36152. fails to bring about a cure, repeating the injection every second day
  36153. may be successful. Some caution must be observed in this treatment, as
  36154. symptoms of poisoning have been observed to follow its use. If they
  36155. manifest themselves, an injection of warm olive oil should be given; the
  36156. oil, left in for twelve hours or so, forms an emulsion with the bismuth,
  36157. which can be withdrawn by aspiration. Iodoform suspended in glycerin may
  36158. be employed in a similar manner. When these and other non-operative
  36159. measures fail, and the whole track of the sinus is accessible, it should
  36160. be laid open, scraped, and packed with bismuth or iodoform gauze until
  36161. it heals from the bottom.
  36162.  
  36163. The _tuberculous ulcer_ is described in the chapter on ulcers.
  36164.  
  36165.  
  36166.  
  36167.  
  36168. CHAPTER IX
  36169.  
  36170. SYPHILIS
  36171.  
  36172.  
  36173. Definition.--Virus.--ACQUIRED SYPHILIS--Primary period:
  36174.     _Incubation, primary chancre, glandular enlargement_;
  36175.     _Extra-genital chancres_--Treatment--Secondary period: _General
  36176.     symptoms, skin affections, mucous patches, affections of bones,
  36177.     joints, eyes_, etc.--Treatment: _Salvarsan_--_Methods of
  36178.     administering mercury_--Syphilis and marriage--Intermediate
  36179.     stage--_Reminders_--Tertiary period: _General symptoms_,
  36180.     _gummata_, _tertiary ulcers_, _tertiary lesions of skin, mucous
  36181.     membrane, bones, joints_, etc.--Second attacks.--INHERITED
  36182.     SYPHILIS--Transmission--_Clinical features in infancy, in later
  36183.     life_--Contagiousness--Treatment.
  36184.  
  36185. Syphilis is an infective disease due to the entrance into the body of a
  36186. specific virus. It is nearly always communicated from one individual to
  36187. another by contact infection, the discharge from a syphilitic lesion
  36188. being the medium through which the virus is transmitted, and the seat of
  36189. inoculation is almost invariably a surface covered by squamous
  36190. epithelium. The disease was unknown in Europe before the year 1493, when
  36191. it was introduced into Spain by Columbus' crew, who were infected in
  36192. Haiti, where the disease had been endemic from time immemorial (Bloch).
  36193.  
  36194. The granulation tissue which forms as a result of the reaction of the
  36195. tissues to the presence of the virus is chiefly composed of lymphocytes
  36196. and plasma cells, along with an abundant new formation of capillary
  36197. blood vessels. Giant cells are not uncommon, but the endothelioid cells,
  36198. which are so marked a feature of tuberculous granulation tissue, are
  36199. practically absent.
  36200.  
  36201. When syphilis is communicated from one individual to another by contact
  36202. infection, the condition is spoken of as _acquired syphilis_, and the
  36203. first visible sign of the disease appears at the site of inoculation,
  36204. and is known as _the primary lesion_. Those who have thus acquired the
  36205. disease may transmit it to their offspring, who are then said to suffer
  36206. from _inherited syphilis_.
  36207.  
  36208. #The Virus of Syphilis.#--The cause of syphilis, whether acquired or
  36209. inherited, is the organism, described by Schaudinn and Hoffman, in 1905,
  36210. under the name of _spirochaeta pallida_ or _spironema pallidum_. It is a
  36211. delicate, thread-like spirilla, in length averaging from 8 to 10 u and
  36212. in width about 0.25 u, and is distinguished from other spirochaetes by
  36213. its delicate shape, its dead-white appearance, together with its closely
  36214. twisted spiral form, with numerous undulations (10 to 26), which are
  36215. perfectly regular, and are characteristic in that they remain the same
  36216. during rest and in active movement (Fig. 36). In a fresh specimen, such
  36217. as a scraping from a hard chancre suspended in a little salt solution,
  36218. it shows active movements. The organism is readily destroyed by heat,
  36219. and perishes in the absence of moisture. It has been proved
  36220. experimentally that it remains infective only up to six hours after its
  36221. removal from the body. Noguchi has succeeded in obtaining pure cultures
  36222. from the infected tissues of the rabbit.
  36223.  
  36224. [Illustration: FIG. 36.--Spirochaeta pallida from scraping of hard
  36225. Chancre of Prepuce. x 1000 diam. Burri method.]
  36226.  
  36227. The spirochaete may be recognised in films made by scraping the deeper
  36228. parts of the primary lesion, from papules on the skin, or from blisters
  36229. artificially raised on lesions of the skin or on the immediately
  36230. adjacent portion of healthy skin. It is readily found in the mucous
  36231. patches and condylomata of the secondary period. It is best stained by
  36232. Giemsa's method, and its recognition is greatly aided by the use of the
  36233. ultra-microscope.
  36234.  
  36235. The spirochaete has been demonstrated in every form of syphilitic lesion,
  36236. and has been isolated from the blood--with difficulty--and from lymph
  36237. withdrawn by a hollow needle from enlarged lymph glands. The saliva of
  36238. persons suffering from syphilitic lesions of the mouth also contains the
  36239. organism.
  36240.  
  36241. [Illustration: FIG. 37.--Spirochaeta refrigerans from scraping of Vagina.
  36242. x 1000 diam. Burri method.]
  36243.  
  36244. In tertiary lesions there is greater difficulty in demonstrating the
  36245. spirochaete, but small numbers have been found in the peripheral parts of
  36246. gummata and in the thickened patches in syphilitic disease of the aorta.
  36247. Noguchi and Moore have discovered the spirochaete in the brain in a
  36248. number of cases of general paralysis of the insane. The spirochaete may
  36249. persist in the body for a long time after infection; its presence has
  36250. been demonstrated as long as sixteen years after the original
  36251. acquisition of the disease.
  36252.  
  36253. In inherited syphilis the spirochaete is present in enormous numbers
  36254. throughout all the organs and fluids of the body.
  36255.  
  36256. Considerable interest attaches to the observations of Metchnikoff, Roux,
  36257. and Neisser, who have succeeded in conveying syphilis to the chimpanzee
  36258. and other members of the ape tribe, obtaining primary and secondary
  36259. lesions similar to those observed in man, and also containing the
  36260. spirochaete. In animals the disease has been transmitted by material from
  36261. all kinds of syphilitic lesions, including even the blood in the
  36262. secondary and tertiary stages of the disease. The primary lesion is in
  36263. the form of an indurated papule, in every respect resembling the
  36264. corresponding lesion in man, and associated with enlargement and
  36265. induration of the lymph glands. The primary lesion usually appears about
  36266. thirty days after inoculation, to be followed, in about half the cases,
  36267. by secondary manifestations, which are usually of a mild character; in
  36268. no instance has any tertiary lesion been observed. The severity of the
  36269. affection amongst apes would appear to be in proportion to the nearness
  36270. of the relationship of the animal to the human subject. The eye of the
  36271. rabbit is also susceptible to inoculation from syphilitic lesions; the
  36272. material in a finely divided state is introduced into the anterior
  36273. chamber of the eye.
  36274.  
  36275. Attempts to immunise against the disease have so far proved negative,
  36276. but Metchnikoff has shown that the inunction of the part inoculated with
  36277. an ointment containing 33 per cent. of calomel, within one hour of
  36278. infection, suffices to neutralise the virus in man, and up to eighteen
  36279. hours in monkeys. He recommends the adoption of this procedure in the
  36280. prophylaxis of syphilis.
  36281.  
  36282. Noguchi has made an emulsion of dead spirochaetes which he calls
  36283. _luetin_, and which gives a specific reaction resembling that of
  36284. tuberculin in tuberculosis, a papule or a pustule forming at the site of
  36285. the intra-dermal injection. It is said to be most efficacious in the
  36286. tertiary and latent forms of syphilis, which are precisely those forms
  36287. in which the diagnosis is surrounded with difficulties.
  36288.  
  36289.  
  36290. ACQUIRED SYPHILIS
  36291.  
  36292. In the vast majority of cases, infection takes place during the congress
  36293. of the sexes. Delicate, easily abraded surfaces are then brought into
  36294. contact, and the discharge from lesions containing the virus is placed
  36295. under favourable conditions for conveying the disease from one person to
  36296. the other. In the male the possibility of infection taking place is
  36297. increased if the virus is retained under cover of a long and tight
  36298. prepuce, and if there are abrasions on the surface with which it comes
  36299. in contact. The frequency with which infection takes place on the
  36300. genitals during sexual intercourse warrants syphilis being considered a
  36301. venereal disease, although there are other ways in which it may be
  36302. contracted.
  36303.  
  36304. Some of these imply direct contact--such, for example, as kissing, the
  36305. digital examination of syphilitic patients by doctors or nurses, or
  36306. infection of the surgeon's fingers while operating upon a syphilitic
  36307. patient. In suckling, a syphilitic wet nurse may infect a healthy
  36308. infant, or a syphilitic infant may infect a healthy wet nurse. In other
  36309. cases the infection is by indirect contact, the virus being conveyed
  36310. through the medium of articles contaminated by a syphilitic
  36311. patient--such, for example, as surgical instruments, tobacco pipes, wind
  36312. instruments, table utensils, towels, or underclothing. Physiological
  36313. secretions, such as saliva, milk, or tears, are not capable of
  36314. communicating the disease unless contaminated by discharge from a
  36315. syphilitic sore. While the saliva itself is innocuous, it can be, and
  36316. often is, contaminated by the discharge from mucous patches or other
  36317. syphilitic lesions in the mouth and throat, and is then a dangerous
  36318. medium of infection. Unless these extra-genital sources of infection are
  36319. borne in mind, there is a danger of failing to recognise the primary
  36320. lesion of syphilis in unusual positions, such as the lip, finger, or
  36321. nipple. When the disease is thus acquired by innocent transfer, it is
  36322. known as _syphilis insontium_.
  36323.  
  36324. #Stages or Periods of Syphilis.#--Following the teaching of Ricord, it
  36325. is customary to divide the life-history of syphilis into three periods
  36326. or stages, referred to, for convenience, as primary, secondary, and
  36327. tertiary. This division is to some extent arbitrary and artificial, as
  36328. the different stages overlap one another, and the lesions of one stage
  36329. merge insensibly into those of another. Wide variations are met with in
  36330. the manifestations of the secondary stage, and histologically there is
  36331. no valid distinction to be drawn between secondary and tertiary lesions.
  36332.  
  36333. _The primary period_ embraces the interval that elapses between the
  36334. initial infection and the first constitutional manifestations,--roughly,
  36335. from four to eight weeks,--and includes the period of incubation, the
  36336. development of the primary sore, and the enlargement of the nearest
  36337. lymph glands.
  36338.  
  36339. _The secondary period_ varies in duration from one to two years, during
  36340. which time the patient is liable to suffer from manifestations which are
  36341. for the most part superficial in character, affecting the skin and its
  36342. appendages, the mucous membranes, and the lymph glands.
  36343.  
  36344. _The tertiary period_ has no time-limit except that it follows upon the
  36345. secondary, so that during the remainder of his life the patient is
  36346. liable to suffer from manifestations which may affect the deeper tissues
  36347. and internal organs as well as the skin and mucous membranes.
  36348.  
  36349. #Primary Syphilis.#--_The period of incubation_ represents the interval
  36350. that elapses between the occurrence of infection and the appearance of
  36351. the primary lesion at the site of inoculation. Its limits may be stated
  36352. as varying from two to six weeks, with an average of from twenty-one to
  36353. twenty-eight days. While the disease is incubating, there is nothing to
  36354. show that infection has occurred.
  36355.  
  36356. _The Primary Lesion._--The incubation period having elapsed, there
  36357. appears at the site of inoculation a circumscribed area of infiltration
  36358. which represents the reaction of the tissues to the entrance of the
  36359. virus. The first appearance is that of a sharply defined papule, rarely
  36360. larger than a split pea. Its surface is at first smooth and shiny, but
  36361. as necrosis of the tissue elements takes place in the centre, it becomes
  36362. concave, and in many cases the epithelium is shed, and an ulcer is
  36363. formed. Such an ulcer has an elevated border, sharply cut edges, an
  36364. indurated base, and exudes a scanty serous discharge; its surface is at
  36365. first occupied by yellow necrosed tissue, but in time this is replaced
  36366. by smooth, pale-pink granulation tissue; finally, epithelium may spread
  36367. over the surface, and the ulcer heals. As a rule, the patient suffers
  36368. little discomfort, and may even be ignorant of the existence of the
  36369. lesion, unless, as a result of exposure to mechanical or septic
  36370. irritation, ulceration ensues, and the sore becomes painful and tender,
  36371. and yields a purulent discharge. The primary lesion may persist until
  36372. the secondary manifestations make their appearance, that is, for several
  36373. weeks.
  36374.  
  36375. It cannot be emphasised too strongly that the induration of the primary
  36376. lesion, which has obtained for it the name of "hard chancre," is its
  36377. most important characteristic. It is best appreciated when the sore is
  36378. grasped from side to side between the finger and thumb. The sensation on
  36379. grasping it has been aptly compared to that imparted by a nodule of
  36380. cartilage, or by a button felt through a layer of cloth. The evidence
  36381. obtained by touch is more valuable than that obtained by inspection, a
  36382. fact which is made use of in the recognition of _concealed
  36383. chancres_--that is, those which are hidden by a tight prepuce. The
  36384. induration is due not only to the dense packing of the connective-tissue
  36385. spaces with lymphocytes and plasma cells, but also to the formation of
  36386. new connective-tissue elements. It is most marked in chancres situated
  36387. in the furrow between the glans and the prepuce.
  36388.  
  36389. _In the male_, the primary lesion specially affects certain
  36390. _situations_, and the appearances vary with these: (1) On the inner
  36391. aspect of the prepuce, and in the fold between the prepuce and the
  36392. glans; in the latter situation the induration imparts a "collar-like"
  36393. rigidity to the prepuce, which is most apparent when it is rolled back
  36394. over the corona. (2) At the orifice of the prepuce the primary lesion
  36395. assumes the form of multiple linear ulcers or fissures, and as each of
  36396. these is attended with infiltration, the prepuce cannot be pulled
  36397. back--a condition known as _syphilitic phimosis_. (3) On the glans penis
  36398. the infiltration may be so superficial that it resembles a layer of
  36399. parchment, but if it invades the cavernous tissue there is a dense mass
  36400. of induration. (4) On the external aspect of the prepuce or on the skin
  36401. of the penis itself. (5) At either end of the torn fraenum, in the form
  36402. of a diamond-shaped ulcer raised above the surroundings. (6) In relation
  36403. to the meatus and canal of the urethra, in either of which situations
  36404. the swelling and induration may lead to narrowing of the urethra, so
  36405. that the urine is passed with pain and difficulty and in a minute
  36406. stream; stricture results only in the exceptional cases in which the
  36407. chancre has ulcerated and caused destruction of tissue. A chancre within
  36408. the orifice of the urethra is rare, and, being concealed from view, it
  36409. can only be recognised by the discharge from the meatus and by the
  36410. induration felt between the finger and thumb on palpating the urethra.
  36411.  
  36412. _In the female_, the primary lesion is not so typical or so easily
  36413. recognised as in men; it is usually met with on the labia; the
  36414. induration is rarely characteristic and does not last so long. The
  36415. primary lesion may take the form of condylomata. Indurated oedema, with
  36416. brownish-red or livid discoloration of one or both labia, is diagnostic
  36417. of syphilis.
  36418.  
  36419. The hard chancre is usually solitary, but sometimes there are two or
  36420. more; when there are several, they are individually smaller than the
  36421. solitary chancre.
  36422.  
  36423. It is the exception for a hard chancre to leave a visible scar, hence,
  36424. in examining patients with a doubtful history of syphilis, little
  36425. reliance can be placed on the presence or absence of a scar on the
  36426. genitals. When the primary lesion has taken the form of an open ulcer
  36427. with purulent discharge, or has sloughed, there is a permanent scar.
  36428.  
  36429. _Infection of the adjacent lymph glands_ is usually found to have taken
  36430. place by the time the primary lesion has acquired its characteristic
  36431. induration. Several of the glands along Poupart's ligament, on one or on
  36432. both sides, become enlarged, rounded, and indurated; they are usually
  36433. freely movable, and are rarely sensitive unless there is superadded
  36434. septic infection. The term _bullet-bubo_ has been applied to them, and
  36435. their presence is of great value in diagnosis. In a certain number of
  36436. cases, one of the main _lymph vessels_ on the dorsum of the penis is
  36437. transformed into a fibrous cord easily recognisable on palpation, and
  36438. when grasped between the fingers appears to be in size and consistence
  36439. not unlike the vas deferens.
  36440.  
  36441. _Concealed chancre_ is the term applied when one or more chancres are
  36442. situated within the sac of a prepuce which cannot be retracted. If the
  36443. induration is well marked, the chancre can be palpated through the
  36444. prepuce, and is tender on pressure. As under these conditions it is
  36445. impossible for the patient to keep the parts clean, septic infection
  36446. becomes a prominent feature, the prepuce is oedematous and inflamed, and
  36447. there is an abundant discharge of pus from its orifice. It occasionally
  36448. happens that the infection assumes a virulent character and causes
  36449. sloughing of the prepuce--a condition known as _phagedaena_. The
  36450. discharge is then foul and blood-stained, and the prepuce becomes of a
  36451. dusky red or purple colour, and may finally slough, exposing the glans.
  36452.  
  36453. _Extra-genital or Erratic Chancres_ (Fig. 38).--Erratic chancre is the
  36454. term applied by Jonathan Hutchinson to the primary lesion of syphilis
  36455. when it appears on parts of the body other than the genitals. It differs
  36456. in some respects from the hard chancre as met with on the penis; it is
  36457. usually larger, the induration is more diffused, and the enlarged glands
  36458. are softer and more sensitive. The glands in nearest relation to the
  36459. sore are those first affected, for example, the epitrochlear or axillary
  36460. glands in chancre of the finger; the submaxillary glands in chancre of
  36461. the lip or mouth; or the pre-auricular gland in chancre of the eyelid or
  36462. forehead. In consequence of their divergence from the typical chancre,
  36463. and of their being often met with in persons who, from age,
  36464. surroundings, or moral character, are unlikely subjects of venereal
  36465. disease, the true nature of erratic chancres is often overlooked until
  36466. the persistence of the lesion, its want of resemblance to anything else,
  36467. or the onset of constitutional symptoms, determines the diagnosis of
  36468. syphilis. A solitary, indolent sore occurring on the lip, eyelid,
  36469. finger, or nipple, which does not heal but tends to increase in size,
  36470. and is associated with induration and enlargement of the adjacent
  36471. glands, is most likely to be the primary lesion of syphilis.
  36472.  
  36473. [Illustration: FIG. 38.--Primary Lesion on Thumb, with Secondary
  36474. Eruption on Forearm.[1]]
  36475.  
  36476. [1] From _A System of Syphilis_, vol. ii., edited by D'Arcy Power and
  36477. J. Keogh Murphy, Oxford Medical Publications.
  36478.  
  36479. #The Soft Sore, Soft Chancre, or Chancroid.#--The differential diagnosis
  36480. of syphilis necessitates the consideration of the _soft sore_, _soft
  36481. chancre_, or _chancroid_, which is also a common form of venereal
  36482. disease, and is due to infection with a virulent pus-forming bacillus,
  36483. first described by Ducrey in 1889. Ducrey's bacillus occurs in the form
  36484. of minute oval rods measuring about 1.5 u in length, which stain readily
  36485. with any basic aniline dye, but are quickly decolorised by Gram's
  36486. method. They are found mixed with other organisms in the purulent
  36487. discharge from the sore, and are chiefly arranged in small groups or in
  36488. short chains. Soft sores are always contracted by direct contact from
  36489. another individual, and the incubation period is a short one of from two
  36490. to five days. They are usually situated in the vicinity of the fraenum,
  36491. and, in women, about the labia minora or fourchette; they probably
  36492. originate in abrasions in these situations. They appear as pustules,
  36493. which are rapidly converted into small, acutely inflamed ulcers with
  36494. sharply cut, irregular margins, which bleed easily and yield an abundant
  36495. yellow purulent discharge. They are devoid of the induration of
  36496. syphilis, are painful, and nearly always multiple, reproducing
  36497. themselves in successive crops by auto-inoculation. Soft sores are often
  36498. complicated by phimosis and balanitis, and they frequently lead to
  36499. infection of the glands in the groin. The resulting bubo is ill-defined,
  36500. painful, and tender, and suppuration occurs in about one-fourth of the
  36501. cases. The overlying skin becomes adherent and red, and suppuration
  36502. takes place either in the form of separate foci in the interior of the
  36503. individual glands, or around them; in the latter case, on incision, the
  36504. glands are found lying bathed in pus. Ducrey's bacillus is found in pure
  36505. culture in the pus. Sometimes other pyogenic organisms are superadded.
  36506. After the bubo has been opened the wound may take on the characters of a
  36507. soft sore.
  36508.  
  36509. _Treatment._--Soft sores heal rapidly when kept clean. If concealed
  36510. under a tight prepuce, an incision should be made along the dorsum to
  36511. give access to the sores. They should be washed with eusol, and dusted
  36512. with a mixture of one part iodoform and two parts boracic or salicylic
  36513. acid, or, when the odour of iodoform is objected to, of equal parts of
  36514. boracic acid and carbonate of zinc. Immersion of the penis in a bath of
  36515. eusol for some hours daily is useful. The sore is then covered with a
  36516. piece of gauze kept in position by drawing the prepuce over it, or by a
  36517. few turns of a narrow bandage. Sublimed sulphur frequently rubbed into
  36518. the sore is recommended by C. H. Mills. If the sores spread in spite of
  36519. this, they should be painted with cocaine and then cauterised. When the
  36520. glands in the groin are infected, the patient must be confined to bed,
  36521. and a dressing impregnated with ichthyol and glycerin (10 per cent.)
  36522. applied; the repeated use of a suction bell is of great service.
  36523. Harrison recommends aspiration of a bubonic abscess, followed by
  36524. injection of 1 in 20 solution of tincture of iodine into the cavity;
  36525. this is in turn aspirated, and then 1 or 2 c.c. of the solution injected
  36526. and left in. This is repeated as often as the cavity refills. It is
  36527. sometimes necessary to let the pus out by one or more small incisions
  36528. and continue the use of the suction bell.
  36529.  
  36530. _Diagnosis of Primary Syphilis._--In cases in which there is a history
  36531. of an incubation period of from three to five weeks, when the sore is
  36532. indurated, persistent, and indolent, and attended with bullet-buboes in
  36533. the groin, the diagnosis of primary syphilis is not difficult. Owing,
  36534. however, to the great importance of instituting treatment at the
  36535. earliest possible stage of the infection, an effort should be made to
  36536. establish the diagnosis without delay by demonstrating the spirochaete.
  36537. Before any antiseptic is applied, the margin of the suspected sore is
  36538. rubbed with gauze, and the serum that exudes on pressure is collected
  36539. in a capillary tube and sent to a pathologist for microscopical
  36540. examination. A better specimen can sometimes be obtained by puncturing
  36541. an enlarged lymph gland with a hypodermic needle, injecting a few minims
  36542. of sterile saline solution and then aspirating the blood-stained fluid.
  36543.  
  36544. The Wassermann test must not be relied upon for diagnosis in the early
  36545. stage, as it does not appear until the disease has become generalised
  36546. and the secondary manifestations are about to begin. The practice of
  36547. waiting in doubtful cases before making a diagnosis until secondary
  36548. manifestations appear is to be condemned.
  36549.  
  36550. Extra-genital chancres, _e.g._ sores on the fingers of doctors or
  36551. nurses, are specially liable to be overlooked, if the possibility of
  36552. syphilis is not kept in mind.
  36553.  
  36554. It is important to bear in mind _the possibility of a patient having
  36555. acquired a mixed infection_ with the virus of soft chancre, which will
  36556. manifest itself a few days after infection, and the virus of syphilis,
  36557. which shows itself after an interval of several weeks. This occurrence
  36558. was formerly the source of much confusion in diagnosis, and it was
  36559. believed at one time that syphilis might result from soft sores, but it
  36560. is now established that syphilis does not follow upon soft sores unless
  36561. the virus of syphilis has been introduced at the same time. The
  36562. practitioner must be on his guard, therefore, when a patient asks his
  36563. advice concerning a venereal sore which has appeared within a few days
  36564. of exposure to infection. Such a patient is naturally anxious to know
  36565. whether he has contracted syphilis or not, but neither a positive nor a
  36566. negative answer can be given--unless the spirochaete can be identified.
  36567.  
  36568. Syphilis is also to be diagnosed from _epithelioma_, the common form of
  36569. cancer of the penis. It is especially in elderly patients with a tight
  36570. prepuce that the induration of syphilis is liable to be mistaken for
  36571. that associated with epithelioma. In difficult cases the prepuce must be
  36572. slit open.
  36573.  
  36574. Difficulty may occur in the diagnosis of primary syphilis from _herpes_,
  36575. as this may appear as late as ten days after connection; it commences as
  36576. a group of vesicles which soon burst and leave shallow ulcers with a
  36577. yellow floor; these disappear quickly on the use of an antiseptic
  36578. dusting powder.
  36579.  
  36580. Apprehensive patients who have committed sexual indiscretions are apt to
  36581. regard as syphilitic any lesion which happens to be located on the
  36582. penis--for example, acne pustules, eczema, psoriasis papules, boils,
  36583. balanitis, or venereal warts.
  36584.  
  36585. _The local treatment_ of the primary sore consists in attempting to
  36586. destroy the organisms _in situ_. An ointment made up of calomel 33
  36587. parts, lanoline 67 parts, and vaseline 10 parts (Metchnikoff's cream) is
  36588. rubbed into the sore several times a day. If the surface is unbroken, it
  36589. may be dusted lightly with a powder composed of equal parts of calomel
  36590. and carbonate of zinc. A gauze dressing is applied, and the penis and
  36591. scrotum should be supported against the abdominal wall by a triangular
  36592. handkerchief or bathing-drawers; if there is inflammatory oedema the
  36593. patient should be confined to bed.
  36594.  
  36595. In _concealed chancres_ with phimosis, the sac of the prepuce should be
  36596. slit up along the dorsum to admit of the ointment being applied. If
  36597. phagedaena occurs, the prepuce must be slit open along the dorsum, or if
  36598. sloughing, cut away, and the patient should have frequent sitz baths of
  36599. weak sublimate lotion. When the chancre is within the meatus, iodoform
  36600. bougies are inserted into the urethra, and the urine should be rendered
  36601. bland by drinking large quantities of fluid.
  36602.  
  36603. General treatment is considered on p. 149.
  36604.  
  36605. #Secondary Syphilis.#--The following description of secondary syphilis
  36606. is based on the average course of the disease in untreated cases. The
  36607. onset of constitutional symptoms occurs from six to twelve weeks after
  36608. infection, and the manifestations are the result of the entrance of the
  36609. virus into the general circulation, and its being carried to all parts
  36610. of the body. The period during which the patient is liable to suffer
  36611. from secondary symptoms ranges from six months to two years.
  36612.  
  36613. In some cases the general health is not disturbed; in others the patient
  36614. is feverish and out of sorts, losing appetite, becoming pale and anaemic,
  36615. complaining of lassitude, incapacity for exertion, headache, and pains
  36616. of a rheumatic type referred to the bones. There is a moderate degree of
  36617. leucocytosis, but the increase is due not to the polymorpho-nuclear
  36618. leucocytes but to lymphocytes. In isolated cases the temperature rises
  36619. to 101 o or 102 o F. and the patient loses flesh. The lymph glands,
  36620. particularly those along the posterior border of the sterno-mastoid,
  36621. become enlarged and slightly tender. The hair comes out, eruptions
  36622. appear on the skin and mucous membranes, and the patient may suffer from
  36623. sore throat and affections of the eyes. The local lesions are to be
  36624. regarded as being of the nature of reactions against accumulations of
  36625. the parasite, lymphocytes and plasma cells being the elements chiefly
  36626. concerned in the reactive process.
  36627.  
  36628. _Affections of the Skin_ are among the most constant manifestations. An
  36629. evanescent macular rash, not unlike that of measles--_roseola_--is the
  36630. first to appear, usually in from six to eight weeks from the date of
  36631. infection; it is widely diffused over the trunk, and the original dull
  36632. rose-colour soon fades, leaving brownish stains, which in time
  36633. disappear. It is usually followed by a _papular eruption_, the
  36634. individual papules being raised above the surface of the skin, smooth or
  36635. scaly, and as they are due to infiltration of the skin they are more
  36636. persistent than the roseoles. They vary in size and distribution, being
  36637. sometimes small, hard, polished, and closely aggregated like lichen,
  36638. sometimes as large as a shilling-piece, with an accumulation of scales
  36639. on the surface like that seen in psoriasis. The co-existence of scaly
  36640. papules and faded roseoles is very suggestive of syphilis.
  36641.  
  36642. Other types of eruption are less common, and are met with from the third
  36643. month onwards. A _pustular_ eruption, not unlike that of acne, is
  36644. sometimes a prominent feature, but is not characteristic of syphilis
  36645. unless it affects the scalp and forehead and is associated with the
  36646. remains of the papular eruption. The term _ecthyma_ is applied when the
  36647. pustules are of large size, and, after breaking on the surface, give
  36648. rise to superficial ulcers; the discharge from the ulcer often dries up
  36649. and forms a scab or crust which is continually added to from below as
  36650. the ulcer extends in area and depth. The term _rupia_ is applied when
  36651. the crusts are prominent, dark in colour, and conical in shape, roughly
  36652. resembling the shell of a limpet. If the crust is detached, a sharply
  36653. defined ulcer is exposed, and when this heals it leaves a scar which is
  36654. usually circular, thin, white, shining like satin, and the surrounding
  36655. skin is darkly pigmented; in the case of deep ulcers, the scar is
  36656. depressed and adherent (Fig. 39).
  36657.  
  36658. [Illustration: FIG. 39.--Syphilitic Rupia, showing the limpet-shaped
  36659. crusts or scabs.]
  36660.  
  36661. In the later stages there may occur a form of creeping or _spreading
  36662. ulceration of the skin_ of the face, groin, or scrotum, healing at one
  36663. edge and spreading at another like tuberculous lupus, but distinguished
  36664. from this by its more rapid progress and by the pigmentation of the
  36665. scar.
  36666.  
  36667. _Condylomata_ are more characteristic of syphilis than any other type of
  36668. skin lesion. They are papules occurring on those parts of the body where
  36669. the skin is habitually moist, and especially where two skin surfaces are
  36670. in contact. They are chiefly met with on the external genitals,
  36671. especially in women, around the anus, beneath large pendulous mammae,
  36672. between the toes, and at the angles of the mouth, and in these
  36673. situations their development is greatly favoured by neglect of
  36674. cleanliness. They present the appearance of well-defined circular or
  36675. ovoid areas in which the skin is thickened and raised above the surface;
  36676. they are covered with a white sodden epidermis, and furnish a scanty but
  36677. very infective discharge. Under the influence of irritation and want of
  36678. rest, as at the anus or at the angle of the mouth, they are apt to
  36679. become fissured and superficially ulcerated, and the discharge then
  36680. becomes abundant and may crust on the surface, forming yellow scabs. At
  36681. the angle of the mouth the condylomatous patches may spread to the
  36682. cheek, and when they ulcerate may leave fissure-like scars radiating
  36683. from the mouth--an appearance best seen in inherited syphilis (Fig. 44).
  36684.  
  36685. _The Appendages of the Skin._--The _hair_ loses its gloss, becomes dry
  36686. and brittle, and readily falls out, either as an exaggeration of the
  36687. normal shedding of the hair, or in scattered areas over the scalp
  36688. (_syphilitic alopoecia_). The hair is not re-formed in the scars which
  36689. result from ulcerated lesions of the scalp. The _nail-folds_
  36690. occasionally present a pustular eruption and superficial ulceration, to
  36691. which the name _syphilitic onychia_ has been applied; more commonly the
  36692. nails become brittle and ragged, and they may even be shed.
  36693.  
  36694. _The Mucous Membranes_, and especially those of the _mouth_ and
  36695. _throat_, suffer from lesions similar to those met with on the skin. On
  36696. a mucous surface the papular eruption assumes the form of _mucous
  36697. patches_, which are areas with a congested base covered with a thin
  36698. white film of sodden epithelium like wet tissue-paper. They are best
  36699. seen on the inner aspect of the cheeks, the soft palate, uvula, pillars
  36700. of the fauces, and tonsils. In addition to mucous patches, there may be
  36701. a number of small, _superficial, kidney-shaped ulcers_, especially along
  36702. the margins of the tongue and on the tonsils. In the absence of mucous
  36703. patches and ulcers, the sore throat may be characterised by a bluish
  36704. tinge of the inflamed mucous membrane and a thin film of shed epithelium
  36705. on the surface. Sometimes there is an elongated sinuous film which has
  36706. been likened to the track of a snail. In the _larynx_ the presence of
  36707. congestion, oedema, and mucous patches may be the cause of persistent
  36708. hoarseness. The _tongue_ often presents a combination of lesions,
  36709. including ulcers, patches where the papillae are absent, fissures, and
  36710. raised white papules resembling warts, especially towards the centre of
  36711. the dorsum. These lesions are specially apt to occur in those who smoke,
  36712. drink undiluted alcohol or spirits, or eat hot condiments to excess, or
  36713. who have irregular, sharp-cornered teeth. At a later period, and in
  36714. those who are broken down in health from intemperance or other cause,
  36715. the sore throat may take the form of rapidly spreading, penetrating
  36716. ulcers in the soft palate and pillars of the fauces, which may lead to
  36717. extensive destruction of tissue, with subsequent scars and deformity
  36718. highly characteristic of previous syphilis.
  36719.  
  36720. In the _Bones_, lesions occur which assume the clinical features of an
  36721. evanescent periostitis, the patient complaining of nocturnal pains over
  36722. the frontal bone, sternum, tibiae, and ulnae, and localised tenderness on
  36723. tapping over these bones.
  36724.  
  36725. In the _Joints_, a serous synovitis or hydrops may occur, chiefly in the
  36726. knee, on one or on both sides.
  36727.  
  36728. _The Affections of the Eyes_, although fortunately rare, are of great
  36729. importance because of the serious results which may follow if they are
  36730. not recognised and treated. _Iritis_ is the commonest of these, and may
  36731. occur in one or in both eyes, one after the other, from three to eight
  36732. months after infection. The patient complains of impairment of sight and
  36733. of frontal or supraorbital pain. The eye waters and is hypersensitive,
  36734. the iris is discoloured and reacts sluggishly to light, and there is a
  36735. zone of ciliary congestion around the cornea. The appearance of minute
  36736. white nodules or flakes of lymph at the margin of the pupil is
  36737. especially characteristic of syphilitic iritis. When adhesions have
  36738. formed between the iris and the structures in relation to it, the pupil
  36739. dilates irregularly under atropin. Although complete recovery is to be
  36740. expected under early and energetic treatment, if neglected, _iritis_ may
  36741. result in occlusion of the pupil and permanent impairment or loss of
  36742. sight.
  36743.  
  36744. The other lesions of the eye are much rarer, and can only be discovered
  36745. on ophthalmoscopic examination.
  36746.  
  36747. The virus of syphilis exerts a special influence upon the _Blood
  36748. Vessels_, exciting a proliferation of the endothelial lining which
  36749. results in narrowing of their lumen, _endarteritis_, and a perivascular
  36750. infiltration in the form of accumulations of plasma cells around the
  36751. vessels and in the lymphatics that accompany them.
  36752.  
  36753. In the _Brain_, in the later periods of secondary and in tertiary
  36754. syphilis, changes occur as a result of the narrowing of the lumen of the
  36755. arteries, or of their complete obliteration by thrombosis. By
  36756. interfering with the nutrition of those parts of the brain supplied by
  36757. the affected arteries, these lesions give rise to clinical features of
  36758. which severe headache and paralysis are the most prominent.
  36759.  
  36760. Affections of the _Spinal Cord_ are extremely rare, but paraplegia from
  36761. myelitis has been observed.
  36762.  
  36763. Lastly, attention must be directed to the remarkable variations observed
  36764. in different patients. Sometimes the virulent character of the disease
  36765. can only be accounted for by an idiosyncrasy of the patient.
  36766. Constitutional symptoms, particularly pyrexia and anaemia, are most often
  36767. met with in young women. Patients over forty years of age have greater
  36768. difficulty in overcoming the infection than younger adults. Malarial and
  36769. other infections, and the conditions attending life in tropical
  36770. countries, from the debility which they cause, tend to aggravate and
  36771. prolong the disease, which then assumes the characters of what has been
  36772. called _malignant syphilis_. All chronic ailments have a similar
  36773. influence, and alcoholic intemperance is universally regarded as a
  36774. serious aggravating factor.
  36775.  
  36776. _Diagnosis of Secondary Syphilis._--A routine examination should be made
  36777. of the parts of the body which are most often affected in this
  36778. disease--the scalp, mouth, throat, posterior cervical glands, and the
  36779. trunk, the patient being stripped and examined by daylight. Among the
  36780. _diagnostic features of the skin affections_ the following may be
  36781. mentioned: They are frequently, and sometimes to a marked degree,
  36782. symmetrical; more than one type of eruption--papules and pustules, for
  36783. example--are present at the same time; there is little itching; they are
  36784. at first a dull-red colour, but later present a brown pigmentation which
  36785. has been likened to the colour of raw ham; they exhibit a predilection
  36786. for those parts of the forehead and neck which are close to the roots of
  36787. the hair; they tend to pass off spontaneously; and they disappear
  36788. rapidly under treatment.
  36789.  
  36790. #Serum Diagnosis--Wassermann Reaction.#--Wassermann found that if an
  36791. extract of syphilitic liver rich in spirochaetes is mixed with the serum
  36792. from a syphilitic patient, a large amount of complement is fixed. The
  36793. application of the test is highly complicated and can only be carried
  36794. out by an expert pathologist. For the purpose he is supplied with from 5
  36795. c.c. to 10 c.c. of the patient's blood, withdrawn under aseptic
  36796. conditions from the median basilic vein by means of a serum syringe, and
  36797. transferred to a clean and dry glass tube. There is abundant evidence
  36798. that the Wassermann test is a reliable means of establishing a diagnosis
  36799. of syphilis.
  36800.  
  36801. A definitely positive reaction can usually be obtained between the
  36802. fifteenth and thirtieth day after the appearance of the primary lesion,
  36803. and as time goes on it becomes more marked. During the secondary period
  36804. the reaction is practically always positive. In the tertiary stage also
  36805. it is positive except in so far as it is modified by the results of
  36806. treatment. In para-syphilitic lesions such as general paralysis and
  36807. tabes a positive reaction is almost always present. In inherited
  36808. syphilis the reaction is positive in every case. A positive reaction may
  36809. be present in other diseases, for example, frambesia, trypanosomiasis,
  36810. and leprosy.
  36811.  
  36812. As the presence of the reaction is an evidence of the activity of the
  36813. spirochaetes, repeated applications of the test furnish a valuable means
  36814. of estimating the efficacy of treatment. The object aimed at is to
  36815. change a persistently positive reaction to a permanently negative one.
  36816.  
  36817. #Treatment of Syphilis.#--In the treatment of syphilis the two main
  36818. objects are to maintain the general health at the highest possible
  36819. standard, and to introduce into the system therapeutic agents which will
  36820. inhibit or destroy the invading parasite.
  36821.  
  36822. The second of these objects has been achieved by the researches of
  36823. Ehrlich, who, in conjunction with his pupil, Hata, has built up a
  36824. compound, the dihydrochloride of dioxydiamido-arseno-benzol, popularly
  36825. known as salvarsan or "606." Other preparations, such as kharsivan,
  36826. arseno-billon, and diarsenol, are chemically equivalent to salvarsan,
  36827. containing from 27 to 31 per cent. of arsenic, and are equally
  36828. efficient. The full dose is 0.6 grm. All these members of the "606"
  36829. group form an acid solution when dissolved in water, and must be
  36830. rendered alkaline before being injected. As subcutaneous and
  36831. intra-muscular injections cause considerable pain, and may cause
  36832. sloughing of the tissues, "606" preparations must be injected
  36833. intravenously. Ehrlich has devised a preparation--neo-salvarsan, or
  36834. "914," which is more easily prepared and forms a neutral solution. It
  36835. contains from 18 to 20 per cent. of arsenic. Neo-kharsivan,
  36836. novo-arseno-billon, and neo-diarsenol belong to the "914" group, the
  36837. full dosage of which is 0.9 grm. As subcutaneous and intra-muscular
  36838. injections of the "914" group are not painful, and even more efficient
  36839. than intravenous injections, the administration is simpler.
  36840.  
  36841. Galyl, luargol, and other preparations act in the same way as the "606"
  36842. and "914" groups.
  36843.  
  36844. The "606" preparations may be introduced into the veins by injection or
  36845. by means of an apparatus which allows the solution to flow in by
  36846. gravity. The left median basilic vein is selected, and a platino-iridium
  36847. needle with a short point and a bore larger than that of the ordinary
  36848. hypodermic syringe is used. The needle is passed for a few millimetres
  36849. along the vein, and the solution is then slowly introduced; before
  36850. withdrawing the needle some saline is run in to diminish the risk of
  36851. thrombosis.
  36852.  
  36853. The "914" preparations may be injected either into the subcutaneous
  36854. tissue of the buttock or into the substance of the gluteus muscle. The
  36855. part is then massaged for a few minutes, and the massage is repeated
  36856. daily for a few days.
  36857.  
  36858. No hard-and-fast rules can be laid down as to what constitutes a
  36859. complete course of treatment. Harrison recommends as a _minimum_ course
  36860. of one of the "914" preparations in _early primary cases_ an initial
  36861. dose of 0.45 grm. given intra-muscularly or into the deep subcutaneous
  36862. tissue; the same dose a week later; 0.6 grm. the following week; then
  36863. miss a week and give 9.6 grms. on two successive weeks; then miss two
  36864. weeks and give 0.6 grm. on two more successive weeks.
  36865.  
  36866. When a _positive Wassermann reaction_ is present before treatment is
  36867. commenced, the above course is prolonged as follows: for three weeks is
  36868. given a course of potassium iodide, after which four more weekly
  36869. injections of 0.6 grm. of "914" are given.
  36870.  
  36871. With each injection of "914" after the first, throughout the whole
  36872. course 1 grain of mercury is injected intra-muscularly.
  36873.  
  36874. In the course of a few hours, there is usually some indisposition, with
  36875. a feeling of chilliness and slight rise of temperature; these symptoms
  36876. pass off within twenty-four hours, and in a few days there is a decided
  36877. improvement of health. Three or four days after an intra-muscular
  36878. injection there may be pain and stiffness in the gluteal region.
  36879.  
  36880. These preparations are the most efficient therapeutic agents that have
  36881. yet been employed in the treatment of syphilis.
  36882.  
  36883. The manifestations of the disease disappear with remarkable rapidity.
  36884. Observations show that the spirochaetes lose their capacity for movement
  36885. within an hour or two of the administration, and usually disappear
  36886. altogether in from twenty-four to thirty-six hours. Wassermann's
  36887. reaction usually yields a negative result in from three weeks to two
  36888. months, but later may again become positive. Subsequent doses of the
  36889. arsenical preparation are therefore usually indicated, and should be
  36890. given in from 7 to 21 days according to the dose.
  36891.  
  36892. When syphilis occurs in a _pregnant woman_, she should be given in the
  36893. early months an ordinary course of "914," followed by 10-grain doses of
  36894. potassium iodide twice daily. The injections may be repeated two months
  36895. later, and during the remainder of the pregnancy 2-grain mercury pills
  36896. are given twice daily (A. Campbell). The presence of albumen in the
  36897. urine contra-indicates arsenical treatment.
  36898.  
  36899. It need scarcely be pointed out that the use of powerful drugs like
  36900. "606" and "914" is not free from risk; it may be mentioned that each
  36901. dose contains nearly three grains of arsenic. Before the administration
  36902. the patient must be overhauled; its administration is contra-indicated
  36903. in the presence of disease of the heart and blood vessels, especially a
  36904. combination of syphilitic aortitis and sclerosis of the coronary
  36905. arteries, with degeneration of the heart muscle; in affections of the
  36906. central nervous system, especially advanced paralysis, and in such
  36907. disturbances of metabolism as are associated with diabetes and Bright's
  36908. disease. Its use is not contra-indicated in any lesion of active
  36909. syphilis.
  36910.  
  36911. The administration is controlled by the systematic examination of the
  36912. urine for arsenic.
  36913.  
  36914. _The Administration of Mercury._--The success of the arsenical
  36915. preparations has diminished the importance of mercury in the treatment
  36916. of syphilis, but it is still used to supplement the effect of the
  36917. injections. The amount of mercury to be given in any case must be
  36918. proportioned to the idiosyncrasies of the patient, and it is advisable,
  36919. before commencing the treatment, to test his urine and record his
  36920. body-weight. The small amount of mercury given at the outset is
  36921. gradually increased. If the body-weight falls, or if the gums become
  36922. sore and the breath foul, the mercury should be stopped for a time. If
  36923. salivation occurs, the drinking of hot water and the taking of hot baths
  36924. should be insisted upon, and half-dram doses of the alkaline sulphates
  36925. prescribed.
  36926.  
  36927. _Methods of Administering Mercury._--(1) _By the Mouth._--This was for
  36928. long the most popular method in this country, the preparation usually
  36929. employed being grey powder, in pills or tablets, each of which contains
  36930. one grain of the powder. Three of these are given daily in the first
  36931. instance, and the daily dose is increased to five or even seven grains
  36932. till the standard for the individual patient is arrived at. As the grey
  36933. powder alone sometimes causes irritation of the bowels, it should be
  36934. combined with iron, as in the following formula: Hydrarg. c. cret. gr. 1;
  36935. ferri sulph. exsiccat. gr. 1 or 2.
  36936.  
  36937. (2) _By Inunction._--Inunction consists in rubbing into the pores of the
  36938. skin an ointment composed of equal parts of 20 per cent. oleate of
  36939. mercury and lanolin. Every night after a hot bath, a dram of the
  36940. ointment (made up by the chemist in paper packets) is rubbed for fifteen
  36941. minutes into the skin where it is soft and comparatively free from
  36942. hairs. When the patient has been brought under the influence of the
  36943. mercury, inunction may be replaced by one of the other methods, of
  36944. administering the drug.
  36945.  
  36946. (3) _By Intra-muscular Injection._--This consists in introducing the
  36947. drug by means of a hypodermic syringe into the substance of the gluteal
  36948. muscles. The syringe is made of glass, and has a solid glass piston; the
  36949. needle of platino-iridium should be 5 cm. long and of a larger calibre
  36950. than the ordinary hypodermic needle. The preparation usually employed
  36951. consists of: metallic mercury or calomel 1 dram, lanolin and olive oil
  36952. each 2 drams; it must be warmed to allow of its passage through the
  36953. needle. Five minims--containing one grain of metallic mercury--represent
  36954. a dose, and this is injected into the muscles above and behind the great
  36955. trochanter once a week. The contents of the syringe are slowly
  36956. expressed, and, after withdrawing the needle, gentle massage of the
  36957. buttock should be employed. Four courses each of ten injections are
  36958. given the first year, three courses of the same number during the second
  36959. and third years, and two courses during the fourth year (Lambkin).
  36960.  
  36961. _The General Health._--The patient must lead a regular life and
  36962. cultivate the fresh-air habit, which is as beneficial in syphilis as in
  36963. tuberculosis. Anaemia, malaria, and other sources of debility must
  36964. receive appropriate treatment. The diet should be simple and easily
  36965. digested, and should include a full supply of milk. Alcohol is
  36966. prohibited. The excretory organs are encouraged to act by the liberal
  36967. drinking of hot water between meals, say five or six tumblerfuls in the
  36968. twenty-four hours. The functions of the skin are further aided by
  36969. frequent hot baths, and by the wearing of warm underclothing. While the
  36970. patient should avoid exposure to cold, and taxing his energies by undue
  36971. exertion, he should be advised to take exercise in the open air. On
  36972. account of the liability to lesions of the mouth and throat, he should
  36973. use tobacco in moderation, his teeth should be thoroughly overhauled by
  36974. the dentist, and he should brush them after every meal, using an
  36975. antiseptic tooth powder or wash. The mouth and throat should be rinsed
  36976. out night and morning with a solution of chlorate of potash and alum, or
  36977. with peroxide of hydrogen.
  36978.  
  36979. _Treatment of the Local Manifestations._--_The skin lesions_ are treated
  36980. on the same lines as similar eruptions of other origin. As local
  36981. applications, preparations of mercury are usually selected, notably the
  36982. ointments of the red oxide of mercury, ammoniated mercury, or oleate of
  36983. mercury (5 per cent.), or the mercurial plaster introduced by Unna. In
  36984. the treatment of condylomata the greatest attention must be paid to
  36985. cleanliness and dryness. After washing and drying the affected patches,
  36986. they are dusted with a powder consisting of equal parts of calomel and
  36987. carbonate of zinc; and apposed skin surfaces, such as the nates or
  36988. labia, are separated by sublimate wool. In the ulcers of later secondary
  36989. syphilis, crusts are got rid of in the first instance by means of a
  36990. boracic poultice, after which a piece of lint or gauze cut to the size
  36991. of the ulcer and soaked in black wash is applied and covered with
  36992. oil-silk. If the ulcer tends to spread in area or in depth, it should be
  36993. scraped with a sharp spoon, and painted over with acid nitrate of
  36994. mercury, or a local hyperaemia may be induced by Klapp's suction
  36995. apparatus.
  36996.  
  36997. _In lesions of the mouth and throat_, the teeth should be attended to;
  36998. the best local application is a solution of chromic acid--10 grains to
  36999. the ounce--painted on with a brush once daily. If this fails, the
  37000. lesions may be dusted with calomel the last thing at night. For deep
  37001. ulcers of the throat the patient should gargle frequently with chlorine
  37002. water or with perchloride of mercury (1 in 2000); if the ulcer continues
  37003. to spread it should be painted with acid nitrate of mercury.
  37004.  
  37005. In the treatment of _iritis_ the eyes are shaded from the light and
  37006. completely rested, and the pupil is well dilated by atropin to prevent
  37007. adhesions. If there is much pain, a blister may be applied to the
  37008. temple.
  37009.  
  37010. _The Relations of Syphilis to Marriage._--Before the introduction of the
  37011. Ehrlich-Hata treatment no patient was allowed to marry until three years
  37012. had elapsed after the disappearance of the last manifestation. While
  37013. marriage might be entered upon under these conditions without risk of
  37014. the husband infecting the wife, the possibility of his conveying the
  37015. disease to the offspring cannot be absolutely excluded. It is
  37016. recommended, as a precautionary measure, to give a further mercurial
  37017. course of two or three months' duration before marriage, and an
  37018. intravenous injection of an arsenical preparation.
  37019.  
  37020. #Intermediate Stage.#--After the dying away of the secondary
  37021. manifestations and before the appearance of tertiary lesions, the
  37022. patient may present certain symptoms which Hutchinson called
  37023. _reminders_. These usually consist of relapses of certain of the
  37024. affections of the skin, mouth, or throat, already described. In the
  37025. skin, they may assume the form of peeling patches in the palms, or may
  37026. appear as spreading and confluent circles of a scaly papular eruption,
  37027. which if neglected may lead to the formation of fissures and superficial
  37028. ulcers. Less frequently there is a relapse of the eye affections, or of
  37029. paralytic symptoms from disease of the cerebral arteries.
  37030.  
  37031. #Tertiary Syphilis.#--While the manifestations of primary and secondary
  37032. syphilis are common, those of the tertiary period are by comparison
  37033. rare, and are observed chiefly in those who have either neglected
  37034. treatment or who have had their powers of resistance lowered by
  37035. privation, by alcoholic indulgence, or by tropical disease.
  37036.  
  37037. It is to be borne in mind that in a certain proportion of men and in a
  37038. larger proportion of women, the patient has no knowledge of having
  37039. suffered from syphilis. Certain slight but important signs may give the
  37040. clue in a number of cases, such as irregularity of the pupils or failure
  37041. to react to light, abnormality of the reflexes, and the discovery of
  37042. patches of leucoplakia on the tongue, cheek, or palate.
  37043.  
  37044. The _general character of tertiary manifestations_ may be stated as
  37045. follows: They attack by preference the tissues derived from the
  37046. mesoblastic layer of the embryo--the cellular tissue, bones, muscles,
  37047. and viscera. They are often localised to one particular tissue or organ,
  37048. such, for example, as the subcutaneous cellular tissue, the bones, or
  37049. the liver, and they are rarely symmetrical. They are usually aggressive
  37050. and persistent, with little tendency to natural cure, and they may be
  37051. dangerous to life, because of the destructive changes produced in such
  37052. organs as the brain or the larynx. They are remarkably amenable to
  37053. treatment if instituted before the stage which is attended with
  37054. destruction of tissue is reached. Early tertiary lesions may be
  37055. infective, and the disease may be transmitted by the discharges from
  37056. them; but the later the lesions the less is the risk of their containing
  37057. an infective virus.
  37058.  
  37059. The most prominent feature of tertiary syphilis consists in the
  37060. formation of granulation tissue, and this takes place on a scale
  37061. considerably larger than that observed in lesions of the secondary
  37062. period. The granulation tissue frequently forms a definite swelling or
  37063. tumour-like mass (syphiloma), which, from its peculiar elastic
  37064. consistence, is known as a _gumma_. In its early stages a gumma is a
  37065. firm, semi-translucent greyish or greyish-red mass of tissue; later it
  37066. becomes opaque, yellow, and caseous, with a tendency to soften and
  37067. liquefy. The gumma does harm by displacing and replacing the normal
  37068. tissue elements of the part affected, and by involving these in the
  37069. degenerative changes, of the nature of caseation and necrosis, which
  37070. produce the destructive lesions of the skin, mucous membranes, and
  37071. internal organs. This is true not only of the circumscribed gumma, but
  37072. of the condition known as _gummatous infiltration_ or _syphilitic
  37073. cirrhosis_, in which the granulation tissue is diffused throughout the
  37074. connective-tissue framework of such organs as the tongue or liver. Both
  37075. the gummatous lesions and the fibrosis of tertiary syphilis are directly
  37076. excited by the spirochaetes.
  37077.  
  37078. The life-history of an untreated gumma varies with its environment. When
  37079. protected from injury and irritation in the substance of an internal
  37080. organ such as the liver, it may become encapsulated by fibrous tissue,
  37081. and persist in this condition for an indefinite period, or it may be
  37082. absorbed and leave in its place a fibrous cicatrix. In the interior of a
  37083. long bone it may replace the rigid framework of the shaft to such an
  37084. extent as to lead to pathological fracture. If it is near the surface of
  37085. the body--as, for example, in the subcutaneous or submucous cellular
  37086. tissue, or in the periosteum of a superficial bone, such as the palate,
  37087. the skull, or the tibia--the tissue of which it is composed is apt to
  37088. undergo necrosis, in which the overlying skin or mucous membrane
  37089. frequently participates, the result being an ulcer--the tertiary
  37090. syphilitic ulcer (Figs. 40 and 41).
  37091.  
  37092. _Tertiary Lesions of the Skin and Subcutaneous Cellular Tissue._--The
  37093. clinical features of a _subcutaneous gumma_ are those of an indolent,
  37094. painless, elastic swelling, varying in size from a pea to an almond or
  37095. walnut. After a variable period it usually softens in the centre, the
  37096. skin over it becomes livid and dusky, and finally separates as a slough,
  37097. exposing the tissue of the gumma, which sometimes appears as a mucoid,
  37098. yellowish, honey-like substance, more frequently as a sodden, caseated
  37099. tissue resembling wash-leather. The caseated tissue of a gumma differs
  37100. from that of a tuberculous lesion in being tough and firm, of a buff
  37101. colour like wash-leather, or whitish, like boiled fish. The degenerated
  37102. tissue separates slowly and gradually, and in untreated cases may be
  37103. visible for weeks in the floor of the ulcer.
  37104.  
  37105. [Illustration: FIG. 40.--Ulcerating Gumma of Lips.
  37106.  
  37107. (From a photograph lent by Dr. Stopford Taylor and Dr. R. W. Mackenna.)]
  37108.  
  37109. _The tertiary ulcer_ may be situated anywhere, but is most frequently
  37110. met with on the leg, especially in the region of the knee (Fig. 42) and
  37111. over the calf. There may be one or more ulcers, and also scars of
  37112. antecedent ulcers. The edges are sharply cut, as if punched out; the
  37113. margins are rounded in outline, firm, and congested; the base is
  37114. occupied by gummatous tissue, or, if this has already separated and
  37115. sloughed out, by unhealthy granulations and a thick purulent discharge.
  37116. When the ulcer has healed it leaves a scar which is depressed, and if
  37117. over a bone, is adherent to it. The features of the tertiary ulcer,
  37118. however, are not always so characteristic as the above description would
  37119. imply. It is to be diagnosed from the "leg ulcer," which occurs almost
  37120. exclusively on the lower third of the leg; from Bazin's disease (p. 74);
  37121. from the ulcers that result from certain forms of malignant disease,
  37122. such as rodent cancer, and from those met with in chronic glanders.
  37123.  
  37124. _Gummatous Infiltration of the Skin_ ("Syphilitic Lupus").--This is a
  37125. lesion, met with chiefly on the face and in the region of the external
  37126. genitals, in which the skin becomes infiltrated with granulation tissue
  37127. so that it is thickened, raised above the surface, and of a brownish-red
  37128. colour. It appears as isolated nodules, which may fuse together; the
  37129. epidermis becomes scaly and is shed, giving rise to superficial ulcers
  37130. which are usually covered by crusted discharge. The disease tends to
  37131. spread, creeping over the skin with a serpiginous, crescentic, or
  37132. horse-shoe margin, while the central portion may heal and leave a scar.
  37133. From the fact of its healing in the centre while it spreads at the
  37134. margin, it may resemble tuberculous disease of the skin. It can usually
  37135. be differentiated by observing that the infiltration is on a larger
  37136. scale; the progress is much more rapid, involving in the course of
  37137. months an area which in the case of tuberculosis would require as many
  37138. years; the scars are sounder and are less liable to break down again;
  37139. and the disease rapidly yields to anti-syphilitic treatment.
  37140.  
  37141. [Illustration: FIG. 41.--Ulceration of nineteen year's duration
  37142. in a woman aet. 24, the subject of inherited syphilis, showing active
  37143. ulceration, cicatricial contraction, and sabre-blade deformity of
  37144. tibiae.]
  37145.  
  37146. _Tertiary lesions of mucous membrane and of the submucous cellular
  37147. tissue_ are met with chiefly in the tongue, nose, throat, larynx, and
  37148. rectum. They originate as gummata or as gummatous infiltrations, which
  37149. are liable to break down and lead to the formation of ulcers which may
  37150. prove locally destructive, and, in such situations as the larynx, even
  37151. dangerous to life. In the tongue the tertiary ulcer may prove the
  37152. starting-point of cancer; and in the larynx or rectum the healing of the
  37153. ulcer may lead to cicatricial stenosis.
  37154.  
  37155. Tertiary lesions of the _bones and joints_, of the _muscles_, and of the
  37156. _internal organs_, will be described under these heads. The part played
  37157. by syphilis in the production of disease of arteries and of aneurysm
  37158. will be referred to along with diseases of blood vessels.
  37159.  
  37160. [Illustration: FIG. 42.--Tertiary Syphilitic Ulceration in region of
  37161. Knee and on both Thumbs of woman aet. 37.]
  37162.  
  37163. _Treatment._--The most valuable drugs for the treatment of the
  37164. manifestations of the tertiary period are the arsenical preparations and
  37165. the iodides of sodium and potassium. On account of their depressing
  37166. effects, the latter are frequently prescribed along with carbonate of
  37167. ammonium. The dose is usually a matter of experiment in each individual
  37168. case; 5 grains three times a day may suffice, or it may be necessary to
  37169. increase each dose to 20 or 25 grains. The symptoms of iodism which may
  37170. follow from the smaller doses usually disappear on giving a larger
  37171. amount of the drug. It should be taken after meals, with abundant water
  37172. or other fluid, especially if given in tablet form. It is advisable to
  37173. continue the iodides for from one to three months after the lesions for
  37174. which they are given have cleared up. If the potassium salt is not
  37175. tolerated, it may be replaced by the ammonium or sodium iodide.
  37176.  
  37177. _Local Treatment._--The absorption of a subcutaneous gumma is often
  37178. hastened by the application of a fly-blister. When a gumma has broken on
  37179. the surface and caused an ulcer, this is treated on general principles,
  37180. with a preference, however, for applications containing mercury or
  37181. iodine, or both. If a wet dressing is required to cleanse the ulcer,
  37182. black wash may be used; if a powder to promote dryness, one containing
  37183. iodoform; if an ointment is indicated, the choice lies between the red
  37184. oxide of mercury or the dilute nitrate of mercury ointment, and one
  37185. consisting of equal parts of lanolin and vaselin with 2 per cent. of
  37186. iodine. Deep ulcers, and obstinate lesions of the bones, larynx, and
  37187. other parts may be treated by excision or scraping with the sharp spoon.
  37188.  
  37189. #Second Attacks of Syphilis.#--Instances of re-infection of syphilis
  37190. have been recorded with greater frequency since the more general
  37191. introduction of arsenical treatment. A remarkable feature in such cases
  37192. is the shortness of the interval between the original infection and the
  37193. alleged re-infection; in a recent series of twenty-eight cases, this
  37194. interval was less than a year. Another feature of interest is that when
  37195. patients in the tertiary stage of syphilis are inoculated with the virus
  37196. from lesions from these in the primary and secondary stage lesions of
  37197. the tertiary type are produced.
  37198.  
  37199. Reference may be made to the #relapsing false indurated chancre#,
  37200. described by Hutchinson and by Fournier, as it may be the source of
  37201. difficulty in diagnosis. A patient who has had an infecting chancre one
  37202. or more years before, may present a slightly raised induration on the
  37203. penis at or close to the site of his original sore. This relapsed
  37204. induration is often so like that of a primary chancre that it is
  37205. impossible to distinguish between them, except by the history. If there
  37206. has been a recent exposure to venereal infection, it is liable to be
  37207. regarded as the primary lesion of a second attack of syphilis, but the
  37208. further progress shows that neither bullet-buboes nor secondary
  37209. manifestations develop. These facts, together with the disappearance of
  37210. the induration under treatment, make it very likely that the lesion is
  37211. really gummatous in character.
  37212.  
  37213.  
  37214. INHERITED SYPHILIS
  37215.  
  37216. One of the most striking features of syphilis is that it may be
  37217. transmitted from infected parents to their offspring, the children
  37218. exhibiting the manifestations that characterise the acquired form of the
  37219. disease.
  37220.  
  37221. The more recent the syphilis in the parent, the greater is the risk of
  37222. the disease being communicated to the offspring; so that if either
  37223. parent suffers from secondary syphilis the infection is almost
  37224. inevitably transmitted.
  37225.  
  37226. While it is certain that either parent may be responsible for
  37227. transmitting the disease to the next generation, the method of
  37228. transmission is not known. In the case of a syphilitic mother it is most
  37229. probable that the infection is conveyed to the foetus by the placental
  37230. circulation. In the case of a syphilitic father, it is commonly believed
  37231. that the infection is conveyed to the ovum through the seminal fluid at
  37232. the moment of conception. If a series of children, one after the other,
  37233. suffer from inherited syphilis, it is almost invariably the case that
  37234. the mother has been infected.
  37235.  
  37236. In contrast to the acquired form, inherited syphilis is remarkable for
  37237. the absence of any primary stage, the infection being a general one from
  37238. the outset. The spirochaete is demonstrated in incredible numbers in the
  37239. liver, spleen, lung, and other organs, and in the nasal secretion, and,
  37240. from any of these, successful inoculations in monkeys can readily be
  37241. made. The manifestations differ in degree rather than in kind from those
  37242. of the acquired disease; the difference is partly due to the fact that
  37243. the virus is attacking developing instead of fully formed tissues.
  37244.  
  37245. The virus exercises an injurious influence on the foetus, which in many
  37246. cases dies during the early months of intra-uterine life, so that
  37247. miscarriage results, and this may take place in repeated pregnancies,
  37248. the date at which the miscarriage occurs becoming later as the virus in
  37249. the mother becomes attenuated. Eventually a child is carried to full
  37250. term, and it may be still-born, or, if born alive, may suffer from
  37251. syphilitic manifestations. It is difficult to explain such vagaries of
  37252. syphilitic inheritance as the infection of one twin and the escape of
  37253. the other.
  37254.  
  37255. _Clinical Features._--We are not here concerned with the severe forms of
  37256. the disease which prove fatal, but with the milder forms in which the
  37257. infant is apparently healthy when born, but after from two to six weeks
  37258. begins to show evidence of the syphilitic taint.
  37259.  
  37260. The usual phenomena are that the child ceases to thrive, becomes thin
  37261. and sallow, and suffers from eruptions on the skin and mucous membranes.
  37262. There is frequently a condition known as _snuffles_, in which the nasal
  37263. passages are obstructed by an accumulation of thin muco-purulent
  37264. discharge which causes the breathing to be noisy. It usually begins
  37265. within a month after birth and before the eruptions on the skin appear.
  37266. When long continued it is liable to interfere with the development of
  37267. the nasal bones, so that when the child grows up there results a
  37268. condition known as the "saddle-nose" deformity (Figs. 43 and 44).
  37269.  
  37270. [Illustration: FIG. 43.--Facies of Inherited Syphilis.
  37271.  
  37272. (From Dr. Byrom Bramwell's _Atlas of Clinical Medicine_.)]
  37273.  
  37274. _Affections of the Skin._--Although all types of skin affection are met
  37275. with in the inherited disease, the most important is a _papular_
  37276. eruption, the papules being of large size, with a smooth shining top and
  37277. of a reddish-brown colour. It affects chiefly the buttocks and thighs,
  37278. the genitals, and other parts which are constantly moist. It is
  37279. necessary to distinguish this specific eruption from a form of eczema
  37280. which occurs in these situations in non-syphilitic children, the points
  37281. that characterise the syphilitic condition being the infiltration of the
  37282. skin and the coppery colour of the eruption. At the anus the papules
  37283. acquire the characters of _condylomata_, also at the angles of the
  37284. mouth, where they often ulcerate and leave radiating scars.
  37285.  
  37286. _Affections of the Mucous Membranes._--The inflammation of the nasal
  37287. mucous membrane that causes snuffles has already been referred to. There
  37288. may be mucous patches in the mouth, or a stomatitis which is of
  37289. importance, because it results in interference with the development of
  37290. the permanent teeth. The mucous membrane of the larynx may be the seat
  37291. of mucous patches or of catarrh, and as a result the child's cry is
  37292. hoarse.
  37293.  
  37294. _Affections of the Bones._--Swellings at the ends of the long bones, due
  37295. to inflammation at the epiphysial junctions, are most often observed at
  37296. the upper end of the humerus and in the bones in the region of the
  37297. elbow. Partial displacement and mobility at the ossifying junction may
  37298. be observed. The infant cries when the part is touched; and as it does
  37299. not move the limb voluntarily, the condition is spoken of as _the
  37300. pseudo-paralysis of syphilis_. Recovery takes place under
  37301. anti-syphilitic treatment and immobilisation of the limb.
  37302.  
  37303. Diffuse thickening of the shafts of the long bones, due to a deposit of
  37304. new bone by the periosteum, is sometimes met with.
  37305.  
  37306. [Illustration: FIG. 44.--Facies of Inherited Syphilis.]
  37307.  
  37308. The conditions of the skull known as Parrot's nodes or bosses, and
  37309. craniotabes, were formerly believed to be characteristic of inherited
  37310. syphilis, but they are now known to occur, particularly in rickety
  37311. children, from other causes. The _bosses_ result from the heaping up of
  37312. new spongy bone beneath the pericranium, and they may be grouped
  37313. symmetrically around the anterior fontanelle, or may extend along either
  37314. side of the sagittal suture, which appears as a deep groove--the
  37315. "natiform skull." The bosses disappear in time, but the skull may remain
  37316. permanently altered in shape, the frontal and parietal eminences
  37317. appearing unduly prominent. The term _craniotabes_ is applied when the
  37318. bone becomes thin and soft, reverting to its original membranous
  37319. condition, so that the affected areas dimple under the finger like
  37320. parchment or thin cardboard; its localisation in the posterior parts of
  37321. the skull suggests that the disappearance of the osseous tissue is
  37322. influenced by the pressure of the head on the pillow. Craniotabes is
  37323. recovered from as the child improves in health.
  37324.  
  37325. Between the ages of three and six months, certain other phenomena may be
  37326. met with, such as _effusion into the joints_, especially the knees;
  37327. _iritis_, in one or in both eyes, and enlargement of the spleen and
  37328. liver.
  37329.  
  37330. In the majority of cases the child recovers from these early
  37331. manifestations, especially when efficiently treated, and may enjoy an
  37332. indefinite period of good health. On the other hand, when it attains the
  37333. age of from two to four years, it may begin to manifest lesions which
  37334. correspond to those of the tertiary period of acquired syphilis.
  37335.  
  37336. #Later Lesions.#--In the skin and subcutaneous tissue, the later
  37337. manifestations may take the form of localised gummata, which tend to
  37338. break down and form ulcers, on the leg for example, or of a spreading
  37339. gummatous infiltration which is also liable to ulcerate, leaving
  37340. disfiguring scars, especially on the face. The palate and fauces may be
  37341. destroyed by ulceration. In the nose, especially when the ulcerative
  37342. process is associated with a putrid discharge--ozaena--the destruction of
  37343. tissue may be considerable and result in unsightly deformity. The entire
  37344. palatal portions of the upper jaws, the vomer, turbinate, and other
  37345. bones bounding the nasal and oral cavities, may disappear, so that on
  37346. looking into the mouth the base of the skull is readily seen. Gummatous
  37347. disease is frequently observed also in the flat bones of the skull, in
  37348. the bones of the hand, as syphilitic dactylitis, and in the bones of the
  37349. forearm and leg. When the tibia is affected the disease is frequently
  37350. bilateral, and may assume the form of gummatous ulcers and sinuses. In
  37351. later years the tibia may present alterations in shape resulting from
  37352. antecedent gummatous disease--for example, nodular thickenings of the
  37353. shaft, flattening of the crest, or a more uniform increase in thickness
  37354. and length of the shaft of the bone, which, when it is curved in
  37355. addition, is described as the "sabre-blade" deformity. Among lesions of
  37356. the viscera, mention should be made of gumma of the testis, which causes
  37357. the organ to become enlarged, uneven, and indurated. This has even been
  37358. observed in infants a few months old.
  37359.  
  37360. Occasionally a syphilitic child suffers from a succession of these
  37361. gummatous lesions with resulting ill-health, and, it may be, waxy
  37362. disease of the internal organs; on the other hand, it may recover and
  37363. present no further manifestations of the inherited taint.
  37364.  
  37365. _Affections of the Eyes._--At or near puberty there is frequently
  37366. observed an affection of the eyes, known as _chronic interstitial
  37367. keratitis_, the relationship of which to inherited syphilis was first
  37368. established by Hutchinson. It occurs between the ages of six and sixteen
  37369. years, and usually affects one eye before the other. It commences as a
  37370. diffuse haziness or steaminess near the centre of the cornea, and as it
  37371. spreads the entire cornea assumes the appearance of ground glass. The
  37372. chief complaint is of dimness of sight, which may almost amount to
  37373. blindness, but there is little pain or photophobia; a certain amount of
  37374. conjunctival and ciliary congestion is usually present, and there may be
  37375. _iritis_ in addition. The cornea, or parts of it, may become of a deep
  37376. pink or salmon colour from the formation in it of new blood vessels. The
  37377. affection may last for from eighteen months to two years. Complete
  37378. recovery usually takes place, but slight opacities, especially in the
  37379. site of former salmon patches, may persist, and the disease occasionally
  37380. relapses. _Choroiditis_ and _retinitis_ may also occur, and leave
  37381. permanent changes easily recognised on examination with the
  37382. ophthalmoscope.
  37383.  
  37384. Among the rarer and more serious lesions of the inherited disease may be
  37385. mentioned gummatous disease in the _larynx and trachea_, attended with
  37386. ulceration and resulting in stenosis; and lesions of the _nervous
  37387. system_ which may result in convulsions, paralysis, or dementia.
  37388.  
  37389. In a limited number of cases, about the period of puberty there may
  37390. develop _deafness_, which is usually bilateral and may become absolute.
  37391.  
  37392. _Changes in the Permanent Teeth._--These affect specially the upper
  37393. central incisors, which are dwarfed and stand somewhat apart in the gum,
  37394. with their free edges converging towards one another. They are tapering
  37395. or peg-shaped, and present at their cutting margin a deep semilunar
  37396. notch. These appearances are commonly associated with the name of
  37397. Hutchinson, who first described them. Affecting as they do the
  37398. permanent teeth, they are not available for diagnosis until the child is
  37399. over eight years of age. Henry Moon drew attention to a change in the
  37400. first molars; these are reduced in size and dome-shaped through dwarfing
  37401. of the central tubercle of each cusp.
  37402.  
  37403. #Diagnosis of Inherited Syphilis.#--When there is a typical eruption on
  37404. the buttocks and snuffles there is no difficulty in recognising the
  37405. disease. When, however, the rash is scanty or is obscured by co-existing
  37406. eczema, most reliance should be placed on the distribution of the
  37407. eruption, on the brown stains which are left after it has passed off, on
  37408. the presence of condylomata, and of fissuring and scarring at the angles
  37409. of the mouth. The history of the mother relative to repeated
  37410. miscarriages and still-born children may afford confirmatory evidence.
  37411. In doubtful cases, the diagnosis may be aided by the Wassermann test and
  37412. by noting the therapeutic effects of grey powder, which, in syphilitic
  37413. infants, usually effects a marked and rapid improvement both in the
  37414. symptoms and in the general health.
  37415.  
  37416. While a considerable number of syphilitic children grow up without
  37417. showing any trace of their syphilitic inheritance, the majority retain
  37418. throughout life one or more of the following characteristics, which may
  37419. therefore be described as _permanent signs of the inherited disease_:
  37420. Dwarfing of stature from interference with growth at the epiphysial
  37421. junctions; the forehead low and vertical, and the parietal and frontal
  37422. eminences unduly prominent; the bridge of the nose sunken and rounded;
  37423. radiating scars at the angles of the mouth; perforation or destruction
  37424. of the hard palate; Hutchinson's teeth; opacities of the cornea from
  37425. antecedent keratitis; alterations in the fundus oculi from choroiditis;
  37426. deafness; depressed scars or nodes on the bones from previous gummata;
  37427. "sabre-blade" or other deformity of the tibiae.
  37428.  
  37429. #The Contagiousness of Inherited Syphilis.#--In 1837, Colles of Dublin
  37430. stated his belief that, while a syphilitic infant may convey the disease
  37431. to a healthy wet nurse, it is incapable of infecting its own mother if
  37432. nursed by her, even although she may never have shown symptoms of the
  37433. disease. This doctrine, which is known as _Colles' law_, is generally
  37434. accepted in spite of the alleged occurrence of occasional exceptions.
  37435. The older the child, the less risk there is of its communicating the
  37436. disease to others, until eventually the tendency dies out altogether, as
  37437. it does in the tertiary period of acquired syphilis. It should be
  37438. added, however, that the contagiousness of inherited syphilis is denied
  37439. by some observers, who affirm that, when syphilitic infants prove
  37440. infective, the disease has been really acquired at or soon after birth.
  37441.  
  37442. There is general agreement that the subjects of inherited syphilis
  37443. cannot transmit the disease by inheritance to their offspring, and that,
  37444. although they very rarely acquire the disease _de novo_, it is possible
  37445. for them to do so.
  37446.  
  37447. #Prognosis of Inherited Syphilis.#--Although inherited syphilis is
  37448. responsible for a large but apparently diminishing mortality in infancy,
  37449. the subjects of this disease may grow up to be as strong and healthy as
  37450. their neighbours. Hutchinson insisted on the fact that there is little
  37451. bad health in the general community that can be attributed to inherited
  37452. syphilis.
  37453.  
  37454. #Treatment.#--Arsenical injections are as beneficial in the inherited as
  37455. in the acquired disease. An infant the subject of inherited syphilis
  37456. should, if possible, be nursed by its mother, and failing this it should
  37457. be fed by hand. In infants at the breast, the drug may be given to the
  37458. mother; in others, it is administered in the same manner as already
  37459. described--only in smaller doses. On the first appearance of syphilitic
  37460. manifestations it should be given 0.05 grm, novarsenbillon, injected
  37461. into the deep subcutaneous tissues every week for six weeks, followed by
  37462. one year's mercurial inunction--a piece of mercurial ointment the size
  37463. of a pea being inserted under the infant's binder. In older children the
  37464. dose is proportionately increased. The general health should be improved
  37465. in every possible direction; considerable benefit may be derived from
  37466. the use of cod-liver oil, and from preparations containing iron and
  37467. calcium. Surgical interference may be required in the destructive
  37468. gummatous lesions of the nose, throat, larynx, and bones, either with
  37469. the object of arresting the spread of the disease, or of removing or
  37470. alleviating the resulting deformities. In children suffering from
  37471. keratitis, the eyes should be protected from the light by smoked or
  37472. coloured glasses, and the pupils should be dilated with atropin from
  37473. time to time, especially in cases complicated with iritis.
  37474.  
  37475. #Acquired Syphilis in Infants and Young Children.#--When syphilis is met
  37476. with in infants and young children, it is apt to be taken for granted
  37477. that the disease has been inherited. It is possible, however, for them
  37478. to acquire the disease--as, for example, while passing through the
  37479. maternal passages during birth, through being nursed or kissed by
  37480. infected women, or through the rite of circumcision. The risk of
  37481. infection which formerly existed by the arm-to-arm method of
  37482. vaccination has been abolished by the use of calf lymph.
  37483.  
  37484. The clinical features of the acquired disease in infants and young
  37485. children are similar to those observed in the adult, with a tendency,
  37486. however, to be more severe, probably because the disease is often late
  37487. in being recognised and treated.
  37488.  
  37489.  
  37490.  
  37491.  
  37492. CHAPTER X
  37493.  
  37494. TUMOURS[2]
  37495.  
  37496.  
  37497. Definition--Etiology--General characters of innocent and malignant
  37498.     tumours. CLASSIFICATION OF TUMOURS: I. Connective-tissue tumours:
  37499.     (1) _Innocent_: _Lipoma_, _Xanthoma_, _Chondroma_, _Osteoma_,
  37500.     _Odontoma_, _Fibroma_, _Myxoma_, _Endothelioma_, etc.; (2)
  37501.     _Malignant_: _Sarcoma_--II. Epithelial tumours: (1) _Innocent_:
  37502.     _Papilloma_, _Adenoma_, _Cystic Adenoma_; (2) _Malignant_:
  37503.     _Epithelioma_, _Glandular Cancer_, _Rodent Cancer_, _Melanotic
  37504.     Cancer_--III. Dermoids--IV. Teratoma. Cysts: _Retention_,
  37505.     _Exudation_, _Implantation_, _Parasitic_, _Lymphatic or Serous_.
  37506.     Ganglion.
  37507.  
  37508. [2] For the histology of tumours the reader is referred to a text-book
  37509. of pathology.
  37510.  
  37511. A tumour or neoplasm is a localised swelling composed of newly formed
  37512. tissue which fulfils no physiological function. Tumours increase in size
  37513. quite independently of the growth of the body, and there is no natural
  37514. termination to their growth. They are to be distinguished from such
  37515. over-growths as are of the nature of simple hypertrophy or local
  37516. giantism, and also from inflammatory swellings, which usually develop
  37517. under the influence of a definite cause, have a natural termination, and
  37518. tend to disappear when the cause ceases to act.
  37519.  
  37520. The _etiology of tumours_ is imperfectly understood. Various factors,
  37521. acting either singly or in combination, may be concerned in their
  37522. development. Certain tumours, for example, are the result of some
  37523. congenital malformation of the particular tissue from which they take
  37524. origin. This would appear to be the case in many tumours of blood
  37525. vessels (angioma), of cartilage (chondroma), of bone (osteoma), and of
  37526. secreting gland tissue (adenoma). The theory that tumours originate from
  37527. foetal residues or "rests," is associated with the name of Cohnheim.
  37528. These rests are supposed to be undifferentiated embryonic cells which
  37529. remain embedded amongst fully formed tissue elements, and lie dormant
  37530. until they are excited into active growth and give rise to a tumour.
  37531. This mode of origin is illustrated by the development of dermoids from
  37532. sequestrated portions of epidermis.
  37533.  
  37534. Among the local factors concerned in the development of tumours,
  37535. reference must be made to the influence of irritation. This is probably
  37536. an important agent in the causation of many of the tumours met with in
  37537. the skin and in mucous membranes--for example, cancer of the skin, of
  37538. the lip, and of the tongue. The part played by injury is doubtful. It
  37539. not infrequently happens that the development of a tumour is preceded by
  37540. an injury of the part in which it grows, but it does not necessarily
  37541. follow that the injury and the tumour are related as cause and effect.
  37542. It is possible that an injury may stimulate into active growth
  37543. undifferentiated tissue elements or "rests," and so determine the growth
  37544. of a tumour, or that it may alter the characters of a tumour which
  37545. already exists, causing it to grow more rapidly.
  37546.  
  37547. The popular belief that there is some constitutional peculiarity
  37548. concerned in the causation of tumours is largely based on the fact that
  37549. certain forms of new growth--for example, cancer--are known to occur
  37550. with undue frequency in certain families. The same influence is more
  37551. striking in the case of certain innocent tumours--particularly multiple
  37552. osteomas and lipomas--which are hereditary in the same sense as
  37553. supernumerary or webbed fingers, and appear in members of the same
  37554. family through several generations.
  37555.  
  37556.  
  37557. INNOCENT AND MALIGNANT TUMOURS
  37558.  
  37559. For clinical purposes, tumours are arbitrarily divided into two
  37560. classes--the innocent and the malignant. The outstanding difference
  37561. between them is, that while the evil effects of innocent tumours are
  37562. entirely local and depend for their severity on the environment of the
  37563. growth, malignant tumours wherever situated, in addition to producing
  37564. similar local effects, injure the general health and ultimately cause
  37565. death.
  37566.  
  37567. _Innocent_, benign, or simple tumours present a close structural
  37568. resemblance to the normal tissues of the body. They grow slowly, and are
  37569. usually definitely circumscribed by a fibrous capsule, from which they
  37570. are easily enucleated, and they do not tend to recur after removal. In
  37571. their growth they merely push aside and compress adjacent parts, and
  37572. they present no tendency to ulcerate and bleed unless the overlying skin
  37573. or mucous membrane is injured. Although usually solitary, some are
  37574. multiple from the outset--for example, fatty, fibrous, and bony tumours,
  37575. warts, and fibroid tumours of the uterus. They produce no constitutional
  37576. disturbance. They only threaten life when growing in the vicinity of
  37577. vital organs, and then only in virtue of their situation--for example,
  37578. death may result from an innocent tumour in the air-passage causing
  37579. suffocation, in the intestine causing obstruction of the bowels, or in
  37580. the vertebral canal causing pressure on the spinal medulla.
  37581.  
  37582. _Malignant tumours_ usually show a marked departure from the structure
  37583. and arrangement of the normal tissues of the body. Although the cells of
  37584. which they are composed are derived from normal tissue cells, they tend
  37585. to take on a lower, more vegetative form; they may be regarded as
  37586. parasites living at the expense of the organism, multiplying
  37587. indefinitely and destroying everything with which they come in contact.
  37588.  
  37589. Malignant tumours grow more rapidly than innocent tumours, and tend to
  37590. infiltrate their surroundings by sending out prolongations or offshoots;
  37591. they are therefore liable to recur after an operation which is
  37592. restricted to the removal of the main tumour. They are not encapsulated,
  37593. although they may appear to be circumscribed by condensation of the
  37594. surrounding tissues; they are rarely multiple at the outset, but show a
  37595. marked tendency to spread to other parts of the body. Fragments of the
  37596. parent tumour may become separated and be carried off in the lymph or
  37597. blood-stream and deposited in other parts of the body, where they give
  37598. rise to secondary growths. Malignant tumours tend to invade and destroy
  37599. the overlying skin or mucous membrane, and thus give rise to bleeding
  37600. ulcers; if the tumour tissue protrudes through the gap in the skin, it
  37601. is said to _fungate_. In course of time they give rise to a condition of
  37602. ill-health or _cachexia_, the patient becoming pale, sallow, feverish,
  37603. and emaciated, probably as a result of chronic poisoning from the
  37604. absorption of toxic products from the tumour. They ultimately destroy
  37605. life, it may be by their local effects, such as ulceration and
  37606. haemorrhage, by favouring the entrance of septic infection, by
  37607. interfering with the function of organs which are essential to life, by
  37608. cachexia, or by a combination of these effects.
  37609.  
  37610. The situation of a malignant tumour exercises considerable influence on
  37611. the rapidity, as well as on the mode, in which it causes death. Some
  37612. cancers, such as that known as "rodent," show malignant features which
  37613. are entirely local, while others, such as melanotic cancer, exhibit a
  37614. malignancy characterised by rapid generalisation of growths throughout
  37615. the body. Tumours that are structurally alike may show variations in
  37616. malignancy, according to their situation and to the age of the patient,
  37617. as well as to other factors which are as yet unknown.
  37618.  
  37619. In attempting to arrive at a conclusion as to the innocence or
  37620. malignancy of any tumour, too much reliance must not be placed on its
  37621. histological features; its situation, rate of growth, and other clinical
  37622. features must also be taken into consideration. It cannot be too
  37623. emphatically stated that there is no hard-and-fast line between innocent
  37624. and malignant growths; there is an indefinite transition from one to the
  37625. other. The possibility of the transformation of a benign into a
  37626. malignant tumour must be admitted. Such a transformation implies a
  37627. change in the structure of the growth, and has been observed especially
  37628. in fibrous and cartilaginous tumours, in tumours of the thyreoid gland,
  37629. and in uterine fibroids. The alteration in character may take place
  37630. under the influence of injury, prolonged or repeated irritation,
  37631. incomplete removal of the benign tumour by operation, or the altered
  37632. physiological conditions of the tissues which attend upon advancing
  37633. years.
  37634.  
  37635. After a tumour has been removed by operation it should as a routine
  37636. measure be subjected to microscopical examination; the results are often
  37637. instructive and sometimes other than what was expected.
  37638.  
  37639. #Varieties of Tumours.#--In the following description, tumours are
  37640. classified on an anatomical basis, taking in order first the
  37641. connective-tissue group and subsequently those that originate in
  37642. epithelium.
  37643.  
  37644.  
  37645. INNOCENT CONNECTIVE-TISSUE TUMOURS
  37646.  
  37647. #Lipoma.#--A lipoma is composed of fat resembling that normally present
  37648. in the body. The commonest variety is the _subcutaneous lipoma_, which
  37649. grows from the subcutaneous fat, and forms a soft, irregularly lobulated
  37650. tumour (Fig. 45). The fat is arranged in lobules separated by
  37651. connective-tissue septa, which are continuous with the capsule
  37652. surrounding the tumour and with the overlying skin, which becomes
  37653. dimpled or puckered when an attempt is made to pinch it up. As the fat
  37654. is almost fluid at the body temperature, fluctuation can usually be
  37655. detected. These tumours vary greatly in size, occur at all ages, grow
  37656. slowly, and, while generally solitary, are sometimes multiple. They are
  37657. most commonly met with on the shoulder, buttock, or back. In certain
  37658. situations, such as the thigh and perineum, they tend to become
  37659. pedunculated (Fig. 46).
  37660.  
  37661. A fatty tumour is to be diagnosed from a cold abscess and from a cyst.
  37662. The distinguishing features of the lipoma are the tacking down and
  37663. dimpling of the overlying skin, the lobulation of the tumour, which is
  37664. recognised when it is pressed upon with the flat of the hand, and, more
  37665. reliable than either of these, the mobility, the tumour slipping away
  37666. when pressed upon at its margin.
  37667.  
  37668. [Illustration: FIG. 45.--Subcutaneous Lipoma showing lobulation.]
  37669.  
  37670. The prognosis is more favourable than in any other tumour as it never
  37671. changes its characters; the only reasons for its removal by operation
  37672. are its unsightliness and its probable increase in size in the course of
  37673. years. The operation consists in dividing the skin and capsule over the
  37674. tumour and shelling it out. Care must be taken that none of the outlying
  37675. lobules are left behind. If the overlying skin is damaged or closely
  37676. adherent, it should be removed along with the tumour.
  37677.  
  37678. [Illustration: FIG. 46.--Pedunculated Lipoma of Buttock of forty years'
  37679. duration in a woman aet. 68.]
  37680.  
  37681. _Multiple subcutaneous lipomas_ are frequently symmetrical, and in a
  37682. certain group of cases, met with chiefly in women, pain is a prominent
  37683. symptom, hence the term _adiposis dolorosa_ (Dercum). These multiple
  37684. tumours show little or no tendency to increase in size, and the pain
  37685. which attends their development does not persist.
  37686.  
  37687. In the neck, axilla, and pubes a diffuse overgrowth of the subcutaneous
  37688. fat is sometimes met with, forming symmetrical tumour-like masses, known
  37689. as _diffuse lipoma_. As this is not, strictly speaking, a tumour, the
  37690. term _diffuse lipomatosis_ is to be preferred. A similar condition was
  37691. described by Jonathan Hutchinson as being met with in the domestic
  37692. animals. If causing disfigurement, the mass of fat may be removed by
  37693. operation.
  37694.  
  37695. [Illustration: FIG. 47.--Diffuse Lipomatosis of Neck.]
  37696.  
  37697. _Lipoma in other Situations._--The _periosteal lipoma_ is usually
  37698. congenital, and is most often met with in the hand; it forms a
  37699. projecting lobulated tumour, which, when situated in the palm, resembles
  37700. an angioma or a lymphangioma. The _subserous lipoma_ arises from the
  37701. extra-peritoneal fat in the posterior abdominal wall, in which case it
  37702. tends to grow forwards between the layers of the mesentery and to give
  37703. rise to an abdominal tumour; or it may grow from the extra-peritoneal
  37704. fat in the anterior abdominal wall and protrude from one of the hernial
  37705. openings or through an abnormal opening in the parietes, constituting a
  37706. _fatty hernia_. A _subsynovial lipoma_ grows from the fat surrounding
  37707. the synovial membrane of a joint, and projects into its interior, giving
  37708. rise to the symptoms of loose body. Lipomas are also met with growing
  37709. from the adipose connective tissue _between or in the substance of
  37710. muscles_, and, when situated beneath the deep fascia, such as the fascia
  37711. lata of the thigh, the characteristic signs are obscured and a
  37712. differential diagnosis is difficult. It may be differentiated from a
  37713. cold abscess by puncture with an exploring needle.
  37714.  
  37715. [Illustration: FIG. 48.--Zanthoma of Hands in a girl aet. 14, showing
  37716. multiple subcutaneous tumours (cf. Fig. 49).
  37717.  
  37718. (Sir H. J. Stiles' case.)]
  37719.  
  37720. #Zanthoma# is a rare but interesting form of tumour, composed of a
  37721. fibrous and fatty tissue, containing a granular orange-yellow pigment,
  37722. resembling that of the corpus luteum. It originates in the corium and
  37723. presents two clinical varieties. In the first of these, it occurs in the
  37724. form of raised yellow patches, usually in the skin of the eyelids of
  37725. persons after middle life, and in many instances is associated with
  37726. chronic jaundice; the patches are often symmetrical, and as they
  37727. increase in size they tend to fuse with another.
  37728.  
  37729. The second form occurs in children and adolescents; it may affect
  37730. several generations of the same family, and is often multiple, there
  37731. being a combination of thickened yellow patches of skin and projecting
  37732. tumours, some of which may attain a considerable size (Figs. 48 and 49).
  37733. On section, the tumour tissue presents a brilliant orange or saffron
  37734. colour.
  37735.  
  37736. There is no indication for removing the tumours unless for the deformity
  37737. which they cause; exposure to the X-rays is to be preferred to
  37738. operation.
  37739.  
  37740. [Illustration: FIG. 49.--Zanthoma showing Subcutaneous Tumours on
  37741. Buttocks. From same patient as Fig. 48.]
  37742.  
  37743. #Chondroma.#--A chondroma is mainly composed of cartilage. Processes of
  37744. vascular connective tissue pass in between the nodules of cartilage
  37745. composing the tumour from the fibrous capsule which surrounds it. On
  37746. section it is of a greyish-blue colour and semi-translucent. The tumour
  37747. is firm and elastic in consistence, but certain portions may be densely
  37748. hard from calcification or ossification, while other portions may be
  37749. soft and fluctuating as a result of myxomatous degeneration and
  37750. liquefaction. These tumours grow slowly and painlessly, and may surround
  37751. nerves and arteries without injuring them. They may cause a deep hollow
  37752. in the bone from which they originate. All intermediate forms between
  37753. the innocent chondroma and the malignant chondro-sarcoma are met with.
  37754. Chondroma may occur in a multiple form, especially in relation to the
  37755. phalanges and metacarpal bones. When growing in the interior of a bone
  37756. it causes a spindle-shaped enlargement of the shaft, which in the case
  37757. of a phalanx or metacarpal bone may resemble the dactylitis resulting
  37758. from tubercle or syphilis. A chondroma appears as a clear area in a
  37759. skiagram.
  37760.  
  37761. A _skiagram_ of a bone in which there is a chondroma shows a clear
  37762. rounded area in the position of the tumour, which must be differentiated
  37763. from similar clear areas due to other kinds of tumour, especially the
  37764. myeloma; when it has undergone calcification or ossification, it gives a
  37765. shadow as dark as bone.
  37766.  
  37767. [Illustration: FIG. 50.--Chondroma growing from infraspinous fossa of
  37768. Scapula.]
  37769.  
  37770. [Illustration: FIG. 51.--Chondroma of Metacarpal Bone of Thumb.]
  37771.  
  37772. _Treatment._--In view of the unstable quality of the chondroma,
  37773. especially of its liability to become malignant, it should be removed as
  37774. soon as it is recognised. In those projecting from the surface of a
  37775. bone, both the tumour and its capsule should be removed. If in the
  37776. interior, a sufficient amount of the cortex should be removed to allow
  37777. of the tumour being scraped out, and care must be taken that no nodules
  37778. of cartilage are left behind. In multiple chondromas of the hand, when
  37779. the fingers are crippled and useless, exposure to the X-rays should be
  37780. given a trial, and in extreme cases the question of amputation may have
  37781. to be considered. When a cartilaginous tumour takes on active growth, it
  37782. must be treated as malignant.
  37783.  
  37784. The chondromas that are met with at the ends of the long bones in
  37785. children and young adults form a group by themselves. They are usually
  37786. related to the epiphysial cartilage, and it was suggested by Virchow
  37787. that they take origin from islands of cartilage which have not been used
  37788. up in the process of ossification. They are believed to occur more
  37789. frequently in those who have suffered from rickets. They have no
  37790. malignant tendencies and tend to undergo ossification concurrently with
  37791. the epiphysial cartilage from which they take origin, and constitute
  37792. what are known as _cartilaginous exostoses_. These are sometimes met
  37793. with in a multiple form, and may occur in several generations of the
  37794. same family. They are considered in greater detail in the chapter
  37795. dealing with tumours of bone.
  37796.  
  37797. Minute nodules of cartilage sometimes form in the synovial membrane of
  37798. joints and lining of tendon sheaths and bursae: they tend to become
  37799. detached from the membrane and constitute loose bodies; they also
  37800. undergo a variable amount of calcification and ossification, so as to be
  37801. visible in skiagrams. They are further considered with loose bodies in
  37802. joints.
  37803.  
  37804. Cartilaginous tumours in the parotid, submaxillary gland, and testicle
  37805. belong to a class of "mixed tumours" that will be referred to later.
  37806.  
  37807. #Osteoma.#--The true osteoma is composed of bony tissue, and originates
  37808. from the skeleton. Two varieties are recognised--the spongy or
  37809. cancellous, and the ivory or compact. The _spongy_ or _cancellous
  37810. osteoma_ is really an ossified chondroma, and is met with at the ends of
  37811. the long bones (Fig. 52). From the fact that it projects from the
  37812. surface of the bone it is often spoken of as an _exostosis_. It grows
  37813. slowly, and rarely causes any discomfort unless it presses upon a
  37814. nerve-trunk or upon a bursa which has developed over it. The Rontgen
  37815. rays show a dark shadow corresponding to the ossified portion of the
  37816. tumour, and continuous with that of the bone from which it is growing
  37817. (Fig. 138). Operative interference is only indicated when the tumour is
  37818. giving rise to inconvenience. It is then removed, its base or neck being
  37819. divided by means of the chisel. The multiple variety of osteoma is
  37820. considered with the diseases of bone.
  37821.  
  37822. The bony outgrowth from the terminal phalanx of the great toe--known as
  37823. the _subungual exostosis_--is described and figured on p. 404. Bony
  37824. projections or "spurs" sometimes occur on the under surface of the
  37825. calcaneus, and, projecting downwards and forwards from the greater
  37826. process, cause pain on putting the heel to the ground.
  37827.  
  37828. [Illustration: FIG. 52.--Cancellous Osteoma of lower end of Femur.]
  37829.  
  37830. The _ivory_ or _compact osteoma_ is composed of dense bone, and usually
  37831. grows from the skull. It is generally sessile and solitary, and may grow
  37832. into the interior of the skull, into the frontal sinus, into the cavity
  37833. of the orbit or nose, or may fill up the external auditory meatus,
  37834. causing most unsightly deformity and interference with sight, breathing,
  37835. and hearing.
  37836.  
  37837. Bony formations occur in _muscles and tendons_, especially at their
  37838. points of attachment to the skeleton, and are known as false exostoses;
  37839. they are described with the diseases of muscles.
  37840.  
  37841. #Odontoma.#--An odontoma is composed of dental tissues in varying
  37842. proportions and different degrees of development, arising from
  37843. tooth-germs or from teeth still in process of growth (Bland Sutton).
  37844. Odontomas resemble teeth in so far that during their development they
  37845. remain hidden below the mucous membrane and give no evidence of their
  37846. existence. There then succeeds, usually between the twentieth and
  37847. twenty-fifth years, an eruptive stage, which is often attended with
  37848. suppuration, and this may be the means of drawing attention to the
  37849. tumour. Following Bland Sutton, several varieties of odontoma may be
  37850. distinguished according to the part of the tooth-germ concerned in their
  37851. formation.
  37852.  
  37853. The _epithelial odontoma_ is derived from persistent portions of the
  37854. epithelium of the enamel organ, and constitutes a multilocular cystic
  37855. tumour which is chiefly met with in the mandible. The cystic spaces of
  37856. the tumour contain a brownish glairy fluid. These tumours have been
  37857. described by Eve under the name of multilocular cystic epithelial
  37858. tumours of the jaw.
  37859.  
  37860. The _follicular odontoma_, also known as a _dentigerous cyst_, is
  37861. derived from the distension of a tooth follicle. It constitutes a cyst
  37862. containing a viscid fluid, and an imperfectly formed tooth is often
  37863. found embedded in its wall. The cyst usually forms in relation to one of
  37864. the permanent molars, and may attain considerable dimensions.
  37865.  
  37866. The _fibrous odontoma_ is the result of an overgrowth of fibrous tissue
  37867. surrounding the tooth sac, which encapsulates the tooth and prevents its
  37868. eruption. The thickened tooth sac is usually mistaken for a fibrous
  37869. tumour, until, after removal, the tooth is recognised in its interior.
  37870.  
  37871. _Composite Odontoma._--This is a convenient term to apply to certain
  37872. hard dental tumours which are met with in the jaws, and consist of
  37873. enamel, dentine, and cement. The tumour is to be regarded as being
  37874. derived from an abnormal growth of all the elements of a tooth germ, or
  37875. of two or more tooth germs, indiscriminately fused with one another. It
  37876. may appear in childhood, and form a smooth unyielding tumour, often of
  37877. considerable size, replacing the corresponding permanent tooth. It may
  37878. cause a purulent discharge, and in some cases it has been extruded after
  37879. sloughing of the overlying soft parts. Many examples of this variety of
  37880. odontoma, growing in the nasal cavity or in the maxillary sinus, have
  37881. been erroneously regarded as osteomas even after removal.
  37882.  
  37883. On section, the tumour is usually laminated, and is seen to consist
  37884. mainly of dentine with a partial covering of enamel and cement.
  37885.  
  37886. _Diagnosis._--Odontomas are often only diagnosed after removal. When
  37887. attended with suppuration, the condition has been mistaken for disease
  37888. of the jaw. Fibrous odontomas have been mistaken for sarcoma, and
  37889. portions of the maxilla removed unnecessarily. Any circumscribed tumour
  37890. of the jaw, particularly when met with in a young adult, should suggest
  37891. the possibility of an odontoma. Skiagrams often give useful information
  37892. both for diagnosis and for treatment.
  37893.  
  37894. _Treatment._--The solid varieties of odontoma can usually be shelled out
  37895. after dividing the overlying soft parts. In the follicular variety, it
  37896. is usually sufficient to excise a portion of the wall, scrape out the
  37897. interior, and remove any tooth that may be present. The cavity is then
  37898. packed and allowed to heal from the bottom.
  37899.  
  37900. #Fibroma.#--A fibroma is a tumour composed of fibrous connective tissue.
  37901. A distinction may be made between the _soft fibroma_, which is
  37902. comparatively rich in cells and blood vessels, and in which the fibres
  37903. are arranged loosely; and the _hard fibroma_, which is composed of
  37904. closely packed bundles of fibres often arranged in a concentric fashion
  37905. around the blood vessels. The cut surface of the soft fibroma presents a
  37906. pinkish-white, fleshy appearance, resembling the slowly growing forms of
  37907. sarcoma; that of a hard fibroma presents a dry, glistening appearance,
  37908. aptly compared to watered silk. The soft variety grows much more rapidly
  37909. than the hard. In certain fibromas--in those, for example, which grow
  37910. from the periosteum of the base of the skull and project into the
  37911. naso-pharynx--the blood vessels are dilated into sinuses and have no
  37912. proper sheaths; they therefore tend to remain open when divided, and to
  37913. bleed excessively. Transition forms between soft fibroma and sarcoma are
  37914. met with, so that in operating for their removal it is safer to take
  37915. away the capsule along with the tumour, and the patient should be kept
  37916. under observation in view of the risk of recurrence.
  37917.  
  37918. The skin--especially the skin of the buttock--is one of the favourite
  37919. seats of fibroma, and it may occur in a multiple form. It is met with
  37920. also in the subcutaneous and intermuscular cellular tissue, and in the
  37921. abdominal wall, where it sometimes attains considerable dimensions.
  37922. Various forms of fibroma are met with in the mamma and are described
  37923. with diseases of that organ. The fibrous overgrowths in the skin, known
  37924. as _keloid_ and _molluscum fibrosum_, and those met with in the _sheaths
  37925. of nerves_, are described elsewhere. Fibroid tumours of the uterus are
  37926. described with myoma.
  37927.  
  37928. _Diffuse fibroma_ or _Fibromatosis_, analogous to lipomatosis, is met
  37929. with in the connective tissue of the skin and sheaths of nerves, and
  37930. constitutes one form of neuro-fibromatosis; a similar change is also met
  37931. with in the stomach and colon.
  37932.  
  37933. #Myxoma.#--A myxoma is composed of tissue of a soft gelatinous,
  37934. semifluid consistence. The pure myxoma is extremely rare, and
  37935. clinically resembles the lipoma. Myxomatous tissue is, however,
  37936. frequently found in other connective-tissue tumours as a result of
  37937. degeneration, for example, in cartilaginous tumours and in sarcomas.
  37938. Myxomatous tissue is also a prominent constituent of the "innocent
  37939. parotid tumour." Mucous polypus of the nose, which is often described as
  37940. a myxoma, is merely a pendulous process of oedematous mucous membrane.
  37941.  
  37942. [Illustration: FIG. 53.--Myeloma of Shaft of Humerus, causing
  37943. pathological fracture. (Mr. J. W. Struthers' case.)
  37944.  
  37945. (The unusual site of the tumour is to be noted.)]
  37946.  
  37947. #Myeloma.#--A myeloma is composed of large multinuclear giant cells
  37948. surrounded by round and spindle cells. The cut surface of the tumour
  37949. presents a deep red or maroon colour. While occasionally met with in
  37950. tendon sheaths and bursae, and is then of an orange-yellow colour, the
  37951. myeloma occurs most frequently in the cancellous tissue at the ends of
  37952. the long bones, its favourite site being the upper end of the tibia.
  37953. Although formerly classified as a sarcoma, it is the exception for it to
  37954. present malignant features, and it can usually be extirpated by local
  37955. measures without fear of recurrence. The diagnosis, X-ray appearances,
  37956. and the method of removal are considered with the diseases of bone.
  37957. Sometimes the myeloma is met with in multiple form in the skeleton, in
  37958. association with an unusual form of protein in the urine (Bence Jones).
  37959.  
  37960. #Myoma.#--A myoma is composed of non-striped muscle fibres. A pure myoma
  37961. is very rare, and is met with in organs possessed of non-striped muscle,
  37962. such as the stomach, intestine, urinary bladder, and prostate. In the
  37963. uterus, which is the most common situation, these tumours contain a
  37964. considerable admixture of fibrous tissue, and are known as _fibroids_ or
  37965. _fibro-myomas_. They present on section a fasciculated appearance, which
  37966. may resemble that of a section of balls of cotton (Fig. 54). They are
  37967. encapsulated and vascular, frequently attain a large size, and may be
  37968. single or multiple. While they may occasion neither inconvenience nor
  37969. suffering, they frequently give rise to profuse haemorrhage from the
  37970. uterus, and may cause serious symptoms by pressing injuriously on the
  37971. ureters or the intestine, or by complicating pregnancy and parturition.
  37972.  
  37973. The #Rhabdomyoma# is an extremely rare form of tumour, met with in the
  37974. kidney, uterus, and testicle. It contains striped muscle fibres, and is
  37975. supposed to originate from a residue of muscular tissue which has become
  37976. sequestrated during development.
  37977.  
  37978. [Illustration: FIG. 54.--Fibro-myoma of Uterus.
  37979.  
  37980. (Anatomical Museum, University of Edinburgh.)]
  37981.  
  37982. #Glioma.#--A glioma is a tumour composed of neuroglia. It is met with
  37983. exclusively in the central nervous system, retina, and optic nerve. It
  37984. is a slowly growing, soft, ill-defined tumour, which displaces the
  37985. adjacent nerve centres and nerve tracts, and is liable to become the
  37986. seat of haemorrhage and thus to give rise to pressure symptoms resembling
  37987. apoplexy. The glioma of the retina tends to grow into the vitreous
  37988. humour and to perforate the globe. It is usually of the nature of a
  37989. glio-sarcoma and is highly malignant.
  37990.  
  37991. #Endotheliomas# take origin from the endothelium of lymph vessels and
  37992. blood vessels, and serous cavities. They show great variation in type,
  37993. partly because of the number of different kinds of endothelium from
  37994. which they are derived, and partly because the new connective tissue
  37995. which is formed is liable to undergo transformation into other tissues.
  37996. They may be soft or hard, solid or cystic, diffuse or circumscribed;
  37997. they grow very slowly, and are almost always innocent, although
  37998. recurrence has been occasionally observed. Cases of multiple
  37999. endotheliomata of the skin have recently been described by Wise.
  38000.  
  38001. _Angioma_, _lymphangioma_, and _neuroma_ are described with the disease
  38002. of the individual tissues.
  38003.  
  38004.  
  38005. MALIGNANT CONNECTIVE-TISSUE TUMOURS--SARCOMA
  38006.  
  38007. The term sarcoma is applied to any connective-tissue tumour which
  38008. exhibits malignant characters. The essential structural feature is the
  38009. predominance of the cellular elements over the intercellular substance
  38010. or stroma, in which respect a sarcoma resembles the connective tissue of
  38011. the embryo. The typical sarcoma consists chiefly of immature or
  38012. embryonic connective tissue. It most frequently originates from fascia,
  38013. intermuscular connective tissue, periosteum, bone-marrow, and skin, and
  38014. forms a rounded or nodulated tumour which appears to be encapsulated,
  38015. but the capsule merely consists of the condensed surrounding tissues,
  38016. and usually contains sarcomatous elements. The consistence of the tumour
  38017. depends on the nature and amount of the stroma, and on the presence of
  38018. degenerative changes. The softer medullary forms are composed almost
  38019. exclusively of cells; while the harder forms--such as the fibro-,
  38020. chondro-, and osteo-sarcoma--are provided with an abundant stroma and
  38021. are relatively poor in cells. Degenerative changes may produce areas of
  38022. softening or liquefaction which result in the formation of cystic
  38023. cavities in the interior of the tumour. The colour depends on the amount
  38024. of blood in the tumour, and on the presence of the products of
  38025. degeneration.
  38026.  
  38027. The blood vessels are usually represented by mere chinks or spaces
  38028. between the cells. This peculiarity accounts for the facility with which
  38029. haemorrhage takes place into the substance of the tumour, the persistence
  38030. of the bleeding when it is incised or ulcerates through the skin, and
  38031. the readiness with which the sarcomatous cells are carried off and
  38032. infect distant parts through the blood-stream. Sarcomas are devoid of
  38033. lymphatics, and unless originating in lymphatic structures--for example,
  38034. in the tonsil--they rarely infect the lymph glands. Minute portions of
  38035. the tumour grow into the small veins, and, becoming detached, are
  38036. transported by the blood-current to distant organs, where they are
  38037. arrested in the capillaries and give rise to secondary growths. These
  38038. are most frequently situated in the lungs, except when the primary
  38039. growth lies within the territory of the portal circulation, in which
  38040. case they occur in the liver. The secondary growths closely resemble the
  38041. parent tumour. Sarcoma may invade an adjacent vein on such a scale that
  38042. if the invading portion becomes detached it may constitute a dangerous
  38043. embolus. This may be observed in sarcoma of the kidney, the growth
  38044. taking place along the renal vein until it projects into the vena cava.
  38045.  
  38046. [Illustration: FIG. 55.--Recurrent Sarcoma of Sciatic Nerve in a woman
  38047. aet. 27. Recurrence twenty months after removal of primary growth.]
  38048.  
  38049. In its growth, a sarcoma compresses and destroys neighbouring parts,
  38050. surrounds vessels and nerves, and may lead to destruction of the skin,
  38051. either by invading it, or more commonly by causing sloughing from
  38052. pressure. Inflammatory and suppurative changes may take place as a
  38053. result of pyogenic infection following upon sloughing of the overlying
  38054. skin or upon an exploratory incision. Once the skin is broken the tumour
  38055. fungates through the opening. Sarcomas vary in malignancy, especially as
  38056. regards rapidity of growth and capacity for dissemination. Certain of
  38057. them, such as the so-called "recurrent fibroid of Paget," grow
  38058. comparatively slowly, and are only malignant in the sense that they tend
  38059. to recur locally after removal; others--especially the more cellular
  38060. ones--grow with extreme rapidity, and are early disseminated throughout
  38061. the body, resembling in these respects the most malignant forms of
  38062. cancer. They are usually solitary in the first instance, although
  38063. primary multiple growths are occasionally met with in the skin and in
  38064. the bones.
  38065.  
  38066. Many varieties of sarcoma are recognised, according to its structural
  38067. peculiarities. Thus, in virtue of the size and character of the cells,
  38068. we have the _small round-celled_ and the _large round-celled_ sarcoma,
  38069. the _small_ and the _large spindle-celled_, the _giant-celled_ and the
  38070. _mixed-celled_ sarcoma. The _lympho-sarcoma_ presents a structure
  38071. similar to that of lymph-follicular tissue, and the _alveolar sarcoma_
  38072. an arrangement of cells in alveoli resembling that seen in cancers. When
  38073. there is a considerable amount of intercellular fibrous tissue, the
  38074. tumour is called a _fibro-sarcoma_.
  38075.  
  38076. [Illustration: FIG. 56.--Fungating Sarcoma of Arm.
  38077.  
  38078. (Dr. J. M'Watt's case.)]
  38079.  
  38080. The term _lymphangio-sarcoma_ is applied when the cells of the tumour
  38081. are derived from the endothelium of lymph spaces and vessels. The
  38082. _angio-sarcomas_ are those in which blood vessels form a prominent
  38083. element in the structure of the tumour. They are sometimes derived from
  38084. innocent angiomas, and they may be so vascular as to pulsate and on
  38085. auscultation yield a blowing murmur like an aneurysm. The
  38086. _glio-sarcoma_, _myxo-sarcoma_, _chondro-sarcoma_, and _myo-sarcoma_ are
  38087. mixed forms which usually develop in pre-existing innocent tumours. The
  38088. _osteo-sarcoma_ is characterised by the formation in the tumour of bone,
  38089. the medullary spaces being occupied by sarcomatous cells in place of
  38090. marrow. The _osteoid sarcoma_ is characterised by the formation of a
  38091. tissue resembling bone but deficient in lime salts, and the _petrifying
  38092. sarcoma_ by the formation of calcified areas in the stroma. These
  38093. varieties, although met with chiefly in the bones, may occur in soft
  38094. tissues such as muscle, and in such organs as the mamma. The pigmented
  38095. varieties include the _chloroma_, which is of a light-green colour, and
  38096. the _melanotic sarcoma_, which is brown or black. The _psammoma_ is a
  38097. sarcoma containing a material resembling sand; it is chiefly met with in
  38098. the membranes of the brain. The _chordoma_ is a rare form of tumour
  38099. originating from the remains of the notochord in the region of the
  38100. spheno-occipital synchondrosis or in the sacro-coccygeal region.
  38101.  
  38102. _Diagnosis of Sarcoma._--A sarcoma is to be differentiated from an
  38103. inflammatory swelling such as results from tubercle, actinomycosis, or
  38104. syphilis, from an innocent tumour, and from a cancer. The points on
  38105. which the diagnosis is founded are discussed with the different tissues
  38106. and organs.
  38107.  
  38108. _Treatment._--The removal of the tumour by operation is the most
  38109. reliable method of treatment; in order to be successful it must be
  38110. undertaken before dissemination has taken place, and a considerable area
  38111. of healthy tissue beyond the apparent margin of the growth must be
  38112. removed, and in tumours near the surface of the body, the overlying skin
  38113. also.
  38114.  
  38115. In order to prevent recurrence, a tube of _radium_, to which a silk
  38116. thread is attached, is inserted into the space from which the tumour was
  38117. removed; the thread is brought out at the drain-opening, and at the end
  38118. of a week or ten days the tube of radium is removed by pulling on the
  38119. thread. Radium causes a reaction in the tissues attended with exudation
  38120. from the vessels, for the escape of which provision must be made. If
  38121. radium is not available, the affected area is repeatedly exposed to the
  38122. action of the _X-rays_ as soon as the wound has healed. The employment
  38123. of these measures has diminished to a remarkable degree the recurrence
  38124. of sarcoma after operation.
  38125.  
  38126. It will readily be understood that the less thoroughly or radically the
  38127. growth has been removed, the more do we depend upon radium or the X-rays
  38128. for bringing about a permanent cure, and that in advanced cases of
  38129. sarcoma and in cases in which, on account of their anatomical situation,
  38130. removal by operation is necessarily incomplete, the prospect of cure is
  38131. still more dependent on the use of radium or of the X-rays. Finally,
  38132. there are cases in which removal by operation is impossible, the
  38133. so-called _inoperable sarcoma_; a tube of radium, to which a silk thread
  38134. is attached, is inserted into the substance of the tumour, either
  38135. through an opening made by a large trocar, or, when necessary, by open
  38136. dissection. A second tube of radium is placed upon the skin over the
  38137. tumour and is secured there by a stitch or by a strip of plaster, thus
  38138. securing a cross-fire action of the radium rays, both from within and
  38139. without, as this is found to be much more efficacious in destroying or
  38140. inhibiting the cellular elements of the growth. The tubes of radium are
  38141. left _in situ_ for from eight to fourteen days, according to the power
  38142. of the radium employed, but are moved about every second day or so in
  38143. order that every part of the tumour may be efficiently radiated. If the
  38144. tumour shrinks in size after the use of radium and becomes operable, it
  38145. should be removed before time is given it to resume its growth. It will
  38146. depend upon the subsequent course of the disease, whether or not a
  38147. second, or it may be even a third, application of radium will be
  38148. required.
  38149.  
  38150. Where neither radium nor X-rays is available or applicable, recourse may
  38151. be had to the injection of Coley's fluid, a preparation containing the
  38152. mixed toxins of the streptococcus of erysipelas and the bacillus
  38153. prodigiosus; or of selenium.
  38154.  
  38155.  
  38156. EPITHELIAL TUMOURS
  38157.  
  38158. An excessive and erratic growth of epithelium is the essential and
  38159. distinguishing feature of these tumours. The innocent forms are the
  38160. papilloma and the adenoma; the malignant, the carcinoma or cancer.
  38161.  
  38162. #Papilloma.#--A papilloma is a tumour which projects from a cutaneous or
  38163. mucous surface, and consists of a central axis of vascular fibrous
  38164. tissue with a covering of epithelium resembling that of the surface from
  38165. which the tumour grows. In the papillomas of the skin--commonly known as
  38166. _warts_--the covering consists of epidermis; in those growing from
  38167. mucous surfaces it consists of the epithelium covering the mucous
  38168. membrane. When the surface epithelium projects as filiform processes,
  38169. the tumour is called a _villous papilloma_, the best-known example of
  38170. which is met with in the urinary bladder. Papillomatous growths are
  38171. also met with in the larynx, in the ducts of the breast, and in the
  38172. interior of certain cystic tumours of the breast and of the ovary.
  38173. Although papillomas are primarily innocent, they may become the
  38174. starting-point of cancer, especially in persons past middle life and if
  38175. the papilloma has been subjected to irritation and has ulcerated. The
  38176. clinical features and treatment of the various forms of papilloma are
  38177. considered with the individual tissues and organs.
  38178.  
  38179. #Adenoma.#--An adenoma is a tumour constructed on the type of, and
  38180. growing in connection with, a secreting gland. In the substance of such
  38181. glands as the mamma, parotid, thyreoid, and prostate, adenomas are met
  38182. with as encapsulated tumours. When they originate from the glands of the
  38183. skin or of a mucous membrane, they tend to project from the surface, and
  38184. form pedunculated tumours or polypi.
  38185.  
  38186. Adenomas may be single or multiple, and they vary greatly in size. The
  38187. tumour is seldom composed entirely of gland tissue; it usually contains
  38188. a considerable proportion of fibrous tissue, and is then called a
  38189. _fibro-adenoma_. When it contains myxomatous tissue it is called a
  38190. _myxo-adenoma_, and when the gland spaces of the tumour become distended
  38191. with accumulated secretion, a _cystic adenoma_, the best examples of
  38192. which are met with in the mamma and ovary. A characteristic feature of
  38193. the cystic variety is the tendency the tumour tissue exhibits to project
  38194. into the interior of the cysts, constituting what are known as
  38195. _intracystic growths_. They are essentially innocent, but intracystic
  38196. growths, especially in the mamma of women over fifty, should be regarded
  38197. with suspicion and therefore should be removed on radical lines.
  38198. Transition forms between adenoma and carcinoma are also met with in the
  38199. rectum and large intestine, and these should be treated on the same
  38200. lines as cancer.
  38201.  
  38202.  
  38203. CARCINOMA OR CANCER
  38204.  
  38205. A cancer is a malignant tumour which originates in epithelium. The
  38206. cancer cells are derived by proliferation from already existing
  38207. epithelium, and they invade the sub-epithelial connective tissue in the
  38208. form of simple or branching columns. These columns are enclosed in
  38209. spaces--termed alveoli--which are probably dilated lymph spaces, and
  38210. which communicate freely with the lymph vessels. The cells composing the
  38211. columns and filling the alveoli vary with the character of the
  38212. epithelium in which the cancer originates. The malignancy of cancer
  38213. depends on the tendency which the epithelium has of invading the tissues
  38214. in its neighbourhood, and on the capacity of the cells, when
  38215. transported elsewhere by the lymph or blood-stream, of giving rise to
  38216. secondary growths.
  38217.  
  38218. Cancer may arise on any surface covered by epithelium or in any of the
  38219. secreting glands of the body, but it is much more common in some
  38220. situations than in others. It is frequently met with, for example, in
  38221. the skin, in the stomach and large intestine, in the breast, the uterus,
  38222. and the external genitals; less frequently in the gall-bladder, larynx,
  38223. thyreoid, prostate, and urinary bladder.
  38224.  
  38225. Tissues appear to be most liable to cancer when, having attained
  38226. maturity, they enter upon the phase of decadence or involution, and this
  38227. phase is reached by different tissues at different periods. It is not so
  38228. much, therefore, the age of the person in whom it occurs, as the age of
  38229. the tissue in which it arises, that determines the maximum incidence of
  38230. cancer. Cancer of the stomach appears and attains a maximum frequency
  38231. earlier than cancer of the skin; cancer of the uterus and mamma is more
  38232. frequent towards the decline of reproductive activity than in the later
  38233. years of life; rectal cancer is not infrequently met with during the
  38234. second and third decades. There is evidence that the irritation caused
  38235. by alcohol and tobacco plays a part in the causation of cancer, in the
  38236. fact that a large proportion of those who become the subjects of cancer
  38237. of the mouth are excessive drinkers and smokers.
  38238.  
  38239. A cancer may appear as a papillary growth on a mucous or a skin surface,
  38240. as a nodule in the substance of an organ, or as a diffuse thickening of
  38241. a tubular organ such as the stomach or intestine. The absence of
  38242. definition in cancerous tumours explains the difficulty of completely
  38243. removing them by surgical measures, and has led to the practice of
  38244. complete extirpation of cancerous organs wherever this is possible. The
  38245. boundaries of the affected organ, moreover, are frequently transgressed
  38246. by the disease, and the epithelial infiltration implicates the
  38247. surrounding parts. In cancer of the breast, for example, the disease
  38248. often extends to the adjacent skin, fat, and muscle; in cancer of the
  38249. lip or tongue, to the mandible; in cancer of the uterus or intestine, to
  38250. the investing peritoneum.
  38251.  
  38252. In addition to its tendency to infiltrate adjacent tissues and organs,
  38253. cancer is also liable to give rise to _secondary growths_. These are
  38254. most often met with in the nearest lymph glands; those in the neck, for
  38255. example, becoming infected from cancer of the lip, tongue, or throat;
  38256. those in the axilla, from cancer of the breast; those along the
  38257. curvatures of the stomach, from cancer of the pylorus; and those in the
  38258. groin, from cancer of the external genitals. In lymph vessels the cancer
  38259. cells may merely accumulate so as to fill the lumen and form indurated
  38260. cords, or they may proliferate and give rise to secondary nodules along
  38261. the course of the vessels. When the lymphatic network in the skin is
  38262. diffusely infected, the appearance is either that of a multitude of
  38263. secondary nodules or of a diffuse thickening, so that the skin comes to
  38264. resemble coarse leather. On the wall of the chest this condition is
  38265. known as _cancer en cuirasse_. Although the cancer cells constantly
  38266. attack the walls of the adjacent veins and spread into their interior at
  38267. a comparatively early period, secondary growths due to dissemination by
  38268. the blood-stream rarely show themselves clinically until late in the
  38269. course of the disease. It is probable that many of the cancer cells
  38270. which are carried away in the blood or lymph stream undergo necrosis and
  38271. fail to give rise to secondary growths. Secondary growths present a
  38272. faithful reproduction of the structure of the primary tumour. Apart from
  38273. the lymph glands, the chief seats of secondary growths are the liver,
  38274. lungs, serous membranes, and bone marrow.
  38275.  
  38276. It is generally believed that the secondary growths in cancer that
  38277. develop at a distance from the primary tumour, those, for example, in
  38278. the medullary canal of the femur or in the diploe of the skull occurring
  38279. in advanced cases of cancer of the breast, are the result of
  38280. dissemination of cancer cells by way of the blood-stream and are to be
  38281. regarded as emboli. Sampson Handley disagrees with this view; he
  38282. believes that the dissemination is accomplished in a more subtle way,
  38283. namely, by the actual growth of cancer cells along the finer vessels of
  38284. the lymph plexuses that ramify in the deep fascia, a method of spread
  38285. which he calls _permeation_. It is maintained also that permeation
  38286. occurs as readily against the lymph stream as with it. He compares the
  38287. spread of cancer to that of an invisible annular ringworm. The growing
  38288. edge extends in a wider and wider circle, within which a healing process
  38289. may occur, so that the area of permeation is a ring, rather than a disc.
  38290. Healing occurs by a process of "peri-lymphatic fibrosis," but as the
  38291. natural process of healing may fail at isolated points, nodules of
  38292. cancer appear, which, although apparently separate from the primary
  38293. growth, have developed in continuity with it, peri-lymphatic fibrosis
  38294. having destroyed the cancer chain connecting the nodule with the primary
  38295. growth. This centrifugal spread of cancer is clearly seen in the
  38296. distribution of the subcutaneous secondary nodules so frequently met
  38297. with in the late stages of mammary cancer. The area within which the
  38298. secondary nodules occur is a circle of continually increasing diameter
  38299. with the primary growth in the centre.
  38300.  
  38301. In the rare cases in which the skin of the greater part of the body is
  38302. affected, the nodules rarely appear below the level of the deltoid or
  38303. the middle third of the thigh, the patient dying before the spread can
  38304. reach the distal portions of the limbs.
  38305.  
  38306. Handley argues against the embolic origin of the metastases in the bones
  38307. because of the rarity of these in the bones of the distal parts of the
  38308. limbs, because of the fact that secondary cancer of the femur nearly
  38309. always commences in the upper third of the shaft, which harmonises with
  38310. the intimate connection of the deep fascia with the periosteum over the
  38311. great trochanter, thus favouring invasion of the bone marrow when
  38312. permeation has spread thus far. He claims support for the permeation
  38313. theory from the fact that the humerus is rarely involved below the
  38314. insertion of the deltoid, and that spontaneous fracture of the femur is
  38315. three times more common on the side on which the breast cancer is
  38316. situated.
  38317.  
  38318. The tumour tissue may undergo necrosis, and when the overlying skin or
  38319. mucous membrane gives way an ulcer is formed. The margins of a
  38320. _cancerous ulcer_ (Fig. 57) are made up of tumour tissue which has not
  38321. broken down. Usually they are irregular, nodularly thickened or
  38322. indurated; sometimes they are raised and crater-like. The floor of the
  38323. ulcer is smooth and glazed, or occupied by necrosed tissue, and the
  38324. discharge is watery and blood-stained, and as a result of putrefactive
  38325. changes may become offensive. Haemorrhage is rarely a prominent feature,
  38326. but discharge of blood may constitute a symptom of considerable
  38327. diagnostic importance in cancer of internal organs such as the rectum,
  38328. the bladder, or the uterus.
  38329.  
  38330. [Illustration: FIG. 57.--Carcinoma of Breast with Cancerous Ulcer.]
  38331.  
  38332. _The Contagiousness of Cancer._--A limited number of cases are on record
  38333. in which a cancer appears to have been transferred by contact, as from
  38334. the lower to the upper lip, from one labium majus to the other, from the
  38335. tongue to the cheek, and from one vocal cord to the other; these being
  38336. all examples of cancer involving surfaces which are constantly or
  38337. frequently in contact. The transference of cancer from one human being
  38338. to another, whether by accident, as in the case of a surgeon wounding
  38339. his finger while operating for cancer, or by the deliberate introduction
  38340. of a portion of cancerous tumour into the tissues, has never been known
  38341. to occur. It is by no means infrequent, however, that when recurrence
  38342. takes place after an operation for the removal of cancer, the recurrent
  38343. nodules make their appearance in the main scar or in the scars of
  38344. stitches in its neighbourhood. In the lower animals the grafting of
  38345. cancer only succeeds in animals of the same species; for example, a
  38346. cancer taken from a mouse will not grow in the tissues of a rat, but
  38347. only in a mouse of the same variety as that from which the graft was
  38348. taken.
  38349.  
  38350. While cancer cannot be regarded as either contagious or infectious, it
  38351. is important to bear in mind the possibility of infection of a wound
  38352. with cancer when operating for the disease. A cancer should not be cut
  38353. into unless this is essential for purposes of diagnosis, and the wound
  38354. made for exploration should be tightly closed by stitches before the
  38355. curative operation is proceeded with; the instruments used for the
  38356. exploration must not be used again until they have been boiled. The
  38357. greatest care should be taken that a cancer which has softened or broken
  38358. down is not opened into during the operation.
  38359.  
  38360. Investigations regarding the cause of cancer have been prosecuted with
  38361. great energy during recent years, but as yet without positive result. It
  38362. is recognised that there are a number of conditions which favour the
  38363. development of cancer, such as prolonged irritation, and a considerable
  38364. number of cases have been recorded in which cancer of the skin of the
  38365. hands has followed prolonged and repeated exposure to the Rontgen rays.
  38366.  
  38367. _The Alleged Increase of Cancer._--Regarding the alleged increase of
  38368. cancer, it may be pointed out that it is impossible to ascertain how
  38369. much of the apparent increase is due to more accurate diagnosis and
  38370. improved registration. It is probable also that some increase has taken
  38371. place in consequence of the increased average duration of life; a larger
  38372. proportion of persons now reach the age at which cancer is frequent.
  38373.  
  38374. _The prognosis_ largely depends on the variety of cancer and on its
  38375. situation. Certain varieties--such as the atrophic cancer of the breast
  38376. which occurs in old people, and some forms of cancer in the rectum--are
  38377. so indolent in their progress that they can scarcely be said to shorten
  38378. life; while others--such as the softer varieties of mammary cancer
  38379. occurring in young women--are among the most malignant of tumours. The
  38380. mode in which cancer causes death depends to a large extent upon its
  38381. situation. In the gullet, for example, it usually causes death by
  38382. starvation; in the larynx or thyreoid, by suffocation; in the intestine,
  38383. by obstruction of the bowels; in the uterus, prostate, and bladder, by
  38384. haemorrhage or by implication of the ureters and kidneys. Independently
  38385. of their situation, however, cancers frequently cause death by giving
  38386. rise to a progressive impairment of health known as the _cancerous
  38387. cachexia_, a condition which is due to the continued absorption of
  38388. poisonous products from the tumour. The patient loses appetite, becomes
  38389. emaciated, pale, and feverish, and gradually loses strength until he
  38390. dies. In many cases, especially those in which ulceration has occurred,
  38391. the addition of pyogenic infection may also be concerned in the failure
  38392. of health.
  38393.  
  38394. _Treatment._--Removal by surgical means affords the best prospect of
  38395. cure. If carcinomatous disease is to be rooted out, its mode of spread
  38396. by means of the lymph vessels must be borne in mind, and as this occurs
  38397. at an early stage, and is not evident on examination, a wide area must
  38398. be included in the operation. The organ from which the original growth
  38399. springs should, if practicable, be altogether removed, because its lymph
  38400. vessels generally communicate freely with each other, and secondary
  38401. deposits have probably already taken place in various parts of it. In
  38402. addition, the nearest chain of lymph glands must also be removed, even
  38403. though they may not be noticeably enlarged, and in some cases--in cancer
  38404. of the breast, for example--the intervening lymph vessels should be
  38405. removed at the same time.
  38406.  
  38407. The treatment of cancer by other than operative methods has received a
  38408. great deal of attention within recent years, and many agents have been
  38409. put to the test, _e.g._ colloidal suspensions of selenium, but without
  38410. any positive results. Most benefit has resulted from the use of radium
  38411. and of the X-rays, and one or other should be employed as a routine
  38412. measure after every operation for cancer.
  38413.  
  38414. It has been demonstrated that cancer cells are more sensitive to radium
  38415. and to the Rontgen rays than the normal cells of the body, and are more
  38416. easily killed. The effect varies a good deal with the nature and seat of
  38417. the tumour. In rodent cancers of the skin, for example, both radium and
  38418. X-ray treatment are very successful, and are to be preferred to
  38419. operation because they yield a better cosmetic result. While small
  38420. epitheliomas of the skin may be cured by means of the rays, they are not
  38421. so amenable as rodent cancers.
  38422.  
  38423. Cancers of mucous membranes are less amenable to ray treatment because
  38424. they are less circumscribed and are difficult of access. In cancers
  38425. under the skin, the Rontgen rays are less efficient; if radium is
  38426. employed, the tube containing it should be inserted into the substance
  38427. of the tumour after the method described in connection with sarcoma--and
  38428. another tube should be placed on the overlying skin.
  38429.  
  38430. In the employment of X-rays and of radium in the treatment of cancer,
  38431. experience is required, not only to obtain the maximum effect of the
  38432. rays, but to avoid damage to the adjacent and overlying tissues.
  38433.  
  38434. Ray treatment is not to be looked upon as a rival but as a powerful
  38435. supplement to the operative treatment of cancer.
  38436.  
  38437.  
  38438. VARIETIES OF CANCER
  38439.  
  38440. The varieties of cancer are distinguished according to the character and
  38441. arrangement of the epithelial cells.
  38442.  
  38443. The _squamous epithelial cancer_ or _epithelioma_ originates from a
  38444. surface covered by squamous epithelium, such as the skin, or the mucous
  38445. membrane of the mouth, gullet, or larynx. The cancer cells retain the
  38446. characters of squamous epithelium, and, being confined within the lymph
  38447. spaces of the sub-epithelial connective tissue, become compressed and
  38448. undergo a horny change. This results in the formation of concentrically
  38449. laminated masses known as cell nests.
  38450.  
  38451. The clinical features are those of a slowly growing indurated tumour,
  38452. which nearly always ulcerates; there is a characteristic induration of
  38453. the edges and floor of the ulcer, and its surface is often covered with
  38454. warty or cauliflower-like outgrowths (Fig. 58). The infection of the
  38455. lymph glands is early and constant, and constitutes the most dangerous
  38456. feature of the disease; the secondary growths in the glands exhibit the
  38457. characteristic induration, and may themselves break down and lead to the
  38458. formation of ulcers.
  38459.  
  38460. [Illustration: FIG. 58.--Epithelioma of Lip.]
  38461.  
  38462. Epithelioma frequently originates in long-standing ulcers or sinuses,
  38463. and in scars, and probably results from the displacement and
  38464. sequestration of epithelial cells during the process of cicatrisation.
  38465.  
  38466. The _columnar epithelial cancer_ or _columnar epithelioma_ originates in
  38467. mucous membranes covered with columnar epithelium, and is chiefly met
  38468. with in the stomach and intestine. As it resembles an adenoma in
  38469. structure it is sometimes described as a _malignant adenoma_. Its
  38470. malignancy is shown by the proliferating epithelium invading the other
  38471. coats of the stomach or intestine, and by the development of secondary
  38472. growths.
  38473.  
  38474. _Glandular carcinoma_ originates in organs such as the breast, and in
  38475. the glands of mucous membranes and skin. The epithelial cells are not
  38476. arranged on any definite plan, but are closely packed in irregularly
  38477. shaped alveoli. If the alveoli are large and the intervening stroma is
  38478. scanty and delicate, the tumour is soft and brain-like, and is described
  38479. as a _medullary_ or _encephaloid cancer_. If the alveoli are small and
  38480. the intervening stroma is abundant and composed of dense fibrous tissue,
  38481. the tumour is hard, and is known as a _scirrhous cancer_--a form which
  38482. is most frequently met with in the breast. If the cells undergo
  38483. degeneration and absorption and the stroma contracts, the tumour becomes
  38484. still harder, and tends to shrink and to draw in the surrounding parts,
  38485. leading, in the breast, to retraction of the nipple and overlying skin,
  38486. and in the stomach and colon to narrowing of the lumen. When the cells
  38487. of the tumour undergo colloid degeneration, a _colloid cancer_ results;
  38488. if the degeneration is complete, as may occur in the breast, the
  38489. malignancy is thereby greatly diminished; if only partial, as is more
  38490. common in rectal cancer, the malignancy is not appreciably affected.
  38491. Melanin pigment is formed in relation to the cells and stroma of certain
  38492. epithelial tumours, giving rise to _melanotic cancer_, one of the most
  38493. malignant of all new growths. Cyst-like spaces may form in the tumour by
  38494. the accumulation of the secretion of the epithelial cells, or as a
  38495. result of their degeneration--_cystic carcinoma_. This is met with
  38496. chiefly in the breast and ovary, and the tumour resembles the cystic
  38497. adenoma, but it tends to infect its surroundings and gives rise to
  38498. secondary growths.
  38499.  
  38500. _Rodent cancer_ originates in the glands of the skin, and presents a
  38501. special tendency to break down and ulcerate on the surface (Figs. 102
  38502. and 103). It almost never infects the lymph glands.
  38503.  
  38504.  
  38505. DERMOIDS
  38506.  
  38507. A dermoid is a tumour containing skin or mucous membrane, occurring in a
  38508. situation where these tissues are not met under normal conditions.
  38509.  
  38510. The _skin dermoid_, or _derma-cyst_ as it has been called by Askanazy,
  38511. arises from a portion of epiblast, which has become sequestrated during
  38512. the process of coalescence of two cutaneous surfaces in development.
  38513. This form is therefore most frequently met with on the face and neck in
  38514. the situations which correspond to the various clefts and fissures of
  38515. the embryo. It occurs also on the trunk in situations where the lateral
  38516. halves of the body coalesce during development. Such a dermoid usually
  38517. takes the form of a globular cyst, the wall of which consists of skin,
  38518. and the contents of turbid fluid containing desquamated epithelium, fat
  38519. droplets, cholestrol crystals, and detached hairs. Delicate hairs may
  38520. also be found projecting from the epithelial lining of the cyst.
  38521.  
  38522. Faulty coalescence of the cutaneous covering of the back occurs most
  38523. frequently over the lower sacral vertebrae, giving rise to small
  38524. congenital recesses, known as post-anal dimples and coccygeal sinuses.
  38525. These recesses are lined with skin, which is furnished with hairs,
  38526. sebaceous and sweat glands. If the external orifice becomes occluded,
  38527. there results a dermoid cyst.
  38528.  
  38529. _Tubulo-dermoids_ arise from embryonic ducts and passages that are
  38530. normally obliterated at birth, for example, _lingual dermoids_ develop
  38531. in relation to the thyreo-glossal duct; _rectal and post-rectal_
  38532. dermoids to the post-anal gut; and _branchial dermoids_ in relation to
  38533. the branchial clefts. Tubulo-dermoids present the same structure as skin
  38534. dermoids, save that mucous membrane takes the place of skin in the wall
  38535. of the cyst, and the contents consist of the pent-up secretion of mucous
  38536. glands.
  38537.  
  38538. _Clinical Features._--Although dermoids are of congenital origin, they
  38539. are rarely evident at birth, and may not give rise to visible tumours
  38540. until puberty, when the skin and its appendages become more active, or
  38541. not till adult life. Superficial dermoids, such as those met with at the
  38542. outer angle of the orbit, form rounded, definitely limited tumours over
  38543. which the skin is freely movable. They are usually adherent to the
  38544. deeper parts, and when situated over the skull may be lodged in a
  38545. depression or actual gap in the bone. Sometimes the cyst becomes
  38546. infected and suppurates, and finally ruptures on the surface. This may
  38547. lead to a natural cure, or a persistent sinus may form. Dermoids more
  38548. deeply placed, such as those within the thorax, or those situated
  38549. between the rectum and sacrum, give rise to difficulty in diagnosis,
  38550. even with the help of the X-rays, and their nature is seldom recognised
  38551. until the escape of the contents--particularly hairs--supplies the clue.
  38552. The literature of dermoid cysts is full of accounts of puzzling tumours
  38553. met with in all sorts of situations.
  38554.  
  38555. The treatment is to remove the cyst. When it is impossible to remove the
  38556. whole of the lining membrane by dissection, the portion that is left
  38557. should be destroyed with the cautery.
  38558.  
  38559. _Ovarian Dermoids._--Dermoids are not uncommon in the ovary (Fig. 59).
  38560. They usually take the form of unilocular or multilocular cysts, the
  38561. wall of which contains skin, mucous membrane, hair follicles, sebaceous,
  38562. sweat, and mucous glands, nails, teeth, nipples, and mammary glands. The
  38563. cavity of the cyst usually contains a pultaceous mixture of shed
  38564. epithelium, fluid fat, and hair. If the cyst ruptures, the epithelial
  38565. elements are diffused over the peritoneum, and may give rise to
  38566. secondary dermoids.
  38567.  
  38568. [Illustration: FIG. 59.--Dermoid Cyst of Ovary showing Teeth in its
  38569. interior.]
  38570.  
  38571. The ovarian dermoid appears clinically as an abdominal or pelvic tumour
  38572. provided with a pedicle; if the pedicle becomes twisted, the tumour
  38573. undergoes strangulation, an event which is attended with urgent
  38574. symptoms, not unlike those of strangulated hernia.
  38575.  
  38576. The treatment consists in removing the tumour by laparotomy.
  38577.  
  38578. #Teratoma.#--A teratoma is believed to result from partial dichotomy or
  38579. cleavage of the trunk axis of the embryo, and is found exclusively in
  38580. connection with the skull and vertebral column. It may take the form of
  38581. a monstrosity such as conjoined twins or a parasitic foetus, but more
  38582. commonly it is met with as an irregularly shaped tumour, usually growing
  38583. from the sacrum. On dissection, such a tumour is found to contain a
  38584. curious mixture of tissues--bones, skin, and portions of viscera, such
  38585. as the intestine or liver. The question of the removal of the tumour
  38586. requires to be considered in relation to the conditions present in each
  38587. individual case.
  38588.  
  38589.  
  38590. CYSTS[3]
  38591.  
  38592. [3] Cysts which form in relation to new-growths have been considered
  38593. with tumours.
  38594.  
  38595. Cysts are rounded sacs, the wall being composed of fibrous tissue lined
  38596. by epithelium or endothelium; the contents are fluid or semi-solid, and
  38597. vary in character according to the tissue in which the cyst has
  38598. originated.
  38599.  
  38600. _Retention and Exudation Cysts._--_Retention cysts_ develop when the
  38601. duct of a secreting gland is partly obstructed; the secretion
  38602. accumulates, and the gland and its duct become distended into a cyst.
  38603. They are met with in the mamma and in the salivary glands. Sebaceous
  38604. cysts or wens are described with diseases of the skin. _Exudation cysts_
  38605. arise from the distension of cavities which are not provided with
  38606. excretory ducts, such as those in the thyreoid.
  38607.  
  38608. _Implantation cysts_ are caused by the accidental transference of
  38609. portions of the epidermis into the underlying connective tissue, as may
  38610. occur in wounds by needles, awls, forks, or thorns. The implanted
  38611. epidermis proliferates and forms a small cyst. They are met with chiefly
  38612. on the palmar aspect of the fingers, and vary in size from a split pea
  38613. to a cherry. The treatment consists in removing them by dissection.
  38614.  
  38615. _Parasitic cysts_ are produced by the growth within the tissues of
  38616. cyst-forming parasites, the best known being the taenia echinococcus,
  38617. which gives rise to the _hydatid cyst_. The liver is by far the most
  38618. common site of hydatid cysts in the human subject.
  38619.  
  38620. With regard to the further life-history of hydatids, the living elements
  38621. of the cyst may die and degenerate, or the cyst may increase in size
  38622. until it ruptures. As a result of pyogenic infection the cyst may be
  38623. converted into an abscess.
  38624.  
  38625. The _clinical features_ of hydatids vary so much with their situation
  38626. and size, that they are best discussed with the individual organs. In
  38627. general it may be said that there is a slow formation of a globular,
  38628. elastic, fluctuating, painless swelling. Fluctuation is detected when
  38629. the cyst approaches the surface, and it is then also that percussion
  38630. may elicit the "hydatid thrill" or fremitus. This thrill is not often
  38631. obtainable, and in any case is not pathognomonic of hydatids, as it may
  38632. be elicited in ascites and in other abdominal cysts. Pressure of the
  38633. cyst upon adjacent structures, and the occurrence of suppuration, are
  38634. attended with characteristic clinical features.
  38635.  
  38636. The _diagnosis_ of hydatids will be considered with the individual
  38637. organs. The disease is more common in certain parts of Australia and in
  38638. Shetland and Iceland than in countries where the association of dogs in
  38639. the domestic life of the inhabitants is less intimate. Pfeiler, who has
  38640. worked at the _serum diagnosis of hydatid disease_, regards the
  38641. complement deviation method as the most reliable; he believes that a
  38642. positive reaction may almost be regarded as absolutely diagnostic of an
  38643. echinococcal lesion.
  38644.  
  38645. The _treatment_ is to excise the cyst completely, or to inject into it a
  38646. 1 per cent. solution of formalin. In operating upon hydatids the utmost
  38647. care must be taken to avoid leakage of the contents of the cyst, as
  38648. these may readily disseminate the infection.
  38649.  
  38650. A _blood cyst_ or haematoma results from the encapsulation of
  38651. extravasated blood in the tissues, from haemorrhage taking place into a
  38652. preformed cyst, or from the saccular pouching of a varicose vein.
  38653.  
  38654. A _lymph cyst_ usually results from a contusion in which the skin is
  38655. forcibly displaced from the subjacent tissues, and lymph vessels are
  38656. thereby torn across. The cyst is usually situated between the skin and
  38657. fascia, and contains clear or blood-stained serum. At first it is lax
  38658. and fluctuates readily, later it becomes larger and more tense. The
  38659. treatment consists in drawing off the contents through a hollow needle
  38660. and applying firm pressure. Apart from injury, lymph cysts are met with
  38661. as the result of the distension of lymph spaces and vessels
  38662. (_lymphangiectasis_); and in lymphangiomas, of which the best-known
  38663. example is the cystic hygroma or hydrocele of the neck.
  38664.  
  38665.  
  38666. GANGLION
  38667.  
  38668. This term is applied to a cyst filled with a clear colourless jelly or
  38669. colloid material, met with in the vicinity of a joint or tendon sheath.
  38670.  
  38671. The commonest variety--the _carpal ganglion_--popularly known as a
  38672. sprained sinew--is met with as a smooth, rounded, or oval swelling on
  38673. the dorsal aspect of the carpus, usually towards its radial side (Fig. 60).
  38674. It is situated over one of the intercarpal or other joints in this
  38675. region, and may be connected with one or other of the extensor tendons.
  38676. The skin and fascia are movable over the cyst. The cyst varies in size
  38677. from a pea to a pigeon's egg, and usually attains its maximum size
  38678. within a few months and then remains stationary. It becomes tense and
  38679. prominent when the hand is flexed towards the palm. Its appearance is
  38680. usually ascribed to some strain of the wrist--for example, in girls
  38681. learning gymnastics. It may cause no symptoms or it may interfere with
  38682. the use of the hand, especially in grasping movements and when the hand
  38683. is dorsiflexed. In girls it may give rise to pain which shoots up the
  38684. arm. Ganglia are also met with on the dorsum of the metacarpus and on
  38685. the palmar aspect of the wrist.
  38686.  
  38687. [Illustration: FIG. 60.--Carpal Ganglion in a woman aet. 25.]
  38688.  
  38689. The _tarsal ganglion_ is situated on the dorsum of the foot over one or
  38690. other of the intertarsal joints. It is usually smaller, flatter, and
  38691. more tense than that met with over the wrist, so that it is sometimes
  38692. mistaken for a bony tumour. It rarely causes symptoms, unless so
  38693. situated as to be pressed upon by the boot.
  38694.  
  38695. _Ganglia in the region of the knee_ are usually situated over the
  38696. interval between the femur and tibia, most often on the lateral aspect
  38697. of the joint in front of the tendon of the biceps (Fig. 61). The
  38698. swelling, which may attain the size of half a walnut, is tense and hard
  38699. when the knee is extended, and becomes softer and more prominent when it
  38700. is flexed. They are met with in young adults who follow laborious
  38701. occupations or who indulge in athletics, and they cause stiffness,
  38702. discomfort, and impairment of the use of the limb. A ganglion is
  38703. sometimes met with on the median aspect of the head of the metatarsal
  38704. bone of the great toe and may be the cause of considerable suffering; it
  38705. is indistinguishable from the thickened and enlarged bursa so commonly
  38706. present in this situation in the condition known as bunion.
  38707.  
  38708. [Illustration: FIG. 61.--Ganglion on lateral aspect of Knee in a young
  38709. woman.]
  38710.  
  38711. Ganglionic cysts are met with in other situations than those mentioned,
  38712. but they are so rare as not to require separate description.
  38713.  
  38714. Ganglia are to be diagnosed by their situation and physical characters;
  38715. enlarged bursae, synovial cysts, and new-growths are the swellings most
  38716. likely to be mistaken for them. The diagnosis is sometimes only cleared
  38717. up by withdrawing the clear, jelly-like contents through a hollow
  38718. needle.
  38719.  
  38720. _Pathological Anatomy._--The wall of the cyst is composed of fibrous
  38721. tissue closely adherent to or fused with the surrounding tissues, so
  38722. that it cannot be shelled out. There is no endothelial lining, and the
  38723. fibrous tissue of the wall is in immediate contact with the colloid
  38724. material in the interior, which appears to be derived by a process of
  38725. degeneration from the surrounding connective tissue. In the region of
  38726. the knee the ganglion is usually multilocular, and consists of a
  38727. meshwork of fibrous tissue, the meshes of which are occupied by colloid
  38728. material.
  38729.  
  38730. It is often stated that a ganglion originates from a hernial protrusion
  38731. of the synovial membrane of a joint or tendon sheath. We have not been
  38732. able to demonstrate any communication between the cavity of the cyst
  38733. and that of an adjacent tendon sheath or joint. It is possible, however,
  38734. that the cyst may originate from a minute portion of synovial membrane
  38735. being protruded and strangulated so that it becomes disconnected from
  38736. that to which it originally belonged; it may then degenerate and give
  38737. rise to colloid material, which accumulates and forms a cyst. Ledderhose
  38738. and others regard ganglia as entirely new formations in the
  38739. peri-articular tissues, resulting from colloid degeneration of the
  38740. fibrous tissue of the capsular ligament, occurring at first in numerous
  38741. small areas which later coalesce. Ganglia are probably, therefore, of
  38742. the nature of degeneration cysts arising in the capsule of joints, in
  38743. tendons, and in their sheaths.
  38744.  
  38745. _Treatment._--A ganglion can usually be got rid of by a modification of
  38746. the old-fashioned seton. The skin and cyst wall are transfixed by a
  38747. stout needle carrying a double thread of silkworm gut; some of the
  38748. colourless jelly escapes from the punctures; the ends of the thread are
  38749. tied and cut short, and a dressing is applied. A week later the threads
  38750. are removed and the minute punctures are sealed with collodion. The
  38751. action of the threads is to convert the cyst wall into granulation
  38752. tissue, which undergoes the usual conversion into scar tissue. If the
  38753. cyst re-forms, it should be removed by open dissection under local
  38754. anaesthesia. Puncture with a tenotomy knife and scraping the interior,
  38755. and the injection of irritants, are alternative, but less satisfactory,
  38756. methods of treatment.
  38757.  
  38758. _Ganglia_ in the substance of _tendons_ are rare. The diagnosis rests on
  38759. the observation that the small tumour is cystic, and that it follows the
  38760. movements of the tendon. The cyst is at first multiple, but the
  38761. partitions disappear, and the spaces are thrown into one. The tendon is
  38762. so weakened that it readily ruptures. The best treatment is to resect
  38763. the affected segment of tendon.
  38764.  
  38765. The so-called "compound palmar ganglion" is a tuberculous disease of the
  38766. tendon sheaths, and is described with diseases of tendon sheaths.
  38767.  
  38768.  
  38769.  
  38770.  
  38771. CHAPTER XI
  38772.  
  38773. INJURIES
  38774.  
  38775.  
  38776. CONTUSIONS--WOUNDS: _Varieties_--WOUNDS BY FIREARMS AND
  38777.     EXPLOSIVES: _Pistol-shot wounds_; _Wounds by sporting guns_;
  38778.     _Wounds by rifle bullets_; _Wounds received in warfare_; _Shell
  38779.     wounds_. _Embedded foreign bodies_--BURNS AND
  38780.     SCALDS--INJURIES PRODUCED BY ELECTRICITY: _X-ray and
  38781.     radium_; _Electrical burns_; _Lightning stroke_.
  38782.  
  38783.  
  38784. CONTUSIONS
  38785.  
  38786. A contusion or bruise is a laceration of the subcutaneous soft tissues,
  38787. without solution of continuity of the skin. When the integument gives
  38788. way at the same time, a _contused-wound_ results. Bruising occurs when
  38789. force is applied to a part by means of a blunt object, whether as a
  38790. direct blow, a crush, or a grazing form of violence. If the force acts
  38791. at right angles to the part, it tends to produce localised lesions which
  38792. extend deeply; while, if it acts obliquely, it gives rise to lesions
  38793. which are more diffuse, but comparatively superficial. It is well to
  38794. remember that those who suffer from scurvy, or haemophilia (bleeders),
  38795. and fat and anaemic females, are liable to be bruised by comparatively
  38796. trivial injuries.
  38797.  
  38798. _Clinical Features._--The less severe forms of contusion are associated
  38799. with _ecchymosis_, numerous minute and discrete punctate haemorrhages
  38800. being scattered through the superficial layers of the skin, which is
  38801. slightly oedematous. The effused blood is soon reabsorbed.
  38802.  
  38803. The more severe forms are attended with _extravasation_, the
  38804. extravasated blood being widely diffused through the cellular tissue of
  38805. the part, especially where this is loose and lax, as in the region of
  38806. the orbit, the scrotum and perineum, and on the chest wall. A blue or
  38807. bluish-black discoloration occurs in patches, varying in size and depth
  38808. with the degree of force which produced the injury, and in shape with
  38809. the instrument employed. It is most intense in regions where the skin is
  38810. naturally thin and pigmented. In parts where the extravasated blood is
  38811. only separated from the oxygen of the air by a thin layer of epidermis
  38812. or by a mucous membrane, it retains its bright arterial colour. These
  38813. points are often well illustrated in cases of black eye, where the blood
  38814. effused under the conjunctiva is bright red, while that in the eyelids
  38815. is almost black. In severe contusions associated with great tension of
  38816. the skin--for example, over the front of the tibia or around the
  38817. ankle--blisters often form on the surface and constitute a possible
  38818. avenue of infection. When deeply situated, the blood tends to spread
  38819. along the lines of least resistance, partly under the influence of
  38820. gravity, passing under fasciae, between muscles, along the sheaths of
  38821. vessels, or in connective-tissue spaces, so that it may only reach the
  38822. surface after some time, and at a considerable distance from the seat of
  38823. injury. This fact is sometimes of importance in diagnosis, as, for
  38824. example, in certain fractures of the base of the skull, where
  38825. discoloration appears under the conjunctiva or behind the mastoid
  38826. process some days after the accident.
  38827.  
  38828. Blood extravasated deeply in the tissues gives rise to a firm,
  38829. resistant, doughy swelling, in which there may be elicited on deep
  38830. palpation a peculiar sensation, not unlike the crepitus of fracture.
  38831.  
  38832. It frequently happens that, from the tearing of lymph vessels, serous
  38833. fluid is extravasated, and a _lymphatic_ or _serous cyst_ may form.
  38834.  
  38835. In all contusions accompanied by extravasation, there is marked swelling
  38836. of the area involved, as well as pain and tenderness. The temperature
  38837. may rise to 101 o F., or, in the large extravasations that occur in
  38838. bleeders, even higher--a form of aseptic fever. The degree of shock is
  38839. variable, but sudden syncope frequently results from severe bruises of
  38840. the testicle, abdomen, or head, and occasionally marked nervous
  38841. depression follows these injuries.
  38842.  
  38843. Contusion of muscles or nerves may produce partial atrophy and paresis,
  38844. as is often seen after injuries in the region of the shoulder.
  38845.  
  38846. In alcoholic or other debilitated patients, suppuration is liable to
  38847. ensue in bruised parts, infection taking place from cocci circulating in
  38848. the blood, or through the overlying skin.
  38849.  
  38850. _Terminations of Contusions._--The usual termination is a complete
  38851. return to the normal, some of the extravasated blood being organised,
  38852. but most of it being reabsorbed. During the process characteristic
  38853. alterations in the colour of the effused blood take place as a result of
  38854. changes in the blood pigment. In from twenty-four to forty-eight hours
  38855. the margins of the blue area become of a violet hue, and as time goes on
  38856. the discoloured area increases in size, and becomes successively green,
  38857. yellow, and lemon-coloured at its margins, the central part being the
  38858. last to change. The rate at which this play of colours proceeds is so
  38859. variable, and depends on so many circumstances, that no time-limits can
  38860. be laid down. During the disintegration of the effused blood the
  38861. adjacent lymph glands may become enlarged, and on dissection may be
  38862. found to be pigmented. Sometimes the blood persists as a collection of
  38863. fluid with a newly formed connective-tissue capsule, constituting a
  38864. _haematoma_ or _blood cyst_, more often met with in the scalp than in
  38865. other parts.
  38866.  
  38867. The impairment of the blood supply of the skin may lead to the formation
  38868. of _blisters_, or to _necrosis_. Death of skin is more liable to occur
  38869. in bleeders, and when the slough separates the blood-clot is exposed and
  38870. the reparative changes go on extremely slowly. _Suppuration_ may occur
  38871. and lead to the formation of an abscess as a result of direct infection
  38872. from the skin or through the circulation.
  38873.  
  38874. _Treatment._--If the patient is seen immediately after the accident,
  38875. elevation of the part, and firm pressure applied by means of a thick pad
  38876. of cotton wool and an elastic bandage, are useful in preventing effusion
  38877. of blood. Ice-bags and evaporating lotions are to be used with caution,
  38878. as they are liable to lower the vitality of the damaged tissues and lead
  38879. to necrosis of the skin.
  38880.  
  38881. When extravasation has already taken place, massage is the most speedy
  38882. and efficacious means of dispersing the effused blood. The part should
  38883. be massaged several times a day, unless the presence of blebs or
  38884. abrasions of the skin prevents this being done. When this is the case,
  38885. the use of antiseptic dressings is called for to prevent infection and
  38886. to promote healing, after which massage is employed.
  38887.  
  38888. When the tension caused by the extravasated blood threatens the vitality
  38889. of the skin, incisions may be made, if asepsis can be assured. The blood
  38890. from a haematoma may be withdrawn by an exploring needle, and the
  38891. puncture sealed with collodion. Infective complications must be looked
  38892. for and dealt with on general principles.
  38893.  
  38894.  
  38895. WOUNDS
  38896.  
  38897. A wound is a solution in the continuity of the skin or mucous membrane
  38898. and of the underlying tissues, caused by violence.
  38899.  
  38900. Three varieties of wounds are described: incised, punctured, and
  38901. contused and lacerated.
  38902.  
  38903. #Incised Wounds.#--Typical examples of incised wounds are those made by
  38904. the surgeon in the course of an operation, wounds accidentally inflicted
  38905. by cutting instruments, and suicidal cut-throat wounds. It should be
  38906. borne in mind in connection with medico-legal inquiries, that wounds of
  38907. soft parts that closely overlie a bone, such as the skull, the tibia, or
  38908. the patella, although, inflicted by a blunt instrument, may have all the
  38909. appearances of incised wounds.
  38910.  
  38911. _Clinical Features._--One of the characteristic features of an incised
  38912. wound is its tendency to gape. This is evident in long skin wounds, and
  38913. especially when the cut runs across the part, or when it extends deeply
  38914. enough to divide muscular fibres at right angles to their long axis. The
  38915. gaping of a wound, further, is more marked when the underlying tissues
  38916. are in a state of tension--as, for example, in inflamed parts. Incised
  38917. wounds in the palm of the hand, the sole of the foot, or the scalp,
  38918. however, have little tendency to gape, because of the close attachment
  38919. of the skin to the underlying fascia.
  38920.  
  38921. Incised wounds, especially in inflamed tissues, tend to bleed profusely;
  38922. and when a vessel is only partly divided and is therefore unable to
  38923. contract, it continues to bleed longer than when completely cut across.
  38924.  
  38925. The _special risks_ of incised wounds are: (1) division of large blood
  38926. vessels, leading to profuse haemorrhage; (2) division of nerve-trunks,
  38927. resulting in motor and sensory disturbances; and (3) division of tendons
  38928. or muscles, interfering with movement.
  38929.  
  38930. _Treatment._--If haemorrhage is still going on, it must be arrested by
  38931. pressure, torsion, or ligature, as the accumulation of blood in a wound
  38932. interferes with union. If necessary, the wound should be purified by
  38933. washing with saline solution or eusol, and the surrounding skin painted
  38934. with iodine, after which the edges are approximated by sutures. The raw
  38935. surfaces must be brought into accurate apposition, care being taken that
  38936. no inversion of the cutaneous surface takes place. In extensive and deep
  38937. wounds, to ensure more complete closure and to prevent subsequent
  38938. stretching of the scar, it is advisable to unite the different
  38939. structures--muscles, fasciae, and subcutaneous tissue--by separate series
  38940. of _buried sutures_ of catgut or other absorbable material. For the
  38941. approximation of the skin edges, stitches of horse-hair, fishing-gut, or
  38942. fine silk are the most appropriate. These _stitches of coaptation_ may
  38943. be interrupted or continuous. In small superficial wounds on exposed
  38944. parts, stitch marks may be avoided by approximating the edges with
  38945. strips of gauze fixed in position by collodion, or by subcutaneous
  38946. sutures of fine catgut. Where the skin is loose, as, for example, in the
  38947. neck, on the limbs, or in the scrotum, the use of Michel's clips is
  38948. advantageous in so far as these bring the deep surfaces of the skin into
  38949. accurate apposition, are introduced with comparatively little pain, and
  38950. leave only a slight mark if removed within forty-eight hours.
  38951.  
  38952. When there is any difficulty in bringing the edges of the wound into
  38953. apposition, a few interrupted _relaxation stitches_ may be introduced
  38954. wide of the margins, to take the strain off the coaptation stitches.
  38955. Stout silk, fishing-gut, or silver wire may be employed for this
  38956. purpose. When the tension is extreme, Lister's button suture may be
  38957. employed. The tension is relieved and death of skin prevented by scoring
  38958. it freely with a sharp knife. Relaxation stitches should be removed in
  38959. four or five days, and stitches of coaptation in from seven to ten days.
  38960. On the face and neck, wounds heal rapidly, and stitches may be removed
  38961. in two or three days, thus diminishing the marks they leave.
  38962.  
  38963. _Drainage._--In wounds in which no cavity has been left, and in which
  38964. there is no reason to suspect infection, drainage is unnecessary. When,
  38965. however, the deeper parts of an extensive wound cannot be brought into
  38966. accurate apposition, and especially when there is any prospect of oozing
  38967. of blood or serum--as in amputation stumps or after excision of the
  38968. breast--drainage is indicated. It is a wise precaution also to insert
  38969. drainage tubes into wounds in fat patients when there is the slightest
  38970. reason to suspect the presence of infection. Glass or rubber tubes are
  38971. the best drains; but where it is desirable to leave little mark, a few
  38972. strands of horse-hair, or a small roll of rubber, form a satisfactory
  38973. substitute. Except when infection occurs, the drain is removed in from
  38974. one to four days and the opening closed with a Michel's clip or a
  38975. suture.
  38976.  
  38977. #Punctured Wounds.#--Punctured wounds are produced by narrow, pointed
  38978. instruments, and the sharper and smoother the instrument the more does
  38979. the resulting injury resemble an incised wound; while from more rounded
  38980. and rougher instruments the edges of the wound are more or less contused
  38981. or lacerated. The depth of punctured wounds greatly exceeds their width,
  38982. and the damage to subcutaneous parts is usually greater than that to the
  38983. skin. When the instrument transfixes a part, the edges of the wound of
  38984. entrance may be inverted, and those of the exit wound everted. If the
  38985. instrument is a rough one, these conditions may be reversed by its
  38986. sudden withdrawal.
  38987.  
  38988. Punctured wounds neither gape nor bleed much. Even when a large vessel
  38989. is implicated, the bleeding usually takes place into the tissues rather
  38990. than externally.
  38991.  
  38992. The _risks_ incident to this class of wounds are: (1) the extreme
  38993. difficulty, especially when a dense fascia has been perforated, of
  38994. rendering them aseptic, on account of the uncertainty as to their depth,
  38995. and of the way in which the surface wound closes on the withdrawal of
  38996. the instrument; (2) different forms of aneurysm may result from the
  38997. puncture of a large vessel; (3) perforation of a joint, or of a serous
  38998. cavity, such as the abdomen, thorax, or skull, materially adds to the
  38999. danger.
  39000.  
  39001. _Treatment._--The first indication is to purify the whole extent of the
  39002. wound, and to remove any foreign body or blood-clot that may be in it.
  39003. It is usually necessary to enlarge the wound, freely dividing injured
  39004. fasciae, paring away bruised tissues, and purifying the whole
  39005. wound-surface. Any blood vessel that is punctured should be cut across
  39006. and tied; and divided muscles, tendons, or nerves must be sutured. After
  39007. haemorrhage has been arrested, iodoform and bismuth paste is rubbed into
  39008. the raw surface, and the wound closed. If there is any reason to doubt
  39009. the asepticity of the wound, it is better treated by the open method,
  39010. and a Bier's bandage should be applied.
  39011.  
  39012. #Contused and Lacerated Wounds.#--These may be considered together, as
  39013. they so occur in practice. They are produced by crushing, biting, or
  39014. tearing forms of violence--such as result from machinery accidents,
  39015. firearms, or the bites of animals. In addition to the irregular wound of
  39016. the integument, there is always more or less bruising of the parts
  39017. beneath and around, and the subcutaneous lesions are much wider than
  39018. appears on the surface.
  39019.  
  39020. Wounds of this variety usually gape considerably, especially when there
  39021. is much laceration of the skin. It is not uncommon to have considerable
  39022. portions of skin, muscle, or tendon completely torn away.
  39023.  
  39024. Haemorrhage is seldom a prominent feature, as the crushing or tearing of
  39025. the vessel wall leads to the obliteration of the lumen.
  39026.  
  39027. The _special risks_ of these wounds are: (1) Sloughing of the bruised
  39028. tissues, especially when attempts to sterilise the wound have not been
  39029. successful. (2) Reactionary haemorrhage after the initial shock has
  39030. passed off. (3) Secondary haemorrhage as a result of infective processes
  39031. ensuing in the wound. (4) Loss of muscle or tendon, interfering with
  39032. motion. (5) Cicatricial contraction. (6) Gangrene, which may follow
  39033. occlusion of main vessels, or virulent infective processes. (7) It is
  39034. not uncommon to have particles of carbon embedded in the tissues after
  39035. lacerated wounds, leaving unsightly, pigmented scars. This is often seen
  39036. in coal-miners, and in those injured by firearms, and is to be prevented
  39037. by removing all gross dirt from the edges of the wound.
  39038.  
  39039. _Treatment._--In severe wounds of this class implicating the
  39040. extremities, the most important question that arises is whether or not
  39041. the limb can be saved. In examining the limb, attention should first be
  39042. directed to the state of the main blood vessels, in order to determine
  39043. if the vascular supply of the part beyond the lesion is sufficient to
  39044. maintain its vitality. Amputation is usually called for if there is
  39045. complete absence of pulsation in the distal arteries and if the part
  39046. beyond is cold. If at the same time important nerve-trunks are
  39047. lacerated, so that the function of the limb would be seriously impaired,
  39048. it is not worth running the risk of attempting to save it. If, in
  39049. addition, there is extensive destruction of large muscular masses or of
  39050. important tendons, or comminution of the bones, amputation is usually
  39051. imperative. Stripping of large areas of skin is not in itself a reason
  39052. for removing a limb, as much can be done by skin grafting, but when it
  39053. is associated with other lesions it favours amputation. In considering
  39054. these points, it must be borne in mind that the damage to the deeper
  39055. tissues is always more extensive than appears on the surface, and that
  39056. in many cases it is only possible to estimate the real extent of the
  39057. injury by administering an anaesthetic and exploring the wound. In
  39058. doubtful cases the possibility of rendering the parts aseptic will often
  39059. decide the question for or against amputation. If thorough purification
  39060. is accomplished, the success which attends conservative measures is
  39061. often remarkable. It is permissible to run an amount of risk to save an
  39062. upper extremity which would be unjustifiable in the case of a lower
  39063. limb. The age and occupation of the patient must also be taken into
  39064. account.
  39065.  
  39066. It having been decided to try and save the limb, the question is only
  39067. settled for the moment; it may have to be reconsidered from day to day,
  39068. or even from hour to hour, according to the progress of the case.
  39069.  
  39070. When it is decided to make the attempt to save the limb, the wound must
  39071. be thoroughly purified. All bruised tissue in which gross dirt has
  39072. become engrained should be cut away with knife or scissors. The raw
  39073. surface is then cleansed with eusol, washed with sterilised salt
  39074. solution followed by methylated spirit, and rubbed all over with "bipp"
  39075. paste. If the purification is considered satisfactory the wound may be
  39076. closed, otherwise it is left open, freely drained or packed with gauze,
  39077. and the limb is immobilised by suitable splints.
  39078.  
  39079.  
  39080. WOUNDS BY FIREARMS AND EXPLOSIVES
  39081.  
  39082. It is not necessary here to do more than indicate the general characters
  39083. of wounds produced by modern weapons. For further details the reader is
  39084. referred to works on military surgery. Experience has shown that the
  39085. nature and severity of the injuries sustained in warfare vary widely in
  39086.  
  39087. different campaigns, and even in different fields of the same campaign.
  39088. Slight variations in the size, shape, and weight of rifle bullets, for
  39089. example, may profoundly modify the lesions they produce: witness the
  39090. destructive effect of the pointed bullet compared with that of the
  39091. conical form previously used. The conditions under which the fighting is
  39092. carried on also influence the wounds. Those sustained in the open,
  39093. long-range fighting of the South African campaign of 1899-1902 were very
  39094. different from those met with in the entrenched warfare in France in
  39095. 1914-1918. It has been found also that the infective complications are
  39096. greatly influenced by the terrain in which the fighting takes place. In
  39097. the dry, sandy, uncultivated veldt of South Africa, bullet wounds seldom
  39098. became infected, while those sustained in the highly manured fields of
  39099. Belgium were almost invariably contaminated with putrefactive organisms,
  39100. and gaseous gangrene and tetanus were common complications. It has been
  39101. found also that wounds inflicted in naval engagements present different
  39102. characters from those sustained on land. Many other factors, such as the
  39103. physical and mental condition of the men, the facilities for affording
  39104. first aid, and the transport arrangements, also play a part in
  39105. determining the nature and condition of the wounds that have to be dealt
  39106. with by military surgeons.
  39107.  
  39108. Whatever the nature of the weapon concerned, the wound is of the
  39109. _punctured, contused, and lacerated_ variety. Its severity depends on
  39110. the size, shape, and velocity of the missile, the range at which the
  39111. weapon is discharged, and the part of the body struck.
  39112.  
  39113. Shock is a prominent feature, but its degree, as well as the time of its
  39114. onset, varies with the extent and seat of the injury, and with the
  39115. mental state of the patient when wounded. We have observed pronounced
  39116. shock in children after being shot even when no serious injury was
  39117. sustained. At the moment of injury the patient experiences a sensation
  39118. which is variously described as being like the lash of a whip, a blow
  39119. with a stick, or an electric shock. There is not much pain at first, but
  39120. later it may become severe, and is usually associated with intense
  39121. thirst, especially when much blood has been lost.
  39122.  
  39123. In all forms of wounds sustained in warfare, septic infection
  39124. constitutes the main risk, particularly that resulting from
  39125. streptococci. The presence of anaerobic organisms introduces the
  39126. additional danger of gaseous forms of gangrene.
  39127.  
  39128. The earlier the wound is disinfected the greater is the possibility of
  39129. diminishing this risk. If cleansing is carried out within the first six
  39130. hours the chance of eliminating sepsis is good; with every succeeding
  39131. six hours it diminishes, until after twenty-four hours it is seldom
  39132. possible to do more than mitigate sepsis. (J. T. Morrison.)
  39133.  
  39134. The presence of a metallic foreign body having been determined and its
  39135. position localised by means of the X-rays, all devitalised and
  39136. contaminated tissue is excised, the foreign material, _e.g._, a missile,
  39137. fragments of clothing, gravel and blood-clot, removed, the wound
  39138. purified with antiseptics and closed or drained according to
  39139. circumstances.
  39140.  
  39141. #Pistol-shot Wounds.#--Wounds inflicted by pistols, revolvers, and small
  39142. air-guns are of frequent occurrence in civil practice, the weapon being
  39143. discharged usually by accident, but frequently with suicidal, and
  39144. sometimes with homicidal intent.
  39145.  
  39146. With all calibres and at all ranges, except actual contact, the wound of
  39147. entrance is smaller than the bullet. If the weapon is discharged within
  39148. a foot of the body, the skin surrounding the wound is usually stained
  39149. with powder and burned, and the hair singed. At ranges varying from six
  39150. inches to thirty feet, grains of powder may be found embedded in the
  39151. skin or lying loose on the surface, the greater the range the wider
  39152. being the area of spread. When black powder is used, the embedded grains
  39153. usually leave a permanent bluish-black tattooing of the skin. When the
  39154. weapon is placed in contact with the skin, the subcutaneous tissues are
  39155. lacerated over an area of two or three inches around the opening made by
  39156. the bullet and smoke and powder-staining and scorching are more marked
  39157. than at longer ranges.
  39158.  
  39159. When the bullet perforates, the exit wound is usually larger and more
  39160. extensively lacerated than the wound of entrance. Its margins are as a
  39161. rule everted, and it shows no marks of flame, smoke, or powder. These
  39162. features are common to all perforations caused by bullets.
  39163.  
  39164. Pistol wounds only produce dangerous effects when fired at close range,
  39165. and when the cavities of the skull, the thorax, or the abdomen are
  39166. implicated. In the abdomen a lethal injury may readily be caused even by
  39167. pistols of the "toy" order. These injuries will be described with
  39168. regional surgery.
  39169.  
  39170. Pistol-shot wounds of _joints_ and _soft parts_ are seldom of serious
  39171. import apart from the risk of haemorrhage and of infection.
  39172.  
  39173. _Treatment._--The treatment of wounds of the soft parts consists in
  39174. purifying the wounds of entrance and exit and the surrounding skin, and
  39175. in providing for drainage if this is indicated.
  39176.  
  39177. There being no urgency for the removal of the bullet, time should be
  39178. taken to have it localised by the X-rays, preferably by stereoscopic
  39179. plates. In some cases it is not necessary to remove the bullet.
  39180.  
  39181. #Wounds by Sporting Guns.#--In the common sporting or scatter gun, with
  39182. which accidents so commonly occur during the shooting season, the charge
  39183. of small shot or pellets leave the muzzle of the gun as a solid mass
  39184. which makes a single ragged wound having much the appearance of that
  39185. caused by a single bullet. At a distance of from four to five feet from
  39186. the muzzle the pellets begin to disperse so that there are separate
  39187. punctures around the main central wound. As the range increases, these
  39188. outlying punctures make a wider and wider pattern, until at a distance
  39189. of from eighteen to twenty feet from the muzzle, the scattering is
  39190. complete, there is no longer any central wound, and each individual
  39191. pellet makes its own puncture. From these elementary data, it is usually
  39192. possible, from the features of the wound, to arrive at an approximately
  39193. accurate conclusion regarding the range at which the gun was discharged,
  39194. and this may have an important bearing on the question of accident,
  39195. suicide, or murder.
  39196.  
  39197. As regards the effects on the tissues at close range, that is, within a
  39198. few feet, there is widespread laceration and disruption; if a bone is
  39199. struck it is shattered, and portions of bone may be displaced or even
  39200. driven out through the exit wound.
  39201.  
  39202. When the charge impinges over one of the large cavities of the body, the
  39203. shot may scatter widely through the contained viscera, and there is
  39204. often no exit wound. In the thorax, for example, if a rib is struck, the
  39205. charge and possibly fragments of bone, will penetrate the pleura, and be
  39206. dispersed throughout the lung; in the head, the skull may be shattered
  39207. and the brain torn up; and in the abdomen, the hollow viscera may be
  39208. perforated in many places and the solid organs lacerated.
  39209.  
  39210. On covered parts the clothing, by deflecting the shot, influences the
  39211. size and shape of the wound; the entrance wound is increased in size and
  39212. more ragged, and portions of the clothes may be driven into the tissues.
  39213.  
  39214. [Illustration: FIG. 62.--Radiogram showing Pellets embedded in Arm.
  39215.  
  39216. (Mr. J. W. Dowden's case.)]
  39217.  
  39218. A charge of small shot is much more destructive to blood vessels,
  39219. tendons, and ligaments than a single bullet, which in many cases pushes
  39220. such structures aside without dividing them. In the abdomen and chest,
  39221. also, the damage done by a full charge of shot is much more extensive
  39222. than that inflicted by a single bullet, the deflection of the pellets
  39223. leading to a greater number of perforations of the intestine and more
  39224. widespread laceration of solid viscera.
  39225.  
  39226. When the charge impinges on one of the extremities at close range, we
  39227. often have the opportunity of observing that the exit wound is larger,
  39228. more ragged than that of entrance, and that its edges are everted; the
  39229. extensive tearing and bruising of all the tissues, including the bones,
  39230. and the marked tendency to early and progressive septic infection,
  39231. render amputation compulsory in the majority of such cases.
  39232.  
  39233. At a range of from twenty to thirty feet, although the scatter is
  39234. complete, the pellets are still close together, so that if they
  39235. encounter the shaft of a long bone, even the femur, they fracture the
  39236. bone across, often along with some longitudinal splintering.
  39237.  
  39238. Individual pellets striking the shafts of long bones become flattened or
  39239. distorted, and when cancellated bone is struck they become embedded in
  39240. it (Fig. 62).
  39241.  
  39242. The skin, when it is closely peppered with shot, is liable to lose its
  39243. vitality, and with the addition of a little sepsis, readily necroses and
  39244. comes away as a slough.
  39245.  
  39246. When the shot have diverged so as to strike singly, they seldom do much
  39247. harm, but fatal damage may be done to the brain or to the aorta, or the
  39248. eye may be seriously injured by a single pellet.
  39249.  
  39250. Small shot fired at longer ranges--over about a hundred and fifty
  39251. feet--usually go through the skin, but seldom pierce the fascia, and lie
  39252. embedded in the subcutaneous tissue, from which they can readily be
  39253. extracted.
  39254.  
  39255. The wad of the cartridge behaves erratically: so long as it remains flat
  39256. it goes off with the rest of the charge, and is often buried in the
  39257. wound; but if it curls up or turns on its side, it is usually deflected
  39258. and flies clear of the shot. It may make a separate wound.
  39259.  
  39260. Wounds from sporting guns are to be _treated_ on the usual lines, the
  39261. early efforts being directed to the alleviation of shock and the
  39262. prevention of septic infection. There is rarely any urgency in the
  39263. removal of pellets from the tissues.
  39264.  
  39265. #Wounds by Rifle Bullets.#--The vast majority of wounds inflicted by
  39266. rifle bullets are met with in the field during active warfare, and fall
  39267. to be treated by military surgeons. They occasionally occur
  39268. accidentally, however, during range practice for example, and may then
  39269. come under the notice of the civil surgeon.
  39270.  
  39271. It is only necessary here to consider the effects of modern small-bore
  39272. rifle or machine-gun bullets.
  39273.  
  39274. The trajectory is practically flat up to 675 yards. In destructive
  39275. effect there is not much difference between the various high velocity
  39276. bullets used in different armies; they will kill up to a distance of two
  39277. miles. The hard covering is employed to enable the bullet to take the
  39278. grooves in the rifle, and to prevent it stripping as it passes through
  39279. the barrel. It also increases the penetrating power of the missile, but
  39280. diminishes its "stopping" power, unless a vital part or a long bone is
  39281. struck. By removing the covering from the point of the bullet, as is
  39282. done in the Dum-Dum bullet, or by splitting the end, the bullet is made
  39283. to expand or "mushroom" when it strikes the body, and its stopping power
  39284. is thereby greatly increased, the resulting wound being much more
  39285. severe. These "soft-nosed" expanding bullets are to be distinguished
  39286. from "explosive" bullets which contain substances which detonate on
  39287. impact. High velocity bullets are unlikely to lodge in the body unless
  39288. spent, or pulled up by a sandbag, or metal buckle on a belt, or a book
  39289. in the pocket, or the core and the case separating--"stripping" of the
  39290. bullet. Spent shot may merely cause bruising of the surface, or they may
  39291. pass through the skin and lodge in the subcutaneous tissue, or may even
  39292. damage some deeper structure such as a nerve trunk.
  39293.  
  39294. A blank cartridge fired at close range may cause a severe wound, and, if
  39295. charged with black powder, may leave a permanent bluish-black
  39296. pigmentation of the skin.
  39297.  
  39298. The lesions of individual tissues--bones, nerves, blood vessels--are
  39299. considered with these.
  39300.  
  39301. #Treatment of Gunshot Wounds under War Conditions.#--It is only
  39302. necessary to indicate briefly the method of dealing with gunshot wounds
  39303. in warfare as practised in the European War.
  39304.  
  39305. 1. _On the Field._--Haemorrhage is arrested in the limbs by an improvised
  39306. tourniquet; in the head by a pad and bandage; in the thorax or abdomen
  39307. by packing if necessary, but this should be avoided if possible, as it
  39308. favours septic infection. If a limb is all but detached it should be
  39309. completely severed. A full dose of morphin is given hypodermically. The
  39310. ampoule of iodine carried by the wounded man is broken, and its contents
  39311. are poured over and around the wound, after which the field dressing is
  39312. applied. In extensive wounds, the "shell-dressing" carried by the
  39313. stretcher bearers is preferred. All bandages are applied loosely to
  39314. allow for subsequent swelling. The fragments of fractured bones are
  39315. immobilised by some form of emergency splint.
  39316.  
  39317. 2. _At the Advanced Dressing Station_, after the patient has had a
  39318. liberal allowance of warm fluid nourishment, such as soup or tea, a full
  39319. dose of anti-tetanic serum is injected. The tourniquet is removed and
  39320. the wound inspected. Urgent amputations are performed. Moribund patients
  39321. are detained lest they die _en route_.
  39322.  
  39323. 3. _In the Field Ambulance or Casualty Clearing Station_ further
  39324. measures are employed for the relief of shock, and urgent operations are
  39325. performed, such as amputation for gangrene, tracheotomy for dyspnoea, or
  39326. laparotomy for perforated or lacerated intestine. In the majority of
  39327. cases the main object is to guard against infection; the skin is
  39328. disinfected over a wide area and surrounded with towels; damaged tissue,
  39329. especially muscle, is removed with the knife or scissors, and foreign
  39330. bodies are extracted. Torn blood vessels, and, if possible, nerves and
  39331. tendons are repaired. The wound is then partly closed, provision being
  39332. made for free drainage, or some special method of irrigation, such as
  39333. that of Carrel, is adopted. Sometimes the wound is treated with bismuth,
  39334. iodoform, and paraffin paste (B.I.P.P.) and sutured.
  39335.  
  39336. 4. _In the Base Hospital or Hospital Ship_ various measures may be
  39337. called for according to the progress of the wound and the condition of
  39338. the patient.
  39339.  
  39340. #Shell Wounds and Wounds produced by Explosions.#--It is convenient to
  39341. consider together the effects of the bursting of shells fired from heavy
  39342. ordnance and those resulting in the course of blasting operations from
  39343. the discharge of dynamite or other explosives, or from the bursting of
  39344. steam boilers or pipes, the breaking of machinery, and similar accidents
  39345. met with in civil practice.
  39346.  
  39347. Wounds inflicted by shell fragments and shrapnel bullets tend to be
  39348. extensive in area, and show great contusion, laceration, and destruction
  39349. of the tissues. The missiles frequently lodge and carry portions of the
  39350. clothing and, it may be, articles from the man's pocket, with them.
  39351. Shell wounds are attended with a considerable degree of shock. On
  39352. account of the wide area of contusion which surrounds the actual wound
  39353. produced by shell fragments, amputation, when called for, should be
  39354. performed some distance above the torn tissues, as there is considerable
  39355. risk of sloughing of the flaps.
  39356.  
  39357. Wounds produced by dynamite explosions and the bursting of boilers have
  39358. the same general characters as shell wounds. Fragments of stone, coal,
  39359. or metal may lodge in the tissues, and favour the occurrence of
  39360. infective complications.
  39361.  
  39362. All such injuries are to be treated on the general principles governing
  39363. contused and lacerated wounds.
  39364.  
  39365.  
  39366. EMBEDDED FOREIGN BODIES
  39367.  
  39368. In the course of many operations foreign substances are introduced into
  39369. the tissues and intentionally left there, for example, suture and
  39370. ligature materials, steel or aluminium plates, silver wire or ivory pegs
  39371. used to secure the fixation of bones, or solid paraffin employed to
  39372. correct deformities. Other substances, such as gauze, drainage tubes,
  39373. or metal instruments, may be unintentionally left in a wound.
  39374.  
  39375. Foreign bodies may also lodge in accidentally inflicted wounds, for
  39376. example, bullets, needles, splinters of wood, or fragments of clothing.
  39377. The needles of hypodermic syringes sometimes break and a portion remains
  39378. embedded in the tissues. As a result of explosions, particles of carbon,
  39379. in the form of coal-dust or gunpowder, or portions of shale, may lodge
  39380. in a wound.
  39381.  
  39382. The embedded foreign body at first acts as an irritant, and induces a
  39383. reaction in the tissues in which it lodges, in the form of hyperaemia,
  39384. local leucocytosis, proliferation of fibroblasts, and the formation of
  39385. granulation tissue. The subsequent changes depend upon whether or not
  39386. the wound is infected with pyogenic bacteria. If it is so infected,
  39387. suppuration ensues, a sinus forms, and persists until the foreign body
  39388. is either cast out or removed.
  39389.  
  39390. If the wound is aseptic, the fate of the foreign body varies with its
  39391. character. A substance that is absorbable, such as catgut or fine silk,
  39392. is surrounded and permeated by the phagocytes, which soften and
  39393. disintegrate it, the debris being gradually absorbed in much the same
  39394. manner as a fibrinous exudate. Minute bodies that are not capable of
  39395. being absorbed, such as particles of carbon, or of pigment used in
  39396. tattooing, are taken up by the phagocytes, and in course of time
  39397. removed. Larger bodies, such as needles or bullets, which are not
  39398. capable of being destroyed by the phagocytes, become encapsulated. In
  39399. the granulation tissue by which they are surrounded large multinuclear
  39400. giant-cells appear ("_foreign-body giant-cells_") and attach themselves
  39401. to the foreign body, the fibroblasts proliferate and a capsule of scar
  39402. tissue is eventually formed around the body. The tissues of the capsule
  39403. may show evidence of iron pigmentation. Sometimes fluid accumulates
  39404. around a foreign body within its capsule, constituting a cyst.
  39405.  
  39406. Substances like paraffin, strands of silk used to bridge a gap in a
  39407. tendon, or portions of calcined bone, instead of being encapsulated, are
  39408. gradually permeated and eventually replaced by new connective tissue.
  39409.  
  39410. Embedded bodies may remain in the tissues for an indefinite period
  39411. without giving rise to inconvenience. At any time, however, they may
  39412. cause trouble, either as a result of infective complications, or by
  39413. inducing the formation of a mass of inflammatory tissue around them,
  39414. which may simulate a gumma, a tuberculous focus, or a sarcoma. This
  39415. latter condition may give rise to difficulties in diagnosis,
  39416. particularly if there is no history forthcoming of the entrance of the
  39417. foreign body. The ignorance of patients regarding the possible lodgment
  39418. in the tissues of a foreign body--even of considerable size--is
  39419. remarkable. In such cases the X-rays will reveal the presence of the
  39420. foreign body if it is sufficiently opaque to cast a shadow. The heavy,
  39421. lead-containing varieties of glass throw very definite shadows little
  39422. inferior in sharpness and definition to those of metal; almost all the
  39423. ordinary forms of commercial glass also may be shown up by the X-rays.
  39424.  
  39425. Foreign bodies encapsulated in the peritoneal cavity are specially
  39426. dangerous, as the proximity of the intestine furnishes a constant
  39427. possibility of infection.
  39428.  
  39429. The question of removal of the foreign body must be decided according to
  39430. the conditions present in individual cases; in searching for a foreign
  39431. body in the tissues, unless it has been accurately located, a general
  39432. anaesthetic is to be preferred.
  39433.  
  39434.  
  39435. BURNS AND SCALDS
  39436.  
  39437. The distinction between a burn which results from the action of dry heat
  39438. on the tissues of the body and a scald which results from the action of
  39439. moist heat, has no clinical significance.
  39440.  
  39441. In young and debilitated subjects hot poultices may produce injuries of
  39442. the nature of burns. In old people with enfeebled circulation mere
  39443. exposure to a strong fire may cause severe degrees of burning, the
  39444. clothes covering the part being uninjured. This may also occur about the
  39445. feet, legs, or knees of persons while intoxicated who have fallen asleep
  39446. before the fire.
  39447.  
  39448. The damage done to the tissues by strong caustics, such as fuming nitric
  39449. acid, sulphuric acid, caustic potash, nitrate of silver, or arsenical
  39450. paste, presents pathological and clinical features almost identical with
  39451. those resulting from heat. Electricity and the Rontgen rays also produce
  39452. lesions of the nature of burns.
  39453.  
  39454. _Pathology of Burns._--Much discussion has taken place regarding the
  39455. explanation of the rapidly fatal issue in extensive superficial burns.
  39456. On post-mortem examination the lesions found in these cases are: (1)
  39457. general hyperaemia of all the organs of the abdominal, thoracic, and
  39458. cerebro-spinal cavities; (2) marked leucocytosis, with destruction of
  39459. red corpuscles, setting free haemoglobin which lodges in the epithelial
  39460. cells of the tubules of the kidneys; (3) minute thrombi and
  39461. extravasations throughout the tissues of the body; (4) degeneration of
  39462. the ganglion cells of the solar plexus; (5) oedema and degeneration of
  39463. the lymphoid tissue throughout the body; (6) cloudy swelling of the
  39464. liver and kidneys, and softening and enlargement of the spleen. Bardeen
  39465. suggests that these morbid phenomena correspond so closely to those met
  39466. with where the presence of a toxin is known to produce them, that in all
  39467. probability death is similarly due to the action of some poison produced
  39468. by the action of heat on the skin and on the proteins of the blood.
  39469.  
  39470. #Clinical Features--Local Phenomena.#--The most generally accepted
  39471. classification of burns is that of Dupuytren, which is based upon the
  39472. depth of the lesion. Six degrees are thus, recognised: (1) hyperaemia or
  39473. erythema; (2) vesication; (3) partial destruction of the true skin; (4)
  39474. total destruction of the true skin; (5) charring of muscles; (6)
  39475. charring of bones.
  39476.  
  39477. It must be observed, however, that burns met with at the bedside always
  39478. illustrate more than one of these degrees, the deeper forms always being
  39479. associated with those less deep, and the clinical picture is made up of
  39480. the combined characters of all. A burn is classified in terms of its
  39481. most severe portion. It is also to be remarked that the extent and
  39482. severity of a burn usually prove to be greater than at first sight
  39483. appears.
  39484.  
  39485. _Burns of the first degree_ are associated with erythema of the skin,
  39486. due to hyperaemia of its blood vessels, and result from scorching by
  39487. flame, from contact with solids or fluids below 212 o F., or from
  39488. exposure to the sun's rays. They are characterised clinically by acute
  39489. pain, redness, transitory swelling from oedema, and subsequent
  39490. desquamation of the surface layers of the epidermis. A special form of
  39491. pigmentation of the skin is seen on the front of the legs of women from
  39492. exposure to the heat of the fire.
  39493.  
  39494. _Burns of Second Degree--Vesication of the Skin._--These are
  39495. characterised by the occurrence of vesicles or blisters which are
  39496. scattered over the hyperaemic area, and contain a clear yellowish or
  39497. brownish fluid. On removing the raised epidermis, the congested and
  39498. highly sensitive papillae of the skin are exposed. Unna has found that
  39499. pyogenic bacteria are invariably present in these blisters. Burns of the
  39500. second degree leave no scar but frequently a persistent discoloration.
  39501. In rare instances the burned area becomes the seat of a peculiar
  39502. overgrowth of fibrous tissue of the nature of keloid (p 401).
  39503.  
  39504. _Burns of Third Degree--Partial Destruction of the Skin._--The epidermis
  39505. and papillae are destroyed in patches, leaving hard, dry, and insensitive
  39506. sloughs of a yellow or black colour. The pain in these burns is
  39507. intense, but passes off during the first or second day, to return again,
  39508. however, when, about the end of a week, the sloughs separate and expose
  39509. the nerve filaments of the underlying skin. Granulations spring up to
  39510. fill the gap, and are rapidly covered by epithelium, derived partly from
  39511. the margins and partly from the remains of skin glands which have not
  39512. been completely destroyed. These latter appear on the surface of the
  39513. granulations as small bluish islets which gradually increase in size,
  39514. become of a greyish-white colour, and ultimately blend with one another
  39515. and with the edges. The resulting cicatrix may be slightly depressed,
  39516. but otherwise exhibits little tendency to contract and cause deformity.
  39517.  
  39518. _Burns of Fourth Degree--Total Destruction of the Skin._--These follow
  39519. the more prolonged action of any form of intense heat. Large, black, dry
  39520. eschars are formed, surrounded by a zone of intense congestion. Pain is
  39521. less severe, and is referred to the parts that have been burned to a
  39522. less degree. Infection is liable to occur and to lead to wide
  39523. destruction of the surrounding skin. The amount of granulation tissue
  39524. necessary to fill the gap is therefore great; and as the epithelial
  39525. covering can only be derived from the margins--the skin glands being
  39526. completely destroyed--the healing process is slow. The resulting scars
  39527. are irregular, deep and puckered, and show a great tendency to contract.
  39528. Keloid frequently develops in such cicatrices. When situated in the
  39529. region of the face, neck, or flexures of joints, much deformity and
  39530. impairment of function may result (Fig. 63).
  39531.  
  39532. [Illustration: FIG. 63.--Cicatricial Contraction following Severe Burn.]
  39533.  
  39534. In _burns of the fifth degree_ the lesion extends through the
  39535. subcutaneous tissue and involves the muscles; while in those of the
  39536. _sixth degree_ it passes still more deeply and implicates the bones.
  39537. These burns are comparatively limited in area, as they are usually
  39538. produced by prolonged contact with hot metal or caustics. Burns of the
  39539. fifth and sixth degrees are met with in epileptics or intoxicated
  39540. persons who fall into the fire. Large blood vessels, nerve-trunks,
  39541. joints, or serous cavities may be implicated.
  39542.  
  39543. #General Phenomena.#--It is customary to divide the clinical history of
  39544. a severe burn into three periods; but it is to be observed that the
  39545. features characteristic of the periods have been greatly modified since
  39546. burns have been treated on the same lines as other wounds.
  39547.  
  39548. _The first period_ lasts for from thirty-six to forty-eight hours,
  39549. during which time the patient remains in a more or less profound state
  39550. of _shock_, and there is a remarkable absence of pain. When shock is
  39551. absent or little marked, however, the amount of suffering may be great.
  39552. When the injury proves fatal during this period, death is due to shock,
  39553. probably aggravated by the absorption of poisonous substances produced
  39554. in the burned tissues. In fatal cases there is often evidence of
  39555. cerebral congestion and oedema.
  39556.  
  39557. The _second period_ begins when the shock passes off, and lasts till the
  39558. sloughs separate. The outstanding feature of this period is _toxaemia_,
  39559. manifested by fever, the temperature rising to 102 o, 103 o, or 104 o F.,
  39560. and congestive or inflammatory conditions of internal organs, giving
  39561. rise to such clinical complications as bronchitis, broncho-pneumonia, or
  39562. pleurisy--especially in burns of the thorax; or meningitis and
  39563. cerebritis, when the neck or head is the seat of the burn. Intestinal
  39564. catarrh associated with diarrhoea is not uncommon; and ulceration of the
  39565. duodenum leading to perforation has been met with in a few cases. These
  39566. phenomena are much more prominent when bacterial infection has taken
  39567. place, and it seems probable that they are to be attributed chiefly to
  39568. the infection, as they have become less frequent and less severe since
  39569. burns have been treated like other breaches of the surface. Albuminuria
  39570. is a fairly constant symptom in severe burns, and is associated with
  39571. congestion of the kidneys. In burns implicating the face, neck, mouth,
  39572. or pharynx, oedema of the glottis is a dangerous complication, entailing
  39573. as it does the risk of suffocation.
  39574.  
  39575. The _third period_ begins when the sloughs separate, usually between
  39576. the seventh and fourteenth days, and lasts till the wound heals, its
  39577. duration depending upon the size, depth, and asepticity of the raw area.
  39578. The chief causes of death during this period are toxin absorption in any
  39579. of its forms; waxy disease of the liver, kidneys, or intestine; less
  39580. commonly erysipelas, tetanus, or other diseases due to infection by
  39581. specific organisms. We have seen nothing to substantiate the belief that
  39582. duodenal ulcers are liable to perforate during the third period.
  39583.  
  39584. The _prognosis_ in burns depends on (1) the superficial extent, and, to
  39585. a much less degree, the depth of the injury. When more than one-third of
  39586. the entire surface of the body is involved, even in a mild degree, the
  39587. prognosis is grave. (2) The situation of the burn is important. Burns
  39588. over the serous cavities--abdomen, thorax, or skull--are, other things
  39589. being equal, much more dangerous than burns of the limbs. The risk of
  39590. oedema of the glottis in burns about the neck and mouth has already been
  39591. referred to. (3) Children are more liable to succumb to shock during the
  39592. early period, but withstand prolonged suppuration better than adults.
  39593. (4) When the patient survives the shock, the presence or absence of
  39594. infection is the all-important factor in prognosis.
  39595.  
  39596. #Treatment.#--The _general treatment_ consists in combating the shock.
  39597. When pain is severe, morphin must be injected.
  39598.  
  39599. _Local Treatment._--The local treatment must be carried out on
  39600. antiseptic lines, a general anaesthetic being administered, if necessary,
  39601. to enable the purification to be carried out thoroughly. After carefully
  39602. removing the clothing, the whole of the burned area is gently, but
  39603. thoroughly, cleansed with peroxide of hydrogen or warm boracic lotion,
  39604. followed by sterilised saline solution. As pyogenic bacteria are
  39605. invariably found in the blisters of burns, these must be opened and the
  39606. raised epithelium removed.
  39607.  
  39608. The dressings subsequently applied should meet the following
  39609. indications: the relief of pain; the prevention of sepsis; and the
  39610. promotion of cicatrisation.
  39611.  
  39612. An application which satisfactorily fulfils these requirements is
  39613. _picric acid_. Pads of lint or gauze are lightly wrung out of a solution
  39614. made up of picric acid, 1 1/2 drams; absolute alcohol, 3 ounces;
  39615. distilled water, 40 ounces, and applied over the whole of the reddened
  39616. area. These are covered with antiseptic wool, _without_ any waterproof
  39617. covering, and retained in position by a many-tailed bandage. The
  39618. dressing should be changed once or twice a week, under the guidance of
  39619. the temperature chart, any portion of the original dressing which
  39620. remains perfectly dry being left undisturbed. The value of a general
  39621. anaesthetic in dressing extensive burns, especially in children, can
  39622. scarcely be overestimated.
  39623.  
  39624. Picric acid yields its best results in superficial burns, and it is
  39625. useful as _a primary dressing_ in all. As soon as the sloughs separate
  39626. and a granulating surface forms, the ordinary treatment for a healing
  39627. sore is instituted. Any slough under which pus has collected should be
  39628. cut away with scissors to permit of free drainage.
  39629.  
  39630. An occlusive dressing of melted _paraffin_ has also been employed. A
  39631. useful preparation consists of: Paraffin molle 25 per cent., paraffin
  39632. durum 67 per cent., olive oil 5 per cent., oil of eucalyptus 2 per
  39633. cent., and beta-naphthol 1/4 per cent. It has a melting point of 48 o C.
  39634. It is also known as _Ambrine_ and _Burnol_. After the burned area has
  39635. been cleansed and thoroughly dried, it is sponged or painted with the
  39636. melted paraffin, and before solidification takes place a layer of
  39637. sterilised gauze is applied and covered with a second coating of
  39638. paraffin. Further coats of paraffin are applied every other day to
  39639. prevent the gauze sticking to the skin.
  39640.  
  39641. An alternative method of treating extensive burns is by immersing the
  39642. part, or even the whole body when the trunk is affected, in a bath of
  39643. boracic lotion kept at the body temperature, the lotion being frequently
  39644. renewed.
  39645.  
  39646. If a burn is already infected when first seen, it is to be treated on
  39647. the same principles as govern the treatment of other infected wounds.
  39648.  
  39649. All moist or greasy applications, such as Carron oil, carbolic oil and
  39650. ointments, and all substances like collodion and dry powders, which
  39651. retain discharges, entirely fail to meet the indications for the
  39652. rational treatment of burns, and should be abandoned.
  39653.  
  39654. Skin-grafting is of great value in hastening healing after extensive
  39655. burns, and in preventing cicatricial contraction. The _deformities_
  39656. which are so liable to develop from contraction of the cicatrices are
  39657. treated on general principles. In the region of the face, neck, and
  39658. flexures of joints (Fig. 63), where they are most marked, the contracted
  39659. bands may be divided and the parts stretched, the raw surface left being
  39660. covered by Thiersch grafts or by flaps of skin raised from adjacent
  39661. surfaces or from other parts of the body (Fig. 1).
  39662.  
  39663.  
  39664. INJURIES PRODUCED BY ELECTRICITY
  39665.  
  39666. #Injuries produced by Exposure to X-Rays and Radium.#--In the routine
  39667. treatment of disease by radiations, injury is sometimes done to the
  39668. tissues, even when the greatest care is exercised as to dosage and
  39669. frequency of application. Robert Knox describes the following
  39670. ill-effects.
  39671.  
  39672. _Acute dermatitis_ varying in degree from a slight erythema to deep
  39673. ulceration or even necrosis of skin. When ulcers form they are extremely
  39674. painful and slow to heal. When hair-bearing areas are affected,
  39675. epilation may occur without destroying the hair follicles and the hairs
  39676. are reproduced, but if the reaction is excessive permanent alopecia may
  39677. result.
  39678.  
  39679. _Chronic dermatitis_, which results from persistence of the acute form,
  39680. is most intractable and may assume malignant characters. X-ray warts are
  39681. a late manifestation of chronic dermatitis and may become malignant.
  39682.  
  39683. Among the _late manifestations_ are neuritis, telangiectasis, and a
  39684. painful and intractable form of ulceration, any of which may come on
  39685. months or even years after the cessation of exposure. _Sterility_ may be
  39686. induced in X-ray workers who are imperfectly protected from the effects
  39687. of the rays.
  39688.  
  39689. #Electrical burns# usually occur in those who are engaged in industrial
  39690. undertakings where powerful electrical currents are employed.
  39691.  
  39692. The lesions--which vary from a slight superficial scorching to complete
  39693. charring of parts--are most evident at the points of entrance and exit
  39694. of the current, the intervening tissues apparently escaping injury.
  39695.  
  39696. The more superficial degrees of electrical burns differ from those
  39697. produced by heat in being almost painless, and in healing very slowly,
  39698. although as a rule they remain dry and aseptic.
  39699.  
  39700. The more severe forms are attended with a considerable degree of shock,
  39701. which is not only more profound, but also lasts much longer than the
  39702. shock in an ordinary burn of corresponding severity. The parts at the
  39703. point of entrance of the current are charred to a greater or lesser
  39704. depth. The eschar is at first dry and crisp, and is surrounded by a zone
  39705. of pallor. For the first thirty-six to forty-eight hours there is
  39706. comparatively little suffering, but at the end of that time the parts
  39707. become exceedingly painful. In a majority of cases, in spite of careful
  39708. purification, a slow form of moist gangrene sets in, and the slough
  39709. spreads both in area and in depth, until the muscles and often the
  39710. large blood vessels and nerves are exposed. A line of demarcation
  39711. eventually forms, but the sloughs are exceedingly slow to separate,
  39712. taking from three to five times as long as in an ordinary burn, and
  39713. during the process of separation there is considerable risk of secondary
  39714. haemorrhage from erosion of large vessels.
  39715.  
  39716. _Treatment._--Electrical burns are treated on the same lines as ordinary
  39717. burns, by thorough purification and the application of dry dressings,
  39718. with a view to avoiding the onset of moist gangrene. After granulations
  39719. have formed, skin-grafting is of value in hastening healing.
  39720.  
  39721. #Lightning-stroke.#--In a large proportion of cases lightning-stroke
  39722. proves instantly fatal. In non-fatal cases the patient suffers from a
  39723. profound degree of shock, and there may or may not be any external
  39724. evidence of injury. In the mildest cases red spots or wheals--closely
  39725. resembling those of urticaria--may appear on the body, but they usually
  39726. fade again in the course of twenty-four hours. Sometimes large patches
  39727. of skin are scorched or stained, the discoloured area showing an
  39728. arborescent appearance. In other cases the injured skin becomes dry and
  39729. glazed, resembling parchment. Appearances are occasionally met with
  39730. corresponding to those of a superficial burn produced by heat. The chief
  39731. difference from ordinary burns is the extreme slowness with which
  39732. healing takes place. Localised paralysis of groups of muscles, or even
  39733. of a whole limb, may follow any degree of lightning-stroke. Treatment is
  39734. mainly directed towards combating the shock, the surface-lesions being
  39735. treated on the same lines as ordinary burns.
  39736.  
  39737.  
  39738.  
  39739.  
  39740. CHAPTER XII
  39741.  
  39742. METHODS OF WOUND TREATMENT
  39743.  
  39744.  
  39745. Varieties of wounds--Modes of infection--Lister's work--Means taken to
  39746.     prevent infection of wounds: _heat_; _chemical antiseptics_;
  39747.     _disinfection of hands_; _preparation of skin of patient_;
  39748.     _instruments_; _ligatures_; _dressings_--Means taken to combat
  39749.     infection: _purification_; _open-wound method_.
  39750.  
  39751. The surgeon is called upon to treat two distinct classes of wounds: (1)
  39752. those resulting from injury or disease in which _the skin is already
  39753. broken_, or in which a communication with a mucous surface exists; and
  39754. (2) those that he himself makes _through intact skin_, no infected
  39755. mucous surface being involved.
  39756.  
  39757. Infection by bacteria must be assumed to have taken place in all wounds
  39758. made in any other way than by the knife of the surgeon operating through
  39759. unbroken skin. On this assumption the modern system of wound treatment
  39760. is based. Pathogenic bacteria are so widely distributed, that in the
  39761. ordinary circumstances of everyday life, no matter how trivial a wound
  39762. may be, or how short a time it may remain exposed, the access of
  39763. organisms to it is almost certain unless preventive measures are
  39764. employed.
  39765.  
  39766. It cannot be emphasised too strongly that rigid precautions are to be
  39767. taken to exclude fresh infection, not only in dealing with wounds that
  39768. are free of organisms, but equally in the management of wounds and other
  39769. lesions that are already infected. Any laxity in our methods which
  39770. admits of fresh organisms reaching an infected wound adds materially to
  39771. the severity of the infective process and consequently to the patient's
  39772. risk.
  39773.  
  39774. There are many ways in which accidental infection may occur. Take, for
  39775. example, the case of a person who receives a cut on the face by being
  39776. knocked down in a carriage accident on the street. Organisms may be
  39777. introduced to such a wound from the shaft or wheel by which he was
  39778. struck, from the ground on which he lay, from any portion of his
  39779. clothing that may have come in contact with the wound, or from his own
  39780. skin. Or, again, the hands of those who render first aid, the water used
  39781. to bathe the wound, the handkerchief or other extemporised dressing
  39782. applied to it, may be the means of conveying bacterial infection. Should
  39783. the wound open on a mucous surface, such as the mouth or nasal cavity,
  39784. the organisms constantly present in such situations are liable to prove
  39785. agents of infection.
  39786.  
  39787. Even after the patient has come under professional care the risks of his
  39788. wound becoming infected are not past, because the hands of the doctor,
  39789. his instruments, dressings, or other appliances may all, unless
  39790. purified, become the sources of infection.
  39791.  
  39792. In the case of an operation carried out through unbroken skin, organisms
  39793. may be introduced into the wound from the patient's own skin, from the
  39794. hands of the surgeon or his assistants, through the medium of
  39795. contaminated instruments, swabs, ligature or suture materials, or other
  39796. things used in the course of the operation, or from the dressings
  39797. applied to the wound.
  39798.  
  39799. Further, bacteria may gain access to devitalised tissues by way of the
  39800. blood-stream, being carried hither from some infected area elsewhere in
  39801. the body.
  39802.  
  39803. _The Antiseptic System of Surgery._--Those who only know the surgical
  39804. conditions of to-day can scarcely realise the state of matters which
  39805. existed before the introduction of the antiseptic system by Joseph
  39806. Lister in 1867. In those days few wounds escaped the ravages of pyogenic
  39807. and other bacteria, with the result that suppuration ensued after most
  39808. operations, and such diseases as erysipelas, pyaemia, and "hospital
  39809. gangrene" were of everyday occurrence. The mortality after compound
  39810. fractures, amputations, and many other operations was appalling, and
  39811. death from blood-poisoning frequently followed even the most trivial
  39812. operations. An operation was looked upon as a last resource, and the
  39813. inherent risk from blood-poisoning seemed to have set an impassable
  39814. barrier to the further progress of surgery. To the genius of Lister we
  39815. owe it that this barrier was removed. Having satisfied himself that the
  39816. septic process was due to bacterial infection, he devised a means of
  39817. preventing the access of organisms to wounds or of counteracting their
  39818. effects. Carbolic acid was the first antiseptic agent he employed, and
  39819. by its use in compound fractures he soon obtained results such as had
  39820. never before been attained. The principle was applied to other
  39821. conditions with like success, and so profoundly has it affected the
  39822. whole aspect of surgical pathology, that many of the infective diseases
  39823. with which surgeons formerly had to deal are now all but unknown. The
  39824. broad principles upon which Lister founded his system remain unchanged,
  39825. although the methods employed to put them into practice have been
  39826. modified.
  39827.  
  39828. #Means taken to Prevent Infection of Wounds.#--The avenues by which
  39829. infective agents may gain access to surgical wounds are so numerous and
  39830. so wide, that it requires the greatest care and the most watchful
  39831. attention on the part of the surgeon to guard them all. It is only by
  39832. constant practice and patient attention to technical details in the
  39833. operating room and at the bedside, that the carrying out of surgical
  39834. manipulations in such a way as to avoid bacterial infection will become
  39835. an instinctive act and a second nature. It is only possible here to
  39836. indicate the chief directions in which danger lies, and to describe the
  39837. means most generally adopted to avoid it.
  39838.  
  39839. To prevent infection, it is essential that everything which comes into
  39840. contact with a wound should be sterilised or disinfected, and to ensure
  39841. the best results it is necessary that the efficiency of our methods of
  39842. sterilisation should be periodically tested. The two chief agencies at
  39843. our disposal are heat and chemical antiseptics.
  39844.  
  39845. #Sterilisation by Heat.#--The most reliable, and at the same time the
  39846. most convenient and generally applicable, means of sterilisation is by
  39847. heat. All bacteria and spores are completely destroyed by being
  39848. subjected for fifteen minutes to _saturated circulating steam_ at a
  39849. temperature of 130 o to 145 o C. (= 266 o to 293 o F.). The articles to be
  39850. sterilised are enclosed in a perforated tin casket, which is placed in a
  39851. specially constructed steriliser, such as that of Schimmelbusch. This
  39852. apparatus is so arranged that the steam circulates under a pressure of
  39853. from two to three atmospheres, and permeates everything contained in it.
  39854. Objects so sterilised are dry when removed from the steriliser. This
  39855. method is specially suitable for appliances which are not damaged by
  39856. steam, such, for example, as gauze swabs, towels, aprons, gloves, and
  39857. metal instruments; it is essential that the efficiency of the steriliser
  39858. be tested from time to time by a self-registering thermometer or other
  39859. means.
  39860.  
  39861. The best substitute for circulating steam is _boiling_. The articles are
  39862. placed in a "fish-kettle steriliser" and boiled for fifteen minutes in a
  39863. 1 per cent. solution of washing soda.
  39864.  
  39865. To prevent contamination of objects that have been sterilised they must
  39866. on no account be touched by any one whose hands have not been
  39867. disinfected and protected by sterilised gloves.
  39868.  
  39869. #Sterilisation by Chemical Agents.#--For the purification of the skin of
  39870. the patient, the hands of the surgeon, and knives and other instruments
  39871. that are damaged by heat, recourse must be had to chemical agents.
  39872. These, however, are less reliable than heat, and are open to certain
  39873. other objections.
  39874.  
  39875. #Disinfection of the Hands.#--It is now generally recognised that one of
  39876. the most likely sources of wound infection is the hands of the surgeon
  39877. and his assistants. It is only by carefully studying to avoid all
  39878. contact with infective matter that the hands can be kept surgically
  39879. pure, and that this source of wound infection can be reduced to a
  39880. minimum. The risk of infection from this source has further been greatly
  39881. reduced by the systematic use of rubber gloves by house-surgeons,
  39882. dressers, and nurses. The habitual use of gloves has also been adopted
  39883. by the great majority of surgeons; the minority, who find they are
  39884. handicapped by wearing gloves as a routine measure, are obliged to do so
  39885. when operating in infective cases or dressing infected wounds, and in
  39886. making rectal and vaginal examinations.
  39887.  
  39888. The gloves may be sterilised by steam, and are then put on dry, or by
  39889. boiling, in which case they are put on wet. The gauntlet of the glove
  39890. should overlap and confine the end of the sleeve of the sterilised
  39891. overall, and the gloved hands are rinsed in lotion before and at
  39892. frequent intervals during the operation. The hands are sterilised before
  39893. putting on the gloves, preferably by a method which dehydrates the skin.
  39894. Cotton gloves may be worn by the surgeon when tying ligatures, or
  39895. between operations, and by the anaesthetist during operations on the
  39896. head, neck, and chest.
  39897.  
  39898. The first step in the disinfection of the hands is the mechanical
  39899. removal of gross surface dirt and loose epithelium by soap, a stream of
  39900. running water as hot as can be borne, and a loofah or nail-brush, that
  39901. has been previously sterilised by heat. The nails should be cut down
  39902. till there is no sulcus between the nail edge and the pulp of the finger
  39903. in which organisms may lodge. They are next washed for three minutes in
  39904. methylated spirit to dehydrate the skin, and then for two or three
  39905. minutes in 70 per cent. sublimate or biniodide alcohol (1 in 1000).
  39906. Finally, the hands are rubbed with dry sterilised gauze.
  39907.  
  39908. #Preparation of the Skin of the Patient.#--In the purification of the
  39909. skin of the patient before operation, reliance is to be placed chiefly
  39910. in the mechanical removal of dirt and grease by the same means as are
  39911. taken for the cleansing of the surgeon's hands. Hair-covered parts
  39912. should be shaved. The skin is then dehydrated by washing with methylated
  39913. spirit, followed by 70 per cent. sublimate or biniodide alcohol (1 in
  39914. 1000). This is done some hours before the operation, and the part is
  39915. then covered with pads of dry sterilised gauze or a sterilised towel.
  39916. Immediately before the operation the skin is again purified in the same
  39917. way.
  39918.  
  39919. The _iodine method_ of disinfecting the skin introduced by Grossich is
  39920. simple, and equally efficient. The day before operation the skin, after
  39921. being washed with soap and water, is shaved, dehydrated by means of
  39922. methylated spirit, and then painted with a 5 per cent. solution of
  39923. iodine in rectified spirit. The painting with iodine is repeated just
  39924. before the operation commences, and again after it is completed. The
  39925. final application is omitted in the case of children. In emergency
  39926. operations the skin is shaved dry and dehydrated with spirit, after
  39927. which the iodine is applied as described above. The staining of the skin
  39928. is an advantage, as it enables the operator to recognise the area that
  39929. has been prepared.
  39930.  
  39931. If any acne pustules or infected sinuses are present, they should be
  39932. destroyed or purified by means of the thermo-cautery or pure carbolic
  39933. acid, after the patient is anaesthetised.
  39934.  
  39935. #Appliances used at Operation.#--_Instruments_ that are not damaged by
  39936. heat must be boiled in a fish-kettle or other suitable steriliser for
  39937. fifteen minutes in a 1 per cent. solution of cresol or washing soda.
  39938. Just before the operation begins they are removed in the tray of the
  39939. steriliser and placed on a sterilised towel within reach of the surgeon
  39940. or his assistant. Knives and instruments that are liable to be damaged
  39941. by heat should be purified by being soaked in pure cresol for a few
  39942. minutes, or in 1 in 20 carbolic for at least an hour.
  39943.  
  39944. _Pads of Gauze_ sterilised by compressed circulating steam have almost
  39945. entirely superseded marine sponges for operative purposes. To avoid the
  39946. risk of leaving swabs in the peritoneal cavity, large square pads of
  39947. gauze, to one corner of which a piece of strong tape about a foot long
  39948. is securely stitched, should be employed. They should be removed from
  39949. the caskets in which they are sterilised by means of sterilised forceps,
  39950. and handed direct to the surgeon. The assistant who attends to the swabs
  39951. should wear sterilised gloves.
  39952.  
  39953. _Ligatures and Sutures._--To avoid the risk of implanting infective
  39954. matter in a wound by means of the materials used for ligatures and
  39955. sutures, great care must be taken in their preparation.
  39956.  
  39957. _Catgut._--The following methods of preparing catgut have proved
  39958. satisfactory: (1) The gut is soaked in juniper oil for at least a month;
  39959. the juniper oil is then removed by ether and alcohol, and the gut
  39960. preserved in 1 in 1000 solution of corrosive sublimate in alcohol
  39961. (Kocher). (2) The gut is placed in a brass receiver and boiled for
  39962. three-quarters of an hour in a solution consisting of 85 per cent.
  39963. absolute alcohol, 10 per cent. water, and 5 per cent. carbolic acid, and
  39964. is then stored in 90 per cent. alcohol. (3) Cladius recommends that the
  39965. catgut, just as it is bought from the dealers, be loosely rolled on a
  39966. spool, and then immersed in a solution of--iodine, 1 part; iodide of
  39967. potassium, 1 part; distilled water, 100 parts. At the end of eight days
  39968. it is ready for use. Moschcowitz has found that the tensile strength of
  39969. catgut so prepared is increased if it is kept dry in a sterile vessel,
  39970. instead of being left indefinitely in the iodine solution. If
  39971. Salkindsohn's formula is used--tincture of iodine, 1 part; proof spirit,
  39972. 15 parts--the gut can be kept permanently in the solution without
  39973. becoming brittle. To avoid contamination from the hands, catgut should
  39974. be removed from the bottle with aseptic forceps and passed direct to the
  39975. surgeon. Any portion unused should be thrown away.
  39976.  
  39977. _Silk_ is prepared by being soaked for twelve hours in ether, for other
  39978. twelve in alcohol, and then boiled for ten minutes in 1 in 1000
  39979. sublimate solution. It is then wound on spools with purified hands
  39980. protected by sterilised gloves, and kept in absolute alcohol. Before an
  39981. operation the silk is again boiled for ten minutes in the same solution,
  39982. and is used directly from this (Kocher). Linen thread is sterilised in
  39983. the same way as silk.
  39984.  
  39985. Fishing-gut and silver wire, as well as the needles, should be boiled
  39986. along with the instruments. Horse-hair and fishing-gut may be sterilised
  39987. by prolonged immersion in 1 in 20 carbolic, or in the iodine solutions
  39988. employed to sterilise catgut.
  39989.  
  39990. The field of operation is surrounded by sterilised towels, clipped to
  39991. the edges of the wound, and securely fixed in position so that no
  39992. contamination may take place from the surroundings.
  39993.  
  39994. The surgeon and his assistants, including the anaesthetist, wear
  39995. overalls sterilised by steam. To avoid the risk of infection from dust,
  39996. scurf, or drops of perspiration falling from the head, the surgeon and
  39997. his assistants may wear sterilised cotton caps. To obviate the risk of
  39998. infection taking place by drops of saliva projected from the mouth in
  39999. talking or coughing in the vicinity of a wound, a simple mask may be
  40000. worn.
  40001.  
  40002. The risk of infection from the _air_ is now known to be very small, so
  40003. long as there is no excess of floating dust. All sweeping, dusting, and
  40004. disturbing of curtains, blinds, or furniture must therefore be avoided
  40005. before or during an operation.
  40006.  
  40007. It has been shown that the presence of spectators increases the number
  40008. of organisms in the atmosphere. In teaching clinics, therefore, the risk
  40009. from air infection is greater than in private practice.
  40010.  
  40011. To facilitate primary union, all haemorrhage should be arrested, and the
  40012. accumulation of fluid in the wound prevented. When much oozing is
  40013. anticipated, a glass or rubber drainage-tube is inserted through a small
  40014. opening specially made for the purpose. In aseptic wounds the tube may
  40015. be removed in from twenty-four to forty-eight hours, and where it is
  40016. important to avoid a scar, the opening should be closed with a Michel's
  40017. clip; in infected wounds the tube must remain as long as the discharge
  40018. continues.
  40019.  
  40020. The fascia and skin should be brought into accurate apposition by
  40021. sutures. If any cavity exists in the deeper part of the wound it should
  40022. be obliterated by buried sutures, or by so adjusting the dressing as to
  40023. bring its walls into apposition.
  40024.  
  40025. If these precautions have been successful, the wound will heal under the
  40026. original dressing, which need not be interfered with for from seven to
  40027. ten days, according to the nature of the case.
  40028.  
  40029. #Dressings.#--_Gauze_, sterilised by heat, is almost universally
  40030. employed for the dressing of wounds. _Double cyanide gauze_ may be used
  40031. in such regions as the neck, axilla, or groin, where complete
  40032. sterilisation of the skin is difficult to attain, and where it is
  40033. desirable to leave the dressing undisturbed for ten days or more.
  40034. _Iodoform_ or _bismuth gauze_ is of special value for the packing of
  40035. wounds treated by the open method.
  40036.  
  40037. One variety or another of _wool_, rendered absorbent by the extraction
  40038. of its fat, and sterilised by heat, forms a part of almost every
  40039. surgical dressing, and various antiseptic agents may be added to it. Of
  40040. these, corrosive sublimate is the most generally used. Wood-wool
  40041. dressings are more highly and more uniformly absorbent than cotton
  40042. wools. As evaporation takes place through wool dressings, the discharge
  40043. becomes dried, and so forms an unfavourable medium for bacterial growth.
  40044.  
  40045. Pads of _sphagnum moss_, sterilised by heat, are highly absorbent, and
  40046. being economical are used when there is much discharge, and in cases
  40047. where a leakage of urine has to be soaked up.
  40048.  
  40049. #Means adopted to combat Infection.#--As has already been indicated, the
  40050. same antiseptic precautions are to be taken in dealing with infected as
  40051. with aseptic wounds.
  40052.  
  40053. In _recent injuries_ such as result from railway or machinery accidents,
  40054. with bruising and crushing of the tissues and grinding of gross dirt
  40055. into the wounds, the scissors must be freely used to remove the tissues
  40056. that have been devitalised or impregnated with foreign material.
  40057. Hair-covered parts should be shaved and the surrounding skin painted
  40058. with iodine. Crushed and contaminated portions of bone should be
  40059. chiselled away. Opinions differ as to the benefit derived from washing
  40060. such wounds with chemical antiseptics, which are liable to devitalise
  40061. the tissues with which they come in contact, and so render them less
  40062. able to resist the action of any organisms that may remain in them. All
  40063. are agreed, however, that free washing with normal salt solution is
  40064. useful in mechanically cleansing the injured parts. Peroxide of hydrogen
  40065. sprayed over such wounds is also beneficial in virtue of its oxidising
  40066. properties. Efficient drainage must be provided, and stitches should be
  40067. used sparingly, if at all.
  40068.  
  40069. The best way in which to treat such wounds is by the _open method_. This
  40070. consists in packing the wound with iodoform or bismuth gauze, which is
  40071. left in position as long as it adheres to the raw surface. The packing
  40072. may be renewed at intervals until the wound is filled by granulations;
  40073. or, in the course of a few days when it becomes evident that the
  40074. infection has been overcome, _secondary_ sutures may be introduced and
  40075. the edges drawn together, provision being made at the ends for further
  40076. packing or for drainage-tubes.
  40077.  
  40078. If earth or street dirt has entered the wound, the surface may with
  40079. advantage be painted over with pure carbolic acid, as virulent
  40080. organisms, such as those of tetanus or spreading gangrene, are liable to
  40081. be present. Prophylactic injection of tetanus antitoxin may be
  40082. indicated.
  40083.  
  40084.  
  40085.  
  40086.  
  40087. CHAPTER XIII
  40088.  
  40089. CONSTITUTIONAL EFFECTS OF INJURIES
  40090.  
  40091.  
  40092. SYNCOPE--SHOCK--COLLAPSE--FAT EMBOLISM--TRAUMATIC ASPHYXIA--DELIRIUM
  40093.     IN SURGICAL PATIENTS: _Delirium in general_; _Delirium tremens_;
  40094.     _Traumatic delirium_.
  40095.  
  40096.  
  40097. SYNCOPE, SHOCK, AND COLLAPSE
  40098.  
  40099. Syncope, shock, and collapse are clinical conditions which, although
  40100. depending on different causes, bear a superficial resemblance to one
  40101. another.
  40102.  
  40103. #Syncope or Fainting.#--Syncope is the result of a suddenly produced
  40104. anaemia of the brain from temporary weakening or arrest of the heart's
  40105. action. In surgical practice, this condition is usually observed in
  40106. nervous persons who have been subjected to pain, as in the reduction of
  40107. a dislocation or the incision of a whitlow; or in those who have rapidly
  40108. lost a considerable quantity of blood. It may also follow the sudden
  40109. withdrawal of fluid from a large cavity, as in tapping an abdomen for
  40110. ascites, or withdrawing fluid from the pleural cavity. Syncope sometimes
  40111. occurs also during the administration of a general anaesthetic,
  40112. especially if there is a tendency to sickness and the patient is not
  40113. completely under. During an operation the onset of syncope is often
  40114. recognised by the cessation of oozing from the divided vessels before
  40115. the general symptoms become manifest.
  40116.  
  40117. _Clinical Features._--When a person is about to faint he feels giddy,
  40118. has surging sounds in his ears, and haziness of vision; he yawns,
  40119. becomes pale and sick, and a free flow of saliva takes place into the
  40120. mouth. The pupils dilate; the pulse becomes small and almost
  40121. imperceptible; the respirations shallow and hurried; consciousness
  40122. gradually fades away, and he falls in a heap on the floor.
  40123.  
  40124. Sometimes vomiting ensues before the patient completely loses
  40125. consciousness, and the muscular exertion entailed may ward off the
  40126. actual faint. This is frequently seen in threatened syncopal attacks
  40127. during chloroform administration.
  40128.  
  40129. Recovery begins in a few seconds, the patient sighing or gasping, or, it
  40130. may be, vomiting; the strength of the pulse gradually increases, and
  40131. consciousness slowly returns. In some cases, however, syncope is fatal.
  40132.  
  40133. _Treatment._--The head should at once be lowered--in imitation of
  40134. nature's method--to encourage the flow of blood to the brain, the
  40135. patient, if necessary, being held up by the heels. All tight clothing,
  40136. especially round the neck or chest, must be loosened. The heart may be
  40137. stimulated reflexly by dashing cold water over the face or chest, or by
  40138. rubbing the face vigorously with a rough towel. The application of
  40139. volatile substances, such as ammonia or smelling-salts, to the nose; the
  40140. administration by the mouth of sal-volatile, whisky or brandy, and the
  40141. intra-muscular injection of ether, are the most speedily efficacious
  40142. remedies. In severe cases the application of hot cloths over the heart,
  40143. or of the faradic current over the line of the phrenic nerve, just above
  40144. the clavicle, may be called for.
  40145.  
  40146. #Surgical Shock.#--The condition known as surgical shock may be looked
  40147. upon as a state of profound exhaustion of the mechanism that exists in
  40148. the body for the transformation of energy. This mechanism consists of
  40149. (1) the _brain_, which, through certain special centres, regulates all
  40150. vital activity; (2) the _adrenal glands_, the secretion of
  40151. which--adrenalin--acting as a stimulant of the sympathetic system, so
  40152. controls the tone of the blood vessels as to maintain efficient
  40153. oxidation of the tissues; and (3) _the liver_, which stores and delivers
  40154. glycogen as it is required by the muscles, and in addition, deals with
  40155. the by-products of metabolism.
  40156.  
  40157. Crile and his co-workers have shown that in surgical shock histological
  40158. changes occur in the cells of the brain, the adrenals, and the liver,
  40159. and that these are identical, whatever be the cause that leads to the
  40160. exhaustion of the energy-transforming mechanism. These changes vary in
  40161. degree, and range from slight alterations in the structure of the
  40162. protoplasm to complete disorganisation of the cell elements.
  40163.  
  40164. The influences which contribute to bring about this form of exhaustion
  40165. that we call shock are varied, and include such emotional states as
  40166. fear, anxiety, or worry, physical injury and toxic infection, and the
  40167. effects of these factors are augmented by anything that tends to lower
  40168. the vitality, such as loss of blood, exposure, insufficient food, loss
  40169. of sleep or antecedent illness.
  40170.  
  40171. Any one or any combination of these influences may cause shock, but the
  40172. most potent, and the one which most concerns the surgeon, is physical
  40173. injury, _e.g._, a severe accident or an operation (_traumatic shock_).
  40174. This is usually associated with some emotional disturbance, such as fear
  40175. or anxiety (_emotional shock_), or with haemorrhage; and may be followed
  40176. by septic infection (_toxic shock_).
  40177.  
  40178. The exaggerated afferent impulses reaching the brain as a result of
  40179. trauma, inhibit the action of the nuclei in the region of the fourth
  40180. ventricle and cerebellum which maintain the muscular tone, with the
  40181. result that the muscular tone is diminished and there is a marked fall
  40182. in the arterial blood pressure. The capillaries dilate--the blood
  40183. stagnating in them and giving off its oxygen and transuding its fluid
  40184. elements into the tissues--with the result that an insufficient quantity
  40185. of oxygenated blood reaches the heart to enable it to maintain an
  40186. efficient circulation. As the sarco-lactic acid liberated in the muscles
  40187. is not oxygenated a condition of acidosis ensues.
  40188.  
  40189. The more highly the injured part is endowed with sensory nerves the more
  40190. marked is the shock; a crush of the hand, for example, is attended with
  40191. a more intense degree of shock than a correspondingly severe crush of
  40192. the foot; and injuries of such specially innervated parts as the testis,
  40193. the urethra, the face, or the spinal cord, are associated with severe
  40194. degrees, as are also those of parts innervated from the sympathetic
  40195. system, such as the abdominal or thoracic viscera. It is to be borne in
  40196. mind that a state of general anaesthesia does not prevent injurious
  40197. impulses reaching the brain and causing shock during an operation. If
  40198. the main nerves of the part are "blocked" by injection of a local
  40199. anaesthetic, however, the central nervous system is protected from these
  40200. impulses.
  40201.  
  40202. While the aged frequently manifest but few signs of shock, they have a
  40203. correspondingly feeble power of recovery; and while many young children
  40204. suffer little, even after severe operations, others with much less cause
  40205. succumb to shock.
  40206.  
  40207. When the injured person's mind is absorbed with other matters than his
  40208. own condition,--as, for example, during the heat of a battle or in the
  40209. excitement of a railway accident or a conflagration,--even severe
  40210. injuries may be unattended by pain or shock at the time, although when
  40211. the period of excitement is over, the severity of the shock is all the
  40212. greater. The same thing is observed in persons injured while under the
  40213. influence of alcohol.
  40214.  
  40215. _Clinical Features._--The patient is in a state of prostration. He is
  40216. roused from his condition of indifference with difficulty, but answers
  40217. questions intelligently, if only in a whisper. The face is pale, beads
  40218. of sweat stand out on the brow, the features are drawn, the eyes
  40219. sunken, and the cheeks hollow. The lips and ears are pallid; the skin of
  40220. the body of a greyish colour, cold, and clammy. The pulse is rapid,
  40221. fluttering, and often all but imperceptible at the wrist; the
  40222. respiration is irregular, shallow, and sighing; and the temperature may
  40223. fall to 96 o F. or even lower. The mouth is parched, and the patient
  40224. complains of thirst. There is little sensibility to pain.
  40225.  
  40226. Except in very severe cases, shock tends towards recovery within a few
  40227. hours, the _reaction_, as it is called, being often ushered in by
  40228. vomiting. The colour improves; the pulse becomes full and bounding; the
  40229. respiration deeper and more regular; the temperature rises to 100 o F. or
  40230. higher; and the patient begins to take notice of his surroundings. The
  40231. condition of neurasthenia which sometimes follows an operation may be
  40232. associated with the degenerative changes in nerve cells described by
  40233. Crile.
  40234.  
  40235. In certain cases the symptoms of traumatic shock blend with those
  40236. resulting from toxin absorption, and it is difficult to estimate the
  40237. relative importance of the two factors in the causation of the
  40238. condition. The conditions formerly known as "delayed shock" and
  40239. "prostration with excitement" are now generally recognised to be due to
  40240. toxaemia.
  40241.  
  40242. _Question of Operating during Shock._--Most authorities agree that
  40243. operations should only be undertaken during profound shock when they are
  40244. imperatively demanded for the arrest of haemorrhage, the prevention of
  40245. infection of serous cavities, or for the relief of pain which is
  40246. producing or intensifying the condition.
  40247.  
  40248. _Prevention of Operation Shock._--In the preparation of a patient for
  40249. operation, drastic purgation and prolonged fasting must be avoided, and
  40250. about half an hour before a severe operation a pint of saline solution
  40251. should be slowly introduced into the rectum; this is repeated, if
  40252. necessary, during the operation, and at its conclusion. The
  40253. operating-room must be warm--not less than 70 o F.--and the patient
  40254. should be wrapped in cotton wool and blankets, and surrounded by
  40255. hot-bottles. All lotions used must be warm (100 o F.); and the operation
  40256. should be completed as speedily and as bloodlessly as possible. The
  40257. element of fear may to some extent be eliminated by the preliminary
  40258. administration of such drugs as scopolamin or morphin, and with a view
  40259. to preventing the passage of exciting afferent impulses, Crile advocates
  40260. "blocking" of the nerves by the injection of a 1 per cent. solution of
  40261. novocaine into their substance on the proximal side of the field of
  40262. operation. To prevent after-pain in abdominal wounds he recommends
  40263. injecting the edges with quinine and urea hydrochlorate before suturing,
  40264. the resulting anaesthesia lasting for twenty-four to forty-eight hours.
  40265. To these preventive measures the term _anoci-association_ has been
  40266. applied. In selecting an anaesthetic, it may be borne in mind that
  40267. chloroform lowers the blood pressure more than ether does, and that with
  40268. spinal anaesthesia there is no lowering of the blood pressure.
  40269.  
  40270. _Treatment._--A patient suffering from shock should be placed in the
  40271. recumbent position, with the foot of the bed raised to facilitate the
  40272. return circulation in the large veins, and so to increase the flow of
  40273. blood to the brain. His bed should be placed near a large fire, and the
  40274. patient himself surrounded by cotton wool and blankets and hot-bottles.
  40275. If he has lost much blood, the limbs should be wrapped in cotton wool
  40276. and firmly bandaged from below upwards, to conserve as much of the
  40277. circulating blood as possible in the trunk and head. If the shock is
  40278. moderate in degree, as soon as the patient has been put to bed, about a
  40279. pint of saline solution should be introduced into the rectum, and 10 to
  40280. 15 minims of adrenalin chloride (1 in 1000) may with advantage be added
  40281. to the fluid. The injection should be repeated every two hours until the
  40282. circulation is sufficiently restored. In severe cases, especially when
  40283. associated with haemorrhage, transfusion of whole blood from a compatible
  40284. donor, is the most efficient means (_Op. Surg._, p. 37). Cardiac
  40285. stimulants such as strychnin, digitalin, or strophanthin are
  40286. contra-indicated in shock, as they merely exhaust the already impaired
  40287. vaso-motor centre.
  40288.  
  40289. Artificial respiration may be useful in tiding a patient over the
  40290. critical period of shock, especially at the end of a severe operation.
  40291.  
  40292. Failing this, the introduction of saline solution at a temperature of
  40293. about 105 o F. into a vein or into the subcutaneous tissue is useful
  40294. where much blood has been lost (p. 276). Two or three pints may be
  40295. injected into a vein, or smaller quantities under the skin.
  40296.  
  40297. Thirst is best met by giving small quantities of warm water by the
  40298. mouth, or by the introduction of saline solution into the rectum. Ice
  40299. only relieves thirst for a short time, and as it is liable to induce
  40300. flatulence should be avoided, especially in abdominal cases. Dryness of
  40301. the tongue may be relieved by swabbing the mouth with a mixture of
  40302. glycerine and lemon juice.
  40303.  
  40304. If severe pain calls for the use of morphin, 1/120th grain of atropin
  40305. should be added, or heroin alone may be given in doses of 1/24th to
  40306. 1/12th grain.
  40307.  
  40308. #Collapse# is a clinical condition which comes on more insidiously than
  40309. shock, and which does not attain its maximum degree of severity for
  40310. several hours. It is met with in the course of severe illnesses,
  40311. especially such as are associated with the loss of large quantities of
  40312. fluid from the body--for example, by severe diarrhoea, notably in Asiatic
  40313. cholera; by persistent vomiting; or by profuse sweating, as in some
  40314. cases of heat-stroke. Severe degrees of collapse follow sudden and
  40315. profuse loss of blood.
  40316.  
  40317. Collapse often follows upon shock--for example, in intestinal
  40318. perforations, or after abdominal operations complicated by peritonitis,
  40319. especially if there is vomiting, as in cases of obstruction high up in
  40320. the intestine. The symptoms of collapse are aggravated if toxin
  40321. absorption is superadded to the loss of fluid.
  40322.  
  40323. The _clinical features_ of this condition are practically the same as
  40324. those of shock; and it is treated on the same lines.
  40325.  
  40326. FAT EMBOLISM.--After various injuries and operations, but
  40327. especially such as implicate the marrow of long bones--for example,
  40328. comminuted fractures, osteotomies, resections of joints, or the forcible
  40329. correction of deformities--fluid fat may enter the circulation in
  40330. variable quantity. In the vast majority of cases no ill effects follow,
  40331. but when the quantity is large or when the absorption is long continued
  40332. certain symptoms ensue, either immediately, or more frequently not for
  40333. two or three days. These are mostly referable to the lungs and brain.
  40334.  
  40335. In the lung the fat collects in the minute blood vessels and produces
  40336. venous congestion and oedema, and sometimes pneumonia. Dyspnoea, with
  40337. cyanosis, a persistent cough and frothy or blood-stained sputum, a
  40338. feeble pulse and low temperature, are the chief symptoms.
  40339.  
  40340. When the fat lodges in the capillaries of the brain, the pulse becomes
  40341. small, rapid, and irregular, delirium followed by coma ensues, and the
  40342. condition is usually rapidly fatal.
  40343.  
  40344. Fat is usually to be detected in the urine, even in mild cases.
  40345.  
  40346. The _treatment_ consists in tiding the patient over the acute stage of
  40347. his illness, until the fat is eliminated from the blood vessels.
  40348.  
  40349. TRAUMATIC ASPHYXIA OR TRAUMATIC CYANOSIS.--This term has been
  40350. applied to a condition which results when the thorax is so forcibly
  40351. compressed that respiration is mechanically arrested for several
  40352. minutes. It has occurred from being crushed in a struggling crowd, or
  40353. under a fall of masonry, and in machinery accidents. When the patient is
  40354. released, the face and the neck as low down as the level of the
  40355. clavicles present an intense coloration, varying from deep purple to
  40356. blue-black. The affected area is sharply defined, and on close
  40357. inspection the appearance is found to be due to the presence of
  40358. countless minute reddish-blue or black spots, with small areas or
  40359. streaks of normal skin between them. The punctate nature of the
  40360. coloration is best recognised towards the periphery of the affected
  40361. area--at the junction of the brow with the hairy scalp, and where the
  40362. dark patch meets the normal skin of the chest (Beach and Cobb). Pressure
  40363. over the skin does not cause the colour to disappear as in ordinary
  40364. cyanosis. It has been shown by Wright of Boston, that the coloration is
  40365. due to stasis from mechanical over-distension of the veins and
  40366. capillaries; actual extravasation into the tissues is exceptional. The
  40367. sharply defined distribution of the coloration is attributed to the
  40368. absence of functionating valves in the veins of the head and neck, so
  40369. that when the increased intra-thoracic pressure is transmitted to these
  40370. veins they become engorged. Under the conjunctivae there are
  40371. extravasations of bright red blood; and sublingual haematoma has been
  40372. observed (Beatson).
  40373.  
  40374. The discoloration begins to fade within a few hours, and after the
  40375. second or third day it disappears, without showing any of the chromatic
  40376. changes which characterise a bruise. The sub-conjunctival ecchymosis,
  40377. however, persists for several weeks and disappears like other
  40378. extravasations. Apart from combating the shock, or dealing with
  40379. concomitant injuries, no treatment is called for.
  40380.  
  40381.  
  40382. DELIRIUM IN SURGICAL PATIENTS
  40383.  
  40384. Delirium is a temporary disturbance of mind which occurs in the course
  40385. of certain diseases, and sometimes after injuries or operations. It may
  40386. be associated with any of the acute pyogenic infections; with
  40387. erysipelas, especially when it affects the head or face; or with chronic
  40388. infective diseases of the urinary organs. In the various forms of
  40389. meningitis also, and in some cases of injury to the head, it is common;
  40390. and it is sometimes met with after severe haemorrhage, and in cases of
  40391. poisoning by such drugs as iodoform, cocain, or alcohol. Delirium may
  40392. also, of course, be a symptom of insanity.
  40393.  
  40394. Often there is merely incoherent muttering regarding past incidents or
  40395. occupations, or about absent friends; or the condition may assume the
  40396. form of excitement, of dementia, or of melancholia; and the symptoms are
  40397. usually worst at night.
  40398.  
  40399. #Delirium Tremens# is seen in persons addicted to alcohol, who, as the
  40400. result of accident or operation, are suddenly compelled to lie in bed.
  40401. Although oftenest met with in habitual drunkards or chronic tipplers, it
  40402. is by no means uncommon in moderate drinkers, and has even been seen in
  40403. children.
  40404.  
  40405. _Clinical Features._--The delirium, which has been aptly described as
  40406. being of a "busy" character, usually manifests itself within a few days
  40407. of the patient being laid up. For two or three days he refuses food, is
  40408. depressed, suspicious, sleepless and restless, demanding to be allowed
  40409. up. Then he begins to mutter incoherently, to pull off the bedclothes,
  40410. and to attempt to get out of bed. There is general muscular tremor, most
  40411. marked in the tongue, the lips, and the hands. The patient imagines that
  40412. he sees all sorts of horrible beings around him, and is sometimes
  40413. greatly distressed because of rats, mice, beetles, or snakes, which he
  40414. fancies are crawling over him. The pulse is soft, rapid, and
  40415. compressible; the temperature is only moderately raised (100 o-101 o F.),
  40416. and as a rule there is profuse sweating. The digestion is markedly
  40417. impaired, and there is often vomiting. Patients in this condition are
  40418. peculiarly insensitive to pain, and may even walk about with a fractured
  40419. leg without apparent discomfort.
  40420.  
  40421. In most cases the symptoms begin to pass off in three or four days; the
  40422. patient sleeps, the hallucinations and tremors cease, and he gradually
  40423. recovers. In other cases the temperature rises, the pulse becomes rapid,
  40424. and death results from exhaustion.
  40425.  
  40426. The main indication in _treatment_ is to secure sleep, and this is done
  40427. by the administration of bromides, chloral, or paraldehyde, or of one or
  40428. other of the drugs of which sulphonal, trional, and veronal are
  40429. examples. Heroin in doses of from 1/24th to 1/12th grain is often of
  40430. service. Morphin must be used with great caution. In some cases hyoscin
  40431. (1/200 grain) injected hypodermically is found efficacious when all
  40432. other means have failed, but this drug must be used with great
  40433. discrimination. The patient must be encouraged to take plenty of easily
  40434. digested fluid food, supplemented, if necessary, by nutrient enemata and
  40435. saline infusions.
  40436.  
  40437. In the early stage a brisk mercurial purge is often of value. Alcohol
  40438. should be withheld, unless failing of the pulse strongly indicates its
  40439. use, and then it should be given along with the food.
  40440.  
  40441. A delirious patient must be constantly watched by a trained attendant or
  40442. other competent person, lest he get out of bed and do harm to himself or
  40443. others. Mechanical restraint is often necessary, but must be avoided if
  40444. possible, as it is apt to increase the excitement and exhaust the
  40445. patient. On account of the extreme restlessness, there is often great
  40446. difficulty in carrying out the proper treatment of the primary surgical
  40447. condition, and considerable modifications in splints and other
  40448. appliances are often rendered necessary.
  40449.  
  40450. A form of delirium, sometimes spoken of as #Traumatic Delirium#, may
  40451. follow on severe injuries or operations in persons of neurotic
  40452. temperament, or in those whose nervous system is exhausted by overwork.
  40453. It is met with apart from alcoholic intemperance. This form of delirium
  40454. seems to be specially prone to ensue on operations on the face, the
  40455. thyreoid gland, or the genito-urinary organs. The symptoms appear in
  40456. from two to five days after the operation, and take the form of
  40457. restlessness, sleeplessness, low incoherent muttering, and picking at
  40458. the bedclothes. It is not necessarily attended by fever or by muscular
  40459. tremors. The patient may show hysterical symptoms. This condition is
  40460. probably to be regarded as a form of insanity, as it is liable to merge
  40461. into mania or melancholia.
  40462.  
  40463. The _treatment_ is carried out on the same lines as that of delirium
  40464. tremens.
  40465.  
  40466.  
  40467.  
  40468.  
  40469. CHAPTER XIV
  40470.  
  40471. THE BLOOD VESSELS
  40472.  
  40473.  
  40474. Anatomy--INJURIES OF ARTERIES: _Varieties_--INJURIES OF
  40475.     VEINS: _Air Embolism_--Repair of blood vessels and natural
  40476.     arrest of haemorrhage--HAEMORRHAGE: _Varieties_;
  40477.     _Prevention_; _Arrest_--Constitutional effects of
  40478.     haemorrhage--Haemophilia--DISEASES OF BLOOD VESSELS:
  40479.     Thrombosis; Embolism--Arteritis: _Varieties_;
  40480.     Arterio-sclerosis--Thrombo-phlebitis--Phlebitis:
  40481.     _Varieties_--VARIX--ANGIOMATA--Naevus: _Varieties_;
  40482.     _Electrolysis_--Cirsoid aneurysm--ANEURYSM: _Varieties_;
  40483.     _Methods of treatment_--ANEURYSMS OF INDIVIDUAL ARTERIES.
  40484.  
  40485. #Surgical Anatomy.#--An _artery_ has three coats: an internal coat--the
  40486. _tunica intima_--made up of a single layer of endothelial cells lining
  40487. the lumen; outside of this a layer of delicate connective tissue; and
  40488. still farther out a dense tissue composed of longitudinally arranged
  40489. elastic fibres--the internal elastic lamina. The tunica intima is easily
  40490. ruptured. The middle coat, or _tunica media_, consists of non-striped
  40491. muscular fibres, arranged for the most part concentrically round the
  40492. vessel. In this coat also there is a considerable proportion of elastic
  40493. tissue, especially in the larger vessels. The thickness of the vessel
  40494. wall depends chiefly on the development of the muscular coat. The
  40495. external coat, or _tunica externa_, is composed of fibrous tissue,
  40496. containing, especially in vessels of medium calibre, some yellow elastic
  40497. fibres in its deeper layers.
  40498.  
  40499. In most parts of the body the arteries lie in a sheath of connective
  40500. tissue, from which fine fibrous processes pass to the tunica externa.
  40501. The connection, however, is not a close one, and the artery when divided
  40502. transversely is capable of retracting for a considerable distance within
  40503. its sheath. In some of the larger arteries the sheath assumes the form
  40504. of a definite membrane.
  40505.  
  40506. The arteries are nourished by small vessels--the _vasa vasorum_--which
  40507. ramify chiefly in the outer coat. They are also well supplied with
  40508. nerves, which regulate the size of the lumen by inducing contraction or
  40509. relaxation of the muscular coat.
  40510.  
  40511. The _veins_ are constructed on the same general plan as the arteries,
  40512. the individual coats, however, being thinner. The inner coat is less
  40513. easily ruptured, and the middle coat contains a smaller proportion of
  40514. muscular tissue. In one important point veins differ structurally from
  40515. arteries--namely, in being provided with valves which prevent reflux of
  40516. the blood. These valves are composed of semilunar folds of the tunica
  40517. intima strengthened by an addition of connective tissue. Each valve
  40518. usually consists of two semilunar flaps attached to opposite sides of
  40519. the vessel wall, each flap having a small sinus on its cardiac side.
  40520. The distension of these sinuses with blood closes the valve and
  40521. prevents regurgitation. Valves are absent from the superior and inferior
  40522. venae cavae, the portal vein and its tributaries, the hepatic, renal,
  40523. uterine, and spermatic veins, and from the veins in the lower part of
  40524. the rectum. They are ill-developed or absent also in the iliac and
  40525. common femoral veins--a fact which has an important bearing on the
  40526. production of varix in the veins of the lower extremity.
  40527.  
  40528. The wall of _capillaries_ consists of a single layer of endothelial
  40529. cells.
  40530.  
  40531.  
  40532. HAEMORRHAGE
  40533.  
  40534. Various terms are employed in relation to haemorrhage, according to its
  40535. seat, its origin, the time at which it occurs, and other circumstances.
  40536.  
  40537. The term _external haemorrhage_ is employed when the blood escapes on the
  40538. surface; when the bleeding takes place into the tissues or into a cavity
  40539. it is spoken of as _internal_. The blood may infiltrate the connective
  40540. tissue, constituting an _extravasation_ of blood; or it may collect in a
  40541. space or cavity and form a _haematoma_.
  40542.  
  40543. The coughing up of blood from the lungs is known as _haemoptysis_;
  40544. vomiting of blood from the stomach, as _haematemesis_; the passage of
  40545. black-coloured stools due to the presence of blood altered by digestion,
  40546. as _melaena_; and the passage of bloody urine, as _haematuria_.
  40547.  
  40548. Haemorrhage is known as arterial, venous, or capillary, according to the
  40549. nature of the vessel from which it takes place.
  40550.  
  40551. In _arterial_ haemorrhage the blood is bright red in colour, and escapes
  40552. from the cardiac end of the divided vessel in pulsating jets
  40553. synchronously with the systole of the heart. In vascular parts--for
  40554. example the face--both ends of a divided artery bleed freely. The blood
  40555. flowing from an artery may be dark in colour if the respiration is
  40556. impeded. When the heart's action is weak and the blood tension low the
  40557. flow may appear to be continuous and not in jets. The blood from a
  40558. divided artery at the bottom of a deep wound, escapes on the surface in
  40559. a steady flow.
  40560.  
  40561. _Venous_ bleeding is not pulsatile, but occurs in a continuous stream,
  40562. which, although both ends of the vessel may bleed, is more copious from
  40563. the distal end. The blood is dark red under ordinary conditions, but may
  40564. be purplish, or even black, if the respiration is interfered with. When
  40565. one of the large veins in the neck is wounded, the effects of
  40566. respiration produce a rise and fall in the stream which may resemble
  40567. arterial pulsation.
  40568.  
  40569. In _capillary_ haemorrhage, red blood escapes from numerous points on the
  40570. surface of the wound in a steady ooze. This form of bleeding is serious
  40571. in those who are the subjects of haemophilia.
  40572.  
  40573.  
  40574. INJURIES OF ARTERIES
  40575.  
  40576. The following description of the injuries of arteries refers to the
  40577. larger, named trunks. The injuries of smaller, unnamed vessels are
  40578. included in the consideration of wounds and contusions.
  40579.  
  40580. #Contusion.#--An artery may be contused by a blow or crush, or by the
  40581. oblique impact of a bullet. The bruising of the vessel wall, especially
  40582. if it is diseased, may result in the formation of a thrombus which
  40583. occludes the lumen temporarily or even permanently, and in rare cases
  40584. may lead to gangrene of the limb beyond.
  40585.  
  40586. #Subcutaneous Rupture.#--An artery may be ruptured subcutaneously by a
  40587. blow or crush, or by a displaced fragment of bone. This injury has been
  40588. produced also during attempts to reduce dislocations, especially those
  40589. of old standing at the shoulder. It is most liable to occur when the
  40590. vessels are diseased. The rupture may be incomplete or complete.
  40591.  
  40592. _Incomplete Subcutaneous Rupture._--In the majority of cases the rupture
  40593. is incomplete--the inner and middle coats being torn, while the outer
  40594. remains intact. The middle coat contracts and retracts, and the
  40595. internal, because of its elasticity, curls up in the interior of the
  40596. vessel, forming a valvular obstruction to the blood-flow. In most cases
  40597. this results in the formation of a thrombus which occludes the vessel.
  40598. In some cases the blood-pressure gradually distends the injured segment
  40599. of the vessel wall and leads to the formation of an aneurysm.
  40600.  
  40601. The pulsation in the vessels beyond the seat of rupture is arrested--for
  40602. a time at least--owing to the occlusion of the vessel, and the limb
  40603. becomes cold and powerless. The pulsation seldom returns within five or
  40604. six weeks of the injury, if indeed it is not permanently arrested, but,
  40605. as a rule, a collateral circulation is rapidly established, sufficient
  40606. to nourish the parts beyond. If the pulsation returns within a week of
  40607. the injury, the presumption is that the occlusion was due to pressure
  40608. from without--for example, by haemorrhage into the sheath or the pressure
  40609. of a fragment of bone.
  40610.  
  40611. _Complete Subcutaneous Rupture._--When the rupture is complete, all the
  40612. coats of the vessel are torn and the blood escapes into the surrounding
  40613. tissues. If the original injury is attended with much shock, the
  40614. bleeding may not take place until the period of reaction. Rupture of the
  40615. popliteal artery in association with fracture of the femur, or of the
  40616. axillary or brachial artery with fracture of the humerus or dislocation
  40617. of the shoulder, are familiar examples of this injury.
  40618.  
  40619. Like incomplete rupture, this lesion is accompanied by loss of pulsation
  40620. and power, and by coldness of the limb beyond; a tense and excessively
  40621. painful swelling rapidly appears in the region of the injury, and, where
  40622. the cellular tissue is loose, may attain a considerable size. The
  40623. pressure of the effused blood occludes the veins and leads to congestion
  40624. and oedema of the limb beyond. The interference with the circulation, and
  40625. the damage to the tissues, may be so great that gangrene ensues.
  40626.  
  40627. _Treatment._--When an artery has been contused or ruptured, the limb
  40628. must be placed in the most favourable condition for restoration of the
  40629. circulation. The skin is disinfected and the limb wrapped in cotton wool
  40630. to conserve its heat, and elevated to such an extent as to promote the
  40631. venous return without at the same time interfering with the inflow of
  40632. blood. A careful watch must be kept on the state of nutrition of the
  40633. limb, lest gangrene occurs.
  40634.  
  40635. If no complications supervene, the swelling subsides, and recovery may
  40636. be complete in six or eight weeks. If the extravasation is great and the
  40637. skin threatens to give way, or if the vitality of the limb is seriously
  40638. endangered, it is advisable to expose the injured vessel, and, after
  40639. clearing away the clots, to attempt to suture the rent in the artery,
  40640. or, if torn across, to join the ends after paring the bruised edges. If
  40641. this is impracticable, a ligature is applied above and below the
  40642. rupture. If gangrene ensues, amputation must be performed.
  40643.  
  40644. These descriptions apply to the larger arteries of the extremities. A
  40645. good illustration of subcutaneous rupture of the arteries of the head is
  40646. afforded by the tearing of the middle meningeal artery caused by the
  40647. application of blunt violence to the skull; and of the arteries of the
  40648. trunk--caused by the tearing of the renal artery in rupture of the
  40649. kidney.
  40650.  
  40651. #Open Wounds of Arteries--Laceration.#--Laceration of large arteries is
  40652. a common complication of machinery and railway accidents. The violence
  40653. being usually of a tearing, twisting, or crushing nature, such injuries
  40654. are seldom associated with much haemorrhage, as torn or crushed vessels
  40655. quickly become occluded by contraction and retraction of their coats and
  40656. by the formation of a clot. A whole limb even may be avulsed from the
  40657. body with comparatively little loss of blood. The risk in such cases is
  40658. secondary haemorrhage resulting from pyogenic infection.
  40659.  
  40660. The _treatment_ is that applicable to all wounds, with, in addition, the
  40661. ligation of the lacerated vessels.
  40662.  
  40663. #Punctured wounds# of blood vessels may result from stabs, or they may
  40664. be accidentally inflicted in the course of an operation.
  40665.  
  40666. The division of the coats of the vessel being incomplete, the natural
  40667. haemostasis that results from curling up of the intima and contraction of
  40668. the media, fails to take place, and bleeding goes on into the
  40669. surrounding tissues, and externally. If the sheath of the vessel is not
  40670. widely damaged, the gradually increasing tension of the extravasated
  40671. blood retained within it may ultimately arrest the haemorrhage. A clot
  40672. then forms between the lips of the wound in the vessel wall and projects
  40673. for a short distance into the lumen, without, however, materially
  40674. interfering with the flow through the vessel. The organisation of this
  40675. clot results in the healing of the wound in the vessel wall.
  40676.  
  40677. In other cases the blood escapes beyond the sheath and collects in the
  40678. surrounding tissues, and a traumatic aneurysm results. Secondary
  40679. haemorrhage may occur if the wound becomes infected.
  40680.  
  40681. The _treatment_ consists in enlarging the external wound to permit of
  40682. the damaged vessel being ligated above and below the puncture. In some
  40683. cases it may be possible to suture the opening in the vessel wall. When
  40684. circumstances prevent these measures being taken, the bleeding may be
  40685. arrested by making firm pressure over the wound with a pad; but this
  40686. procedure is liable to be followed by the formation of an aneurysm.
  40687.  
  40688. _Minute puncture of arteries_ such as frequently occur in the hypodermic
  40689. administration of drugs and in the use of exploring needles, are not
  40690. attended with any escape of blood, chiefly because of the elastic recoil
  40691. of the arterial wall; a tiny thrombus of platelets and thrombus forms at
  40692. the point where the intima is punctured.
  40693.  
  40694. #Incised Wounds.#--We here refer only to such incised wounds as partly
  40695. divide the vessel wall.
  40696.  
  40697. Longitudinal wounds show little tendency to gape, and are therefore not
  40698. attended with much bleeding. They usually heal rapidly, but, like
  40699. punctured wounds, are liable to be followed by the formation of an
  40700. aneurysm.
  40701.  
  40702. When, however, the incision in the vessel wall is oblique or transverse,
  40703. the retraction of the muscular coat causes the opening to gape, with the
  40704. result that there is haemorrhage, which, even in comparatively small
  40705. arteries, may be so profuse as to prove dangerous. When the associated
  40706. wound in the soft parts is valvular the haemorrhage is arrested and an
  40707. aneurysm may develop.
  40708.  
  40709. When a large arterial trunk, such as the external iliac, the femoral,
  40710. the common carotid, the brachial, or the popliteal, has been partly
  40711. divided, for example, in the course of an operation, the opening should
  40712. be closed with sutures--_arteriorrhaphy_. The circulation being
  40713. controlled by a tourniquet, or the artery itself occluded by a clamp,
  40714. fine silk or catgut stitches are passed through the outer and middle
  40715. coats after the method of Lembert, a fine, round needle being employed.
  40716. The sheath of the vessel or an adjacent fascia should be stitched
  40717. over the line of suture in the vessel wall. If infection be excluded,
  40718. there is little risk of thrombosis or secondary haemorrhage; and even if
  40719. thrombosis should develop at the point of suture, the artery is
  40720. obstructed gradually, and the establishment of a collateral circulation
  40721. takes place better than after ligation. In the case of smaller trunks,
  40722. or when suture is impracticable, the artery should be tied above and
  40723. below the opening, and divided between the ligatures.
  40724.  
  40725. #Gunshot Wounds of Blood Vessels.#--In the majority of cases injuries of
  40726. large vessels are associated with an external wound; the profusion of
  40727. the bleeding indicates the size of the damaged vessel, and the colour of
  40728. the blood and the nature of the flow denote whether an artery or a vein
  40729. is implicated.
  40730.  
  40731. When an artery is wounded a firm _haematoma_ may form, with an expansile
  40732. pulsation and a palpable thrill--whether such a haematoma remains
  40733. circumscribed or becomes diffuse depends upon the density or laxity of
  40734. the tissues around it. In course of time a _traumatic arterial aneurysm_
  40735. may develop from such a haematoma.
  40736.  
  40737. When an artery and its companion vein are injured simultaneously an
  40738. _arterio-venous aneurysm_ (p. 310) may develop. This frequently takes
  40739. place without the formation of a haematoma as the arterial blood finds
  40740. its way into the vein and so does not escape into the tissues. Even if a
  40741. haematoma forms it seldom assumes a great size. In time a swelling is
  40742. recognised, with a palpable thrill and a systolic bruit, loudest at the
  40743. level of the communication and accompanied by a continuous venous hum.
  40744.  
  40745. If leakage occurs into the tissues, the extravasated blood may occlude
  40746. the vein by pressure, and the symptoms of arterial aneurysm replace
  40747. those of the arterio-venous form, the systolic bruit persisting, while
  40748. the venous hum disappears.
  40749.  
  40750. _Gangrene_ may ensue if the blood supply is seriously interfered with,
  40751. or the signs of _ischaemia_ may develop; the muscles lose their
  40752. elasticity, become hard and paralysed, and anaesthesia of the "glove" or
  40753. "stocking" type, with other alterations of sensation ensue. Apart from
  40754. ischaemia, _reflex paralysis_ of motion and sensation of a transient kind
  40755. may follow injury of a large vessel.
  40756.  
  40757. _Treatment_ is carried out on the same lines as for similar injuries due
  40758. to other causes.
  40759.  
  40760.  
  40761. INJURIES OF VEINS
  40762.  
  40763. Veins are subject to the same forms of injury as arteries, and the
  40764. results are alike in both, such variations as occur being dependent
  40765. partly on the difference in their anatomical structure, and partly on
  40766. the conditions of the circulation through them.
  40767.  
  40768. #Subcutaneous rupture# of veins occur most frequently in association
  40769. with fractures and in the reduction of dislocations. The veins most
  40770. commonly ruptured are the popliteal, the axillary, the femoral, and the
  40771. subclavian. On account of the smaller amount of elastic and muscular
  40772. tissue in the wall of a vein, the contraction and retraction of its
  40773. walls are less than in an artery, and so bleeding may continue for a
  40774. longer period. On the other hand, owing to the lower blood-pressure the
  40775. outflow goes on more slowly, and the gradually increasing pressure
  40776. produced by the extravasated blood is usually sufficient to arrest the
  40777. haemorrhage before it becomes serious. As an aid in diagnosing the source
  40778. of the bleeding, it should be remembered that the rupture of a vein does
  40779. not affect the pulsation in the limb beyond. The risks are practically
  40780. the same as when an artery is ruptured, excepting that of aneurysm, and
  40781. the treatment is carried out on the same lines, but it is seldom
  40782. necessary to operate for the purpose of applying a ligature to the
  40783. injured vein.
  40784.  
  40785. #Wounds# of veins--punctured and incised--frequently occur in the course
  40786. of operations; for example, in the removal of tumours or diseased glands
  40787. from the neck, the axilla, or the groin. They are also met with as a
  40788. result of accidental stabs and of suicidal or homicidal injuries. The
  40789. haemorrhage from a large vein so damaged is usually profuse, but it is
  40790. more readily controlled by external pressure than that from an artery.
  40791. When a vein is merely punctured, the bleeding may be arrested by
  40792. pressure with a pad of gauze, or by a lateral ligature--that is, picking
  40793. up the margins of the rent in the wall and securing them with a
  40794. ligature without occluding the lumen. In the large veins, such as the
  40795. internal jugular, the femoral, or the axillary, it is usually possible
  40796. to suture the opening in the wall. This does not necessarily result in
  40797. thrombosis in the vessel, or in obliteration of its lumen.
  40798.  
  40799. When an _artery and vein are simultaneously wounded_, the features
  40800. peculiar to each are present in greater or less degree. In the limbs
  40801. gangrene may ensue, especially if the wound is infected. Punctured and
  40802. gun-shot wounds implicating both artery and vein are liable to be
  40803. followed by the development of arterio-venous aneurysm.
  40804.  
  40805. #Entrance of Air into Veins--Air Embolism.#--This serious, though
  40806. fortunately rare, accident is apt to occur in the course of operations
  40807. in the region of the thorax, neck, or axilla, if a large vein is opened
  40808. and fails to collapse on account of the rigidity of its walls, its
  40809. incorporation in a dense fascia, or from traction being made upon it. If
  40810. the wound in a vein is thus held open, the negative pressure during
  40811. inspiration sucks air into the right side of the heart. This is
  40812. accompanied by a hissing or gurgling sound, and with the next expiration
  40813. some frothy blood escapes from the wound. The patient instantly becomes
  40814. pale, the pupils dilate, respiration becomes laboured, and although the
  40815. heart may continue to beat forcibly, the peripheral pulse is weak, and
  40816. may even be imperceptible. On auscultating the heart, a churning sound
  40817. may be heard. Death may result in a few minutes; or the heart may slowly
  40818. regain its power and recovery take place.
  40819.  
  40820. _Prevention._--In operations in the "dangerous area"--as the region of
  40821. the root of the neck is called in this connection--care must be taken
  40822. not to cut or divide any vein before it has been secured by forceps, and
  40823. to apply ligatures securely and at once. Deep wounds in this region
  40824. should be kept filled with normal salt solution. Immediately a cut is
  40825. recognised in a vein, a finger should be placed over the vessel on the
  40826. cardiac side of the wound, and kept there until the opening is secured.
  40827.  
  40828. _Treatment._--Little can be done after the air has actually entered the
  40829. vein beyond endeavouring to maintain the heart's action by hypodermic
  40830. injections of ether or strychnin and the application of mustard or hot
  40831. cloths over the chest. The head at the same time should be lowered to
  40832. prevent syncope. Attempts to withdraw the air by suction, and the
  40833. employment of artificial respiration, have proved futile, and are, by
  40834. some, considered dangerous. In a desperate case massage of the heart
  40835. might be tried.
  40836.  
  40837.  
  40838. THE NATURAL ARREST OF HAEMORRHAGE AND THE REPAIR OF BLOOD
  40839. VESSELS
  40840.  
  40841. #Primary Haemorrhage.#--The term primary haemorrhage is applied to the
  40842. bleeding which follows immediately on the wounding of a blood vessel.
  40843. The natural process by which such haemorrhage is arrested varies with the
  40844. character of the wound in the vessel and may be modified by accidental
  40845. circumstances.
  40846.  
  40847. (a) _Repair of completely divided Artery._--When an artery is
  40848. _completely_ divided, the circular fibres of the muscular coat contract,
  40849. so that the lumen of the cut ends is diminished, and at the same time
  40850. each segment retracts within its sheath in virtue of the recoil of the
  40851. elastic elements in its walls, the tunica intima curls up in the
  40852. interior of the vessel, and the tunica externa collapses over the cut
  40853. ends. The blood that escapes from the injured vessel fills the
  40854. interstices of the tissues, and, coagulating, forms a clot which
  40855. temporarily arrests the bleeding. That part of the clot which lies
  40856. between the divided ends of the vessel and in the cellular tissue
  40857. outside, is known as the _external clot_, while the portion which
  40858. projects into the lumen of the vessel is known as the _internal clot_,
  40859. and it usually extends as far as the nearest collateral branch. These
  40860. processes constitute what is known as the _temporary arrest of
  40861. haemorrhage_, which, it will be observed, is effected by the contraction
  40862. and retraction of the divided artery and by clotting.
  40863.  
  40864. The _permanent arrest_ takes place by the transformation of the clot
  40865. into scar tissue. The internal clot plays the most important part in the
  40866. process; it becomes invaded by leucocytes and proliferating endothelial
  40867. and connective-tissue cells, and new blood vessels permeate the mass,
  40868. which is thus converted into granulation tissue. This is ultimately
  40869. replaced by fibrous tissue, which permanently occludes the end of the
  40870. vessel. Concurrently and by the same process the external clot is
  40871. converted into scar tissue.
  40872.  
  40873. If a divided artery is _ligated at its cut end_, the tension of the
  40874. ligature is usually sufficient to rupture the inner and middle coats,
  40875. which curl up within the lumen, the outer coat alone being held in the
  40876. grasp of the ligature. An internal clot forms and, becoming organised,
  40877. permanently occludes the vessel as above described. The ligature and the
  40878. small portion of vessel beyond it are subsequently absorbed.
  40879.  
  40880. In course of time the collateral branches of the vessel above and below
  40881. the level of section enlarge and their inter-communication becomes more
  40882. free, so that even when large trunks have been divided the vascular
  40883. supply of the parts beyond may be completely restored. This is known as
  40884. the development of the _collateral circulation_.
  40885.  
  40886. _Imperfect Collateral Circulation._--While the development of the
  40887. collateral circulation after the ligation or obstruction from other
  40888. cause of a main arterial trunk may be sufficient to prevent gangrene of
  40889. the limb, it may be insufficient for its adequate nourishment; it may be
  40890. cold, bluish in colour, and there may be necrosis of the skin over bony
  40891. points; this is notably the case in the lower extremity after ligation
  40892. of the femoral or popliteal artery, when patches of skin may die over
  40893. the prominence of the heel, the balls of the toes, the projecting base
  40894. of the fifth metatarsal and the external malleolus.
  40895.  
  40896. If, during the period of reaction, the blood-pressure rises
  40897.  
  40898. considerably, the occluding clot at the divided end of the vessel may be
  40899. washed away or the ligature displaced, permitting of fresh bleeding
  40900. taking place--_reactionary_ or _intermediary haemorrhage_ (p. 272).
  40901.  
  40902. In the event of the wound becoming infected with pyogenic organisms, the
  40903. occluding blood-clot or the young fibrous tissue may become
  40904. disintegrated in the suppurative process, and the bleeding start
  40905. afresh--_secondary haemorrhage_ (p. 273).
  40906.  
  40907. (b) If an artery is only _partly cut across_, the divided fibres of
  40908. the tunica muscularis contract and those of the tunica externa retract,
  40909. with the result that a more or less circular hole is formed in the wall
  40910. of the vessel, from which free bleeding takes place, as the conditions
  40911. are unfavourable for the formation of an occluding clot. Even if a clot
  40912. does form, when the blood-pressure rises it is readily displaced,
  40913. leading to reactionary haemorrhage. Should the wound become infected,
  40914. secondary haemorrhage is specially liable to occur. A further risk
  40915. attends this form of injury, in that the intra-vascular tension may in
  40916. time lead to gradual stretching of the scar tissue which closes the gap
  40917. in the vessel wall, with the result that a localised dilatation or
  40918. diverticulum forms, constituting a _traumatic aneurysm_.
  40919.  
  40920. (c) When the injury merely takes the form of a _puncture_ or _small
  40921. incision_ a blood-clot forms between the edges, becomes organised, and
  40922. is converted into cicatricial tissue which seals the aperture. Such
  40923. wounds may also be followed by reactionary or secondary haemorrhage, or
  40924. later by the formation of a traumatic aneurysm.
  40925.  
  40926. _Conditions which influence the Natural Arrest of Haemorrhage._--The
  40927. natural arrest of bleeding is favoured by tearing or crushing of the
  40928. vessel walls, owing to the contraction and retraction of the coats and
  40929. the tendency of blood to coagulate when in contact with damaged tissue.
  40930. Hence the primary haemorrhage following lacerated wounds is seldom
  40931. copious. The occurrence of syncope or of profound shock also helps to
  40932. stop bleeding by reducing the force of the heart's action.
  40933.  
  40934. On the other hand, there are conditions which retard the natural arrest.
  40935. When, for example, a vessel is only partly divided, the contraction and
  40936. retraction of the muscular coat, instead of diminishing the calibre of
  40937. the artery, causes the wound in the vessel to gape; by completing the
  40938. division of the vessel under these circumstances the bleeding can often
  40939. be arrested. In certain situations, also, the arteries are so intimately
  40940. connected with their sheaths, that when cut across they were unable to
  40941. retract and contract--for example, in the scalp, in the penis, and in
  40942. bones--and copious bleeding may take place from comparatively small
  40943. vessels. This inability of the vessels to contract and retract is met
  40944. with also in inflamed and oedematous parts and in scar tissue. Arteries
  40945. divided in the substance of a muscle also sometimes bleed unduly. Any
  40946. increase in the force of the heart's action, such as may result from
  40947. exertion, excitement, or over-stimulation, also interferes with the
  40948. natural arrest. Lastly, in bleeders, there are conditions which
  40949. interfere with the natural arrest of haemorrhage.
  40950.  
  40951. #Repair of a Vessel ligated in its Continuity.#--When a ligature is
  40952. applied to an artery it should be pulled sufficiently tight to occlude
  40953. the lumen without causing rupture of its coats. It often happens,
  40954. however, that the compression causes rupture of the inner and middle
  40955. coats, so that only the outer coat remains in the grasp of the ligature.
  40956. While this weakens the wall of the vessel, it has the advantage of
  40957. hastening coagulation, by bringing the blood into contact with damaged
  40958. tissue. Whether the inner and middle coats are ruptured or not, blood
  40959. coagulates both above and below the ligature, the proximal clot being
  40960. longer and broader than that on the distal side. In small arteries these
  40961. clots extend as far as the nearest collateral branch, but in the larger
  40962. trunks their length varies. The permanent occlusion of those portions of
  40963. the vessel occupied by clot is brought about by the formation of
  40964. granulation tissue, and its replacement by cicatricial tissue, so that
  40965. the occluded segment of the vessel is represented by a fibrous cord. In
  40966. this process the coagulum only plays a passive role by forming a
  40967. scaffolding on which the granulation tissue is built up. The ligature
  40968. surrounding the vessel, and the elements of the clot, are ultimately
  40969. absorbed.
  40970.  
  40971. #Repair of Veins.#--The process of repair in veins is the same as that
  40972. in arteries, but the thrombosed area may become canalised and the
  40973. circulation through the vessel be re-established.
  40974.  
  40975.  
  40976. HAEMORRHAGE IN SURGICAL OPERATIONS
  40977.  
  40978. The management of the haemorrhage which accompanies an operation includes
  40979. (a) preventive measures, and (b) the arrest of the bleeding.
  40980.  
  40981. #Prevention of Haemorrhage.#--Whenever possible, haemorrhage should be
  40982. controlled by _digital compression_ of the main artery supplying the
  40983. limb rather than by a tourniquet. If efficiently applied compression
  40984. reduces the immediate loss of blood to a minimum, and the bleeding from
  40985. small vessels that follows the removal of the tourniquet is avoided.
  40986. Further, the pressure of a tourniquet has been shown to be a material
  40987. factor in producing shock.
  40988.  
  40989. In selecting a point at which to apply digital compression, it is
  40990. essential that the vessel should be lying over a bone which will furnish
  40991. the necessary resistance. The common carotid, for example, is pressed
  40992. backward and medially against the transverse process (carotid tubercle)
  40993. of the sixth cervical vertebra; the temporal against the temporal
  40994. process (zygoma) in front of the ear; and the facial against the
  40995. mandible at the anterior edge of the masseter.
  40996.  
  40997. In the upper extremity, the subclavian is pressed against the first rib
  40998. by making pressure downwards and backwards in the hollow above the
  40999. clavicle; the axillary and brachial by pressing against the shaft of the
  41000. humerus.
  41001.  
  41002. In the lower extremity, the femoral is controlled by pressing in a
  41003. direction backward and slightly upward against the brim of the pelvis,
  41004. midway between the symphysis pubis and the anterior superior iliac
  41005. spine.
  41006.  
  41007. The abdominal aorta may be compressed against the bodies of the lumbar
  41008. vertebrae opposite the umbilicus, if the spine is arched well forwards
  41009. over a pillow or sand-bag, or by the method suggested by Macewen, in
  41010. which the patient's spine is arched forwards by allowing the lower
  41011. extremities and pelvis to hang over the end of the table, while the
  41012. assistant, standing on a stool, applies his closed fist over the
  41013. abdominal aorta and compresses it against the vertebral column.
  41014. Momburg recommends an elastic cord wound round the body between the
  41015. iliac crest and the lower border of the ribs, but this procedure has
  41016. caused serious damage to the intestine.
  41017.  
  41018. When digital compression is not available, the most convenient and
  41019. certain means of preventing haemorrhage--say in an amputation--is by the
  41020. use of some form of _tourniquet_, such as the elastic tube of Esmarch or
  41021. of Foulis, or an elastic bandage, or the screw tourniquet of Petit.
  41022. Before applying any of these it is advisable to empty the limb of blood.
  41023. This is best done after the manner suggested by Lister: the limb is held
  41024. vertical for three or four minutes; the veins are thus emptied by
  41025. gravitation, and they collapse, and as a physiological result of this
  41026. the arteries reflexly contract, so that the quantity of blood entering
  41027. the limb is reduced to a minimum. With the limb still elevated the
  41028. tourniquet is firmly applied, a part being selected where the vessel can
  41029. be pressed directly against a bone, and where there is no risk of
  41030. exerting injurious pressure on the nerve-trunks. The tourniquet should
  41031. be applied over several layers of gauze or lint to protect the skin, and
  41032. the first turn of the tourniquet must be rapidly and tightly applied to
  41033. arrest completely the arterial flow, otherwise the veins only are
  41034. obstructed and the limb becomes congested. In the lower extremity the
  41035. best place to apply a tourniquet is the middle third of the thigh; in
  41036. the upper extremity, in the middle of the arm. A tourniquet should never
  41037. be applied tighter or left on longer than is absolutely necessary.
  41038.  
  41039. The screw tourniquet of Petit is to be preferred when it is desired to
  41040. intermit the flow through the main artery as in operations for aneurysm.
  41041.  
  41042. When a tourniquet cannot conveniently be applied, or when its presence
  41043. interferes with the carrying out of the operation--as, for example, in
  41044. amputations at the hip or shoulder--the haemorrhage may be controlled by
  41045. preliminary ligation of the main artery above the seat of operation--for
  41046. instance, the external iliac or the subclavian. For such contingencies
  41047. also the steel skewers used by Spence and Wyeth, or a special clamp or
  41048. forceps, such as that suggested by Lynn Thomas, may be employed. In the
  41049. case of vessels which it is undesirable to occlude permanently, such as
  41050. the common carotid, the temporary application of a ligature or clamp is
  41051. useful.
  41052.  
  41053. #Arrest of Haemorrhage.#--_Ligature._--This is the best means of securing
  41054. the larger vessels. The divided vessel having been caught with forceps
  41055. as near to its cut end as possible, a ligature of catgut or silk is tied
  41056. round it. When there is difficulty in applying a ligature securely, for
  41057. example in a dense tissue like the scalp or periosteum, or in a friable
  41058. tissue like the thyreoid gland or the mesentery, a stitch should be
  41059. passed so as to surround the bleeding vessel a short distance from its
  41060. end, in this way ensuring a better hold and preventing the ligature from
  41061. slipping.
  41062.  
  41063. If the haemorrhage is from a partly divided vessel, this should be
  41064. completely cut across to enable its walls to contract and retract, and
  41065. to facilitate the application of forceps and ligatures.
  41066.  
  41067. _Torsion._--This method is seldom employed except for comparatively
  41068. small vessels, but it is applicable to even the largest arteries. In
  41069. employing torsion, the end of the vessel is caught with forceps, and the
  41070. terminal portion twisted round several times. The object is to tear the
  41071. inner and middle coats so that they curl up inside the lumen, while the
  41072. outer fibrous coat is twisted into a cord which occludes the end of the
  41073. vessel.
  41074.  
  41075. _Forci-pressure._--Bleeding from the smallest arteries and from
  41076. arterioles can usually be arrested by firmly squeezing them for a few
  41077. minutes with artery forceps. It is usually found that on the removal of
  41078. the forceps at the end of an operation no further haemorrhage takes
  41079. place. By the use of specially strong clamps, such as the angiotribes of
  41080. Doyen, large trunks may be occluded by pressure.
  41081.  
  41082. _Cautery._--The actual cautery or Paquelin's thermo-cautery is seldom
  41083. employed to arrest haemorrhage, but is frequently useful in preventing
  41084. it, as, for example, in the removal of piles, or in opening the bowel in
  41085. colostomy. It is used at a dull-red heat, which sears the divided ends
  41086. of the vessel and so occludes the lumen. A bright-red or a white heat
  41087. cuts the vessel across without occluding it. The separation of the
  41088. slough produced by the charring of the tissues is sometimes attended
  41089. with secondary bleeding.
  41090.  
  41091. _Haemostatics_ or _Styptics_.--The local application of haemostatics is
  41092. seldom to be recommended. In the treatment of epistaxis or bleeding from
  41093. the nose, of haemorrhage from the socket of a tooth, and sometimes from
  41094. ulcerating or granulating surfaces, however, they may be useful. All
  41095. clots must be removed and the drug applied directly to the bleeding
  41096. surface. Adrenalin and turpentine are the most useful drugs for this
  41097. purpose.
  41098.  
  41099. Haemorrhage from bone, for example the skull, may be arrested by means of
  41100. Horsley's aseptic plastic wax. To stop persistent oozing from soft
  41101. tissues, Horsley successfully applied a portion of living vascular
  41102. tissue, such as a fragment of muscle, which readily adheres to the
  41103. oozing surface and yields elements that cause coagulation of the blood
  41104. by thrombo-kinetic processes. When examined after two or three days the
  41105. muscle has been found to be closely adherent and undergoing
  41106. organisation.
  41107.  
  41108. #Arrest of Accidental Haemorrhage.#--The most efficient means of
  41109. temporarily controlling haemorrhage is by pressure applied with the
  41110. finger, or with a pad of gauze, directly over the bleeding point. While
  41111. this is maintained an assistant makes digital pressure, or applies a
  41112. tourniquet, over the main vessel of the limb on the proximal side of the
  41113. bleeding point. A useful _emergency tourniquet_ may be improvised by
  41114. folding a large handkerchief _en cravatte_, with a cork or piece of wood
  41115. in the fold to act as a pad. The handkerchief is applied round the
  41116. limb, with the pad over the main artery, and the ends knotted on the
  41117. lateral aspect of the limb. With a strong piece of wood the handkerchief
  41118. is wound up like a Spanish windlass, until sufficient pressure is
  41119. exerted to arrest the bleeding.
  41120.  
  41121. When haemorrhage is taking place from a number of small vessels, its
  41122. arrest may be effected by elevation of the bleeding part, particularly
  41123. if it is a limb. By this means the force of the circulation is
  41124. diminished and the formation of coagula favoured. Similarly, in wounds
  41125. of the hand or forearm, or of the foot or leg, bleeding may be arrested
  41126. by placing a pad in the flexure and acutely flexing the limb at the
  41127. elbow or knee respectively.
  41128.  
  41129. #Reactionary Haemorrhage.#--Reactionary or intermediary haemorrhage
  41130. is really a recurrence of primary bleeding. As the name indicates, it
  41131. occurs during the period of reaction--that is, within the first twelve
  41132. hours after an operation or injury. It may be due to the increase in the
  41133. blood-pressure that accompanies reaction displacing clots which have
  41134. formed in the vessels, or causing vessels to bleed which did not bleed
  41135. during the operation; to the slipping of a ligature; or to the giving
  41136. way of a grossly damaged portion of the vessel wall. In the scrotum, the
  41137. relaxation of the dartos during the first few hours after operation
  41138. occasionally leads to reactionary haemorrhage.
  41139.  
  41140. As a rule, reactionary haemorrhage takes place from small vessels as a
  41141. result of the displacement of occluding clots, and in many cases the
  41142. haemorrhage stops when the bandages and soaked dressings are removed. If
  41143. not, it is usually sufficient to remove the clots and apply firm
  41144. pressure, and in the case of a limb to elevate it. Should the haemorrhage
  41145. recur, the wound must be reopened, and ligatures applied to the bleeding
  41146. vessels. Douching the wound with hot sterilised water (about 110 o F.),
  41147. and plugging it tightly with gauze, are often successful in arresting
  41148. capillary oozing. When the bleeding is more copious, it is usually due
  41149. to a ligature having slipped from a large vessel such as the external
  41150. jugular vein after operations in the neck, and the wound must be opened
  41151. up and the vessel again secured. The internal administration of heroin
  41152. or morphin, by keeping the patient quiet, may prove useful in preventing
  41153. the recurrence of haemorrhage.
  41154.  
  41155. #Secondary Haemorrhage.#--The term secondary haemorrhage refers to
  41156. bleeding that is delayed in its onset and is due to pyogenic infection
  41157. of the tissues around an artery. The septic process causes softening and
  41158. erosion of the wall of the artery so that it gives way under the
  41159. pressure of the contained blood. The leakage may occur in drops, or as a
  41160. rush of blood, according to the extent of the erosion, the size of the
  41161. artery concerned, and the relations of the erosion to the surrounding
  41162. tissues. When met with as a complication of a wound there is an
  41163. interval--usually a week to ten days--between the receipt of the wound
  41164. and the first haemorrhage, this time being required for the extension of
  41165. the septic process to the wall of the artery and the consequent erosion
  41166. of its coats. When secondary haemorrhage occurs apart from a wound, there
  41167. is a similar septic process attacking the wall of the artery from the
  41168. outside; for example in sloughing sore-throat, the separation of a
  41169. slough may implicate the wall of an artery and be followed by serious
  41170. and it may be fatal haemorrhage. The mechanical pressure of a fragment of
  41171. bone or of a rubber drainage tube upon the vessel may aid the septic
  41172. process in causing erosion of the artery. In pre-Listerian days, the
  41173. silk ligature around the artery likewise favoured the changes that lead
  41174. to secondary haemorrhage, and the interesting observation was often made,
  41175. that when the collateral circulation was well established, the leakage
  41176. occurred on the _distal_ side of the ligature. While it may happen that
  41177. the initial haemorrhage is rapidly fatal, as for example when the
  41178. external carotid or one of its branches suddenly gives way, it is quite
  41179. common to have one, two or more _warning haemorrhages_ before the leakage
  41180. on a large scale, which is rapidly fatal.
  41181.  
  41182. The _appearances of the wound_ in cases complicated by secondary
  41183. haemorrhage are only characteristic in so far that while obviously
  41184. infected, there is an absence of all reaction; instead of frankly
  41185. suppurating, there is little or no discharge and the surrounding
  41186. cellular tissue and the limb beyond are oedematous and pit on pressure.
  41187.  
  41188. The _general symptoms_ of septic poisoning in cases of secondary
  41189. haemorrhage vary widely in severity: they may be so slight that the
  41190. general health is scarcely affected and the convalescence from an
  41191. operation, for example, may be apparently normal except that the wound
  41192. does not heal satisfactorily. For example, a patient may be recovering
  41193. from an operation such as the removal of an epithelioma of the mouth,
  41194. pharynx or larynx and the associated lymph glands in the neck, and be
  41195. able to be up and going about his room, when, suddenly, without warning
  41196. and without obvious cause, a rush of blood occurs from the mouth or the
  41197. incompletely healed wound in the neck, causing death within a few
  41198. minutes.
  41199.  
  41200. On the other hand, the toxaemia may be of a profound type associated with
  41201. marked pallor and progressive failure of strength, which, of itself,
  41202. even when the danger from haemorrhage has been overcome, may have a fatal
  41203. termination. The _prognosis_ therefore in cases of secondary haemorrhage
  41204. can never be other than uncertain and unfavourable; the danger from loss
  41205. of blood _per se_ is less when the artery concerned is amenable to
  41206. control by surgical measures.
  41207.  
  41208. _Treatment._--The treatment of secondary haemorrhage includes the use of
  41209. local measures to arrest the bleeding, the employment of general
  41210. measures to counteract the accompanying toxaemia, and when the loss of
  41211. blood has been considerable, the treatment of the bloodless state.
  41212.  
  41213. _Local Measures to arrest the Haemorrhage._--The occurrence of even
  41214. slight haemorrhages from a septic wound in the vicinity of a large blood
  41215. vessel is to be taken seriously; it is usually necessary to _open up the
  41216. wound_, clear out the clots and infected tissues with a sharp spoon,
  41217. disinfect the walls of the cavity with eusol or hydrogen peroxide, and
  41218. _pack_ it carefully but not too tightly with gauze impregnated with some
  41219. antiseptic, such as "bipp," so that, if the bleeding does not recur, it
  41220. may be left undisturbed for several days. The packing should if possible
  41221. be brought into actual contact with the leaking point in the vessel, and
  41222. so arranged as to make pressure on the artery above the erosion. The
  41223. dressings and bandage are then applied, with the limb in the attitude
  41224. that will diminish the force of the stream through the main artery, for
  41225. example, flexion at the elbow in haemorrhage from the deep palmar arch.
  41226. Other measures for combating the local sepsis, such as the irrigation
  41227. method of Carrel, may be considered.
  41228.  
  41229. If the wound involves one of the extremities, it may be useful; and it
  41230. imparts confidence to the nurse, and, it may be, to the patient, if a
  41231. Petit's tourniquet is loosely applied above the wound, which the nurse
  41232. is instructed to tighten up in the event of bleeding taking place.
  41233.  
  41234. _Ligation of the Artery._--If the haemorrhage recurs in spite of packing
  41235. the wound, or if it is serious from the outset and likely to be critical
  41236. if repeated, ligation of the artery itself or of the trunk from which it
  41237. springs, at a selected spot higher up, should be considered. This is
  41238. most often indicated in wounds of the extremities.
  41239.  
  41240. As examples of proximal ligation for secondary haemorrhage may be cited
  41241. ligation of the hypogastric artery for haemorrhage in the buttock, of the
  41242. common iliac for haemorrhage in the thigh, of the brachial in the upper
  41243. arm for haemorrhage from the deep palmar arch, and of the posterior
  41244. tibial behind the medial malleolus for haemorrhage from the sole of the
  41245. foot.
  41246.  
  41247. _Amputation_ is the last resource, and should be decided upon if the
  41248. haemorrhage recurs after proximal ligation, or if this has been followed
  41249. by gangrene of the limb; it should also be considered if the nature of
  41250. the wound and the virulence of the sepsis would of themselves justify
  41251. removal of the limb. Every surgeon can recall cases in which a timely
  41252. amputation has been the means of saving life.
  41253.  
  41254. The _counteraction of the toxaemia_ and the _treatment of the bloodless
  41255. state_, are carried out on the usual lines.
  41256.  
  41257. #Haemorrhage of Toxic Origin.#--Mention must also be made of haemorrhages
  41258. which depend upon infective or toxic conditions and in which no gross
  41259. lesion of the vessels can be discovered. The bleeding occurs as an
  41260. oozing, which may be comparatively slight and unimportant, or by its
  41261. persistence may become serious. It takes place into the superficial
  41262. layers of the skin, from mucous membranes, and into the substance of
  41263. such organs as the pancreas. Haemorrhage from the stomach and intestine,
  41264. attended with a brown or black discoloration of the vomit and of the
  41265. stools, is one of the best known examples: it is not uncommonly met with
  41266. in infective conditions originating in the appendix, intestine,
  41267. gall-bladder, and other abdominal organs. Haemorrhage from the mucous
  41268. membrane of the stomach after abdominal operations--apparently also due
  41269. to toxic causes and not to the operation--gives rise to the so-called
  41270. _post-operative haematemesis_.
  41271.  
  41272. #Constitutional Effects of Haemorrhage.#--The severity of the symptoms
  41273. resulting from haemorrhage depends as much on the rapidity with which the
  41274. bleeding takes place as on the amount of blood lost. The sudden loss of
  41275. a large quantity, whether from an open wound or into a serous
  41276. cavity--for example, after rupture of the liver or spleen--is attended
  41277. with marked pallor of the surface of the body and coldness of the skin,
  41278. especially of the face, feet, and hands. The skin is moist with a cold,
  41279. clammy sweat, and beads of perspiration stand out on the forehead. The
  41280. pulse becomes feeble, soft, and rapid, and the patient is dull and
  41281. listless, and complains of extreme thirst. The temperature is usually
  41282. sub-normal; and the respiration rapid, shallow, and sighing in
  41283. character. Abnormal visual sensations, in the form of flashes of light
  41284. or spots before the eyes; and rushing, buzzing, or ringing sounds in the
  41285. ears, are often complained of.
  41286.  
  41287. In extreme cases, phenomena which have been aptly described as those of
  41288. "air-hunger" ensue. On account of the small quantity of blood
  41289. circulating through the body, and the diminished haemoglobin content of
  41290. the blood, the tissues are imperfectly oxygenated, and the patient
  41291. becomes extremely restless, gasping for breath, constantly throwing
  41292. about his arms and baring his chest in the vain attempt to breath more
  41293. freely. Faintness and giddiness are marked features. The diminished
  41294. supply of oxygen to the brain and to the muscles produces muscular
  41295. twitchings, and sometimes convulsions. Finally the pupils dilate, the
  41296. sphincters relax, and death ensues.
  41297.  
  41298. Young children stand the loss of blood badly, but they quickly recover,
  41299. as the regeneration of blood takes place rapidly. In old people also,
  41300. and especially when they are fat, the loss of blood is badly borne, and
  41301. the ill effects last longer. Women, on the whole, stand loss of blood
  41302. better than men, and in them the blood is more rapidly re-formed. A few
  41303. hours after a severe haemorrhage there is usually a leucocytosis of from
  41304. 15,000 to 30,000.
  41305.  
  41306. #Treatment of the Bloodless State.#--The patient should be placed in a
  41307. warm, well-ventilated room, and the foot of the bed elevated. Cardiac
  41308. stimulants, such as strychnin or alcohol, must be judiciously
  41309. administered, over-stimulation being avoided. The inhalation of oxygen
  41310. has been found useful in relieving the urgent symptoms of dyspnoea.
  41311.  
  41312. The blood may be emptied from the limbs into the vessels of the trunk,
  41313. where it is more needed, by holding them vertically in the air for a few
  41314. minutes, and then applying a firm elastic bandage over a layer of cotton
  41315. wool, from the periphery towards the trunk.
  41316.  
  41317. _Introduction of Fluids into the Circulation._--The most valuable
  41318. measure for maintaining the circulation, however, is by transfusion of
  41319. blood (_Op. Surg._, p. 37). If this is not immediately available the
  41320. introduction of from one to three pints of physiological salt
  41321. solution (a teaspoonful of common salt to a pint of water) into a vein,
  41322. or a 6 per cent. solution of gum acacia, is a useful expedient. The
  41323. solution is sterilised by boiling, and cooled to a temperature of about
  41324. 105 o F. The addition of 5 to 10 minims of adrenalin solution (1 in 1000)
  41325. is advantageous in raising the blood-pressure (_Op. Surg._, p. 565).
  41326.  
  41327. When the intra-venous method is not available, one or two pints of
  41328. saline solution with adrenalin should be slowly introduced into the
  41329. rectum, by means of a long rubber tube and a filler. Satisfactory,
  41330. although less rapidly obtained results follow the introduction of saline
  41331. solution into the cellular tissue--for example, under the mamma, into
  41332. the axilla, or under the skin of the back.
  41333.  
  41334. If the patient can retain fluids taken by the mouth--such as hot coffee,
  41335. barley water, or soda water--these should be freely given, unless the
  41336. injury necessitates operative treatment under a general anaesthetic.
  41337.  
  41338. Transfusion of blood is most valuable as _a preliminary to operation_ in
  41339. patients who are bloodless as a result of haemorrhage from gastric and
  41340. duodenal ulcers, and in bleeders.
  41341.  
  41342.  
  41343. HAEMOPHILIA
  41344.  
  41345. The term haemophilia is applied to an inherited disease which renders the
  41346. patient liable to serious haemorrhage from even the most trivial
  41347. injuries; and the subjects of it are popularly known as "bleeders."
  41348.  
  41349. The cause of the disease and its true nature are as yet unknown. There
  41350. is no proof of any structural defect in the blood vessels, and beyond
  41351. the fact that there is a diminution in the number of blood-plates, it
  41352. has not been demonstrated that there is any alteration in the
  41353. composition of the blood.
  41354.  
  41355. The affection is in a marked degree hereditary, all the branches of an
  41356. affected family being liable to suffer. Its mode of transmission to
  41357. individuals, moreover, is characteristic: the male members of the stock
  41358. alone suffer from the affection in its typical form, while the tendency
  41359. is transmitted through the female line. Thus the daughters of a father
  41360. who is a bleeder, whilst they do not themselves suffer from the disease,
  41361. transmit the tendency to their male offspring. The sons, on the other
  41362. hand, neither suffer themselves nor transmit the disease to their
  41363. children (Fig. 64). The female members of a haemophilic stock are often
  41364. very prolific, and there is usually a predominance of daughters in their
  41365. families.
  41366.  
  41367.  
  41368. FIG 64.--Genealogical Tree of a Haemophilic Family.
  41369.  
  41370. Great-Great-Grandmother                Great-Great-Grandfather
  41371. Mrs D. (Lancashire) F                  M (History not known
  41372.                    .|                  |  as to bleeding)
  41373.                    .|                  |
  41374.                    .+----------+-------+
  41375.                    ............|
  41376.                               .|
  41377.                            ....|
  41378.                            .+---------+--------+
  41379.          Great-Grandmother .|         |        |
  41380.            (Married three  .F        MB       MB
  41381.                 times)     .|
  41382.                            .|
  41383.                            .|
  41384.       By First Husband     .|                  By Second           By Third
  41385.               ..............|                  Husband             Husband
  41386.    +-----------+------------+----------+-------+-------+-----------+------+
  41387.    |          .|            |          |       +-------+-----------+------+
  41388.    M          .F            F          F       |       |           +------+
  41389.    |          .|            |          |       MB      F Died in      No
  41390. Died       Grandmother      |          |               | Childbed    Family
  41391.  aet.          .|            |     +-----------+   +----+---
  41392.  70           .|        +------+  |had family |   |
  41393.               .|        |      |  |but history|   |
  41394.               .|        MB    MB  |not known  |   MB
  41395.               .|
  41396.               .|
  41397.               .|.............................
  41398. +-----+----------+------------+------------+------------+-------------+
  41399. |     |          |            |            |.           |             |
  41400. |     |          |            |            |.           |             |
  41401. M     M          M            MB           F.           F             F
  41402.       |                                    |.           |             |
  41403.       |                                  Mother   +--+--+---+--+--+   |
  41404.     +----+                                 |.     |  |  |   |  |  |   |
  41405.     |    |                                 |.     M  M  MB  F  F  F   |
  41406.     M    F                                 |.                         |
  41407.      Not Married                           |.             +---+---+---+---+
  41408.                                            |.             |   |   |   |   |
  41409.                                            |.             MB  M   MB  M   M
  41410.                               .............|.
  41411.                          +-----+-----+-----+-----+-----+
  41412.                          |    .|    .|     |     |     |
  41413.                          |    .|*   .|*    |     |     |
  41414.                          M    MB    MB     F     F     F
  41415.  
  41416.  
  41417. F = Females.  M = Males (not bleeders).  MB = Males (bleeders)
  41418.  
  41419.  ** the patients observed by the authors. The dotted line shows the
  41420.     transmission of the disease to our patients through four
  41421.     generations.
  41422.  
  41423.  
  41424. The disease is met with in boys who are otherwise healthy, and usually
  41425. manifests itself during the first few years of life. In rare instances
  41426. profuse haemorrhage takes place when the umbilical cord separates. As a
  41427. rule the first evidence is the occurrence of long-continued and
  41428. uncontrollable bleeding from a comparatively slight injury, such as the
  41429. scratch of a pin, the extraction of a tooth, or after the operation of
  41430. circumcision. The blood oozes slowly from the capillaries; at first it
  41431. appears normal, but after flowing for some days, or it may be weeks, it
  41432. becomes pale, thin, and watery, and shows less and less tendency to
  41433. coagulate.
  41434.  
  41435. Female members of haemophilia families sometimes show a tendency to
  41436. excessive haemorrhage, but they seldom manifest the characteristic
  41437. features met with in the male members.
  41438.  
  41439. Sometimes the haemorrhage takes place apparently spontaneously from the
  41440. gums, the nasal or the intestinal mucous membrane. In other cases the
  41441. bleeding occurs into the cellular tissue under the skin or mucous
  41442. membrane, producing large areas of ecchymosis and discoloration. One of
  41443. the commonest manifestations of the disease is the occurrence of
  41444. haemorrhage into the cavities of the large joints, especially the knee,
  41445. elbow, or hip. The patient suffers repeatedly from such haemorrhages, the
  41446. determining injury being often so slight as to have passed unobserved.
  41447.  
  41448. There is evidence that the tendency to bleed is greater at certain times
  41449. than at others--in some cases showing almost a cyclical
  41450. character--although nothing is known as to the cause of the variation.
  41451.  
  41452. After a severe haemorrhage into the cellular tissue or into a joint, the
  41453. patient becomes pale and anaemic, the temperature may rise to 102 o or
  41454. 103 o F., the pulse become small and rapid, and haemic murmurs are
  41455. sometimes developed over the heart and large arteries. The swelling is
  41456. tense, fluctuating, and hot, and there is considerable pain and
  41457. tenderness.
  41458.  
  41459. In exceptional cases, blisters form over the seat of the effusion, or
  41460. the skin may even slough, and the clinical features may therefore come
  41461. to simulate closely those of an acute suppurative condition. When the
  41462. skin sloughs, an ulcer is formed with altered blood-clot in its floor
  41463. like that seen in scurvy, and there is a remarkable absence of any
  41464. attempt at healing.
  41465.  
  41466. The acute symptoms gradually subside, and the blood is slowly absorbed,
  41467. the discoloration of the skin passing through the same series of changes
  41468. as occur after an ordinary bruise. The patients seldom manifest the
  41469. symptoms of the bloodless state, and the blood is rapidly regenerated.
  41470.  
  41471. The _diagnosis_ is easy if the patient or his friends are aware of the
  41472. family tendency to haemorrhage and inform the doctor of it, but they are
  41473. often sensitive and reticent regarding the fact, and it may only be
  41474. elicited after close investigation. From the history it is usually easy
  41475. to exclude scurvy and purpura. Repeated haemorrhages into a joint may
  41476. result in appearances which closely simulate those of tuberculous
  41477. disease. Recent haemorrhages into the cellular tissue often present
  41478. clinical features closely resembling those of acute cellulitis or
  41479. osteomyelitis. A careful examination, however, may reveal ecchymoses on
  41480. other parts of the body which give a clue to the nature of the
  41481. condition, and may prevent the disastrous consequences that may follow
  41482. incision.
  41483.  
  41484. These patients usually succumb sooner or later to haemorrhage, although
  41485. they often survive several severe attacks. After middle life the
  41486. tendency to bleed appears to diminish.
  41487.  
  41488. _Treatment._--As a rule the ordinary means of arresting haemorrhage are
  41489. of little avail. From among the numerous means suggested, the following
  41490. may be mentioned: The application to the bleeding point of gauze soaked
  41491. in a 1 in 1000 solution of adrenalin; prolonged inhalation of oxygen;
  41492. freezing the part with a spray of ethyl-chloride; one or more
  41493. subcutaneous injections of gelatin--5 ounces of a 2 1/2 per cent.
  41494. solution of white gelatin in normal salt solution being injected at a
  41495. temperature of about 100 o F.; the injection of pituitary extract. The
  41496. application of a pad of gauze soaked in the blood of a normal person
  41497. sometimes arrests the bleeding.
  41498.  
  41499. To prevent bleeding in haemophilics, intra-venous or subcutaneous
  41500. injections of fresh blood serum, taken from the human subject, the
  41501. sheep, the dog, or the horse, have proved useful. If fresh serum is not
  41502. available, anti-diphtheritic or anti-tetanic serum or trade
  41503. preparations, such as hemoplastin, may be employed. We have removed the
  41504. appendix and amputated through the thigh in haemophilic subjects without
  41505. excessive loss of blood after a course of fresh sheep's serum given by
  41506. the mouth over a period of several weeks.
  41507.  
  41508. The chloride and lactate of calcium, and extract of thymus gland have
  41509. been employed to increase the coagulability of the blood. The patient
  41510. should drink large quantities of milk, which also increases the
  41511. coagulability of the blood. Monro has observed remarkable results from
  41512. the hypodermic injection of emetin hydrochloride in  1/2-grain doses.
  41513.  
  41514.  
  41515. THROMBOSIS AND EMBOLISM
  41516.  
  41517. The processes known as thrombosis and embolism are so intimately
  41518. associated with the diseases of blood vessels that it is convenient to
  41519. define these terms in the first instance.
  41520.  
  41521. #Thrombosis.#--The term _thrombus_ is applied to a clot of blood formed
  41522. in the interior of the heart or of a blood vessel, and the process by
  41523. which such a clot forms is known as _thrombosis_. It would appear that
  41524. slowing or stagnation of the blood-stream, and interference with the
  41525. integrity of the lining membrane of the vessel wall, are the most
  41526. important factors determining the formation of the clot. Alterations in
  41527. the blood itself, such as occur, for example, in certain toxaemias, also
  41528. favour coagulation. When the thrombus is formed slowly, it consists of
  41529. white blood cells with a small proportion of fibrin, and, being
  41530. deposited in successive layers, has a distinctly laminated appearance on
  41531. section. It is known as a _white thrombus_ or laminated clot, and is
  41532. often met with in the sac of an aneurysm (Fig. 72). When rapidly formed
  41533. in a vessel in which the blood is almost stagnant--as, for example, in a
  41534. pouched varicose vein--the blood coagulates _en masse_, and the clot
  41535. consists of all the elements of the blood, constituting a _red thrombus_
  41536. (Fig. 66). Sometimes the thrombus is _mixed_--a red thrombus being
  41537. deposited on a white one, it may be in alternate layers.
  41538.  
  41539. When aseptic, a thrombus may become detached and be carried off in the
  41540. blood-stream as an embolus; it may become organised; or it may
  41541. degenerate and undergo calcification. Occasionally a small thrombus
  41542. situated behind a valve in a varicose vein or in the terminal end of a
  41543. dilated vein--for example in a pile--undergoes calcification, and is
  41544. then spoken of as a _phlebolith_; it gives a shadow with the X-rays.
  41545.  
  41546. When infected with pyogenic bacteria, the thrombus becomes converted
  41547. into pus and a localised abscess forms; or portions of the thrombus may
  41548. be carried as emboli in the circulation to distant parts, where they
  41549. give rise to secondary foci of suppuration--pyaemic abscesses.
  41550.  
  41551. #Embolism.#--The term _embolus_ is applied to any body carried along in
  41552. the circulation and ultimately becoming impacted in a blood vessel. This
  41553. occurrence is known as _embolism_. The commonest forms of embolus are
  41554. portions of thrombi or of fibrinous formations on the valves of the
  41555. heart, the latter being usually infected with micro-organisms.
  41556.  
  41557. Embolism plays an important part in determining one form of gangrene, as
  41558. has already been described. Infective emboli are the direct cause of the
  41559. secondary abscesses that occur in pyaemia; and they are sometimes
  41560. responsible for the formation of aneurysm.
  41561.  
  41562. Portions of malignant tumours also may form emboli, and their impaction
  41563. in the vessels may lead to the development of secondary growths in
  41564. distant parts of the body.
  41565.  
  41566. Fat and air embolism have already been referred to.
  41567.  
  41568.  
  41569. ARTERITIS
  41570.  
  41571. _Pyogenic._--Non-suppurative inflammation of the coats of an artery may
  41572. so soften the wall of the vessel as to lead to aneurysmal dilatation. It
  41573. is not uncommon in children, and explains the occurrence of aneurysm in
  41574. young subjects.
  41575.  
  41576. When suppuration occurs, the vessel wall becomes disintegrated and gives
  41577. way, leading to secondary haemorrhage. If the vessel ruptures into an
  41578. abscess cavity, dangerous bleeding may occur when the abscess bursts or
  41579. is opened.
  41580.  
  41581. _Syphilitic._--The inflammation associated with syphilis results in
  41582. thickening of the tunica intima, whereby the lumen of the vessel becomes
  41583. narrowed, or even obliterated--_endarteritis obliterans_. The middle
  41584. coat usually escapes, but the tunica externa is generally thickened.
  41585. These changes cause serious interference with the nutrition of the parts
  41586. supplied by the affected arteries. In large trunks, by diminishing the
  41587. elasticity of the vessel wall, they are liable to lead to the formation
  41588. of aneurysm.
  41589.  
  41590. Changes in the arterial walls closely resembling those of syphilitic
  41591. arteritis are sometimes met with in _tuberculous_ lesions.
  41592.  
  41593. #Arterio-sclerosis# or #Chronic Arteritis#.--These terms are applied to
  41594. certain changes which result in narrowing of the lumen and loss of
  41595. elasticity in the arteries. The condition may affect the whole vascular
  41596. system or may be confined to particular areas. In the smaller arteries
  41597. there is more or less uniform thickening of the tunica intima from
  41598. proliferation of the endothelium and increase in the connective tissue
  41599. in the elastic lamina--a form of obliterative endarteritis. The
  41600. narrowing of the vessels may be sufficient to determine gangrene in the
  41601. extremities. In course of time, particularly in the larger arteries,
  41602. this new tissue undergoes degeneration, at first of a fatty nature, but
  41603. progressing in the direction of calcification, and this is followed by
  41604. the deposit of lime salts in the young connective tissue and the
  41605. formation of calcareous plates or rings over a considerable area of the
  41606. vessel wall. To this stage in the process the term _atheroma_ is
  41607. applied. The endothelium over these plates often disappears, leaving
  41608. them exposed to the blood-stream.
  41609.  
  41610. Changes of a similar kind sometimes occur in the middle coat, the lime
  41611. salts being deposited among the muscle fibres in concentric rings.
  41612.  
  41613. The primary cause of arterio-sclerosis is not definitely known, but its
  41614. almost constant occurrence, to a greater or less degree, in the aged
  41615. suggests that it is of the nature of a senile degeneration. It is
  41616. favoured by anything which throws excessive strain on the vessel walls,
  41617. such as heavy muscular work; by chronic alcoholism and syphilis; or by
  41618. such general diseases as tend to raise the blood-pressure--for example,
  41619. chronic Bright's disease or gout. It occurs with greater frequency and
  41620. with greater severity in men than in women.
  41621.  
  41622. Atheromatous degeneration is most common in the large arterial trunks,
  41623. and the changes are most marked at the arch of the aorta, opposite the
  41624. flexures of joints, at the mouths of large branches, and at parts where
  41625. the vessel lies in contact with bone. The presence of diseased patches
  41626. in the wall of an artery diminishes its elasticity and favours
  41627. aneurysmal dilatation. Such a vessel also is liable to be ruptured by
  41628. external violence and so give rise to traumatic aneurysm. Thrombosis is
  41629. liable to occur when calcareous plates are exposed in the lumen of the
  41630. vessel by destruction of the endothelium, and this predisposes to
  41631. embolism. Arterio-sclerosis also interferes with the natural arrest of
  41632. haemorrhage, and by rendering the vessels brittle, makes it difficult to
  41633. secure them by ligature. In advanced cases the accessible arteries--such
  41634. as the radial, the temporal or the femoral--may be felt as firm,
  41635. tortuous cords, which are sometimes so hard that they have been aptly
  41636. compared to "pipe-stems." The pulse is smaller and less compressible
  41637. than normal, and the vessel moves bodily with each pulsation. It must be
  41638. borne in mind, however, that the condition of the radial artery may fail
  41639. to afford a clue to that of the larger arteries. Calcified arteries are
  41640. readily identified in skiagrams (Fig. 65).
  41641.  
  41642. [Illustration: FIG. 65.--Radiogram showing Calcareous Degeneration
  41643. (Atheroma) of Arteries.]
  41644.  
  41645. We have met with a chronic form of arterial degeneration in elderly
  41646. women, affecting especially the great vessels at the root of the neck,
  41647. in which the artery is remarkably attenuated and dilated, and so friable
  41648. that the wall readily tears when seized with an artery-forceps,
  41649. rendering ligation of the vessel in the ordinary way well-nigh
  41650. impossible. Matas suggests infolding the wall of the vessel with
  41651. interrupted sutures that do not pierce the intima, and wrapping it
  41652. round with a strip of peritoneum or omentum.
  41653.  
  41654. The most serious form of arterial _thrombosis_ is that met with _in the
  41655. abdominal aorta_, which is attended with violent pains in the lower
  41656. limbs, rapidly followed by paralysis and arrest of the circulation.
  41657.  
  41658.  
  41659. THROMBO-PHLEBITIS AND THROMBOSIS IN VEINS
  41660.  
  41661. #Thrombosis# is more common in veins than in arteries, because slowing
  41662. of the blood-stream and irritation of the endothelium of the vessel wall
  41663. are, owing to the conditions of the venous circulation, more readily
  41664. induced in veins.
  41665.  
  41666. Venous thrombosis may occur from purely mechanical causes--as, for
  41667. example, when the wall of a vein is incised, or the vessel included in a
  41668. ligature, or when it is bruised or crushed by a fragment of a broken
  41669. bone or by a bandage too tightly applied. Under these conditions
  41670. thrombosis is essentially a reparative process, and has already been
  41671. considered in relation to the repair of blood vessels.
  41672.  
  41673. In other cases thrombosis is associated with certain constitutional
  41674. diseases--gout, for example; the endothelium of the veins undergoing
  41675. changes--possibly the result of irritation by abnormal constituents in
  41676. the blood--which favour the formation of thrombi.
  41677.  
  41678. Under these various conditions the formation of a thrombus is not
  41679. necessarily associated with the action of bacteria, although in any
  41680. of them this additional factor may be present.
  41681.  
  41682. The most common cause of venous thrombosis, however, is inflammation of
  41683. the wall of the vein--phlebitis.
  41684.  
  41685. #Phlebitis.#--Various forms of phlebitis are met with, but for practical
  41686. purposes they may be divided into two groups--one in which there is a
  41687. tendency to the formation of a thrombus; the other in which the
  41688. infective element predominates.
  41689.  
  41690. In surgical patients, the _thrombotic form_ is almost invariably met
  41691. with in the lower extremity, and usually occurs in those who are
  41692. debilitated and anaemic, and who are confined to bed for prolonged
  41693. periods--for example, during the treatment of fractures of the leg or
  41694. pelvis, or after such operations as herniotomy, prostatectomy, or
  41695. appendectomy.
  41696.  
  41697. _Clinical Features._--The most typical example of this form of phlebitis
  41698. is that so frequently met with in the great saphena vein, especially
  41699. when it is varicose. The onset of the attack is indicated by a sudden
  41700. pain in the lower limb--sometimes below, sometimes above the knee. This
  41701. initial pain may be associated with shivering or even with a rigor, and
  41702. the temperature usually rises one or two degrees. There is swelling and
  41703. tenderness along the line of the affected vein, and the skin over it is
  41704. a dull-red or purple colour. The swollen vein may be felt as a firm
  41705. cord, with bead-like enlargements in the position of the valves. The
  41706. patient experiences a feeling of stiffness and tightness throughout the
  41707. limb. There is often oedema of the leg and foot, especially when the limb
  41708. is in the dependent position. The acute symptoms pass off in a few days,
  41709. but the swelling and tenderness of the vein and the oedema of the limb
  41710. may last for many weeks.
  41711.  
  41712. When the deep veins--iliac, femoral, popliteal--are involved, there is
  41713. great swelling of the whole limb, which is of a firm almost "wooden"
  41714. consistence, and of a pale-white colour; the oedema may be so great that
  41715. it is impossible to feel the affected vein until the swelling has
  41716. subsided. This is most often seen in puerperal women, and is known as
  41717. _phlegmasia alba dolens_.
  41718.  
  41719. _Treatment._--The patient must be placed at absolute rest, with the foot
  41720. of the bed raised on blocks 10 or 12 inches high, and the limb
  41721. immobilised by sand-bags or splints. It is necessary to avoid handling
  41722. the parts, lest the clot be displaced and embolism occur. To avoid
  41723. frequent movement of the limb, the necessary dressings should be kept in
  41724. position by means of a many-tailed rather than a roller bandage.
  41725.  
  41726. To relieve the pain, warm fomentations or lead and opium lotion should
  41727. be applied. Later, ichthyol-glycerin, or glycerin and belladonna, may be
  41728. substituted.
  41729.  
  41730. When, at the end of three weeks, the danger of embolism is past,
  41731. douching and gentle massage may be employed to disperse the oedema; and
  41732. when the patient gets up he should wear a supporting elastic bandage.
  41733.  
  41734. The _infective_ form usually begins as a peri-phlebitis arising in
  41735. connection with some focus of infection in the adjacent tissues. The
  41736. elements of the vessel wall are destroyed by suppuration, and the
  41737. thrombus in its lumen becomes infected with pyogenic bacteria and
  41738. undergoes softening.
  41739.  
  41740. _Occlusion of the inferior vena cava_ as a result of infective
  41741. thrombosis is a well-known condition, the thrombosis extending into the
  41742. main trunk from some of its tributaries, either from the femoral or
  41743. iliac veins below or from the hepatic veins above.
  41744.  
  41745. Portions of the softened thrombus are liable to become detached and to
  41746. enter the circulating blood, in which they are carried as emboli. These
  41747. may lodge in distant parts, and give rise to secondary foci of
  41748. suppuration--pyaemic abscesses.
  41749.  
  41750. _Clinical Features._--Infective phlebitis is most frequently met with in
  41751. the transverse sinus as a sequel to chronic suppuration in the mastoid
  41752. antrum and middle ear. It also occurs in relation to the peripheral
  41753. veins, but in these it can seldom be recognised as a separate entity,
  41754. being merged in the general infective process from which it takes
  41755. origin. Its occurrence may be inferred, if in the course of a
  41756. suppurative lesion there is a sudden rise of temperature, with pain,
  41757. redness, and swelling along the line of a venous trunk, and a rapidly
  41758. developed oedema of the limb, with pitting of the skin on pressure. In
  41759. rare cases a localised abscess forms in the vein and points towards the
  41760. surface.
  41761.  
  41762. _Treatment._--Attention must be directed towards the condition with
  41763. which the phlebitis is associated. Ligation of the vein on the cardiac
  41764. side of the thrombus with a view to preventing embolism is seldom
  41765. feasible in the peripheral veins, although, as will be pointed out
  41766. later, the jugular vein is ligated with this object in cases of
  41767. phlebitis of the transverse sinus.
  41768.  
  41769.  
  41770. VARIX--VARICOSE VEINS
  41771.  
  41772. The term varix is applied to a condition in which veins are so altered
  41773. in structure that they remain permanently dilated, and are at the same
  41774. time lengthened and tortuous. Two types are met with: one in which
  41775. dilatation of a large superficial vein and its tributaries is the most
  41776. obvious feature; the other, in which bunches of distended and tortuous
  41777. vessels develop at one or more points in the course of a vein, a
  41778. condition to which Virchow applied the term _angioma racemosum venosum_.
  41779. The two types may occur in combination.
  41780.  
  41781. Any vein in the body may become varicose, but the condition is rare
  41782. except in the veins of the lower extremity, in the veins of the
  41783. spermatic cord (varicocele), and in the veins of the anal canal
  41784. (haemorrhoids).
  41785.  
  41786. We are here concerned with varix as it occurs in the veins of the lower
  41787. extremity.
  41788.  
  41789. _Etiology._--Considerable difference of opinion exists as to the
  41790. essential cause of varix. The weight of evidence is in favour of the
  41791. view that, when dilatation is the predominant element, it results from a
  41792. congenital deficiency in the number, size, and strength of the valves of
  41793. the affected veins, and in an inherent weakness in the vessel walls.
  41794. The _angioma racemosum venosum_ is probably also due to a congenital
  41795. alteration in the structure of the vessels, and is allied to tumours of
  41796. blood vessels. The view that varix is congenital in origin, as was first
  41797. suggested by Virchow, is supported by the fact that in a large
  41798. proportion of cases the condition is hereditary; not only may several
  41799. members of the same family in succeeding generations suffer from varix,
  41800. but it is often found that the same vein, or segment of a vein, is
  41801. involved in all of them. The frequent occurrence of varix in youth is
  41802. also an indication of its congenital origin.
  41803.  
  41804. In the majority of cases it is only when some exciting factor comes into
  41805. operation that the clinical phenomena associated with varix appear. The
  41806. most common exciting cause is increased pressure within the veins, and
  41807. this may be produced in a variety of ways. In certain diseases of the
  41808. heart, lungs, and liver, for example, the venous pressure may be so
  41809. raised as to cause a localised dilatation of such veins as are
  41810. congenitally weak. The direct pressure of a tumour, or of the gravid
  41811. uterus on the large venous trunks in the pelvis, may so obstruct the
  41812. flow as to distend the veins of the lower extremity. It is a common
  41813. experience in women that the signs of varix date from an antecedent
  41814. pregnancy. The importance of the wearing of tight garters as a factor in
  41815. the production of varicose veins has been exaggerated, although it must
  41816. be admitted that this practice is calculated to aggravate the condition
  41817. when it is once established. It has been proved experimentally that the
  41818. backward pressure in the veins may be greatly increased by straining, a
  41819. fact which helps to explain the frequency with which varicosity occurs
  41820. in the lower limbs of athletes and of those whose occupation involves
  41821. repeated and violent muscular efforts. There is reason to believe,
  41822. moreover, that a sudden strain may, by rupturing the valves and so
  41823. rendering them incompetent, induce varicosity independently of any
  41824. congenital defect. Prolonged standing or walking, by allowing gravity to
  41825. act on the column of blood in the veins of the lower limbs, is also an
  41826. important determining factor in the production of varix.
  41827.  
  41828. Thrombosis of the deep veins--in the leg, for example--may induce marked
  41829. dilatation of the superficial veins, by throwing an increased amount of
  41830. work upon them. This is to be looked upon rather as a compensatory
  41831. hypertrophy of the superficial vessels than as a true varix.
  41832.  
  41833. _Morbid Anatomy._--In the lower extremity the varicosity most commonly
  41834. affects the vessels of the great saphena system; less frequently those
  41835. of the small saphena system. Sometimes both systems are involved, and
  41836. large communicating branches may develop between the two.
  41837.  
  41838. The essential lesion is the absence or deficiency of valves, so that
  41839. they are incompetent and fail to support the column of blood which bears
  41840. back upon them. Normally the valves in the femoral and iliac veins and
  41841. in the inferior vena cava are imperfectly developed, so that in the
  41842. erect posture the great saphena receives a large share of the backward
  41843. pressure of the column of venous blood.
  41844.  
  41845. The whole length of the vein may be affected, but as a rule the disease
  41846. is confined to one or more segments, which are not only dilated, but are
  41847. also increased in length, so that they become convoluted. The adjacent
  41848. loops of the convoluted vein are often bound together by fibrous tissue.
  41849. All the coats are thickened, chiefly by an increased development of
  41850. connective tissue, and in some cases changes similar to those of
  41851. arterio-sclerosis occur. The walls of varicose veins are often
  41852. exceedingly brittle. In some cases the thickening is uniform, and in
  41853. others it is irregular, so that here and there thin-walled sacs or
  41854. pouches project from the side of the vein. These pouches vary in size
  41855. from a bean to a hen's egg, the larger forms being called _venous
  41856. cysts_, and being most commonly met with in the region of the saphenous
  41857. opening and of the opening in the popliteal fascia. Such pouches, being
  41858. exposed to injury, are frequently the seat of thrombosis (Fig. 66).
  41859.  
  41860. [Illustration: FIG. 66.--Thrombosis in Tortuous and Pouched Great
  41861. Saphena Vein, in longitudinal section.]
  41862.  
  41863. _Clinical Features._--Varix is most frequently met with between puberty
  41864. and the age of thirty, and the sexes appear to suffer about equally.
  41865.  
  41866. The amount of discomfort bears no direct proportion to the extent of
  41867. the varicosity. It depends rather upon the degree of pressure in the
  41868. veins, as is shown by the fact that it is relieved by elevation of the
  41869. limb. When the whole length of the main trunk of the great saphena is
  41870. implicated, the pressure in the vein is high and the patient suffers a
  41871. good deal of pain and discomfort. When, on the contrary, the upper part
  41872. of the saphena and its valves are intact, and only the more distal veins
  41873. are involved, the pressure is not so high and there is comparatively
  41874. little suffering. The usual complaint is of a sense of weight and
  41875. fulness in the limb after standing or walking, sometimes accompanied by
  41876. actual pain, from which relief is at once obtained by raising the limb.
  41877. Cramp-like pains in the muscles are often associated with varix of the
  41878. deep veins.
  41879.  
  41880. The dilated and tortuous vein can be readily seen and felt when the
  41881. patient is examined in the upright posture. In advanced cases, bead-like
  41882. swellings are sometimes to be detected over the position of the valves,
  41883. and, on running the fingers along the course of the vessel, a firm
  41884. ridge, due to periphlebitis, may be detected on each side of the vein.
  41885. When the limb is oedematous, the outline of the veins is obscured, but
  41886. they can be identified on palpation as gutter-like tracks. When large
  41887. veins are implicated, a distinct impulse on coughing may be seen to pass
  41888. down as far as the knee; and if the vessel is sharply percussed a fluid
  41889. wave may be detected passing both up and down the vein.
  41890.  
  41891. If the patient is placed on a couch and the limb elevated, the veins are
  41892. emptied, and if pressure is then made over the region of the saphenous
  41893. opening and the patient allowed to stand up, so long as the great
  41894. saphena system alone is involved, the veins fill again very slowly from
  41895. below. If the small saphena system also is involved, and if
  41896. communicating branches are dilated, the veins fill up from below more
  41897. rapidly. When the pressure over the saphenous opening is removed, the
  41898. blood rapidly rushes into the varicose vessels from above; this is known
  41899. as Trendelenburg's test.
  41900.  
  41901. The most marked dilatation usually occurs on the medial side of the
  41902. limb, between the middle of the thigh and the middle of the calf, the
  41903. arrangement of the veins showing great variety (Fig. 67).
  41904.  
  41905. There are usually one or more bunches of enlarged and tortuous veins in
  41906. the region of the knee. Frequently a large branch establishes a
  41907. communication between the systems of the great and small saphenous veins
  41908. in the region of the popliteal space, or across the front of the upper
  41909. part of the tibia. The superficial position of this last branch and its
  41910. proximity to the bone render it liable to injury.
  41911.  
  41912. [Illustration: FIG. 67.--Extensive Varix of Internal Saphena System on
  41913. Left Leg, of many years' standing.]
  41914.  
  41915. The small veins of the skin of the ankle and foot often show as fine
  41916. blue streaks arranged in a stellate or arborescent manner, especially in
  41917. women who have borne children.
  41918.  
  41919. _Complications._--When the varix is of long standing, the skin in the
  41920. lower part of the leg sometimes assumes a mahogany-brown or bluish hue,
  41921. as a result of the _deposit of blood pigment_ in the tissues, and this
  41922. is frequently a precursor of ulceration.
  41923.  
  41924. _Chronic dermatitis_ (_varicose eczema_) is often met with in the lower
  41925. part of the leg, and is due to interference with the nutrition of the
  41926. skin. The incompetence of the valves allows the pressure in the varicose
  41927. veins to equal that in the arterioles, so that the capillary circulation
  41928. is impeded. From the same cause the blood in the deep veins is enabled
  41929. to enter the superficial veins, where the backward pressure is so great
  41930. that the blood flows down again, and so a vicious circle is established.
  41931. The blood therefore loses more and more of its oxygen, and so fails to
  41932. nourish the tissues.
  41933.  
  41934. The _ulcer_ of the leg associated with varicose veins has already been
  41935. described.
  41936.  
  41937. _Haemorrhage_ may take place from a varicose vein as a result of a wound
  41938. or of ulceration of its wall. Increased intra-venous pressure produced
  41939. by severe muscular strain may determine rupture of a vein exposed in the
  41940. floor of an ulcer. If the limb is dependent, the incompetency of the
  41941. valves permits of rapid and copious bleeding, which may prove fatal,
  41942. particularly if the patient is intoxicated when the rupture takes place
  41943. and no means are taken to arrest the haemorrhage. The bleeding may be
  41944. arrested at once by elevating the limb, or by applying pressure directly
  41945. over the bleeding point.
  41946.  
  41947. _Phlebitis and thrombosis_ are common sequelae of varix, and may prove
  41948. dangerous, either by spreading into the large venous trunks or by giving
  41949. rise to emboli. The larger the varix the greater is the tendency for a
  41950. thrombus to spread upwards and to involve the deep veins. Thrombi
  41951. usually originate in venous cysts or pouches, and at acute bends on the
  41952. vessel, especially when these are situated in the vicinity of the knee,
  41953. and are subjected to repeated injuries--for example in riding.
  41954. Phleboliths sometimes form in such pouches, and may be recognised in a
  41955. radiogram. In a certain proportion of cases, especially in elderly
  41956. people, the occurrence of thrombosis leads to cure of the condition by
  41957. the thrombus becoming organised and obliterating the vein.
  41958.  
  41959. _Treatment._--At best the treatment of varicose veins is only
  41960. palliative, as it is obviously impossible to restore to the vessels
  41961. their normal structure. The patient must avoid wearing anything, such as
  41962. a garter, which constricts the limb, and any obvious cause of direct
  41963. pressure on the pelvic veins, such as a tumour, persistent
  41964. constipation, or an ill-fitting truss, should be removed. Cardiac,
  41965. renal, or pulmonary causes of venous congestion must also be treated,
  41966. and the functions of the liver regulated. Severe forms of muscular
  41967. exertion and prolonged standing or walking are to be avoided, and the
  41968. patient may with benefit rest the limb in an elevated position for a few
  41969. hours each day. To support the distended vessels, a closely woven silk
  41970. or worsted stocking, or a light and porous form of elastic bandage,
  41971. applied as a puttee, should be worn. These appliances should be put on
  41972. before the patient leaves his bed in the morning, and should only be
  41973. removed after he lies down at night. In this way the vessels are never
  41974. allowed to become dilated. Elastic stockings, and bandages made entirely
  41975. of india-rubber, are to be avoided. In early and mild cases these
  41976. measures are usually sufficient to relieve the patient's discomfort.
  41977.  
  41978. _Operative Treatment._--In aggravated cases, when the patient is
  41979. suffering pain, when his occupation is interfered with by repeated
  41980. attacks of phlebitis, or when there are large pouches on the veins,
  41981. operative treatment is called for. The younger the patient the clearer
  41982. is the indication to operate. It may be necessary to operate to enable a
  41983. patient to enter one of the public services, even although no symptoms
  41984. are present. The presence of an ulcer does not contra-indicate
  41985. operation; the ulcer should be excised, and the raw surface covered with
  41986. skin grafts, before dealing with the veins.
  41987.  
  41988. The _operation of Trendelenburg_ is especially appropriate to cases in
  41989. which the trunk of the great saphena vein in the thigh is alone
  41990. involved. It consists in exposing three or four inches of the vein in
  41991. its upper part, applying a ligature at the upper and lower ends of the
  41992. exposed portion, and, after tying all tributary branches, resecting this
  41993. portion of the vein.
  41994.  
  41995. The procedure of C. H. Mayo is adapted to cases in which it is desirable
  41996. to remove longer segments of the veins. It consists in the employment of
  41997. special instruments known as "ring-enucleators" or "vein-strippers," by
  41998. means of which long portions of the vein are removed through
  41999. comparatively small incisions.
  42000.  
  42001. An alternative procedure consists in avulsing segments of the vein by
  42002. means of Babcock's stylet, which consists of a flexible steel rod, 30
  42003. inches in length, with acorn-shaped terminals. The instrument is passed
  42004. along the lumen of the segment to be dealt with, and a ligature applied
  42005. around the vein above the bulbous end of the stylet enables nearly the
  42006. whole length of the great saphena vein to be dragged out in one piece.
  42007. These methods are not suitable when the veins are brittle, when there
  42008. are pouches or calcareous deposits in their walls, or where there has
  42009. been periphlebitis binding the coils together.
  42010.  
  42011. Mitchell of Belfast advises exposing the varices at numerous points by
  42012. half-inch incisions, and, after clamping the vein between two pairs of
  42013. forceps, cutting it across and twisting out the segments of the vein
  42014. between adjacent incisions. The edges of the incisions are sutured; and
  42015. the limb is firmly bandaged from below upwards, and kept in an elevated
  42016. position. We have employed this method with satisfactory results.
  42017.  
  42018. The treatment of the complications of varix has already been considered.
  42019.  
  42020.  
  42021. ANGIOMA[4]
  42022.  
  42023. [4] In the description of angiomas we have followed the teaching of the
  42024. late John Duncan.
  42025.  
  42026. Tumours of blood vessels may be divided, according to the nature of the
  42027. vessels of which they are composed, into the capillary, the venous, and
  42028. the arterial angiomas.
  42029.  
  42030.  
  42031. CAPILLARY ANGIOMA
  42032.  
  42033. The most common form of capillary angioma is the naevus or congenital
  42034. telangiectasis.
  42035.  
  42036. #Naevus.#--A naevus is a collection of dilated capillaries, the afferent
  42037. arterioles and the efferent venules of which often share in the
  42038. dilatation. Little is known regarding the _etiology_ of naevi beyond the
  42039. fact that they are of congenital origin. They often escape notice until
  42040. the child is some days old, but attention is usually drawn to them
  42041. within a fortnight of birth. For practical purposes the most useful
  42042. classification of naevi is into the cutaneous, the subcutaneous, and the
  42043. mixed forms.
  42044.  
  42045. _The cutaneous naevus_, "mother's mark," or "port-wine stain," consists
  42046. of an aggregation of dilated capillaries in the substance of the skin.
  42047. On stretching the skin the vessels can be seen to form a fine network,
  42048. or to run in leashes parallel to one another. A dilated arteriole or a
  42049. vein winding about among the capillaries may sometimes be detected.
  42050. These naevi occur on any part of the body, but they are most frequently
  42051. met with on the face. They may be multiple, and vary greatly in size,
  42052. some being no bigger than a pin-head, while others cover large areas of
  42053. the body. In colour they present every tint from purple to brilliant
  42054. red; in the majority there is a considerable dash of blue, especially in
  42055. cold weather.
  42056.  
  42057. Unlike the other forms of naevi, the cutaneous variety shows little
  42058. tendency to disappear, and it is especially persistent when associated
  42059. with overgrowth of the epidermis and of the hairs--_naevoid mole_.
  42060.  
  42061. The _treatment_ of the cutaneous naevus is unsatisfactory, owing to the
  42062. difficulty of removing the naevus without leaving a scar which is even
  42063. more disfiguring. Very small naevi may be destroyed by a fine pointed
  42064. Paquelin thermo-cautery, or by escharotics, such as nitric acid. For
  42065. larger naevi, radium and solidified carbon dioxide ("CO_2 snow") may be
  42066. used. The extensive port-wine stains so often met with on the face are
  42067. best left alone.
  42068.  
  42069. The _subcutaneous naevus_ is comparatively rare. It constitutes a
  42070. well-defined, localised tumour, which may possess a distinct capsule,
  42071. especially when it has ceased to grow or is retrogressing. On section,
  42072. it presents the appearance of a finely reticulated sponge.
  42073.  
  42074. Although it may be noticed at, or within a few days of, birth, a
  42075. subcutaneous naevus is often overlooked, especially when on a covered
  42076. part of the body, and may not be discovered till the patient is some
  42077. years old. It forms a rounded, lobulated swelling, seldom of large size
  42078. and yielding a sensation like that of a sponge; the skin over it is
  42079. normal, or may exhibit a bluish tinge, especially in cold weather. In
  42080. some cases the tumour is diminished by pressing the blood out of it, but
  42081. slowly fills again when the pressure is relaxed, and it swells up when
  42082. the child struggles or cries. From a cold abscess it is diagnosed by the
  42083. history and progress of the swelling and by the absence of fluctuation.
  42084. When situated over one of the hernial openings, it closely simulates a
  42085. hernia; and when it occurs in the middle line of the face, head, or
  42086. back, it may be mistaken for such other congenital conditions as
  42087. meningocele or spina bifida. When other means fail, the use of an
  42088. exploring needle clears up the diagnosis.
  42089.  
  42090. _Mixed Naevus._--As its name indicates, the mixed naevus partakes of the
  42091. characters of the other two varieties; that is, it is a subcutaneous
  42092. naevus with involvement of the skin.
  42093.  
  42094. It is frequently met with on the face and head, but may occur on any
  42095. part of the body. It also affects parts covered by mucous membrane, such
  42096. as the cheek, tongue, and soft palate. The swelling is rounded or
  42097. lobulated, and projects beyond the level of its surroundings. Sometimes
  42098. the skin is invaded by the naevoid tissue over the whole extent of the
  42099. tumour, sometimes only over a limited area. Frequently the margin only
  42100. is of a bright-red colour, while the skin in the centre resembles a
  42101. cicatrix. The swelling is reduced by steady pressure, and increases in
  42102. size and becomes tense when the child cries.
  42103.  
  42104. [Illustration: FIG. 68.--Mixed Naevus of Nose which was subsequently
  42105. cured by Electrolysis.]
  42106.  
  42107. _Prognosis._--The rate of growth of the subcutaneous and mixed forms of
  42108. naevi varies greatly. They sometimes increase rapidly, especially during
  42109. the first few months of life; after this they usually grow at the same
  42110. rate as the child, or more slowly. There is a decided tendency to
  42111. disappearance of these varieties, fully 50 per cent. undergoing natural
  42112. cure by a process of obliteration, similar to the obliteration of
  42113. vessels in cicatricial tissue. This usually begins about the period of
  42114. the first dentition, sometimes at the second dentition, and sometimes at
  42115. puberty. On the other hand, an increased activity of growth may be shown
  42116. at these periods. The onset of natural cure is recognised by the tumour
  42117. becoming firmer and less compressible, and, in the mixed variety, by the
  42118. colour becoming less bright. Injury, infection, or ulceration of the
  42119. overlying skin may initiate the curative process.
  42120.  
  42121. Towards adult life the spaces in a subcutaneous naevus may become greatly
  42122. enlarged, leading to the formation of a cavernous angioma.
  42123.  
  42124. _Treatment._--In view of the frequency with which subcutaneous and mixed
  42125. naevi disappear spontaneously, interference is only called for when the
  42126. growth of the tumour is out of proportion to that of the child, or when,
  42127. from its situation--for example in the vicinity of the eye--any marked
  42128. increase in its size would render it less amenable to treatment.
  42129.  
  42130. The methods of treatment most generally applicable are the use of radium
  42131. and carbon dioxide snow, igni-puncture, electrolysis, and excision.
  42132.  
  42133. For naevi situated on exposed parts, where it is desirable to avoid a
  42134. scar, the use of _radium_ is to be preferred. The tube of radium is
  42135. applied at intervals to different parts of the naevus, the duration and
  42136. frequency of the applications varying with the strength of the
  42137. emanations and the reaction produced. The object aimed at is to induce
  42138. obliteration of the naevoid tissue by cicatricial contraction without
  42139. destroying the overlying skin. _Carbon-dioxide snow_ may be employed in
  42140. the same manner, but the results are inferior to those obtained by
  42141. radium.
  42142.  
  42143. _Igni-puncture_ consists in making a number of punctures at different
  42144. parts of the naevus with a fine-pointed thermo-cautery, with the object
  42145. of starting at each point a process of cicatrisation which extends
  42146. throughout the naevoid tissue and so obliterates the vessels.
  42147.  
  42148. _Electrolysis_ acts by decomposing the blood and tissues into their
  42149. constituent elements--oxygen and acids appearing at the positive,
  42150. hydrogen and bases at the negative electrode. These substances and gases
  42151. being given off in a nascent condition, at once enter into new
  42152. combinations with anything in the vicinity with which they have a
  42153. chemical affinity. In the naevus the practical result of this reaction is
  42154. that at the positive pole nitric acid, and at the negative pole caustic
  42155. potash, both in a state of minute subdivision, make their appearance.
  42156. The effect on the tissues around the positive pole, therefore, is
  42157. equivalent to that of an acid cauterisation, and on those round the
  42158. negative pole, to an alkaline cauterisation.
  42159.  
  42160. As the process is painful, a general anaesthetic is necessary. The
  42161. current used should be from 20 to 80 milliamperes, gradually increasing
  42162. from zero, without shock; three to six large Bunsen cells give a
  42163. sufficient current, and no galvanometer is required. Steel needles,
  42164. insulated with vulcanite to within an eighth of an inch of their points,
  42165. are the best. Both poles are introduced into the naevus, the positive
  42166. being kept fixed at one spot, while the negative is moved about so as to
  42167. produce a number of different tracks of cauterisation. On no account
  42168. must either pole be allowed to come in contact with the skin, lest a
  42169. slough be formed. The duration of the sitting is determined by the
  42170. effect produced, as indicated by the hardening of the tumour, the
  42171. average duration being from fifteen to twenty minutes. If pallor of the
  42172. skin appears, it indicates that the needles are too near the surface, or
  42173. that the blood supply to the integument is being cut off, and is an
  42174. indication to stop. To cauterise the track and so prevent bleeding, the
  42175. needles should be slowly withdrawn while the current is flowing. When
  42176. the skin is reached the current is turned off. The punctures are covered
  42177. with collodion. Six or eight weeks should be allowed to elapse before
  42178. repeating the procedure. From two to eight or ten sittings may be
  42179. necessary, according to the size and character of the naevus.
  42180.  
  42181. _Excision_ is to be preferred for naevi of moderate size situated on
  42182. covered parts of the body, where a scar is of no importance. Its chief
  42183. advantages over electrolysis are that a single operation is sufficient,
  42184. and that the cure is speedy and certain. The operation is attended with
  42185. much less haemorrhage than might be expected.
  42186.  
  42187. #Cavernous Angioma.#--This form of angioma consists of a series of large
  42188. blood spaces which are usually derived from the dilatation of the
  42189. capillaries of a subcutaneous naevus. The spaces come to communicate
  42190. freely with one another by the disappearance of adjacent capillary
  42191. walls. While the most common situation is in the subcutaneous tissue, a
  42192. cavernous angioma is sometimes met with in internal organs. It may
  42193. appear at any age from early youth to middle life, and is of slow growth
  42194. and may become stationary. The swelling is rounded or oval, there is no
  42195. pulsation or bruit, and the tumour is but slightly compressible. The
  42196. treatment consists in dissecting it out.
  42197.  
  42198. #Aneurysm by Anastomosis# is the name applied to a vascular tumour in
  42199. which the arteries, veins, and capillaries are all involved. It is met
  42200. with chiefly on the upper part of the trunk, the neck, and the scalp. It
  42201. tends gradually to increase in size, and may, after many years, attain
  42202. an enormous size. The tumour is ill-defined, and varies in consistence.
  42203. It is pulsatile, and a systolic bruit or a "thrilling" murmur may be
  42204. heard over it. The chief risk is haemorrhage from injury or ulceration.
  42205.  
  42206. [Illustration: FIG. 69.--Cirsoid Aneurysm of Forehead in a boy aet. 10.
  42207.  
  42208. (Mr. J. W. Dowden's case.)]
  42209.  
  42210. The _treatment_ is conducted on the same lines as for naevus. When
  42211. electrolysis is employed, it should be directed towards the afferent
  42212. vessels; and if it fails to arrest the flow through these, it is useless
  42213. to persist with it. In some cases ligation of the afferent vessels has
  42214. been successful.
  42215.  
  42216. #Arterial Angioma# or #Cirsoid Aneurysm#.--This is composed of the
  42217. enlarged branches of an arterial trunk. It originates in the smaller
  42218. branches of an artery--usually the temporal--and may spread to the main
  42219. trunk, and may even involve branches of other trunks with which the
  42220. affected artery anastomoses.
  42221.  
  42222. The condition is probably congenital in origin, though its appearance is
  42223. frequently preceded by an injury. It almost invariably occurs in the
  42224. scalp, and is usually met with in adolescent young adults.
  42225.  
  42226. The affected vessels slowly increase in size, and become tortuous, with
  42227. narrowings and dilatations here and there. Grooves and gutters are
  42228. frequently found in the bone underlying the dilated vessels.
  42229.  
  42230. There is a constant loud bruit in the tumour, which greatly troubles the
  42231. patient and may interfere with sleep. There is no tendency either to
  42232. natural cure or to rupture, but severe and even fatal haemorrhage may
  42233. follow a wound of the dilated vessels.
  42234.  
  42235. [Illustration: FIG. 70.--Cirsoid Aneurysm of Orbit and Face, which
  42236. developed after a blow on the Orbit with a cricket ball.
  42237.  
  42238. (From a photograph lent by Sir Montagu Cotterill.)]
  42239.  
  42240. The condition may be treated by excision or by electrolysis. In excision
  42241. the haemorrhage is controlled by an elastic tourniquet applied
  42242. horizontally round the head, or by ligation of the feeding trunks. In
  42243. large tumours the bleeding is formidable. In many cases electrolysis is
  42244. to be preferred, and is performed in the same way as for naevus. The
  42245. positive pole is placed in the centre of the tumour, while the negative
  42246. is introduced into the main affluents one after another.
  42247.  
  42248.  
  42249. ANEURYSM
  42250.  
  42251. An aneurysm is a sac communicating with an artery, and containing fluid
  42252. or coagulated blood.
  42253.  
  42254. Two types are met with--the pathological and the traumatic. It is
  42255. convenient to describe in this section also certain conditions in which
  42256. there is an abnormal communication between an artery and a
  42257. vein--arterio-venous aneurysm.
  42258.  
  42259.  
  42260. PATHOLOGICAL ANEURYSM
  42261.  
  42262. In this class are included such dilatations as result from weakening of
  42263. the arterial coats, combined, in most cases, with a loss of elasticity
  42264. in the walls and increase in the arterial tension due to
  42265. arterio-sclerosis. In some cases the vessel wall is softened by
  42266. arteritis--especially the embolic form--so that it yields before the
  42267. pressure of the blood.
  42268.  
  42269. Repeated and sudden raising of the arterial tension, as a result, for
  42270. example, of violent muscular efforts or of excessive indulgence in
  42271. alcohol, plays an important part in the causation of aneurysm. These
  42272. factors probably explain the comparative frequency of aneurysm in those
  42273. who follow such arduous occupations as soldiers, sailors,
  42274. dock-labourers, and navvies. In these classes the condition usually
  42275. manifests itself between the ages of thirty and fifty--that is, when the
  42276. vessels are beginning to degenerate, although the heart is still
  42277. vigorous and the men are hard at work. The comparative immunity of women
  42278. may also be explained by the less severe muscular strain involved by
  42279. their occupations and recreations.
  42280.  
  42281. Syphilis plays an important part in the production of aneurysm, probably
  42282. by predisposing the patient to arterio-sclerosis and atheroma, and
  42283. inducing an increase in the vascular tension in the peripheral vessels,
  42284. from loss of elasticity of the vessel wall and narrowing of the lumen as
  42285. a result of syphilitic arteritis. It is a striking fact that aneurysm is
  42286. seldom met with in women who have not suffered from syphilis.
  42287.  
  42288. #Varieties--Fusiform Aneurysm.#--When the _whole circumference_ of an
  42289. artery has been weakened, the tension of the blood causes the walls to
  42290. dilate uniformly, so that a fusiform or tubular aneurysm results. All
  42291. the coats of the vessel are stretched and form the sac of the aneurysm,
  42292. and the affected portion is not only dilated but is also increased in
  42293. length. This form is chiefly met with in the arch of the aorta, but may
  42294. occur in any of the main arterial trunks. As the sac of the aneurysm
  42295. includes all three coats, and as the inner and outer coats are usually
  42296. thickened by the deposit in them of connective tissue, this variety
  42297. increases in size slowly and seldom gives rise to urgent symptoms.
  42298.  
  42299. As a rule a fusiform aneurysm contains fluid blood, but when the intima
  42300. is roughened by disease, especially in the form of calcareous plates,
  42301. shreds of clot may adhere to it.
  42302.  
  42303. It has little tendency to natural cure, although this is occasionally
  42304. effected by the emerging artery becoming occluded by a clot; it has also
  42305. little tendency to rupture.
  42306.  
  42307. #Sacculated Aneurysm.#--When a _limited area_ of the vessel wall is
  42308. weakened--for example by atheroma or by other form of arteritis--this
  42309. portion yields before the pressure of the blood, and a sacculated
  42310. aneurysm results. The internal and middle coats being already damaged,
  42311. or, it may be, destroyed, by the primary disease, the stress falls on
  42312. the external coat, which in the majority of cases constitutes the sac.
  42313. To withstand the pressure the external coat becomes thickened, and as
  42314. the aneurysm increases in size it forms adhesions to surrounding
  42315. tissues, so that fasciae, tendons, nerves, and other structures may be
  42316. found matted together in its wall. The wall is further strengthened by
  42317. the deposit on its inner aspect of blood-clot, which may eventually
  42318. become organised.
  42319.  
  42320. The contents of the sac consist of fluid blood and a varying amount of
  42321. clot which is deposited in concentric layers on the inner aspect of the
  42322. sac, where it forms a pale, striated, firm mass, which constitutes a
  42323. laminated clot. Near the blood-current the clot is soft, red, and
  42324. friable (Fig. 72). The laminated clot not only strengthens the sac,
  42325. enabling it to resist the blood-pressure and so prevent rupture, but, if
  42326. it increases sufficiently to fill the cavity, may bring about cure. The
  42327. principle upon which all methods of treatment are based is to imitate
  42328. nature in producing such a clot.
  42329.  
  42330. Sacculated aneurysm, as compared with the fusiform variety, tends to
  42331. rupture and also to cure by the formation of laminated clot; natural
  42332. cure is sometimes all but complete when extension and rupture occur and
  42333. cause death.
  42334.  
  42335. An aneurysm is said to be _diffused_ when the sac ruptures and the blood
  42336. escapes into the cellular tissue.
  42337.  
  42338. #Clinical Features of Aneurysm.#--Surgically, the sacculated is by far
  42339. the most important variety. The outstanding feature is the existence in
  42340. the line of an artery of a globular swelling, which pulsates. The
  42341. pulsation is of an expansile character, which is detected by observing
  42342. that when both hands are placed over the swelling they are separated
  42343. with each beat of the heart. If the main artery be compressed on the
  42344. cardiac side of the swelling, the pulsation is arrested and the tumour
  42345. becomes smaller and less tense, and it may be still further reduced in
  42346. size by gentle pressure being made over it so as to empty it of fluid
  42347. blood. On allowing the blood again to flow through the artery, the
  42348. pulsation returns at once, but several beats are required before the sac
  42349. regains its former size. In most cases a distinct thrill is felt on
  42350. placing the hand over the swelling, and a blowing, systolic murmur may
  42351. be heard with the stethoscope. It is to be borne in mind that
  42352. occasionally, when the interchange of blood between an aneurysm and the
  42353. artery from which it arises is small, pulsation and bruit may be slight
  42354. or even absent. This is also the case when the sac contains a
  42355. considerable quantity of clot. When it becomes filled with
  42356. clot--_consolidated aneurysm_--these signs disappear, and the clinical
  42357. features are those of a solid tumour lying in contact with an artery,
  42358. and transmitting its pulsation.
  42359.  
  42360. A comparison of the pulse in the artery beyond the seat of the aneurysm
  42361. with that in the corresponding artery on the healthy side, shows that on
  42362. the affected side the wave is smaller in volume, and delayed in time. A
  42363. pulse tracing shows that the normal impulse and dicrotic waves are lost,
  42364. and that the force and rapidity of the tidal wave are diminished.
  42365.  
  42366. [Illustration: FIG. 71.--Radiogram of Aneurysm of Aorta, showing
  42367. laminated clot and erosion of bodies of vertebrae. The intervertebral
  42368. discs are intact.]
  42369.  
  42370. An aneurysm exerts pressure on the surrounding structures, which are
  42371. usually thickened and adherent to it and to one another. Adjacent veins
  42372. may be so compressed that congestion and oedema of the parts beyond are
  42373. produced. Pain, disturbances of sensation, and muscular paralyses may
  42374. result from pressure on nerves. Such bones as the sternum and vertebrae
  42375. undergo erosion and are absorbed by the gradually increasing pressure of
  42376. the aneurysm. Cartilage, on the other hand, being elastic, yields before
  42377. the pressure, so that the intervertebral discs or the costal cartilages
  42378. may escape while the adjacent bones are destroyed (Fig. 71). The skin
  42379. over the tumour becomes thinned and stretched, until finally a slough
  42380. forms, and when it separates haemorrhage takes place.
  42381.  
  42382. [Illustration: FIG. 72.--Sacculated Aneurysm of Abdominal Aorta nearly
  42383. filled with laminated clot. Note greater density of clot towards
  42384. periphery.]
  42385.  
  42386. In the progress of an aneurysm towards rupture, timely clotting may
  42387. avert death for the moment, but while extension in one direction has
  42388. been arrested there is apt to be extension in another, with imminence of
  42389. rupture, or it may be again postponed.
  42390.  
  42391. #Differential Diagnosis.#--The diagnosis is to be made from other
  42392. pulsatile swellings. Pulsation is sometimes transmitted from a large
  42393. artery to a tumour, a mass of enlarged lymph glands, or an inflammatory
  42394. swelling which lies in its vicinity, but the pulsation is not
  42395. expansile--a most important point in differential diagnosis. Such
  42396. swellings may, by appropriate manipulation, be moved from the artery and
  42397. the pulsation ceases, and compression of the artery on the cardiac side
  42398. of the swelling, although it arrests the pulsation, does not produce any
  42399. diminution in the size or tension of the swelling, and when the pressure
  42400. is removed the pulsation is restored immediately.
  42401.  
  42402. Fluid swellings overlying an artery, such as cysts, abscesses, or
  42403. enlarged bursae, may closely simulate aneurysm. An apparent expansion may
  42404. accompany the pulsation, but careful examination usually enables this to
  42405. be distinguished from the true expansion of an aneurysm. Compression of
  42406. the artery makes no difference in the size or tension of the swelling.
  42407.  
  42408. Vascular tumours, such as sarcoma and goitre, may yield an expansile
  42409. pulsation and a soft, whifling bruit, but they differ from an aneurysm
  42410. in that they are not diminished in size by compression of the main
  42411. artery, nor can they be emptied by pressure.
  42412.  
  42413. The exaggerated pulsation sometimes observed in the abdominal aorta, the
  42414. "pulsating aorta" seen in women, should not be mistaken for aneurysm.
  42415.  
  42416. #Prognosis.#--When _natural cure_ occurs it is usually brought about by
  42417. the formation of laminated clot, which gradually increases in amount
  42418. till it fills the sac. Sometimes a portion of the clot in the sac is
  42419. separated and becomes impacted as an embolus in the artery beyond,
  42420. leading to thrombosis which first occludes the artery and then extends
  42421. into the sac.
  42422.  
  42423. The progress of natural cure is indicated by the aneurysm becoming
  42424. smaller, firmer, less expansile, and less compressible; the murmur and
  42425. thrill diminish and the pressure effects become less marked. When the
  42426. cure is complete the expansile pulsation is lost, and there remains a
  42427. firm swelling attached to the vessel (_consolidated aneurysm_). While
  42428. these changes are taking place the collateral arteries become enlarged,
  42429. and an anastomotic circulation is established.
  42430.  
  42431. An aneurysm may prove _fatal_ by exerting pressure on important
  42432. structures, by causing syncope, by rupture, or from the occurrence of
  42433. suppuration. _Pressure_ symptoms are usually most serious from aneurysms
  42434. situated in the neck, thorax, or skull. Sudden fatal _syncope_ is not
  42435. infrequent in cases of aneurysm of the thoracic aorta.
  42436.  
  42437. _Rupture_ may take place through the skin, on a mucous or serous
  42438. surface, or into the cellular tissue. The first haemorrhage is often
  42439. slight and stops naturally, but it soon recurs, and is so profuse,
  42440. especially when the blood escapes externally, that it rapidly proves
  42441. fatal. When the bleeding takes place into the cellular tissue, the
  42442. aneurysm is said to become _diffused_, and the extravasated blood
  42443. spreads widely through the tissues, exerting great pressure on the
  42444. surrounding structures.
  42445.  
  42446. The _clinical features_ associated with rupture are sudden and severe
  42447. pain in the part, and the patient becomes pale, cold, and faint. If a
  42448. comparatively small escape of blood takes place into the tissues, the
  42449. sudden alteration in the size, shape, and tension of the aneurysm,
  42450. together with loss of pulsation, may be the only local signs. When the
  42451. bleeding is profuse, however, the parts beyond the aneurysm become
  42452. greatly swollen, livid, and cold, and the pulse beyond is completely
  42453. lost. The arrest of the blood supply may result in gangrene. Sometimes
  42454. the pressure of the extravasated blood causes the skin to slough and,
  42455. later, give way, and fatal haemorrhage results.
  42456.  
  42457. The _treatment_ is carried out on the same lines as for a ruptured
  42458. artery (p. 261), it being remembered, however, that the artery is
  42459. diseased and does not lend itself to reconstructive procedures.
  42460.  
  42461. _Suppuration_ may occur in the vicinity of an aneurysm, and the aneurysm
  42462. may burst into the abscess which forms, so that when the latter points
  42463. the pus is mixed with broken-down blood-clot, and finally free
  42464. haemorrhage takes place. It has more than once happened that a surgeon
  42465. has incised such an abscess without having recognised its association
  42466. with aneurysm, with tragic results.
  42467.  
  42468. #Treatment.#--In treating an aneurysm, the indications are to imitate
  42469. Nature's method of cure by means of laminated clot.
  42470.  
  42471. _Constitutional treatment_ consists in taking measures to reduce the
  42472. arterial tension and to diminish the force of the heart's action. The
  42473. patient must be kept in bed. A dry and non-stimulating diet is
  42474. indicated, the quantity being gradually reduced till it is just
  42475. sufficient to maintain nutrition. Saline purges are employed to reduce
  42476. the vascular tension. The benefit derived from potassium iodide
  42477. administered in full doses, as first recommended by George W. Balfour,
  42478. probably depends on its depressing action on the heart and its
  42479. therapeutic benefit in syphilis. Pain or restlessness may call for the
  42480. use of opiates, of which heroin is the most efficient.
  42481.  
  42482. _Local Treatment._--When constitutional treatment fails, local measures
  42483. must be adopted, and many methods are available.
  42484.  
  42485. #Endo-aneurysmorrhaphy.#--The operation devised by Rudolf Matas in 1888
  42486. aims at closing the opening between the sac and its feeding artery, and
  42487. in addition, folding the wall of the sac in such a way as to leave no
  42488. vacant space. If there is marked disease of the vessel, Matas' operation
  42489. is not possible and recourse is then had to ligation of the artery just
  42490. above the sac.
  42491.  
  42492. _Extirpation of the Sac--The Old Operation._--The procedure which goes
  42493. by this name consists in exposing the aneurysm, incising the sac,
  42494. clearing out the clots, and ligating the artery above and below the sac.
  42495. This method is suitable to sacculated aneurysm of the limbs, so long as
  42496. they are circumscribed and free from complications. It has been
  42497. successfully practised also in aneurysm of the subclavian, carotid, and
  42498. external iliac arteries. It is not applicable to cases in which there is
  42499. such a degree of atheroma as would interfere with the successful
  42500. ligation of the artery. The continuity of the artery may be restored by
  42501. grafting into the gap left after excision of the sac a segment of the
  42502. great saphena vein.
  42503.  
  42504. _Ligation of the Artery._--The object of tying the artery is to diminish
  42505. or to arrest the flow of blood through the aneurysm so that the blood
  42506. coagulates both in the sac and in the feeding artery. The ligature may
  42507. be applied on the cardiac side of the aneurysm--proximal ligation, or to
  42508. the artery beyond--distal ligation.
  42509.  
  42510. _Proximal Ligation._--The ligature may be applied immediately above the
  42511. sac (Anel, 1710) or at a distance above (John Hunter, 1785). The
  42512. _Hunterian operation_ ensures that the ligature is applied to a part of
  42513. the artery that is presumably healthy and where relations are
  42514. undisturbed by the proximity of the sac; the best example is the
  42515. ligation of the superficial femoral artery in Scarpa's triangle or in
  42516. Hunter's canal for popliteal aneurysm; it is on record that Syme
  42517. performed this operation with cure of the aneurysm on thirty-nine
  42518. occasions.
  42519.  
  42520. It is to be noted that the Hunterian ligature does not aim at
  42521. _arresting_ the flow of blood through the sac, but is designed so to
  42522. diminish its volume and force as to favour the deposition within the sac
  42523. of laminated clot. The development of the collateral circulation which
  42524. follows upon ligation of the artery at a distance above the sac may be
  42525. attended with just that amount of return stream which favours the
  42526. deposit of laminated clot, and consequently the cure of the aneurysm;
  42527. the return stream may, however, be so forcible as to prevent coagulation
  42528. of the blood in the sac, or only to allow of the formation of a red
  42529. thrombus which may in its turn be dispersed so that pulsation in the sac
  42530. recurs. This does not necessarily imply failure to cure, as the
  42531. recurrent pulsation may only be temporary; the formation of laminated
  42532. clot may ultimately take place and lead to consolidation of the
  42533. aneurysm.
  42534.  
  42535. The least desirable result of the Hunterian ligature is met with in
  42536. cases where, owing to widespread arterial disease, the collateral
  42537. circulation does not develop and gangrene of the limb supervenes.
  42538.  
  42539. _Anel's ligature_ is only practised as part of the operation which deals
  42540. with the sac directly.
  42541.  
  42542. _Distal Ligation._--The tying of the artery beyond the sac, or of its
  42543. two branches where it bifurcates (Brasdor, 1760, and Wardrop, 1825), may
  42544. arrest or only diminish the flow of blood through the sac. It is less
  42545. successful than the proximal ligature, and is therefore restricted to
  42546. aneurysms so situated as not to be amenable to other methods; for
  42547. example, in aneurysm of the common carotid near its origin, the artery
  42548. may be ligated near its bifurcation, or in aneurysm of the innominate
  42549. artery, the carotid and subclavian arteries are tied at the seat of
  42550. election.
  42551.  
  42552. _Compression._--Digital compression of the feeding artery has been given
  42553. up except as a preparation for operations on the sac with a view to
  42554. favouring the development of a collateral circulation.
  42555.  
  42556. _Macewen's acupuncture or "needling"_ consists in passing one or more
  42557. fine, highly tempered steel needles through the tissues overlying the
  42558. aneurysm, and through its outer wall. The needles are made to touch the
  42559. opposite wall of the sac, and the pulsation of the aneurysm imparts a
  42560. movement to them which causes them to scarify the inner surface of the
  42561. sac. White thrombus forms on the rough surface produced, and leads to
  42562. further coagulation. The needles may be left in position for some hours,
  42563. being shifted from time to time, the projecting ends being surrounded
  42564. with sterile gauze.
  42565.  
  42566. The _Moore-Corradi method_ consists in introducing through the wall of
  42567. the aneurysm a hollow insulated needle, through the lumen of which from
  42568. 10 to 20 feet of highly drawn silver or other wire is passed into the
  42569. sac, where it coils up into an open meshwork (Fig. 73). The positive
  42570. pole of a galvanic battery is attached to the wire, and the negative
  42571. pole placed over the patient's back. A current, varying in strength from
  42572. 20 to 70 milliamperes, is allowed to flow for about an hour. The hollow
  42573. needle is then withdrawn, but the wire is left _in situ_. The results
  42574. are somewhat similar to those obtained by needling, but the clot formed
  42575. on the large coil of wire is more extensive.
  42576.  
  42577. [Illustration: FIG. 73.--Radiogram of Innominate Aneurysm after
  42578. treatment by the Moore-Corradi method. Two feet of finely drawn silver
  42579. wire were introduced. The patient, a woman, aet. 47, lived for ten months
  42580. after operation, free from pain (cf. Fig. 75).]
  42581.  
  42582. Colt's method of wiring has been mainly used in the treatment of
  42583. abdominal aneurysm; gilt wire in the form of a wisp is introduced
  42584. through the cannula and expands into an umbrella shape.
  42585.  
  42586. _Subcutaneous Injections of Gelatin._--Three or four ounces of a 2 per
  42587. cent. solution of white gelatin in sterilised water, at a temperature of
  42588. about 100 o F., are injected into the subcutaneous tissue of the abdomen
  42589. every two, three, or four days. In the course of a fortnight or three
  42590. weeks improvement may begin. The clot which forms is liable to soften
  42591. and be absorbed, but a repetition of the injection has in several cases
  42592. established a permanent cure.
  42593.  
  42594. _Amputation of the limb_ is indicated in cases complicated by
  42595. suppuration, by secondary haemorrhage after excision or ligation, or by
  42596. gangrene. Amputation at the shoulder was performed by Fergusson in a
  42597. case of subclavian aneurysm, as a means of arresting the blood-flow
  42598. through the sac.
  42599.  
  42600.  
  42601. TRAUMATIC ANEURYSM
  42602.  
  42603. The essential feature of a traumatic aneurysm is that it is produced by
  42604. some form of injury which divides all the coats of the artery. The walls
  42605. of the injured vessel are presumably healthy, but they form no part of
  42606. the sac of the aneurysm. The sac consists of the condensed and thickened
  42607. tissues around the artery.
  42608.  
  42609. The injury to the artery may be a subcutaneous one such as a tear by a
  42610. fragment of bone: much more commonly it is a punctured wound from a stab
  42611. or from a bullet.
  42612.  
  42613. The aneurysm usually forms soon after the injury is inflicted; the blood
  42614. slowly escapes into the surrounding tissues, gradually displacing and
  42615. condensing them, until they form a sac enclosing the effused blood.
  42616.  
  42617. Less frequently a traumatic aneurysm forms some considerable time after
  42618. the injury, from gradual stretching of the fibrous cicatrix by which the
  42619. wound in the wall of the artery has been closed. The gradual stretching
  42620. of this cicatrix results in condensation of the surrounding structures
  42621. which form the sac, on the inner aspect of which laminated clot is
  42622. deposited.
  42623.  
  42624. A traumatic aneurysm is almost always sacculated, and, so long as it
  42625. remains circumscribed, has the same characters as a pathological
  42626. sacculated aneurysm, with the addition that there is a scar in the
  42627. overlying skin. A traumatic aneurysm is liable to become diffuse--a
  42628. change which, although attended with considerable risk of gangrene, has
  42629. sometimes been the means of bringing about a cure.
  42630.  
  42631. The treatment is governed by the same principles as apply to the
  42632. pathological varieties, but as the walls of the artery are not diseased,
  42633. operative measures dealing with the sac and the adjacent segment of the
  42634. affected artery are to be preferred.
  42635.  
  42636.  
  42637. ARTERIO-VENOUS ANEURYSM
  42638.  
  42639. An abnormal communication between an artery and a vein constitutes an
  42640. arterio-venous aneurysm. Two varieties are recognised--one in which the
  42641. communication is direct--_aneurysmal varix_; the other in which the
  42642. vein communicates with the artery through the medium of a sac--_varicose
  42643. aneurysm_.
  42644.  
  42645. Either variety may result from pathological causes, but in the majority
  42646. of cases they are traumatic in origin, being due to such injuries as
  42647. stabs, punctured wounds, and gun-shot injuries which involve both artery
  42648. and vein. In former times the most common situation was at the bend of
  42649. the elbow, the brachial artery being accidentally punctured in
  42650. blood-letting from the median basilic vein. Arterio-venous aneurysm is a
  42651. frequent result of injuries by modern high-velocity bullets--for
  42652. example, in the neck or groin.
  42653.  
  42654. In _aneurysmal varix_ the higher blood pressure in the artery forces
  42655. arterial blood into the vein, which near the point of communication with
  42656. the artery tends to become dilated, and to form a thick-walled sac,
  42657. beyond which the vessel and its tributaries are distended and tortuous.
  42658. The clinical features resemble those associated with varicose veins, but
  42659. the entrance of arterial blood into the dilated veins causes them to
  42660. pulsate, and produces in them a vibratory thrill and a loud murmur. In
  42661. those at the groin, the distension of the veins may be so great that
  42662. they look like sinuses running through the muscles, a feature that must
  42663. be taken into account in any operation.
  42664.  
  42665. As the condition tends to remain stationary, the support of an elastic
  42666. bandage is all that is required; but when the condition progresses and
  42667. causes serious inconvenience, it may be necessary to cut down and expose
  42668. the communication between the artery and vein, and, after separating the
  42669. vessels, to close the opening in each by suture; this may be difficult
  42670. or impossible if the parts are matted from former suppuration. If it is
  42671. impossible thus to obliterate the communication, the artery should be
  42672. ligated above and below the point of communication; although the risk of
  42673. gangrene is considerable unless means are taken to develop the
  42674. collateral circulation beforehand (Makins).
  42675.  
  42676. _Varicose aneurysm_ usually develops in relation to a traumatic
  42677. aneurysm, the sac becoming adherent to an adjacent vein, and ultimately
  42678. opening into it. In this way a communication between the artery and the
  42679. vein is established, and the clinical features are those of a
  42680. combination of aneurysm and aneurysmal varix.
  42681.  
  42682. As there is little tendency to spontaneous cure, and as the aneurysm is
  42683. liable to increase in size and finally to rupture, operative treatment
  42684. is usually called for. This is carried out on the same lines as for
  42685. aneurysmal varix, and at the same time incising the sac, turning out the
  42686. clots, and ligating any branches which open into the sac. If it can be
  42687. avoided, the vein should not be ligated.
  42688.  
  42689.  
  42690. ANEURYSMS OF INDIVIDUAL ARTERIES
  42691.  
  42692. #Thoracic Aneurysm.#--All varieties of aneurysm occur in the aorta, the
  42693. fusiform being the most common, although a sacculated aneurysm
  42694. frequently springs from a fusiform dilatation.
  42695.  
  42696. The _clinical features_ depend chiefly on the direction in which the
  42697. aneurysm enlarges, and are not always well marked even when the sac is
  42698. of considerable size. They consist in a pulsatile swelling--sometimes in
  42699. the supra-sternal notch, but usually towards the right side of the
  42700. sternum--with an increased area of dulness on percussion. With the
  42701. X-rays a dark shadow is seen corresponding to the sac. Pain is usually a
  42702. prominent symptom, and is largely referable to the pressure of the
  42703. aneurysm on the vertebrae or the sternum, causing erosion of these bones.
  42704. Pressure on the thoracic veins and on the air-passage causes cyanosis
  42705. and dyspnoea. When the oesophagus is pressed upon, the patient may have
  42706. difficulty in swallowing. The left recurrent nerve may be stretched or
  42707. pressed upon as it hooks round the arch of the aorta, and hoarseness of
  42708. the voice and a characteristic "brassy" cough may result from paralysis
  42709. of the muscles of the larynx which it supplies. The vagus, the phrenic,
  42710. and the spinal nerves may also be pressed upon. When the aneurysm is on
  42711. the transverse part of the arch, the trachea is pulled down with each
  42712. beat of the heart--a clinical phenomena known as the "tracheal tug."
  42713. Aneurysm of the descending aorta may, after eroding the bodies of the
  42714. vertebrae (Fig. 71) and posterior portions of the ribs, form a swelling
  42715. in the back to the left of the spine.
  42716.  
  42717. Inasmuch as obliteration of the sac and the feeding artery is out of the
  42718. question, surgical treatment is confined to causing coagulation of the
  42719. blood in an extension or pouching of the sac, which, making its way
  42720. through the parietes of the chest, threatens to rupture externally. This
  42721. may be achieved by Macewen's needles or by the introduction of wire into
  42722. the sac. We have had cases under observation in which the treatment
  42723. referred to has been followed by such an amount of improvement that the
  42724. patient has been able to resume a laborious occupation for one or more
  42725. years. Christopher Heath found that improvement followed ligation of the
  42726. left common carotid in aneurysm of the transverse part of the aortic
  42727. arch.
  42728.  
  42729. [Illustration: FIG. 74.--Thoracic Aneurysm, threatening to rupture
  42730. externally, but prevented from doing so by Macewen's needling. The
  42731. needles were left in for forty-eight hours.]
  42732.  
  42733. #Abdominal Aneurysm.#--Aneurysm is much less frequent in the abdominal
  42734. than in the thoracic aorta. While any of the large branches in the
  42735. abdomen may be affected, the most common seats are in the aorta itself,
  42736. just above the origin of the coeliac artery and at the bifurcation.
  42737.  
  42738. The _clinical features_ vary with the site of the aneurysm and with its
  42739. rapidity and direction of growth. A smooth, rounded swelling, which
  42740. exhibits expansile pulsation, forms, usually towards the left of the
  42741. middle line. It may extend upwards under cover of the ribs, downwards
  42742. towards the pelvis, or backward towards the loin. On palpation a
  42743. systolic thrill may be detected, but the presence of a murmur is neither
  42744. constant nor characteristic. Pain is usually present; it may be
  42745. neuralgic in character, or may simulate renal colic. When the aneurysm
  42746. presses on the vertebrae and erodes them, the symptoms simulate those of
  42747. spinal caries, particularly if, as sometimes happens, symptoms of
  42748. compression paraplegia ensue. In its growth the swelling may press upon
  42749. and displace the adjacent viscera, and so interfere with their
  42750. functions.
  42751.  
  42752. The _diagnosis_ has to be made from solid or cystic tumours overlying
  42753. the artery; from a "pulsating aorta"; and from spinal caries; much help
  42754. is obtained by the use of the X-rays.
  42755.  
  42756. The condition usually proves fatal, either by the aneurysm bursting into
  42757. the peritoneal cavity, or by slow leakage into the retro-peritoneal
  42758. tissue.
  42759.  
  42760. The Moore-Corradi method has been successfully employed, access to the
  42761. sac having been obtained by opening the abdomen. Ligation of the aorta
  42762. has so far been unsuccessful, but in one case operated upon by Keen the
  42763. patient survived forty-eight days.
  42764.  
  42765. #Innominate aneurysm# may be of the fusiform or of the sacculated
  42766. variety, and is frequently associated with pouching of the aorta. It
  42767. usually grows upwards and laterally, projecting above the sternum and
  42768. right clavicle, which may be eroded or displaced (Fig. 75). Symptoms of
  42769. pressure on the structures in the neck, similar to those produced by
  42770. aortic aneurysm, occur. The pulses in the right upper extremity and in
  42771. the right carotid and its branches are diminished and delayed. Pressure
  42772. on the right brachial plexus causes shooting pain down the arm and
  42773. muscular paresis on that side. Vaso-motor disturbances and contraction
  42774. of the pupil on the right side may result from pressure on the
  42775. sympathetic. Death may take place from rupture, or from pressure on the
  42776. air-passage.
  42777.  
  42778. [Illustration: FIG. 75.--Innominate Aneurysm in a woman, aet. 47, eight
  42779. months after treatment by Moore-Corradi method (cf. Fig. 73).]
  42780.  
  42781. The available methods of treatment are ligation of the right common
  42782. carotid and third part of the right subclavian (Wardrop's operation), of
  42783. which a number of successful cases have been recorded. Those most
  42784. suitable for ligation are cases in which the aneurysm is circumscribed
  42785. and globular (Sheen). If ligation is found to be impracticable, the
  42786. Moore-Corradi method or Macewen's needling may be tried.
  42787.  
  42788. #Carotid Aneurysms.#--Aneurysm of the _common carotid_ is more frequent
  42789. on the right than on the left side, and is usually situated either at
  42790. the root of the neck or near the bifurcation. It is the aneurysm most
  42791. frequently met with in women. From its position the swelling is liable
  42792. to press on the vagus, recurrent and sympathetic nerves, on the
  42793. air-passage, and on the oesophagus, giving rise to symptoms referable to
  42794. such pressure. There may be cerebral symptoms from interference with the
  42795. blood supply of the brain.
  42796.  
  42797. Aneurysm near the origin has to be diagnosed from subclavian,
  42798. innominate, and aortic aneurysm, and from other swellings--solid or
  42799. fluid--met with in the neck. It is often difficult to determine with
  42800. precision the trunk from which an aneurysm at the root of the neck
  42801. originates, and not infrequently more than one vessel shares in the
  42802. dilatation. A careful consideration of the position in which the
  42803. swelling first appeared, of the direction in which it has progressed, of
  42804. its pressure effects, and of the condition of the pulses beyond, may
  42805. help in distinguishing between aortic, innominate, carotid, and
  42806. subclavian aneurysms. Skiagraphy is also of assistance in recognising
  42807. the vessel involved.
  42808.  
  42809. Tumours of the thyreoid, enlarged lymph glands, and fatty and
  42810. sarcomatous tumours can usually be distinguished from aneurysm by the
  42811. history of the swelling and by physical examination. Cystic tumours and
  42812. abscesses in the neck are sometimes more difficult to differentiate on
  42813. account of the apparently expansile character of the pulsation
  42814. transmitted to them. The fact that compression of the vessel does not
  42815. affect the size and tension of these fluid swellings is useful in
  42816. distinguishing them from aneurysm.
  42817.  
  42818. _Treatment._--Digital compression of the vessel against the transverse
  42819. process of the sixth cervical vertebra--the "carotid tubercle"--has been
  42820. successfully employed in the treatment of aneurysm near the bifurcation.
  42821. Proximal ligation in the case of high aneurysms, or distal ligation in
  42822. those situated at the root of the neck, is more certain. Extirpation of
  42823. the sac is probably the best method of treatment, especially in those of
  42824. traumatic origin. These operations are attended with considerable risk
  42825. of hemiplegia from interference with the blood supply of the brain.
  42826.  
  42827. The _external carotid_ and the cervical portion of the _internal
  42828. carotid_ are seldom the primary seat of aneurysm, although they are
  42829. liable to be implicated by the upward spread of an aneurysm at the
  42830. bifurcation of the common trunk. In addition to the ordinary signs of
  42831. aneurysm, the clinical manifestations are chiefly referable to pressure
  42832. on the pharynx and larynx, and on the hypoglossal nerve. Aneurysm of the
  42833. internal carotid is of special importance on account of the way in which
  42834. it bulges into the pharynx in the region of the tonsil, in some cases
  42835. closely simulating a tonsillar abscess. Cases are on record in which
  42836. such an aneurysm has been mistaken for an abscess and incised, with
  42837. disastrous results.
  42838.  
  42839. _Aneurysmal varix_ may occur in the neck as a result of stabs or bullet
  42840. wounds. The communication is usually between the common carotid artery
  42841. and the internal jugular vein. The resulting interference with the
  42842. cerebral circulation causes headache, giddiness, and other brain
  42843. symptoms, and a persistent loud murmur is usually a source of annoyance
  42844. to the patient and may be sufficient indication for operative treatment.
  42845.  
  42846. #Intracranial aneurysm# involves the internal carotid and its branches,
  42847. or the basilar artery, and appears to be more frequently associated with
  42848. syphilis and with valvular disease of the heart than are external
  42849. aneurysms. It gives rise to symptoms similar to those of other
  42850. intracranial tumours, and there is sometimes a loud murmur. It usually
  42851. proves fatal by rupture, and intracranial haemorrhage. The treatment is
  42852. to ligate the common carotid or the vertebral artery in the neck,
  42853. according to the seat of the aneurysm.
  42854.  
  42855. #Orbital Aneurysm.#--The term pulsating exophthalmos is employed to
  42856. embrace a number of pathological conditions, including aneurysm, in
  42857. which the chief symptoms are pulsation in the orbit and protrusion of
  42858. the eyeball. There may be, in addition, congestion and oedema of the
  42859. eyelids, and a distinct thrill and murmur, which can be controlled by
  42860. compression of the common carotid in the neck. Varying degrees of ocular
  42861. paralysis and of interference with vision may also be present.
  42862.  
  42863. These symptoms are due, in the majority of cases, to an aneurysmal varix
  42864. of the internal carotid artery and cavernous sinus, which is often
  42865. traumatic in origin, being produced either by fracture of the base of
  42866. the skull or by a punctured wound of the orbit. In other cases they are
  42867. due to aneurysm of the ophthalmic artery, to thrombosis of the cavernous
  42868. sinus, and, in rare instances, to cirsoid aneurysm.
  42869.  
  42870. If compression of the common carotid is found to arrest the pulsation,
  42871. ligation of this vessel is indicated.
  42872.  
  42873. #Subclavian Aneurysm.#--Subclavian aneurysm is usually met with in men
  42874. who follow occupations involving constant use of the shoulder--for
  42875. example, dock-porters and coal-heavers. It is more common on the right
  42876. side.
  42877.  
  42878. The aneurysm usually springs from the third part of the artery, and
  42879. appears as a tense, rounded, pulsatile swelling just above the clavicle
  42880. and to the outer side of the sterno-mastoid muscle. It occasionally
  42881. extends towards the thorax, where it may become adherent to the pleura.
  42882. The radial pulse on the same side is small and delayed. Congestion and
  42883. oedema of the arm, with pain, numbness, and muscular weakness, may result
  42884. from pressure on the veins and nerves as they pass under the clavicle;
  42885. and pressure on the phrenic nerve may induce hiccough. The aneurysm is
  42886. of slow growth, and occasionally undergoes spontaneous cure.
  42887.  
  42888. The conditions most likely to be mistaken for it are a soft, rapidly
  42889. growing sarcoma, and a normal artery raised on a cervical rib.
  42890.  
  42891. On account of the relations of the artery and of its branches, treatment
  42892. is attended with greater difficulty and danger in subclavian than in
  42893. almost any other form of external aneurysm. The available operative
  42894. measures are proximal ligation of the innominate, and distal ligation.
  42895. In some cases it has been found necessary to combine distal ligation
  42896. with amputation at the shoulder-joint, to prevent the collateral
  42897. circulation maintaining the flow through the aneurysm. Matas' operation
  42898. has been successfully performed by Hogarth Pringle.
  42899.  
  42900. #Axillary Aneurysm.#--This is usually met with in the right arm of
  42901. labouring men and sailors, and not infrequently follows an injury in the
  42902. region of the shoulder. The vessel may be damaged by the head of a
  42903. dislocated humerus or in attempts to reduce the dislocation, by the
  42904. fragments of a fractured bone, or by a stab or cut. Sometimes the vein
  42905. also is injured and an arterio-venous aneurysm established.
  42906.  
  42907. Owing to the laxity of the tissues, it increases rapidly, and it may
  42908. soon attain a large size, filling up the axilla, and displacing the
  42909. clavicle upwards. This renders compression of the third part of the
  42910. subclavian difficult or impossible. It may extend beneath the clavicle
  42911. into the neck, or, extending inwards may form adhesions to the chest
  42912. wall, and, after eroding the ribs, to the pleura.
  42913.  
  42914. The usual symptoms of aneurysm are present, and the pressure effects on
  42915. the veins and nerves are similar to those produced by an aneurysm of the
  42916. subclavian. Intra-thoracic complications, such as pleurisy or pneumonia,
  42917. are not infrequent when there are adhesions to the chest wall and
  42918. pleura. Rupture may take place externally, into the shoulder-joint, or
  42919. into the pleura.
  42920.  
  42921. Extirpation of the sac is the operation of choice, but, if this is
  42922. impracticable, ligation of the third part of the subclavian may be had
  42923. recourse to.
  42924.  
  42925. #Brachial aneurysm# usually occurs at the bend of the elbow, is of
  42926. traumatic origin, and is best treated by excision of the sac.
  42927.  
  42928. _Aneurysmal varix_, which was frequently met with in this situation in
  42929. the days of the barber-surgeons,--usually as a result of the artery
  42930. having been accidentally wounded while performing venesection of the
  42931. median basilic vein,--may be treated, according to the amount of
  42932. discomfort it causes, by a supporting bandage, or by ligation of the
  42933. artery above and below the point of communication.
  42934.  
  42935. Aneurysms of the vessels of the #forearm and hand# call for no special
  42936. mention; they are almost invariably traumatic, and are treated by
  42937. excision of the sac.
  42938.  
  42939. #Inguinal Aneurysm# (_Aneurysm of the Iliac and Femoral
  42940. Arteries_).--Aneurysms appearing in the region of Poupart's ligament may
  42941. have their origin in the external or common iliac arteries or in the
  42942. upper part of the femoral. On account of the tension of the fascia lata,
  42943. they tend to spread upwards towards the abdomen, and, to a less extent,
  42944. downwards into the thigh. Sometimes a constriction occurs across the
  42945. sac at the level of Poupart's ligament.
  42946.  
  42947. The pressure exerted on the nerves and veins of the lower extremity
  42948. causes pain, congestion, and oedema of the limb. Rupture may take place
  42949. externally, or into the cellular tissue of the iliac fossa.
  42950.  
  42951. These aneurysms have to be diagnosed from pulsating sarcoma growing from
  42952. the pelvic bones, and from an abscess or a mass of enlarged lymph glands
  42953. overlying the artery and transmitting its pulsation.
  42954.  
  42955. The method of treatment that has met with most success is ligation of
  42956. the common or external iliac, reached either by reflecting the
  42957. peritoneum from off the iliac fossa (extra-peritoneal operation), or by
  42958. going through the peritoneal cavity (trans-peritoneal operation).
  42959.  
  42960. #Gluteal Aneurysm.#--An aneurysm in the buttock may arise from the
  42961. superior or from the inferior gluteal artery, but by the time it forms a
  42962. salient swelling it is seldom possible to recognise by external
  42963. examination in which vessel it takes origin. The special symptoms to
  42964. which it gives rise are pain down the limb from pressure on the sciatic
  42965. nerve, and interference with the movements at the hip.
  42966.  
  42967. Ligation of the hypogastric (internal iliac) by the trans-peritoneal
  42968. route is the most satisfactory method of treatment. Extirpation of the
  42969. sac is difficult and dangerous, especially when the aneurysm has spread
  42970. into the pelvis.
  42971.  
  42972. #Femoral Aneurysm.#--Aneurysm of the femoral artery beyond the origin of
  42973. the profunda branch is usually traumatic in origin, and is more common
  42974. in Scarpa's triangle than in Hunter's canal. Any of the methods already
  42975. described is available for their treatment--the choice lying between
  42976. Matas' operation and ligation of the external iliac.
  42977.  
  42978. Aneurysm of the _profunda femoris_ is distinguished from that of the
  42979. main trunk by the fact that the pulses beyond are, in the former,
  42980. unaffected, and by the normal artery being felt pulsating over or
  42981. alongside the sac.
  42982.  
  42983. In _aneurysmal varix_, a not infrequent result of a bullet wound or a
  42984. stab, the communication with the vein may involve the main trunk of the
  42985. femoral artery. Should operative interference become necessary as a
  42986. result of progressive increase in size of the tumour, or progressive
  42987. distension of the veins of the limb, an attempt should be made to
  42988. separate the vessels concerned and to close the opening in each by
  42989. suture. If this is impracticable, the artery is tied above and below the
  42990. communication; gangrene of the limb may supervene, and we have observed
  42991. a case in which the gangrene extended up to the junction of the middle
  42992. and lower thirds of the thigh, and in which recovery followed upon
  42993. amputation of the thigh.
  42994.  
  42995. #Popliteal Aneurysm.#--This is the most common surgical aneurysm, and is
  42996. not infrequently met with in both limbs. It is generally due to disease
  42997. of the artery, and repeated slight strains, which are so liable to occur
  42998. at the knee, play an important part in its formation. In former times it
  42999. was common in post-boys, from the repeated flexion and extension of the
  43000. knee in riding.
  43001.  
  43002. The aneurysm is usually of the sacculated variety, and may spring from
  43003. the front or from the back of the vessel. It may exert pressure on the
  43004. bones and ligaments of the joint, and it has been known to rupture into
  43005. the articulation. The pain, stiffness, and effusion into the joint which
  43006. accompany these changes often lead to an erroneous diagnosis of joint
  43007. disease. The sac may press upon the popliteal artery or vein and their
  43008. branches, causing congestion and oedema of the leg, and lead to gangrene.
  43009. Pressure on the tibial and common peroneal nerves gives rise to severe
  43010. pain, muscular cramp, and weakness of the leg.
  43011.  
  43012. The differential diagnosis is to be made from abscess, bursal cyst,
  43013. enlarged glands, and sarcoma, especially pulsating sarcoma of one of the
  43014. bones entering into the knee joint.
  43015.  
  43016. The choice of operation lies between ligation of the femoral artery in
  43017. Hunter's canal, and Matas' operation of aneurysmo-arteriorrhaphy. The
  43018. success which attends the Hunterian operation is evidenced by the fact
  43019. that Syme performed it thirty-seven times without a single failure. If
  43020. it fails, the old operation should be considered, but it is a more
  43021. serious operation, and one which is more liable to be followed by
  43022. gangrene of the limb. Experience shows that ligation of the vein, or
  43023. even the removal of a portion of it, is not necessarily followed by
  43024. gangrene. The risk of gangrene is diminished by a course of digital
  43025. compression of the femoral artery, before operating on the aneurysm.
  43026.  
  43027. _Aneurysmal varix_ is sometimes met with in the region of the popliteal
  43028. space. It is characterised by the usual symptoms, and is treated by
  43029. palliative measures, or by ligation of the artery above and below the
  43030. point of communication.
  43031.  
  43032. _Aneurysm_ in the #leg and foot# is rare. It is almost always traumatic,
  43033. and is treated by excision of the sac.
  43034.  
  43035.  
  43036.  
  43037.  
  43038. CHAPTER XV
  43039.  
  43040. THE LYMPH VESSELS AND GLANDS
  43041.  
  43042.  
  43043. Anatomy and Physiology--INJURIES OF LYMPH VESSELS--_Wounds of
  43044.     thoracic duct_--DISEASES OF LYMPH VESSELS--Lymphangitis:
  43045.     _Varieties_--Lymphangiectasis--Filarial
  43046.     disease--Lymphangioma--DISEASES OF LYMPH
  43047.     GLANDS--Lymphadenitis: _Septic_; _Tuberculous_;
  43048.     _Syphilitic_--Lymphadenoma--Leucocythaemia--TUMOURS.
  43049.  
  43050. #Surgical Anatomy and Physiology.#--Lymph is essentially blood plasma,
  43051. which has passed through the walls of capillaries. After bathing
  43052. and nourishing the tissues, it is collected by lymph vessels, which
  43053. return it to the blood stream by way of the thoracic duct. These lymph
  43054. vessels take origin in the lymph spaces of the tissues and in the
  43055. walls of serous cavities, and they usually run alongside blood
  43056. vessels--_perivascular lymph vessels_. They have a structure similar to
  43057. that of veins, but are more abundantly provided with valves. Along the
  43058. course of the lymph trunks are the _lymph glands_, which possess a
  43059. definite capsule and are composed of a reticulated connective tissue,
  43060. the spaces of which are packed with leucocytes. The glands act as
  43061. filters, arresting not only inert substances, such as blood pigment
  43062. circulating in the lymph, but also living elements, such as cancer cells
  43063. or bacteria. As it passes through a gland the lymph is brought into
  43064. intimate contact with the leucocytes, and in bacterial infections there
  43065. is always a struggle between the organisms and the leucocytes, so that
  43066. the glands may be looked upon as an important line of defence, retarding
  43067. or preventing the passage of bacteria and their products into the
  43068. general circulation. The infective agent, moreover, in order to reach
  43069. the blood stream, must usually overcome the resistance of several
  43070. glands.
  43071.  
  43072. Lymph glands are, for the most part, arranged in groups or chains, such
  43073. as those in the axilla, neck, and groin. In any given situation they
  43074. vary in number and size in different individuals, and fresh glands may
  43075. be formed on comparatively slight stimulus, and disappear when the
  43076. stimulus is withdrawn. The best-known example of this is the increase in
  43077. the number of glands in the axilla which takes place during lactation;
  43078. when this function ceases, many of the glands become involuted and are
  43079. transformed into fat, and in the event of a subsequent lactation they
  43080. are again developed. After glands have been removed by operation, new
  43081. ones may be formed.
  43082.  
  43083. The following are the more important groups of glands, and the areas
  43084. drained by them in the head and neck and in the extremities.
  43085.  
  43086. #Head and Neck.#--_The anterior auricular (parotid and pre-auricular)
  43087. glands_ lie beneath the parotid fascia in front of the ear, and some
  43088. are partly embedded in the substance of the parotid gland; they drain
  43089. the parts about the temple, cheek, eyelids, and auricle, and are
  43090. frequently the seat of tuberculous disease. _The occipital gland_,
  43091. situated over the origin of the trapezius from the superior curved line,
  43092. drains the top and back of the head; it is rarely infected. _The
  43093. posterior auricular (mastoid) glands_ lie over the mastoid process, and
  43094. drain the side of the head and auricle. These three groups pour their
  43095. lymph into the superficial cervical glands. _The submaxillary_--two to
  43096. six in number--lie along the lower order of the mandible from the
  43097. symphysis to the angle, the posterior ones (paramandibular) being
  43098. closely connected with the submaxillary salivary gland. They receive
  43099. lymph from the face, lips, floor of the mouth, gums, teeth, anterior
  43100. part of tongue, and the alae nasi, and from the pre-auricular glands. The
  43101. lymph passes from them into the deeper cervical glands. They are
  43102. frequently infected with tubercle, with epithelioma which has spread to
  43103. them from the mouth, and also with pyogenic organisms. _The submental
  43104. glands_ lie in or close to the median line between the anterior bellies
  43105. of the digastric muscles, and receive lymph from the lips. It is rare
  43106. for them to be the seat of tubercle, but in epithelioma of the lower lip
  43107. and floor of the mouth they are infected at an early stage of the
  43108. disease. _The supra-hyoid gland_ lies a little farther back, immediately
  43109. above the hyoid bone, and receives lymph from the tongue. _The
  43110. superficial cervical (external jugular) glands_, when present, lie along
  43111. the external jugular vein, and receives lymph from the occipital and
  43112. auricular glands and from the auricle. _The sterno-mastoid
  43113. glands_--glandulae concatinatae--form a chain along the posterior edge of
  43114. the sterno-mastoid muscle, some of them lying beneath the muscle. They
  43115. are commonly enlarged in secondary syphilis. _The superior deep cervical
  43116. (internal jugular) glands_--from six to twenty in number--form a
  43117. continuous chain along the internal jugular vein, beneath the
  43118. sterno-mastoid muscle. They drain the various groups of glands which lie
  43119. nearer the surface, also the interior of the skull, the larynx, trachea,
  43120. thyreoid, and lower part of the pharynx, and pour their lymph into the
  43121. main trunks at the root of the neck. Belonging to this group is one
  43122. large gland (the tonsillar gland) which lies behind the posterior belly
  43123. of the digastric, and rests in the angle between the internal jugular
  43124. and common facial veins. It is commonly enlarged in affections of the
  43125. tonsil and posterior part of the tongue. In the same group are three or
  43126. four glands which lie entirely under cover of the upper end of the
  43127. sterno-mastoid muscle, and surround the accessory nerve before it
  43128. perforates the muscle. The deep cervical glands are commonly infected by
  43129. tubercle and also by epithelioma secondary to disease in the tongue or
  43130. throat. _The inferior deep cervical (supra-clavicular) glands_ lie in
  43131. the posterior triangle, above the clavicle. They receive lymph from the
  43132. lowest cervical glands, from the upper part of the chest wall, and from
  43133. the highest axillary glands. They are frequently infected in cancer of
  43134. the breast; those on the left side also in cancer of the stomach. The
  43135. removal of diseased supra-clavicular glands is not to be lightly
  43136. undertaken, as difficulties are liable to ensue in connection with the
  43137. thoracic duct, the pleura, or the junction of the subclavian and
  43138. internal jugular veins. _The retro-pharyngeal glands_ lie on each side
  43139. of the median line upon the rectus capitis anticus major muscle and in
  43140. front of the pre-vertebral layer of the cervical fascia. They receive
  43141. part of the lymph from the posterior wall of the pharynx, the interior
  43142. of the nose and its accessory cavities, the auditory (Eustachian) tube,
  43143. and the tympanum. When they are infected with pyogenic organisms or
  43144. with tubercle bacilli, they may lead to the formation of one form of
  43145. retro-pharyngeal abscess.
  43146.  
  43147. #Upper Extremity.#--_The epi-trochlear and cubital glands_ vary in
  43148. number, that most commonly present lying about an inch and a half above
  43149. the medial epi-condyle, and other and smaller glands may lie along the
  43150. medial (internal) bicipital groove or at the bend of the elbow. They
  43151. drain the ulnar side of the hand and forearm, and pour their lymph into
  43152. the axillary group. The epi-trochlear gland is sometimes enlarged in
  43153. syphilis. _The axillary glands_ are arranged in groups: a central group
  43154. lies embedded in the axillary fascia and fat, and is often related to an
  43155. opening in it; a posterior or subscapular group lies along the line of
  43156. the subscapular vessels; anterior or pectoral groups lie behind the
  43157. pectoralis minor, along the medial side of the axillary vein, and an
  43158. inter-pectoral group, between the two pectoral muscles. The axillary
  43159. glands receive lymph from the arm, mamma, and side of the chest, and
  43160. pass it on into the lowest cervical glands and the main lymph trunk.
  43161. They are frequently the seat of pyogenic, tuberculous, and cancerous
  43162. infection, and their complete removal is an essential part of the
  43163. operation for cancer of the breast.
  43164.  
  43165. #Lower Extremity.#--_The popliteal glands_ include one superficial gland
  43166. at the termination of the small saphenous vein, and several deeper ones
  43167. in relation to the popliteal vessels. They receive lymph from the toes
  43168. and foot, and transmit it to the inguinal glands. _The femoral glands_
  43169. lie vertically along the upper part of the great saphenous vein, and
  43170. receive lymph from the leg and foot; from them the lymph passes to the
  43171. deep inguinal and external iliac glands. The femoral glands often
  43172. participate in pyogenic infections entering through the skin of the toes
  43173. and sole of the foot. _The superficial inguinal glands_ lie along the
  43174. inguinal (Poupart's) ligament, and receive lymph from the external
  43175. genitals, anus, perineum, buttock, and anterior abdominal wall. The
  43176. lymph passes on to the deep inguinal and external iliac glands. The
  43177. superficial glands through their relations to the genitals are
  43178. frequently the subject of venereal infection, and also of epithelioma
  43179. when this disease affects the genitals or anus; they are rarely the seat
  43180. of tuberculosis. _The deep inguinal glands_ lie on the medial side of
  43181. the femoral vein, and sometimes within the femoral canal. They receive
  43182. lymph from the deep lymphatics of the lower limb, and some of the
  43183. efferent vessels from the femoral and superficial inguinal glands. The
  43184. lymph then passes on through the femoral canal to the external iliac
  43185. glands. The extension of malignant disease, whether cancer or sarcoma,
  43186. can often be traced along these deeper lymphatics into the pelvis, and
  43187. as the obstruction to the flow of lymph increases there is a
  43188. corresponding increase in the swollen dropsical condition of the lower
  43189. limb on the same side.
  43190.  
  43191. The glands of the _thorax_ and _abdomen_ will be considered with the
  43192. surgery of these regions.
  43193.  
  43194.  
  43195. INJURIES OF LYMPH VESSELS
  43196.  
  43197. Lymph vessels are divided in all wounds, and the lymph that escapes from
  43198. them is added to any discharge that may be present. In injuries of
  43199. larger trunks the lymph may escape in considerable quantity as a
  43200. colourless, watery fluid--_lymphorrhagia_; and the opening through which
  43201. it escapes is known as a _lymphatic fistula_. This has been observed
  43202. chiefly after extensive operation for the removal of malignant glands in
  43203. the groin where there already exists a considerable degree of
  43204. obstruction to the lymph stream, and in such cases the lymph, including
  43205. that which has accumulated in the vessels of the limb, may escape in
  43206. such abundance as to soak through large dressings and delay healing.
  43207. Ultimately new lymph channels are formed, so that at the end of from
  43208. four to six weeks the discharge of lymph ceases and the wound heals.
  43209.  
  43210. _Lymphatic Oedema._--When the lymphatic return from a limb has been
  43211. seriously interfered with,--as, for example, when the axillary contents
  43212. has been completely cleared out in operating for cancer of the
  43213. breast,--a condition of lymphatic oedema may result, the arm becoming
  43214. swollen, tight, and heavy.
  43215.  
  43216. Various degrees of the conditions are met with; in the severe forms,
  43217. there is pain, as well as incapacity of the limb. As in ordinary oedema,
  43218. the condition is relieved by elevation of the limb, but not nearly to
  43219. the same degree; in time the tissues become so hard and tense as
  43220. scarcely to pit on pressure; this is in part due to the formation of new
  43221. connective tissue and hypertrophy of the skin; in advanced cases there
  43222. is a gradual transition into one form of elephantiasis.
  43223.  
  43224. Handley has devised a method of treatment--_lymphangioplasty_--the
  43225. object of which is to drain the lymph by embedding a number of silk
  43226. threads in the subcutaneous cellular tissue.
  43227.  
  43228. #Wounds of the Thoracic Duct.#--The thoracic duct usually opens at the
  43229. angle formed by the junction of the left internal jugular and subclavian
  43230. veins, but it may open into either of these vessels by one or by several
  43231. channels, or the duct may be double throughout its course. There is a
  43232. smaller duct on the right side--the right lymphatic duct. The duct or
  43233. ducts may be displaced by a tumour or a mass of enlarged glands, and may
  43234. be accidentally wounded in dissections at the root of the neck; jets of
  43235. milky fluid--chyle--may at once escape from it. The jets are rhythmical
  43236. and coincide with expiration. The injury may, however, not be observed
  43237. at the time of operation, but later through the dressings being soaked
  43238. with chyle--_chylorrhoea_. If the wound involves the only existing main
  43239. duct and all the chyle escapes, the patient suffers from intense thirst,
  43240. emaciation, and weakness, and may die of inanition; but if, as is
  43241. usually the case, only one of several collateral channels is implicated,
  43242. the loss of chyle may be of little moment, as the discharge usually
  43243. ceases. If the wound heals so that the chyle is prevented from escaping,
  43244. a fluctuating swelling may form beneath the scar; in course of time it
  43245. gradually disappears.
  43246.  
  43247. An attempt should be made to close the wound in the duct by means of a
  43248. fine suture; failing this, the duct must be occluded by a ligature as if
  43249. it were a bleeding artery. The tissues are then stitched over it and the
  43250. skin wound accurately closed, so as to obtain primary union, firm
  43251. pressure being applied by dressings and an elastic webbing bandage. Even
  43252. if the main duct is obliterated, a collateral circulation is usually
  43253. established. A wound of the right lymphatic duct is of less importance.
  43254.  
  43255. _Subcutaneous rupture of the thoracic duct_ may result from a crush of
  43256. the thorax. The chyle escapes and accumulates in the cellular tissue of
  43257. the posterior mediastinum, behind the peritoneum, in the pleural cavity
  43258. (_chylo-thorax_), or in the peritoneal cavity (_chylous ascites_). There
  43259. are physical signs of fluid in one or other of these situations, but, as
  43260. a rule, the nature of the lesion is only recognised when chyle is
  43261. withdrawn by the exploring needle.
  43262.  
  43263.  
  43264. DISEASES OF LYMPH VESSELS
  43265.  
  43266. #Lymphangitis.#--Inflammation of peripheral lymph vessels usually
  43267. results from some primary source of pyogenic infection in the skin. This
  43268. may be a wound or a purulent blister, and the streptococcus pyogenes is
  43269. the organism most frequently present. _Septic_ lymphangitis is commonly
  43270. met with in those who, from the nature of their occupation, handle
  43271. infective material. A _gonococcal_ form has been observed in those
  43272. suffering from gonorrhoea.
  43273.  
  43274. The inflammation affects chiefly the walls of the vessels, and is
  43275. attended with clotting of the lymph. There is also some degree of
  43276. inflammation of the surrounding cellular tissue--_peri-lymphangitis_.
  43277. One or more abscesses may form along the course of the vessels, or a
  43278. spreading cellulitis may supervene.
  43279.  
  43280. The _clinical features_ resemble those of other pyogenic infections, and
  43281. there are wavy red lines running from the source of infection towards
  43282. the nearest lymph glands. These correspond to the inflamed vessels, and
  43283. are the seat of burning pain and tenderness. The associated glands are
  43284. enlarged and painful. In severe cases the symptoms merge into those of
  43285. septicaemia. When the deep lymph vessels alone are involved, the
  43286. superficial red lines are absent, but the limb becomes greatly swollen
  43287. and pits on pressure.
  43288.  
  43289. In cases of extensive lymphangitis, especially when there are repeated
  43290. attacks, the vessels are obliterated by the formation of new connective
  43291. tissue and a persistent solid oedema results, culminating in one form of
  43292. elephantiasis.
  43293.  
  43294. _Treatment._--The primary source of infection is dealt with on the usual
  43295. lines. If the lymphangitis affects an extremity, Bier's elastic bandage
  43296. is applied, and if suppuration occurs, the pus is let out through one or
  43297. more small incisions; in other parts of the body Klapp's suction bells
  43298. are employed. An autogenous vaccine may be prepared and injected. When
  43299. the condition has subsided, the limb is massaged and evenly bandaged to
  43300. promote the disappearance of oedema.
  43301.  
  43302. _Tuberculous Lymphangitis._--Although lymph vessels play an important
  43303. role in the spread of tuberculosis, the clinical recognition of the
  43304. disease in them is exceptional. The infection spreads upwards along the
  43305. superficial lymphatics, which become nodularly thickened; at one or more
  43306. points, larger, peri-lymphangitic nodules may form and break down into
  43307. abscesses and ulcers; the nearest group of glands become infected at an
  43308. early stage. When the disease is widely distributed throughout the
  43309. lymphatics of the limb, it becomes swollen and hard--a condition
  43310. illustrated by lupus elephantiasis.
  43311.  
  43312. _Syphilitic lymphangitis_ is observed in cases of primary syphilis, in
  43313. which the vessels of the dorsum of the penis can be felt as indurated
  43314. cords.
  43315.  
  43316. In addition to acting as channels for the conveyance of bacterial
  43317. infection, _lymph vessels frequently convey the cells of malignant
  43318. tumours_, and especially cancer, from the seat of the primary disease to
  43319. the nearest lymph glands, and they may themselves become the seat of
  43320. cancerous growth forming nodular cords. The permeation of cancer by way
  43321. of the lymphatics, described by Sampson Handley, has already been
  43322. referred to.
  43323.  
  43324. #Lymphangiectasis# is a dilated or varicose condition of lymph vessels.
  43325. It is met with as a congenital affection in the tongue and lips, or it
  43326. may be acquired as the result of any condition which is attended with
  43327. extensive obliteration or blocking of the main lymph trunks. An
  43328. interesting type of lymphangiectasis is that which results from the
  43329. presence of the _filaria Bancrofti_ in the vessels, and is observed
  43330. chiefly in the groin, spermatic cord, and scrotum of persons who have
  43331. lived in the tropics.
  43332.  
  43333. _Filarial disease in the lymphatics of the groin_ appears as a soft,
  43334. doughy swelling, varying in size from a walnut to a cocoa-nut; it may
  43335. partly disappear on pressure and when the patient lies down.
  43336.  
  43337. The patient gives a history of feverish attacks of the nature of
  43338. lymphangitis during which the swelling becomes painful and tender. These
  43339. attacks may show a remarkable periodicity, and each may be followed by
  43340. an increase in the size of the swelling, which may extend along the
  43341. inguinal canal into the abdomen, or down the spermatic cord into the
  43342. scrotum. On dissection, the swelling is found to be made up of dilated,
  43343. tortuous, and thickened lymph vessels in which the parent worm is
  43344. sometimes found, and of greatly enlarged lymph glands which have
  43345. undergone fibrosis, with giant-cell formation and eosinophile
  43346. aggregations. The fluid in the dilated vessels is either clear or
  43347. turbid, in the latter case resembling chyle. The affection is frequently
  43348. bilateral, and may be associated with lymph scrotum, with elephantiasis,
  43349. and with chyluria.
  43350.  
  43351. The _diagnosis_ is to be made from such other swellings in the groin as
  43352. hernia, lipoma, or cystic pouching of the great saphenous vein. It is
  43353. confirmed by finding the recently dead or dying worms in the inflamed
  43354. lymph glands.
  43355.  
  43356. _Treatment._--When the disease is limited to the groin or scrotum,
  43357. excision may bring about a permanent cure, but it may result in the
  43358. formation of lymphatic sinuses and only afford temporary relief.
  43359.  
  43360. #Lymphangioma.#--A lymphangioma is a swelling composed of a series of
  43361. cavities and channels filled with lymph and freely communicating with
  43362. one another. The cavities result either from the new formation of lymph
  43363. spaces or vessels, or from the dilatation of those which already exist;
  43364. their walls are composed of fibro-areolar tissue lined by endothelium
  43365. and strengthened by non-striped muscle. They are rarely provided with a
  43366. definite capsule, and frequently send prolongations of their substance
  43367. between and into muscles and other structures in their vicinity. They
  43368. are of congenital origin and usually make their appearance at or shortly
  43369. after birth. When the tumour is made up of a meshwork of caverns and
  43370. channels, it is called a _cavernous lymphangioma_; when it is composed
  43371. of one or more cysts, it is called a _cystic lymphangioma_. It is
  43372. probable that the cysts are derived from the caverns by breaking down
  43373. and absorption of the intervening septa, as transition forms between the
  43374. cavernous and cystic varieties are sometimes met with.
  43375.  
  43376. The _cavernous lymphangioma_ appears as an ill-defined, soft swelling,
  43377. presenting many of the characters of a subcutaneous haemangioma, but it
  43378. is not capable of being emptied by pressure, it does not become tense
  43379. when the blood pressure is raised, as in crying, and if the tumour is
  43380. punctured, it yields lymph instead of blood. It also resembles a lipoma,
  43381. especially the congenital variety which grows from the periosteum, and
  43382. the differential diagnosis between these is rarely completed until the
  43383. swelling is punctured or explored by operation. If treatment is called
  43384. for, it is carried out on the same lines as for haemangioma, by means of
  43385. electrolysis, igni-puncture, or excision. Complete excision is rarely
  43386. possible because of the want of definition and encapsulation, but it is
  43387. not necessary for cure, as the parts that remain undergo cicatrisation.
  43388.  
  43389. [Illustration: FIG. 76.--Congenital Cystic Tumour or Hygroma of Axilla.
  43390.  
  43391. (From a photograph lent by Dr. Lediard.)]
  43392.  
  43393. The _cystic lymphangioma_, _lymphatic cyst_, or _congenital cystic
  43394. hygroma_ is most often met with in the neck--_hydrocele of the neck_; it
  43395. is situated beneath the deep fascia, and projects either in front of or
  43396. behind the sterno-mastoid muscle. It may attain a large size, the
  43397. overlying skin and cyst wall may be so thin as to be translucent, and it
  43398. has been known to cause serious impairment of respiration through
  43399. pressing on the trachea. In the axilla also the cystic tumour may attain
  43400. a considerable size (Fig. 76); less frequent situations are the groin,
  43401. and the floor of the mouth, where it constitutes one form of ranula.
  43402.  
  43403. The nature of these swellings is to be recognised by their situation, by
  43404. their having existed from infancy, and, if necessary, by drawing off
  43405. some of the contents of the cyst through a fine needle. They are usually
  43406. remarkably indolent, persisting often for a long term of years without
  43407. change, and, like the haemangioma, they sometimes undergo spontaneous
  43408. cicatrisation and cure. Sometimes the cystic tumour becomes infected and
  43409. forms an abscess--another, although less desirable, method of cure.
  43410. Those situated in the neck are most liable to suppurate, probably
  43411. because of pyogenic organisms being brought to them by the lymphatics
  43412. taking origin in the scalp, ear, or throat.
  43413.  
  43414. If operative interference is called for, the cysts may be tapped and
  43415. injected with iodine, or excised; the operation for removal may entail a
  43416. considerable dissection amongst the deeper structures at the root of the
  43417. neck, and should not be lightly undertaken; parts left behind may be
  43418. induced to cicatrise by inserting a tube of radium and leaving it for a
  43419. few days.
  43420.  
  43421. Lymphangiomas are met with in the abdomen in the form of _omental
  43422. cysts_.
  43423.  
  43424.  
  43425. DISEASES OF LYMPH GLANDS
  43426.  
  43427. #Lymphadenitis.#--Inflammation of lymph glands results from the advent
  43428. of an irritant, usually bacterial or toxic, brought to the glands by the
  43429. afferent lymph vessels. These vessels may share in the inflammation and
  43430. be the seat of lymphangitis, or they may show no evidence of the passage
  43431. of the noxa. It is exceptional for the irritant to reach the gland
  43432. through the blood-stream.
  43433.  
  43434. A strain or other form of trauma is sometimes blamed for the onset of
  43435. lymphadenitis, especially in the glands of the groin (bubo), but it is
  43436. usually possible to discover some source of pyogenic infection which is
  43437. responsible for the mischief, or to obtain a history of some antecedent
  43438. infection such as gonorrhoea. It is possible for gonococci to lie latent
  43439. in the inguinal glands for long periods, and only give rise to
  43440. lymphadenitis if the glands be subsequently subjected to injury. The
  43441. glands most frequently affected are those in the neck, axilla, and
  43442. groin.
  43443.  
  43444. The characters of the lymphadenitis vary with the nature of the
  43445. irritant. Sometimes it is mild and evanescent, as in the glandular
  43446. enlargement in the neck which attends tonsillitis and other forms of
  43447. sore throat. Sometimes it is more persistent, as in the enlargement
  43448. that is associated with adenoids, hypertrophied tonsils, carious teeth,
  43449. eczema of the scalp, and otorrhoea; and it is possible that this indolent
  43450. enlargement predisposes to tuberculous infection. A similar enlargement
  43451. is met with in the axilla in cases of chronic interstitial mastitis, and
  43452. in the groin as a result of chronic irritation about the external
  43453. genitals, such as balanitis.
  43454.  
  43455. Sometimes the lymphadenitis is of an acute character, and the tendency
  43456. is towards the formation of an abscess. This is illustrated in the
  43457. axillary glands as a result of infected wounds of the fingers; in the
  43458. femoral glands in infected wounds or purulent blisters on the foot; in
  43459. the inguinal glands in gonorrhoea and soft sore; and in the cervical
  43460. glands in the severer forms of sore throat associated with diphtheria
  43461. and scarlet fever. The most acute suppurations result from infection
  43462. with streptococci.
  43463.  
  43464. Superficial glands, when inflamed and suppurating, become enlarged,
  43465. tender, fixed, and matted to one another. In the glands of the groin the
  43466. suppurative process is often remarkably sluggish; purulent foci form in
  43467. the interior of individual glands, and some time may elapse before the
  43468. pus erupts through their respective capsules. In the deeply placed
  43469. cervical glands, especially in cases of streptococcal throat infections,
  43470. the suppuration rapidly involves the surrounding cellular tissue, and
  43471. the clinical features are those of an acute cellulitis and deeply seated
  43472. abscess. When this is incised the necrosed glands may be found lying in
  43473. the pus, and on bacteriological examination are found to be swarming
  43474. with streptococci. In suppuration of the axillary glands the abscess may
  43475. be quite superficial, or it may be deeply placed beneath the strong
  43476. fascia and pectoral muscles, according to the group of glands involved.
  43477.  
  43478. The _diagnosis_ of septic lymphadenitis is usually easy. The indolent
  43479. enlargements are not always to be distinguished, however, from
  43480. commencing tuberculous disease, except by the use of the tuberculin
  43481. test, and by the fact that they usually disappear on removing the
  43482. peripheral source of irritation.
  43483.  
  43484. _Treatment._--The first indication is to discover and deal with the
  43485. source of infection, and in the indolent forms of lymphadenitis this
  43486. will usually be followed by recovery. In the acute forms following on
  43487. pyogenic infection, the best results are obtained from the hyperaemic
  43488. treatment carried out by means of suction bells. If suppuration is not
  43489. thereby prevented, or if it has already taken place, each separate
  43490. collection of pus is punctured with a narrow-bladed knife and the use of
  43491. the suction bell is persevered with. If there is a large periglandular
  43492. abscess, as is often the case, in the neck and axilla, the opening may
  43493. require to be made by Hilton's method, and it may be necessary to insert
  43494. a drainage-tube.
  43495.  
  43496. [Illustration: FIG. 77.--Tuberculous Cervical Gland with abscess
  43497. formation in subcutaneous cellular tissue, in a boy aet. 10.]
  43498.  
  43499. #Tuberculous Disease of Glands.#--This is a disease of great frequency
  43500. and importance. The tubercle bacilli usually gain access to the gland
  43501. through the afferent lymph vessels, which convey them from some lesion
  43502. of the surface within the area drained by them. Tuberculous infection
  43503. may supervene in glands that are already enlarged as a result of chronic
  43504. septic irritation. While any of the glands in the body may be affected,
  43505. the disease is most often met with in the cervical groups which derive
  43506. their lymph from the mouth, nose, throat, and ear.
  43507.  
  43508. _The appearance of the glands on section_ varies with the stage of the
  43509. disease. In the early stages the gland is enlarged, it may be to many
  43510. times its natural size, is normal in appearance and consistence, and as
  43511. there is no peri-adenitis it is easily shelled out from its
  43512. surroundings. On microscopical examination, however, there is evidence
  43513. of infection in the shape of bacilli and of characteristic giant and
  43514. epithelioid cells. At a later stage, the gland tissue is studded with
  43515. minute yellow foci which tend to enlarge and in time to become
  43516. confluent, so that the whole gland is ultimately converted into a
  43517. caseous mass. This caseous material is surrounded by the thickened
  43518. capsule which, as a result of peri-adenitis, tends to become adherent to
  43519. and fused with surrounding structures, and particularly with layers of
  43520. fascia and with the walls of veins. The caseated tissue often remains
  43521. unchanged for long periods; it may become calcified, but more frequently
  43522. it breaks down and liquefies.
  43523.  
  43524. #Tuberculous disease in the cervical glands# is a common accompaniment
  43525. or sequel of adenoids, enlarged tonsils, carious teeth, pharyngitis,
  43526. middle-ear disease, and conjunctivitis. These lesions afford the bacilli
  43527. a chance of entry into the lymph vessels, in which they are carried to
  43528. the glands, where they give rise to disease.
  43529.  
  43530. The enlargement may affect only one gland, usually below the angle of
  43531. the mandible, and remain confined to it, the gland reaching the size of
  43532. a hazel-nut, and being ovoid, firm, and painless. More commonly the
  43533. disease affects several glands, on one or on both sides of the neck.
  43534. When the disease commences in the pre-auricular or submaxillary glands,
  43535. it tends to spread to those along the carotid sheath: when the posterior
  43536. auricular and occipital glands are first involved, the spread is to
  43537. those along the posterior border of the sterno-mastoid. In many cases
  43538. all the chains in front of, beneath, and behind this muscle are
  43539. involved, the enlarged glands extending from the mastoid to the
  43540. clavicle. They are at first discrete and movable, and may even vary in
  43541. size from time to time; but with the addition of peri-adenitis they
  43542. become fixed and matted together, forming lobulated or nodular masses
  43543. (Fig. 78). They become adherent not only to one another, but also to the
  43544. structures in their vicinity,--and notably to the internal jugular
  43545. vein,--a point of importance in regard to their removal by operation.
  43546.  
  43547. At any stage the disease may be arrested and the glands remain for long
  43548. periods without further change. It is possible that the tuberculous
  43549. tissue may undergo cicatrisation. More commonly suppuration ensues, and
  43550. a cold abscess forms, but if there is a mixed infection, the pyogenic
  43551. factor being usually derived from the throat, it may take on active
  43552. features.
  43553.  
  43554. [Illustration: FIG. 78.--Mass of Tuberculous Glands removed from Axilla
  43555. (cf. Fig. 79).]
  43556.  
  43557. The transition from the solid to the liquefied stage is attended with
  43558. pain and tenderness in the gland, which at the same time becomes fixed
  43559. and globular, and finally fluctuation can be elicited.
  43560.  
  43561. If left to itself, the softened tubercle erupts through the capsule of
  43562. the gland and infects the cellular tissue. The cervical fascia is
  43563. perforated and a cold abscess, often much larger than the gland from
  43564. which it took origin, forms between the fascia and the overlying skin.
  43565. The further stages--reddening, undermining of skin and external rupture,
  43566. with the formation of ulcers and sinuses--have been described with
  43567. tuberculous abscess. The ulcers and sinuses persist indefinitely, or
  43568. they heal and then break out again; sometimes the skin becomes infected,
  43569. and a condition like lupus spreads over a considerable area. Spontaneous
  43570. healing finally takes place after the caseous tubercle has been
  43571. extruded; the resulting scars are extremely unsightly, being puckered or
  43572. bridled, or hypertrophied like keloid.
  43573.  
  43574. While the disease is most common in childhood and youth, it may be met
  43575. with even in advanced life; and although often associated with impaired
  43576. health and unhealthy surroundings, it may affect those who are
  43577. apparently robust and are in affluent circumstances.
  43578.  
  43579. _Diagnosis._--The chief importance lies in differentiating tuberculous
  43580. disease from lympho-sarcoma and from lymphadenoma, and this is usually
  43581. possible from the history and from the nature of the enlargement. Signs
  43582. of liquefaction and suppuration support the diagnosis of tubercle. If
  43583. any doubt remains, one of the glands should be removed and submitted to
  43584. microscopical examination. Other forms of sarcoma, and the enlargement
  43585. of an accessory thyreoid, are less likely to be confused with
  43586. tuberculous glands. Calcified tuberculous glands give definite shadows
  43587. with the X-rays.
  43588.  
  43589. Enlargement of the cervical glands from secondary cancer may simulate
  43590. tuberculosis, but is differentiated by its association with cancer in
  43591. the mouth or throat, and by the characteristic, stone-like induration of
  43592. epithelioma.
  43593.  
  43594. The cold abscess which results from tuberculous glands is to be
  43595. distinguished from that due to disease in the cervical spine,
  43596. retro-pharyngeal abscess, as well as from congenital and other cystic
  43597. swellings in the neck.
  43598.  
  43599. _Prognosis._--Next to lupus, glandular disease is of all tuberculous
  43600. lesions the least dangerous to life; but while it is the rule to recover
  43601. from tuberculous disease of glands with or without an operation, it is
  43602. unfortunately quite common for such persons to become the subjects of
  43603. tuberculosis in other parts of the body at any subsequent period of
  43604. life.
  43605.  
  43606. _Treatment._--There is considerable difference of opinion regarding the
  43607. treatment of glandular tuberculosis. Some authorities, impressed with
  43608. the undoubted possibility of natural cure, are satisfied with promoting
  43609. this by measures directed towards improving the general health, by the
  43610. prolonged administration of tuberculin, and by repeated exposures to the
  43611. X-rays and to sunlight. Others again, influenced by the risk of
  43612. extension of the disease and by the destruction of tissue and
  43613. disfigurement caused by breaking down of the tuberculous tissue and
  43614. mixed infection, advocate the removal of the glands by operation.
  43615.  
  43616. The conditions vary widely in different cases, and the treatment should
  43617. be adapted to the individual requirements. If the disease remains
  43618. confined to the glands originally infected and there are no signs of
  43619. breaking down, "expectant measures" may be persevered with.
  43620.  
  43621. [Illustration: FIG. 79.--Tuberculous Axillary Glands (cf. Fig. 78).]
  43622.  
  43623. If, on the other hand, the disease exhibits aggressive tendencies, the
  43624. question of operation should be considered. The undesirable results of
  43625. the breaking down and liquefaction of the diseased gland may be avoided
  43626. by the timely withdrawal of the fluid contents through a hollow needle.
  43627.  
  43628. _The excision of tuberculous glands_ is often a difficult operation,
  43629. because of the number and deep situation of the glands to be removed,
  43630. and of the adhesions to surrounding structures. The skin incision must
  43631. be sufficiently extensive to give access to the whole of the affected
  43632. area, and to avoid disfigurement should, whenever possible, be made in
  43633. the line of the natural creases of the skin. In exposing the glands the
  43634. common facial and other venous trunks may require to be clamped and
  43635. tied. Care must be taken not to injure the important nerves,
  43636. particularly the accessory, the vagus, and the phrenic. The
  43637. inframaxillary branches of the facial, the hypoglossal and its
  43638. descending branches, and the motor branches of the deep cervical plexus,
  43639. are also liable to be injured. The dissection is rendered easier and is
  43640. attended with less risk of injury to the nerves, if the patient is
  43641. placed in the sitting posture so as to empty the veins, and, instead of
  43642. a knife, the conical scissors of Mayo are employed. When the glands are
  43643. extensively affected on both sides of the neck, it is advisable to allow
  43644. an interval to elapse rather than to operate on both sides at one
  43645. sitting. (_Op. Surg._, p. 189.)
  43646.  
  43647. If the tonsils are enlarged they should not be removed at the same time,
  43648. as, by so doing, there is a risk of pyogenic infection from the throat
  43649. being carried to the wound in the neck, but they should be removed,
  43650. after an interval, to prevent relapse of disease in the glands.
  43651.  
  43652. _When the skin is broken_ and caseous tuberculous tissue is exposed,
  43653. healing is promoted by cutting away diseased skin, removing the
  43654. granulation tissue with the spoon, scraping sinuses, and packing the
  43655. cavity with iodoform worsted and treating it by the open method and
  43656. secondary suture if necessary. Exposure to the sunshine on the seashore
  43657. and to the X-rays is often beneficial in these cases.
  43658.  
  43659. #Tuberculous disease in the axillary glands# may be a result of
  43660. extension from those in the neck, from the mamma, ribs, or sternum, or
  43661. more rarely from the upper extremity. We have seen it from an infected
  43662. wound of a finger. In some cases no source of infection is discoverable.
  43663. The individual glands attain a considerable size, and they fuse together
  43664. to form a large tumour which fills up the axillary space. The disease
  43665. progresses more rapidly than it does in the cervical glands, and almost
  43666. always goes on to suppuration with the formation of sinuses.
  43667. Conservative measures need not be considered, as the only satisfactory
  43668. treatment is excision, and that without delay.
  43669.  
  43670. #Tuberculous disease in the glands of the groin# is comparatively rare.
  43671. We have chiefly observed it in the femoral glands as a result of
  43672. inoculation tubercle on the toes or sole of the foot. The affected
  43673. glands nearly always break down and suppurate, and after destroying the
  43674. overlying skin give rise to fungating ulcers. The treatment consists in
  43675. excising the glands and the affected skin. The dissection may be
  43676. attended with troublesome haemorrhage from the numerous veins that
  43677. converge towards the femoral trunk.
  43678.  
  43679. Tuberculous disease in the _mesenteric_ and _bronchial glands_ is
  43680. described with the surgery of regions.
  43681.  
  43682. #Syphilitic Disease of Glands.#--Enlargement of lymph glands is a
  43683. prominent feature of acquired syphilis, especially in the form of the
  43684. indolent or bullet-bubo which accompanies the primary lesion, and the
  43685. general enlargement of glands that occurs in secondary syphilis.
  43686. Gummatous disease in glands is extremely rare; the affected gland
  43687. rapidly enlarges to the size of a walnut, and may then persist for a
  43688. long period without further change; if it breaks down, the overlying
  43689. skin is destroyed and the caseated tissue of the gumma exposed.
  43690.  
  43691. #Lymphadenoma.#--_Hodgkin's Disease_ (Pseudo-leukaemia of German
  43692. authors).--This is a rare disease, the origin of which is as yet
  43693. unknown, but analogy would suggest that it is due to infection with a
  43694. slowly growing micro-organism. It is chiefly met with in young subjects,
  43695. and is characterised by a painless enlargement of a particular group of
  43696. glands, most commonly those in the cervical region (Fig. 80).
  43697.  
  43698. [Illustration: FIG. 80.--Chronic Hodgkin's Disease in a boy aet. 11.]
  43699.  
  43700. The glands are usually larger than in tuberculosis, and they remain
  43701. longer discrete and movable; they are firm in consistence, and on
  43702. section present a granular appearance due to overgrowth of the
  43703. connective-tissue framework. In time the glandular masses may form
  43704. enormous projecting tumours, the swelling being added to by lymphatic
  43705. oedema of the overlying cellular tissue and skin.
  43706.  
  43707. The enlargement spreads along the chain of glands to those above the
  43708. clavicle, to those in the axilla, and to those of the opposite side
  43709. (Fig. 81). Later, the glands in the groin become enlarged, and it is
  43710. probable that the infection has spread from the neck along the
  43711. mediastinal, bronchial, retro-peritoneal, and mesenteric glands, and has
  43712. branched off to the iliac and inguinal groups.
  43713.  
  43714. Two clinical types are recognised, one in which the disease progresses
  43715. slowly and remains confined to the cervical glands for two or more
  43716. years; the other, in which the disease is more rapidly disseminated and
  43717. causes death in from twelve to eighteen months.
  43718.  
  43719. [Illustration: FIG. 81.--Lymphadenoma (Hodgkin's Disease) affecting left
  43720. side of neck and left axilla, in a woman aet. 44. Three years' duration.]
  43721.  
  43722. In the acute form, the health suffers, there is fever, and the glands
  43723. may vary in size with variations in the temperature; the blood presents
  43724. the characters met with in secondary anaemia. The spleen, liver, testes,
  43725. and mammae may be enlarged; the glandular swellings press on important
  43726. structures, such as the trachea, oesophagus, or great veins, and symptoms
  43727. referable to such pressure manifest themselves.
  43728.  
  43729. _Diagnosis._--Considerable difficulty attends the diagnosis of
  43730. lymphadenoma at an early stage. The negative results of tuberculin tests
  43731. may assist in the differentiation from tuberculous disease, but the more
  43732. certain means of excising one of the suspected glands and submitting it
  43733. to microscopical examination should be had recourse to. The sections
  43734. show proliferation of endothelial cells, the formation of numerous giant
  43735. cells quite unlike those of tuberculosis and a progressive fibrosis.
  43736. Lympho-sarcoma can usually be differentiated by the rapid assumption of
  43737. the local features of malignant disease, and in a gland removed for
  43738. examination, a predominance of small round cells with scanty protoplasm.
  43739. The enlargement associated with leucocythaemia is differentiated by the
  43740. characteristic changes in the blood.
  43741.  
  43742. _Treatment._--In the acute form of lymphadenoma, treatment is of little
  43743. avail. Arsenic may be given in full doses either by the mouth or by
  43744. subcutaneous injection; the intravenous administration of neo-salvarsan
  43745. may be tried. Exposure to the X-rays and to radium has been more
  43746. successful than any other form of treatment. Excision of glands,
  43747. although sometimes beneficial, seldom arrests the progress of the
  43748. disease. The ease and rapidity with which large masses of glands may be
  43749. shelled out is in remarkable contrast to what is observed in tuberculous
  43750. disease. Surgical interference may give relief when important structures
  43751. are being pressed upon--tracheotomy, for example, may be required where
  43752. life is threatened by asphyxia.
  43753.  
  43754. #Leucocythaemia.#--This is a disease of the blood and of the
  43755. blood-forming organs, in which there is a great increase in the number,
  43756. and an alteration of the character, of the leucocytes present in the
  43757. blood. It may simulate lymphadenoma, because, in certain forms of the
  43758. disease, the lymph glands, especially those in the neck, axilla, and
  43759. groin, are greatly enlarged.
  43760.  
  43761.  
  43762. TUMOURS OF LYMPH GLANDS
  43763.  
  43764. #Primary Tumours.#--_Lympho-sarcoma_, which may be regarded as a sarcoma
  43765. starting in a lymph gland, appears in the neck, axilla, or groin as a
  43766. rapidly growing tumour consisting of one enlarged gland with numerous
  43767. satellites. As the tumour increases in size, the sarcomatous tissue
  43768. erupts through the capsule of the gland, and infiltrates the surrounding
  43769. tissues, whereby it becomes fixed to these and to the skin.
  43770.  
  43771. [Illustration: FIG. 82.--Lympho-Sarcoma removed from Groin. It will be
  43772. observed that there is one large central parent tumour surrounded by
  43773. satellites.]
  43774.  
  43775. The prognosis is grave in the extreme, and the only hope is in early
  43776. excision, followed by the use of radium and X-rays. We have observed a
  43777. case of lympho-sarcoma above the clavicle, in which excision of all that
  43778. was removable, followed by the insertion of a tube of radium for ten
  43779. days, was followed by a disappearance of the disease over a period which
  43780. extended to nearly five years, when death resulted from a tumour in the
  43781. mediastinum. In a second case in which the growth was in the groin, the
  43782. patient, a young man, remained well for over two years and was then lost
  43783. sight of.
  43784.  
  43785. #Secondary Tumours.#--Next to tuberculosis, _secondary cancer_ is the
  43786. most common disease of lymph glands. In the neck it is met with in
  43787. association with epithelioma of the lip, tongue, or fauces. The glands
  43788. form tumours of variable size, and are often larger than the primary
  43789. growth, the characters of which they reproduce. The glands are at first
  43790. movable, but soon become fixed both to each other and to their
  43791. surroundings; when fixed to the mandible they form a swelling of
  43792. bone-like hardness; in time they soften, liquefy, and burst through the
  43793. skin, forming foul, fungating ulcers. A similar condition is met with in
  43794. the groin from epithelioma of the penis, scrotum, or vulva. In cancer of
  43795. the breast, the infection of the axillary glands is an important
  43796. complication.
  43797.  
  43798. In _pigmented_ or _melanotic cancers_ of the skin, the glands are early
  43799. infected and increase rapidly, so that, when the primary growth is still
  43800. of small size--as, for example, on the sole of the foot--the femoral
  43801. glands may already constitute large pigmented tumours.
  43802.  
  43803. [Illustration: FIG. 83.--Cancerous Glands in Neck secondary to
  43804. Epithelioma of Lip.
  43805.  
  43806. (Mr. G. L. Chiene's case.)]
  43807.  
  43808. The implication of the glands in other forms of cancer will be
  43809. considered with regional surgery.
  43810.  
  43811. _Secondary sarcoma_ is seldom met with in the lymph glands except when
  43812. the primary growth is a lympho-sarcoma and is situated in the tonsil,
  43813. thyreoid, or testicle.
  43814.  
  43815.  
  43816.  
  43817.  
  43818. CHAPTER XVI
  43819.  
  43820. THE NERVES
  43821.  
  43822.  
  43823. Anatomy--INJURIES OF NERVES: Changes in nerves after division;
  43824.     Repair and its modifications; Clinical features; _Primary and
  43825.     secondary suture_--SUBCUTANEOUS INJURIES OF
  43826.     NERVES--DISEASES: _Neuritis_; _Tumours_--Surgery of
  43827.     the individual nerves: _Brachial neuralgia_; _Sciatica_;
  43828.     _Trigeminal neuralgia_.
  43829.  
  43830. #Anatomy.#--A nerve-trunk is made up of a variable number of bundles of
  43831. nerve fibres surrounded and supported by a framework of connective
  43832. tissue. The nerve fibres are chiefly of the medullated type, and they
  43833. run without interruption from a nerve cell or _neuron_ in the brain or
  43834. spinal medulla to their peripheral terminations in muscle, skin, and
  43835. secretory glands.
  43836.  
  43837. Each nerve fibre consists of a number of nerve fibrils collected into a
  43838. central bundle--the axis cylinder--which is surrounded by an envelope,
  43839. the neurolemma or sheath of Schwann. Between the neurolemma and the axis
  43840. cylinder is the medullated sheath, composed of a fatty substance known
  43841. as myelin. This medullated sheath is interrupted at the nodes of
  43842. Ranvier, and in each internode is a nucleus lying between the myelin and
  43843. the neurolemma. The axis cylinder is the essential conducting structure
  43844. of the nerve, while the neurolemma and the myelin act as insulating
  43845. agents. The axis cylinder depends for its nutrition on the central
  43846. neuron with which it is connected, and from which it originally
  43847. developed, and it degenerates if it is separated from its neuron.
  43848.  
  43849. The connective-tissue framework of a nerve-trunk consists of the
  43850. _perineurium_, or general sheath, which surrounds all the bundles; the
  43851. _epineurium_, surrounding individual groups of bundles; and the
  43852. _endoneurium_, a delicate connective tissue separating the individual
  43853. nerve fibres. The blood vessels and lymphatics run in these
  43854. connective-tissue sheaths.
  43855.  
  43856. According to Head and his co-workers, Sherren and Rivers, the afferent
  43857. fibres in the peripheral nerves can be divided into three systems:--
  43858.  
  43859. 1. Those which subserve _deep sensibility_ and conduct the impulses
  43860. produced by pressure as well as those which enable the patient to
  43861. recognise the position of a joint on passive movement (joint-sensation),
  43862. and the kinaesthetic sense, which recognises that active contraction of
  43863. the muscle is taking place (active muscle-sensation). The fibres of this
  43864. system run with the motor nerves, and pass to muscles, tendons, and
  43865. joints. Even division of both the ulnar and the median nerves above the
  43866. wrist produces little loss of deep sensibility, unless the tendons are
  43867. also cut through. The failure to recognise this form of sensibility has
  43868. been largely responsible for the conflicting statements as to the
  43869. sensory phenomena following operations for the repair of divided nerves.
  43870.  
  43871. 2. Those which subserve _protopathic_ sensibility--that is, are capable
  43872. of responding to painful cutaneous stimuli and to the extremes of heat
  43873. and cold. These also endow the hairs with sensibility to pain. They are
  43874. the first to regenerate after division.
  43875.  
  43876. 3. Those which subserve _epicritic_ sensibility, the most highly
  43877. specialised, capable of appreciating light touch, _e.g._ with a wisp of
  43878. cotton wool, as a well-localised sensation, and the finer grades of
  43879. temperature, called cool and warm (72 o-104 o F.), and of discriminating
  43880. as separate the points of a pair of compasses 2 cms. apart. These are
  43881. the last to regenerate.
  43882.  
  43883. A nerve also exerts a trophic influence on the tissues in which it is
  43884. distributed.
  43885.  
  43886. The researches of Stoffel on the minute anatomy of the larger nerves,
  43887. and the disposition in them of the bundles of nerve fibres supplying
  43888. different groups of muscles, have opened up what promises to be a
  43889. fruitful field of clinical investigation and therapeutics. He has shown
  43890. that in the larger nerve-trunks the nerve bundles for special groups of
  43891. muscles are not, as was formerly supposed, arranged irregularly and
  43892. fortuitously, but that on the contrary the nerve fibres to a particular
  43893. group of muscles have a typical and practically constant position within
  43894. the nerve.
  43895.  
  43896. In the large nerve-trunks of the limbs he has worked out the exact
  43897. position of the bundles for the various groups of muscles, so that in a
  43898. cross section of a particular nerve the component bundles can be
  43899. labelled as confidently and accurately as can be the cortical areas in
  43900. the brain. In the living subject, by using a fine needle-like electrode
  43901. and a very weak galvanic current, he has been able to differentiate the
  43902. nerve bundles for the various groups of muscles. In several cases of
  43903. spastic paralysis he succeeded in picking out in the nerve-trunk of the
  43904. affected limb the nerve bundles supplying the spastic muscles, and, by
  43905. resecting portions of them, in relieving the spasm. In a case of spastic
  43906. contracture of the pronator muscles of the forearm, for example, an
  43907. incision is made along the line of the median nerve above the bend of
  43908. the elbow. At the lateral side of the median nerve, where it lies in
  43909. contact with the biceps muscle, is situated a well-defined and easily
  43910. isolated bundle of fibres which supplies the pronator teres, the flexor
  43911. carpi radialis, and the palmaris longus muscles. On incising the sheath
  43912. of the nerve this bundle can be readily dissected up and its identity
  43913. confirmed by stimulating it with a very weak galvanic current. An inch
  43914. or more of the bundle is then resected.
  43915.  
  43916.  
  43917. INJURIES OF NERVES
  43918.  
  43919. Nerves are liable to be cut or torn across, bruised, compressed,
  43920. stretched, or torn away from their connections with the spinal medulla.
  43921.  
  43922. #Complete Division of a Mixed Nerve.#--Complete division is a common
  43923. result of accidental wounds, especially above the wrist, where the
  43924. ulnar, median, and radial nerves are frequently cut across, and in
  43925. gun-shot injuries.
  43926.  
  43927. _Changes in Structure and Function._--The mere interruption of the
  43928. continuity of a nerve results in degeneration of its fibres, the myelin
  43929. being broken up into droplets and absorbed, while the axis cylinders
  43930. swell up, disintegrate, and finally disappear. Both the conducting and
  43931. the insulating elements are thus lost. The degeneration in the central
  43932. end of the divided nerve is usually limited to the immediate proximity
  43933. of the lesion, and does not even involve all the nerve fibres. In the
  43934. distal end, it extends throughout the entire peripheral distribution of
  43935. the nerve, and appears to be due to the cutting off of the fibres from
  43936. their trophic nerve cells in the spinal medulla. Immediate suturing of
  43937. the ends does not affect the degeneration of the distal segment. The
  43938. peripheral end undergoes complete degeneration in from six weeks to two
  43939. months.
  43940.  
  43941. The physiological effects of complete division are that the muscles
  43942. supplied by the nerve are immediately paralysed, the area to which it
  43943. furnishes the sole cutaneous supply becomes insensitive, and the other
  43944. structures, including tendons, bones, and joints, lose sensation, and
  43945. begin to atrophy from loss of the trophic influence.
  43946.  
  43947. #Nerves divided in Amputation.#--In the case of nerves divided in an
  43948. amputation, there is an active, although necessarily abortive, attempt
  43949. at regeneration, which results in the formation of bulbous swellings at
  43950. the cut ends of the nerves. When there has been suppuration, and
  43951. especially if the nerves have been cut so as to be exposed in the wound,
  43952. these bulbous swellings may attain an abnormal size, and are then known
  43953. as "amputation" or "stump neuromas" (Fig. 84).
  43954.  
  43955. When the nerves in a stump have not been cut sufficiently short, they
  43956. may become involved in the cicatrix, and it may be necessary, on account
  43957. of pain, to free them from their adhesions, and to resect enough of the
  43958. terminal portions to prevent them again becoming adherent. When this is
  43959. difficult, a portion may be resected from each of the nerve-trunks at a
  43960. higher level; and if this fails to give relief, a fresh amputation may
  43961. be performed. When there is agonising pain dependent upon an ascending
  43962. neuritis, it may be necessary to resect the corresponding posterior
  43963. nerve roots within the vertebral canal.
  43964.  
  43965. [Illustration: FIG. 84.--Stump Neuromas of Sciatic Nerve, excised forty
  43966. years after the original amputation by Mr. A. G. Miller.]
  43967.  
  43968. #Other Injuries of Nerves.#--_Contusion_ of a nerve-trunk is attended
  43969. with extravasation of blood into the connective-tissue sheaths, and is
  43970. followed by degeneration of the contused nerve fibres. Function is
  43971. usually restored, the conducting paths being re-established by the
  43972. formation of new nerve fibres.
  43973.  
  43974. When a nerve is _torn across_ or badly _crushed_--as, for example, by a
  43975. fractured bone--the changes are similar to those in a divided nerve, and
  43976. the ultimate result depends on the amount of separation between the ends
  43977. and the possibility of the young axis cylinders bridging the gap.
  43978.  
  43979. _Involvement of Nerves in Scar Tissue._--Pressure or traction may be
  43980. exerted upon a nerve by contracting scar tissue, or a process of
  43981. neuritis or perineuritis may be induced.
  43982.  
  43983. When terminal filaments are involved in a scar, it is best to dissect
  43984. out the scar, and along with it the ends of the nerves pressed upon.
  43985. When a nerve-trunk, such as the sciatic, is involved in cicatricial
  43986. tissue, the nerve must be exposed and freed from its surroundings
  43987. (_neurolysis_), and then stretched so as to tear any adhesions that may
  43988. be present above or below the part exposed. It may be advisable to
  43989. displace the liberated nerve from its original position so as to
  43990. minimise the risk of its incorporation in the scar of the original wound
  43991. or in that resulting from the operation--for example, the radial nerve
  43992. may be buried in the substance of the triceps, or it may be surrounded
  43993. by a segment of vein or portion of fat-bearing fascia.
  43994.  
  43995. _Injuries of nerves resulting from_ #gun-shot wounds# include: (1) those
  43996. in which the nerve is directly damaged by the bullet, and (2) those in
  43997. which the nerve-trunk is involved secondarily either by scar tissue in
  43998. its vicinity or by callus following fracture of an adjacent bone. The
  43999. primary injuries include contusion, partial or complete division, and
  44000. perforation of the nerve-trunk. One of the most constant symptoms is the
  44001. early occurrence of severe neuralgic pain, and this is usually
  44002. associated with marked hyperaesthesia.
  44003.  
  44004. #Regeneration.#--_Process of Repair when the Ends are in Contact._--_If
  44005. the wound is aseptic_, and the ends of the divided nerve are sutured or
  44006. remain in contact, they become united, and the conducting paths are
  44007. re-established by a regeneration of nerve fibres. There is a difference
  44008. of opinion as to the method of regeneration. The Wallerian doctrine is
  44009. that the axis cylinders in the central end grow downwards, and enter the
  44010. nerve sheaths of the distal portion, and continue growing until they
  44011. reach the peripheral terminations in muscle and skin, and in course of
  44012. time acquire a myelin sheath; the cells of the neurolemma multiply and
  44013. form long chains in both ends of the nerve, and are believed to provide
  44014. for the nourishment and support of the actively lengthening axis
  44015. cylinders. Another view is that the formation of new axis cylinders is
  44016. not confined to the central end, but that it goes on also in the
  44017. peripheral segment, in which, however, the new axis cylinders do not
  44018. attain maturity until continuity with the central end has been
  44019. re-established.
  44020.  
  44021. _If the wound becomes infected_ and suppuration occurs, the young nerve
  44022. fibres are destroyed and efficient regeneration is prevented; the
  44023. formation of scar tissue also may constitute a permanent obstacle to new
  44024. nerve fibres bridging the gap.
  44025.  
  44026. _When the ends are not in contact_, reunion of the divided nerve fibres
  44027. does not take place whether the wound is infected or not. At the
  44028. proximal end there forms a bulbous swelling, which becomes adherent to
  44029. the scar tissue. It consists of branching axis cylinders running in all
  44030. directions, these having failed to reach the distal end because of the
  44031. extent of the gap. The peripheral end is completely degenerated, and is
  44032. represented by a fibrous cord, the cut end of which is often slightly
  44033. swollen or bulbous, and is also incorporated with the scar tissue of
  44034. the wound.
  44035.  
  44036. #Clinical Features.#--The symptoms resulting from division and non-union
  44037. of a nerve-trunk necessarily vary with the functions of the affected
  44038. nerve. The following description refers to a mixed sensori-motor trunk,
  44039. such as the median or radial (musculo-spiral) nerve.
  44040.  
  44041. _Sensory Phenomena._--Superficial touch is tested by means of a wisp of
  44042. cotton wool stroked gently across the skin; the capacity of
  44043. discriminating two points as separate, by a pair of blunt-pointed
  44044. compasses; the sensation of pressure, by means of a pencil or other
  44045. blunt object; of pain, by pricking or scratching with a needle; and of
  44046. sensibility to heat and cold, by test-tubes containing water at
  44047. different temperatures. While these tests are being carried out, the
  44048. patient's eyes are screened off.
  44049.  
  44050. After division of a nerve containing sensory fibres, there is an area of
  44051. absolute cutaneous insensibility to touch (anaesthesia), to pain
  44052. (analgesia), and to all degrees of temperature--_loss of protopathic
  44053. sensibility_; surrounded by an area in which there is loss of sensation
  44054. to light touch, inability to recognise minor differences of temperature
  44055. (72 o-104 o F.), and to appreciate as separate impressions the contact of
  44056. the two points of a compass--_loss of epicritic sensibility_ (Head and
  44057. Sherren) (Figs. 91, 92).
  44058.  
  44059. _Motor Phenomena._--There is immediate and complete loss of voluntary
  44060. power in the muscles supplied by the divided nerve. The muscles rapidly
  44061. waste, and within from three to five days, they cease to react to the
  44062. faradic current. When tested with the galvanic current, it is found that
  44063. a stronger current must be used to call forth contraction than in a
  44064. healthy muscle, and the contraction appears first at the closing of the
  44065. circuit when the anode is used as the testing electrode. The loss of
  44066. excitability to the interrupted current, and the specific alteration in
  44067. the type of contraction with the constant current, is known as the
  44068. _reaction of degeneration_. After a few weeks all electric excitability
  44069. is lost. The paralysed muscles undergo fatty degeneration, which attains
  44070. its maximum three or four months after the division of the nerve.
  44071. Further changes may take place, and result in the transformation of the
  44072. muscle into fibrous tissue, which by undergoing shortening may cause
  44073. deformity known as _paralytic contracture_.
  44074.  
  44075. _Vaso-motor Phenomena._--In the majority of cases there is an initial
  44076. rise in the temperature of the part (2 o to 3 o F.), with redness and
  44077. increased vascularity. This is followed by a fall in the local
  44078. temperature, which may amount to 8 o or 10 o F., the parts becoming pale
  44079. and cold. Sometimes the hyperaemia resulting from vaso-motor paralysis is
  44080. more persistent, and is associated with swelling of the parts from
  44081. oedema--the so-called _angio-neurotic oedema_. The vascularity varies with
  44082. external influences, and in cold weather the parts present a bluish
  44083. appearance.
  44084.  
  44085. _Trophic Phenomena._--Owing to the disappearance of the subcutaneous
  44086. fat, the skin is smooth and thin, and may be abnormally dry. The hair is
  44087. harsh, dry, and easily shed. The nails become brittle and furrowed, or
  44088. thick and curved, and the ends of the fingers become club-shaped. Skin
  44089. eruptions, especially in the form of blisters, occur, or there may be
  44090. actual ulcers of the skin, especially in winter. In aggravated cases the
  44091. tips of the fingers disappear from progressive ulceration, and in the
  44092. sole of the foot a perforating ulcer may develop. Arthropathies are
  44093. occasionally met with, the joints becoming the seat of a painless
  44094. effusion or hydrops, which is followed by fibrous thickening of the
  44095. capsular and other ligaments, and terminates in stiffness and fibrous
  44096. ankylosis. In this way the fingers are seriously crippled and deformed.
  44097.  
  44098. #Treatment of Divided Nerves.#--The treatment consists in approximating
  44099. the divided ends of the nerve and placing them under the most favourable
  44100. conditions for repair, and this should be done at the earliest possible
  44101. opportunity. (_Op. Surg._, pp. 45, 46.)
  44102.  
  44103. #Primary Suture.#--The reunion of a recently divided nerve is spoken of
  44104. as primary suture, and for its success asepsis is essential. As the
  44105. suturing of the ends of the nerve is extremely painful, an anaesthetic is
  44106. required.
  44107.  
  44108. When the wound is healed and while waiting for the restoration of
  44109. function, measures are employed to maintain the nutrition of the damaged
  44110. nerve and of the parts supplied by it. The limb is exercised, massaged,
  44111. and douched, and protected from cold and other injurious influences. The
  44112. nutrition of the paralysed muscles is further improved by electricity.
  44113. The galvanic current is employed, using at first a mild current of not
  44114. more than 5 milliamperes for about ten minutes, the current being made
  44115. to flow downwards in the course of the nerve, with the positive
  44116. electrode applied to the spine, and the negative over the affected nerve
  44117. near its termination. It is an advantage to have a metronome in the
  44118. circuit whereby the current is opened and closed automatically at
  44119. intervals, so as to cause contraction of the muscles.
  44120.  
  44121. _The results_ of primary suture, when it has been performed under
  44122. favourable conditions, are usually satisfactory. In a series of cases
  44123. investigated by Head and Sherren, the period between the operation and
  44124. the first return of sensation averaged 65 days. According to Purves
  44125. Stewart protopathic sensation commences to appear in about six weeks and
  44126. is completely restored in six months; electric sensation and motor power
  44127. reappear together in about six months, and restoration is complete in a
  44128. year. When sensation returns, the area of insensibility to pain steadily
  44129. diminishes and disappears; sensibility to extremes of temperature
  44130. appears soon after; and last of all, after a considerable interval,
  44131. there is simultaneous return of appreciation of light touch, moderate
  44132. degrees of temperature, and the points of a compass.
  44133.  
  44134. A clinical means of estimating how regeneration in a divided nerve is
  44135. progressing has been described by Tinel. He found that a tingling
  44136. sensation, similar to that experienced in the foot, when it is
  44137. recovering from the "sleeping" condition induced by prolonged pressure
  44138. on the sciatic nerve from sitting on a hard bench, can be elicited on
  44139. percussing over _growing_ axis cylinders. Tapping over the proximal end
  44140. of a _newly divided nerve_, _e.g._ the common peroneal behind the head
  44141. of the fibula, produces no tingling, but when in about three weeks
  44142. axis cylinders begin to grow in the proximal end-bulb, local tingling is
  44143. induced by tapping there. The downward growth of the axis cylinders can
  44144. be traced by tapping over the distal segment of the nerve, the tingling
  44145. sensation being elicited as far down as the young axis cylinders have
  44146. reached. When the regeneration of the axis cylinders is complete,
  44147. tapping no longer causes tingling. It usually takes about one hundred
  44148. days for this stage to be reached.
  44149.  
  44150. Tinel's sign is present before voluntary movement, muscular tone, or the
  44151. normal electrical reactions reappear.
  44152.  
  44153. In cases of complete nerve paralysis that have not been operated upon,
  44154. the tingling test is helpful in determining whether or not regeneration
  44155. is taking place. Its detection may prevent an unnecessary operation
  44156. being performed.
  44157.  
  44158. Primary suture should not be attempted so long as the wound shows signs
  44159. of infection, as it is almost certain to end in failure. The ends should
  44160. be sutured, however, as soon as the wound is aseptic or has healed.
  44161.  
  44162. #Secondary Suture.#--The term secondary suture is applied to the
  44163. operation of stitching the ends of the divided nerve after the wound has
  44164. healed.
  44165.  
  44166. _Results of Secondary Suture._--When secondary suture has been performed
  44167. under favourable conditions, the prognosis is good, but a longer time is
  44168. required for restoration of function than after primary suture. Purves
  44169. Stewart says protopathic sensation is sometimes observed much earlier
  44170. than in primary suture, because partial regeneration of axis cylinders
  44171. in the peripheral segment has already taken place. Sensation is
  44172. recovered first, but it seldom returns before three or four months.
  44173. There then follows an improvement or disappearance of any trophic
  44174. disturbances that may be present. Recovery of motion may be deferred for
  44175. long periods--rather because of the changes in the muscles than from
  44176. want of conductivity in the nerve--and if the muscles have undergone
  44177. complete degeneration, it may never take place at all. While waiting for
  44178. recovery, every effort should be made to maintain the nutrition of the
  44179. damaged nerve, and of the parts which it supplies.
  44180.  
  44181. When suture is found to be impossible, recourse must be had to other
  44182. methods, known as nerve bridging and nerve implantation.
  44183.  
  44184. #Incomplete Division of a Mixed Nerve.#--The effects of partial division
  44185. of a mixed nerve vary according to the destination of the nerve bundles
  44186. that have been interrupted. Within their area of distribution the
  44187. paralysis is as complete as if the whole trunk had been cut across. The
  44188. uninjured nerve-bundles continue to transmit impulses with the result
  44189. that there is a _dissociated paralysis_ within the distribution of the
  44190. affected nerve, some muscles continuing to act and to respond normally
  44191. to electric stimulation, while others behave as if the whole nerve-trunk
  44192. had been severed.
  44193.  
  44194. In addition to vasomotor and trophic changes, there is often severe pain
  44195. of a burning kind (_causalgia_ or _thermalgia_) which comes on about a
  44196. fortnight after the injury and causes intense and continuous suffering
  44197. which may last for months. Paroxysms of pain may be excited by the
  44198. slightest touch or by heat, and the patient usually learns for himself
  44199. that the constant application of cold wet cloths allays the pain. The
  44200. thermalgic area sweats profusely.
  44201.  
  44202. Operative treatment is indicated where there is no sign of improvement
  44203. within three months, when recovery is arrested before complete
  44204. restoration of function is attained, or when thermalgic pain is
  44205. excessive.
  44206.  
  44207. #Subcutaneous Injuries of Nerves.#--Several varieties of subcutaneous
  44208. injuries of nerves are met with. One of the best known is the
  44209. compression paralysis of the nerves of the upper arm which results from
  44210. sleeping with the arm resting on the back of a chair or the edge of a
  44211. table--the so-called "drunkard's palsy"; and from the pressure of a
  44212. crutch in the axilla--"crutch paralysis." In some of these injuries,
  44213. notably "drunkard's palsy," the disability appears to be due not to
  44214. damage of the nerve, but to overstretching of the extensors of the wrist
  44215. and fingers (Jones). A similar form of paralysis is sometimes met with
  44216. from the pressure of a tourniquet, from tight bandages or splints, from
  44217. the pressure exerted by a dislocated bone or by excessive callus, and
  44218. from hyper-extension of the arm during anaesthesia.
  44219.  
  44220. In all these forms there is impaired sensation, rarely amounting to
  44221. anaesthesia, marked muscular wasting, and diminution or loss of voluntary
  44222. motor power, while--and this is a point of great importance--the normal
  44223. electrical reactions are preserved. There may also develop trophic
  44224. changes such as blisters, superficial ulcers, and clubbing of the tips
  44225. of the fingers. The prognosis is usually favourable, as recovery is the
  44226. rule within from one to three months. If, however, neuritis supervenes,
  44227. the electrical reactions are altered, the muscles degenerate, and
  44228. recovery may be retarded or may fail to take place.
  44229.  
  44230. Injuries which act abruptly or instantaneously are illustrated in the
  44231. crushing of a nerve by the sudden displacement of a sharp-edged fragment
  44232. of bone, as may occur in comminuted fractures of the humerus. The
  44233. symptoms include perversion or loss of sensation, motor paralysis, and
  44234. atrophy of muscles, which show the reaction of degeneration from the
  44235. eighth day onwards. The presence of the reaction of degeneration
  44236. influences both the prognosis and the treatment, for it implies a lesion
  44237. which is probably incapable of spontaneous recovery, and which can only
  44238. be remedied by operation.
  44239.  
  44240. The _treatment_ varies with the cause and nature of the lesion. When,
  44241. for example, a displaced bone or a mass of callus is pressing upon the
  44242. nerve, steps must be taken to relieve the pressure, by operation if
  44243. necessary. When there is reason to believe that the nerve is severely
  44244. crushed or torn across, it should be exposed by incision, and, after
  44245. removal of the damaged ends, should be united by sutures. When it is
  44246. impossible to make a definite diagnosis as to the state of the nerve, it
  44247. is better to expose it by operation, and thus learn the exact state of
  44248. affairs without delay; in the event of the nerve being torn, the ends
  44249. should be united by sutures.
  44250.  
  44251. #Dislocation of Nerves.#--This injury, which resembles the dislocation
  44252. of tendons from their grooves, is seldom met with except in the ulnar
  44253. nerve at the elbow, and is described with injuries of that nerve.
  44254.  
  44255.  
  44256. DISEASES OF NERVES
  44257.  
  44258. #Traumatic Neuritis.#--This consists in an overgrowth of the
  44259. connective-tissue framework of a nerve, which causes irritation and
  44260. pressure upon the nerve fibres, sometimes resulting in their
  44261. degeneration. It may originate in connection with a wound in the
  44262. vicinity of a nerve, as, for example, when the brachial nerves are
  44263. involved in scar tissue subsequent to an operation for clearing out the
  44264. axilla for cancer; or in contusion and compression of a nerve--for
  44265. example, by the pressure of the head of the humerus in a dislocation of
  44266. the shoulder. Some weeks or months after the injury, the patient
  44267. complains of increasing hyperaesthesia and of neuralgic pains in the
  44268. course of the nerve. The nerve is very sensitive to pressure, and, if
  44269. superficial, may be felt to be swollen. The associated muscles are
  44270. wasted and weak, and are subject to twitchings. There are also trophic
  44271. disturbances. It is rare to have complete sensory and motor paralysis.
  44272. The disease is commonest in the nerves of the upper extremity, and the
  44273. hand may become crippled and useless.
  44274.  
  44275. _Treatment._--Any constitutional condition which predisposes to
  44276. neuritis, such as gout, diabetes, or syphilis, must receive appropriate
  44277. treatment. The symptoms may be relieved by rest and by soothing
  44278. applications, such as belladonna, ichthyol, or menthol, by the use of
  44279. hot-air and electric baths, and in obstinate cases by blistering or by
  44280. the application of Corrigan's button. When such treatment fails the
  44281. nerve may be stretched, or, in the case of a purely sensory trunk, a
  44282. portion may be excised. Local causes, such as involvement of the nerve
  44283. in a scar or in adhesions, may afford indications for operative
  44284. treatment.
  44285.  
  44286. #Multiple Peripheral Neuritis.#--Although this disease mainly comes
  44287. under the cognizance of the physician, it may be attended with phenomena
  44288. which call for surgical interference. In this country it is commonly due
  44289. to alcoholism, but it may result from diabetes or from chronic poisoning
  44290. with lead or arsenic, or from bacterial infections and intoxications
  44291. such as occur in diphtheria, gonorrhoea, syphilis, leprosy, typhoid,
  44292. influenza, beri-beri, and many other diseases.
  44293.  
  44294. It is, as a rule, widely distributed throughout the peripheral nerves,
  44295. but the distribution frequently varies with the cause--the alcoholic
  44296. form, for example, mainly affecting the legs, the diphtheritic form the
  44297. soft palate and pharynx, and that associated with lead poisoning the
  44298. forearms. The essential lesion is a degeneration of the conducting
  44299. fibres of the affected nerves, and the prominent symptoms are the result
  44300. of this. In alcoholic neuritis there is great tenderness of the muscles.
  44301. When the legs are affected the patient may be unable to walk, and the
  44302. toes may droop and the heel be drawn up, resulting in one variety of pes
  44303. equino-varus. Pressure sores and perforating ulcer of the foot are the
  44304. most important trophic phenomena.
  44305.  
  44306. Apart from the medical _treatment_, measures must be taken to prevent
  44307. deformity, especially when the legs are affected. The bedclothes are
  44308. supported by a cage, and the foot maintained at right angles to the leg
  44309. by sand-bags or splints. When the disease is subsiding, the nutrition of
  44310. the damaged nerves and muscles should be maintained by massage, baths,
  44311. passive movements, and the use of the galvanic current. When deformity
  44312. has been allowed to take place, operative measures may be required for
  44313. its correction.
  44314.  
  44315.  
  44316. NEUROMA[5]
  44317.  
  44318. [5] We have followed the classification adopted by Alexis Thomson in his
  44319. work _On Neuroma, and Neuro-fibromatosis_ (Edinburgh: 1900).
  44320.  
  44321. Neuroma is a clinical term applied to all tumours, irrespective of their
  44322. structure, which have their seat in nerves.
  44323.  
  44324. A tumour composed of newly formed nerve tissue is spoken of as a #true
  44325. neuroma#; when ganglionic cells are present in addition to nerve fibres,
  44326. the name _ganglionic neuroma_ is applied. These tumours are rare, and
  44327. are chiefly met with in the main cords or abdominal plexuses of the
  44328. sympathetic system of children or young adults. They are quite
  44329. insensitive, and their removal is only called for if they cause pain or
  44330. show signs of malignancy.
  44331.  
  44332. A #false neuroma# is an overgrowth of the sheath of a nerve. This
  44333. overgrowth may result in the formation of a circumscribed tumour, or may
  44334. take the form of a diffuse fibromatosis.
  44335.  
  44336. _The circumscribed or solitary tumour_ grows from the sheath of a nerve
  44337. which is otherwise healthy, and it may be innocent or malignant.
  44338.  
  44339. _The innocent_ form is usually fibrous or myxomatous, and is definitely
  44340. encapsulated. It may become cystic as a result of haemorrhage or of
  44341. myxomatous degeneration. It grows very slowly, is usually elliptical in
  44342. shape, and the solid form is rarely larger than a hazel-nut. The nerve
  44343. fibres may be spread out all round the tumour, or may run only on one
  44344. side of it. When subcutaneous and related to the smaller unnamed
  44345. cutaneous nerves, it is known as a _painful subcutaneous nodule_ or
  44346. _tubercle_. It is chiefly met with about the ankle, and most often in
  44347. women. It is remarkably sensitive, even gentle handling causing intense
  44348. pain, which usually radiates to the periphery of the nerve affected.
  44349. When related to a deeper, named nerve-trunk, it is known as a
  44350. _trunk-neuroma_. It is usually less sensitive than the "subcutaneous
  44351. nodule," and rarely gives rise to motor symptoms unless it involves the
  44352. nerve roots where they pass through bony canals.
  44353.  
  44354. A trunk-neuroma is recognised clinically by its position in the line of
  44355. a nerve, by the fact that it is movable in the transverse axis of the
  44356. nerve but not in its long axis, and by being unduly painful and
  44357. sensitive.
  44358.  
  44359. [Illustration: FIG. 85.--Amputation Stump of Upper Arm, showing bulbous
  44360. thickening of the ends of the nerves, embedded in scar tissue at the
  44361. apex of the stamp.]
  44362.  
  44363. _Treatment._--If the tumour causes suffering it should be removed,
  44364. preferably by shelling it out from the investing nerve sheath or
  44365. capsule. In the subcutaneous nodule the nerve is rarely recognisable,
  44366. and is usually sacrificed. When removal of the tumour is incomplete, a
  44367. tube of radium should be inserted into the cavity, to prevent recurrence
  44368. of the tumour in a malignant form.
  44369.  
  44370. _The malignant neuroma_ is a sarcoma growing from the sheath of a nerve.
  44371. It has the same characters and clinical features as the innocent
  44372. variety, only it grows more rapidly, and by destroying the nerve fibres
  44373. causes motor symptoms--jerkings followed by paralysis. The sarcoma tends
  44374. to spread along the lymph spaces in the long axis of the nerve, as well
  44375. as to implicate the surrounding tissues, and it is liable to give rise
  44376. to secondary growths. The malignant neuroma is met with chiefly in the
  44377. sciatic and other large nerves of the limbs.
  44378.  
  44379. The _treatment_ is conducted on the same lines as sarcoma in other
  44380. situations; the insertion of a tube of radium after removal of the
  44381. tumour diminishes the tendency to recurrence; a portion of the
  44382. nerve-trunk being sacrificed, means must be taken to bridge the gap. In
  44383. inoperable cases it may be possible to relieve pain by excising a
  44384. portion of the nerve above the tumour, or, when this is impracticable,
  44385. by resecting the posterior nerve roots and their ganglia within the
  44386. vertebral canal.
  44387.  
  44388. The so-called _amputation neuroma_ has already been referred to (p. 344).
  44389.  
  44390. _Diffuse or Generalised Neuro-Fibromatosis--Recklinghausen's
  44391. Disease._--These terms are now used to include what were formerly known
  44392. as "multiple neuromata," as well as certain other overgrowths related to
  44393. nerves. The essential lesion is an overgrowth of the endoneural
  44394. connective tissue throughout the nerves of both the cerebro-spinal and
  44395. sympathetic systems. The nerves are diffusely and unequally thickened,
  44396. so that small twigs may become enlarged to the size of the median, while
  44397. at irregular intervals along their course the connective-tissue
  44398. overgrowth is exaggerated so as to form tumour-like swellings similar to
  44399. the trunk-neuroma already described. The tumours, which vary greatly in
  44400. size and number--as many as a thousand have been counted in one
  44401. case--are enclosed in a capsule derived from the perineurium. The
  44402. fibromatosis may also affect the cranial nerves, the ganglia on the
  44403. posterior nerve roots, the nerves within the vertebral canal, and the
  44404. sympathetic nerves and ganglia, as well as the continuations of the
  44405. motor nerves within the muscles. The nerve fibres, although mechanically
  44406. displaced and dissociated by the overgrown endoneurium, undergo no
  44407. structural change except when compressed in passing through a bony
  44408. canal.
  44409.  
  44410. The disease probably originates before birth, although it may not make
  44411. its appearance till adolescence or even till adult life. It is sometimes
  44412. met with in several members of one family. It is recognised clinically
  44413. by the presence of multiple tumours in the course of the nerves, and
  44414. sometimes by palpable enlargement of the superficial nerve-trunks
  44415. (Fig. 86). The tumours resemble the solitary trunk-neuroma, are usually
  44416. quite insensitive, and many of them are unknown to the patient. As a
  44417. result of injury or other exciting cause, however, one or other tumour
  44418. may increase in size and become extremely sensitive; the pain is then
  44419. agonising; it is increased by handling, and interferes with sleep. In
  44420. these conditions, a malignant transformation of the fibroma into sarcoma
  44421. is to be suspected. Motor disturbances are exceptional, unless in the
  44422. case of tumours within the vertebral canal, which press on the spinal
  44423. medulla and cause paraplegia.
  44424.  
  44425. [Illustration: FIG. 86.--Diffuse enlargement of Nerves in generalised
  44426. Neuro-fibromatosis.
  44427.  
  44428. (After R. W. Smith.)]
  44429.  
  44430. Neuro-fibromatosis is frequently accompanied by _pigmentation of the
  44431. skin_ in the form of brown spots or patches scattered over the trunk.
  44432.  
  44433. The disease is often stationary for long periods. In progressive cases
  44434. the patient becomes exhausted, and usually dies of some intercurrent
  44435. affection, particularly phthisis. The treatment is restricted to
  44436. relieving symptoms and complications; removal of one of the tumours is
  44437. to be strongly deprecated.
  44438.  
  44439. In a considerable proportion of cases one of the multiple tumours takes
  44440. on the characters of a malignant growth ("secondary malignant neuroma,"
  44441. Garre). This malignant transformation may follow upon injury, or on an
  44442. unsuccessful attempt to remove the tumour. The features are those of a
  44443. rapidly growing sarcoma involving a nerve-trunk, with agonising pain
  44444. and muscular cramps, followed by paralysis from destruction of the
  44445. nerve fibres. The removal of the tumour is usually followed by
  44446. recurrence, so that high amputation is the only treatment to be
  44447. recommended. Metastasis to internal organs is exceptional.
  44448.  
  44449. [Illustration: FIG. 87.--Plexiform Neuroma of small Sciatic Nerve, from
  44450. a girl aet. 16.
  44451.  
  44452. (Mr. Annandale's case.)]
  44453.  
  44454. There are other types of neuro-fibromatosis which require brief mention.
  44455.  
  44456. _The plexiform neuroma_ (Fig. 87) is a fibromatosis confined to the
  44457. distribution of one or more contiguous nerves or of a plexus of nerves,
  44458. and it may occur either by itself or along with multiple tumours of the
  44459. nerve-trunks and with pigmentation of the skin. The clinical features
  44460. are those of an ill-defined swelling composed of a number of tortuous,
  44461. convoluted cords, lying in a loose areolar tissue and freely movable on
  44462. one another. It is rarely the seat of pain or tenderness. It most often
  44463. appears in the early years of life, sometimes in relation to a pigmented
  44464. or hairy mole. It is of slow growth, may remain stationary for long
  44465. periods, and has little or no tendency to become malignant. It is
  44466. usually subcutaneous, and is frequently situated on the head or neck in
  44467. the distribution of the trigeminal or superficial cervical nerves. There
  44468. is no necessity for its removal, but this may be indicated because of
  44469. disfigurement, especially on the face or scalp or because its bulk
  44470. interferes with function. When involving the ophthalmic division of the
  44471. trigeminus, for example, it may cause enlargement of the upper lid and
  44472. proptosis, with danger to the function of the globe. The results of
  44473. excision are usually satisfactory, even if the removal is not complete.
  44474.  
  44475. [Illustration: FIG. 88.--Multiple Neuro-fibromas of Skin (Molluscum
  44476. fibrosum, or Recklinghausen's disease).]
  44477.  
  44478. _The cutaneous neuro-fibroma_ or _molluscum fibrosum_ has been shown by
  44479. Recklinghausen to be a soft fibroma related to the terminal filaments of
  44480. one of the cutaneous nerves (Fig. 88). The disease appears in the form
  44481. of multiple, soft, projecting tumours, scattered all over the body,
  44482. except the palms of the hands and soles of the feet. The tumours are of
  44483. all sizes, some being no larger than a pin's head, whilst many are as
  44484. big as a filbert and a few even larger. Many are sessile and others are
  44485. distinctly pedunculated, but all are covered with skin. They are mobile,
  44486. soft to the touch, and of the consistence of firm fat. In exceptional
  44487. cases one of the skin tumours may attain an enormous size and cause a
  44488. hideous deformity, hanging down by its own weight in lobulated or folded
  44489. masses (pachy-dermatocele). The treatment consists in removing the
  44490. larger swellings. In some cases molluscum fibrosum is associated with
  44491. pigmentation of the skin and with multiple tumours of the nerve-trunks.
  44492. The small multiple tumours rarely call for interference.
  44493.  
  44494. [Illustration: FIG. 89.--Elephantiasis Neuromatosa in a woman aet. 28]
  44495.  
  44496. _Elephantiasis neuromatosa_ is the name applied by Virchow to a
  44497. condition in which a limb is swollen and misshapen as a result of the
  44498. extension of a neuro-fibromatosis to the skin and subcutaneous cellular
  44499. tissue of the extremity as a whole (Fig. 89). It usually begins in early
  44500. life without apparent cause, and it may be associated with multiple
  44501. tumours of the nerve-trunks. The inconvenience caused by the bulk and
  44502. weight of the limb may justify its removal.
  44503.  
  44504.  
  44505. SURGERY OF THE INDIVIDUAL NERVES[6]
  44506.  
  44507. [6] We desire here to acknowledge our indebtedness to Mr. James
  44508. Sherren's work on _Injuries of Nerves and their Treatment_.
  44509.  
  44510. #The Brachial Plexus.#--Lesions of the brachial plexus may be divided
  44511. into those above the clavicle and those below that bone.
  44512.  
  44513. In the #supra-clavicular injuries#, the violence applied to the head or
  44514. shoulder causes over-stretching of the anterior branches (primary
  44515. divisions) of the cervical nerves, the fifth, or the fifth and sixth
  44516. being those most liable to suffer. Sometimes the traction is exerted
  44517. upon the plexus from below, as when a man in falling from a height
  44518. endeavours to save himself by clutching at some projection, and the
  44519. lesion then mainly affects the first dorsal nerve. There is tearing of
  44520. the nerve sheaths, with haemorrhage, but in severe cases partial or
  44521. complete severance of nerve fibres may occur and these give way at
  44522. different levels. During the healing process an excess of fibrous tissue
  44523. is formed, which may interfere with regeneration.
  44524.  
  44525. _Post-anaesthetic paralysis_ occurs in patients in whom, during the
  44526. course of an operation, the arm is abducted and rotated laterally or
  44527. extended above the head, causing over-stretching of the plexus,
  44528. especially of the fifth, or fifth and sixth, anterior branches.
  44529.  
  44530. A _cervical rib_ may damage the plexus by direct pressure, the part
  44531. usually affected being the medial cord, which is made up of fibres from
  44532. the eighth cervical and first dorsal nerves.
  44533.  
  44534. When a lesion of the plexus complicates a _fracture of the clavicle_,
  44535. the nerve injury is due, not to pressure on or laceration of the nerves
  44536. by fragments of bone, but to the violence causing the fracture, and this
  44537. is usually applied to the point of the shoulder.
  44538.  
  44539. Penetrating _wounds_, apart from those met with in military practice,
  44540. are rare.
  44541.  
  44542. In the #infra-clavicular injuries#, the lesion most often results from
  44543. the pressure of the dislocated head of the humerus; occasionally from
  44544. attempts made to reduce the dislocation by the heel-in-the-axilla
  44545. method, or from fracture of the upper end of the humerus or of the neck
  44546. of the scapula. The whole plexus may suffer, but more frequently the
  44547. medial cord is alone implicated.
  44548.  
  44549. _Clinical Features._--Three types of lesion result from indirect
  44550. violence: the whole plexus; the upper-arm type; and the lower-arm type.
  44551.  
  44552. _When the whole plexus is involved_, sensibility is lost over the entire
  44553. forearm and hand and over the lateral surface of the arm in its distal
  44554. two-thirds. All the muscles of the arm, forearm, and hand are paralysed,
  44555. and, as a rule, also the pectorals and spinati, but the rhomboids and
  44556. serratus anterior escape. There is paralysis of the sympathetic fibres
  44557. to the eye and orbit, with narrowing of the palpebral fissure, recession
  44558. of the globe, and the pupil is slow to dilate when shaded from the
  44559. light.
  44560.  
  44561. The _upper-arm type_--Erb-Duchenne paralysis--is that most frequently
  44562. met with, and it is due to a lesion of the fifth anterior branch, or, it
  44563. may be, also of the sixth. The position of the upper limb is typical:
  44564. the arm and forearm hang close to the side, with the forearm extended
  44565. and pronated; the deltoid, spinati, biceps, brachialis, and supinators
  44566. are paralysed, and in some cases the radial extensors of the wrist and
  44567. the pronator teres are also affected. The patient is unable to supinate
  44568. the forearm or to abduct the arm, and in most cases to flex the forearm.
  44569. He may, however, regain some power of flexing the forearm when it is
  44570. fully pronated, the extensors of the wrist becoming feeble flexors of
  44571. the elbow. There is, as a rule, no loss of sensibility, but complaint
  44572. may be made of tickling and of pins-and-needles over the lateral aspect
  44573. of the arm. The abnormal position of the limb may persist although the
  44574. muscles regain the power of voluntary movement, and as the condition
  44575. frequently follows a fall on the shoulder, great care is necessary in
  44576. diagnosis, as the condition is apt to be attributed to an injury to the
  44577. axillary (circumflex) nerve.
  44578.  
  44579. The _lower-arm type_ of paralysis, associated with the name of Klumpke,
  44580. is usually due to over-stretching of the plexus, and especially affects
  44581. the anterior branch of the first dorsal nerve. In typical cases all the
  44582. intrinsic muscles of the hand are affected, and the hand assumes the
  44583. claw shape. Sensibility is usually altered over the medial side of the
  44584. arm and forearm, and there is paralysis of the sympathetic.
  44585.  
  44586. _Infra-clavicular injuries_, as already stated, are most often produced
  44587. by a sub-coracoid dislocation of the humerus; the medial cord is that
  44588. most frequently injured, and the muscles paralysed are those supplied by
  44589. the ulnar nerve, with, in addition, those intrinsic muscles of the hand
  44590. supplied by the median. Sensibility is affected over the medial surface
  44591. of the forearm and ulnar area of the hand. Injury of the lateral and
  44592. posterior cords is very rare.
  44593.  
  44594. _Treatment_ is carried out on the lines already laid down for nerve
  44595. injuries in general. It is impossible to diagnose between complete and
  44596. incomplete rupture of the nerve cords, until sufficient time has elapsed
  44597. to allow of the establishment of the reaction of degeneration. If this
  44598. is present at the end of fourteen days, operation should not be delayed.
  44599. Access to the cords of the plexus is obtained by a dissection similar to
  44600. that employed for the subclavian artery, and the nerves are sought for
  44601. as they emerge from under cover of the scalenus anterior, and are then
  44602. traced until the seat of injury is found. In the case of the first
  44603. dorsal nerve, it may be necessary temporarily to resect the clavicle.
  44604. The usual after-treatment must be persisted in until recovery ensues,
  44605. and care must be taken that the paralysed muscles do not become
  44606. over-stretched. The prognosis is less favourable in the supra-clavicular
  44607. lesions than in those below the clavicle, which nearly always recover
  44608. without surgical intervention.
  44609.  
  44610. In the _brachial birth-paralysis_ met with in infants, the lesion is due
  44611. to over-stretching of the plexus, and is nearly always of the
  44612. Erb-Duchenne type. The injury is usually unilateral, it occurs with
  44613. almost equal frequency in breech and in vertex presentations, and the
  44614. left arm is more often affected than the right. The lesion is seldom
  44615. recognised at birth. The first symptom noticed is tenderness in the
  44616. supra-clavicular region, the child crying when this part is touched or
  44617. the arm is moved. The attitude may be that of the Erb-Duchenne type, or
  44618. the whole of the muscles of the upper limb may be flaccid, and the arm
  44619. hangs powerless. A considerable proportion of the cases recover
  44620. spontaneously. The arm is to be kept at rest, with the affected muscles
  44621. relaxed, and, as soon as tenderness has disappeared, daily massage and
  44622. passive movements are employed. The reaction of degeneration can rarely
  44623. be satisfactorily tested before the child is three months old, but if it
  44624. is present, an operation should be performed. After operation, the
  44625. shoulder should be elevated so that no traction is exerted on the
  44626. affected cords.
  44627.  
  44628. #The long thoracic nerve# (nerve of Bell), which supplies the serratus
  44629. anterior, is rarely injured. In those whose occupation entails carrying
  44630. weights upon the shoulder it may be contused, and the resulting
  44631. paralysis of the serratus is usually combined with paralysis of the
  44632. lower part of the trapezius, the branches from the third and fourth
  44633. cervical nerves which supply this muscle also being exposed to pressure
  44634. as they pass across the root of the neck. There is complaint of pain
  44635. above the clavicle, and winging of the scapula; the patient is unable to
  44636. raise the arm in front of the body above the level of the shoulder or to
  44637. perform any forward pushing movements; on attempting either of these the
  44638. winging of the scapula is at once increased. If the scapula is compared
  44639. with that on the sound side, it is seen that, in addition to the lower
  44640. angle being more prominent, the spine is more horizontal and the lower
  44641. angle nearer the middle line. The majority of these cases recover if the
  44642. limb is placed at absolute rest, the elbow supported, and massage and
  44643. galvanism persevered with. If the paralysis persists, the sterno-costal
  44644. portion of the pectoralis major may be transplanted to the lower angle
  44645. of the scapula.
  44646.  
  44647. The long thoracic nerve may be cut across while clearing out the axilla
  44648. in operating for cancer of the breast. The displacement of the scapula
  44649. is not so marked as in the preceding type, and the patient is able to
  44650. perform pushing movements below the level of the shoulder. If the
  44651. reaction of degeneration develops, an operation may be performed, the
  44652. ends of the nerve being sutured, or the distal end grafted into the
  44653. posterior cord of the brachial plexus.
  44654.  
  44655. #The Axillary (Circumflex) Nerve.#--In the majority of cases in which
  44656. paralysis of the deltoid follows upon an injury of the shoulder, it is
  44657. due to a lesion of the fifth cervical nerve, as has already been
  44658. described in injuries of the brachial plexus. The axillary nerve itself
  44659. as it passes round the neck of the humerus is most liable to be injured
  44660. from the pressure of a crutch, or of the head of the humerus in
  44661. sub-glenoid dislocation, or in fracture of the neck of the scapula or of
  44662. the humerus. In miners, who work for long periods lying on the side, the
  44663. muscle may be paralysed by direct pressure on the terminal filaments of
  44664. the nerve, and the nerve may also be involved as a result of disease in
  44665. the sub-deltoid bursa.
  44666.  
  44667. The deltoid is wasted, and the acromion unduly prominent. In recent
  44668. cases paralysis of the muscle is easily detected. In cases of long
  44669. standing it is not so simple, because other muscles, the spinati, the
  44670. clavicular fibres of the pectoral and the serratus, take its place and
  44671. elevate the arm; there is always loss of sensation on the lateral aspect
  44672. of the shoulder. There is rarely any call for operative treatment, as
  44673. the paralysis is usually compensated for by other muscles.
  44674.  
  44675. When the _supra-scapular nerve_ is contused or stretched in injuries of
  44676. the shoulder, the spinati muscles are paralysed and wasted, the spine of
  44677. the scapula is unduly prominent, and there is impairment in the power of
  44678. abducting the arm and rotating it laterally.
  44679.  
  44680. The _musculo-cutaneous nerve_ is very rarely injured; when cut across,
  44681. there is paralysis of the coraco-brachialis, biceps, and part of the
  44682. brachialis, but no movements are abolished, the forearm being flexed, in
  44683. the pronated position, by the brachio-radialis and long radial extensor
  44684. of the wrist; in the supinated position, by that portion of the
  44685. brachialis supplied by the radial nerve. Supination is feebly performed
  44686. by the supinator muscle. Protopathic and epicritic sensibility are lost
  44687. over the radial side of the forearm.
  44688.  
  44689. #Radial (Musculo-Spiral) Nerve.#--From its anatomical relationships this
  44690. trunk is more exposed to injury than any other nerve in the body. It is
  44691. frequently compressed against the humerus in sleeping with the arm
  44692. resting on the back of a chair, especially in the deep sleep of
  44693. alcoholic intoxication (drunkard's palsy). It may be pressed upon by a
  44694. crutch in the axilla, by the dislocated head of the humerus, or by
  44695. violent compression of the arm, as when an elastic tourniquet is applied
  44696. too tightly. The most serious and permanent injuries of this nerve are
  44697. associated with fractures of the humerus, especially those from direct
  44698. violence attended with comminution of the bone. The nerve may be crushed
  44699. or torn by one of the fragments at the time of the injury, or at a later
  44700. period may be compressed by callus.
  44701.  
  44702. _Clinical Features._--Immediately after the injury it is impossible to
  44703. tell whether the nerve is torn across or merely compressed. The patient
  44704. may complain of numbness and tingling in the distribution of the
  44705. superficial branch of the nerve, but it is a striking fact, that so long
  44706. as the nerve is divided below the level at which it gives off the dorsal
  44707. cutaneous nerve of the forearm (external cutaneous branch), there is no
  44708. loss of sensation. When it is divided above the origin of the dorsal
  44709. cutaneous branch, or when the dorsal branch of the musculo-cutaneous
  44710. nerve is also divided, there is a loss of sensibility on the dorsum
  44711. of the hand.
  44712.  
  44713. The motor symptoms predominate, the muscles affected being the extensors
  44714. of the wrist and fingers, and the supinators. There is a characteristic
  44715. "drop-wrist"; the wrist is flexed and pronated, and the patient is
  44716. unable to dorsiflex the wrist or fingers (Fig. 90). If the hand and
  44717. proximal phalanges are supported, the second and third phalanges may be
  44718. partly extended by the interossei and lumbricals. There is also
  44719. considerable impairment of power in the muscles which antagonise those
  44720. that are paralysed, so that the grasp of the hand is feeble, and the
  44721. patient almost loses the use of it; in some cases this would appear to
  44722. be due to the median nerve having been injured at the same time.
  44723.  
  44724. [Illustration: FIG. 90.--Drop-wrist following Fracture of Shaft of
  44725. Humerus.]
  44726.  
  44727. If the lesion is high up, as it is, for example, in crutch paralysis,
  44728. the triceps and anconeus may also suffer.
  44729.  
  44730. _Treatment._--The slighter forms of injury by compression recover under
  44731. massage, douching, and electricity. If there is drop-wrist, the hand and
  44732. forearm are placed on a palmar splint, with the hand dorsiflexed to
  44733. nearly a right angle, and this position is maintained until voluntary
  44734. dorsiflexion at the wrist returns to the normal. Recovery is sometimes
  44735. delayed for several months.
  44736.  
  44737. In the more severe injuries associated with fracture of the humerus and
  44738. attended with the reaction of degeneration, it is necessary to cut down
  44739. upon the nerve and free it from the pressure of a fragment of bone or
  44740. from callus or adhesions. If the nerve is torn across, the ends must be
  44741. sutured, and if this is impossible owing to loss of tissue, the gap may
  44742. be bridged by a graft taken from the superficial branch of the radial
  44743. nerve, or the ends may be implanted into the median.
  44744.  
  44745. Finally, in cases in which the paralysis is permanent and incurable, the
  44746. disability may be relieved by operation. A fascial graft can be employed
  44747. to act as a ligament permanently extending the wrist; it is attached to
  44748. the third and fourth metacarpal bones distally and to the radius or ulna
  44749. proximally. The flexor carpi radialis can then be joined up with the
  44750. extensor digitorum communis by passing its tendon through an aperture in
  44751. the interosseous membrane, or better still, through the pronator
  44752. quadratus, as there is less likelihood of the formation of adhesions
  44753. when the tendon passes through muscle than through interosseous
  44754. membrane. The palmaris longus is anastomosed with the abductor pollicis
  44755. longus (extensor ossis metacarpi pollicis), thus securing a fair amount
  44756. of abduction of the thumb. The flexor carpi ulnaris may also be
  44757. anastomosed with the common extensor of the fingers. The extensors of
  44758. the wrist may be shortened, so as to place the hand in the position of
  44759. dorsal flexion, and thus improve the attitude and grasp of the hand.
  44760.  
  44761. _The superficial branch of the radial_ (radial nerve) _and the deep
  44762. branch_ (posterior interosseous), apart from suffering in lesions of the
  44763. radial, are liable to be contused or torn is dislocation of the head of
  44764. the radius, and in fracture of the neck of the bone. The deep branch may
  44765. be divided as it passes through the supinator in operations on old
  44766. fractures and dislocations in the region of the elbow. Division of the
  44767. superficial branch in the upper two-thirds of the forearm produces no
  44768. loss of sensibility; division in the lower third after the nerve has
  44769. become associated with branches from the musculo-cutaneous is followed
  44770. by a loss of sensibility on the radial side of the hand and thumb. Wounds
  44771. on the dorsal surface of the wrist and forearm are often followed by
  44772. loss of sensibility over a larger area, because the musculo-cutaneous
  44773. nerve is divided as well, and some of the fibres of the lower lateral
  44774. cutaneous branch of the radial.
  44775.  
  44776. [Illustration: FIG. 91.--To illustrate the Loss of Sensation produced by
  44777. Division of the Median Nerve. The area of complete cutaneous
  44778. insensibility is shaded black. The parts insensitive to light touch and
  44779. to intermediate degrees of temperature are enclosed within the dotted
  44780. line.
  44781.  
  44782. (After Head and Sherren.)]
  44783.  
  44784. #The Median Nerve# is most frequently injured in wounds made by broken
  44785. glass in the region of the wrist. It may also be injured in fractures of
  44786. the lower end of the humerus, in fractures of both bones of the forearm,
  44787. and as a result of pressure by splints. After _division at the elbow_,
  44788. there is impairment of mobility which affects the thumb, and to a less
  44789. extent the index finger: the terminal phalanx of the thumb cannot be
  44790. flexed owing to the paralysis of the flexor pollicis longus, and the
  44791. index can only be flexed at its metacarpo-phalangeal joint by the
  44792. interosseous muscles attached to it. Pronation of the forearm is feeble,
  44793. and is completed by the weight of the hand. After _division at the
  44794. wrist_, the abductor-opponens group of muscles and the two lateral
  44795. lumbricals only are affected; the abduction of the thumb can be feebly
  44796. imitated by the short extensor and the long abductor (ext. ossis
  44797. metacarpi pollicis), while opposition may be simulated by contraction of
  44798. the long flexor and the short abductor of the thumb; the paralysis of
  44799. the two medial lumbricals produces no symptoms that can be recognised.
  44800. It is important to remember that when the median nerve is divided at the
  44801. wrist, deep touch can be appreciated over the whole of the area
  44802. supplied by the nerve; the injury, therefore, is liable to be over
  44803. looked. If, however, the tendons are divided as well as the nerve, there
  44804. is insensibility to deep touch. The areas of epicritic and of
  44805. protopathic insensibility are illustrated in Fig. 91. The division of
  44806. the nerve at the elbow, or even at the axilla, does not increase the
  44807. extent of the loss of epicritic or protopathic sensibility, but usually
  44808. affects deep sensibility.
  44809.  
  44810. [Illustration: FIG. 92.--To illustrate Loss of Sensation produced by
  44811. complete Division of Ulnar Nerve. Loss of all forms of cutaneous
  44812. sensibility is represented by the shaded area. The parts insensitive to
  44813. light touch and to intermediate degrees of heat and cold are enclosed
  44814. within the dotted line.
  44815.  
  44816. (Head and Sherren.)]
  44817.  
  44818. #The Ulnar Nerve.#--The most common injury of this nerve is its division
  44819. in transverse accidental wounds just above the wrist. In the arm it may
  44820. be contused, along with the radial, in crutch paralysis; in the region
  44821. of the elbow it may be injured in fractures or dislocations, or it may
  44822. be accidentally divided in the operation for excising the elbow-joint.
  44823.  
  44824. When it is injured _at or above the elbow_, there is paralysis of the
  44825. flexor carpi ulnaris, the ulnar half of the flexor digitorum profundus,
  44826. all the interossei, the two medial lumbricals, and the adductors of the
  44827. thumb. The hand assumes a characteristic attitude: the index and middle
  44828. fingers are extended at the metacarpo-phalangeal joints owing to
  44829. paralysis of the interosseous muscles attached to them; the little and
  44830. ring fingers are hyper-extended at these joints in consequence of the
  44831. paralysis of the lumbricals; all the fingers are flexed at the
  44832. inter-phalangeal joints, the flexion being most marked in the little and
  44833. ring fingers--claw-hand or _main en griffe_. On flexing the wrist, the
  44834. hand is tilted to the radial side, but the paralysis of the flexor carpi
  44835. ulnaris is often compensated for by the action of the palmaris longus.
  44836. The little and ring fingers can be flexed to a slight degree by the
  44837. slips of the flexor sublimis attached to them and supplied by the median
  44838. nerve; flexion of the terminal phalanx of the little finger is almost
  44839. impossible. Adduction and abduction movements of the fingers are lost.
  44840. Adduction of the thumb is carried out, not by the paralysed adductor
  44841. pollicis, but the movement may be simulated by the long flexor and
  44842. extensor muscles of the thumb. Epicritic sensibility is lost over the
  44843. little finger, the ulnar half of the ring finger, and that part of the
  44844. palm and dorsum of the hand to the ulnar side of a line drawn
  44845. longitudinally through the ring finger and continued upwards.
  44846. Protopathic sensibility is lost over an area which varies in different
  44847. cases. Deep sensibility is usually lost over an area almost as extensive
  44848. as that of protopathic insensibility.
  44849.  
  44850. When the nerve is _divided at the wrist_, the adjacent tendons are also
  44851. frequently severed. If divided below the point at which its dorsal
  44852. branch is given off, the sensory paralysis is much less marked, and the
  44853. injury is therefore liable to be overlooked until the wasting of muscles
  44854. and typical _main en griffe_ ensue. The loss of sensibility after
  44855. division of the nerve before the dorsal branch is given off resembles
  44856. that after division at the elbow, except that in uncomplicated cases
  44857. deep sensibility is usually retained. If the tendons are divided as
  44858. well, however, deep touch is also lost.
  44859.  
  44860. Care must be taken in all these injuries to prevent deformity; a splint
  44861. must be worn, at least during the night, until the muscles regain their
  44862. power of voluntary movement, and then exercises should be instituted.
  44863.  
  44864. #Dislocation of the ulnar nerve# at the elbow results from sudden and
  44865. violent flexion of the joint, the muscular effort causing stretching or
  44866. laceration of the fascia that holds the nerve in its groove; it is
  44867. predisposed to if the groove is shallow as a result of imperfect
  44868. development of the medial condyle of the humerus, and by cubitus valgus.
  44869.  
  44870. The nerve slips forward, and may be felt lying on the medial aspect of
  44871. the condyle. It may retain this position, or it may slip backwards and
  44872. forwards with the movements of the arm. The symptoms at the time of the
  44873. displacement are some disability at the elbow, and pain and tingling
  44874. along the nerve, which are exaggerated by movement and by pressure. The
  44875. symptoms may subside altogether, or a neuritis may develop, with severe
  44876. pain shooting up the nerve.
  44877.  
  44878. The dislocated nerve is easily replaced, but is difficult to retain in
  44879. position. In recent cases the arm may be placed in the extended position
  44880. with a pad over the condyle, care being taken to avoid pressure on the
  44881. nerve. Failing relief, it is better to make a bed for the nerve by
  44882. dividing the deep fascia behind the medial condyle and to stitch the
  44883. edges of the fascia over the nerve. This operation has been successful
  44884. in all the recorded cases.
  44885.  
  44886. #The Sciatic Nerve.#--When this nerve is compressed, as by sitting on a
  44887. fence, there is tingling and powerlessness in the limb as a whole, known
  44888. as "sleeping" of the limb, but these phenomena are evanescent. _Injuries
  44889. to the great sciatic nerve_ are rare except in war. Partial division is
  44890. more common than complete, and it is noteworthy that the fibres destined
  44891. for the peroneal nerve are more often and more severely injured than
  44892. those for the tibial (internal popliteal). After complete division, all
  44893. the muscles of the leg are paralysed; if the section is in the upper
  44894. part of the thigh, the hamstrings are also paralysed. The limb is at
  44895. first quite powerless, but the patient usually recovers sufficiently to
  44896. be able to walk with a little support, and although the hamstrings are
  44897. paralysed the knee can be flexed by the sartorius and gracilis. The
  44898. chief feature is drop-foot. There is also loss of sensation below the
  44899. knee except along the course of the long saphenous nerve on the medial
  44900. side of the leg and foot. Sensibility to deep touch is only lost over a
  44901. comparatively small area on the dorsum of the foot.
  44902.  
  44903. #The Common Peroneal (external popliteal) nerve# is exposed to injury
  44904. where it winds round the neck of the fibula, because it is superficial
  44905. and lies against the unyielding bone. It may be compressed by a
  44906. tourniquet, or it may be bruised or torn in fractures of the upper end
  44907. of the bone. It has been divided in accidental wounds,--by a scythe, for
  44908. example,--in incising for cellulitis, and in performing subcutaneous
  44909. tenotomy of the biceps tendon. Cases have been observed of paralysis of
  44910. the nerve as a result of prolonged acute flexion of the knee in certain
  44911. occupations.
  44912.  
  44913. When the nerve is divided, the most obvious result is "drop-foot"; the
  44914. patient is unable to dorsiflex the foot and cannot lift his toes off the
  44915. ground, so that in walking he is obliged to jerk the foot forwards and
  44916. laterally. The loss of sensibility depends upon whether the nerve is
  44917. divided above or below the origin of the large cutaneous branch which
  44918. comes off just before it passes round the neck of the fibula. In course
  44919. of time the foot becomes inverted and the toes are pointed--pes
  44920. equino-varus--and trophic sores are liable to form.
  44921.  
  44922. #The Tibial (internal popliteal) nerve# is rarely injured.
  44923.  
  44924. #The Cranial nerves# are considered with affections of the head and neck
  44925. (Vol. II.).
  44926.  
  44927.  
  44928. NEURALGIA
  44929.  
  44930. The term neuralgia is applied clinically to any pain which follows the
  44931. course of a nerve, and is not referable to any discoverable cause. It
  44932. should not be applied to pain which results from pressure on a nerve by
  44933. a tumour, a mass of callus, an aneurysm, or by any similar gross lesion.
  44934. We shall only consider here those forms of neuralgia which are amenable
  44935. to surgical treatment.
  44936.  
  44937. #Brachial Neuralgia.#--The pain is definitely located in the
  44938. distribution of one of the branches or nerve roots, is often
  44939. intermittent, and is usually associated with tingling and disturbance of
  44940. tactile sensation. The root of the neck should be examined to exclude
  44941. pressure as the cause of the pain by a cervical rib, a tumour, or an
  44942. aneurysm. When medical treatment fails, the nerve-trunks may be injected
  44943. with saline solution or recourse may be had to operative measures, the
  44944. affected cords being exposed and stretched through an incision in the
  44945. posterior triangle of the neck. If this fails to give relief, the more
  44946. serious operation of resecting the posterior roots of the affected
  44947. nerves within the vertebral canal may be considered.
  44948.  
  44949. _Neuralgia of the sciatic nerve_--#sciatica#--is the most common form of
  44950. neuralgia met with in surgical practice.
  44951.  
  44952. It is chiefly met with in adults of gouty or rheumatic tendencies who
  44953. suffer from indigestion, constipation, and oxaluria--in fact, the same
  44954. type of patients who are liable to lumbago, and the two affections are
  44955. frequently associated. In hospital practice it is commonly met with in
  44956. coal-miners and others who assume a squatting position at work. The
  44957. onset of the pain may follow over-exertion and exposure to cold and wet,
  44958. especially in those who do not take regular exercise. Any error of diet
  44959. or indulgence in beer or wine may contribute to its development.
  44960.  
  44961. The essential symptom is paroxysmal or continuous pain along the course
  44962. of the nerve in the buttock, thigh, or leg. It may be comparatively
  44963. slight, or it may be so severe as to prevent sleep. It is aggravated by
  44964. movement, so that the patient walks lame or is obliged to lie up. It is
  44965. aggravated also by any movement which tends to put the nerve on the
  44966. stretch, as in bending down to put on the shoes, such movements also
  44967. causing tingling down the nerve, and sometimes numbness in the foot.
  44968. This may be demonstrated by flexing the thigh on the abdomen, the knee
  44969. being kept extended; there is no pain if the same manoeuvre is repeated
  44970. with the knee flexed. The nerve is sensitive to pressure, the most
  44971. tender points being its emergence from the greater sciatic foramen, the
  44972. hollow between the trochanter and the ischial tuberosity, and where the
  44973. common peroneal nerve winds round the neck of the fibula. The muscles of
  44974. the thigh are often wasted and are liable to twitch.
  44975.  
  44976. The clinical features vary a good deal in different cases; the affection
  44977. is often obstinate, and may last for many weeks or even months.
  44978.  
  44979. In the sciatica that results from neuritis and perineuritis, there is
  44980. marked tenderness on pressure due to the involvement of the nerve
  44981. filaments in the sheath of the nerve, and there may be patches of
  44982. cutaneous anaesthesia, loss of tendon reflexes, localised wasting of
  44983. muscles, and vaso-motor and trophic changes. The presence of the
  44984. reaction of degeneration confirms the diagnosis of neuritis. In
  44985. long-standing cases the pain and discomfort may lead to a postural
  44986. scoliosis (_ischias-scoliotica_).
  44987.  
  44988. _Diagnosis._--Pain referred along the course of the sciatic nerve on one
  44989. side, or, as is sometimes the case, on both sides, is a symptom of
  44990. tumours of the uterus, the rectum, or the pelvic bones. It may result
  44991. also from the pressure of an abscess or an aneurysm either inside the
  44992. pelvis or in the buttock, and is sometimes associated with disease of
  44993. the spinal medulla, such as tabes. Gluteal fibrositis may be mistaken
  44994. for sciatica. It is also necessary to exclude such conditions as disease
  44995. in the hip or sacro-iliac joint, especially tuberculous disease and
  44996. arthritis deformans, before arriving at a diagnosis of sciatica. A
  44997. digital examination of the rectum or vagina is of great value in
  44998. excluding intra-pelvic tumours.
  44999.  
  45000. _Treatment_ is both general and local. Any constitutional tendency, such
  45001. as gout or rheumatism, must be counteracted, and indigestion, oxaluria,
  45002. and constipation should receive appropriate treatment. In acute cases
  45003. the patient is confined to bed between blankets, the limb is wrapped in
  45004. thermogene wool, and the knee is flexed over a pillow; in some cases
  45005. relief is experienced from the use of a long splint, or slinging the leg
  45006. in a Salter's cradle. A rubber hot-bottle may be applied over the seat
  45007. of greatest pain. The bowels should be well opened by castor oil or by
  45008. calomel followed by a saline. Salicylate of soda in full doses, or
  45009. aspirin, usually proves effectual in relieving pain, but when this is
  45010. very intense it may call for injections of heroin or morphin. Potassium
  45011. iodide is of benefit in chronic cases.
  45012.  
  45013. Relief usually results from bathing, douching, and massage, and from
  45014. repeated gentle stretching of the nerve. This may be carried out by
  45015. passive movements of the limb--the hip being flexed while the knee is
  45016. kept extended; and by active movements--the patient flexing the limb at
  45017. the hip, the knee being maintained in the extended position. These
  45018. exercises, which may be preceded by massage, are carried out night and
  45019. morning, and should be practised systematically by those who are liable
  45020. to sciatica.
  45021.  
  45022. Benefit has followed the injection into the nerve itself, or into the
  45023. tissues surrounding it, of normal saline solution; from 70-100 c.c. are
  45024. injected at one time. If the pain recurs, the injection may require to
  45025. be repeated on many occasions at different points up and down the nerve.
  45026. Needling or acupuncture consists in piercing the nerve at intervals in
  45027. the buttock and thigh with long steel needles. Six or eight needles are
  45028. inserted and left in position for from fifteen to thirty minutes.
  45029.  
  45030. In obstinate and severe cases the nerve may be _forcibly stretched_.
  45031. This may be done bloodlessly by placing the patient on his back with the
  45032. hip flexed to a right angle, and then gradually extending the knee until
  45033. it is in a straight line with the thigh (Billroth). A general anaesthetic
  45034. is usually required. A more effectual method is to expose the nerve
  45035. through an incision at the fold of the buttock, and forcibly pull upon
  45036. it. This operation is most successful when the pain is due to the nerve
  45037. being involved in adhesions.
  45038.  
  45039. #Trigeminal Neuralgia.#--A severe form of epileptiform neuralgia occurs
  45040. in the branches of the fifth nerve, and is one of the most painful
  45041. affections to which human flesh is liable. So far as its pathology is
  45042. known, it is believed to be due to degenerative changes in the semilunar
  45043. (Gasserian) ganglion. It is met with in adults, is almost invariably
  45044. unilateral, and develops without apparent cause. The pain, which occurs
  45045. in paroxysms, is at first of moderate severity, but gradually becomes
  45046. agonising. In the early stages the paroxysms occur at wide intervals,
  45047. but later they recur with such frequency as to be almost continuous.
  45048. They are usually excited by some trivial cause, such as moving the jaws
  45049. in eating or speaking, touching the face as in washing, or exposure to a
  45050. draught of cold air. Between the paroxysms the patient is free from
  45051. pain, but is in constant terror of its return, and the face wears an
  45052. expression of extreme suffering and anxiety. When the paroxysm is
  45053. accompanied by twitching of the facial muscles, it is called _spasmodic
  45054. tic_.
  45055.  
  45056. The skin of the affected area may be glazed and red, or may be pale and
  45057. moist with inspissated sweat, the patient not daring to touch or wash
  45058. it.
  45059.  
  45060. There is excessive tenderness at the points of emergence of the
  45061. different branches on the face, and pressure over one or other of these
  45062. points may excite a paroxysm. In typical cases the patient is unable to
  45063. take any active part in life. The attempt to eat is attended with such
  45064. severe pain that he avoids taking food. In some cases the suffering is
  45065. so great that the patient only obtains sleep by the use of hypnotics,
  45066. and he is often on the verge of suicide.
  45067.  
  45068. _Diagnosis._--There is seldom any difficulty in recognising the disease.
  45069. It is important, however, to exclude the hysterical form of neuralgia,
  45070. which is characterised by its occurrence earlier in life, by the pain
  45071. varying in situation, being frequently bilateral, and being more often
  45072. constant than paroxysmal.
  45073.  
  45074. _Treatment._--Before having recourse to the measures described below, it
  45075. is advisable to give a thorough trial to the medical measures used in
  45076. the treatment of neuralgia.
  45077.  
  45078. _The Injection of Alcohol into the Nerve._--The alcohol acts by
  45079. destroying the nerve fibres, and must be brought into direct contact
  45080. with them; if the nerve has been properly struck the injection is
  45081. followed by complete anaesthesia in the distribution of the nerve. The
  45082. relief may last for from six months to three years; if the pain returns,
  45083. the injection may be repeated. The strength of the alcohol should be 85
  45084. per cent., and the amount injected about 2 c.c.; a general, or
  45085. preferably a local, anaesthetic (novocain) should be employed
  45086. (Schlosser); the needle is 8 cm. long, and 0.7 mm. in diameter. The
  45087. severe pain which the alcohol causes may be lessened, after the needle
  45088. has penetrated to the necessary depth, by passing a few cubic
  45089. centimetres of a 2 per cent. solution of _novocain-suprarenin_ through
  45090. it before the alcohol is injected. The treatment by injection of alcohol
  45091. is superior to the resection of branches of the nerve, for though
  45092. relapses occur after the treatment with alcohol, renewed freedom from
  45093. pain may be obtained by its repetition. The ophthalmic division should
  45094. not, however, be treated in this manner, for the alcohol may escape into
  45095. the orbit and endanger other nerves in this region. Harris recommends
  45096. the injection of alcohol into the semilunar ganglion.
  45097.  
  45098. _Operative Treatment._--This consists in the removal of the affected
  45099. nerve or nerves, either by resection--_neurectomy_; or by a combination
  45100. of resection with twisting or tearing of the nerve from its central
  45101. connections--_avulsion_. To prevent the regeneration of the nerve after
  45102. these operations, the canal of exit through the bone should be
  45103. obliterated; this is best accomplished by a silver screw-nail driven
  45104. home by an ordinary screw-driver (Charles H. Mayo).
  45105.  
  45106. When the neuralgia involves branches of two or of all three trunks, or
  45107. when it has recurred after temporary relief following resection of
  45108. individual branches, the _removal of the semilunar ganglion_, along with
  45109. the main trunks of the maxillary and mandibular divisions, should be
  45110. considered.
  45111.  
  45112. The operation is a difficult and serious one, but the results are
  45113. satisfactory so far as the cure of the neuralgia is concerned. There is
  45114. little or no disability from the unilateral paralysis of the muscles of
  45115. mastication; but on account of the insensitiveness of the cornea, the
  45116. eye must be protected from irritation, especially during the first month
  45117. or two after the operation; this may be done by fixing a large
  45118. watch-glass around the edge of the orbit with adhesive plaster.
  45119.  
  45120. If the ophthalmic branch is not involved, neither it nor the ganglion
  45121. should be interfered with; the maxillary and mandibular divisions should
  45122. be divided within the skull, and the foramen rotundum and foramen ovale
  45123. obliterated.
  45124.  
  45125.  
  45126.  
  45127.  
  45128. CHAPTER XVII
  45129.  
  45130. THE SKIN AND SUBCUTANEOUS TISSUE
  45131.  
  45132.  
  45133. Structure of skin--_Blisters_--_Callosities_--_Corns_--_Chilblains_
  45134.     --_Boils_--_Carbuncle_--_Abscess_--_Veldt sores_--Tuberculosis of
  45135.     skin: _Inoculation tubercle_--_Lupus_: _Varieties_--Sporotrichosis
  45136.     --Elephantiasis--Sebaceous cysts or wens--Moles--Horns--New growths:
  45137.     _Fibroma_; _Papilloma_; _Adenoma_; _Epithelioma_; _Rodent cancer_;
  45138.     _Melanotic cancer_; _Sarcoma_--AFFECTIONS OF CICATRICES--_Varieties
  45139.     of scars_--_Keloid_--_Tumours_--AFFECTIONS OF NAILS.
  45140.  
  45141. #Structure of Skin.#--The skin is composed of a superficial cellular
  45142. layer--the epidermis, and the corium or true skin. The _epidermis_ is
  45143. differentiated from without inwards into the stratum corneum, the
  45144. stratum lucidum, the stratum granulosum, and the rete Malpighii or
  45145. germinal layer, from which all the others are developed. The _corium_ or
  45146. _true skin_ consists of connective tissue, in which ramify the blood
  45147. vessels, lymphatics, and nerves. That part of the corium immediately
  45148. adjoining the epidermis is known as the papillary portion, and contains
  45149. the terminal loops of the cutaneous blood vessels and the terminations
  45150. of the cutaneous nerves. The deeper portion of the true skin is known as
  45151. the reticular portion, and is largely composed of adipose tissue.
  45152.  
  45153. #Blisters# result from the exudation of serous fluid beneath the horny
  45154. layer of the epidermis. The fluid may be clear, as in the blisters of a
  45155. recent burn, or blood-stained, as in the blisters commonly accompanying
  45156. fractures of the leg. It may become purulent as a result of infection,
  45157. and this may be the starting-point of lymphangitis or cellulitis.
  45158.  
  45159. The skin should be disinfected and the blisters punctured. When
  45160. infected, the separated horny layer must be cut away with scissors to
  45161. allow of the necessary purification.
  45162.  
  45163. #Callosities# are prominent, indurated masses of the horny layer of the
  45164. epidermis, where it has been exposed to prolonged friction and pressure.
  45165. They occur on the fingers and hand as a result of certain occupations
  45166. and sports, but are most common under the balls of the toes or heel. A
  45167. bursa may form beneath a callosity, and if it becomes inflamed may cause
  45168. considerable suffering; if suppuration ensues, a sinus may form,
  45169. resembling a perforating ulcer of the foot.
  45170.  
  45171. The _treatment_ of callosities on the foot consists in removing pressure
  45172. by wearing properly fitting boots, and in applying a ring pad around the
  45173. callosity; another method is to fit a sock of spongiopilene with a hole
  45174. cut out opposite the callosity. After soaking in hot water, the
  45175. overgrown horny layer is pared away, and the part painted daily with a
  45176. saturated solution of salicylic acid in flexile collodion.
  45177.  
  45178. [Illustration: FIG. 93.--Callosities and Corns on the Sole and Plantar
  45179. Aspect of the Toes in a woman who was also the subject of flat-foot.]
  45180.  
  45181. #Corns.#--A corn is a localised overgrowth of the horny layer of the
  45182. epidermis, which grows downwards, pressing upon and displacing the
  45183. sensitive papillae of the corium. Corns are due to the friction and
  45184. pressure of ill-fitting boots, and are met with chiefly on the toes and
  45185. sole of the foot. A corn is usually hard, dry, and white; but it may be
  45186. sodden from moisture, as in "soft corns" between the toes. A bursa may
  45187. form beneath a corn, and if inflamed constitutes one form of bunion.
  45188. When suppuration takes place in relation to a corn, there is great pain
  45189. and disability, and it may prove the starting-point of lymphangitis.
  45190.  
  45191. The _treatment_ consists in the wearing of properly fitting boots and
  45192. stockings, and, if the symptoms persist, the corn should be removed.
  45193. This is done after the manner of chiropodists by digging out the corn
  45194. with a suitably shaped knife. A more radical procedure is to excise,
  45195. under local anaesthesia, the portion of skin containing the corn and
  45196. the underlying bursa. The majority of so-called corn solvents consist of
  45197. a solution of salicylic acid in collodion; if this is painted on daily,
  45198. the epidermis dies and can then be pared away. The unskilful paring of
  45199. corns may determine the occurrence of senile gangrene in those who are
  45200. predisposed to it by disease of the arteries.
  45201.  
  45202. [Illustration: FIG. 94.--Ulcerated Chilblains on Fingers of a Child.]
  45203.  
  45204. #Chilblains.#--Chilblain or _erythema pernio_ is a vascular disturbance
  45205. resulting from the alternate action of cold and heat on the distal parts
  45206. of the body. Chilblains are met with chiefly on the fingers and toes in
  45207. children and anaemic girls. In the mild form there is a sensation of
  45208. burning and itching, the part becomes swollen, of a dusky red colour,
  45209. and the skin is tense and shiny. In more severe cases the burning and
  45210. itching are attended with pain, and the skin becomes of a violet or
  45211. wine-red colour. There is a third degree, closely approaching
  45212. frost-bite, in which the skin tends to blister and give way, leaving an
  45213. indolent raw surface popularly known as a "broken chilblain."
  45214.  
  45215. Those liable to chilblains should take open-air exercise, nourishing
  45216. food, cod-liver oil, and tonics. Woollen stockings and gloves should be
  45217. worn in cold weather, and sudden changes of temperature avoided. The
  45218. symptoms may be relieved by ichthyol ointment, glycerin and belladonna,
  45219. or a mixture of Venice turpentine, castor oil, and collodion applied on
  45220. lint which is wrapped round the toe. Another favourite application is
  45221. one of equal parts of tincture of capsicum and compound liniment of
  45222. camphor, painted over the area night and morning. Balsam of Peru or
  45223. resin ointment spread on gauze should be applied to broken chilblains.
  45224. The most effective treatment is Bier's bandage applied for about six
  45225. hours twice daily; it can be worn while the patient is following his
  45226. occupation; in chronic cases this may be supplemented with hot-air
  45227. baths.
  45228.  
  45229. #Boils and Carbuncles.#--These result from infection with the
  45230. staphylococcus aureus, which enters the orifices of the ducts of the
  45231. skin under the influence of friction and pressure, as was demonstrated
  45232. by the well-known experiment of Garre, who produced a crop of pustules
  45233. and boils on his own forearm by rubbing in a culture of the
  45234. staphylococcus aureus.
  45235.  
  45236. A #boil# results when the infection is located in a hair follicle or
  45237. sebaceous gland. A hard, painful, conical swelling develops, to which,
  45238. so long as the skin retains its normal appearance, the term "blind
  45239. boil" is applied. Usually, however, the skin becomes red, and after a
  45240. time breaks, giving exit to a drop or two of thick pus. After an
  45241. interval of from six to ten days a soft white slough is discharged; this
  45242. is known as the "core," and consists of the necrosed hair follicle or
  45243. sebaceous gland. After the separation of the core the boil heals
  45244. rapidly, leaving a small depressed scar.
  45245.  
  45246. Boils are most frequently met with on the back of the neck and the
  45247. buttocks, and on other parts where the skin is coarse and thick and is
  45248. exposed to friction and pressure. The occurrence of a number or a
  45249. succession of boils is due to spread of the infection, the cocci from
  45250. the original boil obtaining access to adjacent hair follicles. The
  45251. spread of boils may be unwittingly promoted by the use of a domestic
  45252. poultice or the wearing of infected underclothing.
  45253.  
  45254. While boils are frequently met with in debilitated persons, and
  45255. particularly in those suffering from diabetes or Bright's disease, they
  45256. also occur in those who enjoy vigorous health. They seldom prove
  45257. dangerous to life except in diabetic subjects, but when they occur on
  45258. the face there is a risk of lymphatic and of general pyogenic infection.
  45259. Boils may be differentiated from syphilitic lesions of the skin by
  45260. their acute onset and progress, and by the absence of other evidence of
  45261. syphilis; and from the malignant or anthrax pustule by the absence of
  45262. the central black eschar and of the circumstances which attend upon
  45263. anthrax infection.
  45264.  
  45265. _Treatment._--The skin of the affected area should be painted with
  45266. iodine, and a Klapp's suction bell applied thrice daily. If pus forms,
  45267. the skin is frozen with ethyl-chloride and a small incision made, after
  45268. which the application of the suction bell is persevered with. The
  45269. further treatment consists in the use of diluted boracic or resin
  45270. ointment. In multiple boils on the trunk and limbs, lysol or boracic
  45271. baths are of service; the underclothing should be frequently changed,
  45272. and that which is discarded must be disinfected. In patients with
  45273. recurrence of boils about the neck, re-infection frequently takes place
  45274. from the scalp, to which therefore treatment should be directed.
  45275.  
  45276. Any impaired condition of health should be corrected; when, there is
  45277. sugar or albumen in the urine the conditions on which these depend must
  45278. receive appropriate treatment. When there are successive crops of boils,
  45279. recourse should be had to vaccines. In refractory cases benefit has
  45280. followed the subcutaneous injection of lipoid solution containing tin.
  45281.  
  45282. #Carbuncle# may be looked upon as an aggregation of boils, and is
  45283. characterised by a densely hard base and a brownish-red discoloration of
  45284. the skin. It is usually about the size of a crown-piece, but it may
  45285. continue to enlarge until it attains the size of a dinner-plate. The
  45286. patient is ill and feverish, and the pain may be so severe as to prevent
  45287. sleep. As time goes on several points of suppuration appear, and when
  45288. these burst there are formed a number of openings in the skin, giving it
  45289. a cribriform appearance; these openings exude pus. The different
  45290. openings ultimately fuse and the large adherent greyish-white slough is
  45291. exposed. The separation of the slough is a tedious process, and the
  45292. patient may become exhausted by pain, discharge, and toxin absorption.
  45293. When the slough is finally thrown off, a deep gap is left, which takes a
  45294. long time to heal. A large carbuncle is a grave disease, especially in a
  45295. weakly person suffering from diabetes or chronic alcoholism; we have on
  45296. several occasions seen diabetic coma supervene and the patient die
  45297. without recovering consciousness. In the majority of cases the patient
  45298. is laid aside for several months. It is most common in male adults over
  45299. forty years of age, and is usually situated on the back between the
  45300. shoulders. When it occurs on the face or anterior part of the neck it is
  45301. especially dangerous, because of the greater risk of dissemination of
  45302. the infection.
  45303.  
  45304. A carbuncle is to be differentiated from an ulcerated gumma and from
  45305. anthrax pustule.
  45306.  
  45307. [Illustration: FIG. 95.--Carbuncle of seventeen days' duration in a
  45308. woman aet. 57.]
  45309.  
  45310. _Treatment._--Pain is relieved by full doses of opium or codein, and
  45311. these drugs are specially indicated when sugar is present in the urine.
  45312. Vaccines may be given a trial. The diet should be liberal and easily
  45313. digested, and strychnin and other stimulants may be of service. Locally
  45314. the treatment is carried out on the same lines as for boils.
  45315.  
  45316. In some cases it is advisable to excise the carbuncle or to make
  45317. incisions across it in different directions, so that the resulting wound
  45318. presents a stellate appearance.
  45319.  
  45320. #Acute Abscesses of the Skin and Subcutaneous Tissue in Young
  45321. Children.#--In young infants, abscesses are not infrequently met with
  45322. scattered over the trunk and limbs, and are probably the result of
  45323. infection of the sebaceous glands from dirty underclothing. The
  45324. abscesses should be opened, and the further spread of infection
  45325. prevented by cleansing of the skin and by the use of clean under-linen.
  45326. Similar abscesses are met with on the scalp in association with eczema,
  45327. impetigo, and pediculosis.
  45328.  
  45329. #Veldt Sore.#--This sore usually originates in an abrasion of the
  45330. epidermis, such as a sun blister, the bite of an insect, or a scratch. A
  45331. pustule forms and bursts, and a brownish-yellow scab forms over it. When
  45332. this is removed, an ulcer is left which has little tendency to heal.
  45333. These sores are most common about the hands, arms, neck, and feet, and
  45334. are most apt to occur in those who have had no opportunities of washing,
  45335. and who have lived for a long time on tinned foods.
  45336.  
  45337. #Tuberculosis of the Skin.#--Interest attaches chiefly to the primary
  45338. forms of tuberculosis of the skin in which the bacilli penetrate from
  45339. without--inoculation tubercle and lupus.
  45340.  
  45341. #Inoculation Tubercle.#--The appearances vary with the conditions under
  45342. which the inoculation takes place. As observed on the fingers of adults,
  45343. the affection takes the form of an indolent painless swelling, the
  45344. epidermis being red and glazed, or warty, and irregularly fissured.
  45345. Sometimes the epidermis gives way, forming an ulcer with flabby
  45346. granulations. The infection rarely spreads to the lymphatics, but we
  45347. have seen inoculation tubercle of the index-finger followed by a large
  45348. cold abscess on the median side of the upper arm and by a huge mass of
  45349. breaking down glands in the axilla.
  45350.  
  45351. In children who run about barefooted in towns, tubercle may be
  45352. inoculated into wounds in the sole or about the toes, and although the
  45353. local appearances may not be characteristic, the nature of the infection
  45354. is revealed by its tendency to spread up the limb along the lymph
  45355. vessels, giving rise to abscesses and fungating ulcers in relation to
  45356. the femoral glands.
  45357.  
  45358. #Tuberculous Lupus.#--This is an extremely chronic affection of the
  45359. skin. It rarely extends to the lymph glands, and of all tuberculous
  45360. lesions is the least dangerous to life. The commonest form of
  45361. lupus--_lupus vulgaris_--usually commences in childhood or youth, and is
  45362. most often met with on the nose or cheek. The early and typical
  45363. appearance is that of brownish-yellow or pink nodules in the skin, about
  45364. the size of hemp seed. Healing frequently occurs in the centre of the
  45365. affected area while the disease continues to extend at the margin.
  45366.  
  45367. When there is actual destruction of tissue and ulceration--the so-called
  45368. "_lupus excedens_" or "_ulcerans_"--healing is attended with
  45369. cicatricial contraction, which may cause unsightly deformity. When the
  45370. cheek is affected, the lower eyelid may be drawn down and everted; when
  45371. the lips are affected, the mouth may be distorted or seriously
  45372. diminished in size. When the nose is attacked, both the skin and mucous
  45373. surfaces are usually involved, and the nasal orifices may be narrowed or
  45374. even obliterated; sometimes the soft parts, including the cartilages,
  45375. are destroyed, leaving only the bones covered by tightly stretched scar
  45376. tissue.
  45377.  
  45378. The disease progresses slowly, healing in some places and spreading at
  45379. others. The patient complains of a burning sensation, but little of
  45380. pain, and is chiefly concerned about the disfigurement. Nothing is more
  45381. characteristic of lupus than the appearance of fresh nodules in parts
  45382. which have already healed. In the course of years large tracts of the
  45383. face and neck may become affected. From the lips it may spread to the
  45384. gum and palate, giving to the mucous membrane the appearance of a
  45385. raised, bright-red, papillary or villous surface. When the disease
  45386. affects the gums, the teeth may become loose and fall out.
  45387.  
  45388. [Illustration: FIG. 96.--Tuberculous Elephantiasis in a woman aet. 35.]
  45389.  
  45390. On parts of the body other than the face, the disease is even more
  45391. chronic, and is often attended with a considerable production of dense
  45392. fibrous tissue--the so-called _fibroid lupus_. Sometimes there is a
  45393. warty thickening of the epidermis--_lupus verrucosus_. In the fingers
  45394. and toes it may lead to a progressive destruction of tissue like that
  45395. observed in leprosy, and from the resulting loss of portions of the
  45396. digits it has been called _lupus mutilans_. In the lower extremity a
  45397. remarkable form of the disease is sometimes met with, to which the term
  45398. _lupus elephantiasis_ (Fig. 96) has been applied. It commences as an
  45399. ordinary lupus of the toes or dorsum of the foot, from which the
  45400. tuberculous infection spreads to the lymph vessels, and the limb as a
  45401. whole becomes enormously swollen and unshapely.
  45402.  
  45403. Finally, a long-standing lupus, especially on the cheek, may become the
  45404. seat of epithelioma--_lupus epithelioma_--usually of the exuberant or
  45405. cauliflower type, which, like other epitheliomas that originate in scar
  45406. tissue, presents little tendency to infect the lymphatics.
  45407.  
  45408. The _diagnosis_ of lupus is founded on the chronic progress and long
  45409. duration, and the central scarring with peripheral extension of the
  45410. disease. On the face it is most liable to be confused with syphilis and
  45411. with rodent cancer. The syphilitic lesion belongs to the tertiary
  45412. period, and although presenting a superficial resemblance to
  45413. tuberculosis, its progress is more rapid, so that within a few months it
  45414. may involve an area of skin as wide as would be affected by lupus in as
  45415. many years. Further, it readily yields to anti-syphilitic treatment. In
  45416. cases of tertiary syphilis in which the nose is destroyed, it will be
  45417. noticed that the bones have suffered most, while in lupus the
  45418. destruction of tissue involves chiefly the soft parts.
  45419.  
  45420. Rodent cancer is liable to be mistaken for lupus, because it affects the
  45421. same parts of the face; it is equally chronic, and may partly heal. It
  45422. begins later in life, however, the margin of the ulcer is more sharply
  45423. defined, and often presents a "rolled" appearance.
  45424.  
  45425. _Treatment._--When the disease is confined to a limited area, the most
  45426. rapid and certain cure is obtained by _excision_; larger areas are
  45427. scraped with the sharp spoon. The _ray treatment_ includes the use of
  45428. luminous, Rontgen, or radium rays, and possesses the advantage of being
  45429. comparatively painless and of being followed by the least amount of
  45430. scarring and deformity.
  45431.  
  45432. Encouraging results have also been obtained by the application of carbon
  45433. dioxide snow.
  45434.  
  45435. #Multiple subcutaneous tuberculous nodules# are met with chiefly in
  45436. children. They are indolent and painless, and rarely attract attention
  45437. until they break down and form abscesses, which are usually about the
  45438. size of a cherry, and when these burst sinuses or ulcers result. If the
  45439. overlying skin is still intact, the best treatment is excision. If the
  45440. abscess has already infected the skin, each focus should be scraped and
  45441. packed.
  45442.  
  45443. #Sporotrichosis# is a mycotic infection due to the sporothrix Shenkii.
  45444. It presents so many features resembling syphilis and tubercle that it is
  45445. frequently mistaken for one or other of these affections. It occurs
  45446. chiefly in males between fifteen and forty-five, who are farmers, fruit
  45447. and vegetable dealers, or florists. There is usually a history of trauma
  45448. of the nature of a scratch or a cut, and after a long incubation period
  45449. there develop a series of small, hard, round nodules in the skin and
  45450. subcutaneous tissue which, without pain or temperature, soften into
  45451. cold abscesses and leave indolent ulcers or sinuses. The infection is
  45452. of slow progress and follows the course of the lymphatics. From the
  45453. gelatinous pus the organism is cultivated without difficulty, and this
  45454. is the essential step in arriving at a diagnosis. The disease yields in
  45455. a few weeks to full doses of iodide of potassium.
  45456.  
  45457. #Elephantiasis.#--This term is applied to an excessive enlargement of a
  45458. part depending upon an overgrowth of the skin and subcutaneous cellular
  45459. tissue, and it may result from a number of causes, acting independently
  45460. or in combination. The condition is observed chiefly in the extremities
  45461. and in the external organs of generation.
  45462.  
  45463. _Elephantiasis from Lymphatic or Venous Obstruction._--Of this the
  45464. best-known example is _tropical elephantiasis_ (E. arabum), which is
  45465. endemic in Samoa, Barbadoes, and other places. It attacks the lower
  45466. extremity or the genitals in either sex (Figs. 97, 98). The disease is
  45467. usually ushered in with fever, and signs of lymphangitis in the part
  45468. affected. After a number of such attacks, the lymph vessels appear to
  45469. become obliterated, and the skin and subcutaneous cellular tissue, being
  45470. bathed in stagnant lymph--which possibly contains the products of
  45471. streptococci--take on an overgrowth, which continues until the part
  45472. assumes gigantic proportions. In certain cases the lymph trunks have
  45473. been found to be blocked with the parent worms of the filaria Bancrofti.
  45474. Cases of elephantiasis of the lower extremity are met with in this
  45475. country in which there are no filarial parasites in the lymph vessels,
  45476. and these present features closely resembling the tropical variety, and
  45477. usually follow upon repeated attacks of lymphangitis or erysipelas.
  45478.  
  45479. The part affected is enormously increased in size, and causes
  45480. inconvenience from its bulk and weight. In contrast to ordinary dropsy,
  45481. there is no pitting on pressure, and the swelling does not disappear on
  45482. elevation of the limb. The skin becomes rough and warty, and may hang
  45483. down in pendulous folds. Blisters form on the surface and yield an
  45484. abundant exudate of clear lymph. From neglect of cleanliness, the skin
  45485. becomes the seat of eczema or even of ulceration attended with foul
  45486. discharge.
  45487.  
  45488. Samson Handley has sought to replace the blocked lymph vessels by
  45489. burying in the subcutaneous tissue of the swollen part a number of stout
  45490. silk threads--_lymphangioplasty_. By their capillary action they drain
  45491. the lymph to a healthy region above, and thus enable it to enter the
  45492. circulation. It has been more successful in the face and upper limb than
  45493. in the lower extremity. If the tissues are infected with pus organisms,
  45494. a course of vaccines should precede the operation.
  45495.  
  45496. [Illustration: FIG. 97.--Elephantiasis in a woman aet. 45.]
  45497.  
  45498. A similar type of elephantiasis may occur after extirpation of the lymph
  45499. glands in the axilla or groin; in the leg in long-standing standing
  45500. varix and phlebitis with chronic ulcer; in the arm as a result of
  45501. extensive cancerous disease of the lymphatics in the axilla secondarily
  45502. to cancer of the breast; and in extensive tuberculous disease of the
  45503. lymphatics. The last-named is chiefly observed in the lower limb in
  45504. young adult women, and from its following upon lupus of the toes or foot
  45505. it has been called _lupus elephantiasis_. The tuberculous infection
  45506. spreads slowly up the limb by way of the lymph vessels, and as these are
  45507. obliterated the skin and cellular tissues become hypertrophied, and the
  45508. surface is studded over with fungating tuberculous masses of a livid
  45509. blue colour. As the more severe forms of the disease may prove dangerous
  45510. to life by pyogenic complications inducing gangrene of the limb, the
  45511. question of amputation may have to be considered.
  45512.  
  45513. [Illustration: FIG. 98.--Elephantiasis of Penis and Scrotum in native of
  45514. Demerara.
  45515.  
  45516. (Mr. Annandale's case.)]
  45517.  
  45518. Belonging to this group also is a form of _congenital elephantiasis_
  45519. resulting from the circular constriction of a limb _in utero_ by
  45520. amniotic bands.
  45521.  
  45522. _Elephantiasis occurring apart from lymphatic or venous obstruction_ is
  45523. illustrated by _elephantiasis nervorum_, in which there is an overgrowth
  45524. of the skin and cellular tissue of an extremity in association with
  45525. neuro-fibromatosis of the cutaneous nerves (Fig. 89); and by
  45526. _elephantiasis Graecorum_--a form of leprosy in which the skin of the
  45527. face becomes the seat of tumour-like masses consisting of leprous
  45528. nodules. It is also illustrated by _elephantiasis involving the scrotum_
  45529. as a result of prolonged irritation by the urine in cases in which the
  45530. penis has been amputated and the urine has infiltrated the scrotal
  45531. tissues over a period of years.
  45532.  
  45533. #Sebaceous Cysts.#--Atheromatous cysts or wens are formed in relation to
  45534. the sebaceous glands and hair follicles. They are commonly met with in
  45535. adults, on the scalp (Fig. 99), face, neck, back, and external genitals.
  45536. Sometimes they are multiple, and they may be met with in several members
  45537. of the same family. They are smooth, rounded, or discoid cysts, varying
  45538. in size from a split-pea to a Tangerine orange. In consistence they are
  45539. firm and elastic, or fluctuating, and are incorporated with the
  45540. overlying skin, but movable on the deeper structures. The orifice of the
  45541. partly blocked sebaceous follicle is sometimes visible, and the contents
  45542. of the cyst can be squeezed through the opening. The wall of the cyst is
  45543. composed of a connective-tissue capsule lined by stratified squamous
  45544. epithelium. The contents consist of accumulated epithelial cells, and
  45545. are at first dry and pearly white in appearance, but as a result of
  45546. fatty degeneration they break down into a greyish-yellow pultaceous and
  45547. semi-fluid material having a peculiar stale odour. It is probable that
  45548. the decomposition of the contents is the result of the presence of
  45549. bacteria, and that from the surgical point of view they should be
  45550. regarded as infective. A sebaceous cyst may remain indefinitely without
  45551. change, or may slowly increase in size, the skin over it becoming
  45552. stretched and closely adherent to the cyst wall as a result of friction
  45553. and pressure. The contents may ooze from the orifice of the duct and dry
  45554. on the skin surface, leading to the formation of a sebaceous horn
  45555. (Fig. 100). As a result of injury the cyst may undergo sudden
  45556. enlargement from haemorrhage into its interior.
  45557.  
  45558. Recurrent attacks of inflammation frequently occur, especially in wens
  45559. of the face and scalp. Suppuration may ensue and be followed by cure of
  45560. the cyst, or an offensive fungating ulcer forms which may be mistaken
  45561. for epithelioma. True cancerous transformation is rare.
  45562.  
  45563. Wens are to be _diagnosed_ from dermoids, from fatty tumours, and from
  45564. cold abscesses. Dermoids usually appear before adult life, and as they
  45565. nearly always lie beneath the fascia, the skin is movable over them. A
  45566. fatty tumour is movable, and is often lobulated. The confusion with a
  45567. cold abscess is most likely to occur in wens of the neck or back, and it
  45568. may be impossible without the use of an exploring needle to
  45569. differentiate between them.
  45570.  
  45571. [Illustration: FIG. 99.--Multiple Sebaceous Cysts or Wens; the larger
  45572. ones are of many years' duration.]
  45573.  
  45574. _Treatment._--The removal of wens is to be recommended while they are
  45575. small and freely movable, as they are then easily shelled out after
  45576. incising the overlying skin; sometimes splitting the cyst makes its
  45577. removal easier. Local anaesthesia is to be preferred. It is important
  45578. that none of the cyst wall be left behind. In large and adherent wens an
  45579. ellipse of skin is removed along with the cyst. When inflamed, it may be
  45580. impossible to dissect out the cyst, and the wall should be destroyed
  45581. with carbolic acid, the resulting wound being treated by the open
  45582. method.
  45583.  
  45584. #Moles.#--The term mole is applied to a pigmented, and usually hairy,
  45585. patch of skin, present at or appearing shortly after birth. The colour
  45586. varies from brown to black, according to the amount of melanin pigment
  45587. present. The lesion consists in an overgrowth of epidermis which often
  45588. presents an alveolar arrangement. Moles vary greatly in size: some are
  45589. mere dots, others are as large as the palm of the hand, and occasionally
  45590. a mole covers half the face. In addition to being unsightly, they bleed
  45591. freely when abraded, are liable to ulcerate from friction and pressure,
  45592. and occasionally become the starting-point of melanotic cancer. Rodent
  45593. cancer sometimes originates in the slightly pigmented moles met with on
  45594. the face. Overgrowths in relation to the cutaneous nerves, especially
  45595. the plexiform neuroma, occasionally originate in pigmented moles. Soldau
  45596. believes that the pigmentation and overgrowth of the epidermis in moles
  45597. are associated with, and probably result from, a fibromatosis of the
  45598. cutaneous nerves.
  45599.  
  45600. _Treatment._--The quickest way to get rid of a mole is to excise it; if
  45601. the edges of the gap cannot be brought together with sutures, recourse
  45602. should be had to grafting. In large hairy moles of the face whose size
  45603. forbids excision, radium or the X-rays should be employed. Excellent
  45604. results have been obtained by refrigeration with solid carbon dioxide.
  45605. In children and women with delicate skin, applications of from ten to
  45606. thirty seconds suffice. In persons with coarse skin an application of
  45607. one minute may be necessary, and it may have to be repeated.
  45608.  
  45609. #Horns.#--The _sebaceous_ horn results from the accumulation of the
  45610. dried contents of a wen on the surface of the skin: the sebaceous
  45611. material after drying up becomes cornified, and as fresh material is
  45612. added to the base the horn increases in length (Fig. 100). The _wart_
  45613. horn grows from a warty papilloma of the skin. _Cicatrix_ horns are
  45614. formed by the heaping up of epidermis in the scars that result from
  45615. burns. _Nail_ horns are overgrown nails (keratomata of the nail bed),
  45616. and are met with chiefly in the great toe of elderly bedridden patients.
  45617. If an ulcer forms at the base of a horn, it may prove the starting-point
  45618. of epithelioma, and for this reason, as well as for others, horns should
  45619. be removed.
  45620.  
  45621. [Illustration: FIG. 100.--Sebaceous Horn growing from Auricle.
  45622.  
  45623. (Dr. Kenneth Maclachan's case.)]
  45624.  
  45625. #New Growths in the Skin and Subcutaneous Tissue.#--The _Angioma_ has
  45626. been described with diseases of blood vessels. _Fibroma._--Various types
  45627. of fibroma occur in the skin. A soft pedunculated fibroma, about the
  45628. size of a pea, is commonly met with, especially on the neck and trunk;
  45629. it is usually solitary, and is easily removed with scissors. The
  45630. multiple, soft fibroma known as _molluscum fibrosum_, which depends upon
  45631. a neuro-fibromatosis of the cutaneous nerves, is described with the
  45632. tumours of nerves. Hard fibromas occurring singly or in groups may be
  45633. met with, especially in the skin of the buttock, and may present a local
  45634. malignancy, recurring after removal like the "recurrent fibroid" of
  45635. Paget. The "painful subcutaneous nodule" is a solitary fibroma related
  45636. to one of the cutaneous nerves. The hard fibroma known as _keloid_ is
  45637. described with the affections of scars.
  45638.  
  45639. #Papilloma.#--The _common wart_ or verruca is an outgrowth of the
  45640. surface epidermis. It may be sessile or pedunculated hard or soft. The
  45641. surface may be smooth, or fissured and foliated like a cauliflower, or
  45642. it may be divided up into a number of spines. Warts are met with chiefly
  45643. on the hands, and are often multiple, occurring in clusters or in
  45644. successive crops. Multiple warts appear to result from some contagion,
  45645. the nature of which is unknown; they sometimes occur in an epidemic form
  45646. among school-children, and show a remarkable tendency to disappear
  45647. spontaneously. The solitary flat-topped wart which occurs on the face
  45648. of old people may, if irritated, become the seat of epithelioma. A warty
  45649. growth of the epidermis is a frequent accompaniment of moles and of that
  45650. variety of lupus known as _lupus verrucosus_.
  45651.  
  45652. _Treatment._--In the multiple warts of children the health should be
  45653. braced up by a change to the seaside. A dusting-powder, consisting of
  45654. boracic acid with 5 per cent. salicylic acid, may be rubbed into the
  45655. hands after washing and drying. The persistent warts of young adults
  45656. should be excised after freezing with chloride of ethyl. When cutting is
  45657. objected to, they may be painted night and morning with salicylic
  45658. collodion, the epidermis being dehydrated with alcohol before each
  45659. application.
  45660.  
  45661. _Venereal warts_ occur on the genitals of either sex, and may form large
  45662. cauliflower-like masses on the inner surface of the prepuce or of the
  45663. labia majora. Although frequently co-existing with gonorrhoea or
  45664. syphilis, they occur independently of these diseases, being probably
  45665. acquired by contact with another individual suffering from warts
  45666. (C. W. Cathcart). They give rise to considerable irritation and
  45667. suffering, and when cleanliness is neglected there may be an offensive
  45668. discharge.
  45669.  
  45670. In the female, the cauliflower-like masses are dissected from the labia;
  45671. in the male, the prepuce is removed and the warts on the glans are
  45672. snipped off with scissors. In milder cases, the warts usually disappear
  45673. if the parts are kept absolutely dry and clean. A useful dusting-powder
  45674. is one consisting of calamine and 5 per cent. salicylic acid; the
  45675. exsiccated sulphate of iron, in the form of a powder, may be employed in
  45676. cases which resist this treatment.
  45677.  
  45678. #Adenoma.#--This is a comparatively rare tumour growing from the glands
  45679. of the skin. One variety, known as the "tomato tumour," which apparently
  45680. originates from _the sweat glands_, is met with on the scalp and face in
  45681. women past middle life. These growths are often multiple; the individual
  45682. tumours vary in size, and the skin, which is almost devoid of hairs, is
  45683. glistening and tightly stretched over them. A similar tumour may occur
  45684. on the nose. The _sebaceous adenoma_, which originates from the
  45685. sebaceous glands, forms a projecting tumour on the face or scalp, and
  45686. when the skin is irritated it may ulcerate and fungate. The treatment
  45687. consists in the removal of the tumour along with the overlying skin.
  45688.  
  45689. The exuberant masses on the nose known as "rhinophyma," "lipoma nasi,"
  45690. or "potato nose" are of the nature of sebaceous adenoma, and are removed
  45691. by shaving them off with a knife until the normal shape of the nose is
  45692. restored Healing takes place with remarkable rapidity.
  45693.  
  45694. #Cancer.#--There are several types of primary cancer of the skin, the
  45695. most important being squamous epithelioma, rodent cancer, and melanotic
  45696. cancer.
  45697.  
  45698. [Illustration: FIG. 101.--Paraffin Epithelioma.]
  45699.  
  45700. #Epithelioma# occurs in a variety of forms. When originating in a small
  45701. ulcer or wart-for example on the face in old people--it presents the
  45702. features of a chronic indurated ulcer. A more exuberant and rapidly
  45703. growing form of epithelial cancer, described by Hutchinson as the
  45704. _crateriform ulcer_, commences on the face as a small red pimple which
  45705. rapidly develops into an elevated mass shaped like a bee-hive, and
  45706. breaks down in the centre. Epithelioma may develop anywhere on the body
  45707. in relation to long-standing ulcers, especially that resulting from a
  45708. burn or from lupus; this form usually presents an exuberant outgrowth of
  45709. epidermis not unlike a cauliflower. An interesting example of
  45710. epithelioma has been described by Neve of Kashmir. The natives in that
  45711. province are in the habit of carrying a fire-basket suspended from the
  45712. waist, which often burns the skin and causes a chronic ulcer, and many
  45713. of these ulcers become the seat of epithelioma, due, in Neve's opinion,
  45714. to the actual contact of the sooty pan with the skin.
  45715.  
  45716. The term _trade epithelioma_ has been applied to that form met with in
  45717. those who follow certain occupations, such as paraffin workers and
  45718. chimney-sweeps. The most recent member of this group is the _X-ray
  45719. carcinoma_, which is met with in those who are constantly exposed to the
  45720. irritation of the X-rays; there is first a chronic dermatitis with warty
  45721. overgrowth of the surface epithelium, pigmentation, and the formation of
  45722. fissures and warts. The trade epithelioma varies a good deal in
  45723. malignancy, but it tends to cause death in the same manner as other
  45724. epitheliomas.
  45725.  
  45726. Epithelial cancer has also been observed in those who have taken arsenic
  45727. over long periods for medicinal purposes.
  45728.  
  45729. [Illustration: FIG. 102.--Rodent Cancer of Inner Canthus.]
  45730.  
  45731. #Rodent Cancer# (Rodent Ulcer).--This is a cancer originating in the
  45732. sweat glands or sebaceous follicles, or in the foetal residues of
  45733. cutaneous glands. The cells are small and closely packed together in
  45734. alveoli or in reticulated columns; cell nests are rare. It is remarkably
  45735. constant in its seat of origin, being nearly always located on the
  45736. lateral aspect of the nose or in the vicinity of the lower eyelid
  45737. (Fig. 102). It is rare on the trunk or limbs. It commences as a small
  45738. flattened nodule in the skin, the epidermis over it being stretched and
  45739. shining. The centre becomes depressed, while the margins extend in the
  45740. form of an elevated ridge. Sooner or later the epidermis gives way in
  45741. the centre, exposing a smooth raw surface devoid of granulations.
  45742.  
  45743. [Illustration: FIG. 103.--Rodent Cancer of fifteen years' duration,
  45744. which has destroyed the contents of the Orbit.
  45745.  
  45746. (Sir Montagu Cotterill's case)]
  45747.  
  45748. The margin, while in parts irregular, is typically represented by a
  45749. well-defined "rolled" border which consists of the peripheral portion of
  45750. the cancer that has not broken down. The central ulcer may temporarily
  45751. heal. There is itching but little pain, and the condition progresses
  45752. extremely slowly; rodent cancers which have existed for many years are
  45753. frequently met with. The disease attacks and destroys every structure
  45754. with which it comes in contact, such as the eyelids, the walls of the
  45755. nasal cavities, and the bones of the face; hence it may produce the most
  45756. hideous deformities (Fig. 103). The patient may succumb to haemorrhage or
  45757. to infective complications such as erysipelas or meningitis.
  45758.  
  45759. Secondary growths in the lymph glands, while not unknown, are extremely
  45760. rare. We have only seen them once--in a case of rodent cancer in the
  45761. groin.
  45762.  
  45763. _Diagnosis._--Lupus is the disease most often mistaken for rodent
  45764. cancer. Lupus usually begins earlier in life, it presents apple-jelly
  45765. nodules, and lacks the rounded, elevated border. Syphilitic lesions
  45766. progress more rapidly, and also lack the characteristic margin. The
  45767. differentiation from squamous epithelioma is of considerable importance,
  45768. as the latter affection spreads more rapidly, involves the lymph glands
  45769. early, and is much more dangerous to life.
  45770.  
  45771. _Treatment._--In rodent cancers of limited size--say less than one inch
  45772. in diameter--free excision is the most rapid and certain method of
  45773. treatment. The alternative is the application of radium or of the
  45774. Rontgen rays, which, although requiring many exposures, results in cure
  45775. with the minimum of disfigurement. If the cancer already covers an
  45776. extensive area, or has invaded the cavity of the orbit or nose, radium
  45777. or X-rays yield the best results. The effect is soon shown by the
  45778. ingrowth of healthy epithelium from the surrounding skin, and at the
  45779. same time the discharge is lessened. Good results are also reported from
  45780. the application of carbon dioxide snow, especially when this follows
  45781. upon a course of X-ray treatment.
  45782.  
  45783. #Paget's disease# of the nipple is an epithelioma occurring in women
  45784. over forty years of age: a similar form of epithelioma is sometimes met
  45785. with at the umbilicus or on the genitals.
  45786.  
  45787. #Melanotic Cancer.#--Under this head are included all new growths which
  45788. contain an excess of melanin pigment. Many of these were formerly
  45789. described as melanotic sarcoma. They nearly always originate in a
  45790. pigmented mole which has been subjected to irritation. The primary
  45791. growth may remain so small that its presence is not even suspected, or
  45792. it may increase in size, ulcerate, and fungate. The amount of pigment
  45793. varies: when small in amount the growth is brown, when abundant it is a
  45794. deep black. The most remarkable feature is the rapidity with which the
  45795. disease becomes disseminated along the lymphatics, the first evidence of
  45796. which is an enlargement of the lymph glands. As the primary growth is
  45797. often situated on the sole of the foot or in the matrix of the nail of
  45798. the great toe, the femoral and inguinal glands become enlarged in
  45799. succession, forming tumours much larger than the primary growth.
  45800. Sometimes the dissemination involves the lymph vessels of the limb,
  45801. forming a series of indurated pigmented cords and nodules (Fig. 104).
  45802. Lastly, the dissemination may be universal throughout the body, and this
  45803. usually occurs at a comparatively early stage. The secondary growths are
  45804. deeply pigmented, being usually of a coal-black colour, and melanin
  45805. pigment may be present in the urine. When recurrence takes place in or
  45806. near the scar left by the operation, the cancer nodules are not
  45807. necessarily pigmented.
  45808.  
  45809. [Illustration: FIG. 104.--Diffuse Melanotic Cancer of Lymphatics of Skin
  45810. secondary to a Growth in the Sole of the Foot.]
  45811.  
  45812. To extirpate the disease it is necessary to excise the tumour, with a
  45813. zone of healthy skin around it and a somewhat large zone of the
  45814. underlying subcutaneous tissue and deep fascia. Hogarth Pringle
  45815. recommends that a broad strip of subcutaneous fascia up to and including
  45816. the nearest anatomical group of glands should be removed with the tumour
  45817. in one continuous piece.
  45818.  
  45819. #Secondary Cancer of the Skin.#--Cancer may spread to the skin from a
  45820. subjacent growth by direct continuity or by way of the lymphatics. Both
  45821. of these processes are so well illustrated in cases of mammary cancer
  45822. that they will be described in relation to that disease.
  45823.  
  45824. #Sarcoma# of various types is met with in the skin. The fibroma, after
  45825. excision, may recur as a fibro-sarcoma. The alveolar sarcoma commences
  45826. as a hard lump and increases in size until the epidermis gives way and
  45827. an ulcer is formed.
  45828.  
  45829. [Illustration: FIG. 105.--Melanotic Cancer of Forehead with Metastases
  45830. in Lymph Vessels and Glands.
  45831.  
  45832. (Mr. D. P. D. Wilkie's case.)]
  45833.  
  45834. A number of fresh tumours may spring up around the original growth.
  45835. Sometimes the primary growth appears in the form of multiple nodules
  45836. which tend to become confluent. Excision, unless performed early, is of
  45837. little avail, and in any case should be followed up by exposure to
  45838. radium.
  45839.  
  45840.  
  45841. AFFECTIONS OF CICATRICES
  45842.  
  45843. A cicatrix or scar consists of closely packed bundles of white fibres
  45844. covered by epidermis; the skin glands and hair follicles are usually
  45845. absent. The size, shape, and level of the cicatrix depend upon the
  45846. conditions which preceded healing.
  45847.  
  45848. A healthy scar, when recently formed, has a smooth, glossy surface of a
  45849. pinkish colour, which tends to become whiter as a result of obliteration
  45850. of the blood vessels concerned in its formation.
  45851.  
  45852. _Weak Scars._--A scar is said to be weak when it readily breaks down as
  45853. a result of irritation or pressure. The scars resulting from severe
  45854. burns and those over amputation stumps are especially liable to break
  45855. down from trivial causes. The treatment is to excise the weak portion of
  45856. the scar and bring the edges of the gap together.
  45857.  
  45858. _Contracted scars_ frequently cause deformity either by displacing
  45859. parts, such as the eyelid or lip, or by fixing parts and preventing the
  45860. normal movements--for example, a scar on the flexor aspect of a joint
  45861. may prevent extension of the forearm (Fig. 63). These are treated by
  45862. dividing the scar, correcting the deformity, and filling up the gap with
  45863. epithelial grafts, or with a flap of the whole thickness of the skin.
  45864. When deformity results from _depression of a scar_, as is not uncommon
  45865. after the healing of a sinus, the treatment is to excise the scar.
  45866. Depressed scars may be raised by the injection of paraffin into the
  45867. subcutaneous tissue.
  45868.  
  45869. _Painful Scars._--Pain in relation to a scar is usually due to nerve
  45870. fibres being compressed or stretched in the cicatricial tissue; and in
  45871. some cases to ascending neuritis. The treatment consists in excising the
  45872. scar or in stretching or excising a portion of the nerve affected.
  45873.  
  45874. _Pigmented or Discoloured Scars._--The best-known examples are the blue
  45875. coloration which results from coal-dust or gunpowder, the brown scars
  45876. resulting from chronic ulcer with venous congestion of the leg, and the
  45877. variously coloured scars caused by tattooing. The only satisfactory
  45878. method of getting rid of the coloration is to excise the scar; the edges
  45879. are brought together by sutures, or the raw surface is covered with
  45880. skin-grafts according to the size of the gap.
  45881.  
  45882. _Hypertrophied Scars._--Scars occasionally broaden out and become
  45883. prominent, and on exposed parts this may prove a source of
  45884. disappointment after operations such as those for goitre or tuberculous
  45885. glands in the neck. There is sometimes considerable improvement from
  45886. exposure to the X-rays.
  45887.  
  45888. _Keloid._--This term is applied to an overgrowth of scar tissue which
  45889. extends beyond the area of the original wound, and the name is derived
  45890. from the fact that this extension occurs in the form of radiating
  45891. processes, suggesting the claws of a crab. It is essentially a fibroma
  45892. or new growth of fibrous tissue, which commences in relation to the
  45893. walls of the smaller blood vessels; the bundles of fibrous tissue are
  45894. for the most part parallel with the surface, and the epidermis is
  45895. tightly stretched over them. It is more frequent in the negro and in
  45896. those who are, or have been, the subjects of tuberculous disease.
  45897.  
  45898. [Illustration: FIG. 106.--Recurrent Keloid in scar left by operation for
  45899. tuberculous glands in a girl aet. 7.]
  45900.  
  45901. Keloid may attack scars of any kind, such as those resulting from
  45902. leech-bites, acne pustules, boils or blisters; those resulting from
  45903. operation or accidental wounds; and the scars resulting from burns,
  45904. especially when situated over the sternum, appear to be specially
  45905. liable. The scar becomes more and more conspicuous, is elevated above
  45906. the surface, of a pinkish or brownish-pink pink colour, and sends out
  45907. irregular prolongations around its margins. The patient may complain of
  45908. itching and burning, and of great sensitiveness of the scar, even to
  45909. contact with the clothing.
  45910.  
  45911. There is a natural hesitation to excise keloid because of the fear of
  45912. its returning in the new scar. The application of radium is, so far as
  45913. we know, the only means of preventing such return. The irritation
  45914. associated with keloid may be relieved by the application of salicylic
  45915. collodion or of salicylic and creosote plaster.
  45916.  
  45917. _Epithelioma_ is liable to attack scars in old people, especially those
  45918. which result from burns sustained early in childhood and have never
  45919. really healed. From the absence of lymphatics in scar tissue, the
  45920. disease does not spread to the glands until it has invaded the tissues
  45921. outside the scar; the prognosis is therefore better than in epithelioma
  45922. in general. It should be excised widely; in the lower extremity when
  45923. there is also extensive destruction of tissue from an antecedent chronic
  45924. ulcer or osteomyelitis, it may be better to amputate the limb.
  45925.  
  45926.  
  45927. AFFECTION OF THE NAILS
  45928.  
  45929. _Injuries._--When a nail is contused or crushed, blood is extravasated
  45930. beneath it, and the nail is usually shed, a new one growing in its
  45931. place. A splinter driven underneath the nail causes great pain, and if
  45932. organisms are carried in along with it, may give rise to infective
  45933. complications. The free edge of the nail should be clipped away to allow
  45934. of the removal of the foreign body and the necessary disinfection.
  45935.  
  45936. _Trophic Changes._--The growth of the nails may be interfered with in
  45937. any disturbance of the general health. In nerve lesions, such as a
  45938. divided nerve-trunk, the nails are apt to suffer, becoming curved,
  45939. brittle, or furrowed, or they may be shed.
  45940.  
  45941. _Onychia_ is the term applied to an infection of the soft parts around
  45942. the nail or of the matrix beneath it. The commonest form of onychia has
  45943. already been referred to with whitlow. There is a superficial variety
  45944. resulting from the extension of a purulent blister beneath the nail
  45945. lifting it up from its bed, the pus being visible through the nail. The
  45946. nail as well as the raised horny layer of the epidermis should be
  45947. removed. A deeper and more troublesome onychia results from infection at
  45948. the nail-fold; the infection spreads slowly beneath the fold until it
  45949. reaches the matrix, and a drop or two of pus forms beneath the nail,
  45950. usually in the region of the lunule. This affection entails a
  45951. disability of the finger which may last for weeks unless it is properly
  45952. treated. Treatment by hyperaemia, using a suction bell, should first be
  45953. tried, and, failing improvement, the nail-fold and lunule should be
  45954. frozen, and a considerable portion removed with the knife; if only a
  45955. small portion of the nail is removed, the opening is blocked by
  45956. granulations springing from the matrix. A new nail is formed, but it is
  45957. liable to be misshapen.
  45958.  
  45959. _Tuberculous onychia_ is met with in children and adolescents. It
  45960. appears as a livid or red swelling at the root of the nail and spreading
  45961. around its margins. The epidermis, which is thin and shiny, gives way,
  45962. and the nail is usually shed.
  45963.  
  45964. [Illustration: FIG. 107.--Subungual Exostosis growing from Distal
  45965. Phalanx of Great Toe, showing Ulceration of Skin and Displacement of
  45966. Nail.
  45967.  
  45968. _a._ Surface view.   _b._ On section.]
  45969.  
  45970. _Syphilitic_ affections of the nails assume various aspects. A primary
  45971. chancre at the edge of the nail may be mistaken for a whitlow,
  45972. especially if it is attended with much pain. Other forms of onychia
  45973. occur during secondary syphilis simultaneously with the skin eruptions,
  45974. and may prove obstinate and lead to shedding of the nails. They also
  45975. occur in inherited syphilis. In addition to general treatment, an
  45976. ointment containing 5 per cent. of oleate of mercury should be applied
  45977. locally.
  45978.  
  45979. _Ingrowing Toe-nail._--This is more accurately described as an
  45980. overgrowth of the soft tissues along the edge of the nail. It is most
  45981. frequently met with in the great toe in young adults with flat-foot
  45982. whose feet perspire freely, who wear ill-fitting shoes, and who cut
  45983. their toe-nails carelessly or tear them with their fingers. Where the
  45984. soft tissues are pressed against the edge of the nail, the skin gives
  45985. way and there is the formation of exuberant granulations and of
  45986. discharge which is sometimes foetid. The affection is a painful one and
  45987. may unfit the patient for work. In mild cases the condition may be
  45988. remedied by getting rid of contributing causes and by disinfecting the
  45989. skin and nail; the nail is cut evenly, and the groove between it and the
  45990. skin packed with an antiseptic dusting-powder, such as boracic acid. In
  45991. more severe cases it may be necessary to remove an ellipse of tissue
  45992. consisting of the edge of the nail, together with the subjacent matrix
  45993. and the redundant nail-fold.
  45994.  
  45995. _Subungual exostosis_ is an osteoma growing from the terminal phalanx of
  45996. the great toe (Fig. 107). It raises the nail and may be accompanied by
  45997. ulceration of the skin over the most prominent part of the growth. The
  45998. soft parts, including the nail, should be reflected towards the dorsum
  45999. in the form of a flap, the base of the exostosis divided with the
  46000. chisel, and the exostosis removed.
  46001.  
  46002. _Malignant disease_ in relation to the nails is rare. Squamous
  46003. epithelioma and melanotic cancer are the forms met with. Treatment
  46004. consists in amputating the digit concerned, and in removing the
  46005. associated lymph glands.
  46006.  
  46007.  
  46008.  
  46009.  
  46010. CHAPTER XVIII
  46011.  
  46012. THE MUSCLES, TENDONS, AND TENDON SHEATHS
  46013.  
  46014.  
  46015. INJURIES: _Contusion_; _Sprain_; _Rupture_--Hernia of
  46016.     muscle--Dislocation of tendons--Wounds--Avulsion of tendon.
  46017.     DISEASES OF MUSCLE AND OF TENDONS: _Atrophy_; _"Muscular
  46018.     rheumatism"_--_Fibrositis_; _Contracture_; _Myositis_;
  46019.     _Calcification and Ossification_; _Tumours_. DISEASES OF TENDON
  46020.     SHEATHS: _Teno-synovitis_.
  46021.  
  46022.  
  46023. INJURIES
  46024.  
  46025. #Contusion of Muscle.#--Contusion of muscle, which consists in bruising
  46026. of its fibres and blood vessels, may be due to violence acting from
  46027. without, as in a blow, a kick, or a fall; or from within, as by the
  46028. displacement of bone in a fracture or dislocation.
  46029.  
  46030. The symptoms are those common to all contusions, and the patient
  46031. complains of severe pain on attempting to use the muscle, and maintains
  46032. an attitude which relaxes it. If the sheath of the muscle also is torn,
  46033. there is subcutaneous ecchymosis, and the accumulation of blood may
  46034. result in the formation of a haematoma.
  46035.  
  46036. Restoration of function is usually complete; but when the nerve
  46037. supplying the muscle is bruised at the same time, as may occur in the
  46038. deltoid, wasting and loss of function may be persistent. In exceptional
  46039. cases the process of repair may be attended with the formation of bone
  46040. in the substance of the muscle, and this may likewise impair its
  46041. function.
  46042.  
  46043. A contused muscle should be placed at rest and supported by cotton wool
  46044. and a bandage; after an interval, massage and appropriate exercises are
  46045. employed.
  46046.  
  46047. #Sprain and Partial Rupture of Muscle.#--This lesion consists in
  46048. overstretching and partial rupture of the fibres of a muscle or its
  46049. aponeurosis. It is of common occurrence in athletes and in those who
  46050. follow laborious occupations. It may follow upon a single or repeated
  46051. effort--especially in those who are out of training. Familiar examples
  46052. of muscular sprain are the "labourer's" or "golfer's back," affecting
  46053. the latissimus dorsi or the sacrospinalis (erector spinae); the
  46054. "tennis-player's elbow," and the "sculler's sprain," affecting the
  46055. muscles and ligaments about the elbow; the "angler's elbow," affecting
  46056. the common origin of the extensors and supinators; the "sprinter's
  46057. sprain," affecting the flexors of the hip; and the "jumper's and
  46058. dancer's sprain," affecting the muscles of the calf. The patient
  46059. complains of pain, often sudden in onset, of tenderness on pressure, and
  46060. of inability to carry out the particular movement by which the sprain
  46061. was produced. The disability varies in different cases, and it may
  46062. incapacitate the patient from following his occupation or sport for
  46063. weeks or, if imperfectly treated, even for months.
  46064.  
  46065. The _treatment_ consists in resting the muscle from the particular
  46066. effort concerned in the production of the sprain, in gently exercising
  46067. it in other directions, in the use of massage, and the induction of
  46068. hyperaemia by means of heat. In neglected cases, that is, where the
  46069. muscle has not been exercised, the patient shrinks from using it and the
  46070. disablement threatens to be permanent; it is sometimes said that
  46071. adhesions have formed and that these interfere with the recovery of
  46072. function. The condition may be overcome by graduated movements or by a
  46073. sudden forcible movement under an anaesthetic. These cases afford a
  46074. fruitful field for the bone-setter.
  46075.  
  46076. #Rupture of Muscle or Tendon.#--A muscle or a tendon may be ruptured in
  46077. its continuity or torn from its attachment to bone. The site of rupture
  46078. in individual muscles is remarkably constant, and is usually at the
  46079. junction of the muscular and tendinous portions. When rupture takes
  46080. place through the belly of a muscle, the ends retract, the amount of
  46081. retraction depending on the length of the muscle, and the extent of its
  46082. attachment to adjacent aponeurosis or bone. The biceps in the arm, and
  46083. the sartorius in the thigh, furnish examples of muscles in which the
  46084. separation between the ends may be considerable.
  46085.  
  46086. The gap in the muscle becomes filled with blood, and this in time is
  46087. replaced by connective tissue, which forms a bond of union between the
  46088. ends. When the space is considerable the connecting medium consists of
  46089. fibrous tissue, but when the ends are in contact it contains a number of
  46090. newly formed muscle fibres. In the process of repair, one or both ends
  46091. of the muscle or tendon may become fixed by adhesions to adjacent
  46092. structures, and if the distal portion of a muscle is deprived of its
  46093. nerve supply it may undergo degeneration and so have its function
  46094. impaired.
  46095.  
  46096. Rupture of a muscle or tendon is usually the result of a sudden, and
  46097. often involuntary, movement. As examples may be cited the rupture of
  46098. the quadriceps extensor in attempting to regain the balance when falling
  46099. backwards; of the gastrocnemius, plantaris, or tendo-calcaneus in
  46100. jumping or dancing; of the adductors of the thigh in gripping a horse
  46101. when it swerves--"rider's sprain"; of the abdominal muscles in vomiting,
  46102. and of the biceps in sudden movements of the arm. Sometimes the effort
  46103. is one that would scarcely be thought likely to rupture a muscle, as in
  46104. the case recorded by Pagenstecher, where a professional athlete, while
  46105. sitting at table, ruptured his biceps in a sudden effort to catch a
  46106. falling glass. It would appear that the rupture is brought about not so
  46107. much by the contraction of the muscle concerned, as by the contraction
  46108. of the antagonistic muscles taking place before that of the muscle which
  46109. undergoes rupture is completed. The violent muscular contractions of
  46110. epilepsy, tetanus, or delirium rarely cause rupture.
  46111.  
  46112. The _clinical features_ are usually characteristic. The patient
  46113. experiences a sudden pain, with the sensation of being struck with a
  46114. whip, and of something giving way; sometimes a distant snap is heard.
  46115. The limb becomes powerless. At the seat of rupture there is tenderness
  46116. and swelling, and there may be ecchymosis. As the swelling subsides, a
  46117. gap may be felt between the retracted ends, and this becomes wider when
  46118. the muscle is thrown into contraction. If untreated, a hard, fibrous
  46119. cord remains at the seat of rupture.
  46120.  
  46121. _Treatment._--The ends are approximated by placing the limb in an
  46122. attitude which relaxes the muscle, and the position is maintained by
  46123. bandages, splints, or special apparatus. When it is impossible thus to
  46124. approximate the ends satisfactorily, the muscle or tendon is exposed by
  46125. incision, and the ends brought into accurate contact by catgut sutures.
  46126. This operation of primary suture yields the most satisfactory results,
  46127. and is most successful when it is done within five or six days of the
  46128. accident. Secondary suture after an interval of months is rendered
  46129. difficult by the retraction of the ends and by their adhesion to
  46130. adjacent structures.
  46131.  
  46132. _Rupture of the biceps of the arm_ may involve the long or the short
  46133. head, or the belly of the muscle. Most interest attaches to rupture of
  46134. the long tendon of origin. There is pain and tenderness in front of the
  46135. upper end of the humerus, the patient is unable to abduct or to elevate
  46136. the arm, and he may be unable to flex the elbow when the forearm is
  46137. supinated. The long axis of the muscle, instead of being parallel with
  46138. the humerus, inclines downwards and outwards. When the patient is asked
  46139. to contract the muscle, its belly is seen to be drawn towards the
  46140. elbow.
  46141.  
  46142. The _adductor longus_ may be ruptured, or torn from the pubes, by a
  46143. violent effort to adduct the limb. A swelling forms in the upper and
  46144. medial part of the thigh, which becomes smaller and harder when the
  46145. muscle is thrown into contraction.
  46146.  
  46147. The _quadriceps femoris_ is usually ruptured close to its insertion into
  46148. the patella, in the attempt to avoid falling backwards. The injury is
  46149. sometimes bilateral. The injured limb is rendered useless for
  46150. progression, as it suddenly gives way whenever the knee is flexed.
  46151. Treatment is conducted on the same lines as in transverse fracture of
  46152. the patella; in the majority of cases the continuity of the quadriceps
  46153. should be re-established by suture within five or six days of the
  46154. accident.
  46155.  
  46156. The _tendo calcaneus_ (Achillis) is comparatively easily ruptured, and
  46157. the symptoms are sometimes so slight that the nature of the injury may
  46158. be overlooked. The limb should be put up with the knee flexed and the
  46159. toes pointed. This may be effected by attaching one end of an elastic
  46160. band to the heel of a slipper, and securing the other to the lower third
  46161. of the thigh. If this is not sufficient to bring the ends into
  46162. apposition they should be approximated by an open operation.
  46163.  
  46164. The _plantaris_ is not infrequently ruptured from trivial causes, such
  46165. as a sudden movement in boxing, tennis, or hockey. A sharp stinging pain
  46166. like the stroke of a whip is felt in the calf; there is marked
  46167. tenderness at the seat of rupture, and the patient is unable to raise
  46168. the heel without pain. The injury is of little importance, and if the
  46169. patient does not raise the heel from the ground in walking, it is
  46170. recovered from in a couple of weeks or so, without it being necessary to
  46171. lay him up.
  46172.  
  46173. #Hernia of Muscle.#--This is a rare condition, in which, owing to the
  46174. fascia covering a muscle becoming stretched or torn, the muscular
  46175. substance is protruded through the rent. It has been observed chiefly in
  46176. the adductor longus. An oval swelling forms in the upper part of the
  46177. thigh, is soft and prominent when the muscle is relaxed, less prominent
  46178. when it is passively extended, and disappears when the muscle is thrown
  46179. into contraction. It is liable to be mistaken, according to its
  46180. situation, for a tumour, a cyst, a pouched vein, or a femoral or
  46181. obturator hernia. Treatment is only called for when it is causing
  46182. inconvenience, the muscle being exposed by a suitable incision, the
  46183. herniated portion excised, and the rent in the sheath closed by sutures.
  46184.  
  46185. #Dislocation of Tendons.#--Tendons which run in grooves may be displaced
  46186. as a result of rupture of the confining sheath. This injury is met with
  46187. chiefly in the tendons at the ankle and in the long tendon of the
  46188. biceps.
  46189.  
  46190. Dislocation of the _peronei tendons_ may occur, for example, from a
  46191. violent twist of the foot. There is severe pain and considerable
  46192. swelling on the lateral aspect of the ankle; the peroneus longus by
  46193. itself, or together with the brevis, can be felt on the lateral aspect
  46194. or in front of the lateral malleolus; the patient is unable to move the
  46195. foot. By a little manipulation the tendons are replaced in their
  46196. grooves, and are retained there by a series of strips of plaster. At the
  46197. end of three weeks massage and exercises are employed.
  46198.  
  46199. In other cases there is no history of injury, but whenever the foot is
  46200. everted the tendon of the peroneus longus is liable to be jerked
  46201. forwards out of its groove, sometimes with an audible snap. The patient
  46202. suffers pain and is disabled until the tendon is replaced. Reduction is
  46203. easy, but as the displacement tends to recur, an operation is required
  46204. to fix the tendon in its place. An incision is made over the tendon; if
  46205. the sheath is slack or torn, it is tightened up or closed with catgut
  46206. sutures; or an artificial sheath is made by raising up a quadrilateral
  46207. flap of periosteum from the lateral aspect of the fibula, and stitching
  46208. it over the tendon.
  46209.  
  46210. Similarly the _tibialis posterior_ may be displaced over the medial
  46211. malleolus as a result of inversion of the foot.
  46212.  
  46213. The _long tendon of the biceps_ may be dislocated laterally--or more
  46214. frequently medially--as a result of violent or repeated rotation
  46215. movements of the arm, such as are performed in wringing clothes. The
  46216. patient is aware of the displacement taking place, and is unable to
  46217. extend the forearm until the displaced tendon has been reduced by
  46218. abducting the arm. In recurrent cases the patient may be able to
  46219. dislocate the tendon at will, but the disability is so inconsiderable
  46220. that there is rarely any occasion for interference.
  46221.  
  46222. #Wounds of Muscles and Tendons.#--When a muscle is cut across in a
  46223. wound, its ends should be brought together with sutures. If the ends are
  46224. allowed to retract, and especially if the wound suppurates, they become
  46225. united by scar tissue and fixed to bone or other adjacent structure. In
  46226. a limb this interferes with the functions of the muscle; in the
  46227. abdominal wall the scar tissue may stretch, and so favour the
  46228. development of a ventral hernia.
  46229.  
  46230. Tendons may be cut across accidentally, especially in those wounds so
  46231. commonly met with above the wrist as a result, for example, of the hand
  46232. being thrust through a pane of glass. It is essential that the ends
  46233. should be sutured to each other, and as the proximal end is retracted
  46234. the original wound may require to be enlarged in an upward direction.
  46235. When primary suture has been omitted, or has failed in consequence of
  46236. suppuration, the separated ends of the tendon become adherent to
  46237. adjacent structures, and the function of the associated muscle is
  46238. impaired or lost. Under these conditions the operation of secondary
  46239. suture is indicated.
  46240.  
  46241. A free incision is necessary to discover and isolate the ends of the
  46242. tendon; if the interval is too wide to admit of their being approximated
  46243. by sutures, means must be taken to lengthen the tendon, or one from some
  46244. other part may be inserted in the gap. A new sheath may be provided for
  46245. the tendon by resecting a portion of the great saphenous vein.
  46246.  
  46247. _Injuries of the tendons of the fingers_ are comparatively common. One
  46248. of the best known is the partial or complete rupture of the aponeurosis
  46249. of the extensor tendon close to its insertion into the terminal
  46250. phalanx--_drop-_ or _mallet-finger_. This may result from comparatively
  46251. slight violence, such as striking the tip of the extended finger against
  46252. an object, or the violence may be more severe, as in attempting to catch
  46253. a cricket ball or in falling. The terminal phalanx is flexed towards the
  46254. palm and the patient is unable to extend it. The treatment consists in
  46255. putting up the finger with the middle joint strongly flexed. In
  46256. neglected cases, a perfect functional result can only be obtained by
  46257. operation; under a local anaesthetic, the ruptured tendon is exposed and
  46258. is sutured to the base of the phalanx, which may be drilled for the
  46259. passage of the sutures.
  46260.  
  46261. _Subcutaneous rupture_ of one or other _of the digital tendons_ in the
  46262. hand or at the wrist can be remedied only by operation. When some time
  46263. has elapsed since the accident, the proximal end may be so retracted
  46264. that it cannot be brought down into contact with the distal end, in
  46265. which case a slip may be taken from an adjacent tendon; in the case of
  46266. one of the extensors of the thumb, the extensor carpi radialis longus
  46267. may be detached from its insertion and stitched to the distal end of the
  46268. tendon of the thumb.
  46269.  
  46270. Subcutaneous _rupture of the tendon of the extensor pollicis longus_ at
  46271. the wrist takes place just after its emergence from beneath the annular
  46272. ligament; the actual rupture may occur painlessly, more frequently a
  46273. sharp pain is felt over the back of the wrist. The prominence of the
  46274. tendon, which normally forms the ulnar border of the snuff-box,
  46275. disappears. This lesion is chiefly met with in drummer-boys and is the
  46276. cause of drummer's palsy. The only chance of restoring function is in
  46277. uniting the ruptured tendon by open operation.
  46278.  
  46279. [Illustration: FIG. 108.--Avulsion of Tendon with Terminal Phalanx of
  46280. Thumb.
  46281.  
  46282. (Surgical Museum, University of Edinburgh.)]
  46283.  
  46284. _Avulsion of Tendons._--This is a rare injury, in which the tendons of a
  46285. finger or toe are torn from their attachments along with a portion of
  46286. the digit concerned. In the hand, it is usually brought about by the
  46287. fingers being caught in the reins of a runaway horse, or being seized in
  46288. a horse's teeth, or in machinery. It is usually the terminal phalanx
  46289. that is separated, and with it the tendon of the deep flexor, which
  46290. ruptures at its junction with the belly of the muscle (Fig. 108). The
  46291. treatment consists in disinfecting the wound, closing the tendon-sheath,
  46292. and trimming the mutilated finger so as to provide a useful stump.
  46293.  
  46294.  
  46295. DISEASES OF MUSCLES AND TENDONS
  46296.  
  46297. _Congenital absence_ of muscles is sometimes met with, usually in
  46298. association with other deformities. The pectoralis major, for example,
  46299. may be absent on one or on both sides, without, however, causing any
  46300. disability, as other muscles enlarge and take on its functions.
  46301.  
  46302. _Atrophy of Muscle._--Simple atrophy, in which the muscle elements are
  46303. merely diminished in size without undergoing any structural alteration,
  46304. is commonly met with as a result of disuse, as when a patient is
  46305. confined to bed for a long period.
  46306.  
  46307. In cases of joint disease, the muscles acting on the joint become
  46308. atrophied more rapidly than is accounted for by disuse alone, and this
  46309. is attributed to an interference with the trophic innervation of the
  46310. muscles reflected from centres in the spinal medulla. It is more marked
  46311. in the extensor than in the flexor groups of muscles. Those affected
  46312. become soft and flaccid, exhibit tremors on attempted movement, and
  46313. their excitability to the faradic current is diminished.
  46314.  
  46315. _Neuropathic atrophy_ is associated with lesions of the nervous system.
  46316. It is most pronounced in lesions of the motor nerve-trunks, probably
  46317. because vaso-motor and trophic fibres are involved as well as those that
  46318. are purely motor in function. It is attended with definite structural
  46319. alterations, the muscle elements first undergoing fatty degeneration,
  46320. and then being absorbed, and replaced to a large extent by ordinary
  46321. connective tissue and fat. At a certain stage the muscles exhibit the
  46322. reaction of degeneration. In the common form of paralysis resulting from
  46323. poliomyelitis, many fibres undergo fatty degeneration and are replaced
  46324. by fat, while at the same time there is a regeneration of muscle fibres.
  46325.  
  46326. #Fibrositis# or "#Muscular Rheumatism#."--This clinical term is applied
  46327. to a group of affections of which lumbago is the best-known example. The
  46328. group includes lumbago, stiff-neck, and pleurodynia--conditions which
  46329. have this in common, that sudden and severe pain is excited by movement
  46330. of the affected part. The lesion consists in inflammatory hyperplasia of
  46331. the connective tissue; the new tissue differs from normal fibrous tissue
  46332. in its tendency to contract, in being swollen, painful and tender on
  46333. pressure, and in the fact that it can be massaged away (Stockman). It
  46334. would appear to involve mainly the fibrous tissue of muscles, although
  46335. it may extend from this to aponeuroses, ligaments, periosteum, and the
  46336. sheaths of nerves. The term _fibrositis_ was applied to it by Gowers in
  46337. 1904.
  46338.  
  46339. In _lumbago_--_lumbo-sacral fibrositis_--the pain is usually located
  46340. over the sacrum, the sacro-iliac joint, or the aponeurosis of the lumbar
  46341. muscles on one or both sides. The amount of tenderness varies, and so
  46342. long as the patient is still he is free from pain. The slightest
  46343. attempt to alter his position, however, is attended by pain, which may
  46344. be so severe as to render him helpless for the moment. The pain is most
  46345. marked on rising from the stooping or sitting posture, and may extend
  46346. down the back of the hip, especially if, as is commonly the case,
  46347. lumbago and gluteal fibrosis coexist. Once a patient has suffered from
  46348. lumbago, it is liable to recur, and an attack may be determined by
  46349. errors of diet, changes of weather, exposure to cold or unwonted
  46350. exertion. It is met with chiefly in male adults, and is most apt to
  46351. occur in those who are gouty or are the subjects of oxaluric dyspepsia.
  46352.  
  46353. _Gluteal fibrositis_ usually follows exposure to wet, and affects the
  46354. gluteal muscles, particularly the medius, and their aponeurotic
  46355. coverings. When the condition has lasted for some time, indurated
  46356. strands or nodules can be detected on palpating the relaxed muscles. The
  46357. patient complains of persistent aching and stiffness over the buttock,
  46358. and sometimes extending down the lateral aspect of the thigh. The pain
  46359. is aggravated by such movements as bring the affected muscles into
  46360. action. It is not referred to the line of the sciatic nerve, nor is
  46361. there tenderness on pressing over the nerve, or sensations of tingling
  46362. or numbness in the leg or foot.
  46363.  
  46364. If untreated, the morbid process may implicate the sheath of the sciatic
  46365. nerve and cause genuine sciatic neuralgia (Llewellyn and Jones). A
  46366. similar condition may implicate the fascia lata of the thigh, or the
  46367. calf muscles and their aponeuroses--_crural fibrositis_.
  46368.  
  46369. In _painful stiff-neck_, or "rheumatic torticollis," the pain is located
  46370. in one side of the neck, and is excited by some inadvertent movement.
  46371. The head is held stiffly on one side as in wry-neck, the patient
  46372. contracting the sterno-mastoid. There may be tenderness over the
  46373. vertebral spines or in the lines of the cervical nerves, and the
  46374. sterno-mastoid may undergo atrophy. This affection is more often met
  46375. with in children.
  46376.  
  46377. In _pleurodynia_--_intercostal fibrositis_--the pain is in the line of
  46378. the intercostal nerves, and is excited by movement of the chest, as in
  46379. coughing, or by any bodily exertion. There is often marked tenderness.
  46380.  
  46381. A similar affection is met with in the _shoulder and arm_--_brachial
  46382. fibrositis_--especially on waking from sleep. There is acute pain on
  46383. attempting to abduct the arm, and there may be localised tenderness in
  46384. the region of the axillary nerve.
  46385.  
  46386. _Treatment._--The general treatment is concerned with the diet,
  46387. attention to the stomach, bowels, and kidneys and with the correction
  46388. of any gouty tendencies that may be present. Remedies such as
  46389. salicylates are given for the relief of pain, and for this purpose drugs
  46390. of the aspirin type are to be preferred, and these may be followed by
  46391. large doses of iodide of potassium. Great benefit is derived from
  46392. massage, and from the induction of hyperaemia by means of heat. Cupping
  46393. or needling, or, in exceptional cases, hypodermic injections of
  46394. antipyrin or morphin, may be called for. To prevent relapses of lumbago,
  46395. the patient must take systematic exercises of all kinds, especially such
  46396. as bring out the movements of the vertebral column and hip-joints.
  46397.  
  46398. [Illustration: FIG. 109.--Volkmann's Ischaemic Contracture. When the
  46399. wrist is flexed to a right angle it is possible to extend the fingers.
  46400.  
  46401. (Photographs lent by Mr. Lawford Knaggs)]
  46402.  
  46403. #Contracture of Muscles.#--Permanent shortening of muscles results from
  46404. the prolonged approximation of their points of attachment, or from
  46405. structural changes in their substance produced by injury or by disease.
  46406. It is a frequent accompaniment and sometimes a cause of deformities, in
  46407. the treatment of which lengthening of the shortened muscles or their
  46408. tendons may be an essential step.
  46409.  
  46410. #Myositis.#--_Ischaemic Myositis._--Volkmann was the first to describe a
  46411. form of myositis followed by contracture, resulting from interference
  46412. with the arterial blood supply. It is most frequently observed in the
  46413. flexor muscles of the forearm in children and young persons under
  46414. treatment for fractures in the region of the elbow, the splints and
  46415. bandages causing compression of the blood vessels. There is considerable
  46416. effusion of blood, the skin is tense, and the muscles, vessels, and
  46417. nerves are compressed; this is further increased if the elbow is flexed
  46418. and splints and tight bandages are applied. The muscles acquire a
  46419. board-like hardness and no longer contract under the will, and passive
  46420. motion is painful and restricted. Slight contracture of the fingers is
  46421. usually the first sign of the malady; in time the muscles undergo
  46422. further contraction, and this brings about a claw-like deformity of the
  46423. hand. The affected muscles usually show the reaction of degeneration. In
  46424. severe cases the median and ulnar nerves are also the seat of
  46425. cicatricial changes (ischaemic neuritis).
  46426.  
  46427. By means of splints, the interphalangeal, metacarpo-phalangeal, and
  46428. wrist joints should be gradually extended until the deformity is
  46429. over-corrected (R. Jones). Murphy advises resection of the radius and
  46430. ulna sufficient to admit of dorsiflexion of the joints and lengthening
  46431. of the flexor tendons.
  46432.  
  46433. Various forms of _pyogenic_ infection are met with in muscle, most
  46434. frequently in relation to pyaemia and to typhoid fever. These may result
  46435. in overgrowth of the connective-tissue framework of the muscle and
  46436. degeneration of its fibres, or in suppuration and the formation of one
  46437. or more abscesses in the muscle substance. Repair may be associated with
  46438. contracture.
  46439.  
  46440. A _gonorrhoeal_ form of myositis is sometimes met with; it is painful,
  46441. but rarely goes on to suppuration.
  46442.  
  46443. In the early secondary period of _syphilis_, the muscles may be the seat
  46444. of dull, aching, nocturnal pains, especially in the neck and back.
  46445. _Syphilitic contracture_ is a condition which has been observed chiefly
  46446. in the later secondary period; the biceps of the arm and the hamstrings
  46447. in the thigh are the muscles more commonly affected. The striking
  46448. feature is a gradually increasing difficulty of extending the limb at
  46449. the elbow or knee, and progressive flexion of the joint. The affected
  46450. muscle is larger and firmer than normal, and its electric excitability
  46451. is diminished. In tertiary syphilis, individual muscles may become the
  46452. seat of interstitial myositis or of gummata, and these affections
  46453. readily yield to anti-syphilitic remedies.
  46454.  
  46455. _Tuberculous disease_ in muscle, while usually due to extension from
  46456. adjacent tissues, is sometimes the result of a primary infection through
  46457. the blood-stream. Tuberculous nodules are found disseminated throughout
  46458. the muscle; the surrounding tissues are indurated, and central caseation
  46459. may take place and lead to abscess formation and sinuses. We have
  46460. observed this form of tuberculous disease in the gastrocnemius and in
  46461. the psoas--in the latter muscle apart from tuberculous disease in the
  46462. vertebrae.
  46463.  
  46464. #Tendinitis.#--German authors describe an inflammation of tendon as
  46465. distinguished from inflammation of its sheath, and give it the name
  46466. tendinitis. It is met with most frequently in the tendo-calcaneus in
  46467. gouty and rheumatic subjects who have overstrained the tendon,
  46468. especially during cold and damp weather. There is localised pain which
  46469. is aggravated by walking, and the tendon is sensitive and swollen from a
  46470. little above its insertion to its junction with the muscle. Gouty
  46471. nodules may form in its substance. Constitutional measures, massage, and
  46472. douching should be employed, and the tendon should be protected from
  46473. strain.
  46474.  
  46475. #Calcification and Ossification in Muscles, Tendons, and
  46476. Fasciae.#--_Myositis ossificans._--Ossifications in muscles, tendons,
  46477. fasciae, and ligaments, in those who are the subjects of arthritis
  46478. deformans, are seldom recognised clinically, but are frequently met with
  46479. in dissecting-rooms and museums. Similar localised ossifications are met
  46480. with in Charcot's disease of joints, and in fractures which have
  46481. repaired with exuberant callus. The new bone may be in the form of
  46482. spicules, plates, or irregular masses, which, when connected with a
  46483. bone, are called _false exostoses_ (Fig. 110).
  46484.  
  46485. [Illustration: FIG. 110.--Ossification in Tendon of Ilio-psoas Muscle.]
  46486.  
  46487. _Traumatic Ossification in Relation to Muscle._--Various forms of
  46488. ossification are met with in muscle as the result of a single or of
  46489. repeated injury. Ossification in the crureus or vastus lateralis muscle
  46490. has been frequently observed as a result of a kick from a horse. Within
  46491. a week or two a swelling appears at the site of injury, and becomes
  46492. progressively harder until its consistence is that of bone. If the mass
  46493. of new bone moves with the affected muscle, it causes little
  46494. inconvenience. If, as is commonly the case, it is fixed to the femur,
  46495. the action of the muscle is impaired, and the patient complains of pain
  46496. and difficulty in flexing the knee. A skiagram shows the extent of the
  46497. mass and its relationship to the femur. The treatment consists in
  46498. excising the bony mass.
  46499.  
  46500. Difficulty may arise in differentiating such a mass of bone from
  46501. sarcoma; the ossification in muscle is uniformly hard, while the sarcoma
  46502. varies in consistence at different parts, and the X-ray picture shows a
  46503. clear outline of the bone in the vicinity of the ossification in
  46504. muscle, whereas in sarcoma the involvement of the bone is shown by
  46505. indentations and irregularity in its contour.
  46506.  
  46507. A similar ossification has been observed in relation to the insertion of
  46508. the brachialis muscle as a sequel of dislocation of the elbow. After
  46509. reduction of the dislocation, the range of movement gradually diminishes
  46510. and a hard swelling appears in front of the lower end of the humerus.
  46511. The lump continues to increase in size and in three to four weeks the
  46512. disability becomes complete. A radiogram shows a shadow in the muscle,
  46513. attached at one part as a rule to the coronoid process. During the next
  46514. three or four months, the lump in front of the elbow remains stationary
  46515. in size; a gradual decrease then ensues, but the swelling persists, as a
  46516. rule, for several years.
  46517.  
  46518. [Illustration: FIG. 111.--Calcification and Ossification in Biceps and
  46519. Triceps.
  46520.  
  46521. (From a radiogram lent by Dr. C. A. Adair Dighton.)]
  46522.  
  46523. Ossification in the adductor longus was first described by Billroth
  46524. under the name of "rider's bone." It follows bruising and partial
  46525. rupture of the muscle, and has been observed chiefly in cavalry
  46526. soldiers. If it causes inconvenience the bone may be removed by
  46527. operation.
  46528.  
  46529. Ossification in the deltoid and pectoral muscles has been observed in
  46530. foot-soldiers in the German army, and has received the name of
  46531. "drill-bone"; it is due to bruising of the muscle by the recoil of the
  46532. rifle.
  46533.  
  46534. _Progressive Ossifying Myositis._--This is a rare and interesting
  46535. disease, in which the muscles, tendons, and fasciae throughout the body
  46536. become the seat of ossification. It affects almost exclusively the male
  46537. sex, and usually begins in childhood or youth, sometimes after an
  46538. injury, sometimes without apparent cause. The muscles of the back,
  46539. especially the trapezius and latissimus, are the first to be affected,
  46540. and the initial complaint is limitation of movement.
  46541.  
  46542. [Illustration: FIG. 112.--Ossification in Muscles of Trunk in a case of
  46543. generalised Ossifying Myositis.
  46544.  
  46545. (Photograph lent by Dr. Rustomjee.)]
  46546.  
  46547. The affected muscles show swellings which are rounded or oval, firm and
  46548. elastic, sharply defined, without tenderness and without discoloration
  46549. of the overlying skin. Skiagrams show that a considerable deposit of
  46550. lime salts may precede the formation of bone, as is seen in Fig. 111. In
  46551. course of time the vertebral column becomes rigid, the head is bent
  46552. forward, the hips are flexed, and abduction and other movements of the
  46553. arms are limited. The disease progresses by fits and starts, until all
  46554. the striped muscles of the body are replaced by bone, and all movements,
  46555. even those of the jaws, are abolished. The subjects of this disease
  46556. usually succumb to pulmonary tuberculosis.
  46557.  
  46558. There is no means of arresting the disease, and surgical treatment is
  46559. restricted to the removal or division of any mass of bone that
  46560. interferes with an important movement.
  46561.  
  46562. A remarkable feature of this disease is the frequent presence of a
  46563. deformity of the great toe, which usually takes the form of hallux
  46564. valgus, the great toe coming to lie beneath the second one; the
  46565. shortening is usually ascribed to absence of the first phalanx, but it
  46566. has been shown to depend also on a synostosis and imperfect development
  46567. of the phalanges. A similar deformity of the thumb is sometimes met
  46568. with.
  46569.  
  46570. Microscopical examination of the muscles shows that, prior to the
  46571. deposition of lime salts and the formation of bone, there occurs a
  46572. proliferation of the intra-muscular connective tissue and a gradual
  46573. replacement and absorption of the muscle fibres. The bone is spongy in
  46574. character, and its development takes place along similar lines to those
  46575. observed in ossification from the periosteum.
  46576.  
  46577. #Tumours of Muscle.#--With the exception of congenital varieties, such
  46578. as the rhabdomyoma, tumours of muscle grow from the connective-tissue
  46579. framework and not from the muscle fibres. Innocent tumours, such as the
  46580. fibroma, lipoma, angioma, and neuro-fibroma, are rare. Malignant tumours
  46581. may be primary in the muscle, or may result from extension from adjacent
  46582. growths--for example, implication of the pectoral muscle in cancer of
  46583. the breast--or they may be derived from tumours situated elsewhere. The
  46584. diagnosis of an intra-muscular tumour is made by observing that the
  46585. swelling is situated beneath the deep fascia, that it becomes firm and
  46586. fixed when the muscle contracts, and that, when the muscle is relaxed,
  46587. it becomes softer, and can be moved in the transverse axis of the
  46588. muscle, but not in its long axis.
  46589.  
  46590. Clinical interest attaches to that form of slowly growing
  46591. fibro-sarcoma--_the recurrent fibroid of Paget_--which is most
  46592. frequently met with in the muscles of the abdominal wall. A rarer
  46593. variety is the ossifying chondro-sarcoma, which undergoes ossification
  46594. to such an extent as to be visible in skiagrams.
  46595.  
  46596. In primary sarcoma the treatment consists in removing the muscle. In the
  46597. limbs, the function of the muscle that is removed may be retained by
  46598. transplanting an adjacent muscle in its place.
  46599.  
  46600. _Hydatid cysts_ of muscle resemble those developing in other tissues.
  46601.  
  46602.  
  46603. DISEASES OF TENDON SHEATHS
  46604.  
  46605. Tendon sheaths have the same structure and function as the synovial
  46606. membranes of joints, and are liable to the same diseases. Apart from the
  46607. tendon sheaths displayed in anatomical dissections, there is a loose
  46608. peritendinous and perimuscular cellular tissue which is subject to the
  46609. same pathological conditions as the tendon sheaths proper.
  46610.  
  46611. #Teno-synovitis.#--The toxic or infective agent is conveyed to the
  46612. tendon sheaths through the blood-stream, as in the gouty, gonorrhoeal,
  46613. and tuberculous varieties, or is introduced directly through a wound, as
  46614. in the common pyogenic form of teno-synovitis.
  46615.  
  46616. _Teno-synovitis Crepitans._--In the simple or traumatic form of
  46617. teno-synovitis, although the most prominent etiological factor is a
  46618. strain or over-use of the tendon, there would appear to be some other,
  46619. probably a toxic, factor in its production, otherwise the affection
  46620. would be much more common than it is: only a small proportion of those
  46621. who strain or over-use their tendons become the subjects of
  46622. teno-synovitis. The opposed surfaces of the tendon and its sheath are
  46623. covered with fibrinous lymph, so that there is friction when they move
  46624. on one another.
  46625.  
  46626. The _clinical features_ are pain on movement, tenderness on pressure
  46627. over the affected tendon, and a sensation of crepitation or friction
  46628. when the tendon is moved in its sheath. The crepitation may be soft like
  46629. the friction of snow, or may resemble the creaking of new
  46630. leather--"saddle-back creaking." There may be swelling in the long axis
  46631. of the tendon, and redness and oedema of the skin. If there is an
  46632. effusion of fluid into the sheath, the swelling is more marked and
  46633. crepitation is absent. There is little tendency to the formation of
  46634. adhesions.
  46635.  
  46636. In the upper extremity, the sheath of the long tendon of the biceps may
  46637. be affected, but the condition is most common in the tendons about the
  46638. wrist, particularly in the extensors of the thumb, and it is most
  46639. frequently met with in those who follow occupations which involve
  46640. prolonged use or excessive straining of these tendons--for example,
  46641. washerwomen or riveters. It also occurs as a result of excessive
  46642. piano-playing, fencing, or rowing.
  46643.  
  46644. At the ankle it affects the peronei, the extensor digitorum longus, or
  46645. the tibialis anterior. It is most often met with in relation to the
  46646. tendo-calcaneus--_Achillo-dynia_--and results from the pressure of
  46647. ill-fitting boots or from the excessive use and strain of the tendon in
  46648. cycling, walking, or dancing. There is pain in raising the heel from the
  46649. ground, and creaking can be felt on palpation.
  46650.  
  46651. The _treatment_ consists in putting the affected tendon at rest, and
  46652. with this object a splint may be helpful; the usual remedies for
  46653. inflammation are indicated: Bier's hyperaemia, lead and opium
  46654. fomentations, and ichthyol and glycerine. The affection readily subsides
  46655. under treatment, but is liable to relapse on a repetition of the
  46656. exciting cause.
  46657.  
  46658. _Gouty Teno-synovitis._--A deposit of urate of soda beneath the
  46659. endothelial covering of tendons or of that lining their sheaths is
  46660. commonly met with in gouty subjects. The accumulation of urates may
  46661. result in the formation of visible nodular swellings, varying in size
  46662. from a pea to a cherry, attached to the tendon and moving with it. They
  46663. may be merely unsightly, or they may interfere with the use of the
  46664. tendon. Recurrent attacks of inflammation are prone to occur. We have
  46665. removed such gouty masses with satisfactory results.
  46666.  
  46667. _Suppurative Teno-synovitis._--This form usually follows upon infected
  46668. wounds of the fingers--especially of the thumb or little finger--and is
  46669. a frequent sequel to whitlow; it may also follow amputation of a finger.
  46670. Once the infection has gained access to the sheath, it tends to spread,
  46671. and may reach the palm or even the forearm, being then associated with
  46672. cellulitis. In moderately acute cases the tendon and its sheath become
  46673. covered with granulations, which subsequently lead to the formation of
  46674. adhesions; while in more acute cases the tendon sloughs. The pus may
  46675. burst into the cellular tissue outside the sheath, and the suppuration
  46676. is liable to spread to neighbouring sheaths or to adjacent bones or
  46677. joints--for example, those of the wrist.
  46678.  
  46679. The _treatment_ consists in inducing hyperaemia and making small
  46680. incisions for the escape of pus. The site of incision is determined by
  46681. the point of greatest tenderness on pressure. After the inflammation has
  46682. subsided, active and passive movements are employed to prevent the
  46683. formation of adhesions between the tendon and its sheath. If the tendon
  46684. sloughs, the dead portion should be cut away, as its separation is
  46685. extremely slow and is attended with prolonged suppuration.
  46686.  
  46687. _Gonorrhoeal Teno-synovitis._--This is met with especially in the tendon
  46688. sheaths about the wrist and ankle. It may occur in a mild form, with
  46689. pain, impairment of movement, and oedema, and sometimes an elongated,
  46690. fluctuating swelling, the result of serous effusion into the sheath.
  46691. This condition may alternate with a gonorrhoeal affection of one of the
  46692. larger joints. It may subside under rest and soothing applications, but
  46693. is liable to relapse. In the more severe variety the skin is red, and
  46694. the swelling partakes of the characters of a phlegmon with threatening
  46695. suppuration; it may result in crippling from adhesions. Even if pus
  46696. forms in the sheath, the tendon rarely sloughs. The treatment consists
  46697. in inducing hyperaemia by Bier's method; and a vaccine may be employed
  46698. with satisfactory results.
  46699.  
  46700. #Tuberculous Disease of Tendon Sheaths.#--This is a comparatively common
  46701. affection, and is analogous to tuberculous disease of the synovial
  46702. membrane of joints. It may originate in the sheath, or may spread to it
  46703. from an adjacent bone.
  46704.  
  46705. The commonest form--hydrops--is that in which the synovial sheath is
  46706. distended with a viscous fluid, and the fibrinous material on the free
  46707. surface becomes detached and is moulded into melon-seed bodies by the
  46708. movement of the tendon. The sheath itself is thickened by the growth of
  46709. tuberculous granulation tissue. The bodies are smooth and of a
  46710. dull-white colour, and vary greatly in size and shape. There may be an
  46711. overgrowth of the fatty fringes of the synovial sheath, a condition
  46712. described as "arborescent lipoma."
  46713.  
  46714. The _clinical features_ vary with the tendon sheath affected. In the
  46715. common flexor sheath of the hand an hour-glass-shaped swelling is
  46716. formed, bulging above and below the transverse carpal (anterior annular)
  46717. ligament--formerly known as _compound palmar ganglion_. There is little
  46718. or no pain, but the fingers tend to be stiff and weak, and to become
  46719. flexed. On palpation, it is usually possible to displace the contents of
  46720. the sheath from one compartment to the other, and this may yield
  46721. fluctuation, and, what is more characteristic, a peculiar soft crepitant
  46722. sensation from the movement of the melon-seed bodies. In the sheath of
  46723. the peronei or other tendons about the ankle, the swelling is
  46724. sausage-shaped, and is constricted opposite the annular ligament.
  46725.  
  46726. The onset and progress of the affection are most insidious, and the
  46727. condition may remain stationary for long periods. It is aggravated by
  46728. use or strain of the tendons involved. In exceptional cases the skin is
  46729. thinned and gives way, resulting in the formation of a sinus.
  46730.  
  46731. _Treatment._--In the common flexor sheath of the palm, an attempt may be
  46732. made to cure the condition by removing the contents through a small
  46733. incision and filling the cavity with iodoform glycerine, followed by the
  46734. use of Bier's bandage. If this fails, the distended sheath is laid open,
  46735. the contents removed, the wall scraped, and the wound closed.
  46736.  
  46737. A less common form of tuberculous disease is that in which the sheath
  46738. becomes the seat of _a diffuse tuberculous thickening_, not unlike the
  46739. white swelling met with in joints, and with a similar tendency to
  46740. caseation. A painless swelling of an elastic character forms in relation
  46741. to the tendon sheath. It is hour-glass-shaped in the common flexor
  46742. sheath of the palm, elongated or sausage-shaped in the extensors of the
  46743. wrist and in the tendons at the ankle. The tuberculous granulation
  46744. tissue is liable to break down and lead to the formation of a cold
  46745. abscess and sinuses, and in our experience is often associated with
  46746. disease in an adjacent bone or joint. In the peronei tendons, for
  46747. example, it may result from disease of the fibula or of the ankle-joint.
  46748.  
  46749. When conservative measures fail, excision of the affected sheath should
  46750. be performed; the whole of the diseased area being exposed by free
  46751. incision of the overlying soft parts, the sheath is carefully isolated
  46752. from the surrounding tissues and is cut across above and below. Any
  46753. tuberculous tissue on the tendon itself is removed with a sharp spoon.
  46754. Associated bone or joint lesions are dealt with at the same time. In the
  46755. after-treatment the functions of the tendons must be preserved by
  46756. voluntary and passive movements.
  46757.  
  46758. #Syphilitic Affections of Tendon Sheaths.#--These closely resemble the
  46759. syphilitic affections of the synovial membrane of joints. During the
  46760. secondary period the lesion usually consists in effusion into the
  46761. sheath; gummata are met with during the tertiary period.
  46762.  
  46763. Arborescent lipoma has been found in the sheaths of tendons about the
  46764. wrist and ankle, sometimes in a multiple and symmetrical form,
  46765. unattended by symptoms and disappearing under anti-syphilitic treatment.
  46766.  
  46767. #Tumours of Tendon Sheaths.#--Innocent tumours, such as _lipoma_,
  46768. _fibroma_, and _myxoma_, are rare. Special mention should be made of the
  46769. _myeloma_ which is met with at the wrist or ankle as an elongated
  46770. swelling of slow development, or over the phalanx of a finger as a small
  46771. rounded swelling. The tumour tissue, when exposed by dissection, is of a
  46772. chocolate or chamois-yellow colour, and consists almost entirely of
  46773. giant cells. The treatment consists in dissecting the tumour tissue off
  46774. the tendons, and this is usually successful in bringing about a
  46775. permanent cure.
  46776.  
  46777. All varieties of _sarcoma_ are met with, but their origin from tendon
  46778. sheaths is not associated with special features.
  46779.  
  46780.  
  46781.  
  46782.  
  46783. CHAPTER XIX
  46784.  
  46785. THE BURSAE
  46786.  
  46787.  
  46788. Anatomy--Normal and adventitious bursae--Injuries: Bursal
  46789.     haematoma--DISEASES: Infective bursitis; Traumatic or trade
  46790.     bursitis; Bursal hydrops; Solid bursal tumour; Gonorrhoeal and
  46791.     suppurative forms of bursitis; Tuberculous and syphilitic
  46792.     disease--Tumours--_Diseases of individual bursae in the upper and
  46793.     lower extremities_.
  46794.  
  46795. A bursa is a closed sac lined by endothelium and containing synovia.
  46796. Some are normally present--for instance, that between the skin and the
  46797. patella, and that between the aponeurosis of the gluteus maximus and the
  46798. great trochanter. _Adventitious bursae_ are developed as a result of
  46799. abnormal pressure--for example, over the tarsal bones in cases of
  46800. club-foot.
  46801.  
  46802. #Injuries of Bursae.#--As a result of contusion, especially in bleeders,
  46803. haemorrhage may occur into the cavity of a bursa and give rise to a
  46804. _bursal haematoma_. Such a haematoma may mask a fracture of the bone
  46805. beneath--for example, fracture of the olecranon.
  46806.  
  46807. #Diseases of Bursae.#--The lining membrane of bursae resembles that of
  46808. joints and tendon sheaths, and is liable to the same forms of disease.
  46809.  
  46810. #Infective bursitis# frequently follows abrasions, scratches, and wounds
  46811. of the skin over the prepatellar or olecranon bursa, and in neglected
  46812. cases the infection transgresses the wall of the bursa and gives rise to
  46813. a spreading cellulitis.
  46814.  
  46815. #Traumatic or Trade Bursitis.#--This term may be conveniently applied to
  46816. those affections of bursae which result from repeated slight traumatism
  46817. incident to particular occupations. The most familiar examples of these
  46818. are the enlargement of the prepatellar bursa met with in housemaids--the
  46819. "housemaid's knee" (Fig. 113); the enlargement of the olecranon
  46820. bursa--"miner's elbow"; and of the ischial bursa--"weaver's" or
  46821. "tailor's bottom" (Fig. 116). These affections are characterised by an
  46822. effusion of fluid into the sac of the bursa with thickening of its
  46823. lining membrane. While friction and pressure are the most evident
  46824. factors in their production, it is probable that there is also some
  46825. toxic agent concerned, otherwise these affections would be much more
  46826. common than they are. Of the countless housemaids in whom the
  46827. prepatellar bursa is subjected to friction and pressure, only a small
  46828. proportion become the subjects of housemaid's knee.
  46829.  
  46830. _Clinical Features._--As these are best illustrated in the different
  46831. varieties of prepatellar bursitis, it is convenient to take this as the
  46832. type. In a number of cases the inflammation is acute and the patient is
  46833. unable to use the limb; the part is hot, swollen, and tender, and
  46834. fluctuation can be detected in the bursa. In the majority the condition
  46835. is chronic, and the chief feature is the gradual accumulation of fluid
  46836. constituting the _bursal hydrops_ or _hygroma_. When the affection has
  46837. lasted some time, or has frequently relapsed, the wall of the bursa
  46838. becomes thickened by fibrous tissue, which may be deposited irregularly,
  46839. so that septa, bands, or fringes are formed, not unlike those met with
  46840. in arthritis deformans. These fringes may be detached and form loose
  46841. bodies like those met with in joints; less frequently there are
  46842. fibrinous bodies of the melon-seed type, sometimes moulded into circular
  46843. discs like wafers. The presence of irregular thickenings of the wall, or
  46844. of loose bodies, may be recognised on palpation, especially in
  46845. superficial bursae, if the sac is not tensely filled with fluid. The
  46846. thickening of the wall may take place in a uniform and concentric
  46847. fashion, resulting in the formation of a fibrous tumour--_the solid
  46848. bursal tumour_--a small cavity remaining in the centre which serves to
  46849. distinguish it from a new growth or neoplasm.
  46850.  
  46851. [Illustration: FIG. 113.--Hydrops of Prepatellar Bursa in a housemaid.]
  46852.  
  46853. The _treatment_ varies according to the variety and stage of the
  46854. affection. In recent cases the symptoms subside under rest and the
  46855. application of fomentations. Hydrops may be got rid of by blistering,
  46856. by tapping, or by incision and drainage. When the wall is thickened, the
  46857. most satisfactory treatment is to excise the bursa; the overlying skin
  46858. being reflected in the shape of a horse-shoe flap or being removed along
  46859. with the bursa.
  46860.  
  46861. #Other Diseases of Bursae# are associated with _gonorrhoeal infection_,
  46862. and with _rheumatism_, especially that following scarlet fever, and are
  46863. apt to be persistent or to relapse after apparent cure. In the _gouty_
  46864. form, urate of soda is deposited in the wall of the bursa, and may
  46865. result in the formation of chalky tumours, sometimes of considerable
  46866. size (Fig. 114).
  46867.  
  46868. [Illustration: FIG. 114.--Section through Bursa over external malleolus,
  46869. showing deposit of urate of soda. (Cf. Fig. 117.)]
  46870.  
  46871. _Tuberculous disease_ of bursae closely resembles that of tendon sheaths.
  46872. It may occur as an independent affection, or may be associated with
  46873. disease in an adjacent bone or joint. It is met with chiefly in the
  46874. prepatellar and subdeltoid bursae, or in one of the bursae over the great
  46875. trochanter. The clinical features are those of an indolent hydrops, with
  46876. or without melon-seed bodies, or of uniform thickening of the wall of
  46877. the bursa; the tuberculous granulation tissue may break down into a cold
  46878. abscess, and give rise to sinuses. The best treatment is to excise the
  46879. affected bursa, or, when this is impracticable, to lay it freely open,
  46880. remove the tuberculous tissue with the sharp spoon or knife, and treat
  46881. the cavity by the open method.
  46882.  
  46883. _Syphilitic disease_ is rarely recognised except in the form of bursal
  46884. and peri-bursal gummata in front of the knee-joint.
  46885.  
  46886. _New growths_ include the fibroma, the myxoma, the myeloma or
  46887. giant-celled tumour, and various forms of sarcoma.
  46888.  
  46889. #Diseases of Individual Bursae.#--The _olecranon bursa_ is frequently
  46890. the seat of pyogenic infection and of traumatic or trade bursitis, the
  46891. latter being known as "miner's" or "student's elbow."
  46892.  
  46893. [Illustration: FIG. 115.--Tuberculous Disease of Sub-deltoid Bursa.
  46894.  
  46895. (From a photograph lent by Sir George T. Beatson.)]
  46896.  
  46897. The _sub-deltoid_ or _sub-acromial bursa_, which usually presents a
  46898. single cavity and does not normally communicate with the shoulder-joint,
  46899. is indispensable in abduction and rotation of the humerus. When the arm
  46900. is abducted, the fixed lower part or floor of the bursa is carried under
  46901. the acromion, and the upper part or roof is rolled up in the same
  46902. direction, hence tenderness over the inflamed bursa may disappear when
  46903. the arm is abducted (Dawbarn's sign). It is liable to traumatic
  46904. affections from a fall on the shoulder, pressure, or over-use of the
  46905. limb. Pain, located commonly at the insertion of the deltoid, is a
  46906. constant symptom and is especially annoying at night, the patient being
  46907. unable to get into a comfortable position. Tenderness may be elicited
  46908. over the anatomical limits of the bursa, and is usually most marked over
  46909. the great tuberosity, just external to the inter-tubercular (bicipital)
  46910. groove. When adhesions are present, abduction beyond 10 degrees is
  46911. impossible. Demonstrable effusion is not uncommon, but is disguised by
  46912. the overlying tissues. If left to himself, the patient tends to maintain
  46913. the limb in the "sling position," and resists movements in the direction
  46914. of abduction and rotation. In the treatment of this affection the arm
  46915. should be maintained at a right angle to the body, the arm being rotated
  46916. medially (Codman). When pain does not prevent it, movements of the arm
  46917. and massage are persevered with. In neglected cases, when adhesions have
  46918. formed and the shoulder is fixed, it may be necessary to break down the
  46919. adhesions under an anaesthetic.
  46920.  
  46921. The bursa is also liable to infective conditions, such as acute
  46922. rheumatism, gonorrhoea, suppuration, or tubercle. In tuberculous disease
  46923. a large fluctuating swelling may form and acquire the characters of a
  46924. cold abscess (Fig. 115).
  46925.  
  46926. The bursa underneath the tendon of the _subscapularis_ muscle when
  46927. inflamed causes alteration in the attitude of the shoulder and
  46928. impairment of its movements.
  46929.  
  46930. An adventitious bursa forms over the _acromion_ process in porters and
  46931. others who carry weights on the shoulder, and may be the seat of
  46932. traumatic bursitis.
  46933.  
  46934. The bursa under the _tendon of insertion of the biceps_, when the seat
  46935. of disease, is attended with pain and swelling about a finger's breadth
  46936. below the bend of the elbow; there is pain and difficulty in effecting
  46937. the combined movement of flexion and supination, slight limitation of
  46938. extension, and restriction of pronation.
  46939.  
  46940. In the lower extremity, a large number of normal and adventitious bursae
  46941. are met with and may be the seat of bursitis. That over the _tuberosity
  46942. of the ischium_, when enlarged as a trade disease, is known as
  46943. "weaver's" or "tailor's bottom." It may form a fluctuating swelling of
  46944. great size, projecting on the buttock and extending down the thigh, and
  46945. causing great inconvenience in sitting (Fig. 116). It sometimes contains
  46946. a number of loose bodies.
  46947.  
  46948. There are two bursae over the _great trochanter_, one superficial to, the
  46949. other beneath the aponeurosis of the gluteus maximus; the latter is not
  46950. infrequently infected by tuberculous disease that has spread from the
  46951. trochanter.
  46952.  
  46953. The bursa _between the psoas muscle and the capsule of the hip-joint_
  46954. may be the seat of tuberculous disease, and give rise to clinical
  46955. features not unlike those of disease of the hip-joint. The limb is
  46956. flexed, abducted and rotated out; there is a swelling in the upper part
  46957. of Scarpa's triangle, but the movements are not restricted in directions
  46958. which do not entail putting the ilio-psoas muscle on the stretch.
  46959.  
  46960. Cartilaginous and partly ossified loose bodies may accumulate in the
  46961. ilio-psoas bursa and distend it, both in a downward direction towards
  46962. the hip-joint, with which it communicates, and upwards, projecting
  46963. towards the abdomen.
  46964.  
  46965. The bursa beneath the quadriceps extensor--_subcrural bursa_--usually
  46966. communicates with the knee-joint and shares in its diseases. When shut
  46967. off from the joint it may suffer independently, and when distended with
  46968. fluid forms a horse-shoe swelling above the patella.
  46969.  
  46970. In front of the patella and its ligament is the _prepatellar bursa_,
  46971. which may have one, two, or three compartments, usually communicating
  46972. with one another. It is the seat of the affection known as "housemaid's
  46973. knee," which is very common and is sometimes bilateral, and, less
  46974. frequently, of tuberculous disease which usually originates in the
  46975. patella.
  46976.  
  46977. [Illustration: FIG. 116.--Great Enlargement of the Ischial Bursa.
  46978.  
  46979. (Mr. Scot-Skirving's case.)]
  46980.  
  46981. The bursa _between the ligamentum patellae and the tibia_ is rarely the
  46982. seat of disease. When it is, there is pain and tenderness referred to
  46983. the ligament, the patient is unable to extend the limb completely, the
  46984. tuberosity of the tibia is apparently enlarged, and there is a
  46985. fluctuating swelling on either side of the ligament, most marked in the
  46986. extended position of the limb.
  46987.  
  46988. Of the numerous bursae in the popliteal space, that _between the
  46989. semi-membranosus and the medial head of the gastrocnemius_ is most
  46990. frequently the seat of disease, which is usually of the nature of a
  46991. simple hydrops, forming a fluctuating egg-or sausage-shaped swelling at
  46992. the medial side of the popliteal space. It is flaccid in the flexed, and
  46993. tense in the extended position. As a rule it causes little
  46994. inconvenience, and may be left alone. Otherwise it should be dissected
  46995. out, and if, as is frequently the case, there is a communication with
  46996. the knee-joint, this should be closed with sutures.
  46997.  
  46998. [Illustration: FIG. 117.--Gouty Disease of Bursae in a tailor. The bursal
  46999. tumours were almost entirely composed of urate of soda. (Cf. Fig. 114.)]
  47000.  
  47001. An adventitious bursa may form over the _lateral malleolus_, especially
  47002. in tailors, giving rise to the condition known as "tailor's ankle"
  47003. (Fig. 117).
  47004.  
  47005. The bursa _between the tendo-calcaneus (Achillis) and the upper part of
  47006. the calcaneus_ may become inflamed--especially as a result of
  47007. post-scarlatinal rheumatism or gonorrhoea. The affection is known as
  47008. Achillo-bursitis. There is severe pain in the region of the insertion of
  47009. the tendo-calcaneus, the movements at the ankle-joint are restricted,
  47010. and the patient may be unable to walk. There is a tender swelling on
  47011. either side of the tendon. When, in spite of palliative treatment, the
  47012. affection persists or relapses, it is best to excise the bursa. The
  47013. tendo-calcaneus is detached from the calcaneus, the bursa dissected out,
  47014. and the tendon replaced. If there is a bony projection from the
  47015. calcaneus, it should be shaved off with the chisel.
  47016.  
  47017. The bursa that is sometimes met with on the under aspect of the
  47018. calcaneus--_the subcalcanean bursa_--when inflamed, gives rise to pain
  47019. and tenderness in the sole of the foot. This affection may be associated
  47020. with a spinous projection from the bone, which is capable of being
  47021. recognised in a skiagram. The soft parts of the heel are turned forwards
  47022. as a flap, the bursa is dissected out, and the projection of bone, if
  47023. present, is removed.
  47024.  
  47025. The enlargement of adventitious bursae over the head of the first
  47026. metatarsal in hallux valgus; over the tarsus, metatarsus, and digits in
  47027. the different forms of club-foot; over the angular projection in Pott's
  47028. disease of the spine; over the end of the bone in amputation stumps, and
  47029. over hard tumours such as chondroma and osteoma, are described
  47030. elsewhere.
  47031.  
  47032.  
  47033.  
  47034.  
  47035. CHAPTER XX
  47036.  
  47037. DISEASES OF BONE
  47038.  
  47039.  
  47040. Anatomy and physiology--Regeneration of bone--Transplantation of bone.
  47041.     DISEASES OF BONE--Definition of terms--Pyogenic diseases:
  47042.     _Acute osteomyelitis and periostitis_; _Chronic and relapsing
  47043.     osteomyelitis_; _Abscess of bone_--Tuberculous disease--Syphilitic
  47044.     disease--Hydatids; Rickets; Osteomalacia--Ostitis deformans of
  47045.     Paget--Osteomyelitis fibrosa--Affections of bones in diseases of
  47046.     the nervous system--Fragilitas ossium--Tumours and cysts of bone.
  47047.  
  47048. #Surgical Anatomy.#--During the period of growth, a long bone such as
  47049. the tibia consists of a shaft or _diaphysis_, and two extremities or
  47050. _epiphyses_. So long as growth continues there intervenes between the
  47051. shaft and each of the epiphyses a disc of actively growing
  47052. cartilage--_the epiphysial cartilage_; and at the junction of this
  47053. cartilage with the shaft is a zone of young, vascular, spongy bone known
  47054. as the _metaphysis_ or _epiphysial junction_. The shaft is a cylinder of
  47055. compact bone enclosing the medullary canal, which is filled with yellow
  47056. marrow. The extremities, which include the ossifying junctions, consist
  47057. of spongy bone, the spaces of which are filled with red marrow. The
  47058. articular aspect of the epiphysis is invested with a thick layer of
  47059. hyaline cartilage, known as the _articular cartilage_, which would
  47060. appear to be mainly nourished from the synovia.
  47061.  
  47062. The external investment--the _periosteum_--is thick and vascular during
  47063. the period of growth, but becomes thin and less vascular when the
  47064. skeleton has attained maturity. Except where muscles are attached it is
  47065. easily separated from the bone; at the extremities it is intimately
  47066. connected with the epiphysial cartilage and with the epiphysis, and at
  47067. the margin of the latter it becomes continuous with the capsule of the
  47068. adjacent joint. It consists of two layers, an outer fibrous and an inner
  47069. cellular layer; the cells, which are called osteoblasts, are continuous
  47070. with those lining the Haversian canals and the medullary cavity.
  47071.  
  47072. The arrangement of the _blood vessels_ determines to some extent the
  47073. incidence of disease in bone. The nutrient artery, after entering the
  47074. medullary canal through a special foramen in the cortex, bifurcates, and
  47075. one main division runs towards each of the extremities, and terminates
  47076. at the ossifying junction in a series of capillary loops projected
  47077. against the epiphysial cartilage. This arrangement favours the lodgment
  47078. of any organisms that may be circulating in the blood, and partly
  47079. accounts for the frequency with which diseases of bacterial origin
  47080. develop in the region of the ossifying junction. The diaphysis is also
  47081. nourished by numerous blood vessels from the periosteum, which penetrate
  47082. the cortex through the Haversian canals and anastomose with those
  47083. derived from the nutrient artery. The epiphyses are nourished by a
  47084. separate system of blood vessels, derived from the arteries which supply
  47085. the adjacent joint. The veins of the marrow are of large calibre and are
  47086. devoid of valves.
  47087.  
  47088. The _nerves_ enter the marrow along with the arteries, and, being
  47089. derived from the sympathetic system, are probably chiefly concerned with
  47090. the innervation of the blood vessels, but they are also capable of
  47091. transmitting sensory impulses, as pain is a prominent feature of many
  47092. bone affections.
  47093.  
  47094. It has long been believed that _the function of the periosteum_ is to
  47095. form new bone, but this view has been questioned by Sir William Macewen,
  47096. who maintains that its chief function is to limit the formation of new
  47097. bone. His experimental observations appear to show that new bone is
  47098. exclusively formed by the cellular elements or osteoblasts: these are
  47099. found on the surface of the bone, lining the Haversian canals and in the
  47100. marrow. We believe that it will avoid confusion in the study of the
  47101. diseases of bone if the osteoblasts on the surface of the bone are still
  47102. regarded as forming the deeper layer of the periosteum.
  47103.  
  47104. The formation of new bone by the osteoblasts may be _defective_ as a
  47105. result of physiological conditions, such as old age and disease of a
  47106. part, and defective formation is often associated with atrophy, or more
  47107. strictly speaking, absorption, of the existing bone, as is well seen in
  47108. the edentulous jaw and in the neck of the femur of a person advanced in
  47109. years. Defective formation associated with atrophy is also illustrated
  47110. in the bones of the lower limbs of persons who are unable to stand or
  47111. walk, and in the distal portion of a bone which is the seat of an
  47112. ununited fracture. The same combination is seen in an exaggerated degree
  47113. in the bones of limbs that are paralysed; in the case of adults, atrophy
  47114. of bone predominates; in children and adolescents, defective formation
  47115. is the more prominent feature, and the affected bones are attenuated,
  47116. smooth on the surface, and abnormally light.
  47117.  
  47118. On the other hand, the formation of new bone may be _exaggerated_, the
  47119. osteoblasts being excited to abnormal activity by stimuli of different
  47120. kinds: for example, the secretion of certain glandular organs, such as
  47121. the pituitary and thyreoid; the diluted toxins of certain
  47122. micro-organisms, such as the staphylococcus aureus and the spirochaete of
  47123. syphilis; a condition of hyperaemia, such as that produced artificially
  47124. by the application of a Bier's bandage or that which accompanies a
  47125. chronic leg-ulcer.
  47126.  
  47127. The new bone is laid down on the surface, in the Haversian canals, or
  47128. in the cancellous spaces and medullary canal, or in all three
  47129. situations. The new bone on the surface sometimes takes the form of a
  47130. diffuse _encrustation_ of porous or spongy bone as in secondary
  47131. syphilis, sometimes as a uniform increase in the girth of the
  47132. bone--_hyperostosis_, sometimes as a localised heaping up of bone or
  47133. _node_, and sometimes in the form of spicules, spoken of as
  47134. _osteophytes_. When the new bone is laid down in the Haversian canals,
  47135. cancellous spaces and medulla, the bone becomes denser and heavier, and
  47136. is said to be _sclerosed_; in extreme instances this may result in
  47137. obliteration of the medullary canal. Hyperostosis and sclerosis are
  47138. frequently met with in combination, a condition that is well illustrated
  47139. in the femur and tibia in tertiary syphilis; if the subject of this
  47140. condition is confined to bed for several months before his death, the
  47141. sclerosis may be undone, and rarefaction may even proceed beyond the
  47142. normal, the bone becoming lighter and richer in fat, although retaining
  47143. its abnormal girth.
  47144.  
  47145. The _function of the epiphysial cartilage_ is to provide for the growth
  47146. of the shaft in length. While all epiphysial cartilages contribute to
  47147. this result, certain of them functionate more actively and for a longer
  47148. period than others. Those at the knee, for example, contribute more to
  47149. the length of limb than do those at the hip or ankle, and they are also
  47150. the last to unite. In the upper limb the more active epiphyses are at
  47151. the shoulder and wrist, and these also are the last to unite.
  47152.  
  47153. The activity of the epiphysial cartilage may be modified as a result of
  47154. disease. In rickets, for example, the formation of new bone may take
  47155. place unequally, and may go on more rapidly in one half of the disc than
  47156. in the other, with the result that the axis of the shaft comes to
  47157. deviate from the normal, giving rise to knock-knee or bow-knee. In
  47158. bacterial diseases originating in the marrow, if the epiphysial junction
  47159. is directly involved in the destructive process, its bone-forming
  47160. functions may be retarded or abolished, and the subsequent growth of the
  47161. bone be seriously interfered with. On the other hand, if it is not
  47162. directly involved but is merely influenced by the proximity of an
  47163. infective focus, its bone-forming functions may be stimulated by the
  47164. diluted toxins and the growth of the bone in length exaggerated. In
  47165. paralysed limbs the growth from the epiphyses is usually little short of
  47166. the normal. The result of interference with growth is more injurious in
  47167. the lower than in the upper limb, because, from the functional point of
  47168. view, it is essential that the lower extremities should be approximately
  47169. of equal length. In the forearm or leg, where there are two parallel
  47170. bones, if the growth of one is arrested the continued growth of the
  47171. other results in a deviation of the hand or foot to one side.
  47172.  
  47173. In certain diseases, such as rickets and inherited syphilis, and in
  47174. developmental anomalies such as achondroplasia, _dwarfing_ of the
  47175. skeleton results from defective growth of bone at the ossifying
  47176. junctions. Conversely, excessive growth of bone at the ossifying
  47177. junctions results in abnormal height of the skeleton or _giantism_ as a
  47178. result, for example, of increased activity of the pituitary in
  47179. adolescents, and in eunuchs who have been castrated in childhood or
  47180. adolescence; in the latter, union of the epiphyses at the ends of the
  47181. long bones is delayed beyond the usual period at which the skeleton
  47182. attains maturity.
  47183.  
  47184. #Regeneration of Bone.#--When bone has been lost or destroyed as a
  47185. result of injury or disease, it is capable of being reproduced, the
  47186. extent to which regeneration takes place varying under different
  47187. conditions. The chief part in the regeneration of bone is played by the
  47188. osteoblasts in the adjacent marrow and in the deeper layer of the
  47189. periosteum. The shaft of a long bone may be reproduced after having been
  47190. destroyed by disease or removed by operation. The flat bones of the
  47191. skull and the bones of the face, which are primarily developed in
  47192. membrane, have little capacity of regeneration; hence, when bone has
  47193. been lost or removed in these situations, there results a permanent
  47194. defect.
  47195.  
  47196. Wounds or defects in articular cartilage are repaired by fibrous or
  47197. osseous tissue derived from the subjacent cancellous spaces.
  47198.  
  47199. _Transplantation of Bone--Bone-grafting._--Clinical experience is
  47200. conclusive that a portion of bone which has been completely detached
  47201. from its surroundings--for example, a trephine circle, or a flap of bone
  47202. detached with the saw, or the loose fragments in a compound
  47203. fracture--may become, if replaced in position, firmly and permanently
  47204. incorporated with the surrounding bone. Embedded foreign bodies, on the
  47205. other hand, such as ivory pegs or decalcified bone, exhibit, on removal
  47206. after a sufficient interval, evidence of having been eroded, in the
  47207. shape of worm-eaten depressions and perforations, and do not become
  47208. united or fused to the surrounding bone. It follows from this that the
  47209. implanting of living bone is to be preferred to the implanting of dead
  47210. bone or of foreign material. We believe that transplanted living bone
  47211. when placed under favourable conditions survives and becomes
  47212. incorporated with the bone with which it is in contact, and does not
  47213. merely act as a scaffolding. We believe also that the retention of the
  47214. periosteum on the graft is not essential, but, by favouring the
  47215. establishment of vascular connections, it contributes to the survival of
  47216. the graft and the success of the transplantation. Macewen maintains that
  47217. bone grafts "take" better if broken up into small fragments; we regard
  47218. this as unnecessary. Bone grafts yield better functional results when
  47219. they are immovably fixed to the adjacent bone by suture, pegs, or
  47220. plates. As in all grafting procedures, asepsis is essential.
  47221.  
  47222. Transplanted bone retains its vitality when embedded in the soft parts,
  47223. but is gradually absorbed and replaced by fibrous tissue.
  47224.  
  47225.  
  47226. DISEASES OF BONE
  47227.  
  47228. The morbid processes met with in bone originate in the same way and lead
  47229. to the same results as do similar processes in other tissues. The
  47230. structural peculiarities of bone, however, and the important changes
  47231. which take place in the skeleton during the period of growth, modify
  47232. certain of the clinical and pathological features.
  47233.  
  47234. _Definition of Terms._--Any diseased process that affects the periosteum
  47235. is spoken of as _periostitis_; the term _osteomyelitis_ is employed when
  47236. it is located in the marrow. The term _epiphysitis_ has been applied to
  47237. an inflammatory process in two distinct situations--namely, the
  47238. ossifying nucleus in the epiphysis, and the ossifying junction or
  47239. metaphysis between the epiphysial cartilage and the diaphysis. We shall
  47240. restrict the term to inflammation in the first of these situations.
  47241. Inflammation at the ossifying junction is included under the term
  47242. osteomyelitis.
  47243.  
  47244. The term _rarefying ostitis_ is applied to any process that is attended
  47245. with excessive absorption of the framework of a bone, whereby it becomes
  47246. more porous or spongy than it was before, a condition known as
  47247. _osteoporosis_.
  47248.  
  47249. The term _caries_ is employed to indicate any diseased process
  47250. associated with crumbling away of the trabecular framework of a bone. It
  47251. may be considered as the equivalent of ulceration or molecular
  47252. destruction in the soft parts. The carious process is preceded by the
  47253. formation of granulation tissue in the marrow or periosteum, which eats
  47254. away and replaces the bone in contact with it. The subsequent
  47255. degeneration and death of the granulation tissue under the necrotic
  47256. influence of bacterial toxins results in disintegration and crumbling
  47257. away of the trabecular framework of the portion of bone affected.
  47258. Clinically, carious bone yields a soft grating sensation under the
  47259. pressure of the probe. The macerated bone presents a rough, eroded
  47260. surface.
  47261.  
  47262. The term _dry caries_ (_caries sicca_) is applied to that variety which
  47263. is unattended with suppuration.
  47264.  
  47265. _Necrosis_ is the term applied to the death of a tangible portion of
  47266. bone, and the dead portion when separated is called a _sequestrum_. The
  47267. term _exfoliation_ is sometimes employed to indicate the separation or
  47268. throwing off of a superficial sequestrum. The edges and deep surface of
  47269. the sequestrum present a serrated or worm-eaten appearance due to the
  47270. process of erosion by which the dead bone has been separated from the
  47271. living.
  47272.  
  47273.  
  47274. BACTERIAL DISEASES
  47275.  
  47276. The most important diseases in this group are the pyogenic, the
  47277. tuberculous, and the syphilitic.
  47278.  
  47279. PYOGENIC DISEASES OF BONE.--These diseases result from
  47280. infection with pyogenic organisms, and two varieties or types are
  47281. recognised according to whether the organisms concerned reach their seat
  47282. of action by way of the blood-stream, or through an infection of the
  47283. soft parts in contact with the bone.
  47284.  
  47285.  
  47286. INFECTIONS THROUGH THE BLOOD-STREAM
  47287.  
  47288. #Diseases caused by the Staphylococcus Aureus.#--As the majority of
  47289. pyogenic diseases are due to infection with the staphylococcus aureus,
  47290. these will be described first.
  47291.  
  47292. #Acute osteomyelitis# is a suppurative process beginning in the marrow
  47293. and tending to spread to the periosteum. The disease is common in
  47294. children, but is rare after the skeleton has attained maturity. Boys are
  47295. affected more often than girls, in the proportion of three to one,
  47296. probably because they are more liable to exposure, to injury, and to
  47297. violent exertion.
  47298.  
  47299. _Etiology._--Staphylococci gain access to the blood-stream in various
  47300. ways, it may be through the skin or through a mucous surface.
  47301.  
  47302. Such conditions as, for example, a blow, some extra exertion such as a
  47303. long walk, or exposure to cold, as in wading, may act as localising
  47304. factors.
  47305.  
  47306. The long bones are chiefly affected, and the commonest sites are: either
  47307. end of the tibia and the lower end of the femur; the other bones of the
  47308. skeleton are affected in rare instances.
  47309.  
  47310. _Pathology._--The disease commences and is most intense in the marrow of
  47311. the ossifying junction at one end of the diaphysis; it may commence at
  47312. both ends simultaneously--_bipolar osteomyelitis_; or, commencing at one
  47313. end, may spread to the other.
  47314.  
  47315. The changes observed are those of intense engorgement of the marrow,
  47316. going on to greenish-yellow purulent infiltration. Where the process is
  47317. most advanced--that is, at the ossifying junction--there are evidences
  47318. of absorption of the framework of the bone; the marrow spaces and
  47319. Haversian canals undergo enlargement and become filled with
  47320. greenish-yellow pus. This rarefaction of the spongy bone is the earliest
  47321. change seen with the X-rays.
  47322.  
  47323. The process may remain localised to the ossifying junction, but usually
  47324. spreads along the medullary canal for a varying distance, and also
  47325. extends to the periosteum by way of the enlarged Haversian canals. The
  47326. pus accumulates under the periosteum and lifts it up from the bone. The
  47327. extent of spread in the medullary canal and beneath the periosteum is in
  47328. close correspondence. The periosteum of the diaphysis is easily
  47329. separated--hence the facility with which the pus spreads along the
  47330. shaft; but in the region of the ossifying junction it is raised with
  47331. difficulty because of its intimate connection with the epiphysial
  47332. cartilage. Less frequently there is more than one collection of pus
  47333. under the periosteum, each being derived from a focus of suppuration in
  47334. the subjacent marrow. The pus perforates the periosteum, and makes its
  47335. way to the surface by the easiest anatomical route, and discharges
  47336. externally, forming one or more sinuses through which fresh infection
  47337. may take place. The infection may spread to the adjacent joint, either
  47338. directly through the epiphysis and articular cartilage, or along the
  47339. deep layer of the periosteum and its continuation--the capsular
  47340. ligament. When the epiphysis is intra-articular, as, for example, in the
  47341. head of the femur, the pus when it reaches the surface of the bone
  47342. necessarily erupts directly into the joint.
  47343.  
  47344. While the occurrence of purely periosteal suppuration is regarded as
  47345. possible, we are of opinion that the embolic form of staphylococcal
  47346. osteomyelitis always originates in the marrow.
  47347.  
  47348. The portion of the diaphysis which has sustained the action of the
  47349. concentrated toxins has its vitality further impaired as a result of the
  47350. stripping of the periosteum and thrombosis of the blood vessels of the
  47351. marrow, so that _necrosis_ of bone is one of the most striking results
  47352. of the disease, and as this takes place rapidly, that is, in a day or
  47353. two, the term _acute necrosis_, formerly applied to the disease, was
  47354. amply justified.
  47355.  
  47356. When there is marked rarefaction of the bone at the ossifying junction,
  47357. the epiphysis is liable to be separated--_epiphysiolysis_. The
  47358. separation usually takes place through the young bone of the ossifying
  47359. junction, and the surfaces of the diaphysis and epiphysis are opposed to
  47360. each other by irregular eroded surfaces bathed in pus. The separated
  47361. epiphysis may be kept in place by the periosteum, but when this has been
  47362. detached by the formation of pus beneath it, the epiphysis is liable to
  47363. be displaced by muscular action or by some movement of the limb, or it
  47364. is the diaphysis that is displaced, for example, the lower end of the
  47365. diaphysis of the femur may be projected into the popliteal space.
  47366.  
  47367. The epiphysial cartilage usually continues its bone-forming functions,
  47368. but when it has been seriously damaged or displaced, the further growth
  47369. of the bone in length may be interfered with. Sometimes the separated
  47370. and displaced epiphysis dies and constitutes a sequestrum.
  47371.  
  47372. The adjacent joint may become filled at an early stage with a serous
  47373. effusion, which may be sterile. When the cocci gain access to the joint,
  47374. the lesion assumes the characters of a purulent arthritis, which, from
  47375. its frequency during the earlier years of life, has been called _the
  47376. acute arthritis of infants_.
  47377.  
  47378. Separation of an epiphysis nearly always results in infection and
  47379. destruction of the adjacent joint.
  47380.  
  47381. Osteomyelitis is rare in the bones of the carpus and tarsus, and the
  47382. associated joints are usually infected from the outset. In flat bones,
  47383. such as the skull, the scapula, or the ilium, suppuration usually occurs
  47384. on both aspects of the bone as well as in the marrow.
  47385.  
  47386. _Clinical Features._--The constitutional symptoms, which are due to the
  47387. associated toxaemia, vary considerably in different cases. In mild cases
  47388. they may be so slight as to escape recognition. In exceptionally severe
  47389. cases the patient may succumb before there are obvious signs of the
  47390. localisation of the staphylococci in the bone marrow. In average cases
  47391. the temperature rises rapidly with a rigor and runs an irregular course
  47392. with morning remissions, there is marked general illness accompanied by
  47393. headache, vomiting, and sometimes delirium.
  47394.  
  47395. The local manifestations are pain and tenderness in relation to one of
  47396. the long bones; the pain may be so severe as to prevent sleep and to
  47397. cause the child to cry out. Tenderness on pressure over the bone is the
  47398. most valuable diagnostic sign. At a later stage there is an ill-defined
  47399. swelling in the region of the ossifying junction, with oedema of the
  47400. overlying skin and dilatation of the superficial veins.
  47401.  
  47402. The swelling appears earlier and is more definite in superficial bones
  47403. such as the tibia, than in those more deeply placed such as the upper
  47404. end of the femur. It may be less evident to the eye than to the fingers,
  47405. and is best appreciated by gently stroking the bone from the middle of
  47406. its shaft towards the end. The maximum thickening and tenderness usually
  47407. correspond to the junction of the diaphysis with the epiphysis, and the
  47408. swelling tails off gradually along the shaft. As time goes on there is
  47409. redness of the skin, especially over a superficial bone, such as the
  47410. tibia, the swelling becomes softer, and gives evidence of fluctuation.
  47411. This stage may be reached at the end of twenty-four hours, or not for
  47412. some days.
  47413.  
  47414. Suppuration spreads towards the surface, until, some days later, the
  47415. skin sloughs and pus escapes, after which the fever usually remits and
  47416. the pain and other symptoms are relieved. The pus may contain blood and
  47417. droplets of fat derived from the marrow, and in some cases minute
  47418. particles of bone are present also. The presence of fat and bony
  47419. particles in the pus confirms the medullary origin of the suppuration.
  47420.  
  47421. If an incision is made, the periosteum is found to be raised from the
  47422. bone; the extent of the bare bone will be found to correspond fairly
  47423. accurately with the extent of the lesion in the marrow.
  47424.  
  47425. _Local Complications._--The adjacent joint may exhibit symptoms which
  47426. vary from those of a simple effusion to those of a purulent _arthritis_.
  47427. The joint symptoms may count for little in the clinical picture, or, as
  47428. in the case of the hip, may so predominate as to overshadow those of the
  47429. bone lesion from which they originated.
  47430.  
  47431. _Separation and displacement of the epiphysis_ usually reveals itself by
  47432. an alteration in the attitude of the limb; it is nearly always
  47433. associated with suppuration in the adjacent joint.
  47434.  
  47435. When _pathological fracture_ of the shaft occurs, as it may do, from
  47436. some muscular effort or strain, it is attended with the usual signs of
  47437. fracture.
  47438.  
  47439. _Dislocation_ of the adjacent joint has been chiefly observed at the
  47440. hip; it may result from effusion into the joint and stretching of the
  47441. ligaments, or may be the sequel of a purulent arthritis; the signs of
  47442. dislocation are not so obvious as might be expected, but it is attended
  47443. with an alteration in the attitude of the limb, and the displacement of
  47444. the head of the bone is readily shown in a skiagram.
  47445.  
  47446. _General Complications._--In some cases a _multiplicity of lesions_ in
  47447. the bones and joints imparts to the disease the features of pyaemia. The
  47448. occurrence of endocarditis, as indicated by alterations in the heart
  47449. sounds and the development of murmurs, may cause widespread infective
  47450. embolism, and metastatic suppurations in the kidneys, heart-wall, and
  47451. lungs, as well as in other bones and joints than those primarily
  47452. affected. The secondary suppurations are liable to be overlooked unless
  47453. sought for, as they are rarely attended with much pain.
  47454.  
  47455. In these multiple forms of osteomyelitis the toxaemic symptoms
  47456. predominate; the patient is dull and listless, or he may be restless and
  47457. talkative, or actually delirious. The tongue is dry and coated, the lips
  47458. and teeth are covered with sordes, the motions are loose and offensive,
  47459. and may be passed involuntarily. The temperature is remittent and
  47460. irregular, the pulse small and rapid, and the urine may contain blood
  47461. and albumen. Sometimes the skin shows erythematous and purpuric rashes,
  47462. and the patient may cry out as in meningitis. The post-mortem
  47463. appearances are those of pyaemia.
  47464.  
  47465. _Differential Diagnosis._--Acute osteomyelitis is to be diagnosed from
  47466. infections of the soft parts, such as erysipelas and cellulitis, and, in
  47467. the case of the tibia, from erythema nodosum. Tenderness localised to
  47468. the ossifying junction is the most valuable diagnostic sign of
  47469. osteomyelitis.
  47470.  
  47471. When there is early and pronounced general intoxication, there is likely
  47472. to be confusion with other acute febrile illnesses, such as scarlet
  47473. fever. In all febrile conditions in children and adolescents, the
  47474. ossifying junctions of the long bones should be examined for areas of
  47475. pain and tenderness.
  47476.  
  47477. Osteomyelitis has many features in common with acute articular
  47478. rheumatism, and some authorities believe them to be different forms of
  47479. the same disease (Kocher). In acute rheumatism, however, the joint
  47480. symptoms predominate, there is an absence of suppuration, and the pains
  47481. and temperature yield to salicylates.
  47482.  
  47483. The _prognosis_ varies with the type of the disease, with its
  47484. location--the vertebrae, skull, pelvis, and lower jaw being specially
  47485. unfavourable--with the multiplicity of the lesions, and with the
  47486. development of endocarditis and internal metastases.
  47487.  
  47488. _Treatment._--This is carried out on the same lines as in other pyogenic
  47489. infections.
  47490.  
  47491. In the earliest stages of the disease, the induction of hyperaemia is
  47492. indicated, and should be employed until the diagnosis is definitely
  47493. established, and in the meantime preparations for operation should be
  47494. made. An incision is made down to and through the periosteum, and
  47495. whether pus is found or not, the bone should be opened in the vicinity
  47496. of the ossifying junction by means of a drill, gouge, or trephine. If
  47497. pus is found, the opening in the bone is extended along the shaft as far
  47498. as the periosteum has been separated, and the infected marrow is removed
  47499. with the spoon. The cavity is then lightly packed with rubber dam, or,
  47500. as recommended by Bier, the skin edges are brought together by sutures
  47501. which are loosely tied to afford sufficient space between them for the
  47502. exit of discharge, and the hyperaemic treatment is continued.
  47503.  
  47504. When there is widespread suppuration in the marrow, and the shaft is
  47505. extensively bared of periosteum and appears likely to die, it may be
  47506. resected straight away or after an interval of a day or two. Early
  47507. resection of the shaft is also indicated if the opening of the medullary
  47508. canal is not followed by relief of symptoms. In the leg and forearm, the
  47509. unaffected bone maintains the length and contour of the limb; in the
  47510. case of the femur and humerus, extension with weight and pulley along
  47511. with some form of moulded gutter splint is employed with a similar
  47512. object.
  47513.  
  47514. Amputation of the limb is reserved for grave cases, in which life is
  47515. endangered by toxaemia, which is attributed to the primary lesion. It may
  47516. be called for later if the limb is likely to be useless, as, for
  47517. example, when the whole shaft of the bone is dead without the formation
  47518. of a new case, when the epiphyses are separated and displaced, and the
  47519. joints are disorganised.
  47520.  
  47521. Flat bones, such as the skull or ilium, must be trephined and the pus
  47522. cleared out from both aspects of the bone. In the vertebrae, operative
  47523. interference is usually restricted to opening and draining the
  47524. associated abscess.
  47525.  
  47526. #Nature's Effort at Repair.#--_In cases which are left to nature_, and
  47527. in which necrosis of bone has occurred, those portions of the periosteum
  47528. and marrow which have retained their vitality resume their osteogenetic
  47529. functions, often to an exaggerated degree. Where the periosteum has been
  47530. lifted up by an accumulation of pus, or is in contact with bone that is
  47531. dead, it proceeds to form new bone with great activity, so that the dead
  47532. shaft becomes surrounded by a sheath or case of new bone, known as the
  47533. _involucrum_ (Fig. 118). Where the periosteum has been perforated by pus
  47534. making its way to the surface, there are defects or holes in the
  47535. involucrum, called _cloacae_. As these correspond more or less in
  47536. position to the sinuses in the skin, in passing a probe down one of the
  47537. sinuses it usually passes through a cloaca and strikes the dead bone
  47538. lying in the interior. If the periosteum has been extensively
  47539. destroyed, new bone may only be formed in patches, or not at all. The
  47540. dead bone is separated from the living by the agency of granulation
  47541. tissue with its usual complements of phagocytes and osteoclasts, so that
  47542. the sequestrum presents along its margins and on its deep surface a
  47543. pitted, grooved, and worm-eaten appearance, except on the periosteal
  47544. aspect, which is unaltered. Ultimately the dead bone becomes loose and
  47545. lies in a cavity a little larger than itself; the wall of the cavity is
  47546. formed by the new case, lined with granulation tissue. The separation of
  47547. the sequestrum takes place more rapidly in the spongy bone of the
  47548. ossifying junction than in the compact bone of the shaft.
  47549.  
  47550. When foci of suppuration have been scattered up and down the medullary
  47551. cavity, and the bone has died in patches, several sequestra may be
  47552. included by the new case; each portion of dead bone is slowly separated,
  47553. and comes to lie in a cavity lined by granulations.
  47554.  
  47555. Even at a distance from the actual necrosis there is formation of new
  47556. bone by the marrow; the medullary canal is often obliterated, and the
  47557. bone becomes heavier and denser--sclerosis; and the new bone which is
  47558. deposited on the original shaft results in an increase in the girth of
  47559. the bone--hyperostosis.
  47560.  
  47561. [Illustration: FIG. 118.--Shaft of Femur after Acute Osteomyelitis. The
  47562. shaft has undergone extensive necrosis, and a shell of new bone has been
  47563. formed by the periosteum.]
  47564.  
  47565. _Pathological fracture_ of the shaft may occur at the site of necrosis,
  47566. when the new case is incapable of resisting the strain put upon it, and
  47567. is most frequently met with in the shaft of the femur. Short of
  47568. fracture, there may be bending or curving of the new case, and this
  47569. results in deformity and shortening of the limb (Fig. 119).
  47570.  
  47571. The _extrusion of a sequestrum_ may occur, provided there is a cloaca
  47572. large enough to allow of its escape, but the surgeon has usually to
  47573. interfere by performing the operation of sequestrectomy. Displacement or
  47574. partial extrusion of the dead bone may cause complications, as when a
  47575. sequestrum derived from the trigone of the femur perforates the
  47576. popliteal artery or the cavity of the knee-joint, or a sequestrum of the
  47577. pelvis perforates the wall of the urinary bladder.
  47578.  
  47579. The extent to which bone which has been lost is reproduced varies in
  47580. different parts of the skeleton: while the long bones, the scapula, the
  47581. mandible, and other bones which are developed in cartilage are almost
  47582. completely re-formed, bones which are entirely developed in membrane,
  47583. such as the flat bones of the skull and the maxilla, are not reproduced.
  47584.  
  47585. [Illustration: FIG. 119.--Femur and Tibia showing results of Acute
  47586. Osteomyelitis affecting Trigone of Femur; sequestrum partly surrounded
  47587. by new case; backward displacement of lower epiphysis and implication of
  47588. knee-joint.]
  47589.  
  47590. It may be instructive to describe _the X-ray appearances of a long bone
  47591. that has passed through an attack of acute osteomyelitis_ severe enough
  47592. to have caused necrosis of part of the diaphysis. The shadow of the dead
  47593. bone is seen in the position of the original shaft which it represents;
  47594. it is of the same shape and density as the original shaft, while its
  47595. margins present an irregular contour from the erosion concerned in its
  47596. separation. The sequestrum is separated from the living bone by a clear
  47597. zone which corresponds to the layer of granulations lining the cavity in
  47598. which it lies. This clear zone separating the shadow of the dead bone
  47599. from that of the living bone by which it is surrounded is conclusive
  47600. evidence of a sequestrum. The medullary canal in the vicinity of the
  47601. sequestrum being obliterated, is represented by a shadow of varying
  47602. density, continuous with that of the surrounding bone. The shadow of the
  47603. new case or involucrum with its wavy contour is also in evidence, with
  47604. its openings or cloacae, and is mainly responsible for the increase in
  47605. the diameter of the bone.
  47606.  
  47607. The skiagram may also show separation and displacement of the adjacent
  47608. epiphysis and destruction of the articular surfaces or dislocation of
  47609. the joint.
  47610.  
  47611. _Sequelae of Acute Suppurative Osteomyelitis._--The commonest sequel is
  47612. the presence of a sequestrum with one or more discharging sinuses; owing
  47613. to the abundant formation of scar tissue these sinuses have rigid edges
  47614. which are usually depressed and adherent to the bone.
  47615.  
  47616. _The Recognition and Removal of Sequestra._--So long as there is dead
  47617. bone there will be suppuration from the granulations lining the cavity
  47618. in which it lies, and a discharge of pus from the sinuses, so that the
  47619. mere persistence of discharge after an attack of osteomyelitis, is
  47620. presumptive evidence of the occurrence of necrosis. Where there are one
  47621. or more sinuses, the passage of a probe which strikes bare bone affords
  47622. corroboration of the view that the bone has perished. When the dead bone
  47623. has been separated from the living, the X-rays yield the most exact
  47624. information.
  47625.  
  47626. The traditional practice is to wait until the dead bone is entirely
  47627. separated before undertaking an operation for its removal, from fear, on
  47628. the one hand, of leaving portions behind which may keep up the
  47629. discharge, and, on the other, of removing more bone than is necessary.
  47630. This practice need not be adhered to, as by operating at an earlier
  47631. stage healing is greatly hastened. If it is decided to wait for
  47632. separation of the dead bone, drainage should be improved, and the
  47633. infective element combated by the induction of hyperaemia.
  47634.  
  47635. _The operation_ for the removal of the dead bone (_sequestrectomy_)
  47636. consists in opening up the periosteum and the new case sufficiently to
  47637. allow of the removal of all the dead bone, including the most minute
  47638. sequestra. The limb having been rendered bloodless, existing sinuses are
  47639. enlarged, but if these are inconveniently situated--for example, in the
  47640. centre of the popliteal space in necrosis of the femoral trigone--it is
  47641. better to make a fresh wound down to the bone on that aspect of the
  47642. limb which affords best access, and which entails the least injury of
  47643. the soft parts. The periosteum, which is thick and easily separable, is
  47644. raised from the new case with an elevator, and with the chisel or gouge
  47645. enough of the new bone is taken away to allow of the removal of the
  47646. sequestrum. Care must be taken not to leave behind any fragment of dead
  47647. bone, as this will interfere with healing, and may determine a relapse
  47648. of suppuration.
  47649.  
  47650. The dead bone having been removed, the lining granulations are scraped
  47651. away with a spoon, and the cavity is disinfected.
  47652.  
  47653. There are different ways of dealing with a _bone cavity_. It may be
  47654. packed with gauze (impregnated with "bipp" or with iodoform), which is
  47655. changed at intervals until healing takes place from the bottom; it may
  47656. be filled with a flap of bone and periosteum raised from the vicinity,
  47657. or with bone grafts; or the wall of bone on one side of the cavity may
  47658. be chiselled through at its base, so that it can be brought into contact
  47659. with the opposite wall. The method of filling bone cavities devised by
  47660. Mosetig-Moorhof, consists in disinfecting and drying the cavity by a
  47661. current of hot air, and filling it with a mixture of powdered iodoform
  47662. (60 parts) and oil of sesame and spermaceti (each 40 parts), which is
  47663. fluid at a temperature of 112 o F.; the soft parts are then brought
  47664. together without drainage. As the cavity fills up with new bone the
  47665. iodoform is gradually absorbed. Iodoform gives a dark shadow with the
  47666. X-rays, so that the process of its absorption can be followed in
  47667. skiagrams taken at intervals.
  47668.  
  47669. These procedures may be carried out at the same time as the sequestrum
  47670. is removed, or after an interval. In all of them, asepsis is essential
  47671. for success.
  47672.  
  47673. The _deformities_ resulting from osteomyelitis are more marked the
  47674. earlier in life the disease occurs. Even under favourable conditions,
  47675. and with the continuous effort at reconstruction of the bone by Nature's
  47676. method, the return to normal is often far from perfect, and there
  47677. usually remains a variable amount of hyperostosis and sclerosis and
  47678. sometimes curving of the bone. Under less favourable conditions, the
  47679. late results of osteomyelitis may be more serious. _Shortening_ is not
  47680. uncommon from interference with growth at the ossifying junction.
  47681. _Exaggerated growth_ in the length of a bone is rare, and has been
  47682. observed chiefly in the bones of the leg. Where there are two parallel
  47683. bones--as in the leg, for example--the growth of the diseased bone may
  47684. be impaired, and the other continuing its normal growth becomes
  47685. disproportionately long; less frequently the growth of the diseased
  47686. bone is exaggerated, and it becomes the longer of the two. In either
  47687. case, the longer bone becomes curved. An _obliquity_ of the bone may
  47688. result when one half of the epiphysial cartilage is destroyed and the
  47689. other half continues to form bone, giving rise to such deformities as
  47690. knock-knee and club-hand.
  47691.  
  47692. Deformity may also result from vicious union of a pathological fracture,
  47693. permanent displacement of an epiphysis, contracture, ankylosis, or
  47694. dislocation of the adjacent joint.
  47695.  
  47696. #Relapsing Osteomyelitis.#--As the term indicates, the various forms of
  47697. relapsing osteomyelitis date back to an antecedent attack, and their
  47698. occurrence depends on the capacity of staphylococci to lie latent in the
  47699. marrow.
  47700.  
  47701. Relapse may take place within a few months of the original attack, or
  47702. not for many years. Cases are sometimes met with in which relapses recur
  47703. at regular intervals for several years, the tendency, however, being for
  47704. the attacks to become milder as the virulence of the organisms becomes
  47705. more and more attenuated.
  47706.  
  47707. _Clinical Features._--Osteomyelitis in a patient over twenty-five is
  47708. nearly always of the relapsing variety. In some cases the bone becomes
  47709. enlarged, with pain and tenderness on pressure; in others there are the
  47710. usual phenomena which attend suppuration, but the pus is slow in coming
  47711. to the surface, and the constitutional symptoms are slight. The pus may
  47712. escape by new channels, or one of the old sinuses may re-open.
  47713. Radiograms usually furnish useful information as to the condition of the
  47714. bone, both as it is altered by the original attack and by the changes
  47715. that attend the relapse of the infective process.
  47716.  
  47717. _Treatment._--In cases of thickening of the bone with persistent and
  47718. severe pain, if relief is not afforded by the repeated application of
  47719. blisters, the thickened periosteum should be incised, and the bone
  47720. opened up with the chisel or trephine. In cases attended with
  47721. suppuration, the swelling is incised and drained, and if there is a
  47722. sequestrum, it must be removed.
  47723.  
  47724. #Circumscribed Abscess of Bone--"Brodie's Abscess."#--The most important
  47725. form of relapsing osteomyelitis is the circumscribed abscess of bone
  47726. first described by Benjamin Brodie. It is usually met with in young
  47727. adults, but we have met with it in patients over fifty. Several years
  47728. may intervene between the original attack of osteomyelitis and the onset
  47729. of symptoms of abscess.
  47730.  
  47731. _Morbid Anatomy._[7]--The abscess is nearly always situated in the
  47732. central axis of the bone in the region of the ossifying junction,
  47733. although cases are occasionally met with in which it lies nearer the
  47734. middle of the shaft. In exceptional cases there is more than one abscess
  47735. (Fig. 120). The tibia is the bone most commonly affected, but the lower
  47736. end of the femur, or either end of the humerus, may be the seat of the
  47737. abscess. In the quiescent stage the lesion is represented by a small
  47738. cavity in the bone, filled with clear serum, and lined by a fibrous
  47739. membrane which is engaged in forming bone. Around the cavity the bone is
  47740. sclerosed, and the medullary canal is obliterated. When the infection
  47741. becomes active, the contents of the cavity are transformed into a
  47742. greenish-yellow pus from which the staphylococcus can be isolated, and
  47743. the cavity is lined by a thin film of granulation tissue which erodes
  47744. the surrounding bone and so causes the abscess to increase in size. If
  47745. the erosion proceeds uniformly, the cavity is spherical or oval; if it
  47746. is more active at some points than others, diverticula or tunnels are
  47747. formed, and one of these may finally erupt through the shell of the bone
  47748. or into an adjacent joint. Small irregular sequestra are occasionally
  47749. found within the abscess cavity. In long-standing cases it is common to
  47750. find extensive obliteration of the medullary canal, and a considerable
  47751. increase in the girth of the bone.
  47752.  
  47753. [7] Alexis Thomson, _Edin. Med. Journ._, 1906.
  47754.  
  47755. [Illustration: FIG. 120.--Segment of Tibia resected for Brodie's
  47756. Abscess. The specimen shows two separate abscesses in the centre of the
  47757. shaft, the lower one quiescent, the upper one active and increasing in
  47758. size.]
  47759.  
  47760. The size of the abscess ranges from that of a cherry to that of a
  47761. walnut, but specimens in museums show that, if left to Nature, the
  47762. abscess may attain much greater dimensions.
  47763.  
  47764. The affected bone is not only thicker and heavier than normal, but may
  47765. also be curved or otherwise deformed as a result of the original attack
  47766. of osteomyelitis.
  47767.  
  47768. The _clinical features_ are almost exclusively local. Pain, due to
  47769. tension within the abscess, is the dominant symptom. At first it is
  47770. vague and difficult to localise, later it is referred to the interior of
  47771. the bone, and is described as "boring." It is aggravated by use of the
  47772. limb, and there are often, especially during the night, exacerbations in
  47773. which the pain becomes excruciating. In the early stages there are
  47774. periods of days or weeks during which the symptoms abate, but as the
  47775. abscess increases these become shorter, until the patient is hardly ever
  47776. free from pain. Localised tenderness can almost always be elicited by
  47777. percussion, or by compressing the bone between the fingers and thumb.
  47778. The pain induced by the traction of muscles attached to the bone, or by
  47779. the weight of the body, may interfere with the function of the limb, and
  47780. in the lower extremity cause a limp in walking. The limb may be disabled
  47781. from _involvement of the adjacent joint_, in which there may be an
  47782. intermittent hydrops which comes and goes coincidently with
  47783. exacerbations of pain; or the abscess may perforate the joint and set up
  47784. an acute arthritis.
  47785.  
  47786. The _diagnosis_ of Brodie's abscess from other affections met with at
  47787. the ends of long bones, and particularly from tuberculosis, syphilis,
  47788. and new growths, is made by a consideration of the previous history,
  47789. especially with reference to an antecedent attack of osteomyelitis. When
  47790. the adjacent joint is implicated, the surgeon may be misled by the
  47791. patient referring all the symptoms to the joint.
  47792.  
  47793. The X-ray picture is usually diagnostic chiefly because all the lesions
  47794. which are liable to be confused with Brodie's abscess--gumma, tubercle,
  47795. myeloma, chondroma, and sarcoma--give a well-marked central clear area;
  47796. the sclerosis around Brodie's abscess gives a dense shadow in which the
  47797. central clear area is either not seen at all or only faintly (Fig. 121).
  47798.  
  47799. _Treatment._--If an abscess is suspected, there should be no hesitation
  47800. in exploring the interior of the bone. It is exposed by a suitable
  47801. incision; the periosteum is reflected and the bone is opened up by a
  47802. trephine or chisel, and the presence of an abscess may be at once
  47803. indicated by the escape of pus. If, owing to the small size of the
  47804. abscess or the density of the bone surrounding it, the pus is not
  47805. reached by this procedure, the bone should be drilled in different
  47806. directions.
  47807.  
  47808. [Illustration: FIG. 121.--Radiogram of Brodie's Abscess in Lower End of
  47809. Tibia.]
  47810.  
  47811. #Other Forms of Acute Osteomyelitis.#--Among the less severe forms of
  47812. osteomyelitis resulting from the action of attenuated organisms are the
  47813. _serous_ variety, in which an effusion of serous fluid forms under the
  47814. periosteum; and _growth fever_, in which the child complains of vague
  47815. evanescent pains (growing pains), and of feeling tired and disinclined
  47816. to play; there may be some rise of temperature in the evening.
  47817.  
  47818. Infection with the _staphylococcus albus_, the _streptococcus_, or the
  47819. _pneumococcus_ also causes a mild form of osteomyelitis which may go on
  47820. to suppuration.
  47821.  
  47822. _Necrosis without suppuration_, described by Paget under the name "quiet
  47823. necrosis," is a rare disease, and would appear to be associated with an
  47824. attenuated form of staphylococcal infection (Tavel). It occurs in
  47825. adults, being met with up to the age of fifty or sixty, and is
  47826. characterised by the insidious development of a swelling which involves
  47827. a considerable extent of a long bone. The pain varies in intensity, and
  47828. may be continuous or intermittent, and there is tenderness on pressure.
  47829. The shaft is increased in girth as a result of its being surrounded by a
  47830. new case of bone. The resemblance to sarcoma may be very close, but the
  47831. swelling is not as defined as in sarcoma, nor does it ever assume the
  47832. characteristic "leg of mutton" shape. In both diseases there is a
  47833. tendency to pathological fracture. It is difficult also in the absence
  47834. of skiagrams to differentiate the condition from syphilitic and from
  47835. tuberculous disease. If the diagnosis is not established after
  47836. examination with the X-rays, an exploratory incision should be made; if
  47837. dead bone is found, it is removed.
  47838.  
  47839. In typhoid fever the bone marrow is liable to be invaded by _the typhoid
  47840. bacillus_, which may set up osteomyelitis soon after its lodgment, or it
  47841. may lie latent for a considerable period before doing so. The lesions
  47842. may be single or multiple, they involve the marrow or the periosteum or
  47843. both, and they may or may not be attended with suppuration. They are
  47844. most commonly met with in the tibia and in the ribs at the
  47845. costo-chondral junctions.
  47846.  
  47847. The bone lesions usually occur during the seventh or eighth week of the
  47848. fever, but have been known to occur much later. The chief complaint is
  47849. of vague pains, at first referred to several bones, later becoming
  47850. localised in one; they are aggravated by movement, or by handling the
  47851. bone, and are worst at night. There is redness and oedema of the
  47852. overlying soft parts, and swelling with vague fluctuation, and on
  47853. incision there escapes a yellow creamy pus, or a brown syrupy fluid
  47854. containing the typhoid bacillus in pure culture. Necrosis is
  47855. exceptional.
  47856.  
  47857. When the abscess develops slowly, the condition resembles tuberculous
  47858. disease, from which it may be diagnosed by the history of typhoid fever,
  47859. and by obtaining a positive Widal reaction.
  47860.  
  47861. The prognosis is favourable, but recovery is apt to be slow, and relapse
  47862. is not uncommon.
  47863.  
  47864. It is usually sufficient to incise the periosteum, but when the disease
  47865. occurs in a rib it may be necessary to resect a portion of bone.
  47866.  
  47867. #Pyogenic Osteomyelitis due to Spread of Infection from the Soft
  47868. Parts.#--There still remain those forms of osteomyelitis which result
  47869. from infection through a wound involving the bone--for example, compound
  47870. fractures, gun-shot injuries, osteotomies, amputations, resections, or
  47871. operations for un-united fracture. In all of these the marrow is exposed
  47872. to infection by such organisms as are present in the wound. A similar
  47873. form of osteomyelitis may occur apart from a wound--for example,
  47874. infection may spread to the jaws from lesions of the mouth; to the
  47875. skull, from lesions of the scalp or of the cranial bones
  47876. themselves--such as a syphilitic gumma or a sarcoma which has fungated
  47877. externally; or to the petrous temporal, from suppuration in the middle
  47878. ear.
  47879.  
  47880. The most common is an osteomyelitis commencing in the marrow exposed in
  47881. a wound infected with pyogenic organisms. In amputation stumps,
  47882. fungating granulations protrude from the sawn end of the bone, and if
  47883. necrosis takes place, the sequestrum is annular, affecting the
  47884. cross-section of the bone at the saw-line; or tubular, extending up the
  47885. shaft, and tapering off above. The periosteum is more easily detached,
  47886. is thicker than normal, and is actively engaged in forming bone. In the
  47887. macerated specimen, the new bone presents a characteristic coral-like
  47888. appearance, and may be perforated by cloacae (Fig. 122).
  47889.  
  47890. [Illustration: FIG. 122.--Tubular Sequestrum resulting from Septic
  47891. Osteomyelitis in Amputation Stump.]
  47892.  
  47893. Like other pyogenic infections, it may terminate in pyaemia, as a result
  47894. of septic phlebitis in the marrow.
  47895.  
  47896. The _clinical features_ of osteomyelitis in _an amputation stump_ are
  47897. those of ordinary pyogenic infection; the involvement of the bone may be
  47898. suspected from the clinical course, the absence of improvement from
  47899. measures directed towards overcoming the sepsis in the soft parts, and
  47900. the persistence of suppuration in spite of free drainage, but it is not
  47901. recognised unless the bone is exposed by opening up the stump or the
  47902. changes in the bone are shown by the X-rays. The first change is due to
  47903. the deposit of new bone on the periosteal surface; later, there is the
  47904. shadow of the sequestrum.
  47905.  
  47906. Healing does not take place until the sequestrum is extruded or removed
  47907. by operation.
  47908.  
  47909. _In compound fractures_, if a fragment dies and forms a sequestrum, it
  47910. is apt to be walled in by new bone; the sinuses continue to discharge
  47911. until the sequestrum is removed. Even after healing has taken place,
  47912. relapse is liable to occur, especially in gun-shot injuries. Months or
  47913. years afterwards, the bone may become painful and tender. The symptoms
  47914. may subside under rest and elevation of the limb and the application of
  47915. a compress, or an abscess forms and bursts with comparatively little
  47916. suffering. The contents may be clear yellow serum or watery pus;
  47917. sometimes a small spicule of bone is discharged. Valuable information,
  47918. both for diagnosis and treatment, is afforded by skiagrams.
  47919.  
  47920. [Illustration: FIG. 123.--New Periosteal Bone on surface of Femur from
  47921. Amputation Stump. Osteomyelitis supervened on the amputation, and
  47922. resulted in necrosis at the sawn section of the bone. (Anatomical
  47923. Museum, University of Edinburgh.)]
  47924.  
  47925.  
  47926. TUBERCULOUS DISEASE
  47927.  
  47928. The tuberculous diseases of bone result from infection of the marrow or
  47929. periosteum by tubercle bacilli conveyed through the arteries; it is
  47930. exceedingly rare for tubercle to appear in bone as a primary infection,
  47931. the bacilli being usually derived from some pre-existing focus in the
  47932. bronchial glands or elsewhere. According to the observations of John
  47933. Fraser, 60 per cent. of the cases of bone and joint tubercle in children
  47934. are due to the bovine bacillus, 37 per cent. to the human variety, and
  47935. in 3 per cent. both types are present.
  47936.  
  47937. Tuberculous disease in bone is characterised by its insidious onset and
  47938. slow progress, and by the frequency with which it is associated with
  47939. disease of the adjacent joint.
  47940.  
  47941. #Periosteal tuberculosis# is met with in the ribs, sternum, vertebral
  47942. column, skull, and less frequently in the long bones of the limbs. It
  47943. may originate in the periosteum, or may spread thence from the marrow,
  47944. or from synovial membrane.
  47945.  
  47946. _In superficial bones_, such as the sternum, the formation of
  47947. tuberculous granulation tissue in the deeper layer of the periosteum,
  47948. and its subsequent caseation and liquefaction, is attended by the
  47949. insidious development of a doughy swelling, which is not as a rule
  47950. painful, although tender on pressure. While the swelling often remains
  47951. quiescent for some time, it tends to increase in size, to become boggy
  47952. or fluctuating, and to assume the characters of a cold abscess. The pus
  47953. perforates the fibrous layer of the periosteum, invading and infecting
  47954. the overlying soft parts, its spread being influenced by the anatomical
  47955. arrangement of the tissues. The size of the abscess affords no
  47956. indication of the extent of the bone lesion from which it originates. As
  47957. the abscess reaches the surface, the skin becomes of a dusky red or
  47958. livid colour, is gradually thinned out, and finally sloughs, forming a
  47959. sinus. A probe passed into the sinus strikes carious bone. Small
  47960. sequestra may be found embedded in the granulation tissue. The sinus
  47961. persists as long as any active tubercle remains in the tissues, and is
  47962. apt to form an avenue for pyogenic infection.
  47963.  
  47964. _In deeply seated bones_, such as the upper end of the femur, the
  47965. formation of a cold abscess in the soft parts is often the first
  47966. evidence of the disease.
  47967.  
  47968. _Diagnosis._--Before the stage of cold abscess is reached, the localised
  47969. swelling is to be differentiated from a gumma, from chronic forms of
  47970. staphylococcal osteomyelitis, from enlarged bursa or ganglion, from
  47971. sub-periosteal lipoma, and from sarcoma. Most difficulty is met with in
  47972. relation to periosteal sarcoma, which must be differentiated either by
  47973. the X-ray appearances or by an exploratory incision.
  47974.  
  47975. _X-ray appearances in periosteal tubercle_: the surface of the cortical
  47976. bone in the area of disease is roughened and irregular by erosion, and
  47977. in the vicinity there may be a deposit of new bone on the surface,
  47978. particularly if a sinus is present and mixed infection has occurred; in
  47979. _syphilis_ the shadow of the bone is denser as a result of sclerosis,
  47980. and there is usually more new bone on the surface--hyperostosis; in
  47981. _periosteal sarcoma_ there is greater erosion and consequently greater
  47982. irregularity in the contour of the cortical bone, and frequently there
  47983. is evidence of formation of bone in the form of characteristic spicules
  47984. projecting from the surface at a right angle.
  47985.  
  47986. The early recognition of periosteal lesions in the articular ends of
  47987. bones is of importance, as the disease, if left to itself, is liable to
  47988. spread to the adjacent joint.
  47989.  
  47990. The _treatment_ is that of tuberculous lesions in general; if
  47991. conservative measures fail, the choice lies between the injection of
  47992. iodoform, and removal of the infected tissues with the sharp spoon. In
  47993. the ribs it is more satisfactory to remove the diseased portion of bone
  47994. along with the wall of the associated abscess or sinus. If all the
  47995. tubercle has been removed and there is no pyogenic infection, the wound
  47996. is stitched up with the object of obtaining primary union; otherwise it
  47997. is treated by the open method.
  47998.  
  47999. #Tuberculous Osteomyelitis.#--Tuberculous lesions in the marrow occur as
  48000. isolated or as multiple foci of granulation tissue, which replace the
  48001. marrow and erode the trabeculae of bone in the vicinity (Fig. 124). The
  48002. individual focus varies in size from a pea to a walnut. The changes that
  48003. ensue resemble in character those in other tissues, and the extent of
  48004. the destruction varies according to the way in which the tubercle
  48005. bacillus and the marrow interact upon one another. The granulation
  48006. tissue may undergo caseation and liquefaction, or may become
  48007. encapsulated by fibrous tissue--"encysted tubercle."
  48008.  
  48009. [Illustration: FIG. 124.--Tuberculous Osteomyelitis of Os Magnum,
  48010. excised from a boy aet. 8. Note well-defined caseous focus, with several
  48011. minute foci in surrounding marrow.]
  48012.  
  48013. Sometimes the tuberculous granulation tissue spreads in the marrow,
  48014. assuming the characters of a diffuse infiltration--diffuse tuberculous
  48015. osteomyelitis. The trabecular framework of the bone undergoes erosion
  48016. and absorption--rarefying ostitis--and either disappears altogether or
  48017. only irregular fragments or sequestra of microscopic dimensions remain
  48018. in the area affected. Less frequently the trabecular framework is added
  48019. to by the formation of new bone, resulting in a remarkable degree of
  48020. sclerosis, and if, following upon this, there is caseation of the
  48021. tubercle and death of the affected portion of bone, there results a
  48022. sequestrum often of considerable size and characteristic shape, which,
  48023. because of the sclerosis and surrounding endarteritis, is exceedingly
  48024. slow in separating. When the sequestrum involves an articular surface it
  48025. is often wedge-shaped; in other situations it is rounded or truncated
  48026. and lies in the long axis of the medullary canal (Fig. 125). Finally,
  48027. the sequestrum lies loose in a cavity lined by tuberculous granulation
  48028. tissue, and is readily identified in a radiogram. This type of sclerosis
  48029. preceding death of the bone is highly characteristic of tuberculosis.
  48030.  
  48031. [Illustration: FIG. 125.--Tuberculous Disease of Child's Tibia,
  48032. showing sequestrum in medullary cavity, and increase in girth from
  48033. excess of new bone.]
  48034.  
  48035. _Clinical Features._--As a rule, it is only in superficially placed
  48036. bones, such as the tibia, ulna, clavicle, mandible, or phalanges, that
  48037. tuberculous disease in the marrow gives rise to signs sufficiently
  48038. definite to allow of its clinical recognition. In the vertebrae, or in
  48039. the bones of deeply seated joints, such as the hip or shoulder, the
  48040. existence of tuberculous lesions in the marrow can only be inferred from
  48041. indirect signs--such, for example, as rigidity and curvature in the case
  48042. of the spine, or from the symptoms of grave and persistent joint-disease
  48043. in the case of the hip or shoulder.
  48044.  
  48045. With few exceptions, tuberculous disease in the interior of a bone does
  48046. not reveal its presence until by extension it reaches one or other of
  48047. the surfaces of the bone. In the shaft of a long bone its eruption on
  48048. the periosteal surface is usually followed by the formation of a cold
  48049. abscess in the overlying soft parts. When situated in the articular ends
  48050. of bones, the disease more often erupts in relation to the reflection of
  48051. the synovial membrane or directly on the articular surface--in either
  48052. case giving rise to disease of the joint (Fig. 156).
  48053.  
  48054. [Illustration: Fig. 126.--Diffuse Tuberculous Osteomyelitis of Right
  48055. Tibia.
  48056.  
  48057. (Photograph lent by Sir H. J. Stiles.)]
  48058.  
  48059. #Diffuse Tuberculous Osteomyelitis in the shaft of a long bone# is
  48060. comparatively rare, and has been observed chiefly in the tibia and the
  48061. ulna in children (Fig. 126). It commences at the growing extremity of
  48062. the diaphysis, and spreads along the medulla to a variable extent; it is
  48063. attended by the formation of vascular and porous bone on the surface,
  48064. which causes thickening of the diaphysis; this is most marked at the
  48065. ossifying junction and tapers off along the shaft. The infection not
  48066. only spreads along the medulla, but it invades the spongy bone
  48067. surrounding this, and then the cortical bone, and is only prevented from
  48068. reaching the soft parts by the new bone formed by the periosteum. The
  48069. bone is replaced by granulation tissue, and disappears, or part of it
  48070. may become sclerosed and in time form a sequestrum. In the macerated
  48071. specimen, the sequestrum appears small in proportion to the large cavity
  48072. in which it lies. All these changes are revealed in a good skiagram,
  48073. which not only confirms the diagnosis, but, in many instances,
  48074. demonstrates the extent of the disease, the presence or absence of a
  48075. sequestrum, and the amount of new bone on the surface. Finally the
  48076. periosteum gives way, and an abscess forms in the soft parts; and if
  48077. left to itself ruptures externally, leaving a sinus. The most
  48078. satisfactory _treatment_ is to resect sub-periosteally the diseased
  48079. portion of the diaphysis.
  48080.  
  48081. _In cancellous bones, such as those of the tarsus_, there is a similar
  48082. caseous infiltration in the marrow, and this may be attended with the
  48083. formation of a sequestrum either in the interior of the bone or
  48084. involving its outer shell, as shown in Fig. 127. The situation and
  48085. extent of the disease are shown in X-ray photographs. After the
  48086. tuberculous granulation tissue erupts through the cortex of the bone, it
  48087. gives rise to a cold abscess or infects adjacent joints or tendon
  48088. sheaths.
  48089.  
  48090. [Illustration: FIG. 127.--Advanced Tuberculous Disease in region of
  48091. Ankle. The ankle-joint is ankylosed, and there is a large sequestrum in
  48092. the calcaneus.
  48093.  
  48094. (Specimen in Anatomical Museum, University of Edinburgh.)]
  48095.  
  48096. If an exact diagnosis is made at an early stage of the disease--and this
  48097. is often possible with the aid of X-rays--the affected bone is excised
  48098. sub-periosteally or its interior is cleared out with the sharp spoon and
  48099. gouge, the latter procedure being preferred in the case of the
  48100. _calcaneus_ to conserve the stability of the heel. When several bones
  48101. and joints are simultaneously affected, and there are sinuses with
  48102. mixed infection, amputation is usually indicated, especially in adults.
  48103.  
  48104. #Tuberculous dactylitis# is the name applied to a diffuse form of the
  48105. disease as it affects the phalanges, metacarpal or metatarsal bones. The
  48106. lesion presents, on a small scale, all the anatomical changes that have
  48107. been described as occurring in the medulla of the tibia or ulna, and
  48108. they are easily followed in skiagrams. A periosteal type of dactylitis
  48109. is also met with.
  48110.  
  48111. The _clinical features_ are those of a spindle-shaped swelling of a
  48112. finger or toe, indolent, painless, and interfering but little with the
  48113. function of the digit. Recovery may eventually occur without
  48114. suppuration, but it is common to have the formation of a cold abscess,
  48115. which bursts and forms one or more sinuses. It may be difficult to
  48116. differentiate tuberculous dactylitis from the enlargement of the
  48117. phalanges in inherited syphilis (syphilitic dactylitis), especially when
  48118. the tuberculous lesion occurs in a child who is the subject of inherited
  48119. syphilis.
  48120.  
  48121. [Illustration: FIG. 128.--Tuberculous Dactylitis.]
  48122.  
  48123. In the syphilitic lesion, skiagrams usually show a more abundant
  48124. formation of new bone, but in many cases the doubt is only cleared up by
  48125. observing the results of the tuberculin test or the effects of
  48126. anti-syphilitic treatment.
  48127.  
  48128. Sarcoma of a phalanx or metacarpal bone may closely resemble a
  48129. dactylitis both clinically and in skiagrams, but it is rare.
  48130.  
  48131. _Treatment._--Recovery under conservative measures is not uncommon, and
  48132. the functional results are usually better than those following upon
  48133. operative treatment, although in either case the affected finger is
  48134. liable to be dwarfed (Fig. 129). The finger should be immobilised in a
  48135. splint, and a Bier's bandage applied to the upper arm. Operative
  48136. interference is indicated if a cold abscess develops, if there is a
  48137. persistent sinus, or if a sequestrum has formed, a point upon which
  48138. information is obtained by examination with the X-rays. When a toe is
  48139. affected, amputation is the best treatment, but in the case of a finger
  48140. it is rarely called for. In the case of a metacarpal or metatarsal bone,
  48141. sub-periosteal resection is the procedure of choice, saving the
  48142. articular ends if possible.
  48143.  
  48144. [Illustration: FIG. 129.--Shortening of Middle Finger of Adult, the
  48145. result of Tuberculous Dactylitis in childhood.]
  48146.  
  48147.  
  48148. SYPHILITIC DISEASE
  48149.  
  48150. Syphilitic affections of bone may be met with at any period of the
  48151. disease, but the graver forms occur in the tertiary stage of acquired
  48152. and inherited syphilis. The virus is carried by the blood-stream to all
  48153. parts of the skeleton, but the local development of the disease appears
  48154. to be influenced by a predisposition on the part of individual bones.
  48155.  
  48156. Syphilitic diseases of bone are much less common in practice than those
  48157. due to pyogenic and tuberculous infectious, and they show a marked
  48158. predilection for the tibia, sternum, and skull. They differ from
  48159. tuberculous affections in the frequency with which they attack the
  48160. shafts of bones rather than the articular ends, and in the comparative
  48161. rarity of joint complications.
  48162.  
  48163. _Evanescent periostitis_ is met with in acquired syphilis during the
  48164. period of the early skin eruptions. The patient complains, especially at
  48165. night, of pains over the frontal bone, ribs, sternum, tibiae, or ulnae.
  48166. Localised tenderness is elicited on pressure, and there is slight
  48167. swelling, which, however, rarely amounts to what may be described as a
  48168. _periosteal node_.
  48169.  
  48170. In the later stages of acquired syphilis, _gummatous periostitis and
  48171. osteomyelitis_ occur, and are characterised by the formation in the
  48172. periosteum and marrow of circumscribed gummata or of a diffuse gummatous
  48173. infiltration. The framework of the bone is rarefied in the area
  48174. immediately involved, and sclerosed in the parts beyond. If the
  48175. gummatous tissue degenerates and breaks down, and especially if the
  48176. overlying skin is perforated and septic infection is superadded, the
  48177. bone disintegrates and exhibits the condition known as _syphilitic
  48178. caries_; sometimes a portion of bone has its blood supply so far
  48179. interfered with that it dies--_syphilitic necrosis_. Syphilitic
  48180. sequestra are heavier and denser than normal bone, because sclerosis
  48181. usually precedes death of the bone. The bones especially affected by
  48182. gummatous disease are: the skull, the septum of the nose, the nasal
  48183. bones, palate, sternum, femur, tibia, and the bones of the forearm.
  48184.  
  48185. _In the bones of the skull_, gummata may form in the peri-cranium,
  48186. diploe, or dura mater. An isolated gumma forms a firm elastic swelling,
  48187. shading off into the surroundings. In the macerated bone there is a
  48188. depression or an actual perforation of the calvaria; multiple gummata
  48189. tend to fuse with one another at their margins, giving the appearance of
  48190. a combination of circles: these sometimes surround an area of bone and
  48191. cut it off from its blood supply (Fig. 130). If the overlying skin is
  48192. destroyed and septic infection superadded, such an isolated area of bone
  48193. is apt to die and furnish a sequestrum; the separation of the dead bone
  48194. is extremely slow, partly from the want of vascularity in the sclerosed
  48195. bone round about, and partly from the density of the sequestrum. In
  48196. exceptional cases the necrosis involves the entire vertical plate of the
  48197. frontal bone. Pus is formed between the bone and the dura (suppurative
  48198. pachymeningitis), and this may be followed by cerebral abscess or by
  48199. pyaemia. Gummatous disease in the wall of the orbit may cause
  48200. displacement of the eye and paralysis of the ocular muscles.
  48201.  
  48202. [Illustration: FIG. 130.--Syphilitic Disease of Skull, showing a
  48203. sequestrum in process of separation.]
  48204.  
  48205. On the inner surface of the skull, the formation of gummatous tissue may
  48206. cause pressure on the brain and give rise to intense pain in the head,
  48207. Jacksonian epilepsy, or paralysis, the symptoms varying with the seat
  48208. and extent of the disease. The cranial nerves may be pressed upon at the
  48209. base, especially at their points of exit, and this gives rise to
  48210. symptoms of irritation or paralysis in the area of distribution of the
  48211. nerves affected.
  48212.  
  48213. _In the septum of the nose, the nasal bones, and the hard palate_,
  48214. gummatous disease causes ulceration, which, beginning in the mucous
  48215. membrane, spreads to the bones, and being complicated with septic
  48216. infection leads to caries and necrosis. In the nose, the disease is
  48217. attended with stinking discharge (ozoena), the extrusion of portions of
  48218. dead bone, and subsequently with deformity characterised by loss of the
  48219. bridge of the nose; in the palate, it is common to have a perforation,
  48220. so that the air escapes through the nose in speaking, giving to the
  48221. voice a characteristic nasal tone.
  48222.  
  48223. _Syphilitic disease of the tibia_ may be taken as the type of the
  48224. affection as it occurs _in the long bones_. Gummatous disease in the
  48225. periosteum may be localised and result in the formation of a
  48226. well-defined node, or the whole shaft may become the seat of an
  48227. irregular nodular enlargement (Fig. 132). If the bone is macerated, it
  48228. is found to be heavier and bulkier than normal; there is diffuse
  48229. sclerosis with obliteration of the medullary canal, and the surface is
  48230. uneven from heaping up of new bone--hyperostosis (Fig. 131). If a
  48231. periosteal gumma breaks down and invades the skin, a syphilitic ulcer is
  48232. formed with carious bone at the bottom. A central gumma may eat away the
  48233. surrounding bone to such an extent that the shaft undergoes pathological
  48234. fracture. In the rare cases in which it attacks the articular end of a
  48235. long bone, gummatous disease may implicate the adjacent joint and give
  48236. rise to syphilitic arthritis.
  48237.  
  48238. [Illustration: FIG. 131.--Syphilitic Hyperostosis and Sclerosis of
  48239. Tibia, on section and on surface view.]
  48240.  
  48241. _Clinical Features._--There is severe boring pain--as if a gimlet were
  48242. being driven into the bone. It is worst at night, preventing sleep, and
  48243. has been ascribed to compression of the nerves in the narrowed Haversian
  48244. canals.
  48245.  
  48246. The _periosteal gumma_ appears as a smooth, circumscribed swelling which
  48247. is soft and elastic in the centre and firm at the margins, and shades
  48248. off into the surrounding bone. The gumma may be completely absorbed or
  48249. it may give place to a hard node. In some cases the gumma softens in the
  48250. centre, the skin becomes adherent, thin, and red, and finally gives way.
  48251. The opening in the skin persists as a sinus, or develops into a typical
  48252. ulcer with irregular, crescentic margins; in either case a probe reveals
  48253. the presence of carious bone or of a sequestrum. The health may be
  48254. impaired as a result of mixed infection, and the absorption of toxins
  48255. and waxy degeneration in the viscera may ultimately be induced.
  48256.  
  48257. A _central gumma_ in a long bone may not reveal its presence until it
  48258. erupts through the shell and reaches the periosteal surface or invades
  48259. an adjacent joint. Sometimes the first manifestation is a fracture of
  48260. the bone produced by slight violence.
  48261.  
  48262. In radiograms the appearance of syphilitic bones is usually
  48263. characteristic. When there is hyperostosis and sclerosis, the shaft
  48264. appears denser and broader than normal, and the contour is uneven or
  48265. wavy. When there is a central gumma, the shadow is interrupted by a
  48266. rounded clear area, like that of a chondroma or myeloma, but there is
  48267. sclerosis round about.
  48268.  
  48269. _Diagnosis._--The conditions most liable to be mistaken for syphilitic
  48270. disease of bone are chronic staphylococcal osteomyelitis, tuberculosis,
  48271. and sarcoma; and the diagnosis is to be made by the history and progress
  48272. of the disease, the result of examination with the X-rays, and the
  48273. results of specific tests and treatment.
  48274.  
  48275. _Treatment._--The general health is to be improved by open air, by
  48276. nourishing food, and by the administration of cod-liver oil, iron, and
  48277. arsenic. Anti-syphilitic remedies should be given, and if they are
  48278. administered before there is any destruction of tissue, the benefit
  48279. derived from them is usually marked.
  48280.  
  48281. Radiograms show the rapid absorption of the new bone both on the surface
  48282. and in the marrow, and are of value in establishing the therapeutic
  48283. diagnosis.
  48284.  
  48285. In certain cases, and particularly when there are destructive changes in
  48286. the bone complicated with pyogenic infection, specific remedies have
  48287. little effect. In cases of persistent or relapsing gummatous disease
  48288. with ulceration of skin, it is often necessary to remove the diseased
  48289. soft parts with the sharp spoon and scissors, and to gouge or chisel
  48290. away the unhealthy bone, on the same lines as in tuberculous disease.
  48291. When hyperostosis and sclerosis of the bone is attended with severe pain
  48292. which does not yield to blistering, the periosteum may be incised and
  48293. the sclerosed bone perforated with a drill or trephine.
  48294.  
  48295. #Lesions of Bone in Inherited Syphilis.#--_Craniotabes_, in which the
  48296. flat bones of the skull undergo absorption in patches, was formerly
  48297. regarded as syphilitic, but it is now known to result from prolonged
  48298. malnutrition from any cause. _Bossing of the skull_ resulting in the
  48299. formation of Parrot's nodes is also being withdrawn from the category of
  48300. syphilitic affections. The lesions in infancy--epiphysitis, bossing of
  48301. the skull, and craniotabes--have been referred to in the chapter on
  48302. inherited syphilis.
  48303.  
  48304. _Epiphysitis or Syphilitic Perichondritis._--The first of these terms is
  48305. misleading, because the lesion involves the ossifying junction and the
  48306. shaft of the bone, and the epiphysis only indirectly. The young bone is
  48307. replaced by granulation tissue, so that large clear areas are seen with
  48308. the X-rays. The symptoms are referred to the joint, because it is there
  48309. that the muscles are inserted and drag on the perichondrium when
  48310. movement occurs; swelling is most marked in the vicinity of the joint,
  48311. and it may be added to by effusion into the synovial cavity. The baby,
  48312. usually under six months, is noticed to be feverish and fretful and to
  48313. cry when touched. The mother discovers that the pain is caused by moving
  48314. a particular limb, usually the arm, as the humerus, radius, and ulna are
  48315. the bones most commonly affected; the limb, moreover, hangs useless at
  48316. the side as if paralysed, and the condition was formerly described as
  48317. _syphilitic pseudo-paralysis_.
  48318.  
  48319. The lesions met with later correspond to those of the tertiary period of
  48320. the acquired disease, but as they affect bones which are still actively
  48321. growing, the effects are more striking. Gummatous disease may come and
  48322. go over periods of many years, with the result that the external
  48323. appearance and architectural arrangement of a long bone come to be
  48324. profoundly altered. In the tibia, for example, the shaft is bowed
  48325. forward in a gentle curve, which is compared to the curve of a
  48326. sabre--"sabre-blade" deformity (Fig. 132). The diffuse thickening all
  48327. round the bone obscures the sharp margins so that the bone becomes
  48328. circular in section and the anterior and mesial edges are blunted, and
  48329. the comparison to a cucumber is deserved. In some cases the tibia is
  48330. actually increased in length as well as in girth.
  48331.  
  48332. [Illustration: FIG. 132.--Sabre-blade Deformity of Left Tibia in
  48333. Inherited Syphilis.
  48334.  
  48335. (From a photograph lent by Sir George T. Beatson.)]
  48336.  
  48337. The contrast between the grossly enlarged and misshapen tibia and the
  48338. normal or even attenuated fibula is a striking one.
  48339.  
  48340. _Treatment_ is carried out on lines similar to those recommended in the
  48341. acquired disease. When curving of the tibia causes disability in
  48342. walking, the bone may be straightened by a cuneiform resection.
  48343.  
  48344. _Syphilitic dactylitis_ is met with chiefly in children. It may affect
  48345. any of the fingers or toes, but is commonest in the first phalanx of the
  48346. index-finger or of the thumb. Several fingers may be attacked at the
  48347. same time or in succession. The lesion consists in a gummatous
  48348. infiltration of the soft parts surrounding the phalanx, or a gummatous
  48349. osteomyelitis, but there is practically no tendency to break down and
  48350. discharge, or to the formation of a sequestrum as is so common in
  48351. tuberculous dactylitis.
  48352.  
  48353. The finger becomes the seat of a swelling, which is more evident on the
  48354. dorsal aspect, and, according to the distribution and extent of the
  48355. disease, it is acorn-shaped, fusiform, or cylindrical. It is firm and
  48356. elastic, and usually painless. The movements are impaired, especially if
  48357. the joints are involved. In its early stages the disease is amenable to
  48358. anti-syphilitic treatment, and complete recovery is the rule.
  48359.  
  48360.  
  48361. HYDATID DISEASE
  48362.  
  48363. This rare disease results from the lodgment of the embryos of the taenia
  48364. echinoccus, which are conveyed to the marrow by the blood-stream. The
  48365. cysts are small, usually about the size of a pin-head, and they are
  48366. present in enormous numbers scattered throughout the marrow. The parts
  48367. of the skeleton most often affected are the articular ends of the long
  48368. bones, the bodies of the vertebrae, and the pelvis.
  48369.  
  48370. As the cysts increase in number and in size, the framework of the bone
  48371. is gradually absorbed, and there result excavations or cavities. The
  48372. marrow and spongy bone first disappear, the compact tissue then becomes
  48373. thin, and pathological fracture may result. The bone becomes expanded,
  48374. and the cysts may escape through perforations into the surrounding
  48375. cellular tissue, and when thus freed from confinement may attain
  48376. considerable dimensions. Suppuration from superadded pyogenic infection
  48377. may be attended with extensive necrosis, and lead to disorganisation of
  48378. the adjacent joint.
  48379.  
  48380. _Clinical Features._--The patient complains of deep-seated pains. In
  48381. superficial bones, such as the tibia, there is enlargement, and it may
  48382. be possible to recognise egg-shell crackling, or unequal consistence of
  48383. the bone, which is hard in some parts, and doughy and elastic in others.
  48384. The disease may pursue an indolent course during months or years until
  48385. some complication occurs, such as suppuration or fracture. With the
  48386. occurrence of suppuration the disease becomes more active, and abscesses
  48387. may form in the soft parts and in the adjacent joint. In the vertebral
  48388. column, hydatids give rise to angular deformity and paraplegia. In the
  48389. pelvis, there is usually great enlargement of the bones, and when
  48390. suppuration occurs it is apt to infect the hip-joint and to terminate
  48391. fatally.
  48392.  
  48393. Examination with the X-rays shows the characteristic excavations of the
  48394. bone caused by the cysts. The disease is liable to be mistaken for
  48395. central tumour, gumma, tuberculosis, or abscess of bone.
  48396.  
  48397. The _treatment_ consists in thorough eradication of the parasite by
  48398. operation. The bone is laid open and scraped or resected according to
  48399. the extent of the disease, and the raw surfaces swabbed with 1 per cent.
  48400. formalin. In advanced cases complicated with spontaneous fracture or
  48401. with suppuration, amputation affords the best chance of recovery.
  48402.  
  48403. The lesions in the bones resulting from _actinomycosis_ and from
  48404. _mycetoma_, have been described with these diseases.
  48405.  
  48406.  
  48407. CONSTITUTIONAL DISEASES ATTENDED WITH LESIONS IN THE BONES
  48408.  
  48409. These include rickets, scurvy-rickets, osteomalacia, ostitis deformans,
  48410. osteomyelitis fibrosa, fragilitas ossium, and diseases of the nervous
  48411. system.
  48412.  
  48413.  
  48414. RICKETS
  48415.  
  48416. Rickets or rachitis is a constitutional disease associated with
  48417. disturbance of nutrition, and attended with changes in the skeleton.
  48418. The disease is most common and most severe among the children of the
  48419. poorer classes in large cities, who are improperly fed and are brought
  48420. up in unhealthy surroundings. There is evidence that the most important
  48421. factors in the causation of rickets are ill-health of the mother during
  48422. pregnancy, and the administration to the child after its birth of food
  48423. which is defective in animal fat, proteids, and salts of lime, or which
  48424. contains these in such a form that they are not readily assimilated. The
  48425. occurrence of the disease is favoured, and its features are aggravated,
  48426. by imperfect oxygenation of the blood as the result of a deficiency of
  48427. fresh air and sunlight, want of exercise, and by other conditions which
  48428. prevail in the slums of large towns.
  48429.  
  48430. _Pathological Anatomy._--The most striking feature is the softness
  48431. (malacia) of the bones, due to excessive absorption of osseous tissue,
  48432. and the formation of an imperfectly calcified tissue at the sites of
  48433. ossification. The affected bones lose their rigidity, so that they are
  48434. bent under the weight of the body, by the traction of muscles, and by
  48435. other mechanical forces.
  48436.  
  48437. The _periosteum_ is thick and vascular, and when detached carries with
  48438. it plates and spicules of soft porous bone. The new bone may be so
  48439. abundant that it forms a thick crust on the surface, and in the flat
  48440. bones of the skull this may be heaped up in the form of bosses or ridges
  48441. resembling those ascribed to inherited syphilis.
  48442.  
  48443. In the epiphysial cartilages and at the ossifying junctions, all the
  48444. processes concerned in ossification, excepting the deposition of lime
  48445. salts, occur to an exaggerated degree. The cartilage of the epiphysial
  48446. disc proliferates actively and irregularly, so that it becomes softer,
  48447. thicker, and wider, and gives rise to a visible swelling, best seen at
  48448. the lower end of the radius and lower end of the tibia, and at the
  48449. costo-chondral junctions where the series of beaded swellings is known
  48450. as the "rickety rosary."
  48451.  
  48452. The ossifying zone is increased in depth; the marrow is abnormally
  48453. vascular; and the new bone that is formed is imperfectly calcified. The
  48454. result is that the bones may never attain their normal length, and they
  48455. remain stunted throughout life as in rickety dwarfs (Fig. 133), or the
  48456. shafts may grow unequally and come to deviate from their normal axes as
  48457. in knock-knee and bow-knee.
  48458.  
  48459. [Illustration: FIG. 133.--Skeleton of Rickety Dwarf, known as
  48460. "Bowed Joseph," leader of the Meal Riots in Edinburgh, who died in 1780.
  48461.  
  48462. (Anatomical Museum, University of Edinburgh.)]
  48463.  
  48464. These changes are well brought out in skiagrams; instead of the
  48465. well-defined narrow line which represents the epiphysial cartilage,
  48466. there is an ill-defined, blurred zone of considerable depth.
  48467.  
  48468. In the shafts of the long bones, owing to the excessive absorption of
  48469. bone, the cortex becomes porous, the spongy bone is rarefied, and the
  48470. bones readily bend or break under mechanical influences. When the
  48471. disease is arrested, a process of repair sets in which often results in
  48472. the bones becoming denser and heavier than normal. In the flat bones of
  48473. the skull, the absorption may result in the entire disappearance of
  48474. areas of bone, leaving a membrane which dimples like thin cardboard
  48475. under the pressure of the finger--a condition known as _craniotabes_.
  48476.  
  48477. _Changes in the Skeleton before the Child is able to walk._--The
  48478. fontanelles remain open until the end of the second year or longer, and
  48479. the frontal and parietal eminences are unduly prominent. There is
  48480. sometimes hydrocephalus, and the head is characteristically enlarged.
  48481. The jaws are altered so that while the upper jaw is contracted into the
  48482. shape of a #V#, the lower jaw is square instead of rounded in outline,
  48483. and the teeth do not oppose one another. In the _thorax_, the chief
  48484. feature may be the beading at the costo-chondral junctions, principally
  48485. of the fifth and sixth ribs or its walls may be contracted,
  48486. particularly if respiration is interfered with as a result of bronchial
  48487. catarrh or adenoids. The contraction may take the form of a vertical
  48488. groove on each side, or of a horizontal groove at the level of the upper
  48489. end of the xiphi-sternum; when the sternum and cartilages form a
  48490. projection in front, the deformity is known as "pigeon-breast."
  48491.  
  48492. The _spine_ may be curved backwards--_kyphosis_--throughout its
  48493. whole extent or only in one part; or it may be curved to one
  48494. side--_scoliosis_.
  48495.  
  48496. In the _limbs_, the prominent features are the deficient growth in
  48497. length of the long bones, the enlargements at the epiphysial junctions,
  48498. and the bending, and occasional greenstick fracture, of the shafts. The
  48499. degree of enlargement of the epiphysial junctions is directly
  48500. proportionate to the amount of movement to which the bone is subjected
  48501. (John Thomson). The curves at this stage depend on the attitude of the
  48502. child while sitting or being carried--for example, the arm bones become
  48503. bent in children who paddle about the floor with the aid of their arms;
  48504. and in a child who lies on its back with the lower limbs everted, the
  48505. weight of the limb may lead to curvature of the neck of the femur--coxa
  48506. vara. The clavicle or humerus may sustain greenstick fracture from the
  48507. child being lifted by the arms; the femur, by a fall. From the extreme
  48508. laxity of the ligaments, the joints can be moved beyond the normal
  48509. limits, and the child is often observed to twist its limbs into abnormal
  48510. attitudes.
  48511.  
  48512. _In Children who have walked._--In these children the most important
  48513. deformities occur in the spine, pelvis, and lower extremities, and
  48514. result for the most part from yielding of the softened bones under the
  48515. weight of the body. Scoliosis is the usual type of spinal curvature, and
  48516. in extreme cases it may lead to a pronounced form of hump-back. The
  48517. pelvis may remain small (_justo-minor pelvis_), or it may be contracted
  48518. in the sagittal plane (_flat pelvis_); when the bones are unusually
  48519. soft, the acetabular portions are pushed inwards by the femora bearing
  48520. the weight of the body, and the pelvis assumes the shape of a trefoil,
  48521. as in the malacia of women. The shaft of the femur is curved forwards
  48522. and laterally; the bones of the leg laterally as in bow-leg, or
  48523. forwards, or forwards and laterally just above the ankle. The
  48524. deformities at the knee (genu valgum, genu varum, and genu recurvatum),
  48525. and at the hip (coxa vara), will be described in the volume dealing with
  48526. the Extremities.
  48527.  
  48528. The majority of cases seen in surgical practice suffer from the
  48529. deformities resulting from rickets rather than from the active disease.
  48530. The examination of a large series of children at different ages shows
  48531. that the deformities become less and less frequent with each year. Those
  48532. who recover may ultimately show no trace of rickets, and this is
  48533. especially true of children who grow at the average rate; in those,
  48534. however, in whom growth is retarded, especially from the fifth to the
  48535. seventh year, the deformities are apt to be permanent. It may be noted
  48536. that the scoliosis due to rickets has little tendency towards recovery.
  48537.  
  48538. _Treatment._--The treatment of the disease consists in regulating the
  48539. diet, improving the surroundings, and preventing deformity. Phosphorus
  48540. in doses of 100th grain may be given dissolved in cod-liver oil, and
  48541. preparations of iron and lime may be added with advantage. To avoid
  48542. those postures which predispose to deformities, the child should lie as
  48543. much as possible. In the well-to-do classes this is readily accomplished
  48544. by the aid of a nurse and the use of a perambulator. In hospital
  48545. out-patients the child is kept off its feet by the use of a light wooden
  48546. splint applied to the lateral aspect of each lower extremity, and
  48547. extending from the pelvis to 6 inches beyond the sole.
  48548.  
  48549. When deformities are already present, the treatment depends upon whether
  48550. or not there is any prospect of the bone straightening naturally. Under
  48551. five years of age this may, as a rule, be confidently expected; the
  48552. child should be kept off its feet, and the limbs bathed and massaged. In
  48553. children of five or six and upwards, the prospect of natural
  48554. straightening is a diminishing one, and it is more satisfactory to
  48555. correct the deformity by operation. In rickety curvature of the spine,
  48556. the child should lie on a firm mattress, or, to allow of its being taken
  48557. into the open air, upon a double Thomas' splint extending from the
  48558. occiput to the heels; the muscles acting on the trunk should be braced
  48559. up by massage and appropriate exercises.
  48560.  
  48561. #Late Rickets# or #Rachitis Adolescentium# is met with at any age from
  48562. nine to seventeen, and is generally believed to be due to a
  48563. recrudescence of rickets which had been present in childhood. The
  48564. disease is not attended with any disturbance of the general health; the
  48565. pathological changes are the same as in infantile rickets, but are for
  48566. the most part confined to the ossifying junctions, especially those
  48567. which are most active during adolescence, for example at the knee-joint.
  48568. The patient is easily tired, complains of pain in the bones, and, unless
  48569. care is taken, deformity is liable to ensue. There can be no doubt that
  48570. adolescent rickets plays an important part in the production of the
  48571. deformities which occur at or near puberty, especially knock-knee and
  48572. bow-knee.
  48573.  
  48574. #Scurvy-Rickets# or #Infantile Scurvy#.--This disease, described by
  48575. Barlow and Cheadle, is met with in infants under two years who have been
  48576. brought up upon sterilised or condensed milk and other proprietary
  48577. foods, and is most common in the well-to-do classes. The haemorrhages,
  48578. which are so characteristic of the disease, are usually preceded for
  48579. some weeks by a cachectic condition, with listlessness and debility and
  48580. disinclination for movement. Very commonly the child ceases to move one
  48581. of his lower limbs--pseudo-paralysis--and screams if it is touched; a
  48582. swelling is found over one of the bones, usually the femur, accompanied
  48583. by exquisite tenderness; the skin is tense and shiny, and there may be
  48584. some oedema. These symptoms are due to a sub-periosteal haemorrhage, and
  48585. associated with this there may be crepitus from separation of an
  48586. epiphysis, rarely from fracture of the shaft of the bone. X-ray
  48587. photographs show enlargement of the bone, the periosteum being raised
  48588. from the shaft and new bone formed in relation to it. Haemorrhages also
  48589. occur into the skin, presenting the appearance of bruises, into the
  48590. orbit and conjunctiva, and from the mucous membranes.
  48591.  
  48592. The _treatment_ consists in correcting the errors in diet. The infant
  48593. should have a wet nurse or a plentiful supply of cow's milk in its
  48594. natural state. Anti-scorbutics in the form of orange, lemon, or grape
  48595. juice, and of potatoes bruised down in milk, may be given.
  48596.  
  48597. #Osteomalacia.#--The term osteomalacia includes a group of conditions,
  48598. closely allied to rickets, in which the bones of adults become soft and
  48599. yielding, so that they are unduly liable to bend or break.
  48600.  
  48601. One form occurs in _pregnant and puerperal women_, affecting most
  48602. commonly the pelvis and lumbar vertebrae, but sometimes the entire
  48603. skeleton. The lime salts are absorbed, the bones lose their rigidity and
  48604. bend under the weight of the body and other mechanical influences, with
  48605. the result that gross deformities are produced, particularly in the
  48606. pelvis, the lumbar spine, and the hip-joints.
  48607.  
  48608. _Neuropathic_ forms occur in certain chronic diseases of the brain and
  48609. cord; in some cases the bones lose their lime salts and bend, in others
  48610. they become brittle.
  48611.  
  48612. _Osteomalacia associated with New Growths in the Skeleton._--When
  48613. _secondary cancer_ is widely distributed throughout the skeleton, it is
  48614. associated with softening of the bones, as a result of which they
  48615. readily bend or break, and after death are easily cut with a knife. In
  48616. the disease known as _multiple myeloma_, the interior of the ribs,
  48617. sternum, and bodies of the vertebrae is occupied by a reddish gelatinous
  48618. pulp, the structure of which resembles sarcoma; the bones are reduced to
  48619. a mere shell, and may break on the slightest pressure; the urine
  48620. contains albumose, a substance resembling albumen but coagulating at a
  48621. comparatively low temperature (140 o F.), and the coagulum is
  48622. re-dissolved on boiling, and it is readily precipitated by hydrochloric
  48623. acid (Bence-Jones).
  48624.  
  48625. #Ostitis Deformans--Paget's Disease of Bone.#--This rare disease was
  48626. first described by Sir James Paget in 1877. In the early stages, the
  48627. marrow is transformed into a vascular connective tissue; its bone-eating
  48628. functions are exaggerated, and the framework of the bone becomes
  48629. rarefied, so that it bends under pressure as in osteomalacia. In course
  48630. of time, however, new bone is formed in great abundance; it is at first
  48631. devoid of lime salts, but later becomes calcified, so that the bones
  48632. regain their rigidity. This formation of new bone is much in excess of
  48633. the normal, the bones become large and bulky, their surfaces rough and
  48634. uneven, their texture sclerosed in parts, and the medullary canal is
  48635. frequently obliterated. These changes are well brought out in X-ray
  48636. photographs. The curving of the long bones, which is such a striking
  48637. feature of the disease, may be associated with actual lengthening, and
  48638. the changes are sometimes remarkably symmetrical (Fig. 135). The bones
  48639. forming the cranium may be enormously thickened, the sutures are
  48640. obliterated, the distinction into tables and diploe is lost, and, while
  48641. the general texture is finely porous, there may be areas as dense as
  48642. ivory (Fig. 134).
  48643.  
  48644. [Illustration: FIG. 134.--Changes in the Skull resulting from Ostitis
  48645. Deformans.
  48646.  
  48647. (Anatomical Museum, University of Edinburgh.)]
  48648.  
  48649. _Clinical Features._--The disease is usually met with in persons over
  48650. fifty years of age. It is insidious in its onset, and, the patient's
  48651. attention may be first attracted by the occurrence of vague pains in the
  48652. back or limbs; by the enlargement and bending of such bones as the tibia
  48653. or femur; or by a gradual increase in the size of the head,
  48654. necessitating the wearing of larger hats. When the condition is fully
  48655. developed, the attitude and general appearance are eminently
  48656. characteristic. The height is diminished, and, owing to the curving of
  48657. the lower limbs and spine, the arms appear unnaturally long; the head
  48658. and upper part of the spine are bent forwards; the legs are held apart,
  48659. slightly flexed at the knees, and are rotated out as well as curved; the
  48660. whole appearance suggests that of one of the large anthropoid apes. The
  48661. muscles of the limbs may waste to such an extent as to leave the large,
  48662. curved, misshapen bones covered only by the skin (Fig. 135). In the
  48663. majority of cases the bones of the lower extremities are much earlier
  48664. and more severely affected than those of the upper extremity, but the
  48665. capacity of walking is usually maintained even in the presence of great
  48666. deformity. In a case observed by Byrom Bramwell, the patient suffered
  48667. from a succession of fractures over a period of years.
  48668.  
  48669. [Illustration: FIG. 135.--Cadaver, illustrating the alterations in the
  48670. Lower Limbs resulting from Ostitis Deformans.]
  48671.  
  48672. The disease may last for an indefinite period, the general health
  48673. remaining long unaffected. In a considerable number of the recorded
  48674. cases one of the bones became the seat of sarcoma.
  48675.  
  48676. #Osteomyelitis Fibrosa.#--This comparatively rare disease, which was
  48677. first described by Recklinghausen, presents many interesting features.
  48678. Because of its causing deformities of the bones and an undue liability
  48679. to fracture, and being chiefly met with in adolescents, it is regarded
  48680. by some authors as a juvenile form of Paget's disease. It may be
  48681. diffused throughout the skeleton--we have seen it in the skull and in
  48682. the bones of the extremities--or it may be confined to a single bone,
  48683. usually the femur, or, what is more remarkable, the condition may affect
  48684. a portion only of the shaft of a long bone and be sharply defined from
  48685. the normal bone in contact with it.
  48686.  
  48687. [Illustration: FIG. 136.--Osteomyelitis Fibrosa affecting Femora in a
  48688. man aet. 19. The curving of the bones is due to multiple fractures.]
  48689.  
  48690. On longitudinal section of a long bone during the active stage of the
  48691. disease, the marrow is seen to be replaced by a vascular young
  48692. connective tissue which encroaches on the surrounding spongy bone,
  48693. reducing it to the slenderest proportions; the formation of bone from
  48694. the periosteum does not keep pace with the absorption and replacement
  48695. going on in the interior, and the cortex may be reduced to a thin shell
  48696. of imperfectly calcified bone which can be cut with a knife. The young
  48697. connective tissue which replaces the marrow is not unlike that seen in
  48698. osteomalacia; it is highly vascular and may show haemorrhages of various
  48699. date; there are abundant giant cells of the myeloma type, and
  48700. degeneration and liquefaction of tissue may result in the formation of
  48701. cysts, which, when they constitute a prominent feature, are responsible
  48702. for the name--_osteomyelitis fibrosa cystica_--sometimes applied to the
  48703. condition.
  48704.  
  48705. It would appear that most of the recorded cases of _cysts of bone_ owe
  48706. their origin to this disease, while the abundance of giant cells with
  48707. occasional islands of cartilage in the wall of such cysts is responsible
  48708. for the view formerly held that they owed their origin to the
  48709. liquefaction of a solid tumour, such as a myeloma, a chondroma, or even
  48710. a sarcoma. Although the tissue elements in this disease resemble those
  48711. of a new growth arising in the marrow, they differ in their arrangement
  48712. and in their method of growth; there is no tendency to erupt through the
  48713. cortex of the bone, to invade the soft parts, or to give rise to
  48714. secondary growths.
  48715.  
  48716. _Clinical Features._--The onset of the disease is insidious, and
  48717. attention is usually first directed to it by the occurrence of fracture
  48718. of the shaft of one of the long bones--usually the femur--from violence
  48719. that would be insufficient to break a healthy bone. Apart from fracture,
  48720. the great increase in the size of one of the long bones and its uneven
  48721. contour are sufficiently remarkable to suggest examination with the
  48722. X-rays, by means of which the condition is at once recognised. A
  48723. systematic examination of the other long bones will often reveal the
  48724. presence of the disease at a stage before the bone is altered
  48725. externally.
  48726.  
  48727. Symmetrical bossing of the skull was present in the case shown in
  48728. Figs. 136 and 137, and there were also scattered patches of brown
  48729. pigmentation of the skin of the face, neck, and trunk, similar to those
  48730. met with in generalised neuro-fibromatosis. Apart from fracture, the
  48731. disease is recognised by the thickening and usually also by the curving
  48732. of the shafts of the long bones. It is easy to understand the curvature
  48733. of bones that have passed through a soft stage and also of those that
  48734. have been broken and badly united, but it is difficult to account for
  48735. the curvatures that have no such cause; for example, we have seen
  48736. marked curve of the radius in a forearm of which the ulna was quite
  48737. straight. The curvature probably resulted from exaggerated growth in
  48738. length.
  48739.  
  48740. [Illustration: FIG. 137.--Radiogram of Upper End of Femur showing
  48741. appearances in Osteomyelitis Fibrosa.]
  48742.  
  48743. The X-ray appearances vary with the stage of the malady, not estimated
  48744. in time, for the condition is chronic and may become stationary, but
  48745. according to whether it is progressive or undergoing repair. The shadow
  48746. of the bone presents a poor contrast to the soft parts, and no trace of